Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog / University of Maryland at College Park"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1981tenn 


•sis'-.    Vv->-"-    V       V 


I 


=f 


s^' 

,$=^ 


UNDERGRADUATE  CATALOGUE  1981-1982 

University  of  Maryland  at  College  Pari 


Contents 


THE  UNIVERSITY    5 

Campus  University  OHIcers    5 

College  Park  Campus  Adminlslrallon     5 

Central  Administration  of  the  UnlversHy   S 

Board  o(  Regents       5 

1981-82  Academic  Calendar    5 

Undergraduate  Programs  of  Study 6 

University  Policy  Statement    7 

Fee  and  Expenses  Information    7 

Policies  on  hJondiscriminatlon     7 

Legal  Requirements   7 

Human  Relations  Code    7 

Title  IX  Compliance  Statement     .' 7 

Section  504  Compliance  Statement  7 

Gender  Reference    7 

Academic  Information  (Publications)    7 

GENERAL  INFORMATION  8 

The  University     8 

Goals.  College  Park  Campus     B 

Universities  in  General   8 

College  Park  Campus  and  the  University    8 

Libranes  at  College  Park    8 

Area  Resources    8 

Campus  Research  Facilities     8 

Summer  Sessions    9 

Accreditation     9 

Code  of  Student  Conduct     9 

Human  Relations  Code    15 

Admission  and  Orientation   18 

Fees  and  Expenses   24 

Financial  Aid     25 

Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements   29 

Administrative  Offices     34 

Office  of  the  Chancellor    34 

Office  of  Administrative  Affairs  35 

Office  of  Student  Affairs   37 

Office  of  Academic  Affairs    39 

Awrards/Prizes     42 

University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records     '. ,  .  46 

Additional  Campus  Programs  47 

Air  Force  Aerospace  Studies    47 

Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy    48 

Women's  Studies  Program     48 

Bachelor  of  General  Studies  Program   49 

Individual  Studies  Program     49 

General  Honors  Program  49 

Pre-Professional  Programs    49 

Pre-Dental  Hygiene    49 

Pre-Dentistry    50 

Pre-Forestry   51 

Pre-Law    51 

Pre-Medical  Technology    51 

Pre-Medicine 51 

Pre-Nursing    52 

Pre-Optometry    52 

Pre-Pharmacy    52 

Pre-Physical  Therapy  53 

Pre-Radiologic  Technology    53 

ACADEMIC  DIVISIONS,  COLLEGES, 

SCHOOLS,  &  DEPARTMENTS   54 

DIVISION  OF  AGRICULTURAL  AND  LIFE  SCIENCES    54 

College  of  Agriculture    54 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education     55 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics    55 

Agricultural  Chemistry    56 

Agricultural  Engineering   56 

Agriculture — General  Curriculum    57 

Agronomy     57 

Animal  Sciences  (Dairy,  Poultry,  Veterinary)    58 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Programs     58 

Food  Science  Program    59 

Horticulture     59 

Pre-Forestry   60 

Pre-Theology    60 

Pre-Veterinary  Medicine     60 

Combined  Degree  Curriculum — College  of  Agriculture  and 

Veterinary  Medicine    60 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture,  Two-year  Program    60 


Other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  Oepartmenta    61 

Biological  Sciences  Program    61 

Botany         61 

Chemistry  62 

Entomology    63 

Geology    63 

Microbiology  63 

Zoology    64 

The  Agriculture  Experiment  Station    64 

Cooperative  Extension  Service 65 

DIVISION  OF  ARTS  AND  HUMANITIES  65 

School  of  Architecture     66 

College  of  Journalism        68 

Other  Arts  and  Humanities  Departments,  Programs  and 

Curricula    69 

Amencan  Studies  Program    69 

Art    70 

Chinese  Program   .• 70 

Classics    70 

Communication  Arts  and  Theatre     70 

Comparative  Literature  Program    71 

Dance     71 

English  Language  and  Literature   72 

French  and  Italian  Languages  and  Literatures     72 

Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures     72 

Hebrew  Program    72 

History    72 

Japanese  Program     73 

Jewish  Studies  Program    73 

Maryland  English  Institute    74 

Music    74 

Philosophy    74 

Russian  Area  Studies  Program    75 

Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages  and  Literatures    75 

DIVISION  OF  BEHAVIORAL  AND  SOCIAL  SCIENCES     75 

College  of  Business  and  Management     76 

Other  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departmertts,  Programs 

and  Curricula    80 

Afro-American  Studies  Program     80 

Anthropology    80 

Business  and  Economic  Research     80 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 81 

Economics    81 

Geography   82 

Governmental  Research     S3 

Government  and  Politics    83 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences     84 

Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies    84 

Information  Systems  Management     84 

Psychology     85 

Sociology    85 

Survey  Research  Center    86 

Urban  Studies    86 

DIVISION  OF  HUMAN  AND  COMMUNITY  RESOURCES     86 

Center  on  Aging     87 

Intensive  Educational  Development  Program     87 

National  Policy  Center  on  Women  and  Aging    87 

Upward  Bound  Program     87 

College  of  Education   87 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services    89 

Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education    89 

Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration   90 

Human  Development  (Institute  for  Child  Development)    90 

Industrial  Education    90 

Measurement  and  Statistics   92 

Secondary  Education   92 

Special  Education     100 

College  of  Human  Ecology    100 

Family  and  Community  Development     101 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration     102 

Housing  and  Applied  Design    104 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics    106 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services     108 

College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health    108 

Health  Education    109 

Physical  Education     110 

Recreation    " Ill 

DIVISION  OF  MATHEMATICAL  AND  PHYSICAL  SCIENCES  AND 

ENGINEERING     111 

College  of  Engineering    112 

Aerospace  Engineering    114 

Agricultural  Engineering   115 


Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering    115 

Civil  Engineenng    116 

Electrical  Engineering     116 

Engineering  Sciences     117 

Fire  Protection  Engineering    117 

Mechanical  Engineering  118 

Nuclear  Engineenng     119 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Engineering     119 

Other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  Departmanta, 

Programs  and  Curricula     120 

Applied  Mathematics  Program   120 

Astronomy  Program    120 

Computer  Science    120 

Institute  lor  Physical  Science  and  Technology     121 

Mathematics     122 


Mathematics  Education    122 

Meteorology    123 

Physical  Sciences  Program    123 

Physics  and  Astronomy    123 

Science  Communications  1 24 

Statistics  and  Probability    124 

4      COURSE  OFFERINGS  125 


5  FACULTY  LISTING 

6  INDEX 


1     The  University 


Campus  and 
University  Officers 

College  Park  Campus  Administration 

Chancellor 

Robert  L.  Gluckstern 

Vice  Chancellor  lor  Academic  Affairs 

Francis  C  Stark,  Jr  (Acting) 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Administrative  Affairs 

Darryl  W.  Bieriy 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 

William  L.  Thomas.  Jr 

Central  Administration  of  the  University 

President 

John  S.  Toll 

Special  Assistant  to  the  President 

Albin  O  Kuhn 

Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 

David  W  Adamany 

Vice  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and  Legislative  Relations 

Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr. 

Vice  President  for  General  Administration 

Warren  W  Brandt 

Vice  President  for  University  Development 

Rot)ert  G  Smith 

Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

David  S.  Sparks 


Board  of  Regents 


Chairman 

Mr.  Peter  F.  O'Malley  (term  expires  1985) 

Vice  Chairman 

The  Hon.  Joseph  D.  Tydings  (term  expires  1984) 

Secretary 

Mr.  Percy  M.  Chaimson  (term  expires  1981) 

Treasurer 

Mr.  A.  Paul  Moss  (term  expires  1983) 

Assistant  Secretary 

Mrs.  Mary  H.  Broadwater  (term  expires  1983) 

Assistant  Treasurer 

Mr.  George  W.  Wilson,  Jr.   (term  expires  1981) 

Memljers: 

The  Hon.  Wayne  A.  Cawley,  Jr.   (ex  officio) 

Mr.  Ralph  W,  Frey 

Dr.  Samuel  H  Hoover 

The  Hon.  Blair  Lee  III 

Mr.  Allen  L.  Schwait 

Mrs.  Constance  C.  Stuart 

Mr.  Wilbur  G.  Valentine 

Mrs.  Jennifer  A.  Walker 

Mr.  John  W.  T.  Webb 


1981-82  Academic  Calendar 

Summer  Session,  1981 


May  18 
May  19 
May  29 
June  26 


Monday 
Tuesday 
Friday 
Friday 


Registration 
Classes  Begin 
Memorial  Day 
Last  Day  of  Classes 


June  29 
June  30 
Julys 
August  7 


Monday 
Tuesday 
Friday 
Friday 


Registration 
Classes  Begin 
Independence  Day 
Last  Day  of  Classes 


FALL  SEMESTER,  1981 


SPRING  SEMESTER,  1982 


August  24.  25 

Monday,  Tuesday 

Registration 

January  11,  12 

Monday,  Tuesday 

Registration 

August  26 

Wednesday 

Classes  Begin 

January  13 

Wednesday 

Classes  Begin 

September  7 

Monday 

Latxjr  Day 

January  15 

Friday 

Martin  Luther  King  Day 

November  25-27 

Wednesday-Friday 

Thanksgiving  Recess 

March  14-21 

Sunday-Sunday 

Spring  Recess 

December  1 1 

Friday 

Last  Day  of  Classes 

May  5 

Wednesday 

Last  Day  of  Classes 

December  12.  13 

Saturday,  Sunday 

Examination  Study  Days 

May  6 

Thursday 

Examination  Study  Day 

December  14-19,  21 

Monday-Monday 

Final  Examination  Period 

May  7,  8.  10-14 

Friday-Friday 

Final  Examination  Period 

December  22 

Tuesday,  10:00  A.M. 

Commencement 

May  14 

Friday,  10:00  A.M. 

Commencement 

6     Undergraduate  Programs  of  Study 


University  of  Maryland 
Undergraduate  Programs  of  Study 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and 
Life  Sciences 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Agricultural  Chemistry 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Agronomy 

Animal  Science 

Biochemistry 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development 

Dairy  Science 

Food  Science 

General  Agriculture 

General  Biological  Sciences 

Horticulture 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture 

Poultry  Science 

Veterinary  Science 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Entomology 

Geology 

Microbiology 

Zoology 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Arts  and 
Humanities 

Architecture 

Journalism 

American  Studies 

Art 

Classics 

Communication  Arts  and  Theatre 

Comparative  Literature 

Dance 

English 

French  and  Italian 

Germanic  and  Slavic 

Hebrew  and  East  Asian 

History 

Jewish  Studies 

Maryland  English  Institute 

Music 

Philosophy 

Russian  Area  Studies 

Sr>anish  and  Portuguese 

Women  s  Studies  Program 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Behavioral 
and  Social  Sciences 

Afro-American  Studies 

Anthropology 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 

Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 

Business  and  Management 

Business/ Law 

Economics 

Geography 

Government  and  Politics 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

Information  Systems  Managerrwnt  (transfen'ed  to  Baltimore  County  Campus) 

Institute  for  Urban  Studies 

Institute  of  Cnminal  Justice  and  Criminology 

Psychology 

Sociology 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Human 
and  Community  Resources 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

Eariy  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

Education  Policy.  Planning  and  Administration 

Industrial  Education 

Institute  for  Child  Study 

Measurement.  Statistics,  and  Evaluation  in  Education 

Secondary  Education 

Special  Education 

Family  and  Community  Development 

Foods.  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 

Housing  and  Applied  Design 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

Library  and  Information  Services 

Health  Education 

Physical  Education 

Recreation 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Mathematical  and 
Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering 

Applied  Mathematics 

Computer  Science 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

Meteorology 

Mathematics 

Physics  and  Astronomy 

Physical  Sciences 

Aerospace  Engineering 

Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering 

Civil  Engineenng 

Electrical  Engineering 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 

Mechanical  Engineering 


Programs  within  the  Office  of  the 
Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 

Arts/ Dentistry 
ArtSi'Law 
Arts/Medicine 
General  Honors 
General  Studies 
Individual  Studies 


Other  Pre-Professional  Programs 

Pre-Nursing 

Pre-Pharmacy 

Pre-Medical  Technology 

Pre-Medicine 

Pre-Optometry 

Pre-Radiological  Technology 

Pre-Physical  Therapy 

Pre-Dental  Hygiene 

Pre- Forestry 

Pre-Law 

Pre-Vetennary  Medicine 

Pre- Theology 

Pre-Dentistry 


Academic  Information     7 


University  Policy  Statement 

The  provisions  of  this  publicalion  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  In'evocable 
contract  between  the  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland  Changes  are 
effected  from  lime  to  time  in  the  general  regulations  and  in  the  academic 
requirements  There  are  established  procedures  lor  making  changes, 
procedures  which  protect  the  institution  s  integnty  and  the  individual  student's 
interest  and  welfare  A  curnculum  or  graduation  requirement,  when  altered,  is 
rK>t  made  retroactive  unless  the  alteration  is  to  the  student's  advantage  and 
can  be  accommodated  within  the  span  of  years  normally  required  for 
graduation  When  the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent  authority, 
using  establisfied  procedure,  to  be  detnmental  to  the  interests  of  the  University 
community,  that  person  may  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  University 

It  IS  University  policy  that  smoking  in  classrooms  is  prohibited  unless  all 
participants  agree  to  the  contrary  Any  student  has  the  nghl  to  remind  the 
Instructor  of  this  policy  throughout  the  duration  of  the  class 


Important  Information  on  Fees  and  Expenses 


Ail  Student*  Who  Prv-Reglstar  Incur  a  Rnanclal  Obligation  to  the 
Unlvaralty.  Those  students  who  pre-register  and  subsequently  decide  not  to 
attend  must  notify  the  Registrations  Office,  Room  1130A,  North  Administration 
Building,  in  writing,  prior  to  the  first  day  of  classes  If  this  office  has  not 
received  a  request  for  cancellation  by  430  p  m  of  the  last  day  before  classes 
begin,  the  University  will  assume  the  student  plans  to  attend  and  accepts  his  or 
her  financial  obligation. 

After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate  their  registration  must 
follow  the  withdrawal  procedures  and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable  at  the 
time  of  withdrawal. 


DIacloaure  of  Information.  In  accordance  with  The  Family  Educational  Rights 
and  Privacy  Act  of  1974"  (P.L.  93-380),  popularly  referred  to  as  the  "Buckley 
Amendment,"  disck>sure  of  student  information,  including  financial  and 
academic,  is  restricted  Release  to  anyone  other  than  the  student  requires  a 
written  waiver  from  the  student  (For  complete  University  Policy  on  access  to 
and  release  of  student  data/information,  see  page  46.) 


State  of  Maryland  legislation  has  established  a  State  Central  Collections  Unit 
and  in  accordance  with  State  law  the  University  is  required  to  turn  over  all 
delinquent  accounts  to  them  for  collection  and  legal  follow-up.  These  are 
automatically  done  on  a  monthly  basis  by  computer  read-out. 


THIa  IX  Compliance  Statement 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  does  not  discriminate  on  the 
basis  of  sex  in  its  educational  programs  and  activities  The  policy  of 
nondiscrimination  extends  to  employment  in  the  institution  and  academic 
admission  to  the  institution  Such  discrimination  is  prohibited  by  Title  IX  of  the 
Education  Admendmenis  of  1972  (20  U  S  C  1681.  et  seq  )  and  45  C  F  R  86, 
and  this  notification  is  required  under  the  Federal  regulations  pursuant  to  20 
use   1681,  etseq 

Inquiries  concerning  the  application  of  Title  IX  and  Part  66  of  45  C  F  R  to 
the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  may  be  directed  to  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs,  Mam  Administration  Building,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  or  to  the  Director  of  the  Office  of  Civil  Rights  of  the 
Department  of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare,  Washington,  D.C 


Section  504  Compliance  Statement 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  does  not  discriminate  on  the 
basis  of  handicap  in  admission  or  access  to  its  educational  programs  and 
activities.  This  policy  of  nondiscrimination  extends  to  employment  in  the 
institution.  Such  discrimination  is  prohibited  by  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation 
Act  of  1973  (29  use.  706)  and  45  C  F  R.  84,  and  this  notification  is  required 
pursuant  to  45  C  F  R  84.8 

Inquiries  concerning  the  application  of  Section  504  and  part  84  of  C.F  R  to 
the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  may  be  directed  to  the  Campus 
Coordinator  on  the  Handicapped,  Main  Administration  Building,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


Gender  Reference 

The  masculine  gender  whenever  used  in  this  document  is  intended  to 
include  the  feminine  ggnder  as  well. 


Academic  Information 

UNDERGRADUATE 
Prospectus 


College  Park  publishes  a  free  booklet,  Viewbook,  for  prospective 
undergraduate  students.  For  a  copy  of  this  booklet,  call  301/454-5550  or  write 
to  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions,  North  Administration  BIdg.,  College 
Park,  Maryland  20742. 


Departmental  Brochures 


Collection  Costs.  Collection  costs  incurred  in  collecting  delinquent  accounts 
will  be  charged  to  the  student.  The  normal  collection  fee  is  15%,  plus  any 
attorney  andyor  court  costs. 


Small  brochures  of  many  of  the  departments  at  College  Park  are  available 
free.  Write  to  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


Undergraduate  Catalog 


Policies  on  Nondiscrimination 


l.egal  Requirements 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  an  equal  opportunity  institution  with  respect  to 
both  education  and  employment.  The  University's  programs  and  policies  are 
consistent  with  pertinent  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  on 
nondiscrimination  regarding  race,  color,  religion,  age,  national  origin,  sex,  and 
handicap  Inquiries  concerning  this  policy  should  be  directed  to  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs,  Main  Administration  Building,  University  of 
Marylarxl,  College  Pari<. 


Human  Relations  Code 

Under  its  Human  Relations  Code,  adopted  in  1976,  the  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park  Campus,  affimis  its  commitments  to  a  policy  of 
eliminating  discrimination  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status, 
personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation,  or  on  the  basis  of 
the  exercise  of  rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States 
Constitution.  Inquiries  concerning  the  provisions  of  the  Code  should  be  directed 
to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs,  Main  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park. 


The  Undergraduate  Catalog  is  available  free  to  all  undergraduates  and  to 
all  faculty  at  College  Park  before  each  academic  year.  Copies  are  available  in 
libraries  and  in  high  schools  in  Maryland,  DC.  and  Virginia.  Copies  are  for  sale 
for  $2.00  each.  Send  a  check  payable  to  the  "University  of  Maryland."  to  the 
University  Book  Center,  College  Park.  Maryland  20742.  Write  "Catalog"  on  the 
check.  Allow  four  weeks  for  delivery. 


GRADUATE  CATALOG 
GRADUATE  BULLETIN 


For  information  about  the  Graduate  Catalog  or  the  Graduate  Bulletin,  call 
301/454-4006  or  write  the  Graduate  Offices.  South  Administration  Building. 
College  Pari<,  Maryland  20742 


SUMMER  SESSIONS  CATALOG 

For   information   call   454-3347  or   write   to   Summer   Sessions   Offices, 
Reckord  Armory,  College  Pari<,  Maryland  20742. 


2    General  Information 


The  University 

Goals  For  College  Park 


Our  objectives  are  simply  stated:  to  enrich  our  students:  to  encourage  them 
to  develop  the  harmonious  ideals  and  fine  relationships  which  characterize 
cultured  individuals:  to  provide  an  atmosphere  tor  self-enlightenment:  and  to 
promote  beneficial  research  for  the  welfare  of  the  State,  of  the  nation  and  of 
the  community  of  knowledge  everywhere. 

Universities  in  General 

The  contemporary  university  is  a  comprehensive  educational  institution 
offering  many  undergraduate  programs 

Universities  as  we  know  them  in  the  United  Stales  have  existed  for  less 
than  a  century,  but  their  roots  can  be  traced  back  to  medieval  history.  The 
English  college  system  served  as  a  model  for  earliest  American  efforts  at 
higher  education  The  ancient  German  university  tradition  was  joined  with  this 
in  the  1870s  to  form  basic  outlines  of  our  present  institutions.  Practical  studies 
were  grafted  onto  these  more  classically  and  theoretically  oriented  traditions  by 
the  agricultural  emphasis  of  the  land  grant  movement 

With  ttie  explosion  of  scientific  and  technological  knowledge  in  the  eariy 
twentieth  century,  the  role  of  the  university  in  American  society  attained 
increased  importance,  and  today  alrrrost  all  aspects  of  national  life — social, 
economic,  scientific,  and  cultural — benefit  from  its  educational,  research  and 
service  functions 

College  Parl(  and  the  University  of  Maryland 

The  College  Pari<  Campus  of  the  University  of  Maryland  was  opened  in 
1859  as  the  Maryland  Agricultural  College  under  a  charter  secured  by  a  group 
of  Maryland  planters.  After  a  disastrous  fire  in  1912,  the  Slate  acquired  control 
of  the  college  and  bore  the  cost  of  rebuilding.  In  1920  the  State  took  over  the 
faculty-owned  University  of  Baltimore  founded  in  1807,  merging  it  with  the 
State-owned  institution  at  College  Parit  to  form  the  present-day  University  of 
Maryland. 

In  1666  the  Delaware  Conference  Academy  was  founded  by  the  Methodist 
Church  in  Princess  Anne,  Maryland.  Title  to  the  institution  was  acquired  by  the 
State  of  Maryland  in  1926,  and  it  became  a  division  of  the  IJniversity  of 
Maryland  in  1946.  It  was  made  an  integral  part  of  the  University  system  with 
the  name.  University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore  (UMES)  in  1970. 

A  third  campus,  the  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County  (UMBC).  was 
opened  at  Catonsville  in  1966. 

Another  administrative  unit  of  the  University  is  University  College  (UMUC) 
which  offers  degree  and  non-degree  educational  programs  held  usually  in  the 
late  afternoon,  evening,  or  on  weekends  both  at  College  Partt  and  elsewhere  in 
the  state,  nation,  and  abroad  Administratively  and  academically  UMUC  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  University,  but  its  course  offerings  are  not  included  in  the 
programs  of  the  College  Park  Campus. 

Libraries  at  College  Park 

The  Theodore  R  McKeklin  Library  is  the  general  library  of  the  University, 
containing  referarK:e  worVs,  periodicals,  circulating  books,  and  other  materials 
in  all  fields  of  research  and  instruction  Branch  libraries  include  the  Hombake 
(Undergraduate)  Library,  the  Engineering  and  Physical  Sciences  Library,  the 
Architecture  Library,  the  Chemistry  Library,  and  the  Art  Library 

The  libraries  on  the  College  Park  Campus  include  approximately  14  milton 
volumes,  nearly  1.2  millkjn  microfilm  units,  and  approximately  16,000 
subscriptions  to  periodicals  and  newspapers,  as  well  as  384,000  government 
documents.  63,000  maps,  35,000  phone  records,  films  and  lilmstrips:  slides, 
prints,  and  music  scores 

The  Hombake  Library,  opened  in  1973.  seats  4,000  students  and  has  a 
book  capacity  of  200.000  volumes  It  features  a  recreational  reading  collection 
of  5,000  paperbacks,  a  quadropttonic  concert  room,  cok>r  vkleo  tape  players 
and  playback  units,  enctosed  rooms  equipped  »nth  instructors  consoles  lor  the 
use  of  nonpnnt  media  materials,  and  wireless  stereo  headsets  lor  tapes  and 
lectures,  plays,  speeches,  and  musk:  The  McKeldin  Library  mainly  supports 
the  graduate  and  research  programs  of  the  University,  but  is  also  open  to 
undergraduates 


Significant  collections  merged  innoihe  library  system  ir>clude  the  libraries  of 
Richard  Von  Mises  (mathematics  and  applied  mechanics):  Max  Born  (physical 
sciences):  Thomas  I  Cook  (political  science):  Romeo  Mansueti  (biological 
sciences):  and  J  W  Coopersmilh  (I8th  century  music,  especially  Handel) 
Special  collections  include  Itie  Kathenne  Anne  Porter  Collection;  the  East  Asia 
Collection  containing  the  Gordon  W  Prange  Collection  of  Japanese  language 
materials  from  the  period  of  the  Allied  Occupation  of  Japan,  1945-49: 
Marylandia:  US  government  publications:  publications  of  the  United  Nations, 
the  League  of  Nations,  and  other  international  organizations:  agrk^ltural 
experiment  station  and  extension  service  publications:  maps  from  the  US. 
Arniy  Map  Service  and  US  Geological  Survey:  files  on  ttie  Industnal  Union  of 
Marine  and  Shipbuilding  Workers  of  America  and  other  industrial  and  craft 
unions:  Wallenstein  Collection  of  musical  scores:  research  collections  of  the 
American  Bandmasters  Association,  the  Music  Educators  National  Conlerence, 
and  the  National  Association  of  College  Wind  and  Percussion  Instructors;  and 
microreproductions  of  government  documents,  rare  books,  early  artd  rare 
journals  and  newspapers 


Other  Area  Resources 


The  College  Park  Campus  area  is  in  a  region  rich  in  research  collections. 
In  the  Washington  area  are  the  Library  of  Congress,  the  Natkinal  Archrves,  tt>e 
Folger  Library,  the  National  Library  of  Medicine,  the  National  Agncultural 
Library,  and  various  academic  and  special  libraries  In  the  Baltimore  area,  in 
addition  to  the  University's  own  libraries  at  UMBC  and  on  the  professional 
campus,  are  the  Enoch  Pratt  Free  Library  and  the  Maryland  Historical 
Association  Library  The  Maryland  Hall  of  Records  is  kxated  in  Annapolis 


Campus  Research  Facilities 


The  research  programs  at  the  University  derive  their  existence  and  vigor 
from  a  faculty  comprised  of  internationally  recognized  sctxjiars  and  scientists  It 
is  an  advantage  for  undergraduate  students  to  be  aware  of  the  Unrversity's 
research  facilities  as  they  plan  their  programs 

Among  the  exceptional  research  facilities  are  scanning  electron 
microscopes:  subsonic,  supersonic,  arxl  hypersonic  wind  tunnels,  laboratories 
for  radiation  research  and  bkx:hemical  reactions;  a  nuclear  training  reactor:  an 
electron  ring  accelerator:  complete  laboratones  for  ttie  dynamic  studies  of  soils 
and  structures,  a  unique  facility  utilizing  satellite  remote  sensing  data:  a 
dynamk:  photomechanics  lab:  a  precision  encoder  and  pattern  recognition 
device:  a  gravitational  radiatk>n  detectk}n  system  including  a  gravimeter  on  the 
moon:  a  psycho-phamiacology  lalxjralory.  three  retroreliector  arrays  on  the 
rTK)on:  rotating  tanks  for  laboratory  studies  of  meloorokDgical  phenomena:  a 
linear  accelerator:  a  high  resolution  spectroscopy  facility:  small  groups 
behavioral  research  lat>oratories:  computer  simulatk>n  and  gaming  facilities: 
computer  graphics,  rerrKite  sensing  and  cartographies  lat>oratones,  an  anechotc 
chamber  for  audiology  research;  a  cnminal  lorensics  laboratory:  a  computer 
viskin  laboratory;  the  Astronomy  Observatory;  a  latxiratory  lor  plasma  and 
fusion  energy  studies,  and  the  Water  Resources  Center 

The  College  Parit  Campus  also  operates  one  of  the  largest  and  most 
sophisticated  long-wavelength  radio  telescopes  (kx:ated  at  Clarlt  Lake, 
Southern  California) 

In  addition  to  these  research  facilities,  the  campus  supports  a  numt>er  of 
organized  research  activities,  many  of  which  have  received  national  and 
international  recognilksn  for  Ifie  quality  of  their  research  work  These  organized 
research  units  include  the  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research,  the 
Center  lor  Phitosophy  and  Public  Policy,  ttie  Center  for  Irxtustnal  Relations  and 
Labor  Studies,  the  Center  lor  Productivity  and  Quality  of  Working  Life,  ttie 
Center  for  Study  and  Research  in  Business  and  Put>lic  Policy  and  tt>e  Bureau 
of  Governmental  Research  A  Survey  Research  Center,  scheduled  to  begin 
operatkin  in  Fall  1980,  will  provide  technical  assistance  to  researchers  in 
sample  design,  survey  technkjues  arxl  the  storage,  manipulation  and  analysis 
of  large  aggregate  data  sets  as  well  as  serve  as  a  cleannghouse  for  ttie  use 
and  dissemination  of  survey  research  data  from  across  ttie  country 

Investigation  in  agriculture  is  an  important  aspect  of  University  research 
University  farms  total  more  than  2.000  acres  Breeding,  selection  in  farm  crops, 
and  soil  research  are  a  part  of  the  program  Work  in  itiese  areas  is  augmentad 
by  X-ray  equipment  and  electron  microscopes 


Code  of  Student  Conduct     9 


Summer  Sessions 

The  College  Partt  Campus  oflers  two  summer  sessions  ol  six  weeks  each 
year  The  dates  ol  the  Summer  Sessions  can  be  found  in  the  printed  Schedule 
ol  Classes  for  the  Summer  Session  and  in  the  Academic  Calendar  in  Part  I  ol 
this  catalog  New  freshmen  applicants  who  have  met  the  regular  University 
admission  requirements  lor  lall  enrollment  may  t}egin  their  studies  dunng  the 
summer  rather  than  wait  lor  the  next  lall  term  By  taking  advantage  ol  this 
opportunity  and  continuing  to  attend  summer  sessions,  the  time  required  lor 
completk>n  of  a  baccalaureate  degree  can  t>e  shortened  by  a  year  or  more, 
depending  upon  the  requirements  ol  the  chosen  curnculum  and  the  rate  ol 
progress 

Many  new  students  have  lound  that  attendance  during  the  summer 
sessions  lacilitates  the  transition  Irom  secondary  school  to  college  Courses 
offered  dunng  the  summer  are  the  same  in  content  and  instruction  as  those 
offered  dunng  the  fall  and  spring  semesters 

The  Summer  Cultural  and  Recreational  Program  is  an  important  part  ol 
"Summer  at  Maryland "  A  Fine  Arts  Festival  offers  a  series  ol  programs  in  art. 
dance,  drama,  lilm.  and  music,  and  outstanding  performers  in  these  media 
appear  on  ttie  College  Park  Campus  Facilities  lor  most  sports  and  an 
intramural  program  in  several  team  and  individual  sports  are  available  to  the 
students 


For  additional  Information  write  tor  a  Summer  Sessions  Catak)g,  which  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Summer  Programs,  College  Park, 
Md  20742. 

Accreditation 

The  University  ol  Maryland  is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States  Association 
of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  and  is  a  member  ol  the  Association  of 
American  Universities  In  addition,  individual  schools  and  depanmenis  are 
accredited  by  such  groups  as  the  American  Association  of  Collegiate  Schools 
of  Business,  the  American  Chemical  Society,  the  National  Association  of 
Schools  ol  Music,  the  Section  ol  Legal  Education  and  Admissions  to  the  Bar  of 
ttie  American  Bar  Association,  the  American  Council  of  Education  lor 
Journalism,  the  American  Council  on  Pharmaceutical  Education,  the  Council  on 
Dental  Education  ol  the  American  Dental  Association,  the  Committee  on 
Accreditation  ol  the  American  Library  Association,  the  American  Psychological 
Association,  the  Commission  on  Accreditation  ol  the  Council  on  Social  Work 
Education,  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  the  Engineers  Council  lor  Prolessional  Development,  the  National 
Council  lor  Accreditation  ol  Teacher  Education,  the  National  League  lor 
Nursing,  the  National  Architectural  Accrediting  Board,  the  American  Association 
lor  Accreditation  of  Laboratory  Animal  Care,  and  the  Amehcan  Dietetic 
Association. 


Code  of  Student  Conduct  and 
Annotations 

Approved  by  the  Board  of  Regents  January  25.  1980 

(Footnotes  which  appear  throughout  the  Code  ol  Student  Conduct  refer  to  the 
Annotations  beginning  on  page  12.) 


Rationale 

1 .  The  primary  purpose  for  the  imposition  of  discipline  in  the  University  setting 
is  to  protect  the  campus  community.  Consistent  with  that  purpose, 
reasonable  efforts  will  also  be  made  to  loster  the  personal  and  social 
development  of  those  students  who  are  held  accountable  for  violations  ol 
University  regulations.''' 

Definitions 

2.  When  used  in  this  code:'^' 

(a)  the  term  "aggravated  violation"  means  a  violation  which  resulted  or 
loreseeably  could  have  resulted  in  significant  damage  to  persons  or 
property  or  which  otherwise  posed  a  substantial  threat  to  the  stability 
and  continuance  ol  normal  University  or  University  sponsored  activities. 

(b)  the  term  "cheating"  means  intentionally  using  or  attempting  to  use 
unauthorized  materials,  inlormation  or  study  aids  in  any  academic 
exercise. 

(c)  the  term  "distribution"  means  sale  or  exchange  lor  personal  profit. 

(d)  the  term  "fabrication"  means  intentional  and  unauthorized  lalsilication  or 
invention  ol  any  inlonnation  or  citation  in  an  academic  exercise. 

(e)  the  term  "group"  means  a  number  of  persons  who  are  associated  with 
each  other  and  who  have  not  complied  with  University  requirements  lor 
registiation  as  an  organization. 

(f)  the  terms  "institution"  and  "university"  mean  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Pari<. 

(g)  the  term  "organization"  means  a  number  of  persons  who  have  complied 
with  University  requirements  for  registration. 

(h)  the  term  "plagiarism"  means  intentionally  or  knowingly  representing  the 

words  or  ideas  of  another  as  one's  own  in  any  academic  exercise, 
(i)  the  term  "reckless"  means  conduct  which  one  should  reasonably  be 
expected  to  know  would  create  a  substantial  risk  ol  harm  to  persons  or 
property  or  which  would  otherwise  be  likely  to  result  in  interference  with 
normal  University  or  University  sponsored  activities.'^' 
(j)  the  term  "studenf  means  a  person  taking  or  auditing  courses  at  the 
institution  either  on  a  full  or  part-time  basis.'*' 

(k)  the  term  "University  premises"  means  buildings  or  grounds  owned, 

leased,  operated,  controlled  or  supervised  by  the  University. 
(I)  the  term  "weapon"  means  any  object  or  substance  designed  to  inflict  a 
wound,  cause  injury,  or  incapacitate,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  all 
firearms,  pellet  guns,  switchblade  knives,  knives  with  blades  live  or 
more  inches  in  length,  and  chemicals  such  as  "Mace"  or  tear-gas. 

(m)  the  term  "University  sponsored  activity"  means  any  activity  on  or  off 
campus  which  is  initiated,  aided,  authorized  or  supervised  by  the 
University 

(n)  the  terms  "will"  or  "shall"  are  used  in  the  imperative  sense. 


Interpretation  of  Regulations 

3.  Disciplinary  regulations  at  the  University  are  set  lorth  in  writing  in  order  to 
give  students  general  notice  ol  prohibited  conduct  The  regulations  should 
be  read  broadly  and  are  not  designed  to  deline  misconduct  In  exhaustive 
terms. 

Inherent  Authority 

4.  The  University  reserves  the  right  to  take  necessary  and  appropriate  action 
to  protect  the  safety  and  well-being  of  the  campus  community.'^' 

Student  Participation 

5.  Students  are  asked  to  assume  positions  of  responsibility  in  the  University 
judicial  system  in  order  that  they  might  contribute  their  skills  and  insights  to 
the  resolution  ol  disciplinary  cases.  Final  authority  in  disciplinary  matters, 
however,  is  vested  in  the  University  administration  and  in  the  Board  ol 
Regents. 

Standards  of  Due  Process 

6.  Students  subject  to  expulsion,  suspension'^'  or  disciplinary  removal  from 
University  housing'"  will  be  accorded  a  judicial  txjard  hearing  as  specified 
in  part  28  of  this  code.  Students  subject  to  less  severe  sanctions  will  be 
entitled  to  an  informal  disciplinary  conference'*',  as  set  forth  in  parts  30  and 
31. 

7.  The  focus  of  inquiry  in  disciplinary  proceedings  shall  be  the  guilt  or 
innocence  ol  those  accused  ol  violating  disciplinary  regulations.  Formal 
rules  ol  evkjence  shall  not  be  applicable,  nor  shall  deviations  from 
prescribed  procedures  necessarily  invalidate  a  decision  or  proceeding, 
unless  significant  prejudice  to  a  student  respondent  or  the  University  may 
result."' 

Violations  of  Law  and  Disciplinary  Regulations 

8.  Students  may  be  accountable  to  txith  civil  authorities  and  to  the  University 
for  acts  which  constitute  violations  of  law  and  ol  this  code.'""  Disciplinary 
action  at  the  University  will  normally  proceed  during  the  pendency  of 
criminal  proceedings  and  will  not  t>e  subject  to  challenge  on  the  ground  that 
criminal  charges  involving  the  same  incident  have  tieen  dismissed  or 
reduced. 

Prohibited  Conduct 

9.  The  following  misconduct  is  subject  to  disciplinary  action: 

(a)  intentionally  or  recklessly  causing  physical  harm  to  any  person  on 
University  premises  or  at  University  sponsored  activities,  or  intentionally 
or  recklessly  causing  reasonable  apprehension  of  such  harm. 

(b)  unauthorized  use,  possession  or  storage  of  any  weapon  on  University 
premises  or  at  University  sponsored  activities. 

(c)  intentionally  initiating  or  causing  to  be  initiated  any  false  report,  warning 
or  threat  of  lire,  explosion  or  other  emergency  on  University  premises 
or  at  University  sponsored  activities. 

(d)  intentionally  or  recklessly  interfering  with  nonnal  University  or  University 
sponsored  activities,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  studying,  teaching, 
research.  University  administration,  or  fire,  police  or  emergency 
services. 


10     Code  of  Student  Conduct 


(e)  knowingly  violating  the  terms  of  any  disciplinary  sanction  imposed  in 
accordance  with  this  code. 

(f)  intentionally  or  recklessly  misusing  or  damaging  fire  safely  equipment 

(g)  unauthorized  distribution  or  possession  for  purposes  of  distnbution  of 
any  controlled  substance  or  illegal  drug'"'  on  University  premises  or  at 
University  sponsored  activities 

(h)  intentionally  furnishing  false  information  to  the  University, 
(i)  forgery,  unauthorized  alteration,  or  unauthonzed  use  of  any  University 

document  or  instrument  of  identification, 
(j)  all    forms    of    academic    dishonesty,    including    cheating,    fabrication. 

facilitating  academic  dishonesty  and  plagiansm  " 
(k)  intentionally  and  substantially  interfering  with  the  freedom  of  expression 

of  others  on  University  premises  or  at  University  sponsored  activities  "^' 
(I)  theft  of  property  or  of  services  on  University  premises  or  at  University 

sponsored    activities:    knowing    possession    of    stolen    property    on 

University  premises  or  at  University  sponsored  activities 
(n)  failure  to  comply  with  the  directions  of  University  officials,  including 

campus  police  officers,  acting  in  performance  of  their  duties 
(o)  violation  of  published  University  regulations  or  policies,  as  approved 

and   compiled   by  the   Vice   Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs."^'   Such 

regulations  or  policies  may  include  the  residence  hall  contract,  as  well 

as  those  regulations  relating  to  entry  and  use  of  University  facilities. 

sale  or  consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages,  use  of  vehicles"    and 

amplifying     equipment,     campus     demonstrations,     and     misuse    of 

identification  cards, 
(p)  use   or   possession  of  any  controlled   substance  or   illegal   drug  on 

University  premises  or  at  University  sponsored  activities."" 
(q)  unauthorized  use  or  possession  of  fireworks  on  University  premises 


Sanctions 


10  Sanctions  for  violations  of  disciplinary  regulations  consist  of: 

(a)  EXPULSION:  permanent  separation  of  the  student  from  the  University. 
Notification  will  appear  on  the  student's  transcript.  The  student  will  also 
be  barred  from  University  premises  (Expulsion  requires  administrative 
review  and  approval  by  the  Chancellor  and  may  be  altered,  deferred  or 
withheld.) 

(b)  SUSPENSION:  separation  of  the  student  from  the  University  for  a 
specified  period  of  time.  Permanent  notification  will  appear  on  the 
student's  transcript.  The  student  shall  not  participate  in  any  University 
sponsored  activity  and  may  be  barred  from  University  premises 
Suspended  time  will  not  count  against  any  time  limits  of  the  Graduate 
School  for  completion  of  a  degree.  (Suspension  requires  administrative 
review  and  approval  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs  and  may 
be  altered,  deferred  or  withheld.) 

(c)  DISCIPLINARY  PROBATION:  the  student  shall  not  represent  the 
University  in  any  extracurricular  activity  or  run  for  or  hold  office  in  any 
student  group  or  organization  Additional  restrictions  or  conditions  may 
also  be  imposed.  Notification  will  be  sent  to  appropriate  University 
offices,  including  the  Office  of  Campus  Activities. 

(d)  DISCIPLINARY  REPRIMAND:  the  student  is  warned  that  further 
misconduct  may  result  in  more  severe  disciplinary  action. 

(e)  RESTITUTION:  the  student  is  required  to  make  payment  to  the 
University  or  to  other  persons,  groups,  or  organizations  for  damages 
incurred  as  a  result  of  a  violation  of  this  code 

(0  OTHER  SANCTIONS:  other  sanctions  may  be  imposed  instead  of  or  in 
addition  to  those  specified  in  sections  (a)  through  (e)  of  this  pan.  For 
example,  students  may  be  subject  to  dismissal  from  University  housing 
for  disciplinary  violations  which  occur  in  the  residence  halls  Likewise, 
students  may  be  subject  to  restrictions  upon  or  denials  of  driving 
privileges  for  disciplinary  violations  involving  the  use  or  registration  of 
motor  vehicles  Work  or  research  projects  may  also  be  assigned 

1 1 .  Violations  of  sections  (a)  through  (g)  in  part  nine  of  this  code  may  result  in 
expulsion  from  the  University."^'  unless  specific  and  significant  mitigating 
factors  are  present  Factors  to  be  considered  in  mitigation  shall  be  the 
present  demeanor  and  past  disciplinary  record  of  the  offender,  as  well  as 
tfie  nature  of  the  offense  and  the  seventy  of  any  damage,  injury,  or  harm 
resulting  from  it 

12.  Violations  of  sections  (h)  through  (1)  in  pari  nine  of  this  code  may  result  in 
suspension  from  the  University,  unless  specific  and  significant  mitigating 
factors  as  specified  in  part  eleven  are  present. 

13  Repeated  or  aggravated  violations  of  any  section  of  this  code  may  also 
result  in  expulsion  or  suspension  or  in  the  imposition  of  such  lesser 
penalties  as  may  be  appropriate 

14  Attempts  to  commit  acts  prohibited  by  this  code  shall  be  punished  to  tfie 
same  extent  as  completed  violations  "" 


Interim  Suspension^'' ^^ 


■     Allegelions  ol  academic  Oahonesty  am  prooessatt  m  aoconUnoa  with  the  pmcaduna  sK 
lorth  m  graduate  and  undargnduate  catalogs. 

ParkHig  and   TrattK   Viotations   may  t>e  fxocessad  in   accofxJanco   with  proc^duna 
established  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  lor  Student  Atlairs 


15  The  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs  or  a  designee  may  suspend  a 
student  for  an  interim  period  pending  disciplinary  proceedings  or  medical 
evaluation,  such  interim  suspension  to  become  immediately  effective 
without  prior  notice,  whenever  there  is  evidence  that  ttie  continued 
presence  of  the  student  on  the  University  campus  poses  a  substantial 
threat  to  himself  or  to  others  or  to  the  stability  and  continuarK;e  ot  nomial 
University  functions 

16  A  student  suspended  on  an  intenm  basis  shall  be  given  an  opportunity  to 
appear  personally  before  the  Vice  Chancelkir  for  Student  Affairs  or  a 
designee  within  five  busirwss  days  from  the  effective  date  of  the  intenm 
suspension  in  order  to  discuss  the  following  issues  only: 

(a)  the  reliability  of  the  information  concerning  the  student's  conduct. 
including  the  matter  ol  his  identity: 

(b)  whether  the  conduct  and  surrounding  circumstances  reasonably 
indicate  that  the  continued  presence  ol  the  student  on  the  University 
campus  poses  a  substantial  threat  to  himself  or  to  others  or  the  stability 
and  continuance  of  normal  University  functk>ns 

The  Judicial  Programs  Office 

17  The  Judicial  Programs  Office  directs  the  efforts  of  students  and  staff 
members  in  matters  involving  student  discipline  The  responsibilities  of  the 
office  include: 

(a)  determination  of  the  disciplinary  charges  to  be  filed  pursuant  to  this 
code 

(b)  interviewing  and  advising  parties""  involved  in  disciplinary 
proceedings 

(c)  supervising,  training,  and  advising  all  judicial  tioards 

(d)  reviewing  the  decisions  of  all  judicial  boards  "" 

(e)  maintenance  of  all  student  disciplinary  records 
(0  devetopment  of  procedures  for  conflict  resolutk>n 

(g)  resolution  of  cases  of  student  misconduct  as  specified  in  parts  30  and 

31  of  this  code 
(h)  collection   and   dissemination   of    research    and   analysis    ooncemir>g 

student  conduct 
(i)  submission    of   a    statistical    report    each    semester    to    the    cannpus 

community,  reporting  the  numtjer  of  cases  referred  to  the  office,  the 

number  of  cases  resulting  in  disciplinary  action,   and  ttie  range  ol 

sanctions  imposed.'"' 

Judicial  Panels 

18  Hearings  or  other  proceedings  as  pnjvided  in  this  code  may  be  heW  before 
the  following  tioards  or  committees: 

(a)  CONFERENCE  BOARDS,  as  appointed  in  accordance  with  pari  31  ol 
this  code 

(b)  RESIDENCE  BOARDS,  as  established  and  approved  by  the  Vice 
Chanceltor  for  Student  Affairs  ""  Students  residing  in  group  living  unrts 
owned,  leased,  operated  or  supervised  by  the  University  may  petition 
the  Vice  Chancellor  for  auttxjrity  to  establish  judicial  boards  Such 
boards  may  be  empowered  to  hear  cases  involving  violations  of  this 
code,  as  prescribed  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 

(c)  THE  CENTRAL  BOARD  hears  cases  involving  disciplinary  violations 
wtiich  are  not  referred  to  Residence  Boards  or  resolved  in  accordance 
with  parts  30  and  31  of  this  code  The  Central  Board  is  composed  of 
five  full-time  students,  including  at  least  two  graduate  students 

(d)  THE  APPELLATE  BOARD  hears  appeals  from  Residence  boards,  the 
Central  Board,  and  ad  hoc  boards,  m  accordance  with  part  39  of  ttvs 
code  The  Appellate  Board  is  composed  of  five  full-time  students, 
including  at  least  two  graduate  students 

(e)  AD  HOC  BOARDS  may  be  appointed  by  the  Director  of  Judicial 
Programs  when  a  Conlerence  Board,  a  Residence  Board,  the  Central 
Board,  the  Appellate  Board  or  tfie  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  are 
unable  to  obtain  a  quorum  or  are  otherwise  unable  to  hear  a  case '"' 
Each  ad  hoc  board  shall  be  composed  of  three  members,  including  at 
least  one  student 

(0  THE  SENATE  COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  CONDUCT  hears  H)f)Mh 
as  specified  in  part  38  of  this  code  The  committee  also  approves  the 
initial  selection  of  all  judicial  board  members,  except  members  ol 
conference  and  ad  hoc  boards  '"' 

19  Tf>e  presiding  officer  of  each  judicial  board  and  of  the  Senate  Commjttee 
on  Student  Conduct  may  devetop  bylaws  which  are  not  inconsistent  with 
any  provision  in  this  code  Bylaws  must  be  approved  by  ttie  Director  of 
Judicial  Programs  "" 

Selection  and  Removal  of  Board  Members 

20  Memtiers  of  the  various  judcial  lx>ards  are  selected  in  accordarx:e  with 
procedures  devekiped  by  ttie  Director  ol  Judoal  Programs 

21 .  Members  of  conlerence  arxl  ad  hoc  boanjs  are  selected  m  accordance  with 
parts  31  and  18  (e).  respectnrely 


Code  of  Student  Conduct     1 1 


22  Prospective  members  ol  the  Central  Board  and  ttie  Appellate  Board  are 
subject  to  confirmation  by  the  Senate  Committee  on  Student  Conduct 

23  Members  ol  the  Senate  Committee  on  Student  Conduct  are  selected  in 
accordance  wilti  ttie  bylaws  o(  the  University  Senate 

24  Pnor  to  participating  in  board  or  committee  deliberations,  new  members  ol 
the  Senate  Committee  on  Student  Conduct  and  ol  all  judicial  boards, 
except  conference  and  ad  hoc  boards,  will  participate  in  one  orientation 
session  offered  at  least  once  each  academic  year  by  the  Judicial  Programs 
Office 

26  Student  members  of  any  judicial  txjard  or  committee  who  are  charged  with 
any  violation  of  this  code  or  with  a  criminal  offense  (25)  may  be  suspended 
from  their  judicial  positions  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  dunng  the 
pendency  of  the  charges  against  them  Students  convicted  for  any  such 
violation  or  offense  may  C>e  disqualified  from  any  further  participation  in  the 
University  judicial  system  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  Additional 
grounds  arid  procedures  for  removal  may  also  be  set  forth  in  Ifie  bylaws  of 
tt\e  vanous  judicial  panels 

Case  Referrals 

26.  Any  person'*'  may  refer  a  student  or  a  student  group  or  organization 
suspected  of  violating  this  code  to  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  Persons 
making  such  referrals  ais  required  to  provide  infomnation  pertinent  to  the 
case  and  will  normally  be  expected  to  appear  before  a  judicial  board  as  the 
complainant.'"' 

Deferral  of  Proceedings 

27.  The  Director  ol  Judicial  Programs  may  defer  disciplinary  proceedings  for 
alleged  violations  of  this  code  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  ninety  days. 
Pending  charges  may  be  witfidrawn  thereafter,  dependent  upon  the  good 
behavior  of  the  respondent. 

Hearing  Referrals 

28.  Staff  members  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  will  review  case  referrals  to 
determine  whether  the  alleged  misconduct  might  result  in  expulsion, 
suspension,  or  disciplinary  removal  from  University  housing. '^°'  Student 
subject  to  those  sanctions  shall  be  accorded  a  hearing  before  the 
appropriate  judicial  t>oard.  All  other  cases  shall  be  resolved  in  the  Judicial 
Programs  Office  after  an  informal  disciplinary  conference,  as  set  forth  in 
parts  30  and  31  of  this  code. 

29.  Students  referred  to  a  judicial  board  hearing  may  elect  instead  to  have  their 
case  resolved  in  accordance  with  parts  30  and  31.  The  full  range  of 
sanctions  authorized  by  this  code  may  be  imposed,  although  the  right  of 
appeal  shall  not  be  applicable. 


Disciplinary  Conferences^^'' 


30.  Students  subject  to  or  electing  to  participate  in  a  disciplinary  conference  in 
the  Judicial  Programs  Office  are  accorded  the  following  procedural 
protections: 

(a)  written  notice  of  charges  at  least  three  days  prior  to  the  scheduled 
conference. 

(b)  reasonable  access  to  the  case  file""'  prior  to  and  during  the 
conference. 

(c)  an  opportunity  to  respond  to  the  evidence  against  them  and  to  call 
appropriate  witnesses  in  their  behalf. 

(d)  the  right  to  be  accompanied  and  assisted  by  a  representative,  in 
accordance  with  Part  33  of  this  code 

31 .  Disciplinary  conferences  shall  be  conducted  by  the  Director  of  Judicial 
Programs  or  a  designee.  '^"  Complex  or  contested  cases  may  be  referred 
by  the  Director  to  a  conference  board,  consisting  of  one  member  of  the 
Central  Board,  one  member  of  the  Appellate  Board,  and  a  staff  member  in 
ttie  Division  of  Student  Affairs.  Conference  Board  members  shall  be 
selected  on  a  rotating  basis  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs. 

Hearing  Procedures 

32.  The  following  procedural  guidelines  shall  be  applicable  in  disciplinary 
hearings: 

(a)  respondents  shall  be  given  notice  of  the  hearing  date  and  the  specific 
charges  against  them  at  least  five  days  in  advance  and  shall  be 
accorded  reasonable  access  to  the  case  file,  which  will  be  retained  in 
the  Judicial  Programs  Office. 

(b)  the  presiding  officer  of  any  board  may  subpoena  witnesses  upon  the 
motion  of  any  board  member  or  of  either  party  and  shall  subpoena 
witnesses  upon  request  of  the  tward  advisor.  Subpoenas  must  be 
approved  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  and  shall  be  personally 
delivered  or  sent  by  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested.  University 
students  and  employees  are  expected  to  comply  with  subpoenas  issued 
pursuant  to  this  procedure,  unless  compliance  would  result  in  significant 
and  unavoidable  personal  hardship  or  substantial  interference  with 
normal  University  activities.  '"' 


(c)  respondents  who  fail  to  appear  after  proper  notice  will  be  deemed  to 
have  plead  guilty  lo  the  charges  pending  against  them 

(d)  heanngs  will  be  closed  to  the  public,  except  for  the  immediate  members 
ol  the  respondents  lamily  and  for  \\\e  respor>dent's  representative  An 
open  hearing  may  be  held,  in  ttie  discretion  of  the  presiding  officer,  if 
requested  by  the  respondent 

(e)  the  presiding  officer  of  each  board  shall  exercise  control  over  the 
proceedings  to  avoid  needless  consumption  ol  time  and  lo  achieve  the 
orderiy  completion  of  the  heanng  Except  as  provided  m  section  (o)  of 
this  part,  any  person,  including  the  respondent,  who  disrupts  a  hearing 
may  be  excluded  by  the  presiding  officer  or  by  the  board  advisor 

(0  heanngs  may  be  tape  recorded  or  transcribed  If  a  recording  or 
transcription  is  not  made,  the  decision  ol  the  board  must  include  a 
summary  of  the  testimony  and  shall  be  sufficiently  detailed  to  permit 
review  by  appellate  bodies  and  by  staff  members  in  ttie  Judicial 
Programs  Office 

(g)  any  party  or  the  board  advisor  may  challenge  a  board  member  on  the 
grounds  of  personal  bias  Board  members  may  be  disqualified  upon 
majority  vote  of  the  remaining  members  of  the  board,  conducted  by 
secret  ballot,  '"'  or  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs. 

(h)  witnesses  shall  be  asked  lo  affirm  that  their  testimony  is  truthful  and 
may  be  subject  to  charges  of  perjury,  pursuant  to  part  9  (h)  of  this 
code. 
(i)  prosjjective  witnesses,  other  than  the  complainant  and  the  respondent, 
may  be  excluded  from  the  hearing  during  the  testimony  of  other 
witnesses  All  parties,  the  witnesses,  and  the  public  shall  be  excluded 
during  board  deliberations 
(j)  the  burden  of  proof  shall  be  upon  the  complainant,  who  must  establish 
the  guilt  of  the  respondent  by  a  preponderance  of  the  evidence  '*" 

(k)  formal  rules  of  evidence  shall  not  be  applicable  in  disciplinary 
proceedings  conducted  pursuant  to  this  code.  The  presiding  officer  of 
each  board  shall  give  effect  to  the  rules  of  confidentiality  and  privilege, 
but  shall  otherwise  admit  all  matters  into  evidence  which  reasonable 
persons  would  accept  as  having  probative  value  in  the  conduct  of  their 
affairs.  Unduly  repetitious  or  irrelevant  evidence  may  be  excluded.  "^' 
(I)  respondents  shall  be  accorded  an  opportunity  to  question  those 
witnesses  who  testify  for  the  complainant  at  the  hearing. 

(m)  affidavits  shall  not  be  admitted  into  evidence  unless  signed  by  the 
affiant  and  witnessed  by  a  University  employee,  or  by  a  person 
designated  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs 

(n)  board  members  may  take  judicial  notice  of  matters  which  would  be 
within  the  general  experience  of  University  students  '^' 

(o)  board  advisors  may  comment  on  questions  of  procedure  and 
admissibility  of  evidence  and  will  othenwise  assist  in  the  conduct  of  the 
hearing.  Advisors  will  be  accorded  all  the  privileges  of  board  members, 
and  the  additional  responsibilities  set  forth  in  this  code,  but  shall  not 
vote.  All  advisors  are  responsible  to  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs 
and  shall  not  t>e  excluded  from  hearings  or  board  deliberations  by  any 
board  or  by  the  presiding  officer  of  any  board. 

(p)  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  may  appoint  a  special  presiding  officer 
to  any  board  in  complex  cases  or  in  any  case  in  which  the  respondent 
is  represented  by  an  attorney.  Special  presiding  officers  may  participate 
in  board  deliberations,  but  shall  not  vote."" 

(q)  a  determination  of  guilt  shall  be  followed  by  a  supplemental  proceeding 
in  which  either  party  and  the  board  advisor  may  submit  evidence  or 
make  statements  concerning  the  appropriate  sanction  to  be  imposed. 
The  past  disciplinary  record^'  of  the  respondent  shall  not  be  supplied 
to  the  board  by  the  advisor  prior  to  the  supplementary  proceeding, 
(r)  final  decisions  of  all  judicial  panels  shall  be  by  majority  vote  of  the 
memtiers  present  and  voting.  A  tie  vote  will  result  in  a  recommended 
acquittal  in  an  original  proceeding.  A  tie  vote  in  an  appellate  proceeding 
will  result  in  an  affirmation  of  the  original  decision. 

(s)  final  decisions  of  all  boards,  except  conference  twards,  shall  be 
accompanied  by  a  brief  written  opinion. 

Advisors  and  Attorneys 

33.  Respondents  or  complainants  participating  in  any  disciplinary  proceeding 
may  be  accompanied  by  a  representative,  who  may  be  an  attorney.'^' 
Parties  who  wish  to  be  represented  by  an  attorney  in  a  disciplinary 
proceeding  must  so  inform  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  in  writing  at  least 
two  business  days  prior  to  the  scheduled  date  of  the  proceeding. 
Representatives  may  not  appear  in  lieu  of  respondents. 

Student  Groups  and  Organizations 

34.  Student  groups  and  organizations  may  bie  charged  with  violations  of  this 
code 

35.  A  student  group  or  organization  and  its  officers  may  be  held  collectively  '"" 
or  individually  responsible  when  violations  of  this  code  by  those  associated 
with'*"  the  group  or  organization  have  received  the  tacit  or  overt  consent 
or  encouragement  of  the  group  or  organization  or  of  the  group's  or 
organization's  leaders,  officers,  or  spokesmen. 

36.  The  officers  or  leaders  or  any  identifiable  spokesmen  '*''  for  a  student 
group  or  organization  may  be  directed  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student 
Affairs  or  a  designee  to  take  appropriate  action  designed  to  prevent  or  end 


12     Code  of  Student  Conduct 


violations  of  this  code  by  the  group  or  organization  or  by  any  persons 
associated  with  the  group  or  organization  who  can  reasonably  be  said  to 
be  acting  in  the  group's  or  organization's  tiehall  Failure  to  make 
reasonable  efforts  to  comply  with  the  Vice  Chancellor's  directive  shall  tie 
considered  a  violation  of  pan  9  (n)  of  this  code,  both  by  the  officers, 
leaders  or  spokesmen  for  the  group  or  organization  and  by  the  group  or 
organization  itself 
37.  Sanctions  for  group  or  organization  misconduct  may  include  revocation  or 
denial  of  recognition  or  registration,  as  well  as  other  appropriate  sanctions, 
pursuant  to  part  10  (0  of  this  code. 


Appeals 

38  Any  disciplinary  determination  resulting  in  expulsion  or  suspension'"'  may 
be  appealed  by  the  respondent  to  the  Senate  Committee  on  Student 
Conduct  The  Senate  Committee  shall  also  hiear  appeals  from  denials  of 
petitions  to  void  disciplinary  records,  pursuant  to  part  48  of  this  code 

39  Final  decisions  of  residence  boards,  the  Central  Board  and  ad  hoc  tx>ards, 
not  involving  the  sanctions  specified  in  part  38,  may  be  appealed  by  ttie 
respondent  to  the  Appellate  Board  '"' 

40.  Requests  for  appeals  must  be  submitted  in  writing  to  the  Judicial  Programs 
Office  within  seven  business  days  from  the  date  of  the  letter  notifying  the 
respondent  of  the  onginal  decision  Failure  to  appeal  within  the  allotted  time 
will  render  the  original  decision  final  and  conclusive.'*^' 

41 .  A  written  brief  in  support  of  the  appeal  must  be  submitted  to  the  Judicial 
Programs  Office  within  ten  business  days  from  the  date  of  the  letter 
notifying  the  respondent  of  the  original  decision.  Failure  to  submit  a  written 
brief  within  the  allotted  time  will  render  the  decision  of  the  lower  board  final 
and  conclusive  '*" 

42  Appeals  shall  be  decided  upon  the  record  of  the  original  proceeding  and 
upon  written  briefs  submitted  by  the  parties.  De  novo  hearings  shall  not  be 
conducted 

43  Appellate  bodies  may: 

(a)  affirm  the  finding  and  the  sanction  imposed  by  the  original  board. 

(b)  affirm  the  finding  and  reduce,  but  not  eliminate,  the  sanction,  in 
accordance  with  parts  44  and  44  (a)  of  this  code. 

(c)  remand  the  case  to  the  original  Ixiard,  In  accordance  with  parts  44  and 
44  (b) 

(d)  dismiss  the  case,  in  accordance  with  parts  44  and  44  (c). 

44.  Deference  shall  t>e  given  to  the  determinations  of  kiwer  boards:''^ 

(a)  sanctions  may  only  tie  reduced  if  found  to  be  grossly  disproportionate 
to  the  offense 

(b)  cases  may  t>e  remanded  to  the  original  board  if  specified  procedural 
errors  or  errors  in  interpretation  of  University  regulations  were  so 
substantial  as  to  effectively  deny  the  respondent  a  fair  hearing,  or  if 
new  and  significant  evidence  tiecame  available  which  could  not  have 
been  discovered  by  a  properiy  diligent  responent  before  or  during  the 
original  heanng  '"'  The  decision  of  the  lower  board  on  remand  shall  be 
final  and  conclusive. 

(c)  cases  may  tie  dismissed  only  if  the  finding  is  held  to  be  arbitrary  and 
capricious  '*" 

(d)  decisions  of  ttie  Appellate  Board  shall  be  recommendations  to  the 
Director  of  Judicial  Programs  '^'  Decisions  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Student  Conduct  shall  be  recomiT>endations  to  the  Vice  Chancelkir  for 
Student  Affairs. 

45.  The  imposition  of  sanctions  will  normally  tie  deferred  during  the  pendency 
of  appellate  proceedings,  in  ttie  discretion  of  the  Director  of  Judicial 
Programs. 


Disciplinary  Files  and  Records 

46.  Case  referrals  may  result  in  the  devekjpment  of  a  disciplinary  file  in  ttie 
riame  of  ttie  respondent,  which  shall  be  vokjed  if  the  respondent  is  found 
innocent  of  ttie  charges ''"  The  files  of  respondents  found  guilty  of  any  of 
ttie  charges  against  them  will  be  retained  as  a  disciplinary  record  for  three 
years  from  the  date  of  the  letter  providing  notice  of  final  disciplinary 
action  '"'  Disciplinary  records  may  be  retained  for  longer  periods  of  time  or 
permanently,  if  so  specified  in  the  sanction 

47.  Disciplinary  records  may  be  voided'^'  by  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs 
for  good  cause,  upon  written  petition  of  respondents.  Factors  to  be 
considered  in  review  of  such  petitions  shall  include: 

(a)  the  present  demeanor  of  the  respondent 

(b)  ttie  conduct  of  the  respondent  subsequent  to  ttie  violatkjn 

(c)  ttie  nature  of  the  violation  and  the  seventy  of  any  damage,  iniury,  or 
harm  resulting  from  it 

48.  Denials  of  petitions  to  void  disciplinary  records  shall  be  appealable  to  ttie 
Senate  Committee  on  Student  Conduct,  which  will  apply  the  standard 

of  review  specified  m  parts  44  and  44  (c)  Ttie  requirements  for  appeals  as 
set  forth  in  parts  40  and  41  shall  be  applicable '"' 

49.  Disciplinary  records  retained  for  less  than  ninety  days  or  designated  as 
'permanent'  shall  not  be  voided  wittiout  unusual  and  compelling 
justification."*' 


Annotations: 

1  The  University  is  not  designed  or  equipped  to  rehal>ilitate  or  incapacitate 
persons  who  pose  a  sustantial  threat  to  themselves  or  to  others  It  may  be 
necessary,  tfierefore,  to  remove  those  individuals  from  the  campus  and  to 
sever  the  institutional  relationship  with  tfiem.  as  provided  in  this  code  of 
conduct  and  by  other  University  regulations  ' 

Any  punishment  imposed  in  accordance  with  the  code  may  have  the  value 
of  discouraging  the  offender  and  others  from  engaging  in  future 
misbehavior  In  cases  of  minor  disciplinary  violations,  the  particular  form  of 
punishment  may  also  be  designed  to  draw  upon  the  educational  resources 
of  ttie  University  in  order  to  bnng  atiout  a  lasting  and  reasoned  change  in 
behavior  Ttie  underiying  ratkjnale  for  punishment  need  not  rest  on 
deterrence  or  "reform"  alone,  however  A  just  punishment  may  also  tie 
imposed  tiecause  it  is  "deserved"  and  because  punishment  lor  willful 
offenses  affirms  the  autonomy  and  integrity  of  the  offender  The  latter 
concept  was  well  expressed  by  D  J  B  Hawkins  in  his  essay  "Punishment 
and  Moral  Responsibility"  in  7  Modem  Law  Review  205: 

The  vice  of  regarding  punishment  entirely  from  the  points  of  view  of 
reformation  and  deterrence  lies  precisely  in  forgetting  that  a  |ust 
punishment  is  deserved  The  punishment  of  men  ttien  ceases  to  tie 
essentially  different  from  the  training  of  animals,  and  the  way  is  open 
for  the  totalitarian  state  to  undertake  the  forcible  improvement  of  its 
citizens  without  regard  to  whether  their  conduct  has  made  ttiem  morally 
liable  to  social  coercion  or  not  But  ment  and  demerit,  reward  and 
punishment,  have  a  different  significance  as  applied  to  men  and  as 
applied  to  animals  A  dog  may  be  called  a  good  dog  or  a  bad  dog,  but 
his  goodness  or  badness  can  be  finally  explained  in  terms  of  heredity 
and  environment  A  man,  however,  is  a  person,  and  we  instinctively 
recognise  that  he  has  a  certain  ultimate  personal  responsitMlity  for  at 
least  some  of  his  actions  Hence  merit  and  dement,  reward  and 
punishment,  have  an  in-educible  indivklual  significance  as  applied  to 
men  This  is  the  dignity  and  the  tragedy  of  the  human  person 

A  similar  view  was  expressed  by  Justice  Powell,  dissenting  in  Goss  v 
Lopez  (42  L  Ed  2d  725,  745): 

Education  is  any  meaningful  sense  includes  the  inculation  of  an 
understanding  in  each  pupil  of  the  necessity  of  rules  and  obedience 
ttiereto  This  understanding  is  no  less  important  than  learning  to  read 
and  write  One  who  does  not  comprehend  ttie  meaning  and  necessity 
of  discipline  is  handicapped  not  merely  in  his  education  but  througliout 
his  subsequent  life  In  an  age  when  the  home  and  church  play  a 
diminishing  role  in  shaping  the  character  and  value  judgments  of  tt>e 
young,  a  tieavier  responsibility  falls  upon  Itie  schools  When  an 
immature  student  merits  censure  for  his  conduct,  he  is  rendered  a 
disservice  if  appropnate  sanctions  are  not  applied 

2.  An  effort  is  made  in  the  code  to  use  a  simplified  numbering  and  lettering 
system,  without  use  of  Roman  numerals  or  subsets  of  letters  and  numbers. 
Any  part  of  the  code  can  be  found  by  reference  to  one  number  and  one 
letter  (eg.  part  10  (a)  explains  ttie  meaning  of  expulsion) 

3.  Culpable  conduct  shook)  include  consckius  acts  posing  a  sut>stantial  risk  o( 
harm  to  others  (eg  throwing  a  heavy  object  out  a  tenth  fkior  window  atiove 
a  sidewalk)  If  the  act  itself,  however,  is  unintended  (eg  one  is  distracted 
by  a  noise  while  climbing  a  flight  of  stairs  and  drops  a  tieavy  obiect)  ttie 
iridividual  may  have  failed  to  use  reasonable  care,  but  is  not  normally 
deserving  of  the  moral  stigma  associated  with  a  'conviction*  lor  a 
disciplinary  offense 

4.  Fomner  students  may  be  charged  lor  violations  which  allegedly  occurred 
during  their  enrollment  at  the  University 

5  Colleges  and  Universities  are  not  expected  to  devekip  disciplinary 
regulations  whk:h  are  wntten  with  the  scope  or  precision  of  a  cnminal  code 
Rare  occasKins  may  anse  wtien  conduct  is  so  intierentty  and  patently 
dangerous  to  ttie  individual  or  lo  others  that  extraordinary  action  not 
specifically  authonzed  in  the  rules  must  be  taken 

6  Ttie  terms  'suspension"  and  "intenm  suspension"  are  to  be  distinguished 
throughout  the  code  and  are  not  interchangeable 

7  Disciplinary  removal  from  University  housing  shouW  tie  distingoished  from 
administrative  removal  for  violations  of  the  residence  contract  The  latter 
does  not  leave  students  with  a  disciplinary  record  and  does  not  come  under 
Itie  purview  of  this  code 


M«  Vw  pmctlurm  tor  manOMDry  rrwdicK  iwWiunw  otvuapma  oy  m«  Vxm  Cnmnctlor 
lor  stuOtm  Mt*n 


Code  of  Student  Conduct     1 3 


8.  The  standard  set  forth  here  represents  the  minimal  procedural  protection  to 
t>e  accorded  to  students  charged  with  most  disciplinary  violations  Students 
who  are  subiect  to  lengthy  suspensions  or  to  expulsion  may  be  entitled  to 
more  tormal  procedures.  includlr>g  a  hearing  with  a  right  to  cross-examine 
ttie  witnesses  against  them   Goss  v.  Lopez  419  US  565  (1975) 

9  The  Supreme  Court  has  recently  rejected  the  theory  that  state  schools  are 
bound  by  principles  of  federal  administrative  law  requlnng  agencies  to 
follow  their  own  regulations    Board  ot  Curators,  University  of  Missouri  v. 
Horowitz  55  L   Ed  2d  124,  136   See.  generally.  "Violations  by  Agencies  of 
Their  Own  Regulations'  87  Harvard  Law  Review  629  (1974) 

10.  Respondents  In  disciplinary  proceedings  may  be  directed  to  answer 
questions  concerning  their  conduct  Students  who  refuse  to  answer  on 
grounds  of  the  Fifth  Amendment  privilege  may  tie  informed  that  the  hearing 
panel  could  draw  negative  inferences  from  their  refusal  which  might  result 
in  their  suspension  or  dismissal  If  the  student  then  elects  to  answer,  his 
statements  could  not  be  used  against  him  in  either  state  or  federal  court 
Garrity  v.  New  Jersey  385  US  493  (1967)  See  also  Furutani  v. 
Ewigletjen  297  F  Supp   1163  (N.D  cal   1969) 

1 1 .  The  "controlled  substances"  or  "Illegal  drugs"  prohibited  in  this  section  are 
set  forth  In  Schedules  I  through  V  in  Article  27,  part  279  of  the  Ar^rwtaled 
Code  ot  Marylar\d 

12.  Colleges  and  Universities  should  be  a  fooim  for  the  free  expression  of 
ideas.  In  the  recent  past,  however,  unpopular  speakers  have  been 
prevented  from  addressing  campus  audiences  by  students  who  effectively 
"shouted  them  down "  Both  Yale  and  Stanford  Universities  have  treated 
such  actions  (which  are  to  tie  distinguished  from  minor  and  occasional 
hecl<llng)  as  serious  disciplinary  violations.  See  the  "Report  from  the 
Committee  on  Freedom  of  Expression  at  Yale  University"  which  Is  available 
in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office. 

The  following  language  from  the  Yale  report  may  be  used  to  elat)orate 
upon  the  intent  and  scope  of  part  9  (k)  of  this  code: 

1 .  There  Is  no  right  to  protest  within  a  University  building  in  such  a  way 
that  any  University  activity  is  disnjpted.  The  administration,  however, 
may  wish  to  permit  some  symbolic  dissent  within  a  building  but  outside 
the  meeting  room,  for  example,  a  single  picket  or  a  distributor  of 
handbills' 

2.  "[A]  member  of  the  audience  may  protest  in  a  silent,  symbolic  fashion, 
for  example,  by  wearing  a  black  arm  band.  More  active  forms  of  protest 
may  be  tolerated  such  as  briefly  booing,  clapping  hands  or  heckling. 
But  any  disnjptive  activity  must  stop  (and  not  be  repeated]  when  the 
chair  or  an  appropriate  University  official  requests  silence. 

3.  "Nor  are  racial  insults  or  any  other  fighting  words'  a  valid  ground  for 
disruption  or  physical  attack  ...  The  banning  or  obstruction  ot 
lawful  speech  can  never  be  justified  on  such  grounds  as  that  the 
speech  or  the  speaker  Is  deemed  In'esponsible,  offensive,  unscholarfy. 
or  untrue  ■ 

13.  A  compilation  of  published  regulations  which  have  been  reviewed  and 
approved  by  the  Vice  Chancellor  shall  be  available  for  public  inspection 
during  normal  business  hours  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office. 

14.  The  "controlled  substances"  or  "Illegal  drugs"  prohibited  In  this  section  are 
set  forth  in  Schedules  I  through  V  in  Article  27,  part  279  of  the  Annotated 
Code  of  Maryland. 

15.  This  part  and  pans  twelve  and  thirteen  represent  an  attempt  to  give  needed 
guidance  to  those  who  are  assessing  penalties  Moreover,  the  direction  of 
the  guidance  is  toward  imposition  of  more  severe  disciplinary  sanctions  In 
serious  cases.  Nonetheless,  the  language  concerning  "mitigating  factors'  is 
broad  enough  to  give  decisionmakers  considerable  leeway  to  "do  justice', 
depending  upon  the  facts  in  each  case.  The  burden  of  establishing  facts  in 
mitigation  should,  of  course,  be  upon  the  respondent. 

16.  There  does  not  seem  to  be  any  rational  basis  for  imposing  less  severe 
penalties  for  attempts  than  for  completed  violations.  The  authors  of  the 
Modem  Penal  Code,  for  example,  have  written  that: 

To  the  extent  that  sentencing  depends  upon  the  antisocial  disposition  of 
the  actor  and  the  demonstrated  need  for  a  corrective  action,  there  is 
likely  to  be  little  difference  in  the  gravity  of  the  required  measures 
depending  on  the  consummation  or  the  failure  of  the  plan. 

See  LaFave,  Criminal  Law  Treatise  p.  453. 

17.  These  procedures  are  analagous  to  those  found  in  the  "emergency" 
disciplinary  rules  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Regents  in  1971  and  are 
consistent  with  the  fornial  opinion  of  the  Maryland  Attorney  General  on  this 
subject,  dated  January  23,  1969.  See  also  Goss  v.  Lopez.  419  US.  565 
(1975). 


Nothing  in  this  provision  wouk)  prohibit  the  Vice  Chancellor  from  modifying 
the  terms  of  an  Interim  suspension,  so  long  as  the  hearing  requirement 
specified  in  part  16  was  met  For  exeimple,  a  suspended  student  might  be 
allowed  to  enter  University  premises  solely  for  the  purpose  of  attending 
classes 

18  Staff  members  In  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  should  endeavor  to  arrange 
a  balanced  presentation  before  the  various  judicial  boards  and  may  assist 
both  complainants  and  respondents 

19  This  language  does  not  effect  any  change  in  present  policy  concerning  the 
powers  of  judicial  boards  The  current  Undergraduate  Catalog  provkles  at 
page  22  that  the  "functions"  of  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  include 
"reviewing  and/or  approving  the  recommendations  of  the  boards  ..." 
All  board  decisions,  including  those  rendered  by  Conference  Boards,  shall 
be  treated  as  recommendations 

20.  See  annotation  one.  supra.  The  deterrent  effect  of  punishment  Is 
diminished  if  the  community  is  unaware  of  the  number  and  general  nature 
of  sanctions  imposed.  The  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  may.  for  example, 
arrange  for  publication  of  the  statistical  report  in  ttie  campus  press  each 
semester. 

21 .  Boards  established  pursuant  to  this  section  might  include  modified  versions 
of  the  present  "Greek"  or  residence  hall  boards 

22.  It  is  Intended  that  a  quorum  will  consist  of  three  members  (out  of  five).  The 
authority  to  appoint  ad  hoc  boards  should  be  broadly  construed  and  might 
be  especially  useful,  for  example,  when  a  judicial  board  or  the  Senate 
Committee  is  charged  with  hearing  a  case  involving  one  of  its  own 
members.  The  final  determination  as  to  whether  a  panel  is  "unable  to  hear 
a  case'  should  be  within  the  discretion  of  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs. 

23.  The  power  of  confirmation  represents  a  significant  grant  of  authority  to  the 
Senate  Committee.  The  committee  is  presently  undenjtilized  and  might  best 
contribute  to  the  judicial  system  by  becoming  more  intimately  Involved  with 
it.  Moreover,  confirmation  procedures  will  give  committee  members  direct 
contact  with  board  members  and  will  also  allow  the  committee  to  exercise 
more  control  over  the  quality  of  Judicial  Board  decisions. 

24.  Proposed  bylaws  must  be  submitted  to  the  Attorney  General  for  review. 

25.  It  could  be  a  public  embarassment  for  the  University  to  have  a  student 
charged  with  or  convicted  of  a  serious  crime  sit  in  judgment  over  other 
students  in  disciplinary  proceedings.  The  various  state  criminal  codes  are 
usually  so  broad  and  archaic,  however,  that  automatic  suspension  or 
removal  should  not  result  from  any  violation  of  any  law  (e.g..  New  York 
makes  it  a  criminal  misdeameanor  (or  anyone  "to  dance  continuously  in  a 
dance  contest  for  twelve  or  more  hours  without  respite"). 

26.  Case  referrals  should  not  be  limited  to  members  of  the  "campus 
community."  A  student  who  assaults  another  person  on  campus  should  not 
escape  University  judicial  action  merely  because  the  person  assaulted  was 
a  visitor  (or,  as  in  a  recent  case,  a  former  student  who  had  just  withdrawn 
from  the  University.) 

27.  The  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  may  appoint  a  trained  volunteer  from  the 
campus  community  to  serve  as  the  complainant.  It  would  be  preferable, 
however,  to  employ  a  "community  advocate'  to  present  all  disciplinary 
cases. 

Several  measures  in  the  code  are  designed  to  restore  balance  In 
disciplinary  proceedings,  even  in  those  cases  in  which  the  complainant  is 
inexperienced  with  administrative  adjudication: 

(a)  a  hearing  officer  may  be  appointed  in  complex  or  serious  cases.  See 
part  32  (p). 

(b)  the  role  of  attorneys  or  advisors  may  be  restricted.  See  part  33  and 
annotation  39. 

(c)  the  "disciplinary  conference"  procedure  is  designed  to  eliminate 
adversary  proceedings  in  minor  cases.  See  parts  30-31  and  annotation 
29. 

28.  Staff  members  may  consider  the  mitigating  factors  specified  in  part  1 1  to 
determine  the  permissible  sanction  to  be  imposed  if  the  respondent  is 
found  guilty  of  charges.  For  example,  a  student  involved  in  a  minor 
altercation  might  be  charged  pursuant  to  part  9  (a),  but  referred  to  a 
disciplinary  conference,  thereby  precluding  the  possibility  of  expulsion  or 
suspension  for  the  alleged  misconduct. 

29  The  hearing  procedures  specified  at  part  32  need  not  be  followed  in 
disciplinary  conferences  Instead  a  disciplinary  conference  would  normally 
consist  of  an  informal  non-adversarial  meeting  between  the  respondent  and 
a  staff  member  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office.  Complainants  would  not  be 
required  to  participate,  unless  their  personal  testimony  was  essential  to  the 
resolution  of  a  dispositive  factual  issue  in  the  case.  Documentary  evidence 
and  written  statements  could  be  relied  upon,  so  long  as  the  respondent 
was  given  access  to  them  in  advance  and  allowed  to  respond  to  ttiom  at 


14     Code  of  Student  Conduct 


the  conference.  Respondents  would  also  be  allowed  to  bring  appropriate 
witnesses  witti  them  and  might  tje  accompanied  by  a  representative,  who 
may  participate  In  discussions,  although  not  in  lieu  of  participation  by  the 
respondent. 

The  conference  procedure  Is  designed  to  reduce  the  steady  growth  of 
unnessary  legalism  In  disciplinary  proceedings  The  worst  features  of  the 
adversary  system  (Including  the  concept  that  judicial  proceedings  are  a 
"contest"  to  be  "won"  by  clever  manipulation  ol  procedural  rules)  undermine 
respect  for  the  rule  of  law  Colleges  and  universities  can  and  should  be  a 
testing  ground  for  development  of  carefully  reasoned  alternatives  to  cunent 
procedural  excesses  in  the  larger  society  ' 

Procedures  comparable  to  the  disciplinary  conference  (referred  to  as 
"structured  conversations")  are  suggested  by  David  L.  KIrp  In  his  1976 
Stanford  Law  Review  article  "Proceduralism  and  Bureaucracy:  Due  Process 
in  the  School  Setting"  38  Stanford  Law  Review  841 : 

The  benefits  of  such  conversations  In  the  school  setting  may  better  be 
appreciated  by  contrasting  them  with  the  typical  due  process  hearing 
Hearings  are  designed  to  determine  the  facts  of  a  particular 
controversy,  and  apply  predetermined  rules  to  the  facts  thus  found.  At 
that  point,  the  function  of  the  hearing  Is  at  an  end.  The  wisdom  of  the 
underlying  substantive  rules  has  no  relevance,  nor  is  broader 
discussion  of  grievances  generally  encouraged,  unless  it  is  somehow 
pertinent  to  the  dispute  at  hand 

Conversation  knows  no  such  limits  It  too  serves  as  a  vehicle  for 
resolving  what  are  likely  to  be  factually  uncomplicated  disputes,  but  it 
does  more  than  that.  It  enables  students  to  feel  that  they  are  being 
listened  to  and  may  encourage  them  to  raise  underlying  grievances.  It 
provides  administrators  with  a  relatively  inexpensive  vehicle  for 
monitoring,  and  hence  a  basis  for  reshaping  institutional  relationships. 
The  outcome  of  these  orderly  thoughtful  conversations'  may  well  be 
decisions  different  in  their  particulars  from  what  might  othenwise  have 
been  anticipated:  repeated  conversations  which  touch  upon  similar 
student  grievances  may  ultimately  lead  disciplinarians  to  reassess 
whether  control  is  so  vital,  and  collat>oration  so  improbable,  as  a  means 
of  assuring  institutional  order. 

The  Conference  procedure  would  not  be  used  in  any  case  which  might 
result  in  any  form  of  separation  from  the  University.  Accordingly,  the 
procedure  appears  to  meet  or  exceed  the  due  process  requirments  set 
forth  by  the  United  States  Supreme  Court  for  cases  involving  suspensions 
of  ten  days  or  less.  In  Goss  v.  Lopez  the  Court  held: 

we  stop  short  of  construing  the  Due  Process  Clause  to  require, 
countrywide,  that  hearings  in  connection  with  short  suspensions  must 
afford  the  student  the  opportunity  to  secure  counsel,  to  confront  and 
cross-examine  witnesses  supporting  the  charge,  or  to  call  his  own 
witnesses  to  verify  his  version  of  the  incident.  Brief  disciplinary 
suspensions  are  almost  countless.  To  impose  in  each  such  case  even 
truncated  trial-type  procedures  might  well  overwhelm  administrative 
facilities  in  many  places  and.  by  diverting  resources,  cost  more  than  it 
woukl  save  in  educational  effectiveness.  Moreover,  further  formalizing 
ttie  suspension  process  and  escalating  its  formality  and  adversary 
nature  may  not  only  make  it  too  costly  as  a  regular  disciplinary  tool  but 
also  destroy  its  effectiveness  as  pan  of  the  teaching  process. 

On  the  other  hand,  requiring  effective  notice  and  an  informal  hearing 
permitting  the  student  to  give  his  version  of  the  events  will  provide  a 
meaningful  hedge  against  erroneous  action  At  least  the  disciplinarian 
will  be  alerted  to  the  existence  of  disputes  about  facts  and  arguments 
about  cause  and  effect.  He  may  then  determine  himself  to  summon  the 
accuser,  permit  cross-examination,  and  allow  the  student  to  present  his 
own  witnesses  In  more  difficult  cases,  he  may  permit  counsel  In  any 
event,  his  discretion  will  be  more  informed  and  we  think  the  risk  of  error 
substantially  reduced  (42  L  Ed  2d  725,  740) 

30.  The  case  file  consists  of  matenals  which  would  tie  considered  'educatk>n 
records',  pursuant  to  ttw  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 
Personal  notes  of  University  staff  members  or  complainants  are  not 
included. 

31 .  Determinations  made  In  accordance  with  parts  30  and  31  are  not 
appealable 


*     Sse  Macklkt  Flaming,  The  Prto»  ol  Pwleti  Justice:  In  our  punuU  ol 
¥ve  necessarily  neglect  other  elements  ol  an  elfectrve  procedure,  noiabty  the  resolutton  ol 
controversies  within  a  reasonable  time  at  a  reasonable  cost  with  reasonable  untlotmffy 
.     .    we  impair  the  capacity  ol  the  legal  orxSer  to  achieve  the  basic  values  lor  winch  it  was 
created,  that  is.  to  settle  disputes  promptly  and  peaceably,  to  restrain  the  slmng.  to  protect 
the  weak.  arxJ  to  contorm  the  conduct  ol  aUto  settled  ivies  ol  law. 


32.  internal  subpoenas  may  be  deslral}le,  since  cases  have  arisen  in  whk:h 
complainants  or  respondents  were  unable  to  present  an  effective  case  due 
to  the  indifference  and  lethargy  of  potential  witnesses  A  student  who 
refuses  to  respond  to  a  subpoena  may  bo  charged  with  a  violation  of  part 
9(n)  of  the  code 

The  Director  of  Judicial  Programs  shouW  not  approve  a  subpoena  unless 
the  expected  testimony  wouk)  be  clearly  relevant.  Likewise,  a  8ut>poena 
designed  to  embarrass  or  fiarass  a  potential  witness  shoukj  not  be 
authorized 

The  subpoena  power  specified  here  is  not  designed  to  reach  documents  or 
other  matenals 

33  Board  memtiers  should  be  disqualified  on  a  case  by  case  basia  only: 
permanent  removal  should  be  accomplished  in  accordance  with  Part  25. 
Board  members  should  not  be  readily  disqualified  The  term  'personal  bias" 
involves  animosity  toward  a  party  or  favoritism  toward  the  opposite  party 
See.  generally.  Davis.  Administrative  Law  Treatise  'Bias"  Section  12  03 

34  See  Bernstein  v.  Real  Estate  Commission  221  Md  221  (1959).  which 
established  the  'preponderance'  standard  for  state  administrative 
proceedings 

35.  Testimony  containing  hearsay  may  be  heard,  if  relevant  A  final 
determination  should  not  be  based  on  hearsay  alone 

36.  Every  statement  or  assertion  need  not  be  proven  For  example,  board 
memtiers  may  take  notice  that  many  students  commute  to  the  University 

37.  Student  presiding  officers  are  often  at  a  disadvantage  when  the  respondent 
is  represented  by  an  attorney  The  proceedings  might  progress  more 
rapidly  and  efficiently  if  a  special  presiding  officer  were  appointed. 
Generally,  a  staff  member  in  the  Judiaal  Programs  Office  would  be 
selected  for  such  a  responsibility,  although  other  University  employees  with 
legal  training  might  also  be  called  upon 

38.  Information  pertaining  to  prior  findings  of  disciplinary  and  residence  hall 
violations  might  be  reported,  as  well  as  relevant  cnmlnal  convk:tions  Prior 
allegations  of  misconduct  sfiould  not  be  disclosed. 

39.  A  disciplinary  hearing  al  the  University  is  not  analogous  to  a  criminal  tnal 
The  presiding  officer  and  the  board  advisor  are  authorized  to  exercise 
active  control  over  the  proceedings  in  order  to  elicit  relevant  facts  and  to 
prevent  the  harassment  or  Intimidation  of  witnesses.  No  party  or 
representative  may  use  threatening  or  abusive  language,  engage  In 
excessive  argumentation,  intenupt  the  proceedings  with  redundant  or 
frivolous  objections,  or  otherwise  disrupt  the  tiearlng 

Students  have  not  been  determined  to  have  a  constitutional  right  to  full 

legal  representation  In  University  disciplinary  hearings    The  pnvilege  of 

legal  representation,  granted  in  this  part,  should  be  carefully  reviewed  in 
any  subsequent  revision  of  the  code 

40.  Punishment  of  one  or  several  indlvkJuals  for  the  acts  of  others  should  be 
avoided  if  the  identities  of  the  specific  offenders  can  be  readily  ascertained 

41  Association  does  not  require  fomial  membership  Individuals  wtx)  might 
reasonably  be  regarded  as  regular  participants  in  group  or  organization 
activities  may  be  held  to  be  associated  with  the  group  or  organization 

42.  Leaders  or  spokesmen  need  not  be  officially  designated  or  elected  For 
example,  if  a  group  or  organizatk>n  accepted  or  acquiesced  in  tt>e  act  or 
statement  of  an  indivklual  associated  with  it.  that  irxJivkJual  might 
reasonably  be  regarded  as  a  leader  or  a  spokesman  for  tt>e  group  or 
organlzatk>n 

43.  "Suspensk>n"  includes  deferred  suspension  but  not  interim  suspension  or 
suspension  which  Is  withheld  See  annotation  six 

44.  Students  left  vinth  a  disciplinary  record  after  a  disciplinary  conlererKe  may 
request  that  their  record  be  vokjed.  in  accordance  with  part  47  Dentals 
may  be  appealed,  pursuant  to  part  48 

45.  The  decision  will  be  final  and  conclusive'  on  tt>e  part  of  tfie  ludicial  board, 
but  will  remain  a  recommendation  to  the  Director  of  Judicial  Programs 

46  This  part  is  intended  to  discourage  fnvokxis  appeals  Respondents  wlx>  ar« 
genuinely  Interested  in  pursuing  an  appeal  can  reasonably  t>e  expected  to 
prepare  a  written  brief 

47  Appellate  bodies  which  do  not  give  deference  (i  e .  a  presumption  o( 
validity)  to  lower  board  deciSKms  will  distort  the  entire  disciplinary  system. 
Respondents  wouW  be  encouraged  to  test  their  strategy'  and  "perled  ttieir 
technique'  tjefore  kjwer  boards,  since  ttie  matter  woukl  simply  be  fieard 
again  before  a  'real'  board  with  final  autt>ority 

Lower  board  members  usually  have  ttie  best  access  to  the  eviderKa. 
including  an  opportunity  to  observe  the  witnesses  and  to  ludge  their 
deriieanor  Members  of  appellate  bodies  should  be  especially  careful  not  to 


Human  Relations  Code     15 


modify  a  sanction  or  to  remand  or  dismiss  a  case  simply  because  they  may 
personally  disagree  with  the  lower  tx>ard's  decision 

The  opportunity  lo  appeal  adverse  decisions  has  not  been  determined  to 
be  a  requirement  ol  constitutional  'due  process"  in  student  disciplinary 
cases  *  There  is  presently  no  legal  obstacle  to  adopting  an  amendment  to 
the  code  which  would  eliminate  the  appellate  system  altogether 

48  Respondents  wtx)  obtain  information  at  the  hearing  which  might  lead  to 
new  evidence  are  required  to  request  an  ad|Oummenl  rather  than  wait  to 
raise  the  matter  lor  the  first  time  on  appeal 

49  An  arbitrary  and  capricious  decision  would  t>e  a  decision  "unsupported  by 
any  evidence"  The  cited  language  has  been  adopted  by  the  Federal 
Courts  as  the  proper  standard  ol  judicial  review,  under  the  due  process 
clause,  of  disciplinary  determinations  made  by  state  boards  or  agencies 
See  McDonald  v.  Board  ol  Trustees  ol  the  University  ol  Illinois  375  F 
Supp  95.  108  (NO.  111..  1974) 

'    See  the  due  process  standard  set  lorth  in  Dixon  v.  Alabama  2S4  F2d  150.  IS8-1S9  (Filth 
dr..  1961).  Cert.  den.  368  U.S.  930. 


SO.  See  annotation  19. 

51  Voided  files  will  be  so  marked,  shall  not  be  kept  with  active  disciplinary 
records,  and  shall  not  leave  any  student  with  a  disciplinary  record 

52  Disciplinary  records  may  be  reported  to  third  parties,  in  accordance  with 
University  regulations  and  applicable  state  and  federal  law 

53  Void  records  shall  be  treated  in  the  manner  set  forth  in  annotation  51 

54  The  scope  of  review  shall  be  limited  to  the  factors  specified  at  part  47  An 
inquiry  Into  the  initial  determination  of  guilt  or  innocence  is  not  permitted. 
For  example,  when  considering  the  "nature"  of  the  violation,  pursuant  to 
pari  47  (c).  it  is  to  be  assumed  that  the  violation  occured  and  that  the 
respondent  was  responsible  for  it 

55  Some  discretion  must  be  retained  to  void  even  "permanent"  disciplinary 
records  It  may  be  unnecessary,  for  example,  to  burden  a  graduating  senior 
with  a  lifelong  stigma  for  an  act  committed  as  a  freshman  Social  norms 
also  change  rapidly  "Unacceptable"  conduct  in  one  generation  may 
become  permissable  and  commonplace  in  the  next. 


Human  Relations  Code 

Article  I  Purpose 

A.  The  University  of  Maryland.  College  Park  Campus,  affirms  its  commitments 
to  a  policy  ol  eliminating  discrimination  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  creed, 
sex.  marital  status,  personal  appearance,  age.  national  origin,  political 
affiliation,  physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of 
rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States  Constitution. 
This  Code  is  established  to  prevent  or  eradicate  such  discrimination  in 
accordance  with  due  process  within  the  Campus  community.  In  doing  so 
the  Campus  recognizes  that  it  must  strive  actively  and  creatively  to  build  a 
community  in  which  opportunity  is  equalized. 

B.  Accordingly,  the  Campus  Senate  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  College 
Park  Campus,  establishes  this  Human  Relations  Code  to; 

1 .  prohibit  discrimination  as  defined  in  this  document  within  the  College 
Park  Campus  community  both  by  educational  programs  and,  to  the 
extent  specified  herein,  by  a  formal  grievance  procedure; 

2.  establish  the  responsibilities  of  the  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relations  of  the  Senate  General  Committee  on  Campus  Affairs; 

3.  establish  the  responsibilities  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs 
in  connection  with  this  Code; 

4.  establish  mediation  and  grievance  vehicles  within  the  Divisions  of  the 
Campus,  in  conformity  with  the  Campus  Affirmative  Action  Plan; 

5.  establish  the  responsibilities  of  Equal  Education  and  Employment 
Opportunity  (EEEO)  Officers. 

C.  Every  effort  will  be  made  to  make  students  and  potential  students, 
employees  and  potential  employees,  faculty  members  and  potential  faculty 
members  aware  of  the  opportunities  which  the  Campus  provides  for  every 
individual  to  develop  and  utilize  his  talents  and  skills.  It  is  the  intent  of  the 
Campus  to  enhance  among  its  students  and  employees  respect  by  each 
person  for  that  person's  own  race,  ethnic  background  or  sex,  as  well  as 
appreciation  and  respect  for  the  race,  ethnic  background  or  sex  of  other 
individuals. 

D.  Development  of  a  positive  and  productive  atmosphere  of  human  relations 
on  the  Campus  shall  be  encouraged  through  effective  dialogue  and 
broadening  of  communications  channels.  The  Adjunct  Committee  on 
Human  Relations  and  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  shall 
provide  support  and  assistance,  as  authorized,  to  any  individual  or  group 
deemed  by  them  to  have  a  positive  probable  impact  in  worthing  toward 
increased  understanding  among  all  individuals  and  groups  on  the  Campus. 

E.  The  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  advise  the  Office 
of  Human  Relations  Programs  in  recommending  policies  which  fulfill  the 
provisions  of  this  Code.  In  particular; 

1 .  The  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  be  an 
adjunct  committee  of  the  standing  Senate  General  Committee  on 
Campus  Affairs. 

2  The  purpose  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations 
shall  be  to  foster  better  human  relations  among  all  individuals  and 
groups  on  the  Campus,  to  advise  in  the  development  of  positive  and 
creative  human  relations  programs,  to  advise  in  the  prevention  and 
eradication  of  all  forms  of  discrimination  prohibited  by  this  Code,  and  to 
make  regular  assessments  of  the  state  of  human  relations  within  the 
purview  of  this  Campus. 

3  The  functions  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations 
may  include  but  are  not  limited  to;  requesting  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs  to  conduct  investigations  of  complaints  of 
discrimination  because  of  race,  color,  creed,  sex.  marital  status, 
personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation,  physical  or 
mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of  rights  secured  by 
the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States  Constitution;  providing  an 


"open  forum"  for  effective  dialogue  among  all  segments  of  the  Campus 
community;  recommending  to  appropriate  Campus  txsdles  educational 
programs  and  activities  to  promote  equal  rights  and  understanding; 
periodically  reviewing  such  programs  and  activities,  initiating  studies  of 
Campus-sponsored  or  recognized  programs  and  activities  to  determine 
how  improvement  can  be  made  in  respect  to  human  relations: 
continually  reviewing  progress  toward  these  ends  and  making  such 
further  recommendations  as  experience  may  show  to  be  needed;  and 
participating  to  the  extent  set  forth  herein  in  fonnal  human  relations 
grievance  actions. 

F.  There  shall  be  an  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  directly  responsible 
to  the  Chancellor.  This  Office  shall  plan,  develop,  give  direction  to  and 
coordinate  the  overall  Campus  effort  to  prevent  and  eliminate  discrimination 
based  on  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status,  personal  appearance,  age, 
national  origin,  political  affiliation,  physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the 
basis  of  the  exercise  of  rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the 
United  States  Constitution,  in  all  areas  of  Campus  life  (this  overall  effort  is 
referred  to  herein  as  the  "Human  Relations  Program").  The  Office  shall 
represent,  and  have  direct  access  lo.  the  Chancellor,  and  shall  cooperate 
with  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  on  substantive 
matters  concerning  human  relations.  The  office  shall  assist  and  coordinate 
the  human  relations  activities  of  the  Equal  Employment  and  Educational 
Opf)ortunity  Officers  and  the  equity  officers  representing  the  various  units  of 
the  Campus. 

The  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations 
Programs  shall  include  but  not  be  limited  to  the  following;  wori<ing  with 
Divisional  Provosts,  Deans,  Directors  and  Department  Chairmen  to  ensure 
full  compliance,  in  spirit  as  well  as  in  letter,  with  laws  relating  to 
discrimination  and  with  the  Campus  Human  Relations  Code;  advising 
Campus  offices  in  their  effort  to  assist  personnel  to  recognize  and  take 
advantage  of  career  opportunities  within  the  Campus;  working  with 
appropriate  offices  in  the  surrounding  community  on  such  issues  as 
off-campus  housing  practices  affecting  Campus  students  and  employees, 
transportation,  etc;  recommending  to  the  Off-Campus  Housing  Office 
removal  from  or  reinstatement  upon  lists  of  off-campus  housing,  so  as  to 
ensure  that  listed  housing  is  available  on  a  nondiscriminatory  basis.  (N.B. 
any  final  action  taken  by  the  University  shall  be  preceded  by  proper  notice 
to  the  property  owner  involved,  and  an  opportunity  to  t>e  heard);  conducting 
reviews  of  compliance  with  the  Campus  Affirmative  Action  Plan;  initiating 
and  carrying  out  programs  for  the  elimination  and  prevention  of  racism  and 
sexism  on  Campus;  distributing  this  Code  and  informing  the  Campus 
community  of  the  interpretations  of  its  provisions;  sending  periodic  reports 
to  the  Chancellor  and  to  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relations  concerning  the  Human  Relations  Programs;  and  participating  to 
the  extent  set  forth  herein  in  formal  human  relations  grievance  actions. 

G.  For  eacfi  of  the  academic  Divisions  of  the  Campus,  the  Division  of 
Administrative  Affairs  and  the  Division  of  Student  Affairs,  there  shall  be  an 
equity  officer,  who  is  designated  in  accordance  with  the  Affirmative  Action 
Plan  and  who  has  the  duties  specified  by  the  Campus  Affirmative  Action 
Plan  and  like  duties  with  respect  to  the  forms  of  discrimination  prohibited  by 
this  Code. 

Article  II  Coverage 

A.  Kinds  of  Discrimination  Prohibited: 

1 .  Discrimination  in  employment,  job  placement,  promotion,  or  other 
economic  benefits  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status, 
personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation,  physical  or 
mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of  rights  secured  by 
the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States  Constitution. 

2.  Discrimination  in  criteria  of  eligibility  for  access  to  residence,  or  (or 
admission  to  and  otherwise  in  relation  to  educational,  athletic,  social. 


16     Human  Relations  Code 


cultural  or  other  activities  of  the  Campus  because  of  race,  color,  creed, 
sex.  marital  status,  personal  appearance,  age.  national  origin,  political 
affiliation,  physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise 
of  rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States 
Constitution. 

B.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Code,  "personal  appearance"  means  the  outward 
appearance  of  any  person,  irrespective  of  sex,  with  regard  to  bodily 
condition  or  characteristics,  manner  or  style  of  dress,  and  manner  or  style 
of  personal  grooming,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  hair  style  and  beards  It 
shall  not  relate,  however,  to  the  requirement  of  cleanliness,  uniforms,  or 
prescribed  standards,  when  uniformly  applied  for  admittance  to  a  campus 
facility,  or  when  uniformly  applied  to  a  class  of  employees,  or  when  such 
bodily  conditions  or  characteristics,  or  manner  or  style  of  dress  or  personal 
grooming  presents  a  danger  to  the  health,  welfare  or  safety  of  any 
individual. 

C.  This  Code  shall  apply  to  the  Campus  community  The  term  "Campus 
community"  is  limited  to  Campus  students,  faculty,  and  staff;  and  to 
departments,  committees,  offices  and  organizations  under  the  supervision 
and  control  of  the  Campus  administration. 

0.  Exceptions 

1 .  The  enforcement  of  Federal.  State  or  County  laws  and  regulations  does 
not  constitute  prohibited  discrimination  for  purposes  of  this  Code. 
Separate  housing  or  other  facilities  for  men  and  women,  mandatory 
retirement-age  requirements,  separate  athletic  teams  when  required  by 
athletic  conference  regulations  and  political,  religious  and  ethnic/cultural 
clubs  are  not  prohibited. 

2.  Discrimination  is  not  prohibited  where  based  on  a  bona  fide  job 
qualification  or  a  qualification  required  for  the  fulfillment  of  bona  fide 
educational  or  other  institutional  goals.  Complaints  concerning  the 
legitimacy  of  such  qualifications  may  be  the  subject  of  human  relations 
grievance  actions. 

3.  The  provisions  of  this  Code  shall  not  apply  to  potential  students  or 
potential  employees  of  the  University  However,  applicants  for 
admission  or  employment  who  believe  they  have  been  discriminated 
against  by  any  part  of  the  Campus  community  may  convey  such  belief 
together  with  all  relevant  facts  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations 
Programs,  for  informational  purposes. 

4.  The  grievance  procedures  under  this  Code  shall  not  apply  to  judgments 
concerning  academic  performance  of  students  (e.g.,  grades, 
dissertation  defenses),  pending  further  study  and  action  by  the  College 
Pari<  Senate  and  University  Administration 

5.  The  Campus,  with  the  advice  and  approval  of  the  Attorney  General's 
Office,  shall  review  on  a  continuing  basis  all  new  laws  and  regulations 
which  apply  to  this  Campus  to  determine  if  any  shall  require  changes  in 
the  coverage  or  exceptions  to  coverage  of  this  Code. 

E.  This  Code  shall  apply  to  the  Campus  community  in  relation  to,  but  not  only 
to,  the  following: 

1.  All  educational,  athletic,  cultural  and  social  activities  occurring  on  the 
Campus  or  in  another  area  under  its  jurisdiction; 

2.  All  services  rendered  by  the  Campus  to  students,  faculty  and  staff,  such 
as  job  placement  and  job  recruitment  programs  and  off-campus  listings 
of  housing; 

3.  University-sponsored  programs  occurring  off  campus,  including 
cooperative  programs,  adult  education,  athletic  events,  and  any 
regulariy  scheduled  classes: 

4.  Housing  supplied,  regulated,  or  recommended  by  the  Campus  for 
students,  staff  and  visitors,  including  fraternities  and  sororities: 

5.  Employment  relations  between  the  Campus  and  all  of  its  employees. 
Including  matters  of  promotion  in  academic  rank,  academic  salary  and 
termination  of  faculty  status,  as  limited  in  III  M 


Article  III  Human  Relations  Enforcement  Procedures 


A.  In  order  to  identify  policies  or  practices  which  may  reflect  discrimination,  the 
Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  may  request  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs  to  conduct  periodic  review  of  the  operation  of 
any  unit  of  the  Campus  Units  shall  provide  the  information  necessary  tor 
carrying  out  such  reviews.  This  information  shall  be  submitted  through  the 
Chancellor's  Office.  Any  such  review  under  the  authority  granted  in  this 
statement  of  policy  shall  be  undertaken  only  after  specific  authonzation  of 
ttie  Chancellor  In  the  event  that  the  Chancelktr  fails  to  authorize  an 
investigation  within  a  reasonable  time  of  the  request  by  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations,  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee  shall 
report  that  tact,  together  with  reasons  as  he/she  may  have  received  from 
the  Chanceltor  concerning  the  matter,  to  the  Senate 

B.  The  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  on  its  own  motion  shall  identity 
policies,  practices  or  patterns  of  behavior  which  may  reflect  discriminatkxi 
prohibited  by  this  Code  or  which  may  conflict  with  any  other  Campus  polk:y 
concerning  human  relations  or  with  the  Campus  Affirmative  Actk)n  Plan, 
and  shall  call  these  to  the  attention  of  the  appropriate  officials  of  the  unit 
involved  and  recommend  appropriate  action  Those  subject  to  allegations  of 
discrimination  shall  be  afforded  all  the  protections  of  due  process.  The 
Office  shall  endeavor  by  negotialbn  to  eliminate  the  alleged  discrimlnatiofi. 


Where  such  efforts  tail,  the  Office  may  on  its  own  motion  report  tl>e  matter 
to  the  Chancellor  and  to  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relations  Documentation  of  the  recommendations  by  the  Office  in  all  such 
cases  shall  be  maintained  on  file  by  the  Office 

C  To  the  maximum  extent  consistent  with  the  purposes  of  this  Code,  the 
confidentiality  of  personal  papers  and  other  records  and  the  pnnciple  of 
privileged  communication  shall  t>e  respected  by  all  persons  involved  in  the 
enforcement  procedures  of  this  Code  Nothing  in  this  Code  shall  t>e 
constaied  so  as  to  conflict  with  the  requirements  of  Article  76A  of  the 
Maryland  Annotated  Code  Persons  giving  information  in  conneclkjn  with 
the  procedures  descnbed  in  this  Code  shall  be  advised  t>y  the  person 
receiving  such  information  of  the  limits  of  confidentiality  which  may  property 
be  observed  in  Code  procedures  and  that  all  documents  may  be  subject  to 
subpoena  in  subsequent  administrative  or  judicial  proceedings 

D  Any  memtjer  of  the  Campus  community  who  believes  that  he  or  she  has 
been  or  is  being  discriminated  against  in  ways  prohibited  by  this  Code  may 
consult  informally  and  confidentially  with  the  unit  EEEO  Officer  and/or  the 
equity  officer  and/or  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  prior  lo  filing 
a  fomnal  complaint 

E  The  Office  of  Human  Relalrans  Programs  shall  receive  formal  complaints 
from  any  member  or  group  within  the  Campus  community  claiming  lo  be 
aggrieved  by  alleged  discriminatk>n  prohibited  by  this  Code  arul/or  any 
other  Campus  document  or  policy  relating  to  human  relations  practices. 
Such  complaints  should  give  in  writing  the  names  of  complainant(s)  and 
respondent(s)  and  the  time,  the  place,  and  a  specific  descnption  of  (he 
alleged  discrimination  Complaints  shall  t>e  submitted  to  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs,  or  else  lo  the  unit  EEEO  Officer  or  the  equity 
officer  Complaints  must  be  submitted  within  one  hundred  aryj  twenty  (120) 
days  of  the  alleged  discrimination  act(s),  or  within  one  hundred  and  twenty 
(120)  days  of  the  first  date  by  which  the  complainant  reasonably  has 
knowledge  thereof  Complaints  not  submitted  directly  lo  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs  shall  be  forwarded  to  ttie  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs  within  five  (5)  working  days  of  ttieir  receipt  Copies  of 
the  complaint  shall  be  forwarded  by  the  Office  of  Human  Relations 
Programs  to  the  respondent  and  to  the  appropriate  unit  Chairman  or 
Director,  Dean,  Provost  or  Vice  Chancellor 

F.  Complainants  under  this  Code  shall  be  required,  as  a  condition  precedent. 
to  waive  any  alternative  Campus  administrative  procedure  that  may  then  be 
available.  A  complaint  which  has  been  heard  under  some  alternative 
Campus  procedure  cannot  subsequently  be  heard  under  the  procedure  of 
this  Code  In  the  case  of  a  complaint  heard  under  the  Classified  Empkiyees 
Grievance  Procedure,  this  restriction  shall  apply  only  when  the  complaint 
has  entered  Step  Three  of  that  procedure 

G.  The  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  andor  the  equity  officer  shall 
ensure  that  each  complainant  is  informed  of  hi&her  right  to  file  the 
complaint  with  the  appropriate  State  and  Federal  agencies  Forms  for 
complaints  to  State  and  Federal  agencies  will  t>e  provided  or  the 
complainant  will  be  informed  where  they  are  available 

H.  All  complaints  of  discrimination  which  are  not  connected  witti  the  official 
functions  of  the  Campus  or  not  falling  within  the  scope  of  discnmination 
prohibited  by  this  Code  shall  t>e  referred  to  the  appropnate  Campus, 
Municipal.  County.  State,  or  Federal  agencies  by  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs 

I.  After  a  complaint  has  been  filed,  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs 
shall  promptly  undertake  an  informal  investigation  m  order  lo  make  a 
preliminary  determination  as  to  whether  or  not  the  subject  matter  of  ttie 
complaint  falls  within  the  Code,  and  whettier  or  not  ttiere  is  probable  cause 
for  the  complaint  This  finding  shall  be  reported  lo  the  complainanl.  the 
respondent,  ttie  Chancellor  and  ttie  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations  The  burden  of  proof  in  this  investigation 
eind  througtioul  these  enforcement  procedures  rests  with  the  complainant 

J  If  the  finding  is  that  there  is  not  probable  cause  to  believe  that 
discrimination  has  been  or  is  being  committed  within  the  scope  of  Itiis 
Code,  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  may  dismiss  ttie  complaint. 
Such  dismissal  shall  be  reported  lo  the  complainant,  the  respondent,  tfie 
Chanceltor  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relatkjns  The  complainant  in  such  a  case  may  appeal  the  dismissal  of  Ifie 
case  lo  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations,  which  may 
direct  that  a  Human  Relations  Gnevance  Committee  conduct  a  grievance 
heanng  according  lo  the  procedures  set  forth  herein,  if  in  ttie  judgment  of 
the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  ttiere  is  probable 
cause  to  believe  that  discnmination  has  been  or  is  being  committed  wiltiin 
the  scope  of  this  Code  The  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relations  shall  have  access  lo  the  complaint  file  for  this  purpose  A  record 
of  Its  deliberations  shall  be  placed  in  the  file  according  to  the  procedures 
established  by  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  If  ttie  Committee 
finds  no  probable  cause,  it  may  dismiss  ttie  complaint,  and  report  such 
dismissal  lo  the  complainant,  ttie  respondent,  and  the  Chanceltor 

K  If  the  finding  is  ttiat  ttiere  is  probable  cause  lo  believe  ttial  discrimination 
has  been  or  is  being  committed  wilhin  the  scope  of  this  Code,  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs  shall  endeavor  lo  eliminate  ttie  alleged 
discrimination  by  conlerence  conciliation  and  persuasion  If  by  this  process. 
an  agreement  is  reached  for  elimination  of  the  alleged  discnmination.  ttie 
agreement  shall  be  reduced  to  wniing  and  signed  by  the  respondent,  ttie 
complainanl  and  ttie  Director  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs 
The  agreement  shall  tie  available  to  ttie  Chanceltor.  ttie  equity  officer,  and 


Human  Relations  Code     17 


to  the  Chairman  ol  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations, 
upon  request 
L  II  a  lindlng  ol  probable  cause  Is  made  but  no  mutually  satisfactory  solution 
can  be  reached  under  the  procedures  outlined  in  Section  K  immediately 
preceding,  the  Oftice  ol  Human  Relations  Programs  shall  initiate  the 
lollowing  procedure  the  Oftice  shall  notify  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee 
on  Human  Relations  of  the  failure  to  reach  a  mutually  satisfactory  solution, 
wtiereupon,  providing  the  complainant  requests  in  writing  a  Human 
Relations  Grievance  Hearings,  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee 
shall  be  selected  according  to  the  procedures  described  in  Article  IV 
following  Grievance  hearing  shall  be  closed  unless  tx)th  parties  to  the 
dispute  agree  that  the  hearing,  or  any  part  thereol.  shall  be  open  to  the 
public  All  parlies  to  the  dispute  shall  be  sent  within  five  (5)  worsting  days  ol 
the  written  request  of  such  a  hearing,  written  notification  of  the  time  and 
place  of  the  beginning  ol  the  hearing  and  a  specific  statement  of  the 
charges  Hearings  shall  be  held  as  promptly  as  is  consistent  with  allowing 
adequate  time  for  the  parties  to  prepare  their  cases  Continuances  may  l3e 
granted  within  the  discretion  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs.  All 
parties  shall  have  ample  opportunity  to  present  their  facts  and  arguments  in 
full  during  the  heanng  All  findings,  recommendations  and  conclusions  by 
the  Grievance  Committee  shall  be  based  solely  on  the  evidence  presented 
dunng  the  hearing,  and  shall  be  based  on  a  preponderance  of  the  evidence 
having  probative  effect 

The  burden  of  proof  rests  with  the  complainant.  The  Grievance 
Committee  may  be  assisted  by  an  adviser  All  the  parties  to  the  dispute 
and  the  Gnevance  Committee  may  invite  persons  to  testify  during  the 
hearing  Each  side  shall  have  the  right  to  cross-examine  witnesses  Each 
party  has  the  right  to  be  represented  by  counsel  or  other  representative, 
but  the  University  has  no  obligation  to  provide  such  counsel  for  any  party  to 
the  dispute  II  a  party  intends  to  be  represented  by  legal  counsel  during  the 
hearing,  he/she  shall  inform  the  Office  of  Human  IRelations  Programs  ol  this 
fact  no  later  than  72  hours  prior  to  the  hearing,  and  that  Oftice  shall  provide 
that  information  to  the  other  party  or  parlies.  A  verbatim  record  shall  be 
kept  of  all  sessions  in  which  testimony  and  evidence  is  presented  regarding 
the  case,  and  this  record  shall  be  made  available  to  all  parties  to  the 
dispute  at  the  conclusion  of  the  proceedings.  Upon  request  the  Chairman 
of  the  Grievance  Committee  may,  in  his  discretion,  recess  the  hearing  to 
permit  review  of  the  record  by  one  or  more  parties  in  the  conduct  of  their 
case. 

The  Chairman  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  with  the 
advice  ol  the  adviser,  if  there  is  one,  shall  rule  on  all  matters  of  procedure 
and  admissibility  ol  evidence.  Any  member  of  the  Committee  not  concurring 
in  the  ruling  of  the  chair  may  request  a  closed  session  of  the  Committee  for 
debate  on  the  point  A  majority  vote  of  the  Committee  will  determine  the 
final  decision. 

Fomial  rules  of  evidence  shall  not  tie  applicable  to  any  hearing  tiefore 
a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee,  and  any  evidence  or  testimony 
which  the  Committee  believes  to  be  relevant  to  a  fair  determination  ol  the 
complaint  may  be  admitted  The  Committee  reserves  the  right  to  exclude 
incompetent,  irrelevant,  immaterial  and  repetitious  evidence. 
M.  In  cases  ol  allegations  regarding  prohibited  discrimination  concerning 
academic  employment  matters,  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee 
shall  not  substitute  its  judgment  ol  academic  competence  lor  the  judgment 
of  the  appropriate  colleagues  ol  the  complainant.  The  function  of  the 
Grievance  Committee  shall  be  to  determine 

a.  whether  there  were  cleariy  enunciated  University,  Campus  and 
Departmental  standards,  policies,  procedures  and  priorities  by  which  to 
assess  the  merit  of  the  complaint,  and  whether  the  complainant  was 
given  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  demonstrate  his/her  academic  merit; 

b.  whether  the  stated  standards,  policies,  procedures  and  priorities  were 
applied  to  the  complainant  in  a  nondiscriminatory  manner. 

N.  Within  ten  (10)  worthing  days  after  hearing  all  the  evidence  and  arguments, 
the  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  prepare  a  written  decision 
based  solely  on  the  evidence  presented  at  the  hearing.  This  decision  shall 
include  a  summary  of  the  evidence  before  the  Committee  and  the 
Committee's  findings  as  to  whether  or  not  a  violation  of  the  Code  has 
occurred,  and  the  recommendations  of  the  Committee.  Grievance 
Committees  may  recommend  whatever  fonns  of  relief  they  deem 
appropriate,  but  must  take  due  cognizance  of  the  limitations  imposed  by 
State  law  and  by  the  procedures  established  by  the  Board  of  Regents,  for 
example,  the  procedures  by  which  promotion  in  academic  rank  is  achieved. 
Within  five  (5)  working  days  after  the  decision  has  been  filed  in  the  Office 
of  Human  Relations  Programs,  the  Director  of  that  Office  will  formally  notify 
all  parties  to  the  dispute,  the  Chancellor  and  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee 
on  Human  Relations  of  the  decision 

O.  The  Chancellor  shall  within  ten  (10)  woriring  days  of  his  receipt  of  the 
decision  of  the  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  issue  an  order 
specifying  what  actions,  if  any,  must  be  taken  by  individuals  or  groups 
found  to  be  guilty  of  violating  the  provisions  of  this  Code. 

P.  When  a  hearing  has  been  scheduled  by  an  outside  agency  or  court,  the 
Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Senate 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations,  prior  to  the  convening  of  a  Human 
Relations  Grievance  Committee  to  hear  a  case,  postpone  or  terminate  the 
Campus  grievance  proceedings  when  such  postponement  or  termination  is 
in  its  judgment  wan'anted  by  administrative  considerations  such  as  staff 
limitations  and  wori<load,  or  at  the  request  of  a  party  upon  a  showing  that 


ttie  Campus  hearing  will  either  conflict  with  the  off-Campus  hearing,  or  that 
participation  in  the  Campus  hearing  will  unreasonably  burden  a  party's 
preparation  of  his/her  case  or  othenwise  work  to  his/her  prejudice.  Such 
postponement  or  termination  shall  be  reported  to  the  complainant, 
respondent  and  Chancellor  In  any  case  where  a  complaint  has  been  the 
subject  of  prior  administrative  or  judicial  resolution  or  where  a  complaint 
becomes  the  subject  of  such  resolution  during  the  course  ot  proceedings 
under  this  Code,  the  procedures  of  this  Code  will  not  t>e  applicable  or  will 
terminate,  as  the  case  may  be 

O  The  Chancellor  shall  provide  a  written  explanation  of  his  order  whenever 
that  order  is  not  in  keeping  with  the  findings  and  recommendations  of  the 
Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  This  explanation  shall  be  sent  to 
all  parties  to  the  dispute,  to  the  Chairman  ol  the  Senate  Adjur>ct  Committee 
on  Human  Relations,  to  the  Director  of  the  Human  Relations  Programs  and 
to  the  Chairman  ol  the  Senate  The  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  report  to  the  Senate  Executive 
Committee  concerning  the  order  and  explanation  at  the  next  meeting  of  the 
Executive  Committee,  and  that  t>ody  shall  put  the  matter  on  the  agenda  of 
the  next  meeting  of  the  Senate 

R  When  required  by  law,  copies  of  the  Human  Relations  Grievance 
Committee's  findings  and  recommendations  and  of  the  Chancellor's  order 
and  explanation,  if  any.  shall  be  sent  to  the  State  and  Federal  agencies 
charged  with  enforcement  of  Article  49B  of  the  Annotated  Code  of 
Maryland  and  the  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Act  ol  1968  or  their 
successors 

S.  When  a  complainant  receives  a  decision  on  his/her  charge  of  discrimination 
from  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  that  decision  shall  not  be 
subject  to  review  under  any  grievance  procedure  in  force  on  the  Campus. 

T.  No  affirmative  reliel  shall  be  made  to  a  complainant  by  the  University 
unless  the  complainant  executes  the  following  release  as  part  of  a 
settlement  agreement: 

The  complainant  hereby  waives,  releases  and  covenants  not  to  sue  the 
University  ol  Maryland  or  its  officers,  agents  or  employees  with  respect  to 
any  matters  which  were  or  might  have  been  alleged  as  charges  filed  under 
the  Human  Relations  Code  in  the  instant  case,  subject  to  performance  by 
the  University  ol  Maryland,  its  officers,  agents  and  employees,  ol  the 
promises  contained  in  this  settlement  agreement. 

Article  IV  Constitution  of  Human  Relations  Grievance 
Committee 

A.  A  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  consist  of  five  (5)  members 
selected  by  an  affirmative  vote  of  at  least  two  (2)  members  of  a  Selection 
Panel  consisting  of 

1 .  The  Vice  Chancellor  of  the  unit  of  the  Campus  within  which  the  alleged 
discrimination  lalls.  In  cases  of  disputed  jurisdiction,  decisions  as  to 
which  Vice  Chancellor  shall  participate  will  be  made  by  the  several  Vice 
Chancellors. 

2.  The  Director  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs. 

3.  The  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations. 

If  any  of  these  persons  is  unable  to  participate,  he  or  she  shall 
designate  a  suitable  replacement. 

B.  The  selection  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  be  made  in 
such  a  way  as  to  promote  a  fair  and  impartial  judgment.  An  effort  shall  be 
made  to  constitute  the  Grievance  Committee  ol  persons  reasonably  familiar 
with  the  kind  of  employment  or  other  situation  which  the  case  concems. 

C.  A  determined  effort  shall  be  made  to  gain  the  consent  ol  complainant  and 
respondent  concerning  the  membership  of  the  Grievance  Committee.  If  in 
the  judgment  of  the  Selection  Panel  such  efforts  become  unreasonably 
prolonged,  membership  will  be  determined  by  majority  vote  of  the  Selection 
Panel. 

D.  None  of  the  members  of  a  Grievance  Committee  shall  have  been  involved 
in  the  action  which  is  the  subject  of  the  complaint.  This  Selection  Panel 
shall  remove  a  member  of  a  Grievance  Committee  whenever  they  find  that 
member  to  have  a  personal  involvement  in  that  case;  and  may  excuse  a 
member  from  serving  on  the  Grievance  Committee  on  grounds  of  illness  or 
on  other  reasonable  grounds. 

E.  Members  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  not 
be  eligible  concurrently  for  inclusion  on  Human  Relations  Grievance 
Committees. 

F.  The  Chairman  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  be  elected 
by  the  members  of  the  Committee. 

G.  Members  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  and  those  officially 
involved  in  a  hearing  shall  not  be  penalized  either  academically  or 
financially  for  time  missed  from  work  or  classes  during  official  meetngs  of 
the  Committee. 

Article  V  The  Equal  Education  and  Employment 
Opportunity  Officer 

A.  Equal  Education  and  Employment  Opportunity  Officers  shall  be 
instnjmental  in  the  implementation  of  the  Human  Relations  Code  within 
each  unit  of  the  College  Park  Campus. 

B.  Employees  on  all  levels  within  eaqh  unit  of  the  Campus  will  have  access  to 


18     Admission  and  Orientation 


the  assistance  ol  an  EEEO  Officer  In  non-academic  divisions,  EEEO 
Officers  sfiall  be  elected  by  unit  employees  under  ttie  supervision  of  the 
equity  officer  within  whose  responsibility  the  unit  falls,  or  shall  be  selected 
by  the  unit  Director  in  consultation  with  the  appropriate  equity  officer,  in 
either  case  in  accordance  with  the  Affirmative  Action  Plan  of  that  unit 
EEEO  Officers  in  the  academic  Divisions  shall  be  chosen  in  the  manner 
prescribed  by  the  divisional  council  of  each  division 
C.  The  functions  of  EEEO  Officers  shall  include  but  not  be  limited  to; 

1 .  Advising  unit  administrators  with  respect  to  the  preparation  plans, 
procedures,  regulations,  reports,  and  other  matters  pertaining  to  the 
Campus  Human  Relations  Program 

2.  Evaluating  periodically  the  effectiveness  and  sufficiency  of  unit 
Affirmative  Action  Plans  and  other  unit  plans  in  relation  to  the  goals  o( 
this  Code,  and  reporting  these  to  unit  administrators  with 
recommendations  as  to  what  improvements  or  corrections  are  needed. 

3.  Participating  in  the  development  of  policies  and  programs  within  units 
with  respect  to  hiring  and  recruitment,  training  and  upgrading,  and  in  all 
matters  pertaining  to  the  elimination  of  discrimination  prohibited  by  this 
Code  If  a  unit  fails  to  develop  policies  and  programs  ol  this  nature,  it  is 
the  task  of  the  EEEO  Officer  to  act  in  an  advocacy  role  and  call  this 
fact  first  to  the  attention  ol  the  unit  administrator,  and  il  no  responsive 
action  ensues,  then  to  the  Divisional  Assistant  for  Affirmative  Action, 
The  EEEO  Officer  is  free  at  all  times  to  report  such  cases  directly  to  the 
Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  and  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations 

4.  Serving  in  a  liaison  capacity  between  the  unit  to  which  he/she  is 
assigned  and  all  segments  of  its  personnel  and  attempting  to  remedy 
problems  brought  to  his/her  attention  regarding  alleged  discrimination. 

5.  Advising  students  or  employees  of  the  unit  who  have  reason  to  tselieve 
that  discrimination  as  defined  in  this  Code  is  occurring.  At  the  request 
ol  the  aggrieved  person  the  EEEO  Officer  shall  keep  any  or  all  aspects 
of  the  grievance  confidential  until  a  formal  complaint  has  been  filed.  If 
the  aggrieved  so  requests,  the  EEEO  Officer  shall  attempt  to  resolve 
the  matter,  calling  upon  the  assistance  ol  the  equity  officer  where 
appropriate.  The  EEEO  Officer  will  keep  a  record  of  such  advisory  and 
conciliatory  activities  and  periodically  briel  the  equity  officer. 

6.  Advising  and  otherwise  aiding  complainants  in  making  formal 
complaints  under  this  Code.  When  a  complaint  is  filed  with  an  EEEO 
Officer,  the  complaint  shall  be  fonwarded  by  that  officer  within  five  (5) 
worthing  days  to  the  equity  officer  and  the  Office  ol  Human  Relations 
Programs.  The  EEEO  Officer  shall  be  available  to  assist  in  a 
preliminary  investigation  of  the  complaint  conducted  under  the  general 
supervision  ol  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs,  to  determine 
whether  there  is  probable  cause  to  believe  that  prohibited  discrimination 
has  occurred. 

7.  Making  recommendations  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  to 
help  facilitate  human  relations  programs  on  Campus. 

8.  Assisting  units  in  publicizing  the  functions  ol  EEEO  Officers. 

9.  Collecting  pertinent  information  regarding  hiring,  upgrading  and 
promotion  opportunities  within  units  and  disseminating  such  information 
to  appropriate  personnel. 

D  The  EEEO  Officer  shall  have  the  lull  support  ol  the  unit  administration,  the 
Divisional  administration  and  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs.  The 
EEEO  Officer  shall  be  afforded  reasonable  time  from  other  regular  duties  to 
perform  the  lunctions  ol  the  olfice.  These  functions  shall  qualify  as  part  ol 
a  workday  in  the  case  ol  a  stall  member  and  as  partial  lullillment  ol 
required  committee  loads  in  the  case  of  faculty  The  EEEO  Officer  shall  be 
free  from  interference,  coercion,  harassment,  discrimination  or 
unreasonable  restraints  in  connection  with  the  pertomiance  of  the  duties 
specified  in  this  Code 


Article  VI  Effective  Date 

This  Code  shall  tie  effective  as  of  Octolser  18,  1976,  and  shall  apply  only  to 
those  complaints  alleging  discriminatory  acts  which  occurred  on  or  after  that 
date. 


Admission  and  Orientation 

Undergraduate  Admissions  Requirements — Fall 
1981  and  Spring  1982 

The  University  ol  Maryland  is  a  publicly-supported  land  grant  institution 
dedicated  primarily  to  the  educational  needs  ol  Maryland  residents  Within  its 
responsibilities  as  a  State  lacility,  the  University  attracts  a  cosmopolitan  student 
body,  and  each  year  oHers  admission  to  a  number  ol  promising  men  and 
women  from  other  states  and  jurisdictions  Currently,  50  states,  the  Distnci  of 
Columbia,  2  territories,  and  100  foreign  countries  are  represented  in  the 
undergraduate  population. 


Undergraduate  Admissions 

Requirements — Beginning  Summer  and  Fail  1981 

Freshman  Applicants — Maryland  Residents 

At  Its  November  17,  1978  meeting,  the  Board  ol  Regents  ol  the  University 
ol  Maryland  adopted  a  new  admissions  policy  which  is  applicable  to  persons 
applying  as  in-state  Ireshmen  lor  the  summer  and  tall  semesters  ol  1980  arxj 
thereafter 

Requirements  for  transfer  students  and  other  special  categories  (e.g., 
concurrent  enrollment,  early  admissions)  will  remain  the  same  as  those  for  the 
fall  1979  semester 

Assured  Admissions 

Students  may  earn  assured  admission  by  either  of  two  means: 

1  Those  who  rank  in  the  upper  lour  deciles  ol  their  high  school  class  and 
have  a  minimum  "C"  (2  0)  average  in  academic  courses  taken  in  9th,  10th. 
and  1 1th  grades  will  be  offered  admission 

2  Those  who  present  a  combination  ol  SAT  test  scores  and  high  school 
grade  point  averages  which  gives  promise  ol  success  at  the  University  will 
be  admitted  The  required  combinations  of  scores  and  grade  point 
averages  are  listed  on  the  chart  lielow 


Minimum  Requirements  for  Assured  Admission  for  Maryland  Freshmen 
Using  Total  SAT  Scores  and  Academic  Grade  Point  Avsrags  as  Criteria 

Academic 
Total  Grade  Point 

SA  T  Score  Average 

40 3.16 

41 3.14 

42 3.12 

43 3.10 

44 3.06 

45 3.06 

46 3.04 

47 3.02 

48 3.00 

49 2.96 

50 2.96 

51 2.94 

52 2.92 

53 2.90 

54 2.88 

55 2.86 

56 2.84 

57 2.82 

58 2.80 

59 2.78 

60 2.76 

61 2.74 

62 2.72 

63 2.70 

64 2.68 

65 : 2.66 

6e> 2.64 

67 2.62 

68 2.61 

69 2.59 

70 2.57 

71 2.55 

72 2.53 

73 2.51 

74 2.49 

75 2.47 

76 2.45 

77 ■ 2.43 

78 2.41 

79 2.39 

80 2.37 

81 2.36 

82 2.33 

83 2.31 

84 2.29 

85 2.27 

86 2.25 

87 2.23 

88 251 

89 2.19 

90 2.17 

91 2.15 

92 2.13 

93 2.11 

94 2.09 

95 .    2  07 

96  205 


Admission  and  Orientation     19 


97 2.03 

98 2.01 

98 1.99 

100 1.97 

101 1.96 

102 1.94 

103 1.92 

104 1.90 

105 1.88 

106 1.86 

107 1.84 

108 1.82 

109 1.80 

110 1.78 

111 1.76 

112 1.74 

113 1.72 

114 1.70 

115 1.66 

116 1.66 

117 1.64 

118 1.62 

119 1.60 

120 1.58 

121 1.56 

122 1.54 

123 1.52 

124 1.50 

125 1.48 

126 1.46 

127 1.44 

128 1.42 

129 1.40 

130 1.38 

131 1.36 

132 1.34 

133 ' 1.33 

134 1.31 

135 1.29 

136 1.27 

137 1.25 

138 1.23 

139 1.21 

140 1.19 

141 1.17 

142 1.15 

143 1.13 

144 1.11 

145 1.09 

146 1.07 

147 1.05 

148 1.03 

149 1.01 

Individual  Admissions 

In  addition,  the  Board  authorized  an  individual  admissions  category  which 
will  allow  1 5%  of  each  freshman  class.  University-wide,  to  be  selected  by  such 
criteria  as  exceptional  aptitude  or  talent  in  art,  music,  mathematics,  dramatics 
or  athletics.  The  educationally  disadvantaged  will  also  be  given  special 
consideration  based  upon  information  supplied  by  the  individual  student  and 
the  recommendations  of  high  school  personnel  and  responsible  members  of 
the  community  For  information  pertaining  to  this  category,  please  contact  the 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions. 

Designated  Preparation  for  Admissions  and  Specific 
Programs 

The  Board  of  Regents  further  stipulated  that  the  President,  in  collaboration 
with  the  Chancellors,  may  designate  the  high  school  preparation  desired  of  all 
undergraduate  students  admitted  to  the  University.  The  Chancellors,  with  the 
approval  of  the  President,  may  also  set  high  school  course  requirements  for 
specific  programs  and  majors  on  the  individual  campuses.  In  either  case,  the 
President  will  announce  a  timetable  for  implementation  and  will  grant  sufficient 
"lead  time"  before  new  requirements  take  effect. 

Graduates    of    Maryland    High    Schools    Which    are    Not    Accredited. 

Graduates  of  Maryland  high  schools  which  are  not  accredited  will  be  admitted  if 
they  (a)  present  combined  SAT  scores  at  or  above  the  mean  for  the  freshman 
class  the  preceding  year  and  (b)  have  at  least  a  2  0  average  in  academic 
courses  in  high  school.  Applicants  from  non-accredited  high  schools  in  the 
State  of  Maryland  who  meet  these  criteria  will  be  admitted  as  "regular 
degree-seeking  students  (conditional  status)."  Students  with  conditional 
admissions  status  would  not  be  eligible  to  graduate  until  the  conditional  status 
had  been  removed  by  successful  completion  of  24  credits  with  at  least  a  2.0 
cumulative  grade  point  average. 


Usa  of  MId-Ysar  Qradas.  The  University  will  reserve  a  decision  on  the 
applications  of  Maryland  residents  who  do  not  meet  the  cnteria  outlined  above 
until  mid-year  grades  are  available  lor  Ihe  senior  year  in  high  school  The 
College  Pari<  Campus  is  unable  to  utilize  Ihe  final  high  school  marks  In 
rendering  decisions  lor  applicants  who  are  applying  lor  admission  directly  from 
high  school 

II  mid-year  grades  for  the  senior  year  in  high  school  are  available  when  an 
application  is  initially  considered  by  the  College  Park  admissions  stall,  they  will 
be  used  in  determining  eligibility  for  admission 

Sub|ect»  Uaad  for  Computation  of  the  High  School  Acadamlc  Grade  Point 
Average.  Because  ol  vanalions  in  course  titles  in  the  secondary  school 
systems,  this  listing  is  not  inclusive  It  does,  however,  provide  examples  ol  the 
types  ol  courses  the  College  Park  Campus  utilizes  in  conr.puting  the  high 
school  academic  grade  point  average. 

English.  Composition,  Communications,  Creative  Writing,  Conversational 
Language,  Debate,  Expressive  Writing,  Journalism,  Language  Arts,  Literature, 
Public  Speaking,  Speech,  World  Literature. 

Foreign  Languages.  French,  German,  Greek,  Hebrew,  Italian,  Latin,  Russian, 
Spanish,  Other 

Mathematics.  Advanced  Topics,  Albegra  I.  Algebra  II,  Analysis  (or  Elementary 
Analysis).  Analytic  Geometry.  Calculus,  Computer  Math.  Functions.  Geometry, 
Mathematics  II,  Mathematics  III,  Mathematics  IV,  Matrices  Probabilities,  Modern 
Geometry,  Probability  and  Statistics,  E.AM  (Rev  Acad  Math),  S.M.S.G., 
Modern  Math,  Trigonometry. 

Science.  Advanced  Biology.  Advanced  Chemistry.  Biology,  Chemistry,  Earth 
Science,  General  Science,  Genetics,  Geology.  Laboratory  Science,  Physical 
Science,  Physics,  Space  Science,  Zoology 

Social  Studies.  Afro-American  Studies,  American  History,  Ancient  History, 
Anthropology,  Child  Development,  Civics-Citizenship,  Contemporary  Issues 
(C.I.S.S),  Cultural  Areas,  Cultural  Heritage,  Economics  Economic  Citizenship, 
Ethics  (if  considered  to  be  Religion,  not  counted),  European  History,  European 
History  and  Survey,  Family  Living,  Far  East,  Pan  American,  Geography, 
Government,  Humanities,  International  Affairs,  Medieval  History,  Modem 
History,  Modem  Problems,  National  Government,  Philosophy,  Political  Science, 
Problems  of  Democracy,  Problems  of  20th  Century,  Psychology,  Sociology, 
State  History,  U.S.  History,  World  Civilization,  Worid  Cultures 

Special  Admissions  Options 

To  serve  students  who  are  not  typical  Ireshmen,  the  College  Park  campus 
has  developed  a  variety  ol  non-traditional  admissions  options: 

High  School  Equivalence  Examination.  Maryland  residents  who  are  at  least 
16  years  of  age  and  have  not  received  a  high  school  diploma  can  be 
considered  for  admission  by  presenting  the  high  school  General  Education 
Equivalency  certificate.  In  order  to  be  admitted  the  applicant  must  present  an 
average  score  of  50  with  no  score  below  40  on  any  of  the  five  parts  of  the  test 
or  a  minimum  score  ol  45  on  each  of  the  five  parts  of  the  test. 

Admissions  Options  for  High  Actiieving  High  School 
Students 

Concurrent  Enrollment.  High  school  seniors  who  have  earned  a  minimum 
3.50  (B+)  average  in  academic  subjects  during  grades  ten  and  eleven  may 
enroll  on  the  College  Park  campus  for  two  courses  or  seven  credits.  They  must 
file  a  "concurrent  admissions"  application  and  transcripts.  The  permission  of  the 
high  school  is  required  and  students  must  live  within  commuting  distance.  Fees 
are  assessed  on  a  per-credit  hour  basis. 

Summer  Enrollment.  High  school  students  with  minimum  3.00  (B)  averages 
may  enroll  lor  courses  during  Ihe  summer  preceding  their  junior  or  senior  year. 
They  must  file  a  regular  application  and  transcripts  Fees  are  assessed  on  a 
per-credit  hour  basis. 

Early  Admission.  Although  the  University  of  Maryland  generally  requires 
applicants  to  earn  a  high  school  diploma  prior  to  their  first  registration,  the 
College  Park  Campus  will  admit  well-qualified  students  without  this  document 
provided: 
1 .  they  have  a  minimum  B  (3.0)  average  in  academic  subjects. 
2  the  student  is  within  four  semester  courses  (two  credits)  of  high  school 

graduation. 
3.  the  student  has  the  endorsement  of  the  high  school  and  the  superintendent 
of  schools,  when  appropriate. 

Veterans  and  Returning  Students 

The  University  welcomes  applications  from  students  who  have  had  a  break 
in  their  formal  education.  Veterans  and  other  adults  who  do  not  meet  the 
published  admissions  criteria  are  considered  on  an  individual  basis.  Applicants 
in  these  categories  are  urged  to  contact  an  Admissions  Counselor  for  further 
information. 


20     Admission  and  Orientation 


Out-of-State  Freshmen 

The  University  is  very  pleased  to  consider  applications  from  students  who 
are  not  residents  of  the  State  ol  Maryland  Because  the  pnmary  obligation  of 
the  University  is  to  Maryland  residents,  however,  the  number  of  out-of-state 
students  who  can  be  admitted  is  limited  The  typical  freshman  applicant 
presents  better  than  average  SAT  scores  and  high  school  grades. 

Other  Requirements  for  All  Freshman  Applicants 

In  general  the  College  ParV  campus  requires  freshman  applicants  to  earn  a 
high  school  diploma  prior  to  their  first  registration  at  the  University 

The  SAT  examination  is  required  of  all  freshman  applicants  Test  results 
must  be  submitted  directly  to  the  College  Park  Campus  by  the  Educational 
Testing  Service  The  applicant  are  strongly  urged  lo  include  hisher  social 
security  numljer  when  registering  for  the  SAT.  This  will  expedite  processing  of 
the  application  lor  admission  by  the  College  Park  Campus  The  reporting  code 
for  the  College  Park  Campus  is  5814  The  University  strongly  recommends  that 
the  SAT  be  taken  as  early  as  possible  The  January  test  is  generally  the  latest 
acceptable  examination  for  fall  applicants  Further  information  on  the  SAT  may 
be  obtained  from  high  school  guidance  offices  or  directly  from  the  Educational 
Testing  Service.  Princeton.  New  Jersey  08540. 

School  of  Architecture:  Admission  to  the  School  of  Architecture  is  competitive 
with  selection  based  on  previous  academic  achievement  and  is  normally  limited 
to  students  at  the  junior  level  A  small  number  of  highly  qualified  freshman 
applicants  may  be  admitted  directly  to  the  School  Freshman  applicants  who 
designate  Architecture  as  a  choice  of  cun'iculum.  who  are  admissible  lo  the 
University  but  are  not  eligible  for  admission  directly  to  the  School  of 
Architecture,  may  be  admitted  as  "pre-architecture "  Such  students  are 
encouraged,  however,  to  select  an  alternate  major  at  the  time  of  application 
Applicants  admitted  to  the  School  of  Architecture  as  juniors  will  be  selected 
from  a  variety  of  academic  backgrounds  with  evaluation  based  on  grade  point 
average,  courses  taken,  and  a  portfolio.  Information  concerning  the  specific 
requirements  for  admission  to  the  School  of  Architecture  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions 

College  of  Business  and  Management:  Effective  the  summer  and  fall.  1979 
semesters,  admission  to  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  is 
competitive  and  normally  limited  to  students  at  the  Junior  level.  A  small 
numt>er  of  highly  qualified  freshman  applicants  may  be  admitted  directly  to  the 
College.  Freshman  applicants  who  have  designated  a  cun-iculum  in  Business 
and  Management,  and  who  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  University  will 
normally  be  offered  admission  as  pre-business  majors.  Students  may  apply  for 
admission  to  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  immediately  prior  to 
completion  of  the  special  requirements  in  effect  for  admission  to  the  college, 
normally  during  the  sophomore  year  Information  concerning  the  specific 
requirements  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  may 
tie  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions. 

College  of  Engineering:  Beginning  with  the  summer  and  fall  1981  semesters 
admission  to  the  College  of  Engineering  will  be  competitive  for  both  freshmen 
and  transfers.  Applicants  who  have  designated  a  major  within  the  College  of 
Engineering  will  be  selected  for  admission  on  the  basis  of  academic  promise 
and  available  space  Freshmen  will  be  selected  on  the  basis  of  a  predictive 
index  and.  in  addition,  must  present  a  score  of  500  or  better  on  the 
mathematics  portion  of  the  SAT  Applicants  admissible  to  the  University  but  not 
to  tfie  College  will  be  offered  admission  to  pre-engineering  A  pre-engineenng 
major  status  does  not  assure  eventual  admission  to  the  College  of  Engineering 
Because  of  space  limitations,  the  College  ol  Engineering  may  not  be  able  to 
offer  admission  to  all  qualified  applicants.  The  College  Park  campus  strongly 
urges  early  application  Information  concerning  the  specific  requirements  for 
admission  to  the  College  of  Engineering  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions 

Transfer  Student  Admission  General  Statement 

A  student  wtio  has  attended  any  institution  of  higher  learning  following 
graduation  from  high  school  and  attempted  nine  or  more  credits  must  be 
considered  for  admission  as  a  transfer  student. 

The  University  will  use  the  average  staled  on  the  transcript  by  the  sending 
institution  When  an  applicant  has  attended  more  than  one  institution,  a 
cumulative  average  for  all  previous  college  work  attempted  will  t>e  used 

Where  the  number  of  students  desiring  admission  exceeds  the  number  that 
can  be  accommodated  in  a  particular  professional  or  specialized  program, 
admission  will  be  based  on  criteria  developed  by  the  University  to  select  the 
best  qualified  students 

Transfer  applicants  must  be  in  good  academic  and  disciplinary  standing  al 
their  previous  institutions  to  be  eligible  for  possible  transfer  to  the  College  Parit 
Campus 

Matyland  Residents 

TTiosa  Admissible  as  High  School  Seniors.  Students  who  are  eligible  for 
admission   as   high   school   seniors   and   wfK>   are   in   good   academic   arx) 


disciplinary  standing  at  their  previous  institutions  are  eligible  to  be  considered 
lor  transfer  Mar/land  residents  must  have  a  C  average  in  all  previous 
college-level  wori<  to  be  admitted 

Those  Not  Admissible  as  High  School  Seniors.  Maryland  residents  who  are 
not  admissible  as  high  school  seniors  must  complete  at  least  26  semester 
hours  with  a  C  or  t>ener  cumulative  average  al  another  institution 

General  Statement.  In  general,  credit  from  academic  courses  taken  at  an 
accredited  institution  in  areas  that  can  be  considered  part  of  the  student's 
University  program  and  in  which  the  student  earned  a  grade  of  C  or  better  will 

transfer 

Maryland  Public  Colleges  and  Universities.  Transler  ol  course  work 
completed  at  Maryland  public  colleges  and  universities  is  covered  by  the  State 
Board  For  Higher  Education  Student  Transfer  Credit  Policy 

Articulated  Programs.  An  articulated  transfer  program  is  a  list  of  community 
college  courses  which  best  prepare  the  applicant  for  a  particular  course  of 
study  at  College  Park  If  the  applicant  lakes  appropnate  courses  which  are 
specified  in  the  articulated  program  guide,  and  earns  an  acceptable  grade, 
he'She  is  guaranteed  transfer  with  no  loss  ol  credit 

Articulated  career  program  guides  help  students  plan  their  new  programs 
after  changing  career  obieclives  Articulated  program  guides  are  available  al 
the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  on  the  College  Park  campus  and  in 
the  transfer  advisors  office  al  each  of  the  community  colleges.  If  the  applicant 
checks  this  guide  heshe  can  eliminate  all  doubt  concerning  transfer  ol  courses 
by  following  a  program  outlined  in  the  guide. 

University  of  Maryland  System,  Credits  and  grades  lor  undergraduate 
courses  will  transfer  lo  the  College  Park  campus  from  other  University  of 
Maryland  campuses  The  applicability  of  these  courses  lo  Ihe  particular 
program  chosen  al  College  Park  will  t>e  determined  by  an  academic 
advisor  evalualor  in  the  office  of  the  dean  or  provost  (see  section  on 
Orientation/Pre-Regislralion) 

Other  Universities  and  Colleges,  Credit  will  be  transfered  from  regionally 
accredited  institutions  of  higher  education,  if  the  course  is  completed  with  a 
grade  of  C  or  higher  and  it  the  course  is  similar  lo  course  work  offered  at 
College  Park.  The  applicability  of  these  courses  to  the  particular  course  of 
study  chosen  at  College  park  will  be  detemnined  by  an  academic 
advisor/evaluator  in  the  office  ol  the  dean  or  provost 

Foreign  Language  CredK.  Transfer  foreign  language  credit  is  usually 
acceptable  in  meeting  requirements  Prospective  students  should  consult  the 
appropriate  sections  of  this  catalog  lo  determine  Ihe  specifk:  requirements  ol 
various  colleges  and  curricula. 

Credit  by  Examination 

Advanced  Placement  Program,  Students  entering  the  University  from 
secondary  schools  may  obtain  advanced  placement  and  college  credit  on  the 
basis  of  their  performance  on  the  College  Entrance  Examinatkjn  Board 
Advanced  Placement  Program  examinations  These  examinations  are  normally 
given  lo  eligible  high  school  seniors  during  the  May  preceding  matriculatkxi  in 
college 

The  University  will  award  advanced  placement  or  college  credit  for 
appropriate  scores  on  Ihe  following  examinations:  biology,  ctiemistry,  English, 
French.  German.  Spanish.  Amencan  history.  European  history.  Latin, 
mathematics,  and  physics  The  College  Park  campus  specifies  that  these  tests 
may  not  be  taken  after  matriculation  al  a  collegiate  institution 

Students  with  specific  questions  about  the  University's  policy  may  contact 
the  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  Detailed  information  about 
the  examinations  and  registration  procedures  may  t>e  obtained  from  the  high 
school  guidance  counselor  or  from  tfie  Director  of  Advanced  Placement 
Program.  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  688  Seventh  Avenue.  New 
Yorii.  NY  10018 

Other  Credit  by  Examination  Options,  Students  are  encouraged  to  refer  lo 
other  sections  ol  this  calak>g  lor  inlormation  on  additional  credit  by  examination 
options 

Transfer  Students  from  Maryland  Community  Colleges. 

Currently.  Maryland  residents  who  attend  Maryland  public  community 
colleges  may  be  admitted  m  accordance  with  the  critena  outlined  in  ttte  general 
slalemeni  above  Tt>e  University  subscntws  to  Ihe  policies  set  forth  in  Ihe 
Maryland  Slate  Board  of  Higher  Education  Student  Transfer  Policy  Slalemeni 

Where  Ihe  number  of  students  desiring  admission  exceeds  Ihe  number  Ifial 
can  be  accommodated  m  a  particular  professional  or  specialized  program, 
admission  will  be  based  on  cntena  developed  by  Ihe  University  to  select  ttie 
best  qualified  students 


Admission  and  Orientation     21 


Veterans  and  Returning  Students 

The  University  welcornes  applications  Irom  students  wtio  have  had  a  break 
in  their  formal  education  Veterans  and  other  adults  who  do  not  meet  the 
published  adnnissions  cntena  are  considered  on  an  individual  basis  Applicants 
in  these  categones  are  urged  to  contact  an  Admissions  Counselor  lor  further 
information 

Out-of-State  Transfer  Students 

The  University  is  very  pleased  to  consider  applications  from  students  who 
are  not  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland  Because  the  pnmary  obligation  of 
the  University  is  to  Maryland  residents,  however,  the  number  of  out-of-state 
students  wtx)  can  be  admitted  is  limited  The  typical  transfer  presents  tietter 
thian  average  credentials  in  his  or  her  previous  college-level  wor1< 

Undergraduate  Students  Transferring  from  Within  the 
University  System 

A  student  seeking  to  nxjve  from  one  campus  of  the  University  to  another 
must  have  been  a  regular  degree-seeking  student  eligible  to  return  to  his  or 
her  original  campus 

Students  who  were  special  or  non-degree  students  or  undergraduate 
students  wfx}  have  been  academically  dismissed  by  one  campus  must  contact 
the  admissions  office  of  the  receiving  campus. 

Students  must  comply  with  the  normal  deadlines  and.  where  space  is 
limited,  admission  to  the  new  campus  will  be  based  on  criteria  designed  to 
select  the  best  qualified  students. 

Specialized  Admissions  Requirements 

School  o1  Architecture:  Admission  to  the  School  of  Architecture  is  competitive 
with  selection  based  on  previous  academic  achievement  and  is  normally  limited 
to  students  at  the  junior  level.  A  small  number  of  highly  qualified  freshman 
applicants  may  be  admitted  directly  to  the  School. 

Transfer  applicants  who  designate  Architecture  as  a  choice  of  curriculum, 
who  are  admissible  to  the  University  but  are  not  eligible  for  admission  directly 
to  the  School  of  Architecture,  may  be  admitted  as  "pre-architecture "  Such 
students  are  encouraged,  however,  to  select  an  alternate  major  at  the  time  of 
application. 

Applicants  admitted  to  the  School  of  Architecture  as  juniors  will  be  selected 
from  a  variety  of  academic  backgrounds  with  evaluation  based  on  grade  point 
average,  courses  taken,  and  a  portfolio. 

Information  conceming  the  specific  requirements  for  admission  to  the 
School  of  Architecture  may  tie  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions 

College  of  Business  and  Management:  Effective  the  summer  and  fall,  1979 
semesters,  admission  to  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  is 
competitive  and  normally  limited  to  students  at  the  junior  level.  A  small  number 
of  highly  qualified  freshman  applicants  may  be  admitted  directly  to  the  College. 

Transfer  applicants  who  have  designated  a  curriculum  in  Business  and 
Management,  and  who  are  eligible  for  admission  to  the  University  but  who  will 
not  have  completed  the  special  requirements  for  admission  to  the  College,  will 
normally  be  offered  admission  as  pra-business  majors. 

Students  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management  immediately  prior  to  completion  of  the  special  requirements  in 
effect  for  admission  to  the  College,  nonnally  during  the  sophomore  year. 

Information  concerning  the  specific  requirements  for  admission  to  the 
College  of  Business  and  Management  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions. 

College  of  Engineering:  Beginning  with  the  summer  and  fall  1981  semesters 
admission  to  the  College  of  Engineering  will  be  competitive  for  both  freshmen 
and  transfers  Applicants  who  have  designated  a  major  within  the  College  of 
Engineering  will  be  selected  for  admission  on  the  basis  of  academic  promise 
and  available  space  Transfer  applicants  enrolled  prior  to  May  1981  in  an 
engineering  transfer  program  in  a  Maryland  community  college,  in  a  Northern 
Virginia  community  college,  a  3-2  program  at  a  Maryland  public  four-year 
college  or  from  the  UMBC  pre-engineering  program  will  be  offered  admission  to 
the  College  of  Engineering  under  policies  in  effect  at  the  time  of  their  initial 
enrollment  in  the  transfer  program  at  the  sending  institution.  All  other  transfer 
applicants  must  compete  for  enrollment  in  the  College  based  upon  the  criteria 
in  effect  for  the  semester  during  which  the  student  wishes  to  enroll.  Because  of 
space  limitations  the  College  of  Engineering  may  not  be  able  to  offer  admission 
to  all  qualified  applicants.  The  College  Park  campus  strongly  urges  early 
application.  Information  concerning  the  specific  requirements  for  admission  to 
the  College  of  Engineering  may  be  obtained  from  tfie  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions 

International  Student  Admissions 

The  University  of  Maryland  values  the  contribution  foreign  students  make  to 
the  College  Park  community.  Admission  is  competitive  and  offered  only  to 
those  applicants  who,  throughout  their  secondary  school  and  college  work, 
have  consistently  received  marks  or  examination  results  which  are  considered 


to  be  "very  good'  or  'excellent.'  Because  of  the  keen  competition  at  the 
University  of  Maryland,  we  suggest  applicants  apply  early  to  several  other 
colleges  or  universities  in  the  event  the  University  is  unable  to  offer  admission 

Foreign  students  applying  lor  admission  to  undergraduate  programs  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  must  submit  their  applications  at  least  six  months  in 
advance  of  the  semester  for  which  they  seek  admission  Applications  for  the 
fall  semester  must  bie  received  in  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  by 
March  1 :  for  the  spring  semester  by  August  1 

Foreign  students  applying  for  admission  to  undergraduate  programs  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  must  submit:  (1)  an  application  for  admission;  (2)  copies 
of  official  secondary  school  records  (including  any  secondary  external 
examinations,  such  as  the  GCE  "Ordinary"  level  examinations,  or  the 
Baccalaureate):  an  (3)  transcripts  from  any  university-level  studies  completed  in 
the  United  States  or  elsewhere  (Original  documents  written  in  a  language 
other  than  English  must  be  accompanied  by  certified  English  translations ) 
Foreign  students  who  have  completed  grades  10.  11  and  12  in  ttie  US  high 
schools  must  also  take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  and  submit  such 
results 

Applicants  on  student  (F-1)  visa  will  also  be  required  to  furnish  proof  of 
adequate  financial  support  during  the  course  of  the  admissions  process. 
Students  on  F-1  visas  are  not  permitted  to  work 

Because  the  University  of  Maryland  is  a  state  university,  admission  of 
students  on  the  F-1  is  competitive  Consequently,  admission  will  l>e  offered 
only  to  those  students  who  present  the  equivalent  of  a  B  average  (3.0  grade 
point  average  on  a  4  0  scale)  for  previous  education 

The  foreign  student  on  the  F-1  visa  accepted  for  admission  to  the 
University  will  receive  from  the  Office  of  International  Education  Services  the 
Form  1-20,  needed  to  secure  or  extend  a  student  visa. 

English  Proficiency.  All  applicants  must  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  level  of 
English  proficiency,  which  will  enable  them  to  pursue  a  full  course  of  study  in 
one  of  the  University  colleges  or  divisions  All  non-native  speakers  of  English 
must  submit  a  score  report  from  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 
(TOEFL)  during  the  application  process.  Non-native  speakers  who  have 
received  a  degree  from  a  tertiary-level  institution  in  the  U.S.,  English-speaking 
Canada,  United  Kingdom,  Australia,  New  Zealand  or  Ckjmmonwealth  Caribtiean 
are  exempt  from  the  TOEFL  requirement.  Native  speakers  of  English  are 
defined  as  those  educated  entirely  in  the  US  .  English-speaking  Canada. 
United  Kingdom.  Australia,  New  Zealand  or  Commonwealth  Caribbean. 
Applicants  who  are  unsure  as  to  whether  or  not  they  should  take  TOEFL 
should  contact  the  Office  of  International  Education  Services  Foreign  students 
who  have  graduated  from  U.S.  high  schools  must  submit  TOEFL  examination 
results.  For  information  and  a  TOEFL  application,  write  to  TOEFL,  P.O.  Box 
899,  Princeton,  N.J.  08540. 

International  students  accepted  for  admission  will  be  expected  to  plan  their 
arrival  sufficiently  in  advance  of  the  registration  period  to  secure  housing  and 
attend  the  special  orientation  program  that  is  held  the  week  prior  to  registration. 

Return  of  Foreign  Transcripts.  Transcripts  of  applicants  with  foreign  credentials 
are  maintained  by  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  for  two  years.  If 
these  documents  are  original  copies,  the  student  must  request  their  return 
within  two  years  of  application.  At  the  end  of  this  period,  the  transcripts  are 
destroyed. 

Immigrant  Student  Admission 

Immigrant  applicants  for  admission  at  the  undergraduate  level  are 
admissible  under  the  same  guidelines  as  U.S.  citizens  EXCEPT  that  applicants, 
including  transfer  applicants,  whose  native  language  is  other  than  English  must 
ALSO  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  level  of  English  proficiency  to  pursue  an 
approved  course  of  study. 

Non-Degree  (Special)  Student  Admission 

Applicants  who  qualify  for  admission  but  do  not  desire  to  work  toward  a 
baccalaureate  degree  may  be  admitted  as  non-degree  seeking  (special) 
students. 

Special  students  who  have  received  a  baccalaureate  degree  are  advised 
that  no  credit  earned  while  enrolled  as  special  students  may  be  applied  at  a 
later  date  to  a  graduate  program  These  post-baccalaureate  students  may 
enroll  in  undergraduate  courses  for  which  they  possess  the  necessary 
prerequisites,  but  may  not  enroll  in  courses  restricted  to  graduate  students 
only.  Students  who  wish  to  take  courses  at  the  graduate  level  (600  and  above) 
must  contact  the  Graduate  School  for  information  concerning  admission 
requirements  for  Advanced  Special  Student  status. 

Non-degree  seeking  (special)  students  who  do  not  have  a  baccalaureate 
degree  must  submit  transcripts  and  meet  regular  admission  standards. 
Transcripts  are  not  required  from  students  with  baccalaureate  degrees. 

Because  of  space  limitation,  several  departments  require  permission  in 
advance  to  enroll  as  a  non-degree  student.  Please  contact  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions  for  further  information. 

Pre-Professional  Programs 

The  College  Park  Campus  offers  pre-professional  programs  in  Dental 
Hygiene.   Dentistry,   Forestry.   Law,   Medical   Technology,   Medicine,   Nursing, 


22     Admission  and  Orientation 


Optometry,  Pharmacy,  Physical  Therapy,  Radiologic  Technology,  Theology, 
and  Veterinary  Medicine. 

The  College  Park  Campus  does  not  otter  degrees  in  these  areas.  The 
Campus  does,  however,  offer  specific  course  advisement  that  will  prepare  the 
student  for  a  possible  transfer  to  another  branch  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
or  other  institutions  that  do  offer  degrees  m  these  fields  Admission  to  a 
pre-prolessional  program  on  the  College  Park  Campus  does  not  guarantee 
admission  to  another  branch  of  the  University  or  another  institution 

Students  who  have  already  earned  more  than  30  semester  hours  at 
another  college-level  institution,  and  who  seek  admission  to  pre-prolessional 
programs  in  Nursing,  Pharmacy,  Dental  Hygiene,  Physical  Therapy  Medical 
Technology,  Radiologic  Technology,  and  Forestry,  should  contact  an  academic 
advisor  lor  ;he  pre-professional  programs  at  College  Park  tjelore  filing  an 
application  for  the  College  Park  Campus  Please  address  correspondence  to 
the  academic  advisor  of  the  specific  pre-prolessional  program  to  which  the 
applicant  is  applying,  lor  example.  Academic  Advisor,  Pre-Nursing  Program, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Goiden  Identification  Card  Program 

The  College  Park  campus  participates  in  the  University  of  Maryland's 
Golden  Identilication  Card  Program.  The  campus  will  make  available  courses 
and  various  services  to  persons  who  are  60  years  ol  age  or  older,  who  are 
residents  ol  the  State  ol  Maryland  and  who  are  retired  (not  engaged  in  gainlul 
employment  lor  more  than  20  hours  per  week)  When  persons  eligible  lor  this 
Program  apply  lor  the  Program  and  receive  their  Golden  Identilication  Cards, 
they  may  register  lor  credit  courses  as  regular  or  special  students  in  any 
session.  Tuition  and  most  other  lees  will  be  waived.  The  Golden  Identilication 
Card  will  entitle  eligible  persons  to  certain  academic  services,  including  the  use 
of  the  libraries,  as  well  as  certain  other  non-academic  services  Such  services 
will  be  available  during  any  session  only  to  persons  who  have  registered  lor 
one  or  more  courses  for  that  session.  Additional  inlormation  may  be  obtained 
Irom  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions. 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement 

Students  who  do  not  maintain  continuous  registration  rtiust  apply  for 
readmission  or  reinstatement  when  they  desire  to  return  to  the  University.  See 
sections  on  Withdrawals  from  the  University  and  Minimum  Requirements  for 
Retention  and  Graduation 

Readmission.  A  student  who  has  interrupted  registration  for  one  or  more 
semesters  and  who  was  in  good  academic  standing  or  on  academic  probation 
at  the  conclusion  of  the  last  semester  registered  must  apply  for  readmission 

Reinstatement.  A  student  must  apply  for  reinstatement  if  he  or  she  has  been 
academically  dismissed  or  has  officially  withdrawn  from  all  courses  in  the  last 
previous  semester. 

Deadlines.  Dismissed  students  who  wish  to  apply  lor  reinstatement  must 
observe  the  following  deadlines: 

Fall  semester — June  1 5 

Spring  semester — November  1 

Summer  Session  I — April  15 

Summer  Session  II — May  15 

Exceptions.  Students  dismissed  at  the  end  ol  the  lall  semester  may  apply  for 
immediate  reinstatement  no  later  than  seven  days  tjefore  the  first  day  of  spring 
semester  registration  Students  dismissed  at  the  end  of  the  spring  semester 
who  wish  to  attend  the  first  or  second  summer  session  must  check  with  the 
Withdrawal/Re-enrollment  Office  regarding  current  policy  for  summer  session. 

There  are  no  deadlines  for  readmission  or  for  reinstatement  after  an  official 
withdrawal,  but  students  are  encouraged  to  apply  early  (All  applications  Irom 
withdrawn  students  are  subject  to  review  by  the  Faculty  Petition  Board  ) 

Any  student  whose  application  will  require  clearance  Irom  the  Judicial 
AHairs  Office.  Health  Center,  or  International  Educational  Services  Office 
should  file  according  to  the  at>ove  deadlines  lor  reinstatement. 

Applications.  Application  forn%s  for  readmission  and  reinstatement  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Office  ol  Withdrawal'Re-enrollment. 

Addltionai  Intonnation.  For  additional  inlormation  contact  \he 
Withdrawal'Re-enrollment  Oflice.  North  Administration  Building.  University  ol 
Maryland.  College  Park.  Maryland  20742;  (301)  454-2734. 

Student  Transfer  Poiicies 

The  University  ol  Maryland  lully  subscribes  to  the  Maryland  State  Board  for 
Higher  Education  Transler  Policies  A  complete  text  ol  the  policy  lolkjws 

These  Student  Transler  Policies,  developed  by  a  special  task  tores  ol  the 
Segmental  Advisory  Committee,  were  adopted  by  the  Maryland  State  Board  lor 
Higher  Education  on  November  1.  1979  In  view  of  the  Board's  sensitivity  to  ttie 
need  ol  the  institutions  and  segment  tMards  to  have  sufficient  lead  time  to 
make  these  policies  operationat.  the  new  policies  shall  be  effective  and 
applicable  to  students  enrolling  in  Maryland  s  public  poslsecondary  education 
institutions  in  fall,  1960.  and  thereafter  Al  that  time  they  will  supersede  SBHE 
student  transfer  policies  in  effect  since  1972. 


Preamble 

The  major  objective  ol  these  policies  is  to  relate  in  operational  ways  the 
undergraduate  programs  ottered  in  the  public  sector  ol  higher  education  in 
Maryland  These  policies  aim  at  equal  treatment  ol  native  and  transler 
students  The  ettectiveness  of  these  policies,  since  their  promulgation  in 
Decemlaer  1972,  has  been  confirmed  by  the  minimal  loss  ol  credits 
experienced  by  students  translening  within  the  public  sector,  by  the  apparent 
satislaction  ol  these  students,  and  by  the  absence  ol  appeals  concerning  ttte 
translerring  ol  credits 

The  intended  principal  benelactor  is  the  student,  who  is  tiest  served  by 
current  inlormation  atiout  programs  and  protected  by  lirm  arrangements  among 
the  public  segments  ol  higher  education  in  Maryland  which  permit  him  to  plan  a 
total  degree  program  Irom  the  outset  With  successful  academic  performance. 
he  or  she  can  make  uninterrupted  progress  even  ttiough  transfer  is  involved 
The  measures  of  the  ettectiveness  ol  the  plan  is  maximum  translerability  ol 
college  level  credits  within  the  parameters  ol  this  agreement  Essentially, 
transler  and  native  students  are  to  be  governed  by  the  same  academic  njles 
and  regulations. 

In  a  complementary  way  the  States  interests  are  served  by  having  its 
higher  education  resources  used  optimally  by  reducing  the  time  taken  to 
complete  a  degree  through  the  avoidance  ol  repeated  class  experience. 

The  institutional  interests  are  protected  also  by  the  systematic  approach; 
institutions  are  relieved  of  the  uncertainties  ol  unplanned  articulation  without 
becoming  production  line  enterprises 

The  dynamics  ol  higher  education  preclude  one-and-lor-all  time  curricula 
and  perpetual  grading  and  retention  systems  However,  within  the  general 
structure  ol  this  plan  there  is  opportunity  lor  continual  updating  ol  the  details 

In  more  specilic  ways  this  documents  purpose  is  ( 1 )  to  recommend  specilic 
areas  ol  agreement  among  the  public  two-year  and  lour-year  institutions  ol 
higher  education  pertaining  to  facilitating  the  transler  ol  students  within  these 
segments;  (2)  to  provide  lor  a  continuous  evaluation  and  review  ol  programs, 
policies,  procedures,  and  relationships  attecting  transler  of  students;  (3)  to 
recommend  such  revisions  as  are  needed  to  promote  the  academic  success 
and  general  well-being  of  the  transfer  student,  and  (4)  to  provide  a  system  lor 
appeals 


POLICIES 

1 .  Public  lour-year  colleges  and  universities  shall  require  attainment  ol  an 
overall  2  0  average  on  a  lour-point  scale  by  Marylarxj  resident  transler 
students  as  one  standard  lor  admission  II  the  student  has  attended  two  or 
more  institutions,  the  overall  2  0  will  be  computed  on  grades  received  in 
courses  earned  at  all  institutions  attended  unless  the  student  presents  an 
Associate  in  Arts  degree. 

(a)  Each  public  institution  ol  higher  education  shall  designate  a  person 
responsible  lor  coordinating  translerability  to  assist  in  accomplishing  the 
policies  and  procedures  outlined  in  this  plan  The  State  Board  lor 
Higher  Education  will  support  requests  by  a  public  institution  ol  higher 
education  to  establish  the  position  ol  transler  coordinator 

(b)  EHorts  shall  be  intensified  among  the  sending  institutions,  based  on 
shared  inlormation.  to  counsel  students  on  the  basis  ol  tt>eir  likelihood 
of  success  in  various  programs  and  at  vanous  institutions  (See  par  1 
(c)  and  par.  9) 

(c)  Procedures  lor  reporting  the  progress  ol  students  who  transler  witt>in 
the  State  shall  be  devekjped  as  one  means  ol  improving  the  counseling 
ol  prospective  transler  students. 

2  Admission  requirements  and  cun-iculum  prerequisites  shall  t>e  stated 
explicitly  in  institutional  publications  Students  who  enroll  at  Maryland 
Community  Colleges  shall  be  encouraged  to  complete  ttie  Associate  in  Arts 
degree  or  to  complete  56  hours  m  a  planned  sequence  ol  courses  wtiicti 
relate  to  general  education  and  the  selection  ol  a  major  iMlore  transfer 
Subsequent  graduation  Irom  the  receiving  lour-year  institution  is  rx>t 
assured  within  a  two-year  period  ol  lull-lime  study 

(a)  Students  from  Maryland  Community  Colleges  wtxj  were  admissible  to 
the  lour-year  institution  as  high  school  seniors  and  who  have  attair>ed 
an  overall  2  0  average  in  college  and  university  parallel  courses  shall 
be  eligible  tor  transler  al  any  time,  regardless  o!  the  numtier  ol  credits 
Those  students  who  have  been  awarded  the  Associate  m  Arts  degree 
or  who  have  successlully  completed  56  hours  ol  credit  with  an  overall 
2.0  average,  in  either  case  in  college  and  university  parallel  courses, 
shall  not  be  denied  transler  to  an  institution  II  the  number  ol  students 
desiring  admission  exceeds  the  numt>er  that  can  be  accommodated  in 
a  particular  prolessional  or  specialized  program  or  certain 
circumstances  exist  which  require  a  limitation  t>eing  placed  on  the  size 
ol  an  upper  division  program  or  on  the  total  enrollment,  admission  will 
be  on  cnteria  devetoped  and  published  by  the  receiving  institution. 
whk:h  provkles  equal  treatment  lor  native  and  transler  students 

(b)  Course  semester  hour  requirements  which  students  must  meet  in  order 
to  transler  with  upper  division  standing  shall  be  clearly  stated  by  the 
receiving  institution 

(c)  The  establishment  ol  artk:ulated  programs  is  required  m  prolessional 
and  specialized  cumcula 

3  Inlormation  about  transler  students  wtx>  are  capable  ol  honors  work  or 
independent  study  shall  t>e  transmitted  to  the  receiving  institution 

4  Transler    students   Irom    newly    established    public    colleges    wtiicti    are 


Admission  and  Orientation     23 


lunctioning  with  the  approval  of  the  State  Board  lor  Higher  Education  shall 
be  admitted  on  the  same  basis  as  applicants  Irom  regionally  accredited 
colleges 
5  (a)     Credit  earned  at  any  other  public  Institution  In  Maryland  shall  be 
translerable  lo  any  other  public  institution  provided 

(1)  the  credit  is  from  a  college  or  university  parallel  program; 

(2)  the  grades  in  the  block  of  courses  transferred  average  2  0  or 
higher:  and 

(3)  the  acceptance  ol  the  credit  is  consistent  with  the  policies  ol  the 
receiving  institution  governing  students  lollowing  the  same  program 

(b)  Credit  lor  the  CLEP  general  examinations  will  t>e  considered  lor  transfer 
only  for  scores  at  the  50th  percentile,  and  above,  ol  the  combined 
national  men-women  sophomore  norms  The  exact  numljer  ol  credits 
awarded,  il  any,  in  transler  will  be  determined  by  the  same  regulations 
that  pertain  to  native  students  in  the  receiving  institution  The  percentile 
needed  to  transler  credit  for  the  CLEP  subject  examination  will  be 
determined  by  the  receiving  institution  Segmental'Inslitutional 
governing  boards  shall  submit  to  the  State  Board  lor  Higher  Education 
by  December  1st  ol  each  year  data  collected  Irom  the  institutions 
concerning  the  credit  given,  minimum  scores  and  equivalent  courses  ol 
the  CLEP  subject  examinations.  This  data  will  be  distributed  annually 
by  the  State  Board  lor  Higher  Education  to  transler  advisors  at  all 
Institutions  In  order  to  lacllitale  the  transler  ol  Advanced  Placement 
and  CLEP  credit,  the  achievement  score  lor  Advanced  Placement  and 
the  scaled  score,  percentile  rank  and  the  type  of  examinations  (General 
or  Subject)  lor  the  CLEP  shall  be  reported  on  the  transcript  when  credit 
is  awarded 

(c)  The  Associate  In  Arts  degree  shall  serve  the  equivalent  ol  the  lower 
division  general  education  requirements  at  the  receiving  institution 
where  the  total  number  ol  credits  required  in  the  general  education 
program  in  the  sending  institution  is  equal  to  or  more  than  that  required 
in  the  receiving  institution  and  where  the  credits  are  distributed  among 
the  arts  and  sciences  disciplines 

(d)  The  determination  ol  the  major  program  requirements  lor  a 
baccalaureate  degree,  including  courses  in  the  major  taken  in  the  lower 
division,  shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the  institution  awarding  the 
degree 

6.  Transfer  ol  credits  Irom  the  lollowing  areas  shall  be  consistent  with  the 
State  minimum  standards  and  shall  be  evaluated  by  the  receiving  institution 
on  a  course-by-course  basis: 

(a)  Courses  from  technical  (career)  programs. 

(b)  Orientation  courses 

(c)  Remedial  courses, 

(d)  Courses  credited  by  a  university  or  college  which  has  no  direct 
academic  and  administrative  control  over  the  students  or  the  faculty 
involved  in  the  courses. 

(e)  Credit  lor  wori(  experiences 

7.  Credit  earned  in  or  translerred  Irom  a  community  college  shall  normally  be 
limited  to  approximately  half  the  baccalaureate  degree  program 
requirement,  but  in  no  case  more  than  70  credits,  and  to  the  first  two  years 
ol  the  undergraduate  educational  experience. 

8.  Transfer  students  shall  be  given  the  option  of  satisfying  graduation 
requirements  which  were  in  effect  at  the  receiving  institution  at  the  time 
they  enrolled  as  freshmen  at  the  sending  institution,  subject  to  conditions  or 
qualifications  which  apply  to  native  students. 

9.  Institutions  shall  notify  each  other  as  soon  as  possible  of  impending 
curricular  changes  which  may  affect  transferring  students.  When  a  change 
made  by  one  institution  necessitates  some  type  of  change  at  another 
institution,  sufficient  lead  time  shall  be  provided  to  effect  the  change  with 
minimum  disruption. 

10.  Community  college  students  are  encouraged  to  choose  as  eariy  as  possible 
the  institution  and  program  into  which  they  expect  to  transler. 

1 1 .  The  Segmental  Advisory  Committee  shall  continue  to  review  articulation 
issues  and  shall  recommend  policy  changes  as  needed  to  the  State  Board 
lor  Higher  Education. 

12.  In  the  event  a  transler  student  believes  he  or  she  has  not  been  accorded 
the  consideration  presented  in  this  policy  statement,  the  student  shall  have 
the  opportunity  to  have  the  situation  explained  or  reconciled. 

Initially,  differences  of  interpretation  regarding  the  award  of  transfer 
credit  shall  be  resolved  between  the  student  and  the  institution  to  which  he 
is  transfen'ing.  If  a  difference  remains  unresolved,  the  student  shall  present 
his/her  evaluation  of  the  situation  to  the  institution  from  which  the  student  is 
transferring.  Representatives  from  the  two  institutions  shall  then  have  the 
opportunity  to  resolve  the  differences. 

The  sending  institution  has  the  right  to  present  an  unresolved  case  to 
the  Segmental  Advisory  Committee  through  a  written  appeal  to  the  State 
Board  for  Higher  Education.  The  SAC  shall  receive  relevant  documentation, 
opinions  and  interpretations  in  written  form  from  the  sending  and  receiving 
Institutions  and  from  the  student.  The  Segmental  Advisory  Committee  will 
sent  the  written  documentation  to  a  pre-established  articulation  committee 
which,  after  review,  will  submit  its  recommendations  to  the  Segmental 
Advisory  Committee 

Copies  of  the  recommendation  shall  be  forwarded  by  the  State  Board 
for  Higher  Education  to  the  segments  for  distribution  to  the  appropriate 
Institutions. 

A  complaint  on  transfer  status  must  be  initiated  by  the  student  within 


one  calendar  year  of  hislier  enrollment  in  the  receiving  institution 

Application  Procedures 

Application  Form*.  Application  forms  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to:  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions,  North  Administration  Building.  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park.  Maryland  20742 

Application  forms  are  available  in  high  school  guidance  offices  and  college 
counselling  centers 

All  applicants  must  comply  fully  with  the  directions  pnnted  on  the 
application  form  Incomplete  forms  cannot  be  processed 

Application  Fee.  A  non-refundable  $15  00  application  fee  is  required  with  each 
application 

Application  Deadlines: 

The  College  Park  campus  strongly  urges  an  eariy  application  for  all 
applicantsi 

Stated  deadlines  assure  consideration  for  admission  Because  of  space 
limitations,  the  campus  may  not  be  able  to  offer  admission  to  all  qualified 
applicants 

For  each  term,  applications  received  after  the  deadline  may  be  processed 
on  a  space-available  basis  The  campus,  however,  reserves  the  right  to  return 
applications  received  after  the  announced  deadline  for  each  term 

SUMMER  AND  FALL  1981  Semesters 

September  2.  1980— Applications  accepted. 

December  12,  J980— Deadline  for  receipt  of  applications,  transcripts,  and  SAT 
results  (freshmen  only)  for  freshman  and  transfer  students  who  are  eligible  for 
admission  and  who  wish  to  be  included  in  the  first  maiiing  of  on-campus 
housing  applications  from  the  Department  of  Resident  Life  for  Fall  1981." 

March  1,  1981 — Foreign  student  application  deadline. 

— Architecture  applicants  must  apply  by  this  date  to  be  assured 
of  consideration. 

May  1,  1981 — Freshman  applicants'  deadline  for  receipt  of  applications  and  all 
required  documents. 

July  31.  1981— Transfer  applicants'  deadline  for  receipt  of  applications  and  all 
other  required  documents. 

*  Transfer  applicants  who  are  enrolled  as  ffrsf  semester  freshmen  during  the 
Fall  1981  semester  (enrolled  in  a  college  or  university  for  the  first  time)  are 
eligible  to  be  included  in  the  first  mailing  of  housing  applications  if:  (1)  the 
application  and  high  school  transcript  are  received  in  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions  by  Decemt>er  12.  1980  and  (2)  the  applicant's 
college  or  university  transcript  reflecting  Fall  1980  grades  is  received  in  this 
oftice  by  January  1.  1981. 

Determination  of  In-State  Status  for  Admission, 
Tuition,  and  Charge  Differential  Purposes 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and 
charge-differential  purposes  will  be  made  by  the  University  at  the  time  a 
student's  application  for  admission  is  under  consideration.  The  determination 
made  at  that  time,  and  any  determination  made  thereafter  shall  prevail  in  each 
semester  until  the  determination  is  successfully  challenged  TTie  deadline  for 
meeting  all  requirements  for  in-state  status  and  for  submitting  all  documents  for 
reclassification  is  the  last  day  of  late  registration  for  the  semester  if  the  student 
wishes  to  be  classified  as  an  in-state  student. 

The  volume  of  requests  for  reclassification  may  necessitate  a  delay  In 
completing  the  review  process.  It  is  hoped  that  a  decision  in  each  case  will  be 
made  within  ninety  (90)  days  of  receipt  of  a  request  for  redetermination  and  all 
necessary  documentation.  During  this  period  of  time,  or  any  further  period  of 
time  required  by  the  University,  fees  and  charges  based  on  the  previous 
determination  must  be  paid.  If  the  determination  is  changed,  any  excess  fees 
and  charges  will  be  refunded. 

Petitions  for  review  of  eligibility,  related  documents  and  questions 
conceming  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  for  the  determination  of 
in-state  status  should  be  directed  to  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions, 
North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742;  Phone  (301)  454-4137. 

Students  Classified  as  In-State  for  Admission,  Tuition  and 
Charge-Differential  Purposes.  Students  classified  as  in-state  for  admission, 
tuition  and  charge-difterential  purposes  are  responsible  for  notifying  the  Office 
of  Undergraduate  Admissions  In  writing  within  15  days  of  any  change  in  their 
circumstances  which  might  in  any  way  affect  their  classification  at  the  College 
Pari<  Campus. 

The  written  notice  of  change  in  circumstances  or  questions  concerning  the 
policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  for  the  determination  of  in-state  status 
should  be  directed  to  Oftice  of  Undergraduate  Admissions.  Ground  Floor,  North 
Administration  Building. 


24     Fees  &  Expenses 


Graduate  Student  Admission 

Admission  to  graduate  study  at  the  University  of  MaryiarKl  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  Graduate  School  Correspondence  concerning  application 
(or  admission  to  The  Graduate  School  should  be  addressed  to  The  Graduate 
School.  University  o(  Maryland.  College  ParV,  Maryland  20742 

Orientation  Programs 

Upon  final  admission  to  the  University  the  new  student  will  receive 
materials  atraut  the  Orientation  and  Registration  Program  All  entenng 
students  are  encouraged  to  attend  The  primary  goals  of  the  program  are  to 
inform  the  student  about  the  University,  and  to  help  the  student  register  for  ttie 
first  semester  Through  this  program  the  entering  student  receives  a 
personalized  and  individual  introduction  to  the  University. 

Parents  also  have  an  opportunity  to  learn  about  University  life  through  ttie 
Parent  Orientation  Program  More  information  at>out  this  program  is  provided 
under  the  description  of  services  offered  by  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs  Office 
location:  Student  Union  Building,  Telephone:  454-5752 


Fees  &  Expenses 


Registration  is  not  completed  or  official  until  all  financial  obligations  are 
satisfied  Returning  students  will  not  be  permitted  to  complete  registration  until 
all  financial  obligations  to  the  University  including  library  fines,  parking  violation 
assessments  and  other  penalty  fees  and  service  charges  are  paid  in  full. 

The  University  of  Maryland  does  not  have  a  deterred  payment  plan 
Payment  for  past  due  balances  and  current  semester  fees  are  due  on  or  t>efore 
the  first  day  of  classes. 

II  is  the  policy  of  the  University  not  to  defer  payment  on  the  basis  of  a 
pending  application  for  financial  assistance  to  an  outside  agency,  including 
Veterans  Administration  benefits,  bank  loans,  guaranteed  student  loan 
programs,  etc. 

Although  the  University  regularly  mails  bills  to  students,  it  cannot  assume 
responsibility  for  their  receipt.  If  a  student  bill  is  not  received  on  or  t>efore  the 
beginning  of  each  semester,  it  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  obtain  a  copy  of 
the  bill  at  Room  1103.  South  Administration  Building,  between  the  hours  of 
8:30  a.m.  and  4:15  p.m..  Monday  through  Friday. 

All  checks  or  money  orders  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  for  Ihe  exact  amount  due.  Student  name  and  student  Social  Security 
number  should  be  written  on  the  front  side  of  the  check.  University  grant, 
scholarship,  or  wori<ship  awards,  will  be  deducted  on  the  first  bill,  mailed 
approximately  one  month  after  the  start  of  the  semester.  However,  the  first  bill 
mailed  prior  to  the  beginning  of  each  semester  may  not  include  these 
deductions. 

Students  will  be  severed  from  University  services  (or  delinquent 
indebtedness  to  the  University.  In  the  event  that  severance  occurs,  the 
individual  may  make  payment  during  the  semester  in  which  services  were 
severed  and  all  services  except  housing  will  be  restored  A  $25.00  Restoration 
of  Services  fee  will  be  assessed  in  addition  to  payment  (or  the  total  past  due 
amount. 

Students  removed  from  housing  Isecause  of  delinquent  indebtedness  will  be 
required  to  reapply  (or  housing  after  they  have  satisfied  their  financial 
obligation  Students  who  are  severed  from  University  services  and  who  fail  to 
pay  the  indebtedness  during  the  semester  in  which  severance  occurs  will  be 
Ineligible  to  preregister  (or  subsequent  semesters  until  the  debt  and  the  $25.00 
Restoration  fee  are  cleared. 

In  the  event  of  actual  registration  for  a  subsequent  semester  by  a  severed 
student  who  has  not  settled  his  student  account  prior  to  that  semester,  such 
registration  will  be  cancelled  and  no  credit  will  be  earned  (or  the  semester 

The  State  has  established,  under  legislative  mandate,  a  central  collections 
unit  within  the  Department  o(  Budget  and  Fiscal  Planning.  The  University  is 
required  by  State  Law  to  refer  all  delinquent  accounts  to  the  State  Collections 
Unit 

All  Accounts  Due  from  Students,  Faculty,  Staff,  fton-Students,  stc,  are 
Included  within  thasa  Guldalinas 

Collectk>n  costs  incurred  m  collecting  delinquent  accounts  will  be  charged 
to  the  student.  The  minimum  collection  fee  is  15%  plus  attorney  and/or  court 
costs. 

No  degree,  grades,  diploma,  certificate,  or  transcript  of  record  will  t>e  issued 
to  a  student  who  has  not  made  satisfactory  settlement  of  his  or  her  account 

An  Important  Fee  Notlca.  Although  changes  in  (ees  and  charges  ordinarily  will 
be  announced  in  advance,  the  University  reserves  the  right  to  make  such 
changes  without  prior  announcement 

NOTE:  Additional  Intormation  on  Student  Financial  Obligations;  Disclosure  ol 
ln(ornrution;  Delinquent  Accounts;  and  Special  Fees,  can  tie  (ound  on  page  7 


A.     Undergraduate  Fees: 

1.     Fees  for  Full-time  Undergraduate  Students  1981-82 
Academic  Year 


a  Maryland  Residents 

Total  Academic  Year  Cost 

Tuition    $860.00 

Registration  Fee 10.00 

Mandatory  Fees  '    203.00 

Board  Contract  (FY  80-81)  " 

1)  All  19  meals  a  week  plan $1068.00 

2)  Any  1 5  meals  a  week  plan    1013.00 

3)  Any  10  meals  a  week  plan 96^  00 

4)  Any  5  meals  a  week  plan    600O0 

(Only  available  to  Junk>rs,  Senk)rs,  Graduate  Students  and  Commuters) 

Lodging  (FY  80-81)  " $1344.00 

b.  Residents  o(  the  District  o(  Columbia,  other  states,  and  ottier 
countries: 

Total  Academk:  Year  Coat 

Tuition    $2785  00 

Registration  Fee 10.00 

Mandatory  Fees  *    203.00 

Board  Ckintract  (FY  80-81)  " 

1)  All  19  meals  a  week  plan $1088.00 

2)  Any  15  meals  a  week  plan    1013.00 

3)  Any  10  meals  a  week  plan    964.00 

4)  Any  5  meals  a  week  plan    600.00 

(Only  available  to  Juniors,  Seniors,  Graduate  Students  and  Commuters) 

Lodging  (FY  80-81)  " $1364  00 

Mandatory  tees   include  ttie  following:   Instructiona)  matenats.   student   activitiea.  and 
auxiliary  facilities  and  services. 

"  Increases  tn  txjard  and  lodging  tor  1961-62  are  under  conajderation  t>y  the  Board  o( 
Regents  at  ttie  time  of  ttiis  printing. 

2.    Fees  for  Part-Time  Undergraduate  Students  ' 

Tuition  (per  credit  hour) $51 .00 

Registration  Fee  (per  semester)    5.00 

Mandatory  Fees  (per  semester) 31 .50 

*  The  term  'part-time  undergraduate  studenT  is  interpreted  to  mean  an  uratafgradual* 
student  taking  8  semester  credit  flours  or  less.  Students  carrying  9  semester  txxxs  or  more 
are  considered  to  be  tuil-time  and  must  pay  the  regular  lutl-time  fees 


6.    Graduate  Fees: 

1 .  Maryland  Residents  ((ee  per  credit  hour)    $61 .00 

2.  Residents  o(  the  District  o(  Columbia,  other  stales  and  ottier  oountriea 

(fee  per  credit  hour)    1 1 1 .00 

3.  Registration  Fee  (per  semester): 

Full-lime  (9  or  more  credit  hours  per  senoester)    5.00 

Part-time  (8  or  less  credit  txjurs  per  semester) 5.00 

4.  Mandatory  Fees  (per  semester): 

Full-time  (9  or  more  credit  hours  per  semester)    44.50 

Part-time  (8  or  less  credit  hours  per  semester) 86.50 

Expianation  of  Fees 

Mandatory  Fees 

The  Registration  Fee  (Non-Rafundable):  The  Registratkin  Fee  is  charged  to 

all  registrants  each  semester 

The  Instructional  Materials  Fee  (Rafundabia):  Charged  to  all  students  for 

instmctional  matenals  and  or  latxiralory  supplies  furnished  to  students 

The  Student  Activities  Fee  (Rafundabia):  The  Student  ActiviUes  Fee  has 
been  included  at  the  request  of  the  Student  Government  Associalk>n  ft  is 
used  in  sponsonng  various  student  activities,  student  publications,  arx)  cultural 
programs. 

The  Auxiliary  Facilltlas  Fee  (Refundable):  Charged  to  all  students,  the  fee  is 
paid  into  a  fund  which  is  used  for  expansion  and  operation  of  vanous  lacililtes 
such  as  walls,  walks,  campus  lighting,  and  other  campus  facilitiaa  Thaaa 
facilities  are  not  funded  or  are  funded  only  m  part  from  other  sources 

The  Auxiliary  Sarvlcas  Faa  (Non-Rafundabia):  This  lee  includes  support  of 
the  Health  Service  facility,  the  Department  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics,  the 
Shuttle  Bus  service,  the  Student  Union,  and  campus  recreational  activities  AJI 
students  are  urged  to  participate  in  all  the  campus  programs  availat>la. 

Ottier  Fees 

Paymant  of  Fees  :  All  checks.  rTx>ney  orders,  or  postal  notes  shouk)  be  made 
payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland  The  students  social  security  mimber 
must  be  written  on  the  front  ol  the  check. 


Financial  Aid     25 


Tb*  Application  F««  (Non-Rafundat>l«):  Charged  lo  all  new  undergraduate 
students  Applicants  who  have  previously  enrolled  at  any  campus  of  the 
University  ol  Maryland  including  University  College  at  College  Park.  Baltimore, 
or  oM-campus  centers  are  not  required  to  pay  this  lee 

Pr*-Coll«g«  Orientation  Program  Registration  Fee: 
$31  00  (two  day  program) 
$18  00  (one  day  program) 
$6  00  (early  anival) 
S10(X>  (per  parent) 

Lit*  Application  Fee:  $25.00 

Lata  Registration  Fee:  $20.00.  All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their 
registration  including  the  liling  ot  Schedule  Ad|ustment  Forms  on  the  regular 
registration  days  Those  who  do  not  complete  their  registration  dunng  the 
prescntjed  days  must  pay  this  lee 

Special  Fee  tor  atudents  requiring  additional  preparation  In  mathamatica 
(IMATH  001)  per  semester:  $75.00.  (Required  ot  students  whose  cumculum 
calls  lor  MATH  001  or  115  and  who  tail  in  qualifying  examination  lor  these 
courses)  This  Special  Math  Fee  Is  in  addition  to  course  charge  Students 
enrolled  in  this  course  and  concurrently  enrolled  (or  6  or  more  credit  hours  will 
be  considered  as  lull-time  students  for  purposes  of  assessing  lees  Students 
taking  only  MATH  001  pay  (or  3  credits  plus  $75  A  3  credit  course  plus  MATH 
001  results  in  a  charge  for  6  credits  plus  $75  A  full-time  student  pays  full-time 
fees  plus  $75 

Cooperative  Education  Program  In  LIlMrai  Arts  and  Buslnas*  (COOP 
208-209):  $30.00  each. 

EngineM^ing  COOP  Program  (ENCO  408-409):  $30.00  each. 

rasa  for  Auditors  and  courses  taken  for  audit  are  the  same  as  those  charged 
for  courses  taken  for  credit  at  both  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  levels. 
Audited  credit  hours  will  be  added  to  hours  taken  for  credit  to  determine 
full-time  or  part-time  status  for  fee  assessment  purposes  Special  Students  are 
assessed  fees  in  accordance  with  the  schedule  for  the  comparable 
undergraduate  or  graduate  classification 

Change  of  Registration  Fee:  $2.00  for  each  course  dropped  or  added  after 
the  schedule  adjustment  period.  A  $4.00  fee  is  charged  for  each  section 
change  ($2.00  for  the  section  added:  S2.00  for  the  section  dropped)  after  the 
schedule  adjustment  period. 

Graduation  Fee  for  Bachelor's  Degree:  $15.00 

Transcript  of  Record  Fee:  $2.00  each  copy. 

Special  Examination  Fee:  $30.00  per  course  for  all  undergraduates  and 
full-time  graduate  students:  credit-hour  charge  for  part-time  graduate  students. 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee:  $15.00  (for  first  vehicle  and  $3.00  for  each 
additional  vehicle  in  accordance  with  published  regulations).  Payable  each 
academic  year  by  all  students  registered  for  classes  on  the  College  Park 
Campus  and  who  drive  on  the  campus  (Cars  registered  for  the  spring 
semester  only,  the  lee  is  $8.00  and  $3.00  for  each  additional  vehicle.)  The 
Motorcycle  Registration  Fee  is  $10.00.  For  additional  information  please  refer 
to  Vehicle  Registration. 

Textt>ooks  artd  Supplies:  Texttxx>ks  and  classroom  supplies  vary  with  the 
course  pursued,  but  will  average  $125.00  per  semester. 

Service  Charges  for  Dishonored  Checks:  Payable  for  each  check  which  is 
returned  unpaid  by  ttie  drawee  bank  on  initial  presentation  because  of 
insufficient  funds,  payment  stopped,  post-dating  drawn  against  uncollected 
items,  etc. 

For  checks  up  to  $50.(X):  $500 

For  checks  from  $50.01  to  $100.00:  $10.00 

For  checks  over  $100.00:  $20  00 

When  a  check  is  returned  unpaid,  the  student  must  redeem  the  check  and 
pay  any  outstanding  balance  in  the  account  within  10  days  or  all  University 
services  may  be  severed  and  the  account  transfen-ed  to  the  State  Central 
Collection  Unit  for  legal  follow-up.  Additionally,  a  minimum  15%  collection 
charge  is  added  to  the  charges  posted  to  the  student's  account  at  the  time  the 
transfer  is  made. 

UtHary  Charges:  $.25— Rne  for  failure  to  return  a  book  from  General  Library 
before  expiration  of  loan  period;  per  day.  Fine  for  failure  to  return  book  from 
Reserve  Shell  before  expiration  of  loan  period:  First  hour  overdue  on  first  day: 
$1.00:  after  first  hour  on  first  day:  $.50  per  hour  for  each  hour  open  up  to  a 
maximum  of  $30.00  per  item.  In  case  of  loss  or  mutiliation  of  a  book, 
satisfactory  restitution  must  be  made. 

Maryland  English  institute  Fee:  $704.00  Students  enrolled  with  the  Maryland 
English  Institute  pay  this  fee  in  support  of  the  Institute.  MEI  students  also 
enrolled  for  regular  academic  offerings  pay  the  regular  tuition  and  fees 
associated  with  those  courses. 


Property  Damage  Charge:  Students  will  be  charged  lor  damage  to  property  or 
equipment  Where  responsibility  lor  the  damage  can  be  fixed,  the  iridividual 
student  will  tie  billed  for  it:  where  responsibility  cannot  be  fixed,  the  cost  of 
repairing  the  damage  or  replacing  equipment  will  t>e  prorated  arTK>ng  the 
individuals  involved 

Restoration  of  Services  Fee:  $25.00.  Students  who  fail  to  pay  the  balance 
due  on  their  accounts  will  have  their  University  services  severed  In  order  to 
have  thie  services  restored,  students  will  be  required  to  pay  the  total  amount 
due  plus  the  $25  00  Restoration  ol  Services  Fee 

Withdrawal  or  Refund  Fees:  Any  student  compelled  to  leave  the  University  at 
any  time  during  the  academic  year  should  secure  a  form  for  withdrawal  from 
tfie  Withdrawal'Reenrollment  Office  The  completed  form  and  the  semester 
Identilication  Registration  Card  are  to  be  submitted  to  ttie 
Withdrawal/Reenrollment  Office,  The  student  will  forfeit  his  or  her  right  to 
refund  if  the  wittxirawal  action  descrit>ed  atiove  is  not  adhered  to  The  effective 
date  used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  withdrawal  form  is  filed  in  the 
Withdrawal/Reenrollment  Office  Stop  Payment  on  a  check,  failure  to  pay  the 
semester  bill,  failure  to  attend  classes,  does  not  constitute  withdrawal.  A 
request  for  a  refund  must  be  processed  by  the  student  with  the  Office  of  the 
Bursar,  othenwise  any  credit  on  the  student  account  will  automatically  tie 
carried  over  to  the  next  semester 

Cancellation  ol  Registration — Submitted  to  the  Withdrawal/Reenrollment  Office 
l>elore  the  official  first  day  of  classes  entitles  the  student  to  a  full  credit  of 
semester  tuition. 

Undergraduate  students  withdrawing  from  the  University  will  be  credited  tor 
tuition  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Prior  to  Classes  beginning:   100% 

Alter  Classes  begin: 

Between  one  and  two  weeks    80% 

Between  two  and  three  weeks    60% 

Between  three  and  four  weeks   40% 

Between  four  and  five  weeks    20% 

Over  five  weeks    No  Refund 

PRIOR  TO  THE  FIRST  DAY  OF  CLASSES,  if  a  full-time  undergraduate 
student  drops  a  course  or  courses,  thereby  changing  the  total  number  of 
credits  for  which  the  student  is  reregistered  to  eight  or  less,  charges  for  the 
semester  will  be  assessed  on  the  tiasis  of  the  per  credit  hour  fee  for  part-time 
students.  However,  if  the  student  later  adds  a  course  or  courses  thereby 
changing  the  total  number  ol  credits  lor  which  the  student  is  registered  to  nine 
or  rrxjre.  the  student  will  be  billed  for  the  difference  between  per  credit  hour 
fees  paid  and  the  general  fees  lor  lull-time  undergraduates. 

If  during  the  FIRST  FIVE  DAYS  OF  CLASSES  a  full-time  undergraduate 
drops  a  course  or  courses  thereby  changing  the  total  number  of  credits  for 
which  he/she  is  registered  to  eight  or  less,  charges  for  the  semester  will  be 
assessed  on  the  basis  of  pan-time  charges  plus  20%  of  the  difference  Ijetween 
the  full-time  fees  and  appropriate  part-time  charges.  After  the  first  five  days  of 
classes,  there  is  no  refund  for  changing  from  full-time  to  part-time  status. 

A  student  who  registers  as  a  part-time  undergraduate  student  will  tie  given 
a  a  refund  of  the  credit  hour  fee  for  courses  dropped  during  the  first  week  of 
classes.   No  refund  will  be  made  for  courses  dropped  thereafter. 

No  part  ol  the  charges  lor  room  and  board  is  reiundable  except  when  the 
student  officially  withdraws  from  the  University  or  when  he  or  she  is  given 
pemiission  by  the  appropriate  officials  of  the  University  to  move  from  the 
residence  halls  and/or  to  discontinue  dining  hall  privileges,  in  these  cases,  the 
room  refund  will  be  computed  by  multiplying  the  number  of  periods  remaining 
times  the  pro  rata  weekly  rate  after  adjusting  for  a  service  charge.  Refunds  to 
students  having  full  board  contracts  will  be  calculated  in  a  similar  manner.  No 
room  and/or  board  refunds  will  be  made  after  the  fourteenth  week  of  the 
semester 

In  computing  refunds  to  students  who  have  received  the  benefit  of 
scholarships  and  loans  from  University  Funds,  the  computation  will  be  made  to 
return  the  maximum  amount  to  the  scholarship  and  loan  accounts  without  loss 
to  the  University. 


Financial  Aid 


The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  provides  advice  and  assistance  in  the 
formulation  ol  student  financial  plans  and,  in  cooperation  with  other  University 
offices,  participates  in  the  awarding  of  scholarships  and  grants  to  deserving 
students  Scholarships,  grants,  loans  and  College  Work-Study  are  awarded  on 
the  tiasis  of  academic  ability  and  financial  needs.  In  making  awards, 
consideration  may  be  given  to  character,  achievement,  participafion  in  student 
activifies,  and  to  other  attributes  which  may  indicate  success  in  college.  It  is  ttie 
intent  of  the  committee  to  make  awards  to  those  qualified  students  who  might 
not  otherwise  be  able  to  pursue  college  studies  Part-time  employment 
opportunities  on  campus  are  open  to  all  students,  but  are  dependent  upon  the 
availability  of  jobs  and  the  student's  particular  skills  and  abilities. 

Additional  information  is  available  from  the  Director,  Olfice  of  Student 
Financial  Aid,  Room  2130,  North  Administration  Building,  University  ol 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


26     Financial  Aid 


Academic  Requirements  For  Eligibility 

The  federally  appropriated  programs  require  that  you  make  "academic 
progress"  toward  your  degree  or  diploma  Any  student  at  ttie  University  ol 
Maryland  in  a  degree-seeking  diploma  or  certificate  program  who  is  permitted 
to  enroll  is  considered  to  be  making  academic  progress  and  is,  thus,  eligible  for 
financial  aid  consideration,  with  the  following  restrictions; 

Withdrawals.  A  student  who  withdraws  from  the  University  within  the  first  two 
weeks  of  classes  must  repay  to  the  University  of  Maryland  all  financial  aid 
received.  If  the  withdrawal  occurs  after  this  period,  a  prorated  share  of  the  aid 
must  be  repaid  after  arrangements  are  made  with  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid. 

A  student  receiving  financial  aid  who  has  withdrawn  prior  to  the  completion 
ol  the  semester  on  two  occasions  will  forfeit  eligibility  for  assistance  for  the 
semester  following  the  second  withdrawal.  Eligibility  will  be  reconsidered  when 
the  student  either  1)  has  completed  a  course  load  equivalent  to  that  of  the 
semester  from  which  he/she  withdrew  and  for  which  aid  was  received  or  2) 
documents  the  circumstances  which  necessitated  the  withdrawal,  other  than  a 
failing  performance 

Extended  Graduation  Dates.  An  Undergraduate  who  does  not  complete 
his.'her  program  within  the  prescribed  4  or  5  year  period,  and  who  has  received 
4  or  5  years,  respectively,  of  financial  aid  from  any  school,  will  be  considered 
for  the  Pell  Grant,  loan,  and/or  employment  assistance  only.  Since  a  student 
may  exhaust  eligibility  for  certain  financial  aid  programs  within  four  years,  the 
student  is  advised  to  maintain  course  loads  which  will  insure  graduation  within 
the  appropriate  time.  Normally  the  student  should  average  15  credits  per 
semester. 

A  student  who  is  awarded  a  scholarship  and/or  grant  from  the  University 
must  enroll  lor  ar\d  maintain  at  least  12  semester  hours.  Any  student  who  is 
contemplating  dropping  below  12  hours  should  contact  this  Office  immediately, 
since  the  aid  is  subject  to  cancellation  at  that  point  An  Undergraduate  who 
enrolls  for  less  than  6  credit  hours  will  not  be  awarded  any  form  of  financial 
aid;  a  Graduate  student  seeking  consideration  must  be  enrolled  for  a  minimum 
of  24  academic  units  per  semester. 


Scholarships  and  Grants 

Most  scholarships  and  grants  are  awarded  to  students  before  they  enter 
the  University.  However,  students  who  have  completed  one  or  more  semesters, 
and  have  not  received  such  an  award,  are  eligible  to  apply  Each  applicant  will 
receive  consideration  for  all  scholarships  and  grants  administered  by  this  office, 
for  which  he  or  she  is  eligible.  Students  must  submit  an  application  by 
February  15.  including  all  supporting  documents,  in  order  to  be  considered  for 
scholarship  assistance  for  the  ensuing  year.  Award  Letters  are  normally  mailed 
t>etween  June  1  and  July  15.  Any  applicant  who  does  not  receive  an  Award 
Letter  during  that  period  should  assume  that  he  or  she  has  not  been  selected 
for  a  scholarship  or  grant 

Regulations  and  procedures  for  the  awarding  of  scholarships  and  grants 
are  formulated  by  the  Committee  on  Financial  Aid.  All  recipients  are  subject  to 
the  academic  and  non-academic  regulations  and  requirements  of  the 
University. 

The  Committee  reserves  the  right  to  review  the  scholarship  program 
annually  and  to  make  adjustments  in  the  amounts  and  the  recipients  of  the 
awards  in  accordance  with  the  funds  available  and  the  scholastic  achievement 
of  the  recipients. 

Interest  in  any  award  that  is  recommended  by  a  college  or 
school/department  should  be  directed  to  the  Chairperson.  Dean,  or  Department 
Head  of  the  relevant  college,  school,  or  department. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants.  Under  the  provisions  of  the 
Educational  Amendments  of  1980.  grants  are  available  to  youth  who 
demonstrate  financial  need  to  continue  their  post  secondary  education  A 
recipient  must  be  a  United  States  citizen,  or  permanent  resident,  or  a 
recognized  refugee  or  parolee  and  enrolled  as  a  full-time  undergraduate 
Annual  awards  may  not  exceed  $2,000  Eligible  students  may  receive  SEOG's 
as  long  as  they  have  not  yet  completed  their  first  undergraduate  degree 

Pell  Grant  (Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grant).  The  federal  government 
provides  grant  assistance  to  approved  students  who  need  it  to  attend  post 
secondary  institutions  Eligible  students  may  receive  annual  Pell  Grants  for 
each  year  of  undergraduate  enrollment  until  the  first  degree  or  certificate  is 
received.  An  eligible  student  must  enroll  for  at  least  6  credit  hours. 

Maryland  State  Scholarships.  The  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  has 
created  several  programs  of  scholarships  for  Maryland  residents  who  need 
financial  help  to  obtain  a  college  education  The  undergraduate  programs  are 
(1)  General  State  scholarships.  (2)  Senatorial  scholarships,  and  (3)  House  of 
Delegates  scholarships  Students  wishing  to  apply  for  these  scix)larships 
should  contact  their  guidance  counselor  if  a  high-school  senk)r  or  the  Office  of 
Student  Financial  Aid  if  presently  attending  the  University  of  Maryland 
Students  wtx)  are  entering  college  for  the  first  time  must  take  the  Scholastic 
Aptitude  Test  in  November  or  December  of  ttieir  senkjr  year  The  test  is  not 
required  of  college  students  who  have  completed  at  least  24  semester  hours  A 
Maryland  State  Financial  Aid  Form  must  be  filed  with  College  Scholarship 
Service  in  Princeton.  N.J.,  Ijy  Febnjary  15  for  ttie  up-coming  academic  year 


For  additional  information,  contact  the  Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board,  2100 
Guilford  Avenue.  Baltimore.  Maryland  21218. 

Local  and  National  Scholarships.  In  addition  to  the  scholarships  provided  by 
the  University  ol  Maryland,  a  student  should  give  careful  consideration  to 
scholarship  aid  provided  by  local  and  national  scholarship  programs  Ordinarily, 
the  high-school  principal  or  counselor  will  be  well  informed  as  to  these 
opportunities 

Endowed  and  Annual  Scholarships  and  Grants 

Advertising  Association  of  Baitlmors  Worh  Experience  Scholarship.  This 

award  is  available  to  an  outstanding  sophorr^ore  or  junior  interested  in  an 
advertising  career 

AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program.  Four-year  AFROTC  scholarships  are 
available  to  incoming  freshmen  who  qualify  One  thousand  scfwiarships  are 
awarded  annually  to  qualified  freshmen  on  a  nationwide  t>£tsis  Application  lor 
the  Four- Year  scholarship  is  normally  accomplished  dunng  the  senior  year  ol 
high  school  The  AFROTC  program  also  provides  Two-Year  and  Three-Year 
scholarships  for  selected  cadets  in  the  AFROTC  program  Those  selected 
receive  money  for  full  tuition,  laboratory  expenses,  incidental  fees,  and  an 
allowance  for  books  during  the  period  of  the  scholarship  In  addition,  they 
receive  nontaxable  pay  of  $100  per  month  Any  student  accepted  by  the 
University  of  Maryland  may  apply  for  these  scholarships.  AFROTC  membership 
is  required  if  one  receives  an  AFROTC  scholarship 

Air  Force  Warrant  Otficers  Association  Student  Aid  Program.  Scholarship 
aid  has  tjeen  made  available  by  the  Air  Force  Warrant  Otficers  Association  for 
worthy  male  or  female  undergraduate  or  graduate  students  in  good  standing, 
with  preference  given  to  children  of  Air  Force  Warrant  0<fk»rs  or  other  military 
personnel. 

Albright  Scholarship.  The  Victor  E  Albright  Scholarship  is  open  to  graduates 
of  Garrett  County  high  schools  who  were  born  and  reared  in  that  county 

Agricultural  Development  Foundation.  A  number  of  awards  are  made  to 
agricultural  students  from  a  fund  contributed  by  donors  for  general  agricultural 
development. 

ALCOA  Foundation  Scholarships  Awards  of  $750  are  given  to  outstanding 

students  majoring  in  mechanical  engineering,  civil  engineenng,  electrical 
engineering  and  lire  protection  engineering 

Louis  Allen  Memorial  Scholarship.  An  annual  $500  grant  to  an 
undergraduate  or  graduate  student  interested  in  meteorology  and  weattier 
forecasting.  The  awardee  will  be  expected  to  become  involved  in  the  weattier 
observing,  forecasting  and  display  activities  of  the  Department  of  Meteorok>gy 

Alumni  Scholarships.  A  limited  number  of  scholarships  are  made  possible 
through  the  gifts  of  alumni  and  friends  to  the  Alumni  Annual  Giving  Program  ol 
the  Office  of  Endowment  and  Gifts 

Alumni  Association  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  Scholarships.  The  Alumni 
Association  of  the  Scfiool  of  Pharmacy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  makes 
available  annually  scholarships  to  qualified  pre-pharmacy  students  on  tfie  basis 
of  character,  achievement  and  need  These  scholarships  not  exceeding  $500 
per  academic  year  are  applied  to  expenses  at  College  Part* 

Alumni  Band  Scholarship.  A  limited  numt>er  of  awards  to  freshmen  are 
sponsored  by  the  University  of  Maryland  Band  Alumni  Organizatran  Heciptents 
are  recommerxJed  by  the  Music  Department  after  a  competitive  audition  held  in 
the  spring. 

Mildred  L  Anglln  Scholarship.  This  scholarship  is  made  available  from  an 
endowed  fund  sponsored  by  the  Riverdale  Elementary  School  Parents  arxl 
Teachers  Association  in  honor  of  Mrs  Anglin  wtio  served  that  school  wrth 
distinction  for  forty  years  as  a  teacher  and  administrator 

Ethel  R.  Arthur  Memorial  Scholarship.  This  memorial  scf>olarship  fund  has 
been  established  by  Irving  J  Cohen,  M  D  At  least  one  $250  award  is  made 
each  year  by  the  Scholarship  Committee  A  preference  is  given  to  students 
from  Baltimore 

Alvln  L  AublrKM  Student  Aid  Program.  Scholarship  grants  up  to  $500  per 
school  year  to  students  in  engineenng,  preferably  those  studyir>g  tor  careers  in 
civil  engineenng.  architecture  or  light  construction 

Baltimore  Panhellenic  Association  Scholarship.  A  scfx>larship  is  awarded 
annually  by  the  Baltimore  Panhellenic  Association  to  a  student  entenng  ttie 
lunior  or  senior  dass,  who  is  an  active  member  of  a  soronty.  wtw  is 
outstanding  in  leadership  and  scfxjiarship  and  who  needs  financial  assistance 

Baltimore  Sunpapers  Scholarship  in  Jourrtallsm.  The  Board  of  Trustees  of 
the  A  S  Atiell  Foundation.  Inc  .  contnbutes  funds  to  pnjvide  one  or  rTX>re  (SCO 
scholarships  to  students  majonng  in  editonal  loomalism 


Financial  Aid     27 


Benjainln   Bann«k»f  Scholarship.  $2,000  merit  awards  are  available  to 

academically   talented   minority   students    February    1    deadline  Is   required 

Nominations  are  accepted  in  addition  to  tt>e  consideration  ol  all  National 
Achievement  Finalists  and  Semi-Finalists 

Bayshor*  Foods,  Inc.  Scholarship.  A  grant  of  $500  is  made  available 
annually  to  sons  and  daughters  ol  employees  ol  Bayshore  Foods.  Inc.  ol 
Easlon.  Md 

Bslva  H.  Hopkins  Memorial  Scholarship.  An  endowed  fund  has  been 
established  to  provide  a  scholarship  to  a  deserving  student  from  Prince 
George's  County  who  has  expressed  an  interest  in  teaching  mathematics  in 
public  schools  The  recipient  may  t>e  entitled  to  renew  the  scholarship  for  three 
more  years  (or  the  normal  graduating  time)  provided  there  is  financial  need 
Financial  need  may  be  considered  but  is  not  a  requirement  for  the  initial  award. 

Capital  Milk  Producers  Cooperative,  Inc.,  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  ol 
$500  is  awarded  annually  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  preferably  to  a  student 
prepanng  lor  a  career  in  the  dairy  industry 

Chancellor's  Scholars  Program.  $500  scholarships,  renewable  for  4  years, 
are  awarded  on  the  t>asis  of  merit  to  graduates  of  Maryland  high  schools. 
These  awardees  will  be  known  as  Chancellor's  Scfralars  Chancellor's 
Scholars  also  receive  preferential  housing  and  other  prerequisites.  Earty 
January  admission  is  a  prerequisite  Recipients  are  designated  by  the 
Chancellor  upon  the  recommendation  by  a  Committee  which  screens  nominees 
submitted  by  high  school  guidance  counselors  and  administrators  of  the 
University  Automatic  consideration  is  given  to  all  National  Merit  Finalists  and 
Semi-Finalists,  all  Distinguished  Scholar  Finalists,  Semi-Finalists,  and 
Honorable  Mentions 

Dr.  Ernest  N.  Cory  Scholarship.  This  award  is  made  annually  to  an 
outstanding  junior  or  senior  recommended  by  the  College  of  Agriculture, 
preferably  one  majoring  in  Entomology. 

Dairy  Technology  Scholarship  and  Grants.  The  Dairy  Technology  Society  of 
Maryland  and  the  District  of  Columbia  provides  a  limited  number  of 
scholarships  and  grants-in-aid  for  students  majoring  in  dairy  products 
technology 

Delaware-Maryland  Plant  Food  Association  Scholarship.  A  $200  annual 
award  is  made  to  an  undergraduate  who  has  an  interest  in  agronomy  and  soil 
lenility  work 

Delmarva  Trotflc  Club  Scholarship.  An  award  of  $250  to  an  outstanding 
junior  or  senior  student,  preferably  from  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Maryland, 
majoring  in  Transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Delta  Nu  Alpha  Fraternity  Chesapeake  Chapter— No.  23,  Traffic  and 
Transportation  Avvard.  An  award  of  $400  to  an  outstanding  senior  member  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  chapter  majoring  in  Transportation  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  Management 

Exel  Scholarship.  A  substantial  grant  for  endowed  scholarships  was  made  by 
Delxirah  B  Exel. 

James  R.  Ferguson  Memorial  Fund.  A  scholarship  award  is  made  annually  to 
a  student  enrolled  in  Animal  Science  on  the  basis  ol  academic  achievement 
and  financial  need. 

Anne  Arundel  County  Volunteer  Firemen's  Association  Grant.  This  tuition 
and  fees  grant  is  awarded  to  a  high  schiool  graduate  who  will  enroll  in  the  fire 
protection  curriculum  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  award  is  normally  for 
four  years. 

Baltimore  County  Volunteer  Firemen's  Association  Grant  This  tuition  and 
fees  grant  is  awarded  to  a  student  who  will  enroll  In  the  fire  protection 
curriculum  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  award  is  normally  for  four  years. 

Ladles  Auxiliary  to  The  Maryland  State  Firemen's  Association  Grant.  This 
$750  grant  is  awarded  to  an  outstanding  high  school  graduate  who  will  enroll  in 
ttie  fire  protection  cuniculum  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  award  is 
normally  available  for  four  years. 

Maryland  State  Firemen's  Association  Grant  A  tuition  and  fees  scholarship 
is  awarded  annually  to  an  outstanding  high  school  student  who  enrolls  in  the 
fire  protectk>n  curriculum  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  scholarship  Is  for 
four  years. 

Prince  Georges  County  Volunteer  Firemen's  Association  Grant.  An  annual 
tuition  and  fees  scholarship  is  awarded  to  an  outstanding  high  school  student 
who  enrolls  in  the  fire  protection  curriculum  of  the  College  of  Engineering. 

Food  Fair  Stores  Foundation  Scholarships.  Several  scholarships  are 
available  for  $250  per  academic  year. 

The  Lester  M.  Fraley  Honor  Award  to  a  Junior  or  Senior  student  of 
outstanding  character  majoring  in  the  College  ol  Physical  Education, 
Recreation,  and  Health  who  has  demonstrated  concern  for  citizenship  and  has 
shown  superior  scholarship  in  the  University. 


Victor  Frenkll  Scholarship,  A  scholarship  of  $250  Is  granted  annually  t>y  Mr 
Victor  Frenkll  of  Baltimore  to  a  student  from  Baltimore  County  In  the  freshman 
class  of  the  University 

John  D.  Qiimore  Scholarship  has  been  established  for  the  purpose  of 
assisting  deserving  student  athletes  to  obtain  an  education  and  participate  in 
varsity  athletics  at  the  University  of  Maryland  The  recipients  should  possess, 
as  does  John  D  Gilmore.  outstanding  dedication,  determination  and  an 
undeniable  will  to  win  in  athletic  competition  and  to  succeed  in  life 

Goddard  Memorial  Scholarship  of  $500  each  to  Students  in  The  College  of 
Agriculture  Several  scholarships  are  available  annually  under  the  terms  of  lira 
James  and  Sarah  E  R  Goddard  Memorial  Fund  established  through  the  wills  of 
Morgan  E  Goddard  and  Mary  Y  Goddard 

John  William  Guckayson  Memorial  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  ot  $100  is 
granted  annually  by  Mrs  Hudson  Dunlap  as  a  memorial  to  John  William 
Guckeyson.  an  honored  Maryland  alumnus 

Staiey  and  Eugene  Hahn  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  Annual  awards  of 
$500  are  made  by  Mr  and  Mrs  Walter  J  Hahn  in  memory  of  their  sons  to  aid 
outstanding  agricultural  students  from  Frederick  County 

Sally  Byrd  Memorial  Prize  Fund.  Established  1957  in  honor  of  Dr  Harry 
Byrd's  mother  Annual  award  to  Senior  female  who  has  contributed  to  the 
advancement  of  the  campus 

Robert  Hail  Personnel  Accountlr>g  and  Tax  Awards.  Two  awards  of  $100 
each  to  outstanding  students  majoring  in  Accounting  in  the  College  of  Business 
and  Management 

William  Randolph  Hearst  Foundation  Scholarships.  These  scholarships  are 
made  available  through  a  gift  ol  the  Baltimore  News  American,  one  of  the 
Hearst  newspapers,  in  honor  of  William  Randolph  Hearst.  Scholarships  up  to 
$1,000  are  awarded  annually  to  undergraduates  pursuing  a  program  of  study  in 
journalism.  Scholarships  up  to  $1,000  are  awarded  annually  for  graduate  study 
in  history. 

Robert  Michael  HIggenbotham  Memorial  Award  Fund.  This  Fund  has  t>een 
endowed  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charies  A.  HIggenbotham  in  memory  of  their  son 
wfio  was  killed  in  Vietnam  Annual  awards  are  made  to  promising  junior 
students  majoring  in  mathematics. 

A.M.  Hoffman  Memorial  Grant.  This  gift  of  $250  per  year  is  normally  awarded 
as  a  supplement  to  some  other  type  of  student  aid  to  a  student  with 
exceptional  need.  A  preference  is  given  to  students  from  Montgomery  County. 
The  gift  is  made  available  by  Mr  and  Mrs.  David  B.  Schwartz. 

Dr.  H.C.  Byrd  Memorial  Fund.  An  endowed  fund  has  been  established  by  the 
many  friends  of  "Curley"  in  memory  of  his  many  years  of  outstanding  service  to 
the  University.  His  period  of  service  lasted  from  1905  when  he  enrolled  as  a 
freshman  from  Crisfield,  until  1954  when  he  retired  after  sen/ing  as  President 
of  the  University  for  19  years.  Prior  to  that  he  had  served  19  years  as  head 
football  coach  with  a  record  of  109-37-7 

Hyattavltie  Horticultural  Society  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $200  is 
awarded  to  a  student  enrolled  in  Horticulture. 

George  Hyman  Construction  Company  Scholarship.  A  tuition  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  freshman  student  in  civil  engineering.  The  scholarship  may  be 
renewed  for  three  more  years. 

Inter-State  Milk  Producers'  Cooperative,  Inc.  Scholarship.  A  memorial 
scholarship  ol  $300  is  made  available  to  a  student  in  agriculture  in  honor  of  F. 
Bennett  Carter. 

Paul  H.  Kea  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  This  fund  was  established  by  the 
Potomac  Valley  Chapter  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  in  memory  of 
Paul  H.  Kea.  a  highly  respected  member  of  the  chapter. 

Venia  M.  Keller  Grant.  The  Maryland  State  Council  of  Homemakers  Club 
makes  available  this  grant  of  $100  which  is  open  to  a  Maryland  young  man  or 
woman  of  promise  who  is  recommended  by  the  College  of  Human  Ecology 

Mary  Anne  and  Frank  A.  Kennedy  Scholarship.  Presented  to  outstanding 
journalism  students,  from  the  estate  of  Mary  Anne  and  Frank  A  Kennedy. 

KInghome  Fund  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  in  honor  of  Mr.  Joseph  W. 
Kinghome  of  the  Class  of  1911  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  shall  tje  awarded 
to  the  student  specializing  in  poultry  science  having  the  highest  general 
average  at  the  end  of  his  or  her  sophomore  year.  The  amount  of  the 
scholarship  shall  equal  the  tuition  on  the  College  Pari(  Campus. 

Kiwanis  Scholarship.  The  J.  Enos  Ray  Memorial  Scholarship  covering  tuition 
is  awarded  by  the  Prince  Georges  Kiwanis  Club  to  a  male  resident  of  Prince 
Georges  County,  Maryland,  who,  in  addition  to  possessing  the  necessary 
qualifications  for  maintaining  a  satisfactory  scholarship  record,  must  have  a 
reputation  ol  high  character  and  attainment  in  general  all-around  citizenship. 


28     Financial  Aid 


Gary  Lee  Lake  Memorial  Scholarahlp.  This  endowed  fund  provides 
scholarships  lor  students  majoring  in  pre-velerinary  science  in  the  College  ol 
Agriculture  It  was  established  by  his  lamily  and  Iriends 

Laura!  Race  Course,  Inc.,  Scholarship.  This  fund  has  been  established  to 
provide  scholarships  lor  students  who  are  participating  in  the  University  Band 

Leidy  Foundation  Scholarships.  A  $1,500  fund  has  been  established  by  the 
John  H  Leidy  Foundation,  Inc  to  provide  scholarships  lor  educational 
expenses  to  worthy  students  who  have  financial  need. 

Leidy  Foundation  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $500  is  granted  annually  to  a 
graduate  or  undergraduate  student  preparing  lor  a  career  in  the  general  field  of 
chemistry 

l^eien  Aletta  LInthlcum  Scholarship.  These  scholarships,  several  in  number, 
were  established  through  the  t>enefaction  of  the  late  Mrs  Aletta  Linthicum, 
widow  of  the  late  Congressman  Charles  J  Linthicum,  who  served  Congress 
from  the  Fourth  District  of  Maryland  for  many  years. 

Ransom  R.  Lewis  Memorial  Fund.  Established  in  1975  to  honor  f^r  Lewis,  an 
Alumnus  and  supporter  ol  the  Athletic  teams.  Assists  athletes  in  need  of 
financial  aid 

Lions  Ciub  of  Silver  Spring  Memorial  Scholarship.  This  scholarship 
covering  tuition  and  fees  is  available  to  a  worthy  graduate  of  one  of  the 
following  high  schools:  Montgomery  Blair.  Northwood  or  Springbrook 

Lions  International  Scholarship.  An  award  of  $500  is  available  to  a  freshman 
who  competes  in  the  Lions  Club  (District  22-C)  Annual  Band  Festival  A 
recipient  is  recommended  by  the  Music  Department  after  a  competitive  audition 
in  the  spring 

Prince  George's  Plaza  Lions  Ciub  Scholarship.  This  $300  scholarship  is 
given  in  memory  of  Lion  John  L,  Kensinger,  Sr  The  award  is  made  to  a 
student  from  Prince  Georges  County  whose  area  of  academic  concentration  is 
in  the  field  ol  creative  writing 

The  Alice  Morgan  Love  Scholarship  Fund  is  awarded  to  the  Physical 
Education  major  who  best  exhibits  the  qualities  of  scholarship,  leadership,  and 
potential  as  a  physical  educator. 

M  Ciub  Grants.  The  M  Club  of  the  University  of  Maryland  provides  each  year 
a  limited  number  of  awards.  Minta  Martin  Aeronautical  Research  Foundation 
Fund    Two  scholarships  are  available  to  freshmen  to  cover  tuition  and  fees. 

Maryland  Cooperative  Miilt  Producers,  Inc.  Scholarships.  A  scholarship  of 
$500  is  awarded  annually  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  preferably  to  a  student 
preparing  lor  a  career  in  the  dairy  industry. 

Maryland-District  of  Columbia  Association  of  Physical  Plant 
Administrators  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  for  fixed  charges  and  fees  is  made 
available  to  a  junior  or  senior  who  is  interested  in  making  the  administration  ol 
a  physical  plant  his  career.  The  recipient  must  be  a  resident  of  Maryland  or  the 
District  of  Columbia. 

Maryland  Educational  Foundation  Grants.  This  fund  has  been  established  to 
provide  assistance  to  worthy  students. 

Maryland  Electrification  Council  Scholarship.  This  scholarship  of  $300  is 
awarded  annually  to  an  entering  freshman  or  junior  college  transfer  student 
enrolled  in  the  agricultural  engineering  curriculum  in  either  the  College  ol 
Agriculture  or  the  College  of  Engineering 

Maryland  Hoistein  Association  Scholarship.  The  scholarship  will  be  awarded 
to  a  deserving  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  has  had  a  hoistein 
project  in  4-H  or  FFA  The  award  will  be  t>ased  on  financial  need,  scholastic 
ability  and  leadership. 

Maryland    and    Virginia    Millc    Producers    Association    Scholarship.    A 

scholarship  of  $500  is  awarded  annually  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  preferably 
to  a  student  preparing  for  a  career  in  the  dairy  industry 

Maryland  Pharmaceutical  Association  Scholarships.  The  Maryland 
Pharmaceutical  Associalk)n  makes  available  annually  scholarships  to 
pre-pharmacy  students  on  the  basis  of  character,  achievement  and  need  Each 
scholarship  not  exceeding  $500  per  academic  year  is  used  in  partial 
defrayment  of  fees  arxj  expenses  at  College  Park  These  scholarships  are 
open  only  to  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland 

Utaryiand  State  Golf  Association  Scholarship.  A  limited  number  of  $500 
scholarships  are  available  to  undergraduates  in  ttie  Agrorx>my  Department  who 
have  an  interest  in  golf  turf  work 

Maryland  Turfgrass  Association  Scholarship.  A  $250  annual  award  is  made 
to  an  undergraduate  who  has  an  interest  in  agronomy  and  commercial  sod 
production. 


George  R.  Merrill,  Jr.  Memorial  Scholarship.  Fnends  of  former  Professor 
George  R  Mernll,  Jr .  have  established  this  endowed  sctiolarship  fund  to 
benefit  students  in  Industrial  Education 

Montgomery  County  Press  Association  Scholarship.  Presented  to  an 
outstanding  journalism  residing  in  Montgomery  County 

Lorsn  L  Murray  and  Associates  Scholarships.  This  lund  has  been  created 
to  provide  scholarships  for  Maryland  residents  who  are  admitted  to  the  College 
of  Education. 

Dr.  Ray  A.  Murray  Scholarship.  The  award,  sponsored  by  Maryland  Chapter 
No  32  of  the  National  Institute  ol  Farm  and  Land  Brokers,  is  to  be  made  to  a 
worthy  sophomore  in  the  Department  ol  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics, 
College  of  Agriculture 

Noxell  Foundation  Scholarships.  Two  scholarships  are  awarded  to  senior 
chemistry  majors  nominated  by  the  Department  of  Chemistry 

Douglas  Howard  Phillips  Memorial  Scholarships.  This  scholarship  fund  has 
been  endowed  by  Mr  and  Mrs  Albanus  Phillips.  Jr ,  in  honor  of  their  son  wtxj 
met  his  untimely  death  in  the  spring  before  he  was  scheduled  to  attend  tfw 
University,  in  order  that  worthy  young  male  graduates  ol  Cambridge,  Maryland. 
High  School  may  have  the  opportunity  he  missed 

Pilot  Freight  Carriers,  Inc.,  Scholarship.  An  award  of  $500  to  an  outstanding 
student  majoring  in  Transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management 

William  H.  Price  Scholarship.  This  award  is  made  annually  to  a  worthy 
student  who  is  already  working  to  defray  part  of  his  college  expenses. 

Ralston  Purina  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  ol  $500  is  awanjed  annually  to  an 

incoming  senior  or  junior  ol  the  College  ol  Agriculture 

Ensign  Richard  Turner  Rea  Memorial  Scholarship.  This  scholarship  fund 
has  been  established  by  Captain  and  Mrs  Richard  F  Rea  in  honor  of  tt>eir 
late  son  who  gave  his  life  while  on  active  duty  in  the  US  Coast  Guard  Two 
scholarships  up  to  $500  each  are  awarded  annually  to  students  in  engineering 

Read's  Drug  Stores  Foundation  Scholarships.  Scholarships  are  awarded  on 

the  basis  of  achievement,  character  and  need  Each  scholarship,  not  exceeding 
$500  per  academic  year,  is  applied  to  the  lees  and  expenses  at  College  Park. 
Recipients  must  be  residents  ol  the  State  ol  Maryland 

J.  Homer  Remsberg  Memorial  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  ol  $300  is 
awarded  annually  to  a  resident  of  Fredenck  County  enrolled  in  the  College  o( 
Agriculture 

Mary  Ellzal>eth  Roby  Memorial  Scholarship.  An  endowed  scholarship  has 
been  established  by  the  University  Park  Republican  Women's  Club  Limited 
awards  are  made  to  women  entering  the  junior  or  senior  years  who  are 
studying  in  the  field  ol  political  science  A  prelerence  is  given  to  residents  of 
Prince  Georges  County 

Vivian  F.  Roby  Scholarships.  This  endowed  fund  was  established  through  a 
bequest  to  the  University  ol  Maryland  by  Evalyn  S  Roby  in  memory  of  her 
hustiand,  class  ol  1912,  to  provide  undergraduate  scholarships  to  needy  boys 

Irom  Baltimore  City  and  Charies  County 

Jack  B.  Sacks  Foundation  Scholarship.  An  award  ol  $1,000  on  tiehall  of  the 
Advertising  Club  of  Metropolitan  Washington,  Inc  ,  to  an  outstanding  sentor 
Marinating  student  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  planning  a 
career  in  advertising 

Schiudert>erg  Foundation  Scholarship  Grant.  This  grant  of  $500  is  awarded 
in  the  College  of  Agriculture  to  a  student  enrolled  in  the  animal  science  or  food 
science  cumculum 

Dr.  Fern  Duey  Schneider  Grant.  A  $100  grant  is  available  to  a  foreign  woman 
student  enrolled  in  the  College  ol  Education,  who  has  completed  at  least  one 
semester  in  residence  at  the  University  Funds  lor  the  grant  are  contnbuted  by 
the  Montgomery  and  Prince  Georges  County  Chapters  ol  the  Delta  Kappa 
Gamma  Society 

Arthur  H.  Seldenspinr>er  Scholarship.  An  endowed  memorial  scholarship 
lund  has  been  established  by  Mrs  Seidenspmner  to  assist  deserving  student 
athletes  to  obtain  an  education  at  the  Unrversity  Both  Mr  and  Mrs 
Seidenspinner  have  been  k}r^-time  contnbutors  to  numerous  student  aid 
programs  at  the  University 

Southern  States  Cooperative  Scholarships.  Two  scholarships  are  awarded 
each  year  to  sons  ol  Southern  States  members — one  for  outstanding  wort(  in 
4-H  Club  and  the  other  for  outstanding  woiV  in  FFA  The  amount  ol  each 
scholarship  Is  $300  per  year  and  will  continue  for  four  years 

Or.  Mabel  S.  Spencer  Scholarship.  This  scholarship  is  awarded  in  horxx  ol 
Dr  Spencer,  distinguished  lormer  Professor  in  tt>e  College  of  Education.  A 
preference  shall  be  grven  to  students  in  Home  Economks  Education 


Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements     29 


T.  B.  Symon*  Mamorlal  Fund.  A  scholarship  award  Is  made  annually  to  a 
student  enrolled  in  agnculture  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievement  and 
financial  need 

Charles  A.  Taff  Scholarship.  An  award  ol  $500  to  an  outstanding  student 
majoring  in  Transportation  in  the  College  ol  Business  and  Management 

Thomas  H.  Tallatsrro  Scholarship.  Under  the  terms  ol  the  will  ol  the  late 
Jane  G  S  Talialerro.  a  bequest  has  been  made  to  the  University  ol  Maryland 
to  provide  scholarship  aid  to  worthy  students 

Tau  Bsta  PI  Scholarship  Fund.  A  limited  number  of  scholarships  are  made 
available  each  year  to  worthy  engineering  students  by  members  and  alumni  of 
Maryland  Beta  Chiapter  of  Tau  Beta  Pi  Association.  Inc .  national  engineering 
honor  society 

Veterinary  Science  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $300.  provided  by  the 
veterinarians  of  Maryland,  will  be  awarded  to  a  student  enrolled  in  Veterinary 
Science,  selected  on  the  basis  ol  leadership,  academic  competence  and 
financial  need 

Joseph  M.  Vial  Memorial  Scholarship  In  Agriculture.  Scholarships  totaling 
$600  per  year  are  made  available  by  Mrs  A  H  Seidenspinner  to  be  awarded 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  College  of  Agriculture 

Washington  Suburtxn  Sanitary  Commission  Scholarships.  Four 
scholarships  are  available  that  pay  tuition  and  fees.  Minonties  and  women  will 
be  given  a  preference  Awardees  may  be  offered  an  opportunity  for  summer 
employment  by  the  WSSC 

Western  Electric  Scholarships.  Two  scholarships  are  awarded  to  students  in 
the  College  ol  Engineenng  The  amount  ol  the  scholarship  covers  the  ixist  ol 
tuition.  Ixx>ks  and  fees  not  to  exceed  $800  nor  to  be  less  than  $400. 

Westlnghouse  Aerospace  Division  Scholarship.  The  Westinghouse  Electric 
Corporation  has  established  a  scholarship  to  encourage  outstanding  students 
ol  engineering  and  the  physical  sciences  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
sophomore  student  and  is  over  a  period  of  three  years  in  six  installments  of 
$250  Students  in  electrical  or  mechanical  engineering,  engineering  physics  or 
applied  mathematics  are  eligible  for  the  award. 

Women's  Architectural  League  Scholarship.  This  fund  has  been  established 
to  aid  worthy  students  in  the  School  of  Architecture. 

Women's  Club  of  Bethesda  Scholarship.  Several  scholarships  are  available 
to  young  women  residents  of  Montgomery  County  Recipients  must  be 
accepted  in  the  College  of  Education  or  the  School  of  Nursing. 

Nicholas  Brice  Worthington  Scholarship.  A  $500  memorial  scholarship  is 
made  available  to  a  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  by  the  descendants  of 
Nicholas  Brice  Worthington,  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Agricultural  College, 

ZONTA  Scholarship.  This  scholarship  of  $500  is  awarded  annually  to  an 
incoming  freshman  woman  majoring  in  aerospace  engineering.  This  award  is 
normally  available  for  four  years. 

Loans 

Loan  funds  are  available  to  help  meet  the  educational  expenses  of  students 
enrolled  at  the  University.  The  extent  of  financial  need  must  be  cleariy 
established  by  submission  of  appropriate  application  materials. 

Loans  are  normally  given  on  a  yeariy  basis,  although  short-term  emergency 
loans  are  available.  Loans  may  not  be  used  for  non-educational  expenses  nor 
for  repayment  of  previously  incurred  indebtedness. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program.  This  loan  fund  was  established  by 
the  federal  government  in  agreement  with  the  University  of  Maryland  to  make 
low-interest  loans  to  students  with  demonstrated  financial  need.  Applicants 
must  be  enrolled  lor  six  or  more  credits.  To  insure  consideration,  all  application 
materials  should  be  received  by  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  by  the 
February  15  deadline  prior  to  the  academic  year  for  which  the  student  is 
requesting  funds.  Applications  received  after  this  time  will  be  considered  on  a 
funds  available  basis. 

The  txjrrower  must  sign  a  note  Repayment  begins  six  months  after  the 
borrower  leaves  school  and  must  be  completed  within  ten  years  thereafter. 
Interests  t)egin  to  accrue  at  the  rate  of  4%  per  annum  once  the  repayment 
period  commences 

Cancellation  and  deferment  provisions  are  included  for  teachers  of  the 
handicapped,  those  in  military  service  and  those  involved  in  non-profit 
volunteer  service. 

Institutional  Student  Loans.  Institutional  loan  funds  have  been  established 
through  the  generosity  of  University  organizations,  alumni,  faculty,  staff,  and 
friends.  These  loans  are  normally  available  at  low  interest  rates  to  qualified 
students.  For  specific  information,  contact  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program.  This  federal  program  allows  students  to 
borrow  money  from  their  hometown  banks  or  other  participating  financial 
institutions.  To  qualify,  students  must  be  U.S.  citizens,  permanent  residents,  or 


refugees  and  tie  enrolled  at  least  hall-time  The  Program  enables  deperxlent 
undergraduates  to  borrow  up  to  $2,500  per  Eu:ademic  year  and  independent 
undergraduates  up  to  $3,000,  depending  upon  the  policies  of  the  individual 
lenders  These  loans  bear  an  interest  rate  ol  nine  percent,  with  interest  and 
repayment  commencing  six  months  after  the  borrower  leaves  school  Students 
with  previous  Guaranteed  Student  Loans  outstanding  may  continue  to  tx>rrow 
at  7%  interest  and  a  9  to  12  month  grace  period 

Applications  are  available  from  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  or  the 
local  lender  These  loims  should  be  completed  at  least  two  months  before  the 
funds  are  actually  needed 

Law  Enforcement  Education  Program  Loan  and  Grant.  Loans:  Qualified 
full-time  pre-service  students  in  approved  fields  may  apply  for  loan  assistance 
up  to  $2,200  per  academic  year  (not  to  exceed  the  cost  ol  tuition  and  fees). 
Loan  funds  are  not  always  available  each  academic  year  The  loan  is  cancelled 
at  the  rate  of  25  percent  per  year  ol  lull-time  employment  in  criminal  justice  or 
repaid  at  the  rate  of  7  percent  simple  interest,  commencing  six  months  after 
termination  of  full-time  study  Grants:  In-service  employees  of  police,  courts, 
parole  and  corrections  agencies  enrolled  in  courses  related  to  law  enforcement 
may  receive  up  to  $400  per  semester  (not  to  exceed  cost  of  tuition  and  fees). 
Grant  recipients  must  agree  to  remain  in  the  service  of  their  employing  law 
enforcement  agency  for  at  least  two  years  following  completion  of  their 
courses  Any  student  who  meets  the  eligibility  requirements  for  both  a  loan  and 
a  grant  may  receive  both  concurrently  Interested  students  should  contact 
either  the  Dean,  University  College,  or  Director,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology,  Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences. 

College  Work-Study  Program.  Under  provisions  of  the  Educational 
Amendments  of  1976,  employment  may  be  awarded  as  a  means  ol  financial 
aid  to  students  who  (1)  are  in  need  of  earnings  from  such  employment  to 
pursue  a  course  of  study  at  a  college  or  university,  and  (2)  are  capable  of 
maintaining  good  standing  in  the  course  of  study  while  employed.  Under  the 
Wort<-Study  Program,  students  may  work  up  to  twenty  hours  per  week  during 
the  school  year  and  a  maximum  of  40  hours  during  the  summer  The  amount 
of  money  that  may  be  earned  is  determined  by  the  student's  demonstrated 
need. 

Part-time  Employment 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  through  the  Job  Referral  Sen/ice 
located  in  Room  0127,  Foreign  Language  Building,  serves  without  charge  as  a 
clearinghouse  for  students  seeking  part-time  wori<  and  for  employers  seeking 
help.  Many  jobs  are  available  in  the  residence  halls,  dining  halls,  libraries, 
laboratories  and  elsewhere  on  and  off  campus. 

Working  during  college  years  may  offer  advantages  in  addition  to  the 
obvious  one  of  financing  a  college  eiducation.  The  employed  student  has  a 
special  opportunity  to  learn  new  skills,  develop  good  work  habits,  and  leam 
how  to  get  along  with  people.  Sometimes  part-time  employment  helps  students 
choose  a  vocation  or  acquire  necessary  experience. 

Under  the  Dining  Hall  Workship  Program,  students  may  earn  their  board  by 
working  approximately  ten  hours  per  week.  After  a  successful  semester,  the 
workload  may  be  increased  at  the  student's  request. 

Students  normally  cannot  make  arrangements  for  employment  until  they 
are  on  campus  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  Application  must  be  made  in 
person  and  the  applicants  should  have  a  schedule  of  classes  and  study  hours 
so  that  they  can  seek  employment  best  suited  to  their  free  time. 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  welcomes  the  opportunity  to  counsel 
students  about  the  best  type  of  employment  for  each  individual.  However, 
securing  a  position  through  intelligent  application  and  retaining  a  position 
through  good  work  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Academic  Regulations  and 
Requirements 

Introduction 

The  academic  regulations  and  requirements  of  the  College  Park  Campus 
are  designed  to  provide  and  enhance  a  maximum  educational  environment  for 
the  entire  campus  academic  community.  The  success  of  the  design  depends 
upon  the  mutual  respect,  courteous  treatment,  and  consideration  of  everyone 
involved.  Student  compliance  with  the  regulations  of  all  courses  and  programs 
is  based  in  part  upon  certain  expectations  and  instructional  procedures  for 
which  the  faculty  is  responsible.   Included  in  these  are  the  following: 

1 .  A  written  description  at  the  beginning  of  each  undergraduate  course 
specifying  in  general  terms  the  content,  nature  of  assignments,  examination 
procedures,  and  the  bases  for  determining  final  grades.  In  cases  where  all 
or  some  of  this  information  cannot  be  provided  at  the  beginning  of  the 
course,  a  clear  of  the  delay  and  the  bases  of  course  development  are 
provided, 

2,  Fair  and  impartial  treatment  in  all  evaluations.  This  includes,  but  is  not 
limited  to: 

a.)  adequate  notice  of  major  papers  and  examinations  in  the  course: 
b.)  a  sufficient  numtjer  of  recitations,  performances,  quizzes,  tests,  graded 
assignments  and/or  studenl'instructor  conferences  to  permit  evaluation 


30     Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements 


of  student  progress  throughout  the  course; 
c.)  while  maierlals  remain  reasonably  current,  an  opportunity  to  review 
papers  and  examinations  after  evaluation  by  the  instructor 

3.  Equal  and  fair  access  to  all  assigned  materials 

4.  A  reasoned  approach  to  the  subject  which  attempts  to  make  the  student 
aware  of  the  existence  of  different  points  of  view, 

5.  Fair  and  reasonable  access  to  the  instructor  during  announced  regular 
office  hours  or  by  appointment. 

6.  Regular  attendance  by  assigned  faculty  and  reasonable  adherence  to 
published  Campus  schedules  and  location  of  classes  and  examinations 
Classes  not  specified  in  the  schedules  are  arranged  at  a  mutually 
agreeable  time  on  Campus,  unless  off-campus  work  is  clearly  justified 

7.  Reasonable  confidentiality  of  information  gained  through  student-faculty 
contact 

8.  Public  acknowledgment  of  significant  student  assistance  in  the  preparation 
of  materials,  articles,  books,  devices  and  the  like. 

In  similar  manner  the  student  responsibility  to  the  community  of  scholarship 
includes: 

1 .  Submission  only  of  original  work,  or  work  clearly  identified  as  to  the  source 
and/or  the  nature  of  any  significant  outside  assistance. 

2.  A  careful  and  conscientious  use  of  the  registration  system  with  due  regard 
for  the  needs  of  other  students. 

3.  Consistent,  non-disruptive  attendance  in  classes  with  consideration  for  the 
efforts  of  the  instructor. 

4.  Consistent,  conscientious  application  to  master  the  content  and  materials  of 
the  courses  as  prescrit>ed;  to  comply  with  posted  or  agreed  upon 
schedules,  and  to  request  exceptions  only  for  the  most  exigent  reasons. 

In  support  of  the  Academic  Regulations,  the  academic  units  (programs, 
departments,  colleges,  schools,  divisions)  in  cooperation  with  the  Office  of  the 
Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  and  the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
Registrations  provide  the  following: 

1 .  Accurate  information  on  academic  requirements  through  designated 
advisors  and  referral  to  other  parties  for  additional  guidance. 

2.  Equitable  course  registration 

3.  Specification  and  impartial  application  of  policy  and  procedures  in  the 
determination  of  academic  honors  and  awards. 

Smoking  In  Classrooms 

It  is  University  policy  that  smoking  in  classrooms  is  prohibited  at  all  times. 
Any  student  has  the  right  to  remind  the  instructor  of  this  policy  at  any  time 
during  class.  Deps.-tment  chairpersons  are  responsible  for  assuring  that  all 
instructors  are  informed  of  the  policy  and  for  monitoring  compliance. 

The  University  Studies  Program 

Virtually  all  American  colleges  and  universities  ask  that  students  receiving  a 
degree  complete  a  common  set  of  requirements.  These  common  requirements 
are  usually  referred  to  by  the  generic  term  "general  education.'  General 
education  requirements  represent  a  faculty's  definition  of  the  knowledge, 
awareness,  and  skills  that  all  graduates  should  possess  before  that  faculty  will 
give  its  consent  to  the  awarding  of  a  degree.  General  education  is  that  portion 
of  the  degree  requirements  in  which  the  entire  faculty  has  a  concern. 

The  University  Studies  Program  is  the  general  education  requirement  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  College  Park.  This  program  must  be  completed  by  all 
students  tjeginning  baccalaureate  study  after  May.  1980.  It  is  intended  to 
provide  students  with  the  intellectual  skills  and  conceptual  background  basic  to 
an  understanding  of  the  universe,  society  and  themselves.  The  focus  is  not  on 
any  particular  bodies  of  knowledge,  for  almost  any  subject  matter  can  lead  to 
an  awareness  of  general  modes  of  understanding  the  world.  Thus,  for  example, 
it  does  not  matter  whether  the  student  studies  physics  or  txjtany  as  long  as  he 
or  she  comes  away  from  the  course  with  some  understanding  of  the  power  of 
the  empirical  investigation  that  characterizes  science 

The  University  Studies  Program  has  three  parts  The  "Fundamental 
Studies"  section  of  the  program  is  intended  to  establish  the  student's  ability  to 
participate  in  the  discourse  of  the  university  through  demonstrated  mastery  of 
written  English  and  mathematics.  These  requirements  are  to  be  completed 
early  in  the  students  program  in  ortJer  to  serve  as  a  foundation  for  subsequent 
work 

The  "Distributive  Studies'  requirement  is  intended,  through  study  in 
particular  disciplines,  to  acquaint  students  with  the  different  ways  of  analyzing 
and  talking  about  the  world  that  characterize  the  three  areas  into  which  the 
university's  knowledge  is  traditionally  divided:  the  physical  and  biological 
sciences,  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences,  and  the  arts  and  humanities.  The 
fourth  category,  "History  and  Culture."  includes  courses  that  lead  to  the 
consideration  of  historical  and  cultural  differences  and  the  relationship  of  our 
own  society  to  those  of  other  times  and  places. 

During  the  1980-61  academic  year,  an  "Advanced  Studies*  requirement  of 
six  credit  hours  will  be  defined  While  the  specific  form  of  this  requirement  has 
not  been  finally  determined,  it  is  expected  that  it  will  include  only  courses 
offered  at  300-  and  400-level  (upper  division)  and  thai  students  will  have  to 
have  reached  junior  standing  (56  cr  hrs  completed)  before  being  elgible  to 
enroll  in  these  courses  "Advanced  Studies'  work  will  ask  students  to  consider 
and  apply  their  knowledge  in  broad  contexts  and  in  ways  that  require  a  higher 
level  of  intellectual  sophistication. 

The  University  Studies  requirements,  designed  to  be  spread  throughout  the 
student's  four  years,  represent  a  third  of  the  total  academic  work  required  for 


graduation.  It  Is  the  purpose  r^l  this  program,  in  combinatkjn  with  the  extensive 
work  of  the  major,  to  help  prepare  students  to  become  productive,  aware  and 
sensitive  memtjers  of  society,  capable  of  understanding  their  world  and  the 
many  kinds  of  people  in  it  and  of  taking  responsibility  for  their  own  decisions 

and  their  own  lives. 


Outline  of  the  Program 

These  requirements  are  effective  for   students  beginning   baccalaureate 
study  in  May,  1980  or  thereafter 
I  Fundamental    Studies-9   cr    (Except   for    ENGL   391    or   393.    must   be 
completed  by  the  time  student  has  completed  30  credit  hours) 
A  English  Composition-6  cr 

1.  ENGL  101-3  cr 

a  Students  with  SAT  verbal  below  330  take  ENGL  104-5-6  (1  cr. 

each) 
b.  Students  with  SAT  verbal  600  or  atx)ve  or  AP  of  3.  4  or  5  are 

exempt 

2,  ENGL  391  (Junior  Level  Expository  Writing)  or  393  (Technical 
Writing)-3  cr. 

a.  Must  be  taken  after  student  has  completed  56  cr.  hrs.  (i.e.,  has 
reached  junior  standing). 

b.  Students  with  SAT  verbal  700  or  above  or  A  in  ENGL  101  or  AP 
of  4  or  5  are  exempt 

B.  Mathematics-3   cr      MATH    110   (or   the    modular   equivalent    MATH 
102-3-4)  or  MATH  115 

1 .  Students  with  the  following  minimum  examination  scores  or  higher 
are  exempt: 

a.  SAT:  600 

b.  College  Board  Achievement  Tests  in  Mathematics,  Level  I  or  II: 
600 

c.  Advanced  Placement  Examinations.  Calculus  AB  or  BC:  3 

d.  Any  CLEP  Subject  Examination  in  Mathematics:  60 

2.  Successful  completion  of  any  of  the  following  higher  level  entry 
courses  than  MATH  110:  MATH  111.  140.  141,  150,  151,  220,  221, 
240.  241,  246.  250,  251;  STAT  100,  250 

II.  Distributive  Studies-min:  24  cr. 

A.  Culture  and  History  (min  :  6  cr..  2  courses) 

B.  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics  (min.:  6  or.,  2  courses)  One  course 
must  be  a  latxjratory  science 

C.  Literature  and  the  Arts  (min.:  6  cr .  2  courses) 

D.  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences  (min.:  6  cr..  2  courses) 

III  Advanced  Studies-6  cr    (Specific  requirement  to  be  determined    May  be 

fulfilled  only  after  student  has  completed  56  cr.  hrs.) 

Courses  to  meet  these  requirements  may  be  chosen  from  a  list  designated 
by  the  University  Studies  Committee  as  suitable  for  satisfying  each  of  the 
requirements  (See  the  Scfwdule  of  Classes  for  this  list.) 

General  University  Requirements 

Students  who  began  baccalaureate  study  pnor  to  May.  1980  may  elect  to 
complete  these  requirements  rather  than  the  University  Studies  Program 
requirements  (see  alxjve) 

In  order  to  provide  educatkinal  breadth  for  all  students,  there  have  been 
established  the  General  University  Requirements  These  requirements  consist 
of  30  semester  hours  of  credit  distributed  among  the  three  areas  listed  betow 
(For  an  exception  to  this  regulation,  see  the  Bachelor  of  General  Studies 
Program,  page  49  )  At  least  6  hours  must  be  taken  in  each  area  At  least  9  of 
the  30  hours  must  be  taken  at  the  300  level  or  above  Nona  of  the  30  hours 
may  be  counted  toward  published  departmental,  college  or  divisional 
requirements  lor  a  degree  Area  A:  6-12  hours  elected  in  the  Divisions  of 
Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences;  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and 
Engineering  Area  B:  6-12  hours  in  the  Divisions  of  Behavioral  and  Social 
Sciences;  Human  and  Community  Resources  Area  C  6-12  tiours  in  ttie 
Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

In  meeting  these  area  requirements,  students  may  choose  from  among  any 
undergraduate  courses  for  which  they  are  qualified  The  students  may  select 
either  the  pass-fail  or  letter  grading  option  tor  these  courses  as  outlined  on 
pages  32  and  33  Students  are  urged  to  consult  with  academic  advisors  for 
guidance  in  determining  which  courses  in  each  area  best  fit  indivk)ual  needs 
and  interests 

Demonstration  of  competency  in  English  composition:  unless  the  student 
has  been  exempted  from  English  composition,  at  least  one  course  in  the 
subject  will  be  required  Exemption  is  granted  if  the  student  earns  an 
acceptable  score  on  the  SAT  Vertial  (score  announced  annually)  or  an 
acceptable  score  on  the  English  Advanced  Placement  Test  (score  announced 
annually),  or  by  satisfactory  completion  of  a  similar  wnting  course  at  anotfier 
institution 

Students  taking  a  course  to  satisfy  this  requirement  may  apply  the  credits 
toward  the  30-hour  General  University  Requirement  but  may  not  count  these 
credits  toward  the  satisfaction  of  the  minimum  6-hciur  requirement  in  any  of  ttie 
three  designated  areas  Credit  for  such  a  course  may  t>e  in  addition  to  (he 
12-hour  maximum  in  any  area 


Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements     31 


NOTE:  Students  who  began  t>accalaureale  study  alter  May.  1978  must 
complete  the  English  composition  requirement  specified  In  the  Fundamental 
Studies  section  o(  the  University  Studies  Program  (see  atxsve)  Only  three 
hours  of  this  six  hour  requirement  may  be  used  to  satisfy  General  University 
Requirements 

Students  wtio  entered  the  University  prior  lo  June.  1973  have  the  option  of 
completing  requirements  under  the  former  General  Education  Program  rather 
than  the  new  General  University  Requirements  Each  student  is  responsible 
for  making  certain  that  the  various  provisions  of  either  set  of  requirements  have 
been  satisfied  prior  to  certification  for  the  degree  Assistance  and  advice  may 
be  obtained  from  the  academic  advisor  or  the  Office  of  the  Administrative  Dean 
lor  Undergraduate  Students 

Special  note  for  foreign  students 

The  foreign  student  is  required  to  take  a  special  classification  test  in 
English  tjefore  registering  for  the  required  English  courses.  He  may  be 
required  to  take  Foreign  Language  001  and  002 — English  lor  Foreign 
Students — before  registering  for  English  101 

Registration 

1  To  attend  classes  at  the  University  of  Maryland  it  is  necessary  to  process 
an  official  registration.  Registration  is  final  and  otiicial  when  all  fees  are 
paid  Instructions  concerning  registration  are  given  in  the  Schedule  of 
Classes  issued  at  the  beginning  of  each  new  semester. 

2  The  schedule  adjustment  period  shall  be  the  first  10  days  of  classes. 
During  that  period,  a  full-time  undergraduate  may  drop  or  add  courses  or 
change  sections  with  no  charge  Part-time  undergraduate  students  should 
consult  the  directions  deadlines  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes  to  avoid 
incurring  additional  charges.  Courses  so  dropped  during  this  registration 
period  will  not  appear  on  the  students  permanent  record  Courses  may  be 
added,  where  space  is  available,  during  this  period  and  will  appear  on  the 
students  permanent  record  along  with  other  courses  previously  listed  After 
this  schedule  adjustment  period,  courses  may  not  be  added  without  special 
permission  of  the  department  and  the  dean  or  provost  of  the  academic  unit 
in  which  the  student  is  enrolled 

3.  After  this  schedule  adjustment  period,  all  courses  for  which  the  student  is 
enrolled  (or  subsequently  adds)  shall  remain  as  a  part  of  the  student's 
permanent  record  The  students  status  shall  be  considered  as  full-time  if 
the  number  of  credit  hours  enrolled  at  this  time  is  9  or  more.  Courses  may 
be  dropped  with  no  academic  penalty  for  a  total  period  of  10  weeks  in 
which  there  are  classes,  starting  from  the  first  day  of  classes  The 
permanent  record  will  be  mari^ed  W  to  indicate  this.  (See  Marking  System 
below.)  After  this  initial  schedule  adjustment  period,  a  charge  shall  be  made 
for  each  course  dropped  or  added.  (See  Schedule  of  Fees  above) 

4  An  official  class  list  for  each  course  tieing  offered  is  issued  each  semester 
to  the  appropriate  department  by  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations. 
No  student  is  permitted  to  attend  a  class  if  his  or  her  name  does  not 
appear  on  the  class  list.  Instructors  must  report  discrepancies  to  the  Office 
of  Records  and  Registrations.  At  the  end  of  the  semester,  the  Office  of 
Records  and  Registrations  issues  to  each  department  official  grade  lists. 
The  instructors  mark  the  final  grades  on  the  grade  lists,  sign  the  lists  and 
return  them  to  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations 

5.  Courses  taken  at  another  campus  of  the  University  or  at  another  institution 
concurrent  with  regular  registration  on  the  College  Park  Campus  may  not 
be  credited  without  approval  in  advance  by  the  provost  of  the  division  from 
which  the  student  expects  a  degree.  The  same  rule  applies  to  off-Campus 
registration  or  registration  in  the  summer  school  of  another  institution. 

6.  A  student  who  is  eligible  to  remain  at  the  College  Park  Campus  may 
transfer  among  curricula,  colleges,  divisions,  or  other  academic  units  except 
where  limitations  on  enrollments  have  been  approved  by  the  Board  of 
Regents. 

7.  In  all  cases  of  transfer  from  one  division  to  another  on  the  College  Park 
Campus,  the  provost  of  the  receiving  division,  with  the  approval  of  the 
student,  shall  indicate  which  courses,  if  any,  in  the  student's  previous 
academic  program  are  not  applicable  to  his  or  her  new  program,  and  shall 
notify  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  of  the  adjustments  which  are 
to  be  made  in  determining  the  student's  progress  toward  a  degree. 
Deletions  may  occur  both  in  credits  attempted  and  correspondingly  in 
credits  earned.  This  evaluation  shall  be  made  upon  the  student's  initial 
entry  into  a  new  program,  not  thereafter.  If  a  student  transfers  within  one 
division  from  one  program  to  another,  his  or  her  record  evaluation  shall  be 
made  by  the  provost  in  the  same  way  as  if  he  or  she  were  transferring 
divisions.  If  the  student  subsequently  transfers  to  a  third  division,  the 
provost  of  the  third  division  shall  make  a  similar  initial  adjustment:  courses 
marked  "nonapplicabie"  by  the  second  provost  may  become  applicable  in 
the  third  program. 

8.  In  the  cases  of  non-divisional  students,  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Studies  shall  assume  the  responsibilities  normally  delegated  to  provosts. 

Identification  Cards 

Photo  Transaction  Cards  are  issued  at  the  time  the  student  first  registers 
for  classes.  The  card  is  to  be  used  for  the  entire  duration  of  enrollment  and  is 
valid  each  semester  only  when  the  student  also  possesses  a  current  semester 


Registration  Card 

Students  who  preregister  will  receive  a  new  Registration  Card  along  with 
their  Class  Schedule  This  card  will  validate  their  Photo  Transaction  Card  Both 
cards  should  t>e  carried  at  all  times 

Students  who  do  not  preregister  will  receive  identification  cards  when  they 
do  register 

Together  the  Photo  Transaction  Card  and  Registration  Card  can  be  used 
by  all  students  to  withdraw  t)00ks  from  the  libraries,  for  admission  to  most 
athletic,  social,  and  cultural  events,  and  as  a  general  form  of  identification  on 
campus  Students  who  have  food  service  contracts  must  use  the  Photo 
Transaction  Card  for  admission  to  the  dining  halls 

THERE  IS  A  REPUVCEMENT  CHARGE  OF  $100  FOR  LOST  OR 
STOLEN  REGISTRATION  CARDS  AND  $7  00  FOR  LOST.  STOLEN,  OR 
BROKEN  PHOTO  TRANSACTION  CARDS  (NOTE:  THE  FEE  FOR  BROKEN 
CARDS  APPLIES  TO  NEW  PHOTO  TRANSACTION  CARDS  ISSUED  AFTER 
THE  FALL  1977  SEMESTER  ) 

Questions  concerning  the  identification  system  should  be  addressed  to  the 
Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  (454-5365). 

Veterans  Benefits 

Students  attending  the  University  under  the  Veterans  Education  Assistance 
Act  may  receive  assistance  and  enrollment  certification  at  the  Veterans 
Certification  Office  on  the  1st  floor  of  the  North  Administration  Building.  The 
staff  is  available  to  assist  regarding  monthly  educational  assistance  checks  as 
well  as  other  benefits  such  as  tutoring  assistance,  vocational  rehabilitation 
services  and  educational  loans.  Telephone:  454-3430. 

Degrees  and  Certificates 

The  College  Pari<  Campus  awards  the  following  degrees:  Bachelor  of 
Architecture,  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  General  Studies.  Bachelor  of  Music, 
Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Architecture.  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Business 
Administration,  Master  of  Fine  Arts,  Master  of  Education,  Master  of  Library 
Science,  Master  of  Music,  Master  of  Science,  Doctor  of  Business 
Administration,  Doctor  of  Education,  Doctor  of  Musical  Arts,  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy. 

Students  in  specified  two-year  curricula  may  be  awarded  certificates. 

The  requirements  for  graduation  vary  according  to  the  character  of  wori<  in 
the  different  colleges,  divisions  and  schools.  Full  information  regarding  specific 
college  and  division  requirements  for  graduation  will  be  found  in  Section  III  of 
this  catalog. 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  or  certificate  must  file  a  formal  application  lor 
it  with  the  Office  of  Records  &  Registrations.  This  must  be  done  by  the 
deadline  published  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes  for  the  semester  of  graduation. 

Credit  Unit  and  Load 

The  semester  hour,  which  is  the  unit  ol  credit,  is  the  equivalent  of  a  subject 
pursued  one  period  a  week  for  one  semester  Two  or  three  hours  of  latjoratory 
or  field  wori<  are  equivalent  to  one  lecture  or  recitation  period.  The  student  is 
expected  to  devote  three  hours  a  week  in  classroom  or  laboratory  or  in  outside 
preparation  for  each  credit  hour  in  any  course. 

In  order  for  an  undergraduate  student  to  complete  most  curricula  in  four 
academic  years,  the  semester  credit  load  must  range  from  12  to  19  hours  so 
that  he  would  complete  from  30  to  36  hours  each  year  toward  the  degree.  A 
student  registering  for  more  than  19  hours  per  semester  must  have  the  special 
approval  of  his  or  her  dean  or  provost. 

Classification  of  Students 

No  baccalaureate  curriculum  requires  less  than  120  semester  hours.  Actual 
classifications  run  as  follows:  freshman,  1-27  semester  hours;  sophomore, 
28-55;  junior,  56-85;  and  senior,  86  to  at  least  120. 

Examinations 

1.  All  examinations  and  tests  shall  be  given  during  class  hours  in  accordance 
with  the  regulariy  scheduled  (or  officially  "arranged")  time  and  place  of  each 
course  listed  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes  and/or  the  Undergraduate  Catalog. 
Unpublished  changes  in  the  scheduling  or  location  of  classes/tests  must  be 
approved  by  the  department  chairman  and  reported  to  the  Provost.  It  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  student  to  be  informed  concerning  the  dates  of 
announced  quizzes,  tests  and  examinations. 

2.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  to  excuse  the  absences  of  students  that 
result  from  religious  obsen/ances  and  to  provide  without  penalty  for  the 
rescheduling  of  examinations  that  fall  on  religious  holidays.  Examinations 
and  tests  may  not  be  scheduled  on  Rosh  Hashannah,  Yom  Kippur.  or 
Good  Friday.  An  instructor  is  not  under  obligation  to  give  a  student  a 
make-up  examination  unless  the  absence  was  caused  by  illness,  religious 
observance  or  by  participating  in  University  activities  at  the  request  of 
University  authorities 

A  make-up  examination,  when  permitted,  must  be  given  on  Campus,  unless 
the  published  schedule  and  course  description  require  other  arrangements. 
The  make-up  examination  must  be  at  a  time  and  place  mutually  agreeable 
to  the  instoictor  and  student,  cover  only  the  material  for  which  the  student 


32     Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements 


was  originally  responsible,  and  be  given  within  a  time  limit  that  retains 
currency  of  the  material.  The  make-up  must  not  interfere  with  the  student's 
regularly  scheduled  classes  in  the  event  that  a  group  ol  students  requ(re 
the  same  make-up  examination:  one  make-up  time  may  be  scheduled  at 
the  convenience  of  the  instructor  and  the  largest  possible  number  ol 
students  involved  Under  the  same  guidelines  students  shall  have  equal 
access  to  all  information  and  drills  missed  due  to  the  reasons  listed. 

3.  A  final  examination  shall  be  given  in  every  undergraduate  course 
Exceptions  may  be  made  with  the  written  approval  ol  the  chairman  of  the 
department  and  the  dean  or  provost  In  order  to  avoid  basing  too  much  ol 
the  semester  grade  upon  the  final  examination,  additional  tests,  quizzes, 
term  papers,  reports  and  the  like  should  be  used  to  determine  a  student's 
comprehension  of  a  course  The  order  ol  procedure  in  these  matters  is  left 
to  the  discretion  of  departments  or  professors  and  should  be  announced  to 
a  class  at  the  beginning  of  a  course  All  final  examinations  must  l3e  held  on 
the  examination  days  of  the  Official  Final  Examination  Schedule  No  final 
examination  shall  be  given  at  a  time  other  than  that  scheduled  in  the 
Official  Examination  Schedule  without  written  permission  of  the  department 
chairman. 

4.  To  expedite  arrangements  for  commencement,  final  grades  of 
undergraduate  candidates  for  degrees  are  based  on  evaluations  available 
at  the  time  grades  are  required  to  be  submitted 

5.  A  file  of  all  final  examination  questions  must  be  kept  by  the  chaimian  of 
each  department. 

6.  The  chairman  of  each  department  is  responsible  for  the  adequate 
administration  of  examinations  in  courses  under  his  or  her  jurisdiction  The 
deans  and  provosts  should  present  the  matter  of  examinations  for 
consideration  in  staff  conferences  from  time  to  time  and  investigate 
examination  procedures  in  their  respective  colleges  and  divisions. 

7.  Every  examination  shall  be  designed  to  require  for  its  completion  not  more 
than  the  regularly  scheduled  period. 

8.  A  typewritten,  mimeographed  or  printed  set  of  questions  shall  be  placed  in 
the  hands  of  every  examinee  in  every  test  or  examination  requiring  at  least 
one  period,  unless  the  dean  or  provost  has  authorized  some  other 
procedure. 

9.  Each  instructor  must  safeguard  examination  questions  and  all  trial  sheets, 
drafts  and  stencils 

10.  Each  instnjctor  should  avoid  the  use  of  examination  questions  which  have 
t>een  included  in  recently  given  examinations  and  should  prepare 
examinations  that  will  make  dishonesty  difficult. 

1 1 .  Only  clerical  help  approved  by  the  department  chairman  shall  t>e  employed 
in  the  preparation  or  reproduction  of  tests  or  examination  questions 

12.  Proctors  must  be  in  the  examination  room  at  least  ten  minutes  before  the 
hour  of  a  final  examination  Provisions  should  be  made  for  proper 
ventilation,  lighting  and  a  seating  plan.  At  least  one  of  the  proctors  present 
must  be  sufficiently  cognizant  of  the  subject  matter  of  the  examination  to 
deal  authoritatively  with  inquiries  arising  from  the  examination. 

13.  Books,  papers,  etc.  belonging  to  the  student,  must  be  left  in  a  place 
designated  by  the  instaictor  before  the  student  takes  his  or  her  seat,  except 
in  such  cases  where  books  or  wori<  sheets  are  permitted 

14.  Students  should  be  seated  at  least  every  other  seat  apart,  or  its  equivalent, 
i  e.,  about  three  feet.  Where  this  arrangement  is  not  possible  some  means 
must  be  provided  to  protect  the  integrity  of  the  examination 

15.  "Blue  tKXJks"  only  must  be  used  in  periodic  or  final  examinations,  unless 
special  forms  are  furnished  by  the  department  concerned. 

16.  If  mathematical  tables  are  required  in  an  examination,  they  shall  bo 
furnished  by  the  instructor.  If  textbooks  are  used,  this  rule  does  not  apply 

17.  Proctors  must  exercise  all  diligence  to  prevent  dishonesty  and  to  enforce 
proper  examination  deconjm,  including  abstention  from  smoking. 

18.  Where  an  instructor  must  proctor  more  than  40  students,  he  or  she  should 
consult  the  chairman  of  the  department  concerning  proctorial  assistance. 
An  instructor  should  consult  the  department  chairman  if  in  his  or  her 
opinion  a  smaller  number  of  students  for  an  examination  requires  the  help 
of  another  instructor. 

19.  No  student  wfx)  leaves  an  examination  room  will  be  permitted  to  return, 
except  in  unusual  circumstances,  in  which  case  permission  to  do  so  must 
be  granted  by  the  proctor  prior  to  the  student's  departure 

20.  All  conversation  will  cease  prior  to  the  passing  out  of  examination  papers, 
and  silence  will  be  maintained  in  the  room  during  the  entire  examination 
period 

21   Examination  papers  will  t>e  placed  face  down  on  the  writing  surface  until 

the  examination  is  officially  begun  by  the  proctor. 
22.  Examinatkjn  papers  will  be  kept  flat  on  the  writing  surface  at  all  times. 

Academic  Dishonesty 

All  fonms  ol  academic  dishonesty  are  prohibited  by  the  Code  ol  Student 
Conduct  and  may  result  in  a  severe  sanction,  including  expulsion  from  the 
University  Specific  definitions  of  cheating,  plagiansm  and  fabrication  are  set 
forth  in  the  Code  and  should  be  carefully  reviewed  by  all  students 

Irregularities  in  Examinations  In  cases  involving  charges  of  academic 
dishonesty  in  an  examination,  class  work  or  course  requirements  by  a  student, 
the  instructor  in  the  course  or  person  in  charge  of  the  activity  shall  report  to  the 
instructional  department  chairperson  or  dean  if  there  is  no  chairperson  any 
information    received   and   the   facts   within    his   or    her    knowledge     If   the 


chairperson  of  tt>e  instructional  department  determines  ttiat  there  is  any  sound 
reason  for  believing  that  academic  dishonesty  may  be  Involved,  he  or  she  shall 
refer  the  matter  to  the  dean  or  provost  The  dean  or  provost  will  then  confer 
with  the  student's  dean  or  provost  and  will  check  the  Judiciary  Office  records  to 
determine  if  the  student  has  any  record  of  prior  offenses  involving  academic 
dishonesty  The  dean  or  provost  will  then  consult  with  the  student  involved,  and 
if  the  alleged  academic  dishonesty  is  admitted  by  the  student  and  is  his  first 
offense  of  this  nature,  the  dean  or  provost  may  authonze  ttie  department 
chairperson  to  dispose  of  the  charges,  provided  the  penalty  is  accepted  by  ttie 
student  in  writing  In  such  case  the  department  chairperson  will  make  a  wntten 
report  of  the  matter,  including  the  action  taken,  to  the  student  s  dean  or  provost 
and  to  the  Judiciary  Office 

II  the  case  is  not  disposed  of  in  the  above  manner,  the  dean  or  provost  of 
the  instructional  department  will  appoint  an  ad  hoc  Committee  of  Academic 
Dishonesty  The  Committee  will  consist  ol  one  memtjer  from  the  faculty  of  tbe 
college  or  division  administered  by  the  dean  or  provost  as  chairperson,  one 
undergraduate  student,  and  one  member  from  the  faculty  of  the  student's 
college  or  division  appointed  by  the  dean  of  that  college  or  provost  of  ttte 
division  If  the  student's  dean  or  provost  and  the  dean  or  provost  administenng 
the  tnstnjctional  department  are  the  same,  a  second  member  of  the  faculty  of 
the  college  or  division  concerned  is  appointed  If  within  junsdictkjn  ol  the  Oean 
for  Undergraduate  Studies  that  Dean  will  appoint  the  ad  hoc  Committee  on 
Academic  Distionesty  consisting  of  two  faculty  having  experience  in  the 
General  Studies  Program,  one  serving  as  chairperson,  and  one  student  in  ttui 
program. 

The  dean  or  provost  of  the  instructional  department  will  refer  the  specific 
report  of  alleged  academic  dishonesty  to  this  ad  hoc  committee  and  ttie 
committee  will  hear  the  case.  The  hearing  procedures  before  this  committee 
will  in  general  conform  to  those  required  for  student  judicial  boards  The  Code 
ol  Student  Conduct  provides  that  any  ad  of  academic  dishonesty,  including  a 
first  offense,  will  place  the  student  in  jeopardy  of  'suspension  from  the 
University,  unless  specific  and  significant  mitigating  factors  are  present'  (part 
eleven).  A  repealed  violation,  or  the  more  serious  first  offense,  may  result  in 
expulsion.  Also,  disciplinary  records  lor  any  act  of  academk;  distionesty  are 
retained  in  the  Judicial  Programs  Office  for  three  years  from  the  date  of  final 
adjudication  These  records  are  available  to  prospective  empk>yers  and  ottier 
educational  institutions  in  accordance  with  federal  regulations  Notice  has  been 
sent  to  area  and  regional  graduate  and  professional  schools  informing  ttiem  of 
University  disciplinary  record  policy  In  short,  any  student  committing  any  act  ol 
academic  dishonesty  will  run  a  serk>us  risk  of  harming  his  or  tier  future 
educational  and  employment  opportunities 

The  chairman  of  the  committee  will  report  its  actions  to  ttie  dean  or  provost, 
the  student's  dean  or  provost,  and  to  the  Judiciary  Office  The  dean  or  provost 
of  the  instnjctional  department  will  advise  the  student  in  writing  of  ttie 
disciplinary  action  of  the  committee  and,  if  it  has  tieen  determined  ttiat  the 
student  sfiould  be  suspended  or  expelled,  advise  the  student  of  ttie  right  to  file 
an  appeal,  in  accordance  with  Parts  38-45  of  the  Code  ol  Student  Conduct. 

To  report  academic  distioneaty,  dial  454-4746  and  ask  for  tha 
"Campus  Advocate". 

Marlting  System 

1  The  following  symbols  are  used  on  the  student  s  permanent  record  for  all 
courses  in  which  he  or  stie  is  enrolled  after  the  initial  registration  and 
schedule  adjustment  period:  A.  B.  C.  D.  F.  I.  P.  S,  and  W  Ttiese  marks 
remain  as  pan  of  the  student  s  permanent  record  and  may  be  changed  only 
by  the  original  instructor  on  certification,  approved  by  ttie  department 
chairman  and  the  dean  or  provost,  that  an  actual  mistake  was  made  in 
determining  or  recording  the  grade 

2.  The  mark  of  A  denotes  excellent  mastery  of  ttie  subject  It  denotes 
outstanding  scholarship  In  computations  ol  cumulative  or  semester 
averages,  a  mark  of  A  will  t>e  assigned  a  value  of  4  quality  points  per  .redit 
hour  (See  Minimum  Requirements  lor  Retention  and  Graduatkxi  tietow  ) 

3.  The  mark  of  B  denotes  good  mastery  of  ttie  subiect  It  denotes  good 
scholarship  In  computation  of  cumulative  or  semester  averages  a  mark  of 
B  will  be  assigned  3  quality  points  per  credit  hour 

4  The  mark  ol  C  denotes  acceptaljle  mastery  It  denotes  ttie  usual 
achievement  expected  In  computation  of  cumulative  or  semester  averages 
a  mark  of  C  will  be  assigned  a  value  ol  2  quality  points  per  credit  txxir 

5  The  mark  of  D  denotes  t>orderline  understanding  of  the  subject  It  denotes 
marginal  performance,  and  it  does  not  represent  sabslactory  progress 
toward  a  degree  In  computations  ol  cumulative  or  semester  averagas  a 
mari(  ol  0  will  tie  assigned  a  value  ol  1  quality  point  per  credit  txxjr 

6  The  mark  of  F  denotes  failure  to  understand  ttie  subfact  It  denote* 
unsatisfactory  performance  In  computations  ol  cumulative  or  semasMr 
averages  a  mark  of  F  will  be  assigned  a  value  of  0  quality  points  par  cradK 
tiour 

7  The  mark  of  P  is  a  student  optkxi  mark,  equivalent  to  A.  B.  C.  or  D  (See 
Pass-Fail  optk>n  below  )  The  student  must  inform  ttie  Office  of  Registrations 
of  the  selection  ol  this  optkin  by  the  end  of  ttie  schedule  adjustment  period 
In  computation  of  quality  points  achieved  lor  a  semester,  a  mark  of  P  will 
be  assigned  a  value  of  2  quality  points  per  credit  hour  (See  Minimum 
Requirements  lor  Retentk}n  and  Graduation  bekiw  ) 

8  The  mark  of  S  is  a  department  option  mark  which  may  tie  used  to  denol* 
satisfactory  performance  by  a  student  in  progressing  thesis  protects, 
onentation   courses,   practice   teaching   and   ttie   like    In   computttion   of 


Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements     33 


cumulalivs  averages  a  maiV.  of  S  will  not  be  Included  In  computation  of 
quality  points  achieved  for  a  samasler,  a  niarV  of  S  will  t>e  assigned  a  value 
of  2  quality  points  per  credit  hour 
9  The  mark  I  is  an  exceptional  martt  which  is  an  instructor  option  It  is  given 
only  to  a  student  whose  worV  in  a  course  has  been  qualitatively 
satisfactory,  wfran.  because  of  illness  or  other  circumstances  tieyond  the 
students  control,  he  or  she  has  tieen  unable  to  complete  some  small 
portion  of  the  work  of  the  course  In  no  case  will  the  mark  I  be  recorded  for 
a  student  who  has  not  completed  the  major  portion  of  the  work  of  the 
course  The  student  will  remove  the  I  by  completing  work  assigned  by  the 
instructor;  it  is  the  students  responsibility  to  request  arrangements  for 
completion  ol  the  work  These  arrangements  must  be  documented  in  an 
Incomplete  Contract  signed  by  the  instructor  and  the  student  Exceptions 
to  thie  lime  period  cited  m  the  contract  may  be  granted  by  the  student  s 
dean  or  provost  upon  the  written  request  ol  the  student  if  circumstances 
warrant  further  delay  If  the  instructor  is  unavailable,  the  department 
chairperson  will,  upon  request  of  the  student,  make  appropriate 
arrangements  lor  the  student  to  complete  ttie  course  requirements  It  is  the 
responsibllit/  of  the  instructor  or  department  chairperson  concerned  to 
return  the  appropriate  supplementary  grade  report  to  the  Office  of  Records 
and  Registrations  promptly  upon  completion  of  the  work  The  I  cannot  be 
removed  through  re-registration  for  the  course  or  through  the  technique  of 
"credit  by  examination "  In  any  event  this  mark  shall  not  be  used  in  any 
computations. 

10.  The  mart*  W  is  used  to  denote  that  the  student  withdrew  from  a  course  in 
which  he  or  she  was  enrolled  at  the  end  of  the  schedule  adjustment  period. 
This  mari<  shall  not  bie  used  in  any  computation,  but  for  information  and 
completeness  is  placed  on  the  permanent  record  by  the  Office  of  Records 
and  Registrations.  The  Office  of  Registrations  will  promptly  notify  the 
instructor  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course 

1 1 .  Audit  A  student  may  register  to  audit  a  course  or  courses  in  which  space  is 
available  The  notatk>n  AUD  will  be  placed  on  the  transcript  for  each  course 
audited  A  notation  to  the  effect  that  this  symbol  does  not  imply  attendance 
or  any  other  effort  in  the  course  will  be  included  on  the  transcript  in  the 
explanation  of  the  grading  system. 

Pass-Fail  Option 

1 .  An  undergraduate  who  has  completed  1 5  or  more  credit  hours  at  the 
College  Park  Campus  and  has  a  cumulative  average  of  at  least  2.00  may 
register  lor  courses  on  the  Pass-Fail  option  during  any  semester  or  summer 
sesskjn. 

2.  Certain  divisional  requirements,  major  requirements  or  field  of  concentration 
requirements  do  not  allow  the  use  of  the  Pass-Fail  option.  Certain  courses 
within  a  department  may  be  designated  by  that  department  as  not  available 
under  the  Pass-Fail  option.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  each  student  electing 
this  option  to  ascertain  in  conjunction  with  his  or  her  dean,  provost, 
department  or  major  advisor  whether  the  particular  courses  will  be 
applicable  to  his  degree  requirements  under  the  Pass-Fail  option. 

3.  No  more  than  20  percent  of  the  College  Part<  Campus  credits  offered 
toward  the  degree  may  be  taken  on  the  Pass-Fail  option  basis. 

4.  Students  registering  for  a  course  under  the  Pass-Fail  option  are  required  to 
complete  all  regular  course  requirements.  Their  wori(  will  be  evaluated  by 
the  instructor  by  the  normal  procedure  for  letter  grades.  The  instructor  will 
submit  the  normal  grade  The  grades  A,  B,  C,  or  D  will  be  automatically 
converted  by  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  to  the  grade  P  on  the 
student's  piermanent  record.  The  grade  F  will  remain  as  given.  The  choice 
of  grading  option  may  be  changed  only  during  the  schedule  adjustment 
period  for  courses  in  which  the  student  is  currently  registered. 

Credit  by  Examination  for  Undergraduate  Studies 

1.  Credit  may  be  earned  by  examination  for  any  undergraduate  course,  for 
which  a  suitable  examination  has  been  adopted  or  prepared  by  the 
department  granting  the  credit.  When  standarized  CLEP  (College  Level 
Examination  Program)  examinations  are  available,  they  may  be  used. 
Students  who  desire  to  determine  which  courses  may  be  taken  by 
examination  should  consult  the  Undergraduate  Advising  Center 

2.  Any  student  may  take  a  course  by  examination  by  obtaining  an  application 
form  from  the  Director,  Special  Advising  Programs,  paying  the  requisite 
fees,  and  taking  the  examination  at  a  time  mutually  agreeable  to  the 
student  and  the  department  offering  the  course 

3.  The  applicant  must  be  formally  admitted  to  the  University  of  Maryland,  and 
be  in  good  academic  standing.  Posting  of  credit,  however,  will  be  delayed 
until  the  student  has  a  transcript  established. 

4.  Application  for  credit  by  examination  is  equivalent  to  registration  for  a 
course:  however,  the  following  conditions  apply: 

a.  A  student  may  cancel  the  application  at  any  time  prior  to  completion  of 
the  examination  with  no  entry  on  the  permanent  record.  (Equivalent  to 
the  schedule  adjustment  period.) 

b.  The  instructor  makes  the  results  of  the  examination  available  to  the 
student  prior  to  formal  submisskin  of  the  grade.  Before  formal 
submission  of  the  grade,  a  student  may  elect  not  to  have  this  grade 
recorded  If  a  student  makes  this  choice  a  symbol  of  W  is  recorded. 
(Equivalent  to  the  drop  procedure  ) 

c.  No  course  may  be  attempted  more  than  twice. 


d.  The  instructor  must  certify  on  the  report  of  the  examination  submitted  to 
the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  that  copies  of  the  examination 
questions  or  identifying  information  in  the  case  ol  standardized 
examinations  and  the  students  answers  have  t>een  filed  with  the 
chairman  of  the  department  offering  the  course 

5  Letter  grades  earned  on  examinatkins  to  establish  credit  (if  accepted  by  the 
student)  are  entered  on  the  student  s  transcript  and  used  in  computing  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average  A  student  may  elect  to  take  an 
examinatk)n  lor  credit  on  a  "Pass-Fail"  basis  under  the  normal  "Pass-Fail" 
regulations 

6  Undergraduate  students  may  earn  by  examination  no  more  than  half  tfie 
credits  required  for  the  degree 

7  Fees  for  Credit  by  Examinatkjn  as  follows: 

a  Fees  for  CLEP  and  other  standardized  examinations  are  determined 
externally  and  are  not  altered  by  the  University  These  credits  are 
treated  as  transfer  credits. 

b  Students  are  charged  $30  00  for  each  course  examination  regardless  of 
the  numtjer  of  credits  This  fee  must  be  paid  prior  to  taking  the 
examination  and  is  not  refundable  regardless  of  whett>er  or  not  the 
student  completes  the  examination. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  departments,  colleges,  divisions,  or  appropriate 
academic  units  to  establish  and  publish  cleariy  defined  degree 
requirements  Responsibility  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  degree 
requirements  for  graduation  in  any  cun'iculum  rests  with  ttie  student  Not 
later  than  the  close  of  the  junior  year,  the  student  shoukj  check  with  the 
proper  authorities  to  ascertain  his  or  her  standing  in  this  respect  For  this 
purpose  the  student  should  tie  sure  to  preserve  the  copy  of  the  semester 
grade  report  issued  by  the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  at  the  ck>se 
of  each  semester 

2.  In  order  to  earn  a  baccalaureate  degree  the  last  30  semester  credits  of  any 
curriculum  must  be  taken  in  residence  at  the  College  Part<  Campus. 
Candidates  (or  degrees  in  pre-professional  combined  programs  must 
complete  at  least  30  semester  hours:  nothing  stated  below  modifies  in  any 
way  this  basic  requirement.  Included  in  these  30  semester  hours  will  be  a 
minimum  of  15  semester  hours  in  courses  numbered  300  or  atxive, 
including  at  least  12  semester  hours  required  in  the  major  field  (in  curricula 
requiring  such  concentration).  All  candidates  for  degrees  should  plan  to 
take  their  senior  year  in  residence  since  the  advanced  wori(  of  their  major 
study  normally  occurs  in  the  last  year  of  the  undergraduate  course.  At  least 
24  of  the  last  30  credits  must  be  done  in  residence  at  the  College  Park 
Campus;  i.e.,  a  student  who  at  the  time  of  graduation  will  have  completed 
30  semester  hours  in  residence  may  be  permitted  to  do  not  more  than  6 
semester  hours  of  the  final  30  credits  of  record  in  another  institution, 
provided  written  permission  is  secured  in  advance  from  the  dean  or 
provost.  The  student  must  be  enrolled  in  the  program  from  which  he  or  she 
plans  to  graduate  when  registering  for  the  last  15  credits  of  the  program. 
These  requirements  apply  also  to  the  third  year  of  pre-professional 
combined-degree  programs 

3.  While  many  University  curricula  require  more  semester  hours  than  120,  no 
baccalaureate  cun'iculum  requires  less  than  120  credit  hours.  It  is  the 
stv^dent's  responsibility  to  familiarize  himself  or  herself  with  the 
requirements  of  the  curriculum.  The  student  is  urged  to  take  advantage  of 
the  advice  on  these  matters  in  the  departments,  colleges,  divisions,  or 
Office  of  Academic  Affairs 

4  A  student  who  has  completed  requirements  for  and  has  received  one 
baccalaureate  degree  must  satisfactorily  complete  enough  additional  credits 
so  that  the  total,  including  all  applicable  credits  earned  at  College  Park  or 
elsewhere,  is  at  least  150  credits.  In  no  case,  however,  will  a  second 
baccalaureate  be  awarded  to  a  student  who  has  not  completed  the  last  30 
credits  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park. 

5.  A  student  who  wishes  to  receive  simultaneously  two  Ijaccalaureate  degrees 
from  the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  must  satisfactorily  complete 
a  minimum  ol  150  credits  (161  credits  if  one  of  the  degrees  is  the  B.Arch. 
degree  in  the  School  of  Architecture).  The  regularly  prescritied 
requirements  of  both  degree  programs  must  be  completed.  As  early  as 
possible  and  in  any  case  no  later  than  the  tieginning  of  the  second 
semester  tiefore  the  expected  date  of  graduation  the  student  must  file  with 
the  departments  or  programs  involved  and  also  with  the  appropriate  deans 
and  provosts  a  formal  program  showing  the  courses  to  be  offered  to  meet 
major,  supporting  area,  college,  division  and  General  University  and 
elective  requirements  of  both  curricula.  No  course  used  in  either  curriculum 
to  satisfy  a  major,  supporting  area,  or  college  or  division  requirement  may 
tie  used  to  satisfy  the  General  University  Requirements  If  two  divisions  are 
involved  in  the  double  degree  program,  the  student  must  designate  which 
division  is  responsible  for  the  maintenance  of  records. 

6.  A  general  C  (2  00)  average  is  required  for  graduation  in  all  curricula.  (See 
Minimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and  Graduation.) 

7.  Applications  for  diplomas  must  be  filed  with  the  Office  of  Records  and 
Registrations  during  the  registration  period  or  not  later  than  the  end  of  the 
second  week  of  classes  of  the  regular  semester  or  at  the  end  of  the  second 
week  of  the  summer  session,  at  the  end  of  which  the  candidate  expects  to 
receive  a  degree. 


34     Administrative  Offices 


Attendance 

1 .  The  University  expects  each  student  to  take  full  responsibility  tor  his  or  her 
academic  work  and  academic  progress  The  student,  to  progress 
satisfactorily,  must  meet  the  quantitative  requirements  of  each  course  for 
which  he  or  she  is  registered.  Students  are  expected  to  attend  classes 
regularly,  for  consistent  attendance  offers  the  most  effective  opportunity 
open  to  all  students  to  gain  a  developing  command  of  the  concepts  and 
materials  of  their  course  of  study  However,  attendance  in  class,  in  and  of 
Itself,  is  not  a  criterion  lor  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  degree  of  success 
or  failure.  Furthermore,  absences  (whether  excused  or  unexcused)  do  not 
alter  what  is  expected  of  the  student  qualitatively  and  quantitatively.  Except 
as  provided  below,  absences  will  not  be  used  in  the  computation  of  grades, 
and  the  recording  of  student  absences  will  not  be  required  ol  the  faculty. 

2.  In  certain  courses  in-class  participation  is  an  integral  pan  of  the  work  of  the 
course.  A  few  examples  would  t>e  courses  in  public  speaking  and  group 
discussion,  courses  emphasizing  conversation  in  foreign  languages,  certain 
courses  in  physical  education,  and  certain  latX5ratory  sessions  Each 
department  shall  determine  which  of  its  courses  fall  into  this  category  It 
shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the  instructor  in  such  courses  to  inform  each 
class  at  tfie  beginning  of  the  semester  that  in-class  participation  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  work  of  the  course  and  that  absences  will  be  taken  into 
account  in  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  work  in  the  course 

3.  Laboratory  meetings  require  special  preparation  of  equipment  and  materials 
by  the  staff.  A  student  who  is  not  present  lor  a  latx)ratory  exercise  has 
missed  that  part  of  the  course  and  cannot  expect  that  he  or  she  will  be 
given  an  opportunity  to  make  up  this  work  later  in  the  term. 

4.  Special  provision  for  freshn>en:  the  freshman  year  is  a  transitional  year. 
Absences  of  freshmen  in  the  basic  freshman  courses  will  be  reported  to  the 
student's  dean  or  division  officer  when  the  student  has  accumulated  more 
than  three  unexcused  absences. 

5.  Excuses  for  absences  (in  basic  freshman  courses  and  in  courses  where 
in-class  participation  is  a  significant  part  of  the  work  of  the  course)  will  be 
handled  by  the  instructor  in  tfie  course  in  accordance  with  the  general 
policy  of  his  or  her  department  and  college 

Dismissai  of  Deiinquent  Students 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  request  at  any  time  the  withdrawal  of  a 
student  who  cannot  or  does  not  maintain  the  required  standard  ol  scholarship, 
or  wtxjse  continuance  in  the  University  would  be  detrimental  to  his  or  her 
health,  or  to  the  health  of  others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not  satisfactory  to  the 
auttTOrities  of  the  University.  Specific  scholastic  requirements  are  set  forth  in 
the  Minimum  Requirements  lor  Retention  and  Graduation. 

Withdrawai  From  the  University 

1.  Should  a  student  desire  or  be  compelled  to  withdraw  from  the  University  at 
any  time,  he  or  she  must  secure  a  form  for  withdrawal  from  the 
Withdrawal'Reenrollment  Office,  and  submit  the  form  along  with  the 
semester  Identification/Registration  card 

2.  The  effective  date  of  withdrawal  as  far  as  refunds  are  concerned  is  the  dale 
that  the  witfxlrawal  form  is  received  by  the  Withdrawal/Re-enrollment  Office. 
A  notation  of  WITHDRAWN  and  the  effective  date  of  the  withdrawal  will  be 
posted  to  the  permanent  record  The  instructors  and  the  Divisional  Offices 
will  be  notified  of  all  withdrawn  students.  The  deadline  date  for  submitting 
the  withdrawal  form  for  each  semester  is  the  last  official  day  of  final 
examinations 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement 

See  page  22  for  information  regarding  deadlines. 

Readmission 

1 .  A  student  whose  continuous  attendance  at  the  University  has  been 
interrupted,  but  wtio  was  in  good  academic  standing  or  on  academk; 
probation,  at  the  end  of  the  last  regular  semester  for  which  he  or  she  was 
registered,  must  apply  to  the  Withdrawal/Re-enrollment  Office  lor 
Readmisskjn 

2.  Academic.  Financial.  Judicial  and  Health  Clearances  may  be  required  in 
some  cases  (Academic  Clearance  could  include  requiring  transcripts  from 
anotfier  scf>ool  if  it  is  judged  to  be  necessary) 

3.  Any  student  who  was  previously  admitted  to  the  Unrversity  and  did  not 
register  for  that  semester  must  apply  for  ADMISSION  Also,  any  student 
wfx)  was  previously  admitted  to  the  University,  ragielered,  t>ut  cancelled  the 
only  registration,  must  apply  for  ADMISSION. 

Reinstatement 

1 .  A  student  wfio  withdraws  from  tt>e  University  must  apply  for  reinstatement 
to  tt>e  WiffKJrawal'Reenrollment  Office  The  appficatkjns  are  subject  to 
review  by  tfie  Faculty  Petition  Board 

2.  A  student  who  has  been  dismissed  fof  academic  reasons  must  file  an 
application  for  reinstatenr>ent  Applications  may  be  filed  tfie  semester 
immediately  following  the  dismissal     All  applrcations  are  reviewed  by  tfie 


Faculty    Petitk>n    Board    whose    memt>ers    are    empowered    to    grant 
reinstatement  to  the  University  if  the  circumstances  warrant  such  action. 
3.  Academic,  Financial.  Judicial,  and  Health  Clearances  may  t>e  required  In 
some  cases   Transcripts  will  be  required  from  any  school  attended  during 
the  period  t>etween  their  witfidrawal  or  dismissal  and  their  reinstatement. 

4  A  student  who  h£is  tjeen  dismissed  from  Itie  University  lor  academic 
reasons  and  whose  petition  for  reinstatement  is  denied  may  apply  tor 
reinstatement  any  subsequent  semester  It  is  recommended  that  the 
student  give  serious  consideration  to  the  previous  recommendatbns  ol  the 
Faculty  Petition  Board 

5  Application  forms  lor  readmissk)n,  reinstatement  and  withdrawals  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Withdrawal'Reenrollment  Office  in  Room  1130,  Morth 
Administration  Building 

Minimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and 
Graduation 

1.  A  minimum  of  120  credits  ol  successfully  completed  (not  I,  F,  or  W)  course 
credits  is  required  lor  graduation  in  any  degree  curriculum  (See  Degree 
Requirements  and  Credit  by  Examination  above)  Credits  transferred,  or 
eamed  dunng  prior  admissions  terminating  in  academic  dismissal  or 
withdrawal  and  followed  by  readmission,  will  be  applicable  toward  meeting 
credit  requirements  lor  a  degree  (See  Readmission  and  Reinstatement 
above ) 

2.  A  lull-time  student  will  tie  placed  on  academic  probatkjn  at  the  end  of  any 
semester  in  which  he  or  she  does  not  achieve  a  total  of  24  quality  points 
for  that  semester,  except  that  he  or  she  will  not  be  placed  on  academic 
probation  lor  this  reason  if  he  or  she  earns  at  least  18  quality  points  on  a 
registration  (at  the  end  of  the  schedule  adjustment  period)  of  9  credits,  20 
quality  points  on  a  registration  of  10  credits,  or  22  quality  points  on  a 
registration  of  11  credits  Exceptions  are  also  allowed  for  all  lull-time 
students  in  their  first  semester  of  registration  on  the  College  Park  Campus, 
who  must  earn  at  least  18  quality  points  (or  that  semester  This  exception 
does  not  apply  to  students  who  have  eamed  more  than  8  credits  through 
previous  registration  in  the  University. 

3.  Any  student,  full-  or  part-time,  whio  fails  to  maintain  a  minimum  cumulative 
average  of  1  95  at  the  end  of  any  semester  following  that  in  which  tfie  total 
of  credits  completed  at  the  College  Paris  Campus  (with  grades  A.  B.  C.  D. 
P.  S  or  F).  plus  any  credits  transfened.  is  45  credits,  will  tie  placed  on 
academic  probation  Credits  completed  with  grades  of  A.  B,  C.  D.  and  F. 
but  not  S.  P.  or  I  will  be  used  in  the  computation  of  tfie  cumulative  average. 
The  1.95  requirement  applies  to  first  semester  transfer  students  wtxj 
transfer  45  or  more  credits. 

4.  A  student  who  does  not  meet  the  academic  standards  for  any  given 
semester  will  tie  placed  on  probation  and  must  display  acceptable 
perfonnance  in  quality  points  and  cumulative  average  (if  applicatile)  during 
the  next  semester  in  order  to  regain  good  academic  standing  A  student  will 
be  dismissed  at  the  end  of  the  second  consecutive,  or  fourth  total, 
semester  of  unacceptable  performance  Courses  for  which  tfie  mark  W  is 
recorded  are  excluded  from  all  such  computations  of  cumulative  average. 

5.  A  student  who  has  been  academically  dismissed  and  who  is  reinstated  will 
be  academically  dismissed  again  if  he  or  she  does  not  meet  the  academic 
standards  for  any  two  additional  semesters  after  retum  In  the  computation 
of  the  cumulative  average  after  return,  all  credits  eamed  at  ttie  University  ol 
Maryland  will  be  used. 

6  When  a  student  is  placed  on  academic  probation  or  is  academically 
dismissed,  the  action  shall  be  entered  on  tfie  student's  official  and 
permanent  record 

7  Any  course  may  be  repeated,  but  if  a  student  repeats  a  course  in  which  he 
or  she  has  already  eamed  a  martc  of  A.  B.  C,  D,  P  or  S,  the  subsequent 
attempt  shall  not  increetse  the  total  hours  earned  toward  ttie  degree  Only 
tfie  higher  mark  will  be  used  in  computation  of  ttie  student's  cumulative 
average  However,  the  student's  quality  points  in  a  given  semester  shall  t>e 
determined  by  that  semesters  grades 

8.  Any  appeal  from  the  regulations  governing  academic  probation  or  academic 
dismissal  shall  be  directed  to  the  Petition  Board  which  shall  be  empowered 
to  grant  relief  in  unusual  cases  if  tfie  circumstances  warrant  such  action. 


Administrative  Offices 
Office  of  the  Chancellor 

Athietics 

The  Department  ol  Athletics  is  responsible  for  directing  intanxilleglaia 
athletk:  programs  for  tioth  women  and  men 

Women's  intercollegiate  athletic  teams  include  cross  country,  fieW  hockey, 
and  volleyball  in  the  fall,  basketball  swimming,  indoor  track,  and  gymnastka 
during  the  winter:  and  lacrosse  and  track  in  tfie  spnng  Tennis  competition  is 
scheduled  in  both  ttie  fall  and  the  spring  seasons  Maryland  is  a  member  of  ttie 
NatxKial  Assoaatkxi  of  Intercollegiale  Athletics  for  Women  (AIAW),  and  tfie 
Eastern  Association  ol  Intercollegiate  Athletics  lor  Women  (EAIAW) 

The  University  of  Maryland  Department  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics  fias 
mens  teams  in  football,  soccer,   and  cross  country  in  the  fall,  tiasKelball, 


Office  of  Administrative  Affairs     35 


swimming,  wrestling,  and  indoor  track  during  the  winter:  and  baseball,  golf, 
tennis,  lacrosse,  and  outdoor  track  In  the  spnng  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the 
Atlantic  Coast  Conference  and  the  Nalkjnal  Collegiate  Athletic  Association 
(NCAA)  in  the  mens  programs 

Office  of  Human  Reiations  Programs 

The  Human  Relations  Office  (HHO)  is  responsible  for  initiating  action  in 
compliance  with  campus,  state,  and  federal  atfimiative  action  directives 
designed  to  provide  equal  education  and  employment  opportunities  for  College 
Par1<  students  and  employees.  Acting  directly  for  the  Chanceltor,  the  HRO 
performs  a  campus-wide  monitoring  function  relative  to  federal,  state  and 
locally  mandated  compliance  activity  The  office  coordinates  the  equity  activities 
of  the  Offices  of  Vice-Chancellors  and  Provosts,  wtx)  are  designated  by  the 
Chancellor  to  be  responsible  for  the  k>cal  implementation  of  equal  opportunity 
programs  for  students  and  employees.  Such  programs  include  desegregation, 
Title  IX  and  Reg  #504  efforts  for  the  handicapped  and  are  designed  to  t)enefit 
both  undergraduate  and  graduate  students 

Equity  officers,  who  assist  the  Vice  Chanceltor  and  Provosts,  directly 
supervise  local  unit  equity  efforts  as  well  as  the  grievance  settlement  activities 
of  unit  Equal  Education  and  Employment  Opportunities  (Triple  EO)  Officers. 

The  HRO  designs  and  conducts  wori<shop9.  forums,  discussion  groups  and 
training  sessions.  It  undertakes  organizational  development  activities  and  Is 
responsible  for  documenting  and  analyzing  equity  trends  and  recommending 
appropriate  action  to  the  Chancellor  and  Campus  Senate.  The  office 
negotiates  informal  complaints  settlements  according  to  procedures  set  forth  in 
the  Campus  Human  Relations  Code.  It  also  serves  an  appellate  functkjn  in 
formal  grievance  proceedings. 

The  HRO  maintains  a  liaison  relationship  with  the  Campus  Senate  through 
the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations. 

Office  of  University  Relations 

The  Office  of  University  Relations  has  responsibility  for  the  official  campus 
public  Intormatton  program  Including  publications  and  media  relations  as  well 
as  campus  efforts  in  fund  raising  and  alumni  affairs.  The  office,  which  reports 
to  tt>e  Chancellor,  is  also  charged  with  responsibility  for  internal  relations  and 
major  campus  events 

University  Relations  Units  are  [}evelopment.  which  includes  the  Parents 
Association,  Campus  Alumni  Programs,  and  Community  Concerts;  Public 
Information  which  includes  media  relations  and  newsletters  for  special  publics; 
and  Publicattons  which  Includes  graphic  design.  Each  of  these  units  is  headed 
by  a  director  wfio  reports  to  the  Director  of  University  Relations.  Staff 
responsible  for  the  management  of  major  campus  events.  Speakers  Bureau 
and  Film  Production  also  report  to  the  Director  of  Unlveisity  Relations. 

Office  of  Administrative  Affairs 

Dining  Services 

The  Campus  Dining  Services  provides  nutritionally  balanced  and  tastefully 
prepared  meals  served  In  a  variety  of  pleasant  dining  facilities.  Four  board 
meal  plans  are  offered  in  the  dining  halls  to  all  students.  In  addition,  a  numt>er 
of  snack  bars  and  restaurants,  some  with  live  entertainment,  are  available  to  all 
campus  students.  To  apply  for  a  meal  plan,  please  come  to  the  Dining  Services 
Business  Office  in  the  South  Campus  Dining  Hall.  For  additional  Infonnation, 
please  call  454-2905. 

Campus  Photo  Service 

The  Campus  Photo  Service  provides  the  University  with  professional 
photographic  support.  The  photo  lab  Is  equipped  to  manufacture  a  large  variety 
of  photographic  products  Among  the  services  available  are  Black  &  White  and 
color  prints,  slides,  copy  negatives  and  film  devetoplng. 

The  Campus  Photo  Service  may  also  provide  specialized  photographic 
processes  for  use  with  scientific  or  technical  applications. 

All  services  are  available  to  the  campus  community  on  a  cost  basis. 
Facilities  are  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  Annapolis  Hall.  Telepfwne: 
454-3911. 

Campus  Poiice  Department 

The  prime  functions  of  the  Police  Department  within  its  jurisdiction  are  the 
preservation  of  peace  and  order,  the  protection  of  all  persons  and  property, 
and  ttie  prevention  and  detection  of  crime.  Vitally  concerned  with  human  life 
and  property,  the  members  of  the  Police  Department  enforce  both  the  laws  of 
the  State  of  Maryland  and  ttie  regulations  of  the  University. 

Environmental  Safety  Department 

The  Safety  Department  concerns  itself  primarily  with  fire  prevention  and  life 
safety  to  Insure  the  well  being  of  members  of  the  College  Park  Campus  and 
the  preservation  of  property.  Inspectkan  of  University  buildings  and  facilities  for 
compliance  with  state  and  federal  fire  codes,  maintenance  of  fire  alarms  and 


detection  devices,  and  supenislon  of  fire  drills  and  evacuatton  practices  are 
integral  functions  of  the  Environmental  Safety  Department. 

Motor  Vehicle  Administration 

Campu*  Trstfic  and  Parfclng  Rule*  and  Regulation*.  These  regulations 
apply  to  all  who  drive  motor  vehicles  on  any  part  of  the  campus  at  College 
Park 

1.  PurpoM: 

a.  To  promote  the  safe  and  orderty  conduct  of  University  business  by 
providing  parking  spaces  as  convenient  as  possible  within  the  space 
available 

b.  To  provide  parking  space  for  University  visitors  and  guests 

c.  To  protect  pedestrian  traffic 

d.  To  assure  access  of  ambulances,  fire-fighting  apparatus,  and  other 
emergency  apparatus  at  all  times 

e  To  control  vehicular  traffic  on  the  Campus 

2.  Raglctratlon  of  Vehicles: 

a.  All  motor  vehicles,  including  motorcycles  and  scooters,  operated  on 
campus  by  persons  associated  with  the  University  must  be  registered 
with  the  Vehicle  Registration  Office  regardless  of  ownership,  except  as 
noted  in  Regulation  2c  All  student  vehicles  must  be  registered  In  the 
name  of  the  student  who  is  the  legal  operator  of  the  vehicle. 

b.  Student  vehicles  must  be  registered  for  the  current  academic  year 
during  the  applicable  registration  period.  A  registration  charge  will  be 
made  for  each  vehicle.  This  tee  cannot  be  retunded. 

(1)  Fa// Semesfer  tjeglnning  in  August  for  first  vehicle   $12.00 

each  additional  vehicle $3.00 

(2)  Spring  Semester  beginning  In  January  for  first  vehk:le  $6.00 

each  additional  vehicle $3.00 

(3)  Summer  Semester $3.00 

each  additional  vehicle $3.00 

All  registrations  will  expire  on  the  next  loltowing  August  31.  Proof  of 
ownership  or  legal  control  will  be  required  for  multiple  registrations. 
Students  applying  lor  registration  of  additional  vehicles  must  present 
the  State  vehicle  registration  and  the  University  of  Maryland  registration 
numtjer  of  their  initially  registered  vehicle  for  the  current  academic  year. 
No  charge  will  be  made  for  replacement  of  registration  sticker  required 
due  to  damaged  bumper  of  a  registered  vehicle  or  because  of  a 
replacement  for  a  registered  vehicle.  Remnants  of  stickers  to  be 
replaced  must  be  turned  in  at  the  Motor  Vehicle  Registration  Desk. 

c.  Resident  students  who  have  earned  less  than  56  semester  credits  shall 
be  prohibited  from  operating  a  motor  vehicle  on  the  College  Park 
Campus,  and  from  registering  a  vehicle  under  provisions  of  these 
regulations,  except  with  special  permission  Details  are  available  at  the 
Motor  Vehicle  Administration  Office. 

d.  Vehicle  registration  In  no  way  guarantees  a  convenient  parking  space. 
The  fact  that  all  paridng  spaces  convenient  to  any  specific  location  are 
filled  is  not  an  acceptable  excuse  for  pariting  violations.  Parking  Area  4 
is  overflow  space  for  all  student  parking  areas  Any  registered  student 
vehicle  operators  who  are  unable  to  find  spaces  in  their  assigned  area 
may  park  in  Area  4  at  any  lime  without  penalty  Supervisory  personnel 
In  the  MVA  Office  are  available  to  discuss  periling  problems  with  any 
student  or  faculty/staff  member. 

e.  Parking  permits  for  faculty  and  staff  are  Issued  initially  at  the  time  of 
employment.  All  permits  expire  on  August  31  of  each  year.  Vehicle 
registration  for  the  following  school  year  may  be  accomplished  by  the 
faculty  or  staff  memtiers  respective  department  at  any  time  after  July  1 
of  each  year.  Proof  of  ownership  or  legal  control  will  be  required  for 
each  vehicle  registered.  All  vehicles  must  display  permits  for  the  current 
school  year  after  September  30  of  each  year.  Permit  decals  must  be 
permanently  applied  on  windshield  and  rear  window  of  vehicle. 

f.  Vehicle  registration  Is  required  for  control  purposes.  Vehicle 
registration  does  not  necessarily  insure  that  pari<ing  space  will  be 
available.  Only  one  set  of  pari<ing  permits  for  each  vehicle  is 
autfiorized. 

g.  Student  vehicles  are  not  considered  officially  registered  until  permits  are 
permanently  affixed  on  driver's  side  of  front  and  rear  bumpers  or  on 
metal  plates  affixed  to  license  plates,  plainly  visible. 

h.  Temporary  partying  permits  for  visiting  groups  and  for  special  reasons 

and  conditions  are  available.  Requests  should  t>e  made  to  the  Motor 

Vehicle  Administration  Office.  Telephone  454-4242. 
i.  Parking  permits  cannot  be  transferred  to  any  vehicle  other  than  the  one 

for  whicfi  tfiey  were  originally  issued, 
j.  Parking  permits  must  not  be  defaced  or  altered  In  any  manner, 
k.  Temporary  and  permanent  special  penults  for  medical  reasons  are 

available.  Details  are  available  from  the  Motor  Vehicle  Administration 

Office.  Telephone  454-4242. 

3.  Traffic  Regulations: 

a.  All  motor  vehicles  are  subject  to  University  traffk;  regulations  while  on 
the  University  Campus.  The  University  assumes  no  responsibility  for 
loss  or  damage  to  private  property. 

b.  All  traffic  and  parking  signs  must  be  obeyed.  Behveen  the  hours  of  11 
p.m.  and  6  a.m.,  signs  at  unmanned  security  gates  and  officials  posted 


36     Office  of  Administrative  Affairs 


at  security  entrances  must  be  obeyed 

c.  It  is  impossible  to  mark  witti  signs  all  areas  of  University  property  where 
parking  is  prohibited  Parking  or  driving  is  definitely  prohibited  on  grass 
plots,  tree  plots,  constnjction  areas,  or  any  place  which  will  mar  the 
landscaping  of  the  campus,  create  a  safety  hazard,  or  interfere  with  the 
use  of  University  facilities. 

d.  All  regulations  must  be  observed  during  Registration  and  Examination 
periods,  except  as  may  be  otherwise  indicated  by  official  signs  During 
Registration,  periods  between  semesters,  final  examination  periods  and 
Summer  Scfiool  sessions,  registered  vehicles  may  park  in  any 
numbered  pari<ing  area. 

e.  Operation  of  any  motor  vehicle  in  such  a  manner  as  to  create 
excessive  noise  or  smoke,  or  operation  of  any  vehicle  which  is  in  an 
unsafe  condition,  will  result  in  revocation  of  parking  permit  and  issuance 
of  a  Maryland  State  Summons  for  violation  of  Article  66t  Annotated 
Code  of  Maryland 

f.  Pedestrians  shall  have  the  right-of-way  at  all  times. 
g.  The  maximum  speed   on  campus  roads  is  as  posted.   In  areas  of 

pedestrian  traffic,  drivers  must  yield  the  right-of-way  to  pedestrians, 
h.  Vehicles  operated  by  faculty/staff  and  students,  including  motorcycles 

and  scooters,  must  be  pari<ed  in  assigned  areas  only.  Certain  parking 

areas  are  restricted  to  Faculty  and  Academic  Staff  at  all  times.  This 

restriction  is  indicated  on  the  official  sign  at  the  entrance  to  the  area.  In 

all  other  parking  areas,  unrestricted  pari<ing  is  permitted  from  4:00  p.m. 

to  7:00  a.m.  Monday  through  Thursday,  and  from  4:00  p  m.  Friday  to 

7:00  a.m.  Monday. 
i.  Any  motor  vehicle  periled  in  violation  of  University  traffic  regulations  or 

abandoned  on  Campus  is  subject  to  removal  and  impounding  at  the 

expense  of  the  owner  or  operator.  (See  Regulation  4c.) 
j.  Specific  spaces  in  pari<ing  areas  shall  not  be  reserved  or  marked  for 

any  department  or  irxJividual 
k.  If  an  unregistered  vehicle  is  used  as  an  emergency  substitute  for  a 

registered  vehicle,  it  must  te  pari<ed  in  the  regularly  assigned  area  and 

an  immediate  report  made  to  the  Motor  Vehicle  Administration  Office, 

Ext.  4242. 
I.  In  parking  areas  which  have  mart(ed  spaces  and  lanes,  a  vehicle  must 

be  pari<ed  in  one  space  only,  leaving  clear  access  to  adjacent  spaces, 

and  witfiout  blocking  driving  lanes  or  creating  a  hazard  for  other  drivers, 
m.  Parking  is  not  permitted  at  crosswalks, 
n.  Part<ing  or  standing  is  prohibited  on  all  campus  roads  and  fire  lanes  at 

all  times. 
o.  In  cases  where  individuals  are  permitted  to  register  more  than  one 

vehicle  for  parking  on  the  campus,  only  one  of  these  vehicles  may  be 

parked  in  the  assigned  area  at  any  time, 
p.  Metered  parking  spaces  must  be  used  in  accordance  with  requirements 

as  stated  on  official  signs, 
q.  The  fact  that  a  vehicle  is  parked  in  violation  of  any  regulation,  and  does 

not  receive  a  violation  notice  does  not  mean  that  the  regulation  is  no 

longer  in  effect. 

4.  Traffic  Inlonnatlon: 

a.  The  Office  of  the  University  Police  is  located  in  the  Service  Building  and 
may  be  reached  on  University  campus  telephone  extension  3555 

b.  The  Cashier's  Office  and  the  Motor  Vehicle  Administration  Office  are  in 
the  Service  Building,  Campus  Telephone  Ext.  4242. 

c.  The  term  abandonment,  as  it  relates  to  automobiles  parked  on  property 
owned  or  leased  by  the  University  of  Maryland,  shall  mean  any  one  or 
nxjre  of  the  following  conditions: 

(1)Any  vehicle  which  has  not  been  moved  for  thirty  (30)  days  and 
whose  owner  or  other  claimant  the  University  is  unable  to  locate 

(2)  Any  vehicle  which  has  not  been  moved  for  thirty  (30)  days  and 
wtiose  identified  owner  or  other  claimant  refuses  to  move  it. 

(3)  Any  vehicle  on  which  current  license  plates  are  not  displayed  and 
which  has  not  been  moved  for  ten  (10)  days. 

(4)  Any  vehicle  which  has  not  been  moved  in  seven  (7)  days  due  to  an 
inoperative  condition  caused  by  the  removal  of  necessary  parts  or  a 
wrecked  condition. 

Preferred  partying  areas  for  car  pools  are  available  Formation  of  car 
pools  is  encouraged:  three  or  more  people  constitute  a  valkj  car  pool. 
Additkjnal  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Commuter  Student 
Office. 

5.  Violation  Fee*  and  Panaltiaa: 

a.  Any  person  connected  with  the  University  who  operates  an  unregistered 
vehicle  on  ttie  Campus  will  be  subject  to  payment  of  a  fifteen  ($15.00) 
dollar  penalty  in  addition  to  the  penalty  for  any  otl>er  regulatkjn  violatton 
connected  therewith 

b  Any  person  connected  with  the  University  wtx)  registers  a  vehicle  in  any 
way  contrary  to  the  proviskjns  of  these  regulations  or  knowingly 
provides  incorrect  information  to  MVA  will  tie  subject  to  payment  of  a 
$50.00  penalty 

c.  VIOLATION  OF  ANY  CAMPUS  TRAFFIC  REGUl^TION  OTHER  THAN 
IMPROPER  REGISTRATION  WIU  RESULT  IN  PENALTY  AS  LISTED 
BELOW: 

(1)  Penalty  for  parking  a  registered  vehicle  in  a  parking  area  other  tt>an 
property  assigned  area  $5  00 

(2)  Parking  a  registered  vehicle  on  a  roadway,  or  posted  no  parking 
area  $5  00 


(3)  Periling  any  vehicle,  including  cycles,  on  walks,  grass  area,  plazas, 
and  any  other  places  not  designated  as  areas  for  pariiing  $5.00 
Violator  will  tie  additionally  liable  for  amount  of  any  specific  damage 
caused  by  such  action 

(4)  Penalty  for  partying  an  unauthorized  vehicle  in  a  marked 
Medical/Handicapped  space  $20  00 

(5)  Penalty  for  parting  an  unauthorized  vehicle  in  a  marked  fire  lane 
$20.00 

(6)  Overtime  parking  in  metered  space  will  result  in  a  penalty  of  two 
dollars  ($2  00)  for  each  maximum  time  period  on  Itie  meter 

(7)  The  above  listed  penalty  fees  do  not  include  any  towing  and/or 
impounding  fees  which  may  l>e  incurred 

d  Violations  are  payable  within  10  calendar  days  from  date  of  issue  at  the 
office  of  the  Cashier  in  the  General  Services  Building,  and  an  additional 
penalty  of  $2  00  will  be  imposed  for  failure  to  settle  violations  on  time 

e  Traffic  violation  rwtices  issued  to  University  visitors  must  be  sigr>ed  arxJ 
returned  either  in  person  or  by  mail  with  explanation  to  the  Vehicle 
Administration  Office.  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park.  Maryland 
20742.  or  to  the  University  Official  visited  Violation  notices  must  be 
returned  within  10  days  after  date  of  issue  The  violation  may  be  voided 
at  the  discretion  of  the  Vehicle  Administration  Office,  if  it  is  not  voidable. 
it  will  be  returned  for  payment 

f.  Violations  involving  an  unregistered  vehicle  owned  by  a  member  of  ttie 
immediate  family  of  a  student  may  be  charged  to  the  student's  account 
unless  settled  by  the  individual  receiving  the  ticket,  in  accordance  with 
stated  privileges  granted  to  Visitors  and  Guests 

g.  Persistent  violators  of  traffic  regulations  will  be  referred  to  the  Judiciary 
Office  for  appropriate  action 

h.  Vehicles  parked  in  roadways,  fire  lanes  and  other  related  areas  as 
described  in  Section  3c  are  subject  to  being  towed  at  owner's  expense 

6.  Appeal*: 

a.  STUDENTS;  An  Appeals  Board  composed  of  students  who  are 
members  of  the  Student  Traffic  Board  meets  regulariy  to  consider 
appeals  from  students  charged  with  parking  violations  A  student 
wishing  to  appeal  a  partying  violation  MUST  register  at  the  Traffic 
Appeals  Table,  2nd  floor.  North  Administration  Building.  Parking  tickets 
must  be  appealed  within  ten  (10)  calendar  days  from  the  date  of  issue. 
OVERTIME  METER  violations  are  not  subject  to  review  by  this  board, 
and  malfunctioning  meters  should  be  reported  to  MVA.  ALL  ACTIONS 
OF  THE  TRAFFIC  APPEALS  BOARD  WILL  BE  FINAL. 

b.  FACULTY  AND  STAFF:  Faculty  and  staff  members  who  are  charged 
with  parking  violations  and  wish  to  appeal  MUST  submit  an  appropriate 
explanation  to  their  department  chairpersons  or  directors  within  10 
calendar  days  from  the  date  of  issue  OVERTIME  METER  violatkxis  are 
not  subject  to  review  by  the  departments,  and  malfunctkjning  meters 
should  be  reported  to  MVA. 

c  VISITORS:  Persons  who  are  not  students  or  emptoyees  of  the 
University  and  who  are  charged  with  parking  violations  which  they  wish 
to  appeal  MUST  sign  the  violation  notice  and  return  it  with  an 
appropriate  explanation  to  MVA  within  10  calendar  days  from  the  date 
of  issue  Malfunctioning  meters  shouW  be  reported  to  MVA  The 
violation  may  be  voided  at  the  discretion  of  tlie  MVA  Office;  if  not 
voidable,  it  will  be  returned  for  payment 

7.  Bicycles  at>d  Mopeds: 

Bicycles  and  mopeds  should  be  partied  in  bicycle  racks  provkled  on 
Campus  Maryland  State  Laws  prohibit  securing/  parking  a  bicycle  or 
moped  in  any  manner  which  would  obstruct  or  impede  vehicular  or 
pedestrian  movement  Violators  will  be  subject  to  having  ttieir 
bicycles  mopeds  impounded 

8.  Parking  Areas  for  Students: 

Area   1— West  of  Cole  Activities  BuiWing,   between   Stadium   Drive   and 

Campus  Drive 

Area  2— North  of  Denton  Hall  Dorm  Complex 

Area  3 — Southwest  Comer  of  Campus 

Area  4 — North  of  Heavy  Research  Laboratory 

Area  7— East  of  U  S  #1.  at  North  Gate 

Area  8— East  of  Wind  Tunnel  Adjacent  to  US   1 

Area  *9— Vicinity  of  Cambndge  Dorm  Complex 

Area  11 — Northwest  of  Asphalt  Institute  Buikling 

Area  1 2 — South  of  Allegany  Hall 

Area  14 — Loop  Roads  Front  and  Rear  of  Houses  on  Fraternity  Row 

Area  15 — Rear  7402  Pnnceton  Avenue 

9.  Parking  Ar«as  for  Faculty  and  Staff: 
Area  "A— West  End  of  BPA  Building 

Area  AA — West  of  Fine  Arts  and  Educatkjn  Classroom  BuiUing 

Area  *B — Adjacent  to  Computer  Science  Center 

Area  BB— West  of  Chemistry  Building 

Area  C — Adjacent  to  Turner  Laboratory  (Dairy) 

Area  CC — Bam  area 

Area  'D — Rear  of  Journalism  Buikling 

Area  DD— East  of  Space  Sciences  BuikJing 

Area  "E— Adjacent  to  Engineenng  BuikJings 

Area  EE — North  of  Engineenng  Laboratory  BuikJing 

Area  "F— Adjacent  to  Fire  Service  Extension  BuiWing 

Area  FF— East  of  Animal  Science  Building 

Area  GG — South  Center  of  Adult  Education 


Office  of  Student  Affairs     37 


Aroa  *H — Adjacent  to  Symons  Hall  and  Holzapfel  Hall 

Area  HH— Adjacent  to  H  J   Patterson  Hall— Botany 

Area  I — Rear  o(  Molecular  Physics  Building 

Area  J — West  of  Annapolis  Hall 

Area  K— Adjacent  to  General  Service  Building 

Area  KK — Rear  Chemical  Engineering  Building 

Area  L— Administration-Armory  Loop 

Area  "M — Ad)acenl  to  Infirmary 

Area  *t'4— North  of  Dining  Hall  #5  and  East  of  Elkton  Hail 

Area  NN— Adiacent  to  Building  #201 

Area  3 — East  and  West  of  School  of  Architecture  Undergraduate  Library 

Area  'OO— (West  Portion  Only) 

Area  OO — Adjacent  to  Zoology-Psychology  Building  and  Undergraduate 

Library 

Area  P — East  of  Wind  Tunnel 

Area  O— Rear  of  Jull  Hall 

Area  R — Circle  in  front  of  Byrd  Stadium  Field  House.  Stadium  Garage  and 

adjacent  to  Premkert  Field  House 

Area  Rl^ — West  of  Chemistry  Buikjing 

Area  "S — Special  Food  Service 

Area  T — North  of  Engineenng  Laboratory  Building 

Area  'TT — Service  Area  West  of  Physics  Building 

Area  U — Rear  of  McKelding  Library 

Area  UU— East  of  J  M.  Patterson 

Area  V— South  of  Main  Food  Service  Facility  and  West  of  Building  CC 

Area  "W — Between  Skinner  Building  and  Taliaferro  Hall 

Area  X — Rear  of  Chemistry  Building 

Area  "XX— West— New  Chemistry  Wing 

Area  Y— West  of  Chapel 

Area  YY— West  of  Cumberland  Hall 

Area  Z — Adjacent  to  Cole  Field  House.  West  Side 

Area  Z  Star — Rear  Cole  Field  House 

Area  1 9 — Lord  Calvert  Apartments 

Area  19 — University  Hills  Apartment 

Area  17 — Special  Parking  for  use  of  Center  for  Adult  Education 

'     Restricted  at  all  times 


Office  of  Student  Affairs 

Office  of  Campus  Activities 

The  Office  of  Campus  Activities  provides  advising,  consultation,  and 
assistance  to  Campus  organizations,  in  order  to  enhance  the  educational 
growth  of  leaders,  memtjers.  and  associates.  Efforts  focus  on  establishing 
varkjus  Campus  programs  for  the  benefit  of  the  University  community  and 
providing  various  leadership  development  opportunities  The  office  maintains 
records  pertaining  to  student  activities  and  coordinates  the  resources  of  student 
groups  and  other  Campus  agencies  to  promote  ongoing  functions.  This  office 
also  serves  the  liaison  tsetween  Maryland's  51  fraternity  and  sorority  chapters 
and  the  University  administration  Office  location:  1191  Student  Union  Building. 
Telephone:  454-5605 

Greek  Life  Office 

This  office  serves  as  the  liaison  between  Maryland's  53  fraternity  and 
sorority  chapters  and  the  University  administration.  The  Office  of  Greek  Life 
assists  in  the  development  of  programs  and  operations  for  the  Pan-Hellenic 
and  Interfratemity  Councils.  Through  the  utilization  of  total  University 
resources,  the  staff  assists  the  students  with  leadership  and  management 
training,  the  coordination  of  philanthropic  projects,  membership  recruitment. 
public  relations  and  the  participation  of  the  Greek  system  within  the  total 
educatkjn  of  the  University  community.  Office  location:  1191  Student  Union. 
Telephone:  454-2736 

Office  of  Commuter  Affairs 

The  Office  of  Commuter  Affairs  located  in  room  1195  Student  Union,  has 
established  services  to  work  on  tjehalf.  with  and  for  the  commuter  students  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  In  addition  to  the  services  descritied  below,  the 
office  is  actively  involved  in  several  research  projects  and  houses  the  National 
Clearinghouse  for  Commuter  Programs  Telephone:  454-5274 

Off-Campus  Housing  Service  maintains  up-to-date  computerized  listings  of 
rooms,  apartnoents  and  houses  (both  vacant  and  to  share)  Area  maps, 
apartment  directories,  and  brochures  concerning  area  eateries,  realtors, 
furniture  rental  agencies,  motels  and  tenant-landlord  problems  are  available  in 
the  office  Telephone:  454-3645. 

Carpooling  Students  interested  in  forming  a  carpool  can  join  the  individual 
match-up  program  by  filling  out  an  applicatk>n  at  the  Office  of  Commuter 
Affairs.  Student  run  regional  carpools  operating  from  Bowie.  Rockville.  White 
Oak  and  Oxon  Hill  are  given  assistance  from  OCA  Students  who  car  pool  with 
three  or  nrare  people  may  apply  at  (XA  for  prefer^ed  parking. 


University  Commuters  Association  is  advised  by  tfie  Office  of  Commuter  Affairs. 
UCA  is  the  recognized  organization  which  represents  commuter  interests  on 
major  campus  task  forces  and  committees  Some  activities  sponsored  in  the 
past  by  UCA  include  mixers,  lunchtime  speaker  senes  and  happy  hours 
Telephone  454-2255  (X  CARS) 

Shuttle  Bus  System  is  operated  by  the  Office  of  Commuter  Affairs  for  the 
security  and  convenience  of  all  students  The  bus  system  offers  five  distinct 
programs:  Daytime  commuter  routes,  evening  security  routes,  evening  security 
call-a-nde,  transit  sen/ice  for  the  Disabled  and  charter  service  Schedules  are 
available  at  the  Student  Union  Information  Desk,  the  Office  of  Commuter 
Affairs,  and  the  Shuttle-UM  Office  Telephone:  454-5375 

Counseling  Center 

Psychologists  provide  professional  counseling  services  for  students  with 
educational-vocational  and  emotional-social  adjustment  concerns  Educational 
specialists  provide  individual  and  group  wori<  for  improving  reading  and  study 
skills  Call  or  come  in  to  arrange  an  initial  conference 

The  Center  also  offers  a  large  variety  of  special  counseling  workshop 
programs  on  such  topics  as  assertion  training,  exam  skills,  reducing  smoking, 
vocational  planning  and  anxiety  reduction  Other  programs  include  a  series  of 
self  understanding  and  development  groups  Brochures  descnbing  all  of  these 
are  available  in  the  Center 

Available  in  the  reception  lobby  are  occupational  and  educational 
information,  and  tape  recorded  conversations  with  academic  department 
chairpersons  atx)ut  their  disciplines.  The  Center  provides  consultation  to  a 
variety  of  groups  and  individuals  concerning  organizational  development  and 
group  productivity 

The  Disabled  Student  Service,  providing  a  variety  of  services  for  disabled 
students,  is  also  located  within  the  Counseling  Center 

The  Center  produces  a  wide  variety  of  research  reports  on  characteristics 
of  students  and  the  campus  environment 

National  testing  programs  (the  CLEP.  GRE.  Miller  AnakDgies.  etc.)  are 
administered  by  the  Counseling  Center  as  well  as  testing  for  counseling 
purposes 

Office  location:  Shoemaker  Building.  Telephone:  Counseling  Services 
454-2931 ;  Reading  and  Study  Skills  Lab  454-2935. 

Health  Center 

The  University  Health  Center  is  located  on  Campus  Drive  directly  across 
the  street  from  the  Student  Union.  Undergraduate  and  graduate  students  who 
have  paid  the  health  fee  are  eligible  for  care  at  the  Health  Center  Services 
provided  include  both  urgent  and  routine  medical  care,  mental  health,  health 
education,  laboratory.  X-ray,  and  gynecological  services.  Specific  txjurs  of 
service  are  listed  in  the  Health  Center  brochure. 

Students  can  taest  be  seen  by  telephoning  the  Health  Center  for  an 
appointment,  and  "walk-in"  patients  may  encounter  a  longer  waiting  period  that 
students  who  have  made  an  appointment.  However,  any  one  who  is  injured  or 
seriously  ill  will  always  receive  highest  priority,  with  appropriate  referral  to  local 
health  care  facilitiess  at  his/her  own  expense. 

While  students  become  eligible  for  care  at  the  Health  Center  upon  payment 
of  the  health  fee.  charges  are  made  for  certain  latjoratory  tests.  X-rays,  casts, 
and  allergy  injections. 

It  should  also  be  noted  that  the  mandatory  health  fee  is  not  a  form  of 
health  insurance.  Therefore,  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  each  student 
maintain  some  type  of  health  insurance  coverage  Recognizing  that  many 
family  medical  plans  do  not  provide  coverage  for  college  age  students,  the 
University  has  negotiated  with  a  local  insurance  company  to  provide  a 
voluntary  comprehensive  student  health  insurance  policy  for  illnesses  and 
accidents.  This  policy  provides  benefits  for  hospital,  surgery,  emergencies, 
laboratory.  X-ray,  and  limited  coverage  for  mental  and  nervous  disorders. 

For  further  information,  call  454-3444;  appointments  454-4923;  Mental 
Health  454^925;  Women's  Health  454-4923;  Health  Education  454-4922, 

Intramural  Sports  and  Recreation 

In  their  leisure  time,  thousands  of  undergraduate  and  graduate  students, 
faculty  and  staff  members  take  advantage  of  the  many  physical  recreation 
programs  conducted  by  the  Intramural  Sports  and  Recreation  Staff. 

For  those  who  enjoy  organized  competitive  tournaments,  men  and  women 
(competing  separately)  may  choose  from  Bowling,  Box  Lacrosse,  Cross 
Country,  Foul  Shooting,  Golf,  One-on-One  Basketball,  Soccer,  Swim  Marathon, 
Touch  Football,  Weightlifting  and  Wrestling. 

Sports  offered  for  men,  for  women  as  well  as  on  a  coed  basis  include; 
Badminton  (Singles  &  Doubles),  Basketball.  Handball  (S  &  D).  Horseshoes  (S 
&  D).  Racquetball  (S  &  D),  Softball,  Swimming  and  Diving,  Table  Tennis  (S  & 
D),  Tennis  (S  &  D),  Track  and  field  and  Volleyball. 

Most  of  the  students  living  on  campus  compete  for  their  residence 
unit — dormitory,  fraternity  or  sorority,  while  commuters  either  compete 
unaffiliated  or  with  friends  from  their  high  school,  neighborhood  or  classes.  The 
ISR  Staff  helps  players  looking  for  teams  to  join  and  coaches  looking  for 
players.  Graduate  students,  faculty  and  staff  represent  their  departments. 

For  purely  recreational  purposes,  the  PERH  Building  has  badminton, 
basketball,  handball,  racquetball,  squash  and  volleyball  courts  available  along 


38     Office  of  Student  Affairs 


with  weighllifting  and  matted  rooms.  The  Amxiry  has  baskettjall,  volleyball  and 
tennis  courts  and  a  len-laps-to-lhe-mile  jogging  track  Ritchie  Coliseum  Is  used 
for  volleyball  also  There  are  two  swimming  pools — in  Cole  and  Preinkert 
Fieldhouses    There  are  38  outdoor  tennis  courts,  32  ol  which  are  lighted 

Student  employment  opportunities  abound  in  ISR  as  game  officials, 
tournament  directors,  recreation  supervisors  and  utility  personnel  are  needed 
regularly    No  experience  necessary 

Special  events  such  as  roller  skating  nights,  fiekj  goal-kicking  contests, 
ultimate  frisbee  tournaments,  sports  trivia  bowls  and  all-nighters  round  out  the 
fun-filled  program  provided  by  the  ISR  Staff.  Meet  them  in  room  1104  ol 
Reckord  Armory  or  call  454-3124. 

Judicial  Programs 

General  Policy 

The  primary  purpose  (or  the  Imposition  of  discipline  in  the  University  setting 
is  to  protect  the  campus  community  and  to  create  an  atmosphere  of  personal 
freedom,  in  which  the  rights  of  all  students  and  staff  members  are  fully 
protected. 

Students  may  be  accountable  to  both  civil  auttrarities  and  to  the  University 
for  acts  which  constitute  violations  of  law  and  of  University  regulations 
Likewise,  an  act  constituting  a  violation  of  the  resident  hall  contract  and 
University  regulations  may  result  in  rennoval  from  University  housing,  the 
imposition  of  disciplinary  sanctions,  or  both. 

General  Statement  of  Student  Responsibility 

Students  are  expected  to  conduct  ttramselves  at  all  times  in  a  manner 
consistent  with  the  University  responsibility  of  ensuring  to  all  members  of  the 
community  the  opportunity  to  pursue  their  educational  objectives,  and  of 
protecting  the  safety,  welfare,  rights,  and  property  of  all  members  of  the 
community  and  of  the  University  itself. 

Judicial  Programs  Office 

The  Judicial  Programs  Office  directs  the  efforts  of  students  and  staff 
members  in  matters  involving  student  discipline.  The  responsibilities  ol  the 
office  include:  1)  determination  of  the  disciplinary  charges  to  be  filed  against 
individual  students  or  groups  of  students;  2)  interviewing  and  advising  parties 
involved  in  disciplinary  proceedings;  3)  supervising,  training  and  advising  the 
various  judicial  boards:  4)  reviewing  the  decisions  of  the  judicial  boards:  5) 
maintenance  of  all  student  disciplinary  records;  6)  collection  and  disseminatkjn 
of  research  and  analysis  concerning  student  conduct. 

Student  judicial  board  members  are  invited  to  assume  positions  of 
responsibility  in  the  University  discipline  system  in  order  that  they  might 
contribute  ttieir  insights  to  the  resolutions  of  disciplinary  cases.  Final  authority 
In  disciplinary  matters,  however,  is  vested  in  the  campus  administratk>n  and  in 
ttie  Board  of  Regents 

Disciplinary  Procedures 

Students  accused  of  violating  University  regulations  are  accorded 
fundamental  due  process  in  disciplinary  proceedings.  Formal  njles  of  evkJence, 
however,  shall  not  be  applicable,  nor  shall  deviations  from  prescribed 
procedures  necessarily  invalidate  a  decisk>n  or  proceeding,  unless  significant 
prejudice  to  one  of  the  parties  may  result. 

Orientation — Maryland  Preview 

Upon  admisskjn  to  the  University,  the  students  will  receive  materials  about 
Maryland  Preview,  a  program  sponsored  by  the  Office  of  Orientation  The 
primary  purposes  of  the  program  are  to  provide  new  students  with  a  general 
ohentatkjn  to  the  University,  and  to  coordinate  their  academic  advisement  and 
course  registration.  During  the  program  students  tiave  the  opportunity  to 
Interact  formally  and  informally  with  faculty,  administrators,  undergraduate 
student  advisors  and  other  new  students. 

Freshmen  students  may  elect  to  attend  a  one-day  or  two-day  program 
Programs  for  freshmen  are  offered  during  the  monttis  of  June,  July,  August 
and  January 

Transfer  students  are  encouraged  to  attend  a  one-day  program  offered 
dunng  the  months  of  July.  August,  November,  January  and  April 

Parents  of  new  students  are  invited  to  attend  a  one-day  program 
specifically  designed  lo  introduce  parents  to  the  academic,  social  and  cultural 
milieu  of  ttra  University  These  programs  are  offered  dunng  the  monttis  of 
June,  July  and  August 

Religious  Programs 

A  broad  range  of  religkxis  traditkins  is  represented  by  the  several  chaplains 
and  religious  advisors  at  the  University  Individually  and  cooperatively,  they 
offer  many  servk»s  including  counseling,  worship,  student  opportunities  here 
arxJ  abroad,  personal  growth  groups,  and  opportunities  (or  servk«  and 
involvement  Office  kx»tk>ns:  University  Memorial  Chapel  and  2106J  Noith 
Administratk}n  Buikjir>g  TelepfK>ne:  454—5783 


Resident  Life 

On-campus  housing  in  ttie  36  undergraduate  resktence  halls  providaa 
clean,  safe  accommodations  which  are  nearest  (acuity  and  the  academic, 
cultural,  social  and  recreatkinal  resources  ol  ttie  campus  Single-sex  ar>d 
coeducational  lifestyles  are  available  in  the  halls,  which  accomnxxlate  from  35 
to  550  resklents  Traditional  residence  halls  and  apartment  suites  lor  lour  or  six 
students  are  available 

No  student  may  be  required  to  live  on  campus  Once  accommodated,  a 
student  may  remain  in  residence  halls  Ihroughiout  the  undergraduate  career. 
Reskjence  halls  are  reserved  (or  single,  (ull-time  undergraduates  An 
application  is  required,  and  is  made  available  to  each  student  upon  or  soon 
after  admission  to  the  College  Part<  Campus  Accommodatkxis  are  limited 
Most  ol  the  8,100  available  spaces  each  year  are  reserved  by  returning 
upperdasspersons  The  number  of  enlenng  students  (rom  wtx>m  applk^tions 
are  received  each  year  exceeds  the  approximately  3,000  spaces  which  renr\ain 
Applicants  who  cannot  tie  accommodated  at  the  start  of  classes  each  fall 
semester  are  placed  in  residence  halls  throughout  tfte  academk;  year  as 
vacancies  are  kjentified  Soon  after  application  is  made  for  housing  servnes, 
each  student  is  informed  of  the  likelihood  ol  secunng  accommodatkjns  for  tt>e 
start  o(  classes  and  the  advisability  o(  considering  other  housing  alternatives 

The  Department  of  Resident  Life  is  responsible  for  administenng 
management  functions  and  cultural,  educational,  recreatranal,  rights  and 
responsibilities,  and  social  programming  in  the  resktence  halls  A  staff  of 
full-time,  graduate  and  undergraduate  employees  in  each  o(  (ive  resklenlial 
communities  where  the  halls  are  clustered  help  to  insure  community 
programming,  physical  environment  and  administrative  needs  are  rrwt  These 
staff  wort<  with  other  Campus  and  Stale  agencies  to  provkje  services  and 
programs  in  accord  with  University  and  State  expectations 

Inquires  should  be  directed  lo  Information  Services,  3118  North 
Administration  Building,  Department  of  Resident  Life.  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Part<.  20742  (301)  454-2711     (301)  454-2711 


Maryland  Student  Union 

The  Maryland  Student  Union  is  the  community  center  of  the  College  Park 
Campus  for  all  members  of  the  University:  students,  (acuity,  staff,  alumni,  arxJ 
lf>eir  guests.  The  Union  is  not  just  a  building:  it  is  also  an  organization  arxJ  a 
program  The  Union  provides  (or  the  services,  conveniences,  and  amenities  of 
the  University. 

The  Union  was  built  and  furnished  witfx)ut  the  fielp  of  stale  or  federal  funds 
and  is  operated  as  a  self  supporting  facility,  drawing  its  income  from  revenue 
producing  areas  and  student  fees 

Building  Hour*: 

Monday— Thursday 7am— 12  mklnlght 

Friday 7am — 1am 

Saturday    Bam — 1am 

Sunday 12  nooo— 12  i 


Student  Union  Servicet  and  FacllKlet: 

Service*  Include: 

Bank 

Bookstore 

Bulletin  Boards 

Camping  EquipmenI  Rentals 

Campus  Reservatkjns 

Copy  Machines 

Display  Showcases 

Food  Servk»s 

Bakery 

Caleteria 

Fish  n  Chips  Shop 

Ice  Cream  Parior 

Pizza  Shop 

Roy  Rogers  Family  Restaurant 

Torluga  Room 

Vending  Room 

Banquets  and  Catering 
ln(ormatk)n  Center 
Lounges 

Meeting  Rooms  (Size  (rom  8-1000  people) 
Notary  Public 
Recreatkjn  Center 

Bowling  Lanes 

Billiards  Room 

Table  Games  Room 

Pin  Ball  Machines 
Record  Co-op 
Student  Offices 
TV  Room 
Ticket  Offee 

Cainpus  Concert* 


Office  of  Academic  Affairs     39 


Selected  Otl-campus  events 
Tobacco  Stxjp 

U.S.  Postal  Service  Automated  Facility 
William  L  Hoti  Movie  Theater 

Directory: 

Information  Center 454-2801 

Administrative    454-2807 

Bowling  Billiards 454-2804 

Dial  -an-  Event 454-4321 

Program  Office 454-4987 

Reservations-Union 454-2809 

Reservations-Campus/Chapel  454-4409 

Ticket  Office 454-2803 

Student  Entertainment  Enterprises    454-4546 

Union  Movie  Schedule 454-2594 


Office  of  Academic  Affairs 

Undergraduate  Admissions 

The  services  offered  by  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  are 
designed  to  meet  the  individual  needs  of  tioth  prospective  and  enrolled 
students  For  prospective  students,  the  office  provides  general  information 
about  the  College  ParV  campus  in  the  form  of  letters,  personal  interviews,  and 
campus  tours  It  also  evaluates  the  applications  of  both  freshman  and  transfer 
students  to  select  qualified  students  Services  for  ennjiled  students  include 
determining  students  eligibility  for  in-state  status;  acting  as  a  liaison  with  the 
academic  departments  for  the  evaluation  of  transfer  credits,  advanced 
placement,  and  CLEP  scores;  and  providing  any  additional  general  information 
requested  by  enrolled  students  Please  refer  to  page  18  for  more  information 
conceming  undergraduate  admission. 

Office  location:  Lower  level.  North  Administration  Building.  Telephone: 
454-5550. 

Student  Financial  Aid 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  administers  a  variety  of  financial 
assistance  and  student  employment  opportunities,  primarily  based  on  the  need 
of  the  applicant  The  staff  of  the  office  is  available  for  individual  counseling  on 
matters  pertinent  to  the  financial  planning  of  the  student  body. 

See  page  25  for  more  detailed  information  on  opportunities  for  financial 
assistance.  Office  location:  Room  2130,  North  Administration  Building. 

Equal  Opportunity  Recruitment 

The  Office  of  Equal  Opportunity  Recruitment  (OEOR)  is  the  primary 
recruitment  arm  for  attracting  minority  students  to  the  University.  OEOR  carries 
out  its  charge  by  making  visitations  to  high  schools,  community  colleges,  and 
community  organizations  The  office  facilitates  the  student's  admission  process 
and  provides  the  student  information  about  the  academic  and  student  life  of  the 
campus 

OEOR  welcomes  inquiries  from  students,  parents,  and  college  advisers. 
For  more  information,  contact  OEOR,  Room  0107,  North  Administration 
Building.  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742.  Telephone  (301) 
454-4«44. 

International  Education  Services 

International  students  and  faculty  receive  a  wide  variety  of  services 
designed  to  help  them  benefit  from  their  experience  in  the  United  States. 
International  Education  Services  works  very  closely  with  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions.  Other  services  provided  to  the  prospective  student 
include  special  advisement  and  orientations,  help  with  securing  housing, 
information  about  programs  of  special  international  interest,  and  assistance  with 
the  forms  that  are  required  for  compliance  with  immigration  and  other 
governmental  regulations 

Study  Abroad  Office.  American  students  and  faculty  receive  advisement 
and  information  alxjut  study,  travel  and  work  in  other  countries.  Students  may 
obtain  assistance  with  transfer  credits,  reenrollment,  pre-registration  and 
housing  for  the  semester  they  return  to  campus.  The  University  of  Maryland 
offers  study  abroad  programs  in  Israel,  London  and  Sri  Lanka.  Information  and 
advisement  are  also  available  about  programs  through  other  universities  to 
niKist  areas  of  the  world. 

Ttie  Office  of  Intematkjnal  Education  Services  is  located  in  Room  2115. 
North  Administration  Building.  Teleptxjne:  454-3043. 

Records  and  Registrations 

This  office  provides  services  to  students  and  academic  departments  related 
to  the  processes  of  registration,  scheduling,  withdrawal,  reenrollment,  and 
graduation.  The  office  also  maintains  the  student's  academic  records,  and 
issues   transcripts.    Telephone:   454-5559.    Staff   members   are   available   to 


students  lor  consultation  Location:  Registration  counter,  1st  floor,  North 
Administration  Building 

Office  of  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Studies 

Qenaral.  The  Offk:e  of  tfie  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  has  overall 
responsibility  for  undergraduate  advisement  on  the  departmental,  college  and 
divisional  levels  The  office  maintains  the  Undergraduate  Advisement  Center 
with  a  staff  of  advisors  for  students  who  have  not  yet  decided  upon  a  major 
Advisors  are  likewise  available  lor  students  interested  in  pre-prolessional 
preparation  for  medicine,  dentistry  and  law  Transfer  or  handicapped  students 
with  special  academic  problems  may  also  be  advised  through  the  office 

This  office  supervises  a  number  of  special  academic  programs,  including 
the  Bachelor  of  General  Studies  Degree  Program,  the  General  Honors 
Program  and  the  Individual  Studies  Program  The  office  interprets  and  enforces 
academic  requirements  and  regulations  for  undergraduates  and  administers  the 
program  of  Credit  by  Examination 

Academic  service  components  of  this  office  include  the  Career 
Development  Center,  and  the  Office  of  Experiental  Learning  Programs 
(Cooperative  Education,  internships,  volunteer  programs  (PACE). 

The  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  is  located  in  Room  1115 
of  the  Hornbake  Library 

Career  Development  Center 

General.  The  Career  Development  Center  (CDC)  supports  and  assists  students 
from  all  departments  in  early  and  systematic  consideration  of  career  questions 
and  concerns:  What  are  my  interests,  skills  and  values?  What  career  areas  are 
consistent  with  these  characteristics?  How  do  I  select  a  career  ot^ective?  Once 
decided,  what  are  effectfve  strategies  in  securing  a  job  or  graduate  school 
position?  Career  Development  Center  programs  and  services  are  designed  to 
be  most  effectively  used  by  students  beginning  in  the  freshman  year  and 
continuing  through  the  college  years.  Students  who  begin  to  effectively  plan 
their  education  and  career  early  will  be  in  the  best  position  to  place  themselves 
in  a  meaningful  and  rewarding  position  upon  leaving  the  University  of 
Maryland  The  Career  Development  Center  is  located  in  Rooms  3112,  3114 
and  3121  of  the  Hornbake  Library  Phone:  454-2813/14. 

Career  Development  Center  Programs  and  Services 

Course:  EDCP  W8D  &  L,  M.  N,  O.  P— Career  Planning  and  Decision  Making. 
This  course  emphasizes  the  learning  of  the  life  long  process  of  career 
planning.  Assignments  are  chosen  to  facilitate  self  and  career  exploration,  to 
teach  effective  decision-making  applicable  to  college  majors,  career  and  future 
life  and  to  develop  job  seeking  skills. 

Placement  Manual  and  Handouts.  The  Placement  Manual  provides  detailed, 
comprehensive  information  regarding  the  services  offered  by  the  Career 
Development  Center.  Career  planning,  job  seeking  strategies  including  resume 
writing  and  interviewing  techniques  are  discussed  and  employers  taking  part  in 
the  On-Campus  Recruiting  Program  are  listed.  There  are  also  numerous 
handouts,  available  to  all  students,  covering  a  wide  variety  of  career  planning 
areas  as  well  as  -CAREER  DEVELOPMENTS"— a  regular  newsletter  listing  job 
openings  and  discussing  career  topics. 

Credentials  Service  Credentials  are  a  student's  pennanent  professional  record 
which  must  be  filed  with  the  Career  Development  Center  by  all  senior 
education  majors  prior  to  graduation.  Credentials  also  may  be  filed  by  any 
student  or  alumnus  to  be  used  in  graduate  scfxxjl  application,  job  search  or  a 
future  career  change. 

On-Campus  Recniiting  Program.  Each  year  (500-600)  employers  and  graduate 
school  representatives  come  to  campus  to  interview  interested  students  who 
are  within  two  semesters  of  graduation. 

Career  Library.  The  Career  Library  is  a  fundamental  resource  for  career 
exploration,  decision-making,  graduate  school  planning  and  job  seeking.  It 
contains  comprehensive  reference  material  on  all  aspects  of  work,  education, 
and  career  exploration,  as  well  as  listings  of  job  vacancies,  employer  and 
graduate  school  information  and  job  seeking  guides. 

Career  Counselors.  Each  Career  Counselor  at  the  Career  Development  Center 
provides  active  liaison  with  a  UMCP  Academic  Division  including  Arts  and 
Humanities;  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences;  Mathematics,  Physical  Sciences 
and  Engineering;  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  and  Human  and  Community 
Resources  There  is  also  a  counselor  for  Undecided.  Pre-professional. 
Individual  and  General  Studies  students. 

Group  Programs  and  Campus  Wide  Events.  Group  programs  on  a  wide  variety 
of  career  development  topics  run  continuously  in  CDC.  Cfxxjsing  a  major.  Job 
Seeking  Skills,  The  Summer  Job  Search,  Orientation  to  O.   C.   R.   P.  and 


40     Office  of  Academic  Affairs 


Interview  Preparation  are  examples  Campus-wide  programs  including  Camp 
Day,  Career  Week  Seminars  Employers  Fonjm  and  Graduate/Professional 
School  Day  and  Job  Fair  bring  students  and  representatives  together  lor 
information  exchange  and  contact 

Office  of  Experientiai  Learning  Programs 

The  Office  ol  Experiential  Learning  Programs  (ELP)  supervises  a  number  of 
learning  opportunities  involving  participation  in  the  wori<  ol  the  community  and 
the  Campus  These  programs  encourage  students  to  lest  classroom  learning  in 
work  situations,  explore  career  possibilities  by  direct  participation,  or  enhance 
their  personal  development  through  work  and  volunteer  experiences  The 
programs  include  the  lollowing: 

Cooperative  Education  Program  In  Liberal  Art*  and  Buslnasa.  This 
program  allows  students  to  alternate  semesters  ol  on-campus  study  with 
semesters  ol  full-time  paid  work  experience  in  business,  industry,  or 
government  To  tie  eligible,  a  student  must  have  completed  36  semester  hours 
of  undergraduate  work  with  a  2  0  grade  point  average,  or  to  be  enrolled  as  a 
graduate  student.  While  positions  are  competitive,  and  while  opportunities  are 
greatest  in  technical  lields,  many  placements  are  available  in  areas  ol 
traditional  liberal  arts  study 

intamshlp*  and  Field  Experience  Coursas.  Many  academic  departments 
offer  opportunities  for  students  to  earn  academic  credit  (usually  J-6  hours) 
through  participation  in  activities  in  the  community,  accompanied  by  an 
appropriate  academic  product  stemming  from  the  experience.  Information  on 
the  campus-wide  field  experience  courses,  386/387,  is  provided  by  the  ELP 
staff.  The  student  should  be  aware  that  this  particular  set  of  courses  (386/387) 
can  only  be  taken  in  one  department  once  and  in  one  department  at  a  time  for 
a  total  of  no  more  than  24  semester  hours  of  credit  during  the  students 
academic  career.  ELP  will  help  students  to  match  their  interests  with  existing 
courses  and  community  placements  and  lind  departments  willing  to  sponsor 
activities  proposed  by  students  The  Office  also  assists  departments  in  finding 
suitable  placements  lor  students. 

Service/Learning.  The  Office  maintains  a  listing  of  over  500  organizations 
which  have  expressed  an  interest  in  wori<ing  with  University  of  Maryland 
student  volunteers.  Wittxjut  the  complications  of  arranging  credit  or  pay, 
volunteers  have  an  opportunity  to  investigate  their  interests  and  gain 
experience.  PACE  (People  Active  in  Community  Elfort),  a  student-organized 
program,  provides  educationally  valuable  volunteer  community  sewice  projects 
With  funding  from  the  Student  Government  Association,  PACE  arranges  lor 
transportation  to  the  volunteer  site,  develops  student  leadership,  and  acts  as  a 
liaison  with  the  community.  PACE  is  located  in  1101  ol  the  Student  Union 
Buikjing. 

Information  about  all  these  programs  may  be  obtained  through  the  Office  of 
Experiential  Learning  Programs,  0119  Hombake  Library,  454-4767. 

Degree  Programs 

Two  undergraduate  majors  are  directly  administered  by  the  Assistant  Dean 
for  Undergraduate  Studies:  General  Studies  and  Individual  Studies  Both  are 
designed  to  provide  an  alternative  academic  structure  lor  students  whose 
educational  interests,  process,  or  goals  do  not  readily  coincide  with  the 
rec|uiren>ents  of  an  existing  departmental  major  Both  programs  are  particularly 
appropriate  lor  transfers,  older  students,  and  others  whose  past  credits/or 
current  interests  span  several  fields  of  study. 

The  Bachelor  of  General  Studies  (BGS)  program  permits  students  to  obtain 
an  education  in  a  broad  range  of  disciplines  Course  selection  is  llexible,  but 
there  are  limitations  on  the  number  of  credits  allowed  from  any  one  department 
and  division 

The  Individual  Studies  Program  Is  for  students  with  a  clearty  defined, 
well-focused  area  of  interest  which  crosses  departmental  lines  The  proposed 
major  must  be  outlined  in  detail  and  accepted  by  a  faculty  review  committee 

More  information  on  both  programs  can  be  found  under  "Additional 
Campus  Programs'  in  this  catalog  or  from  the  Office  of  the  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Studies,  1115  Hombake  Library,  454-2530/31 

Minority  Student  Education 

The  Office  of  Minority  Student  Education  was  officially  created  on  July  1, 
1972,  as  a  result  ol  proposals  and  recommendations  submitted  to  the 
ctiancellor  from  the  Campus  Black  Community  and  the  Study  Commissk>n  on 
Student  Life.  It  is  responsible  (or  addressing  the  needs  of  minority  students 
during  their  experience  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  This  responsibility  takes 
ttie  Office  of  Minority  Student  Educatkin  through  a  broad  range  ol  concerns, 
from  the  introductkjn  of  minority  students  to  the  University  to  special  supportive 
programs,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  areas  of  recruitment,  retention  and 
graduatkin 

OMSE  seeks  to  develop  a  comprehensive  academk:  articulation  program 
that  will  facilitate  better  utilizatk>n  of.  and  linkages  with,  existing  University 
resources  This  includes  provkling  minority  students  with  meaningful  career 
advisement  in  areas  that  offer  both  good  job  opportunities  and  good  salaries 
For  general  program  mformatkin,  contact  Director,  Office  of  Minority  Student 


Education,  Room  3151  Undergraduate  Library  Pfione:  454-4901. 

The  office  is  directly  responsible  lor  the  administration  ol  the  Nyumburu 
Community  and  the  Minority  Advisement  Program  (MAP) 

The  lollowing  is  a  Ixiel  descnption  ol  the  programs  administered  tiy  ttie 
Office  of  Minority  Student  Education 

NYUMBURU  COMMUNITY  CENTER  Nyumbuai  (Swahili  word  meaning 
"freedom  house")  Center  functions  throughout  the  year  to  present  a  wide  rar>ge 
ol  cultural  events  through  a  vanety  ol  art  lorms  and  the  humanities  Programs 
and  activities  presented  by  Nyumburu  locus  on  the  black  experience  as  it 
exists  in  the  United  States.  Canbbean  and  Alrica 

Cultural  offenngs  at  Nyumburu  include  symposia  and  workshops  conducted 
by  visiting  artists  and  scholars  in  the  areas  ol  creative  writing  and  literature,  art, 
music,  drama  and  dance  A  Festival  ol  Black  Arts  and  a  Wnter  s  Conference 
held  annually  highlight  specific  areas  of  cultural  achievement  and  contnt>utk>n 
by  minority  peoples 

In  cooperation  with  the  Alro-American  Studies  Program.  Nyumburu  is 
er)gaged  in  research  projects,  such  as  examining  the  sources  ol  black  creativity 
and  historical  contritnjtions.  and  the  artist  s  conception  of  his  or  her  role  in  the 
life  of  the  community 

In  addition  to  these  activities,  Nyumburu  Center  serves  as  tfie  host/sponsor 
of  several  student  clubs  and  activities 

For  information  concerning  scheduled  activities  and  events.  Community 
Center,  Main  Dining  Hall,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park.  Maryland 
20742.  Phone:  454-5774 

me  MINORITY  ADVISEMENT  PROGRAM  (MAP)  is  an  advisement  program 
that  features  minority  peer  advisors  who  are  trained  to  assist  students  in 
choosing  a  major,  planning  a  career,  applying  to  graduate  or  professk>nal 
school,  or  just  plowing  through  red  tape  Referral  to  specific  offices  and 
agencies  both  on  and  off  campus  is  a  major  responsibility  of  MAP  staff  MAP 
staff  are  trained  in  a  specially  designed  course  devek)ped  and  taught  by  OMSE 
personnel.  For  infonnation  concerning  MAP,  contact  the  OMSE  office  at 
454-4901. 

Undergraduate  Advisement  Center 

Many  University  students  choose  to  be  "undecided"  about  chokw  of  major 
Some  want  more  information  about  job  opportunities  t)efore  choosing;  some 
may  be  considering  several  possible  majors;  some  are  trying  out  a  variety  ol 
courses;  some  really  don't  know  what  to  choose 

Whatever  their  reason  for  wanting  to  be  "undecided".  tt>ese  students  have 
an  administrative  home  in  the  Undergraduate  Advisement  Center  From  tfie 
center's  staff  of  advisors  they  can  obtain  much  of  the  assistance  ttioyll  need 
lor  career  decision-making,  academic  planning,  scheduling,  course  selectkjn, 
and  a  variety  ol  other  services 

Other  Services 

Pr*-Profes*ional  Advlaing:  offering  pre-pro(essk>naJ  advising  programs  in  the 
Pre-Medical,  Pre-Dental,  Pre-Law,  and  Pre-Allied-Health  areas. 

Trouble  Shooting:  trouble  shooting  lor  individual  students  wtio  are  having 
difficulty  with  administrative  procedural  problems,  such  as  transfer-credit 
evaluation,  schedule  revisions,  changing  Divisions  Collegea'Departments,  errors 
in  office  records,  etc. 

Policy  Interpretation:  keeping  advisors  inlormed  about  new  academic  polkaes 
and  helping  to  interpret  existing  policies  and  practices  This  service  is  available 
to  individual  students  when  they  come  to  see  us 

Information:  maintaining  a  central  file  of  information  atXMjt  academic  programs 
and  requirements  on  the  College  Park  Campus 

Coordinated  ProWem-Soiving:  coordinating  the  campus-wkJe  system  ol 
advising,  including  helping  individual  students  with  specific  advising  problems 

Cradlt-By-Exam:  administering  ttie  campus- wkle  program  ol 
credit-by-examinatton 

Academic  Advising 

Advising  is  an  essential  part  of  an  undergraduate  s  educatnnal  axperlerKcs 
at  the  University  ol  Maryland  From  onentation  to  graduation,  it  can  provide  tfie 
kind  ol  concerned  assistance  that  helps  students  interpret,  often  ennch.  ttieir 
perceptions  of  "being  in  college '  With  its  emphasis  on  decision-making, 
planning,  constructive  action,  effective  advising  highlights  tf>e  connections 
between  coursework  and  career,  between  learning  and  doing,  between 
accepting  advice  and  accepting  responsibility 

Advantage*  for  Studanta—  As  an  active  and  regular  portkrlpant  in  existing 
advising  programs,  any  student  can  reasonably  expect — 

(1)  to  better  understand  his  her  purposes  lo«  attending  ttie  Untveraity. 

(2)  to  devekjp  insights  atx>ut  personal   tiehavior   which   prorrxjtes   improved 
ad|ustment  to  the  campus  setting; 

(3)  to  increase  hishor  awareness  of  academic  programs  and  course  oWartng* 
at  Ck3llege  Part<. 

(4)  to    rrrare    Irequently    exptore    opportunities    outside    tfie    classroom    lor 


Office  of  Academic  Affairs     41 


intalleclual  and  cuttural  development: 

(5)  to  acquire  some  decision-making  skills  that  can  accelerate  academic — and 
career-planning. 

(6)  to  more  realistically  evaluate  his/her  academic  progress  and  its  relationship 
to  successful  planning 

Raquli^  Advlaing —  For  most  students,  advising  is  not  required  This  allows 
individual  students  to  decide,  on  the  basis  of  personal  circumstances  and 
needs,  whether  or  not  to  see  an  advisor  Certain  categories  of  students, 
however,  must  obtain  advising  assistance; 

Student*  ori  Academic  Probation—  Each  student  placed  on  academic 
probation  will  receive,  at  the  end  o(  the  semester  (or  which  the  probationary 
status  IS  imposed  a  statement  urging  himher  to  meet  with  an  advisor  as 
quickly  as  possible  The  Office  of  the  Registrar  will  have  primary,  but  not 
exclusive  responsibility  for  Issuing  lf>ese  statements 

When  a  follow-up  meeting  does  occur,  the  student's  advisor  will  record  this 
(act  in  the  student  s  official  (ile  within  the  division  or  college  Should  the  same 
student  subsequently  be  dismissed  (rom  the  University,  the  (act  o(  his/her 
rrieeting  will  Ise  considered  a  positive  (actor  in  reinstatement  procedures. 

Students  DIamlsaad  From  the  University —  Each  student  dismissed  (rem  the 
University  (or  academic  reasons  must,  as  a  condition  of  reinstatement,  moot 
with  an  academic  advisor  According  to  the  student's  individual  needs,  this 
meeting  may  occur  l>efore  or  a(ter  reinstatement  is  granted:  in  no  case, 
however,  may  a  reinstated  student  complete  registration  until  the  (act  o(  this 
meeting  has  been  acknowledged/recorded  by  the  advisor. 

Student*  Who  Withdraw —  Given  circumstances  deemed  appropriate  by  the 
Office  o(  WittxJrawal  and  Reenrollment,  certain  students  applying  for 
reinstatement  following  withdrawal  may  be  required  to  meet  with  an  advisor  as 
a  condition  of  their  reinstatement.  When  this  occurs,  the  fact  of  the  meeting 
must  t>e  acknowledged/recorded  by  an  advisor  before  registration  can  be 
completed.  The  intent  is  to  require  advising  of  those  students  who  have  a 
record  of  consecutive  withdrawals,  withdrawal  during  a  semester  following 
probation,  and  various  other  reasons  for  similar  concern. 

Student*  ^4earlng  Senior  Status —  After  a  student  has  earned  l3etween 
seventy  and  eighty  credits  toward  a  baccalaureate  degree,  that  same  student 
shall  be  urged  in  writing  to  meet  with  an  advisor.  This  meeting  is  for  the 
express  purpose  of  reviewing  the  student's  progress  toward  the  degree  and.  at 
a  minimum,  requires  the  advisor  to  detail,  in  writing,  all  coursework  yet  to  be 
completed  in  fulfillment  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Each  division,  college,  and  department  will  have  available  one  or  more 
advisors  to  meet  with  these  students  at  the  appropriate  times 

Hnding  an  Advisor —  Undergraduate  students  at  the  College  Pari<  Campus 
are  encouraged  to  use  the  many  advisement  opportunities  that  are  available  to 
ttiem.  At  all  academic  levels— divisional,  college,  and  departmental — at  least 
one  person  had  been  designated  to  coordinate  advising.  A  list  of  these 
persons,  providing  name,  room  number,  and  telephone  extension  is  published 
each  semester  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes.  Students  who  are  unable  to  locate 
an  advisor  or  who  have  questions  about  campus  advising  programs  should  visit 
or  call  the  Undergraduate  Advising  Center,  Room  3151,  Hornbake  Library, 
454-2733  Or  454-3040. 

General  Assistance —  giving  assistance  to  a  lot  of  students  with  different  kinds 
of  problems  and  concerns.  Undergraduate  Advisement  Center,  Room  3151, 
Undergraduate  Library.  Phone  454-2733  or  454-3040:  Pre-Professional 
Programs  (Pre-Dent/Pre-Med,  Allied  Health  Programs  454-5425;  Credit 
By-Exam/  CLEP/Advanced  Placement,  454-2731 . 

Undergraduate  Degree  Programs 

One  major  advantage  of  attending  a  university  campus  is  the  broad  range 
of  programs  available.  This  diversity  allows  the  student  to  change  from  one 
major  to  another  without  leaving  the  institutkjn,  to  choose  from  a  wide  spectrum 
of  elective  courses,  and  to  benefit  from  daily  contact  with  students  of  diverse 
academic  interests  and  backgrounds. 

The  undergraduate  majors  available  at  the  College  Part(  Campus  are  as 

folkiws: 

Accounting 

Advertising  Design 

Aerospace  Engineering 

Afro-American  Studies 

Agricultural  Chemistry 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Agriculture.  General 

Agronomy 

American  Studies 

Animal  Sciences 

Anthropology 

Apparel  Design 

Architecture 

Art  History 


Art  Studk) 

Astronomy 

Bkxhemistry 

Biok)gical  Sciences 

Botany 

Business.  General 

Chemical  Engineering 

Chemistry 

Civil  Engineering 

Comparative  Literature 

Computer  Science 

Community  Studies 

Consenration  and  Resource  Development 

Consumer  Economics/Consuriwr  Technotogy 

Cooperative  Engineering  Program 

Dance 

Dietetics 

Eariy  Childhood  and  Elementary  Educatk>n 

Economics 

Education 

Electrical  Engineering 

Engineering,  Undesigned 

English 

Entomology 

Experimental  Foods 

Family  Studies 

Finance 

Fire  Protection 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institutional  Administration 

Food  Science 

French 

General  Studies 

Geography 

Geology 

German 

Government  and  Politics 

Health  Education 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

History 

Home  Economics  Education 

Horticulture 

Housing 

Human  Ecology  Undecided 

Individual  Studies 

Industrial  Education 

Industrial  Technology 

Information  Systems  Management 

Institutional  Administration 

Interior  Design 

Journalism 

Kinesiologicai  Sciences 

Latin 

Library  Science  Education 

Law  Enforcement  and  Criminology 

Management  and  Consumer  Studies 

Management  Science-Statistics 

Mart<eting 

Mathematics 

Mechanical  Engineering 

Microbiology 

Music 

Nutrition 

Personnel  and  Labor  Relations 

Philosophy 

Production  Management 

Psychology 

Physical  Education 

Physical  Sciences 

Physics 

Recreation 

Russian 

Russian  Area  Studies 

Secondary  Education 

Sockjiogy 

Spanish 

Special  Education 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Textile  Mari<eting/Fashion  Merchandising 

Textile  Science 

Transportation 

Urban  Studies 

Zoology 


42     Awards  and  Prizes 


Honors  Programs 

A  number  of  special  opportunities  are  available  to  energetic,  academically 
talented  students  through  the  establishment  of  Honors  Programs  The  General 
Honors  Program  is  available  to  qualified  students  throughout  the  campus  In 
addition  there  are  Department  Honors  Programs  in  approximately  30  academic 
departments. 

General  Honors  is  intended  to  allov*  the  students  to  pursue  their  general 
education  at  a  challenging,  demanding  level.  Students  can  engage,  with  others 
of  similar  ability  and  varied  interests,  in  a  program  whose  emphasis  is  on 
interdisciplinary  and  educationally  broadening  activity.  These  studies 
complement  the  students'  specialized  work  in  whatever  field  Departmental 
Honors  Programs  offer  students  the  opportunity  to  pursue  more  deeply  their 
studies  in  their  chosen  fields  of  concentration. 

Both  programs  offer  challenging  academic  experiences  characterized  by 
small  classes,  active  student  participation,  and  an  Honors  faculty  that 
encourages  dialogue.  Individually  guided  research,  field  experience  and 
independent  study  are  important  aspects  of  Honors  work. 

Many  students  enter  the  General  Honors  Program  as  freshmen.  They  are 
selected  on  the  basis  of  high  school  records,  standardized  test  scores, 
personal  achievements,  and  other  evidences  of  ability  and  motivation. 
Undergraduates  already  on  campus,  majoring  in  any  department,  college,  or 
division,  and  transfer  students,  are  also  encouraged  to  apply  for  admission. 
Departmental  Honors  Programs  usually  begin  in  the  junior  year,  though  some 
start  earlier 

Students  who  successfully  complete  the  Honors  curriculum  graduate  with  a 
citation  in  General  or  Departmental  Honors,  or  both.  For  information  about 
Departmental  Programs,  students  should  contact  the  department;  for 
information  about  the  General  Honors  Program  write  to  Dr.  John  Howarth, 
Director,  Honors  Program.  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742. 

Special  Opportunities 

Advanced  Placement.  Students  entering  the  University  from  secondary  school 
may  obtain  advanced  placement  and  college  credit  on  the  basis  of 
performance  on  the  College  Board  Advanced  Placement  examinations.  These 
examinations  are  normally  given  to  eligible  high  school  seniors  during  the  May 
preceding  matriculation  in  college. 

For  achievement  of  a  score  of  five  or  four  on  a  given  examination,  the 
student  will  be  granted  Advanced  Placement  and  the  credit  equivalent  of  two 
semester  courses  in  that  field;  for  achievement  of  a  score  of  three.  Advanced 
Placement  and  the  credit  equivalent  of  either  one  or  two  semester  courses, 
depending  upon  the  field  of  the  examination,  will  be  granted. 

Credit  earned  by  Advanced  Placement  may  be  used  to  meet  major,  minor, 
elective  or  General  University  Requirements.  The  University  accepts  the 
Advanced  Placement  Examinations  in  the  following  areas:  biology,  chemistry, 
English,  French.  German,  history,  Latin,  mathematics,  physics  and  Spanish. 

Questions  atxjut  the  program  may  be  addressed  to  the  Director,  Special 
Advising  Programs,  Undergraduate  Advising  Center,  Room  3151, 
Undergraduate  Library,  College  Park  Campus  (Phone:  454-2733).  For  detailed 
information  about  examinations  and  procedures  in  taking  them,  write  to  Director 
of  Advanced  Placement  Program.  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  475 
Riverside  Drive,  New  Yori(,  New  York  10027. 

Concurrent  Undergraduate-Graduate.  A  senior  at  the  University  of  Maryland 
wfio  is  within  seven  hours  of  completing  the  requirements  for  the 
undergraduate  degree  may.  with  the  approval  of  his  or  her  provost  or  dean,  the 
chairman  of  the  department  concerned,  and  the  Graduate  School,  register  in 
the  undergraduate  division  for  graduate  courses,  which  may  later  be  counted 
for  graduate  credit  toward  an  advanced  degree  at  this  University  The  total  of 
undergraduate  and  graduate  courses  must  not  exceed  fifteen  credits  for  the 
semester  Excess  credits  in  the  senior  year  cannot  be  used  for  graduate  credit 
unless  proper  pre-arrangement  is  made.  Seniors  who  wish  to  take  advantage 
of  this  opportunity  must  formally  apply  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School. 

Study  Abroad.  The  Study  Abroad  Office  provides  advisement  and  information 
about  study,  travel  and  work  in  other  countries.  Further  information  may  be 
obtained  through  the  Office  of  International  Education  Services,  Room  2115, 
North  Administration  Building.  Telephone:  454-3043. 

Honor  Societies.  Students  who  excel  in  scholarship  and  leadership  may  be 
invited  to  join  the  appropriate  honor  society.  These  include  the  following: 

'Alpha  Kappa  Delta  (Sociology) 

•Alpha  Lambda  Delta  (Scholarship— Freshman  Women) 

Alpha  Sigma  L^mlxja  (Adult  Education) 

Alpha  Zeta  (Agriculture) 

Beta  Alpha  Psi  (Accounting  Major  in  Business  and  Management) 

Beta  Gamma  Sigma  (Business  and  Management) 

'Chi  Epsilon  (Civil  Engineering) 

Delta  Phi  Alpha  (National  German  Honors  Society) 

Eta  Beta  Rho  (Hebrew) 

'Eta  Kappa  Nu  (Electrical  Engineering) 

Gamma  Theta  Upsilon  (Geography) 

lota  lambda  Sigma  (Industrial  Educatk>n) 

Kappa  Delta  Pi  (Education) 


'Mortar  Board  (Women's  Scholarship  and  Leadership) 

Omicron  Delta  Epsilon  (Economics) 

'Omicron  Delta  Kappa  (Men's  Scholarship  and  Leadership) 

Omicron  Nu  (Home  Ecorramics) 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  (Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health) 

•Phi  Alpha  Theta  (History) 

Phi  Beta  Kappa  (Liberal  Arts) 

Phi  Delta  Kappa  (Educational) 

'Phi  Eta  Sigma  (Scholarship — Freshman  Men) 

•Phi  Kappa  Phi  (Senior  and  Graduate  Scholarship) 

■Phi  Sigma  (Biology) 

•Phi  Sigma  Alpha  (Political  Science) 

Pi  Sigma  Phi  (Business  and  Management) 

Pi  Alpha  Xi  (Floriculture) 

Pi  Mu  Epsilon  (Mathematics) 

Pi  Sigma  Alpha  (Political  Science) 

•Pi  Tau  Sigma  (Mechanical  Engineering) 

•Psi  Chi  (Psychology) 

Salamander  (Fire  Protection  Engineering) 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  (Women's  Music) 

Sigma  Alpha  Omicron  (Microbiology) 

Sigma  Delta  Chi  (Society  of  Professional  Journalists) 

Sigma  Phi  Alpha  (Dental  Hygiene) 

•Sigma  Pi  Sigma  (Physics) 

"Tau  Beta  Pi  (Engineering) 

*    Members  ot  Association  ot  College  Honor  Societies 

Commencement  Honors.  Honors  for  excellence  in  scholarship,  determined 
from  the  cumulative  grade  point  average,  are  awarded  to  not  more  than  ten 
percent  (10%)  of  the  graduating  class  in  each  degree  granting  unit  Summa 
Cum  Laude  is  offered  to  the  highest  two  percent  (2%)  Magna  Cum  Laude  to 
the  next  three  percent  (3%)  and  Cum  Laude  to  the  next  live  percent  (5%)  To 
be  eligible  for  this  recognition,  a  total  of  at  least  60  semester  credits  earned  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  is  required  Of  these  60  credits,  at  least  30  credits 
must  have  been  earned  at  the  College  Park  Campus  The  computation  of  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average  does  not  include  grades  for  courses  taken 
during  the  last  semester  of  registration  before  graduation;  these  credits  are 
included  among  the  60  hours  of  credit  requirement,  however  No  student  with  a 
grade  point  average  less  than  3  000  will  be  considered 

Awards  and  Prizes 

Academic  Awards 

MIKon  Abramowltz  Memorial  Prize  in  Mathematics.  A  prize  is  awarded 
annually  to  a  junior  or  senior  student  majoring  in  matt>ematic8  who  has 
demonstrated  superior  competence  and  promise  for  future  devekjpment  in  tfie 
field  of  mathematics  and  its  applications. 

Agricultural  Alumni  Award.  Presented  to  a  senior  who  during  his  or  her 
college  career  contributed  most  toward  the  advancement  of  the  College  of 
Agriculture. 

Agricultural    Engineering    Department's    Outstanding    Senior    Award    is 

presented  to  a  student  in  Agricultural  Engineering  on  the  basis  of  scholastic 
performance,  participation  in  ASAE  National  Student  Branch,  and  ottier 
extra-cumcular  activities 

AlA  Medal.  Awarded  annually  by  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  to  a 
graduating  student  of  architecture  for  outstanding  overall  academic 
achievement 

AlA  Certificate.  Awarded  annually  by  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  to  a 
graduating  student  of  architecture  for  academic  achieverT>ent. 

Allied  Chemical  Scholarship  Award  is  presented  to  a  student  in  Chemical 
Engineering  on  the  biasis  of  intellectual  capacity,  scientific  atjility.  breadth  of 
interest  arKJ  leadership  qualities 

Alpha  Chi  Sigma  Award.  The  Alpha  Rho  Chapter  of  the  Alpha  Chi  Sigma 
Honorary  Fraternity  offers  annually  a  years  membership  in  the  Atnencan 
Chemical  Society  to  a  senior  majoring  in  Chemistry  or  Chemical  Engineenng 
whose  average  has  been  above  3  0  for  three  and  one-halt  years 

Alpha  Lambda  Delta  Aiward.  Presented  to  the  senior  member  of  the  group 
who  has  maintained  the  highest  average  for  three  and  a  half  years.  She  must 
have  tjeen  in  attendance  in  tfie  institution  for  the  entire  time 

Alpha  Lambda  Delta  Senior  Certificate  Award.  Senior  members  of  Alpha 
Lambda  Delta,  honorary  scholastic  society  lor  women,  wtio  have  maintained  an 
average  of  3  5  receive  this  certificate 

Alpha  Hho  Chi  Medal.  Awarded  annually  by  the  Alpha  Rho  Chi  fraternity  tor 
architecture  and  the  allied  professions  to  a  graduating  student  ot  architecture 
who  has  made  a  distinctive  cont/ibuton  to  scfxwl  life,  emtjodying  the  kleals  of 
prolesskjnal  service  and  leadership. 


Awards  and  Prizes     43 


Alpha  Z«ta  Modal.  The  Professional  Agricultural  Fraternity  ol  Alpha  Zeta 
awards  annually  a  medal  to  the  agricultural  student  in  the  freshman  class  who 
maintains  the  highest  average  in  academic  work 

Alumni  HamlKon  Award.  This  award  is  offered  by  the  Engineering  Alumni 
Chapter  to  the  graduating  senior  in  the  College  of  Engineering  who  has  most 
successfully  combined  proficiency  in  his  or  her  ma|or  field  of  study  with 
achievements — either  academic,  extra-curricular,  or  both — in  the  social 
sciences  and  humanities 

Anwrlcan  Institute  of  Aaronautlcs  and  Astronautica  Award.  Free 
memberships  in  the  Institute  for  one  year  and  cash  prizes  for  the  best  paper 
presented  at  a  Student  Branch  meeting  and  for  the  graduating  aeronautical 
senior  with  the  highest  academic  standing 

Amarlcan  Inatltuta  of  Chemical  Engineer*  Award.  A  certificate,  pin  and 
magazine  subscription  are  awarded  to  ttie  junior  member  of  the  Student 
Chapter  who  attained  the  highest  overall  scholastic  average  during  his  or  her 
freshman  and  sophomore  years. 

American  Institute  ot  Chemical  Engineer*  Award  is  presented  by  the 
National  Capital  Section  to  an  outstanding  sophomore  chemical  engineering 
student 

American  InstHut*  of  Chemical  Engineers  Professional  Achievement 
Avvard  is  presented  by  the  National  Capital  Section  to  an  outstanding  senior 
chemical  engineering  student. 

American  Institute  of  Chemists  Award.  Presented  for  outstanding 
scholarship  in  chemistry  and  for  high  character 

American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  Award.  The  Maryland  Section  of  the 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  awards  annually  the  first  years  dues  of  an 
associate  membership  in  the  Society  to  a  senior  member  of  the  Student 
Chapter  on  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Civil 
Engineering. 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  Senior  Award.  Presented  to  the 
senior  member  who  has  contributed  most  to  the  local  chapter. 

American  Society  for  Testing  Material*.  Two  student  awards  are  given 
annually  to  engineering  seniors  in  recognition  of  superior  scholastic  ability  and 
denxjnstrated  interest  in  engineering  materials  and  their  evaluation, 

Appleman-Norton  Award  In  Botany  to  a  senior  major  in  Botany  who  is 
considered  worthy  on  the  basis  of  demonstrated  ability  and  excellence  in 
scholarship. 

Award*  for  Excellence  In  Teaching  Spanlah.  Presented  by  the  Department 
of  Spanish  and  Portuguese  to  the  three  graduate  assistants  who  have  most 
distinguished  themselves  by  the  excellence  of  their  teaching. 

Awards  for  Excellence  In  the  Study  of  Spanish.  Presented  by  the 
Department  of  Spanish  and  Portuguese  to  the  three  members  of  ttie  graduating 
class  who  have  most  distinguished  themselves  as  students  of  Spanish 
language  and  literature. 

David  Arthur  Berman  Memorial  Award  is  presented  to  two  students  majoring 
in  Chemical  Engineering  with  the  highest  cumulative  scholastic  averages  at  the 
end  ol  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year  and  who  have  been  elected  to  Tau 
Beta  Pi. 

Dinah  Berman  Memorial  Medal.  The  Dinah  Berman  Memorial  Medal  is 
awarded  annually  to  the  sophomore  who  has  attained  the  highest  scholastic 
average  of  his  or  her  class  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  medal  is  given 
by  Mr.  Benjamin  Bernian. 

B'nal  B'rith  Award.  The  B'nai  B'rith  Women  of  Prince  Georges  County  present 
a  Book  award  for  Excellence  in  Hebrew  Studies. 

The  Donald  T.  Booney  Honors  Award  is  presented  to  the  Chemical 
Engineering  student  who  has  made  the  most  outstanding  contribution  to  the 
profession  as  a  member  of  the  Honors  Society,  Omega  Chi  Epsilon. 

Business  Education  Award  of  Merit  to  a  student  in  Business  Education  in 
recognitran  of  outstanding  achievement  as  a  student 

Citizenship  Prize  For  Men.  An  award  presented  annually  as  a  memorial  to  the 
late  President  Emeritus  H.  C.  Byrd  to  that  male  member  ol  the  senior  class 
wtK>  during  his  collegiate  career  has  most  nearly  typified  the  model  citizen  and 
has  contributed  significantly  to  the  general  advancement  of  ttie  interests  of  the 
University. 

CKIzenshIp  Prize  for  Women.  An  award  presented  annually  as  a  memorial  to 
Sally  Steriing  Byrd  to  that  female  member  of  the  senior  class  who  during  her 
collegiate  career  has  most  neariy  typified  the  model  citizen  and  has  contributed 
significantly  to  the  general  advancement  of  the  interests  of  the  University. 


CRC  Engineering  Science  Achievement  Award  is  presented  to  a  junk>r  In 
the  College  of  Engineering  for  outstanding  scholarship,  leadership,  and  service. 

Bernard  L.  Crozler  Award.  The  Maryland  Association  of  Engineers  awards  a 
cash  prize  of  twenty-five  dollars  to  the  senior  in  the  College  of  Engineering 
who.  in  the  opinion  of  the  faculty,  has  made  the  greatest  improvement  in 
scholarship  during  his  or  her  stay  at  the  University 

Delta  Delta  Delta  Medal.  This  sorority  awards  a  medal  annually  to  the  woman 
who  attains  the  highest  average  in  academic  work  during  the  sophomore  year. 

Delta  Gamma  Scholarship  Award.  This  award  is  offered  to  the  woman 
member  of  the  graduating  class  who  has  maintained  the  tiighest  average 
during  three  and  one-half  years  at  the  University 

Delta  Sigma  PI  Scholarship  Key.  Awarded  to  the  senior  with  the  highest 
overall  scholastic  average  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management 

Distinguished  Accounting  Student  Awards.  Awarded  by  the  University  of 
Maryland  chapter  of  Beta  Alpha  Psi  and  the  accounting  faculty  to  the  ten  senior 
accounting  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  Accounting  in  the 
College  of  Business  and  Management 

Nathan  L.  Drake  Award.  Presented  by  the  Alpha  Flho  Chapter  of  Alpha  Chi 
Sigma  to  the  most  promising  student  who  is  majoring  in  chemistry  and  has 
completed  the  sophomore  year 

Education  Alumni  Award.  Presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  man  and 
senior  woman  in  the  College  of  Education 

Electrical  Engineering  Undergraduate  Association  Award  is  presented  to 

an  undergraduate  in  Electrical  Engineering  in  recognitk)n  of  outstanding  service 
and  leadership. 

Engineering  Alumni  Chapter  Award  is  presented  to  a  senior  in  the  College  of 
Engineering  for  outstanding  scholarship  and  service  to  the  College  of 
Engineering. 

Eta  Kappa  Nu  Outstanding  Senior  Award  is  presented  to  a  senior  in 
Electrical  Engineering  for  outstanding  scholastic  achievement  and  service  to 
the  society  and  department. 

Wesley  Gewehr  Award.  Phi  Alpha  Theta,  History  honorary,  offers  a  cash 
award  each  year  for  the  best  undergraduate  paper  and  the  best  graduate 
paper  written  on  an  historical  topic.  The  entrance  paper  must  be  recommended 
by  the  history  faculty  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Fort>es  Chocolate  Leadership  Award  of  Cleveland,  Ohio,  presents  a  $100 
leadership  award  to  a  major  in  Food  Science. 

The  Geico  Achievement  Award  is  presented  annually  by  the  Government 
Emptoyees  Insurance  Company  (GEICO)  to  an  outstanding  sophomore  or 
junior  majoring  in  an  insurance-related  field  such  as  Business  Administration, 
Marketing  or  Economics.  Nominations  are  made  by  the  faculty  based  on 
academic  achievement. 

Goddard  Medal.  The  James  Douglas  Qoddard  Memorial  Medal  is  awarded 
annually  to  the  male  reskJent  ol  Prince  Georges  County  bom  therein,  who 
makes  the  highest  average  in  his  studies  and  who  at  the  same  time  embodies 
the  most  manly  attributes.  The  medal  is  given  by  Mrs.  Anne  G.  Goddard  James 
of  Washington,  DC. 

Charles  B.  Hale  Dramatic  Awards.  The  University  Theatre  recognizes 
annually  the  man  and  woman  members  of  the  senior  class  who  have  done 
most  for  the  advancement  of  dramatics  at  the  University. 

P.  Ame  Hansen  Memorial  Award.  Presented  to  the  Outstanding  Departmental 

Honors  Student  in  Microbiology 

William  Randolph  Hearst  Foundation  Awards.  Categories:  general  news, 
features,  editorials,  investigative  reporting,  spot  news. 

Robert  M.  HIgglnbotham  Memorial  Award.  Award  to  an  outstanding  junior 
student  majoring  in  Mathematics. 

Home  Economics  Alumni  Award.  Presented  to  the  female  student 
outstanding  in  application  of  home  economics  in  her  present  living  and  who 
shows  promise  of  carrying  these  into  her  future  home  and  community. 

The  Joseph  W.  Houppert  Memorial  Fund.  This  fund  will  be  the  source  of  a 
cash  prize  to  be  awarded  to  the  undergraduate  student  who  writes  the  best 
essay  on  Shakespeare  during  ttie  academic  year. 

Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineering  Award.  The  Washington 
Sectkjn  of  the  Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineers  defrays  the 
expenses  of  a  year's  membership  as  an  associate  in  the  institute  for  the  sentor 
doing  the  most  to  promote  student  branch  activities. 


44     Awards  and  Prizes 


Jo«  EltMii  Jamet  Memorial  Award.  Gold  watch  annually  awarded  to  the 
graduating  senior  in  horticulture  on  basis  of  scholarship  and  promise  of  future 
achievement 

Charles  Manning  Prize  In  Creative  Arts.  Awarded  annually  to  a  University  of 
Maryland  student  for  achievement  in  the  creative  or  pertorming  arts. 

Maryland-Delaware  Press  Association  Annual  Citation.  Presented  to  the 

outstanding  senior  in  journalism 

Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Society  Award  to  the  outstanding  senior 
majoring  in  recreation 

Tlie  Men's  League  Awsrd  to  the  male  senior  who  gave  the  most  to  sports 

Men's  League  Certificates.  Offered  for  outstanding  achievement,  character 
and  service  to  the  University. 

Men's  League  Cup.  This  award  is  offered  by  the  Mens  League  to  the 
graduating  male  senior  who  has  done  the  nrost  for  the  male  student  body 

Motor  Fleet  Supervisors  Award  to  a  student  majoring  in  transportation  in  the 
College  of  Business  and  Management. 

National  Society  of  Fire  Protection  Engineers  Awards.  Presented  to  the 
most  outstanding  senior  and  sophomore  in  the  fire  protection  curriculum 

Omlcron  Nu  Sorority  Medal.  This  honorary  society  awards  a  medal  annually 
to  the  freshman  woman  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  who  attains  the 
highest  scholastic  average  during  the  first  semester. 

L.  W.  Parker  Memorial  Award.  Presented  annually  to  a  graduating  student  of 
Architecture  for  outstanding  architectural  craftsmanship 

Phi  Beta  Kappa  Junior  Award.  An  award  to  be  presented  to  the  junior  initiate 
into  Phi  Beta  Kappa  who  has  attained  the  highest  academic  average 

Phi  Beta  Kappa — Leon  P.  Smith  Award.  The  award  of  the  Gamma  of 
Maryland  Chapter  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  is  presented  to  the  initiate  senior  with  the 
highest  cumulative  scholastic  average  whose  basic  course  program  has  been 
in  the  liberal  studies. 

Phi  Chi  Ttieta  Key.  The  Phi  Chi  Theta  Key  is  awarded  to  the  outstanding 
graduating  senior  woman  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  on  the 
basis  of  scholarship,  activities  and  leadership. 

Phi  Sigma  Awards  for  outstanding  achievement  in  biological  sciences  to  an 
undergraduate  student  and  a  graduate  student. 

PI  Tau  Sigma  Outstanding  Sophomore  Award.  Presented  to  the  most 
outstanding  sophomore  in  Mechanical  Engineering  on  the  basis  of  scholastic 
average  and  instructors'  ratings 

Pi  Tau  Sigma  Memorial  Award.  Presented  to  the  senior  in  Mechanical 
Engineering  who  has  made  the  most  outstanding  contribution  to  the  University. 

Public  Relations  Society  of  America.  The  Baltimore  Chapter  of  PRSA 
presents  an  annual  citation  to  the  outstanding  senior  majohng  in  public 
relations 

The  Shipleys  of  Maryland  Award.  Cash  award  given  to  the  graduating  History 
major  with  the  best  academic  record 

Sigma  Alpha  Omlcron  Award.  This  award  is  presented  to  a  senior  student 
majoring  in  microbiology  for  high  scholarship,  character  and  leadership. 

Sigma  Delta  Chi  Citation.  For  Achievement  at  the  University  of  Maryland 

Sigma  Delta  PI  Award.  Presented  by  the  Department  of  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  to  the  graduating  member  of  Sigma  Delta  Pi  (National  Spanish 
Honor  Society)  who  has  rendered  ttie  greatest  service  to  the  Delta  (University 
of  Maryland)  Chapter. 

Or.  L«o  and  Rita  Sklar  General  Honors  Awards.  Dr.  Leo  Sklar,  A&S  37,  and 
his  wife,  Rita  Sklar.  annually  fund  awards  for  excellence  in  the  General  Honors 
Program  These  awards  are  given  to  outstanding  students  in  the  General 
Honors  Program. 

Algernon  Sydney  Sullivan  Award.  The  New  York  Southern  Society,  in 
memory  of  its  first  president,  awards  annually  medallions  and  certificates  to  one 
man  and  one  woman  in  the  graduating  class  and  one  non-student  who  evince 
in  their  daily  life  a  spirit  of  love  lor  and  helpfulness  to  other  men  and  women 

Tau  Beta  Pi  Sophomore  improvement  Award  is  presented  to  Vne  junkx  in  the 
College  of  Engineering  who  dunng  the  soptximore  year  has  made  the  greatest 
percentage  of  possible  improvement  in  scholarship  over  that  of  his  or  her 
freshman  year. 

Tau  Beta  Pi  Award.  The  Maryland  Beta  Chapter  of  Tau  Beta  Pi  Association, 
national  engineering  honor  society,  awards  an  engineer's  tiandbook  to  the 
junk>r  in  the  College  of  Engineehng  who  dunng  his  or  her  sophomore  year  has 
made  the  greatest  improvenient  in  scholarship  over  that  of  his  or  her  freshman 


year. 

The  Homer  Ulrlch  Award.  The  Homer  Ulnch  Honors  Awards  in  Performance 
are  presented  each  spririg  in  honor  of  Homer  Ulnch.  Professor  Ementus  and 
former  Chairman  of  the  Music  Department  Three  urxJergraduate  and  three 
graduate  performers  are  selected  in  a  departmental  competition  to  appear  in  a 
specially  designated  honors  recital  and  to  receive  an  honorarium 

Wail  Street  Journal  Achievement  Award.  An  award  to  the  outstanding 
student  in  investments  and  security  analysis  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management 

James  P.  Whsrton  Art  Award  Fund.  This  fund  was  ervlowed  by  tt>e  tormer 
head  of  the  Art  Department.  Cobnel  James  P  Wharton.  An  annual  award  of 
$200  00  is  given  to  a  senior  lor  special  achievement  in  Studio  Art 

Athletic  Awards 

Atlantic  Coast  Conference  Award.  A  plaque  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  senior 
in  each  conierence  school  for  excellence  m  scholarship  and  athletics 

The  Alvin  L  Aubir>oe  Baskett>ail  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  given  in  memory  of 
Alvin  L  Aubinoe  for  the  senior  who  has  contributed  most  to  ttie  squad. 

The  Alvin  L.  Aubinoe  Football  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  given  in  memory  ol 
Alvin  L  Aubinoe  for  the  unsung  hero  of  the  current  season 

The  Alvin  L  Aubinoe  Track  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  given  in  memory  of  Alvin 
L  Aubinoe  lor  the  senior  who  has  contributed  most  to  the  squad  dunng  the 
time  the  student  was  on  the  squad. 

Bob  Beaii-Tommy  Marcos  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  awarded  to  the  best  football 

lineman  of  the  year. 

John  T.  Bell  Swimming  Award.  To  the  year  s  outstanding  swimnrier  or  diver 

Louis  W.  Berger  Trophy.  Presented  to  the  outstanding  senk>r  baset>all  player 

Andrew  M.  Cohen  Tennis  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  awarded  to  the  member  of 
the  tennis  team  who,  judged  by  members  of  the  team,  contributed  the  most  to 
tennis 

William  P.  Cole,  III,  Memorial  Lacrosse  Award.  This  award,  offered  by  the 
teammates  of  William  P  Cole,  III,  and  the  coaches  of  the  1940  National 
Champion  team,  is  presented  to  the  outstanding  midfiekler 

The  George  C.  Cook  Memorial  Scholarship  Trophy.  Awarded  annually  to  a 
member  of  the  football  team  with  the  highest  sclx>lastic  average 

Joe  Deckman-Sam  Silver  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  Joseph  H. 
Deckman  and  Samuel  L  Silver  to  the  most  improved  defense  lacrosse  player 

Geary  F.  Eppiey  Award.  Offered  by  Benny  and  Hotsy  Alperstein  to  tfie 
graduating  male  senior  athlete  who  during  his  three  years  of  varsity 
competition,  lettered  at  least  once  and  attained  the  highest  over-all  scholastic 
average 

Hsiberl  K.  Evsns  Memorial  Track  Award.  This  award,  given  in  menxxy  of 
"Hermie"  Evans  of  the  Class  of  1940,  by  his  friends,  is  presented  to  a 
graduating  member  of  the  track  team 

Jack  Faber-AI  Heagy  Unsur)g  Hero  Awsrd.  Presented  to  (he  player  wtK)  best 

exemplifies  detemiination,  will  to  win,  and  pride  in  accomplishment. 

Tom  Fields  Award.  This  award  is  given  to  the  most  important  member  ol  ttie 
Cross  Country  team  based  on  the  qualities  ol  leadership,  dedication  lo 
excellence,  attitude,  and  personal  achievement 

HertMft  H.  Goodman  Memorial  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  awarded  to  the  most 
outstanding  wrestler  of  the  year. 

Jim  Kehoe  Rirtg  Award.  A  Maryland  Ring  is  awarded  to  tt>e  member  ol  the 
track  team  whose  dedicatk>n  lo  excellence  most  ctosely  exemplifies  that  of  Jim 
Kehoe,  one  of  Maryland's  greatest  trackmen. 

Charles  l.sroy  Mackert  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  William  K  Krousa  to 
Ihe  Maryland  student  who  has  contributed   most  to  wrestling  while  at  tt>o 

University 

Maryland  Rir>g.  The  Maryland  Ring  is  oflered  as  a  merrxyial  to  Charles  L 
Linhardt,  of  the  Class  ol  1912.  to  the  Marylarxl  man  wtx)  «  judged  tfie  best 
athlete  of  the  year 

Charles  P.  McCormIck  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  given  in  memory  of  Ctiartes  P 
McCormick  lo  the  senior  member  of  the  swimming  learn  wtxj  has  contributed 
most  10  swimming  dunng  the  swimmer  s  collegiate  career 

Edwin  Powell  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  the  Class  of  1913  to  the 
player  who  has  rendered  the  greatest  service  to  lacrosse  dunng  the  year. 


Awards  and  Prizes     45 


Sllv**t*r  Watch  (or  Exc«<l««c«  In  AthMIc*.  A  gold  watch,  given  In  honor  ol 
(ormer  PresidenI  of  (he  University.  R  W  Silvester,  is  ottered  annually  to  Ihe 
man  who  typifies  the  best  in  college  athletics.' 

TEKE  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  the  Maryland  Chapter  of  Tau  Kappa 
Epsilon  Fraternity  to  the  student  who  during  four  years  at  the  University  has 
rendered  Ihe  greatest  service  to  football 

Robert  E.  Thcofeld  Memorial.  This  trophy  is  presented  by  Dr  and  Mrs  Harry 
S  Hoffman  and  is  awarded  lo  the  golfer  who  most  nearly  exemplifies  the 
competitive  spirit  and  strong  character  ol  Robert  E  Theoleld.  a  former  member 
of  the  boxing  team 

The  Dr.  Reginald  Van  Trump  Truitt  Award.  This  award  is  given  to  a  senior 
attackman  in  lacrosse  (midfield  or  attack)  lor  scholastic  attainments  and  team 
performance 

University  of  Maryland  Swimming  Aaaociatlon  Scholar  Athlete  Award.  This 
award  is  given  to  the  swimmer  who  has  compiled  the  best  combination 
academic  and  aquatic  record 

Air  Force  ROTC  Awards 

Aaroapace  Education  Foundation  W.  Randolph  Lovelace  Memorial  Award. 

Recognizes  the  most  outstanding  Air  Force  Association  Award  winner  from 
each  of  the  seven  geographical  areas 

Air  Force  Aaaociatlon  Award  to  the  outstanding  senior  cadet  who  has 
excelled  in  field  training,  possesses  individual  leadership  characteristics,  ranks 
in  the  upper  10%  of  his  or  her  class  in  the  university  and  the  upper  5%  of  his 
or  her  ROTC  class,  and  has  outstanding  promotion  potential 

Air  Force  Historical  Foundation  Award  to  an  AFROTC  cadet/commissionee 
in  recognition  of  leadership,  citizenship,  academic  achievement,  and  military 
performance  Award  is  a  $1,000  scholarship  for  graduate  study  in  a  field 
beneficial  to  Air  Force  and  American  Aviaton  Technology. 

Air  Force  ROTC  Field  Training  Awarda.  Awarded  at  field  training  for 
outstanding  performance  in  specific  areas  ol  field  training.  Awards  include 
AFROTC  Commandant's  Award;  AFROTC  Vice  Commandants  Award; 
AFROTC  Athletic  Award;  AFROTC  Marksmanship  Award;  AFROTC  Academic 
Achievement  Award. 

Air  Force  ROTC  Sponsored  Awards  to  cadets  who  have  excelled  in  specific 
areas.  Included  are  AFROTC  Superior  Performance  Ribbon;  AFROTC 
Leadership  Ribbon;  AFROTC  Distinctive  GMC  Cadet  Ribbon;  AFROTC  Honors 
Ribbon;  College  Scholarship  Recipient  Ribbon;  and  Category  IP,  IN,  and  IM 
Ribbons. 

Air  Force  ROTC  Vaior  Awarda  to  cadets  for  voluntary  act  of  valor  (Gold  valor 
award)  involving  physical  risk  without  regard  to  personal  safety  or  to  a  cadet  for 
voluntary  act  of  valor  (Silver  valor  award)  requiring  strength  of  mind  or  spirit  to 
react  promptly  and  correctly  in  a  critical  situation. 

Aiumni  Cup.  Presented  to  the  second  semester  Air  Science  senior  cadet  who 
has  achieved  the  highest  cumulative  grade  point  average  within  the  Corps  of 
Cadets. 

American  Defense  Preparedness  Association  Award.  Presented  to  the 
outstanding  senior  cadet  who  has  an  academic  average  which  places  him  or 
her  in  the  upper  hall  of  his  or  her  entire  class  at  the  University,  has  received  no 
grade  in  the  advanced  ROTC  courses  less  than  B,  is  in  upper  20%  of  total 
senior  enrollment  at  the  University  of  Maryland  has  participated  actively  in 
athletics  and/or  campus  activities,  and  has  demonstrated  outstanding 
leadership  qualities. 

American  Fighter  Aoas  Award  recognizes  the  outstanding  graduating  cadet 
pilot  in  each  geographical  area  based  on  his  or  her  performance  and 
achievements  as  an  AFROTC  cadet  and  his  or  her  performance  in  the  flight 
instruction  program. 

American  l.agion  Outstanding  Senior  Cadet.  This  award  is  sponsored  by  the 
American  Legion,  Department  of  Maryland,  and  is  presented  to  the  cadet  best 
described  as  the  "Outstanding  ROTC  Senior." 

American  Legion  ROTC  Gerterai  Military  Excelletwe  Awards  to  a  senior 
(Gold  award)  and  a  junior  (Silver  award)  in  the  upper  25%  of  his  or  her 
AFROTC  class  demonstrating  outstanding  qualities  in  military  leadership, 
discipline,  and  character 

American  Legion  ROTC  Schoiaatic  Award  to  an  outstar>ding  senior  (Gold 
award)  and  junior  (Silver  award)  who  are  in  the  upper  10%  of  their  dass  in  the 
University  and  have  demonstrated  high  qualities  in  military  leadership. 

Angei  Flight  Freshman  Award  to  the  distinctive  freshman  cadet  in  the 
General  Military  Course. 


Armed  Forc«8  Communlcatlona  and  Elactronlca  Aaaociatlon  Award  to  ttie 
outstanding  senior  cadet  who  is  preparing  for  a  career  In  this  technical  area 
and  has  demonstrated  outstanding  qualities  ol  military  leadership,  high  moral 
character,  and  definite  aptitude  lor  military  service 

Armed  Forces  Communlcatlona  and  Electronic  Association  Scholarship 
Award  ol  one  $500  scholarship  annually  to  a  sophonrrare  AFROTC  cadet  lor 
undergraduate  or  University  study  in  electrical  engineering,  communications 
engineenng  arxlor  technical  photography 

Arnold  Air  Society  GMC  Cadet  Award  lo  the  freshman  or  sophomore  cadet 
who  has  demonstrated  outstanding  quality  in  areas  of  attitude,  personal 
appearance,  and  military  krK>wledge 

Captain  Fred  H.  Jones  Award.  Presented  to  the  most  outstanding  memt>er  of 
the  Maryland  Honor  Guard. 

Civil  Air  Patrol  Awarda.  Presented  by  the  Prince  Georges  Composite 
Squadron  to  the  Corps  of  Cadets,  Maryland  Honor  Guard  and  the  Arnold  Air 
Society  in  appreciation  for  instructional  aid  donated 

Cobientz  Memorial  Cup  to  the  commander  of  the  best  drilled  flight  within  the 
Corps  of  Cadets 

Commandant  of  Cadata  Award  to  the  senior  cadet  wfiose  increased 
officership  potential  has  been  significantly  reflected  in  a  Cadet  Corps  activity 
under  his  or  her  management 

Daughters  of  Founders  and  Patriots  of  America  Award  to  a  qualified 
sophomore  cadet  who  has  demonstrated  qualities  ol  dependability,  good 
character,  adherence  to  military  discipline,  leadership  potential,  patriotism,  arnj 
understanding  of  the  importance  of  the  American  heritage  and  is  also  in  the 
upper  10%  of  the  sophomore  cadets. 

Daughters  of  tfte  American  Revolution  Award  to  the  senior  cadet  who  has 
demonstrated  high  qualities  of  dependability,  good  character,  adherence  to 
military  discipline,  and  leadership  ability. 

Disabled  American  Veterana  Cup  to  the  senior  cadet  who  has  displayed 
outstanding  leadership,  scholarship,  and  citizenship. 

George  M.  Relley  Award  to  the  memt>er  of  the  flight  instruction  program 
showing  the  highest  aptitude  for  flying  as  demonstrated  by  his  or  her 
performance  in  the  program. 

Governor's  Cup  to  the  one  cadet  chosen  as  Cadet  of  the  Year  in  competition 
with  all  other  cadets  in  the  corps  within  the  Corps  of  Cadets. 

Kitty  Hawk  Youth  Award  to  individual  or  team  of  individuals  who  has 
performed,  demonstrated,  or  contributed  a  notable  achievement  in  the  field  of 
aviation,  aerospace,  or  related  allied  areas  of  endeavor. 

l.eglon  of  Vaior  Bronze  Cross  for  Achievement  Award  recognizes  one 
cadet  from  each  geographical  area  for  his  performance  and  achievements  as 
an  AFROTC  cadet 

Lt.  Coi.  Virgil  I.  Grisson  Memorial  Award  to  junior  cadets  who  have 
demonstrated  outstanding  academic  ability  and  military  achievements.  Award 
consists  of  a  $2,000  scholarship,  with  $1,000  granted  annually. 

Military  Order  of  World  Wars  Award  to  the  Aerospace  Studies  cadets 
recognized  as  the  most  improved  within  his  year  category. 

National  Defense  Tranaportatlon  Association  Award  to  the  outstanding 
senior  cadet  majoring  in  transportation. 

Natlonai  Sojourners  Award  to  an  outstanding  sophomore  or  junior  cadet  who 
has  contributed  the  most  to  encourage  and  demonstrate  Americanism  within 
the  Corps  of  Cadets  and  on  the  campus. 

Professor  of  Aerospace  Studies  Award  to  the  senior  cadet  who  has 
distinguished  himself  through  excellence  ol  leadership  in  the  Corps  of  Cadets. 

Reserve  Officer  Association  Awards  to  the  senior  cadet  (Gold  award),  junior 
cadet  (Silver  award),  and  sophomore  cadet  (Bronze  award)  demonstrating 
outstanding  academic  achievement  in  AFROTC  subject  matter  and  highest 
officer  potential.  Ribbons  of  merit  are  presented  to  members  of  the  freshman 
and  the  sophomore  classes 

Retired  Officers  Association  of  Maryland,  Prince  Georges  County,  Award. 

Presented  to  the  sophomore  cadet  who,  by  living  example,  best  typifies  the 
term  "Outstanding  Officer  Potential." 

Society  of  American  Military  Engineers  Award  to  recognize  20  junior  or 
senior  cadets  nationally  displaying  outstanding  scholastic  achievement  and 
leadership  and  majoring  in  the  field  of  engineering. 

Sons  of  the  American  Revolution  Award  to  a  junior  cadet  in  the  Two-Year 
Program  or  a  freshman  cadet  in  the  Four- Year  Program  who  has  shown  a  high 
degree  of  merit  in  his  or  her  leadership  qualities,  soldierty  bearing  and  all 
around  excellence  in  the  AFROTC  program  studies  and  activities. 


46     University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records 


Sun  Newspaper  Award  to  the  best  drilled  sophomore  cadet  in  the  Corps  ol 
Cadets 

Tuakagee  Airman,  Eaat  Coaat  Chapter,  Award.  Presented  for  leadership  in 
the  field  of  academics 

Music  Awards 

Director's  Award  to  the  outstanding  memtser  of  the  Marching  Band. 

Compoaltlon  Prize  to  the  outstanding  student  composition  of  the  year 

Homer     Ulrlch     Perlormance     Awards.     Undergraduate:     Piano,     Voice, 
Instruments  Graduate;  Piano,  Voice.  Instruments 

Kappa  Kappa  Pal  Award  to  the  most  outstanding  band  member  of  the  year 

PI  Kappa  Lambda  Scholar  Award  to  the  outstanding  undergraduate  student 
newly  elected  to  membership  in  Pi  Kappa  Lambda 

Presser  Scholar  Award  to  the  outstanding  senior  music  major 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  Alumnae  Award  tor  outstanding  musical  performance. 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  Dean's  Honor  Award  for  service  and  dedication. 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  Honor  CertHlcate  to  the  senior  with  the  highest  scholastic 
average. 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  Leadership  Award  based  on  personality  student  activities, 
fraternity  service,  and  scholarship 

Tau  Beta  Sigma  Award  to  the  outstanding  band-sorority  member  of  the  year. 

Student  Government  Awards 

Certificates  ol  Appreciation  are  awarded  to  the  members  of  the  S.G.A. 
legislature  and  Keys  to  the  members  of  the  Cabinet. 

University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of 
Student  Records 

Buckley  Amendment 

The  University  of  Maryland  adheres  to  a  policy  of  compliance  with  the 
Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (Buckley  Amendment).  As  such,  it  is 
the  policy  of  the  University  (1)  to  permit  students  to  inspect  their  education 
records,  (2)  to  limit  disclosure  to  others  of  personally  identifiable  information 
from  education  records  without  students'  prior  written  consent,  and  (3)  to 
provide  students  the  opportunity  to  seek  correction  of  ttieir  educatkjn  records 
where  appropriate 

/.  Definitions 

A.  "Student'  means  an  individual  who  is  or  who  has  been  in  attendance  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  It  does  not  include  any  applicant  tor 
admission  to  the  University  who  does  not  matriculate,  even  if  he  or  she 
previously  attended  the  University  (Please  note,  however,  that  such  an 
applicant  would  t>e  considered  a  'student'  with  respect  to  his  or  her 
records  relating  to  that  previous  attendance.) 

B.  "Education  records"  include  those  records  which  contain  information 
directly  related  to  a  student  and  which  are  maintained  as  offk:ial 
wori<ing  files  by  the  University  The  following  are  not  educatton  records: 

(1)  records  atx)ut  students  made  by  professors  and  administrators  for 
their  own  use  and  not  shown  to  others; 

(2)  campus  police  records  maintained  solely  for  law  enforcement 
purposes  and  kept  separate  from  the  education  records  described 
above; 

(3)  employment  records,  except  where  a  currently  enrolled  student  is 
employed  as  a  result  ol  his  or  her  status  as  a  student: 

(4)  records  of  a  physician,  psychologist,  or  other  recognized 
professional  or  paraprofessional  made  or  used  only  for  treatment 
purposes  and  available  only  to  persons  provkjing  treatment 
However,  these  records  may  be  reviewed  by  an  appropriate 
professional  of  the  student  s  choice: 

(5)  records  which  contain  only  information  relating  to  a  person's 
activities  after  that  person  is  no  longer  a  student  at  the  University 

II.  It  is  the  policy  ol  the  University  of  Maryland  to  permit  students  to  inspect 
tfieir  education  records 

A.  Right  of  Access 

Each  student  has  a  right  of  access  to  his  or  her  education  records, 
except  confidential  letters  of  recommendation  received  prior  to  January 
1,  1975,  and  financial  records  of  the  student's  parents 

B.  Waiver 

A  student  may.  by  a  signed  writing,  waive  his  or  her  right  of  access  to 
confidential  recommendations  in  three  areas:  admisskxi  to  any 
educational   institutk>n,   job  placement,   and   receipt  of   honors   and 


awards.  The  University  will  not  require  such  waivers  as  a  conditk)n  for 
admisskxi  or  receipt  ol  any  servk»  or  t>errafit  normally  provided  to 
students  II  the  student  chooses  to  waive  his  or  her  right  of  access,  he 
or  she  will  tie  notified,  upon  written  request,  of  the  names  of  all  persons 
making  confidential  recommendations  Such  recommerxlations  will  t>e 
used  only  for  the  purpose  for  which  they  were  specifically  intended  A 
waiver  may  be  revoked  in  wnting  at  any  time,  and  the  revocation  will 
apply  to  all  subsequent  recommendations,  but  not  to  recommendations 
received  while  the  waiver  was  in  effect 

C.  Types  and  (.ocatlons  of  Education   Records,   Titles  of  Records 
Custodians 

Please  note  that  all  requests  for  access  to  records  should  t>e  routed 
through  the  RegistratKins  Office  (see  II  D  bekm) 

(1)  Admissions 

Applications  and  transcripts  from  institutions  previously  attended 

a.  Undergraduate — Director  of  Undergraduate  Admisskjns.   h4orth 
Administration 

b.  Graduate — Director  of  Graduate  Records,  South  Administration 

(2)  Registrations 

All  on  going  academic  and  biographical  records  Graduate  arxl 
Undergraduate — Director  of  Registratkins.  North  Administration 

(3)  Departments 

Departmental  offices:  Chairmen  (Check  first  with  ttie  Director  of 
Registrations)  (Miscellaneous  records  kept  vary  with  tf>e 
department ) 

(4)  Deans  and  Provosts 

Deans  and  Provosts  offices  of  each  school    Miscellaneous  records 

(5)  Resident  Lite 

North  Administration,  Director  of  Resident  Life  Student's  housir>g 
records. 

(6)  Advisors 

Pre-law  Advisor:  Tydings  Hall  Pre-Dental  Advisor:  Turner  Laboratory 
Pre-Medical  Advisor:  Turner  Latxjratory 

Letters  ol  evaluation,  personal  information  sheet,  transcript,  test 
scores  (if  student  permits) 

(7)  Judicial  Affairs 

North  Administration  Buikjing,  Director  of  Judicial  Affairs  Students' 
judicial  and  disciplinary  records. 

(8)  Counseling  Center 

Shoemaker  Hall,  Director  Bk>graphical  data,  summaries  of 
conversations  with  students  test  results  (Where  records  are  made 
and  used  only  for  treatment  purposes,  they  are  not  education 
records  and  are  not  subject  to  this  p>olicy  ) 

(9)  Financial  Aid 

Undergraduate — North  Administration,  Director  of  Financiai  Akl 
Graduate  and  Professional  Schools — Located  in  Dean's  Offices 

Financial  aid  applications,  needs  analysis  statements,  awards  made  (no 

student  access  to  parents  confklenUal  statements) 

(10)  Career  Development  Center 

Undergraduate  Library.  Director  Recommendatkins,  copies  of 
academic  records  (unofficial)  (note  WAIVER  section) 

(1 1)  Business  Services 

South  Administration  Building.  Director  All  student  accounts 
receivable,  records  of  students'  financiai  charges,  and  credits  with 
tt>e  University. 

D.  Procedure  to  lie  Folloiwed 

Requests  for  access  should  be  made  in  wnting  to  the  Office  ol 
Registrations  The  University  will  comply  with  a  request  lor  access 
within  a  reasonable  time,  at  least  within  45  days  In  the  usual  case, 
arrangements  will  be  made  for  the  student  to  read  his  or  her  records  in 
the  presence  of  a  staff  member  II  lacilities  permit,  a  student  may 
ordinarily  obtain  copies  ol  his  or  her  records  by  paying  repnxluction 
costs  The  fee  lor  copies  is  $  25  per  page  No  campus  will  provide 
copies  of  any  transcripts  in  the  students  records  otfwr  than  the 
student's  current  University  transcript  from  that  campus  Official 
University  transcripts  (with  University  seal)  will  be  provided  at  a  higher 
charge. 

///  It  is  the  policy  ol  the  University  ol  Maryland  to  limit  disctosure  ol  personally 
klentifiable  inlormation  from  education  records  unless  it  has  tfie  student  s 
prior  written  consent,  subject  to  the  loltowing  limitations  arx)  exclusions 
A.  Dtrectory  Information 

(1)The   lolkiwing   categories   of   inlormation   hove   been   designated 
directory  inlormation 
Name 
Address 

Telephone  listing 
Date  and  place  ol  birth 
Photograph 
Major  fiekj  ol  study 

Participation  in  olficialfy  recognized  actrvities  and  sports 
Weight  and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams 
Dales  of  attendance 
Degrees  and  awards  received 
Most  recent  previous  educational  institution  attended 
(2)  This  inlomution  <m\\  be  disclosed  even  in  tt>e  alwence  ol  consent 


Additional  Campus  Programs     47 


unless  the  student  Hies  wntten  notice  informing  ttie  University  not  to 
disclose  any  or  all  of  ttie  calegones  wllhiin  tfiree  weeks  of  the  first 
day  of  the  semester  in  which  the  student  begins  each  school  year 
This  notice  must  be  filed  annually  within  the  above  alloted  lime  to 
avoid  automatic  disclosure  of  directory  information  The  notice 
should  be  filed  with  the  campus  registrations  office  See  II  C 

(3)  The  University  will  give  annual  public  notice  to  students  of  the 
categories  of  information  designated  as  directory  information 

(4)  Directory  information  may  appear  in  public  documents  and 
otherwise  be  disclosed  without  student  consent  unless  the  student 
obiects  as  provided  above 

B.  Prior  Consent  not  Requlrad 

Pnor  consent  will  not  be  required  for  disclosure  of  education  records  to 
the  following  parlies 

(1)  School  officials  of  the  University  of  Maryland  who  have  been 
determined  to  have  legitimate  educational  interests; 

(a)  "School  officials"  include  instructional  or  administrative 
personnel  who  are  or  may  be  in  a  position  to  use  the 
information  in  furtherance  of  a  legitimate  objective; 

(b)  'Legitimate  educational  interests*  include  those  interests  directly 
related  to  the  academic  environment; 

(2)  Officials  of  other  schools  in  which  a  student  seeks  or  intends  to 
enroll  or  is  enrolled.  Upon  request,  and  at  his  or  her  expense,  the 
student  will  be  provided  with  a  copy  of  the  records  which  have  been 
transferred; 

(3)  Authorized  representatives  of  the  Comptroller  General  of  the  U.S.. 
the  Secretary  of  HEW,  the  Commissioner  of  the  Office  of  Education, 
the  Director  of  the  National  Institute  of  Education,  the  Administrator 
of  the  Veterans'  Administration,  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  HEW  for 
Education,  and  State  educational  authorities,  but  only  in  connection 
with  the  audit  or  evaluation  of  federally  supported  education 
programs,  or  in  connection  with  the  enforcement  of  or  compliance 
with  federal  legal  requirements  relating  to  these  programs.  Subject 
to  controlling  Federal  law  or  prior  consent,  these  officials  will  protect 
information  received  so  as  not  to  permit  personal  identification  of 
students  to  outsiders; 

(4)  Auttrorized  persons  and  organizations  which  are  given  work  in 
connection  with  a  students  application  for,  or  receipt  of,  financial 
aid,  but  only  to  the  extent  necessary  for  such  purposes  as 
determining  eligibility,  amount,  conditions  and  enforcement  of  terms 
and  conditions; 

(5)  State  and  local  officials  to  which  such  information  is  specifically 
required  to  t>e  reported  by  effective  state  law  adopted  prior  to 
November  19,  1974; 

(6)  Organizations  conducting  educational  studies  for  the  purpose  of 
developing,  validating,  or  administering  predictive  tests, 
administering  student  aid  programs,  and  improving  instruction.  The 
studies  shall  be  conducted  so  as  not  to  permit  personal 
identification  of  students  to  outsiders,  and  the  information  will  be 
destroyed  when  no  longer  needed  for  these  purposes; 

(7)  Accrediting  organizations  for  purposes  necessary  to  carry  out  their 
functions; 

(8)  Parents  of  a  student  who  is  a  dependent  for  income  tax  purposes. 
(Note:  The  University  may  require  documentation  of  dependent 
status  such  as  copies  of  income  tax  forms.) 

(9)  Appropriate  parties  in  connection  with  an  emergency,  where 
knowledge  of  the  information  is  necessary  to  protect  the  health  or 
safety  of  the  student  or  other  individuals; 

(10)  In  response  to  a  court  order  or  subpoena.  The  University  will  make 
reasonable  efforts  to  notify  the  student  before  complying  with  the 
court  order 

C.  Prior  Consent  Required 

In  all  other  cases,  the  University  will  not  release  personally  identifiable 
information  in  education  records  or  allow  access  to  those  records 
without  prior  consent  of  the  student.  Unless  disclosure  is  to  the  student 
himself  or  herself,  the  consent  must  tje  written,  signed,  and  dated,  and 
must  specify  the  records  to  be  disclosed,  the  identity  of  the  recipient, 
and  the  purpose  of  disclosure  A  copy  of  the  record  disclosed  will  be 
provided  to  the  student  upon  request  and  at  his  or  her  expense. 
0.  Record  of  Disclosurss 

The  University  will  maintain  with  the  student's  education  records  a 
record  for  each  request  and  each  disclosure,  except  for  the  following: 

(1)  disclosures  to  the  student  himself  or  herself; 

(2)  disclosures  pursuant  to  the  written  consent  of  the  student  (the 
written  consent  itself  will  suffice  as  a  record); 

(3)  disclosures  to  instructional  or  administrative  officials  of  the 
University; 

(4)  disclosures  of  directory  infomiation. 

This  record  of  disclosures  may  t>e  inspected  by  the  student,  the  official 
custodian  of  the  records,  and  other  University  and  governmental 
officials. 

IV.  It  is  the   policy  of  the   University  of  Maryland  to  provide  students  the 
opportunity  to  seek  correction  of  their  education  records. 
A.  Request  to  Correct  Records 

A   student   who   believes   that   information   contained   in   his   or   her 


education  records  is  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  violative  of  privacy  or 
ottier  rights  may  submit  a  wntten  request  to  the  Office  of  Registrations 
specifylrig  the  document(s)  tieing  challenged  and  the  basis  for  the 
complaint  The  request  will  t>e  sent  to  the  person  responsible  for  any 
amendments  to  the  record  in  question  Within  a  reasonable  perkxl  of 
time  of  receipt  of  the  request,  the  University  will  decide  whiether  to 
amend  the  records  in  accordance  with  the  request  If  the  decision  is  to 
refuse  to  amend,  the  student  will  be  so  rKitified  and  will  be  advised  of 
the  right  to  a  hearing  He  or  she  may  then  exercise  that  right  by  wntten 
request  to  the  Office  of  the  Chancellor 

B.  Right  to  ■  Hearing 

Upon  request  by  a  student,  the  University  will  provide  an  opportunity  for 
a  hearing  to  challenge  the  content  of  the  student's  records  A  request 
for  a  hearing  should  be  in  writing  and  submitted  to  the  Office  of 
Registrations  Within  a  reasonable  time  of  receipt  of  the  request,  the 
student  will  be  notified  in  writing  of  the  date,  place,  and  time  reasonably 
In  advance  of  the  hearing 

(1)  Conduct  of  the  hearing 

The  hearing  will  be  conducted  by  a  University  official  who  does  not 
have  a  direct  interest  in  the  outcome  The  student  will  have  a  full 
and  fair  opportunity  to  present  evidence  relevant  to  the  issues 
raised  and  may  iM  assisted  or  represented  by  individuals  of  his  or 
her  choice  at  his  or  her  own  expense,  including  an  attorney 

(2)  Decision 

Within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  after  the  conclusion  of  the 
hearing,  the  University  will  notify  the  student  in  writing  of  its 
decision.  The  decision  will  be  based  solely  upon  evidence 
presented  at  the  hearing  and  will  include  a  summary  of  the 
evidence  and  the  reasons  for  the  decision.  If  the  University  decides 
that  the  information  is  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  otherwise  in 
violation  of  the  privacy  or  other  rights  of  students,  the  University  will 
amend  the  records  accordingly 

C.  Right  to  Place  an  Explanation  In  the  Records 

If,  as  a  result  of  the  hearing,  the  University  decides  that  the  information 
is  not  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  otherwise  in  violation  of  the  student's 
rights,  the  University  will  inform  the  student  of  the  right  to  place  in  his  or 
her  record  a  statement  commenting  on  the  information  and/or 
explaining  any  reasons  for  disagreeing  with  the  University's  decision. 
Any  such  explanation  will  be  kept  as  part  of  the  student's  record  as 
k>ng  as  the  contested  portion  of  the  record  is  kept  and  will  be  disclosed 
whenever  the  contested  portion  of  the  record  is  disclosed. 

V.  Right  to  File  Complaint 

A  student  alleging  University  noncompliance  with  the  Family  Educational 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act  may  file  a  written  complaint  with  the  Family 
Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  Office  (FERPA).  Department  of  HEW. 
330  Independence  Avenue,  S.W.,  Washington.  DC.  20201. 


Additional  Campus  Programs 

Air  Force  Aerospace  Studies  Program  (ROTC) 

The  Air  Force  Resen/e  Officers  Training  Corps  (ROTC)  provides  a  program 
for  college  men  and  women  to  eam  a  commission  as  a  Second  Lieutenant  in 
the  United  States  Air  Force  while  completing  their  University  degree 
requirements. 

Two  Programs  Offered 

Four-Year  Program.  This  program  is  composed  of  a  General  Military  Course 
and  a  Professional  Officer  Course.  The  first  two  years  (General  Military  Course) 
normally  for  freshmen  and  sophomores,  give  a  general  introduction  to  the  Air 
Force  and  the  various  career  fields.  Students  enrolled  in  the  GMC  program 
incur  NO  OBLIGATION  and  may  elect  to  discontinue  the  program  at  any  time. 
The  final  two  years  (the  Professional  Officer  Course)  are  concentrated  on  the 
development  of  management  skills  and  study  of  American  Defense  Policy. 
Students  must  compete  for  acceptance  into  the  POC  and  are  guaranteed  a 
commission  upon  successful  completion  of  the  program.  ALL  STUDENTS 
ENROLLED  IN  THE  LAST  TWO  YEARS  OF  THE  PROGRAM  RECEIVE 
APPROXIMATELY  $1 ,000  ANNUALLY  TAX  FREE. 

Students  in  the  four-year  program  who  successfully  complete  the  first  two 
years  of  the  program  and  are  accepted  into  the  POC  program  must  attend  four 
weeks  of  field  training  at  a  designated  Air  Force  base  during  the  summer  after 
completing  the  sophomore  year  of  college.  To  enter  the  AFROTC  program,  one 
should  inform  his  or  her  advisor  and  register  for  classes  in  the  same  manner 
as  for  other  courses. 

Two- Year  Program.  This  program  is  normally  offered  to  prospective  juniors  but 
may  be  taken  by  seniors  and  graduate  students.  The  academic  requirements 
for  this  program  are  identical  to  the  final  two  years  of  the  four-year  program. 
During  the  summer  preceding  entry  into  the  program,  all  candidates  must 
complete  a  six-week  field  training  at  a  designated  Air  Force  base. 


48     Additional  Campus  Programs 


The  Curriculum 

GENERAL  MIUTARY  COURSE 

Freshman  year—  ARSC  100  (Fall)  and  ARSC  101  (Spring)  In  combination 
these  two  courses  are  designed  to  introduce  ttie  student  to  the  roles  ot  the 
Oepartment  ot  Defense  and  the  US  Air  Force  in  our  society 

Sophomore  year—  ARSC  200  (Fall)  and  ARSC  201  (Spring)  These  two 
courses  provide  a  history  of  the  role  of  aerospace  power  in  the  military  and  in 
ttie  society. 

PROFESSIONAL  OFFICER  COURSE 

Jon/of  year—  ARSC  310  (Fall)  and  ARSC  311  (Spring).  Each  ot  these  courses 
consists  of  three  hours  ot  academic  classes  and  one  hour  of  leadership 
laboratory  each  week  Here  the  student  is  introduced  to  management  and 
leadership  concepts  The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  solid  foundation  for 
tt)e  continued  development  of  junior  level  managers,  with  emphasis  on  Itie 
junior  military  officer's  professional  skills. 

Senior  year—  ARSC  320  (Fall)  and  ARSC  321  (Spring).  Each  of  these  courses 
consists  of  three  hours  ot  academic  classes  and  one  hour  of  leadership 
laboratory  each  week.  These  courses  conceptually  focus  on  the  US  Armed 
Forces  as  an  integral  part  of  the  domestic  society  with  an  emphasis  on 
civil-military  relations  and  as  pari  of  the  overall  U.S.  foreign  policy  machinery. 

All  Aerospace  Studies  Courses  are  open  to  any  university  student  lor  aedit 
whether  or  not  he  or  she  is  in  the  AFROTC  Program.  Only  the  AFROTC  cadets 
attend  the  leadership  laboratories. 

Scholarahlpa  Available.  Ttie  AFROTC  College  Sctxilarship  Program  provide 
8.  7.  6.  5,  4  semester  scholarships  to  students  on  a  competitive  basis 
Scholarships  are  currently  available  in  numerous  technical  fiekjs  and  are  based 
on  merit  and  not  need.  Those  selected  receive  money  for  tuition,  lab 
expenses,  incidental  tees  and  txxjks  plus  a  non-taxable  allowance  of  $100 
mxjnthly    (See  AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program  below). 

Flight  Inatructlon  Program.  Students  who  qualify  to  become  Air  Force  pilots 
receive  a  free  25  hours  flight  instruction  program  Cadets  are  instructed  by 
both  military  and  civilian  instnjctors  on  all  phases  of  flight,  ground  operations 
and  FAA  control  regulations  This  program  gives  the  student  pilot  a  good  start 
towards  obtaining  a  private  license 

Air  Force  ROTC  Nuraa  Program.  Air  Force  ROTC  makes  it  possible  for 
qualKied  applicants  of  nursing  schools  to  enroll  in  its  programs  and,  upon 
completion  of  all  academic  and  licensing  requirements,  receive  a  commisskin 
as  a  Second  Lieutenant  in  the  United  States  Air  Force  Medical  Corps. 

Qanaral  Raqulramenta  (or  Acceptance  Into  ttie  POC.  The  student  must 
complete  the  General  Military  Course  and  a  four-week  field  training  session,  or 
the  six-week  field  training  session,  pass  the  Air  Force  OHicer  Qualification  Test, 
be  physically  qualified,  be  in  good  academic  standing  and  meet  age 
requirements  Successful  completion  of  the  Professional  Officer  Course  and  a 
bachebr's  degree  (or  higher)  are  prerequisites  for  a  commission  as  a  Second 
Lieutenant  in  the  United  States  Air  Force  Additional  information  may  be 
obtained  from  Capt.  Gale  Buchholtz  in  the  office  of  Aerospace  Studies. 
Telephone  454-324243 

Endowed  and  Annual  Scholarships  and  Grants 

AFROTC  College  Scholarahip  Program 

Air  Force  ROTC  College  Scholarships  are  available  on  a  competitive  basis 
to  qualified  applicants  enrolled  in  the  Four  and  Two  Year  AFROTC  programs 
(For  a  full  explanation  ot  Air  Force  ROTC.  see  AFROTC  under  ■Additional 
Campus  Programs  ■)  Four  through  eight  semester  scholarships  are  available 
and  are  t>ased  on  merit  and  not  need  Tt>ese  sctiolarships  provide  lull  tuition, 
laboratory  fees,  incidental  fees  and  full  reimbursement  for  texttxxsks.  In 
additk>n.  scholarship  cadets  in  the  last  two  years  of  the  program  receive  a 
non-taxable  albwance  of  $100  monthly  Any  student  accepted  by  the  University 
of  Maryland  may  apply  for  these  scfiolarships  AFROTC  membership  is 
required  if  one  receives  an  AFROTC  sctvjiarship 

Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy 

Director:  Peter  G  Brown 

Research  Assodales:     Robert  Fullirmnder.  Davkj  Luban.  Douglas  MacLean, 

Mark  Sagoff.  Henry  Shue 

The  Center  for  Phitosophy  and  Publk:  Policy  conducts  research  and 
curriculum  devek>pment  into  ttie  values  and  corKepts  that  underlie  put>lic  policy 
(onnulatk>n  Most  research  efforts — on  topics  expected  to  be  a  focus  of  publk; 
policy  detiate  during  the  next  decade — are  conducted  cooperatively  by 
Interdisciplinary  working  groups  composed  of  phitosoptiers,  polreymakers  and 
analysts,  other  experts  from  within  and  without  ttie  government,  and  Center 
staff  In  Its  research  efforts  ttie  Center  seeks  to  create  an  improved 
understanding  of  the  normative  principles  that  are  t>ask:  to  an  assessment  of 
public  policies 


Research  areas  currently  under  consideratk>n  include:  (1)  ttie  ethk^al 
significance  of  natkinal  boundaries  and  shared  natkinality:  (2)  US  policy  and 
responsibilities  toward  Mexican  migration;  (3)  energy  policy  and  future 
generations.  (4)  risk  and  consent  and  nsk  assessment.  (5)  phikjsophical  issues 
in  environmental  policy.  (6)  ttie  preservation  of  endangered  species;  (7)  ethical 
dilemmas  facing  lawyers;  and  (8)  the  morality  of  compulsory  military  service 

The  Centers  publications  include  worthing  papers  auttiored  by  wortung 
group  members,  cumculum  reports,  monographs  and  books  wnttfen  and  edited 
by  Center  research  staff,  and  a  quarterty  newsletter,  OO-Repon  from  the 
Center  tor  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy 

Ttie  Center's  curnculum  development  seeks  to  bring  phikisophical  issues 
before  future  policymakers  and  citizens  Courses  dealing  with  contemporary 
normative  issues  in  the  national  and  international  arena  are  offered  through  ttie 
Departments  of  Phitosophy  and  of  Governmeni  and  Politics  Courses  wtikrfi 
have  been  ottered  include:  Hunger  and  Affluence.  Human  Rights  and  US. 
Foreign  Policy.  Distributive  Justice  and  Public  Policy.  Phitosophical  Issues  in 
Publk;  Policy.  Ethics  and  Welfare.  Professional  Responsibility,  The  Morality  of 
Compulsory  Military  Service.  Environmental  Ethics,  and  Energy  Policy  and  tfie 
Constraints  of  Justice 

In  order  to  convene  individuals  from  difterent  Ijackgrounds  with  a  common 
interest  in  public  policy  issues,  the  Center  cosponsors  summer  woritstiops  with 
ttie  Hastings  Center  These  wort«hops.  heW  in  June  of  each  year,  are 
organized  around  the  theme  ot  ethics  and  public  policy  Participants  include 
academics  and  individuals  from  within  and  without  the  government 

Tile  Center  is  sponsored  jointly  by  ttie  Divisions  of  Arts  and  Humanities  and 
of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

Women's  Studies  Program 

Director:  Jean  Lipman-Blumen  (Acting) 
Faculty:  Claire  Moses.  Carol  Pearson 

Women  s  Studies  is  an  interdisciplinary  academic  program  in  ttie  Divisions 
of  Arts  and  Humanities  and  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Its  goal  is  to 
promote  research  on  women  and  sex  roles  and  to  facilitate  ttie  introduction  of 
research  findings  on  women  into  all  relevant  university  courses  To  this  end. 
ttie  program  encourages  and  assists  departments  in  devetoping  courses  atiout 
women.  It  also  provkJes  integrative  courses  taught  by  program  faculty, 
designed  to  tie  together  the  diverse  materials  available  in  the  approximately 
thirty  courses  offered  in  such  fields  as  sociokigy.  psyctiotogy.  economics, 
Afro-American  studies,  health,  history.  English,  and  ttie  foreign  languages 
These  courses  include  the  following: 

WMST  200:    Women  and  Contemporary  Society 

WMST  298:    Selected  Topics  in  Women's  Studies 

WMST  386  and  387:    Field  WorV  and  FieW  Worli  Analysis 

WMST  400:    Theories  of  Feminism 

WMST  498:    Special  Topics  in  Women  s  Studies 

The  Women's  Studies  Certificate  Program 

The  Women's  Studies  Certificate  Program  consists  of  an  integrated, 
interdisciplinary  package  of  courses  on  women  and  sex  roles  which  is  designed 
to  supplement  a  student's  major  Any  student  in  good  standing  m  a  division  of 
the  university  may  enroll  in  the  certificate  program  by  declanng  her/tiis  intention 
to  the  Director  of  Women  s  Studies  It  is  suggested  that  students  meet  with  ttie 
Director  in  order  to  plan  individual  programs 

To  quality  for  a  certificate  in  Women  s  Studies  a  student  will  be  required  to 
earn  twenty-one  aedits  in  Women's  Studies  courses  Each  student  must  obtain 
a  grade  of  C  or  tielter  in  each  course  that  is  to  be  counted  toward  ttie 
certificate 

Each  student  Is  required  to  lake  eittier: 
WMST  200:  Women  in  Contemporary  Society  or 
WMST  400:  Ttieories  of  Feminism 
and  at  least  one  course  from  three  ot  the  loltowing  four  categoriee: 

1  ECON  474:  Economic  Problems  ot  Women 
GVPT  429:  Women  and  the  Political  System 
GVPT  436:  Legal  Status  of  Women 

2  ENGL  250:  Women  in  Literature 
ENGL  348:  Uterary  Works  by  Women 

3  HIST  210:  Women  in  Europe  and  Amenca  1600-1850 
HIST  21 1 :  Women  in  Europe  and  Amenca  1850-pfesenl 
HIST  301 :  Women  in  Industnal  DevekjpmenI 

4  SOCY  325  Sex  Roles  (pnmanly  tor  non-Sociotogy  majors) 

SOCY  425:   Sex   Ftoles  and   Social   Institutions   (pnmanly   (or   Soootogy 

majors) 

PSYC  309:  Psyctiotogy  of  Women 

Students  are  encouraged  to  take  WMST  200  wtien  possit>le  before 
enrolling  m  other  courses  on  women 

Ttie  remaining  three  courses  may  be  chosen  trom  ttie  above  lot  or  from 
ttie  other  courses  offered  within  ttie  Women  s  Studies  Program  At  least  one  o( 
ttie  courses  must  be  an  upper  division  course  (300-400  level)  No  more  than 
nine  crerlits  trom  any  one  department  may  be  applied  toward  ttie  c««tMteata. 
and  no  more  than  twelve  credits  may  tie  transferred  trom  other  universiti**  and 
ttien  only  with  the  consent  ot  ttie  Director 
CouTM  code  pf»ri«  WMST 


Additional  Campus  Programs     49 


Bacheior  of  General  Studies 

The  Bachelor  ol  General  Studies  program  is  a  flexible  major  which  provides 
an  allemalive  educational  structure  lor  students  who  choose  not  to  concentrate 
in  a  specific  discipline  or  department  Students  may  utilize  a  wide  range  of 
courses  offered  at  UMCP  to  pursue  their  own  educational  ob|ectives,  whether 
by  combining  related  courses  from  several  departments,  by  explonng  (wo  or 
three  distinctly  separate  interests  al  once,  or  by  thoughtfully  choosing  a  variety 
of  courses  from  throughout  the  University 

Students  in  General  Studies  accept  responsibility  for  developing  programs 
to  meet  their  specific  educational  and  employment  goals  Although  there  are  no 
required  major  courses  as  in  other  departments,  the  substance  of  the 
individualized  curriculum  (the  actual  courses  taken,  how  they  relate  to  each 
other,  what  skills  are  acquired)  may  be  important  to  potential  employers  or  lor 
graduate  programs 

Raqulramonts 

1  The  student  must  be  registered  as  a  General  Studies  major  lor  at  least  the 
last  30  credits  immediately  preceding  graduation 

2.  A  minimum  of  120  credits  must  be  accumulated  with  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  at  least  2.0. 

3.  No  more  than  30  credits  in  any  one  department  may  be  applied  toward  the 
required  120  credits 

4.  No  mora  than  60  credits  in  any  one  division  may  be  counted  toward  the 
required  120  credits 

5  At  least  45  credits  must  be  taken  at  the  upper  level  (courses  numbered  300 
or  higher):  a  2  0  cumulative  grade  point  average  must  be  obtained  in  all 
upper  level  courses 

6  Students  entering  UMCP  without  transfer  credits  beginning  in  May,  1980 
must  complete  all  University  Studies  requirements 

General  Studies  is  not  the  same  as  "Undecided",  nor  is  it  usually  an 
appropriate  major  for  freshman  or  students  in  between  majors.  It  is  sometimes 
an  excellent  choice  for  entering  transfer  students  with  an  assortment  of  past 
credits  in  various  fields  or  for  people  changing  from  one  area  of  interest  to 
another  which  is  substantially  different.  In  any  case,  change  to  the  BGS 
program  when  you  know  that  it  is  what  you  want;  it  is  a  decision — not  a  way  to 
avoid  one. 

For  riHDre  infonnation,  call  or  visit  the  office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Studies  (454-2530/1.  Room  1115.  Hornbake  Library).  Individual  advising  is 
available  and  strongly  recommended. 

Individual  Studies  Program 

The  Individual  Studies  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to 
create  and  complete  individualized  majors.  To  be  accepted  into  the  program,  a 
student  must: 

1 )  have  a  clearly-defined  academic  goal  which  cannot  reasonably  be  satisfied 
in  an  existing  curriculum  at  College  Park,  and 

2)  Be  able  to  design,  with  faculty  assistance,  a  sequence  of  courses  and  other 
learning  experiences  which  is  judged  to  have  adequate  substance  for  the 
awarding  of  a  degree  in  the  specific  field  of  study. 

Most  IVSP  majors  are  either  a  form  of  "area  study"  utilizing  offerings  from 
many  departments  or  a  clear  combination  of  two  disciplines.  Many  include 
internships  or  independent  study  projects  in  the  program.  All  work  is  done 
under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  advisor 

Applicants  are  required  to  write  a  detailed  prospectus  outlining  their 
proposed  program  of  study.  They  must  meet  the  General  University 
Requirements  or  University  Studies  Requirements  according  to  year  of  entry. 
The  process  of  applying  often  involves  considerable  consultation  and  several 
drafts  of  a  prospectus,  so  it  should  be  begun  as  early  as  possible.  Students 
may  be  admitted  to  the  Individual  Studies  Program  after  completion  of  30 
college  credits  and  must  be  officially  approved  by  the  Individual  Studies  Faculty 
Review  Committee  prior  to  the  final  30  semester  hours  of  the  proposed 
curriculum. 

More  information  on  requirements  and  procedures  is  available  from  the 
Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies.  Room  1115  Hornbake  Library. 
After  reading  that  material,  arrange  a  meeting  with  the  Assistant  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Studies  to  informally  discuss  ideas  and  plan  the  next  steps. 

General  Honors  Program 

Director:  John  L.  Howarth 

The  General  Honors  Program  is  designed  to  allow  energetic,  academically 
talented  students  to  pursue  their  general  education  at  a  challenging,  stimulating 
level.  Students  can  er>gage,  with  others  of  similar  ability  and  varied  interests,  in 
a  program  whose  emphasis  is  on  interdisciplinary  and  educationally  broadening 
activity. 

Students  may  apply  for  admission  as  freshmen.  High  school  students 
Ofdinarily  apply  at  the  same  time  as  they  apply  for  admission  to  the  University. 
atthough  a  separate  application  form  is  required  for  General  Honors 
Undergraduates  already  on  campus,  majoring  in  any  department,  college  or 
division,  and  transfer  students  with  distinguished  records  from  other  institutions 
(especially  if  they  come  from  other  Honors  Programs)  are  also  encouraged  to 


apply  Selection  is  made  on  the  basis  ol  academic  records,  recommendations, 
standardized  test  scores,  personal  achievement,  and  other  evidences  of 
rrrativation  and  ability 

Members  of  the  Program  may  enroll  in  a  variety  of  kinds  of  courses:  special 
introductory  colloquia,  special  honors  sections  ol  basic  courses  in  many 
departments,  upper  division  General  Honors  seminars,  independent  study  and 
field  expenence  Successful  General  Honors  students  graduate  with  a  citation 
in  General  Honors  which  is  recorded  on  their  transcripts  and  diplomas  There  is 
an  extensive  extra-curricular  program  of  activities,  and  student  participation  in 
decision-making  and  administration  is  an  important  aspect  of  the  program  The 
General  Honors  Program  is  a  memtier  of  the  National  Collegiate  Honors 
Council  and  of  the  Northeast  Regional  Honors  Council  Students  and  faculty 
participate  regulariy  in  the  activities  of  these  organizations  The  Program 
participates  in  a  program  of  student  exchanges  with  Honors  Programs  in  other 
institutions 

The  College  Park  Campus  also  has  over  30  Departmental  Honors 
Programs  designed  to  give  students  the  opportunity  to  pursue  more  deeply 
their  studies  in  their  chosen  fields  of  concentration  These  programs  usually 
begin  in  the  junior  year,  though  a  few  (botany,  English,  history,  mathematics, 
psychology)  may  start  eariier  Some  students  who  enter  the  General  Honors 
Program  as  freshmen  transfer  to  their  departmental  programs  in  their 
sophomore  or  junior  years  For  information,  see  the  descriptions  under  the 
various  departmental  entries  in  this  catalog,  or  contact  the  department 

For  application  forms  and  information  about  the  General  Honors  Program, 
write  to  Dr  John  Howarth,  Director,  General  Honors  Program,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Pari(,  Maryland  20742.  Telephone:  (301)  454-2532. 

Pre-Professional  Programs 

These  curricula  are  designed  to  provide  the  necessary  academic  foundation 
required  for  entrance  into  professional  schools.  Some  require  two  or  three 
years  of  pre-professional  study  before  transfer  to  professional  school.  Others, 
such  as  the  curricula  for  medicine  and  dentistry,  normally  require  completion  of 
a  bachelor's  degree. 

Successful  completion  ol  a  pre-professional  program  does  not  guarantee 
admission  to  a  professional  school.  Each  school  has  its  own  admissions 
requirements  and  criteria,  which  may  include  grade-point  average  in 
undergraduate  courses,  scores  in  aptitude  tests  (Medical  College  Admission 
Test.  Law  Admission  test.  Dental  Aptitude  Test,  Allied  Health  Professions 
Admission  Test,  etc.),  a  personal  interview,  or  faculty  evaluations.  For  specific 
admissions  requirements,  the  student  is  urged  to  study  the  catalog  of  the 
professional  school 

Because  of  the  competitive  nature  of  professional  school  admissions, 
pre-professional  students  should  consider  applying  to  more  than  one  school 
and  should  also  give  some  thought  to  alternate  careers.  The  degree  to  which 
this  is  necessary  varies  with  the  program  in  which  one  is  enrolled.  It  usually  is 
helpful  to  discuss  this  with  the  pre-professional  advisor. 

Although  completion  of  the  bachelor's  degree  is  a  normal  prerequisite  for 
admission  for  dental,  law  and  medical  schools,  three  professional  schools  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore — Dentistry,  Law  and  Medicine — have 
arrangements  whereby  a  student  who  meets  certain  requirements  may  be 
accepted  for  professional  school  after  three  years  (90  academic  hours).  For 
students  to  be  eligible  for  the  "combined  degree'",  ttie  final  30  hours  prior  to 
entry  into  the  Schools  of  Dentistry,  Law  and  Medicine  must  tie  taken  in 
residence.  After  the  successful  completion  of  thirty  hours  of  work  in 
professional  school,  the  student  may  be  eligible  for  a  bachelor's  degree. 

Pre-Dental  Hygiene 

The  Dental  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  located  in  Baltimore 
(UMAB),  offers  a  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  dental  hygiene,  as  well  as  a 
post-certificate  program  for  registered  dental  hygienists  who  have  completed  a 
two-year  accredited  dental  hygiene  program  and  are  interested  in  completing 
the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Completion  of  a  two-year 
pre-professional  cun'iculum  at  any  University  of  Maryland  campus  except 
UMAB  or  at  another  accredited  institution  is  required  for  eligibility  to  apply  for 
admission  as  a  junior  in  the  Dental  School  at  UMAB. 

For  registered  dental  hygienists,  completion  of  a  two-year  accredited  dentjU 
hygiene  program,  completion  of  all  required  pre-professional  courses,  and  a 
minimum  of  one  year  of  clinical  experience  as  a  dental  hygienist  are  required 
for  eligibility  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  Dental  School  at  UMAB. 

Enrollment  as  a  predental  hygiene  student  or  a  registered  dental  hygienist 
to  complete  preprofessional  curriculum  requirements  at  any  campus  does  not 
guarantee  admission  to  the  dental  hygiene  program  on  the  Baltimore  campus. 
Enrollment  in  tx)th  programs  is  limited. 

The  educational  objective  of  the  Dental  Hygiene  program  is  to  provide  the 
baccalaureate  graduate  with  the  knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes  that  will  allow 
them  to  adapt  and  function  in  positions  of  responsibility  within  a  variety  of 
health  care  settings  or  educational  institutions. 

The  first  two  years,  constituting  the  pre-professional  curriculum,  include 
general  educational  requirements  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  dental  hygiene 
education  accreditation  requirements  and  elective  lower  division  courses.  A 
suggested  sequence  for  required  courses  in  the  pre-professional  segment  of 
the  curriculum  foltows: 


50     Additional  Campus  Programs 


Prv-Dental  Hygiene  Curriculum 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

English  Composition    3 

Inorganic  Chemistry*"    4 

Organic  Chemistry"*     4 

General  Zoology    4 

Psychology,  Intro  to     3 

Sociology.  Intro  to   3 

Public  Speaking     3 

Humanities*     6 

Total    14  16 

Serrwster 
Credit  Hours 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology*"    4  4 

Microbiology***    4 

Principles  o(  Nutrition    3 

Social  Science**    3  3 

Humanities*     3 

Basic  statistics     3 

Electives    3 

Total    14  16 

■  HUMANITIES:  Courses  must  be  selected  (roni  three  ol  the  following  areas:  literature, 
philosophy,  history,  tine  arts,  speech,  math  or  language. 

SOCIAL  SCIENCES:  Introduction  to  psychology  and  sociology  are  required;  the 
remaining  six  credits  should  be  selected  from  courses  in  psychology,  sociology,  government 
and  politics,  anthropology,  economics,  or  business  and  management. 
•"  Courses  must  include  a  latwratory  and  meet  the  requirements  lor  saence  majors. 
Survey,  or  terminal,  or  courses  for  nonscience  majors  are  not  acceptable  for  transfer.  A 
grade  of  "C  or  (setter  is  required  in  these  courses  and  nutrition. 

Specific  courses  taken  by  students  at  College  Park  are: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

ENGL  101    3 

ZOOL  101    4 

CHEM103&104    8 

PSYC  100    3 

SOCY  lOOor  SOCY  105     3 

SPCHIOOorlO?    3 

Humanities    6 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Sophomore  Year 

ZOOL  201  &  202     8 

MICB  200    4 

NUTR  200   3 

Social  Sciences     6 

Humanities    3 

Electives    3 

STAT  100,  MATH  1 1 1  or  SOCY  201     4 

Although  courses  may  be  interchanged  dunng  ttw  first  two  years,  it  is  required  that  chemistry 
precede  microbiology  and  nutrition  to  enable  its  application  to  these  two  sutijects.  It  should  t>e 
noted  that  Zoology  101  is  a  prerequisite  for  Zoology  201,  202  (Human  Anatomy  and 
Physiology)  at  the  College  Park  Campus. 

Application  arKi  Admission.  Students  are  considered  for  admission  to  the 
University  of  Maryland  Dental  School  without  regard  for  race,  color,  creed  or 
sex  It  is  the  objective  of  the  school  to  enroll  qualified  students  with  diversified 
backgrounds  in  order  to  make  the  educational  experience  more  meaningful  for 
each  individual  as  well  as  to  provide  dental  health  practitionofs  to  all  segments 
of  the  community  Men  as  well  as  women,  and  members  of  ethnic  minority 
groups  are  encouraged  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  dental  hygiene  program 

High  school  students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  pre-dental  hygiene  cumculum  at 
the  (Allege  Park  Campus  should  request  applications  directly  from  the 
Admissions  Office  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  College  Park,  Md  20742  It  is 
recommended  that  those  preparing  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  program  in 
dental  hygiene  pursue  an  academic  program  in  high  school  which  includes 
biology,  chemistry,  math  and  physics. 

Pre-dental  hygiene  students  who  will  have  completed  three  semesters  of  the 
pre-professional  curriculum  should  request  an  application  during  the  third 
semester  from  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations,  Room  132, 
Howard  Hall,  660  W  Redwood  St..  Baltimore,  Md  21201;  or  from  the  advising 
office  on  the  College  Park  campus  Applications  for  the  Baltimore  campus  must 
be  received  no  later  than  Febnjary  1  prior  to  the  tall  semester  for  whch  the 
student  wishes  to  apply  All  applicants  are  required  to  submit  Allied  Health 
Professions  Admission  Test  (AHPAT)  scores  Information  concerning  ttie 
AHPAT  IS  available  from  the  College  Park  campus  or  ttie  Dental  Schools 
Dental  Hygiene  Department  (Applicants  with  a  2  5  or  better  GPA  may  be 
required  to  appear  for  a  personal  interview,  those  with  a  cumulatrve  GPA  of 


2  3-2  5  will  be  interviewed  at  the  discretion  of  the  Dental  Hygiene  Admissions 
Committee.)  All  potential  applicants  should  meet  regularly  with  the  dental 
hygiene  advisor  It  is  advisable  that  one  of  those  meetings  shouW  be  at  tfie 
Dental  School. 

Registered  dental  hygienists  who  have  completed  a  two-year  accredited  dental 
hygiene  program,  as  well  as  one  year  of  clinical  experience  as  a  dental 
hygienist.  should  contact  ttie  dental  hygiene  advisor  at  the  Dental  School's 
Dental  Hygiene  Department,  in  order  to  determine  the  number  of  transferable 
credits  and  the  numtjer  ol  additional  pre-professional  and  tower  division 
elective  courses  necessary  lor  eligibility  to  apply  for  the  post  certilicate 
program  If  all  pre-professional  curriculum  requirements  have  not  been  fulfilled, 
the  student  should  apply  lor  enrollment  at  one  of  the  University  ol  Maryland 
undergraduate  campuses  If  the  preprotossional  cumculum  has  been 
completed,  the  student  should  apply  to  the  dental  hygiene  program  no  later 
than  February  1  Prospective  applicants  should  keep  in  mind  that  the  last  30 
credit  hours  toward  a  baccalaureate  degree  must  be  taken  at  the  University  ol 
Maryland 

Further  Information.  At  College  Park  contact  the  advisor.  3103  Turner 
Laboratory.  College  Pari<.  Maryland  Telephone  (301)454-2540  In  Baltimore 
contact  the  Dental  Hygiene  Department,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore. 
666  W.  Baltimore  Street.  Baltimore.  Maryland  21201  Telephone 
(301)528-7773. 

Pre-Dentistry 

The  pre-dental  program  is  based  upon  the  requirements  and 
recommendations  of  the  various  dental  sctiools.  and  the  requirements  for  a 
baccalaureate  degree  from  the  College  Park  Campus,  following  eitfier  the 
lour-year  program  or  the  combined  Arts-Dentistry  Program  The  curriculum  is 
designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test,  whkrfi  is  normally 
taken  in  the  Spring  of  the  junior  year 

Three-Year  Arts-Dentistry  Degree  Program.  Students  whose  performance 
during  the  first  two  years  is  exceptional  may  seek  admisston  to  the  University 
of  Maryland  School  of  Dentistry  at  the  end  of  their  third  year  By  the  end  of  the 
third  year  the  student  must  have  earned  90  academic  credits,  the  last  30  of 
which  must  have  been  earned  at  ttie  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 
No  undergraduate  major  is  required  for  this  program;  the  work  of  the  first  year 
in  the  School  ol  Dentistry  is  considered  as  the  major  Within  the  90  credits  ttie 
student  must  have  completed  all  the  requirements  listed  betow 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

A.  General  University  Requirements    30 

B.  Chemistry  (general,  inorganic  and  organic)     18 

CHEM  103,  110,  220/221,  203/204  or 

CHEM  105,  112,  222/223,  213214 

C.  Zoology   18 

ZOOL  101— (General  Zoology)  or  ZOOL  210  (Animal  Diversity) 

ZOOL  210 — (Genetics  and  Devetopment) 

ZOOL  290— (Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphotogy)  One  of  the 

following: 
ZOOL  422— {Vertebrate  Physiology). 
ZOOL  426 — (General  Endocrinology). 
ZOOL  430 — (Vertebrate  Embryotogy).  or 
ZOOL  495 — (Mammalitin  Histotogy) 

D.  Matfiemattes    6-8 

(Mathematics  through  calculus  (MATH  141  or  221)  is  strongly 

recommended) 

E.  Physics  121.  122,  or  141.  142     8 

F.  Supporting  courses  from  any  one  of  the  following  combinations:   .  .  .     6-10 

1 .  Zoology— SIX  hours  on  the  300-400  level 

2.  Microbtotogy— eight  hours  on  the  300-400  level 

3.  CHEM  321— (Quantitative  Analysis)  plus  any  three-credit 

course  at  the  300-400  level  in  the  physical  or  biokjglcal 
sciences  that  is  approved  by  the  Assistant  Dean  for 
Pre-Dental  Advisement 
4  BCHM  461.  462.  463.  and  464 

5.  Nine  hours  on  the  300-400  level  in  any  one  department  of  ttie 
Diviston  of  Arts  and  Humanities  or  ttie  Division  ol 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 
G  Electives  as  needed  to  make  at  least  90  credits  0-6 

Total    80 

Students  accepted  In  the  combined  Arts-Dentistry  program  may  receive  ttie 
B  S  degree  (Arls-Oentistry)  after  satistactory  completion  of  ttie  first  year  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  Dental  School  upon  recommendation  try  ttie  Dean  of  tfio 
Dental  School  and  approval  by  ttie  College  Park  Campus,  ttie  degree  lo  be 
awarded  in  August  folkjwing  the  first  year  ol  Dental  School  Ttie  cxxjrses  ol  ttie 
lirst  year  of  Dental  School  constitute  the  major,  the  College  Park  courses  hslod 
above  constitute  the  supporting  area 


Additional  Campus  Programs     51 


Four-Y«ar  Advldng  Program.  No  specillc  major  Is  required  lor  favorable 
consideration  by  a  dental  school  adm(ssion  commltlee  By  Intelligent  planning 
starting  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year,  the  student  can  meet  the 
requirements  lor  the  B  S  or  B  A  degree  In  most  major  programs  and  can 
Include  In  his  or  her  course  work  courses  specifically  prescritsed  by  dental 
schools  ol  choice  These  are  generally  a  minimum  of  one  year  of  General 
Chemistry,  one  year  ol  Organic  Chemistry,  one  year  of  Zoology,  one  year  of 
Physics  (each  course  must  have  a  latxiratory  component),  and  one  year  of 
English  The  courses  listed  in  A  through  E  atiove  for  the  three-year 
Arls-Dentlstry  Degree  program  will  satisfy  the  minimum  requirements  of  most 
dental  schools  and  are  strongly  recommended  The  four-year  student's 
program  must  also  include  courses  required  to  satisfy  major,  supporting  area, 
college  and  division  requirements  The  student  Is  urged  to  work  closely  with 
pre-dental  and  major  advisors  in  this  planning. 

Pre-Forestry 

Pre-Forestry  students  are  advised  In  the  Department  of  Horticulture  section. 
See  page  60  for  Information  about  this  program. 

Pre-Law 

Although  some  law  schools  will  consider  only  applicants  with  a  B.A.  or  B.S. 
degree,  others  will  accept  applicants  who  have  successfully  completed  a 
three-year  program  of  academic  work.  Most  law  schools  do  not  prescribe 
specific  courses  which  a  student  must  present  for  admission,  but  do  require 
that  the  student  follow  one  of  the  standard  programs  offered  by  the 
undergraduate  college  Many  law  schools  require  that  the  applicant  take  the 
Law  School  Admission  Test,  preferably  In  July  or  October  ol  the  academic  year 
preceding  his  entry  into  professional  school. 

Fotir-Year  Program.  The  student  who  plans  to  complete  the  requirements  for 
Itie  B.A  or  B  S.  degree  before  entering  law  school  should  select  a  major  field 
of  concentratkjn  The  pre-law  student  often  follows  a  bachelor  of  arts  program 
with  a  major  in  American  studies.  English,  history,  economics,  political  science 
(government  and  politics),  psychology,  sociology,  or  speech;  a  few  pre-law 
students  follow  a  bachelor  of  science  program. 

Thr**-Y«ar  Arts-Law  Program.  The  student  who  plans  to  enter  law  school  at 
the  end  of  his  thirei  year  should  complete  the  General  University  Requirements. 
By  the  end  ol  his  junior  year  he  will  complete  the  requirements  for  a  "minor' 
(18  semester  hours  In  one  department,  6  hours  tjeing  at  the  300-400  level). 
His  program  during  the  first  three  years  should  Include  all  of  the  basic  courses 
required  lor  a  degree  (Including  the  18-hour  "minor"  course  program)  and  all 
divisional  and  University  requirements.  The  academic  courses  must  total  90 
hours,  and  must  be  passed  with  a  minimum  average  of  2.0  To  be  acceptable 
to  law  schools,  however,  students  in  vertually  all  cases  must  have  a 
considerably  higher  average. 

Students  with  exceptional  records  who  are  accepted  to  the  School  of  Law 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  under  the  Arts-Law  program  may  receive  a  B.A. 
degree  (Arts-Law)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first  year  of  law  school, 
upon  recommendation  by  the  Dean  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Law  School 
and  approval  by  the  College  Park  Campus.  The  degree  is  awarded  in  August 
following  the  first  year  of  law  school  (or  after  30  credit  hours  are  completed). 

Pre-Medical  Technology 

A  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Medical  Technology  Is  offered  through  the 
Medical  Technology  Program  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  School, 
located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB).  The  first  two  years,  consisting  of  pre-professional 
studies,  may  be  completed  on  any  University  of  Maryland  campus,  except 
UMAB.  or  at  any  regionally  accredited  university  or  college.  Enrollment  in  the 
preprofessional  curriculum  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  the  upper  division 
at  UMAB. 

The  Medical  Technologist  plays  a  major  role  In  the  diagnosis  and  treatment 
of  disease  by  applying  scientific  knowledge  and  skill  to  the  supervision  and 
accurate  performance  of  complex  laboratory  and  therapeutic  procedures. 
Career  opportunities  exist  lor  the  Medical  Technologist  in  hospitals,  private 
clinics,  pharmaceutical  research,  government,  academics  and  sales.  The 
professional  curriculum  at  UMAB  Includes  courses  in  hematology,  clinical 
chemistry,  microbiology.  Immunology,  Immunohematology,  microscopy, 
anatomy  and  physiology,  and  management.  The  curriculum  at  UMAB  is 
designed  to  train  students  in  the  complex  technical  skills  essential  for  the 
iTKidem  medical  technologist,  as  well  as  to  challenge  students  to  understand 
ttie  more  complex  principles  underiying  their  technology.  It  is  essential  that 
students  develop  skills  In  the  area  of  oral  and  written  communication  and  the 
critical  assessment  of  information. 

Application  and  Admission.  Applicants  for  the  pre-medical  technokigy 
curriculum  at  College  Paric  must  meet  admlssk>n  requirements  of  that  campus. 
High  school  students  are  encouraged  to  enroll  In  a  college  preparatory 
curriculum  emphasizing  biokjgy.  chemistry  and  college  preparatory 
mathematics. 

Applicants  to  the  upper  division  of  the  Medical  Technology  Program  must 
submit  an  application  for  admission  before  February  15  of  the  academic  year 
prior  to  enrollment.  Students  must  have  a  2.0  minimum  grade  point  average  to 


be  eligible  lor  admission  However,  the  successful  applicant  is  likely  to  have  a 
higher  GPA  Alttx>ugh  a  student  may  t>e  admitted  and  complete  the  junk>r  year 
at  UMAB,  he  or  she  must  have  a  minimum  ol  2  5  overall  GPA  at  the  end  of  ttie 
junior  year  in  order  to  be  advarKed  to  the  senior  year  The  Allied  Health 
Professkjns  Admissions  Test  (AHPAT)  is  required  for  admission  Selection  of 
applicants  Is  based  on  successful  completion  of  preprofessional  requirements, 
AHPAT  scores,  academic  performance,  and  Interviews  Classes  biegin  in 
September.  Full-time  day  attendance  Is  required  during  the  junior  and  senk>r 
years 

The  UMAB  program  In  Medical  Technology  is  accredited  by  the  Natranal 
Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences  (NAACLS)  and  the  Council 
on  Medical  Education  of  the  Amencan  Medical  Association  (AMA)  to  accept  a 
limited  numtjer  of  students  to  the  juntor  year  Actual  enrollment  Is  limited  by  the 
number  of  spaces  available  In  the  clinical  affiliations.  Upon  successful 
completion  of  the  program,  graduates  are  eligible  to  take  the  national 
certification  examination  given  by  the  Board  of  Registry  of  the  American 
Society  for  Clinical  Pathology  (ASCP). 

Pr»-M«dlcal  Technology  Curriculum 

Chemistry  103',  104    8 

Chemistry  203.  204     6 

Biochemistry  261"    3 

Zoology  101     4 

Microbiology  200  4 

Mathematics  110.  Ill  or  above    6 

English  101 ,  Literature    6 

Speech  107  or  100    3 

Humanities  (History,  literature,  philosophy,  appreciation  of  Art,  Music, 

Drama,  Dance)    3 

Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  (Anthropology,  Economics, 

Government  &  Politics,  Geography,  Psychology, 

Sociology)   6 

(Biological  Science  Elective)  (suggestk>ns:  ZOOL  290,  293,  or 

246— optional)     (4) 

Electives    8-12 

Total  Semester  Hours  60 

•    Pre-requisilB:  Math  SAT  minimum  460  or  CHEM  1 01 . 

"     If  not  taken  t)etore  juntor  year,  then  student  must  take  a  bk)chemistry  course  given  by 

Medical  Technology  Department  at  UMAB  in  summer  pnor  to  juntor  year 

If  science  courses  were  taken  more  than  seven  years  prior  to  admission,  a 
recent  course  in  microbiology  or  biochemistry  must  be  taken. 

Applicants  with  credits  In  foreign  educational  Institutions  must  have  their 
credentials  evaluated  by  International  Education  Services  If  the  student  attends 
the  College  Park  campus,  or  by  the  Credentials  Evaluation  Service,  P.O.  Box 
24679,  Los  Angeles,  California  90024.  Students  are  urged  to  begin  this 
evaluation  well  tjefore  their  application  to  UMAB  since  the  process  may  take  a 
numtjer  of  months  to  complete. 

Further  Information.  At  College  Park,  contact  the  Medical  Technology  advisor, 
3103  Tumer  Laboratory,  College  Pari<,  Maryland  20742.  Telephone 
(301)454-2540.  In  Baltimore,  contact  the  Medical  Technology  Program,  Allied 
Health  Professions  Building,  32  S.  Greene  Street,  Baltinnore,  Maryland  21201. 
Telephone  (301)  528-7664. 

Pre-Medicine 

The  pre-medical  program  is  based  upon  the  requirements  and 
recommendations  ol  the  American  Medical  schools,  and  the  requirements  for  a 
baccalaureate  degree  from  the  College  Park  Campus,  following  either  the 
four-year  program  or  the  combined  Arts-Medicine  Program.  The  curriculum  is 
designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  the  Medicine  College  Admission  Test, 
which  is  normally  taken  In  the  Spring  of  the  junior  year. 

Three-Year  Arts-Medicine  Degree  Program.  Students  whose  performance 
during  the  first  two  years  Is  exceptional  may  seek  admission  to  the  University 
of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  at  the  end  of  their  third  year.  By  the  end  of  the 
third  year  the  student  must  have  earned  90  academic  credits,  the  last  30  of 
which  must  have  been  earned  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 
No  undergraduate  major  Is  required  lor  this  program;  the  work  of  the  first  year 
in  the  School  of  Medicine  is  considered  as  the  major  Within  the  90  credits  the 
student  must  have  completed  all  the  requirements  listed  below.  It  is  strongly 
recommended  that  the  General  University  Requirements  include  at  least  3 
credits  In  English  composition  and  one  other  English  Course. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

A.  General  University  Requirements    30 

B.  Chemistry  (general,  inorganic  and  organic)     18 

CHEM  103,  1 10,  220/221.  203/204  or 

CHEM  105,  112,  222/223,  213/214 

C.  Zoology   16 

ZOOL  101  (General  Zoology)  or  ZOOL  210  (Animal  Diversity) 

ZOOL  213  (Genetics  and  Development) 
ZOOL  290  (Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology)  One  of  the 
following: 


52     Additional  Campus  Programs 


ZOOL  422  (Vertebrate  Physiology) 
ZOOL  426  (General  Endocrinology) 
ZOOL  430  (Vertebrate  Embryology) 
ZOOL  495  (Mammalian  Histology) 

D.  Mathematics    6-8 

(Mathematics  through  calculus  [MATH  141  or  221)  Is  strongly 

recommended) 

E.  Physics  121.  122,  or  141,  142     8 

F.  Supporting  courses  from  any  one  ol  the  following  combinations:   .  .  .     6-10 

1 .  Zoology— Six  hours  on  the  300-400  level 

2.  Microbiology — Eight  hours  on  the  30O-400  level 

3.  CHEM  321  (Quantitative  Analysis)  plus  any  three-credit  course 

at  the  300-400  level  in  the  physical  or  biological 
sciences  that  is  approved  by  the  Assistant  Dean  for 
Pre-Medical  Advisement. 

4.  BCHM  461,  462,  463.  and  464 

5.  Nine  hours  on  the  300-400  level  in  any  one  department  of  the 

Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  or  the  Division  of 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

G.  Electives  as  needed  to  make  at  least  90  credits     0-6 


Total 


90 


Students  accepted  in  the  combined  Arts-Medicine  program  may  receive  the 
B.S.  degree  (Arts-Medicine)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first  year  a)  the 
University  of  Maryland  Medical  School  upon  recommendation  by  the  Dean, 
School  of  Medicine  and  approval  by  the  College  Park  Campus,  the  degree  to 
be  awarded  in  August  following  the  first  year  of  Medical  School.  The  courses  of 
the  first  year  of  Medical  School  constitute  the  major;  the  College  Park  courses 
listed  alxjve  constitute  the  supporting  area. 

Four-Year  Advising  Program.  No  specific  major  is  required  for  favorable 
consideration  by  a  medical  school  admission  committee.  By  intelligent  planning 
starting  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year,  the  student  can  meet  the 
requirements  for  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  in  most  major  programs  and  can 
include  in  his  or  her  course  work  courses  specifically  prescribed  by  medical 
schools  of  choice.  These  are  generally  a  minimum  of  one  year  of  General 
Chemistry,  one  year  of  Organic  Chemistry,  one  year  of  Zoology,  one  year  of 
Physics,  (each  course  must  have  a  laboratory  component),  and  one  year  of 
English.  The  courses  listed  in  A  through  E  above  for  the  three-year 
Arts-Medicine  degree  program  will  satisfy  the  minimum  requirements  of  most 
medical  schools  and  are  strongly  recommended  The  four-year  student's 
program  must  also  include  courses  required  to  satisfy  major,  supporting  area, 
college  and  division  requirements.  The  student  is  urged  to  wor1<  closely  with 
pre-medical  and  major  advisors  in  this  planning. 

Pre-Nursing 

The  School  of  Nursing,  located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB).  offers  a  four-year 
program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing.  The  first  two 
years  of  pre-professional  courses  may  be  taken  at  any  University  of  Maryland 
campus  except  UMAB.  or  any  other  accredited  college  or  university,  while  the 
final  two  years  of  upper  division  woric  are  offered  only  at  the  School  of  Nursing 
at  Baltimore.  Although  admission  to  the  upper  division  is  not  guaranteed,  a 
large  proportion  of  College  Park  students  who  complete  pre-professional 
requirements  are  accepted. 

In  addition  to  the  aforementioned  generic  program,  an  "R.N.  Program"  is 
offered  registered  nurses  who  desire  to  earn  a  B.S.N.  After  completing  the 
pre-professional  course  work,  the  R.N  will  advance  to  senior  status  by 
validating,  by  the  use  of  advanced  placement  examinations,  and  previous 
acquired  nursing  knowledge.  The  senior  year  is  designed  to  provide  the 
student  with  an  understanding  of  a  conceptual  framework  which  can  be  used  in 
organizing  nursing  knowledge,  implementing  professional  nursing  care  and 
evaluating  the  care  given. 

Application  and  Admission.  Applicants  for  pre-nursing  at  College  Park  must 
meet  admission  requirements  of  that  campus.  High  scliool  students  should 
enroll  in  a  college  preparatory  cumculum  including  bkjksgy,  chemistry  and  3 
units  of  college  preparatory  mathematics. 

Applicants  to  the  upper  division  at  UMAB  are  encouraged  to  apply  in  fall  of 
the  sophomore  year  Priority  date  for  applying  is  February.  The  Scfxxjl  uses 
the  process  of  rolling  admission  for  those  who  apply  early  The  Allied  Health 
Professions  Admission  Test  (AHPAT)  is  required  (not  for  R.N  students)  and 
should  be  taken  in  fall  ol  the  sophomore  year  Academic  pertormance  in 
pre-professional  courses  is  an  important  factor  in  selection. 

Pr*-Nurslng  Curriculum 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

Chemistry  103,  104     4.  4 

English  101    3 

Zoology  101     4 

Humanities  (literature,  history,  philosophy,  math,  fine  arts,  language. 

Speech  100  or  107,  any  writing  course)*    15 

Psychology  100     3 

Sociotogy  100  or  105    3 

Other  social  sciences  (sociotogy,  psychotogy,  anthropotogy. 


government  &  politics,  economks,  geography)     6 

Zoology  201,  202    4.4 

Microbiology  200  4 

Nutrition  200    3 

Elective   2 

*    Courses  must  be  selected  from  at  least  three  a/eas. 


Further  Intormatlon.  At  College  Park  contact  the  Pre-Nursing  Advisor,  3103 
Turner  laboratory.  College  Park,  Maryland  20742  Telephone  (301)  454-2540. 
In  Baltimore  contact  the  Director  for  Admissions,  School  of  Nursing,  655  W 
Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201   Telephone  (301)  528-6283 

Pre-Optometry 

Requirements  for  admission  to  schools  and  colleges  of  optometry  vary,  txjt 
in  all  schools  emphasis  is  placed  on  mathematics  (MATH  140,  141.  or  MATH 
110,  111  with  MATH  220,  221  also  strongly  recommended),  chemistry  (CHEM 
103,  140.  with  CHEM  201,  202.  203.  204  also  Strongly  recommended),  physics 
(PHYS  121,  122  or  141,  142),  and  biotogy  (ZOOL  101.  293)  Most  schools  also 
require  additional  courses  in  such  areas  as  English,  psychology,  social 
sciences,  philosophy,  foreign  languages,  and  literature  A  minimum  ol  two 
years  of  pre-optometry  studies  is  required  for  admission  to  accredited  schools, 
but  at  present  better  than  50%  of  successful  applicants  hold  a  bachelor's  or 
higher  degree.  Students  who  contemplate  admission  to  optometry  schools  may 
major  in  any  program  that  the  University  offers,  but  would  be  well-advised  to 
write  to  the  optometry  schools  of  their  choice  for  specific  course  requirements 
for  admission.  Students  who  seek  further  information  shouk)  consult  the 
pre-professional  advisor  in  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies 

Pre-Pharmacy 

The  School  of  Pharmacy,  which  is  located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB).  offers  both 
a  five-year  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Pharmacy  and  a 
six-year  program  leading  to  a  Doctor  of  Phamnacy  degree  Both  programs  are 
the  same  until  the  fifth  year,  when  some  students  are  accepted  into  the  Doctor 
of  Pharmacy  program  The  first  two  years,  consisting  of  pre-professional 
studies,  may  be  completed  at  any  University  of  Maryland  campus  except  UMAB 
or  at  another  accredited  institution  The  final  three  or  four  years  of  upper 
division  work  must  be  completed  in  the  School  of  Pharmacy  at  BaltirrKjre. 

The  purposes  of  the  School  of  Phamnacy  are  to  train  students  lor  the 
efficient,  ethical  practice  of  all  branches  of  pharmacy;  to  instruct  students  In 
general  scientific  and  cultural  subjects  so  they  can  read  crttkally,  express 
themselves  clearly  and  think  logically  as  members  of  a  profession  and  citizens 
of  a  democracy;  and  to  guide  students  into  productive  sctxjiarship  and 
research  for  the  increase  ol  knowledge  and  techniques  in  the  tiealing  arts  ol 
pharmacy. 

The  School  ol  Pharmacy  is  accredited  by  the  American  Council  on 
Pharmaceutical  Education.  The  School  hoWs  memtiership  in  the  American 
Association  of  Colleges  of  Pharmacy. 

Application  and  Admission.  Applicants  for  pre-pharmacy  at  College  Park 
must  meet  all  admission  requirements  ol  that  campus  High  school  preparatton 
should  include  4  units  ol  college  preparatory  mathematics,  3  units  of  science 
including  chemistry  and  physics,  and  2  units  of  French  or  German. 

Students  applying  to  the  School  of  Phannacy  for  admission  to  the  upper 
diviston  must  complete  the  required  pre-professtonal  courses  with  at  least  a 
2.25  grade  point  average.  This  is  a  minimum  average  for  consideration  The 
average  for  all  successful  candidates  has  been  a  3.0  Applicants  should  apply 
by  April  1 .  The  Pharmacy  College  Admisston  Test  (PCAT)  is  required 


Pre-Pharmacy  Curriculum 


First  Year 

Chemistry  103.  110     

Mathematics  1 15.  220  (Introductory  Analysis  and  Elementary  Calculus) 

Zoology  101  (or  Bkjiogy)     

English  1 01  (Composition)    

Elective  (Social  Sciences)  

Elective  (non-specific)   

Secorxi  Year 

Chemistry  220.  221.  203.  204     

Physics  121.  122  (Fundanoentals)     

Elective  (Humanities)     

English  (Literature) 

Elective  (non-specHic)   

Elective  (Social  Science)     


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Furtt>er  Information.  At  College  Park  contact  the  Pharmacy  Advisor,  3103 
Turner  Laboratory,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742  Telephone  (301)  454-2540 
In  Baltimore  contact  Admissiorw  Committee  Ctiairman.  University  of  Maryland 
School  ol  Pharmacy,  636  W  Lombard  Street.  Bal6more.  Maryland  21202. 
Telephone  (301)  528-7650 


Additional  Campus  Programs     53 


Pre-Physical  Therapy 

The  Department  of  Physical  Therapy  otters  a  (our-year  program  leading  to 
the  Bachelor  ol  Science  degree  The  lirsl  two  years,  consisting  of 
pre-pfofossional  studies,  may  be  completed  on  any  University  ol  Maryland 
campus  except  UMAB  or  any  regionally  accredited  university  or  college 
Professional  courses  are  offered  only  in  the  Department  ol  Physical  Therapy, 
which  is  located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB)  There  is  a  required  summer  course  at 
UMAB  between  the  sophomore  and  lunior  years  Admission  to  the 
pre-professional  program  at  College  ParV  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  the 
upper  division  at  UMAB 

The  professional  services  ol  the  physical  therapist  are  offered  to  people 
wlK>  are  disabled  by  illness  or  accident  or  were  bom  with  a  handicap  Clinical 
practitioners  are  responsible  lor  the  evaluation  of  each  patient's  ability, 
disability  and  potential  for  recovery  The  most  common  areas  of  disorder 
Irx^iude  neuromuscular,  musculoskeletal,  sensory  motor,  and  related 
cardio-vascular  and  respiratory  functions 

On  tfie  tiasis  of  test  findings  a  treatment  program  is  planned  and 
implemented  within  the  relerral  ol  the  licensed  physician  or  dentist  with  whom 
tile  contact  is  maintained  regarding  patient  care  and  progress  Treatment 
techniques  include  the  therapeutic  use  ol  heat,  cold,  water,  electricity,  light, 
ultra-sound,  massage  exercise  and  functional  training  Instruction  is  given  to 
the  patient,  the  family  and  others  who  might  help  during  the  treatment  and 
convalescent  period 

Most  physical  therapists  are  employed  in  hospital  clinics,  rehabilitation 
centers,  private  practice,  schools  lor  handicapped  children  and  nursing  homes 

Appllcatlofi  and  Admission.  Applicants  lor  the  pre-physical  therapy  program 
at  College  Park  must  meet  all  admission  requirements  lor  that  campus.  High 
school  students  should  pursue  a  college  preparatory  program  Subjects 
specifically  recommended  are  biology,  chemistry,  physics  and  three  units  ol 
college  preparatory  mathematics.  Completion  ol  a  year  ol  high  school  public 
speakirfg  will  provide  exemption  Irom  the  college  speech  requirement. 

Applicants  loi  the  junior  year  at  UMAB  must  complete  the  60  designated 
credits  with  a  grade  ol  "C"  or  better  in  each  ol  the  required  pre-professional 
courses.  The  minimum  grade  point  average  for  admission  is  2  7  on  a  4.0  scale 
However,  it  is  realistic  to  assume  that  a  higher  average  is  most  likely  needed 
lor  selection.  It  is  unlikely  that  non-resident  candidates  with  less  than  a  3.0 
average  will  be  considered  The  application  deadline  is  December  1,  and 
supporting  documents  (transcripts  and  AHPAT)  must  be  received  by  February 
1  of  the  year  of  admission.  The  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test 
(AHPAT)  is  required  and  selection  of  applicants  is  based  on  academic  and 
personal  achievement,  test  scores  and  personal  interviews.  Physical  therapy 
experience  (as  a  volunteer,  aide,  etc.)  is  strongly  recommended.  There  is  no 
exclusion  based  on  sex,  age.  ethnic  background  or  prior  completion  of  another 
academic  degree. 

Prv-Physlcal  Therapy  Curriculum 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Mathematics  110  or  115,  111  and  Psychology  200  or  Sociology  201 

Mathematics  110.  220,  and  Statistics  100,  Psyc  200  or  Socy  201    9 

Chemistry  103.  104     8 

Physics  121.  122     8 

Zook)gy  101     4 

Zoology  201  (Fall  only)   4 

Social  Science     3 

(Atro-American  Studies,  anthropology,  economics,  government  & 
politics,  urban  studies,  women's  studies,  sociology, 
geography) 

Psychology  (including  Psyc  100)     6 

English  101    3 

(Students  with  advanced  credit  or  exemption  may  substitute  a  3 
credit  elective) 

Speech  100  or  a  Communication  Course  3 

(Students  with  one  year  ol  high  school  speech  or  equivalent 
experiential  background  may  substitute  a  3  credit 
elective) 

Arts  and  Humanities    6 

(Courses  chosen  Irom:  history,  literature,  foreign  language, 

phikjsophy.  appreciation  of  art,  music,  drama,  dance) 
Electives*     6 

'  Selecdor^s  may  be  made  in  any  area  wilti  no  more  than  2  credits  of  skills  or  activities 
courses  accepted.  Introductory  or  review  courses  tselow  the  level  required  in  biok>gy, 
chemistry,  physics,  and  Mathematics,  may  not  be  used  as  electives. 


Further  Information.  At  College  Park  contact  the  Physical  Therapy  Advisor. 
3103  Turner  Latioratory,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742  Telephone  (301) 
454-2540  In  Baltimore  contact  the  Department  of  Physical  Therapy,  32  S. 
Greene  Street,  Baltimore.  Maryland  21201   Telephone  (301)  528-7720 

Pre- Radiologic  Technology 

The  Radiologic  Technology  program  offered  by  the  Division  ol  Radiologic 
Technology  ol  the  School  ol  Medicine  is  a  lour-year  program  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  ol  Science  degree  The  lirst  two  years,  consisting  of  pre-professional 
studies,  may  iJe  completed  at  any  University  of  Maryland  campus  except  UMAB 
or  at  another  accredited  institution  The  final  two  years  entail  professional 
studies  in  the  Radiologic  Technology  Division  at  Baltimore  (UMAB)  Enrollment 
in  the  pre-professional  program  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  the  upper 
division 

The  Radiologic  Technologist  is  principally  concerned  with  the  utilization  of 
sophisticated  diagnostic  imaging  systems  which  are  used  in  a  wide  variety  of 
clinical  procedures  to  provide  the  physician  with  images  of  the  internal  anatomy 
ol  the  patient  as  an  aid  to  diagnosis  The  curriculum  includes  courses  in 
Radiologic  Physics,  Radiation  Protection  and  Radiobiology,  and  Anatomy. 
Physiology  and  Pathology  as  depicted  on  the  x-ray  lilm  Introductory  courses  in 
teaching  and  administration  in  Radiologic  Technology,  as  well  as  peripheral 
areas  such  as  Nuclear  Medicine,  Radiation  Therapy  and  Ultrasonography  are 
included  in  the  cuniculum 

Students  seeking  a  Baccalaureate  Degree  in  Radiologic  Technology  learn 
to  administer  ionizing  radiation  as  a  diagnostic  tool  in  a  series  ol  tests  the 
patient  must  encounter  upon  entering  the  hospital  In  addition,  each  student 
receives  a  variety  of  educational  experiences  in  the  latest  imaging  modalities 
such  as  Nuclear  Medicine.  Ultrasonography,  and  Computerized  Axial 
Tomography.  The  Radiologic  Technologist  with  a  Baccalaureate  Degree  is 
taught  to  assume  many  diversified  positions  in  the  field  which  includes 
educational  and  teaching  techniques,  quality  assurance  procedures, 
radiological  sciences  (i.e.  Thermography,  Xeroradiography,  Tomography)  and 
Hospital  Administration  skills.  Students  are  also  provided  the  opportunity  to 
gain  experience  in  treatment  techniques  with  emphasis  on  Radiation  Theraphy 
and  learn  to  maintain  basic  life  support  systems  in  an  emergency  situation 
which  includes  Cardiopulmonary  Resuscitation,  allergic  reaction  to  contrast 
media,  etc.  Students  in  Radiologic  Technology  become  skilled  in  the  use  of 
radiation  protection  techniques  and  are  able  to  assume  positions  in  areas 
which  monitor  environmental  radiation  Additionally,  the  program  is  intended  to 
provide  an  academic  background  sufficient  to  enable  the  qualified  student  to 
pursue  a  graduate  degree  in  Radiology  Administration,  Education,  or  the 
Radiological  Sciences 

Application  and  Admission.  Applicants  for  pre-radiologic  technology  at 
College  Park  must  meet  all  admission  requirements  of  that  campus. 

Students  near  completion  of  pre-professional  requirements  who  wish  to 
apply  for  the  junior  year  at  UMAB  must  apply  by  April  1  A  grade-point  average 
of  2.5  is  the  minimum  for  consideration,  although  the  successful  candidate 
usually  has  a  3.0  or  better. 


Pre-Radlologic  Technology  Courses 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

English  101    3 

Zoology  101.201     8 

Chemistry  103.  104     8 

Physics  121.  122     8 

Mathematics  (statistics  required  plus  math  110  or  115)    6 

Behavioral  and  social  sciences 12 

(One  psychology  and  one  sociology  course  are  required.  Other 

courses  can  tje  selected  Irom:  economics,  philosophy. 
Afro-American  studies,  anthropology,  urban  studies  or 
additional  psychology.) 

Speech  100  or  107   3 

Additional  electives*    12 

(Technical  writing  recommended) 
•    Consult  the  advisor  on  selection  ol  electives. 

Further  Information.  At  College  Park  contact  Ms.  Cynthia  Rice.  3103  Turner 
Laboratory,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742.  Telephone  (301)  454-2540.  In 
Baltimore  contact  Ms.  Cynthia  Rice,  Allied  Health  Professions  Building,  32  S. 
Greene  Street.  Baltimore.  Maryland  21201.  Telephone  (301)  528-6272. 


54 


Academic  Divisions, 
Schools,  Colleges, 
and  Departments 


Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life 
Sciences 

The  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  offers  educational 
opportunities  for  students  in  subject  matter  relating  to  living  organisms  and  their 
interaction  with  one  another  and  with  the  environment.  Education  in  all  aspects 
of  agriculture  is  included.  Programs  of  study  include  those  involving  the  most 
fundamental  concepts  of  biological  science  and  chemistry  and  the  use  of 
knowledge  in  daily  life  as  well  as  the  application  of  economic  and  engineering 
principles  in  planning  the  improvement  of  life  In  addition  to  pursuing  the 
t>accalaureate  degree,  a  number  of  students  in  this  Division  engage  in 
pre-professional  education  in  such  fields  as  Pre-Medicine,  Pre-Dentistry,  and 
Pre- Veterinary  Medicine 

The  student  may  obtain  a  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  with  a  major  in  any 
of  the  departments  and  curricula  listed  Students  in  pre-professional  programs 
may,  under  certain  circumstances,  obtain  a  B.S.  degree  following  three  years 
on  Campus  and  one  successful  year  in  a  professional  school. 

Structure  of  tlie  Division.  The  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences 
includes  the  following  departments  and  programs: 

1 .  Within  the  College  of  Agriculture: 

a.  Departments:  Agricultural  Engineering,  Agricultural  and  Extension 
Education,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics,  Agronomy.  Animal 
Science,  Dairy  Science,  Horticulture,  Poultry  Science,  and  Veterinary 
Science. 

b.  Programs  or  Curricula:  Agricultural  Chemistry,  Animal  Sciences, 
Conservation  and  Resource  Development,  Food  Science,  General 
Agriculture,  Pre-Forestry,  Pre-Theology,  and  Pre-Veterinary  Medicine. 

c.  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture. 

2.  Divisional  Units: 

a.  Departments:  Botany,  Chemistry,  Entomology,  Geology,  Microbiology, 
Zoology. 

b.  Programs  or  Curricula:  Biochemistry,  General  Biological  Sciences. 
Pre-Dentistry,  Pre-Optometry,  and  Pre-Medicine. 

AdmlMlon.  Requirements  for  admission  to  the  Division  are  the  same  as  ttx)se 
for  admission  to  the  other  units  of  the  University.  Application  must  be  made  to 
the  Director  of  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Parit,  Maryland. 

Students  desiring  a  program  of  study  in  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life 
Sciences  should  include  the  following  subjects  in  their  high  school  program: 
English,  four  units;  college  preparatory  mathematics  (algebra,  plane  geometry), 
three  or  lour  units;  biological  and  physical  sciences,  two  units;  history  and 
social  sciences,  one  unit. 

Students  wishing  to  major  in  chemistry,  botany,  microbiology,  or  zoology,  or 
to  follow  a  pre-medical  or  pre-dental  program,  should  include  four  units  of 
college  preparatory  mathematics  (algebra,  plane  geometry,  trigonometry,  and 
more  advanced  mathematics,  if  available).  They  should  also  include  chemistry 
and  physics 

A  faculty  advisor  will  be  designated  to  help  select  and  design  a  program  of 
courses  to  meet  the  needs  and  objectives  of  each  entering  student  As  soon  as 
a  student  selects  a  major  field  of  study,  an  advisor  representing  that 
department  or  program  will  be  assigned.  All  students  are  urged  to  see  their 
advisor  at  least  once  each  semester. 

Students  following  pre-professional  programs  will  be  advised  by 
knowledgeable  faculty 

In  addition  to  the  educational  resources  on  the  Campus,  students  with 
specific  interests  have  an  opportunity  to  utilize  libraries  and  other  resources  of 
the  several  government  agencies  k>cated  close  to  the  Campus  Research 
laboratories  related  to  agriculture  or  marine  biology  are  available  to  students 
with  special  interests. 

Dagrae  Requirements.  Students  graduating  from  the  Division  must  complete 
at  least  120  credits  with  an  average  of  2  0  in  all  courses  applkable  towards  tfie 
degree.  Included  in  the  120  aedits  must  be  the  fotowing: 

1 .  University  Studies  Requirements  (40  credits) 

2.  Division  Requirements: 

a  Chemistry:  Any  one  course  of  three  or  more  credits  in  chemistry 
numtiered  102  or  higher; 

b.  Mattiematics  or  any  course  ttvat  satisfios  the  University  Studies 
Program; 

c.  Biological  Sciences:  Any  one  course  carrying  three  or  rrxsre  credits 


selected  from  offerings  of  the  Departments  of  Botany,   Entomoksgy, 
Mlcrobiok>gy  or  Zoology,  or  any  interdepartmental  course  approved  for 
this  purpose  by  the  Division  (eg.,  BIOL  101) 
3  Requirements  of  the  major  and  supporting  areas,  which  are  listed  under 
individual  program  headings 

Honors  Programs.  Students  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  tK>nors  programs 
of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics,  Botany,  Chemistry,  Microbtotogy.  and 
Zootogy 

On  the  basis  of  the  students  pertormance  during  participation  in  tf>e 
Honors  Program,  the  department  may  recommend  the  candidates  for  tt>e 
appropriate  degree  with  (departmental)  honors,  or  for  the  appropriate  degree 
with  (departmental)  high  honors  Successful  completion  of  ttie  Honors  Program 
will  t>e  recognized  by  a  citation  in  the  Commencement  Program  and  by  an 
appropriate  entry  on  the  student's  record  and  dipk>ma. 


College  of  Agriculture 


The  College  of  Agriculture  offers  educational  programs  with  a  broad  cultural 
and  scientific  base  Students  are  prepared  for  careers  in  agriculturally  related 
sciences,  technology  and  business 

The  application  of  knowledge  to  the  solution  of  some  of  man's  most  critical 
problems  concerning  adequate  amounts  and  quality  of  food  and  ttie  quality  of 
the  environment  in  which  he  lives  are  important  missions  of  the  College 

This  original  College  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Par1(  was 
chartered  in  1856  The  College  of  Agriculture  has  a  continuous  record  of 
leadership  in  education  since  that  date  It  became  the  beneficiary  of  the 
Land-Grant  Act  of  1862. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  continues  to  grow  and  develop  as  part  of  ttie 
greater  University,  providing  education  and  research  activities  enabling  us  to 
use  our  environment  and  natural  resources  to  best  advantage  while  conserving 
basic  resources  for  future  generations 

Advantage  of  Location  and  Facllltias.  Educatkinal  opportunities  in  tt>e 
College  of  Agnculture  are  enhanced  by  the  nearby  location  of  several  research 
units  of  the  federal  government  Of  particular  interest  are  the  Agricultural 
Research  Center  at  Beltsville  and  the  US  Department  of  Agriculture 
Headquarters  in  Washington,  DC  The  National  Agncultural  Library  at 
Beltsville  is  an  important  resource. 

Related  research  latxjratories  of  the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  military 
hospitals.  National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Agency,  and  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  are  in  the  vicinity.  Interaction  of  faculty  and  students  with  personnel 
from  ttrase  agencies  is  encouraged  Teaching  and  research  activities  are 
conducted  with  ttie  cooperation  of  scientists  and  professional  people  in 
government  positkjns 

Instruction  in  the  basic  biok>gical  and  physical  sciences,  social  sciences 
and  engineering  principles  is  conducted  in  well-designed  classrooms  and 
laboratories.  The  application  of  basic  principles  to  practical  situations  is 
derTX)nstrated  for  the  student  in  numerous  ways 

Modem  greenhouses  are  available  for  breeding  and  propagation  of  a  wide 
variety  of  plants,  work  on  the  control  of  weeds  and  improved  cultural  practK«s 

Herds  of  dairy  and  beef  cattle  and  flocks  of  poultry  are  kept  on  the  Campus 
for  teaching  and  research  purposes 

Several  operating  research  fanns,  kxated  in  Central  Maryland,  Southern 
Maryland  and  on  ttie  Eastern  Sfwre.  support  ttie  educatkmal  programs  in 
Agriculture  by  provkJing  kxations  where  important  aops,  animals  and  poultry 
can  be  grown  and  maintained  under  practical  and  research  conditKxis  Ttiese 
farms  add  an  important  dimension  to  ttie  courses  offered  in  Agnculture  Data 
from  these  operatk>ns  and  from  cooperating  producers  and  processors  of 
agricultural  products  are  utilized  by  students  interested  in  economKx.  teaching, 
engineering,  and  conservation,  as  they  'elate  to  agnculture.  as  well  as  t>y  ttxise 
concerned  with  biotogy  or  management  of  agncultural  crops  and  animals 

Qanaral  Information.  Today  s  agriculture  is  a  highly  complex  and  extremely 
etfk:ient  industry  which  includes  supplies  and  servk»s  used  in  agricultural 
productk>n.  and  ttie  mariteting.  processing  and  distnbution  of  products  to  meet 
ttie  consumers  needs  and  wants 

Instruction  in  the  Ck>llege  of  Agnculture  includes  ttie  fundamental  scianoee 
arxt  emphiasizes  ttie  precise  knowledge  ttial  graduates  must  employ  in  the 
industnalized  agnculture  of  today,  and  helps  develop  the  foundation  lor  Iftalr 
role  in  ttie  future    Course  programs  in  speaalized  areas  may  be  laik>red  to  lit 


College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     55 


the  particular  needs  ol  the  individual  student 

Previous  training  in  agriculture  is  not  a  prerequisite  tor  study  in  the  College 
ol  Aghculture  Careers  lor  men  and  women  with  rural,  suburtian  or  urban 
backgrounds  are  available  in  agriculture  and  its  allied  induslnes 

Graduates  ol  the  College  ol  Agriculture  have  an  adequate  educational 
background  lor  careers  and  continued  learning  alter  college  in  business, 
production,  teaching,  research,  extension,  and  many  other  prolessional  lieWs 

Requirement*  (or  Admleslon.  Admission  requirements  to  the  College  ol 
Agriculture  are  the  same  as  those  ol  the  University 

For  students  entering  the  College  ol  Agnculture  it  is  recommended  that 
their  high  school  preparatory  course  include  English,  4  units;  mathematics,  3 
units,  biological  and  physical  sciences.  3  units:  and  history  or  social  sciences.  2 
units  Four  units  ol  mathematics  should  t>e  elected  by  students  who  plan  to 
major  in  agricultural  engineering  or  agncultural  chemistry 

Requirements  for  Graduation.  Each  student  must  complete  at  least  120  credit 
hours  in  academic  subjects  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average  ol  2  0(C) 

HofK>ra  Program.  An  Honors  Program  is  approved  lor  majors  in  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics  The  objective  ol  the  Honors  Program  is  to  recognize 
superior  scholarship  and  to  provide  opportunity  lor  the  excellent  student  to 
broaden  his  or  her  perspective  and  to  increase  the  depth  ol  his  or  her  studies 

The  programs  in  Honors  are  administered  by  Departmental  Honors. 
Students  in  the  College  ol  Agriculture  who  are  in  the  top  20  percent  ol  their 
class  at  the  end  ol  their  lirst  year  may  be  considered  lor  admission  into  the 
Honors  Program.  Ol  this  group  up  to  50  percent  may  tie  admitted. 

Sophomores  or  lirst  semester  Juniors  will  be  considered  upon  application 
Irom  those  students  in  the  upper  20  percent  ol  their  class.  While  application 
may  be  made  until  the  student  enters  the  sixth  semester,  early  entrance  into 
the  program  is  recommended  Students  admitted  to  the  program  enjoy  certain 
academic  pnvileges 

Faculty  Advisement.  Each  student  in  the  College  ol  Aghculture  is  assigned  to 
a  laculty  advisor  Advisors  normally  work  with  a  limited  number  ol  students  and 
are  able  to  give  individual  guidance. 

Students  entering  the  Ireshman  year  with  a  definite  choice  ol  curriculum  are 
assigned  to  departmental  advisors  lor  counsel  and  planning  ol  all  academic 
programs  Students  who  have  not  selected  a  definite  curriculum  are  assigned 
to  a  general  advisor  who  assists  with  the  choice  ol  electives  and  acquaints 
students  with  opportunities  in  the  curricula  in  the  College  ol  Agriculture  and  in 
other  divisions  ol  the  University. 

Scholarships.  A  number  ol  scholarships  are  available  lor  students  enrolled  in 
the  College  ol  Agriculture.  These  include  awards  by  the  Agricultural 
Development  Fund.  Arthur  M.  Ahalt  Scholarship.  Capitol  Milk  Producers 
Cooperative.  Inc..  Dairy  Technology  Society  ol  Maryland  and  the  District  ol 
Columbia.  Delaware-Maryland  Plant  Food  Associafion.  Inc.  Dr.  Ernest  N.  Cory 
Trust  Fund,  James  R.  Ferguson  Memorial  Scholarship,  the  Staley  and  Eugene 
Hahn  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  Hyattsville  Horticultural  Society.  Inter-State 
Milk  Producers.  The  Kinghorne  Fund.  Gary  Lee  Lake  Memorial  Scholarship. 
Maryland  Cooperative  Milk  Producers,  Inc.  Maryland  Electrification  Council, 
Maryland  Holstein  Association,  Maryland  Turlgrass  Association.  Maryland  State 
Goll  Association.  Maryland  and  Virginia  Milk-Producers.  Inc.  Maryland 
Veterinarians,  Dr.  Ray  A.  Murray  Scholarship  Fund.  Ralston  Purina  Company, 
J.  Homer  Remsberg  Memorial  Scholarship,  Saleway  Scholarship,  The 
Schluderljerg  Foundation,  Southern  States  Cooperative,  Inc.,  T.  B  Symons 
Memorial  Scholarship,  the  Joseph  M.  Vial  Memorial  Scholarship  Program  in 
Agriculture.  Winslow  Foundation  and  the  Nicholas  Brice  Worthington 
Scholarship  Fund 

Student  Organizations.  Students  find  opportunity  lor  varied  expression  and 
growth  in  the  several  voluntary  organizafions  sponsored  by  the  College  ol 
Agriculture.  These  organizafions  are  Agriculture  Economics  Club.  Block  and 
Bridle,  Conservafion  &  Resource  Development  Club,  Dairy  Science  Club, 
Collegiate  4-H  Club,  the  Equestrian  Club.  Future  Fanners  ol  America, 
Agronomy  Club.  Horticultural  Club,  and  the  Veterinary  Science  Club. 

Alpha  Zeta  is  a  nafional  agricultural  honor  Iraternity,  Members  are  chosen 
Irom  students  in  the  College  ol  Agriculture  who  have  attained  the  scholastic 
requirements  and  displayed  leadership  in  agriculture. 

The  Agncultural  Student  Council  is  made  up  ol  representatives  Irom  the 
various  student  organizations  in  the  College  ol  Agriculture.  Its  purpose  is  to 
coordinate  activities  ol  these  organizafions  and  to  promote  work  which  is 
beneficial  to  the  college 

Required  Courses.  Courses  required  lor  students  in  the  College  ol  Agriculture 
are  listed  in  each  curriculum.  The  program  ol  the  Ireshman  year  is  similar  lor 
all  curricula  Variations  in  programs  will  be  suggested  based  on  students' 
interests  and  test  scores 


Typical  Freshmen  Program— College  of  Agriculture 


ENGL  101 
BOTN  101 
MATH  . . . 
ANSC  101 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


ZOOL  101    

AGRO  100    

AGRO  102     

AGRI  101     

SPCH  107   

General  University  Requiretnent 

Total    


College  of  Agriculture  Departments, 
Programs  and  Curricula 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Professor  and  Ctiairwan:  Nelson 

Professors:  Longest.  Ryden  (Emeritus) 

Associate  Professor:  Seibel.  Whaples.  Wheatley,  Wright 

Affiliate  Associate  Professor:  CoHindaHer 

Assistar^t  Professors:  Ewen.  Glee 

The  program  is  designed  to  prepare  persons  to  teach  agriculture  at  the 
secondary  or  postsecondary  levels  It  also  prepares  persons  to  enter  extension 
wori<,  community  development  or  other  agriculturally  related  careers- 

A  degree  in  Agncultural  and  Extension  Educafion  may  also  lead  to  a  variety 
ol  career  opportunities  in  educational  and  developmental  programs,  public 
service,  business  and  industry,  communications,  research,  or  college  teaching. 

Students  preparing  to  become  teachers  ol  agriculture — Including 
horticulture,  agribusiness  or  other  agriculturally  related  subjects — shoukl  have 
had  appropriate  experience  with  the  kind  ol  agnculture  they  plan  to  teach  or 
should  arrange  to  secure  that  experience  during  summers  while  in  college. 

In  order  to  be  able  to  serve  as  advisors  ol  high  school  chapters  ol  the  FFA 
upon  graduation,  students  in  the  agricultural  education  cumculum  are  expected 
to  parficipate  in  the  Collegiate  Chapter  ol  the  Future  Farmers  ol  America. 


Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  Program 


University  Studies  Requirements*   

AGRO  1 00— Crops  Laboratory    

AGRO  102— Crop  Production  or 

AGRO  406 — Forage  Crop  Production     

AGRO  302— General  Soils    

ANSC  101 — Principles  ol  Animal  Science     

ANSC  203— Feeds  and  Feeding     

AREC  406 — Farm  Management  or 

AREC  407 — Financial  Analysis  ol  Farm  Business    

BOTN  1 01— General  Botany     

BOTN  221— Diseases  ol  Plants    

CHEM  103,  104— College  Chemistry  I,  II    

EDHD  3(X) — Human  Development  and  Learning    

EDSF  301 — Foundafions  ol  Education    

ENAG  100 — Basic  Agricultural  Engineering  Technokjgy 

ENAG  2(X) — Introduction  to  Fami  Mechanics   

ENAG  305— Farni  Mechanics  

ENTM  252 — Agricultural  Insect  Pests   

HORT  222— Vegetable  Production  or 
HORT  231 — Greenhouse  Management  or 

HORT  271— Plant  Propagation   

MATH  1 10 — Introduction  Mathematics  I    

RLED  302 — Introduction  to  Agricultijral  Education    

RLED  303 — Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations   .  .  . 
RLED  305 — Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 
RLED  311 — Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture 

RLED  313— Shjdent  Teaching    

RLED  315— Student  Teaching    

RLED  398 — Seminar  in  Agricultural  Education   

RLED  464— Rural  Lite  in  Modern  Society     

SPCH  107 — Technical  Speech  Communication    

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology  

Electives    

*    includes  1 1  required  credits  listed  t)ek}w. 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
40 


4.4 
6 
3 
3 

2 
2 
3 


Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Professor  and  Cfiairman:  Norton 

Professors:  F.  Bender.  Brown,  Cain,  Foster.  Lessley.  Moore,  Pollentjerger, 

Smith,  Stevens,  Tuthill,  Wysong 

Associate  Professors:  Hamilton  (Emerihjs),  Hardie,  Lawrence.  McConnell 

Assistant  Professors:  Bockstael.  Chamtjers,  Phipps,  Prindle,  Strand 

Principal  Specialist:  Belter 

Senior  Specialist:  Crothers 

The    curriculum    combines    training    in    the    business,    economics    and 
international   aspects  ol  agricultural   production   and   marketing   and   natural 


56     College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


resource  use  with  the  biological  arxJ  physical  sciences  l3asic  to  agriculture. 
Programs  are  available  for  students  in  agricultural  economics,  agricultural 
business,  international  agriculture,  resource  economics,  and  rural  real  estate 
Students  desiring  to  enter  agricultural  marketing  or  business  aWiliated  with 
agriculture  may  elect  the  agricultural  business  option,  and  those  interested  in 
foreign  service  may  elect  the  international  agriculture  option  Students  primarily 
interested  in  the  broad  aspects  of  production  and  management  as  it  is  related 
to  the  operation  ol  a  farm  business  may  elect  the  agncultural  economics  option 
Those  interested  in  training  in  resource  management  and  evaluation  may  elect 
the  resource  economics  option  Students  interested  in  rural  land  appraisal  and 
real  estate  may  elect  the  rural  real  estate  opinion 

In  these  programs,  students  are  trained  for  employment  in  agricultural 
business  firms;  for  positions  in  sales  or  management:  for  local,  state,  or  federal 
agencies;  for  extension  work;  for  research;  and  for  farm  operation  or 
management. 

Courses  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  are  essentially  the  same 
for  all  students.  However,  freshmen  and  sophomores  are  encouraged  to  fulfill 
the  math  and  business  requirements  in  their  first  two  years.  In  the  junior  year 
the  student  selects  the  option  of  his  or  her  choice.  Courses  in  this  department 
are  designed  to  provide  training  in  the  application  of  economic  principles  to  the 
production,  processing,  distribution,  and  merchandising  of  agricultural  products 
and  the  effective  management  of  our  natural  and  human  resources,  as  well  as 
the  interrelationship  of  business  and  industry  associated  with  agricultural 
products  The  curriculum  includes  courses  in  general  agricultural  economics, 
marketing,  farm  management,  prices,  resource  economics,  agricultural  policy. 
and  international  agricultural  economics. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 


University  Studies  Requirements*  

Biological  Sciences   

Chemistry    

AREC  404 — Prices  of  Agricultural  Products    

BMGT  220 — Principles  of  Accounting   

BMGT  230— Business  Statistics  I  or 

BIOM  301 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Biometrics 

ECON  201 — Principles  of  Economics  I   

ECON  203— Principles  of  Economics  II    

ECON  401 — National  Income  Analysis   

ECON  403— Intermediate  Price  Theory    

MATH  1 10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I    

MATH  1 1 1 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  II     

MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus     

Technical  Agriculture"    


'    Includes  1 1  required  credits  listed  bekm. 

"    A  minimum  of  nine  hours  of  technical  agncutture  must  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the 

student's  advisor 

Agribuslrte**  Option 

Each  student  must  take  the  following  or  the  equivalent: 

AREC  406— Farm  Management    3 

AREC  427 — The  Economics  of  Marketing  Systems  for  Agricultural 

Commodities   3 

Other  courses  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  6 

Electives    33 

Agricultural  Economic*  Option 
Each  student  must  take  the  following  or  the  equivalent: 

AREC  406 — Farm  Management    3 

ECON  425 — Mathematical  Economics  or 

ENGL  291— Expository  Writing    3 

MATH  221— Elementary  Calculus     3 

Statistics    , 3 

Other  courses  In  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  9 

Electives    24 

International  Agriculture  Option 
Each  student  must  take  the  following  or  ttie  equivalent: 

AREC  445 — Worid  Agricultural  Development  and  the  Quality  ol  Life      .  3 

ECON  415 — Introduction  to  Economk;  Development  of  Underdeveloped 

Areas     3 

ECON  440 — International  Economics   3 

Other  courses  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Ecorx)mk»   9 

Electives 27 

Raaourc*  EcorKMnIc*  Option 
Each  student  must  take  the  following  or  tfie  equivalent: 

AREC  240 — Environment  and  Human  Ecotogy     3 

AREC  452 — Economics  of  Resource  Development    3 

ECON  450— Introduction  to  Public  Finance    3 

Other  courses  in  Agncultural  and  (^source  Economics  6 

Electives    30 

Rural  R«al  Estate  Option 
Each  student  must  take  the  lolknving  or  ttie  equivalent: 

ENAG  100  Basic  Agricultural  Engineering  Technology     3 

AGRO  302  General  Soils      3 

AGRO  415  Soil  Survey  Land  Use     3 

AREC  250  Elements  of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economns     3 


AREC  406  Farm  Management    

AREC  407  Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business 
AREC  452  Resource  Developmem  Economics  .  .  . 
Electives    


Course  Code  Prefix— AREC 

Agricultural  Chemistry 

This  curriculum  insures  adequate  instruction  in  the  fundamentals  of  t>oth 
the  physical  and  biological  sciences  It  ntay  be  adjusted  through  the  selection 
of  electives  to  lit  the  student  for  wori(  in  agricultural  experiment  stations,  soil 
bureaus,  geological  surveys,  food  laboratories,  fertilizer  industries,  and  those 
handling  food  products. 

Semester 
CreM  Hours 
40 


University  Studies  Requirements'   

Required  of  All  Studer^ts: 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I  or  CHEM  105  

CHEM  110— Organic  Chemistry  I  or  CHEM  112     

CHEM  220— Organic  Chemistry  II  or  CHEM  222    

CHEM  2ri— Organic  Chemistry  II  Laboratory  or  CHEM  223 

CHEM  203— College  Chemistry  IV  or  CHEM  213     

CHEM  204— College  Chemistry  IV  Uboratory  or  CHEM  214 

CHEM  321 — Quantitative  Analysis    

AGRO  302— General  Soils    

GEOL  100— Introductory  Physical  Geology    

MATH  140— Analysis  I     

MATH  141— Analysis  II    

PHYS  141— Principles  ol  Physics  

PHYS  142— Principles  ol  Physics  

Electives  in  Biology  

Electives  in  Agricultural  Chemistry    

Electives    


*    includes  1 1  required  credits  listed  bekm. 
Course  Code  Prefix— CHEM 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Chairman:  Stewart 

Professors:  Felton.  Green  (Emeritus).  Harris.  Krewatch  (Emeritus).  Wt>eaton 

Associate  Professors:  Grant,  Johnson,  Memck  (Emeritus),  Ross.  Stewart 

Assistar^t  Professors:  Farsaie,  Frey,  Lawson,  Yaramanoglu 

Instructors:  Brinsfield,  Carr,  Gird,  Smith 

Visiting  Professor:  Yeck 

Senior  Specialist:  Brodie 

Agricultural  engineering  utilizes  both  the  physical  and  biokigical  soences  to 
help  meet  the  needs  of  our  increasing  worid  population  lor  food,  natural  fiber 
and  improvement  or  maintenance  of  the  environment  Scientifk:  and 
engineenng  principles  are  applied  to  the  conservation  arKi  utilizatk>n  of  soil  and 
water  resources  lor  food  production  and  recreation:  to  the  utilization  of  energy 
to  improve  latx}r  efficiency  and  to  reduce  latx>rious  and  menial  tasks,  to  ttie 
design  of  structures  and  equipment  lor  housing  or  handling  ol  plants  and 
animals  to  optimize  growth  potential;  to  the  design  ol  residences  to  improve  the 
standard  of  living  for  the  njral  population;  to  the  devetopment  of  mettxxJs  and 
equipment  to  maintain  or  increase  the  quality  of  food  and  natural  fitJdr;  to  the 
flow  of  supplies  and  equipment  to  the  agricultural  and  aquacultural  p<oductk>n 
units;  and  to  tt>e  flow  of  products  from  the  production  units  and  the  processing 
plants  to  the  consumer  Agricultural  engineers  place  emphasis  on  maintaining 
a  high  quality  environment  as  they  work  toward  devetoping  efficient  arxJ 
economical  engineering  solutions 

The  undergraduate  curriculum  provkles  opportunity  to  prepare  for  many 
interesting  and  challenging  careers  in  design,  management,  research, 
education,  sales,  consulting,  or  international  service  The  program  of  study 
includes  a  broad  base  of  mathematical,  physical  and  engineenng  sciences 
combined  with  basic  biok>gical  sciences  Twenty-three  IXHjrs  of  electives  give 
flexibility  so  that  a  student  may  plan  a  program  according  to  his  nna(Or  interest 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year 

MATH  140,  141— Analysis  I,  II    

CHEM  103,  104— College  Chemistry  I.  II    . 

BOTN  101  or  ZOOL  101      

ENES  101— Intro  Engineering  Sdance    . . 

ENES  110-Statics   

PHYS  161— General  Physks  I    

University  Studies  Program  Requirements* 

Total    


II 


Sophomore  Year 

MATH  241— Analysis  Ml     4 

MATH  246— Differential  Equations  lor  Scientists  &  EngkiMia    . 

PHYS  262,  263— General  PhysK»    4 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Matenals  3 

ENES  221— Dynamks 


College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     57 


ENME  217 — Thermodynamics    

Free  Elective   

University  Studies  Program  Requirements' 

Total    


Junior  Year 

ENME  300  (or  ENCE  300) — Matenals  Science  &  Engineering 

ENME  342  (or  ENCE  330>— Ruid  Mechanics     

ENEE  300 — Pnnciples  ol  Electrical  Engineering     

ENCE  350— Structural  Analysis    

ENAG  454 — Biological  Process  Engineering    

Technical  Electives"     

University  Studies  Program  Requirements'     


Total    

Senior  Year 

ENAG  421— Power  Systems     

ENAG  444 — Functional  Design  of  Machines  and  Equipment 

ENAG  422— Soil  and  Water  Engineering    

ENAG  424 — Functional  and  Environmental  Design  ol 

Agricultural  Structures  

Technical  Electives"     

Free  Electives   

University  Studies  Program  Requirements*    


15 


Total    

Minimum  Degree  Credits — 130 

*  Approved  and  required  UntverBity  Studies  Program  courses  are  listed  in  Schedule  of 
Classes  each  semester.  Students  should  consult  with  departrnental  advisor  to  ensure 
selection  of  courses  to  rneet  program  requirements  Students  matnculating  t>efore  May  1980 
must  meet  General  University  Requirements  and  should  consult  departmental  advisors  lor 
proper  course  selection. 

"  Tectinical  electives.  17  credits,  related  to  field  ol  concentration,  must  t>e  selected  from  a 
departmentally  apprx)ved  list.  Nine  credits  must  be  300  level  and  atxive. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENAG 


Agriculture — General  Curriculum 

The  General  Agriculture  cumculum  provides  for  the  development  of  a  broad 
understanding  in  agriculture. 

The  flexibility  of  ttiis  curriculum  permits  selection  of  electives  tfiat  will  meet 
individual  career  plans  in  agriculture  and  agriculturally  related  business  and 
industry. 

Samester 
Credit  Hours 

University  Studies  Requirements*   40 

BOTN  1 01— General  Botany'    4 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology  4 

CHEM  103 — College  Chemistry  I    4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II     4 

MATH  110  level  or  higher'    

ENAG  too — Basic  Agricultural  Engineerirtg  Technology    

ENAG  200^lntroduction  to  Farm  Mechanics   

AGRO  too — Crop  Production  Latioratory   

AGRO  302— General  Soils    

ANSC  101 — Principles  of  Animal  Science     

ANSC  203— Feeds  and  Feeding     

ANSC    — "    

AREC  250— Elements  of  Agricultural  &  Resource  Economics    

AREC    — "    

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants    

ENTM  252— Agricultural  Insect  Pests  

HORT    — "    

RLED  464 — Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society     

Community  Development  related,  non-agricultural  Life  Science  related, 

or  Accounting    

Electives  (1 5  credit  hours  300  or  atrave)     


27 


includes  1 1  required  credits  listed  below. 
Student  may  select  any  course(s)  having  required  hours  in  the  department  indicated. 


Students  will  be  encouraged  to  obtain  summer  positions  which  will  give 
them  technical  laboratory  or  field  experience  in  their  chosen  interest  area. 

Agronomy 

Chairman  and  Professor:  J.  Miller 

Professors:  Axley,  Aycock.  Bandel,  Claris  (Emeritus).  Decker.  Fanning,  Foss, 

Hoyert,  McKee.  F  Miller  Rottigeb  (Emeritus),  Street  (Emeritus),  Strickling 

Associate  Professors:  Mulchi,  Vough 

Assistant  Professors:  Demoden,  Glenn,  Inman.  Jones.  Kenworthy,  Mcintosh, 

Ritter,  Sammons.  Turner,  Wiebold,  Weil 

Adjunct  Professor:  Baenzinger 

Visiting  Lecturer:  Patterson 

Instruction  is  offered  in  crop  science  and  soil  science.  A  turf  and  urtian 
agronomy  option  is  offered  under  crop  science  and  a  conservation  of  soil. 


water  and  environment  option  is  offered  under  soil  science  Ttiese  options 
appeal  to  students  who  are  Interested  in  uitjan  problems  or  environmental 
science  The  agronomy  curricula  are  flexible  and  allow  the  student  either  to 
concentrate  on  basic  science  courses  that  are  needed  for  graduate  work  or  to 
select  courses  thai  prepare  for  employment  at  the  bachek>r  s  degree  level  as  a 
specialist  with  park  and  planning  commissions,  road  commissbns.  extension 
service,  soil  consen/ation  service,  and  other  governmental  agencies  Many 
graduates  with  the  bachelors  degree  are  also  emptoyed  by  private 
corporations  such  as  golf  courses  and  seed,  fertilizer,  chemical,  and  farm 
equipment  companies 

Agronomy  students  who  follow  the  Journalism-Science  Communication 
option  are  prepared  to  enter  the  field  ol  science  communication  Opportunities 
in  this  area  are  challenging  and  diverse  Students  wtra  are  interested  in  public 
relations  may  find  employment  with  industry  or  governmental  agencies  Ottiers 
may  become  writers  and,  in  some  cases,  science  editors  for  newspapers, 
publishing  houses,  radio,  and  television  Technical  and  professional  journals 
hire  students  trained  in  this  field  as  editors  and  writers  Also,  this  training  is 
valuable  lo  students  who  find  employment  in  University  extension  programs,  as 
a  large  pari  of  their  work  involves  written  communication  with  the  public 

Students  completing  graduate  programs  are  prepared  for  college  teaching 
and  research,  or  research  and  management  positions  with  industry  and 
governmental  agencies. 

Additional  information  on  opportunities  in  agronomy  may  be  obtained  by 
writing  to  the  Department  of  Agronomy 

Agronomy  Curricula 

University  Studies  Requirements  (40  semester  hours)  ol  which  math  and 
science  requirements  (10  hours)  are  satisfied  by  departmental  requirements. 

Department  Requirements 
(31  semester  hours) 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

All  Agronomy  students  must  have  a  total  of  at  least  40  hours  of  upper  level 
(300  or  400)  courses  in  the  120  hours  approved  for  graduation  This  40  hours 
can  include  upper  level  courses  taken  to  satisfy  part  of  the  University  Studies 
Requirement. 

2 

2 


AGRO  too— Crops  Laboratory   

AGRO  102— Crop  Production   

AGRO  302 — General  Soils    

AGRO  398— Senior  Seminar    

BOTN  101— General  Botany     

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II     

CHEM  1 10— Organic  Chemistry  I    

MATH  115 — Introductory  Analysis    

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  ol  Physics  I    

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 

or 

SPCH  107 — Technical  Speech  Communication    


Crop  Science  Curriculum 

University  and  departmental  requirements    61 

AGRO    Advanced  Crops  Courses  (Consult  Adviser)  8 

AGRO    Advanced  Soils  Courses  ((ikjnsult  Adviser)     6 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology   4 

One  of  tlie  following:  3-4 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy  (4) 

BOTN  414— Plant  Genetics  (3) 

BOTN  416— Principles  of  Plant  Anatomy  (4) 
Electives    37-38 

Soil  Science  Curriculum 

University  and  departmental  requirements    

AGRO    Advanced  Crops  Courses  (Consult  Adviser)   

AGRO  414 — Soil  Classification  and  Geography   

AGRO  41 7— Soil  Physics    

AGRO  421— Soil  Chemistry    

MICB  200— General  Microbiology  

Electives    


61 

6 

4 

3 

3 

4 

39 

Turf  and  Urban  Agronomy  Option 

University,  departmental,  and  crop  science  requirements     82-83 

AGRO  405 — Turf  Management     3 

AGRO  415— Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use   3 

HORT  160 — Introduction  to  the  Art  ol  Landscaping    3 

HORT  453— Woody  Plant  Materials    3 

RECR  495 — Recreation,  Resource  and  Facility  Planning   3 

Electives    22-23 

Conservation  of  Soil,  Water  and  Environment  Option 

University,  departmental,  and  soil  science  requirements    81 

AGRO  413— Soil  and  Water  Conservation   3 

AGRO  415— Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use   3 

AGRO  423— Soil-Water  Pollution    3 

BOTN  21 1 — Principles  of  Conservation    3 


58     College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


GEOG  445 — Climatology    3 

Electives    24 

Journalism-Science  Communication  Option 

A  student  following  this  option  in  the  Crop  Science  or  Soil  Science 
curriculum  must  elect  journalism  and  basic  science  and  math  courses  in 
addition  to  the  required  curriculum  courses  Many  combinations  will  be 
acceptable.  The  adviser  can  aid  In  helping  the  student  plan  an  appropriate 
program. 

Course  Code  Prefix— AGRO 

Animal  Sciences 

Department  of  Animal  Science 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Young 

Prolessors:  Flyger,  Foster  (Emeritus).  Green  (Emeritus).  Leffel 

Associate  Professors:  Buric,  DeBarthe.  Goodwin,  Hartsock,  Stricklin 

Assistant  Professor:  Kem 

Associate  Specialist:  Curry 

Department  of  Dairy  Science 

Professor  and  Ctiairman:  Davis 

Professors:  Arbuckle  (Emeritus).  Keeney.  King,  Mattick,  Vandersall.  Westhotf. 

Williams 

Associate  Professors:  Douglass.  Majeski.  Mather.  Vijay 

Assistant  Professors:  Erdman.  Peters.  Hickard.  Rothschild.  Russek 

Principal  Specialist:  Mon'is  (Emeritus) 

Department  of  Poultry  Science 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Thomas 

Professors:  Heath.  Shatfner  (Emeritus),  Shorb  (Emerita).  Soares 

Associate  Professors:  Johnson.  Kuenzel.  Quigley  (Emeritus).  Wabeck 

Assistant  Professors:  Doerr.  Oltinger 

Senior  Specialist:  Nicholson 

Department  of  Veterinary  Science 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Hammond 

Professors:  MarquardI,  Mohanty 

Associate  Professors:  Albert.  Dutta,  Ward 

Assistant  Professors:  Davidson.  Haaland.  Ingling,  Malllnson,  Manspeaker, 

Nepote 

The  curriculum  in  animal  sciences  offers  a  broad  background  in  general 
education,  basic  sciences,  and  agricultural  sciences,  and  the  opportunity  for 
students  to  emphasize  that  phase  of  animal  agriculture  in  which  they  are 
specifically  interested.  Each  student  will  be  assigned  to  an  advisor  according  to 
the  program  he  or  she  plans  to  pursue. 

Curriculum  requirements  in  Animal  Sciences  can  be  completed  through  the 
Departments  of  Animal  Science.  Dairy  Science  or  Poultry  Science  Programs  of 
elective  courses  can  Ije  developed  which  provide  major  emphasis  on  beef, 
cattle,  sheep,  swine  or  horses,  dairy  or  poultry.  Each  student  is  expected  to 
develop  a  program  of  electives  in  consultation  with  an  advisor  by  the  beginning 
of  the  junior  year. 

Objectives.  The  following  specific  objectives  have  been  established  for  the 
program  in  animal  sciences. 

1  To  acquaint  students  with  the  role  of  animal  agriculture  in  our  cultural 
heritage. 

2  To  prepare  students  lor  careers  in  the  field  of  animal  agriculture.  These 
include  positions  of  management  and  technology  associated  with  animal,  dairy, 
or  poultry  production  enterprises;  positions  with  matketing  and  processing 
organizations:  and  positions  in  other  allied  Fields,  such  as  feed,  agricultural 
chemicals  and  equipment  firms. 

3.  To  prepare  students  for  entrance  to  veterinary  schools 

4    To  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  and  subsequent  careers  in 

teaching,  research  and  extension,  both  public  and  private 

5,  To  provide  essential  courses  lor  the  support  of  other  academic  programs 

of  the  University. 


Required  of  All  Students: 


University  Studies  Requirements"   

ANSC  101 — Principles  of  Animal  Science     

FDSC  1 11 — Contemporary  Food  Industry  and  Consumerism 

ANSC  201 — Basic  Principles  of  Animal  Genetics   

ANSC  21 1 — Anatomy  o(  Domestic  Animals    

ANSC  212— Applied  Animal  Physiology    

ANSC  214— Applied  Animal  Physiology  Laboratory    

ANSC  401 — Fundamentals  ol  Nutrition       

ANSC  412 — Introduction  to  Diseases  of  Animals    

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II     

MICB  200— General  Microbiology  

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology   


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


SPCH  107— Public  Speaking        

MATH    — • 

Two  of  the  Following: 

ANSC  221 — Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production   

ANSC  242— Dairy  Production    

ANSC  262 — Commercial  Poultry  Management 

One  of  the  Following: 

EN  AG  too — Basic  Agncultural  Engineering  Tec>irx>k>gy 

CHEM  201— College  Chemistry  III    

MATH  110 — Introduction  to  Mathematics    

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I    

"Electives  


3 
3 

3 

3 

3 

3 
3 
3 
4 
30-40 


irKludos  11  required  aedits  listed  below, 
electives  must  include  at  least  twelve  credits  in  upper -dMsion  courses  in  animal 


Course  Code  Prelix— ANSC 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Programs 

The  development  and  use  of  natural  resources  (including  water,  soil, 
minerals,  fresh  water  and  marine  organisms,  wildlife,  air  and  human  resources) 
are  essential  to  the  full  growth  of  an  economy 

The  curriculum  in  Conservation  and  Resources  Development  is  designed  to 
instill  concepts  of  the  efficient  development  and  judicious  management  of 
natural  resources  The  study  of  the  problem  associated  with  use  ol  natural 
resources  will  acquaint  students  with  their  role  in  economic  development  while 
maintaining  concern  for  the  environment. 

Students  will  prepare  for  professional  and  administrative  positions  m  land 
and  water  consen/ation  projects:  for  careers  in  operational,  administrative, 
educational,  and  research  worit  in  land  use.  fish  and  wikjiile  management, 
natural  resource  management,  or  for  graduate  study  in  any  of  ttie  several 
areas  within  the  biological  sciences  Students  will  pursue  a  broad  education 
program  and  then  elect  subjects  concentrated  in  a  specific  area  of  interest. 
Each  student  will  be  assigned  an  advisor  according  to  his  area  ol  interest. 


Basic  Curriculum  Requirements 


University  Studies  Requirements*   

BOTN  101— General  Botany     

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology   

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    

CHEM  104  or  110 — Introduction  to  Organk:  Chemistry 

GEOL  1 00— Introductory  Physical  Geology    

GEOL  110 — Physical  Geology  Laboratory    

AGRO  302— General  Soils    

AREC  240 — Environment  and  Hutnan  Ecok>gy    

MATH  140  or  220    

BIOM  301— Agricultural  Biometrics  

ECON  205  or  201    

AREC  452  or  453 — Resource  Economics     

BOTN  462/464  or  ZOOL  470/471  Ecology   


Semesfier 
Credit  Hours 

40 

4 

4 


*    Includes  1 1  required  credits  listed  twiow 

Option  Requirements — 9  Hours  must  be  upper  level 

Fish  and  Wildlife  Management 

Animal  Management   

Zoology/Animal  Science    

Related  Area  ^ 

Electives      

Plant  Resource  Management 

Plant  Management    

Botany     

Related  Area  

Electives    

Pest  Management 

Pest  Management  

Entomology   

Related  Area  

Electives      

Water  Resource  Management 

Water  Management     

Agronomy  Agricultural  Engineering  

Related  Area 

Electives  

Resource  Management 

Economics  Agricultural  and  Resourtse  Economics 

Resource  Management 

Related  Area   

Electives      


3 
3 

3 
3 
3 

3-4 


Of  the  total  credits  applied  toward  the  degree,  including  General  Unhiersity 
Requirements  or  University  Studies  Program  Requirements,  at  least  40  hours 
must  be  in  upper  division  courses. 


College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     59 


Food  Science  Program 

Professor  and  Coordinator  Matlick  (Dairy  Science) 

Professors:  Whealon  (Agricultural  Engineering);  Bender  (Agrlculniral  and 

Resource  Economics).  Young  (Animal  Science).  Davis.  Keeney.  King  and 

Arbuckle.  Ementus  (Dairy  Science):  Kramer.  Twigg  and  Wiley  (Horticulture): 

Heath.  Thomas  (Poultry  Science) 

Associate  Professors:  Stewart  (Agricultural  Engineering).  Buric  (Animal 

Science).  Westhott  and  Vi|ay  (Dairy  Science);  Solomos  (Horticulture). 

Assistant  Professors  Frey  (Agricultural  Engineenng);  Schlimme  (Horticulture) 

Food  Science  is  concerned  with  all  aspects  ol  presenting  lood  to  the 
consumer  in  a  manner  that  would  satisfy  man's  needs  tx>th  nutritionally  and 
aesthetically  The  Food  Science  Curriculum  is  based  on  the  application  of  the 
fundamentals  of  the  physical  and  biological  sciences  to  the  production, 
procurement,  preservation,  processing,  packaging  and  marketing  of  foods 
Specialization  is  offered  in  the  areas  of  meats,  milk  and  dairy  products,  fruits 
and  vegetables,  poultry  and  poultry  products,  and  seafood  products 

Opportunities  lor  careers  in  food  science  are  available  in  industry, 
universities  and  government  Specific  positions  for  food  scientists  include 
product  development,  production  management,  engineering,  research,  quality 
control,  technical  sales  and  service,  teaching,  and  environmental  health 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

University  Studies  Requirements'   40 

Division  Requirements: 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    4 

MICB  200— General  fidicrobiology  4 

MATH  —    3 

Curriculum  Requirements: 

ENAG  314 — Mechanics  of  Food  Processing 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II     4 

CHEM  203,  204— College  Chemistry  IV  and  College  Chemistry 

Laboratory  IV     3,  2 

FDSC  1 1 1 — Contemporary  Food  Industry  and  Consumerism     3 

FDSC  398— Seminar     1 

FDSC  412,  413— Principles  of  Food  Processing  I,  II    3,  3 

FDSC  421— Food  Chemistry     3 

FDSC  422 — Food  Product  Research  and  Development  3 

FDSC  423— Food  Chemistry  Laboratory     2 

FDSC  430— Food  Microbiology     2 

FDSC  431— Food  Quality  Control   4 

FDSC  434 — Food  Microbiology  Latxiratory     2 

FDSC  442,  451,  461,  471,  482— Horticulture.  Dairy,  Poultry,  Meat  and 

Seafood  Products  Processing  (2  required)    3,  3 

NUSC  402— Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  or 

NLTTR  300— Science  of  Nutritiori     3-4 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics    4 

Electives    27-28 

*    includes  1 1  required  credits  listed  t>elow. 

Couree  Code  Prefix— FDSC 

Horticulture 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Twigg 

Professors:  Gouin,  Link,  Reynolds,  Scott  (Emeritus),  Shanks,  Thompson,  Wiley 

Associate  Professors:  Beste,  Bouwkamp,  Kundt,  McClurg,  Pitt,  Schales, 

SolOOKJS 

Assistant  Pn>fessors:  Beckjord.  Gould.  Green,  Lasota,  Mityga,  Ng,  Schlimme, 
Stiman,  Swartz,  Walsh 
Instructor:  Geyer 

The  horticulturist  combines  a  knowledge  of  the  basic  sciences  with  an 
intimate  knowledge  of  plants  and  their  requirements  in  an  effort  to  help  meet 
the  food  needs  of  the  wortd  population  and  to  help  beautify  man's 
surroundings.  The  horticulturist  specifically,  is  involved  with  fnjit  production 
(pomology),  vegetable  production  (olericulture),  greenhouse  plant  production 
(floriculture),  production  of  ornamental  trees  and  shrubs,  post-harvest 
horticulture,  and  the  aesthetic  and  functional  planning  and  design  of 
landscapes  for  public  and  private  facilities  (Landscape  Design).  Horticultural 
principles  are  essential  to  designing  the  landscape  for  improvement  of  the 
human  environment  Post-harvest  tx)rticulture  is  involved  with  the  storage  and 
transportation  of  horticultural  products  until  they  reach  the  consumer. 

The  curriculum  in  Horticulture  prepares  students  for  a  future  in  commercial 
productton  of  the  horticultural  crops,  and  for  employment  in  the  horticultural 
industries  such  as  fruit  and  vegetable  processing,  seed  production  and  sales, 
agricultural  chemical  sales  and  service,  florist  shops  and  garden  centers,  and 
as  horticulturists  for  paries,  highway  systems,  botanic  gardens  and  arboretums. 

Majors  may  prepare  for  work  with  handicapped  persons  as  horticultural 
ttierapists  by  electing  appropriate  courses  in  the  social  sciences  and  in 
recreation  The  Horticultural  Education  option  is  designed  for  those  who  wish  to 
teach  horticulture  in  the  secondary  schools.  It  prepares  the  graduate  with  a 
basic  knowledge  of  horticulture  and  includes  the  courses  required  for 
certificatkjn  to  teach  in  Maryland.  The  Landscape  Design  option  introduces  the 
principles  and  practices  of  design  and  prepares  the  student  for  work  In  the  area 
of  residential  and  small-scale  landscape  design. 


Advanced  studies  in  the  Department,  leading  to  ttie  MS  and  Ph.D. 
degrees,  are  available  to  outstanding  students  having  a  strong  horticultural 
motivation  lor  research,  university  leaching  and/or  extension  education 

All  students  should  meet  with  the  option  advisor  before  enrolling  in  courses 
lor  the  option 

Curriculum  In  Horticulture 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

University  Studies  Requirements*  39 

Departmental  Requirements — All  Options: 

AGRO  302— General  Soils   

BOTN  101— General  Botany     

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants    : 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology   

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II     

HORT  271— Plant  Propagation   3 

HORT  398— Seminar    1 

MATH  1 10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics    3 

*    Includes  all  applicat>te  required  credits  listed  t>elow. 

Complete  the  requirements  in  one  of  the  following  options: 

Rorlculture  and  Omamantal  HortlcuHur*  Option: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

4 

2 

3 

3 

2 

3 

3 

3,3 


BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy    

HORT  132— Garden  Management    

HORT  160— Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping    

HORT  231 — Greenhouse  Management    

HORT  260 — Basic  Landscape  Composition    

HORT  274 — Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants    

HORT  451 — Technology  of  Ornamentals    

HORT  453,  454— Woody  Plant  Materials    

HORT  432 — Fundamentals  of  Greenhouse  Crop  Production  or 
HORT  456 — Production  and  Maintenance  of  Woody  Plants 

Electives    

Horticultural  Education  Option: 

AGRO  405— Turf  Management     

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy    

HORT  1 1 1— Tree  Fnjit  Production    

HORT  132— Garden  Management    

HORT  1 60 — Introduction  to  the  Art  of  l.andscaping    

HORT  222— Vegetable  Production    

HORT  231 — Greenhouse  Management    

HORT  260 — Basic  Landscape  Composition    

HORT  453— Woody  Plant  Materials    

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    

RLED  302 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education    

RLED  303 — Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations  

RLED  305 — Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups    

RLED  31 1 — Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture    

RLED  313— Studerit  Teaching 


3 
31 

3 
4 

3 
2 
3 
3 
3 
2 
3 
6 
3 
2 
2 
1 
3 
5 

RLED  315— Student  Teaching    1-4 

SPCH  107 — Technical  Speech  Communication    3 

Electives    4-7 

Pomology  and  Olericulture  Option: 

ENTM  252— Agricultural  Insect  Pests   4 

HORT  111,  112— Tree  Fruit  Production    3.  2 

HORT  212 — Berry  Production     3 

HORT  222— Vegetable  Production   3 

HORT  274— Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants   3 

HORT  41 1— Technology  of  Fnjits  3 

HORT  422— Technology  of  Vegetables    3 

HORT  474 — Physiotogy  of  Maturation  and  Storage  of  Horticultural 

Crops    2 

Electives    i 34 

Landscape  Design  Option: 

APDS  101 — Fundamentals  of  Design   3 

EDIN  101A — Mechanical  Drawing  I     2 

HORT  160— Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping    3 

BOTN  21 2— Plant  Taxonomy    4 

HORT  260 — Basic  Landscape  Composition   2 

HORT  361 — Principles  in  Landscape  Design    3 

HORT  362 — Advanced  Landscape  Design   3 

HORT  364 — Landscape  Construction   3 

HORT  453,  454— Woody  Plant  Materials    3,  3 

Select  one  of  the  following: 

AGRO  41 5— Soil  Sun/ey  and  Land  Use   3 

AGRO  405— Turf  Management     3 

BOTN  462  and  464— Plant  Ecology  and  Plant  Ecoksgy  Laboratory    ....        2,2 

EffTM  453— Insect  Pests  of  Omamental  Plants   3 

GEOG  440 — Process  Geomorphology    3 

Electives    26-27 

Course  Code  Prefix— HORT 


60     College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Pre-Forestry 

Pre-torestry  students  are  advised  in  the  Department  of  Horticulture  The 
State  of  Maryland  has  an  agreement  with  the  Southern  Regional  Education 
Board  and  North  Carolina  State  University  providing  for  six  Maryland  residents 
who  have  completed  two  years  study  in  pre-forestry  and  have  been  accepted 
by  the  School  of  Forest  Resources  at  North  Carolina  State  University  The 
State  of  Maryland  will  make  payment  toward  the  non-resident  tuition  for  a 
period  not  to  exceed  two  years  (four  semesters)  in  accordance  with  the  funds 
appropriated  in  the  State  budget  for  this  purpose. 

Pre-For««try  Curriculum 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

ENGL  101  or  292  or  293     6 

BOTN101,212     8 

CHEM  103,  104     8 

ECON  205  or  AREC  250     3 

HORT  171      3 

MATH  220.  221      6 

PHYS  121,  122    8 

Social  Sciences  &  Humanities    12 

SPCH  100  3 

ZOOL  101    4 

Ph  Ed     4 

Total    65 

Other  suggested  courses  include:  AGRO  302,  BOTN  211,  BOTN  221,  ENTM 
100,  ENTM  204,  GEOL  100,  120,  STAT  100. 


Pre-Theology 

The  College  of  Agriculture  cooperates  with  the  officers  of  any  theological 
seminary  who  desire  to  urge  prospective  students  to  pursue  courses  in 
agriculture  as  a  preparation  for  the  njral  ministry.  Such  pre-theological  students 
may  enroll  for  a  semester  or  more  or  for  the  usual  four-year  program  of  the 
College.  In  either  case  they  should  enroll  as  members  of  the  general 
curriculum  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  Students  desiring  to  pursue  a 
pre-theological  program  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  should  consult  with  the  president  or  admissions  officer  of  the 
theological  seminary  which  they  expect  to  attend. 


Pre-Veterinary  Medicine 

The  pre-veterinary  medicine  program  is  based  upon  the  requirements 
established  by  the  colleges  of  Veterinary  Medicine  where  students  who  are 
residents  of  Maryland  may  be  offered  admission  Four  such  institutions 
currently  offer  admission  to  Maryland  residents. 

The  Virginia-Maryland  Regional  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  will  accept 
up  to  30  Maryland  residents  per  year.  Minimum  semester  credit  requirements 
for  admission  are;  Biology  8,  Organic  Chemistry  8,  Physics  8.  The  Graduate 
Record  Examination,  Aptitude  and  Advanced  Biology  Sections  are  also 
required 

The  Ohio  State  University,  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  will  accept  up  to 
six  Maryland  residents  per  year.  Minimum  semester  credit  requirements  lor 
admission  are:  Biology  8,  Chemistry  16,  Biochemistry  3,  Genetics  3, 
Microbiology  3,  Calculus  3,  Physics  8.  Humanities  and  Social  Studies  14. 
English  Composition  3,  Electives  (science)  7  The  Veterinary  Aptitude  Test  is 
also  required. 

The  University  of  Pennsylvania  School  of  Veterinary  Medicine  and  The  New 
York  State  College  of  Vetennary  Medicine  at  Cornell  University  will  togetfier 
admit  a  maximum  of  nine  Maryland  residents  per  year.  Admission  requirements 
are  to  be  obtained  directly  from  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  Cornell 
University 

The  above  indicated  course  requirements  represent  the  minimum  Students 
are  urged  to  select  additional  agricultural  and  life  science  courses  and  to  excel 
academically  in  order  to  be  competitive  applicants.  Potential  Veterinary  Medical 
applicants  should  gain  experience  with  practicing  veterinarians  and  also  in 
animal  related  areas  (farm,  animal  shelter,  zoo,  laboratory  animal  facility,  etc  ) 

The  Colleges  of  Veterinary  Medicine  have  the  final  and  exclusive  authority 
on  all  matters  related  to  admission 

It  is  not  possible  for  colleges  of  Veterinary  Medicine  to  admit  all  eligible 
applicants  Therefore,  pre-professional  students  are  urged  to  consider  alternate 
objectives  in  a  program  leading  to  the  B  S  degree 

Undergraduate  students  who  have  completed  three  years  in  the 
pre-vetennary  program  in  the  University  of  Maryland  College  of  Agriculture  and 
have  not  been  admitted  to  a  college  of  veterinary  medicine  may  transfer  to  one 
of  tfie  curricula  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  order  to  complete  the  B  S 
degree 

No  specific  major  is  required  for  favorable  conskteraton  t>y  a  veterinary 
school  admissions  committee 


Combined  Degree  Curriculum — College  of 
Agriculture  and  Veterinary  Medicine 

Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  have  completed  at  least 
90  hours,  including  all  University.  Division  and  College  requirements,  plus 
additional  credits  in  Animal  Science,  may  quality  for  the  B  S  degree  from  the 
University  of  Maryland.  College  of  Agriculture,  upon  successful  completion  in  a 
College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  of  at  least  30  semester  hours 


Comblnad  Dagrae  RaqulramanU 


University  Studies  Requirements'   

ANSC  221 — Fundamentals  of  Animal  Productkxi   

ANSC  21 1 — Anatomy  of  Domestic  Animals    

ANSC  212— Applied  Animal  Physiotogy    

BOTN  101— General  Botany     

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology  

Mathematics  (must  include  at  least  3  credits  of  Calculus) 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    

CHEM  1 10— Organic  Chemistry  I    

CHEM  220— Organic  Chemistry  II     

CHEM  221— Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  II     

CHEM  203— College  Chemistry  IV    

CHEM  204 — College  Chemistry  Latcratory  IV   

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I    

PHYS  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  II     

Electives    


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
40 


includes  1 1  required  credits  listed  below 


Additional    information    about    this    program    may    be    obtained    from    ttio 
Department  of  Veterinary  Science 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture  — Two- Year  Program 

The  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture,  a  two-year  college-level  program 
offered  as  an  alternative  to  the  four-year  program,  prepares  students  tor 
specific  occupations  in  technical  agriculture 

The  Institute  offers  three  major  programs  with  twelve  specific  curriculum 
options: 

I.  Business  Farming 

A.  Farm  Production  and  Management 

B.  Agricultural  Business  Management 

II.  Ornamental  Horticulture 

A.  General  Ornamental  Horticulture 

B.  Nursery  Management 

C  Garden  Center  Management 

D.  Greenhouse  Management 

E.  Florist  Shop  Management 

F.  Landscape  Management 

G.  Interior  Plantscaping  Management 

III.  Turfgrass  Management 

A.  Golf  Course  Management 
B  Lawn  Care  Management 
C  Lawn  Care  Technician  (a  one-year  optkjn) 

The  BUSINESS  FARMING  program  dovekjps  skills  needed  for  farm 
operation  or  for  employment  in  agricultural  service  and  supply  business  sucfi 
as  feed.  seed,  fertilizer  and  machinery  companies  and  farmers  cooperatives 

Options  in  ORNAMENTAL  HORTICULTURE  prepare  students  for 
employment  in  or  management  of  greenhouses,  nurseries,  garden  centers. 
florist  shops,  landscape  maintenance  companies  or  intenor  plantscaping 
companies. 

The  TURFGFIASS  MANAGEMENT  program  concentrates  on  the  technical 
and  management  skills  needed  to  work  as  a  golf  course  superintarxjent.  to 
work  in  commercial  or  residential  lawn  care  companies  or  in  otfwr 
turfgrass-oriented  industries  such  as  pari(S  and  cemeteries 

To  enhance  a  student's  occupational  experience,  the  Institute  requires 
participatkin  in  a  Supervised  Wor1<  Experience  program,  usually  completad 
before  taking  second-year  courses 

A  graduate  of  the  Institute  is  awarded  a  Certificate  in  Agnculture  specitying 
ttie  student's  area  of  specialization  Graduatk>n  requires  trie  successful 
completion  of  60  credit  hours  of  a  recognized  program  optkjn.  completkxi  of 
Supervised  Worit  Experience,  and  a  2  00  cumulative  grade  point  average 

Though  designed  as  a  two-year  terminal  program,  the  Institute  does  not 
restrict  continuing  education  In  general,  all  Institute  courses  are  transferrable 
to  the  UMCP  and  UMES  campuses.  The  extent  to  which  Itie  courses  can  be 
applied  to  a  baccalaureate  degree  will  depend  on  Itie  irxlivklual  department  in 
which  a  student  is  planning  to  major. 

Couraaa  Basic  to  All  Programs 

COMM  1-1 — Oral  Communicalion"       3 

COMM  1-2— Written  CommunkMtion'           3 

AGMA  1-1— Agncultural  Mathematics'     3 

HORT  1-1— Introduction  to  Plant  Science'     ^ 3 

HORT  1-5— Plant  Diseases             3 


other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     61 


AGRO  1-1— Soils  and  Fertitaers*    3 

AGRO  1-6— Weed  Control     3 

AGRO  1-1 1— Pesticide  Use  and  Safety     2 

AGEN  1-1— Agricultural  Mechanics    3 

AGEN  1-2 — Power  and  Machinery     3 

AGEN  1-3— Soil  and  Water  Management    3 

AGEN  1-7 — Machine  Operations  Latxsratory   1 

AGEC  1-2 — Business  Law*    3 

AGEC  1-3 — Principles  of  Economics   3 

AGEC  1-4 — Business  Operations'   3 

AGEC  1-6 — Salesmanship   3 

AGEC  1-10 — Foremanship  and  Human  Relations*    3 

AGEC  1-12— Agricultural  Retailing     3 

AGEC  1-13 — Agricultural  Finance    3 

AGEC  1-14 — Supervised  Work  Experience'    1 

'    Requlrod  for  all  management  options 

Court**  for  Farm  Production  and  Agrlbudn***  Mana9*in*nt  Majors 

ANSC  1-1 — Introduction  to  Animal  Science   3 

ANSC  1-2— Feeds  and  Feeding     3 

ANSC  1-3— Animal  Health  3 

ANSC  1-4— Dairy  Production  3 

ANSC  1-5 — Genetic  Improvement  of  Livestock   3 

ANSC  1-10— Seminar    1 

ENTM  1-1— Insect  Control   3 

AGRO  1-7 — Grain  and  Forage  Production  I     3 

AGRO  1-10 — Grain  and  Forage  Production  II 3 

AGEC  1-5 — Farm  Management  I     3 

AGEC  1-7 — Agricultural  Marketing     3 

AGEC  1-1 1 — Farm  Management  II    3 

Cours**  for  Ornamental  Hoftlcultur*  and  Turfgra**  Major* 

HORT  1-2— Ornamental  Plant  Materials  I    2 

HORT  1-3— Plant  Propagation     3 

HORT  1-4 — Landscape  Design    3 

HORT  1-6 — Nursery  Management   3 

HORT  1-7 — Greenhouse  Management  I    2 

HORT  1-8 — Artxiriculture   3 

HORT  1-9 — Landscape  Contracting  Management     3 

HORT  1-10— Roral  Design  I    2 

HORT  1-12 — Greenhouse  Management  II     2 

HORT  1-13— Roral  Design  II   2 

HORT  1-1 4 — Landscape  Maintenance     3 

HORT  1-15— Indoor  Plants    3 

HORT  1-17— Floral  Design  III    2 

HORT  1-1 S— Ornamental  Plants  II     2 

HORT  1-19— Ornamental  Plants  III    2 

HORT  1-20— Interior  Plantscaping  I     2 

HORT  1-21— Interior  Plantscaping  II    2 

EIMTM  1-2 — Pests  of  Omamental  Plants    3 

AGRO  1-2— Turf  Management  I     4 

AGRO  1-3— Turf  Management  II    3 

AGRO  1-4 — Turf  Management  III     3 

AGRO  1-5— Turf  Management  IV    3 

For  additional  information,  write:  Director,  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Part<,  Maryland  20742. 

Other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences 
Departments,  Programs  and 
Curricula 

Biological  Sciences  Program  * 

This  program  is  designed  for  the  student  who  is  interested  in  a  broader 
education  in  the  biological  sciences  than  is  available  in  the  programs  for  majors 
in  the  various  departments  of  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences. 
The  program  is  appropriate  for  the  entering  student  who  wishes  to  explore  the 
various  areas  of  biology  before  specializing  in  the  program  offered  by  a  single 
department,  or  for  the  student  desiring  to  specialize  in  a  discipline  which  can 
best  be  constituted  by  the  selection  of  courses  from  the  various  departments  in 
tf>e  biological  sciences. 

Preparation  for  graduate  study  in  a  specialized  area  of  biology  is  readily 
accomplished  under  this  program  by  the  judicious  selection  of  junior-senior 
level  courses  in  the  proposed  area  of  graduate  concentration.  When  the 
proposed  area  of  graduate  specialization  lies  within  a  single  departmental 
discipline,  it  may  be  desirable  for  the  student  to  transfer  to  the  program  for 
majors  in  that  department. 

Advising  of  students  in  the  Biology  program  is  coordinated  in  a  central 
advising  office  established  by  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences. 
Students  must  select  an  area  of  emphasis  from  among  the  following 
programs — Marine  Biology,  Ecology,  Physiology,  or  Genetics.  Alternatively,  the 
student  may  elect  a  General  Biology  program  emphasizing  wori<  in  Animal 


Science,  Botany,  Entomology,  Microbiology  or  Zoology.  In  each  case,  advising 
will  be  by  the  department  in  which  most  of  ttie  work  is  to  t>e  taken  For  orderly 
planning  and  advising,  students  are  urged  to  determine  their  emphasis  eariy 
and  no  later  than  the  t>eginning  of  the  junior  year  Changes  in  emphasis 
normally  cannot  tie  made  during  the  senior  year  without  delaying  graduation 
Students  in  the  program  who  are  also  attempting  to  meet  the  requirements  of  a 
pre-professional  program  should  also  seek  advice  from  advisors  for  the 
respective  programs.  Students  in  the  program  who  wish  to  prepare  for 
secondary  school  science  teaching  should  contact  the  laculty  of  the  Science 
Teaching  Center  of  the  College  of  Education  for  information  concerning 
requirements  for  certification 

Curriculum.  All  students  in  the  Biological  Sciences  program  rriust  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  and  the 
requirements  of  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences.  All  courses  in  the 
basic  and  advanced  program  must  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better 
An  average  of  C  is  required  in  the  supporting  courses 

Ba*lc  Cours*  R*qulr*m*nts 

1.  A  course  in  general  biological  principles,  including  laboratory,  which  may  l>e 
satisfied  by  either  of  the  following  courses:  a.  BOTN  101,  General  Botany 
(4).  b.  ZOOL  101,  General  Zoology  (4) 

2.  Two  courses  in  the  diversity  of  living  organisms  including  BOTN  202,  the 
Plant  Kingdom  (4),  and  either  ENTM  204.  General  Entomology  (4),  or 
ZOOL  210,  Animal  Diversity  (4). 

3.  MICB  200,  General  Microbiology  (4) 

4  A  basic  course  in  genetics  which  may  be  satisfied  by  any  one  of  the 
following  courses: 

a.  ANSC  201,  Basic  Principles  of  Animal  Genetics  (3). 

b.  BOTN  414,  Plant  Genetics  (3) 

c.  HORT  274,  Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants  (3). 

d.  ZOOL  213,  Genetics  and  Development  (4). 
5.  Required  Supporting  Courses 

a.  Two  courses  in  college  mathematics  including  MATH  110,  111, 
Introduction  to  Mathematics  I,  II  (3,3)  or  MATH  115,  140.  Introduction  to 
Analysis  and  Analysis  I  (3.4)  or  any  higher  mathematics  sequence  for 
which  these  courses  are  prerequisite.  For  many  areas  of  biology 
completion  of  a  year  of  Calculus,  MATH  220,  221  or  MATH  140,  141  is 
recommended. 

b.  CHEM  103,  104  or  CHEM  105.  106.  College  Chemistry  I,  II  (4,4); 
CHEM  203,   204  or  CHEM   213,   214,   College  Chemistry   IV   (3,2). 
Students  in  certain  programs  will  also  need  CHEM  201,  202,  College 
Chemistry  III  (3,2). 

c.  PHYS  121,  122  or  141,  142,  Fundamentals  of  Physics  (4,4) 

It  is  not  necessary  that  all  the  required  courses  listed  above  be  completed 
before  registering  for  advanced  courses;  however,  these  courses  are 
prerequisite  to  many  of  the  advanced  courses  and  should  be  completed  eariy 
in  the  program. 

Advanc*d  Program.  In  addition  to  the  required  courses  listed  above,  the 
student  must  complete  22  hours  of  biological  sciences  selected  from  the 
approved  courses  listed  tielow  or  in  courses  which  have  tieen  specifically 
approved  by  the  Biological  Sciences  Committee.  A  minimum  of  ten  credits 
must  be  taken  in  the  area  of  emphasis  and  at  least  two  courses  must  involve 
laboratory  or  field  wori<.  At  least  18  hours  must  be  completed  in  courses 
numt>ered  300  or  above,  and  two  of  the  participating  departments  must  be 
represented  by  at  least  one  course  in  the  18  hours  of  300-400  level  wori<. 
Courses  approved  for  the  advanced  program  include: 

AGRO  105.  403,  422,  423. 

AGRI  301  or  401  or  an  equivalent. 

ANSC  211,  212,  252,  350,  401,  406,  411,  412,  413.  414,  416,  425,  446,  452 

and  466. 

BOTN  all  courses  except  BOTN  100,  101,  202  and  414. 

CHEM  201,  202,  261,  461.  462,  463,  and  464. 

ENTM  all  courses  except  ENTM  100  and  111. 

GEOL  102,  431,  432.  434,  452 

HORT  171  and  271. 

MICB  all  courses  except  MICB  200  and  322. 

PSYC  400,  402.  403.  410,  412  and  479. 

ZOOL  all  courses  except  ZOOL  101,  146,  207  and  213. 

Research  experience  in  the  various  areas  of  biology,  biochemistry,  and 
psychology  are  possible  under  this  plan  by  special  arrangement  with  faculty 
research  advisors.  Not  more  than  3  hours  of  special  problems  or  research  can 
be  taken  as  part  of  the  advanced  program  requirement  of  22  hours. 

T7)a  requirements  of  ttyls  major  are  und€ 
1981-82  academic  year 


'  and  may  t>e  ctianged  prior  to  ttie 


Botany 


Professor  and  Chairman:  Patterson 

Professors:  Bean.  Corbett.  Galloway.  Kantzes.  Krusberg,  Lockard,  Morgan. 

Sisler.  Vanderhoef 

Associate  Professors:  Bamett.  Bottino.  Kariander,  Motta,  Reveal 

Assistant  Professors:  Cooke.  Barrett,  Millay,  Racusen,  Rissler,  Teramura,  Van 


62     Other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Valkenburg,  Vigil 
Instnjctors:  Berg.  Higgins,  Hill 

The  Department  offers  instruction  in  the  fields  of  physiology,  pathology, 
ecology,  ta;<onomy,  anatonny-morphology,  genetics,  mycology,  marine  tx)tany, 
nemalology,  virology,  phycology  and  general  txjtany 

All  students,  regardless  of  their  areas  of  interest,  must  complete  the 
Department  of  Botany  requirements  listed  below  All  required  botany  courses 
must  be  passed  with  at  least  a  grade  of  'C  A  course  must  be  repeated  until  a 
"C"  or  better  is  earned  In  some  areas  of  botany,  an  introductory  course  in 
geology  or  soils  is  highly  recommended 

After  completion  of  the  sophomore  year,  students  should  designate  a 
specific  area  of  concentration  within  the  botany  curriculum  Each  student  will 
be  assigned  an  advisor  in  that  area  in  order  to  detennine  which  courses  should 
be  taken  during  the  junior  and  senior  years. 

The  Botany  Department  also  offers  a  special  program  for  exceptionally 
talented  and  promising  students  through  the  Honors  Program  which 
emphasizes  the  scholarly  approach  to  independent  study  Information 
concerning  this  program  may  be  obtained  from  the  Botany  Honors  Program 
Advisor. 

Department  of  Botany  Requirements 

Somaster 

Credit  Hours 

BOTN  101 — General  Botany     4 

BOTN  202— Plant  Kingdom    4 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy    4 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants    4 

BOTN  398— Seminar    1 

BOTN  414— Plant  Genetics    3 

BOTN  416— Principles  of  Plant  Anatomy    4 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology 4 

BOTN  462— Plant  Ecology    2 

BOTN  464— Plant  Ecology  Laboratory    2 

Botany  Elecfives  or  related  electives    8-10 

Total    40-42 

Required  Supportive  Courses: 

CHEM  1 03— College  Chemistry    4 

CHEM  110,  220,  221— Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  and  Organk: 

Ctiemistry  Laboratory  II     9 

CHEM  203,  204 — Introductory  Analytical  and  Physical  Chemistry    5 

MATH  140,  141— Calculus  or 

MATH  220,  221— Elementary  Calculus     6-8 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiotogy  4 

PHYS  121,  122— Fundamentals  Of  Physics  I  and  II  or 

PHYS  141 ,  142— Principles  of  Physics  8 

A  latxsratory  or  fiekJ  course  in  zoology  or  entomology    3 

Total  Supporting  Course   39-41 

Chemistry 

Professor  and  Chairman:  McNesby 

Associare  Chairmen:  Bellama,  P.  Mazzocchi 

Professors:  Adier,  Alexander,  Amnron,  Bellama.  Castellan.  Fraser-Reid, 

Freeman,  Gardner,  Goldsby.  Gordon,  Grim,  Henery-Logan,  Holmlund,  Huheey, 

Jaquith,  Jarvis,  Keeney,  Mariano,  P.  Mazzocchi,  Moore,  Munn,  O'Haver, 

Ponnamperuma.  Pratt  (Emeritus).  Fleeve.  Stewart.  C.  Stuntz.  Svirbely 

(Emeritus).  Vanderslice.  Veitch  (Emeritus).  Wallers.  Zoller 

Associate  Professors:  Boyd.  Campagnoni.  Devoe.  Gokel.  Greer.  Hansen, 

Heikkinen,  Helz,  Kasler,  Khanna,  Lakshmanan,  Miller,  Murphy.  Sampugna, 

Tossell,  Weiner 

Assistant  Professors:  Dunaway-Mariano,  McArdle,  Mignerey,  Schuda 

Research  Professor:  Bailey 

Visiting  Professors:  Aras,  Durst  (p.l).  Pilling 

Instructors:  D  Mazzocchi 

The  curriculum  in  ctiemistry  is  centered  around  a  basic  core  of  30  credits 
(18  k)wer-division  and  12  upper-divisk>n)  in  chemistry  An  additional  two 
credits  must  be  chosen  from  arrKing  other  upper-division  courses  in  chiemistry. 
The  program  is  designed  to  provkje  the  maximum  amount  of  flexibility  to 
students  seeking  preparation  for  either  the  traditional  branches  of  chemistry  or 
the  interdisciplinary  fields  Students  wishing  a  degree  program  specifically 
c«rtified  by  the  American  Cfiemical  Society  must  elect  more  than  the  minimum 
number  of  elective  credits  in  chemistry  and  must  choose  judiciously  among  the 
upper-divisk)n  courses  offered.  In  addition,  the  ACS-certified  degree  program 
presently  recommends  German  or  Russian 

For  American  Chemical  Society  certification  the  student  shoukl  consult  his 
or  her  advisor  lor  course  recommerxlations  that  will  meet  certificatton 
requirements 

A  sample  program,  listing  only  the  required  or  recommended  courses,  is 
given  below  It  is  expected  that  each  semester's  electives  will  include  courses 
InterxJed  to  satisfy  the  general  requirements  of  the  University  or  of  the  Diviston 
o<  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences,  plus  others  of  tt>e  student  s  dXNce 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
First  Year  I  II 

"CHEM     : 4 

"MATH  140*     4 

Electives    7 

"CHEM  110  or  112    4 

MATH  141-    4 

Electives    7 

Total    15  15 

'    Students  InHially  placed  in  MATH  1 1S  will  delay  MATH  140  and  141  one  semealet 

"    May  satisfy  a  Divisional  andor  a  Univefsity  Stixlies  Requirement.  AJI  other  OfvisionaJ  and 

University  Studies  Requirements  will  replace  electives. 

Seconcf  Year 

CHEM  220  or  222   3 

CHEM  221  or  223  2 

PHYS  141    4 

Electives    6  6 

CHEM  203  or  213  3 

CHEM  204  or  214  2 

PHYS  142   4 

Total    15  15 

Third  Year 

CHEM  430    3 

CHEM  481     3 

Electives 9 

CHEM  431     3 

CHEM  482    3 

Electives    9 

Total    15  15 

Fourth  Year 

Electives    15 

Electives    15 

The  Chemistry  Department's  Hor)ors  Program  begins  In  ttie  junior  year 
Interested  students  should  see  the  Departmental  Honors  Committee  for  further 
information 

Biochemistry 

The  Chemistry  Department  also  offers  a  major  in  bkxrfiemistry  In  addition 
to  the  lower-division  chemistry  sequence,  the  program  requires: 

BCHM  461,  462,  and  464;  CHEM  430,  481  and  482;  MATH  140  and  141; 
PHYS  141  and  142:  and  nine  credits  of  approved  biotogical  science  tKiat  must 
include  at  least  one  upper-divisk>n  course  A  sample  program,  listing  only  the 
required  courses,  is  given  below  It  is  expected  that  each  semesters  electives 
will  include  courses  intended  to  satisfy  the  general  requirements  of  ttie 
University  or  of  the  Division  of  Agrksjltural  and  LHe  Sciences,  plus  others  o(  the 
students  cfxiice. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
First  Year  I  II 

"•CHEM  103  or  105     4 

"•MATH  140^    4 

Electives^^  7 

•••CHEM  104  or  106     4 

MATH  141      4 

Electives    7 

15  15 

•    students  mmally  placed  m  MATH  115  win  delay  MATH  140  and  141  one  I 

"     It  Is  suggested  that  the  first  year  electives  indude  at  least  one  course 

science. 

"*    May  satisfy  a  Oivisk>nal  arxlor  a  University  Studies  Requirement.  AJI  other  DivwonaJ  ttnd 

University  Studies  Requirements  WW  replace  slecBves 

Second  Year 

CHEM  220  01222  3 

CHEM  221  or  223  2 

PHYS  141    4 

Electives    6 

CHEM  203  or  213  3 

CHEM  204  or  214  2 

PHYS  142   4 

Electives    6 

15  15 

Third  Year 

CHEM  481     3 

CHEM  430     3 

BCHM  461     3 

Electives    6 

CHEM  482     3 

BCHM  464     2 


Other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     63 

BCHM462  3  Geoloav 

Eleclives    7  «««iwsi7 

i;  7^  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman  Chang 

*  Professor  Adler 

Fourtti  Year  Associale  Professors:  Ridky.  Segovia.  Siegnsl.  Sommer.  Stifel.  Weidner.  Wylle 

Electives    15  Assislani  Professors:  Onasch 

Electives    15  Visiling  Professors:  Breger  (p  t),  Rose  (p.l.) 

Geology  is  the  basic  science  of  the  earth    In  its  broadest  sense,  geology 

Aaricultural  Chemistrv  concerns  itsell  with  planetary  formation  and  modification  with  emphasis  on  the 

myiivuiiuiai  v*  leiiiiaiiy  ^^^  ^,  1^^  pl^^^l  ^^^  j^^^  ^1^^^  directs  its  attention  to  the  earths  internal 

A   program   in   Agricultural   Chemistry   Is   offered   within   the   College  of  ^"^  external  structure    malenals.  chemical  and  physical  processes  and  its 

Agnojlture    See  page  56  for  details  P^^^f"^'  T'^  "lological  history   Geology  concerns  itsell  with  the  application  of 

geological  principles  and  with  application  of  physics,  chemistry,  biology  and 
mathematics  to  the  understanding  of  our  planet 
Entomology  Geological  studies  thus  encompass  understanding  the  development  of  life 

/>  c  ''*'"  "^®  '°*®''  '^'^"^-  '^^  mechanics  of  cnjstal  movement  and  earthquake 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Steinhauer  production,  the  evolution  of  the  oceans  and  their  interaction  with  land,  the 

Professors  Bickley  (Ementus).  Caron.  Davidson.  Hamson.  Hellman.  Jones.  origin  and  emplacement  of  mineral  and  fuel  resources  and  the  detenninalion  of 

Menzer.  Messersmith  n.,gris  impact  on  the  geological  environment 

Associale  Professors:  Barbosa.  Bissell  (Emeritus).  Denno.  Haviland  (Emerita).  Geological    scientists    find    employment    in    government,    industnal    and 

Krestensen.  Linduska.  Reichelderfer.  Wood  academic    establishments     In    general,    graduate    training    is    expected    for 

^istanl  Professors:  Armstrong.  Dively.  IWellors.  Nelson  advancement  to  the  nrost  rewarding  positions.   Most  industnal  positions  require 

Pnnopa/ Specia/isr  Harding  an  ^S    degree.  Geology  is  enjoying  a  strong  employment  outlook  at  the 

Lecturers:  Marsh.  Spangler  present  because  of  our  mineral,  fuel  and  environmental  concerns  At  this  time, 

Adjund  Professors:  Baker.  Knutson,  Menke,  Wirth  students  with  the  B  S  ,  particularly  those  with  training  in  geophysics,  can  find 

Ad/uncl  Associale  Professors^Batra.  Miller,  Opier  satisfadory  employment   However,  graduate  school  is  strongly  recommended 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Gnssell  (p,.  (^ose  students  desiring  a  professional  career  in  the  geosciences 

This   cunriculum    prepares   students   for   various   types   of   entomological  ^8  Geolqgy  Program  includes  a  broad  range  of  undergraduate  courses  to 

positions  or  for  graduate  work  in  any  of  the  specialized  areas  of  entomology  accommodate  both  geology  majors  and  students  interested  in  selected  aspects 

Professional  entomologists  are  engaged  in  fundamental  and  applied  research  o'  '^le  science  of  the  Earth    Opportunities  exist  for  undergraduate  research 

in   university,   government,   and   private   laboratories;   regulatory   and   control  projects,  on  a  personal  level,  between  students  and  faculty  members 
activities  with  federal  and  state  agencies;  commercial  pest  control  and  pest  Th8  Geology  cunicula  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  industry, 

management    services;    sales    and    development    programs    with    chemical  graduate  school  and  govemment    However,   students   may  select,   at  their 

companies  and  other  commercial  organizations;  consulting,  extension  work;  option,  geology  electives  that  are  designed  for  a  particular  interest,  rather  than 

and  teaching  for  the  broad  needs  of  a  professional  career  Courses  required  for  the  B.S.  In 

Students  should  work  closely  with  their  advisors  in  selecting  electives    The  Geology  are  listed  below: 
curriculum  is  designed  to  allow  majors  intending  to  go  to  graduate  school  to 

broaden    their    preparation     Those   intending    to   begin   a   career   after   the  Semester 

baccalaureate  would  be  advised  to  concentrate  on  a  more  defined  curriculum  Credit  Hours 

University  Studies  Requirements*  40 

Department  of  Entomology  Requiremente  Departmental  Requirements    28 

Semester  GEOL  100(3) 

J^T.t  GEOL  102(3) 

Credit  Hours  GEOL  1 1 0(  1 ) 

University  Studies  Requirements    40  cr^n  1  i?ln 

200L  101— General  Zoology  or*    4  cpni  ■iqq  9 

ZOOL  21 0-Animal  Diversity    4  TFOI  dP9M 

BOTN  101— General  Botany  *    4  rpni  Iti  4 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I  *   4  TFOI  441  4 

CHEM  1 10— Organic  Chemistry  I    4  ^t}J  Tar\((-\ 

rMF^^?I^^''™'rI:'"'1''i"^    , I  SupSR^ulements    24 

CHEM  221 — Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory    2  CHEM  103  104(4  41 

or  BCHM  261  (Elements  of  Biochemistry)     (3)  MATH  140  141(4  4) 

2  of  the  folkjwing  4  courses:  phy«;  141   I4?r4  41 

MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus  I*    3  FiJtivo<r  '"'=>'••''' 

MATH  221— Elementary  Calculus  II    3  ciectives    j» 

BIOM  401-Agricultural  Biometrics    3  '    I'^l'^es  11  required  credits  listed  bekw, 

STAT  464 — Introduction  to  Biostatistics    3  _         ^..n,      ^,-,^. 

ZOOL  213-Genet.cS  or  BOTN  414  (Plant  Genetics)     4(3)  Course  Code  Pre.ix-GEOL 

ZOOL  212— Ecology,  Evolution  and  Behavior    4  ,,.         ... 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology*    4  MiCrODIOlOgy 

^  °'fI?-llS"^i!^^  "J,"'^^     I  ,  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman:  V^e^net 

or^TM  ofo     o,     .  X    ^  ^       o  Professors:  Colwell,  Cook,  Cooney*,  Doetsch.  Faber  (Emeritus).  Hetrick. 

^TM^i?!^  Tp7, ^  Pelczar  (Emeritus).  Young 

qAtm  ^]     Di'^^fltf      I  .  Associate  Professors:  MacQuillan.  Roberson.  Voll 

^^  44  -Plant  Physiology   4  ^^,^,^^,  p^^f^^^:  Howard.  McNicol.  Sjoblad 

7^^  Vol~^i  ^^oy.  •     1 .  Mjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Hurlburt 

^KT^^k^  ?cT  ^^y^'°'°9y  ^  Affiliate  Assistant  Professors:  Smucker.  Tuttle 

ENTM  204— General  Entomology  4  ^,-  ,.      «ss;s,„.,  professor  Sinoleton 

ENTM  332-lnsect  Stnjcture  and  Function     4  i'J,"i^TSLvZT»    ^'"9'®'°" 

_.,—,,  _._     «  I  -  ,1       .       .    ,-  .       ,  .  Instructors:  Blalock.  Powell 

ENTM  398 — General  Colloquium  in  Entomology    1 

ENTM  399 — Special  Problems    2  '    Joint  appointment.  Chesapeake  Biological  Laboratory 

ENTM  421— Insect  Taxonomy  and  Biology     4  The  Department  of  Microbiology  has  as  its  primary  aim   providing  the 

ENTM  451— Insect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops  **     4  student   with   thorough   and   rigorous   training   in   microbiology.    This   entails 

Electives  *'*     22-27  knowledge  of  the  basic  concepts  of  bacterial  cytology,  physiology,  taxonomy, 

metabolism,  ecology,  and  genetics,  as  well  as  an  understanding  of  the  biology 
of  infectious  disease,  immunology,  general  virology,  and  various  applications  of 

•    May  satisfy  Divisponal  Requirements  and'or  a  University  Studies  Requirement,  microbiological  principles  to  public  health  and  industrial  prix»sses    In  addition. 

••    In  addition  to  ENTW  451,  students  pursuing  an  applied  program  are  encouraged  to  take  '^  department  pursues  a  broad  and  vigorous  program  of  basic  research,  and 

E^f^M  351  as  an  elective,  encourages  original  thought  and  investigation  in  the  atjove-mentioned  areas. 
-    Students  who  intend  to  pursue  a  career  in  applied  entonwtogy  shoukJ  elect  the  loHowing  ^e  department  also  provides  desirable  courses  for  students  majoring  in 

courses:  BOTN  212,  BOTN  221,  AGRI  401,  ZOOL  422,  BOTN  441,  AGRO  453  (Weed  allied  departments  who  wish  to  obtain  vital,  supplementary  information.  Every 

Control),  AGRO  423  (Soil  and  Water  Pollutkjn).  These  7  courses  are  prerequisite  to  the  MS  effort  has  been  made  to  present  the  subject  matter  of  microbiology  as  a  basic 

program  in  pest  management.  core  of  material  that  is  pertinent  to  all  biological  sciences. 

The  curriculum  outlined  below,  which  leads  to  a  bachelor's  degree,  includes 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENTM  the  basic  courses  in  microbiology  and  allied  fields. 


64     Other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


A  studont  planning  a  major  in  microbiology  should  consult  a  departmental 
advisor  as  soon  as  possible  alter  deciding  upon  this  action  The  supporting 
courses  should  be  chosen  only  from  the  biological  and  physical  sciences 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements.  In  addition,  lor  graduation,  students  must  achieve  an  overall  C 
average  in  the  major  courses  plus  required  supporting  courses 

Inlormation  concerning  the  Honors  Program  may  be  obtained  in  the 
departmental  oHice. 

The  major  in  the  department  consists  ol  a  minimum  ol  twenty-lour  semester 
hours,  including  MICB  200 — General  Microbiology  (4),  and  MICB 
440 — Pathogenic  Microbiology  (4).  In  addition,  at  least  sixteen  additional  hours 
must  tie  selected  Irom  MICB  290— Applied  Microbiology  (4).  MICB 
300 — Microbiological  Literature  (1),  MICB  330 — Microbial  Ecology  (2).  MICB 
379— Honors  Research  (3).  MICB  380— Microbial  Genetics  (4).  MICB 
388— Special  Topics'  (1-4),  MICB  399 — Microbiological  Problems"  (3).  MICB 
400— Systematic  Microbiology  (2),  MICB  410— History  ol  Microbiology  (1), 
MICB  420— Epidemiology  and  Public  Health  (2),  MICB  430— Marine 
Microbiology  (2),  MICB  431— Marine  Microbiology  Laboratory  (2),  MICB 
450— Immunology  (4),  MICB  460— General  Virology  (3),  MICB  470— Microbial 
Physiology  (4).  MICB  490— Microbial  Fermentations  (2).  MICB  491— Microbial 
Fermentations  Laboratory  (2). 

MICB  322 — Microbiology  and  the  Public  (3)  is  a  general  survey  course  and 
is  not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  MICB  200,  or  those  for  whom  MICB 
200  is  a  required  course. 

'  MICB  388 — A  maximum  of  4  semester  hours  may  be  applied  toward  the 
major  requirements. 

••  Either  MICB  399  or  MICB  388,  but  not  both,  to  meet  the  major 
requirements. 

Required  as  courses  supporting  the  major  are  CHEM  103  (4),  110  (4),  220 
(3),  221  (2),  203  (3),  204  (2)— College  Chemistry  I,  II,  III,  IV  (with  laboratories): 
BCHM  461,  462,  (3,  3)— Biochemistry:  MATH  110,  111— Introduction  to 
Mathematics  (3,  3)  or  equivalent:  PHYS  121,  1 22— Fundamentals  of  Physics 
(4,  4):  ZOOL  101— General  Zoology  (4)  or  BOTN  101— General  Botany  (4): 
and  four  additional  semester  hours  in  a  biological  science  (with  laboratory). 
(MATH  220,  221— Introductory  Calculus  (3,  3)  or  equivalent  is  strongly 
recommended  but  not  required.) 

Course  Code  Prefix— MICB 

Zoology 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Corliss 

Professor  and  Assistant  Ctiairman:  Brinkley 

Professors:  Anastos.  Brown,  Burhoe  (Emeritus),  Clark,  Grollman,  Haley, 

Highton,  Pierce,  Schleidt,  Vermeij 

Associate  Professors:  Allan,  Bamett,  Bonar,  Gill,  Goode,  Higgins,  Imberski, 

Levitan,  Linder,  J.  Potter,  Small,  Smith-Gill 

Assistant  Professors:  Borgia.  Buchler,  Colombini,  Inouye,  Love,  Reaka 

Instructors:  Mohan,  Piper,  SpakJing 

Adjunct  Professors:  Eisenberg,  Oppenheim,  M.  Potter 

Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Kleiman,  Morton,  Sulkin 

Description  of  Program.  The  Department  of  Zoology  offers  a  program  leading 
to  a  B.S.  with  a  major  in  Zoology  This  program  is  designed  to  give  each 
student  an  appreciation  of  the  diversity  of  problems  studied  by  zoologists,  an 
opportunity  to  explore  in  depth  more  restricted  areas  of  zoology,  and  an 
appreciation  of  the  nature  of  observation  or  experimentation  appropriate  to 
investigations  within  these  fiekis  The  requirements  of  30  hours  in  zoology 
(including  one  core  course  in  each  of  lour  broad  areas)  and  the  required 
supporting  courses  in  chemistry,  mathematics  and  physics  permit  students  to 
develop  their  interest  in  the  general  field  ol  zoology  or  to  concentrate  in  an 
area  of  specialization 

Curriculum  for  Zoology  Major*.  All  majors  are  required  to  complete  a 
minimum  ol  30  credit  hours  in  Zoology  with  an  average  grade  of  "C".  Four 
required  core  courses  offered  at  the  freshman-sophomore  level  provide  the 
prerequisite  background  information  for  junior-senior  level  courses  in  the  major 
The  core  courses  may  be  taken  in  any  sequence  It  is  rxjt  necessary  to 
complete  all  four  core  courses  before  registering  for  junior-senior  level  courses, 
but  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  all  four  be  completed  by  the  end  of  the 
junior  year.  These  required  core  courses  are: 

Zool.  210 — Animal  Diversity  (4) 

Zool.  211 — Cell  Biology  &  Physk)logy  (4),  prerequisite  one  semester  of 

inorganic  chemistry 

Zod.  212 — Ecokjgy.  Evolution  and  Behavkx  (4) 

Zool.  213 — Genetics  and  Development  (4),  prerequisite  one  semester  of 

organic  chemistry 

Fourteen  hours  of  junior-senior  level  courses,  including  two  courses  with 
laboratory,  must  be  taken  to  complete  the  major  Students  may  specialize  at 
this  level  by  registering  for  those  courses  particularty  appropriate  to  their 
academic  objectives  Up  to  seven  credits  in  ZOOL  319,  Special  Problems  in 
Zoology,  and  ZOOL  328,  Selected  Topics  in  Zootogy,  may  be  used  to  fulfill  the 
required  fourteen  fiours  at  the  lunior-senior  level  With  special  permission  from 
the  Department  students  may  register  for  ZOOL.  386,  Field  Experience  (1-3) 
and  ZOOL  387.  FiekJ  Experience  Analysis  (1-3)  These  courses  usually  do  not 
provide  major  credit   In  no  case  shall  more  than  eight  of  the  required  fourteen 


hours  of  junior-senior  level  credit  be  earned  by  registratton  In  Zool.  319,  Zool. 
328,  Zool  386,  and  Zool  387 

Students  participating  in  the  General  or  Departmental  Honors  Programs 
may  submit  credits  earned  in  the  following  courses  toward  Ihe  required  30 
fraurs  in  the  major 

Zool  308H — Honors  Seminar  (1) 

Zool  309H— Honors  Independent  Study  (1-4) 

Zool  318H — Honors  Reeearch  (1-2) 

Required  Supporting  Court**. 

1.  CHEM  103.  College  Chemistry  I  (4)  or  CHEM  105,  Principles  of  College 

Chemistry  I  (4) 
2  CHEM  110,  Organic  Chemistry  I  (4)  or  CHEM  112.  Pnnciples  of  Organic 

Chemistry  I  (4) 
3.  CHEM  220,  221.  Organic  Chemistry  II  (3)  arxf  Laboratory  (I  (2)  or  CHEM 

222,  223,  Principles  of  Organic  Chemistry  II  (3)  and  Laboratory  II  (2). 

4  Mathematics  through  one  year  of  calculus:  i  e ,  completion  of  MATH  220, 
221   Elementary  Calculus  (3,3)  or  MATH  140,  141.  Analysis  I,  II  (4,4) 

5  Physics  121.   122.  Fundamentals  ol  Physics  (4.4)  or  Physkx  141.   142. 
Principles  of  Physics  (4,4) 

6.  One  of  the  following  courses: 

BIOM  301— Introduction  to  Bkjmetrics  (3) 

BIOM  401— Bk)statistics  (4) 

CHEM  203.  204— College  Chemistry  IV  and  Laboratory  IV  (3,2) 

MATH  240— Linear  Algebra  (4) 

PSYC  200— Statistical  Methods  in  Psychotogy  (3) 

SOCY  201— Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology  (4) 

STAT  250— Introduction  to  Statistical  Models  (3) 

STAT  400— Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  I  (3) 

STAT  464 — Introduction  to  Biostatistics  (3) 

Advl**m*nL  Although  sample  progranns  for  Zook>gy  majors  interested  in 
different  fields  may  tie  obtained  from  the  Zoology  office,  it  is  stror>gly 
recommended  that  all  majors  consult  a  Zoology  Department  advisor  at  least 
once  every  year  Students  desiring  to  enter  graduate  study  in  certan  areas  of 
Zoology  should  lake  Bkjchemistry,  Physical  Chemistry,  Advanced  Statisttes. 
Advanced  Mathematics,  and'or  Philosophy  of  Science  as  a  part  of  their 
undergraduate  electives  Courses  of  interest  to  Zook>gy  n^jors  in  Animal 
Science,  Anthropology,  Botany,  Electrical  Engineenng.  Entomotogy, 
Geography,  Geology,  Microbiology,  and  Psychokjgy  are  listed  in  Ifiie 
Undergraduate  Catalogue  under  tf>e  appropriate  departments. 

Honors.  The  Department  ol  Zoology  also  offers  a  special  program  for  the 
exceptionally  talented  and  promising  student.  The  Honors  Program  emphasizes 
the  scholarty  approach  to  independent  study  Inlormation  regarding  this 
program  may  be  obtained  from  the  departmental  office  or  from  the  cluirman  ol 
the  Zootogy  Honors  Program 

Couise  Code  Prefix— ZOOL 

The  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 

The  Maryland  Agricultural  Expenment  Statksn  is  currently  oorKJucting  more 
than  200  research  projects  These  are  conducted  by  faculty  who  supervise  and 
direct  research  assistants,  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  and 
technicians.  The  research  may  be  conducted  in  latxjratories  or  at  one  of  the 
nine  field  locations  throughout  Maryland  operated  tiy  ttie  Expenment  Statk»n  or 
even  in  fields,  herds  or  flocks  of  cooperating  farmers 

The  overall  objective  of  the  Experiment  Station  is  to  enhance  all  aspects  of 
Maryland  agriculture  for  the  benefit  of  farmers,  farm-related  business  and 
consumers  through  optimal  utilization,  conservation  and  protectk>n  of  soil  end 
water  resources  Genetic  principles  are  studied  arxl  applied  in  tfie  improvement 
of  turf  and  ornamentals,  vegetable  crops,  field  crops,  poultry,  dairy  and  other 
animals  SImilariy.  patfiological  principles  are  of  concern  in  improvement  of 
mettwds  of  idenfification,  preventton  and'or  control  of  plant  arxJ  animal 
diseases  Biochemistry  plays  an  important  role  in  evaluating  the  nutritkinal 
quality  ol  crops  produced,  the  efficiency  of  feed  conversion  tiy  poultry  and 
animals  or  the  quality  of  plant  and  animal  products  lor  human  consumption. 
Research  in  progress  is  concerned  with  improvement  of  processing  systems  to 
enhance  food  quality  on  one  hand  and  tl>e  impact  of  nutritional  defksencies  and 
means  of  remedying  these  on  tf>e  other  Also  directly  in  tfie  consumer  ares  >s 
the  study  ol  clothing  quality 

Improved  prxxluction  techniques  including  waste  utilization  or  disposal 
require  studies  involving  soil-moisture-plani  relalx>nships  and  plant,  bird,  or 
animal-environment  relatk>nships  and  also  studies  of  tf>e  appiicatkms  of 
engineerir>g  for  producing  or  maintaining  the  optimal  environment  for  biok>gicsl 
systems 

Studies  of  biok>gk^l  and  rT>echanical  metfKids  and  improved  ctwmical 
control  of  insects  in  tfie  fiekj.  forests,  food  processing  cfiain  and  tfie  horn*  are 
continuous 

The  socio-economics  of  cfianging  agncultural  systems  are  a  msjor  research 
area  and  increasing  attentton  is  being  onenied  towards  rural  davetopment. 
including  resource  utilization  for  non-farm  residents  and  recreation 

The  Maryland  Agricultural  Expenment  Station  was  establtsfied  m  1888  to 
comply  with  tfie  Hatch  Act  of  1887  authorizing  the  estat>lishment  of  an 
agncultural  experiment  station  at  the  Land  Grant  Colleges  Actually,  tfie  charter 


Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities     65 


ol  the  Maryland  Agncultural  College  in  1856  specifially  authorized 
establishment  ol  a  derTx>nslration  (arm  The  Station  is  supported  by  federal 
funds  under  the  Hatch  Act  as  amended,  Slate  appropriations,  grants  and 
contracts  with  State  and  federal  agencies  and  by  gifts  or  other  support  from 
individual  and  farm-related  businesses  and  industry 

Cooperative  Extension  Service 

As  part  of  the  total  university,  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  takes  the 
University  of  Maryland  to  the  people  of  Maryland,  wherever  they  are  In  its  role 
as  the  "off-campus,  non-credit,  oul-of-classroom"  arm  of  the  University,  it 
extends  {he  classroom  to  all  parts  of  the  State  With  its  uniquely  effective 
educational  delivery  system,  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  helps  people  to 
help  themselves,  to  define  their  problems,  to  evaluate  reasonable  alternatives, 
and  to  generate  action  to  soNe  their  problems 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  was  authorized  by  Congress  in  1914 
under  the  Smith-Lever  Act  and  is  funded  by  a  three-way  partnership  Support 
comes  from  the  federal  government  lor  txjth  1862  and  1890  Land  Grant 
institutions;  and  from  tf>e  State  and  all  23  counties  and  Baltimore  City  in 
Maryland 

General  administrative  offices  of  the  Maryland  Cooperative  Extension 
Service  are  located  at  the  College  Part<  campus,  and  the  administration  of  the 
1890  program  (an  integral  part  of  the  total  MCES  effort)  is  from  offices  at  the 
Eastern  Shore  campus 

Off-campus  faculty,  located  in  each  county  and  in  Baltimore  City,  are  the 
"front  lines"  that  deliver  University  resources  in  ways  people  can  use  them 
effectively  These  field  faculty  rely  on  campus  based  Cooperative  Extension 
specialists  at  both  the  College  Park  and  Eastern  Shore  campuses  to  provide 
up-to-date,  meaningful  information  and  for  aid  in  planning  and  conducting 
relevant  educational  programs  Many  of  the  Cooperative  Extension  sen/ice 
faculty  at  the  State  level  carry  joint  appointments  with  leaching  and  research, 
especially  in  the  UMCP  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences. 

The  Maryland  Cooperative  Extension  Service  is  known  for  its  programs  in 
agriculture  (including  care  of  urban  home  grounds  and  gardens),  home 
economics,  4-H  and  youth,  community  and  resource  development  and  energy, 
and  marine  science.  Working  through  organized  groups  such  as  homemakers' 
clubs,  farmers  groups  and  cooperatives,  agribusiness  firms,  watermen's 
organizations,  civic  and  social  organizations,  governmental  agency  personnel 
and  elected  officials,  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  multiplies  its  effects.  It 
maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  Maryland  Department  of 
Agriculture  and  other  State  agencies  and  organizations  More  than  22,000 
volunteers  in  Maryland  give  generously  of  their  time  and  energy. 

Time-tested,  informal  educational  methods  used  are  farm  and  frame  visits, 
phone  and  office  conferences,  and  structured  events  such  as  meetings, 
institutes,  workshops  and  training  conferences  Carefully  planned  teaching 
events  include  tours,  field  days,  and  demonstrations.  Indirect  communications 
utilize  circular  letters,  radio  and  television  programs,  newspaper  articles  and 
columns,  articles  in  specialized  publications,  and  exhibits  to  reach  a  statewide 
audience. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  is  committed  to  making  its  programs 
available  to  all  people  without  regard  to  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status, 
personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation,  or  handicap. 

In  each  county  and  in  Baltimore  City  competent  extension  agents  conduct 
educational  work  in  program  areas  consistent  with  the  needs  of  the  citizenry 
and  as  funds  permit.  The  county  staff  is  supported  by  a  faculty  of  specialists  in 
the  Diviskjn  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  in  College  Pari<  and  the 
agricultural  programs  of  University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore.  Through  these 
efforts,  local  people  are  assisted  in  finding  solutions  to  their  problems. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  works  in  close  harmony  and 
association  with  many  groups  and  organizations.  In  addition  to  work  on  farms 
and  with  agri-businesses,  extension  programs  are  aimed  at  many  small  and 
part  time  farmers,  rural  non-farm  and  urban  family  consumers  as  well  as 
watermen  and  marine  related  businessmen.  Both  njral  and  urban  families  learn 
good  food  habits  through  the  Expanded  Food  and  Nutrition  Education  Program. 
Thousands  of  boys  and  girls  gain  leadership  knowledge  and  experience  and 
are  provided  practical  educational  instruction  in  4-H  clubs  and  other  youth 
groups. 

To  accomplish  its  mission,  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  worths  closely 
with  teaching  and  research  faculty  of  the  University  and  with  units  of  the 
University  outside  of  agriculture,  as  well  as  state  and  federal  agencies  and 
private  groups.  Short  courses,  workshops  and  conferences  in  various  fields  of 
interest  are  conducted  on  the  College  Park  Campus  and  at  other  locations 
throughout  the  state.  A  wide  variety  of  publications  and  radio  and  television 
programs  also  are  used  to  reach  the  people  of  Maryland. 


Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

The  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  offers  a  rich  assortment  of  courses 
and  programs  for  major  and  non-major  alike.  Students  interested  in  the 
traditional  fields  of  the  liberal  arts  will  find  many  attractive  offerings  in  the 
Department  of  Art,  Music,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre,  English  and  the 
foreign  languages.  History,  and  Philosophy.  Here  they  will  study  the  artifacts 
and  documents  of  the  past  and  the  present,  reflecting  both  western  and 
non-western  civilizations. 


The  Division  also  offers  professional  worit  In  the  creative  and  performing 
areas — studio  art,  music,  dance,  theatre,  creative  writing,  and  film — as  well  as 
professional  training  in  architecture  and  modern  communications  (Journalism, 
Radio-Television  Film) 

Arts  and  Humanities  encourages  its  students  to  take  multi  or 
interdisciplinary  approaches  to  the  study  of  human  cultural  Ijehavior  Majors  are 
available  in  American  Studies  and  Russian  Studies  Faculty  representing 
vartous  disciplines  will  advise  students  on  such  other-work!  area  studies  as 
East  Asian  and  Latin  American  Or  a  student,  with  faculty  help,  may  devise 
coherent  programs  in,  for  example.  Women's  Studies,  Popular  Culture,  Jewish 
Studies,  the  History  and  Philosophy  of  Science,  and  the  Classical.  Medieval,  or 
Renaissance  world  All  of  these  programs,  and  many  others  that  a  student's 
imagination  and  interest  may  suggest,  are  strengthened  by  courses  from  other 
divisions,  particularly  in  ttie  social  sciences 

Many  of  the  major  programs  in  Arts  and  Humanities  make  excellent  pre-law 
preparation  In  fact,  with  a  judicious  choice  of  electives  in  this  and  other 
divisions,  students  with  any  major  in  Arts  arxl  Humanities  may  prepare 
themselves  for  careers  or  advanced  training  in  business,  government,  law, 
leaching,  publishing,  library  work,  and  museum  work,  among  others.  Internship 
opportunities  throughout  the  Division  should  enhance  this  process 

Most  careers  in  which  the  graduates  of  Arts  and  Humanities  will  eventually 
find  themselves  require  and  reward  the  abilities  fostered  by  a  liberal  education: 
the  ability  to  write  clear,  carefully  organized,  readable  English,  to  speak 
forcefully  and  persuasively,  to  think  logically  and  critically.  The  programs  in  the 
Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities,  therefore,  are  concerned  with  developing  the 
qualities  of  verbal  facility  and  adaptability  needed  for  career  success. 

The  chief  administrative  officer  of  the  Division  ol  Arts  and  Humanities  is  the 
Provost.  The  Provost's  office  staff  serve  as  ombudsmen  for  students  The 
Provost's  office  is  responsible  for  certifying  that  students  have  met  all  degree 
requirements.  The  staff  evaluates  transfer  credits  and  coordinates  the  advising 
of  newly  admitted  students.  They  maintain  a  liason  with  the  various  faculty 
advisors  and  academic  programs  within  the  Division.  The  office  of  the  Provost 
is  the  place  where  students  can  go  when  they  are  lost  or  have  any  question 
about  academic  policies  or  procedures.  The  staff  can  adjust  courses  or 
schedules,  providing  it  is  ethically  justifiable  The  Provost's  office  can  interpret 
existing  regulations  and,  where  it  again  feels  ethically  justiried.  can  make 
certain  exceptions.  Students  majoring  in  architecture  and  journalism  will  wori< 
directly  with  the  staffs  of  the  School  of  Architecture  and  the  College  of 
Journalism.  During  registration,  students  are  usually  seen  on  a  first-come, 
first-served  basis.  On  other  occasions,  if  the  problem  is  an  emergency  or  is 
truly  important,  the  provost,  deans,  and  advisors  will  stay  as  long  as  necessary. 

Each  entering  student  in  this  Division  will  be  assigned  a  faculty  advisor  who 
will  help  select  courses  and  programs  relevant  to  the  student's  academic 
objectives.  As  soon  as  a  student  selects  a  major  field  of  study,  a  faculty  advisor 
representing  that  area  will  be  assigned. 

The  Division  is  composed  of  the  following  academic  units: 

School  of  Architecture 

College  of  Journalism 

American  Studies  Program 

Art  Department 

Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy 

Classics  Department 

Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  Department 

Comparative  Literature  Program 

Dance  Department 

English  Language  and  Literature  Department 

French  and  Italian  Languages  and  Literatures  Department 

Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  Department 

Hebrew  and  East  Asian  Languages  and  Literatures 

History  Department 

Jewish  Studies 

Maryland  English  Institute 

Music  Department 

Philosophy  Department 

Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages  and  Literature  Department 

Women's  Studies  Program 

All  of  these  units,  with  the  exception  of  Hebrew  and  East  Asian,  Women's 
Studies,  and  the  Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy,  offer  major  programs 
which  lead  to  a  degree.  Each  has  assigned  faculty  to  serve  as  academic 
advisors. 

Entrance  Requirements.  The  student  who  intends  to  pursue  a  program  of 
study  in  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  should  include  the  foltowing 
subjects  in  high  school:  English,  four  units;  College  Preparatory  Mathematics 
(Algebra.  Plane  Geometry),  three  or  four  units;  Biological  and  Physical 
Sciences,  two  or  three  units;  Foreign  Language,  four  units;  History  and  Social 
Sciences,  two  or  more  units.  Students  lacking  such  high  school  preparation 
may  still  pursue  an  education  in  the  Division  by  making  up  for  such  deficiencies 
through  course  wort<  or  independent  study  on  the  College  Park  Campus. 
Students  wishing  to  major  in  one  of  the  creative  or  performing  arts  are 
encouraged  to  seek  training  in  the  skills  associated  with  such  an  area  prior  to 
matriculation  Students  applying  for  entrance  to  these  programs  may  be 
required  to  audition,  present  slides  or  submit  a  portfolio  as  a  part  of  the 
admission  requirements  Entrance  requirements  for  the  School  ol  Architecture 
and  the  College  of  Journalism  are  given  below. 


66     Schools  and  Colleges  of  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 


Degrees.  Students  who  satisfactorily  complete  Division  requirements  are 
awarded  the  degree  o(  Bachelor  o(  Arts  Those  who  complete  satisfactorily  a 
special  pre-professional  program  in  the  Department  of  Music  are  awarded  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  The  School  of  Architecture  and  the  College  of 
Journalism  award  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 


General  Requirements  for  All  Degrees 

A  A  minimum  of  120  semester  hiours  with  at  least  a  C  average 

B.  General  University  Requirements  or  University  Studies  Program 
Requirements 

C.  Division.  College,  or  School  degree  requirements 

D.  Major  requirements 

The  following  divisional  requirements  apply  only  to  students  earning  the 
Bactielor  of  Arts  degrees  from  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  For 
information  conceming  other  degree  programs  within  the  Division  (B  S  in  the 
School  of  Architecture.  B  S  in  the  College  of  Joumalism,  and  B  Mus  in  the 
Department  of  Music),  the  student  should  consult  advisors  in  those  units. 

Division  Requirements: 

Notes: 

A  course  offered  in  fulfillment  of  a  departmental  or  program  requirement 
may  also  be  offered  in  fulfillment  of  an  appropriate  divisional  requirement. 

A  course  or  courses  used  to  satisfy  one  divisional  requirement  may  not  be 
used  to  satisfy  another  divisional  requirement. 

Should  there  be  any  question  as  to  whether  a  course  meets  a  specified 
divisional  requirement,  it  shall  be  resolved  by  the  divisional  office  in 
consultation  with  the  departtDent  offering  the  course. 

Distribution: 

A  minimum  of  45  semester  hours  of  the  total  of  120  must  be  upper-level 
(i.e.,  numljered  300-499)  wortc. 

Foreign  Language: 

Demonstration  of  proficiency  equivalent  to  the  level  achieved  by  completion 
of  the  first  12  semester  hours  study  of  a  foreign  language 

(a)  This  requirement  may  be  met  by  students  who  have  successfully  completed 
level  four  in  high  school  in  one  foreign  language  or  level  two  in  each  of  two 
foreign  languages. 

(b)  Students  who,  by  virtue  of  residence  abroad  or  independent  study  or  any 
other  means,  have  attained  the  standard  ordinarily  reached  on  completion 
of  the  first  12  semester  hours  of  foreign  language  study  at  the  University  of 
Maryland,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  satisfied  this  requirement  on 
achievement  of  a  sufficiently  high  score  in  an  examination  acceptable  to  the 
foreign  language  department  or  program  concerned. 

Speech: 

Successful  completion  of  one  of  the  following  courses  in  speech 
communication:  SPCH  100,  107,  125,  220,  or  230. 

Students  who  have  successfully  completed  a  full  unit  of  speech  in  high 
school  shall  be  deemed  to  have  satisfied  the  speech  requirement 

Humanities: 

Successful  completion  of  at  least  three  semester  hours  in  tt>e  humanities 
offered  by  one  of  the  following  academic  units: 

LATN 

PHIL 

PORT 

RUSS 

SPAN 


Successful  completion  of  at  least  three  semester  hours  in  ttie  fine  arts, 
such  as  courses  in  ARCH,  ARTH,  ARTS,  DANC,  MUSC,  MUSP,  RTVF,  SPCH. 
THET 

Major  Requirements: 

Completion  of  a  program  of  study  consisting  of  a  major  and  supporting 
courses  as  specified  by  one  of  the  academic  units  of  ttie  Division  No  program 
of  study  shall  require  in  excess  of  60  semester  hours 

Students  slx>uld  consult  the  unit  in  which  ttiey  will  major  for  specific  details 

Each  student  chooses  a  field  of  concentration  (majof)   He  may  make  this 

choice  as  early  as  be  wishes:  however,  once  he  has  earned  56  hours  of 


AMST 

GERM 

CHIN 

GREK 

CMLT 

HEBR 

ENGL 

HIST 

FOLA 

ITAL 

FREN 

JAPN 

Fine  Arts: 

acceptable  credit,  he  must  ct>oose  a  major  before  his  next  registration 

In  programs  leading  to  the  baccalaureate  degree,  the  student  must  also 
have  a  secondary  field  of  concentration  (supporting  courses)  The  courses 
constituting  the  major  and  the  supporting  courses  must  conform  to  the 
requirements  of  the  departnronl  in  which  ttie  student  majors 

The  student  must  have  an  average  of  not  less  than  C  in  tf>e  introductory 
courses  in  the  field  in  which  he  intends  to  major 

A  major  shall  consist,  in  addition  to  the  lower  division  departmental 
prerequisites,  of  24-40  hours,  at  least  twelve  of  which  must  be  In  courses 
numbered  300  or  400  and  at  least  twelve  of  which  must  be  taken  at  the 
University  of  Maryland 

Each  major  program  includes  a  group  of  'supporting  courses,'  formerly 
called  minors,  that  are  designed  to  contribute  a  tietter  understanding  of  the 
major  The  nature  and  number  of  these  courses  are  under  the  control  of  ttie 
major  department 

The  average  grade  of  the  woik  taken  for  the  major  must  be  at  least  C: 
some  departments  will  count  toward  satisfaction  of  the  major  requirement  no 
course  completed  with  a  grade  of  less  than  C  The  average  grade  of  the  work 
taken  in  the  major  and  supporting  courses  combined  must  be  at  least  C  A 
general  average  of  C  in  courses  taken  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  required 
for  graduation 

Courses  taken  to  fulfill  General  University  Requirements  may  not  be  used 
toward  divisional,  major,  or  supporting  course  requirements  However,  courses 
taken  to  fulfill  University  Studies  Program  Requirements  may  be  used  toward 
the  divisional,  major,  and  supportir>g  course  requirement. 

Advisors.  Freshmen  students  will  t>e  assigned  faculty  advisors  to  assist  ttiem 
in  the  selection  of  courses  and  the  choice  of  a  major  After  selecting  a  major, 
sophomore  students  and  above  will  be  advised  by  faculty  members  in  the 
major  department 

Students  in  the  School  of  Architecture  and  College  of  Joumalism  shoukj 
consult  their  deans 

Certification  of  High  School  Teachers.  If  courses  are  properiy  ctx>sen  in  the 
field  of  education,  a  prospective  high  scfiool  teacher  can  prepare  for  high 
school  positions,  with  a  major  and  supporting  courses  in  certain  of  the 
departments  of  this  Division  A  student  who  wisties  to  work  for  a  teacher's 
certificate  must  consult  the  College  of  Education  in  the  second  semester  of  the 
sopfxjmore  year  and  apply  for  admission  to  the  Teacher  Education'  program 

Honors.  Departmental  Honors  Programs  are  offered  in  the  Departments  of 
English,  French.  German,  History.  Music.  Philosophy.  Spanish,  arx) 
Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  Departmental  Honors  Programs  are 
administered  by  an  Honors  Committee  within  each  department  Admission  to  a 
Departmental  Honors  Program  ordinarily  occurs  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  or 
second  semester  of  the  student's  junior  year  As  a  rule,  only  students  with  a 
cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least  3.0  are  admitted  A  comprehensive 
examination  over  the  field  of  the  major  program  is  given  to  a  candidate  near 
the  end  of  the  senior  year  On  the  tiasis  of  the  student's  performance  on  ttie 
Honors  Comprehensive  Examination  and  in  meeting  such  other  requirements 
as  may  be  set  by  the  Departmental  Honors  Committee,  the  faculty  may  vote  to 
recommend  the  candidate  for  the  appropriate  degree  with  (departmental) 
honors  or  for  the  appropriate  arinouncement  in  the  commer>cement  program 
and  by  citation  on  the  student  s  academic  record  and  diploma 

Students  in  the  Departmental  Honors  Programs  enjoy  some  academic 
privileges  similar  to  tfx>se  of  graduate  students 

Kappa  Tau  Alpha.  The  Maryland  chapter  of  Kappa  Tau  Alpha  was  chartered 
in  1961  Founded  in  1910.  this  national  honor  society  has  39  chapters  at 
universities  offering  graduate  or  undergraduate  preparation  for  careers  in 
professional  joumalism  It  is  dedicated  to  recognition  and  promotion  of 
scholarship  in  joumalism.  Anwng  its  activities  is  an  annual  awanj  tor  an 
outstanding  piece  of  published  research  in  journalism  and  mass 
communicatk>ns    (Also  see  College  of  Joumalism  ) 

Phi  Beta  Ksf>pa.  Phi  Beta  Kappa  is  the  oldest  and  most  widely  respected 
honorary  fraternity  in  the  United  States  Invitatkjn  to  momtjershlp  is  based  not 
only  on  outstanding  scholastic  achievement,  but  also  on  breadth  of  lit>eral  arts 
studies  completed  while  enrolled  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Gamma  of 
Maryland  chapter  has  liaison  faculty  members  m  trie  various  departments  in  the 
Diviskjn  of  Arts  and  Humanities  with  whom  students  may  discuss  membership 
selection  It  stioukj  be  kept  in  mirxj  that  requirements  for  natx>nal  fx>norary 
societies,  such  as  completion  of  language  and  mathematics  courses,  often 
differ  from  tfie  local  collage.  divisk>n  or  university  requirements 

Schools  and  Colleges  of  the  Division 
of  Arts  and  Humanities 

School  of  Architecture 

Prolessor  and  Dean  Hill 

Assoaale  Dean:  Lewis 

Assistani  Dean  Fogle 

Professors  Hill.  Schlesinger,  Loss 

Associate  Professors:  Bechhoefer.  Bennett  Fogle.  Lewis.  Lord.  Seokevilch 


Schools  and  Colleges  of  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities     67 


Assistant  Professors:  Cass,  Constant.  Oean,  DuPuy.  Johns.  Miner.  Mus«.  Stup 
Lecturers  Arikoglu,  Axtell.  Bullock.  Cohalan.  Flynn.  Kramer.  Li.  Percival. 
Peterson.  Rounds.  Simmons.  Stanton.  Wilkes 

TTie  Sctxxjl  ol  Architecture  ol  the  University  ol  Maryland  Is  located  tietween 
the  Nation  s  Capital  and  the  city  of  Baltimore,  in  the  midst  ol  a  large  number  ol 
historic  communities  and  a  vaned  physical  environment  The  resulting 
opponunity  lor  environmental  design  study  is  unsurpassed  TTie  School  oHers  a 
graduate  program  leading  to  the  degree.  Master  ol  Architecture,  and  four-year 
undergraduate  programs  leading  to  Bachetor  o(  Science  degrees  in  two  major 
liekjs  ol  study,  architecture  and  urban  studies  The  undergraduate  major  in 
architecture  is  designed  to  minimize  the  time  required  to  complete  the 
curriculum  leading  to  the  professional  degree.  Master  of  Architecture  The 
urban  studies  program  is  designed  for  students  admitted  to  the  School  who 
desire  strong  academic  preparation  in  architecture  and  urban  studies  subjects 
at  the  undergraduate  level,  but  wtx)  do  not  plan  to  pursue  a  career  in 
architecture 

Car«*r  Opportunltle*.  The  B  S  degrees  in  architecture  and  urtian  studies  will 
qualify  the  graduate  to  pursue  a  career  in  any  ol  a  numt>er  of  fields,  such  as 
construction,  real  estate  development,  public  administration  or  architectural 
journalism,  or  to  continue  on  to  graduate  work  in  professional  fields  such  as 
architecture,  urban  planning  or  law 

The  graduate  of  the  Master's  degree  program  In  architecture  will  be 
qualified  to  enter  the  profession  of  architecture  in  private  practice,  as  an 
employee  of  a  public  agency  at  the  local,  state  or  federal  level,  or  to  enter  any 
one  of  a  number  of  other  emerging  career  paths  such  as  real  estate 
development,  the  design/buiW  field,  or  transportation  planning, 

Alttiough  the  changing  patterns  of  energy  consumption  and  the  changing 
workJ  economy  can  t>e  expected  to  have  major  impacts  on  the  practice  of 
architecture  and  urban  planning  in  the  coming  decades,  it  is  clear  that 
well-prepared  environmental  designers  and  architects  will  continue  to  be  in 
demand  as  the  physical  environment  in  which  we  live  and  work  is  adapted  to 
suit  new  circumstances  Architecture  as  a  fieW  of  activity  will  continue  to 
provide  personal  challenges  ol  the  highest  order,  the  opportunity  for  varied 
work  and  lor  public  service,  and  the  chance  to  see  others  t)enefiting  from  and 
enjoying  the  products  ol  one's  efforts 

The  Schiool's  professional  program  is  accredited  by  the  National 
Architectural  Accreditation  Board.  Inc.,  enabling  graduates  to  qualify  for 
licensure  in  all  fifty  states,  and  by  reciprocal  agreement,  in  several  foreign 
countries. 

The  Curriculum.  The  School's  basic  mission  is  to  provide  the  general 
education  and  professional  training  and  to  develop  the  skills  required  by  the 
graduate  architect  Its  curriculum  in  architecture  is  organized  around  courses  in 
architectural  design,  architectural  history  and  theory,  and  architectural  science 
and  technology,  and  urban  design  and  planning.  Although  its  program  is 
demanding,  many  elecfives — both  in  architecture  and  related  fields  and  in  the 
sciences  and  humanities — are  also  available.  Courses  in  design  studio  involve 
the  student  in  a  series  of  design  case  studies,  often  drawn  from  actual 
situations  in  the  surrounding  environment.  Both  science/technology  and  design 
courses  utilize  field  trips,  "hands-on"  experience,  and  the  expertise  of  visiting 
critics  and  lecturers  as  well  as  regular  faculty. 

Cadre  Corporation.  In  addition  to  its  academic  program,  the  School  also 
provides  learning  experiences  through  CADRE  Corporation,  a  non-profit  Center 
for  Architectural  Design  and  Research  housed  in  the  School,  which  provides  an 
organizational  framewor1(  for  faculty  and  students  to  undertake  contract 
research  and  design  projects  appropriate  to  the  School's  fundamental 
education  mission.  Projects  done  by  CADRE  Corporation  include  building  and 
urban  design,  urban  studies,  research  in  bulMing  technology,  historic 
preservation,  architectural  archeology,  studies  in  energy  conservation,  or  other 
wor1<  for  which  the  School's  resources  and  interests  are  uniquely  suited. 
CADRE  thus  offers  students  an  opportunity  to  gain  direct,  real-wortd  research 
and  professional  experience  in  an  academic  setting,  along  with  financial 
assistance  through  fellowships,  internships,  stipends  or  direct  salaries  provided 
by  the  Center. 

Faculty.  The  faculty  of  the  School  comprises  four  main  groups:  design; 
science-technology:  history-theory  and  urban  planning-urban  design.  All  faculty 
members  are  active  in  professional  practice  and/or  research  in  their  respective 
areas  of  interest.  For  example,  all  design  faculty  members  maintain  active 
interests  in  professional  practice,  ranging  from  small  residential  wort<  to  large 
scale  urban  projects.  Several  members  of  the  faculty  have  been  retained  as 
design  consultants  to  local  communities.  Many  faculty  design  projects  have 
been  recognized  through  local,  national  and  international  awards  programs  and 
publication.  History  faculty  are  active  in  classical  field  archeology  in  the  Middle 
East  and  in  research  in  American  and  Russian-Alaska  Colonial  architecture  and 
in  medieval  architectural  scholarship.  Science-technology  faculty  are  active  in 
solar  and  energy  optimization  studies,  and  in  research  in  earthquake-resistant 
structural  design, 

Facllftlas.  The  School  is  housed  in  a  modem,  air-conditioned  building 
providi^  design  wori<  statkjns  for  each  student,  a  large  auditorium,  and 
seminar  and  classroom  facilities,  A  well-oquipped  woodwori<ing  and  model 
shop,  daritroom  facilities,  a  lab  equipped  with  testing  machines  and  various 
instnjments  used  in  studying  the  ambient  environment,  and  computer  terminal 
facilities  are  also  provided.   The  library  contains  some  20,000  volumes  and  130 


current  periodteals,  making  it  one  of  the  major  architectural  libraries  in  the 
Natk>n  The  slide  collection  numbers  some  120,000  slides  on  architecture, 
landscape  architecture,  planning  and  technical  subiects  A  photo-documentation 
center  provkJes  students  the  necessary  resources  for  photographing  models 
and  drawings 

AdmlMlon*.  Admission  to  the  School  of  Architecture  is  selective  Students 
are  normally  admitted  to  the  undergraduate  majors  in  architecture  and  in  urban 
studies  after  completing  sixty  credits  of  general  and  prerequisite  work  Early 
admisston  is  possible  directly  Irom  high  school  for  outstanding  students  who 
meet  one  ol  the  following  standa.ds:  (1)  3  5  GPA  and  combined  SAT  score  ol 
1200:  (2)  National  Ment  Scholarship  finalist  or  (3)  Recipients  ol  Maryland 
Distinguished.  Banneker.  Chancellor's  Scholarship  or  equivalent  awards.  Such 
students  need  not  submit  the  portfolio  descnbed  below 

Normally,  admission  occurs  after  the  student  has  completed  sixty  credits  of 
academic  work  Admission  of  transfer  students  is  based  on  a  satisfactory  grade 
point  average  for  college  level  work  and  a  portfolio  of  creative  work 

Application  Procedures 

1  Exceptionally  well-qualified  students  applying  for  eariy  admission  Irom  high 
school:  write  the  Director  of  Admissions.  University  of  Maryland,  College 
Park,  MD  20742  The  deadline  for  such  application  is  March  1,  Eartier 
applications  are  encouraged 

2  Transfer  students  who  have  completed  wori<  at  other  colleges  and 
universities:  write  the  Director  of  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  MD  20742,  Students  applying  lor  transfer  from  other 
academic  units  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park  Campus: 
contact  Director  of  Admissions.  School  of  Architecture.  University  ol 
Maryland.  College  Part<.  MD  20742  Deadline  for  application  for  transfer 
student  admission  is  March  1 

In  addition  to  the  required  transcripts  and  other  information,  a  portolio  of 
creative  work  must  be  submitted  by  transfer  student  applicants  The  required 
portfolio  of  student  work  may  include  copies  of  drawings,  photographs,  and 
other  evidence  of  creative  wori<.  submitted  in  8^"  x  11"  format,  for  example,  in 
a  standard  three-ring  notebook.  The  portfolio  should  be  submitted  to  the 
Director  of  Admissions,  School  of  Architecture,  at  the  time  of  submission  of 
other  application  materials.  The  portfolio  will  be  returned  only  if  requested,  in 
which  case  a  self-addressed,  stamped  mailing  envelope  should  tie  included 
with  the  portfolio  lor  this  purpose, 

Rnanclal  Asslstanca.  For  promising  prospective  applicants  who  might  not 
otherwise  be  able  to  attend  the  University's  School  of  Architecture,  a  number  of 
grants  and  scholarships  are  available,  some  earmarked  specifically  for 
architecture  students  New  students  and  those  already  enrolled  must  apply 
before  February  15.  All  requests  for  information  concerning  these  awards 
should  be  made  to:  Director,  Student  Aid,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
MD  20742. 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science,  Major  In  Architecture.  To  enter 
the  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  architecture  students  are  required  to 
complete  60  credits,  including  ENGL  101.  MATH  221,  and  PHYS  122,  ARCH 
220,  and  ARCH  221.  (ARCH  220  and  221  may  be  taken  after  admission  as  a 
transfer  student.)  ARCH  170  is  also  recommended.  In  the  final  two  years, 
students  are  expected  to  complete  the  following  requirements  for  a  total  of  1 20 
credits: 

Fail  Tenn 

First  Semester' 

ARCH  302— Architecture  Studio  I   6 

ARCH  214 — Methods  and  Materials  of  Construction  I    2 

ARCH  312— Architectural  Staictures     3 

ARCH  313— Environmental  Control  Systems  I    3 

Total    14 

Spring  Term 

Second  Semester 

ARCH  303— Architecture  Studio  II    6 

ARCH  215 — Methods  and  Materials  ol  Constructions  II   2 

ARCH  412— Architectural  Stnjctures  II    3 

ARCH  442 — Studies  in  Visual  Design     3 

USP"    or  Elective    2 

Total    16 

Third  Semester 

ARCH  402— Architecture  Studio  III   6 

ARCH  416— Architectural  Stnjctures  III     3 

ARCH  415 — Environmental  Control  Systems  II    3 

ENGL  391— Expository  Writing  3 

Total    15 

Fourth  Semester 

ARCH  403— Architecture  Studio  IV     6 

ARCH  417— Environmental  Control  Systems  III    3 

USP"    or  Elective    3 

USP"    or  Elective    3 

Total    15 


68     Schools  and  Colleges  of  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 


Total  Credits:  ^^0 

*    Courses  are  to  be  taken  in  sequence  as  Indicated  by  Roman  numerals  In  course  titles. 

"     USP— University  Studies  Program  Requirement  (may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements) 


Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science,  Major  In  Urban  Studies.    To 

obtain  the  baccalaureate  degree  in  Urtan  Studies,  Irom  the  School  o( 
Architecture,  students  in  the  program  are  required  to  complete  60  credits, 
including  ENGL  101.  MATH  221.  PHYS  121  and  ARCH  170.  ARCH  220,  ARCH 
221  in  their  first  two  years.  (ARCH  220  and  221  may  be  taken  after  admission 
as  a  transfer  student)  Students  are  expected  to  complete  the  following 
requirements,  providing  a  total  of  1 20  credits. 

Fall  Term 

First  Semester 

ARCH  302— Architecture  Studio  I   6 

ARCH  214 — Methods  and  Materials  of  Construction  I    2 

Basic  Field     3 

Urban  Studies   3 

Total    14 

Spring  Term 

SecorKi  Semester 

ARCH  303— Architecture  Studio  II     6 

ARCH  215— Methods  and  Materials  of  Construction  I    2 

Urban  Studies   3 

ENGL  391— Expository  Writing   3 

Elective.  USP    2 

Total 16 

Third  Semester 

ARCH  454 — Theories  of  Urban  Form   3 

ARCH  450— Introduction  to  Urban  Planning  3 

Basic  Field     3 

Urban  Studies   3 

Urban  Studies  3 

Total    15 

Fourth  Semester 

ARCH  453 — Urban  Problems  Seminar   4 

Urban  Studies   6 

Basic  Reld    3 

Elective,  USP 3 

Total    15 

Total  Credits:  ^^0 

USP— University  Studies  Program  Requirement  (may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirement) 

NOTE:  Urtian  Studies  requirements  and  basic  field  requirements  must  be  approved  for  each 
candidate  by  the  Institute  for  Urt>an  Studies.  The  BS  degree  is  available  only  to  students 
admrtted  to  the  School  of  Architecture. 

College  of  Journalism 

Journalism  Faculty 

Professor  and  Dean:  Holman  (acting) 

Assistant  Dean:  Hines 

Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies:  Patterson 

Professors:  Crowell  (Emeritus).  Grunig,  Hiebert.  Martin 

Associate  Professors:  Beasley.  Geraci.  Levy 

Assistant  Professors:  Barkin,  Fields,  McElrealh,  Nam,  Nunamaker.  Zanot 

Instructors:  Caldwell.  Patterson,  Schneider 

Visiting  Professor:  Boyle 

The  College  of  Journalism  at  the  University  of  Maryland  stands  at  the 
doorstep  of  the  nation's  capital  and  the  world's  news  center  It  is  an  ideal 
location  for  the  study  of  journalism,  public  relations,  and  mass  communications 
because  many  of  the  worid's  important  journalists,  great  news  events,  and 
significant  communications  activities  are  near  at  hand 

The  College  is  within  easy  reach  of  five  of  the  nation's  top  20  newspapers, 
including  the  Baltimore  Sun,  the  Baltimore  News-American,  the  Washington 
Post,  the  Washington  Star,  and  the  production  offices  of  the  Wall  Street 
Journal.  The  College  also  has  easy  access  to  the  Washington  press  corps — the 
large  bureaus  of  the  Associated  Press,  United  Press  International,  New  Vorti 
Times.  Los  Angeles  Times,  and  many  other  American  and  foreign  newspapers: 
also  major  networks  and  broadcasting  news  bureaus  such  as  NBC.  CBS,  and 
ABC;  many  news,  business,  and  special-interest  magazines,  and 
representatives  of  the  book  publishing  industry 

The  College  is  close  to  the  sources  of  news,  including  the  White  House, 
executive  departments  and  agencies.  Supreme  Court,  and  Congress  It  is  near 
many  major  non-governmental  representative  bodies  such  as  associations, 
scientific     and     professional     organizations,     foreign     representatives,     and 


international  agencies. 

The  College  has  six  primary  objectives:  1)  to  provkle  professional 
development,  including  training  in  skills  ar>d  techniques  necessary  for  effective 
communication:  2)  to  insure  a  liberal  education  lor  journalists  and  mass 
communicators:  3)  to  Increase  public  understanding  of  journalism  and  mass 
communication:  4)  to  advarK;e  knowledge  through  research  and  publication:  5) 
to  raise  the  quality  ol  journalism  through  critical  examination  and  study,  and  6) 
to  provide  a  continuing  relationship  with  professional  journalists  and  their 
societies. 

The  College  curricula  in  news-editorial  journalism  and  public  relations  are 
accredited  by  the  Amencan  Council  on  Education  lor  Journalism  The  College 
is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of  Schools  and  Departments  ol 
Journalism,  The  Association  for  Educatioh  in  Journalism,  and  The  American 
Society  of  Journalism  School  Administrators 

Student  journalism  organization  chapters  include  the  Society  ol 
Professional  Joumalists  (Sigma  Delta  Chi),  Kappa  Tau  Alpha,  a  charter  chapter 
of  the  Public  Relations  Student  Society  of  Amenca,  and  the  University  of 
Maryland  Advertising  Club. 

The  College  maintains  close  relations  with  student  publicatkjns, 
communications  and  media  organizations  including  The  Diamondback.  the  daily 
newspaper:  Black  Explosion,  minority  student  newspaper:  Terrapin.  yeartxxA; 
Argus,  the  monthly  feature  magazine:  Calvert.  Literary  Review:  Ha'koach.  the 
Jewish  student  newspaper:  and  WMUC  AM-FM,  the  radio  station 

Students  interested  in  participating  in  the  internship  program  have  tlieir 
choice  of  more  than  250  opportunities  each  semester  to  gam  on-the-job 
training.  A  competitive  summer  internship  program  is  also  sponsored  by  tt»e 
College 

Advanced  journalism  students  have  many  opportunities  for  professiorial 
wori<  in  the  journalism  field.  The  College  publishes  a  bi-weekly  newspaper,  the 
Citizen  Call,  for  residents  of  the  College  Part<  area  using  the  Colleges  own 
electronic  typesetting  and  editing  equipment.  In  addition,  advanced  and 
graduate  students  often  use  the  Washington.  DC  resources  lor  both  study  and 
professional  work  experience.  Some  seminars  meet  in  downtown  Washington. 

Students  may  seek  an  advisor's  help  in  Room  2114.  Journalism  BuikJing, 
the  office  of  the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies.  454-5040 

The  College  offers  sequences  m  news  reporting  and  editing,  public 
relations,  advertising,  news  broadcasting,  news  photography,  science 
communication  and  magazine  journalism. 

Typing  ability  and  English  proficiency  are  required  of  all  students  Majors 
must  maintain  a  'C  average  In  courses  taken  in  the  College  Students  must 
receive  at  least  a  "C  In  Journalism  201,  202  and  the  first  course  in  their 
chosen  sequence. 

Accredited  journalism  programs  follow  a  policy  of  requiring  journalism 
majors  to  take  about  three-fourths  of  their  coursewori(  in  areas  other  than 
journalism  The  College  ol  Journalism  follows  this  nationwide  polcy  In  practical 
terms,  this  means  that  a  journalism  major  may  offer  more  than  36  credits  of 
journalism  coursework  toward  the  undergraduate  degree 

Requirements  for  the  Journalism  Major.  TTie  requirements  lor  graduation  are 

given  below: 

See  University  Studies  Program  or  General  University  Requirements  in  this 

catalog,  whichever  is  applicable. 

College  Requirements: 

1.  MATH  110  or  any  more  advanced  course  in  mathematics 
2  Foreign  Language  proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level     Three  years  ol 
foreign  lar^guage  in  high  school  does  not  automatically  waive  the  foreign 
language  requirement  for  the  College  of  Journalism  OR  Math  Optk)n  to  the 
Foreign  Language  Requirement  Instead  of  language,  the  student  takes: 
A  One  math  course  (MATH  1 1 1  or  any  math  course  over  and  at>ove  the 

MATH  1 10  course  which  is  a  college  requirement) 
B  One  statistics  course  (SOCY  201 .  BMGT  230  or  PSYC  200) 
C.  Computer  Science  103 

3.  A  course  in  public  speaking  chosen  from  SPCH  100.  107.  200  or  230. 

4.  One  of  the  folkiwing: 

a.  Sociology  (recommended  for  public  relations,  advertising  and  science 

sequence) 
b  Anthropology 
c  US  History  (recommended  for  news-editorial  sequerKe) 

5  A  course  in  pnnciples  ol  psychology,  PSYC  100 

6  Economics— ECON  205  or  ECON  201  203 

7  Government  and  Politics  170   For  the  news-editorial  sequence,  GVPT  260 
or  GVPT  460  are  also  required 

Professional  ftequlrements: 

Journalism  majors  must  derTX>nstrale  proliciency  in  the  English  language 
Typing  ability  ol  at  least  30  words  per  minute  and  a  C  in  ENGL  101  are 
required  for  JOUR  201  Majors  must  maintain  a  C  average  in  all  journalism 
courses 

Specific  Journalism  Rsqulrenoents: 

Each  {oumalism  major  is  required  to  luHill  the  requirements  m  at  least  one 
of  the  folkjwing  sequences  A  sequence  is  an  area  of  ooncentratiori  which 
alkiws  students  to  prepare  themselves  in  depth  for  entry  level  proAssional 
employment  Students  can  arrange  tlieir  programs  to  enable  them  to  fulfill  the 
requirements  in  more  tlian  one  sequence 


Arts  and  Humanities  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     69 


N«ws  Editorial  Saquanc* 


Credit  Hours 
3 
3 


JOUR  201— Writing  lor  Ihe  Mass  Media 
JOUR  202— Edil(ng  tor  Ihe  Mass  Media 

JOUR  320— News  Reporting     3 

JOUR  323 — Newspaper  Ediling    3 

Either 

JOUR  322— Advanced  Reporting  OR 

JOUR  324 — Newspaper  Production    3 

JOUR  400— Law  ol  Mass  Communication    3 

At  least  one  additional  journalism  course  numbered  410—480    3 

Journalism  electives  (321.  325.  and  328  recommended)    9-15 

Minor  in  one  (iekJ.  upper  division    12-18 

Public  Relations  Saquanc* 

JOUR  201— Writing  for  the  Mass  Media   3 

JOUR  202— Editing  lor  the  Mass  Media   3 

JOUR  330— Public  Relations  Theory    3 

JOUR  331— Public  Relations  Techniques     3 

JOUR  399 — Supervised  internship    3 

JOUR  480— Mass  Communication  Research    3 

Advanced  writing  course  (JOUR  320.  360,  371,  or  380)     3 

JOUR  400— Law  ol  Mass  Communication    3 

Journalism  electives  (JOUR  333.  335.  and  350  recommended)  6-9 

Minor  in  one  Held,  upper  division  (must  be  an  approved  field  related  to 

public  relations)     12-18 

Advertising  Sequence 

JOUR  201— Writing  lor  the  Mass  Media  3 

JOUR  202— Editing  for  the  Mass  Media   3 

JOUR  340 — Advertising  Communication     3 

JOUR  341 — Advertising  Techniques     3 

JOUR  399— Supervised  Internship    3 

JOUR  480 — Mass  Communication  Research    3 

JOUR  400 — Law  of  Mass  Communication    3 

At  least  one  additional  journalism  course  number  410 — 480    3 

Journalism  electives  (JOUR  330,  345,  350.  and  372  recommended)  6-9 
Minor  in  one  Held,  upper  division  (must  be  an  approved  field  related  to 

advertising     12-18 

Photojournalism  Sequence 

JOUR  201— Writing  lor  the  Mass  Media  3 

JOUR  202— Editing  for  the  Mass  Media   3 

JOUR  350 — Photojournalism     3 

JOUR  351 — Advanced  Photojournalism    3 

JOUR  352 — Special  Problems  in  Photojournalism 3 

JOUR  400 — Law  of  Mass  Communication    3 

At  least  one  additional  journalism  course  numbered  410 — 480    3 

Journalism  electives  (JOUR  320.  330.  333.  and  372  recommended)     . .  9-15 

Minor  in  one  field,  upper  division    12-18 

News  Broadcasting  Sequence 

JOUR  201— Writing  for  the  Mass  Media  3 

JOUR  202— Editing  for  the  Mass  Media   3 

JOUR  360— Broadcast  News  i    3 

JOUR  361— Broadcast  News  II     3 

JOUR  365— Theory  ol  Broadcast  Journalism   3 

JOUR  400 — Law  ol  Mass  Communication    3 

At  least  one  additional  journalism  course  numbered  410 — 480      ......  3 

Journalism  and  Radio-TV-Film  electives  (chosen  with  permission  ol 

advisor)    9-15 

Minor  in  one  Held,  upper  division  (may  not  be  in  Radio-TV-Film)   12-18 

Science  Communlcaton  Sequence 

JOUR  201— Writing  for  Ihe  Mass  Media   3 

JOUR  202— Editing  for  the  Mass  Media   3 

JOUR  380 — Journalism  for  Science  and  Technology   3 

At  least  three  of  the  following: 

JOUR  320— News  Reporting 

JOUR  321— Reporting  Public  Affairs 

JOUR  330 — Public  Relations  Theory 

JOUR  331 — Public  Relations  Techniques 

JOUR  360— Broadcast  News  I 

JOUR  371 — Magazine  Article  and  Feature  Writing  9 

JOUR  400 — Law  of  Mass  Communication    3 

One  additional  course  number  410-480  3 

Journalism  electives    6-12 

Minor  in  a  scientific  field    12-18 

Magazine  Sequence 

JOUR  201— Writing  for  the  Mass  Media  3 

JOUR  202— Editing  for  the  Mass  Media   3 

JOUR  371 — Magazine  Article  and  Feature  Writing  3 

JOUR  372 — Magazine  Photography  and  Illustration  3 

JOUR  373— Magazine  Graphics   3 

JOUR  400 — Law  of  Mass  Communication    3 

At  least  one  additional  journalism  course  numbered  410-480    3 

Journalism  electives  (JOUR  374.  320.  321.  322.  328,  351,  and  380 

recommended)    9-15 


Minor  in  one  field,  upper  division    12-18 

Non-Journalism  Requirements: 

Twelve  (12)  credit  hours  in  upper-division  courses  in  one  subject  outside  ol  the 
College  of  Journalism  This  is  the  minor. 

Twenty-one  (21)  credit  hours  in  upper-division,  non-journalism  electives,  to  be 
spread  concentrated  according  to  individual  needs.  Minimum  upper-division 
credits  for  graduation — 57  Total  lower  and  upper-division — 120. 

Course  Cod«  Prefix— JOUR 


Arts  and  Humanities  Departments, 
Programs  and  Curricula 


American  Studies  Program 


Professor  and  Director:  Wise 

Professor:  Bode 

Associate  Professor  and  Associate  Director:  Kelly 

Associate  Professors:  Lounsbury,  Mintz,  Pearson 

Assistant  Professors:  Caughey.  McCarthy 

Visiting  Instructor:  Keesing 

The  program  offers  an  interdisciplinary  focus  on  American  culture  and 
society  in  both  historical  and  contemporary  sources.  Undergraduate  majors, 
with  the  help  of  advisors,  design  a  program  which  includes  courses  offered  by 
the  American  Studies  faculty,  sequences  of  courses  in  Ihe  disciplines  usually 
associated  with  American  studies  (i.e..  history,  literature,  sociology, 
anthropology,  political  science,  and  others),  and  pertinent  courses  grouped 
thematically  (e.g..  Afro-American  Studies,  Women's  Studies.  Ethnic  Studies. 
Comparative  Cultures,  Popular  Culture.  Urban  and  Environmental  Studies,  and 
solorth). 

The  major  requires  45  hours,  at  least  24  of  which  must  be  at  the  300-400 
level.  Of  those  45  hours.  21  must  be  in  AMST  courses,  with  the  remaining  24 
in  two  12-hour  core  areas  outside  the  regular  AMST  offerings. 

No  grade  lower  than  a  "C"  may  be  applied  toward  the  major.  The  program 
recommends  that  students  fulfill  the  Division's  history  requirement  with  an 
American  history  course,  particularly  if  American  history  is  not  one  of  the  core 
areas  in  the  student's  program.  Lists  of  courses  applicable  to  the  major  for 
each  of  the  core  areas  are  available  from  the  program.  No  courses  other  than 
those  on  the  lists  will  be  accepted  for  credit  toward  the  major  unless  the 
advisor's  permission  has  been  granted  in  writing  and  placed  in  the  student's 
file. 

Distribution  o(  the  45  Hours: 

AMST  Courses  (21  hours  required) 

1.  AMST  201— Introduction  to  American  Studies  (3):  required  of  majors. 

2.  AMST  203— Popular  Culture  in  America;  AMST  205— Material  Aspects  of 
American  Life:  AMST  207— Contemporary  American  Cultures:  three  (3) 
hours  minimum  from  this  group,  six  (6)  hours  maximum  may  be  applied 
toward  the  21 -hour  AMST  requirement. 

3.  AMST  330 — Critics  of  American  Culture  (3):  required  of  majors. 

4.  AMST  418— Cultural  Themes  in  America;  AMST  426 — Culture  and  the  Arts 
in  America;  AMST  428— American  Cultural  Eras;  AMST  429— Perspectives 
on  Popular  Culture;  AMST  432— Literature  and  American  Society:  majors 
will  take  6-9  hours  (depending  upon  number  of  hours  taken  at  200  level)  of 
these  courses.  No  more  than  three  (3)  hours  of  a  repeatable  number  may 
be  applied  to  the  major. 

5.  AMST  450 — Seminar  in  American  Studies  (3):  required  of  majors. 

Core  Areas  Outside  AMST  (24  hours  required): 

Student  majors  will  choose  two  outside  core  areas  of  12  hours  each.  One  of 
the  core  areas  may  be  interdisciplinary  in  nature  (see  interdisciplinary  core 
suggestions).  All  interdisciplinary  cores  must  be  approved  by  an  advisor  in 
writing;  they  may  not  be  organized  merely  by  grouping  courses  from  the 
approved-course  list. 

Departmental  Cores 

Courses  chosen  from  approved  list  or  accepted  by  an  advisor  in  American 
History,  American  Literature,  Sociology,  Anthrop6logy,  Government  and 
Politics.  Psychology.  Art  History,  Architecture,  Geography,  Radio-TV-Film, 
Economics,  Education,  Journalism,  Philosophy. 

Interdisciplinary  Cores 

Afro-American  Studies.  Women's  Studies,  Urtjan  and  Environmental  Studies, 

Popular   Culture,    Personality    and    Culture.    Creative   and    Performing    Arts, 

Comparative  Cultures,  Ethnic  Studies.  Business  and  Industry,  Material  Culture. 

folklore. 

Individual  cores  may  also  be  designed  with  advisor  assistance  and 
approval. 

Course  Code  Prefix— AMST 


70     Arts  and  Humanities  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Art 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Driskell 

Professors:  Campbell,  deLeiris,  Denny,  Lembach,  Levitine,  Lynch,  Morrison, 

Pemberton.  Rearick,  Truitt 

Associate  Professors:  DiFederico,  Farquhar,  Forbes,  Gelman,  Johns.  Klank, 

Lapinski,  Niese,  Spiro,  Withers 

Assistant  Professors:  Craig,  DeMonle,  Ferraioli,  Krushenick,  Meizlik,  Patton, 

Reid,  Spaulding,  Weigl.  Wheelock,  Willis 

Lecturers:  Caswell.  Gilliam,  Gossage,  Kehoe,  Strang,  Tonelli,  Vanalstine 

Instructor:  Richardson 

Slide  Curator:  Delaney 

Two  majors  are  ottered  in  art:  art  history  and  studio.  The  student  wtio 
majors  in  art  history  is  committed  to  the  study  and  scholarly  Interpretation  ot 
existing  worlds  of  art,  from  the  prehistoric  era  to  our  times,  while  the  studio 
major  stresses  the  student's  direct  participation  in  the  creation  ot  works  ol  art. 

In  spite  of  this  difference.  Ixth  majors  are  rooted  in  the  concept  of  art  as  a 
humanistic  experience,  and  share  an  essential  common  aim;  the  development 
of  aesttietic  sensitivity,  understanding,  and  knowledge  For  this  reason, 
students  in  both  majors  are  required  to  progress  through  a  "common 
curriculum,"  which  will  ensure  a  broad  grounding  in  both  aspects  of  art;  then 
each  student  will  move  into  a  'specialized  curriculum'  with  advanced  courses  in 
his  own  major, 

A  curriculum  leading  to  a  degree  in  art  education  is  offered  in  the  College 
of  Education  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Department  of  Art 

Common  Curriculum 

Courses  required  in  major  unless  taken  as  part  ot  supporting  area  are  listed 

below. 

ARTH  100.  Introduction  to  An  (3) 

ARTH  260.  History  of  An  (3) 

ARTH  261.  History  of  An  (3) 

ARTS  100.  Design  I  (3) 

ARTS  110.  Drawing  I  (3) 

Specialized  Curricula 

An  History  Major  A 

5  junior-senior  level  History  of  Art  courses  (one  each  from  3  of  the 

following  areas;  Ancient-Medieval,  Renaissance-Baroque. 

19th-20th  century.  non-Western)  (15) 

1  additional  Studio  An  course  (3) 

Supporting  Area 

1 2  coherently  related  non-art  credits  approved  by  an  advisor, 

6  of  these  credits  must  be  taken  in  one  department  and  must 

be  at  junior-senior  level  (12) 

Art  History  Major  B 

5  junior-senior  level  History  of  Art  courses  (one  each  from  3  of  the 

following  areas:  Ancient-Medieval.  Renaissance-Baroque. 

19th-20th  century,  non-Western)  (15) 
3  additional  courses  in  any  level  History  of  Art  (9) 

Supporting  Area 

ARTS  100,  Design  I  (from  comrtx)n  curriculum)  (3) 

ARTS  110,  Drawing  I  (from  common  cumculum)  (3) 

2  Studio  Art  courses  at  junior-senior  level  (6) 

Total  required  credit  hours,  combined  Major  and  Supporting 
Area — 45 

Studio  An  Major  A 

ARTS  200,  Intermediate  Design  or  alternative  (3) 

ARTS  210,  Drawing  II  (3) 

ARTS  220.  Painting  I  (3) 

ARTS  310.  Drawing  III  (3) 

ARTS  330.  Sculpture  I  (3) 

ARTS   340.    Printmaking   I   or  ARTS   344.   Printmaking   II   (3):   1    additional 

junior-senior  level  Studk)  course  (3);  1  advanced  History  of  Art  course  (3) 

Supporting  Area 

12  coherently  related  non-art  credit  approved  by  an  advisor.  Six 

of  these  credits  must  be  taken  in  one  department  and  must  be 

at  junior-senior  level  (12). 

Studio  An  Major  B 

ARTS  200.  Intermediate  Design  or  altematlve  (3) 

ARTS  210.  Drawing  II  (3) 

ARTS  220,  Painting  I  (3) 

ARTS  310,  Drawing  III  (3) 

ARTS  330,  Sculpture  I  (3) 

ARTS  340,  Printmaking  I  or  ARTS  344,  Printmaking  II  (3); 

1  additional  junior-senior  level  Studio  Art  course  (3) 

Supporting  Area  in  History  of  An 

ARTH  260,  History  of  Art  (from  common  curriculum)  (3) 


ARTH  261 ,  History  of  Art  (from  common  curtculum)  (3) 
2  History  of  Art  courses  at  juntor-senior  level  (6) 

Total  required  credit  hours,  combined  Major  and  Supporting  Area — 51  in  Major 
A,  45  in  Major  B 

No  course  with   a  grade   less  than   C   may   be   used   to   satisfy   major 

requirements 

CoufM  CodB  PrellxOT-  ARTE,  ARTH,  ARTS 


Chinese  Program 


Director  and  Associate  Professor  Rickett 

Associate  Professor:  Chin 

Assistant  Professors:  Cuadrado,  Link,  Sargent 

Chinese  language  and  literature  courses  provide  the  training  and  cultural 
background  needed  for  entering  Chinese-related  careers  in  higtier  education, 
the  arts,  business,  government,  international  relations,  etc  All  tieginnlng 
students  take  the  first-semester,  six  hour  Elementary  Chinese,  wtiich  is 
designed  to  give  them  a  solid  foundation  in  the  four  skills  of  speaking,  hearing. 
reading,  and  writing.  Beginning  with  the  second  semester  the  tower  level 
courses  are  divided  into  two  tracks,  spoken  arxl  written,  each  three  hours  a 
week.  Students  whose  careers  will  call  for  primanly  oral  skills  may  wish  to 
concentrate  on  spoken  Chinese,  while  those  wtioso  interest  lies  in  translation 
may  take  the  written  courses  Others  will  enroll  in  Ixjth  spoken  and  written 
Chinese  simultaneously  to  prepare  for  taking  the  advanced  courses  in  trxxJem 
and  classical  reading  and  writing 

Two  courses  in  Chinese  linguistics  deal  with  the  sounds  and  grammatical 
system  of  the  Chinese  language  and  its  comparison  with  English  Several 
courses  in  traditional  and  modern  Chinese  poetry,  fiction,  and  drama  are  taught 
in  translation;  two  literature  courses,  on  the  400-level.  are  taught  in  Chir>ese. 

Students  may  major  in  Chinese  through  the  Individual  Studies  Program 
See  any  faculty  member  in  the  Chinese  Program  for  details. 

Course  Code  Prefix— CHIN 

Classics 

Associate  Professor  and  Interim  Chainnan:  Lesher 

Professor:  Avery 

Associate  Professor:  Hubt* 

Assistant  Professors:  Duffy.  Lee.  Rutledge.  Staley 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Dexter 

Instructor:  Walker 

Classics  is  the  study  of  the  languages,  literature,  culture  arKi  thought  of 
ancient  Greece  and  Rome  At  present  students  at  Maryland  may  major  in  Latin, 
pursue  a  concentration  in  Greek,  and  enroll  in  a  variety  of  courses  on  tfie 
classical  worid  In  addition  to  the  regular  sequence  of  Greek  and  Latin  courses, 
the  Department  otters  Intensive  Latin  (LATN  120  and  220),  Vocabulary  BuikJing 
(CLAS  280,  290),  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology  (CLAS  170.  470)  and  special 
topics  courses  (CLAS  309)  on  ancient  education,  ancient  literature,  ancient 
sports,  etc  Courses  on  other  classical  subjects  (History.  Art.  Phitosophy, 
Architecture)  are  taught  by  allied  faculty  on  the  Committee  on  Classk:al 
Studies 

Students  who  have  had  Latin  in  high  scfKX>l  are  encouraged  to  work  at  the 
highest  level  ol  which  they  feel  capable  The  departmental  advisor  will  help 
students  identify  the  appropriate  courses  in  which  to  enroll  Normally  students 
with  less  than  one  year  of  high  school  Latin  take  LATN  101  Those  wtx>  enter 
with  a  full  year  of  high  school  Latin  register  for  l^TN  102;  with  two  lull  years, 
LATN  203  College  credit  is  given  to  students  wtio  have  earned  a  3,  4,  or  5  on 
the  Advanced  Placement  test  in  Latin 

Major  in  Latin;  LATN  101,  102,  203  and  204  or  their  equivalent  must  have 
tieen  completed  t>efore  a  student  may  begin  work  on  a  major  A  maior  consists 
of  a  minimum  ot  twenty-four  hours  tjeginning  with  LATN  305,  twelve  hours  of 
which  must  be  taken  in  400-level  courses.  In  addition,  a  student  majofing  in 
Latin  will  be  required  to  take  as  supporting  courses  CLAS  170,  HIST  420.  and 
HIST  421  The  student  is  urged  to  pursue  a  strong  supporting  program  in 
Greek.  The  folkwing  courses  are  recommended  as  electives:  HIST  144  and 
145,  ARTH  402  and  403,  and  PHIL  310  No  course  in  the  Latin  language  with 
a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  requirements 

Course  Code  Prefixes— CLAS,  GREK,  LATN 

Communication  Arts  and  Theatre 

Professor  and  Chainnan:  Aylward 

Professors:  Jamieson,  Lichty,  Meersman.  Pugliese.  Strausbaugh  (Entarttus), 

Wolvin 

Associate  Professors:  Falcione.  Freimuth.  Kiritley.  Kolker.  Linkow.  Niemeyer. 

O'Leary.  Weiss 

Assistant  Professors:  Balling.  Cline.  Conger.  Daniel.  DuMonceau.  Leong. 

McCaleb.  McCleary.  Patterson.  Sailer.  Starcher.  Thompson 

Instructors:  Baklwin.  Donahue.  Hincri.  Jones.  Robinson.  Rosenttial.  Wood 

Lecturers:  Kaplan  (P  T  ).  Nilos  (P  T).  Parker  (P  T  ),  Philport  (P  T  ),  Sandler 

(P  T  ).  Saxton  (P  T  ) 

The  departmental  curricula  lead  to  the  Bachetor  of  Arts  degree  and  permit 
ttie  student  to  devetop  a  program  with  emphasis  in  one  of  the  three  areas  of 


Arts  and  Humanities  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     71 


the  department  (1)  Speech  communication  (political  communication, 
organizational  communication,  urtan  communication,  educational 
communication,  and  interpersonal  communication);  (2)  Theatre  (educational 
theatre,  acting,  directing,  producing,  theatre  history,  and  technical  theatre):  (3) 
Radio-television-dlm  (broadcasting  and  lilm  theory,  production,  history,  criticism, 
and  research  in  a  full  spectrum  program)  In  cooperation  with  the  Department 
ol  Secondary  Education,  the  department  provides  an  opportunity  tor  teacher 
certilicalion  m  the  speech  and  drama  education  program 

The  curnculum  is  designed  to  provide  (1)  a  lit>eral  education  through 
special  study  of  the  arts  and  sciences  of  human  communication  (2)  preparation 
for  numerous  opportunities  in  business,  government,  media  and  related 
Industhes.  and  education 

Since  communication  is  a  dynamic  field,  the  course  offerings  are  under 
constant  review  and  development,  and  the  interested  student  should  obtain 
specific  information  atiout  a  possible  program  from  a  departmental  advisor 

The  major  requirements  are  30  hours  of  course  worli  in  any  one  of  the 
divisions,  exclusive  of  thiose  courses  taken  to  satisfy  University  or  Divisional 
requirements  Of  the  30  hours,  at  least  15  must  be  upper  division  in  the  300  or 
400  senes  No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements 

Each  of  the  possible  concentrations  in  the  department  requires  certain 
courses  in  order  to  provide  a  firm  foundation  for  the  work  in  that  area 

Speech  Communication 

Required  Courses;  SPCH  125.  200,  220,  356,  400  and  474.  In  addition,  12 
semester  credit  hours  in  SPCH  courses,  at  least  six  (6)  of  which  must  be  at  the 
300-400  level  Supporting  Courses;  Fifteen  credit  hours  of  supporting  course 
work  selected  in  consultation  with  the  major  adviser. 

Theatre 

Required  Courses:  THET  120,  170,  282,  330,  479,  490  and  491;  and  one 
of  the  following:  420  or  430  and  one  of  the  following:  375,  or  476  or  480.  In 
addition,  five  (5)  THET  courses  of  which  at  least  two  (2)  must  be  at  the 
300-400  level. 

Supporting  Courses:  Fifteen  (15)  credit  hours  from  those  indicated  below: 

Dramatic  Literature — ENGL  403  or  404  or  405  and  eitfier  434  or  454. 

Dance— DANC  100 

Music— MUSC  100  or  130 

Art — Any  related  course  offered  in  the  department. 

Radio  Television-Film 

Required  Courses:  RTVF  222  and  either  223  or  314 

Supporting  Courses:  Fifteen  (15)  credit  hours  of  coherently  related  subjects, 
selected  in  consultation  with  an  advisor  and  considering  tfie  personal  goals  of 
the  student 

The  department  offers  numerous  specialized  opportunities  for  those 
interested  through  co-curricular  activities  in  theater,  film,  television,  radio  and 
readers'  theatre.  For  the  superior  student  an  Honors  Program  is  available,  and 
interested  students  should  consult  their  adviser  for  further  information  no  later 
than  the  beginning  of  their  junior  year 

Course  Code  Prefixes— SPCH,  RTVF,  THET 

Comparative  Literature  Program 

Program  Director:  Fuegi 

Advisory  Committee  on  Comparative  Literature:  Avery,  Fink,  Fuegi,  Goodwyn, 

Russell 

Professors:  Avery,  Freedman,  Fuegi,  Goodwyn,  Hering,  Holton,  Jones, 

Salamanca 

Associate  Professors:  Barry.  Berry.  Coogan.  Fleck,  Greenwood,  Mack,  Smith, 

Walt 

Assistant  Professor:  Peterson 

Undergraduates  may  emphasize  Comparative  Literature  as  they  work 
toward  a  degree  in  one  of  the  departments  of  literature.  Each  student  will  be 
formally  advised  by  the  faculty  of  tiis  "home"  department  in  consultation  with 
the  Director  of  the  Comparative  Literature  Program.  In  general,  every  student 
will  be  required  to  take  CMLT  401  and  CMLT  402,  and  during  tiis  last  year, 
CMLT  496  (or  an  equivalent  level  course).  The  various  literature  departments 
concerned  will  have  additional  specific  requirements. 

Students  emphasizing  comparative  literature  are  expected  to  develop  a 
high  degree  of  competence  in  at  least  one  foreign  language. 

Course  wori<  may  not  be  limited  to  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

L^TN  170  is  highly  recommended  for  those  contemplating  graduate  work  in 
Comparative  Literature. 

Course  Code  Prefix— CMLT 

Dance 

Associate  Professor  and  Ctiairman:  Ince 

Professor  Emerita:  Madden 

Associate  Professors:  Rosen,  Ryder,  A.  Warren,  L.  Warren 


Assistant  Professor  Batson 

Inslrvctors:  Mayes.  Owers.  Perpemer.  Rollack 


Recognizing  that  dance  combines  tioth  athleticism  and  artistry,  the  dance 
program  offers  comprehensive  technique  and  theory  courses  as  a  foundation 
for  the  dance  professions  By  developing  an  increasing  awareness  of  the 
physical,  emotional  and  intellectual  aspects  of  movement  in  general,  the 
student  eventually  is  able  to  integrate  his  own  particular  mind-body 
consciousness  into  a  more  meaningful  whole  To  facilitate  the  acquisition  ol 
new  movement  skills,  as  well  as  creative  and  scholarty  insights  in  dance,  tlie 
curriculum  provides  a  structured  breadth  experience  at  the  lower  division  level. 
At  the  upper  division  level  the  student  may  either  involve  himself  in  various 
general  university  electives.  or  he  may  concentrate  his  energies  in  a  particular 
area  of  emphasis  in  dance  Although  an  area  of  emphasis  is  not  mandatory, 
many  third  and  fourth  year  students  are  interested  in  studying  a  singular  aspect 
of  dance  in  depth,  such  as  performance,  choreography, 
production/management,  education  or  general  studies  (encompassing  dance 
history,  literature  and  criticism).  Students  selecting  the  education  emphasis 
may  obtain  State  of  Maryland  teacher  certification  Students  desiring  a 
performance  emphasis  are  required  to  participate  in  a  screening  audition  at  the 
conclusion  of  their  sophomore  year 

The  dance  faculty  is  composed  of  a  number  of  distinguished  teachers, 
choreographers  and  performers,  each  one  a  specialist  in  his  or  her  own  field. 
Visiting  artists,  throughout  the  year  and  during  the  summer,  make  additional 
contributions  to  the  program  There  are  several  pertormance  and 
cfioreographic  opportunities  for  all  dance  students,  ranging  from  informal 
workshops  to  fully  mounted  concerts  both  on  and  off  campus  More  advanced 
students  may  have  the  opportunity  of  working  with  Maryland  Dance  Theater, 
which  is  in  residence  in  the  Department.  Company  auditions  are  held  each 
year  in  the  Spring. 

Major  course  requirements  total  48  semester  hours  in  dance  and  6 
semester  tiours  in  non-department  supporting  areas.  Of  these,  a  minimum  of 
15  semester  hours  must  be  taken  in  dance  at  the  upper  division  level.  Students 
who  major  in  dance  may  not  use  DANC  courses  for  more  than  60%  (72 
credits)  of  their  120  credit  requirement  for  graduation  The  specific  dance 
courses  required  for  the  B.A.  degree  are  DANC  102(2).  109(2),  138(2),  165(3), 
200(3),  208(3),  210(3),  308(3),  471(3),  482(3),  or  483(3),  484(3),  modem 
tecfinique  (12),  ballet  (4),  and  jazz  (2).  The  level  of  technique  classes  will  be 
determined  by  placement  auditions.  The  six  credits  in  supporting  courses  are 
selected  with  tfie  prior  approval  of  a  faculty  advisor.  A  grade  of  "C"  or  higher 
must  be  attained  in  all  dance  courses.  Students  desiring  State  of  Maryland 
teacher  certification  should  refer  to  the  Dance  Education  curnculum  listed  under 
the  College  of  Education  to  learn  about  additional  requirements.  Dance 
Education  majors  may  obtain  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  from  the  Division  of 
Arts  and  Humanities  or  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  the  Division  of 
Human  and  Community  Resources. 

New,  re-entering  and  transfer  students  are  expected  to  contact  the 
department  following  admission  to  the  University  for  instnjctions  regarding 
advising,  class  placement  auditions  and  registration  procedures.  The 
department  strongly  recommends  that  new  dance  majors  enter  only  in  the  fall 
semester  of  the  academic  year.  Although  entrance  auditions  are  not  required, 
some  previous  dance  experience  is  highly  desirable.  Further  information  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Dance  Department  Student  Handbook. 

Recommended  Sequence  of  Study 

Ser77esfer 
Credit  l-lours 
Frestiman 

Introduction  to  Dance    3 

Modem  Technique    6 

Ballet  Technique   4 

Rhythmic  Training   2 

Movement  Improvisation   2 

Dance  Production    3 

University  Studies 9 

29 

Sopt>onK>re 

Modem  Technique    6 

Jazz  Technique  2 

Ethnic  Dance     2 

Dance  Notation   3 

Choreography  I   3 

Elective    3 

University  Studies    12 

31 
Junior 

Dance  Emphasis  -. 9 

Choreography  II     3 

History  of  Dance   3 

University  Studies    9 

Electives    6 

30 


72     Arts  and  Humanities  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Senior 

Dance  Emphasis  12 

Movement  Behavior 3 

Philosophy  of  Dance   3 

Supporting  Courses    6 

Electives    6 

30 

Required  Hours  in  Dance    48 

Supporting  Course  Hours    6 

Dance  Emphasis  (Optional)    24 

Electives  (includes  Divisional  Requirements)    15 

University  Studies    30 

Total  Credit  Hours  120 

DarKO  Majors  are  encouraged  to  continue  ttieir  study  of  Tectintque  at  trie  Junior  and  Senior 
levels. 

Course  Code  Prefix— DANC 

English  Language  and  Literature 

Chairman  and  Professor  (acting):  Patterson 

Professors:  Bode,  Bradley,  Bryer,  Cooley  (Emeritus),  Reming  (Emeritus), 
Freedman.  Gravely  (Emeritus),  Holton,  Hovey,  Isaacs,  Kenny,  Lawson, 
Lutwack,  Mish,  Murphy  (Emeritus),  Myers,  Panichas,  Peterson,  Russell, 
Salamanca,  Schoenbaum.  Vitzthum,  Whittemore,  Winton,  Wittreich 
Associate  Professors:  Barnes,  Barry,  Birdsall,  Brown,  Coletti,  Coogan,  Cooper, 
Fry,  Greenwood,  D.  Hamilton,  G.  Hamilton,  Herman,  Howard,  Jellema,  Kleine, 
Macl<,  M.  Miller,  Dusby,  Smith,  Thorberg,  Tnjusdale,  Weber  (Emeritus),  Wilson 
Assistant  Professors:  Auchard,  Beauchamp,  Bennett,  Bergman,  Beyl,  Burger, 
Caramello,  Carretta.  Cate,  Donawerth,  Dungey,  Dunn.  Flieger,  Fraistat, 
Hammond,  Handelman,  James,  Joyce,  Kenney,  Mancini,  Marcuse.  McKay, 
Meyers,  Pearson,  C.  Peterson,  Procopiow,  Rhodes,  Robinson,  Rutherford. 
Seidel,  Van  Egmond 
Lecturers:  Leinward,  J.  Miller 

Instructors:  Costic,  Demaree,  Foust,  Gold,  Kornblatt.  Ledtjetter.  Mozer,  Rimo, 
Shipley.  Stevenson,  Styers.  Townsend 

The  English  major  requires  36  credits  tieyond  the  University  composition 
requirement  For  the  specific  distribution  requirements  of  these  36  credits, 
students  should  consult  the  English  Department's  advisors  (Room  All 22,  exi. 
2521).  A  student  may  pursue  a  major  with  emphasis  in  English  and  American 
Literature;  Comparative  Literature,  or  linguistics;  or  in  preparation  for  secondary 
school  teaching.  Students  interested  in  secondary  school  teaching  should  make 
it  known  to  the  department  as  early  in  their  college  career  as  possible. 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements. 

In  selecting  supporting  or  elective  subjects,  students  majoring  in  English, 
particularly  those  who  plan  to  do  graduate  work,  should  give  special 
consideration  to  courses  in  French,  German,  Latin,  philosophy,  history  and  fine 
art. 

Honor*.  The  Department  of  English  offers  an  honors  program,  primarily  for 
majors  but  open  to  others  with  the  approval  of  the  Departmental  Honors 
Committee.  Interested  students  should  ask  for  detailed  information  from  an 
English  Department  advisor  no  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENGL 

French  and  Italian  Languages  and  Literatures 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Therrien 

Professors:  Bingham  (Emeritus),  MacBain,  Quynn  (Emeritus) 

Associate  Professors:  Demaitre.  Fink,  Hall,  Meijer,  C  C.  Russell,  Tarica 

Assistant  Professors:  Ashby,  Black.  Campagna.  Cottenet-Hage,  Felaco,  Klifter 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Rubin 

Instructors:  Barrabini,  Bondurant,  C.P  Russell 

A  student  majoring  in  French  must  take  a  total  of  33  credits  in  French,  as 
follows:  either  FREN  201  or  250;  one  of  211,  311,  312;  301,  302,  351,  and 
352;  either  401  or  405;  and  four  FREN  courses  numbered  400  to  499 
(excluding  404,  478,  479)  of  which  at  least  one  must  be  a  literature  course. 
Additional  requirements  outside  French:  12  credits  in  supporting  courses 
chosen  from  a  list  approved  by  the  department;  or  at  least  12  credits  (six 
credits  at  200-level  and  six  credits  at  300-400  level)  in  one  specific  area, 
representing  a  coordinated  plan  of  study  An  average  grade  of  C  Is  the 
minimum  acceptable  in  the  major  field.  Students  intending  to  apply  tor  teacher 
certification  should  consult  the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Advising  as  early  as 
possible  for  proper  planning 

Honor*  The  department  offers  an  honors  program  in  French  for  students  of 
superior  ability  Honors  students  must  take  a  total  of  36  credits  in  French, 
including  494H  (preparation  for  the  final  comprehensive  examination)  and  495H 
(Honors  Thesis)  For  further  information  see  ttie  Director  of  the  French  Honors 
program 

Course  Code  Prefa— FREN,  ITAL 


Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures 

Chainnan  and  Associate  Professor:  Brecht 

Professors:  Best,  Fuegi,  Hering.  Jones.  Osier 

Associate  Professors  Beicken.  Berry.  Fleck,  Glad,  Hitchcock,  Pfister 

Assistant  Professors:  Bilik,  Bormanshinov,  Fletcher,  Frederiksen,  Levine,  Mehl, 

Walker 

Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures 

The  undergraduate  major  in  Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures  consists 
of  36  hours  t>eyond  the  basic  language  acquisition  sequence  (GERM  111/112, 
114/115);  no  course  completed  with  a  grade  lower  than  C  may  be  used  to 
satisfy  the  major  requirements  Three  program  options  lead  to  the  B.A. 
degree:  1)  German  Language.  2)  German  Literature,  and  3)  Germanic  Area 
Studies.  Secondary  concentration  and  supportive  electives  are  encouraged  in 
thie  other  foreign  languages,  comparative  literature,  English,  history,  arxl 
philosophy.  Majors  intending  to  go  on  to  graduate  study  in  tf>e  discipline  are 
urged  to  develop  a  strong  secondary  concentration  in  a  further  area  of 
Germanic  Studies;  such  "internal  minors'  are  available  in  German  Language. 
German  Literature,  Scandinavian  Studies,and  INdo-European  and  Germank: 
Philology 

Major  Requirement* 

German  Language  Option 

Core:  220,  301.  302,  321,  322.  Specialization:  401.  403,  405.  410.  419  plus 

two  further  400-level  courses. 

German  Literature  Option 

Core:  220.  two  further  German  language  courses  (301.  302.  401.  403.  or  405). 

and  321.  322  Specialization:  seven  400-level  courses  in  German  literature. 

Germanic  Area  Studies  Option 

Core:  220,  two  further  German  language  courses  (301.  302,  401.  403.  or  405). 
and  321 .  322.  Specialization:  two  upper-level  courses  in  Germank:  area  studies 
(368.  381.  382.  481.482)  and  five  upper-level  courses  in  specializatk>n.  such  as 
Scandinavian  Studies  or  Indo-European  and  Gennanic  Phitotogy 

Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures 

The  undergraduate  major  in  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  consists  of 
33'hours  tieyond  the  basic  language  acquisition  sequences  (RUSS  111  112. 
114/115);  no  course  completed  with  a  grade  lower  than  C  may  be  used  to 
satisfy  the  major  requirements  Secondary  concentrations  and  supportive 
electives  are  encouraged  in  the  other  foreign  languages,  comparative  literature, 
English,  history,  philosophy,  and  Russian  area  studies 

Major  Requirements 

Four  courses  in  advanced  language  (one  from  each  set:  201-202.  301-302, 
311-312,  401-402);  the  two-semester  survey  of  Russian  literature  (321  and 
322);  five  additional  courses  on  the  400-level,  no  rrxjre  than  two  of  whtah  may 
be  literature  in  translation 

Course  Code  Prefix— OERM,  RUSS 

Hebrew  Program 

Assistant  Professors:  Berlin,  Fink,  Mintz 
lr)structors:  Landa,  Liberman 

The  Hebrew  Program  provides  tioth  Ijeginners  and  those  with  prevkXiS 
study  of  the  Hebrew  language  an  opportunity  to  become  conversant  with  ttie 
3.000  year  development  of  Hebrew  language,  literature,  and  culture 

Elementary  and  intermediate  courses  develop  the  atitlity  to  communcate 
effectively  in  modern  Hebrew  Courses  in  composition  and  conversatkjn 
emphasize  vocabulary  ennchment.  grammar  and  syntax  of  the  written  artd 
spoken  language  On  the  advanced  level  the  student  analyzes  the  major  texts 
of  classical  and  modem  Hebrew  literature 

The  Hebrew  Program  also  offers  courses  in  English  on  Bible.  RalJtJintc 
Thought.  Jewish  Mystteism.  Jewish  Law.  Ancient  Near  Eastern  Civilizatkjn. 
Hebrew  Literature  in  Translation.  Women  in  Jewish  Literature,  and  olt>er 
Special  Topics  courses 

Hebrew  may  t>e  used  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  Foreign  Language 
Education  curriculum  of  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education  Alttxxjgh  the 
Program  does  not  offer  a  major  in  Hebrew,  students  may  pot  togetTiar  an 
Individualized  major  through  the  IndivkJual  Studies  Program  See  any  faculty 
member  in  the  Het>rew  Program  for  details 

Course  Code  Prefix— HEBR 

History 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Evans 

Professors:  Bauer  (Emeritus).  Belz,  Bnjsh.  Calkxitt,  Cockbom.  Cole,  Duffy. 
Foust.  Giltiert.  Gordon.  Hat>er.  Harfan.  Jasfwmski  (Emerita),  Kent.  Merrill 
(Emeritus),  A  Olson,  K  Olson,  Hundell,  E  B  Smith,  SparVs,  Wan-en,  Yaney 
Associate  Professors:  Berlin.  Breskjw.  Darden,  Farrell.  Flack.  Fotsom.  GIffin, 


Arts  and  Humanities  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     73 


Gilmore,  Greenberg,  Qrimsted.  Hoffman.  Holum.  Kaufman,  Lampe,  Majeska. 

Malossian.  Mayo.  McCusker.  Pehnbam.  RIdgway.  Ruderman.  Spiegel. 

Stowasser.  Wright 

AssistanI  Professors:  Bradbury.  Eckstein,  Harris,  Moss.  Nicklason,  Hozenblil,  H. 

Smith.  Welssman.  Williams,  Zllfi 

Lecturer:  Sumlda 

The  Department  of  History  seeks  to  broaden  the  students  cultural 
background  through  the  study  of  history  and  to  provide  preparation  tor  those 
Interested  in  law.  publishing,  teaching,  journalism,  government  service,  and 
graduate  study 

A  faculty  advisor  will  assist  each  major  in  planning  a  curriculum  to  meet  his 
personal  interests  A  "program  plan."  approved  by  the  advisor,  should  bo  filed 
with  the  Department  as  soon  as  possible  Students  are  required  to  meet  with 
an  assigned  advisor  once  every  semester  or  sign  a  waiver  during 
preregistration 

Major  Raqulrefnant*.  Minimum  requirements  for  undergraduate  history 
majors  consist  of  39  fx)urs  of  course  work  distributed  as  follows:  12  hours  In 
100-200  level  survey  courses  selected  from  at  least  two  fields  of  history 
(United  Stales.  European,  and  Non-Western);  15  hours,  including  HIST  309 
(formerly  HIST  389)  in  one  major  area  (see  below):  12  hours  of  history  in  at 
least  two  major  areas  other  than  the  area  of  concentration.  Without  regard  to 
area,  15  hours  of  the  39  total  hours  must  be  at  the  junior-senior  (300-400) 
level.  Note:  All  majors  must  take  HIST  309 

I,  Survey  Courses 

1.  The  requirement  is  12  hours  at  the  100-200  level  taken  in  at  least  two 
flekls. 

2.  Fields  are  defined  as  United  States,  European,  and  Non-Western 
history  All  survey  courses  have  been  assigned  to  one  of  these  fields. 
See  departmental  advisor. 

3.  In  considering  courses  which  will  fulfill  this  requirement,  students  are 
encouraged  to: 

a.  select  at  least  two  courses  in  a  sequence 

b.  select  at  least  one  course  before  1500  AD   and  one  course  after 
1500  AD. 

c.  sample  both  regkinal  and  topical  course  offerings 

4.  Students  will  normally  take  survey  courses  within  their  major  area  of 
concentration. 

II.  Major  Area  of  Concentration 

1.  The  requirement  is  15  hours  including  HIST  309  In  a  major  area  of 
concentration. 

2.  An  area  is  defined  as  a  series  of  related  topical,  chronological,  or 
regional  courses,  such  as: 


Topical 

History  &  Philosophy 

of  Science 
Social 
Intellectual 
Economic 
Religious 
Diplomatic 
Women's  History 
Afro-Amerkan 
Constitutional 


Region 

Latin  American 

Middle  Eastern 

European 

United  States 

Early  Modem  Europe 

Medieval 

Ancient 

East  Asia 

African 


Country 

Russia 
Britain 
Continental  Europe 


3.  The  major  area  may  be  chronological,  regional  or  topical. 

4.  Students  may  select  both  lower  and  upper  division  courses. 

5.  A  combination  of  chronological-topical  courses  or  regional-topical 
courses  is  desirable. 

6.  The  proseminar.  HIST  309.  should  normally  be  taken  in  the  major  area 
of  concentration. 

III.  Twelve  Hours  of  History  In  at  least  Two  Other  Areas  than  the  Area  of 
Concentration. 

1 .  Students  may  select  either  lower  or  upper  division  courses. 

2.  Students  are  encouraged  to  consider  regional  diversity. 

3.  Students  are  encouraged  to  take  at  least  two  elective  courses  in 
chronotogical  periods  other  than  that  of  their  major  area  of 
concentratkjn. 

Grade  of  C  or  higher  is  required  in  each  course  included  in  the  39  required 

hours. 

For  students  matriculating  after  August  1.  1979,  credits  gained  by  Advanced 

Placement  exams  and  CLEP  exams  will  not  be  accepted  toward  fulfilling  the 

39-hour  major  requirement  in  History    Credit  for  the  CLEP  general  history 

exam  including  the  essay  question  may  be  used  to  meet  other  University 

requirements. 

Supporting  courses.  Nine  credits  at  the  300-400  level  in  appropriate 
supporting  courses:  the  courses  do  not  all  have  to  be  in  the  same  department. 
The  choice  of  courses  must  be  approved  in  writing — before  attempted,  it 
possible — by  the  departmental  advisor. 

General  University  Requirements  In  History.  All  History  courses  on  the  100, 
200,  300  and  400  levels  are  open  to  students  seeking  to  meet  the  University 
requirements  in  Area  C  (Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities)  with  the  exception  of 
HIST  214,  215,  309,  316,  317,  318.  A  few  other  courses  are  open  only  to 


students  who  satisfy  specified  prerequisites,  but  that  does  not  limit  them  to 
history  majors  It  should  be  noted  that  special  topics  courses — HIST  219.  319 
and  416 — are  offered  on  several  different  subieds  of  general  interest  each 
semester  Descriptions  may  be  obtained  from  'he  History  Department  office 

Honors  In  History.  Students  who  major  or  minor  in  history  may  apply  lor 
admission  to  the  History  Honors  Program  during  the  second  semester  of  their 
sophomore  year  Those  who  are  admitted  to  the  program  substitute  discussion 
courses  and  a  thesis  lor  some  lecture  courses  and  take  an  oral  comprehensive 
examination  prior  to  graduation  Successful  candidates  are  awarded  either 
honors  or  high  honors  in  history 

The  History  Department  offers  pre-honors  wori<  in  American  history-  and  in 
western  civilization  Consult  Schedule  of  Classes  lor  specili<;  offerings  each 
semester  Students  in  these  sections  meet  in  a  discussion  group  instead  of 
attending  lectures  They  read  widely  and  do  extensive  written  wori(  on  their 
own.  Pre-honors  sections  are  open  to  any  student  and  are  recommended  for 
students  in  General  Honors,  subject  only  to  the  instructors  approval  Students 
who  Intend  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  History  Honor  Program  should  take  as 
many  of  them  as  possible  during  their  freshman  and  sophomore  years. 

Course  Code  Prelix— HIST 

Japanese  Program 

Assistant  Professors:  Keritham.  Ogawa 

The  Japanese  Program  offers  four  years  of  language  instruction  and  a 
series  of  Japanese  literature  courses  In  translation  A  directed  study  course 
provides  additional  language  instruction,  including  advanced  conversation  and 
the  study  of  classical  Japanese,  for  more  advanced  students. 

The  fall  semester  of  the  elementary  Japanese  course  meets  6  hours  per 
week.  In  the  spring  semester  students  may  choose  between  Elementary 
Spoken  Japanese  (3  hours  per  week)  and  Elementary  Written  Japanese  (3 
hours  per  week).  Students  are  encouraged  to  take  tioth  courses  Elementary 
Spoken  Japanese  is  designed  to  give  students  a  solid  foundation  in 
grammatical  patterns  and  aural/oral  language  skills.  In  Elementary  Written 
Japanese  students  who  have  a  fundamental  knowledge  of  Japanese  grammar 
develop  skills  in  reading  and  writing. 

Courses  in  Japanese  linguistics  are  open  to  all  students:  a  background  in 
the  language  is  not  required.  These  courses  provide  an  introduction  to  the 
history  and  structure  of  Japanese. 

(purses  in  classical  and  modem  Japanese  literature  in  translation  and 
special  topics  courses,  such  as  Buddhismand  Japanese  literature,  and 
Japanese  Women  Writers  and  others,  are  open  to  all  students.  These  courses 
may  serve  as  introduction  to  Japanese  literature  and  culture  and  as 
background  to  the  study  of  Japanese  history,  art,  economics,  business, 
government  and  politics,  and  religion. 

It  is  possible  to  major  in  Japanese  language  and  literature  or  in  Japanese 
studies  through  the  Individual  Studies  Program.  For  more  informatwn  see  one 
of  the  Japanese  Program  faculty  members. 

Course  Code  Prefix— JAPN 

Jewish  Studies  Program 

Associate  Professor:  Ruderman 

Assistant  Professors:  Beriin.  Bilik,  Fink,  Handelman,  Mintz,  Rozenblit 

Instructors:  Landa,  Lilaerman 

The  Jewish  Studies  major  provides  undergraduate  students  with  a 
frameworit  for  organized  and  interdisciplinary  study  of  the  history,  philosophy, 
and  literature  of  the  Jews  from  antiquity  to  the  present.  Jewish  Studies  draw 
on  a  vast  literature  in  a  numtjer  of  languages,  especially  Hebrew  and  Aramaic 
and  includes  the  Bible,  the  Talmud,  medieval  and  modern  Hebrew  literature. 
Yiddish  language  and  literature  comprise  an  important  sut>-field. 

The  undergraduate  major  requires  48  semester  hours  (24  hours  minimum 
at  300-400  level)  consisting  of  courses  in  the  Hebrew  Program  and  the  History 
Department  as  well  as  other  courses  in  the  departments  of  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures,  English,  Geography,  Philosophy  and 
Sociology  Departments. 

A  minimum  grade  of  C  is  required  in  all  courses  offered  toward  major 
requirements.  A  major  in  Jewish  Studies  will  nomially  confomn  to  the  following 
curriculum: 

1.  Prerequisite:  HEBR  111,  112,  114,  115  (or  placement  exam) 

2.  Required  courses:  HEBR  201 ,  301 ;  HIST  282,  283,  and  either  HIST 
309  or  research-oriented  course  in  Hebrew  approved  by  advisor  (at  300 
level  or  above):  a  Hebrew  course  in  classical  Jewish  literature  (200 
level),  and  an  additional  upper  level  course  in  Hebrew  literature  in 
Hebrew  (21  credit  frours). 

3.  Electives:  15  credits  in  Jewish  Studies  courses  in  Hebrew  language  and 
literature,  Jewish  history,  and  Yiddish  language  and  literature.  At  least  9 
credits  must  be  at  the  300-400  level. 

4.  12  credits  of  supporting  courses  in  areas  outside  Jewish  Studies  such 
as  history,  sociology,  philosophy,  psychology,  or  literature,  including  at 
least  6  aedits  at  the  300-400  level,  to  be  selected  with  the  approval  of 
a  faculty  advisor. 


74     Arts  and  Humanities  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 

Maryland  English  Institute  f^lT^'^  ^^' 

'                       "                                                                                                                       MUSP  217/218    4 

Director:  Palmer                                                                                                                       MUSC  228     2 

Instructors:  Carolan,  Kleinhenn                                                                                               MUSC  230     , 3 

MUSC  250/251                   4 

The  Maryland  English  Institute  (MEI)  offers  special  instaiction  in  English  to             University  Requirements  2 

University  of  Maryland  students  who  need  to  improve  their  competence  in  the  

language  before  they  are  able  to  undertake  a  full  program  of  academic  work.  15 

Two  programs  are  offered — a  half-time  semi-intensive  course  and  a  full-time  Junior  Year 

intensive  course                                                                                                                MUSP  415/416    4 

MUSC  330/331    3 

SecnI-intenslve.  This  program  is  open  only  to  University  of  Maryland  students.                  f5           ^ 

both  graduate  and  undergraduate,  who  fall  within  a  TOEFL  score  range  of  MUSC  450    3 

450—525.    Candidates   in   this   proficiency   range   may   be   admitted   to   the  p'*^'^®    '  „  '  ' : 

University  of  Maryland  on  a  provisional  basis,  reguinng  them  to  satisfactorily  University  Requirements   3 

complete    the    MEI    Semi-intensive    program    in    order   to   become   full-lime  15 

students   Classes  meet  two  hours  per  day,  five  days  per  week  during  regular  Senior  Year 

terms  and  summer  sessions.  In  addition,  students  have  two  hours  per  week  of  MUSP  419/420  4 

assigned  work  in  the  language  latxjratory  The  program  is  designed  especially  MUSC  492 

to  perfect  the  language  skills  necessary  for  academic  study  at  the  University  of  MUSC  467    3 

Maryland    Enrollment  is  by  permission  of  the  Director  and  no  credit  is  given  Electives    9 

toward  any  degree  at  the  University.  

Intensive.  This  full-time  English-as-a-Foreign-Language  program  is  open  to 
non-native  speakers  of  English  who  need  substantial  improvement  in  their 
English  competence  before  they  can  undertake  any  academic  study  at  a 
college  or  university  in  the  United  Stales.  On  the  basis  of  an  entrance 
examination,  students  will  be  assigned  to  classes  at  their  particular  proficiency 
levels.  They  will  have  four  hours  of  English  language  instruction  per  day  plus 
one  hour  of  assigned  work  in  the  language  lalxiratory,  five  days  per  week 
during  the  regulariy  scheduled  semester  and  summer  school  sessions.  The 
program  is  intended  primarily  for  students  who  wish  to  enroll  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  after  completing  their  language  instnjction  However,  satisfactory 
completion  of  the  language  program  does  not  guarantee  acceptance  at  the 
University  Enrollment  is  by  permission  of  the  Director  and  no  credit  is  given 
toward  any  degree  at  the  University. 


13 


The  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree.  The  curriculum  leading  to  the  Bachek>r  of  Arts 
degree  with  a  major  in  music  is  designed  for  students  wfx)se  Interests  are 
primarily  cultural  A  detailed  description  of  the  program  and  its  options  is 
available  in  the  departmental  office  A  grade  of  C  or  atx>ve  is  required  in  each 
major  course. 


Bachelor  o<  Arts  (Music) 
Typical  Program  of  Elections 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Music 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Gordon 

Prolessors:  Berman,  Bernstein,  Folslrom,  Garvey,  Gordon,  Helm.  Helm, 

Hudson.  Johnson,  Montgomery,  Moss,  Schumacher.  Traver,  Troth,  True 

Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Bryn-Julson,  Davis,  Elliston,  Elsing.  Fanos, 

Reming,  Gallagher,  Head,  McClelland,  Olson.  Pennington,  Rodriques,  Serwer, 

Shelley,  Snapp,  Springmann.  Wakefield 

Assistant  Professors:  Cooper,  Delio,  Dvorak,  Jarvis,  Lenz,  Mabbs,  Mangold, 

McDonald,  Payerie.  Robertson,  Ross,  Toliver,  Wexler,  B.  Wilson,  M  Wilson 

Lecturer.  Beicken 

Instructor:  Gibson 

Visiting  Professor:  Shirley 

The  objectives  of  the  department  are  (1)  to  provide  professional  musical 
training  based  on  a  foundation  in  the  litjeral  arts;  (2)  to  help  the  general 
student  develop  sound  critical  judgment  and  discriminating  taste  in  the  art  of 
music;  (3)  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  work  in  the  field;  and  (4)  to 
prepare  the  student  to  teach  music  in  the  public  schools.  To  these  ends,  two 
degrees  are  offered;  the  Bachelor  of  Music,  with  a  major  in  theory,  composition. 
or  music  performance;  and  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  with  a  major  in  music.  The 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  with  a  major  in  music  education,  is  offered  in 
conjunction  with  the  College  of  Education;  course  offerings  are  described  in  the 
sections  relating  to  that  department  This  degree  program  is  administered 
within  the  Music  Department. 

Courses  in  music  theory,  literature  and  music  performance  are  open  to  all 
students  who  have  completed  the  specified  prerequisites,  or  their  equivalents,  if 
teacher  time  and  facilities  permit.  The  University  Bands.  Chapel  Choir. 
Orchestra.  University  Chorale,  University  Chorus,  Jazz  Ensemble,  and  other 
smaller  ensembles,  are  likewise  open  to  aalqualified  students  by  audition 

The  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree.  The  curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Bachek>r  of  Music  is  designed  for  qualified  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a 
professional  career  in  music  Extensive  pre-college  expenences  in  music  are 
expected  and  evaluated  by  audition  A  description  of  the  variety  of  available 
majors  is  available  m  the  departmental  office  A  grade  of  C  or  above  is 
required  in  each  major  course. 

Bachelor  of  Music  (Perf.:  Piano) 
Sample  Program 


Frestiman  Year 

MUSP  119/120    

MUSC  128     

MUSC  150  151     

University  Requirements 


Frestiman  Year 

MUSP  109/110    4 

MUSC  150/151    6 

MUSC  129     2 

Electives,  Division  and  University  Requirements    18         30 

Sophomore  Year 

MUSP  207/208    4 

MUSC  250/251    8 

MUSC  329     2 

Electives,  Division  and  University  Requirements    16         30 

Junior  Year 

MUSP  405     J...  2 

MUSC  330/331    6 

MUSC  450     3 

MUSC  229     1 

Electives,  Division  and  University  Requirements    18         30 

Senior  Year 

Music  Electives    10 

Electives,  Division  and  University  Requirements    20         30 

120 


120 


Course  Code  Prefixes— MUSC,  MUEO,  IWIUSP 


Philosophy 


Semester 

Credit  Hours 

4 

4 

2 

2 

3 

3 

6 

6 

Professor  and  Chainvan:  Gorovitz 

Prolessors:  Pasch,  Pertains,  Schlaretzki,  Shapere.  Svenonius 

Associate  Professors:  J.  Brown.  Celaner.  Darden.  Greenspan.  Johnson. 

Lesher.  Martin.  Stich.  Suppe 

Assistant  Prolessors:  Hausman.  Levine.  Levinson.  Odell.  Stairs.  Thomas 

Research  Associates:  P  Brown.  Fullinwider.  Lut>an.  MacLean,  Sagoff.  Shue, 

Vernier 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  seeks  todevelop  students  togical  and 
expository  skills  arx]  their  understar>ding  of  the  foundations  of  hun>an 
knowledge  and  of  value,  in  accordance  with  its  conception  of  philosophy  as 
essentially  an  activity  rather  than  a  body  of  doctnne  Thus  in  all  courses 
students  can  expect  to  receive  corK»ntrated  training  m  thinking  clearly  arxj 
inventively  and  in  expressing  themselves  exactly  about  phik>sophical  issues 
This  training  has  general  applicability  to  all  professions  in  which  intellectua! 
qualities  are  highly  valued,  such  as  law.  medicine,  government  and  txisiness 
management  With  this  in  view  tt>e  major  in  Phikisophy  is  desigr>ed  to  serve 
the  interests  of  those  m  the  majority  who  are  prepanng  for  careers  outside  of 
philosophy  as  well  as  those  in  the  minority  wtio  are  prepanng  lor  graduate 
study  in  philosophy 

The  following  are  among  the  courses  giving  the  general  student  training  in 
rigorous  thinkir^.  experience  in  critical  and  imaginative  reflection  on 
phikisophical  problems  or  lamilianty  with  the  phik>sophical  fourxlations  of 
Western  and  other  cultures  PHIL  100  (Introduction  to  Phikjeophy).  PHIL  142 
(Ethics),  PHIL  170  (Introductkjn  to  Logic).  PHIL  173.  PHIL  174  (Logic  and  the 
English  Language  I  and  II).  PHIL  236  (Phiknophy  of  Religion),  and  the 
histoncal  courses  310.  316.  320.  325.  326.  327 


Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences     75 


For  students  interested  partlcularty  In  philosophical  problems  arising  within 
their  own  special  disciplines,  a  number  ol  courses  are  appropriate:  PHIL  233 
(Philosophy  in  Literature),  PHIL  250  and  453  (Philosophy  of  Science  I  and  II). 
PHIL  245  and  445  (Social  and  Political  Philosophy  I  and  II),  PHIL  360 
(Philosophy  ot  Language),  PHIL  330  (Philosophy  ol  Art),  PHIL  334  (Philosophy 
ol  Music),  PHIL  438  (Topics  in  Philosophical  Theology).  PHIL  450  and  451 
(Scientidc  Thought  I  and  II).  PHIL  452  (Philosophy  ol  Physics).  PHIL  455 
(Philosophy  ol  the  Social  Sciences).  PHIL  456  (Philosophy  ol  Biology).  PHIL 
467  (Philosophy  ol  History),  PHIL  458  (Philosophy  ol  Psychology),  and  PHIL 
474  (Induction  and  Probability) 

Pre-law  students  may  be  particularly  interested  in  PHIL  140  (Ethics).  PHIL 
345  and  445  (Political  and  Social  Philosophy  I  and  II).  and  PHIL  447 
(Philosophy  ol  Law)  Pre-medical  students  may  be  particularly  interested  in 
PHIL  342  (Moral  Problems  in  Medicine),  and  PHIL  456  (Philosophy  ol  Biology) 

The  Department's  curriculum  is  enriched  by  courses  in  philosophy  and 
public  policy  issues  taught  by  research  associates  in  the  Center  (or  Philosophy 
and  Public  Policy  under  the  repeatable  designations  PHIL  308  (Studies  in 
Contemporary  Philosophy)  and  PHIL  408  (Topics  in  Contemporary  Philosophy). 
cross-listed  under  similar  headings  in  Government  and  Politics  Topics  include 
Business  Ethics,  Welfare  and  Distributive  Justice.  Responsibility  of 
Professionals.  Environmental  Ethics  and  the  Morality  of  Forced  Military  Draft 

The  departmental  requirements  for  a  major  in  philosophy  are  as  follows:  (1) 
a  total  of  at  least  30  hours  in  philosophy,  not  including  PHIL  100.  (2)  PHIL  140, 
371.  310.  320.  326  and  at  least  two  courses  numbered  399  or  above,  (3)  a 
grade  of  C  or  better  in  each  course  counted  toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  major 
requirement. 

Supporting  courses  are  selected  which  prepare  the  student  for  a  career 
within  or  outside  of  philosophy. 
Course  Code  Prelw— PHIL 

Russian  Area  Program 

Director  and  Student  Advisors:  Lampe.  Yaney 

The  Russian  Area  Program  offers  courses  leading  to  a  B.A.  in  Russian 
studies  Students  in  the  program  study  Russian  and  Soviet  culture  as  broadly 
as  possible,  stnving  to  comprehend  it  in  all  its  aspects  rather  than  focusing 
their  attention  on  a  single  segment  ol  human  behavior.  It  is  hoped  that  insights 
into  the  Russian  way  of  life  will  tje  valuable  not  only  as  such  but  as  a  means  to 
deepen  the  students'  awareness  of  their  own  society  and  of  themselves. 

Course  offerings  are  in  several  departments:  language  and  literature, 
government  and  politics,  history,  economics,  geography,  architecture,  and 
sociology  A  student  may  plan  his  or  her  cumculum  so  as  to  emphasize  any 
one  of  these  disciplines,  thus  preparing  for  graduate  wori<  either  in  the  Russian 
area  or  in  the  discipline. 

Students  in  the  program  must  meet  the  general  degree  requirements  of  the 
University  and  division  from  which  they  graduate.  They  must  complete  12  hours 
ol  basic  courses  in  Russian  language  (RUSS  111,  112  (or  RUSS  121  in  place 
of  both  111  and  112).  114  and  115)  or  the  equivalent  of  these  courses  taken 
elsewhere,  and  they  must  complete  at  least  12  more  hours  in  Russian 
language  beyond  the  basic  level  (chosen  from  among  RUSS  201,  202.  301. 
302.  311.  312.  321.  and  322  or  equivalent  courses)  In  addition,  students  must 
complete  24  hours  in  Russian  area  courses  on  the  300  level  or  above.  These 
24  hours  must  be  taken  in  at  least  5  different  departments,  if  appropriate 
courses  are  available,  and  may  include  language-literature  courses  beyond 
tfx)se  required  above. 

HIST  237.  Russian  Civilization,  is  recommended  as  a  general  introduction 
to  the  program  but  does  not  count  toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  program's 
requirements 

It  is  recommended  but  not  required  that  the  student  who  plans  on  doing 
graduate  work  complete  at  least  18  hours  at  the  300  level  or  above  (which  may 
include  courses  applicable  to  the  Russian  Area  Program)  in  one  of  the 
above-mentioned  departments.  It  is  also  recommended  that  students  who  plan 
on  doing  graduate  wori<  in  the  social  sciences— government  and  politics, 
economics,  geography,  and  sociology — take  at  least  two  courses  in  statistical 
methods. 

The  student's  advisor  will  be  the  program  director  or  his  designate.  The 
student  must  receive  a  grade  of  C  or  bietter  in  all  the  above-mentioned  required 
courses 

Course  Code  Prefix— RUSS 

Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages  and  Literatures 

Pmfessors:  Goodwyn,  Gramberg,  Marra-Lopez,  Nemes,  Rama.  Sosnowski 
Associate  Professors:  Igel.  Rovner 
Assistant  Professors:  Diz.  Kliffer 
Instructor:  Rentz 

Majors.  Undergraduate  majors  can  benefit  from  a  wide  range  of  courses  in 
Spanish  and  Latin  American  literature  and  civilization;  technical  courses  in 
translation;  linguistics  and  commercial  uses  of  Spanish  Area  studies  programs 
are  also  available  in  conjunction  with  other  disciplines  in  order  to  provide  the 
student  with  a  solid  knowledge  ol  the  Spanish  and  Latin  American  wortds.  The 
major  in  literature  prepares  the  student  for  graduate  studies  in  Spanish  and 
opportunities  in  various  fields  of  study  and  work. 


A  grade  ol  at  least  'C  is  required  in  all  major  and  supporting  area  courses. 

Language  aiKl  Utaratur*  Major.  Courses  SPAN  201.  221.  301-302.  311  or 
312.  321-322  or  323-324.  425-426  or  446-447.  plus  four  400-level  courses  or 
pro-seminars  in  Spanish.  Spanish  American,  or  Luso-Brazilian  literature,  for  a 
total  of  39  credits  Nine  credits  of  supporting  courses,  six  ol  which  must  be  on 
the  300  or  400  level  in  a  single  area  other  than  Spanish,  lor  a  combined  total 
of  48  credits  Suggested  areas:  art.  comparative  literature,  government  and 
polltks.  history,  philosophy,  and  Portuguese  All  supporting  courses  should  be 
germane  to  the  fieW  of  specialization 

Foraign  Area  Ma|of.  Courses:  SPAN  201.  301-302.  311  or  312.  315  or  316. 
321-322  or  323-324.  425-426  or  446-447.  plus  three  400-level  courses  in 
Spanish.  Spanish  American,  or  Luso-Brazilian  literature,  (or  a  total  of  36 
aedits  Twelve  credits  of  supporting  courses,  six  of  which  must  be  on  the  300 
or  400  level  in  a  single  area  other  than  Spanish,  for  a  combined  total  ol  48 
credits  Suggested  areas:  anthropology,  economics,  geography,  government 
and  politics,  history.  Portuguese,  and  sociology  All  supporting  courses  should 
be  gemnane  to  the  Held  of  specialization. 

Honor*  In  Spanlah.  A  student  whose  major  is  Spanish  and  who.  at  the  time  of 
application,  has  a  general  academic  average  of  3  0  and  3.5  in  his  major  field 
may  apply  to  the  Chairman  ol  the  Honors  Committee  for  admission  to  the 
Honors  Program  of  the  department  Honors  wort<  normally  begins  the  first 
semester  of  the  junior  year,  but  a  qualified  student  may  enter  as  early  as  the 
sophomore  year  or  as  late  as  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  Honors 
students  are  required  to  take  two  courses  from  those  numbered  491.  492.  493. 
and  the  seminar  numbered  496  or  equivalent,  as  well  as  to  meet  other 
requirements  for  a  major  in  Spanish  There  will  be  a  final  comprehensive 
examination  covering  the  honors  reading  list  which  must  be  taken  by  all 
graduating  seniors  who  are  candidates  lor  honors  Admission  ol  students  to  the 
Honors  Program,  their  continuance  in  the  program,  and  the  final  award  of 
honors  are  the  prerogative  ol  the  Departmental  Honors  Committee. 

Elementary  Honora.  SPAN  102H  is  limited  to  specially  approved  candidates 
who  have  passed  SPAN  101  with  high  grades,  and  will  allow  them  to  enter 
104H.  SPAN  104H  is  limited  to  students  who  have  received  high  grades  in  102. 
102H  or  103  or  the  equivalent.  Upon  completion  ol  104H,  with  the 
recommendation  ol  the  instructor,  a  student  may  skip  201 

Lower  DIvlalon  Couraaa.  The  elementary  and  intermediate  courses  in 
Spanish  and  Portuguese  consist  ol  three  semesters  ol  lour  credits  each  (101. 
102,  104).  The  language  requirement  for  the  B.A.  degree  in  the  Division  of  Arts 
and  Humanities  is  satisfied  by  passing  104  or  equivalent. 

Spanish  101  may  be  taken  for  credit  by  those  students  who  have  had  two 
or  more  years  of  Spanish  in  high  school,  provided  they  obtain  the  permission  of 
the  chairman  of  the  Department  Students  beginning  in  SPAN  101  are  urged 
to  follow  the  sequence  of  101,  102,  104.  They  may  not  receive  credit  for  103  if 
they  have  credit  for  101  and  102. 

Transfer  students  with  college  credit  have  the  option  of  continuing  at  the 
next  level  of  study,  taking  a  placement  examination,  or  electing  courses  103 
and  104.  If  a  transfer  student  takes  course  103  lor  credit,  he  retains  transler 
credit  only  for  the  equivalent  of  course  101.  A  transfer  student  placing  lower 
than  his  training  warrants  may  ignore  the  placement  but  DOES  SO  AT  HIS 
OWN  RISK.  If  he  takes  104  for  credit,  he  retains  transler  credit  for  the 
equivalent  ol  courses  101  and  102. 

II  a  student  has  received  a  D  in  a  course,  advanced  and  completed  the 
next  higher  course,  he  cannot  go  back  and  repeat  the  original  course  in  which 
he  received  a  0. 

Course  Code  Prefixes— SPAN,  PORT 

Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social 
Sciences 

The  Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  consists  of  faculty  and 
students  who  are  involved  in  research  and  teaching  relating  to  the  analysis  and 
solution  of  behavioral  and  social  problems.  The  Division  is  designed  to  extend 
and  support  learning  in  the  traditional  disciplines  while  creating  conditions  for 
the  development  of  interdisciplinary  approaches  to  recurring  social  problems. 
Divisional  students  may  choose  to  concentrate  their  studies  in  the  traditional 
fieWs.  or  may  be  interested  for  focusing  on  interdisciplinary  study.  As  part  ol 
the  University's  response  to  society's  need  lor  resolution  ol  the  ever  more 
complex  problems  of  modem  civilization,  it  must  promote  the  utilization  of 
knowledge  generated  by  a  cross  fertilization  of  disciplines.  The  Diviskjn  will 
facilitate  the  grouping  and  regrouping  of  laculty  aaoss  disciplinary  lines  for 
problem<riented  research  and  teaching.  The  interactkjn  ol  faculty  and 
students  in  overiapping  fields  is  encouraged  and  supported. 

In  order  to  promote  the  exchange  ol  ideas,  education,  and  knowledge, 
each  unit  ol  the  Divisksn  is  concerned  with  both  applied  and  theoretical  aspects 
of  the  resolution  of  social  problems.  Practicums  and  internships  are  utilized 
increasingly  for  the  purpose  of  relating  theoretical  and  empirical  concepts  in 
pursuit  of  the  Division's  concern  with  conditions  in  society. 

The  academic  units  in  the  Division  are:  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management    the    Departments   of   Anthropology,    Economics,    Geography. 


76     College  of  Business  and  Management 


Government  and  Politics,  Inlormalion  Systems  Management,  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences,  Sociology,  Psychology,  the  Institutes  ot  Cnminal  Justice  and 
Criminology,  and  Urban  Studies;  and  the  Afro-Amencan  Studies  Program  The 
Division  oi  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  and  the  Division  of  Arts  and 
Humanities  also  jointly  support  the  interdisciplinary  Women's  Studies  Program 

In  addition  to  these  departments,  programs  and  institutes,  the  Division 
includes  the  following  research  and  service  units;  the  Bureau  of  Business  and 
Economic  Research,  the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research,  the  Division 
Computer  Latxjratory,  the  Industnal  Relations  and  Latxjr  Studies  Center,  the 
Survey  Research  Center,  and  the  Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  (also 
jointly  sponsored  by  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities) 

Entrance  Requirements.  Requirements  tor  admission  to  the  Division  are  the 
same  as  the  requirements  for  admission  to  the  University. 

Degrees.  The  University  confers  the  following  degrees  as  appropriate,  on 
students  completing  programs  of  study  in  the  academic  units  in  the  Division; 
Bachelor  of  Arts.  Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Science, 
Master  of  Business  Administration,  Doctor  of  Business  Administration,  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  Each  candidate  tor  a  degree  must  file  in  the  Office  of  Admissions 
and  Registrations,  prior  to  a  date  'announced  for  each  semester,  a  formal 
application  for  the  appropriate  degree. 

Graduation  Requirements.  Each  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  120 
hours  of  credit  with  no  less  than  C.  Courses  must  include  the  30  hours 
specified  by  the  General  University  Requirements  and  the  specific  major  and 
supporting  course  requirements  and  the  College  of  Business  and  Management 
or  of  the  programs  in  the  academic  units  offenng  baccalaureate  degrees 

Students  who  matriculaied  in  departments  originally  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  Public  Administration  or  in  departments  in  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  shall  have  the  option  of  completing  their  degrees  and 
requirements  as  stated  under  the  old  college  requirements,  including  the 
previous  General  Education  Requirements  or  under  the  new  divisional 
requirements. 

General  Information  and  Student  Advisement.  The  BSOS  Undergraduate 
Advising  Office  (Room  2115  Tydings  Building)  coordinates  advising  and 
maintains  student  records  for  students  not  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  Divisional  advisors  are  available  to  provide  information 
concerning  University  requirements  and  regulations,  transfer  credit  evaluations 
and  other  general  information  about  the  University. 

Admission  to  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  is  competitive  at 
the  junior  level,  except  for  a  small  number  of  academically  talented  freshmen 
Students  who  are  admitted  to  the  University  with  an  interest  in  business  but 
who  do  not  meet  the  requirements  for  admission  to  the  College  are  designated 
as  "Pre-Business."  Advisement  for  "Pre-Business"  majors  is  available  in  the 
BSOS  Undergraduate  Advisement  Office.  Room  21 15  Tydings  Hall 

General  advisement  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  is 
available  through  tfie  Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies  in  Room  2136. 
Tydings  Hall 

Undergraduate  academic  advisors  are  designated  for  each  major.  These 
advisors  are  available  to  assist  students  in  selecting  courses  and  educational 
experiences  in  their  major  area  of  study  consistent  with  major  requirements 
and  students'  educational  goals  These  undergraduate  advisors  are  located  at 
the  various  departmental/unit  offices. 

The  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Learning  Center  is  located  in  Room 
2155  of  the  Social  Sciences  Building  The  purpose  of  the  Center  is  to  provide 
students  with  academic  support  services  in  the  form  of  individual  tutoring,  skills 
assessment,  time  management,  study  skills,  and  career  planning.  The  Center  is 
staffed  by  retired  professionals,  graduate  and  undergraduate  students 

Honors.  Undergraduate  Honors  Programs  are  offered  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  Management,  the  Departments  of  Anthropology,  Economics, 
Geography,  Government  and  Politics.  Psychology  and  Sociology,  and  m  the 
Institutes  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  and  Urban  Studies 

Any  student  who  has  passed  at  least  12  hours  of  academic  work  in  the 
preceding  semester,  without  failure  of  any  course  and  witti  an  overall  average 
grade  of  at  least  3.5  will  be  placed  on  the  Provosts  List  of  Distinguished 
Students 

Senior  Residence  Requirements.  All  candidates  for  degrees  shoukj  plan  to 
take  their  senior  year  in  residence  since  the  advanced  wori<  of  the  major  study 
normally  occurs  in  the  last  year  of  the  undergraduate  course  sequence.  At 
least  24  of  the  last  30  credits  must  be  done  in  residence  For  example,  a 
student,  who  at  tlie  time  of  residence  may  be  permitted  to  do  rx)  more  tfian  6 
semester  hours  of  the  final  30  credits  of  record  in  another  institution,  provided 
the  student  obtains  permission  in  advance  from  the  Dean  or  the  Division 
Provost  University  College  credit  is  not  considered  to  be  resident  credit  lor 
purposes  of  the  last  30  hour  rule  A  student  must  be  enrolled  in  the  divisk>n 
from  which  they  plan  to  graduate  when  registenng  for  the  last  15  credits  of  his 
or  her  program. 


College  of  Business  and 
Management 

Professor  and  Dean  Lamone 

Professor  and  Associate  Dean:  Palomba 

Assislani  Dean:  Armistead 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies  Nash 

Director  of  MB  A  SMS  Programs  Sharer 

Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies:  Mattingly 

Professors:  Bartol,  Bodin,  Bradford,  Carroll,  Dawson,  Gannon,  Gass,  Gordon. 

Greer.  Haslem,  Jolson,  Kotz,  Levine,  Locke'    (Psychology),  Loeb,  Nash, 

Paine,  Polakoff*    (Economics),  Preston,  Roberts,  Sibley,  Taff 

Associate  Professors:  Bedingfield,  Bloom,  Cburtright.  Edelson,  Edmister,  Ford. 

Fromovitz,  Golden,  Hynes,  Kolodny.  Kuehl.  Leete,  Nickels,  Poist,  Shneiderman, 

Schneier,  Schuler,  Thieblol,  Widhelm 

Assistant  Professors  Alt,  Armistead  (affiliated),  Assad,  Ball  Boisjoly,  Brodie, 

Carlson,  Chow.  CorsI,  Fanara,  Greene,  Hamer,  Harvey,  Koehl,  MayerSommer, 

Meisinger  (affiliated),  Nortand,  Olian,  Sorkin,  Spekman,  Stagliano,  Stiner.  Wood 

Lecturers  (full-time):  Chaires,  Chappell.  Donohue,  Everett,  Hardgrave,  L^Rue, 

Lysak,  Matthews,  Merriken,  Olian,  Pitta,  Schilit,  Schweiger.  Sohl,  Steube, 

Walkling,  Wood,  ZeithamI 

Lecturers  (part-lime):  Bamtjery,  Beatty,  Crosslin,  Eisenl}erg,  Emery,  Farls. 

Garbuny,  Harman,  Hudson.  Jefferson,  Morris,  Pearce,  Taylor,  Wewer 

Instructors  (full-time):  Bullwinkel,  Enis,  Merriken,  Pincus,  Schilit,  Wasil 

■    Joint  appointment  witti  unit  indicated 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  recognizes  t^e  importance  of 
education  in  business  and  management  to  economic,  social,  and  professiorial 
development  through  profit  and  nonprofit  organizations  at  the  local,  regional, 
and  national  levels  The  faculty  of  the  College  have  been  selected  from  the 
leading  doctoral  programs  in  business  They  are  scholars,  teachers,  and 
professional  leaders  with  a  commitment  to  superior  education  in  business  and 
management  The  College  is  the  only  business  school  in  Maryland  accredited 
by  the  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business,  ttie  official 
national  accrediting  organization  for  business  schools 

The  College  has  faculty  specializing  in  Accounting;  Finance;  Management 
Science  and  Statistics;  Mariteting;  Organizational  Behavnr  and  Industrial 
Relations;  and  Transportation,  Business  and  Public  Policy 

Undergraduate  Program.  The  undergraduate  program  recognizes  the  need  for 
professional  education  in  business  and  management  based  on  a  foundation  in 
the  liberal  arts  Modem  society  comprises  intricate  business,  economic,  social, 
and  government  institutions  requiring  a  large  number  of  men  arvl  women 
trained  to  be  effective  and  responsible  managers  The  College  regards  its 
program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  txisiness  and  management  as 
one  of  the  most  important  ways  it  serves  this  need 

A  student  in  business  and  management  selects  a  concentration  in  one  of 
several  curricula;  (1)  Accounting;  (2)  Finance;  (3)  General  Curnculum  in 
Business  and  Management;  (4)  Management  Science-Statistics;  (5)  Marketing; 
(6)  Personnel  and  Latxir  Relations;  (7)  Production  Management  and.  (8) 
Transportation  For  students  interested  in  Law  as  a  career  there  is  a  comtxned 
Business  and  Law  Program  (Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  one  of  tfie  atxive 
curricula  is  awarded  after  90  semester  hours  and  one  year  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  School  of  Law.  See  specific  requirements  at  the  end  of  curncula 
section  tiekjw ) 

Students  interested  in  insurance,  real  estate,  institutional  management,  or 
international  business  may  plan  with  their  advisors  to  elect  courses  to  meet 
their  specialized  needs 

At  least  45  hours  of  the  120  semester  tiours  of  academic  work  required  for 
graduation  must  be  in  business  and  managerrwnt  subjects.  A  minimum  of  57 
hours  of  ttie  required  120  fx>urs  must  be  in  300  or  400  level  courses.  In 
addition  to  the  requirement  of  an  overall  average  of  C  in  academic  sut>|ects.  an 
average  of  C  in  business  and  management  subjects  is  required  for  graduation. 
Electives  in  the  curricula  of  the  college  may  tie  taken  m  any  department  of  the 
University  if  the  student  has  the  necessary  prerequisites  Business  courses 
taken  as  electives  may  not  be  taken  on  a  passfail  basis  by  students  ol  ttte 
College  of  Business  and  Management. 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  is  now  responsible  lor  offering 
courses  in  Information  Systems  Management  For  specific  information  about 
degree  requirements  tor  current  IFSM  ma|ors.  see  catalog  description  under 
Information  Systems  Management 

Degrees.  The  University  confers  the  folknving  degrees  on  students  successfully 
completing  programs  ol  study  in  the  College  Bachetor  of  ScierKe  (B.S.I; 
Master  ot  Business  Administration  (MBA).  Master  of  Science  (MS);  Doctor  of 
Business  Administration  (DBA  )  Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  in  ttie 
Registrars  Office,  pnor  to  a  date  announced  for  each  semester,  a  formal 
application  for  a  degree  Information  concerning  admissions  to  ttie  M  B.A. 
program  is  availat>le  from  ttie  College  Director  of  Graduate  Studies 

Academic  Advisement  General  advisement  in  ttie  College  of  Busir>es8  and 
Management  is  available  Monday  through  Friday  in  tt\e  Offloe  o( 
Undergraduate  Studies  m  2136  Tydings  Hall  It  is  recommended  that  students 
visit  this  office  each  semester  to  ensure  that  ttiey  are  informed  atXMJt  current 
requirements  and  procedures  Student  problems  corKermng  advisement  should 
be  directed  to  the  Director  of  undergraduate  Studies 


College  of  Business  and  Management     77 

SPCH  100  or  107    3 

Total    27  (26) 

Junior-Senior  Core  Requirements 

BMGT  340.  Business  Finance  (Prerequisite  BMGT  221 )    3 

BMGT  350,  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  (Prerequisite  ECON 

203)      3 

BMGT  364.  Management  and  Organizational  Theory     3 

BMGT  380.  Business  Law     3 

BMGT  495.  Business  Policies  (open  OWi.  V  to  Seniors)    3 

Economics  (see  below)  6 

Total    21 

Rnanca  Curriculum:  ECON  430 — Money  and  Banking  Plus  one  course  from 
ECON  401.  402  (especially  recommended).  403.  431,  440.  or  450 

General  Business  Curriculum:  One  course  from  ECON  401.  403.  430  or  440. 
Plus  one  course  from  ECON  311.  316,  317.  361.  370.  380.  or  any  400  level 
economics,  psycfxjiogy.  or  sociology  course. 

All  other  curricula:  One  course  from  ECON  401 .  403.  430.  or  440.  Plus  one 
course  from  ECON  311.  316.  317.  361,  370,  380.  or  any  400  level  economics 
course. 

Junior-Senior  Major  Curriculum  Concentration 

See  specific  curriculum  below  (Accounting  Majors  take  24  sem.  hrs.)    .  .  18  (24) 

Electives  General  University  Requirements  (GURs) 

Any  level  (100-400)  GURs  (6hrs  Areas  A.  B.  C.  plus  Engl  Comp.)      .  .         21 

Any  level  (100-400)  electives.  any  area   12 

BMGT  1 10  or  other  non-required  BMGT  course  (Accounting  majors 

may  take  non-BMGT  elective)     3 

Upper  level  (300-400  electives/GURs — includes  junior  Engl.  Comp. 

requirement)  (Accounting  majors  take  12  sem.  hrs.)       .18(12) 

Total    120 

*  Required  for  Management  Science— Statistics  Curriculum. 

A  Typical  Program  for  Prebuslness  Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year 

GUR  and/or  electives    9 

^English  1 01  or  equivalent    3 

i/MATH  1 10  (or  140)"    3  (4) 

First  semester  total   15-16 

GUR  andor  electives    9 

SPCH  107   3 

MATH  1 1 1  (or  141)*    3  (4) 

Second  semester  total    15-16 

Sophomore  Year 

GUR  and/or  electives    6-9" 

BMGT  220     3 

ECON  201     3 

MATH  220"    3 

Third  semester  total    15 

GUR  and/or  electives    6 

ECON  203     3 

BMGT  221     3 

BMGT  230  (or  231)*    3 

Fourth  semester  total    15 

*  Required  for  Management  Science-Statistics  curriculum. 

"    Management  Science-Statistk:s  majors  stiould  substitute  3  twurs  GUR  for  MATH  220. 

Curricula 

Accounting.  Accounting,  in  a  limited  sense,  is  the  analysis,  classification  and 
recording  of  financial  events  and  the  reporting  of  the  results  of  such  events  for 
an  organizatk}n.  In  a  broader  sense,  accounting  consists  of  all  financial 
systems  for  planning,  controlling  and  appraising  performance  of  an 
organization  Accounting  includes  among  its  many  facets  financial  planning, 
budgeting,  accounting  systems,  financial  management  controls,  financial 
analysis  of  performance,  financial  reporting,  internal  and  external  auditing,  and 
taxation. 

The  accounting  curriculum  provides  an  educational  foundation  for  careers 
in  accounting  and  other  management  areas  whether  in  private  business 
organizations,  government  and  nonprofit  agencies,  or  public  accounting  firms. 

Course  requirements  lor  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
accounting  are  as  follows: 


Transfer  students  entenng  the  University  can  be  advised  during  transfer 
onentalion  Students  wishing  to  transfer  to  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management  can  be  advised  during  summer  and  spring  orientations 

General  advisement  of  pre-business  students  is  available  in  the  BSOS 
Undergraduate  Advisement  office,  in  Room  21 15  Tydings  Hall 

Entranc*  Raqulraments.  Admission  to  the  College  is  on  a  competitive  basis  at 
the  Junior  level,  except  for  a  small  number  ol  academically  talented  freshman 
A  minimum  Grade  Point  Average  of  2  3  with  56  hours  completed  is  required  for 
consideration  ol  admission  to  the  College  In  addition,  a  student  entenng  at  the 
junior  level  must  have  completed  the  Colleges  freshmen  and  sophmore 
requirements  in  mathematics,  accounting,  statistics,  economics,  speech  and 
English  composition 

Students  wtx)  are  admitted  to  the  University  with  an  interest  in  business  but 
who  do  not  meet  the  requirements  tor  admissk>n  to  the  College  are  designated 
as  "Pre-Business  ■ 

Statement  of  Policy  on  the  Transfer  of  Credit  from  Community  Colleges. 
The  College  of  Business  and  Management  subscribes  to  the  policy  that  a 
students  undergraduate  program  below  the  junior  year  strauld  include  no 
advanced,  professional  level  courses  This  policy  is  based  on  the  conviction 
that  the  value  derived  from  these  advanced  courses  is  materially  enhanced 
when  based  upon  a  sound  foundation  in  the  liberal  arts 

In  adhering  to  the  alxive  policy,  it  is  the  practice  of  the  College  of  Business 
and  Management  to  accept  in  transfer  from  a  regionally  accredited  community 
college  no  more  than  12  semester  hours  of  worit  in  business  administration 
courses  The  12  semester  hours  of  business  administration  acceptable  in 
transfer  are  specifically  identified  as  three  (3)  semester  hours  in  an  introductory 
business  course,  three  (3)  semester  hours  in  business  statistics,  and  six  (6) 
semester  hours  of  elementary  accounting  Thus,  it  is  anticipated  that  the 
student  transfernng  from  another  regionally  accredited  institution  will  have 
devoted  the  major  share  of  his  academic  effort  below  the  junior  year  to  the 
completion  of  basic  requirements  in  the  litieral  arts  A  total  of  60  semester 
hours  may  be  transferred  from  a  community  college  and  applied  toward  a 
degree  from  the  College  of  Business  and  Management 

Statement  of  Policy  on  the  Transfer  of  Credits  from  Other  Institutions. 

The  College  ol  Business  and  Management  normally  accepts  transfer  credits 
from  regionally  accredited  four-year  institutions.  Junior  and  senior  level 
business  courses  are  accepted  from  colleges  accredited  by  the  American 
Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business  (AACSB)  Junior  and  senior  level 
business  courses  from  other  than  AACSB  accredited  schools  are  evaluated  on 
a  course-by-course  basis  to  determine  transferability. 

Honor  Societies 

Beta  Alpha  Psi  National  scholastic  and  prolessional  honorary  Iratemity  in 
accounting  Members  are  elected  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholarship  and 
professional  service  from  junior  and  senior  students  majoririg  in  Accounting  in 
the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Beta  Gamma  Sigma.  National  scholastic  honorary  in  business 
administration.  To  be  eligible  students  must  rank  in  the  upper  five  percent  of 
their  junior  class  or  the  upper  ten  percent  of  their  senior  class  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  Management. 

Omega  Rho  National  Scholastic  honorary  society  in  Operations  Research, 
Management,  and  related  areas.  Members  are  elected  on  the  basis  of 
excellence  in  scholarship  from  junior  and  senior  students  majorinn  in 
appropriate  quantitative  areas. 

Pi  Sigma  Phi.  National  scholastic  honorary  sponsored  by  the  Propeller  Club 
of  the  United  States  Membership  is  elected  from  outstanding  senior  members 
ol  the  University  of  Maryland  chapter  of  the  Propeller  Club  majoring  in 
Transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Student  Awards.  Deans  List;  Delta  Sigma  Pi  Scholarship  Key:  Distinguished 
Accounting  Student  Awards:  and  Wall  Street  Journal  Student  Achievement 
Award 

Scholarships.  Alcoa  Foundation  Tratlic  Scholarship;  Delta  Nu  Alpha 
Cheasapeake  Chapter  No.  23  Scholarship:  Delta  Nu  Alpha  Washington.  DC. 
Chapter  No  84  Scholarship:  Eastern  Shipper — Motor  Carrier  Council 
Sctxjiarship:  Pilot  Freight  Cariiers,  Inc.  Scholarship;  Propeller  Club  Scholarship: 
Jack  B.  Sacks  Foundation  Scholarship:  and  Charies  A.  Taff  Scholarship. 

Student  Professional  Organizations.  American  Mari^eting  Association; 
American  Society  for  Personnel  Administration  (Personnel);  Beta  Alpha  Psi; 
Dean's  Undergraduate  Advisory  Council:  Delta  Nu  Alpha  (Transportation):  Delta 
Sigma  Pi  (business  students);  The  Maryland  University  Minority  Business 
Association;  Natkjnal  Association  of  Accountants:  National  Defense 
Transportation  Association  (Transportation):  Phi  Chi  Theta  (business  students): 
Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management;  and  Propeller  Club  of  America 
(Transportation). 

Summary  of  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  Requlr«ments  (all  curricula) 

Prebusiness  Requirements 
(Freshmary-Sophomore  Core  Requirements) 

MATH  110or  115.  111.  and220or(140and  141)*     9(8) 

BMGT  220  and  221     6 

BMGT  230  (231)-    3 

ECON  201  and  203     6 


78     College  of  Business  and  Management 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

BMGT  301 — Electronic  Data  Processing     3 

BMGT  310,  31 1— Intermediate  Accounting     6 

BMGT  321— Cost  Accounting    3 

BMGT  323 — Income  Tax  Accounting    3 

Three  of  the  following  courses: 

BMGT  326— Accounting  Systems 

BMGT  410 — Fund  Accounting 

BMGT  417 — Advanced  Tax  Accounting 

BMGT  420,  421 — Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar 

BMGT  422 — Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 

BMGT  424 — Advanced  Accounting 

BMGT  426 — Advanced  Cost  Accounting 

BMGT  427 — Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice     9 

Total    24 

The  educational  requirement  of  the  Maryland  Stale  Board  of  Accountancy 
for  certification  is  a  baccalaureate  or  higher  degree  with  a  major  in  accounting, 
or  with  a  non-accounting  degree  supplemented  by  coursework  the  Board 
determines  to  be  substantially  the  equivalent  of  an  accounting  major. 

Major  in  accounting  shall  be  considered  generally  as  constituting  a 
minimum  of  (1)  30  semester  hours  in  accounting  which  shall  include  (but  shall 
not  be  limited  to)  courses  in  financial  accounting,  auditing,  cost  accounting  and 
federal  income  tax;  (2)  6  semester  hours  in  commercial  law;  (3)  4  semester 
hours  in  principles  of  economics. 

A  student  planning  to  take  the  CPA  examination  for  certification  and 
licensing  in  a  state  other  than  Maryland  should  determine  the  educational 
requirements  for  that  state  and  arrange  his  or  her  program  accordingly. 

Finance.  The  finance  curriculum  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the 
institutions,  theory  and  practice  involved  in  the  allocation  of  financial  resources 
within  the  private  sector,  especially  the  firm  It  is  also  designed  to  incorporate 
foundation  study  in  such  related  disciplines  as  economics  and  the  quantitative 
areas. 

The  finance  curriculum  provides  an  educational  foundation  for  careers 
involving  financial  analysis  and  management,  investment  analysis  and  portfolio 
management,  investment  banking,  insurance  and  risk  management,  banking, 
and  international  finance;  it  also  provides  a  foundation  for  graduate  study  in 
business  administration,  quantitative  areas,  economics,  and  law. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
finance  are  as  follows: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

BMGT  401 — Electronic  Data  Processing    3 

ECON  430— Money  and  Banking    3 

BMGT  322 — Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions  or 

BMGT  434 — Introduction  to  Optimization  Theory    3 

BMGT  343— Investments    3 

Two  of  the  following  courses. 
BMGT  440 — Financial  Management 
BMGT  443 — Security  Analysis  and  Valuation 
BMGT  445 — Commercial  Bank  Management 

BMGT  481— Public  Utilities   6 

One  of  the  following  courses  (chiecl(  prerequisites): 

BMGT  302 — Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications 

BMGT  430 — Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business 

BMGT  431 — Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business 

BMGT  433 — Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 

BMGT  435— Introduction  to  Applied  Probability  Models 

MATH  three  semester  hours  of  mathematics 

Beyond  the  college  requirement    3 

Total    21 


Management  Science/Statistics 

One  of  ttie  following  courses: 

BMGT  332 — Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions  or 
BMGT  431 — Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business  or 
BMGT  433 — Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business    

Marketing 

One  of  ttie  following  courses: 

BMGT  353— Retail  Management  or 

Higher  numbered  marketing  course  (check  prerequisites)    

Personnel/Labor  natation* 

One  of  tfw  following  courses: 

BMGT  360 — Personnel  Management  or 

BMGT  362- Labor  Relations    


Public  Policy 

One  of  (he  following  courses: 
BMGT  481— Public  Utilities  or 
BMGT  482 — Business  and  Government 

Tranaportatlon/Productlon  Management 

One  of  fhe  following  courses: 

BMGT  370 — Principles  of  Transportation  or 

BMGT  372 — Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management  or 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management    

Total    


Management  Science-Statistics.  In  the  management  science-statistics 
curriculum,  the  student  has  the  option  of  concentrating  primarily  in  statistics  or 
primarily  in  management  science  The  two  options  are  descritied  below. 

Statistics  Option.  Statistics  consists  of  a  body  of  metfiods  for  utilizing 
probability  theory  in  decision-making  processes.  Important  statistical  activities 
ancillary  to  the  decision-making  process  are  the  systematization  of  quantitative 
data  and  the  measurement  of  variability  Some  specialized  areas  within  the 
field  of  statistics  are:  sample  surveys,  forecasting,  quality  control,  design  of 
experiment,  Bayesian  decision  processes,  actuarial  statistics,  and  data 
processing.  Statistical  methods — for  example,  sample  survey  techniques — are 
widely  used  in  accounting.  mari<eting.  industrial  management,  and  government 
applications.  An  aptitude  for  applied  mathematics  and  a  desire  to  understand 
and  apply  scientific  methods  to  significant  problems  are  important  prerequisites 
for  the  statistician. 

Students  planning  to  major  in  statistics  must  lake  MATH  140-141. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  the 
statistics  option  are  as  follows: 

Semeiter 
Credit  Hours 

BMGT  430— Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business   3 

BMGT  432 — Sample  Surveys  in  Business  and  and  Economics    3 

BMGT  434 — Operations  Research  I    3 

BMGT  436 — Topics  in  Statistical  Analysis  for  Business  and 

Management   3 

Two  of  the  following  courses: 

BMGT  301— Electronic  Data  Processing 

BMGT  433 — Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 

BMGT  435 — Introduction  to  Applied  Probability  Models 

BMGT  436 — Applications  of  Mathematical  Programming  in 

Management  Science 
BMGT  450 — Marketing  Research  Methods 
STAT  40O— Probability  and  Statistics  I    6 

Total    18 


General  Curriculum  in  Business  and  Management 

The  general  curriculum  is  designed  for  those  who  desire  a  broader  course 
of  study  in  business  and  management  than  offered  in  the  other  college 
curricula.  The  general  curriculum  is  appropriate  for  example,  for  those  who  plan 
to  enter  small  business  management  or  entrepreneurship  where  general 
knowledge  of  the  various  fields  of  study  may  be  preferred  to  a  irxjre 
specialized  curriculum  concentration. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in 
general  business  and  management  are  as  follows: 


Accountlng/Rnanc* 


One  of  the  following  courses: 
BMGT  321 — Cost  Accounting  or 
BMGT  440 — Financial  Management 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Management  Sclanca  Option.  Management  Science  (operations  research)  is 
the  application  of  scientific  mettxxls  to  decision  problems,  especially  those 
involving  the  control  of  organized  man-machine  systems,  to  provide  solutions 
which  best  serve  the  goals  and  objectives  of  the  organization  as  a  whole. 
Practitioners  in  this  field  are  employed  in  industry  and  business,  and  federal, 
state  and  local  governments 

Students  planning  to  major  in  this  field  must  complete  MATH  140-141  prior 
to  junior  standing  Students  considering  graduate  work  in  this  field  should 
complete  MATH  240-241  as  eariy  as  possible  in  their  career 

Course  requirements  for  the  lunior-senior  curnculum  concentration  in  the 
management  science  optKin  are  as  follows 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
BMGT  430— Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business       .  3 

BMGT  434 — introduction  to  Optimization  Theory    3 

BMGT  435— Introduction  to  Applied  Probability  Models    3 

BMGT  436— Applications  of  Mathematical  Programming  In 

Management  Science   3 


College  of  Business  and  Management     79 


Two  of  the  following  courses: 

BMGT  432— Sample  Surveys  in  Business  and  Economics 
BMGT  433— Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 
BMGT  438 — Topics  in  Statistical  Analysis  tor  Business  and 

Management 
STAT  400— Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  I 
BMGT  301— Electronic  Data  Processing 
IFSM  410 — Information  Processing  Problems  of  Administrative, 

Economic,  and  Political  Systems 
IFSM  436 — Introduction  to  System  Analysis 
BMGT  385 — Production  Management 
BMGT  485 — Advanced  Production  Management    


Total 


Marketing.  Marketing,  the  study  of  excliange  activities,  involves  Ifie  functions 
porfortned  in  getting  goods  and  services  from  producers  to  users  Career 
opportunities  exist  in  manufacturing.  v»holesaling.  retailing,  service 
organizations,  government,  and  non-profit  organizations  and  include  sales 
administration,  marketing  researchi,  advertising,  merchandising,  physical 
distribution,  and  product  management- 
Students  preparing  for  work  in  marketing  research  are  advised  to  elect 
additional  courses  in  management  science  and  statistics. 

Ck)urse    requirements    for    the   junior-senior   curriculum   concentration    in 
marketing  are: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

BMGT  354— Promotion  Management   , 3 

BMGT  450— Marketing  Research  Methods     3 

BMGT  451 — Consumer  Analysis     3 

BMGT  457— Marketing  Policies  and  Strategies    3 

Two  of  the  following  courses: 

BMGT  332 — Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions 

BMGT  353 — Retail  Management 

BMGT  372 — Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 

BMGT  431 — Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business 

BMGT  456— Advertising 

BMGT  453 — Industrial  Marketing 

BMGT  454 — International  Marketing 

BMGT  455 — Sales  Management     6 

To(a/    18 


Two  of  the  following  courses: 

BMGT  433 — Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 

BMGT  453— Industrial  Marketing 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations 

BMGT  332 — Operations  Research  lor  Management  Decisions 

BMGT  372— Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 


Total 


Transportation,  Transportation  involves  the  movement  of  persons  and  goods 
in  the  satisfaction  of  human  needs.  The  curriculum  in  transportation  includes  an 
analysis  of  the  services  and  management  problems,  such  as  pncing,  financing, 
and  organization,  of  the  five  modes  of  transport — air,  motor,  pipelines, 
railroads,  and  water — and  covers  the  scope  and  regulation  of  transportation  in 
our  economy  The  effective  management  of  transportation  involves  a  study  of 
the  components  of  physical  distribution  and  the  interaction  of  procurement,  the 
level  and  control  of  inventories,  warehousing,  material  handling,  transportation, 
and  data  processing  The  curriculum  in  transportation  is  designed  to  prepare 
students  to  assume  responsible  positions  with  carriers,  governmental  agencies, 
and  in  traffic  and  physical  distribution  management  in  industry. 

Course   requirements   for   the   junior-senior   curriculum    concentration    In 
transportation  are  as  follows: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

BMGT  332 — Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions    3 

BMGT  370 — Principles  of  Transportation    3 

BMGT  372 — Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management   3 

BMGT  470 — Land  Transportation  Systems  or 

BMGT  471— Air  and  Water  Transportation  Systems     3 

BMGT  473 — Advanced  Transportation  Problems    3 

One  of  the  following  courses: 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management 

BMGT  301 — Electronic  Data  Processing 

BMGT  470 — Land  Transportation  Systems  or 

BMGT  471— Air  and  Water  Transportation  Systems  (depending  on 

choice  under  (1)  above) 
BMGT  474 — Urban  Transportation  &  Development 
BMGT  475 — Advanced  Logistics  Management 
BMGT  481— Public  Utilities 
BMGT  482 — Business  and  Government   3 

Total    18 


Personnel  and  Labor  Relations.  Personnel  administration  has  to  do  with  the 
direction  of  human  effort.  It  is  concerned  with  securing,  maintaining  and  utilizing 
an  effective  working  force.  People  professionally  trained  in  personnel 
administration  find  career  opportunities  in  business,  in  government,  in 
educational  institutions,  and  in  charitable  and  other  organizations. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  in  personnel  and  labor 
relations  are  as  follows: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

BMGT  360 — Personnel  Management   3 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations    3 

BMGT  460 — Personnel  Management — Analysis  and  Problems    3 

BMGT  464 — Organizational  Behavior   3 

BMGT  462— Labor  Legislation    3 

One  of  the  following  courses: 

BMGT  467 — Undergraduate  Seminar  in  Personnel  Management 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management 

PSYC  361 — Survey  of  Industrial  and  Organizational  Psychology 

PSYC  451 — Principles  of  Psychological  Testing 

PSYC  452 — Psychology  of  Individual  Differences 

SOCY  462— Industrial  Sociology 

SOCY  447— Small  Group  Analysis 

GVPT  411— Public  Personnel  Administration 

JOUR  330— Public  Relations    3 

Total   18 

Production  Management.  This  curriculum  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student 
with  the  problems  of  organization  and  control  in  the  field  of  production 
management.  Theory  and  practice  with  reference  to  organization,  policies, 
methods,  processes  and  techniques  are  surveyed,  analyzed  and  evaluated. 

Course    requirements    for   the   junior-senior   curriculum    concentration    in 
production  management  are  as  follows: 

Semester 

The  following  required  courses:  Credit  Hours 

BMGT  321 — Cost  Accounting    3 

BMGT  360 — Personnel  Management    3 

BMGT  385— Production  Management     3 

BMGT  485 — Advanced  Production  Management    3 


Business  and  Law,  Combined  Program.  The  College  of  Business  and 
Management  offers  a  combined  Business-Law  Curriculum  in  which  the  student 
completes  three  years  in  the  chosen  curriculum  concentration  in  the  college 
and  a  fourth  year  of  work  in  the  Law  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Admission  to  the  law  school  is  contingent  upon  meeting  the  applicable 
standards  of  that  school.  Individual  students  are  responsible  for  securing  from 
the  law  school  its  current  admission  requirements.  The  student  must  complete 
all  the  courses  required  of  students  in  the  college,  except  BMGT  380  and 
BMGT  495.  In  addition,  they  must  complete  all  courses  normally  required  for 
one  of  the  specific  curriculum  concentrations  in  business  and  management  and 
enough  other  credits  to  equal  a  minimum  of  90  semester  hours.  No  business 
law  course  can  be  included  in  the  90  hours  The  last  year  of  college  work 
before  entering  the  law  school  must  be  completed  in  residence  at  College 
Park.  At  least  30  hours  of  work  must  be  in  courses  numbered  300  or  above. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  conferred  by  the  college  upon  students 
who  complete  the  first  year  in  the  law  school  with  an  average  grade  of  C  or 
better. 

Insurance  and  Real  Estate.  Students  interested  in  insurance  or  real  estate 
may  wish  to  concentrate  in  finance  or  general  business  and  management  and 
plan  with  their  advisors  a  group  of  electives  to  meet  their  specialized  needs. 
College  courses  offered  in  insurance  are: 

BMGT  346 — Risk  Management  and 

BMGT  347— Life  Insurance 

College  courses,  occasionally  offered  in  real  estate  are: 

BMGT  393 — Real  Estate  Principles  and 

BMGT  490 — Urban  Land  Management 


Institutional  Management.  Students  interested  in  hotel-motel  management  or 
hospital  administration  may  wish  to  concentrate  in  general  business  and 
management,  finance,  or  personnel  and  labor  relations  and  should  plan  with 
their  advisors  a  group  of  electives  to  meet  their  specialized  needs. 

International  Business.  Students  interested  in  international  business  may 
wish  to  concentrate  in  marketing  or  general  business  and  management  and 
should  plan  with  their  advisors  a  group  of  electives  to  meet  their  specialized 
needs. 


80     Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 
Departments,  Programs  and 
Curricula 

Afro-American  Studies  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Director:  Gilmore*    (History) 
Associate  Professor:  Landry"     (Sociology) 
Lecturers:  Harley.  Hudson,  Smead,  Turner.  Williams 
Afliliate  Faculty:  Driskell,  Fry.  Ration,  Perinbam 
■     Joint  appointment  with  indicated  unit 

The  Afro-American  Studies  Program  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  to  students  who  declare  a  major  in  Afro-American  Studies 
and  who  fulfill  the  academic  requirements  of  this  degree  program 

Students  who  want  to  take  a  major  in  another  department,  as  well  as  follow 
a  concentration  outside  his  major  of  18  hours  of  upper  division  course  work 
with  an  emphasis  on  black  life  and  experiences,  can  receive  a  Certificate  in 
Afro-American  Studies,  This  work  includes  courses  in  art,  African  languages, 
economics,  English,  geography,  history,  music,  political  science,  sociology, 
speech  and  education. 

Undergiaduates  in  good  standing  may  enroll  in  the  program  by  contacting 
Professor  Al-Tony  Gilmore,  Professor  Bartholomew  Landry  or  l^r.  George 
Berry  of  the  Afro-American  Studies  Program,  in  Room  2169  New  Social 
Sciences  Building,  Students  pursuing  a  major  or  certificate  must  meet  the 
General  University  and  division  requirements 

Students  who  plan  to  major  in  Afro-American  Studies  must  complete  a  total 
of  36  hours  of  Afro-American  Studies  courses.  At  least  24  of  the  36  hours  must 
be  in  upper  division  courses  (300-400  numbers).  Twelve  hours  of  basic 
courses  are  required.  To  fulfill  this  requirement,  .ill  majors  must  take  the  twelve 
hours  of  basic  courses:  AASP  100,  AASP  200,  AASP  202  and  AASP  298A.  A 
minimum  of  six  hours  of  seminars  (two  courses)  are  required:  AASP  401  to  be 
taken  after  completing  15  hours  of  required  courses,  and  AASP  397  to  be 
taken  during  the  student's  senior  year.  AASP  397  will  include  the  writing  of  a 
senior  thesis.  The  remaining  18  hours  of  upper  division  course  work  (300-400 
numbers)  should  be  concentrated  in  areas  of  specialization  within  the  Program. 
but  may  not  include  AASP  397  or  AASP  401.  Related  and  supporting  courses 
taken  in  other  departments  must  be  approved  by  a  faculty  advisor  or  the 
student's  program  plan.  Each  course  counted  for  the  above  requirements  must 
be  passed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  In  addition  to  the  program  of  courses 
indicated  above,  each  student  majoring  in  Afro-American  Studies  is  strongly 
advised  to  utilize  the  remainder  of  the  120  hours  required  for  graduation  by 
concentrating  his  studies  in  areas  such  as  African  Studies,  Technology,  Fine 
Arts.  Pre-Law,  Pre-Medicine.  Business  Administration,  Social  Sciences,  and 
Urban  Studies,  etc.  Model  four-year  program  for  these  and  other  areas  of 
concentration  are  available  from  program  advisors. 

To  receive  a  Certificate  in  Afro-American  Studies,  the  student  must  enroll 
and  receive  a  satisfactory  grade  in  AASP  100  plus  at  least  three  (3)  of  the 
required  courses  which  must  include  AASP  401,  Seminar  in  Afro-American 
Studies.  In  addition,  the  student  may  also  choose  a  number  of  approved 
courses  from  a  list  of  recommended  electives  to  meet  the  minimum 
requirements  of  18  credit  hours. 

Course  Code  Prefix— AASP 

Anthropology 

Professors:  Gonzalez,  Kerley,  Williams 

Associate  Professors:  Anderson,  Leone,  Rosen 

Assistant  Professors:  Benjamin.  Dent  (visiting).  Magdoff.  Palkovich.  Stuart 

Lecturer:  Cassidy  (part-time) 

Anthropology  has  been  defined  as  "the  study  of  man*  because  it  is  the  only 
discipline  which  tries  to  understand  humans  as  a  whole — as  an  animal,  as  a 
social  being,  as  a  literate  being —  from  the  very  beginning  of  time  and  all  over 
the  world.  Anthropologists  try  to  explain  differences  among 
humans — differences  in  their  physical  characteristics  as  well  as  their  customs, 
behavior,  and  attitudes  Since  children  learn  their  culture  from  the  older 
generation,  who  in  turn  learned  it  from  the  preceding  generation,  culture  is  a 
product  of  the  past  Anthropologists  study  the  way  human  culture  has  grown 
and  and  changed  through  time,  and  the  way  man  has  spread  over  the  earth. 
This  is  not  the  history  of  kings  and  great  men  or  of  wars  and  treaties;  it  is  the 
history,  including  the  present,  and  science  of  human  krxjwiedge  and  behavior 

The  cross-cultural  experience  gives  us  not  only  specific  knowledge  of  ottier 
cultures,  which  may  be  important  in  a  variety  of  public  health,  business, 
agricultural  and  diplomatic  endeavors,  but  also  an  appreciation  of  how  strongly 
people  feel  atxjut  the  cultural  patterns  with  which  they  grew  up  The  four 
subfields  of  Anthropology  (cultural  anthropology,  archaeotogy,  physical 
anthropology  and  linguistics)  have  proven  valuable  in  understanding  not  only 
foreign  cultures,  but  also  segments  of  our  own  society,  as  in  urban  ghettos  or 
in  institutions  such  as  hospitals  and  schools.  They  all  deal  with  people  and 
culture,  and  thus  contribute  to  the  development  of  the  holistic  view  which,  more 
than  any  other  element,  characterizes  Anthropology  as  a  discipline 

It  is  becoming  increasingly  clear  that  Anthropology  has  been  a  definite 
asset  in  finding  jobs  in  a  variety  of  fields  ranging  from  business  to  the  fine  arts 


Whether  one  goes  on  to  a  Masters  or  a  Ph  D..  striving  to  advance  the  frontiers 
of  knowledge  concerning  our  species  and  the  cultural  process,  or  combines  the 
ahthropology  B  A  with  other  specific  knowledge  and  goes  out  as  a  city  planner, 
development  consultant,  program  evaluator,  or  whatever,  is  up  to  the  individual 
At  Maryland,  we  offer  you  a  solid  backgrourKJ.  a  base  from  which  you  can  take 
off  in  a  variety  of  directions. 

The  Anthropology  Department  offers  beginning  and  advanced  coursework 
in  the  four  pnncipal  subdivisions  of  the  discipline:  physical  anthropology, 
linguistics,  archaeology  and  cultural  anthropology  Within  each  area,  the 
Department  offers  some  degree  of  specialization  and  provides  a  vanety  of 
opportunities  within  the  curriculum  Laljoratory  courses  are  offered  in  physical 
anthropology  and  archaeology:  field  schools  are  offered  in  archaeology  ar>d 
ethnography  Instruction  is  available  in  Ixith  Old  World  and  New  Work) 
archaeology  and  ethnology,  and  lab  courses  include  human  evolution,  human 
population  biology,  forensic  anthropology,  osteology,  and  archaeological 
analysis  The  interrelationships  of  all  branches  of  anthropology  is  emphasized 
Courses  in  these  subdivisions  may  be  used  to  fulfill  the  minor  or  'supportir>g 
courses"  requirement  in  some  programs  leading  to  the  B  A  degree 

The  Anthropology  Department  has  a  total  of  five  laboratories  k>cated  in 
Woods  Hall,  which  are  divided  into  teaching  labs  and  research  labs  At  present 
there  are  three  physical  anthropology  labs;  one  osteoiogical  research  lab.  one 
"vief  lab  for  teaching  and  research  in  serology  and  histotogy.  and  one  anatomy 
teaching  lab  These  laboratories  contain  radiographic,  histolic.  arx) 
electrophonetic  equipment,  and  the  osteoiogical  lab  is  centered  around  an 
extensive  research  collection  There  is  one  Ethnology  Linguistics  lab  which  also 
doubles  as  a  seminar  room.  The  Department's  Archaeology  lab,  containing 
materials  collected  from  field  schools  of  the  past  several  years,  serves  as  both 
a  teaching  and  research  lab. 

Antttropology  Major.  A  student  who  declares  a  major  in  Anthropology  will  be 
awarded  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  upon  fulfilment  of  the  requirements  of  the 
degree  program  The  student  must  complete  at  least  30  hours  of  courses 
labeled  ANTH  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  each  course  The  courses  are 
distributed  as  follows: 

a.  Eighteen  (18)  hours  of  required  courses  which  must  include  ANTH  101. 
102,  397,  401,  441  or  451  and  371  or  461  or  361 

b.  Twelve  (12)  hours  of  elective  courses  in  Anthropology  of  which  nine  (9) 
hours  must  t>e  at  the  300  level  or  above; 

c  Eighteen  (18)  hours  of  supporting  courses  (courses  outside  of  Anthropology 
offerings  in  fields  which  are  complementary  to  the  majors  specific 
anthropological  interest)  Supporting  courses  are  to  be  ctxjsen  by  ttie 
student  and  approved  by  a  faculty  advisor 

In  addition  to  the  alxive  requirements  Anthropology  majors  must  meet 
those  of  the  Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  specifying  general 
courses,  grade  point  average,  course  load  and  the  forty  (40)  credit  hours  of 
University  Studies  Program  approved  courses  required  of  every  degree-seeking 
student  of  the  University 

The  Advising  System.  The  Anthropology  Department  allows  the  student  to 
select  his  or  her  Faculty  Advisor  to  fit  their  own  particular  interests  and  needs. 
All  Anthropology  faculty  members  are  advisors  (and  should  be  contacted 
individually)  who  help  plan  each  student's  program  All  maiors  are  expected  to 
seek  out  a  faculty  advisor  and  consult  with  himher  on  a  regular  basis 

The  Honors  Program.  The  Anthropokjgy  Department  also  offers  an  Honors 
Program  which  provides  the  student  an  opportunity  to  pursue  in-depth  study  of 
her  or  his  interests  Acceptance  is  contingent  upon  a  3.5  GPA  in  Antliropology 
courses  and  a  3  0  overall  average  Members  of  this  Program  are  encouraged 
to  take  as  many  Departmental  Honors  courses  as  possible  The  citaUon  is 
awarded  upon  completion  and  review  of  a  ttiesis  to  be  done  within  the  fieW  of 
Anthropology.  Details  and  applications  are  available  in  the  Anthropokjgy  office, 
or  contact  your  advisor  for  further  infomiation 

ANTH  101  (or  equivalent),  or  permission  of  instructor  is  prerequisite  for  all 
upper  division  archeology  or  physical  anthropology  courses  ANTH  102  (or 
equivalent),  or  permission  of  instructor  is  prerequisite  for  all  upper  division 
cultural  anthropology  and  linguistics  courses. 

Course  C^ode  Prefix— ANT>I 

Business  and  Economic  Research 

Professor  and  Director:  Cumberiand 
Professors:  Cuml)erland.  Harns  .  Dates 

The  functions  of  the  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research  are 
research,  education  and  public  service 

The  research  activities  of  the  Bureau  are  primanly  focused  on  basic 
research  and  applied  research  in  the  fields  of  regional,  urt>an,  put>lic  finarx^ 
and  environmental  studies  Although  the  bureau  s  long-run  research  program  is 
canied  out  largely  by  its  own  staff,  faculty  members  from  other  departments 
also  participate  The  bureau  also  undertakes  cooperative  research  programs 
with  the  sponsorship  of  federal  and  state  governmental  agencies,  research 
foundations  and  other  groups 

The  educational  functions  of  the  bureau  are  achieved  through  actfv* 
participation  by  advanced  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  in  the  bureau's 
research  program  This  direct  involvement  of  students  in  the  research  process 
under  faculty  supervision  assists  students  in  their  degree  programs  and 
provides  research  skills  that  equip  students  for  responsible  posts  m  businMa, 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     81 


government  and  higher  education 

The  bureau  observes  its  service  responsibilities  to  governments,  business, 
and  pnvate  groups  pnmanly  through  the  publication  and  distnbution  of  its 
research  findings  In  addition,  the  bureau  staff  welcomes  the  opportunity  to  be 
of  service  to  governmental  and  civic  groups  by  consulting  with  them  on 
problems,  especially  m  the  fields  of  regional  and  urtjan  economic  development 
and  forecasting,  state  and  local  public  finance,  and  environmental 
management 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 

Acting  Director:  Ingraham 

Prolossor  Emeritus:  Lejins'    (Sociology) 

Criminology  Program 

Associate  Professors  Maida.  Tennyson 

Assistant  Professor:  Minor 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Cohn 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Gluckstern 

Facutty  Researcti  Assistant:  Wood 

Instructors  Block.  Siman 

Pan-time  Lecturers:  Baunach.  Gaston 

Law  Enforcement  Curriculum 

Associate  Professors:  Ingraham 

Assistant  Professors:  Johnson 

Part-time  Lecturers:  Larkins.  Mauriello,  Verchot.  Wolman 

Pan-time  instructors:  Cummings.  Ellis,  Groskin.  Susman 

*    Joint  appointment  withi  indicated  unit. 

The  purpose  of  the  Institute  is  to  provide  an  organization  and  administrative 
basis  for  the  interests  and  activities  of  the  University,  its  faculty  and  students  in 
the  areas  usually  designated  as  law  enforcement,  criminology  and  corrections. 
The  Institute  is  to  promota  study  and  teaching  concerning  the  problems  of 
crime  and  delinquency  by  offering  and  coordinating  academic  programs  in  the 
area  of  law  enforcement,  criminology  and  corrections:  managing  research  in 
these  areas;  and  conducting  demonstration  projects. 

The  Institute  comprises  as  its  component  parts: 
1   The  Criminology  Program,  leading  to  a  B.A.  degree. 

2.  The  Law  Enforcement  Curriculum,  leading  to  a  B.A.  degree. 

3.  Graduate  Program  ottering  MA.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  in  Criminal  Justice 
and  Criminology. 

The  major  in  criminology  comprises  30  hours  of  course  wori<:  18  hours  in 
Criminology,  6  hours  in  Law  Enforcement  and  6  flours  in  Sociology.  Eighteen 
hours  in  social  or  t)ehavioral  science  disciplines  are  required  as  a  supporting 
sequence.  In  these  supporting  courses  a  social  or  behavioral  science  statistics 
and  a  social  or  behavioral  science  methods  course  are  required  Psychology 
331  or  431  is  also  required.  In  addition,  two  psychology  elective  courses  and  a 
general  social  psychology  course  are  required.  Regarding  the  specific  courses 
to  be  taken,  the  student  is  required  to  consult  with  an  advisor.  No  grade  lower 
than  C  may  be  used  toward  the  major  or  the  supporting  courses. 

Course  Code  Prefix — CRIM 

Major  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

CRIM  220    3 

CRIM  450    3 

CRIM  451     3 

CRIM  452    3 

CRIM  453    3 

CRIM  454    3 

LENF  100    3 

LENF  230    3 

SOCY  433     3 

SOCY  327  or  427    3 

Total  30 

Supporting  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

PSYC  331  or  431     3 

Social  Psych— such  as  PSYC  221,  SOCY  230,  SOCY  430  or  SOCY 

447    3 

PSYC  electives   6 

Soc.  Sci.  statistics   3 

Soc.  Sci  methods  3 

18 
Total  for  Major  and  Supporting   48 

The  major  in  law  enforcement  compnses  30  hours  of  course  work  in  law 
enforcement  and  criminology,  the  latter  being  offered  as  courses  in  the 
Criminology  Program,  divided  as  follows:  18,  but  not  more  than  24,  hours  in 
law  enforcement;  6.  but  not  more  than  12.  hours  in  criminology.  In  addition  to 
major  requirements,  a  student  must  take  6  hours  in  methodology  and  statistics, 
and  a  supporting  sequence  of  courses  totalling  18  hours  must  be  taken  in 
government  and  politics,  psychology  or  sociology.  No  grade  lower  than  C  may 
be  used  toward  the  major,  or  to  satisfy  the  statistics-methodology  requirement. 


Course  Cod*  Prefix— LENF 

Major  Semester 

(Required)  Credit  Hours 

LENF  100  3 

LENF  230 3 

LENF  234  3 

LENF  340  3 

CRIM  220  3 

CRIM  450  3 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
(Select  4  courses  from) 

LENF  220    .: 3 

LENF  320    3 

LENF  330    3 

LENF  350    3 

LENF  360    3 

LENF  398    3 

LENF  399    3 

LENF  444    3 

LENF  462 3 

CRIM  432    3 

CRIM  451     3 

CRIM  453    3 

CRIM  454    3 

CRIM  455    ; 3 

Total    30 

Supporting  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

Social  Science  Statistics   3 

Social  Science  Research  Methods    3 

Supporting  sequence:  18  credit  hours  of  specific  recommended 

courses  in  GVPT,  SOCY  and  PSYC  (see  recommended 

list  in  Institute  Office)     18 

24 
Total  tor  Major  and  Supporting   54 

Criminal  Justice/Criminology  Honors  Program. 

The  Honors  Program  provides  supenor  students  the  opportunity  for 
advanced  study  in  both  a  seminar  format  and  independent  study  under  the 
direction  of  the  faculty  The  Honors  Program  is  a  three-semester  (9  credit  hour) 
sequence  which  a  student  begins  in  the  spring  semester,  three  or  four 
semesters  prior  to  graduation.  CRIM/LENF  388H.  the  first  course  in  the 
sequence,  is  offered  only  during  the  spring  semester.  The  second  and  third 
courses  in  the  sequence  consist  of  a  year-long  research  project  (6  credits,  3 
each  semester)  or  an  honors  thesis  (one  semester,  3  credits)  followed  by  a 
graduate  seminar  in  the  Institute  (one  semester,  3  credits)  Honors  students 
may  count  their  Honors  courses  toward  satisfaction  of  their  curriculum 
requirements:  if  they  are  law  enforcement  majors,  they  may  count  their  Honors 
courses  toward  satisfaction  of  the  basic  3i0-hour  requirement;  if  they  are 
criminology  majors,  they  may  count  their  Honors  courses  in  place  of  the 
psychology  electives  and  social  psychology  supporting  course  requirements. 
Requirements  for  admission  to  the  Honors  Program  include  a  cumulative 
grade-point-average  of  at  least  3,25.  no  grade  lower  than  B  for  any  criminology 
or  law  enforcement  course,  and  evidence  of  satisfactory  writing  ability. 

Division  Computer  Laboratory 

Acting  Director:  Thompson 

The  Division  Computer  Laboratory  provides  a  range  of  support  services  to 
faculty  and  students  in  the  use  of  computers  for  learning,  teaching  and 
research.  It  provides  terminals  for  interactive  work,  a  batch  processing  terminal 
in  the  Tydings  Hall,  and  advice  on  the  use  of  the  computers  through  short 
courses  and  a  general  consulting  sen^ice.  The  Laboratory  also  maintains  a 
data  archiving  service,  a  computer  simulation  laboratory,  and  provides  advice 
to  faculty  and  students  on  the  use  of  specialized  computer  terminals  and  data 
analysis  programs. 

Economics 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Clague 

Professors:  Aaron,  Adams.  Almon.  Bailey.  Bergmann.  Brechling,  Cumberiand, 

Dillard.  Gnjchy  (Emeritus).  Hams.  Kelejian.  Mams,  McGuire  (on  leave).  Mueller 

(on  leave).  Oates.  O'Connell,  Olson,  Polakotf*    (Business  and  Management). 

Schultze,  Straszheim,  Ulmer,  Wonnacott 

Associate  Professors:  Bennett.  Betancourt.  Brown.  Johnson*     (Applied  Math), 

Knight,  Meyer,  Weinstein 

Assistant  Professors:  Boner,  Cropper,  Dunson  (on  leave).  Lachler,  Mans  (on 

leave),  Murrell.  Panagariya,  Prucha.  Schwab,  Swartz  (on  leave),  Vavrichel< 

Lecturer:  Huh 

■    Appointment  with  unit  indicated. 


82     Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


The  undergraduate  economics  program  is  designed  to  give  students  an 
understanding  of  the  American  economic  system  and  our  country's  economic 
relations  with  the  rest  of  the  world,  and  the  ability  to  analyze  the  economic 
forces  which  determine  the  production  of  goods  and  services,  the  level  of 
prices,  the  distribution  of  income,  and  other  economic  factors  which  influence 
the  quality  of  life.  Such  study  includes  an  analysis  of  current  economic 
problems  and  the  merits  of  alternative  public  policies  which  influence  social 
outcomes.  The  program  lor  majors  prepares  students  for  employment  after 
college  as  well  as  for  work  toward  advanced  degrees. 

Requirements  for  the  Economics  Major.  In  addition  to  the  thirty-hour 
General  University  Requirements,  the  requirements  for  the  Economics  major 
are  as  follows: 

(1)  Economic  Courses  (30  hours) 

Economics  majors  must  earn  30  credit  hours  in  economics  with  an  average 
grade  in  all  Economics  courses  of  not  less  than  C,  Courses  required  of  all 
majors  are:  ECON  201.  ECON  203,  ECON  310,  ECON  401,  ECON  403,  and 
ECON  421 

In  lieu  of  ECON  401,  the  student  may  take  ECON  405;  in  lieu  of  ECON 
403,  the  student  may  take  ECON  406  In  lieu  of  ECON  421,  the  student  may 
take  one  of  the  following  statistics  courses:  BlvlGT  230,  BMGT  231,  or  STAT 
400  A  student  who  takes  ECON  205  (Fundamentals  of  Economics)  before 
deciding  to  major  in  Economics  may  continue  with  ECON  203,  without  being 
required  to  take  ECON  201 , 

The  remainder  of  the  30  hours  may  be  chosen  from  among  any  other 
upper  division  economics  courses  Students  who  take  ECON  421  may  not  also 
receive  credit  fo  BMGT  230  or  BMGT  231,  The  Department  urges  students  to 
take  more  than  the  minimum  of  30  hours,  especially  if  the  student  is  going  to 
graduate  school 

(2)  Mathematics  Supporting  Courses  (6  hours) 

Six  credit  nours  of  Mathematics  are  required  including  one  semester  of 
calculus.  No  specific  courses  are  required,  but  the  combination  of  MATH  110 
(Introduction  to  Mathematics)  and  MATH  220  (Elementary  Calculus)  is  the 
minimum  Students  planning  to  do  graduate  study  in  Economics  are  strongly 
urged  to  take  more  than  the  minimum  six-hour  mathematics  requirement. 

(3)  Additional  Supporting  Courses  (18  hours) 

Economics  majors  must  earn  credit  for  eighteen  hours  of  upper  division 
work  in  addition  to  the  30  hours  of  Economics  courses  listed  above  and  in 
addition  to  the  nine  hours  of  upper  division  courses  required  as  part  of  the 
General  University  Requirements  For  purposes  of  this  requ'rement,  any  of  the 
following  may  count  as  an  "upper  division"  course:  any  course  numbered  300 
or  above,  any  second  year  course  in  mathematics  beyond  the  six  hours 
required  of  all  Economics  majors;  and  any  course  in  a  department  for  which 
the  prerequisites  are  the  equivalent  of  one  year  of  college-level  work  in  that 
department.  In  particular,  second  year  college  courses  in  foreign  languages 
and  sciences  may  be  counted  as  "upper  division"  Students  may  include  as  part 
of  their  18  hours  of  supporting  courses,  any  upper  division  Economics  courses 
which  are  not  counted  among  their  30  hours  of  Economics  courses. 

Students  who  declared  their  major  prior  to  Spring,  1979,  may  graduate 
under  the  former  rules.  The  former  rules  require  36  Economics  hours,  12  hours 
of  supporting  courses,  and  two  semesters  of  math  but  with  no  calculus 

Study  Sequences  and  Plans  of  Study.  While  the  regulations  allow  students 
very  considerable  latitude  in  their  choice  of  courses,  the  Department  urges  that 
the  student  take  ECON  201,  203  and  begin  in  the  required  mathematics 
courses  as  soon  as  possible.  Upon  completion  of  ECON  203,  the  student 
should  promptly  take  ECON  401,  403,  or  both,  in  the  following  semester,  since 
these  are  intermediate  theory  courses  of  genefal  applicability  in  the  later 
course  work.  Majors  should  take  ECON  421  (or  equivalent)  after  calculus  is 
completed  ECON  310  may  be  taken  any  time  after  completing  ECON  203 

Courses  in  applied  areas  at  the  300  and  400  level  may  be  tjegun  at  any 
point  after  ECON  203,  though  there  is  some  benefit  to  completing  the 
intermediate  theory  courses  first.  While  the  Department  does  not  require  any 
particular  set  of  electives,  students  can  benefit  from  giving  some  attention  to 
defining  sub-specialties  within  Economics  of  interest  or  of  importance  for 
subsequent  career  plans,  and  completing  the  several  relevant  courses  to  that 
sub-specialty. 

Those  students  planning  to  pursue  graduate  study  in  Economics  must 
t>egin  to  prepare  themselves  analytically  for  graduate  work  by  focusing  on 
theory,  statistics,  and  mathematics  in  their  undergraduate  curriculum.  This 
should  include  ECON  422  (Quantitative  Methods)  and  ECON  425 
(Mathematical  Economics)  in  their  program.  Additional  mathematics,  including 
more  calculus  and  linear  algebra,  is  recommended. 

Economics  Honors  Program.  The  Honors  Program  provides  Economics 
majors  with  the  opportunity  for  advanced  study  in  a  seminar  format,  with  faculty 
supervision  of  seminar  papers  and  an  honors  thesis  The  Honors  Program  is  a 
three-semester  (9  credit  hour)  sequence  which  a  student  enters  at  the 
beginning  of  the  last  three  semesters  A  student  must  have  a  3  5  GPA  m 
Economics  to  graduate  with  honors  in  Economics  To  bie  eligible,  a  student 
must  have  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least  3,0  in  Economics  and 
have  completed  ECON  401  and  403.  The  student  normally  takes  ECON  395  m 
Spring  of  junior  year  The  second  course  in  the  9  hours  sequence  is  ECON 
396,  Honors  Workshop  Students  take  ECON  397,  Thesis,  in  their  last 
semester. 


Geography 


Professor  and  Chairman  Corey 

Professors:  Deshler,  Fonaroff,  Harper 

Associate  Professors:  Brodsky,  Chaves,  Christian*     (Urban  Studies). 

Cirrincione*    (Secondary  Education).  Groves.  Mitchell.  Thompson,  Wiedel 

Assistant  Professors:  Kearney,  Petzold,  Sawyer,  Slocum 

Lecturer:  Vill 

Affiliated  Faculty:  Corsi,  Pemberton 

■    Joint  appointment  witt)  indicated  unit 

Geography  is  an  interdisciplinary  field  that  offers  a  wide  range  of  career 
options  The  central  question  in  geographical  study  is  "where?"  Geographers 
research  locational  questions  of  the  natural  environment,  of  social  and 
economic  systems,  and  of  past  human  activity  on  the  land  Students  of 
geography  must  master  a  variety  of  methods  and  techniques  that  are  useful  In 
locational  analysis,  including:  map  making  or  cartography,  air-photo 
interpretation  and  remote  sensing,  field  observation,  statistical  analysis, 
computer  applications  and  mapping,  and  mathematical  modelling.  In  addition  to 
methodological  knowledge,  students  of  geography  also  must  master 
substantive  knowledge — either  in  the  physical  natural  sciences  or  the 
behavioral/social  sciences  The  ability  to  write  cleariy  and  to  synthesize 
information  and  concepts  are  highly  valued  in  geographical  education  and 
practice.  International  interests  are  best  pursued  with  complementary  study 
emphases  in  foreign  languages  and  area  studies 

Increasingly,  geographers  today  use  their  combined  methodological  and 
substantive  knowledge  towards  the  solution  of  society's  problems  More 
graduate  geographers  are  taking  positions  in  planning,  natural  resources 
management,  and  policy  analysis 

Geographers  in  the  federal  government  work  in  the  Department  of  State, 
Interior,  Defense,  Agriculture,  Housing  and  Urban  Affairs,  Health  and  Human 
Services,  and  the  Central  Intelligence  Agency  They  are  on  the  staffs  of  the 
legislative  research  branch,  the  Library  of  Congress  and  the  National  Archives, 
At  the  state  and  local  government  level  there  is  an  increasing  demand  for 
geographers  in  planning  positions.  And  in  recent  years  more  and  more 
geographers  also  are  employed  in  private  industry  working  on  problems  of 
industrial  and  commercial  location  and  market  analysis  Teaching  at  all  levels 
from  elementary  school  through  graduate  work  continues  to  employ  many 
geographers  each  year  Some  find  geography  to  be  an  excellent  background 
for  careers  in  the  military,  journalism,  travel  and  tourism,  the  nonprofit  sector, 
and  general  business;  others  find  the  broad  perspective  of  geography  an 
excellent  base  for  a  general  education  Most  professional  positions  in 
geography  require  graduate  training 

Requirements  for  an  Undergraduate  Major.  Within  any  of  the  general  major 

programs  it  is  possible  for  the  student  to  adjust  his  her  program  to  fit  his.'her 
particular  individual  interests.  The  major  totals  36  semester  hours.  In  addition 
to  the  36  semester  hours,  the  geography  major  is  required  to  take  an  additional 
15  semester  hours  of  supporting  coursework  outside  of  the  Department  The 
hours  can  be  either  in  one  department  or  in  an  area  of  concentration  An  area 
of  concentration  requires  that  a  written  program  of  courses  be  reviewed  and 
placed  on  file  by  the  Department  advisor  Supporting  courses  generally  are 
related  to  area  of  specialty  in  geography  Pass-fail  option  is  not  applicable  to 
major  or  supporting  courses 

The  required  courses  of  the  geography  majors  are  as  follows: 

Semostar 
Credit  Hours 

Geography  Core  (GEOG  201,  202,  203.  305,  310)    15 

An  additional  techniques  course  (selected  from  370,  372.  376.  380)   ...  3 

A  regional  course    3 

Elective  systematic  and  techniques  courses IS 

Total    36 

The  Geography  Core — The  following  live  courses  form  the  minimum  essential 
base  upon  which  advanced  work  in  geography  can  be  built: 

GEOG  201 — Environmental  Systems  in  Geography 3 

GEOG  202— Introductory  Cultural  Geography    3 

GEOG  203— Introductory  Economic  Geography     3 

GEOG  305 — Introduction  to  Geographic  Techniques   ■. 3 

GEOG  310— Introduction  to  Research  &  Writing     3 

The  three  lower  division  courses  are  to  be  completed  prior  to  GEOG  310  and 
all  other  upper  division  courses  GEOG  201 ,  202.  and  203  may  be  taken  in  any 
order  and  a  student  may  register  lor  more  than  one  m  any  semester  GEOG 
305  is  prerequisite  to  GEOG  310  GEOG  310  is  specifically  designed  as  a 
preparation  to  upper  division  work  arx)  should  be  taken  by  the  end  of  ttie  junior 
year  Upon  consultatk>n  with  a  department  advisor,  a  reasonable  k>ad  of  ott>er 
upper  division  work  in  geography  may  be  taken  concurrently  with  GEOG  310 
Completion  of  GEOG  310  satisfies  lor  geography  majors  only  the  upper  level 
English  composition  requirement 

The  techniques  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  taking  one  of  the  loltowing: 
GEOG  370— Cartography  and  Graphics  Practicum.  GEOG  372— Remote 
Sensing.  GEOG  376— Quantitative  Technkjues  in  Geograptiy  and  GEOG 
380— Focal  ReW  Course 


\ 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     83 


Introduction  to  Geography — Geography  100.  Introduction  to  Geography  Is  a 
general  education  course  for  persons  who  have  had  no  previous  contact  with 
the  discipline  in  high  school  or  (or  persons  planning  to  take  only  one  course  in 
geography  It  provides  a  general  overview  ol  the  Held  rather  than  ol  a  single 
specialized  subdivision  Credit  lor  this  course  is  not  applied  to  the  ma|Or 

Areaa  of  Specialization.  Although  the  major  program  is  flexible  and  can  bie 
designed  to  III  any  individual  student's  own  interest,  several  specializations 
attract  numlsers  of  students  They  are: 

Urtan  Geography  and  Regional  Development— Provides  preparation  for 
careers  in  planning  and  teaching  Majors  electing  this  specialty  take 
departmental  courses  In  urban  geography,  industrial  location,  transportation, 
and  economic  geography  among  others  and  supporting  courses  In  urban 
sociology,  urtian  economics,  urban  transportation,  and  the  urban  studies 
program  outside  the  department 

Physical  Geography—for  students  with  special  Interest  In  the  natural 
environment  and  in  Its  Interaction  with  the  works  ol  man.  This  specialization 
consists  of  departmental  courses  in  geomorphology,  climatology,  and 
resources,  and  of  supporting  courses  in  geology,  soils,  meteorology,  hydrology, 
and  botany. 

Cartography — Prepares  students  for  careers  in  map  design,  compilation 
and  reproduction.  The  department  offers  various  courses  In  thematic  mapping, 
cartographic  history  and  theory,  map  evaluation,  and  map  and  photo 
Interpretation  Students  concentrating  In  cartography  are  not  required  to  take 
GEOG  305  and  are  limited  to  nine  hours  of  upper  level  systematic  geography 
courses  Supporting  area  courses  must  be  taken  from  list  provided  by  the 
Department 

Cultural  Geography — Of  Interest  to  students  particularly  concerned  with  the 
geographic  aspects  of  population,  politics,  and  other  social  and  cultural 
phenomena,  and  with  historical  geography.  In  addition  to  departmental  course 
offerings  this  specialization  depends  on  work  In  sociology,  anthropology, 
government  and  politics,  history,  and  economics. 

For  further  Information  on  any  of  these  areas  of  interest  the  student  should 
contact  a  departmental  advisor. 

All  math  programs  should  be  approved  by  a  departmental  advisor. 

Suggested  Study  of  Program  for  Geography 

Semester 
Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years  Credit  Hours 

GEOG  100 — Introduction  to  Geography  (Does  not  count  toward 

geography  major)    3 

GEOG  201 — Environmental  Systems  In  Geography  3 

GEOG  202— Introductory  Cultural  Geography    3 

GEOG  203 — Introductory  Economic  Geography 3 

General  University  Requirements  and/or  electives   48 

60 
Junior  Year 

GEOG  305 — Introduction  to  Geographic  Techniques   3 

GEOG  310 — Introduction  to  Research  and  Writing  In  Geography    3 

GEOG — A  regional  geography  course    3 

GEOG — Techniques  (choice)    3 

GEOG— Elective    3 

General  University  Requirements  and/or  electives    15 

30 
Senior  Year 

GEOG — Courses  to  complete  major  12 

Electives    18 

30 

Total    120 


Geography  Minor  and  Secondary  Education  Geograpliy 
Specialization 

College  ol  Education  Majors.  Secondary  Education  majors  with  a 
concentration  In  geography  are  required  to  take  27  hours  in  the  content  field, 
Geography  201.  202,  203,  490.  The  remaining  12  hours  of  the  program 
consists  of  3  hours  of  regional  geography  and  9  hours  of  upper-division 
systematic  courses  For  majors  In  Elementary  Education  and  others  needing  a 
geography  course  for  teaching  certification.  Geography  100  Is  the  required 
course 

Geography  minors  should  take  at  least  GEOG  201,  202  and  203  in  the 
Geography  core  and  310  Is  recommended.  As  with  the  major,  these  courses 
should  be  taken  t)efore  any  others. 

Note:  During  1980-81  the  Department  is  reassessing  Its  undergraduate 
offerings.  The  results  will  be  a  curriculum  with  a  series  of  model  programs  that 
will  enable  students  to  pursue  clear  study  and  career  options  In  geography 

Course  Code  Prefix— GEOG 


Governmental  Research 

Acting  Director:  Levme 

Research  Associates:  Butner,  Wolohojlan 

Activities  ol  the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research  relate  phmarify  to  the 
problems  of  state  and  local  government  in  Maryland  Of  particular  interest  are 
problems  of  governmental  structure,  management,  finance.  Intergovernmental 
relations,  and  human  services  The  Bureau  engages  in  research  and  publishes 
findings  about  these  subjects  and  coordinates  University-wide  efforts  to  provide 
assistance  and  information  to  stale  agencies  and  local  governments  The 
Bureau  furnishes  opportunities  for  qualified  faculty  and  students  Interested  in 
research  and  career  development  in  state  and  local  administration 

Government  and  Politics 

Professor  and  Acting  Chairman:  Phillips 

Professors:  Anderson,  Bobrow,  Claude,  Dillon  (Emeritus),  Hathorn,  Harrison 

(Emeritus),  Hsueh.  McNelly.  Piper,  Plischke  (Emeritus),  Young 

Associate  Professors:  Butterworth,  Conway,  Devine,  Elkln,  Glass,  Glendening, 

Hardin,  Heisler,  Koury,  Oppenheimer,  PIrages,  Ranald,  Reeves,  Stone. 

Terchek,  Usianer,  Wllkenfeld 

Assistant  Professors:  Alford,  Edelstein  (affiliate).  Foreman,  Hunter,  Lanning, 

McCarrIck,  Meisinger  (affiliate),  Oliver,  Postbrief,  Woolpert 

Lecturers:  Babai,  Weinberg  (part-time) 

The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  offers  programs  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  government  service,  politics,  foreign  assignments, 
teaching,  a  variety  of  graduate  programs,  law  schools,  and  for  Intelligent  and 
purposeful  citizenship 

The  study  of  politics  Is  both  an  ancient  discipline  and  a  modern  social 
science  The  origin  of  the  discipline  can  be  traced  back  to  the  earliest  times 
when  philosophers,  statesmen,  and  citizens  studied  the  nature  of  government, 
justice,  responsibility,  and  the  consequences  of  government's  action.  More 
recently,  the  study  of  politics  has  also  emphasized  scientific  observations  about 
politics.  Today,  the  discipline  reflects  a  broad  effort  to  collect  data  about  politics 
and  governments  utilizing  relatively  new  techniques  developed  by  all  of  the 
social  sciences. 

The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  combines  both  philosophical 
and  scientific  concerns  in  its  overall  program  as  well  as  in  specific  courses  and 
emphasizes  such  broad  areas  as  political  development,  policy  analysis,  social 
justice,  political  economy,  conflict,  and  human  rights.  These  broad  conceptual 
areas  .are  Integral  components  of  the  formal  fields  In  the  Department.  The 
formal  fields  are  (1)  American  government  and  politics;  (2)  comparative 
government;  (3)  political  theory;  (4)  international  affairs;  (5)  public 
administration;  (6)  public  law,  and  (7)  public  policy  and  political  behavior. 

Areas  of  Specialization 

The  program  In  Government  and  Politics  Is  highly  flexible,  and  a  variety  of 
advising  programs  have  been  developed  which  meet  the  academic  and  career 
Interests  of  departmental  majors.  The  tracts  listed  below  are  among  the  more 
popular  ones  in  the  department,  and  students  can  construct  their  own  program 
with  an  advisor. 

Pre-Law  Provides  the  student  with  a  strong  liberal  arts  background 
emphasized  by  law  schools,  includes  at  least  one  course  In  law,  additional 
courses  in  the  political  and  social  context  of  law,  a  pre-law  skill  package  as  well 
as  appropriate  courses  outside  of  the  department. 

Public  Sector  Employment.  Within  this  broad  category  are  advising  programs  in 
general  public  administration  leading  to  careers  at  entry-level  positions  in 
federal,  state,  and  local  governments,  public  finance  and  budgeting,  public 
policy  analysis,  and  public  personnel  management.  Quantitative  skills  are 
highly  recommended  in  this  area,  and  majors  are  advised  to  select  a  strong 
substantive  minor  to  complement  their  work  in  public  administration.  American 
politics,  and  public  law. 

International  Relations.  Combines  courses  in  the  department  In  intemationai 
relations  and  comparative  politics  along  with  a  strong  substantive  minor,  such 
as  economics,  business,  or  resource  management.  In  addition,  a  strong 
background  in  a  foreign  language  Is  highly  recommended. 

Public  Interest.  A  broadly  defined  area  emphasizing  the  American  political 
system,  organizing,  campaigning,  lobbying,  policy  analysis,  and  public  sector 
management. 

In  addition,  the  department  also  offers  strong  programs  In  political  theory, 
comparative  human  rights,  environmental  politics,  women  and  politics,  and 
urban  politics. 

Requirements  for  the  Government  and  Politics  Major 

Government  and  Politics  majors  must  take  a  minimum  of  36  semester 
hours  in  government  courses  and  may  not  count  more  than  42  hours  in 
government  toward  graduation.  No  course  In  which  the  grade  Is  less  than  C 
may  be  counted  as  part  of  the  major.  No  courses  in  the  major  may  be  taken  on 
a  pass-fall  basis  No  more  than  9  hours  of  credit  from  the  following  courses 
may  be  used  toward  major  requirements:  GVPT  375,  GVPT  376.  GVPT  377, 
GVPT  386,  and  GVPT  387. 

All  government  majors  are  required  to  take  GVPT  100,  170.  441  or  442 
and  such  other  supporting  courses  as  specified  by  the  department.  They  must 


84     Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


take  one  course  from  three  separate  government  liekjs  as  designated  by  the 
department. 

All  departmental  majors  shall  take  ECON  205  or  ECON  201  In  addition, 
the  major  will  select  courses  from  one  of  the  following  options:  (a) 
methodology,  (b)  foreign  language,  (c)  philosophy  and  history  of  science,  or  (d) 
pre-law  A  list  of  courses  which  will  satisfy  each  option  is  available  in  the 
departmental  office 

All  students  majoring  in  government  must  fulfill  the  requirements  of  a 
secondary  area  of  concentration,  which  involves  the  completion  of  15  semester 
fx>urs  from  approved  departments  other  than  GVPT  At  least  six  of  the  15 
hiours  must  be  taken  at  the  300-400  level  from  a  single  department 

Students  who  major  in  government  may  apply  lor  admission  to  the  GVPT 
Honors  Program  Additional  information  concerning  the  Honors  Program  may 
t>e  obtained  at  the  departmental  offices. 

Course  Code  Prelix— GVPT 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

Professor  and  Chairman:  McCall 

Professors:  Locke,  Newby  (Emeritus),  Whitaker 

Associate  Professors:  Baker,  Dingwall,  Hamlet,  Yent-Komshian 

Assistant  Professors:  Bennett,  Cicci  (affiliate),  Doudna,  Fitzgibbons, 

Gordon-Salamt,  Hall,  Roth,  Suter  (affiliate) 

Research  Associate:  Stone 

Research  Assistant:  Shevitz 

Instructors:  McCabe,  Patrick,  Wynn-Dancy 

Tlie  department  curriculum  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and 
prepares  the  student  to  undertake  graduate  work  in  the  fields  of 
speech  language  pathology,  audiology,  speech  and  hearing  science,  and 
linguistics.  The  Linguistics  Program  at  the  University  of  Maryland  has  merged 
with  the  Department  of  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  Most  course  offerings  in 
linguistics  and  hearing  and  speech  sciences  are  available  to  HESP  majors  and 
non-majors  The  student  who  wishes  to  work  professionally  as  a 
speech  language  pathologist  or  audiologist  must  complete  at  least  30  semester 
hours  of  graduate  coursework  in  order  to  meet  state  and  national  certification 
requirements. 

A  student  majoring  in  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  must  complete  21 
semester  hours  of  specified  courses  and  9  semester  hours  of  electives  in  the 
department  to  satisfy  ma|or  course  requirements  No  course  with  a  grade  less 
than  C  may  count  toward  major  course  requirements  In  addition  to  the  30 
semester  hours  needed  for  a  major,  18  semester  hours  of  supporting  courses 
in  allied  fields  are  required 

Major  Courses.  Specified  courses  for  a  major  in  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  are  PHYS  102,  HESP  202,  302,  305,  400,  403,  411,  and  nine  credits 
chosen  from  among  HESP  310,  312,  404,  406.  408.  410,  412,  414,  421,  422, 
423,  498,  and  499. 

Supporting  Courses.  The  undergraduate  student  with  a  major  in  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences  will  take  a  total  of  six  courses,  16  credits,  as  designated  in 
these  supporting  areas  of  study; 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Required — one  of  the  following  courses  in  statistics: 
EOMS  451 — Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics  . 
PSYC  200— Statistical  Methods  in  Psychology  . .  . . 
SOCY  201— Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology    .  . 


3 

3 

3 

The  student  will  select  4  courses.  12  credits,  in  addition  to  Psyctiology  100. 
from  offerings  in  the  Department  of  Psychology.  The  following  are  some 
suggested  courses: 


Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 


PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


206 — Developmental  Psychotogy  

221— Social  Psychology   > 

301 — Biological  Basis  of  Behavior    

331 — Introduction  to  Abnormal  Psychology*    ...*.... 

333— Child  Psychology*    

335 — Personality  and  Adjustment     

400 — Expenmental  Psychology  Learning  Motivation* 
410 — Expenmental  Psychokjgy  Sensory  Processes  1 

422 — Language  and  Social  Communication    

423 — Advanced  Social  Psyctiology    

431 — Abnormal  Psychology*    

433 — Advanced  Topics  in  ChikJ  Psychoksgy 
435— Personality     


strongly  recomfnended 


The  Student  will  select  one  course,  not  in  the  area  of  psychology,  which  is 
directly  related  to  Hearing  and  Speech  Suggested  courses  for  fulfilling  this 
requirement  include 

ANTH  271 — Language  and  Culture* 
ANTH  371 — Introductkjn  to  Linguistics** 
ANTH  465 — Human  Growth  and  Constitution 


EDCP  413— Behavior  Modification 

EDCP  414 — Principles  of  Behavior 

EDCP  460— Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  Counseling 

EDHD  400— Introduction  to  Gerontology 

EDHD  41 1— Child  Growth  and  Development 

EDHD  413 — Adolescent  Development 

EDHD  445— Guidance  of  Young  Children 

EDSP  470— Introduction  to  Special  Education 

EDSP  471 — Charactenstics  of  Exceptional  Chiklren 

EDSP  475 — Education  of  the  Slow  Learner 

EDSP  491 — Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Children-Perceptual 

Learning  Problems 
ENGL  280— Introduction  to  Linguistics*** 
FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Family 
HLTH  450— Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth 
HLTH  456— Health  Problems  of  the  Aging  and  the  Aged 
RECR  489C — Sign  Language  and  Recreation  for  the  Deaf 
SOCY  423— Ethnic  Minonlies 

■    Equivalent  to  HESP  1 20.  ENGL  280 

••    Equivalent  to  HESP  121 

■••    Equivalenlto  HESP  120.  A^f^H  371 


Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies  Center 

Acting  Director:  Weinstein 

The  Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies  Center  was  recently  organized 
at  UMCP  and  is  concerned  with  two  kinds  of  activity  The  first  is 
interdisciplinary  research  directed  primarily  toward  ttve  study  of 
labor-management  relations,  wages  and  related  problems,  the  labor  market, 
comparative  studies  and  manpower  problems  The  Program  draws  on  tfie 
expertise  and  interests  of  faculty  from  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management,  the  School  of  Law  and  the  Department  of  Economics,  History. 
Psychology  and  Sociology  The  second  main  activity  consists  of  community  and 
latior  relations  education  proiects  sen/mg  management,  unions,  the  public  and 
other  groups  interested  in  industrial  relations  and  labor-related  activities  These 
projects  consist  of  public  lectures,  conferences,  and  symposia  as  well  as 
non-credit  courses. 

Information  Systems  Management 

The  Department  ol  Information  Systems  Management  has  tieen  transferred 
from  the  College  Park  campus  to  the  Baltimore  County  campus  Those 
students  currently  enrolled  as  IFSM  majors  will  be  able  to  complete  their 
degree  programs  at  College  Park  as  indicated  tielow  IFSM  courses  are  now 
administered  by  the  College  of  Business  and  Management 

The  requirenients  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Informatwn 
Systems  Management  are  summarized  below: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Information  Systems  Management    21 

IFSM  201.  202,  301,  402,  410,  436  &  3  additional  credits  from  400 
level  IFSM  courses 

Business  and  Management     21 

BMGT  220.  221,  231,  364,  430,  434,  435 

Computer  Science     3 

Select  from  the  following:  CMSC  211,  250,  31 1 .  420,  450.  475 
(Note:  Some  of  these  courses  have  non-major  prerequisites  I 

Economics 6 

ECON  201.  203. 

English    3 

ENGL  393 

Mathematics    9-12 

A  sequence  of  courses  covering  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus  & 
Linear  Algebra:  MATH  140.  141.  240.  or  MATH  220. 
221.  400 

General  University  Requirements    30 

Electives    27-24 

Minimum  of  12  credit  hours  at  Upper  Division  level 

Total    .  .  120 

SAMPLE  CURRICULUM 

Semester 
Credrt  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

IFSM  201— Computer  Based  Infor .  The  Individual  &  Sooety  3 

MATH  140.  141  or  MATH  220.  221  (Differential  &  Integral 

Calculus)  3-4        3-4 

General  University  Requirements  9  6 

Electives     3  3 

Total  15-16    15-16 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     85 

Sophomore  Year  Supporting  courses  to  supplement  the  work  in  the  major  tor  the  Bachelor  ot 

IFSM  202 — Information  Systems  Implementation  Methods       .    .  3  Science   degree   must   constitute   a   1 5  credit   area,   including   at   least   two 

IFSM  301 — Theory  &  Development  ol  Management  Inlormalion  latjoralory  courses  and  at  least  9  advanced  hours  in  relevant  math  and  science 

Systems  3  departments   The  student  should  see  an  academic  advisor  in  the  Psychology 

BMGT  220.  221— Principles  ot  Accounting   3  3  Department  lor  advice  and  approval  o(  a  course  sequence     Students  should 

BMGT.231— Business  Statistics  I  3  consult  the  current  Psychology  Undergraduate  Program  Guide  for  a  list  o( 

ECON201.203 — Principles  of  Economics  I  &  II     3  3  approved  advanced   math-science  courses     This  guide   is  available   in   the 

MATH  240  or  MATH  400— (Linear  Algebra)    3-4  Psychology  Undergraduate  Otiice  (Room  ZP  1141) 

General  University  Requirements        3  3  Although  a  minimum  of  thirty-five  (35)  hours  of  psychology  coursework  is 

J      .  -,  ,g  :;  required  for  a  psychology  major,  each  and  every  psychology  course  taken  by 

the  major  student  must  be  counted  towards  the  psychology  major 

Juryior  Year  A  grade  of  C  or  better  must  be  earned  in  the  35  credits  of  psychology 

IFSM  402 — Construction  of  Computer  Based  Information  courses  counted  toward  the  major  or  a  course  must  be  repeated  until  a  C  or 

Systems     3  better  is  earned   If  the  course  is  not  repeated  then  another  psychology  course 

IFSM  410 — Infor  Processing  Problems  of  Models  of  fulfilling  the  same  requirements  would  have  to  be  substituted  The  departmental 

Administrative.  Economic,  and  Political  Systems  3  grade  point  average  will  be  a  cumulative  computation  of  all  grades  earned  in 

BMGT  430 — Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business   3  psychology  and  must  be  a  2.0  or  above. 

CMSC  (select  one  from  list  of  6  courses)   3  Students  desiring  to  enter  graduate  study  in  certain  areas  of  psychology 

ENGL  393 — Technical  Writing     3  are   advised  to  take   an   additional   laboratory  course   and/or   participate   in 

General  University  Requirements    3  6  individual   research   projects    Such   students  should   consult   an   advisor  for 

Secondary  Field  and  or  Eleclives    3  3  information  about  prerequisites  for  graduate  study  in  psychology 

jgfgl  15  15  "  should  be  noted  that  there  are  two  course  content  areas  that  have  tvwo 

courses,  one  in  the  300  sequence  and  one  in  the  400  sequence     These 

Senior  Year  include  abnormal  (331  and  431).  personality  (335  and  435),  child  psychology 

IFSM  436— Introduction  to  Systems  Analysis  3  (333  and  433).  and  industrial  psychology  (361  and  461)   The  courses  in  the 

IFSM  (additional  400  level  credits)    3  300  sequence  provide  general  surveys  of  the   field   and   are   intended   for 

BMGT  364— Management  and  Organization  Theory    3  non-majors  who  do  not  plan  further  in-depth  study    The  courses  in  the  400 

BMGT  434    Operations  Research  I    3  sequence  provide   more  comprehensive  study  with   particular  emphasis  on 

BMGT  435 — Operations  Research  II     3  research  and  methodology  The  400  series  is  intended  primarily  for  psychology 

Secondary  Field  andor  Electives _3-6  9  majors.  It  should  be  further  noted  that  a  student  may  not  receive  credit  for 

Total    12-15  15  ^^*^' 

PSYC  331  and  PSYC  431 
A  minimum  of  51  (9  GUR;  12  Elective;  30  major  requirements)  hours  of  the  PSYC  333  and  PSYC  433 

required  120  hours  must  be  in  Upper  Division  (i.e.,  300  and  400  level)  courses.  PSYC  335  and  PSYC  435  or 

To  graduate,  a  student  must  have  an  average  grade  of  "C"  in  all  courses  taken  PSYC  361  and  PSYC  461 

in  the  IFSM  Department   Students  are  encouraged,  with  the  aid  of  a  faculty 

advisor,  to  pursue  a  secondary  field  of  study  including  (but  not  limited  to):  Honors.  The  Department  of  Psychology  also  offers  a  special  program  for  the 

criminology,    urban   studies,   business   and   management,   computer  science,  superior  student  which  emphasizes  independent  study  and  research.  Students 

economics;  mathematics,  psychology,  or  public  administration.  may  be  eligible  to  enter  the  Honors  Program  who  have  a  3.3  grade  average  in 

all  courses  or  the  equivalent,  who  are  in  the  junior  year,  and  who  demonstrate 

Course  Code  Prefix— IFSM  interest  and  maturity  indicative  of  success  in  the  program.  Students  in  their 

sophomore  year  should  consult  their  advisor  or  the   Departmental   Honors 

PSVChOlOQV  Committee  for  further  information. 

Chairman:  Gross  Course  Code  Prefix— PSYC 

Professors:  Anderson,  Bartlett,  Dies,  Fretz,  Goldstein,  Gollub.  Hodos.  Horton. 

Levinson,  Locke"     (Business  and  Management),  Magoon"    (Counseling  SociolOQV 

Center),  Martin,  Mclnlire,  Mills*     (Counseling  Center),  Pumroy'     (Counseling 

Center,  Education),  Scholnick,  Sigall,  Steinman,  Sternheim,  Taylor,  Trickett.  Professor  and  Chairman:  Hage 

Tyler.  Waldrop  (Emeritus)  Professors:  Clignet  (affiliate).  Dager.  Goldsmith  (adjunct),  Hoffsommer 

Associate  Professors:  R.  Brown,  Coursey,  Freeman'    (Counseling  Center),  (Emeritus),  Janes'     (Urban  Studies),  Kammeyer,  Leiins  (Emeritus),  Newman 

Gelso'     (Counseling  Center).  Hill.  Larkin.  Norman,  Penner,  B.  Smith.  Steele,  (adjunct),  Presser,  Ritzer,  Robinson,  Rosenberg.  D.  Segal.  Silbergeld  (adjunct) 

Yeni-Komshian  (affiliate)  Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Cussler,  Finsterbusch,  Henkel,  Hirzel,  J.  Hunt,  L. 

Assistant  Professors:  Bobko.  E.  Brown.  Brauth.  Gormally,  Johnson,  Kralj,  Sahni  Hunt,  Landry'    (Afro-American  Studies),  Lengermann,  Mclntyre,  Meeker, 

(affiliate),  K.  Smith.  Soil,  Washington.  White  Pease,  M  Segal 

Lecturers:  Schoorman.  Wells  Assistant  Professors:  Blair.  Elliott,  Fleishman,  Harper,  Hull,  Martindale, 

'    Joint  appointment  with  unit  indicated.  Pariining,  Vanneman 

Lecturers:  Altman,  Boozer 

Psychology  can  be  classified  as  a  biological  science  (Bachelor  of  Science  .     ,  ■  ,  .       ,     ,^      .    .,     .  ^ 

degree)  and  a  social  science  (Bachelor  of  Arts  degree)  and  offers  academic  ''°'"'  ^PP°'""^^"<  «"'"  """  '"dicated. 

programs  related  to  both  of  these  fields.  The  undergraduate  curriculum  in  Sociology  is  the  study  of  human  social  and  group  behavior,  concentrating 

psychology  provides  an  organized  study  of  the  behavior  of  man  and  other  O"  'he  interaction  between  people,  the  social  organization  of  people  and  social 

organisms   in   terms   of  the   biological   conditions   and   social   factors   which  order  and  social  change  within  societies.  Sociology's  subject  matter  ranges 

influence  such  behavior.  In  addition,  the  undergraduate  program  is  arranged  to  ^'°'^  'f's  intimate  family  to  the  hostile  mob.  from  crime  to  religion,  from  the 

provide  opponunities  for  learning  that  will  equip  qualified  students  to  pursue  divisions  of  race  and  social  class  to  the  shared  beliefs  of  a  common  culture, 

further  study  of  psychology  and  related  fields  in  graduate  and  professional  'fO"i  'he  sociology  of  work  to  the  sociology  of  sport.  In  fact  few  fields  have 

schools.  such  broad  scope  and  relevance. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  the  biological  aspects  of  behavior  tend  to  *  "lajor  in  Sociology  offers  (1)  a  general  education  especially  directed 

choose  a  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  while  those  toward   understanding   the   complexities   of   modern '  society   and    its   social 

interested   primarily   in   the   social   factors   of   behavior  lend   to  choose   the  problems  by  using  basic  concepts  and  research  arJ  statistical  skills;  (2)  a 

Bachelor  of  Arts  degree.  The  choice  of  program  is  made  in  consultation  with  an  tiroad  preparation  for  various  types  of  professions,  occupations,  and  services 

academic  advisor.  dealing  with  people;  and  (3)  preparation  of  qualified  students  for  graduate 

Department  requirements  are  the  same  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  and  the  training  in  Sociology,  Social  Work,  Law,  and  Business.  Sociology  also  forms  a 

Bachelor  of  Arts  degrees.  A  minimum  of  35  hours  in  psychology  courses,  not  valuable  background  for  those  interested  in  other  fields  or  majors.  Courses  in 

including  PSYC  478  or  479.  must  be  taken  Courses  taken  must  include  PSYC  Sociology  can  be  used  as  preparation  for  careers  in  Government  and  Private 

100,  200,  and  two  laboratory  courses  (PSYC  400,  410,  or  420)   In  addition,  a  Research.  Urban  Planning.  Personnel  Work.  Human  Resources  Management 

total  of  14  credits  must  be  taken  at  the  400  level,  including  the  two  laboratory  and  many  other  Policy  Making  and  Administrative  careers. 
courses  noted  above,  The  program  of  instruction  concentrates  on  those  areas  of  Sociology  where 

In  order  to  assure  breadth  of  coverage,  courses  in  the  department  have  knowledge  is  most  rapidly  accumulating.  These  areas  are:  social  psychology; 

been  divided  into  four  areas.    The  35  credit  total  must  include  at  least  two  organizations;   family;  and  social  stratification.   Beyond  this   the   Department 

courses  from  each  of  at  least  two  of  four  areas  and  at  least  one  course  from  places  heavy  emphasis  on  analytic  skills— both  thinking  and  data  analytic— to 

each  of  the  remaining  areas,  prepare  B.A.'s  for  jobs  in  the  general  caliber  of  the  G.S  7  level.   To  implement 

this  process  the  Department  offers  the  opportunity  for  specialization  in  one  or 

The  areas  and  courses  follow:  more  of  the  seven  following  areas:  Social  Science  Research  and  Methodology. 

Area  I:  206.  301.  310,  400.  401.  402.  403.  404.  405,  410,  412,  453;  Area  II:  Social  Psychology,  Organizations  and  Occupations.  Military  Sociology,  Social 

221,  420,  421,  422,  423,  440,  441,  Honors  430C;  Area  III:  331,  333,  335.  431.  Demography.  Social  Stratification,  and  Family  Sociology    These  specializations 

433,  435,  and  Area  IV:  361,  451.  452,  460,  461,  462,  463.  464.  465,  466,  467.  require  a  minimum  of  four  courses  to  be  completed  from  those  offered  in  the 


86     Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources 


specific  area.  Information  is  available  in  Ifie  Undergraduate  Office  detailing  the 
individual  requirements  for  eacti  area  of  concentration 

A  specialization  in  Social  Science  Researcfi  and  Metfiodology  gives 
students  experience  necessary  to  seek  employment  in  the  burgeoning  research 
area.  Combined  with  emphasis  in  any  number  of  substantive  areas  the 
statistics  and  methodological  skills  acquired  in  this  area  are  appropriate  to 
Survey  Research,  Evaluation  Research,  Marketing  and  other  quantitatively 
oriented  endeavors.  A  Social  Psychology  specialization  exposes  the  student  to 
theories  of  social  interaction,  personality,  collective  behavior  and  small  group 
behavior.  This  emphasis  is  particularly  valuable  for  students  interested  in 
Human  Service,  Counseling,  Personnel  Work  and  other  people  related 
occupations  in  business  and  industry. 

An  Organizations  and  Occupations  concentration  is  particularly  useful  to 
pursuit  of  careers  in  the  business  world  and  bureaucratic  research  An 
Organization  specialty  involves  theoretical  instnjction  in  formal  organization, 
bureaucracy,  social  stratification  and  application  to  any  institution  that  is 
organized  in  a  bureaucratic  form  such  as  education,  the  military  and  politics 
Another  facet  of  this  concentration  is  the  whole  area  of  work  roles  and 
occupations,  their  meaning,  development,  professionalization  and  place  in  the 
social  structure  Very  closely  associated  with  the  Organizations  and 
Occupations  specialty  is  the  concentration  on  the  Military  Military  Sociology 
uses  concepts  associated  with  bureaucratic  organization,  social  control,  and 
even  sex  roles,  to  examine  our  military  institution.  Considering  the  importance 
of  the  military  in  the  world  today,  this  is  a  rapidly  growing  specialty  area. 

Family  Sociology  is  a  specialty  that  examines  the  development  of  sex  roles, 
the  organization  and  changes  in  our  family  institution  as  well  as  the  relationship 
of  the  family  to  the  social  structure  Specific  coursework  in  areas  of  childhood 
socialization  and  aging  and  disability  focus  on  family  problem  areas.  Along  with 
the  Social  Psychology  concentration.  Family  Sociology  is  a  good  preparation 
for  Human  Service,  Counseling,  and  research  occupations.  It  is  equally 
valuable  for  those  who  plan  for  their  own  marriage  and  family. 

The  last  two  areas  of  concentration.  Social  Demography  and  Social 
Stratification  are  particularly  appropriate  for  students  interested  in  a  macro  view 
of  society  Social  Demography  focuses  on  the  impact  of  population  and  its 
distribution  (age,  sex.  race,  rural-urban)  on  the  social  structure.  Social 
Stratification  emphasizes  the  social  definitions  of  age,  sex,  race  as  well  as 
occupation,  wealth,  power  and  prestige  on  the  classification  systems  societies 
develop.  Both  are  useful  in  comparative  research  as  well  as  policy 
development  and  evaluation. 

These  areas  of  concentration  can  be  combined  to  advantage  or  can  be 
taken  as  part  of  a  double  major  in  conjunction  with  programs  in  other 
compatible  areas  such  as  economics,  government  and  politics,  psychology, 
business,  etc.  This  program  versatility  and  the  rich  experiential  learning 
possibilities  of  the  Washington  Metropolitan  Area  combine  to  make  the 
Sociology  curriculum  a  valuable  career  choice. 

Requirements  of  the  Sociology  Major 

The  student  in  Sociology  must  complete  47"  hours  of  Departmental 
requirements,  none  of  which  may  be  taken  pass/fail.  Thirty-two"  of  these 
hours  are  in  sociology  course  work  which  must  be  completed  with  a  minumum 
average  of  C;  14"  hours  are  in  required  core  courses  and  18  hours  are 
Sociology  electives.  of  which  9  are  required  in  the  400  level  and  an  additional  3 
are  required  at  either  the  300  or  400  level.  Required  core  courses  for  all 
majors  are  SOCY  100  (Intro.).  SOCY  201  (Statistics),  SOCY  203  (Theory),  and 
SOCY  202  (Methods) 

SOCY  100  should  be  taken  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year  followed  by 
SOCY  203.  After  completion  of  the  Math  requirement  SOCY  201  should  be 
taken,  followed  by  SOCY  202. 

Three  hours  of  Mathematics  (Stat  100:  Math  110,  111,  115,  140,  220  or 
their  equivalents)  are  required  of  majors  and  are  a  prerequisite  of  SOCY  201 . 

The  supporting  course  requirement  for  majors  is  12  hours  of  a  coherent 
series  of  courses  from  outside  of  the  department  which  relate  to  the  major 
substantive  or  research  interests  in  Sociology.  These  courses  need  not  come 
from  the  same  department,  but  at  least  6  hours  must  be  from  the  Division  of 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  The  following  are  among  those  recommended 
by  the  Sociology  Undergraduate  Committee  lor  majors;  ANTH  102,  CMSC  103, 
ECON  205,  GVPT  100,  170,  260:  HIST  224,  PHIL  170,  250,  455;  PSYC  100. 
Further  information  about  suggested  supporting  courses  can  be  obtained  in  the 
Undergraduate  Office  (Room  2108,  Art  Sociology  Bldg). 

Experiential  learning — an  elective  course  offering  SOCY  386367  whicfy 
allows  an  upper  level  major  to  gain  up  to  6  hours  of  credit  by  the  combination 
of  working  in  an  inlemship'volunteer  position  and  doing  some  academic  project 
in  conjunction  with  the  wori<  experience  (under  the  direction  of  a  faculty 
member) 

"  47  hours  are  required  because  SOCY  201  and  202  are  4  hour  courses 
For  transfer  students  or  those  with  equivalent  courses  which  are  only  3  fwur 
courses,  exceptions  to  this  47  hour  requirement  may  be  made  by  the 
Coordinator  of  the  Sociology  Undergraduate  Program 


The  Survey  Research  Center  was  created  in  1980  as  a  Division-wide 
research  facility  within  the  behavioral  and  social  sciences  The  Center 
specializes  in  the  design  of  questionnaires  and  the  conduct  of  surveys  for 
policy  purposes,  and  has  the  capacity  to  conduct  mini-surveys,  survey 
experiments,  and  in-depth  clinical  interviews  The  Center  provides  assistance  to 
researchers  in  sample  design,  has  technical  expertise  on  the  storage, 
manipulation,  and  analysis  of  very  large  data  sets,  and  provides  support 
services  to  archive  and  maintain  such  data  sets 

The  Center  supports  graduate  education  by  providing  t)Oth  technk:al 
training  and  practical  experience  to  students  Also,  the  Center  has  a  stror»g 
community  service  mission  through  the  provision  of  technical  assistance  on 
survey  methods  and  survey  design  to  units  of  state  and  local  governments,  and 
by  conducting  surveys  on  a  contract  or  grant  basis  for  these  governmental 
units. 

Urban  Studies 

Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Director:  Corey 
Professors.  Janes'    (Sociology),  Marando 

.4ssoc/a(e  Professors:  Bish,  Christian'    (Geography).  Levine.  Stone* 
(Govemment  and  Politics) 
Assistant  Professor:  Rubin 
Lecturer:  Williams 
Part-time  Lecturers:  Johnson,  Murphy.  Orlinsky,  Walker 

'    Joint  appointment  with  unit  indicated. 

The  program,  which  offers  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree,  assumes  a 
comprehensive  approach  to  urbanism  and  focuses  on  the  total  metropolitan 
area,  including  suburbs  as  well  as  central  cities,  their  interrelationship,  and 
slate  and  federal  policy  In  addition  to  an  interdisciplinary  or  multi-disciplmary 
staff,  the  program  includes  students  from  a  variety  of  disciplines  The  program 
centers  around  a  set  of  seminars  dealing  with  cities  or  urbanization  as  they 
involve  economic  factors,  social  problems,  political  and  governmental  activities, 
and  environmental  and  physical  aspects  of  urbanization  Contemporary  urban 
problems  will  be  emphasized  and  modern  methodological  and  analytical 
techniques  will  tje  considered.  In  addition  to  the  Urban  Studies  courses,  an 
area  of  urban-related  specialization  from  another  discipline  is  selected  Each 
student,  working  closely  with  the  Urban  Studies  advising  office,  designs  a 
program  of  study  based  on  interests  and  future  career  plans  As  the  Institute 
was  created  to  answer  the  needs  of  local,  state,  and  national  govemment  units 
for  personnel  with  expertise  in  urban  planning,  management  and  development, 
job  placement  is  a  high  priority  and  our  graduates  have  maintained  an  85% 
placement  rate  The  advising  office  is  located  in  Room  2112.  Woods  Hall. 
x2488 

The  Institute  also  offers  an  internship  program  The  students  selecting  this 
program  have  an  opportunity  to  work  in  an  urban-related  office,  focusing  on 
their  particular  area  of  interest  The  College  Park  Campus  is  well  situated  in  an 
area  including  both  major  metropolitan  areas,  their  suburbs,  several  new  towns, 
and  many  small  towns  which  are  currently  becoming  urtjanized.  In  addition  to 
the  internship  possibilities,  these  areas  offer  a  great  source  of  txjth  research 
and  professional  work  experience  lor  the  advanced  and  graduate  level  student 


Division  of  Human  and  Community 
Resources 

The  Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources  includes  ttie  faculties 
and  programs  of  the  College  of  Education,  the  College  of  Human  Ecology,  the 
Ckillege  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health,  and  the  College  of 
Library  and  Information  Services.  The  programs  of  the  Division  are  essentially 
professional.  They  are  designed  to  prepare  professionals  interested  in  the 
quality  of  life  of  the  individual  and  in  the  community  factors  which  intluerK»  the 
interaction  of  people;  those  who  are  responsible  lor  community  heaKh, 
recreation  programs  and  activities;  technical,  public  and  school  librarians, 
information  scientists,  and  educational  institutions 

The  Division  supports  the  development  of  research  in  areas  of  concern  to 
faculty  members  in  all  the  Departments  and  Colleges,  and  research  teams 
which  may  cross  departmental  and  College  lines  Also,  the  Division  seeks  to 
stimulate  the  development  of  interdisciplinary  courses  and  programs  and  the 
extension  of  professional  expertise  to  the  University  and  community  at  large 

The  Division  offers  bachelors,  master's,  and  doctorate  degrees  in  rrxjsl  ol 
its  programs  in  addition  to  various  professional  certificates  The  professional 
programs  are  accredited  by  the  National  Council  for  Accreditatkxi  ol  Teacher 
Education,  the  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education.  tt>e  American  Library 
Association  Committee  on  Accreditation,  and  the  Amencan  Home  Economics 
Association 

Specifically,  the  Colleges  and  their  respective  departments  in  the  Division 
are: 


Course  Code  Predx— SOCY 

Survey  Research  Center 

Director:  Robinson 


Coilag*  of  Education.  Department  of  Education  Polk^,  Planning  and 
Administration,  Department  ol  Counseling  arxl  Personr^el  Services.  Department 
ol  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education.  Department  ol  Induslnal  Educatxxi. 
(Department  ol  Measurement  and  Statistics.  Department  of  Secondary 
Education,  Department  of  Special  Educatkin,  and  Institute  for  ChiM  Study. 


College  of  Education     87 


Collage  of  Human  Ecology.  Oeparlment  of  Family  and  Community 
Deveiopmenl.  Department  o(  Food.  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration, 
Department  of  Housing  and  Applied  Design,  Department  ol  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  This  College  is  a  separate 
professional  College  committed  solely  to  graduate  study  and  research 

College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health.  Department  of 
Health  Education,  Department  of  Physical  Education,  and  Department  of 
Recreation 

Center  on  Aging 

The  Center  on  Aging  stimulates  and  supports  aging-related  activities  within 
existing  departments,  colleges,  and  schools  throughout  the  various  campuses 
ol  the  University  The  Center  assists  students  interested  in  the  field  of 
gerontology  and  helps  them  to  devise  educational  programs  to  meet  their 
goals.  The  Center  also  sponsors  a  colloquium  series  on  aging,  conducts 
community  training  programs  and  assists  faculty  in  pursuing  research  activities 
in  the  field  of  aging,  publishes  a  newsletter,  conducts  conferences  on 
aging-related  topics,  and  provides  on-  and  off-campus  technical  assistance  to 
assist  practitioners  who  serve  the  elderly 

Intensive  Educational  Development  Program 

The  Intensive  Educational  Development  (lED)  Program  is  designed  to 
provide  an  equal  opportunity  for  success  for  those  students  who  normally 
would  have  been  denied  admission  based  on  traditional  admissions  criteria. 
Specilically,  the  program  is  designed  to  provide  freshman  and  sophomore 
students  with  comprehensive  and  continuous  sen/Ices  in  the  areas  of  English, 
reading,  math,  counseling,  academic  advising  and  tutoring.  The  program 
encourages  students  to  utilize  all  program  and  University  services  which  would 
enable  them  to  develop  their  intellectual,  personal,  social  and  economic 
potential 

All  prospective  lED  students  are  required  to  participate  in  the  six  (6)  week 
Summer  Transition  Program  that  is  designed  to  develop,  expand  and  improve 
the  individual's  skills  in  English,  math  and  reading;  provide  a  learning 
experience  that  will  assist  the  students  in  the  transition  from  high  school  to  the 
University:  and  provide  an  opportunity  to  challenge  and  further  evaluate  each 
student's  potential  for  success  at  this  University. 

Following  the  initial  summer  component  and  throughout  the  academic  year, 
counseling,  skill  development,  tutorial  assistance  and  other  support'  services 
are  available  for  the  students  enrolled  in  the  program.  Support  services  are 
also  available  to  the  University  community  upon  request. 

Intensive  Educational  Development  Program,  Room  Of  11,  Chemistry 
Building.  Phone  454-^646,  4647 

National  Policy  Center  on  Women  and  Aging 

The  National  Policy  Center  on  Women  and  Aging  is  one  of  six  national 
policy  centers  on  aging  in  the  United  States  and  the  only  such  center  with  a 
focus  on  older  women.  Students  interested  in  the  field  of  gerontology  can 
participate  in  coursework  and  workshops  that  are  designed  to  increase 
understanding  of  and  responsiveness  to  the  concerns  of  older  women. 
Students  may  complete  an  internship  or  graduate  assistantship  with  the  Center, 
during  which  critical  physiological,  social,  and  psychological  factors  that 
significantly  affect  the  lives  of  older  women  are  investigated  and  policy-relevant 
research  is  pursued 

The  Center  also  conducts  training  programs  on  a  national  basis  and  works 
with  faculty  from  a  variety  of  institutions  in  conducting  research  activities  and 
developing  policy  relevant  to  older  women. 

Upward  Bound  Program 

The  University  of  Maryland  Upward  Bound  Program  is  designed  to  provide 
academic  and  counseling  assistance  to  capable  but  underachieving  high  school 
students  with  the  purpose  of  preparing  them  to  pursue  some  form  of 
post-secondary  education.  Upward  Bound  serves  as  a  supplement  to  its 
participants'  secondary  school  experiences.  It  provides  the  opportunity  for  each 
student  to  improve  or  develop  the  skills  necessary  for  acquiring  a  positive 
self-image,  broadening  his/her  educational  and  cultural  perspective,  and  for 
identifying  and  actualizing  undiscovered  potentials. 

Upward  Bound  students  are  selected  from  high  schools  in  Prince  George's 
and  Montgomery  Counties,  and  are  recommended  to  the  program  through  high 
school  principals,  teachers,  counselors,  talent  search,  social  service  agencies, 
and  individuals  knowledgeable  about  the  program.  The  academic  skills 
development  and  counseling  services  are  available  to  students  throughout  the 
school  year  and  during  the  summer  program.  Academic  instruction,  tutoring, 
counseling  and  other  related  innovative  educational  experiences  are  provided 
for  the  purpose  of  developing  basic  academic  skills  and  motivation  necessary 
for  success  in  secondary  schools  and  to  assure  that  each  student  gains  a 
minimum  of  one  year's  growth  in  the  basic  skills  areas  of  communication  and 
mathematics. 

Persons  interested  in  further  information  regarding  the  Upward  Bound 
Program  should  contact:  The  Director  of  Upward  Bound,  Room  2101,  West 


Education   Annex,   University   ol  Maryland,   College   Park,   Maryland   20742. 
Telephone  Number:  454-21 16. 


College  of  Education 


The  College  of  Education  offers  programs  for  persons  preparing  lor  the 
following  educational  endeavors;  1)  teaching  in  colleges,  secondary  schools, 
middle  schools,  elementary  schools,  kindergarten  and  nursery  schools;  2) 
teaching  in  special  education  programs;  3)  school  librarians  and  resource 
specialists,  4)  educational  work  in  trades,  industries  and  other  non-school 
settings;  5)  pupil  personnel,  counseling  and  guidance  services:  6)  supervision 
and  administration;  7)  curriculum  development;  8)  rehabilitation  programs:  9) 
evaluation  and  research. 

Because  of  the  location  of  the  University  in  a  suburb  of  the  nation's  capital, 
unusual  facilities  lor  the  study  of  education  are  available  to  its  students  and 
faculty  The  Library  of  Congress,  the  library  of  the  United  States  Office  of 
Education,  and  special  libraries  of  other  government  agencies  are  accessible, 
as  well  as  the  information  services  of  the  National  Education  Association,  the 
American  Council  on  Education,  United  States  Office  of  Education,  and  other 
organizations,  public  and  private.  The  school  systems  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,  Baltimore  and  the  counties  of  Maryland  offer  generous  cooperation. 

All  bachelor-degree  teacher-preparation  programs  are  accredited  by  both 
the  National  Council  lor  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  and  by  the  National 
Association  of  State  Directors  of  Teacher  Education  and  Certification. 
Accreditation  provides  for  reciprocal  certification  with  35-40  other  states  who 
recognize  national  accreditation.  The  graduate  degree  programs  preparing 
school  service  personnel  (elementary  and  secondary  school  principals,  general 
school  administrators,  supervisors,  curriculum  coordinators,  guidance 
counselors,  >  student  personnel  administrators,  and  vocational  rehabilitation 
counselors)  at  the  master's,  advanced  graduate  specialist  and  doctoral  degree 
levels  are  all  fully  accredited  by  the  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of 
Teacher  Education. 

Requirements  for  Admission.  All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of 
Education  must  apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  and  meet  the  admissions  requirements  detailed  in 
Section  I  of  this  catalog.  There  are  no  specific  secondary  school  course 
requirements  for  admission,  but  a  foreign  language  is  desirable  in  some  of  the 
programs,  and  courses  in  fine  arts,  trades,  and  vocational  subjects  are  also 
desirable  for  some  programs. 

Candidates  for  admission  whose  high  school  or  college  records  are 
consistently  low  are  strongly  advised  not  to  seek  admission  to  the  College  of 
Education. 

Students  with  baccalaureate  degrees  who  have  applied  for  admission  as 
special  students  must  have  received  prior  permission  from  the  appropriate 
department. 

Guidance  In  Registration.  Students  who  intend  to  teach  (except  agriculture 
and  physical  education)  should  register  in  the  College  of  Education  in  order 
that  they  may  have  the  continuous  counsel  and  guidance  of  the  faculty  directly 
responsible  for  teacher  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland  At  the  time  of 
matriculation  each  student  is  assigned  to  a  member  of  the  faculty  who  acts  as 
the  student's  advisor.  The  choice  of  subject  areas  within  which  the  student  will 
prepare  to  teach  will  be  made  under  faculty  guidance  during  the  freshman 
year.  The  student  will  confer  regularly  with  the  faculty  advisor  in  the  College  of 
Education  responsible  for  his  teaching  major. 

While  students  on  the  College  Park  Campus  may  transfer  into  an  Education 
major  at  any  time,  it  is  recommended  that  this  transfer  occur  prior  to  the  junior 
year  because  of  the  required  sequence  of  professional  courses  and 
experiences.  Articulated  programs  have  been  developed  with  most  of 
Maryland's  community  colleges  to  accommodate  transferring  to  College  Park 
after  the  completion  of  an  Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  the  community  college. 

General  Requirements  of  the  College.  Minimum  requirements  for  graduation 
are  120  semester  hours  Specific  program  requirements  for  more  than  the 
minimum  must  be  fulfilled. 

In  addition  to  the  General  University  Requirements  and  the  specific 
requirements  for  each  curriculum,  the  College  requires  a  minimum  of  20 
semester  hours  of  education  courses  and  3  semester  hours  of  speech. 

A  grade  of  at  least  C  is  required  in:  1)  all  education  courses:  2)  all 
academic  courses  required  in  the  major  and  minor;  and  3)  the  required  speech 
course  An  overall  grade  point  average  of  C  must  be  maintained.  A  grade  of  S 
is  required  in  student  teaching. 

Exceptions  to  curricular  requirements  and  rules  of  the  College  of  Education 
must  be  recommended  by  the  student's  advisor,  and  department  chairperson, 
and  approved  by  the  dean. 

Students  who  are  not  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education  but,  who  through 
an  established  cooperative  program  with  another  college,  are  preparing  to 
teach  and  wish  to  register  in  professional  education  courses  required  for 
certification  must  meet  all  curricular  and  scholastic  requirements  of  the  College 
of  Education. 

Majors  and  Minors.  There  is  no  College  requirement  for  a  minor  although 
many  majors  require  an  area  of  concentration  to  provide  depth  in  a  specific 
area  of  leaching  specialty.  Specific  program  requirements  should  be  consulted. 


88     College  of  Education 


Admission  to  Teacher  Education.  Students  enrolled  in  an  education  major 
should  confirm  the  status  ol  their  admission  to  Teacher  Education  with  the 
Student  Service  Office  of  the  College  of  Education  when  Itiey  enroll  in  the  first 
education  course  or  at  the  t)eginning  of  the  semester  immediately  after  earning 
42  hours.  Transfer  students  with  42  or  more  hours  of  acceptable  transfer 
credit  must  apply  at  time  of  transfer.  Post-graduate  certification  students  and 
those  working  for  certification  only  must  apply  at  the  beginning  of  their 
program  Application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  College  of  Education 
Student  Service  Office 

In  considehng  applications,  the  following  guidelines  have  been  established. 

1 .  No  student  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  EDHD  300  and  methods  classes  until 
he  or  she  has  received  approval. 

2.  A  successful  field  experience  in  EDHD  300  is  a  prerequisite  to  continuation 
in  the  teacher  education  course  seouence 

3.  Applicants  must  be  of  good  moral  and  ethical  character  This  will  be 
determined  as  fairly  as  possible  from  such  evidence  as  advisors' 
recommendations  and  records  of  serious  Campus  delinquencies. 

4.  Applicants  must  be  physically  and  emotionally  capable  of  functioning  as 
teachers.  This  will  mean  freedom  from  serious  chronic  illness,  emotional 
instability  and  communicable  diseases,  as  determined  in  cooperation  with 
the  Health  Service  and  the  Counseling  Center. 

5.  Applicants  must  be  free  of  serious  speech  handicaps.  A  health  certificate 
certifying  absence  of  communicable  disease  is  required  for  participation  in 
any  education  course  with  a  field  experience  component. 

The  purpose  of  the  screening  procedure  associated  with  admission  to 
teacher  education  is  to  insure  that  graduates  of  the  teacher  education  program 
will  be  well  prepared  for  teaching  and  can  be  recommended  for  certification 
with  confidence. 

Student  Teaching.  In  order  to  be  admitted  to  a  course  in  student  teaching,  a 
student  must  have  been  admitted  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program  (see 
above),  have  a  physician's  certificate  indicating  that  the  applicant  is  free  of 
communicable  diseases,  and  the  consent  of  the  department  Application  must 
be  made  with  the  Director  of  Laboratory  Experiences  by  the  middle  of  the 
semester  which  precedes  the  one  in  which  student  leaching  will  be  done.  Any 
applicant  for  student  teaching  must  have  been  enrolled  previously  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  full  time  for  at  least  one  semester. 

Certification  of  Teachers.  The  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education 
certifies  to  teach  in  the  approved  public  schools  of  the  state  only  graduates  of 
approved  colleges  who  have  satisfactorily  fulfilled  subject-matter  and 
professional  requirements.  The  curricula  of  the  College  of  Education  fulfill  State 
Department  requirements  for  certification 

Degrees.  The  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Science  are 
conferred  by  the  College  of  Education.  The  determination  of  which  degree  is 
conferred  is  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  liberal  arts  study  included  in  a 
particular  degree  program 

Arithmetic  Center.  The  Arithmetic  Center  provides  a  Mathematics  Lalxjratory 
(or  undergraduate  and  graduate  students,  and  a  program  of  clinical  diagnostic 
and  corrective/remedial  services  for  children.  Clinic  services  are  a  part  of  a 
program  in  elementary  school  mathematics  at  the  graduate  level. 

Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services.  The  Bureau  of 
Educational  Research  and  Field  Services  has  been  established  to  (1) 
encourage  and  stimulate  basic  research  bearing  on  different  aspects  of  the 
educative  process;  (2)  provide  assistance  in  designing,  implementing  and 
evaluating  research  projects  initiated  by  local  school  systems;  and  (3) 
coordinate  school  systems'  requests  for  consultants  with  the  rich  and  varied 
professional  competencies  that  are  available  on  the  University  faculty. 

Curriculum  Laboratory.  The  Curriculum  Latx>ratory  provides  students,  faculty 
and  teachers  in  the  field  with  materials  and  assistance  in  the  area  of 
curriculum.  An  up-to-date  collection  of  curriculum  materials  includes  texts, 
simulations,  learning  packages,  programs,  resource  kits,  charts,  study  guides, 
curriculum  studies,  and  bibliographies. 

Educational  Technology  Center.  The  center  is  designed  as  a  multi-media 
facility  for  students  and  faculty  of  the  College  It  distributes  closed<ircuit 
television  throughout  the  building,  provides  audio-visual  equipment  and  service. 
a  computer  terminal,  a  learning  lab,  and  instruction  in  all  aspects  of 
instructional  materials,  aids,  and  new  media  Production  and  distribution  rooms 
and  a  studio  are  available  for  closed-circuit  television  and  a  video  tape  system. 
Latxiratories  are  available  for  graphic  and  photographic  production  with 
facilities  for  faculty  research  and  development  in  use  of  instructional  media 
Supporting  the  professional  faculty  in  the  operation  of  the  center  are  media 
specialists. 

Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences.  The  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences  is 
designed  to  accommodate  the  latioratory  experiences  of  students  preparing  to 
teach  by  arranging  for  all  field  experiences.  It  also  serves  functions  of  program 
liaison,  staff  development,  and  research  as  they  pertain  to  field  experiences 
This  office  administers  the  Teacher  Education  Centers  in  conjunction  with  the 
respective  public  school  systems  and  serves  as  one  of  the  liaison  units 
between  the  College  and  the  community  Student  applications  for  fiekl 
experiences,  including  student  teaching,  are  processed  through  this  office 


Music  Educators  National  Conference  Historical  Center.  The  University  of 
Maryland  and  the  Music  Educators  National  Conference  established  the  MENC 
Historical  Center  in  1965  for  the  purpose  of  building  and  maintaining  a 
research  collection  which  would  reflect  the  development  and  current  practices 
in  music  education.  Located  in  McKeldin  Library,  the  center  includes  study 
space  and  is  prepared  to  assist  scholars  in  the  field  Materials  in  the  following 
categories  are  collected;  archival  documents  of  MENC;  instructional  materials: 
professional  publications;  curricular,  administrative,  and  philosophical  materials; 
manuscripts,  personal  letters  and  other  historical  materials. 

Center    of    Rehabilitation    and     Manpower     Services.     The     Center    of 

Rehabilitation  and  Manpower  Services  is  one  of  the  operating  Divisions  of  the 
Department  of  Industrial  Education.  The  Center  was  established  in  1968  as  a 
joint  project  of  the  Department  of  HEW  and  the  University  The  Center 
receives  support  from  federal,  stale  and  private  sources  to  carry  out  its  mission 
of  improving  the  vocational  training  and  skills  of  mentally  and  physically 
handicapped  students  and  adults  in  Maryland.  Delaware,  Virginia, 
Pennsylvania,  West  Virginia  and  the  District  of  Columbia  The  Center  conducts 
short-term  training  institutes  for  teachers,  administrators,  counselors,  vocational 
evaluators,  and  supervisors  to  upgrade  their  skills  Consultative  services  are 
provided  to  agencies  and  systems  interested  in  improving  their  planning  and 
management  policies.  The  Center  also  serves  as  a  multi-media  resource 
providing  and  developing  materials  specifically  related  to  the  career  and 
vocational  training  of  handicapped  people. 

Program  content,  professional  issues  and  participant  concerns  are 
integrated  into  seminar  designs  to  enable  the  greatest  possible  gain  m  new 
skills,  information  and  insight  in  problem  resolution.  This  approach  to  leamipg 
requires  limited  enrollment  to  insure  the  quality  of  learning  Seminars  utilize 
participative  learning  techniques  such  as  simulations,  role  plays,  small  group 
exercises,  brainstorming,  lectures,  practicums.  case  studies.  demonstratk>ns, 
in-baskets.  games  and  critical  instances. 

Center  for  Young  Children.  A  demonstration  nursery-kindergarten  program 
(1)  provides  a  center  in  which  individual  professors  or  students  may  conduct 
research;  (2)  serves  as  a  unit  for  undergraduate  students  to  have  selected 
experiences  with  young  children,  such  as  student  teaching,  child  study,  and 
observation  of  young  children;  (3)  provides  a  setting  in  which  educators  from 
within  and  without  the  University  can  come  for  sources  of  ideas  relative  to  the 
education  of  young  children. 

Reading  Center.  The  Reading  Center  provides  clinical  diagnostic  and 
corrective  services  to  a  limited  number  of  children  These  services  are  a  part  of 
the  program  in  corrective/remedial  reading  offered  to  teachers  on  the  graduate 
level. 

Science  Teaching  Center.  The  Science  Teaching  Center  has  been  designed 
to  serve  as  a  representative  facility  of  its  type  to  fulfill  its  functions  of 
undergraduate  and  graduate  science  teacher  education,  science  supervisor 
training,  basic  research  in  science  education,  aid  to  inservice  teachers  and 
supervisors,  and  consultative  sen/ices,  on  all  levels,  kindergarten  through 
community  college.  Its  reference  library  features  relevant  periodicals,  science 
and  mathematics  textbooks,  new  curriculum  materials,  and  works  on  science 
subjects  and  their  operational  aspects  Its  fully  equipped  research  latxiratory,  in 
addition  to  its  teaching  laboratories  for  science  methods  courses,  provides 
project  space  for  both  faculty  and  students. 

Since  1962  the  Science  Teaching  Center  has  served  as  the  headquarters 
for  the  activities  of  the  Science  Teaching  Materials  Review  Committee  of  the 
National  Science  Teachers  Association,  The  Information  Clearinghouse  on 
Science  and  Mathematics  Curricular  Developments,  the  International 
Clearinghouse  for  A  A  AS.,  N.S.F  and  UNESCO,  started  here  that  year  also 
Within  the  center  is  gathered  the  "software"  and  "fiardware"  of  science 
education  in  what  is  considered  to  be  one  of  the  most  comprehensive 
collections  of  such  materials  in  the  worid. 

Vocational  Curriculum  Research  and  Development  Center.  Located  within 
the  Department  of  Industrial  Education,  the  center  provides  leadership  in 
research  and  development,  resources,  and  supportive  services  (or  individuals 
and  groups  engaged  in  industrial,  vocational,  and  technical  education 
curriculum  development  Available  resources  include  curnculum  guides, 
texttx>oks,  course  outlines,  learning  activity  packages,  leaching  akls, 
professional  journals,  reference  books,  and  catalogs  representing  local,  state, 
and  national  curriculum  trends 

Study  carrels  and  instructional  media  facilities  are  provided  for  students. 
faculty,  local  teachers  and  specialists  engaged  in  vocational  curriculum 
research,  development  and  assessment  The  center  maintains  linkages  with 
similar  regional  and  national  agencies  concerned  with  vocational  curriculum 
research  and  development 

Student  and  Professional  Organizations.  The  College  sponsors  a  chapter  of 
the  Student  National  Education  Association  and  a  Chapter  of  Kappa  DeHa  Pi. 
an  Honorary  Society  in  education  A  student  chapter  of  the  Counal  (or 
Exceptional  Children  is  open  to  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  In 
Special  Education  A  student  chapter  of  the  Music  Educators  National 
Conference  (MENC)  is  sponsored  by  the  Department  of  Music,  and  tf>e 
Industrial  Education  Department  has  a  chapter  of  the  American  Society  ot  Tool 
and  Manufaclunng  Engineers  and  a  chapter  of  the  American  Industrial  Arts 
Association 


College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     89 


In  several  departments  there  are  inlormal  organizations  ot  students 

Career  Development  Center  University  Credentials  Service.  All  seniors 
graduating  in  the  College  ol  Education  (except  Industrial  Technology  majors) 
are  required  to  lile  credentials  with  the  Career  Development  Center 
Credentials  consist  o(  the  permanent  record  ol  a  student's  academic 
preparation  and  recommendations  Irom  academic  and  prolessional  sources.  An 
initial  registration  lee  enables  the  Career  Development  Center  to  send  a 
student's  credentials  to  interested  educational  employers,  as  indicated  by  the 
student 

Students  who  are  completing  teacher  certification  requirements,  advanced 
degrees  and  are  interested  in  a  teaching,  administrative  or  research  position  in 
education,  or  who  are  completing  advanced  degrees  in  library  science,  may 
also  file  credentials 

Other  services  include  vacancy  listing  in  secondary  schools  and  institutions 
ol  higher  learning,  notifications  of  interest-related  positions,  on-campus 
interviews  with  state  and  out-of-state  school  systems,  and  descriptive 
information  on  school  systems  throughout  the  country 

This  service  is  also  available  to  alumni  For  further  information  contact  Mrs 
Anna  Tackett,  Assistant  Director.  Career  Development  Center,  Tenapin  Hall,  or 
phone  454-2813. 


College  of  Education  Departments, 
Programs  and  Curricula 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Byrne  (acting) 

Professors:  Byrne.  Magoon,  Marx.  Pumroy.  Schlossberg 

Associate  Professors:  Allan.  Birk.  Greenberg,  Knefelkamp,  Lawrence,  Leonard, 

Medvene.  Power.  Ray.  Rhoads.  Scales.  Westbrook 

Assistant  Professors:  Boyd.  Cassidy,  Celotta,  Engram,  Hoffman,  Minor, 

Spokane.  Teglasi.  Thomas,  Waldo 

Programs  of  preparation  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  at  the  master's  degree,  advanced  graduate  specialist,  and 
doctoral  degree  levels  for  counselors  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools, 
rehabilitation  agencies,  community  agencies,  college  and  university  counseling 
centers.  It  also  offers  programs  of  preparation  for  other  personnel  services: 
college  student  personnel  administration,  visiting  teacher  and  school 
psychologists. 


Course  Ccxle  Prefix— EDCP 

Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

Chairman:  Yff  (acting) 

Professors:  Blough  (Emeritus),  Duffey.  Leeper  (Emerita),  Lembach,  O'Neill, 

Roderick.  Schindler  (Emeritus),  Weaver.  R  Wilson 

Associate  Professors:  Amershek,  Church,  Eley.  Heidelbach,  Herman,  Jantz, 

Johnson,  Seefeldt.  Williams,  Yff 

Assistant  Professors:  Cole,  Gambrell,  Garner,  Knifong,  Madison,  Saracho, 

Schumacher,  Shelley,  Stent  (Emerita) 

The  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  offers  two 
undergraduate  curricula  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree: 

1 .  Eariy   Childhood   Education — for  the   preparation   of  teachers  in   nursery 
school,  kindergarten  and  primary  grades  (grades  one,  two  and  three). 

2.  Elementary   Education — for   the   preparation   of   teachers  of   grades  one 
through  six 

Students  who  wish  to  become  certified  teachers  for  nursery  school  and/or 
kindergarten  must  follow  the  early  childhood  education  curriculum  (1  atiove). 
Students  who  seek  certification  for  teaching  the  intermediate  grades  must 
follow  the  elementary  education  curriculum  (2  above).  Students  who  plan  to 
teach  in  the  primary  grades  can  achieve  certification  in  either  1  or  2. 


Early  Childhood  Education.  (Nursery-Kindergarlen-Primary).  The  Early 
Childhood  Education  curriculum  has  as  its  primary  goal  the  preparation  of 
nursery  school,  kindergarten  and  primary  teachers. 

Observation  and  student  teaching  are  done  in  the  University  Center  for 
Young  Children  on  the  Campus  and  in  approved  schools  in  nearby 
communities. 

Graduates  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  meet  the 
requirements  for  certification  for  teaching  kindergarten,  nursery  school  and 
primary  grades  in  Maryland,  the  District  of  Columbia,  Baltimore  and  many 
states  Students  should  have  had  extensive  experience  in  working  with  children 
prior  to  the  junior  year. 

The  following  list  of  requirements  is  presented  as  a  sample  program. 
Course  sequence  is  flexible  until  Semester  Vl  Students  must  consult  with  their 
advisor  for  program  completion  of  Semester  VI,  VII  and  VIII. 


Semesfer 
Credit  Hours 


Frestiman  Year 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing 


ENGL  171 — Honors  Composition 
and/or 

General  University  Requirements    3  6 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication    3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

Social  Science  or  History  course  from  ANTH,  GEOG,  ECON, 

GVPT.  SOCY.  HIUS.  HIFN.  or  HIST     3 

Biological  Science  with  Lab  Irom  BOTN,  ZOOL,  MICB,  or 

ENTM    r .  4 

MUSC  155 — Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teacher  3 

US,  History     3 

General  University  Requirement   3 

Total    16  15 

Sophomore  Year 

Creative  Arts  (ARTE  100:  PHED  181,  DANC  100,  or  THET 

440)      2-3 

MATH  210 — Elements  of  Ikflathematics    4 

MATH  21 1— Elements  of  Geometry    4 

Physical  Science  with  Lab  from  ASTR,  GEOL,  CHEM,  PHYS. 

OR  ENES    4 

Social  Science  or  History  course  from  ANTH,  GEOG,  ECON, 

GVPT,  SOCY,  HIUS,  HIFN,  or  HIST     3 

EDEL  299— School  Service  Semester    3 

General  University  Requirements    6  6 

Total    16-17  16 

Junior  and  Senior  Years 

(Semesters  labeled  as  VI,  VII.  and  VIII  in  this  sample  program 
must  be  taken  as  a  block) 

Semester  V 

FMCD  332— The  Child  In  the  Family    3 

EDEL  424 — Literature  lor  Children  and  Young 

People — Advanced    3 

General  University  Requirements — Upper  Level     6 

ENGL  391— Advanced  Composition   3 

Tb(a;    15 

Semester  VI 
Professional  Semester  I' 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

EDEL  348 — Professional  Development  Seminar     1 

EDEL  361— Creative  Activities  &  Materials  for  Young  Children  3 

EDEL  362 — Introduction  to  Teaching  Language   3 

MUED  450— IVlusic  in  Eariy  Childhood  Education     3 

Total    16 

'    Prerequisite  to  Professional  Semester  II 

Semester  VII 
Professional  Semester  II' 

EDEL  348 — Professional  Development  Seminar     2 

EDEL  363 — The  Young  Child  in  the  Social  Environment    3 

EDEL  364— The  Teaching  of  Reading— Early  Childhood    3 

EDEL  365 — The  Young  Child  in  the  Physical  Environment    ....  3 

EDEL  331 — Student  Teaching — Kindergarten     4 

Total    15 

*    Prerequisite  to  the  remaining  student  teaching  experiences 

Semester  VIII 

EDEL  330— Student  Teaching— Preschool   4 

EDEL  332— Student  Teaching— Primary     8 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

Total    15 


Elementary  Education.  This  curriculum  is  designed  for  regular  undergraduate 
students  who  wish  to  qualify  for  teaching  positions  in  elementary  schools. 
Students  who  complete  the  curriculum  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree,  and  they  will  meet  the  Maryland  Stale  Department  of  Education 
requirements  for  the  Standard  Professional  Certificate  in  Elementary  Education. 
The  curriculum  also  meets  certification  requirements  in  many  other  states, 
Baltimore  and  the  District  of  Columbia. 

The  following  list  of  requirements  is  presented  as  a  sample  program.  There 
is  considerable  flexibility  in  the  order  in  which  courses  may  be  taken,  and 
students  are  urged  to  consult  regularly  with  their  advisor. 


90     College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Freshman  Year 

ENGL  101 — Composition  or 

ENGL  171 — Honors  Composition  or 

General  University  Requirements  alternative    

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or 

SPCH  1 10— Voice  and  Diction  or 

HESP  202 — Fundamentals  of  Hearing  and  Speecti  Science    . 

MUSC  155 — Fundamentals  for  ttie  Classroom  Teacher  

ARTE  100 — Fundamentals  of  Art  Education   

Biological  Science  with  Lab  from  BOTN,  ZCX5L,  MICB,  or 

ENTM     

Physical  Science  with  Lab  from  ASTR,  GEOL.  CHEM,  PHYS, 

or  ENES    

Social  Science  or  History  course  from  ANTH.  GEOG.  ECON, 

GVPT.  SOCY,  HIUS,  HIFN,  or  HIST     

General  University  Requirements    

Total    

Sophomore  Year 

EDEL  299— School  Service  Semester*     

MATH  210 — Elements  of  Mathematics   

MATH  21 1— Elements  of  Geometry    

LING  100— Introduction  to  Linguistics  '. 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    

US,  History     

Social  Science  or  History  course  from  ANTH.  GEOG,  ECON, 

GVPT.  SOCY.  HIUS,  HIFN,  or  HIST     

General  University  Requirements    

Total    

*  Prerequisite  to  Prolessionai  Semester. 

Junior  and  Senior  Years 
Semester  V 

EDHD  300E — Human  Development  and  Learning*     

MATH  or  Science  from  ASTR.  BOTN.  CHEM.  ENES.  ENTM. 

GEOL.  MICB,  PHYS.  or  ZOOL    

PSYC  333— Child  Psychology  or 

FMCD  332— The  Child  and  the  Family   

General  University  Requirements    

Total    

*  Prerequisite  to  student  teactilng. 

Semester  VI 

Prolessionai  Semester' 

EDEL  350 — The  Teaching  of  Language  Arts — Elementary     . . 

EDEL  351 — The  Teaching  of  Mathematics — Elementary    . . . . 

EDEL  352 — The  Teaching  of  Reading — Elementary     

EDEL  353 — The  Teaching  of  Science — Elementary   

EDEL  354 — The  Teaching  of  Social  Studies — Elementary   .  . . 

Total    


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Courses  are  blocked;  i  e,.  one  section  of  students  remains  together  for  all 
five  methods  courses  Students  spend  two  days  each  week  in  school 
classrooms  applying  concepts  and  methods  presented  in  methods  courses. 

■  These  5  courses  must  be  taken  as  a  block.  They  are  not  ottered  separately.  The 
Professional  Semester  is  considered  a  lull  undergraduate  load  requinng  all  of  a  student's 
energies.  Attendance  is  required  for  all  field  activities.  Absences  will  be  made  up. 

Semester  VII 

EDEL  333— Student  Teaching    11 

Semester  VIII 

EDEL  424 — Literature  for  Children  and  Young 

People — Advanced    3 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

General  University  Requirements    6 

Elective    4 


Total 16 

*    Interchangeable  with  Semesters  VI  and  VII. 
Course  Code  Prefix— EDEL 

Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Warren 

Professors  J  P  Anderson.  VE  Anderson  (Emeritus).  Berdahl.  Berman, 

Carbone.  Dudley.  McClure.  McLoone.  Male.  Newell.  Stephens,  van  Zwoll 

(Emeritus).  Wiggin  (Emerita) 

Associate  Professors  Agre.  Clague.  Finkelstein.  Goldman.  Hopkins,  Kelsey 

(ret  ),  Lindsay.  Noll.  Selden.  Splaine 

Assistant  Professors:  Brand.  Clabaugh.  Coley.  Edelstein.  Intriligator.  King, 

Meisinger.  Schmidtlein.  Slater 

The     Department     offers     undergraduate     preparation     in     the     Social 
Foundations  of  Education  and  in  Education  Media    EDSF  201  (Education  in 


Contemporary  American  Society)  and  EDSF  210  (Historical  and  Philosophical 
Perspectives  on  Education)  can  be  used  to  satisfy  distributive  studies 
requirements  of  the  University  Studies  Program  Graduate  programs  at  the 
Master's  degree,  advanced  graduate  specialist,  and  doctoral  degree  levels 
include  preparation  for  administrators  and  policy  analysts  in  education-related 
agencies,  school  superintendents,  principals,  supervisors,  human  relations 
specialists.  curriculum  directors,  curriculum-media  specialists.  and 
administrative  specialists  in  the  areas  of  finance,  school  personnel 
administration,  collective  bargaining,  school  law,  and  higher  and  adult 
education  Also  offered  are  graduate  programs  for  the  preparation  of 
professors  and  researchers  in  the  fields  of  comparative  education  (the  study  of 
educational  systems  in  other  regions  of  the  world);  curriculum  theory; 
economics  and  finance  of  education:  education  administration;  education  law; 
education  media:  education  policy;  higher  education;  history  ol  education; 
philosophy  of  education;  politics  of  education;  and  sociology  of  education. 

Course  Code  Prelix— EDAD.  EDSF 

Human  Development  (Institute  for  Child 
Development) 

Professor  and  Director:  Hardy 

Professors:  Bowie  (Emerita).  Chapin.  Dittmann.  Eliot.  Goenng.  Grambs.  Kurtz 

(Emeritus),  Morgan  (Emeritus).  Perkins.  Thompson  (Emeritus) 

Associate  Professors:  Bennett.  Flatter.  Gardner.  Hatfield.  Huebner.  Koopman. 

Marcus.  Matteson.  Milholan,  Rogolsky,  Seefeldt.  Svoboda.  Tyler 

Assistant  Professors:  Ames.  Colletta.  Green.  Hunt.  Robertson-Tchabo 

The  Department  ol  Human  Development  carries  on  the  following  activities: 

(1)  It  undertakes  basic  research  in  human  development;  (2)  It  synthesizes 
research  findings  from  many  sciences  that  study  human  beings;  (3)  It  offers 
course  programs  and  field  training  to  qualified  graduate  students,  preparing 
them  to  render  expert  consultant  service  and  for  college  teaching  in  human 
development;  (4)  As  an  Institute  for  Child  Study,  it  plans,  organizes,  and 
provides  consultant  service  programs  of  direct  child  and  youth  study  to 
inservice  teachers  in  Maryland  and  other  states. 

Undergraduate  courses  and  workshops  are  designed  for  pre-service  ar>d 
in-service  teachers  as  well  as  those  preparing  to  enter  human  services 
vocations.  The  department  does  not  offer  an  undergraduate  major  However, 
undergraduate  students  may  elect  human  development  courses  in  forming  an 
area  of  concentration  such  as  (1)  infancy  and  early  childhood.  (2)  adolescence. 
(3)  aging,  and  (4)  human  services  (social  service,  recreation,  corrections,  etc). 
Major  purposes  of  undergraduate  offerings  in  human  development  are  (1) 
providing  experiences  which  facilitate  the  personal  grovrth  of  the  individual,  and 

(2)  preparing  people  for  vocations  and  programs  which  seek  to  improve  the 
quality  of  human  life.  These  offerings  are  designed  to  help  professionals  and 
paraprofessionals  acquire  a  positive  orientation  toward  people  and  basic 
knowledge  and  skills  for  helping  others. 

Course  Code  Prelix— EDHD 

Industrial  Education 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Malay 

Professors:  Harrison.  Hornbake  (Emeritus).  Luelkemeyer 

Associate  Professors:  Beatty.  Herschbach.  Mietus.  Stough.  Starkweather, 

Tierney 

Assistant  Professors:  Elkins,  Gemmill 

Instructors:  Aumiller,  Baird.  Carson.  Chin.  Martin.  Williams.  Winek 

Lecturer:  Rickert 

The  Department  of  Industrial  Education  offers  programs  leading  to  teacher 
certification  in  industrial  arts  and  vocational-industnal  education  It  also  offers  a 
program  in  Industrial  Technology  which  prepares  individuals  for  supervisory 
and  industrial  management  positions,  and  a  technical  education  program  tor 
persons  with  advanced  technical  preparation  who  wish  to  teach  m  technical 
institutes  or  junior  colleges. 

Three  curricula  are  administered  by  the  Industnal  Education  Department: 
(1)  Vocational-Industrial  Education:  (2)  Industnal  Arts  Education,  and  (3) 
Industrial  Technology  The  overall  offering  includes  both  undergraduate  and 
graduate  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science.  Master  ol 
Education.  Master  of  Arts.  Doctor  of  Education,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 

The  vocational-industrial  curriculum  may  lead  either  to  certification  as  a 
vocational-industrial  teacher  with  no  degree  involved  or  to  a  Bactielor  of 
Science  degree,  including  certification  The  University  of  Maryland  is 
designated  as  the  institution  which  shall  offer  the  "Trade  and  industrial" 
certification  courses  and  hence  the  courses  which  are  offered  are  those 
required  for  certification  in  Maryland  The  vocational-industrial  curriculum 
requires  trade  competence  as  specified  by  the  Maryland  Slate  Plan  lor 
Vocational  Education  A  person  wtx)  aspires  to  be  certified  should  review  ttie 
state  plan  and  may  well  contact  the  Maryland  State  Department  ol  Education 
officials  If  the  person  has  in  mind  teaching  in  a  designated  city  or  county,  he  or 
she  may  discuss  his  or  her  plans  with  the  vocational-industrial  official  of  that 
city  or  county  inasmuch  as  there  are  vanations  m  employment  arxl  training 
procedures 


College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     91 


Induatrlal  Arts  Education.  The  Industrial  Arts  Educatior>  curriculum  prepares 
persons  to  teach  industrial  arts  at  the  secondary  school  level  It  is  a  lour-year 
program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  While  trade  or  industrial 
experience  contributes  signidcantly  to  the  background  ol  industrial  arts  teacher, 
previous  work  experience  is  not  a  condition  o(  entrance  into  this  curnculum 
Students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  curriculum  are  encouraged  to  obtain  work  in 
industry  during  the  summer  months  Industrial  arts  as  a  secondary  school 
subject  area  is  a  part  of  the  general  education  program  characterized  by 
extensive  latx>ra<ory  experiences. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements    3  6 

CHEM  102— or  103— General  Chemistry    4 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  ol  Speech  Communication    3 

EDIN  101— Mechanical  Drawing   2 

EDIN  102— Elementary  Woodworking     3 

EDIN  1 12— Technical  Calculations    3 

EDIN  262 — Basic  Metal  Machining   3 

EDIN  121— Mechanical  Drawing   2 

EDIN  122— Woodworking  II     3 

EDIN  134 — Graphic  Communications   3 

Total    18  17 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements    6  6 

RHYS  1 1 1  or  1 12— Elements  of  Physics    3 

EDIN  127— Elec-Electronics  I    3 

EDIN  233 — Fundamentals  of  Power  Technology    3 

EDIN  241 — Architectural  Drawing    2 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics    3 

MATH  1 10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics    3 

EDIN  227 — Applications  of  Electronics  II     3 

EDIN  223— Arc  and  Gas  Welding  1 

EDIN  210— Foundry    1^ 

Total    17  17 

\ 
Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level)     3  6 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

EDIN  226 — General  Metal-Working  Processes     3 

EDIN  Elective  (Laboratory)    3 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

EDIN  31 1— Lab  Practicum  in  Industrial  Arts   ,3 

EDIN  450— Training  Aids  Development    3 

Total    15  15 

Senior  Year 

EDIN  340 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation     3 

EDIN  347 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    8 

EDSE  330 — Principles  &  Methods  of  Secondary  Education   ....  3 

EDIN  464 — Shop  Organization  and  Management     3 

EDIN  Elective    6 

EDIN  466 — Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts 3 

ENGL  391  or  393    3 

Total    14  15 


Vocational-Technical  Education.  The  vocational-technical  cun-iculum  is  a 
lour-year  program  of  studies  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
education.  It  is  intended  to  develop  the  necessary  competencies  for  the 
effective  performance  of  the  tasks  ol  a  vocational  teacher.  In  addition  to 
establishing  the  adequacy  of  the  student's  skills  in  a  particular  trade  and  the 
development  of  instructional  efficiency,  the  curriculum  aims  at  the  professional 
and  cultural  development  of  the  individual.  Courses  are  included  which  would 
enrich  the  person's  scientific,  economic,  psychological  and  sociological 
understandings.  The  vocational-certification  courses  for  the  Stale  of  Maryland 
are  a  part  of  the  curriculum  requirements 

Persons  pursuing  this  curriculum  must  present  documentary  evidence  of 
having  an  apprenticeship  or  comparable  learning  period  and 
journeyman-experience.  This  evidence  of  background  and  training  is  necessary 
in  order  that  the  trade  examination  phase  of  the  curriculum  may  be 
accomplished. 

Persons  having  completed  the  necessary  certification  courses  prior  to 
working  on  the  degree  program  may  use  such  courses  toward  meeting 
graduation  requirements  However,  after  certification  course  requirements  have 
been  met,  persons  continuing  studies  toward  a  degree  must  take  courses  in 
line  with  the  curriculum  plan  and  University  regulations.  For  example,  junior 
level  courses  may  not  be  taken  until  the  student  has  reached  full  junior 
standing. 


Freshman  Year 

General  University  Requirements    

SPCH  100— Basic  Pnnciples  of  Speech  Communication 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  ol  Economics 

EDIN  112— Technical  Calculations 

MATH  110 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  or 

MATH  105— Fundamentals  of  Mathematics    

Total    


Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 

Physical  Sciences   

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology  ,  . 
CHEM  103  or  equivalent  College  Chemistry  I 
EDIN  Elective  (Laboratory)    

Total    

Trade  Examination    


Junior  Year 

EDIN  450— Training  Aids 

EDIN  465 — Modern  Industry    

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    

EDIN  462 — Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction    , 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level)     

EDIN  471— Principles  and  History  of  Vocational  Education    . , 

EDIN  357— Tests  and  Measurements     

ENGL  391  or  393    

Total    

Senior  Year 

EDIN  350— Methods  of  Teaching    

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 

EDIN  347— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools*    

EDIN  Electives  (Professional)    

EDSF  301— Social  Foundations  of  Education     

EDIN  464 — Shop  Organization  and  Management     

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level)     

Total    


Student  Teaching    Requirement   in   Vocational    Education.    Persons 

currently  teaching  in  the  secondary  schools  with  three  or  more  years  of 
satisfactory  experience  at  that  level  are  not  required  to  take  EDIN 
347— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools.  Evidence  of  satisfactory 
teaching  experience  shall  be  presented  in  the  form  of  written  statements  from 
the  principal  area  supervisor  and  department  head  in  the  school  where  such 
teaching  is  done.  Instead  of  the  eight  credits  required  for  student  teaching,  the 
individual  meeting  the  above  qualifications  will  have  eight  additional  semester 
hours  of  elective  credits. 

Elective  Credits.  Courses  in  history  and  philosophy  of  education,  sociology, 
speech,  psychology,  economics,  business  administration  and  other  allied  areas 
may  be  taken  with  the  permission  of  the  student's  advisor. 

Elective  courses  in  the  technical  area  (shop  and  drawing)  will  be  limited  to 
courses  and  subjects  not  covered  in  the  trade  training  experience.  Courses 
dealing  with  advanced  technology  and  recent  improvements  in  field  practices 
will  be  acceptable, 

Vocational-Industrial  Certification.  To  liecome  certified  as  a  trade  industrial 
and  service  occupations  teacher  in  the  State  of  Maryland  a  person  must 
successfully  complete  18  credit  hours  of  instruction. 

The  following  courses  must  be  included  in  the  18  credit  hours  of  instruction: 

EDIN  350— Methods  of  Teaching  (3) 

EDIN  464 — Laboratory  Organization  and  Management  (3) 

EDIN  457— Tests  and  Measurements  (3) 

EDIN  462 — Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction  (3) 

The  remainder  of  the  credit  hours  shall  be  met  through  the  election  of  any  two 

of  the  following  seven  courses: 
EDIN  41 1 — Mental  Hygiene  in  the  Classroom  (3) 
EDIN  450 — Training  Aids  Development  (3) 
EDIN  461 — Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance  (3) 
EDIN  465— Modern  Industry  (3) 
EDIN  467— Problems  in  Occupational  Education  (3) 
EDIN  471 — History  and  Principles  of  Vocational  Education  (3) 
EDIN  499D — Workshop  in  Vocational  Education  (3) 
Additional  Options  are: 

EDHD  300— Human  Growth  and  Development  (6) 
or  PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology  (3) 
and  EDHD  360— Educational  Psychology  (3) 

A  person  in  Vocational-Industrial  Education  may  use  his  or  her  certification 
courses  toward  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  In  doing  so  the  general 
requirements  of  the  University  and  the  college  must  be  met,  A  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  earned  through  examination  in  the  trade  in 


92     College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


which  the  student  has  competence  Prior  to  taking  the  examination,  the  student 
shall  provide  documentary  evidence  of  his  or  her  apprenticeship  or  learning 
period  and  journeyman  experience.  For  further  information  about  credit  by 
examination  refer  to  the  academic  regulations 

Industrial  Technology.  The  Industrial  Technology  curriculum  is  a  four-year 
program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  The  purpose  of  the  program 
is  to  prepare  persons  for  jobs  within  industry  and,  as  such,  it  embraces  four 
major  areas  of  competence:  (a)  technical  competence;  (b)  human  relations  and 
leadership  competence;  (c)  communications  competence;  and  (d)  social  and 
civic  competence. 

Ser77esfef 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements    6  6 

CHEM  102^Chemislry  of  lean's  Environment  or 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    4 

SPCH  107 — Technical  Speech  Communication    3 

MATH  1 10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I 

MATH  1 15 — Introductory  Analysis     3 

EDIN  1 12— Technical  Calculations  or  EDIN  Elective    3 

EDIN  101— Mechanical  Drawing  I     2 

EDIN  1 21— Mechanical  Drawing  II    2 

EDIN  210— Foundry    ' 1 

EDIN  223— Arc  and  Gas  Welding  1 

Total    15         16 

Sophorrtore  Year 

General  University  Requirements    6  3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics    3 

MATH  1 1 1 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or 

MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus  I     3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics    4 

CMSC  103 — Intro  to  Computing  for  Non-Majors  or 
CMSC  110 — Introductory  Computer  Programming  or 
IFSM  202 — Information  Systems  Implem.  Methods  or 

IFSM  401 — Electronic  Data  Processing    3 

EDIN  262— Basic  Metal  Machining    3 

EDIN  291— Introduction  to  Plastics  Technology    3 

Total    15  16 

Summer  Session 

EDIN  184 — Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experience     3 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (Upper  Level)     3 

ENGL  391— Advanced  Composition  or 

ENGL  393— Technical  Writing     3 

PSYC  361— Industrial  Psychology    3 

BMGT  360 — Personnel  Management    3 

EDIN  127 — Fundamentals  of  Electricity  Electronics    3 

EDIN  226 — Fundamental  Metalworking  Processess  or 
EDIN  233 — Fundamentals  of  Power  Technology  or 

EDIN  234 — Graphic  Communications   3 

EDIN  425 — Industrial  Training  in  Industry  I     3 

EDIN  443— Industrial  Safety  Education  I     2 

EDIN  444— Industnal  Safety  Education  II    2 

EDIN  465 — Modem  Industry   3 

Area  of  Concentration  (approved  electives)    3 

Total    14         17 

Summer  Session 

EDIN  324 — Organized  &  Supen/ised  Work  Experience    3 

Senior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (Upper  Level)     3  3 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations    3 

BMGT  385 — Production  Management  or  App  BMGT  Elect.     .  .  3 

Industrial  Technology  Elective  (Upper  Level)    3  2 

Area  of  Concentration  (approved  electives)    6  6 

Total    15  14 

Further    information    on   option   courses    Is   available    in   tlie    Industrial 
Education  Department. 
Course  CoOe  Prolix— EDIN 

Measurement  and  Statistics 

Professor  and  Cttairman:  Lissitz 

Professors:  Dayton.  Giblette.  Stunkard 

Associate  Professors:  Johnson,  Macready,  Schafer,  Sedlecek 

Assistant  Professors:  Bourque.  Coulson 


For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates.  Programs  available  in  the 
Department  of  Measurement  and  Statistics  lead  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree 
(thesis  or  non-thesis  option)  and  to  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree.  The 
master's  level  program  is  designed  to  provide  individuals  with  the  necessary 
skills  to  serve  as  research  associates  in  various  fields  and  to  provide  test 
administration,  scoring,  and  interpretation  services.  The  doctoral  major  program 
IS  intended  primarily  to  produce  individuals  qualified  to  leach  courses  at  ttra 
college  level  in  educational  measurement,  statistics,  and  evaluation,  advise  in 
the  conduct  of  research  studies;  and  serve  as  measurement,  evaluation,  or 
research  design  specialists  in  school  systems,  industry,  and  government  At  the 
doctoral  level,  a  student  may  choose  a  specialty  within  one  of  three  areas: 
applied  measurement,  applied  statistics,  and  education  evaluation 

Persons  interested   in   majoring   in  the  department   must  display  abov9 
average   aptitude   and   interest   in   quantitative    methods   as   applied   In   the 
behavioral  sciences. 
Course  Code  Prelix— EDMS 

Secondary  Education 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairman:  Yff  (acting) 

Art  Education — 

Professor:  Lembach 

Associate  Professors:  Craig,  Longley,  McWhinnie 

Business  Education— 

Associate  Professors:  Anderson,  Peters 

Assistant  Professor:  Ferran 

Instnjctor:  Vignone 

Lecturer:  Adams 

Distributive  Education— 

Associate  Professor:  Anderson 

English  Education — 

Affiliated  Assistant  Professor:  McDevitt 

Assistant  Professor:  James 

Foreign  Language  Education — 

Associate  Professors:  DeLorenzo,  Hancock 

Home  Economics  Education — 

Assistant  Professor:  Cooney 

Instructor:  Straw 

Library  Science  Education — 

Instructor:  Hildebrandt 

Mathematics  Education — 

Professor:  Mayor 

Associate  Professors:  Davidson,  Fey.  Henkelman 

Assistant  Professor:  Cole 

Music  Education — 

Professor:  Folstnjm 

Assistant  Professors:  Shelley,  Lenz,  Miller 

Physical  Education  (Men>— 

Assistant  Professor:  Vaccaro 

Physical  Education  (Women) — 

Assistant  Professor:  Craft 

Reading  Education — 

Associate  Professor:  Brigham,  Davey 

Science  Education — 

Professor:  Lockard 

Associate  Professors:  Layman,  Heikkinen,  Ridky,  Wheatley  ,  Wright 

Social  Studies  Education — 

Professor:  Campbell 

Associate  Professors:  Adkins,  Cirrincione.  Fan'ell,  Funaro,  Ruchkin 

Speech  Education — 

Associate  Professor:  Carr 

Assistant  Professor:  McCaleb 

Secondary  Education.  The  Department  of  Secondary  Education  is  concerned 
with  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  middle  schools,  junior  high  schools,  and 
senior  high  schools  in  the  following  areas:  art.  distnbutive  education.  English. 
foreign  languages,  general  business,  home  economics,  library  science. 
mathematics,  music,  secretarial  education,  science,  social  studies,  and  speech 
and  drama 

In  the  areas  of  art.  music,  and  library  science,  teachers  are  prepared  to 
teach  in  both  elementary  and  secondary  schools  Majors  in  physical  education 
and  agriculture  are  offered  in  the  College  of  Physical  Education.  Recreation, 
and  Health  and  the  College  of  Agriculture  in  cooperation  with  the  College  ol 
Education  Majors  In  reading  are  offered  only  at  the  graduate  level,  requmng  a 
bachelor  s  degree,  certification,  and  at  least  two  years  ol  successful  teaching 
experience  as  prerequisites 

All  students  wtio  pursue  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  secondary 
education  are  required  to  complete  two  years  (12  semester  hours)  or  the 
equivalent  of  a  foreign  language  on  {he  college  level  II  a  student  has  had 
three  years  ol  one  foreign  language  or  two  years  of  each  of  two  foreign 
lar>guages  as  recorded  on  his  or  her  high  school  transcnpts.  t>e  or  she  is  not 
required  to  take  any  foreign  languages  in  the  college,  although  he  or  she  may 
elect  to  do  so 

If  a  student  is  not  exempt  from  the  foreign  language  requirements,  he  or 
she  must  complete  courses  through  the  104  level  of  a  modem  language  or  204 


College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     93 


level  ol  a  classical  language 

In  the  modern  languages — French.  German,  and  Spanish — the  student 
should  take  the  placement  test  in  the  language  in  which  he  or  she  has  had 
work  it  he  or  she  wishes  to  continue  the  same  language,  his  or  her  language 
instruction  would  start  at  the  level  indicated  by  the  test  With  classical 
languages,  the  student  would  start  at  the  level  indicated  in  the  catalog 

For  students  who  come  under  the  provisions  above,  the  placement  lest 
may  also  serve  as  a  proficiency  test  and  may  be  taken  by  a  student  any  time 
(once  a  semester)  to  try  to  fulfill  the  language  requirement 

Students  who  have  studied  languages  other  than  French.  German,  or 
Spanish,  or  who  have  lived  for  two  or  more  years  in  a  foreign  country  where  a 
language  other  than  English  prevails,  shall  tie  placed  by  the  chairman  of  the 
respective  language  section,  if  feasible,  or  by  the  chairmen  of  the  foreign 
language  departments  Native  speakers  of  a  foreign  language  shall  satisfy  the 
foreign  language  requirements  by  taking  12  semester  hours  of  English 

All  students  who  elect  the  secondary  education  curriculum  will  fulfill  the 
preceding  general  requirements  and  also  prepare  to  teach  one  or  more  school 
subjects  which  will  involve  meeting  specific  requirements  in  particular  subject 
matter  fields 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  offered  in  the  teaching  fields  of  art.  English, 
foreign  languages,  mathematics,  social  studies,  and  speech  and  drama  The 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  art.  distributive  education,  general 
business,  home  economics,  library  science,  mathematics,  music,  science, 
secretarial  education,  social  studies  and  speech  and  drama 

The  student  teaching  semester  is  a  full-time  commitment  and  interference 
with  this  commitment  because  of  employment  is  not  permitted. 

Living  arrangements,  including  transportation  for  the  student  teaching 
assignments,  are  considered  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Students  must  have  completed  EDHD  300,  EDSE  330.  and  most  of  their 
other  major  requirements  In  addition,  students  must  have  completed  the 
specific  methods  course  for  their  subject  area  (or  m  some  programs,  be 
concurrently  enrolled)  Consult  your  advisor  for  help  in  planning  your  schedule 
in  this  regard. 

Art  Education.  Students  in  art  education  may  select  one  of  three  programs; 
elementary  (K-6).  secondary  (6-12).  or  dual  (K-12)  Art  Education  The  three 
programs  are  shown  below. 

Elementary  Art  Education  (K-6) 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  It 

General  University  Requirements    6  8 

ARTH  100— Introduction  to  Art    3 

ARTS  1 1 0— Drawing  I     3 

ARTS  100— Design  I  or  APDS  101  or  ARTE  100     3 

SPCH  1CX) — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communications  or 

125  or  220     3 

Elective    3  3 

Total    15  15 

Sophomore  Year 

EDSE  260— Introduction  to  Art  Education*   '.  3 

General  University  Requirements    6           3 

ARTH  260  and  261— Art  History  3           3 

ARTS  220— Painting  I    3 

EDIN  273— Practicum-Ceramics     3 

Elective    3           3 

Total    15  15 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

General  University  Requirements    3  6 

ARTS  330— Sculpture  3 

EDSE  471— Practicum  in  Art  Education-2D   3 

Electives    •. .         3 

ARTS  340— Printmaking   3 

ARTS  200  or 

EDSE  472— Practicum-3D    3 

Total    15  15 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

EDSE  470— Teaching  of  Art  Criticism 3 

Electives    ' 6 

EDIN  106— Practicum-Crafts    3 

EDEL  412— Art  in  the  Elementary  School     '. 3 

Education  Elective     3 

EDEL  41 1— The  Child  and  Cun-iculum  or  EDEL  322    3 

EDEL  337 — Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schools — Art    ....  8 

Total    15  17 

'    Admission  to  Teacher  Education  processed  in  this  course.  Fall  only. 


Secondary  Art  Education  (6-12) 


Freshman  Year 

General  University  Requirements 

SPCH  1 00 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Ck)mmunicalions  or 

125  or  220     : 

ARTH  100— Introduction  to  Art    

ARTS  too— Design  I  or  APDS  100  Of  ARTE  100 

ARTS  1 10— Drawing  I       

Foreign  Language'    or  electives    

ARTS  200  or  EDSE  472  PracticurT>-3D    

Electives    

Total    


Semester 

Credit  Hours 


■    Required  toretgn  language  credit.  2  years  or  equivaienl 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements    

EDSE  260— Introduction  to  Art  Education"   

Foreign  Language  or  Electives   

ARTH  260.  261— Art  History   

ARTS  220— Painting  I   

ARTS  2 10— Drawing  II 

Total    


Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements    

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning 

ARTS  340— Printmaking  I   

ARTS  330— Sculpture  I     

Electives    

EDSE  471— Practicum  In  Art  Education-2D   

Total    


Senior  Year 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education   

EDIN  106— Practicum-Crafts    ■ 

EDIN  273— Practicum-Ceramics     

EDSE  470— Teaching  of  An  Cnticism     

EDSE  340 — Curriculum.  Instruction.  Observation  in  Art    

Education  Elective     

EDSE  330— Principles  and  (Methods  in  Secondary  Educatbn 
EDSE  360 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    

Total    

'    Admission  to  Teacher  Education  processed  in  this  course. 

Dual  K  through  12  Art  Education  (K-12) 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year  I 

General  University  Requirements    6 

ARTH  100— Introduction  to  Art    3 

ARTH  260— Art  History   

ARTS  100— Design  I     '. . .  3 

ARTS  1 1 0— Drawing  I     3 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 
or  220    

Total    15 

Soptiomore  Year 

EDSE  260— Introduction  to  Art  Education*   3 

General  University  Requirements 3 

EDIN  273 — Practicum-Ceramics     3 

ARTH  261— Art  History   3 

ARTS  220— Painting  I   

EDIN  106— Practicurrv-Crafts    

Elective    ; .  3 

ARTS  200— Design  II  or  EDSE  472— Practicuit>-3D    

Total    15 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements    6 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

ARTS  300— Sculpture   3 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Educatkjn    

Electives    

ARTS  340 — Printmaking    

EDSE  470— Teaching  of  Art  Criticism     

Total    15 

Senior  Year 

EDEL  41 1— The  Child  and  Cumculum 3 

EDEL  412— Art  in  the  Elementary  School     3 

EDEL  337 — Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schools-Art    

EDSE  340 — Curriculum.  Instruction  and  Obsenration  in  Art    ,  .  .  .  3 


94     College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  in  Secondary  Education    .  3 

EDSE  360 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools-Art    6 

EDSE  471— Practicum  in  Art  Education-2D  3 

Total    12          15 


Business  Education.  Three  curricula  are  offered  for  preparation  of  teachers 
of  business  subjects  The  General  Business  Education  curriculum  qualifies  for 
teaching  all  business  subjects  except  shorthand.  Providing  thorough  training  in 
general  business,  including  economics,  this  curriculum  leads  to  teaching 
positions  on  both  junior  and  senior  high  school  levels 

The  Secretarial  Education  curriculum  is  adapted  to  the  needs  of  those  who 
wish  to  become  teachers  of  shorthand  as  well  as  other  business  subjects 

The  Distributive  Education  curnculum  prepares  students  for  vocational 
teaching  requirements  in  cooperative  marketing  and  merchandising  programs. 


General  Business  Education 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year  I 

General  University  Requirements    9 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 

or  220    

BMGT  110 — Elements  of  Business  Enterprise    

IvIATH  110,  11 1 — Introduction  to  Mathematics    3 

EDSE  100,  101 — Principles  of  Typewriting  and  Intermediate 

Typewriting    2 

Total 14 

Sophorrmre  Year 

General  University  Requirements    3 

ECON  105 — Economic  Developments    

ECON  201 ,  203— Principles  of  Economics   3 

EDSE  200— Office  Typewriting  Problems   2 

Business  Electives     3 

.  EDSE  201— Survey  of  Office  Machines    2 

BMGT  220,  221— Principles  of  Accounting   3 

GEOG  203 — Introductory  Economic  Geography     

Total    16 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

IFSM  401 — Electronic  Data  Processing    

BMGT  350 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  3 

BMGT  380— Business  Law   

Elective  300  or  400  level  course  in  Economics     

General  University  Requirements    '3 

Business  Electives     6 

Total   18 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

IFSM  402 — Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications    3 

EDSE  341 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and 

Observation — Business  Subjects'  3 

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    .  3 

EDSE  300 — Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills"       

EDSE  361 — Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools    

EDSE  415 — Financial  and  Economic  Education   3 

EDSE  416 — Financial  and  Economic  Education   

Total    15 

■    Fall  only 
•*     Sfmng  only 

Distributive  Education 


Somesfer 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year  I 

General  University  Requirements    9 

BMGT  110 — Business  Enterprise    3 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 

or  220 

ECON  201 — Principles  of  Ecorromics   3 

ECON  203 — Principles  of  Economics   

Total    15 

Sophomore  Year 

BMGT  220 — Principles  of  Accounting  3 

BMGT  221 — Principles  of  Accounting 

Business  Electives    9 

General  University  Requirements    3 

Total    15 


Junior  Year 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

BMGT  354 — Promotion  Management    3 

BMGT  351 — Mart<eling  Management    3 

BMGT  360— Personnel  Management  I   3 

BMGT  353— Retailing    

BMGT  380— Business  Law   

EDSE  423C— Field  Experience— OE     

General  University  Requirements  (Upper  Division) 3 

Total    18 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

EDSE  420 — Organization  and  Coordination  of  Distritxjtive 

Education  Programs" 3 

BMGT  455 — Sales  Management     3 

EDSE  343 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation"    

EDSE  330 — Pnnciples  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 

EDSE  363 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    

Business  Electives    6 

Total    15 

■    Fall  only.  « 

"    S()rins  only. 

Secretarial  Education 


Freshman  Year 

General  University  Requirements    

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 

or  220    

EDSE  100— Principles  of  Typewriting  (it  exempt,  BMGT  110)    . 

EDSE  101— Intermediate  Typewriting   

EDSE  102,  103— Pnnciples  of  Shorthand  1.  II     

General  University  Requirements   

Total    

Sophomore  Year 

Business  Electives    

BMGT  220,  221— Principles  of  Accounting   

ECON  201 ,  203— Pnnciples  of  Economics   

EDSE  200— Office  Typewnting  Problems   

EDSE  201— Survey  of  Office  Machines    

EDSE  204 — Advanced  Shorthand  and  Transcription    

EDSE  205 — Problems  in  Transcription   

Total    

Junior  Year 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    

EDSE  304 — Administrative  Secretarial  Pnjcedures"   

BMGT  380— Business  Law   

Electives    

IFSM  401 — Electronic  Data  Processing    

Elective  in  General  University  Requirements  (Upper  Division)    . 

Total    

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    

EDSE  305— Secretarial  Office  Practice     

EDSE  300— Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills"   

EDSE  341 — Curnculum,  Instruction  and 

Observation — Business  Subjects'   

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    . 

EDSE  361— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    

Electives— 300  or  400  Level   

Total    

'     Fall  only. 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


The  Dance  Education  program  hat  been  suspended  and  no  naw  studants 
are  being  accepted. 

English  Education.  A  major  in  English  202  requires  45  senoester  hours  as 
follows;  ENGL  201  or  202;  21 1  or  212:  481 ;  403  or  404  or  405,  or  221  or  222. 
482:  493:  three  hours  each  in  a  type,  and  perKxl,  9  hours  electives  Related 
FiekJs  SPCH  100  and  240 

Sotitostef 
CreM  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

Ger>eral  University  Requirements    12  6 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communlcalion  or  12S 

or  220  3 

Foreign  Language  3  3 


College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     95 


Elective   

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writing  or 
ENGL  171— Honors  Composition    .  .  . 

Total    .... 


Sophomore  Year 
General  University  Requirements 
ENGL  201  or  202— World  Literature 
SPCH  240— Oral  Interpretation     .  .  , 

Foreign  Language     

Elective    

ENGL— (type)      

ENGL— (period)     

ENGL  21 1  or  212  English  Literature 

Total    


Junior  Year 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education    

EDSE  330 — Pnnciples  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 

EDSE  288 — Field  Expenence  (optional)    

ENGL  221  or  222  American  Literature    

ENGL  403.  404,  or  405  Shakespeare     

ENGL  481 — Introduction  to  English  Grammar    

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level)     

ENGL  482 — History  of  the  English  Language  

ENGL  Elective     

Total    


Senior  Year 

EDSE  356 — Field  Experience  in  English  Teaching  

EDSE  344 — Curriculum  Instruction  and  Otiservation — English 
EDSE  453 — The  Teaching  of  Reading  in  the  Secondary 

School   

EDSE  364 — Student  Teaching— English     

EDSE  357 — Seminar  in  English  Teaching    

ENGL  493 — Advanced  Expository  Writing     

ENGL  Electives 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level)     

Total    


12 


Foreign  Language  Education.  The  Foreign  Language  Education  curriculum 
IS  designed  for  prospective  foreign  language  teachers  in  secondary  schools. 
The  current  focus  is  on  Spanish,  French  and  German.  Students  seeking 
certification  in  the  areas  of  Hebrew,  Italian.  Latin,  Portuguese  or  Russian  must 
apply  for  certification  through  a  "Credit  Count"  procedure  rather  than  a 
depanmental  "Approved  Program".  Further  information  can  be  obtained  through 
a  foreign  language  education  advisor  in  the  office  of  Secondary  Education. 

A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  in  a  foreign  language  plus  12  hours  of 
electives  in  a  related  area  for  a  total  of  42  hours  is  required.  The  foreign 
language  education  advisor  must  approve  the  12  hours  of  "related  area"  credit. 
The  following  requirements  must  be  met  within  the  30  required  hours:  one  year 
of  advanced  conversation,  one  year  of  advanced  grammar  and  composition, 
one  year  of  survey  of  literature,  one  year  of  advanced  literature  (400  level)  and 
one  semester  of  advanced  civilization  (300  or  400  level)  Equivalents  to  the 
above  must  be  approved  by  the  appropriate  education  advisor. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements    9  6 

SPCH  100,  125,  or  220  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication    3 

Intermediate  Foreign  Language  (or  appropriate  level  as 

determined  by  placement  exam)     3  3 

Electives'     3  3 

Total    15  15 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements    3  3 

Foreign  Language — Grammar  and  Composition 3  3 

Foreign  Language — Survey  of  Literature    3  3 

Foreign  Language — Advanced  Conversation    3  3 

Electives*     3  3 

Total    15  15 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level)     6 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

Foreign  Language — Literature  (400  level)     3  3 

Foreign  Language — Civilization     3 

Electives  in  Foreign  Language  or  Related  Area  (i  e.,  advanced 

language  courses,  second  language, 

introduction  to  Linguistics,  Cultural 

Anthropology,  Historic  Geography  of  the 


Hispanic  World,  etc  )*    3  3 

Foreign  Language  or  English  Applied  Linguistics  3 

Total    .  15  15 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301— Foundations  ol  Education  3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  f^elhods  ol  Secondary  Education    .  3 

EDSE  333— Seminar  in  Student  Teaching    3 

EDSE  345 — Curriculum  Observation"  3 

EDSE  365 — Student  Teaching  m  the  Secondary  Schools  8 

Elective  from  400-level  courses  in  foreign  language  education 
See  appropriate  education  ares  advisor  for  list 

ol  current  offenngs 3 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) 3 

Electives'     6 

Total    17  15 

*  Foreign  Language  Educatk>n  majors  and  Arts  and  Humanities  cerlirication  students  are 
strongly  advised  to  elect  courses  which  will  enhance  their  professional  preparation  (le., 
EDSE  288A,  EDSE  413,  EDSE  461.  etc.).  as  well  as  those  which  will  lead  to  a  second  area 
ol  concentration  (le.,  a  second  loreign  language,  teaching  English  to  speakers  of  other 
languages,  English,  social  studies,  etc  ).  Students  who  plan  to  teach  a  foreign  language 
must  contact  an  education  advisor  dunng  the  freshman  year  in  order  to  plan  an  integrated 
program  ol  specialized  professional  and  liberal  education 
"    Must  be  taken  concurrently  with  student  teaching 

Home  Economics  Education.  The  Home  Economics  Education  curriculum  is 
designed  lor  students  who  are  preparing  to  teach  home  economics  It  includes 
study  of  each  area  of  home  economics  and  the  supporting  disciplines.  Fifteen 
hours  ol  the  total  curriculum  include  an  area  of  concentration  which  must  be 
unified  in  content  and  which  will  be  chosen  by  the  student ' 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

FMCD  105 — The  Individual  in  the  Family    3 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communications  or 
SPCH  107— Technical  Speech  Communication 
or  SPCH  125 — Introduction  to  Interpersonal 

Communication    3 

TEXT  150 — Introduction  to  Textile  Materials     3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition     3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

APDS  101B — Fundamentals  ol  Design     3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology    3 

TEXT  221— Apparel  I    3 

General  University  Requirements    9 

Total    15  18 

Sophomore  Year 

FMCD  250 — Decision-Making  in  Family  Living   3 

HSAD  240 — Design  and  Furnishings  in  the  Home    3 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I  or  CHEM  1 02— Chemistry  of 

Mans  Environment    4 

FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Family  or  EDHD  411— Child 

Growth  and  Development    3 

EDSE  210 — Bases  for  Curriculum  Decisions  in  Home 

Economics     3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics    3 

FOOD  200— Scientific  Principles  of  Food   3 

General  University  Requirements    12 

Total    16  18 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Leaming    6 

FMCD  341— Personal  and  Family  Finance  or  FMCD  443 

Consumer  Problems  or  FMCD  280— The 

Household  as  an  Ecosystem     3 

EDSE  425 — Curriculum  Development  in  Home  Economics    ....  3 

EDSE  380— Field  Experience  in  Child  Development  Lab   1 

General  University  Requirements    3 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology  or  MICR  200— General 

Microbiology    4 

FMCD  260— Interpersonal  Life  Styles  or  SOCY  443— The 

Family  and  Society    3 

Area  of  Concentration   6 

General  University  Requirements    3 

Total    16  16 

Senior  Year 

FMCD  344 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Management 

(offered  fall  only)  or  FMCD  343— Applied  Home 

Management  ottered  spring  only)    3 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    .  ^ 3 

Area  of  Concentration   6 

General  University  Requirements    3 


96     College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  o(  Secondary  Education  3 

EDSE  347 — Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Oljservation — Home 

Economics     3 

EDSE  370 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools — Home 

Economics     8 

Total    15  14 

Total  Credits   128 

*    Area  of  Concentration:  15  semester  hours. 

A)  Including  maximum  of  two  home  economics  courses  In  applied  area,  with  the  remainder  of 
the  tS  hours  In  supporting  behavioral,  physical  and  biological  sciences,  philosophy, 
geography,  and  history.   B)  Ot  the  15  hours,  nine  must  be  upper  divisional  courses. 


Library  Science  Education.  All  students  anticipating  work  in  library  science 
education  should  consult  with  advisors  in  this  area  at  the  beginning  ol  the 
sophomore  year  Students  enrolled  in  this  curriculum  will  pursue  a  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree  with  an  area  o(  concentration  of  36  hours  in  one  of  the  following: 
Arts  and  Humanities,  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences,  or  Mathematics  and 
Science.  Students  may  concentrate  in  a  subject  area  subsumed  under  one  of 
these  fields,  or  they  may  choose  a  broad  spectnjm  of  courses  in  one  of  the 
areas  under  the  guidance  of  their  advisors.  The  minor  of  18  hours  will  be 
library  science  education.  Students  in  library  science  education  will  complete 
eight  semester  hours  in  directed  library  experience  as  their  student  teaching 
requirement.  It  will  involve  two  and  a  half  days  per  week,  for  16  weeks  This 
period  will  be  divided  into  two  sections,  with  eight  weeks  each  in  a  secondary 
and  elementary  school  A  concurrent  seminar  will  also  be  a  part  of  this 
experience.  Students  completing  this  curriculum  will  be  eligible  for  certification 
as  an  Educational  Media  Associate.  Level  I,  and  will  qualify  to  work  in  school 
media  centers  under  the  supervision  of  a  Media  Generalist,  Level  II 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year 

General  University  Requirements    

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 

or  220    

Electives    

Area  of  Concentration  

Total    


Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements    

Electives    

Area  of  Concentration   

LBSC  331 -Intro  to  Educational  Media  Services* 

Total    

'    Prerequisite  to  Library  Science  courses 


Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (300  and  above  level) 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    

LBSC  381 — Basic  Reference  and  Information  Sources    , 
LBSC  382 — Cataloging  and  Classification  of  Materials 
LBSC  383— Library  Materials  for  Children  and  Youth. 
EDEL  322 — Curriculum  and  Instruction — Elementary   .  ,  . 

EDAD  441 — Graphic  Materials  for  Instnjction  

Area  of  Concentration   

Total    

Senior  Year 

Area  of  Concentration   

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    

LBSC  384 — Medi£(  Center  Administration  and  Services 
EDSE  385— Student  Teaching  in  School  Media 

Centers — Elementary    

EDSE  355 — Student  Teaching  in  School  Media 

Centers — Secondary   

Total    


Mathematics  Education.  A  major  in  mathematics  education  requires  the 
completion  of  MATH  241  or  its  equivalent,  and  a  minimum  of  15  semester 
hours  of  matfiematics  at  the  400  level  (excluding  MATH  490):  400  level 
courses  beyond  those  prescribed  (402  or  403,  430  or  431)  should  be  selected 
in  consultation  with  the  mathematics  education  advisor  The  mathematics 
education  major  must  be  supported  by  one  ol  the  following  science  sequences: 
CHEM  103  and  104,  or  105  and  106;  PHYS  221  and  222,  or  161  and  262,  or 
191  and  192,  or  141  and  142:  BOTN  101  and  three  additional  hours  in  BOTN 
courses:  ZOOL  101  and  three  additional  hours  in  ZOOL  courses;  ASTR  180 
and  110  and  three  additional  hours  in  ASTR  (none  of  which  include  ASTR  1 00 
or  105).  Also  a  CMSC  110  is  required.  The  foltowing  sample  program  is  one 
way  to  fulfill  requirements 


Freshman  Year 

SPCH  too — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 

or  220    

MATH  140,  141— Analysis  I,  II    

Science  Requirement    

General  University  Requirements   

Total    

Sophomore  Year 

MATH  240.  241— Linear  Algebra.  Analysis  III     

General  University  Requirements    

CMSC  1 10— Introductory  Computer  Programming   

Electives    

Total    

Junior  Year 

MATH  430 — Geometric  Transformations  or 

MATH  431 — Foundations  of  Geometry   

MATH  402 — Algebraic  Structures  or 

MATH  403 — Introduction  to  Abstract  Algebra    

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    

Mathematics  Electives  (400  level)     

General  University  Requirements    

Elective    


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


3-5 
3 


Total    

Ser7(0f  Year 

Mathematics  Electives  (400  level)     

EDSE  350 — Curriculum,  instruction.  Observation  (Mathematics) 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education    

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    . 
EDSE  372— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  School 

Mathematics    

EDSE  489 — Reld  Experiences    

Electives    

Total    


14 


Music  Education.  The  curriculum  in  music  leads  to  a  Bachekjr  of  Science 
degree  in  education  with  a  major  in  music  education  It  is  planned  to  meet  the 
demand  for  specialists,  supen/isors  and  resource  teachers  in  music  in  the 
schools.  The  program  provides  training  in  the  teaching  of  generaI'musi&ctKjral 
and  instrumental  music  and  leads  to  certification  to  teach  music  at  both 
elementary  and  secondary  school  levels  in  Maryland  and  most  other  states 
There  are  two  options  The  generalmusic/choral  option  is  for  students  whose 
principal  instrument  is  voice  or  piano;  the  instrumental  option  is  for  students 
whose  principal  instrument  is  an  orchestral  or  band  instrument 

All  students  teach  and  are  carefully  observed  in  clinical  settings  by 
members  of  the  Music  Education  faculty.  This  is  intended  to  insure  ttie 
maximum  development  and  growth  of  each  students  professional  and  personal 
competencies.  Each  student  is  assigned  to  an  advisor  whio  gukJes  him  or  t>er 
through  the  various  stages  of  advancement  in  the  program  of  music  and  music 
education. 

Instrumental  Option 


Freshman  Year 

MUSP  109,  110— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument) 

MUSC  150,  151— Theory  of  Music   

MUSC  102,  103— Class  Piano    

MUSC  116.  117— Study  of  Instniments    

Speech  Requirement     

General  University  Studies'     

MUED  197— Pre-Professional  Experience    

MUSC  229— Major  Ensemble   


Semester 

Credit  Hours 

2 

2 

3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

6 

6 

Total    

Sophomore  Year 

MUSP  207,  208 — Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument) 

MUSC  250.  251 — Advanced  Theory  ol  Music     

MUSC  113.  121— Class  Study  of  Instnjments     

MUSC  230— History  of  Music    

General  University  Studies    

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning    

MUSC  229— Major  Ensemble  , 

Tb(a/    '. 

Junior  Year 

MUSP  405.  406— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument) 

MUSC  490.  491— Conducting   

MUSC  120.  114 — Class  Study  of  Instruments     

MUED  470— General  Concepts  for  Teaching  Music   .  .  . 
MUED  411— Instnjmental  Music:  Elementary   


College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     97 


MUED  420 — Instrumental  Music:  Secondary    

General  University  Studies    3 

MUSC  229— Maior  Ensemble    1 

MUED  410— Instrumental  Arranging   

MUED  330.  331— History  of  Music    3 

Total    17 

Senior  Year 

MUSP  409— Applied  Music  (Prinripal  Instrument)    2 

EDSE  373.  EDEL  335— Student  Teaching    

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    

EDSE  330— Pnncples  and  Methods  ol  Secondary  Education  3 

General  University  Studies    6 

MUSC  229— Major  Ensemble   1 

Total    12 

*    Van09  acconjing  to  incoming  placemenl. 


General  Music  Choral  Option 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year  i 

MUSP  109,  1 10— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instnjmenl)    2 

MUSC  150.  151— Theory  o(  Music    3 

MUSC  100— Class  Voice.  MUSC  200— Advanced  Class  Voice 

or  MUSC  102.  103— Class  Piano    2 

MUED  197— Pre-Prolessional  Experiences    

Speech  Requirement     3 

General  University  Studies'     6 

MUSC  329— Major  Ensemble   1 

Total    17 

Sophomore  Year 

MUSP  207.  208— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)    2 

MUSC  230— Music  History    

MUSC  202.  203— Advanced  Class  Piano   2 

MUSC  250.  251— Advanced  Theory  of  Music    4 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    

General  University  Studies    9 

MUSC  329— Major  Ensemble   1 

Total    18 

Junior  Year 

MUSP  405,  409— Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)    2 

MUSC  453 — Guitar-Recorder  Methods  

MUED  472— Secondary  Choral  Methods    

MUSC  490,  491— Conducting    2 

MUED  478 — Special  Topics  in  Music  Education     1 

MUED  470 — General  Concepts  lor  Teaching  Music 1 

General  University  Studies    6 

MUSC  329 — Major  Ensemble   1 

MUED  471 — Elementary  General  Music  Methods    3 

MUSC  J30— History  of  Music    3 

Total    19 

Senior  Year 

MUSP  410 — Applied  Music  (Principal  Instrument)    2 

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    .  3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education    3 

EDEL  335,  EDSE  373— Student  Teaching   

General  University  Studies    3 

MUSC  329— Major  Ensemble   1 

Total    12 

*    Varies  according  to  incoming  placement 


Physical  Education  and  Health  Education.  This  curriculum  is  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  teaching  physical  education  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools.  To  obtain  full  particulars  on  course  requirements,  the  student  should 
refer  to  the  sections  on  the  Department  of  Physical  Education  and  the 
Department  of  Health  Education. 

Science  Education.  A  science  major  consists  of  52  semester  hours  study  in 
the  academic  sciences. 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  all  Science  Education  majors:  BOTN 
101;  CHEM  103:  CHEM  104;  PHYS  121-122  or  141-142;  ZOOL  101;  and  a 
year  of  mathematics.  Additional  courses  are  selected  from  the  academic 
sciences,  with  the  approval  of  the  student's  advisor,  so  as  to  provide  a 
minimum  of  36  hours  in  a  particular  science  teaching  area.  e.g..  biology, 
chemistry,  physics,  and  earth  sciences,  as  noted  tielow 

Preparation  for  biology  teaching  will  include  BOTN  202:  ZOOL  293;  MICB 
200;  genetics  (ZOOL  246  or  BOTN  414);  human  anatomy  and  physiology 
(ZOOL  201  and/or  202);  a  field  course  in  botany  or  zoology  (BOTN  212, 
462-464,  or  417,  ZOOL  270-271.  480  or  EI^M  204).  CHEM  201.  202. 


Preparation  for  chemistry  teaching  will  include  CHEM  103,  104,  201.  202, 
203,  204,  481,  482,  498  and  upper  division  courses  such  as  CHEM  321,  401, 
403,  421,  440.  461  Math  preparation  should  include  MATH  115.  140,  141. 
MATH  240  and  241  or  246  are  also  recommended 

Preparation  lor  physics  teaching  will  include  math  through  at  least  MATH 
240  241  and  246  are  also  recommended  Physics  courses  will  include 
introductory  physics  with  calculus  (PHYS  141,  142).  lab  courses  (PHYS  285. 
286).  intermediate  ttteoretical  physics  (PHYS  404.  405).  and  rrnxlem  physics 
(PHYS  420)  In  addition,  a  physics  teacher  should  take  course  work  In 
Astronomy  (ASTR  110.  180)  Participation  in  PSSC  or  Harvard  Project  Physics 
courses  (when  offered)  would  be  desirable 

Preparation  for  earth  science  teaching  will  include  one  year  of  biology 
(BOTN  101  and  ZOOL  101).  one  year  ol  chemistry  (CHEM  103  and  104).  one 
year  of  physics  (PHYS  221.  222  preferred).  MATH  115  and  140.  and  at  least 
30  hours  of  earth  sciences  with  18  hours  concentration  in  one  of  the  earth 
science  fields  and  six  hours  minimum  in  each  of  two  other  earth  science  areas: 
GEOL  100.  102,  110.  112,  421,  422.  431.  441.  460,  489,  499,  ASTR  100  and 
105,  110,  180,  410,  498:  GEOG  440,  445,  446.  441,  370,  372.  462. 


Biology 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year  I  II 

BOTN  101— General  Botany     4 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology   4 

MATH  110 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I    3 

MATH  1 1 1— Introduction  to  Mathematics  II     3 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II     4 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 

or  220    3 

General  University  Requirements    3  3 

Total   14         17 

Sophomore  Year 

BOTN  202— The  Plant  Kingdom   4 

ZOOL  293— The  Animal  Phyla    4 

MICB  20O— General  Microbiology  4 

CHEM  201— College  Chemistry  III    3 

CHEM  202— College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III    2 

General  University  Requirements    6  9 

Total    15  17 

Junior  Year 

ZOOL  246  or  BOTN  414— Genetics   4 

ZOOL  201 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology    4 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I    4 

PHYS  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  II     4 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

General  University  Requirements    6  3 

Tb(a/    ' 14  17 

Senior  Year 

BOTN  212  or  BOTN  417  or  BOTN  462-464— or  Field  Studies  3 

ZOOL  270-271  or  ZOOL  480  or  ENTM  200— Fiekl  Studies     .  .  3 

Biology  Elective     3 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    .  3 

EDSE  352 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation — Science  3 

EDSE  375— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    8 

Total    15  11 

Chemistry 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

BOTN  101— General  Botany     4 

ZOOL  101 — General  Zoology  4 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II     4 

MATH  140— Analysis  I     3 

MATH  141— Analysis  II   4 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 

or  220    3 

General  University  Requirements    3  3 

Total    14  18 

Sophomore  Year 

CHEM  201— College  Chemistry  III    3 

CHEM  202— College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III    2 

CHEM  203— College  Chemistry  IV    3 

CHEM  204— College  Chemistry  Laboratory  IV   2 

Mathematics  or  Chemistry  Elective  3 

General  University  Requirements    12  6 

Total    17  14 


98     College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Junior  Year 

CHEM  481— Physical  Chemistry  I     

CHEM  482— Physical  Chemistry  II    

CHEM  498— Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (lAC)    .  . 

PHYS  221— General  Physics  I    

PHYS  222— General  Physics  II     

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning 
Mathematics  or  Chemistry  Elective   

Total    


Senior  Year 

Chemistry  Elective     

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education    

EDSE  300 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    . 
EDSE  352 — Curriculum.  Instruction  and  Observation — Science 

EDSE  375 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    

General  University  Requirements    


Total 


Earth  Science 


Freshman  Year 

GEOL  100 — Introductory  Physical  Geology    

GEOL  110 — Physical  Geology  Latxiratory    

GEOL  102 — Historical  and  Stratographic  Geology 

GEOL  112 — Historical  Geology  Laboratory     

BOTN  101— General  Botany     

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology   

MATH  1 10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I    

MATH  1 11 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  II     

General  University  Requirements    

SPCH  Speech  100,  125  or  220     

Total    


Sophomore  Year 

GEOG  440 — Geomorphology    

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    

CHEM  104 — College  Chemistry  II     .  . . 

GEOL  422— Mineralogy     

ASTR  100 — Introduction  to  Astronomy 
ASTR  110 — Astronomy  Laboratory  .  .  , 

Astronomy  Elective    

General  University  Requirements    .  .'.  . 

Total    


Junior  Year 

GEOL  441— Structural  Geology    

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I    

PHYS  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  II     

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning 

Earth  Science  Electives    

General  University  Requirements    

Total    


Physics 


Freshman  Year 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I    

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II     

MATH  140— Analysis  I     

MATH  141— Analysis  II    

PHYS  141— Principal  of  General  Physics  I*    

PHYS  142— Principal  of  General  Physics  II*     

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 

or  220    

General  University  Requirements    

Total    


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Senior  Year 

EDSE  330 — Principles  &  Methods  of  Secondary  Education   . . 

EDSE  352 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation,  Science 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    

EDSE  375 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools-Science 

EDSE  489 — Seminar  in  Science  Student  Teaching    

Earth  Science  Electives     

General  University  Requirements    

Total    


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


'    The  physics  maior  sequerKe  (191.  192,  293,  294)  or  the  engineenng  sequence  (161,  162, 
263)  may  tje  used  and  appropnale  course  changes  m  the  remainder  of  ttie  program  will  t)e 


Sophomore  Year 

PHYS  295— Intro  Lab  in  Electricity  and  Magnetlcism 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology   

BOTN  101— General  Botany  I     

PHYS  296— Intro  Lab  in  Electromagnetic  Waves   ,  . . 

ASTR  181 — Astronomy  and  Astrophysics  

MATH  240— Linear  Algebra     

General  University  Requirements    

Total    


Junior  Year 

PHYS  404 — Intermediate  Theoretical  Mechanics    

PHYS  405 — Intermediate  Theoretical  Electricity  and  Magnetism 

PHYS  420— Modern  Physics  for  Engineers    

PHYS  305 — Physics  Shop  Techniques     , 

ASTR  181 — Introduction  to  Astrophysics  II 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    

General  University  Requirements    

Total    


Senior  Year 

PHYS  406— Optics    

PHYS  499— Special  Problems  in  Physics  

ASTR  210— Practical  Astronomy     

General  University  Requirements    

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education    

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 
EDSE  352 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation  Science 

EDSE  375^Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    

EDSE  489 — Seminar  in  Science  Teaching   

Total    


Social  Studies  Education: 

Option  I  (History  Concentration).  Requires  54  semester  hours  of  which  at  least 
27  must  be  in  history,  usually  at  least  six  hours  in  Amencan  history  selected 
from  HIST  156,  157,  210,  211.  255.  264.  265,  266:  six  hours  of  non-American 
history  usually  selected  from  130-133,  141,  142,  144-145,  234,  235,  237.  281, 
285,  290;  three  hours  in  Pro-Seminar  in  Historical  Writing — HIST  309,  and  12 
hours  of  electives,  nine  hours  must  be  300 — 400  level  Twenty-seven  hours  of 
related  social  sciences  as  outlined  below 

At  least  one  course  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  sociology  (SOCY  100) 
or  anthropology  (ANTH  101):  two  courses  in  geography  (GEOG  100  and 
GEOG  201  or  202  or  203):  in  economics  (ECON  205  and  310),  and 
government  and  politics  (GVPT  100  and  170),  Six  hours  of  upper  level  social 
science  electives.  One  of  the  courses  must  relate  to  ethnic  and  minorities 
studies  and  count  as  part  of  history  and/or  social  science  requirements.  For 
those  students  with  a  minor  in  geography,  GEOG  490  is  required. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year 

General  University  Requirements    

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 
or  220    

HIST  156.  157— History  of  the  United  States  to  1865:  History 
of  the  United  States  since  1865  (or  6  hours  ol 
any  US    History  approved  by  advisor)     

GEOG  too— Introduction  to  Geography    

GVPT  170 — American  Government    

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology  (or  ANTH  101)    

Total    


Sophomore  Year 

HIST  6  hours  of  any  non-U  S  History  approved  by  advisor 

ECON  310 — Evolution  of  Modern  Capitalism  in  Western 

Europe  and  the  United  States     

General  University  Requirements    

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics    

GVPT  100— Principles     

History  Electives    

GEOG  201,202  or  203    

Total    


Junior  Year 

Social  Science  Elective 

History  Electives    

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning    

General  University  Requirements    

EDSE  330— Pnnciples  and  Methods  ol  Secondary  Education 

Total    


College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     99 


Senior  Year 

EDSE  353 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation-History*  3 

EDSE  376 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools     8 

EDSE  453— The  Teaching  ol  Reading  in  Secondary  Schools"  3 

EDSE  332 — Seminar  in  Social  Studies  Teaching   3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  ol  Education      3 

HIST  309 — Proseminar  in  Historical  Writing    3 

Social  Science  Electives   3  1 

Elective    3 

Total    15  15 

*  EDSE  353  will  be  offered  Fall  Semester  only  and  must  t)e  taken  prior  to  Student  Teacf)ing 
"    Evening  Course  Only 

Option  II  (Geography  Concentration)  Requires  54  semester  hours  ol  which  27 
hours  must  bo  in  geography  GEOG  201,  202,  203,  490  are  required  The 
remaining  12  hours  In  geography  must  be  upper  division  systematic  courses 
with  one  course  in  regional  geography  included  Twenty-seven  hours  ol  related 
history  and  social  sciences  as  outlined  below 

At  least  one  course  in  sociology  (SOCY  100)  or  anthropology  (ANTH  101), 
two  courses  in  economics  (ECON  205  and  310),  in  government  and  politics 
(GVPT  100  and  170),  in  history  (one  in  US  history  156  or  157,  and  one  in 
non-U. S.  history  normally  101,  130-133,  144-145).  Six  hours  o(  upper  division 
history  social  science  electives  One  of  the  courses  must  relate  to  ethnic  and 
minorities  studies  and  can  count  lor  one  ol  ol  the  required  courses.  The  Slate 
ol  Maryland  requires  18  hours  of  history  (six  in  US  history)  to  obtain  additional 
certification  as  a  history  teacher  Social  studies  programs  offers  either  a  B.S  or 
B.A.  degree. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements    6  6 

SPCH  too — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125 

or  220    3 

GEOG  201— Physical  Geography  3 

GEOG  202— Cultural  Geography    3 

US  History  (156  or  157)     3 

Non-US   History  (101,  130-133,  144-145)    3 

SOCY  too  or  ANTH  101      3 

Total    15  15 

Sophonxjre  Year 

GEOG  203 — Economic  Geography     3 

GEOG  305 — Introduction  to  Geographic  Techniques  3 

GEOG  Elective    3  3 

Fundamentals  of  Economics  3 

ECON  310 — Evolution  of  Modern  Capitalism  in  W.  Europe  and 

the  United  Stales    3 

General  University  Requirements    6  3 

GVPT  100— Principles  of  Government  and  Polities    3 

Total    15         15 

Junior  Year 

GEOG  490 — Geography  Concepts  and  Source  Material    3 

GEOG  Elective    3 

General  University  Requirements    6  3 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    .  3 

GEOG  Elective    3 

GVPT  1 70 — American  Govemment    3 

Total    15  15 

Senior  Year 

EDSE  353 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observatiorv-Social 

Studies    3 

EDSE  376 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    8 

EDSE  332 — Field  Experience  in  Social  Science  Teaching   3 

EDSE  454 — Teaching  Reading  in  Secondary  Schools'    3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  ol  Education    3  3 

Social  Science/History  Electives   6 

Electives    4 

rofa(    16  17 

•■    Evening  Course  Only 

Option  III  (Psychology  Concentration).  Requires  57  semester  hours  ol  social 
sciences  of  which  24  hours  must  be  in  psychology.  Psychology  100,  200,  and 
one  of  the  following  (Psych  400,  410  or  420)  are  required.  Psychology  405, 
451,  and  467  are  strongly  recommended:  ten  hours  must  be  at  the  400  level. 
Replication  of  300-level  courses  at  the  400  level  is  not  allowed  (i.e.,  not  both 
361  and  461 ;  nor  333  and  433,  etc.)  Independent  studies  478  and  479  are  also 
disallowed  as  credit  in  the  24  hour  requirement 

Eighteen  semester  hours  of  history  are  required,  of  which  six  semester 
hours  must  be  United  States  history. 


Fifteen  semester  hours  ol  related  social  science  courses  are  required  and 
must  include  three  hours  of  political  science,  three  hours  ol  geography,  six 
hours  ol  economics,  and  three  hours  ol  either  sociology  or  anthropology 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

General  University  Requirements    6  6 

SPCH  too— Basic  Principles  ol  Speech  Communication    3 

GEOG  100— Introduction  to  Geography   3 

US  History     3  3 

Sociology  or  Anthropology    3 

Total    ■  .  .        15  15 

Sophomore  Year 

PSYC  200— Statistical  Methods  In  Psychology 3 

Psychology  Elective    3 

Economics     3  3 

Government    3 

General  University  Requirements   6  3 

History     3  3 

Total    15  15 

Junior  Year 

PSYC  400  or  410  or  420     4 

Psychology  Electives     4 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

EDSE  353 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Obsen/ation:  SS    3 

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  ol  Secondary  Education    .  3 

General  University  Requirements    6 

History     3 

Elective   1 

Total    16  14 

Senior  Year 

Psychology  Electives     7 

EDSE  376— Student  Teaching    8 

EDSE  332— Field  Experience  in  Social  Science  Teaching   3 

EDSE  453 — Teaching  ol  Reading  in  the  Secondary  School     . .  3 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

General  University  Requirements    3 

History     3 

Total    14  16 


Speech  and  Drama  Education.  A  major  in  speech  and  drama  education 
requires  37  semester  hours  of  speech  and  drama  content.  The  program 
provides  for  designing  a  program  ol  study  appropriate  to  prospective  teachers 
In  the  communication  field  A  24  hour  English  minor  is  to  be  selected  in 
consultation  with  the  advisor.  Students  desiring  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  must 
also  meet  departmental  foreign  language  requirements. 


Speech  and  Drama  Education 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year  I 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication    3 

DART  1 10— Introduction  to  the  Theatre    3 

DART  120— Acting    

SPCH  1 10— Voice  and  Diction    

Elective  in  Speech  and  Drama    

General  University  Requirements   9 

Total   15 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements    3 

SPCH  350 — Foundations  of  Communl(»tion    

SPCH  200— Advanced  Public  Speaking   3 

SPCH  220 — Group  Discussion    

Major  Area:  Electives  In  Speech  and  Drama    

Minor  Area:  English  suggested  9 

Total   15 

Junior  Year 

SPCH  477 — Speech  Communication  and  the  Study  of 

Language  Acquisition    3 

SPCH  489— Speech  Communication  Workshop 

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    

Minor  Area:  English  suggested   9 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level)    3 

Total   15 


100     The  College  of  Human  Ecology 


Senior  Year 

Electives    3 

HESP  401— Survey  of  Speech  Disorders   3 

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    .  3 

Minor  Area:  English  suggested   6 

EDSE  354 — Curriculum.  Instruction,  and 

Observation — Speech'    3 

EDSE  377 — Student  Teaching  in  Speech/Drama   8 

Education  Elective     3 

Total    15  14 

■     Fall  only. 

Course  Code  Prefix— EDSE 

Special  Education 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Burke 

Professors:  Hebeler.  Simms 

Associate  Professor:  Seidman 

Assistant  Professors:  Bell.  Blair.  Certo.  Egel.  Kohl,  Lee,  Malouf,  McNelly. 

Shroyer,  Spekman 

The  Special  Education  Department  offers  an  undergraduate  program  which 
prepares  students  for  teaching  positions  in  public  school  and  other  special 
education  programs.  Students  who  complete  the  undergraduate  program 
receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  meet  Maryland  State  Department 
of  Education  requirements  for  the  standard  professional  certificate  in  special 
education. 

Students  are  required  to  obtain  a  "C"  grade  in  all  College  and  Department 
course  work.  In  addition,  there  is  limited  enrollment  in  all  Special  Education 
course  work  which  may  affect  a  student's  program. 

Students  at  the  undergraduate  level  pursue  a  sequential  comprehensive 
special  education  program  Progress  through  the  program  is  dependent  upon 
the  student's  achieving  the  requisite  special  teaching  competencies  required  for 
graduation.  Field  experiences  are  required  of  all  students  in  the  department 
prior  to  their  student  teaching  experiences. 

Modifications  in  this  program  are  under  development  for  implementation  in 
1981-82.  Students  should  contact  an  advisor  in  the  Department  of  Special 
Education  for  additional  information  and  to  design  their  program  of  study.  The 
following  currently  represents  a  "typical"  program. 

Semester 
Freshman  Year  Credit  Hours 

General  University  Requirements  (including  Laboratory  Science  (4)]   ...         12 

ARTE  too  or  APDS  101    3 

MUSC  155 — Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teacher  3 

SPCH  100  or  1 10  or  125  or  220  or  HESP  202     3 

Supporting  Academic  Content     6 

Total    27 

SoplKimore  Year 

General  University  Requirements  [including  English  literature  course 

(3):  History,  United  States  course  (3)]     6 

MATH  210,  21 1  Elements  of  Math;  Elements  of  Geometry    8 

EDSP  288— Field  Placement  in  Special  Education     3 

EDSP  470 — Introduction  to  Special  Education    3 

Supporting  Academic  Content     9 

Total    29 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level)     9 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

EDEL  426— Teaching  of  Reading   3 

EDEL  405 — Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

EDEL  407 — Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School     3 

EDSP  470 — Introduction  to  Special  Education    3 

EDSP  471 — or  491 — Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Children  3 

EDSP  472  or  492— Education  of  Exceptional  Children     3 

EDSP  489c— Field  Experience    2 

Total    35 

Senior  Year 

EDEL  414 — Mattiematics  in  the  Elementary  School   3 

EDEL  402— Science  in  the  Elementary  School     3 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

EDSP  473 — Curriculum  for  Exceptional  Children    3 

EDSP  489B— Field  Placement  in  Special  Education     2 

EDSP  349— Student  Teaching  of  Exceptional  Children    8 

EDEL  334 — Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  8 

Total    30 

Total  Credits    120 

Course  Code  Prefix— EQSP 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology 

The  College  of  Human  Ecology  focuses  in  its  programs  on  the  needs  of 
individuals  and  society  The  College  shares  in  the  obligation  of  all  higher 
education  to  provide  a  broad  based  education  for  every  individual  as 
preparation  for  living  in  close  harmony  with  the  environment  in  Ixjth  the 
immediate  and  long-range  future 

Human  Ecology  is  an  interdisciplinary,  problem-focused  field  of  study 
dealing  with  the  interactions  of  man  and  his  environment:  how  man  impinges 
upon  the  environment  and  how  the  environment  impinges  upon  man  In  the 
broad  context,  the  term  environment  includes  physical-natural,  socioeconomic, 
and  esthetic  concerns.  Thus.  Human  Ecology  must  draw  upon  and  integrate 
t)asic  disciplines  of  the  natural  and  behavioral  sciences  along  with  the  arts  arxl 
humanities  in  the  definition  and  solving  of  societal  problems  The  several 
programs  of  the  College  are  directed  toward  these  problems  and  toward  the 
improvement  of  the  quality  of  life 

The  College  seeks  to  provide  the  proper  balance  of  educational 
experiences  which  prepare  an  individual  in  the  professional  context  with  those 
experiences  which  benefit  him  personally  as  a  fully  functioning  and  contritmting 
member  of  society  This  balance  includes  grounding  in  basic  and  applied  skills, 
as  well  as  providing  an  atmosphere  where  creativity  may  flourish  to  enhance 
our  potential  for  developing  innovative  solutions  to  societal  problems 

The  faculty  utilizes  existing  knowledge  and  generates  new  knowledge, 
techniques  and  methods  based  on  research,  while  providing  opportunities 
through  laboratory,  practical  and  field  experiences  for  making  knowledge  and 
innovative  discovery  more  meaningful  to  the  individual  Through  these 
experiences  the  faculty  experiments  with  varying  relevant  techniques  and 
methods  by  which  the  individual  can  transfer  to  the  society-at-large  new  kleas 
and  methods  lor  more  effective  interaction  within  the  social  and  physical 
ecosystems  in  which  we  function 

Through  teaching,  research  and  service  the  College  provides  appropriate, 
comprehensive,  quality  education  programs  that  prepare  students  for 
professional  positions  directed  toward  the  improvement  of  conditions 
contributing  to: 

1 .  The  individual's  psycho-social  development. 

2.  The  quality  and  availability  of  community  resources,  enrich  family  life  (in  all 
its  various  forms) 

3.  Effective  resource  utilization  including  consumer  competence. 

4.  The  individual's  physiological  health  and  development. 

5.  The  physical  and  aesthetic  components  of  man's  environment. 

6.  Effective  use  of  leisure  time. 

7.  The  ennchmenl  of  family  life. 

In  accordance  with  the  philosophy  of  this  College  all  four  departments  are 
inten-elated  and  cooperate  in  the  achievement  of  these  goals  The  activities  of 
the  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Development  emphasize  mainly 
goals  1  through  3  and  7;  the  Department  of  Food.  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  2  through  4;  and  with  different  foci  and  priorities,  the  activities  of 
the  Departments  of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics,  and  Housing  and 
Applied  Design  emphasize  goals  2.  3  and  5  Goal  3  is  concerned  with 
consumer  competence  in  areas  such  as  food  clothing,  shelter,  transportation, 
insurance,  health,  leisure,  etc  It  is  an  integrative,  interdisciplinary,  educational 
concept  which  necessitates  and  receives  contributions  from  all  four 
departments.  Goal  6  is  becoming  increasingly  important  with  a  reduced  work 
week,  earlier  retirement  and  increases  in  the  over-65  population,  suggesting 
interdepartmental  and  interdisciplinary  programs 

Objectives 
1  Offer  appropriate  comprehensive  bachelor,  master  and  doctoral  programs 
that  address  the  six  goals  stated  above 

2.  Maximize  resources  and  resource  utilization  in  order  to  accomplish  ttie  six 
goals  stated  above 

3.  Act  as  a  resource  to  the  University  community  to  stimulate  awareness  arxJ 
interest  in  the  problems  of  applying  knowledge  for  improving  the  quality  of 
life. 

Special  Facilities  and  Activities.  The  College  of  Human  Ecokigy  buiWing 
follows  the  Campus  tradition  in  style,  and  a  construction  program  has  been 
completed  to  provide  expanded  facilities  A  management  center  is  maintained 
on  the  Campus  for  resident  experiences  in  management  activities  of  family  life 
as  well  as  a  Center  for  Family.  Housing  and  the  Community 

Located  between  two  large  cities,  the  College  provides  unusual 
opportunities  for  both  faculty  and  students  In  addition  to  the  Universitys 
general  and  specialized  libraries,  Baltimore  and  Washington.  D  C  .  furnish 
added  library  facilities  The  art  galleries  and  museums,  the  government 
bureaus  and  city  institutions  stimulate  study  and  provkje  enriching  experiences 
lor  students 

Student  Organizations 

AATCC-Studenl  Chapter  The  University  of  Maryland  Chapter  of  ttie 
Amencan  Association  of  Textile  Chemists  and  Colonsts  provides  students  with 
an  eariy  opportunity  to  become  associated  with  the  natk}nal  professional 
organization  of  AATCC  and  to  advance  at  the  local  level  t^ie  aims  and  goals  of 
ttie  parent  national  organization  Student  members  devekip  contacts  with 
professionals  and  fellow  students  at  AATCC  meetings  These  contacts  help  to 
orient  the  student  to  tt>e  job  market  and  to  new  devetopments  m  the  fiekJ 
Students  m  textile  science  and  in  textile  marketing  sfvjuW  be  interested  in 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology     101 

Collag*  of  Human  Ecology  Requirements 
(For  every  student  depending  on  the  major) 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Human  Ecology  Eleclives*     9 

Root  Discipline  Requirements  Outside  the  College  SOCY  or  ANTH 

Course     3 

PSYC  Course    3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  o(  Economics  or  201 — Principles  o( 

Economics     3 

SPCH  Course    3 

'     Human  Ecology  Elective  to  be  taken  in  the  College  in  departments  other  than  major 
department. 


Family  and  Community  Development 

Professor  and  Chairperson:  Hanna 

Professors:  Clignel.  Francescato  (affiliate).  Gaylin.  Gonzalez  (affiliate),  Kaplan 

(visiting) 

Associate  Professors:  Finsterbusch  (affiliate),  Myricks,  Rubin,  Stone  (affiliate), 

Wilson 

Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Churaman,  Hula,  Macklin,  Phillips,  Valadez 

Instnjctor:  Cohen 

Lecturer:  Wijesinghe  (visiting) 

The  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Development  is  devoted  to 
describing,  explaining,  and  improving  the  quality  of  life  in  urban,  suburban,  and 
oiral  areas  by  means  of  research,  education,  community  outreach,  and  public 
service.  The  approach  is  holistic,  emphasizing  human  ecology  The  curriculum 
places  special  emphasis  upon  the  family  and  the  community  as  mediating 
structures  in  determining  life  quality  The  jobs  for  which  the  curriculum  is 
designed  include  counseling,  planning,  research,  advocacy,  and  service 
delivery. 

Graduates  of  the  Department  obtain  positions  in  research  centers, 
consulting  firms,  voluntary  organizations,  federal,  state,  and  local  governments, 
and  international  organizations.  Their  specific  jobs  may  be  in  such  agencies  or 
organizations  as  the  Federal  Drug  Administration,  the  Department  of  Housing 
and  Urban  Development,  Planned  Parenthood,  and  United  Way. 

There  are  three  interrelated  majors  offered  by  the  Department; 

/.  Community  Studies.  This  major  emphasizes  the  processes  and  methods  of 
social  change,  as  well  as  individuals  or  groups  as  agents  of  change.  II  is 
grounded  upon  a  knowledge  of  the  structures,  dynamics,  and  developmental 
pattems  of  neightxjrhoods  and  other  communities;  the  relationship  between  the 
community  and  larger  societal  units;  and  the  possibilities  for  social  change 
through  community  service  delivery  and  other  interventions  planned  and 
implemented  by  specialists  and  citizens  working  together. 

//.  Family  Studies.  This  course  of  study  stresses  a  working  knowledge  of  the 
growth  on  individuals  throughout  the  life  span  with  particular  emphasis  on 
intergenerational  aspects  of  family  living.  It  examines  the  pluralistic  family  forms 
and  life  styles  within  our  post-technological  complex  society  and  the 
development  of  the  individual  within  the  family  within  the  community. 

///.  Management  and  Consumer  Studies.  This  concentration  focuses  on  the 
efficient  utilization  of  available  home  and  community  resources;  the  relationship 
between  available  resources  and  governmental  (and  private  sector)  policies, 
programs,  and  services;  and  the  development  of  expanded  resources  (or  the 
reallocation  of  resources)  responsive  to  citizen  needs  through  citizen  actions 
within  the  public  and  private  sectors.  Information,  citizen  participation,  and  the 
organization  of  consumer  advocacy  are  among  the  emphases. 

Each  of  these  courses  of  study  includes  a  set  of  major  subject  courses 
offered  primarily  within  the  Department  plus  a  sequence  of  supporting  area 
courses  which  may  be  taken  outside  the  Department  or  in  an  interdepartmental 
combination.  Examples  of  supporting  areas  include  African-Americans,  Aging, 
Family  Finances,  Health,  Housing,  Rehabilitation,  and  Urban  Neighborhoods. 

Family  Studies  Curriculum 

Supportive  courses  will  be  selected  from  Human  Ecology,  Sociology. 
Psychology,  Health,  Anthropology,  Human  Development,  and  other  allied  fields. 

Semester 
Typical  Freshman  Year  Credit  Hours 

ENGL  101— Composition    3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

FMCD  105— The  Individual  and  the  Family     3 

Human  Ecology  Courses  (outside  FMCD)     9 

SOCY  or  ANTH     3 

General  University  Requirements    9 

Total    30 


AATCC. 

ASID-Student  Chapter  The  University  of  Maryland  Student  Chapter  of  the 
American  Society  of  Interior  Designers  is  associated  with  the  professional 
chapter  of  ASID  in  Washington  DC  Student  memtjers  have  the  opportunity  lor 
contacts  with  prolessional  and  fellow  students  at  meetings  sponsored  by  both 
groups  These  can  help  to  orient  the  student  to  the  job  market  and  to  new 
directions  in  the  profession 

Collegiate  Home  Economics  Organization  The  University  of  Maryland 
Collegiate  Home  Economics  Organization  is  the  student  affiliate  of  the 
Amencan  Home  Economics  Association  Welcoming  any  Human  Ecology  major 
into  its  membership,  the  organization  meets  once  a  month,  and  links  the 
professional  world  to  the  college  student  through  different  programs 

The  Collegiate  Home  Economics  Organization  is  the  student's  opportunity 
to  join  a  prolessional  group  prior  to  graduation  and  to  participate  on  a  student 
level  in  the  national  association 

Elegant-Student  Chapter.  The  University  of  Maryland  student  chapter  of 
Elegant  provides  students  interested  in  apparel  design,  fashion  merchandising 
and  textile  marketing  an  opportunity  to  develop  contacts  with  professionals  and 
fellow  students  at  Elegant  meetings  These  contacts  help  to  orient  the  student 
to  the  job  market  and  to  new  developments  in  the  field 

Graphix.  The  University  of  Maryland  Student  Chapter  of  Industrial  Graphics 
International  (I.G  I  )  provides  students  with  opportunities  to  meet,  and  benefit 
from,  professionals  in  the  field.  These  contacts  help  insure  continued  updating 
of  prolessional  standards  and  exposure  to  diverse  ideas. 

MClC-Student  Chapter  The  University  of  Maryland  Student  Chapter  of  the 
Maryland  Consumer  Interest  Council  gives  students  an  opportunity  to 
understand  the  operational  side  of  consumer  protection  by  interacting  with  state 
and  local  figures  in  Consumer  Education,  Consumer  Protection  and  Consumer 
Legislation  While  composed  primarily  of  students  majoring  in  Consumer 
Economics  Consumer  Technology,  it  also  includes  consumer  oriented  students 
from  other  Departments,  Schools  and  Divisions  on  the  Campus 

Omicron  Nu.  A  national  honor  society  whose  objectives  are  to  recognize 
superior  scholarship,  to  promote  leadership  and  to  stimulate  an  appreciation  for 
graduate  study  and  research  in  the  field  of  home  economics  and  related  areas 
Graduate  students,  seniors  and  second  semester  juniors  are  eligible  for 
election  to  membership. 

Financial  Aid.  A  Loan  Fund,  composed  of  contributions  by  the  District  of 
Columbia  Home  Economics  Association,  Maryland  Chapter  of  Omicron  Nu,  and 
personal  gifts,  is  available  through  the  University  Office  of  Student  Aid 

Admission.  All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology 
must  apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park. 

Degrees.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  for  the  satisfactory 
completion,  with  an  average  of  C  or  better,  of  a  prescribed  curriculum  of  120 
academic  semester  hour  credits.  No  grade  below  C  is  acceptable  in  the 
departmental  courses  which  are  required  for  a  departmental  major 

Student  Load.  The  student  load  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  varies  from 
15-18  credits  per  semester  A  student  wishing  to  carry  more  than  18  credits 
must  have  a  B  grade  average  and  permission  of  the  dean. 

A  minimum  of  120  academic  credits  is  required  for  graduation.  However, 
for  certification  in  some  professional  organizations,  additional  credits  are 
required.  Consult  your  advisor. 

General  information.  Specific  inquiries  concerning  undergraduate  or  graduate 
programs  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  may  be  directed  to  the  chairman  of 
the  appropriate  department  or  the  Dean.  College  of  Human  Ecology.  University 
of  Maryland.  College  Part<.  Maryland  20742. 

Curricula.  A  student  may  elect  one  of  the  following  curricula,  or  a  combination 
of  curricula:  experimental  foods,  community  nutrition,  coordinated  dietetics, 
dietetics,  nutrition  research,  or  institution  administration  (food  service);  family, 
community,  or  management  and  consumer  studies;  housing,  advertising 
design,  interior  design,  apparel  design,  textile  mart<eting,  fashion 
merchandising,  textile  science,  consumer  textiles,  or  consumer  economics 

Required  Courses.  The  cunicula  leading  to  a  major  in  the  College  of  Human 
Ecology  are  organized  into  four  broad  professional  categories:  (1)  scientific  and 
technical  areas.  (2)  educational,  community  and  family  life  areas,  (3)  consumer 
service  areas,  and  (4)  design  areas.  These  represent  the  broad  professional 
fields  which  graduates  are  eligible  to  enter  and  pursue  their  chosen  work.  The 
positions  vary  in  nature,  scope  and  title,  but  require  similar  general  studies 
background  and  fundamentals  for  specialization. 

Individual  programs  of  study  are  developed  cooperatively  with  faculty 
advisors  to  provide  a  balanced  and  sequential  arrangement  of  studies  in 
preparation  for  the  chosen  field.  University,  College  and  departmental 
requirements  are  identified  for  curricula  in  each  of  the  departments. 

All  students  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology,  in  addition  to  meeting  the 
University  Studies  Requirements,  are  required  to  complete  a  series  or 
sequence  of  courses  to  satisfy  College  and  departmental  requirements.  The 
remaining  courses  needed  to  complete  a  program  of  study  are  elected  by  the 
student  with  the  approval  of  his  advisor. 

The  final  responsibility  of  meeting  all  the  requirements  for  a  specific  major 
rests  with  each  individual  student. 


102     The  College  of  Human  Ecology 


Typical  Sophomore  Year 

SPCH    3 

ECON  201  or  205    3 

FMCD  250— Decision  Making  in  Families  and  Communities    3 

FMCD  260— Interpersonal  Lifestyles     3 

FMCD  270— Pre-Prolessional  Seminar     3 

Supportive  C6urses     3-6 

General  University  Requirements    9-12 

Total    30 

Typical  Junior  Year 

FMCD  330— Family  Patterns     3 

FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Family    3 

FMCD  348 — Practicum  in  Family  and  Community  Development'     3-12 

FMCD  349— Analysis  of  Practicum*    2 

EDHD  306.  41 1 ,  413  or  Developmental  Courses    6 

Supportive  Courses     0-6 

General  University  Requirements    &-9 

Total    32 

Typical  Senior  Year 

FMCD  431— Family  Crisis  and  Rehabilitation   3 

FMCD  487 — Legal  Aspects  of  Family  Problems  3 

FMCD  441 — Personal  and  Family  Finance     3 

Supportive  courses    6 

Electives  (to  complete  120  credits)   13 

Total    28 

*  The  5-credrt  combination  of  pracltcum  (FMCD  348)  and  practicum  analysis  (FMCD  349)  is 
a  mandatory  requirement  ol  the  program.  In  consultation  wrth  the  practicum  coordinator,  the 
practicum  expenence  (FMCD  348)  may  be  extended  to  12  credits.  During  any  semester  tn 
which  the  practicum  is  talten.  a  minimum  of  1  credit  of  practicum  analysis  (FMCD  349)  must 
accompany  the  practicum. 

Community  Studies  Curriculum 

Supportive  courses  will  be  chosen  from  the  following  areas:  9  credits  in 
College  of  Human  Ecology  courses;  6  credits  in  government  and  politics, 
economics  or  urban  studies  courses;  6  credits  in  sociology  or  psychology 
courses.  The  following  is  a  typical  four-year  program: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Typical  Freshman  Year 

SOCY  or  ANTH     3 

Human  Ecology  Courses  (outside  FMCD)    9 

FMCD  201 — Concepts  in  Community  Development   3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

General  University  Requirements    12 

Total    30 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

ECON  201  or  205    3 

FMCD  250— Decision  Making  in  Families  and  Communitias    3 

SPCH    3 

FOOD  200  or  Elective     3 

FMCD  270— Pre-Professional  Seminar     3 

General  University  Requirements    3 

Supportive  courses   15 

Total    33 

Typical  Junior  Year 

FMCD  330— Family  Patterns     3 

FMCD  441— Personal  and  Family  Finance     3 

GVPT  462— Urban  Politics 3 

Elective    ' 3 

Supportive  courses   3 

General  University  Requirements    9 

FMCD  348 — Practicum  in  Family  and  Community  Development'     3 

FMCD  349— Analysis  of  Practicum'    2 

Total    29 

Typical  Senior  Year 

FMCD  370-rCommunications  Skills  and  Techniques  3 

FMCD  381 — Low  Income  Families  and  the  Community   3 

FMCD  453 — Family-Community  Advocacy    3 

Supportive  courses    3 

General  University  Requirements    6 

Electives  (to  complete  120  credits)   10 

Total    28 

■  The  S-aadA  combination  ol  pfacticum  (FMCD  348)  and  practicum  analysis  (FMCD  349)  Is 
a  mandatory  requirement  of  the  program.  In  consultation  with  ttia  practicum  coordinator,  the 
practicum  expenence  (FMCD  348)  may  be  extended  to  12  credits.  Dunng  any  semester  m 
which  the  practicum  is  taken,  a  minimum  of  1  credit  of  practicum  analysis  (FMCD  349)  must 
accompany  the  pfacticum. 


Management  and  Consumer  Studies  Curriculum 

Supportive  courses  will  be  selected  in  blocks  from  economics,  business 
administration,  public  relations,  sociology,  psychology,  family  life,  or  consumer 
economics. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Typical  Freshman  Year 

SOCY  or  ANTH     3 

PSYC     3 

Human  Ecology  Courses  (outside  FMCD)    9 

SPCH    3 

General  University  Requirements    12-15 

Total    30-33 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

FMCD  250— Decision  Making  in  Family  Living   3 

FMCD  270— Pre-Prolessional  Seminar     3 

ECON  201  and  203     8 

PSYC  221— Social  Psychology  3 

SOCY  230— Dynamics  of  Social  Interaction    3 

FMCD  280— The  Household  as  an  Ecosystem  or 

HSAD  251— Family  Housing   3 

General  University  Requirements    9-12 

Total    30-33 

Typical  Junior  Year 

FMCD  330— Family  Patterns     3 

FMCD  441— Personal  and  Family  Finances  3 

FOOD  or  NUTR  Option     3 

Statistics  Course  3 

FMCD  443— Consumer  Problems     3 

FMCD  343,  344— Family  Management  Course     3 

FMCD  348 — Practicum  in  Family  and  Community  Development*     3-6 

FMCD  349— Analysis  of  Practicum*    2 

General  University  Requirements  &  Electives     8-9 

Total    29-32 

Typical  Senior  Year 

FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Family    3 

CNEC  Option     3 

Supportive  Courses     9 

Electives  (to  complete  120  hours)     1 1-20 

Total   26-36 

*  The  5-credrt  practicum  is  a  mandatory  requirement  ol  ttie  program  (i.e  .  FMCD  348  lor  3 
credits  coupled  wrth  FMCD  349  (or  2  credits),  tn  consultation  with  the  practicum  coordinator 
the  practicum  expenence  (FMCD  348)  may  be  extended  for  a  maximum  of  12  credits  Dunrtg 
any  semester  taken  a  minimum  ot  1  credrt  ol  analysis.  (FMCD  349)  must  accompany  ttie 
expenence 


Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Pralher 

Prolessors:  Ahrens.  Beaton 

Associate  Prolessors:  Cox.  Williams 

Assistant  Prolessors:  Axelson.  Brady.  Caliendo.  Miles  (part-time).  Moser.  Rinke 

(part-time) 

Instructors:  Nettles.  McDonald  (part-time).  Shipley-Moses  (part-time) 

Lecturer:  Norton 

Adjunct  Professors:  Bodwell.  Reiser  Trout 

Adjunct  Associate  Prolessors:  Hamosh.  Kelsay.  Szepesi 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professors:  Michaelis.  ReynoWs.  Roseborough 

Adjunct  Lecturers:  BIyler.  Evans.  Gardner.  Mclntyre.  J  Smith 

The  area  of  food  nutrition  and  institution  administration  is  broad  and  oHers 
many  diverse  professional  opportunities  Courses  introduce  the  student  to  ttie 
principles  of  selection,  preparation  and  utilization  of  food  for  human  health  and 
ttie  welfare  of  society  Emphasis  is  placed  on  ttie  sdentiric.  cultural  and 
professional  aspects  of  this  broad  area  of  food  and  nulnlion  The  department 
offers  six  areas  of  emphasis:  experimental  foods,  community  nutntion.  nutrition 
research,  dietetics,  institution  admlmstratkjn.  and  coordinated  dietetics  Each 
program  provides  for  competencies  in  several  areas  ol  work;  however,  each 
option  is  designed  specifically  for  certain  professional  careers 

All  areas  of  emphasis  have  in  common  several  courses  within  ttie 
department  and  the  University;  the  cumcula  are  klentical  in  ttie  freshnun  year 

Experimental  Foods  is  designed  to  develop  competency  in  the  sdentifk: 
pnnciples  of  food  and  Itieir  reactions  Physkal  and  biological  sciences  in 
relation  to  foods  are  emphasized  The  program  Is  planned  for  students  wtio  are 
interested  in  product  devetopment.  quality  control  and  technical  research  in 
foods  Ttie  Nutrition  Research  program  is  designed  to  devetop  competency  in 
the  area  of  nutrition  for  students  wtx)  wish  to  emphasize  physical  and  biotogical 
sciences  The  Community  Nutrition  program  emphasizes  applied  community 
nutrition     Dietetics   develops    an    understanding    and    competency    in    food 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology     103 


nutrition  and  management  as  related  to  problems  of  dietary  departments:  the 
curriculum  is  approved  by  the  American  Dietetic  Association  The  coordinated 
dietetic  program  includes  clinical  experience  coordinated  with  the  didactic 
components,  and  the  students  are  eligible  lor  membership  in  the  Amencan 
Dietetic  Association  upon  graduation  The  coordinated  program  is  accredited  by 
the  Commission  on  Evaluation  of  Dietetic  Education  of  the  American  Dietetic 
Association  Institution  Administration  emphasis  is  related  to  the 
administration  of  quantity  food  service  in  university  and  college  residence  halls 
and  student  unions,  school  lunch  programs  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools,  restaurants,  coffee  shops,  and  industrial  cafeterias  This  program  is 
approved  by  the  American  Dietetic  Association. 

Grades:  All  students  are  required  to  earn  a  C  grade  or  better  in  all  courses 
applied  toward  satisfaction  of  the  major  This  includes  all  required  courses  with 
prefix  of  FOOD.  NUTR.  and  lADM  as  well  as  certain  required  courses  in 
supporting  fields  A  list  of  these  courses  for  each  program  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Department  Office 

Coordinated  Dietetics  Emphasis 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements'     7  11 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition     3 

SOCY  100  or  ANTH  1 02— Introduction  to  Sociology  or 

Introduction  to  Anthropology-Cultural    3 

FOOD  105— Professional  Onentation    1 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  Preparation  1    3 

MATH  1 10  or  1 15 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or 

Introductory  Analysis  3 

SPCH  100  or  107 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communications  or  Technical  Speech 

Communication   3 

Total    17  17 

Sophomore  Year 

BCHM  261— Introductory  Biochemistry   3 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  II     3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics    3 

ZOOL  201 .  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II    4  4 

General  University  Requirements    3 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology  4 

Human  Ecology  Electives    3  3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

Total    17  16 

Junior  Year 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition     4 

lADM  300 — Food  Service  Organization  and  Management    3 

lADM  360 — Quantity  Food  Production  and  Purchasing    5 

lADM  460 — Administrative  Dietetics  I    2 

General  University  Requirements    3  3 

NUTR  450— Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3 

lADM  440 — Food  Service  Personnel  Administration 2 

NUTR  460 — Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition    3 

NUTR  480— Clinical  Dietetics  I 2 

EDHD  460— Educational  Psychology    3 

Total    17  16 

Senior  Year 

NUTR  485— Clinical  Dietetics  II     4 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3 

General  University  Requirement   3 

Elective    4 

Data  Processing  or  Statistics^     3 

lADM  470 — Administrative  Dietetics  II     4 

NUTR  495— Clinical  Dietetics  III    4 

NUTR  or  lADM  490— Special  Problems  in  Nutrition  or  Food 

Service    3 

Total    17  11 

Dietetics  Emphasis 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year 

General  University  Requirements'     

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition     

MATH  110 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  115 — Introductory 

Analysis     

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  107 

Techniques  of  Speech  Communication     

FOOD  105 — Professional  Orientation    

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  Preparation  I    

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology  or  ANTH 

102 — Introduction  to  Anthropology-Cultural     .  .  .  . 

Total    


3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

6 

16 

15 

3 

6 

3 

5 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

15 

16 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

Sophomore  Year 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology         4 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  II     3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology     3 

ZOOL  201 .  202— Anatomy  and  Physiology     4  4 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics    3 

BCHM  261— Introductory  Biochemistry   3 

General  University  Requirements    3 

Human  Ecology  Elective  3 

Total    14         16 

Junior  Year 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition     4 

lADM  300 — Food  Service  Organization  and  Management    3 

General  University  Requirements    

Human  Ecology  Elective    

NUTR  450 — Advanced  Human  Nutrition   

Elective   

Total   

Senior  Year 

NUTR  460— Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition    

General  University  Requirements    

lADM  360 — Quantity  Food  Production  and  Purchasing     .  .  . 

lADM  440 — Food  Service  Personnel  Administration  

EDHD  460— Educational  Psychology    

Electives    

Data  Processing  or  Statistics  Course^     

Total    

Experimental  Foods  Emphasis 


Freshman  Year  I  II 

MATH  110 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  115 — Introductory 

Analysis     3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition     3 

General  University  Requirements'     4  4 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3  3 

FOOD  105— Professional  Orientation   1 

SPCH  100 — Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or 

SPCH  107 — Techniques  of  Speech  Communication    3 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology     3 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology  or  ANTH  102  Introduction 

to  Anthropology-Cultural    3 

Total    14  16 

Sophomore  Year 

CHEM  201 .  202— College  Chemistry  III    5 

FOOD  240.  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  I,  11    3  3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics     3 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology  4 

BCHM  261— Introductory  Biochemistry  3 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology  4 

General  University  Requirements'     3 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3 

Total    15  16 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements   3  6 

Electives^    5  3 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition     4 

FOOD  440,  450 — Advanced  and  Experimental  Food  Science    .  3  3 

FDSC  412  or  413— Principles  of  Food  Processing  I,  II     3 

Total    15  15 

Senior  Year 

PHYS  1 1 1— Elements  of  Physics    3 

FDSC  422— Food  Product  Research  and  Development   3 

FDSC  431— Food  Quality  Control  4 

Electives^    6  3 

General  University  Requirements   3  7 

Total    16  13 

Institution  Administration  Emphasis 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year 

MATH  110  or  115 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or 

Introductory  Analysis  

General  University  Requirements'     

SPCH  100  or  107— Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communications  or  Techniques  of  Speech 
Communication    

FOOD  105 — Professional  Orientation   

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II     


104     The  College  of  Human  Ecology 


PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

SOCY  100  or  ANTH  102— Introduction  to  Sociology  or 

Introduction  to  Anthropology — Cultural    3 

Total    14  14 

Sophomore  Year 

FOOD  240,  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  I,  II    3  3 

Human  Ecology  Elective    3 

General  University  Requirements    3  3 

ZOOL  201 ,  202 — Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  I,  II    4  4 

Electives    3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  ol  Economics    3 

lADM  200 — Introduction  to  Food  Service    2 

Total    16  15 

Junior  Year 

lADM  300 — Food  Service  Organization  and  Management    3 

General  University  Requirements    3  3 

NUTR  200— Nutrition  for  Health  Services   3 

Human  Ecology  Elective    3 

Electives    4 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology  4 

lADM  440 — Food  Service  Personnel  Administration  2 

lADM  360 — Quantity  Food  Production  and  Purchasing    5 

Total    16  14 

Senior  Year 

General  University  Requirements    4  3 

BMGT  362  or  ECON  470— Latxjr  Relations  or  Labor 

Economics     3 

lADM  450 — Food  Service  Equipment  and  Planning    2 

EDHD  460— Educational  Psychology    3 

Electives    3 

lADM  490  or  480 — Special  Problems  in  Food  Service  or 

Practicum  in  Institution  Administration     3 

lADM  455 — Manpower  Planning  and  Labor  Market  in  the  Food 

Service  Industry     3 

Data  Processing  or  Statistics-'     3 

lADM  488— Professional  Seminar     1 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3 

Total    15  16 

Community  Nutrition  Emphasis 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements'     8  7 

MATH  110 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  115 — Introductory 

Analysis     3 

NUTR  1 0O— Elements  of  Nutrition     3 

FOOD  1 05 — Professional  Orientation   1 

Human  Ecology  Elective    3 

FOOD  240 — Science  of  Food  Preparation  I    3 

SPCH  1  CO  Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or 

107 — Techniques  ol  Speech  Communication   ...  3 

Total    15  16 

Sophonwre  Year 

CHEM  201 ,  202— Colege  Chemistry  III     5 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology     3 

FOOD  250 — Science  of  Food  Preparation  II     3 

ZOOL  201 .  202— Anatomy  &  Physiology  I.  II    4  4 

General  University  Requirements    6 

FOOD  260— Meal  Management    3 

BCHM  261— Introductory  Biochemistry  3 

Total    15  16 

Junior  Year 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition     4 

SOCY  100  or  ANTH  102     3 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology  4 

NUTR  450— Advanced  Nutrition    3 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3  3 

General  University  Requirements    3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  ol  Economics    3 

Elective    3 

Total    14  15 

Senior  Year 

NUTR  460 — Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition    3 

NUTR  470 — Community  Nutrition    3 

EDHD  460— Educational  Psychology    3 

Mettiods  of  Teaching  Course    3 

General  University  Requirements    3  3 

Electives    6  5 

Total    15  14 


Nutrition  Rssaarch  Emphasis 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements'     8  10 

MATH  1 10— Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  115 — Introductory 

Analysis     3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition     3 

FOOD  105— Professional  Orientation   1 

SPCH  100  or  107  Basic  Pnnciples  of  Speech  Communication 

or  Technical  Speech  Communication    3 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  Preparation  I    3 

Total    15  16 

Sophomore  Year 

CHEM  203.  204— College  Chemistry  IV    5 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  II     3 

ZOOL  201 ,  202— Anatomy  and  Physiology  I.  II     4  4 

General  University  Requirements    3 

Human  Ecology  Elective   ; 3 

MICB  200 — General  Microbiology  4 

SOCY  too— Introduction  to  Sociology  or  ANTH 

102 — Introduction  to  Anthropology-Cultural       ...  3 

Total    15  17 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements   3  3 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3  3 

BCHM  461, 462— Biochemistry     3  3 

BCHM  463,  464— Biochemistry  Lab    2  2 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition     4 

NUTR  450— Advanced  Human  Nutrition   3 

Total    15  14 

Senior  Year 

BIOM  401— Agricultural  Biometrics   4 

NUTR  490— Special  Problems  in  Nutrition    3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics    3 

General  University  Requirements    3 

Electives    7  B 

Total    14  14 

'  General  University  Requirements  include  30  hours.  Mators  must  be  caretul  to  select 
prerequisites  lor  maior  courses.  For  example,  it  FOOD  240  is  required.  tt>e  student  must 
select  CHEM  103  and  104  and  these  can  be  used  to  meet  the  General  University 
requirements.   H  ZOOL  201  is  required.  ZOOL  101  must  be  elected 

'  Nine  hours  ol  the  17  electives  must  tie  selected  from  ttie  lollowing  list  BIOM 
401— Agricultural  Biometncs  (4|;  any  300  or  400  level  NUTR  course:  FOOD  260— Meal 
Management  (3):  FOOD  300— Economics  ol  Food  Consumption  (31;  FOOD  445— Advanced 
Food  Science  Lab  (1);  FOOD  480— Food  Addllrves  (3).  FOOD  490— Special  Probler™  m 
Foods  (2-3);  FDSC  430— Food  Microbiology  (3);  FDSC  412  or  413  il  not  taken  above.  lAOM 
360— Quantity  Food  Production  and  Purchasing  (5);  FMCD  370 — Communicalions  Skills  and 
Techniques  in  Home  Economics  (3). 
'  Select  from  this  list:  BIOM  301.  401;  BMGT  301;  IFSM401;CMSC  103.  110;  EDMS  451 


Housing  and  Applied  Design 


Professor  and  Chair  Francescato 

Professor:  Bonta 

Associate  Professor:  McWhinnie 

Assistant  Professors:  Chen,  Dean.  Geddes,  Ribalta,  Roper,  Thomas 

Instructor:  Odiand 

Lecturers:  Ansell  (part-time).  Holvey  (part-time).  Jordan  (part-time),  Norton, 

Thorpe  (part-time).  Williams.  Wylie  (part-time) 

The  Department  of  Housing  and  Applied  Design  offers  programs  of 
concentration  in  three  areas:  Housing.  Interior  Design,  and  Advertising  Design 

The  Department  seeks  to  provide  professionally  focused  instruction  m  ttie 
tfieoretical  foundatron,  meltxxis.  and  skills  pertinent  to  each  concentration  area 
In  addition,  students  are  encouraged  to  acquire  a  broad  base  of  general 
education  by  enrolling  in  elective,  recommended,  and  required  courses  outside 
of  the  Department 

Housing.  This  program  is  designed  to  devstop  an  understanding  ol  Itw 
complex  process  by  which  housing  is  generated  and  consumed  II  is  also 
intended  as  an  introduction  to  the  most  important  issues  m  ttie  fiekJ.  induding 
projections  to  future  trends  and  needs  Graduates  will  be  qualified  tor 
emptoyment  in  the  fiousing  industry,  governmental  housing  agonaes.  housing 
authorities,  and  consumer  organizations  They  will  also  t>e  qualified  to  pursue 
a  program  of  graduate  studies  in  housing  or  urt>an  affairs 

Interior  Design.  This  program  provides  ttie  student  with  background  m  dssign 
theory,  design  history,  problem  solving  mettiodology.  and  lechnkjues  of 
presentatkjn,  Functkjnal  and  imaginative  applications  of  design  skills  to  space 
planning  and  furnishing  o(  commercial  and  residential  interiors  are  strsassd. 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  IPS 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

APDS  103— Design  III     3 

HSAD  240— Home  Furnishings     3 

Human  Ecology  Elective   6 

HSAD  246— Malenals  ol  Interior  Design     3 

General  University  Requirement    9 

HSAD  251— Family  Housing   3 

PSYC  221— Social  Psychology  3 

Total    30 

Typical  Junior  Year 

HSAD  342— Space  Development    3 

FMCD  260— Interpersonal  Life  Styles  or  Substitution  ^ 3 

General  University  Requirement   9 

TEXT  355 — Environmental  Textiles     3 

HSAD  343— Interior  Design  I    3 

S<XY  230 — Dynamics  of  Social  Interaction   3 

Supponing-Block  Course     3 

Elective 3 

Total    30 

Typical  Senior  Year 

FMCD  330— Family  Patterns     3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics    3 

General  University  Requirement   6 

Supporting-Block  Course    6 

Elective   6 

FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Family    3 

HSAD  458 — Readings  in  Housing     3 

Total    30 

Interior  Design  Curriculum 

(Interior  Design  courses  ntust  be  taken  in  sequence.) 

Semester 
Typical  Freshman  Year  Credit  Hours 

APDS  101A — Fundamentals  of  Design     3 

General  University  Requirement   9 

EDIN  101A — Mechanical  Drawing     2 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3 

SOCY  or  ANTH  Course    3 

APDS  102— Design  II    3 

Human  Ecology  Elective  (TEXT  150)    3 

APDS  210— Presentation  Techniques    3 

Total    29 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

APDS  103— Design  III     3 

SPEECH  Course     3 

APDS  237— Photography    2 

HSAD  246 — Materials  of  Interior  Design     3 

General  University  Requirement   12 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  ol  Economics    3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

Supporting-Block  Course    3 

Total    32 

Typical  Junior  Year 

Human  Ecology  Elective  (TEXT  463)    3 

HSAD  340 — Period  Homes  and  their  Furnishings     3 

HSAD  342— Space  Development    3 

General  University  Requirement   6 

Supporting-Block  Course     3 

HSAD  341 — Contemporary  Development   3 

HSAD  343— Interior  Design  I    3 

Elective    3 

ARTH  Elective     3 

ro/a(   30 

Typical  Senior  Year 

HSAD  344 — Interior  Design  II   3 

Elective    9-10 

Supponing-Block  Course     3 

General  University  Requirement   3 

HSAD  345 — Professional  Aspects  ol  Interior  Design    3  or 

HSAD  380— Professional  Seminar    2 

HSAD  440— Interior  Design  III    4 

HSAD  441— Interior  Design  IV    4 

Total    29 

Course  Code  Prefixes— APDS.  CRAF,  HSAD 


Special  courses  include  considerations  ol  t>arrier-tree  design  lor  handk:apped 
tj^d  ekjerty  users  A  student  chapter  of  the  professional  organization  AS  ID 
and  internship  opportunities  provide  contact  with  practicing  professk>nal8 
Graduates  will  t>e  qualified  for  employment  with  interior  design  firms. 
architectural  firms,  or  as  freelance  professionals 

Advertising  Design.  This  program  provides  a  foundation  in  the  field  of  graphic 
communication  It  stresses  devetopment  of  professional  graphic  skills  and  of 
imaginative  visual  solutions  to  problems  ol  page  composition,  type  selection, 
illustration,  pfiotography.  signage,  and  the  like  Students  graduating  from  this 
program  will  be  qualified  to  begin  a  career  as  graphic  designers  and  seek 
employment  in  publishing  firms  or  in  advertising  agencies  A  student  chapter  of 
the  professional  organization  I.G  I  and  internship  opportunities  provide  contacts 
with  practicing  professionals 

The  Costume  program  has  been  suspended  and  no  new  students  are 
being  accepted  Students  interested  in  this  program  should  refer  to  the 
Department  of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  Textile  Mart<eting/Fashion 
Merchandising  and  or  Apparel  Design  programs. 

The  Crafts  Design  program  has  been  suspended  and  no  new  students  are 
being  accepted 

Advertising  Design  Curriculum 

Semester 
Typical  Freshman  Year  Credit  Hours 

APDS  101A— Fundamentals  ol  Design     3 

ARTS  1 10B— Drawing  I     3 

SPEECH  Course     3 

General  University  Requirement   9 

APDS  102— Design  II    3 

EDIN  1 01 A — Mechanical  Drawing     2 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3 

i  SOCY  or  ANTH  Course     3 

Total 29 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

APDS  103— Design  III     3 

PSYC  1 00— Introduction  to  Psychology-  3 

General  University  Requirement   6 

Human  Ecology  Elective   6 

APDS  210 — Presentatksn  Techniques     3 

APDS  237— Photography    2 

APDS  21 1 — Action  Drawing — Fashion  Sketching   3 

ARTS  215 — Anatomical  Drawing     3  or 

ARTS  277 — Architectural  Presentation    3  or 

ARTS  340 — Printmaking  I   3 

EDIN  234 — Graphic  Communications  3 

Total    32 

Typical  Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirement   9 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics    3 

APDS  320— Fashion  Illustration    3 

APDS  330— Typography  and  Lettering   3 

ARTH  450— 20th  Century  Art  or  Other  Upper  Level  Art  History  3 

APDS  331— Advertising  Layout     3 

APDS  332— Display  Design    3 

Supporting  Block  Course     3 

Total    ". . .        30 

Typical  Senior  Year 

APDS  430 — Advanced  Problems  in  Advertising  Design   3 

APDS  337— Advanced  Photography     2 

Supporting-Block  Course     6 

Elective    7 

APDS  380— Professkjnal  Seminar    2 

APDS  431 — Advanced  Problems  in  Advertising  Design  3 

General  University  Requirement   6 

Total    29 

Housing  Curriculum 

Semester 
Typical  Freshman  Year  Credit  Hours 

APDS  101A — Fundamentals  of  Design     3 

SPEECH  Course     3 

Human  Ecotogy  Elective   3 

SOCY  or  ANTH  Course    3 

General  University  Requirement   6 

APDS  102— Design  II    3 

APDS  210 — Presentation  Techniques    3 

TEXT  1 50 — Introduction  to  Textile  Materials     3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

Total    30 


106     The  College  of  Human  Ecology 


Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

Chairman  and  Professor:  Smith 

Professor:  Dardis 

Associate  Professors:  Block,  Buck.  Spivak,  Yeh 

Assistant  Professors:  Brannlgan,  Brinberg,  Derrick.  Hacklander.  Heagney, 

Jensen.  Wilbur  (Ementus) 

Instructor:  Marro 

Lecturers:  Feinberg  (part-time).  Goldberg  (part-time).  Hollies  (part-time). 

Jensen.  Mihelcic  (part-time).  Paoletti.  Ruth  (part-time),  Shapiro  (part-time). 

Toda 

Students  in  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  may  select  one  of  lour 
majors.  Each  major  offers  diverse  professional  opportunities  In  addition  to  the 
requirements  of  the  major,  students  have  the  flexibility  to  take  a  concentration 
of  courses  in  an  area  closely  related  to  their  major  such  as  business, 
economics,  family  services,  journalism,  sciences,  art  and  an  history,  or  speech 
and  dramatic  art  by  carefully  utilizing  their  free  electives  and  general  university 
requirements  Students  are  encouraged  to  wor1(  closely  with  their  faculty 
advisor 

In  the  TEXTILE  major,  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  scientific  and 
technological  aspects  of  textiles.  Two  options  are  open  to  men  and  women  in 
this  program.  Textile  Science  or  Consumer  Textiles,  Graduates  in  Textile 
Science  are  prepared  for  textile  industry  positions  in  research  and  testing 
laboratories,  in  consumer  technical  service  and  marketing  programs,  in  quality 
control,  and  in  buying  and  product  evaluation  Graduates  in  Consumer  Textiles 
are  prepared  for  careers  in  product  development  and  consumer  relations 
programs  in  business  and  industry,  in  consumer  information  and  education 
programs  in  the  public  and  private  sector  and  in  government  regulatory 
agencies  concerned  with  textile  products 

The  Textile  Marketing/Fashion  Merchandising  major  emphasizes  the 
marketing  of  textile  products  Mer\  and  women  completing  this  program  are 
prepared  for  careers  with  manufacturing,  wholesale  and  retail  organizations  in 
buying,  merchandising,  fashion  coordination,  publicity,  styling,  personnel,  sales 
or  marketing.  Two  options  are  open  to  students  in  this  program.  Textile 
Marketing  or  Fashion  Merchandising,  Graduates  completing  the  Textile 
Marketing  option  will  t)e  prepared  to  enter  every  level  of  textile  marketing  at  the 
manulactunng,  wholesale  and  retail  levels.  Graduates  in  Fashion 
Merchandising  will  be  prepared  for  careers  in  retailing  with  department  or 
specialty  stores.  A  special  internship  in  retailing  is  available  for  students  in  the 
Textile  Marketing' Fashion  Merchandising  program. 

The  Apparel  Design  major  offers  qualified  students  the  opportunity  to 
prepare  for  positions  as  designers,  assistant  designers,  stylists,  fashion 
executives,  fashion  coordinators,  consultants  to  the  home  sewing  industry,  or 
extension  and  consumer  education  programs. 

The  Consumer  Economics/Consumer  Technology  major  combines 
economics  and  marketing  with  a  knowledge  of  basic  consumer  goods  and 
services.  The  program  focuses  on  consumer  decision-making  and  the  degree 
to  which  the  market  place  reflects  consumer  needs  and  preferences  The 
subject  matter  includes  consumption  economics,  marketing,  consumer 
behavior,  consumer  law.  and  consumer  technology  Two  options  are  open  to 
men  and  women  in  this  program.  Consumer  Economics  or  Consumer 
Technology,  Graduates  completing  the  Consumer  Economics  option  may  work 
in  the  planning,  marketing  and  consumer  relations  divisions  of  business  and 
industry,  in  program  development  and  analysis  for  government  agencies 
providing  consumer  protection  services  or  in  extension  and  consumer 
education  programs.  Graduates  completing  the  Consumer  Technology  option 
will  be  prepared  for  careers  in  government  regulatory  agencies,  trade 
associations,  standards  organizations,  manufacturing  and  product  development, 
quality  assurance  and  customer  relations 

An  internship  program  is  available  to  all  students  majoring  in  the 
Department  of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  during  their  senior  year 
Students  must  apply  for  admission  to  the  internship  program  including  the 
retailing  internship  in  the  second  semester  of  their  junior  year 

A  Department  Honors  Program  permits  outstanding  undergraduates  to 
explore  on  an  individual  basis  a  program  of  work  which  will  strengthen  their 
undergraduate  program  and  their  professional  interests.  Students  selected  for 
the  program  must  have  at  least  a  "B"  average  to  be  considered  Students  in 
the  honors  program  participate  in  a  junior  honors  seminar  and  present  a  senior 
thesis  Students  completing  this  program  graduate  with  departmental  honors. 

Apparel  Design 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Frestmtan  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements  (ENGL  101  Introduction  to 

Writing,  if  not  exempt)   3 

TEXT  105  Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living     3 

MATH  1 1 0  or  115  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  Of  Introductory 

Analysis     3 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology     3 

SPCH  too,  107  or  125  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 
Communication.  Technical  Speech 
Communication  or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal 

Speech  Communication    .  , 3 

Human  Ecology  Elective  (APDS  101  Fundamentals  of  Design)  3 

TEXT  150  Introduction  to  Textile  Materials  3 


CHEM  103  or  102  College  Chemistry  I  or  Chemistry  o(  Man's 

Environment    

CHEM  104  College  Chemistry  II  or  Department  Elective*     .  .  , 
PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology     

Total    

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements    

ECON  201  Principles  of  Economics  1    

ECON  203  Principles  of  Economics  II     

TEXT  221  Apparel  I     

TEXT  222  Apparel  II   

TEXT  250  Textile  Materials:  Evaluation  &  Characterization 
Human  Ecology  Elective  (APDS  220  Introduction  to  Fashion 

Design)    

Human  Ecology  Elective  (APDS  102  Design  II)    

Elective   

ro«/  i'. 

Junior  Year 

TEXT  447  History  of  Costume  II    

TEXT  355  Environmental  Textiles     

BMGT  350  Mari(eling  Principles  and  Organization  

TEXT  365  Fashion  Merchandising    

TEXT  420  Apparel  Design:  Draping    

Department  Elective'     

General  University  Requirements    

ENGL  391  or  393  Expository  Writing  or  Technical  Writing   ,  ,  , 

Total    

Senior  Year 

TEXT  441  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  

TEXT  465  Economics  of  Textile  and  Apparel  Industries  

TEXT  425  Apparel  Design:  Experimental  Processes    

Department  Elective*     

General  University  Requirements    

Electives    

Total   


3-4 
3 


3 
3 
3 
3 
12 
4-6 


■    Department  Electives:  Select  from  TEXT  396.  TEXT  445.  TEXT  463  or  TEXT  498. 

Textile  Marketing/Fashion  Merchandising 

Students  in  the  TEXTILE  MARKETING/FASHION  MERCHANDISING  program 
must  complete  the  common  requirements  of  the  program  In  addition,  they 
must  select  either  the  TEXTILE  MARKETING  or  the  FASHION 
MERCHANDISING  option  and  complete  the  courses  specified  for  the  optk>n 
selected.  TEXTILE  MARKETING  OPTION:  CHEM  103,  CHEM  104.  TEXT  400 
and  TEXT  452  FASHION  MERCHANDISING  OPTION:  CHEM  103  or  CHEM 
102;  CHEM  104  or  Department  Elective;  TEXT  221;  TEXT  222  or  BMGT  220; 
and  TEXT  365 


Freshman  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (ENGL  101  Introduction  to 

Writing  if  not  exempt)    

TEXT  1 05  Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living     

MATH  110  or  115  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  Introductory 
Analysis     

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology     

SPCH  100.  107  or  125  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 
Communication.  Technical  Speech 
Communication  or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal 
Speech  Communication    

Human  Ecology  Elective  (APDS  101  Fundamentals  of  Design) 

TEXT  1 50  Introduction  to  Textiles     

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology     

CHEM  103  or  102  College  Chemistry  I  or  Chemistry  of  Man's 
Environment  (See  OptKjn  Selected)    

CHEM  104  College  Chemistry  II  or  Department  Elective' 

(See  Option  Selected)        

Total    


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Soptmmore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 

ECON  201  Pnnciples  of  Economics  i  

ECON  203  Pnnciples  of  Economics  II         

TEXT  250  Evaluatk>n  &  Characterization  of  Textile  Materials 

Human  Ecology  Elective    

TEXT  221  Apparel  I  or  Department  Elective'    (See  Option 

Selected)     

TEXT  222  Apparel  II  or  BMGT  220  Accounting  1  or  Department 

Elective'    (See  Option  Selected)      

Electives 

Total 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology     107 


Junior  Year 

General  University  Hequiremenis    

BMGT  350  Markeling  Principles  and  Organization  

TEXT  355  Environmental  Textiles     

TEXT  400  Research  Methods  or  Department  Elective'    (See  Option 

Selected)     

Human  Ecology  Elective    

TEXT  365  Fashiion  Merchandising  or  Elective  (See  Option  Selected) 

BMGT  Requirement*      

ENGL  391  or  393  Expository  Writing  or  Technical  Writing    

Total    


Senior  Year 

TEXT  441  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  or 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior     

TEXT  465  Economics  o(  the  Textile  and  Apparel  Industries     

General  University  Requirements    

TEXT  452  Textile  Science:  Chemical  Structure  and  Properties  of  Fitjers 

or  Department  Elective'    (See  Option  Selected)   

BMGT  Requirement"    

Electives    


Total 


28-29 


•     Department  Electves:  Select  Irom  CNEC  435,  TEXT  463.  TEXT  447.  CNEC  431.  TEXT 
441.  CNEC  437.  CNEC  455.  TEXT  396.  CNEC  457.  or  TEXT  498 
"    BMGT  Requirement:  Select  from  BMGT  220.  221 .  353.  354.  360.  364.  454.  455  or  456 
Textiles 

Students  in  the  TEXTILE  program  must  complete  the  common  requirements  of 
the  program  In  addition,  they  must  select  either  the  TEXTILE  SCIENCE  or  the 
CONSUMER  TEXTILE  option  and  complete  the  courses  specified  (or  the  option 
selected.  TEXTILE  SCIENCE  OPTION:  CHEM  201-202.  CHEM  20»-204, 
PHYS  141-142  or  121-122.  and  MATH  140-141.  CONSUMER  TEXTILE 
OPTION:  TEXT  355.  CNEC  431.  CNEC  437.  CNEC  455  and  BMGT  350. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements  (ENGL  101  Introduction  to 

Writing,  if  not  exempt)   3 

TEXT  105  Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living     3 

MATH  1 10  or  115  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  Introductory 

Analysis     3 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology     3 

SPCH  110.  107.  or  125  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication,  Technical  Speech 

Communication  or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal 

Speech  Communication    3 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3 

TEXT  150  Introduction  to  Textile  Materials  3 

CHEM  103  or  105  College  Chemistry  I  or  Principles  of  College 

Chemistry  I    4 

CHEM  104  or  106  College  Chemistry  II  or  Principles  Of  College 

Chemistry  II     4 

PSYC  1CK)  Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

Total    16  16 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements    3  3 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3 

TEXT  250  Textile  Materials:  Evaluation  and  Characterization    .  3 

CHEM  201  College  Chemistry  III  or  General  University 

Requirement  (See  Option  Selected)    3 

CHEM  202  College  Chemistry  Latxjratory  III  or  Elective  (See 

Option  Selected)    2-3 

CHEM  203  College  Chemistry  IV  or  TEXT  355  Environmental 

Textiles  (See  Option  Selected)    3 

CHEM  204  College  Chemistry  Latxjratory  IV  or  Elective  (See 

Option  Selected)    2-3 

MATH  140  Analysis  I  or  Elective  (See  Option  Selected)     3-4 

MATH  141  Analysis  II  or  General  University  Requirement  (See 

Option  Selected)    3-4 


Total 


15 


Junior  Year 

ECON  201  and  203  Principles  of  Economics  I  and  II   

PHYS  141  or  121  Principles  Of  Physics  or  Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 
or  CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law  (See  Option 
Selected)     

PHYS  142  or  121  Principles  of  Physics  or  Fundamentals  of  Physics  II 
or  CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior  (See  Option 
Selected)     

CNEC  455  Consumer  Technology:  Product  Standards  or  General 

University  Requirements  (See  Option  Selected)   

TEXT  452  Textile  Science:  Chemical  Structure  and  Properties  of  Rt)ers 

Human  Ecology  Elective   


General  University  Requirements    3-6 

Elective   3 

Total   29-30 

Senior  Year 

ENGL  391  or  393  Expository  Writing  or  Technical  Writing*  3 

BMGT  350  Marketing  Pnnciples  and  Organization  or  General 

University  Requirements  (See  Option  Selected)  3 
TEXT  454  Textile  Science  Finishes  or 

TEXT  456  Textile  Science;  Chemistry  and  Physics  of  Polymers     3 

TEXT  465  Economics  of  the  Textile  and  Apparel  Industries     3 

TEXT  400  Research  Methods     3 

CNEC  435  Economics  of  Consumption  or  General  University 

Requirements  (See  Option  Selected)    '. 3 

General  University  Requirements    9 

Electives    1-2 

Total    28-29 

*    ENGL  393  preferred 

Consumer  Economics/Consumer  Technology 

Students  in  the  CONSUMER  ECONOMICS  CONSUMER  TECHNOLOGY 
program  must  complete  the  common  requirements  of  the  program  In  addition, 
they  must  select  either  the  CONSUMER  ECONOMICS  or  the  CONSUMER 
TECHNOLOGY  option  and  complete  the  courses  specified  for  the  option 
selected  CONSUMER  ECONOMICS  OPTION:  MATH  220  or  140:  MATH  221 
or  141  or  Elective;  CHEM  103  and  104  or  PHYS  121  and  122  or  CNEC/ECON 
courses;  and  Consumer  Product  Information  courses.  CONSUMER 
TECHNOLOGY  OPTION:  MATH  220;  CHEM  103  and  104;  PHYS  121  and  122; 
CNEC  455;  CNEC  456;  CNEC  457. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

General  University  Requirements  (ENGL  101,  Introduction  to 

Writing,  if  not  exempt)   3 

MATH  1 1 0  or  115  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  Introductory 

Analysis  or  Elective  3 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology     3 

SPCH  100,  107  or  125  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 
Communication,  Technical  Speech 
Communication  or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal 
Speech  Communication    3 

Human  Ecology  Elective   3 

CNEC  100  Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics   3 

CHEM  103  and  104  College  Chemistry  I  and  II  or 

PHYS  121  and  122  Fundamentals  of  Physics  I  and  II    3-4        3-4 

CNEC/ECON  Courses  (see  option  selected)* 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology     3 

Human  Ecology  Elective  (NUTR  100  Elements  of  Nutrition)  3 

Total    15-16    15-16 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements    3  6 

ECON  201  and  203  Principles  of  Economics  I  and  II   3  3 

Human  Ecology  Elective  (HSAD  251  Family  Housing)    3 

TEXT  1 50  Introduction  to  Textile  Materials   3 

MATH  220  or  140  Elementary  Calculus  I  or  Analysis  I  (see 

option  selected)     3-4 

MATH  221  or  141  Elementary  Calculus  II  or  Analysis  II  or 

Elective  or  PHYS  121  (see  option  selected)   ....  3-4 

Elective  or  PHYS  122  (see  option  selected)   3-4 

Total    15-16    15-16 

Junior  Year 

CNEC  435  Economics  of  Consumption     3 

ENGL  391  or  393  Expository  Writing  or  Technical  Writing   3 

CNEC  400  Research  Methods    3 

Consumer  Product  Information  or  CNEC  455  Consumer 

Technology:  Product  Standards  (see  option 

selected)"     3 

Consumer  Product  Information  or  CNEC  456  Consumer 

Technology:  Product  Liability  (see  option 

selected)**     3 

BMGT  350  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  3 

ECON  401  National  Income  Analysis    3 

ECON  403  Intermediate  Price  Theory     3 

General  University  Requirements    6 

Total    30 

Senior  Year 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior    3 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law   3 

General  University  Requirements    12 

Consumer  Product  Infomiation  or  CNEC  457  Consumer 

Technology:  Product  Safety  (see  option  selected)"    3 


108     College  of  Library  and  Information  Services 


Electives 
Total    .  .  . 


5-9 
26-30 


*    Consult  with  Faculty  Advisor. 

■•  Consumer  Product  Inlormalion:  Select  from  CNEC  455,  CNEC  456,  CNEC  457,  TEXT 
250,  TEXT  355,  TEXT  452,  TEXT  454,  FOOD  200,  FOOD  300,  FMCO  431  and  other  courses 
subiect  to  approval  by  Department. 

Course  Code  Prefixes— TEXT,  CNEC 


College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services 

The  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  is  a  graduate  program 
which  draws  its  students  from  many  undergraduate  disciplines.  Although  many 
o(  the  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  students  have  degrees  in  the 
social  sciences  and  humanities,  there  is  an  increasing  interest  in  people  with 
diverse  backgrounds — in  the  sciences,  lor  example  The  continued  influence  of 
scientific  advances,  the  variations  in  clientele  and  service  patterns,  and  the 
constantly  shifting  character  of  the  societal  scene  are  among  the  factors  which 
have  significantly  influenced  and  will  doubtless  influence  all  the  more  in  the 
future  the  scope  and  character  of  library  functions  and  responsibilities.  The 
library  and  information  professional  in  the  1980's  must  have  competence  in 
many  disciplines  if  he  or  she  is  to  serve  well  in  the  information  centers,  urban 
areas,  public  libraries,  and  school  libraries.  The  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services  is  a  visionary  school,  attempting  to  produce  people  to  fill 
contemporary  needs. 

The  library  science  education  program  at  the  undergraduate  level  fulfills  the 
State  of  Maryland's  requirements  for  the  Educational  Media  Associate 
Certificate,  Level  I  This  is  the  beginning  level  of  educational  media 
responsibilities.  The  Associate  is  a  professional  person  with  introductory 
knowledge,  understanding  of  and  competency  in  media  services,  with  the 
particular  emphasis  on  the  operation  of  a  unified  media  program  Fifteen  hours 
of  undergraduate  library  science  courses  are  offered  through  the  College  of 
Library  and  Information  Services. 

Because  of  the  universal  application  of  many  principles  of  librarianship  and 
media,  students  other  than  education  students  interested  in  library  and  media 
courses  may  register  for  the  undergraduate  library  science  courses  without 
being  enrolled  in  the  certification  program. 

While  the  undergraduate  program  in  library  science  education  fulfills  a  great 
need  in  training  school  library  and  media  personnel  and  persons  to  fill  special 
roles,  the  masters  degree  program  in  the  College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services  is  the  recognized  avenue  for  preparing  fully  qualified  professionals  in 
the  library  field. 

For  further  information  regarding  the  undergraduate  library  science 
education  program,  refer  to  the  Index  listing  for  "Departments.  Programs  and 
Curricula,  Library  Science  Education." 


College  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation  and  Health 

The  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  provides 
preparation  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  following 
professional  areas:  physical  education  (three  certification  options),  health 
education  and  recreation.  The  College  also  offers  curricula  in  safety  education, 
and  kinesiological  sciences  The  College  provides  research  lat)oratories  (or 
faculty  members  and  graduate  students  who  are  interested  in  investigating 
various  parameters  of  the  fields  of  health,  of  physical  education,  and  of 
recreation  and  leisure  The  service  section  of  each  department  offers  a  wide 
variety  of  courses  for  all  University  students.  These  courses  may  be  used  to 
fulfill  the  General  University  Requirements,  and  as  electives. 

In  addition  to  its  various  on-campus  offerings,  this  College  regularly 
conducts  courses  in  physical  education,  health  education  and  recreation  in 
various  parts  of  the  State  of  Maryland  and  conducts  workshops  wherever 
requested  by  proper  officials. 

Programs  combining  research,  service  and  instruction  are  provided  by  the 
Children's  Health  and  Development  Clinic,  the  Adults'  Health  and 
Developmental  Program,  and  the  Sports  Medicine  and  Physical  Fitness  Center 


Cola  Student  Activities  Building.  This  building  Is  the  center  for  intercollegiate 
athletics  and  also  senses  as  a  teaching  station  for  various  physical  education 
classes  primarily  those  involving  swimming  and  conditioning  The  mam  arena  of 
this  building  has  19,796  square  feel  of  floor  space  The  swimmir>g  pool  is 
divided  into  two  areas  by  a  permanent  bulkhead  The  shallow  end  is  42x24 
feet  and  the  large  area  is  42 '  75  feet  with  a  depth  ranging  from  4  to  1 3  feet 
The  College  maintains  locker  and  shower  facilities  and  an  equipment  room  in 
this  building  and  also  the  Safety  Education  Program  of  the  Health  Education 
Department. 

Preinkart  Field  House.  There  is  an  additional  75 '  35  feet  swimming  pool  in 
Preinkert  to  serve  physical  education  classes  and  recreational  swimming. 
Supporting  locker  and  shower  facilities  are  available 

Reckord  Armory.  The  Armory  is  used  primarily  for  the  intramural  program.  It 
houses  the  offices  of  the  director  of  intramurals  and  an  athletic  equipment  room 
from  which  students  may  secure  equipment  for  recreational  purposes  The 
28,880  sq  ft  of  floor  space  has  four  basketball  courts,  with  badminton, 
volleyball,  and  tennis  courts  superimposed  on  them  This  facility  is  also  used  as 
an  indoor  track,  with  indoor  vaulting,  high  and  broad  jump  pits,  a  one-tenth  mile 
track,  and  a  70  yard  straightaway 

Ritchie  Coliseum.  The  Coliseum  has  6,555  square  feet  of  floor  space  and  is 
used  as  a  supplementary  facility  for  intramurals  and  physical  education  classes. 

Outdoor  Facilities.  The  Stadium  The  stadium,  with  a  seating  capacity  of 
33,536  has  a  one-quarter  mile  tartan  track  with  a  220-yard  straightaway  Pits 
are  available  for  pole  vaulting  and  high  and  broad  jumping  West  of  the 
stadium  are  facilities  for  the  shot  put,  discus  and  javelin  throw  The  College  of 
Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  uses  these  facilities  for  classes  in 
track  and  field  Also  east  of  the  stadium  are  three  practice  football  fields,  the 
baseball  stadium,  and  a  practice  baseball,  lacrosse,  and  soccer  field  The 
College  uses  some  of  these  facilities  for  major  skill  classes  in  football,  soccer, 
and  baseball  West  of  the  stadium  are  four  combination  soccer-touch  football 
play  fields,  complete  with  goal  posts,  and  four  Softball  fields  with  wire  backstops 
for  physical  education  classes  and  recreational  use 

Surrounding  the  Armory  are  four  touch  football  fields  and  eight  Softball 
fields,  encompassing  18.4  acres.  These  fields,  and  the  four  in  the  Fraternity 
Row  are  used  for  intramurals 

Immediately  west  of  the  Cole  Activities  Building  are  14  all-weather  tennis 
courts  A  modern  18-hole  golf  course  was  opened  in  1957  This  204  acre 
course  includes  two  lakes,  and  an  additional  5  8-acre  golf  driving  range  (or 
instructional  purposes.  The  golf  driving  range,  equipped  with  lights,  and  the  golf 
course  greatly  add  to  present  recreational  facilities 

The  outdoor  facilities  of  the  new  PERH  Building  include  sixteen  lighted 
tennis  courts  and  an  outdoor  playing  field  300  feet  by  600  feet  for  touch 
football,  soccer,  and  lacrosse. 

The  outdoor  facilities  adjacent  to  the  Preinkert  Field  House  include  six 
hard-surfaced  tennis  courts,  and  a  combination  hockey  and  lacrosse  field 

General  information — Entrance  Requirements.  All  students  desiring  to  enroll 
in  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  must  apply  to  (he 
Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park 

Sixteen  units  of  high  scfx>ol  credits  are  required  for  admittance  to  this 
College  Recommended  courses  are:  four  units  of  English,  one  unit  of  socil 
science,  one  unit  of  natural  science,  two  units  in  mathematics,  and  one  unit  of 
physical  sciences 

Guidance.  At  the  time  of  matnculation  and  first  registration,  each  student  is 
assigned  to  a  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  College  who  acts  as  the  student's 
academic  advisor  This  faculty  member  will  be  in  physical  education,  recreation 
or  health  education,  depending  on  the  student's  choice  of  curriculum  The 
student  should  confer  regulariy  with  his  advisor  pnor  to  each  registration 

Normal  Load.  The  normal  University  load  for  students  is  12-18  credit  hours 
per  semester  No  student  may  register  for  more  than  19  hours  unless  he  or 
she  has  a  B  average  for  the  preceding  semester  and  approval  of  the  dean  of 
the  College 

Electives.  Electives  shoukj  be  planned  carefully,  and  well  m  advance. 
preferably  with  the  student's  academic  advisor  It  Is  important  to  t>egin  certain 
sequences  as  soon  as  possible  to  prevent  later  conflict  Electives  may  t>e 
selected  from  any  department  of  the  University  in  accordance  with  a  student  s 
professional  needs 


Indoor  Facilities.  Five  separate  buildings  support  the  academic  programs  of 
the  College  plus  the  Intramural  Sports  Programs  for  men  and  women 

New  PERH  Building.  The  second  phase  of  a  projected  three  phase, 
multimillion  dollar  facility  has  been  completed  on  the  North  Campus  near  the 
Cambridge  dorm  complex  This  building  tiouses  the  administrative  offices  of  the 
College  and  most  o(  its  faculty  In  addition  to  classrooms,  facilities  include:  two 
gymnasia,  three  multipurpose  rooms,  a  large  gymnastic  area,  a  lecture  hall, 
research  laboratories,  handball-racquetball-squash  courts,  a  weight  lifting  room, 
and  supportive  locker  and  strawer  rooms 


Freshman  and  Sophomore  Program.  The  work  of  the  (irsl  two  years  in  this 
College  is  designed  to  accomplish  the  lollowing  purpose  (1)provk)e  a  general 
basic  or  core  education  and  prepare  for  later  s(>ecialization  by  giving  a 
foundation  m  certain  basic  sciences,  (2)  develop  competency  in  ttiose  t>asic 
techniques  necessary  for  successful  participation  in  the  professional  courses  o( 
the  last  two  years 

The  techniques  courses  will  vary  considerably  m  t(>e  di((eront  cumculums 
and  must  be  satisfactonly  completed,  or  competencies  demonstrated  before  the 
student  can  be  accepted  (or  the  advanced  courses  in  methods  end  in  student 
teaching  II  is  very  important  that  each  requirement  t>e  met  as  it  occurs 


College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     109 


student  Teaching.  Opportunity  Is  provided  lor  student  teactiing  experience  in 
ptiyslcal  education  and  health  education  The  studeni  devotes  one  semester  In 
the  senior  year  to  observation,  participation,  and  teaching  under  a  qualilied 
supervising  teacher  in  in  approved  Teacher  Education  Center  A  University 
supervisor  from  the  College  ol  Physical  Education.  Recreation  and  Health  visits 
the  student  penodically  and  centers  with  the  studeni  teacher,  the  cooperating 
teacher,  and  the  center  coordinator,  giving  assistance  when  needed 

To  be  eligible  lor  student  teaching,  the  student  must  {\]have  the 
rocommendation  ot  the  University  supervising  teacher,  and  (2)  must  have 
tuHilled  all  required  courses  lor  the  B  S  degree  except  those  in  the  Block 
Student  Teaching  Semester,  excluding  those  exceptions  approved  by  each 
department  The  studeni  must  obtain  a  grade  ol  C  or  better  in  all  prolesslonal 
courses  in  his  or  her  cun-iculum  and  rriust  register  lor  all  courses  In  the  'Block' 
concurrently 

Raid  Work.  Recreation  major  students  are  expected  to  carry  out  a  number  ol 
field  expenences  during  their  University  career:  volunteer  or  part-lime 
recreation  employment  dunng  the  school  year,  summer  employment  In  camps 
or  at  playgrounds,  etc  These  expenences  culminate  in  a  senior  semester  ol 
field  woiy  lor  which  a  student  receives  credit  and  during  which  the  student 
works  as  a  staff  member  (for  20  hours  per  week)  In  the  field  ol  recreation  in 
which  he  or  she  hopes  to  be  employed,  such  as  public  recreation,  recreation 
for  the  exceptional,  agencies  (Ys.  scouts,  etc  ).  military  recreation,  etc 

Oagraas.  The  degree  ol  Bachelor  ol  Science  Is  conferred  up)on  students  who 
have  met  the  conditions  ol  their  curricula  as  herein  prescribed  by  the  College 
of  Physical  Education.  Recreation  and  Health 

Each  candidate  lor  a  degree  must  file  a  formal  application  with  the 
Registrations  Office  dunng  the  registration  period,  or  not  later  than  the  end  ol 
the  third  week  of  classes  of  the  regular  semester,  or  at  the  end  of  the  second 
week  of  the  summer  session,  prior  to  the  date  ol  graduation 

Certification.  The  Maryland  State  Department  ol  Education  certifies  for 
teaching  only  when  an  applicant  has  a  tentative  appointment  to  teach  in  a 
Maryland  county  school  No  certificate  may  be  secured  by  application  ol  the 
student  on  graduation  Course  content  requirements  for  certification  are 
Indicated  with  each  curnculum  A  student  intending  to  qualify  as  a  teacher  In 
Baltimore.  Washington,  DC,  or  other  specific  situations  should  secure  a 
statement  of  certification  requirements  before  starting  work  in  the  junior  year 
and  discuss  them  with  his  or  her  academic  advisor 

Student  Organizations  and  Activities 

Majors'  Club.  All  students  enrolled  in  the  College  are  eligible  for 
membership  In  this  organization  It  conducts  various  professional  meetings. 
brings  In  speakers  and  promotes  various  corecreatlonal  activities  It  has 
sponsored  trips  to  district  and  national  conventions  of  the  American  Association 
for  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation,  and  is  chartered  as  a  student 
major  club  of  that  organization. 

Aqualiners  This  synchronized  swimming  club  is  open  to  all  men  and 
women  registered  in  the  University.  Through  weekly  meetings  the  group 
concentrates  on  additional  stroke  perfection.  Individual  and  group  stunts,  diving. 
and  experimentation  with  various  types  ol  accompaniment  and  choreographic 
techniques.  An  original  water  show  Is  presented  each  spring  and  several 
demonstrations  are  given  each  year.  Tryouts  are  held  twice  a  year — once  at 
the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester,  and  again  after  the  water  show  during  the 
spring  semester 

University  ol  Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Society  In  the  fall  of  1959  the 
University  of  Maryland  Recreation  and  Paries  Society  was  formed  by  the 
undergraduate  and  graduate  major  and  minor  students  of  the  College.  The 
society,  an  affiliate  of  the  State  and  national  recreation  organizations,  provides 
opportunities  for  University  and  community  service,  for  rich  practical 
experience,  and  for  social  experiences  for  those  students  having  a  mutual 
professional  recreation  interest. 

Gymkana  Troupe.  The  Gymkana  Troupe  Includes  men  and  women 
students  from  all  Colleges  who  wish  to  express  themselves  through  the 
medium  of  gymnastics  These  Individuals  coordinate  their  talents  in  order  to 
produce  an  exhiblfional  performance  that  has  been  seen  in  many  places 
including  Bermuda.  Iceland,  the  Azores.  Idaho.  Montana,  and  the  eastern 
seaboard  ol  the  United  States.  The  organization  has  three  principal  objecfives: 
(1)to  provide  healthful,  co-recreational  activities  that  provide  fun  for  the 
students  during  their  leisure  hours;  (2)  to  promote  gymnastics  In  this  locality; 
and  (3)  to  entertain  our  students  and  people  in  other  communities 

This  organization  is  co-sponsored  by  the  Physical  Education  Department 
and  the  Student  Government  Association,  and  it  welcomes  any  student, 
regardless  ol  the  amount  of  experience,  to  join. 

Intramural  Sports  and  Recreation  (ISR) 

The  former  Intramural  Program  for  men  and  the  Women's  Recreation 
Association  Program  are  now  consolidated  under  the  office  of  Intramural  Sports 
and  Recreation  In  concert  with  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs.  The  program 
involves  more  than  20  competitive  sport  activities  and  an  unstnjctured 
recreational  program  lor  those  who  do  not  desire  to  become  part  of  the 
competitive  program.  The  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health  encourages  these  activities  by  scheduling  as  many  of  Its  facilifies  as 
possible  for  students  who  wish  to  participate  In  both  the  competitive  programs 
and  In  the  unstructured  programs.  The  Intramural  Sports  and  Recreafion 


programs  office  plans  in  the  near  future  to  irtcorporale  an  additional  function, 
ihat  ol  sport  and  recreation  clubs 

In  the  structured  program  competition  is  provided  In  such  activities  as  fleW 
fxjckey.  lacrosse,  touch  football,  soccer,  golf,  tennis,  iKirseshoes,  cross  country, 
handball,  basketball,  bowling,  weight  training,  swimming,  wrestling,  badminton, 
table  lennis,  soltball,  racketball,  volleyball,  and  outdoor  track  The  Campus 
Sport  and  Recreation  Office  is  located  in  room  2134  of  the  PERH  Building. 
Those  desiring  inlormallon  concerning  tournament  entry  dates,  hours  of 
recreation,  facility  postponements,  etc  ,  may  call  454-54S4  which  is  a  recording 
operating  24  hours  a  day 

Unstructured  Recreational  Activities  Free  play  activities  such  as  tennis, 
swimming,  handball,  racquelball.  and  basketball  have  become  very  popular 
with  students,  laculty  and  staff  on  the  College  Pari<  Campus 

Honor  Societies 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  Honorary  Society  ol  the  College  of  Physical  Education. 
Recreation  and  Health 

The  purpose  ol  this  organization  is  to  recognize  academic  achievement  and 
10  promote  prolesslonal  growth  by  sponsoring  activities  in  the  fields  ol  physical 
education,  recreation,  health  and  related  areas. 

Students  shall  qualify  for  membership  at  such  times  as  they  shall  have 
attained  junior  standing  in  physical  education,  health  or  recreation,  and  have  a 
minimum  overall  average  ol  2  7  and  a  minimum  professional  average  ol  3  1 
Graduate  students  are  Invited  to  join  after  10  hours  of  work  with  a  3.3  average 
The  organization  Is  open  to  both  men  and  women 

Sigma  Tau  Epsilon.  This  society,  lounded  In  1940,  selects  those  women 
who  have  attained  an  overall  2,5  average  and  demonstrated  outstanding 
leadership,  service  and  sportsmanlike  qualities  In  the  organization  and  activities 
of  the  Women's  Recreation  Assoclafion  and  its  affiliated  groups 

Eta  Sigma  Gamma.  Epsilon  chapter  was  established  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  In  May  of  1969  This  professional  honorary  organization  for  health 
educators  was  established  to  promote  scholarship  and  community  service  for 
health  majors  at  both  the  graduate  and  undergraduate  levels  Students  may 
apply  after  two  consecutive  semesters  with  a  2  75  cumulative  average 

College  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation  &  Health  Departments, 
Programs  and  Curricula 

IHealth  Education 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Burt 

Professors:  Greenberg,  Johnson,  Levlton 

Associate  Professors:  Clearwater.  Miller,  Tifft 

Assistant  Professors:  Allen,  Beck,  Decker,  Feldman,  Fertziger,  Yarian 

Instructors:  Carney,  Dotson,  McLaughlin,  Sands 

The  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  give  leadership  In  the 
development  of  both  school  and  community  health.  Graduates  ol  the 
departmental  program  have  placement  opportunities  as  health  educators  in  the 
public  schools,  community  colleges,  as  well  as  in  the  public  voluntary  health 
agencies. 


(Health  Education  Curricuium 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Freshman  Year  I 

ENGL-General  University  Requirement    3 

HLTH  130— Introduction  to  Health    3 

HLTH  140 — Personal  and  Community  Health     

CHEM  103,  104— College  Chemistry  I  &  ii   4 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology   

General  University  Requirements    6 

Total    16 

Sophomore  Year 

HLTH  106— Drug  Use  and  Abuse     3 

HLTH  150 — First  Aid  and  Emergency  Medical  Sennces 

HLTH  270— Safety  Education   3 

NUTR  20O— Nutrition  for  Health  Sen/ices   

ZOOL  201.  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiotogy  I  and  II    ....  4 

General  University  Requirements    6 

Elective   

Total   \.        16 

Junior  Year 

ENGL — General  University  Requirement    

HLTH  310 — Introduction  to  the  School  Health  Program    

HLTH  450— Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth    3 

HLTH  477 — Fundamentals  of  Sex  Educafion    3 

HLTH  498 — Community  Health   

EDHD  300S — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    

EDMS  410 — Principles  of  Tesfing  and  Evaluation    

MICB  200— General  Microbiology  4 


110     College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


MICB  420 — Epidemiology  and  Public  Health    

Total    16 

Senior  Year 

HLTH  340 — Curriculum,  insloicllon  and  Observation   

HLTH  390 — Organization  and  Administration  of  School  Health 

Programs     

HLTH  420— Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education    3 

HLTH  4«9— Field  Laboratory  Project  and  Workshop    6 

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    . 
EDSE  367— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools — Health 
Electives    6 

Total    15 


17 


Degree  Requirements  In  Health  Education:  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  health  education  are  as  follows: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Foundation  Science  Courses  (ZOOL  101,  201,  202;  CHEM  103,  104: 

MICB  200,  420,  NUTR  200)    29 

Professional  Health  Education  Courses  (HLTH  106,  130,  140,  150, 

270.  310,  340,  390,  420,  450,  477,  489)     40 

Education  Courses  (EDHD  300S,  EDSF  301,  EDMS  410,  EDSE  330, 

EDSE  367)     23 

General  University  Requirements   30 

Electives    9 

Total    131 

Minor  In  Health  Education —  24  Hour  Minor  Twelve  semester  hours  in  health 
education  (HLTH  140,  150,  310,  420,  450). 

Twelve  semester  hours  in  related  areas:  Six  semester  hours  of  biological 
science:  six  semester  hours  of  psychology  or  human  development. 
Driver  Education  Instructors  Certification  Requirements 

A.  Classroom  Instructor — 18  semester  hours 

Twelve  semester  hours  as  follows:  HLTH  280,  305,  and  375:  plus  six 
semester  hours  selected  from  the  following  courses:  HLTH  270,  489F. 
489L,  or  ENES  473 

B.  Laboratory  Instructor — 12-15  Semester  Hours.  Six  to  nine  semester  hours 
in  driver  education  approved  by  the  department,  plus  an  internship  in  driver 
education  (usually  six  semester  credits). 

Course  Code  Prefix— HLTH 

Physical  Education 

Chairman  and  Professor:  Sloan 

Professors:  Dotson,  Eyier,  Humphrey,  Husman,  Ingram,  Kelley,  Kramer,  Sloan, 

Steel 

Associate  Professors:  K  Church,  Dainis,  Hull,  Morris,  Santa  Maria 

Assistant  Professors:  Arrighi,  Craft,  Dummer,  Freundschuch,  Goldfarb,  Jackson, 

Kisabelh.  Murray.  Phillips,  Schmidt,  R.  Tyler,  Vaccaro,  VanderVelden,  Wrenn 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Millis 

Instructors:  Bartley.  Bretting,  Drum,  Griffiths,  Manning,  McHugh,  Tobin,  S.  Tyler 

Lecturers:  Brown,  Bush,  Costello,  Fellows,  Hoffman,  Redding 

This  curriculum,  including  three  certification  options  prepares  students  (1) 
for  teaching  physical  education  in  the  secondary  school,  (2)  for  coaching,  and 
(3)  for  leadership  in  youth  and  adult  groups  which  offer  a  program  of  physical 
activity  The  first  two  years  of  this  curriculum  are  considered  to  t>e  an 
orientation  period  in  which  the  student  has  an  opportunity  to  gain  an  adequate 
background  in  general  education  as  well  as  in  those  scientific  areas  closely 
related  to  this  field  of  specialization.  In  addition,  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
development  of  skills  in  a  wide  range  of  motor  activities.  Further,  students  are 
encouraged  to  select  related  areas,  especially  in  the  fields  of  biology,  social 
sciences,  psychology,  health  education,  and  recreation  as  fields  of  secondary 
interest.  These  materially  increase  tfie  vocational  opportunities  which  are 
available  to  a  graduate  in  physical  education 

Equipment:  Students  may  be  required  to  provide  individual  equipment  for 
certain  courses 

Uniforms:  Suitable  uniforms,  as  prescribed  by  the  Department,  are  required 
for  the  activity  classes  and  for  student  teaching  These  uniforms  should  be 
worn  only  during  professional  activities 

Departnwntal  Raqulrements.  All  CartHlcatlon  Options 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

University  Studies  Requirements     40 

HLTH  150— First  Aid  and  Safety     2" 

RHYS  101  or  111  or  CHEM  102  or  103  or  105    3-4 

PHED  180— Introduction  to  Physical  Education  and  Health    2 

PHED  181 — Fundamentals  of  Movement    2 

ZOOL  201 ,  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiotogy    8 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

EDSF  301 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

PHED  333— Adapted  Physical  Education      2 


PHED  390 — Practicum  in  Teaching  Physical  Education   3 

PHED  400— Kinesiology    4 

PHED  480— Measurement  In  Physical  Education  and  Health    3 

PHED  Skills  Laboratories'     20 

*    Student  should  discuss  tr>is  requirement  witti  departmental  advisor. 

K-6  Certification  Option 

PHED  314 — Methods  in  Physical  Education   3 

EDHD  320 — Human  Development  Through  the  Lifespan   3 

EDEL  336 — Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Physical  Educatkjn     8 

PHED  421 — Physical  Education  for  Elementary  School:  A  Movement 

Approach     3 

PHED  385 — Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance    3 

PHED  491 — The  Curriculum  in  Elementary  School  Physical  Educatk>n  .  3  or 
PHED  495 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Elementary  Sctwol 

Physical  Education 3 

PHED  Electives  (6  hours  total),  PHED  450,  PHED  460,  PHED  491, 

PHED  493,  or  PHED  495    6 

Electives    10-1 1 

7-12  Certification  Option 

PHED  314 — Methods  in  Physical  Education   3 

Theory  of  Coaching  Elective  (PHED  340,  341,  342,  343,  344,  345,  or 

346) 2 

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    3 

PHED  381 — Advanced  Training  and  Conditioning    3 

EDSE  374 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    8 

PHED  360— Physiology  of  Exercise    3 

PHED  385 — Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Perfomiance    3 

PHED  490 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Physical  Education      .  .  3 

PHED  493— History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and  Physical  Education    .  .  3 

Electives    8-0 

K-12  Certification  Option 

PHED  314 — Methods  in  Physical  Education  3 

EDHD  320— Human  Development  Through  the  Lifespan   3 

Theory  of  Coaching  Elective  (PHED  340,  341 ,  342,  343,  344,  345,  or 

346)     2 

EDSE  330 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education    3 

EDEL  336 — Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schwjis    6 

EDSE  374 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools    6 

PHED  381 — Advanced  Training  and  Conditioning    3 

PHED  421 — Physical  Education  for  Elementary  SctKX>l:  A  Movement 

Approach     3 

PHED  360— Physiology  of  Exercise    3 

PHED  385 — Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance    3 

PHED  490 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Physical  Education    ...  3 

PHED  491 — The  Curriculum  in  Elementary  School  Physical  Education 

or 

PHED  495 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Elementary  Sctiool 

Physical  Education    3 

PHED  493— History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and  Physical  Education   . .  3 

This  program  is  designed  for  those  students  who  are  vitally  interested  in 
the  fascinating  realm  of  sport  and  the  human  activity  sciences,  but  not 
necessarily  interested  in  preparing  for  teaching  in  the  publk:  sctxxjis.  The  body 
of  knowledge  explored  by  this  curriculum  may  be  described  briefly  as  follows: 

The  history  of  sport,   both  ancient  and   contemporary,   its  phitosophical 

foundations  and  the  study   of   social   factors   as  they   relate   to   human 

behavior. 

Biomechanics,  exercise  physiology,  the  theoretical  bases  and  effects  of 

physical  activity,  neuromotor  leaming  and  the  psyctx>logical  factors  inherent 

in  physical  pertormance 

The  quantification  and  descnption  of  pertoiniance  and  the  relation  of  ttiese 

factors  to  human  development 

The  program  makes  possible  the  broad  use  of  elective  credit  so  that 
various  student  interests  may  be  combined  on  an  interdisciplinary  basis  With 
such  possibilities  available,  graduates  could  reasonably  set  their  sights  on 
occupations  in  the  paramedical  fiekls,  such  as  stress  testing  and  human 
factors,  athletic  involvements  such  as  trainers,  scouts,  sports  publicists,  or 
advance  to  further  study  in  the  therapies,  as  well  as  graduate  work  in  physical 
educatkin  and  allied  fields 

Klnesiologlcal  Sciences  Curriculum 

Samssfor 

Fresfyman  Year  Crodit  Hours 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology   4 

MATH  001— Review  of  High  School  Algebra  if  required     0 

MATH  1 05 — Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  or 

MATH  1 10 — Introduction  lo  Mathematics    3 

PSYC  100— Introductkjn  to  Psyctwkjgy      3 

PHED  180— Introduction  Physical  Educalk>n    2 

HLTH  1 40— Personal  and  Community  Health     3 

Activity  Courses'   2,  2 

Electives'    3 

'    Activity  cxmrMs  in  the  Frathman  Year  are  hmnad  lo  200  taval  oouissa. 


Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering     111 


Sophomorv  Year 

200L  201.  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology    4,  4 

PHED  287 — Sport  and  Amencan  Society    3 

Activity  Courses*      2, 2 

Electives    6 

Junior  Year 

PHED  400— Kinesiology    4 

PHED  480 — Measurement  in  Physical  Education  3 

PHED  455 — Physical  Fitness  ol  the  Individual    3 

Restncled  Electives'    12-14 

Electives'     3 

Senior  Year 

PHED  350— Psychology  of  Sport    3 

PHED  360— Physiology  o(  Exercise    

PHED  385 — Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance    

PHED  493 — History  and  Philosophy  ol  Sport  and  Physical  Education 

PHED  496— Quantitative  Methods    

PHED  497 — Independent  Studies  Seminar     

Electives'     


3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
7-9 

In  addition  to  the  atxjve  required  courses,  students  must  folflll  the  University 
Studies  Requirement  of  40  semester  hours. 

Minimum  hours  required  lor  graduation    123 


*  See  departmental  advisor  for  information  regarding  available  options  for  restncted  elective. 
free  elective  and  activity  course  requirements  for  University  Studies  Requirement. 

The  Honors  Program  In  Physical  Education.  The  aim  of  the  Honors  Program 
is  to  encourage  superior  students  by  providing  an  enriched  program  of  studies 
which  will  fulfill  their  advanced  interests  and  needs.  Qualified  students  are 
given  the  opportunity  to  undertake  intensive  and  often  independent  studies 
wherein  initiative,  responsibility  and  intellectual  discipline  are  fostered.  To 
qualify  for  admission  to  the  program: 

1 .  A  freshman  must  have  a  "B"  average  in  academic  (college  prep)  curriculum 
of  an  accredited  high  school 

2.  A  sophomore   must  have  an  accumulative  GPA  of  3.00  in  all  college 
courses  of  official  registration. 

3.  All  applicants  must  have  three  formal  recommendations  concerning  their 
potential,  character,  and  other  related  matters. 

4.  All  applicants  must  be  accepted  by  the  Faculty  Honors  Committee. 

In  completing  the  program,  all  honor  students  must: 

1 .  Participate  in  an  honors  seminar  where  thesis  and  other  relevant  research 
topics  are  studied. 

2.  Pass     a     comprehensive     oral     examination     covering     subject     matter 
background 

3.  Successfully  prepare  and  defend  the  honors  thesis. 

On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  in  the  above  program,  the 
college  may  vote  to  recommend  graduation  without  honors,  with  honors,  or  with 
high  honors. 

Recreation 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Humphrey 

Associate  Professors:  Churchill.  Kuss,  Strobell,  Verhoven 

Assistant  Professors:  Colton,  Leedy 

Lecturers:  Kelley.  Munson 

Instructors:  Annand.  Calloway.  Graefe,  Preston,  Singleton,  Smith.  Ward 

This  cumculum  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  who  wish  to 
qualify  for  positions  in  the  leisure  services  fields,  and  for  the  needs  of  those 
students  who  desire  a  background  which  will  enable  them  to  render  distinct 
contributions  to  community  life.  The  Department  draws  upon  various  other 
departments  and  colleges  within  the  University  for  courses  to  balance  and 
enrich  its  offerings  for  its  leisure  studies  curriculum.  A  total  of  120  credits  are 
required  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree,  with  a  limit  of  72  credits  in  RECR 
prefix  coursework. 

Those  majoring  in  leisure  studies  have  opportunity  for  observation  and 
practical  experience  in  local,  county,  state  and  federal  public  recreation 
programs,  in  social  and  group  woris  agency  programs,  and  in  the  various 
programs  of  the  Armed  Forces,  American  Red  Cross,  local  hospitals  and 
commercial  recreation  establishments.  Major  students  are  required  to  select  an 
Option  Area  of  interest  around  which  to  center  their  elective  coursewori<.  These 
Option  Areas  include  Administration,  Interpretive  Services,  Program 
Development,  Resource  Planning  and  Management,  and  Therapeutic 
Recreation 

An  active  student  University  ol  Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Society,  an 
affiliate  of  the  comparable  state  and  national  organizations,  provides 
opportunities  for  University  and  community  service,  for  practical  experience, 
and  for  social  fellowship  with  those  students  having  mutual  professional 
interests. 

Many  outstanding  practitioneraeducators  reside  in  the  Metropolitan 
Washington.  DC,  area.  It  is  the  practice  of  the  Department  to  enrich  its  course 
offerings  through  the  use  of  these  individuals  as  extensively  as  possible. 


Racreatlon  Curriculum 


Freshman  Year 

RECR  130— History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation 

SPCH  (Related  Requirement)   

GVPT— Related  Requirement   

ENGL  Composition    

AREA  A — General  University  Requirement     

AREA  B — General  University  Requirement     

Elective  or  Option    


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Total    

Sophomore  Year 

AREA  A — General  University  Requirement 
AREA  B — General  University  Requirement 
AREA  C — General  University  Requirement 

Option  Elective    

Option  Competency     

Elective    

RECR  200— Sophomore  Seminar     

RECR  370— Special  Populations    

Total    


RECR  340 — Sophomore  Summer  Field  Experience 

Junior  Year 

ENGL  Composition  (Junior  Level  Requirement)    

Upper  Level  General  University  Requirement 

RECR  460 — Leadership  Techniques     

RECR  420— Program  Development    

Option  Requirement    

Option  Elective    

EDHD — Human  Development  (Related  Requirement)    .... 

Total    

Senior  Year 

Upper  Level  General  University  Requirement 

RECR  495 — Facilities  Design  and  Planning    

RECR  300— Senior  Seminar     

Option  Electives    

Elective    

RECR  410 — Measurement  and  Evaluation  

RECR  432— Philosophy  of  Recreation    

RECR  490 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation. 
RECR  341 — Senior  Field  Experience    

Tbta;    


Division  of  IVIathematical  and 
Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering 

The  Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering  is  like 
a  technical  institute  within  a  large  university.  Students  majoring  in  any  one  of 
the  disciplines  encompassed  by  the  Division  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining 
an  outstanding  education  in  their  field  The  Division  caters  both  to  students  who 
continue  as  professionals  in  their  area  of  specialization,  either  immediately 
upon  graduation  or  after  post  graduate  studies,  and  to  those  who  use  their 
college  education  as  preparatory  to  careers  or  studies  in  other  areas.  The 
narrow  specialist  as  well  as  the  broad  "Renaissance  person'  can  t>e 
accommodated. 

Below  are  outlined  the  requirements  for  each  major  offered  within  the 
Division.  Some  of  the  University  requirements  and  regulations  are  reiterated. 

The  search  for  new  knowledge  is  one  of  the  most  challenging  activities  of 
mankind.  The  university  is  one  of  the  key  institutions  in  society  where 
fundamental  research  is  emphasized.  The  Division  of  Mathematical  and 
Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering  contributes  very  substantially  and  effectively 
to  the  research  activities  of  the  University. 

Many  research  programs  include  undergraduates  either  as  paid  student 
helpers  or  in  forms  of  research  participation.  Students  in  departmental  honors 
programs  are  particularly  given  the  opportunity  to  tjecome  involved  in  research. 
Other  students  too  may  undertake  research  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty 
member. 

A  major  portion  of  the  teaching  program  of  the  Division  is  devoted  to 
serving  students  majoring  in  disciplines  not  encompassed  by  the  Division. 
Some  of  this  teaching  effort  is  in  providing  the  skills  needed  in  support  of  such 
majors  or  programs.  Other  courses  are  designed  as  enrichment  for 
non-science  students,  giving  them  the  opportunity  to  explore  the  reality  of 
science  without  the  technicalities  required  of  the  major. 

Structure  of  the  Division.  The  College  of  Engineering  is  a  major  constituent 

of  the  MPSE  Division,  and  is  headed  by  its  own  Dean.    All  other  departments 
and  programs  in  the  Division  report  directly  to  the  Provost  of  the  Division. 
The  following  departments  and  programs  comprise  the  Division  of  MPSE. 


112     College  of  Engineering 


Department  of  Computer  Science 
Department  of  Mathematics 
Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
Applied  Mathematics  Program 
Astronomy  Program 
Chemical  Physics  Program 
Meteorology  Program 
Physical  Sciences  Program 

Within  the  College  of  Engineering: 

Department  of  Aerospace  Engineering 
Department  of  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering 
Department  of  Civil  Engineering 
Department  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Department  of  Fire  Protection  Engineering 
Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Engineering  Materials  Program 
Engineering  Sciences  Program 
Wind  Tunnel  Operations  Department 
Cooperative  Engineering  Education  Program 
Agricultural  Engineering  Program 

Dagraa  Programs.  The  following  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  programs  are 

offered  by  the  departments  and  programs  of  the  Division: 

Astronomy,  Computer  Science,  Mathematics,  Physics,  Physical 
Sciences,  Aerospace  Engineering,  Agricultural  Engineering,  Chemical 
Engineering,  Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engineering,  Engineering 
(Applied  Science  Option  or  Engineering  Option),  Engineering 
Technology  (Mechanical),  Fire  Protection  Engineering,  Fire 
Science-Urban  Studies,  Mechanical  Engineering,  and  Nuclear 
Engineering. 

General  Information 

The  MPSE  Undergraduate  Office,  Y-1110  (454-4596)  is  the  central  office 
for  coordinating  the  advising,  processing  and  updating  of  student  records  for 
students  not  in  the  College  of  Engineering  Inquiries  concerning  University 
regulations,  transfer  credits  and  other  general  information  should  t>e  addressed 
to  this  office.  Specific  departmental  information  is  best  obtained  directly  from 
the  departments. 

The  records  of  students  in  the  College  of  Engineering  are  processed  and 
kept  In  the  Engineering  Student  Affairs  Office,  J-1107  (454-2421).  Inquiries 
concerning  Engineering  curricula  should  be  addressed  there. 

The  Division  is  strongly  committed  to  making  studies  in  the  sciences  and 
engineering  available  to  all  regardless  of  their  background.  In  particular,  the 
Division  is  actively  pursuing  an  affirmative  action  program  to  rectify  the  present 
urKler-representation  of  women  and  minorities  in  these  fields  There  are  in  fact 
many  career  opportunities  for  women  and  members  of  minorities  in  the  fields 
represented  by  the  Division. 
Degree  Requirements. 

A.  A  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  with  at  least  a  C  average  are  required 
for  all  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  from  the  Division  All  B.S.  degrees 
conferred  by  the  College  of  Engineering  require  more  than  120  credits;  the 
exact  number  varies  with  the  department. 

B.  39  credit  hours  which  satisfy  the  University  Studies  Program  as  presented 
under  Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements  in  this  catalog  Courses 
taken  to  satisfy  these  requirements  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements.  Students  who  matriculated  prior  to  Summer  1980  may  satisfy 
this  general  studies  requirement  through  the  General  University 
Requirement  program.  All  students  who  matriculated  in  the  Summer  1978 
session  or  later,  must  complete  six  credits  of  English  Composition. 

C.  Major  and  supporting  course  work  is  specified  under  each  department  or 
program 

D.  The  final  30  semester  hours  must  be  completed  at  the  College  Part< 
Campus  Occasionally  this  requirement  may  be  waived  by  the  Provost  or 
Dean  for  up  to  six  of  these  30  credits  to  be  taken  at  another  institution. 
Such  a  waiver  is  granted  only  if  the  student  already  has  30  credits  in 
residence 

E.  Students  must  be  enrolled  in  the  program  in  whrch  they  plan  to  graduate  by 
ttie  time  they  register  for  the  last  15  hours. 

College  of  Engineering 

The  College  of  Engineering  offers  four-year  programs  leading  either  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with  curriculum  designatton  in  Aerospace 
Engineering,  Agricultural  Engineenng,  Chemical  Engineering,  Civil  Engineering, 
Electrical  Engineering,  Fire  Protection  Engineering.  Mechanical  Engineering,  or 
to  ttie  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  with  an  Engineering  option 
or  an  Applied  Science  option  One  example  of  the  Bachetor  of  Science  in 
Engineering  is  Nuclear  Engineenng  In  addition,  each  of  the  foregoing  degree 
programs  may  be  pursued  through  ttie  five-year  Maryland  Plan  for  Cooperative 
Engineering  Education.  The  engineering  programs  integrate  these  elements: 
(1)  basic  sciences,  including  mathematics,  physics,  chemistry;  (2)  engineering 
sciences   including   mechanics   of   solkls   and   fluids,   engineering   materials. 


thermodynamics,  electrk:lty,  and  magnetism;  (3)  professional  studies  In  major 
fields  of  engineenng  specializatk>n;  and  (4)  general  studies  including  lit>eral  arts 
and  social  studies  as  part  of  the  General  University  Requirements  Each 
program  lays  a  broad  base  lor  continued  learning  after  college  in  professional 
practice,  in  business  and  industry,  in  public  service,  or  in  graduate  study  and 
research. 

Gerwral  Information.  Increasingly,  the  boundary  tietween  engineers  and 
applied  scientists  or  applied  mathematicians  becomes  less  distinct  The  various 
branches  of  engineenng  similarty  interact  with  each  other,  as  technical 
problems  become  more  sophisticated,  and  require  a  combined  attack  from 
several  disciplines  The  engineer  occupies  an  intermediate  position  between 
science  and  the  public,  because,  in  addition  to  understanding  thie  scientific 
principles  of  a  situation,  he  is  concerned  with  the  timing,  economics  and  values 
that  define  the  useful  application  of  those  principles 

High  School  Preparation.  Preparation  for  pursuing  an  engineering  degree 
curriculum  begins  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year  of  high  school  Ttie  lime 
required  to  complete  the  vanous  degree  programs  may  be  extended  beyond 
the  four  years  cited  in  this  catalog  to  the  extent  that  an  incoming  student  may 
be  deficient  in  his  high  school  preparation  Pre-engineenng  students  normally 
enroll  in  an  academic  program  in  high  school  The  course  of  study  shook) 
include  3-1/2-4  years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics  (including  algebra, 
trigonometry,  plane  and  solid  geometry  and  pre-calculus  mathematics)  In 
addition,  students  should  complete  one  year  each  of  physics  and  ctiemistry 

Curricula  for  the  various  engineering  departments  are  given  in  this  catatog 
to  illustrate  how  the  programs  can  be  completed  in  four  years  These  curncula 
are  rigorous  and  relatively  difficult  for  the  average  student  Surveys  have 
shown  that  only  about  one-third  to  one-half  of  the  students  actually  receive  an 
engineering  degree  in  lour  years  The  majority  of  students  complete  the 
engineering  program  in  four  and  one-half  to  five  years  (whether  at  Maryland  or 
at  other  engineering  schools  on  a  national  basis)  It  is  quite  feasible  for  a 
student  to  stretch  out  any  curriculum  (which  might  be  necessary  or  dosiraljle 
for  a  variety  of  reasons).  However,  students  should  seek  competent  advising 
In  order  to  ensure  that  courses  are  taken  in  the  proper  sequence. 

Structure  of  Engineering  Curricuia.  Courses  in  the  normal  curriculum  or 
program  and  prescribed  credit  hours  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachetor  of 
Science  (with  curriculum  designation)  are  outlined  in  the  sections  pertaining  to 
each  department  in  the  College  of  Engineering    No  student  may  modify  ttie 
prescribed  number  of  hours  without  special  permission  from  the  Dean  of  ttie 
College.    The  courses  in  each  curriculum  may  be  classified  in  the  following 
categories: 
1 .  Courses  in  the  University  Studies  Program  Requirements. 
2  Courses  in  the  physical  sciences — mathematics,  chemistry,  physics. 
3.  Collateral  engineering  courses — engineering  sciences,  and  other  courses 

approved  for  one  curriculum  but  offered  by  another  department 
4  Courses  in  the  major  department.  A  student  should  obtain  written  approval 

for  any  substitution  of  courses  from  the  Department  Chairman  and  ttie 

Dean  of  the  College. 

The  courses  in  each  engineering  curriculum,  as  classified  above,  form  a 
sequential  and  developmental  pattern  in  subject  matter  In  this  respect. 
curricula  in  engineering  may  differ  from  curricula  in  other  colleges  Some 
regulations  which  are  generally  applicable  to  all  students  (see  the  Academk: 
Regulations)  may  need  clarirication  for  purposes  of  orderiy  administratton 
among  engineering  students.  Moreover,  the  College  of  Engineering  establisties 
policies  which  supplement  the  University  regulations 

Basic  Format  of  the  Freshman-Sophomore  Years  In  Englneerlr^g.  Ttte 
freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  engineenng  are  designed  to  lay  a  strong 
foundation  in  mathematics,  physical  sciences  and  the  engineering  sciences 
upon  which  the  student  will  later  develop  a  professional  program  dunng  ttie 
upper  division  (junior  and  senior)  years  The  College  course  requirements  for 
the  freshman  year  are  the  same  for  all  students,  regardless  of  their  intended 
academic  program,  and  about  75%  of  the  sophomore  year  course 
requirements  are  common,  thus  affording  the  student  a  maximum  flexitnlity  in 
choosing  a  specific  area  of  engineenng  specialization  Alttiough  ttie 
engineenng  student  selects  a  major  fiekj  at  the  start  of  the  sophomore  year. 
this  intramural  program  commonality  affords  the  student  the  maximum  flexibility 
of  choice  of  interdepartmental  transfer  up  to  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year. 

Admissions 

Freshman:  Beginning  with  the  summer  and  fall  1981  semesters  admission  to 
the  College  of  Engineering  will  be  competitive  lor  txjlh  freshmen  and  transfers 
Applicants  who  have  designated  a  major  within  ttie  College  of  Engineering  will 
be  selected  for  admisskin  on  the  t>asis  of  academic  promise  and  availat>le 
space  Freshmen  »nll  be  selected  on  the  basis  of  a  predk:trve  index  and  in 
addition,  must  present  a  score  of  500  or  better  on  ttie  mathematics  portion  ol 
the  SAT  and  a  minimum  combined  score  of  1,000  Applicants  admissiti4e  to 
Ifie  University  but  not  to  ttie  College  will  be  offered  admission  to 
pre-engineering  A  Pre-engineering  ma|or  status  does  not  assure  eventual 
admission  to  the  College  of  Engineenng  Because  ol  space  limltaltorts  the 
Ck>llege  ol  Engineenrtg  may  not  be  able  to  otfer  admission  to  all  quaHSed 
applicants  The  College  Park  campus  strongly  urges  early  application 


College  of  Engineering     113 


Transfer  Beginning  with  the  summer  and  tall  1981  semesters  admission  to  the 
College  of  Engineering  will  be  competitive  lor  both  Ireshmen  and  transfers. 
Applicants  who  have  designated  a  major  within  the  College  ol  Engineering  will 
be  selected  lor  admission  on  the  basis  ol  academic  promise  and  available 
space  Transfer  applicants  enrolled  prior  to  May  1961  in  an  engineenng 
transfer  program  in  a  Maryland  Community  College,  in  a  Northern  Virginia 
Community  College,  a  3-2  program  at  a  Maryland  public  four-year  college,  or 
from  the  UMBC  pre-engineering  program  will  be  offered  admission  to  the 
College  of  Engineering  under  policies  in  effect  at  the  time  ol  their  initial 
enrollment  in  the  transfer  program  at  the  sending  institution  All  other  transfer 
applicants  must  compete  for  enrollment  in  the  College  based  upon  the  criteria 
in  effect  for  the  semester  dunng  which  the  student  wishes  to  enroll  Because 
ol  space  limitations  the  College  of  Engineering  may  not  tie  aWe  to  offer 
admission  to  all  qualified  applicants.  The  College  Park  campus  strongly  urges 
early  application 

Basic  Fr*«hman  Curriculum  In  Engineering.  All  freshmen  in  the  College  ol 
Engineering  are  required  to  complete  the  followii^  basic  curriculum  lor 
freshmen  regardless  ol  whether  the  student  plans  to  proceed  through  one  of 
the  major  fields  designated  baccalaureate  degree  programs  or  follow  any  of  the 
multidisciplinary  non-designated  degree  curricula  that  are  sponsored  by  the 
College. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

CHEM  103.  104*.  General  Chemistry"     4  4 

PHYS  161— General  Physics  1      3 

MATH  140.  141— Analysis  I.  II     4  4 

ENES  101 — Introductory  Engineering  Science    3 

ENES  110— Statics   3 

University  Studies  Program  Requirements    6  3 

Total  Credits    17  17 

Students  who  are  not  prepared  to  schedule  MATH  140  are  advised  to 
register  for  a  preparatory  course — MATH  115.  These  students  are  also 
advised  to  attend  summer  school  following  their  freshman  year  to  complete 
MATH  141  and  PHYS  161  prior  to  entrance  into  the  sophomore  year  of  study. 
MATH  141  and  PHYS  161  are  prerequisites  for  many  courses  required  in  the 
sophomore  year.  ENES  110  should  be  taken  in  summer  school  or  the  fall 
semester. 

'  The  chemistry  cumculum  is  being  changed.  Checl<  witii  Oeans  Office  t}etore  registenng 
for  CHEM  104. 

■•  Oualilied  students  may  elect  to  tal<e  CHEM  105  and  106  (4  cr.  hrs.  each)  Instead  ol 
CHEM  103  and  104 

The  Sophomore  Year  In  Engineering.  With  the  beginning  of  the  sophomore 
year  the  student  selects  a  sponsoring  academic  department  (Aerospace, 
Agricultural.  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  Fire  Protection,  or  Mechanical 
Engineering),  and  this  department  assumes  the  responsibility  for  the  student's 
academic  guidance,  counseling  and  program  planning  from  that  point  until  the 
completion  of  the  degree  requirements  of  that  department  as  well  as  the 
College.  For  the  specific  requirements,  see  the  cun-iculum  listing  in  each 
engineering  department. 

College  Regulations 

1  T>ie  responsibility  for  proper  registration  and  for  satisfying  stated 
prerequisites  for  any  course  must  rest  with  the  student — as  does  the 
responsibility  for  proper  achievement  in  courses  in  which  the  student  is 
enrolled.  Each  student  should  be  familiar  with  the  provisions  of  this  catalog, 
including  the  Academic  Regulations. 

2.  Required  courses  in  mathematics,  physics  and  chemistry  have  highest 
priority;  and  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  every  tngineering  student 
register  for  mathematics  and  chemistry — or  mathematics  and 
physics — each  semester  until  the  student  has  fully  satisfied  requirements  of 
the  College  of  Engineering  in  these  subjects. 

3.  To  be  eligible  for  a  bachelor's  degree  in  the  College  of  Engineering,  a 
student  must  have  an  overall  average  of  at  least  a  C — 2.0  and  a  grade  of 
C  or  better  in  all  courses  with  an  EN  prefix.  Responsibility  for  knowing  and 
meeting  all  degree  requirements  for  graduatkjn  in  any  curriculum  rests  with 
the  student. 

4.  A  University  Studies  Program  is  required  of  students  who  entered  UMCP 
beginning  in  May  1980.  The  University  Studies  Program  replaces  the 
General  University  Requirements  for  students  who  entered  in  May  1980 
and  thereafter.  Students  who  matriculated  prior  to  that  date  may  elect  to 
satisfy  either  the  General  University  Requirements  or  the  new  University 
Studies  Program.  All  students  who  matriculated  in  the  Summer  1978 
session  or  later,  must  complete  six  credits  of  English  composition 

Engineering  Transfer  Programs.  Most  of  the  community  colleges  in  Maryland 
provide  one-  or  two-year  programs  which  have  been  coordinated  to  prepare 
students  to  enter  the  sophomore  or  junior  year  in  engineering  at  the  University 
of  Maryland.  These  curricula  are  identified  as  Engineering  Transfer  Programs 
in  the  catalogs  of  the  sponsoring  institutions.  The  various  associate  degree 
programs  in  technology  do  not  provide  the  preparation  and  transferability  into 
the  professional  degree  curricula  as  the  designated  transfer  programs. 


A  maximum  of  one-halt  of  the  degree  credits  (approximatoty  60-65 
semester  hours)  may  be  transferred  from  a  two-year  community  college 
program 

There  may  be  6-8  semester  hours  of  major  departmental  courses  at  the 
sophomore  level  which  are  not  offered  by  the  schools  participating  in  the 
engineering  transler  program  Students  should  investigate  the  feasibility  of 
completing  these  courses  in  Summer  Sctxx)l  at  the  University  of  Maryland 
belore  starting  their  junior  course  work  in  the  fall  semester 

Dual  Degree  Program.  The  Dual  Degree  Program  is  a  cooperative 
arrangement  between  the  College  ol  Engineering  and  selected  lit>eral  arts 
colleges  which  allows  students  to  earn  undergraduate  degrees  from  both 
institutions  in  a  five-year  program  A  student  in  the  Dual  Degree  Program  will 
attend  the  liberal  arts  college  lor  approximately  three  (3)  .academic  years 
(minimum  90  hours)  and  the  University  ol  Maryland.  College  ol  Engineering  for 
approximately  two  (2)  academic  years  (minimum  hours  required — determined 
individually,  approximately  60  hours). 

Dual  degree  candidates  may  participate  in  any  of  the  baccalaureate  degree 
programs  in  the  College  of  Engineering. 

At  the  present  time  the  participating  institutions  are  American  University, 
Bowie  Stale  College,  Columbia  Union  College.  Coppin,  Frostburg,  King  College 
(Bristol,  Tenn).  Morgan  State  University,  Notre  Dame  of  Maryland.  St.  Mary's 
(St  Mary's  City).  Salisbury  State,  Shippensburg  Stale  University  (PA),  Towson 
State  University,  Western  Maryland  College  and  Trinity  (Washington,  DC). 

Cooperative  Engineering  Education  Program 

Program  Director:  Blair 

The  Maryland  Plan  for  Cooperative  Engineering  Education  at  the  University 
of  Maryland,  College  of  Engineering,  is  a  four  ?nd  one-half  to  five  calendar 
year  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  The  academic 
requirements  for  students  following  the  Co-op  Plan  of  Education  are  identical  to 
the  academic  requirements  for  those  students  following  the  regular  four-year 
program.  In  addition  to  the  normal  academic  requirements.  Co-op  students 
have  scheduled  periods  of  professional  internship  which  must  be  satisfactorily 
completed  to  quality  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  under  the  Co-op  Plan 

The  Co-op  Program  tiegins  after  the  student  has  completed  the  freshman 
and  sophmore  requirements  of  a  major  field.  The  structure  of  Engineering 
Co-op  is  an  alternating  sequence  of  study  and  internship.  As  far  as  Co-op  is 
concerned,  there  are  three  sessions — fall  and  spring  semesters  (20  weeks 
each)  and  a  summer  session  (10  weeks).  This  alternating  plan  of  study  and 
professional  Internship  lengthens  the  last  two  academic  years  into  three 
calendar  years  Delaying  entry  into  the  Co-op  Program  until  the  junior  year 
offers  considerable  educational  advantages  to  the  student. 

The  student  retains  the  normal  freshman-sophomore  program  to  afford  time 
for  the  selection  of  a  major  field  of  engineering — or  to  determine  whether  to 
continue  in  engineering — without  a  commitment  to  either  the  regular  four-year 
or  the  Co-op  Plan  of  Education.  A  more  mature  and  meaningful  series  of 
professional  internship  assignments  are  possible  to  benefit  both  the  student 
and  the  professional  partner.  Also,  the  plan  is  readily  adaptable  to  the  needs  of 
the  student  transferring  to  the  University  from  the  engineering  transfer 
programs  of  community  or  state  colleges. 

Students  need  only  meet  two  criteria  for  entry  into  the  Engineering  Co-op 
Program.  They  are  (1)  completion  of  the  sophomore  requirements  (usually 
about  65  degree  credits)  and  (2)  the  establishment  of  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  at  the  University  of  Maryland  of  at  least  2  0/4.0. 

A  typical  study-intern  schedule  is  shown  below.  The  typical  student  begins 
the  first  internship  in  the  summer  immediately  following  the  sophomore  year 
(65  accumulated  degree  credits).  The  total  internship  is  for  two  summers  and 
two  semesters  (60  weeks)  The  student  enrolls  for  16  semester  hours  each 
during  the  fall  and  spring  semester,  12  semester  hours  during  the  summer  and 
three  semester  hours  in  the  evening  during  two  internship  periods. 

Typical  Study-Intern  Schedule 

Semester  Hours 
Current  Accumulated 

—  65 
16  81 

3§  84 

12  96 

3§  99 

16  115 

—  115 
16  131 

(Grad) 

■    Students  enroll  for  ENCO  408  (6  non-degree  credits). 

+  +  These  numlwrs  refer  to  10-week  periods. 

t  Students  enroll  (or  ENCO  408  and  409  (12  non-degree  credits). 

§  These  courses  could  possibly  be  taken  duhng  the  evening  at  University  College,  or  at  a 

college  located  near  your  emptoyment. 

Although  the  above  study-intern  schedule  depicts  the  student  interning  (or  60  weeks,  the 

minimum  numtjer  is  50  weeks. 

Students  make  their  own  arrangements  for  tioard  and  lodging  while  on  their 
periods  of  internship.  Frequently  the  participating  industrial  company  or 
governmental  agency  will  assist  the  student  in  locating  good,   inexpensive 


Summer' 

intern  (1)  + 

Fall  Semester 

Study 

Spring  Semestert 

Intern  (2,3) 

Summer 

Study 

Fall  Semestert 

intern  (4,5) 

Spring  Semester 

Study 

Summer" 

Intern  (6) 

Fall  Semester 

Study 

114     College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 

lodging  The  internship  wages  are  paid  directly  to  the  student  by  his  employer  mechanical    t>ehavior   of    materials,    stresses    ar>d    strains,    deflections   and 

During  the  semesters  or  summer  sessions  in  which  the  student  attends  vibrations  that  are  associated  with  the  structure  of  the  vehicle  itself  is  called 

school,  he  pays  the  regular  tuition  and  fees  assessed  by  the  University  A  $30  Flight  Sirvctures.  In  the  same  vein,  the  motion  of  any  aircraft  or  space  vehicle 

fee   is   charged   for   each    10-week   period   of   professional   internship    The  must  be  initialed  and  maintained  by  a  propulsive  mechanism  such  as  the 

professional  intern  fee  is  payable  at  the  beginning  of  each  intern  period  and  is  classic  combination  of  a  reciprocating  engine  with  a  propeller,  or  the  more 

not  refundable  modem  turtiojets.  ramjets  and  rockets  The  study  of  the  physical  fundamentals 

of  how  these  engines  worV  is  called  Flight  Propulsion  Finally,  all  of  the  alx>ve 

Instructional  Television  System.   An  Instructional  Television  (ITV)  system  is  are   synthesized   into  one   system   with   a   specific   application — such   as   a 

now  in  operation  at  the  University  of  Maryland    Regularly  scheduled  courses  complete  transport  aircraft  or  a  missile —  through  a  discipline  called  Aerospace 

(primarily  graduate),  as  they  are  being  taught,  are  broadcast  "live"  from  studio  Vehicle  Design 

classrooms  at  College  Paris  to  remote  classrooms  within  a  35-mile  radius  from  The  Department  of  Aerospace  Engineering  at  the  University  of  Maryland 

the  University  at  governmental  and  industrial  organizations  Employees  at  these  offers  a  rigorous  and  balanced  education  which  includes  all  of  the  above 

organizations  see  and  hear  the  broadcast  on  large  TV  monitors  and  are  able  to  disciplines.   The  goal  of  this  program   is  to   create   professional   aerospace 

"talk-back"  to  the  instructor  and  to  the  students  in  the  University  classroom.  For  engineers  with   an   understanding  of  the   physical   fundamentals   undertying 

the  most  pari,  senior  and  graduate  courses  in  engineering,  computer  science,  atmosphenc  and  space  flight,  and  with  the  capability  of  applying  this  knowledge 

math,  physics,  other  sciences.  business.'management.  and  other  disciplines  are  for  (1)  research,  analysis  and  design  purposes.  (2)  such  as  energy  and  surface 

ottered.  As  far  as  possible,  the  courses  broadcast  are  those  chosen  by  the  transportation,  for  example    Moreover,  the  physical  background  and  design 

participating  organizations  from  the  Schedule  ol  Classes  of  the  University  synthesis  that  marks  aerospace  engineering  education  also  prepares  a  student 

to  wori<  productively  in  other  fields 

Professional  Societies.    Each  of  the  major  departments  sponsors  a  student  The  facilities  of  the  department  include  three  subsonic  wind  tunnels  (with 

chapter  or  student  section  of  a  national  engineering  society.   The  student  lest  sections  ranging  from  2  by  2  ft.  to  7  75  by  11  ft ),  two  supersonic  tunnels,  a 

chapters  sponsor  a  variety  ol  activities  including  technical  meetings,  social  hypersonic  tunnel,  equipment  for  the  static  and  dynamic  testing  of  structural 

gatherings   and   college   or  university  service   projects    Students  who  have  components,    and   a   flight   simulator    A   computational   facility   with   remote 

selected  a  major  are  urged  to  affiliate  with  the  chapter  in  their  department  The  terminals  located  in  the  department  provides  access  to  the  University's  UNIVAC 

names  ol  the  organizations  together  with  the  location  of  the  student  lounge  are:  1 106  and  1 108  computers 
American  Institute  of  Aeronautics  and  Astronautics 

American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers  Asrospac*  Engineering  Curriculum 

American  Nuclear  Society  Semester 

American  Society  of  Agricultural  Engineers  Credit  Hours 

American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  Sophomore  Year                                                                                     I            II 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  University  Studies  Requirements    3  3 

Black  Engineers  Society  MATH  240 — Linear  Algebra    4 

Institute  ol  Electrical  and  Electronic  Engineers  MATH  241 — Analysis  III    4 

Society  ol  Fire  Protection  Engineers  PHYS  262,  263 — General  Physics    4  4 

Society  of  Women  Engineers  ENES  240 — Engineenng  Computation    3 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials   3 

Engineering  Honor  Societies,    The  College  of  Engineering  and  each  ol  the  ENAE  201,  202— Introduction  to  Aerospace  Engineering  i.  II     .            2            2 

engineering  departments  sponsors  an  honors  society.   Nominations  or  initations  — —     — ~~ 

for  membership  are  usually  extended  to  junior  and  senior  students  based  on  "'^     

scholarship,    service    and/or   other   selective   criteria.    Some   ol   the    honors  Junior  Year 

organizations  are  branches  ol  national  societies,  others  are  local  groups:  University  Studies  Requirements    3  3 

Tau  Beta  Pi— College  Honorary  MATH  246— Dilferential  Equations    3 

Alpha  Epsilon — Agricultural  Engineering  ENES  221— Dynamics    3 

Chi  Epsilon— Civil  Engineering  ENME  217— Thermodynamics'     3 

Eta  Kappa  Nu— Electrical  Engineering  ENEE  300— Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering     3 

Omega  Chi  Epsilon— Chemical  Engineering  ENAE  305— Aerospace  Laboratory  I     3 

Pi  Tau  Sigma— Mechanical  Engineering  ENAE  345— Introduction  to  Dynamics  of  Aerospace  Systems    .                         3 

Salamander— Fire  Protection  Engineering  ENAE  451,  452— Flight  Stnjctures  I,  II'     4  3 

Sigma  Gamma  Tau— Aerospace  Engineering  ENAE  371— Aerodynamics  I'    3 

Total    16  18 

College  of  Engineering  Departments,  semorYear 

—  ^  -J    /%  ■  I  ENAE  471— Aerodynamics  II'     3 

KrOgramS   ana    UUrriCUia  ENAE  475— viscous  FIow  and  Aerodvnamlc  HeaUng     3 

ENAE  401— Aerospace  Lat)oratory  Ir    2 

AerOSOaCe  Enaineerina  ^''"^^  402— Aerospace  Laboratory  III*   1 

^  ^  ^  ENAE  461— Flight  Propulsion  I   3 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Gessow  General  Univ.  Requirements  9 

Professors:  Anderson,  Donaldson,  Melnik,  Pal,  Plotkin  Design  Elective^    3 

Associate  Professors:  Barlow.  Jones  Applied  Dynamics  Elective'     3 

Assistant  Professors:  Lee.  Winkelmann  Aerospace  Elective'    3 

Lecturers:  Billig.  Brown.  Case.  Chander.  Corning,  Fleig,  Griffin,  Hallion,  Krone,  Technical  Elective'    '. 3 

Regan,  Rogers,  Staricey,  Waltrup  — ^ 

Aerospace   engineering    is   concerned   with   the   physical   understanding,  .          _           r  o!hi      i na      vi  ri lo 

analysis  and  design  of  aerospace  vehicles  operating  within  and  above  the  l^mimum  uegree  uredits— 104      jo  t.UM. 

atmosphere   Such  vehicles  range  from  helicopters  and  other  vertical  take-off  1  Those  students  who  wish  to  take  the  elective  course  ENAE  462.  Right 

aircraft  at  the  low  speed  end  of  the  flight  spectrum  to  spacecraft  operating  at  Propulsion  II.  should  take  the  following  sequence: 

thousands  ol  miles  per  hour  during  entry  into  the  atmospheres  of  the  earth  and  Sophorrxjre  (Fall  Semester)  ENAE  201 

other  planets.  In  between  are  general  aviation  and  commercial  transports  flying  Sophomore  (Spnng  Semester)  Eh4AE  202,  ENME  217 

at  speeds  well   below  and  close  to  the  speed  of  sound,   and  supersonic  Junior  (Fall  Semester)  ENAE  471 

transports,  fighters  and  missiles  which  cruise  at  many  times  the  speed  of  Junior  (Spring  Semester)  ENAE  461 

sound    Although  each  speed  regime  and  each  vehicle  type  poses  its  own  Senior  (Fall  Semester)  ENAE  462 

special  research,  analysis  and  design  problems,  each  can  be  addressed  by  a  For  this  sequence,  ENAE  471,  Aerodynamics  II,  can  be  taken  before  ENAE 

common  set  of  technical  specialities  or  disciplines     Consider  the  high-speed  371.  Aerodynamics  I 

flight  of  NASA's  Space  Shuttle    The  airflow  over  the  wings,  fuselage  and  tail  2  The  student  shall  take  one  ol  the  folkjwing  design  courses: 

surfaces  create  lift,  drag  and  moments  on  the  aircraft     If  the  velocity  is  high  ENAE  411  Aircraft  Design 

enough,    such    as.  during    reentry    of   the    Space    Shuttle    into   the   earth's  ENAE  412  Design  of  Aerospace  Vehicles 

atmosphere,  then  the  temperature  ol  the  airtkiw  becomes  extremely  high,  the  3  The  student  shall  take  one  course  which  utilizes  dynamk»  in  a  system 

air  tiecomes  chemically  reacting,  and  heating  of  the  vehicle  s  surface  becomes  analysis  Ttie  folkjwing  courses  are  offered 

a  major  problem  The  study  of  how  and  why  the  airflow  produces  these  forces.  ENAE  445  Stability  and  Control  of  Aerospace  Vehicles 

moments  and  heating  is  called  Aerodynamics  In  turn,  the  motion  of  the  aircraft  ENAE  355  Aircraft  Vibrations 

or  space  vehicle  will  respond  to.  indeed  will  be  detennined  by.  the  aerodynamic  4  ENAE  401.  402  may  be  replaced  by  three  credits  of  ENAE  499 

forces  and  moments  The  study  ol  the  nrotion  and  flight  path  ol  such  vehicles  is  5  Three    credits    must    be    taken    from    elective    courses    offered    by    the 

called  Flight  Dynamics  Of  course,  while  executing  this  motion,  the  vehk;le  must  Aerospace  Engineering  Department    Currently  offered  courses  are: 

be  structurally  sound,  that  is,  its  surface  and  internal  structure  must  be  able  to  ENAE  415  Ck>mputer-Aided  Struct  Design  Analysis 

withstand  the  severe  forces  and  loads  associated  with  flight    The  study  ol  tt>e  ENAE  453  Matrix  Methods  in  Computational  Analysis 


College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     115 


ENAE  457  Right  Structures  III 
ENAE  462  Flight  Propulsion  II 
ENAE  472  AerodynaiTKCs  III 
ENAE  473  Aerodynamics  ol  High  Speed  Flight 
ENAE  488  Top{cs  in  Aerospace  Engineering 
ENAE  499  Elective  Research 

Courses  listed  under  2  and  3  atx>ve  and  which  are  not  used  to  meet  the 
requirements  ol  2  and  3  may  be  elected  to  luHill  requirement  5 
6  With  the  exception  ol  courses  that  are  designated  as  'not  applicable  as  a 
technical  elective  lor  engineenng  majors.'  any  3  credit  technical  course  with 
a  course  number  ol  300  or  at>ove.  may  t>e  taken  as  a  technical  elective 
Courses  available  as  Aerospace  electives  may  be  used  as  the  technical 
elective 

Course  Code  Prelu— ENAE 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Chairman:  Stewart 

Professors:  Felton.  Harris,  Whealon 

Associate  Protessors:  Grant.  Johnson.  Ross.  Stewart 

Assistant  Professors:  Farsaie.  Frey,  Lawson.  Muller.  Yaramanoglu 

Senior  Specialist:  Brodie 

Lecturer:  Helton 

Instructors:  Brinsfield.  Carr.  Gird.  Smith 

Vistf/ng  Professor:  Yeck 

Agricultural  engineering  utilizes  both  the  physical  and  biological  sciences  to 
help  meet  the  needs  ol  our  increasing  world  population  tor  food,  natural  fiber 
and  improvement  or  maintenance  of  the  environment.  Scientific  and 
engineering  principles  are  applied  to  the  conservation  and  utilization  of  soil  and 
water  resources  for  food  production  and  recreation;  to  the  utilization  of  energy 
to  improve  latxjr  efficiency  and  to  reduce  laborious  and  menial  tasks;  to  the 
design  of  structures  and  equipment  for  housing  or  handling  of  plants  and 
animals  to  optimize  growth  potential;  to  the  design  of  residences  to  improve  the 
standard  ol  living  for  the  njral  population;  to  the  development  of  methods  and 
equipment  to  maintain  or  increase  the  quality  of  food  and  natural  fiber;  to  the 
flow  of  supplies  and  equipment  to  the  agricultural  and  aquacultural  production 
units;  and  to  the  flow  of  products  from  the  production  units  and  the  processing 
plants  to  the  consumer.  The  agricultural  engineer  places  emphasis  on 
maintaining  a  high  quality  environment  as  he  worlcs  toward  developing  efficient 
and  economical  engineering  solutions. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Frestiman  Year  I  II 

MATH  140,  141— Analysis  I,  II    4  4 

CHEM  103.  104'— College  Chem.  I,  II    4  4 

BOTN  101  or  ZOOL  101      4 

ENES  101— Introd.  Engr  Science    3 

ENES  110— Statics   3 

PHYS  161— General  Physics  I    3 

University  Studies  Requirements*"    3  3 

Total    18  17 

Sophomore  Year 

MATH  241— Analysis  III     4 

MATH  246 — Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  &  Engineers    .  3 

PHYS  262.  263— General  Physics    4  4 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials   3 

ENES  221— Dynamics     3 

ENME  21 7 — Thermodynamics    3 

Free  Elective  3 

University  Studies  Requirements"*    3  3 

Total    17         16 

Junior  Year 

ENME  300  (or  ENCE  300)— Materials  Science  and 

Engineering   3 

ENME  342  (or  ENCE  330>— Fluid  Mechanics     3 

ENEE  300 — Prin.  of  Electrical  Engineering     3 

ENCE  350 — Structural  Analysis    3 

ENAG  454 — Biological  Process  Engineering    3 

Technical  Electives"     5  6 

University  Studies  Requirements"*    3  3 

Total    17  15 

Senior  Year 

ENAG  421— Power  Systems     3 

ENAG  444 — Functional  Design  of  Machines  and  Equipment   . .  3 

ENAG  422— Soil  and  Water  Engineering    3 

ENAG  424 — Functional  and  Environmental  Design  of 

Agricultural  Structures  3 

Technical  Electives**     3  3 

Free  Elective   3 

University  Studies  Requirements***    3  6 

Total    15  15 


Minimum  Degree  Credits— 100  ♦  30  GUR 

*    Th«  clwmist/y  curriculum  is  bmng  ctwngad  Chack  wHh  an  advisor  raoanting  Itia  chamMiy 
raquirement  tMtofe  regislenng. 

Technical   electives.    related   to   field   of   concentratkxi.    must   tw   selected    trom   a 
depanmentally  approved  list  Eight  credits  must  t)e  300  level  ar>d  above 
***    Students  must  consult  with  departmental  advisors  to  ensure  lt>e  selection  of  appropnate 
courses  for  their  particular  program  of  study 

The  undergraduate  curriculum  provides  opfrarlunity  to  pref>are  for  many 
interesting  and  challenging  careers  in  design,  management,  research, 
education,  sales,  consulting,  or  international  service  The  program  of  study 
includes  a  broad  base  ol  mathematical,  physical  and  engineerir>g  sciences 
combined  with  basic  biological  sciences  Twenty  hours  ol  electives  gives 
llexibility  so  that  a  student  may  plan  a  program  according  to  his  major  interest 

Course  Code  Prellx— ENAG 

Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Cadman 

Professor  and  Program  Director:  Smith 

Professors:  Beckmann.  Biri<ner^,  Gentr/*,  Gomezplata.  McAbooy.  Regan, 

Schroeder' 

Adjunct  Professor:  Bolsaitis 

Associate  Professors:  Gasner.  Hatch 

Assistant  Professors:  Burka.  Finger'.  King 

'  part-time 

'  joint  appointment  with  Civil  Engineering. 

^  joint  appointment  with  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology. 

The  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering  Department  offers  programs  in 
chemical,  materials  and  nuclear  engineering.  In  addition,  study  programs  in 
the  areas  of  applied  polymer  science,  biochemical  engineering,  and  process 
simulation  and  control  are  available.  The  latter  programs  are  interdisciplinary 
with  other  departments  at  the  University. 

The  departmental  programs  prepare  an  undergraduate  lor  graduate  study 
or  immediate  industrial  trial  employment  lollowing  the  baccalaureate  degree. 

The  chemical  engineering  program  emphasizes  the  application  of  basic 
engineering  and  economic  principles — and  basic  sciences  of  mathematics, 
physics  and  chemistry— to  process  industries  concerned  with  the  chemical 
transformation  of  matter.  The  chemical  engineer  is  primarily  concerned  with 
research  and  process  development  leading  to  new  chemical  process  ventures 
or  a  better  understanding  of  existing  ones;  with  the  efficient  operation  of  the 
complete  chemical  plant  or  its  component  units:  with  the  technical  services 
engineering  required  for  improving  and  understanding  chemical  plant  operation 
and  the  products  produced;  with  the  chemical  sales  and  economic  distribution 
of  the  chemical  plant  product;  and  with  the  general  management  and  executive 
direction  of  chemical  process  industry  plants  and  industrial  complexes. 

Because  of  this  wide  range  of  ultimate  applications,  the  chemical  engineer 
finds  interesting  and  diverse  career  opportunities  in  such  varied  fields  as 
chemical  (inorganic  and  organic),  food  processing  and  manufacture, 
metallurgical,  nuclear  and  energy  conversion,  petroleum  (refining,  production, 
or  petrochemical),  and  pharmaceutical  industries.  Additional  opportunities  are 
presented  by  the  research  and  development  activities  of  many  public  and 
private  research  institutes  and  allied  agencies. 

Senwster 
Credit  Hours 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

MATH  241— Analysis  III 4 

MATH  246— Differential  Equations 3 

PHYS  262,  263-General  Physics   4  4 

ENES  230 — Intro,  to  Materials  and  Their  Applications    3 

CHEM  220A.  203-College  Chem.  Ill,  IV  3  3 

CHEM  204— College  Chemistry  Lab  IV     2 

ENCH  215 — Chem.  Engr  Analysis   3 

ENCH  280— Transport  Processes  I:  Ruid  Mechanics     2 

University  Studies  Requirements    3 

Total   17  17 

Junior  Year 

ENCH  300 — Chemical  Process  Thernxxlynamics     3 

ENCH  440— Chemical  Engr.  Kinetics    3 

ENCH  442 — Chemical  Engr  Systems  Analysis  and  Dynamics  3 

CHEM  481 .  482— Physical  Chemistry     3  3 

CHEM  430 — Chemical  Measurements  Lab  I     3 

ENCH  425,  427— Transport  Process  II:  Heat  Transfer;  III:  Mass 

Transfer     3  3 

ENEE  Elective*    3 

University  Studies  Requirements    3  6 

Total    18  18 

Senior  Year 

ENCH  437— Chemical  Engineering  Lab    3 

ENCH  444 — Process  Engr.  Economics  and  Design  I    3 

ENCH  446 — Process  Engr.  Econ.  and  Design  II     3 


116     College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


ENCH  333— Seminar     1 

Technical  Electives    6  5 

University  Studies  Requirements    6  3 

Total    15  15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 104  +  30  GUH. 
*    ENEE  300  IS  r6Commended  course. 

Technical  Elective  Guidelines 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Eleven  (11)  credits  of  tectinical  electives  are  required.  It  Is  recommended 
ttiat  ttiey  be  taken  dunng  the  senior  year. 
Additional  guidelines  are  as  follows: 

1 .  Two  courses  must  be  taken  in  one  of  the  areas  of  specialization  given 
below  One  of  these  two  courses  must  be  a  lecture  course;  the  other,  a 
laboratory  course 

2.  The  remaining  technical  electives  will  nominally  also  be  chosen  from  the  list 
given.  Upon  the  approval  of  your  advisor  and  written  permission  of  the 
Department  Chairman  or  Program  Director,  a  limited  degree  of  substitution 
may  be  permitted.  Substitutes,  including  ENCH  468— Research  (1-3  cr.) 
must  fit  into  an  overall  plan  of  study  emphasis. 

3.  As  noted,  several  of  the  technical  elective  courses  are  sequenced  Check 
recommended  prerequisites  when  planning  your  technical  electives. 

Technical  Electives — Chemical  Engineering  Program 

Biochemical  Engineering 

ENCH  482  Biochemical  Engineering  (3)  Fall  semester 
ENCH  485  Biochemical    Engineering    Laboratory    (2)    Spring    semester, 
recommended  only  if  ENCH  482  is  taken. 

Polymers 

ENCH  490  Introduction  to  Polymer  Science  (3)  Fall  semester 
ENCH  492  Applied  Physical  Chemistry  of  Polymers  (3)  Fall  semester 
ENCH  494  Polymer      Technology      Laboratory      (3)      Spring      semester. 

Recommended  If  ENCH  490  or  492  Is  taken 
ENCH  496  Processing     of     Polymer     (Materials     (3)     Spring     semester. 

Recommended  only  if  ENCH  490  or  492  Is  taken 

Chemical  Processing 

ENCH  450  Chemical  Process  Development  (3)  Fall  semester, 
ENCH  461  Control  of  Air  Pollution  Sources  (3)  Fall  semester. 
ENCH  455  Chemical  Process  Latxjratory  (3)  Spring  Semester 
ENCH  468A  Research-Economics  of  Fuel  and  Energy  Related  Processes  (3) 

Fall  semester 
ENCH  468B  Research-Chemical      Engineering      Economics      (3)      Spring 
Semester 

Processing  Analysis  and  Optimization 

ENCH  452  Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis  (counts  as  Lab.)  (3) 

Fall  semester 
ENCH  453  Applied    Mathematics    In    Chemical    Engineering    (3)    Spring 

semester 
ENCH  454  Chemical     Process    Analysis    and    Optimization    (3)    Spring 

semester 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENCH 

Civil  Engineering 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Ragan 

Professors:  Birkner,  Carter,  Colvllle,  Helns,  McCuen,  Sternberg,  Witczak 

Associate  Professors:  Albrechl,  Aggour,  Gartjer,  Piper,  Schelling,  Vannoy 

Assistant  Professors:  Alleman,  Kavanagh,  Kllpatrick,  Saklas.  Schonfeld, 

Schwartz 

Visiting  Professors:  Rib.  Wolman 

Lecturers  (part-lime):  Ellis.  Jackson.  Otts.  Rajan.  Wedding 

Civil  Engineering  Curriculum 

Civil  engineering  is  concerned  with  the  planning,  design,  constnjction  and 
operation  of  large  facilities  associated  with  man's  environment  Civil  engineers 
specialize  in  such  areas  as  environmental  engineering,  transportation  systems, 
structures,  water  resource  development,  water  supply  and  pollution  control, 
urtsan  and  regional  planning,  construction  management,  and  air  pollution 
control  Many  civil  engineers  enter  private  practice  as  consulting  engineers  or 
start  their  own  businesses  in  the  construction  industry  Others  pursue  careers 
with  local,  state,  and  federal  agencies  or  with  large  corporations 

The  undergraduate  program  Is  founded  on  the  basic  sciences  and 
emphasizes  the  development  of  a  high  degree  of  technical  competence  The 
program  onents  the  student  toward  computer-aided  design  techniques  and 
prepares  the  student  to  incorporate  new  concepts  that  will  develop  during  his 
or  her  professional  career  Further,  the  program  stresses  the  balance  Ijetween 
technical  efficiency  and  the  needs  of  society  The  graduate  is  prepared  to  enter 
one  of  the  areas  mentioned  atxive,  or  he  or  she  can  move  into  new  areas  of 


specialization   such   as   oceanographic   engineering   or   the   development   of 
facilities  for  extra-terrestrial  environments 

At  no  lime  has  man  tiaen  more  concerned  with  the  quality  of  the 
environment.  Man  is  concerned  with  broad  environmental  problems  such  as 
pollution  and  the  operation  of  transportation  systems  Man  is  also  concerned 
with  problems  such  as  a  need  lor  new  approaches  in  the  design  and 
construction  of  buildings  The  civil  engineering  profession  faces  the  greatest 
challenge  in  its  history  as  it  assumes  a  central  role  in  the  solution  of  ttie 
physical  problems  lacing  the  urban-regional  complex 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

MATH  241— Analysis  III     4 

MATH  246 — Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  and  Engineers  3 

PHYS  262,  263— General  Physics  II,  III    4  4 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials   3 

ENES  221— Dynamics     3 

ENCE  280 — Engineering  Survey  Measurements    3 

ENCE  221— Introduction  to  Environmental  Engineering   3 

University  Studies  Requirements     3  3 


16 


g... 

3— 


Tbra;   

Junior  Year 

ENCE  300 — Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials    

ENCE  330 — Basic  Fluid  Mechanics    

ENCE  340 — Fundamentals  of  Soil  Mechanics    

ENCE  350,  351— Structural  Analysis  and  Design  I,  II     

ENCE  360 — Engineenng  Analysis  and  Computer  Programming 
ENCE  370 — Fundamentals  of  Transportation  Engineering  ... 
ENME  320— Thermodynamics  or 

ENCH  300 — Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics     

ENCE— Technical  Elective  (Group  A,  B,  C  or  D)'     

University  Studies  Requirements     

Total    

Senior  Year 

ENCE— Technical  Elective  (Group  A.  B.  C  or  D)*     7 

ENCE— Technical  Elective  (Group  E,  F  or  G)"    3*" 

ENEE  300 — Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering     3 

Technical  Elective"     3 

University  Studies  Requirements    6  3 

Total    16  15 

Mimimum  Degree  Credits— 102  +  30  GUR 

*    See  notes  concerning  Tectinical  Electives. 

"    One  course  from  available  Tectinical  Electives  in  Civil  Engineering  or  approved  Tectinical 

Elective  outside  deparlmenl. 

•"    These  numljers  represent  ttiree-semester-credit  courses. 

Additional  semester  credits  will  be  Involved  to  ttie  extent  that  courses  carrying  more  ttian 

tiiree  credits  are  selected. 

tJotes  Concerning  Technical  Electives  in  Civil  Engineering 

A  minimum  of  22  credit  tiours  of  technical  electives  are  required  as  foltows 

(1)  All  3  courses  Irom  one  area  of  concentration  A.  8.  C.  D  or  E 

(2)  Any  4  courses  from  ttie  entire  technical  list,  such  that  ttie  lotk)wing  ts  met: 

(a)  One  course  must  be  from  Area  F 

(b)  ^4o  more  ttian  2  courses  wrtbin  any  area  of  concentration  A.  B.  C.  D.  E  or  F 


Areas  of  Concentration 

(A)  Structures 
ENCE  450  (3) 
ENCE  451  (4) 
ENCE  460  13) 
(C)  Environmental 
ENCE  433  (3) 
ENCE  434  (3) 
ENCE  435  (4) 
(E)  GeotBChnical 
ENCE  440  (4) 
ENCE  441  (3) 
ENCE  442  (3) 


(D) 


(B)  Water  Resources 
ENCE  430  (4) 
ENCE  431  (3) 
ENCE  432  (3) 
Transportation 
ENCE  470  (4) 
ENCE  473  (3) 
ENCE  474  (3) 

(F)  Support  Courses 
ENCE  410  (3) 
ENCE  420  (3) 
ENCE  421  (3) 
ENCE  461  (3) 
ENCE  463  (3) 
ENCE  489  (3) 


Course  Code  Prefix— ENCE 

Electrical  Engineering 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Davisson 

Professors:  Chu.  DeClans.  Harger,  Hochuli.  Lee,  LigomenkJes,  Lin,  Newconib. 

Oft,  Reiser.  Taykjr.  White 

Assoaale  Professors  Baras.  Basham.  Blankenship.  Davis.  Destlor.  Emad. 

Ephremides.  Levine.  Pugsley.  Rhee.  Silio.  Simons,  Stritfter,  Tretter,  Wang.  Zaki 

Assistant  Professor:  Krishnaprusad 


College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     117 


The  program  in  the  Electrical  Engineering  Department  features  flexibility  by 
means  ol  a  broad  elective  structure  (Inside  and  outside  the  Department)  The 
student  may  attain  breadth  or  specialization  as  he  chooses 

Areas  stressed  Include  such  (lelds  as  electronics,  integrated  circuits,  solid 
state  devices,  lasers,  communication  engineering,  information  theory  and 
coding  engineering,  system  theory,  computer  software  and  hardware,  particle 
accelerators,  electro-mechanical  transducers,  energy  conversion,  electrical 
engineenng.  and  many  others. 

Apprenticeship  programs  allow  qualified  undergraduate  students  to  work 
with  researcfi  laboratory  directors  in  the  Department,  thus  giving  tfie  student  a 
chance  for  a  unique  experience  in  research  and  engineenng  design 

Projects  in  Electrical  Engineering  allow  undergraduate  students  to  do 
independent  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member  in  an  area  of 
mutual  interest 

The  technological  problems  and  needs  of  society  are  t)ecoming  steadily 
more  complex.  The  engineer  is  tfie  intermediary  between  science  and  society 
To  solve  the  problems  of  modern  society  he  must  fully  understand  the  most 
modem  devices  and  methodologies  available  To  find  the  best  solution  he  must 
have  a  broad  education  To  find  a  solution  that  is  also  acceptable  to  society  he 
must  t>e  concerned  with  the  economic,  ecologic  and  human  factors  involved  in 
the  problem  Finally,  current  problems  frequently  require  a  thorough  l<nowledge 
of  advanced  mathematics  and  physics 

The  curnculum  of  the  Electrical  Engineenng  Department  reflects  the  diverse 
requirements  cited  atx>ve  A  basic  mathematical,  physical  and  engineering 
sciences  foundation  is  established  in  the  first  two  years.  Once  this  foundation  Is 
established,  the  large  number  of  Electncal  Engineering  courses  and  the 
flexibility  of  the  elective  system  allow  a  student  to  specialize  or  diversify  and  to 
prepare  for  a  career  either  as  a  practicing  engineer  or  for  more  theoretically 
oriented  graduate  work. 

To  go  along  with  this  freedom,  the  Department  has  a  system  of 
undergraduate  advising.  The  student  is  encouraged  to  discuss  his  program  and 
career  plans  with  his  advisor  in  order  to  get  maximum  benefit  from  the 
curriculum 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

University  Studies  Requirements     3  3 

MATH  246 — Differential  Equations    3 

MATH  241— Analysis  III     4 

PHYS  262.  263-General  Physics    4  4 

ENES  240 — Engineering  Computation    3 

ENES  221— Dynamics     3 

ENEE  204 — Systems  and  Circuits  I    3 

ENEE  250 — Computer  Structures   3 

Total    17  16 

Junior  Year 

MATH  XXX — (Electromagnetic  Advanced  Math  I    ')    3 

ENEE  322— Signal  and  System  Theory    3 

ENEE  380 — Electromagnetic  Theory     3 

ENEE  381— Elect  Wave  Propagation     3 

ENEE  304— Systems  &  Circuits  II     3 

ENEE  305— Fundamental  Laboratory   2 

ENEE  324 — Engineering  Probability   3 

ENEE  314— Electronic  Circuits    3 

ENEE  XXX — Advanced  Elective  Lab*     2 

Electives* 3 

University  Studies  Requirements     3  3 

Total    17  17 

Senior  Year 

Electives*     9  12 

University  Studies  Requirements    6  3 

Total    15  15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits — 101  +  30  GUR. 

'  The  29  elective  credits  are  allowed  as  follows;  Three  credits  for  an  advanced  400  level 
matti  elective,  and  two  credits  ol  advanced  level  ENEE  latxjratory.  Of  ttie  remaining  24 
elective  credits,  a  minimum  of  12  credits  must  be  from  Electrical  Engineenng  and  a  minimum 
of  nine  credits  must  be  from  other  fields  of  engineenng.  mathematics,  physics  or  from  the 
Departmental  list  of  approved  electives.  The  remaining  three  elective  credit  hours  may  be 
taken  from  Electncal  Engineenng  or  from  the  Departmental  list  of  approved  electives. 
Electives  available  in  Electncal  Engineenng  are  descht>ed  in  the  course  listings.  Any 
Electrical  Engineering  course  numt)ered  400  to  499.  inclusive,  that  is  not  specifically  excluded 
in  Its  description  may  be  used  as  part  of  a  technical  elective  program.  All  other  electives  must 
be  of  3(X)  level  or  higher.  If  a  lower  level  course  inot  specified  as  a  degree  requirement)  is 
prerequisite  to  a  300  or  higher  level  elective,  the  student  should  plan  to  tal<e  such  a  lower 
level  course  under  the  General  University  Requirements;  otherwise,  less  than  300  level 
courses  do  not  count  as  technical  electives  towards  a  degree  in  Electncal  Engineenng.  In  all 
cases  the  student's  elective  program  must  t>e  approved  by  an  Electncal  Engineering  advisor 
and.  in  addition,  by  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies  of  the  Electrical  Engineering 
(Department. 


ENEE  Advanced  Elective  Laboratones 

ENEE  407  Microwave-Circuits  Latx>ratory  (2) 

ENEE  413  Electronics  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  445  Computer  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  461  Control  Systems  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  473  Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery  Latwratory  (1) 

ENEE  483  Electromagnetic  Measurements  Laboratory  (2) 

Throughout  the  year  students  are  urged  to  contact  the  Electrical 
Engineering  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies  for  advice  or  any  other  matter 
related  to  their  studies  The  Electrical  Engineering  Undergraduate  Office  is 
located  in  Room  J-2171 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENEE 

Engineering  Sciences 

Engineering  science  courses  represent  a  common  core  of  basic  material 
offered  to  students  of  several  different  departments.  All  freshman  and 
sophomore  students  of  engineering  are  required  to  take  ENES  101.  and  ENES 
110.  Other  ENES  courses  220,  221,  230  and  240  are  specified  by  the  different 
departments  or  taken  by  the  student  as  electives  The  responsibility  for 
teaching  the  engineering  science  courses  is  divided  among  the  aerospace, 
civil,  mechanical,  chemical  and  electrical  engineering  departments  In  addition 
to  the  core  courses  noted  above,  several  courses  of  general  interest  to 
engineering  or  non-engineering  students  have  been  given  ENES  designations 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENES 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Bryan 
Associate  Professor:  Hickey 
Assistant  Professor:  Watts 
Lecturer  (p  t):  Walton 

Fire  protection  engineering  is  concerned  with  the  scientific  and  technical 
problems  of  preventing  loss  of  life  and  properly  from  fire,  explosion  and  related 
hazards,  and  of  evaluating  and  eliminating  hazardous  conditions. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  fire  protection  engineenng  are  relatively 
well-defined  and  the  application  of  these  principles  to  a  modern  industrialized 
society  has  become  a  specialized  activity.  Control  of  the  hazards  in 
manufacturing  processes  calls  for  an  understanding  not  only  of  measures  for 
the  protection  but  of  the  processes  themselves  Often  the  most  effective 
solution  to  the  problem  of  safeguarding  a  hazardous  operation  lies  in  the 
modification  of  special  extinguishing  equipment  The  fire  protection  engineer 
must  be  prepared  to  decide  in  any  given  case  what  is  the  best  and  most 
economical  solution  of  the  fire  prevention  problem.  His  or  her 
recommendations  are  often  based  not  only  on  sound  principles  of  fire 
protection  but  on  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  special  problems  of  the 
individual  property 

Modern  fire  protection  utilizes  a  wide  variety  of  mechanical  and  electrical 
equipment  which  the  student  must  understand  in  principle  before  he  or  stie  can 
apply  them  to  special  problems.  The  fire  protection  curriculum  emphasizes  the 
scientific,  technical  and  humanitarian  aspects  of  fire  protection  engineering  and 
the  development  of  the  individual  student. 

The  problem  and  challenges  which  confront  the  fire  protection  engineer 
include  the  reduction  and  control  of  fire  hazards  due  to  processes  subject  to 
fire  or  explosion  in  respect  to  design,  installation  and  handling,  involving  both 
physical  and  human  factors;  the  use  of  buildings  and  transportation  facilities  to 
restrict  the  spread  of  fire  and  to  facilitate  the  escape  of  occupants  in  case  of 
fire;  the  design,  installation  and  maintenance  of  fire  detection  and  extinguishing 
devices  and  systems;  and  the  organization  and  education  of  persons  for  fire 
prevention  and  fire  protection. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Soptiomore  Year  I  II 

University  Studies  Requirements    3  3 

MATH  240— Linear  Algebra 
or 

MATH  241— Analysis  III     4 

MATH  246 — Differential  Equations    3 

PHYS  262.  263— General  Physics    4  4 

ENES  221— Dynamics    3 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials   3 

ENFP  251— Introduction  to  Fire  Protection  Engineering  3 

ENFP  280— Urban  Fire  Problem  Analysis    3 

Total    17  16 

Junior  Year 

University  Studies  Requirements    3  3 

CMSC  110 — Elementary  Algorithmic  Analysis  (4) 

or 

ENES  240 — Engineering  Computation  (3)    3-4 


118     College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


ENME  320— Thermodynamics 
or 

ENCH  300 — Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics     3 

ENCE  300 — Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials 
or 

ENME  300— Matenals  Science  and  Engineering    3 

ENCE  330— Fluid  Mechanics    3 

ENFP  312— Fire  Protection  Fluids    3 

ENFP  310— Fire  Protection  Systems  Design  I    3 

ENFP  320— Pyrometrics  of  Materials    3 

ENFP  321— Functional  and  Structural  Evaluation    3 

Approved  Electives    2  2 

Total    17-18         17 

Senior  Year 

University  Studies  Requirements    .3  6 

ENNU  310 — Environmental  Aspects  ol  Nuclear  Engineering 
or 

ENEE  300 — Principles  ol  Electrical  Engineering     3 

ENFP  414— Life  Safety  Systems  Analysis    3 

ENFP  41 1— Fire  Protection  Hazard  Analysis    3 

ENFP  415— Fire  Protection  System  Design  II     3 

ENFP  416— Problem  Synthesis  and  Design  3 

Technical  Electives*    3  3 

Total    15  15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits  -101  +30  GUR 

*    Three  credits  of  technical  electives  must  be  in  ENFP 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENFP 

Mechanical  Engineering 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Cunniff 

Professors:  Allen.  Anand,  Armstrong,  Berger,  Buckley,  Dieter,  Foumey,  Hsu, 

Jackson  (Emeritus),  Marcinkowski,  Marias,  Sallet,  Sayre,  Shreeve  (p t),  Talaat, 

Weske  (Emeritus),  Wockenfuss,  Yang 

Associate  Professors:  Hayleck,  Holloway,  Kirk,  Kobayashi,  Wallace,  Walston 

Assistant  Professors:  AtxJulhadi.  Bar1<er,  Bernard,  Dagalakis,  Gatzoulis,  Shih, 

Tsui 

Lecturers:  Baker,  Christou,  Coder,  Dav»son,  Krumins,  Mahajan,  Niedenfuhr, 

Thomas,  Werneth 

Visiting  Professors:  Durelli,  Irwin  (p.t),  Sanford 

The  primary  function  of  the  mechanical  engineer  is  to  create  devices, 
machines,  slnjctures  or  processes  which  are  used  to  advance  the  welfare  of 
mankind.  Design,  analysis  and  testing  are  the  essential  steps  in  these 
developments.  Of  particular  importance  are  the  aspects  of  engineering  science 
and  art  relating  to  the  generation  and  transmission  of  mechanical  power,  the 
establishment  of  both  experimental  and  theoretical  models  of  mechanical 
systems,  the  static  and  dynamic  behavior  of  fluids  and  the  optimization  of 
materials  in  design.  Emphasis  is  also  given  to  the  proper  coordination  and 
management  of  facilities  and  personnel  to  achieve  a  successful  product  or 
service. 

The  responsibility  of  the  mechanical  engineering  profession  is  extremely 
broad.  The  following  divisions  of  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 
indicate  many  of  the  technical  areas  in  which  the  mechanical  engineer  may 
work:  air  pollution,  applied  mechanics,  automatic  controls,  aviation  and  space, 
biomechanical  and  human  factors,  design  engineering,  diesel  and  gas  engine 
power,  energetics,  fluids  engineering,  fuels,  gas  turbine,  heat  transfer, 
management  materials  handling,  metals  engineering,  nuclear  engineering, 
petroleum,  power,  pressure  vessels  and  piping,  process  industries,  railroad, 
rubber  and  plastics,  safety,  solar  energy,  textiles  and  underwater  technology 

There  are  many  career  opportunities  in  all  of  these  fields  In  particular,  the 
areas  of  design,  systems  analysis,  management,  consulting,  research 
maintenance,  production,  teaching  and  sales  offer  challenging  and  rewarding 
futures. 

Because  of  the  wide  variety  of  professional  opportunities  available  to  the 
mechanical  engineer,  the  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a 
thorough  training  in  basic  fundamentals  including  physics,  chemistry, 
mathematics,  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  materials,  heat  transfer,  electronics, 
power  and  design.  T^ie  curriculum  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Mechanical  Engineering  which  is  usually  sufficient  lor  earty  career  opportunities 
in  industry  or  the  govemment  Advanced  graduate  programs  are  available  for 
continued   study   leading   to   Master  of   Science   and   Doctor  of   Philosophy 

'^'^^  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

Sophomore  Year  I           II 

University  Studies  Requirements    3           3 

MATH  241— Analysis  III     4 

MATH  246— Differential  Equatk>ns    3 

PHYS  262.  263— General  Physics  II.  Ill    4           4 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials   3 

ENES  221— Dynamics     3 

ENME  205— Engr  Anal  &  Cptr.  Prog     3 

ENME  21 7 — Thermodynamics     3 

Total    17  16 


Junior  Year 

University  Studies  Requirements    6  3 

ENEE  300— Principles  ol  Electrical  Engineering     3 

ENEE  301— Electrical  Engr  Lab     1 

ENME  300— Matenals  Engr     3 

ENME  301— Matenals  Engr  Lab     1 

ENME  315 — Intermed  Thermodynamics    3 

ENME  321— Transfer  Processes    3 

ENME  342— Fluid  Mechanics    3 

ENME  343— Fluid  Mechanics  Lab     1 

ENME  360— Dynamics  of  Machinery    3 

ENME  381 — Measurements  Lat>oratory    3 

Total    17  16 

Senior  Year 

University  Studies  Requirements    3  3 

ENME  400 — Machine  Design    3 

ENME  403— Automatic  Controls   3 

ENME  404 — Mech  Engr  Systems  Design   4 

ENME  405 — Energy  Conversion  Design     3 

ENME  480— Engr  Experimentation    3 

Technical  Elective  (Design  Group)*     3 

Technical  Elective   3  3 

Total    15  16 

Minimum  Degree  Credits — 101  +  30  GUR 

*    Design  oriented  elective  approved  by  Department  Ctiairman. 

Technical  Electives 

ENME  410— Operations  Research  I  (3) 

ENME  41 1 — Introduction  to  Industrial  Engineering  (3) 

ENME  412 — Mechanical  Design  for  Manufacturing  and  Production  (3) 

ENME  415 — Engineering  Applications  of  Solar  Energy  (3) 

ENME  422— Energy  Conversion  II  (3) 

ENME  423 — Environmental  Engineering  (3) 

ENME  424 — Advanced  Thermodynamics  (3) 

ENME  442— Fluid  Mechanics  II  (3) 

ENME  450 — Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  for  the  Oceanic 

Environment  (3) 
ENME  451 — Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  for  Undenwater 

Operations  (3) 
ENME  452 — Physical  and  Dynamical  Oceanography  (3) 
ENME  453 — Ocean  Waves.  Tides  and  Turbulences  (3) 
ENME  461— Dynamics  II  (3) 

ENME  462 — Introduction  to  Engineering  Acoustics  (3) 
ENME  463 — Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  (3) 
ENME  464— Machine  Design  II  (3) 
ENME  465 — Introductory  Fracture  Mechanics  (3) 
ENME  488— Special  Problems  (3) 
ENME  489 — Special  Topics  in  Mechanical  Engineering  (3) 

In  the  Mechanical  Engineering  Department  there  are  several  divisions  of 
specialization  which  include:  design  and  system  analysis,  energy  conver8k>n, 
solid  and  fluid  mechanics  and  materials  The  undergraduate  student  may  select 
technical  electives  from  one  or  more  of  these  areas  of  specialization  Students 
planning  to  continue  on  in  the  graduate  program  sfx>uld  preferably  choose 
electives  to  provide  the  tiest  background  for  their  major  area.  Ttie  subject 
material  of  interest  to  each  field  of  specialization  is: 

1   Industrial  and  Systems  Engineenng 

a.  Systems  design 
b     Systems  analysis 

c.  Operations  research 

d.  Engineering  management 
II.  Energy 

a     Thermodynamics 

b.  Heat  transfer 

c.  Energy  conversk)n 

d.  Solar  energy 
III  Fluid  Mechanics 

a     Compressible  and  incompressiC>te  flow 
b     Viscous  fk}w 

c.  Hydrodynamics 

d     Marine  and  ocean  engineenng 
IV.  Solid  Mechanics 

a.  Continuum  mechanics 

b.  Dynamks.  vibratk>ns  and  acoustics 

c     Elasticity,  plasticity  and  viscoelasticity 

d.  Plates,  shells  and  stnjctures 

e.  Experimental  mechanics 
V  Matenals 

See  listing  under  Engineenng  Matenals  section 

Opportunities  are  also  available  lor  students  to  take  advanced  wortt  in 
engineering  management.  operatk>ns  research,  manne  and  ocean  engineering, 
bio-mechanical       engineering.       environmental       engineenng.        acouttica, 
bio-mechank:s  and  experimental  stress  analysis 
CourM  CM*  Pnfn— ENME 


College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     119 


Nuclear  Engineering  Program 

Prolossor  and  Director:  Munno 

Professor  arid  Departmeni  Chairman:  Cadman 

Professors  DuHey.  Silvefman" 

Associate  Professors:  Almenas.  Roush' 

Assistant  Professor  Pertmef 

'  Joint  appointment  with  Physics  and  Astronomy. 

'  Director.  Institute  (or  Physical  Science  and  Technology. 


Nuclear  engineering  deals  with  the  practical  use  ol  nuclear  energy  Irom 
nuclear  fission,  lusion  and  radioisotope  sources  The  ma|or  use  of  nuclear 
energy  is  in  electric  power  generation  Other  uses  are  in  the  areas  of  chemical 
processing,  medicine,  instrumentation,  and  isotope  tracer  analysis  The  nuclear 
engineer  is  pnmarily  concerned  with  (he  design  and  operation  of  energy 
conversion  devices  ranging  from  very  large  reactors  to  miniature  nuclear 
batteries,  and  with  the  use  of  nuclear  reactions  in  many  environmental, 
biological  and  chemical  processes  Because  of  the  wide  range  ol  uses  for 
nuclear  systems,  the  nuclear  engineers  find  interesting  and  diverse  career 
opportunities  in  a  variety  of  companies  and  latx)ratones 

Programs  of  study  in  nuclear  engineering  at  the  undergraduate  and 
graduate  level  are  offered  through  the  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineerir>g 
Department  Students  may  use  nuclear  engineering  as  a  field  of  concentration 
in  the  Bachelor  ot  Science  in  Engineering  program. 

Students  choosing  nuclear  engineering  as  their  primary  field  should  submit 
a  program  for  approval  during  their  junior  year  The  following  is  an  example  of 
such  a  program.  Students  electing  nuclear  engineering  as  their  secondary  field 
should  seek  advice  from  a  member  of  the  nuclear  engineering  faculty  prior  to 
their  sophomore  year. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
SoptK>more  Year  I  II 

University  Studies  Requirements    3  3 

I^ATH  241— Analysis  III     4 

MATH  246— Diff.  Equations    3 

PHYS  262,  263— General  Physics    4  4 

ENES  230— Materials  Science    3 

ENES  240— Engr  Computation    3 

Secondary  Field  Electives   3 

ENNU  215— Introd  to  Nuclear  Tech     3 

Total    17  16 

Junior  Year 

University  Studies  Requirements    3  6 

ENNU  440— Nuclear  Tech.  Lab    3 

ENNU  450— Reactor  Eng  I     3 

PHYS  420— Introd  to  Mod    Physics    3 

Second  Field  Courses     3  3 

ENNU  455— Reactor  Engr.  II     3 

ENNU  460— Nuc  Heat  Trans 3 

ENMA  464 — Environ.  Effects  on  Engr  Materials    , .  3 

Total    15         18 

Senior  Year 

University  Studies  Requiretnents     3  3 

ENNU  electives  3  3 

Secondary  field  courses    3  3 

Technical  electives    3  3 

ENNU  480— Reactor  Core  Design    3 

ENNU  490 — Nuc.  Fuel  Cycle  and  Management   3 

ENES  elective   3 

Total    18  15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 102  +  30  GUR. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENNU 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Engineering 

The  "B.S.-Engineering"  program  is  designed  to  serve  three  primary 
functions:  (1)  to  prepare  those  students  who  wish  to  use  the  breadth  and  depth 
of  their  engineering  education  as  a  preparatory  vehicle  for  entry  into 
post-baccalaureate  study  in  such  fields  as  medicine,  law,  or  business 
administration;  (2)  to  provide  the  basic  professional  training  for  those  students 
who  wish  to  continue  their  engineering  studies  on  the  graduate  level  in  one  of 
the  new  interdisciplinary  fields  of  engineering  such  as  environmental 
engineering,  bio-medical  engineering,  systems  engineering,  and  many  others; 
and  finally  (3)  to  educate  those  students  who  do  not  plan  a  normal  professional 
career  in  a  designated  engineering  field  but  wish  to  use  a  broad  engineering 
education  so  as  to  be  better  able  to  serve  in  one  or  more  of  the  many  auxiliary 
or  management  positions  of  engineering  related  industries.  The  program  is 
designed  to  give  the  maximum  flexibility  for  tailoring  a  program  to  the  specific 
future  career  plans  of  the  student.  To  accomplish  these  objectives,  the  program 
has  two  optional  paths:  an  engineering  option  and  an  applied  science  option. 


The  "Engineering"  option  should  be  particularly  attractive  to  those  students 
contemplating  graduate  study  or  professional  employment  in  the 
interdisciplinary  engineering  fields,  such  as  environmental  engineering, 
bio-engineenng.  bio-medical,  and  systems  and  control  engineering,  or  for 
preparatory  entry  into  a  variety  of  newer  or  interdisciplinary  areas  of  graduate 
study  For  example,  a  student  contemplating  graduate  work  in  environmental 
engineenng  might  combine  chemical  and  civil  engineering  for  his  or  her 
program,  a  student  interested  in  systems  and  control  engineering  graduate 
work  might  combine  electrical  engineering  with  aerospace,  chemical,  or 
mechanical  engineering 

The  'Applied  Science"  option  should  be  particularly  attractive  to  those 
students  who  do  not  plan  on  professional  engineering  careers  but  wish  to  use 
the  rational  and  developmental  abilities  fostered  by  an  engineering  education 
as  a  means  of  furthering  career  objectives  Graduates  of  the- Applied  Science 
Option  may  aspire  to  graduate  worit  and  an  ultimate  career  in  a  field  of 
science,  law,  medicine,  business,  or  a  variety  of  other  attractive  opportunities 
which  build  on  a  combination  of  engineering  and  a  field  of  science  Entrance 
requirements  for  law  and  medical  schools  can  be  met  readily  under  the  format 
of  this  program  In  the  applied  science  program,  any  field  in  the  University  in 
which  the  student  may  earn  a  8  S.  degree  is  an  acceptable  secondary  science 
field,  thus  affording  the  student  a  maximum  flexibility  of  choice  for  personal 
career  planning 

Listed  below  are  the  minimum  requirements  for  the  B  S.-Engineering 
degree  with  either  an  Engineering  option  or  an  Applied  Science  option  The  66 
semester  credit  hours  required  for  the  completion  of  the  junior  and  senior  years 
is  supenmposed  upon  the  freshman  and  sophomore  curriculum  of  the  cliosen 
primary  field  of  engineering  The  student,  thus,  does  not  make  a  decision 
whether  to  take  the  designated  or  the  undesignated  degree  in  an  engineering 
field  until  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year  In  fact,  the  student  can  probably 
delay  the  decision  until  the  spring  term  of  the  junior  year  with  little  or  no 
sacrifice,  thus  affording  the  student  ample  time  for  decision.  Either  program 
may  be  taken  on  the  regular  four-year  format  or  under  the  Maryland  Plan  for 
Cooperative  Engineering  Education 

Junior-Senior  Requirement*  for  the  Degree  of  B.S. — Engineering 


Engineering 
Option 


3sh. 

6sh.= 

24  sh.(Engr.) 

12  sh.(Engr.) 

6  sh.(Tech.) 


Applied  Science 
Option 


Requirements 
University  Studies 

Requirements 
Mathematics 

Physical  Sci. 

Requirements^ 
Engineering  Sciences' 
Primary  Field' 
Secondary  Field 
Approved  Electives'^ 
Sr.  Research/Project 

7o(a/ 


Engineering  Fields  of  Concentration  available  under  the  B.S.-Engineering 
program  as  primary  field  within  either  the  Engineering  option  or  the  Applied 
Science  option  are  as  follows: 

Aerospace  Engineering  Electrical  Engineering 

Agricultural  Engineering  Engineering  Materials 

Chemical  Engineering  Mechanical  Engineering 

Civil  Engineering  Nuclear  Engineering 
Fire  Protection  Engineering 

All  engineering  fields  of  concentration  may  be  used  as  a  secondary  field 
within  the  engineering  option. 

(1)  Engineering  sciences,  for  the  purpose  of  this  degree,  are  those  courses  in 
the  Engineering  College  prefixed  by  ENES,  or,  are  in  an  engineering  field 
not  the  primary  or  secondary  field  of  engineering  concentration. 

(2)  Students  following  the  "Engineering"  option  may  use  up  to  six  sh.  of  course 
work  at  the  100  or  200  course  number  level  in  the  primary  or  the 
secondary  field  of  engineering  concentration  as  an  engineering  science. 

(3)  A  minimum  of  50%  of  the  course  work  in  the  mathematics,  physical 
sciences,  engineering-science  and  elective  areas  must  be  at  the  300  or  400 
course  number  level. 

(4)  All  of  the  courses  used  to  fulfill  the  fields  of  concentration  requirements  (36 
sh.  in  the  engineering  option  and  30  in  the  Applied  Sciences  option)  must 
be  at  the  300  course  number  level  or  atxjve. 

(5)  For  the  applied  science  option  each  student  is  required — unless  specifically 
excused,  and  if  excused.  15  sh.  of  approved  electives  will  be  required— to 
satisfactorily  complete  a  senior  level  project  or  research  assignment  relating 
the  engineering  and  science  fields  of  concentration. 

(6)  In  the  Engineering  option,  the  6  sh  of  electives  must  be  technical  (math, 
physical  sciences,  or  engineering  sciences,  but  may  not  be  in  the  primary 
or  secondary  fields  of  concentration)  In  the  Applied  Science  option,  the 
approved  electives  should  be  selected  to  strengthen  the  students  program 
consistent  with  career  objectives.  Courses  in  the  primary  or  secondary 
fields  of  concentration  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  approved  electives 
requirement. 


120     Other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


General  Regulations  for  the  B.S.— Engineering  Degree.  All  undergraduate 
students  in  engineering  will  select  their  major  (ield  sponsoring  department  at 
the  beginning  o(  their  second  year  regardless  ol  whether  they  plan  to  proceed 
to  a  designated  or  an  undersignated  degree  A  student  wishing  to  elect  the 
undersignated  degree  program  may  do  so  at  any  time  lollowing  the  completion 
ol  the  sophomore  year,  or  a  minimum  of  50  earned  credits  towards  any 
engineering  degree,  and  at  least  one  semester  prior  to  the  time  the  student 
expects  to  receive  the  baccalaureate  degree  As  soon  as  the  student  elects  to 
seek  an  undersignated  baccalaureate  degree  in  engineering,  the  student's 
curriculum  planning,  guidance  and  counseling  will  be  the  responsibility  ol  the 
"Undesignated  Degree  Program  Advisor"  in  the  primary  Held  department.  At 
least  one  semester  before  the  expected  degree  Is  to  be  granted,  the  student 
must  file  an  'Application  lor  Admission  to  Candidacy  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  In  Engineering'  with  the  Dean's  Office  of  the  College  ol  Engineering 
The  candidacy  form  must  be  approved  by  the  chairman  of  the  primary  field 
department,  the  primary  engineering  and  the  secondary  field  advisors  and  the 
college  faculty  committee  on  "Undesignated  Degree  Programs. '  This  committee 
has  the  responsibility  lor  implementing  all  approved  policies  pertaining  to  this 
program  and  reviewing  and  acting  on  the  candidacy  forms  filed  by  the  student. 

Specific  University  and  College  academic  regulations  apply  to  this 
undesignated  degree  program  in  the  same  manner  as  they  apply  to  the 
conventional  designated  degree  programs  For  example,  the  academic 
regulations  ol  the  University  apply  as  stated  in  the  College  Park  Catalog  of  the 
University  of  Maryland,  and  the  College  requirement  ol  2  00  factor  in  the  major 
field  during  the  junior  and  senior  years  apply  For  the  purpose  of 
implementation  of  such  academic  rules,  the  credits  in  the  primary  engineering 
field  and  the  credits  in  the  secondary  field  are  considered  to  count  as  "the 
Major"  for  such  academic  purposes. 

Environmental  Engineering.  Environmental  engineering  is  the  application  of 
basic  engineering  and  science  to  the  problem  of  the  environment  to  ensure 
optimum  environmental  quality  In  recent  years,  humans  have  suffered  a 
continually  deteriorating  environment.  A  truly  professional  engineer  involved  in 
the  study  of  environmental  engineering  must  see  the  total  picture  and  relate  it 
to  a  particular  mission  whether  this  be  air  pollution,  water  quality  control, 
environmental  health  or  solid  and  liquid  waste  disposal.  The  total  picture 
Includes  urtjan  systems  design,  socio-economic  factors,  water  resource 
development,  and  land  and  resource  conservation 

A  student  who  selects  the  B.S.-Engineering  degree  program  can  specialize 
in  environmental  engineering  by  proper  selection  of  primary  and  secondary 
fields  from  the  wide  selection  ol  courses  related  to  environmental  engineering 
given  by  the  various  departments  in  the  College. 

Engineering-Medicine.  Advanced  technology  is  finding  increasingly 
sophisticated  applications  in  medical  care  delivery  and  research.  Pacemakers, 
heart-assist  pumps,  kidney  dialysis  machines,  and  artificial  limbs  are  only  a  few 
examples  of  the  role  of  engineering  and  technology  in  medicine  In  addition, 
diagnostic  procedures  and  record-keeping  have  been  greatly  enhanced  by  the 
use  ol  computers  and  electronic  testing  equipment  There  is  a  growing  need  for 
physicians  and  researchers  in  the  life  sciences,  having  strong  backgrounds  in 
engineering,  who  can  effectively  utilize  these  technologies  and  who  can  work 
with  engineers  in  research  and  development 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  degree  provides  the  student  an 
excellent  opportunity  to  develop  a  professional  level  of  competence  in  an 
engineering  discipline  while  at  the  same  time  meeting  the  entrance 
requirements  for  medical  school  Under  the  Applied  Science  option,  the 
student  could  select  any  engineering  field  of  most  interest  to  him/her,  and  his 
or  her  secondary  field  would  usually  be  Chemistry  or  Zoology  In  addition  to  the 
medical  school  entrance  requirements,  he  or  she  would  complete  12  credits  of 
advanced  work  in  his  or  her  secondary  field. 

Under  the  Engineering  option,  the  student  would  generally  combine 
Chemical  Engineering  (as  either  primary  or  secondary  field)  with  another 
engineering  discipline.  This  option  allows  the  student  to  complete  more 
advanced  work  in  his/tier  primary  field  of  engineering  than  does  the  Applied 
Science  option  Either  option  can  be  completed  in  a  four-year  period  with 
careful  planning  and  scheduling. 

Other  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Science  Departments,  Programs  and 
Curricula 

Applied  Mathematics  Program 

Director:  Professor  P  Wolfe 

Faculty:  Eighty-Five  members  from  eleven  units  of  the  campus 

The  Applied  Mathematics  Program  is  a  graduate  program  in  which  the 
students  combine  studies  in  mathematics  and  in  application  areas  The 
program  is  administered  by  the  Applied  Mathematics  Program  and  all  MAPL 
courses  carry  credit  in  mathematics  An  undergraduate  program  stressing 
applied  mathematics  is  available  to  majors  in  mathematics  and  such  courses 
occur  under  the  MATH  and  STAT  label  as  well  as  the  MAPL  label  See  lf>e 
Mathematics  listing  for  details. 
Course  Code  prelix— MAPL 


Astronomy  Program 


Professor  and  Director:  Kundu 

Professors:  Bell.  Erickson.  Kerr.  Rose.  Smith.  Wentzel.  Zuckerman 

Professors  (Adiunct  or  part-time):  Brandt.  Trimble.  Westertiout 

Associate  Professors:  A'Hearn.  Harnngton.  Matthews.  Zipoy 

Associate  Professor  (Adjunct):  Clark 

Assistant  Professors:  Blitz.  Eichler.  Wilson 

The  Department  ol  Physics  and  Astronomy  offers  a  major  In  Astronomy. 
The  Astronomy  Program  office  is  located  in  the  Space  Sciences  BuikJIng. 
Astronomy  students  are  given  a  strong  undergraduate  preparation  in 
astronomy,  physics  and  mathematics,  as  well  as  encouragennent  to  take  a  wkte 
range  of  other  liberal  arts  courses  The  Astronomy  Program  is  designed  to  be 
quite  llexible.  In  order  to  take  advantage  ol  students  special  talents  or  interests 
after  the  basic  requirements  for  a  sound  aslrorvDmy  education  have  been  met 
Students  preparing  lor  graduate  studies  will  have  an  opportunity  to  choose 
from  among  many  advanced  courses  available  in  astronomy,  mathematics  and 
physics  The  program  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  posittons  in 
governmental  and  industrial  laboratories  and  observatories,  for  graduate  worV 
in  astronomy  or  related  fields,  and  for  non-astronomical  careers  such  as  in  law 
or  business. 

Astronomy  majors  are  required  to  lake  an  introductory  course  in  astronomy 
This  will  usually  be  ASTR  181,  182  However  students  with  ttie  appropriate 
physics  background  could  take  the  one  semester  introductory  course,  ASTR 
350,  instead.  In  addition  ASTR  210  (Practical  Astronomy)  and  two  400  level 
astronomy  courses  are  required  lor  the  major 

Students  majoring  in  astronomy  are  also  required  to  obtain  a  good 
background  in  physics.  The  normal  required  course  sequence  is  PHYS  191, 
192,  293  and  294  along  with  the  attendant  lab  courses  195.  196.  295  and  296. 
In  addition,  the  student  would  be  required  to  take  PHYS  421-422  or  410-411 
Required  supporting  courses  are  MATH  140,  141  and  240  or  241  or  246 

The  program  requires  that  the  student  maintain  an  average  grade  of  C  in 
all  astronomy  courses;  moreover,  the  average  grade  of  all  the  required  phystes 
and  mathematics  courses  must  also  t)e  C  or  better  Any  student  who  wishes  to 
be  recommended  for  graduate  work  in  astronomy  must  maintain  a  8  average 
He  or  she  should  also  consider  includiny  several  additional  advance  courses 
beyond  the  minimum  required,  to  be  selected  from  astronomy,  physics  and 
mathematics. 

Detailed  information  on  typical  programs  and  alternatives  to  the  standard 
program  can  be  found  in  the  pamphlet  entitled  "Department  Requirements  for  a 
B.S.  degree  in  Astronomy"  which  is  available  from  the  Astronomy  Program 
office. 

Note:  Some  changes  in  the  required  program  for  Astronomy  maiors  are  under 
discussion.  Check  with  the  Astronomy  office  for  further  details 

Honors  In  Astronomy.  The  Honors  Program  offers  students  of  exceptional 
ability  and  interest  in  astronomy  an  educational  program  with  a  number  ol 
special  opportunities  for  learning  There  are  many  opportunities  lor  part-time 
research  participation  which  may  develop  into  full-time  sumrrwr  projects.  An 
honors  seminar  is  offered  for  advanced  students,  credit  may  be  given  tor 
independent  wori<  or  study:  and  certain  graduate  courses  are  open  for  credit 
toward  the  bachelor's  degree 

Students  for  the  Honors  Program  are  accepted  by  the  Departments  Honors 
Committee  on  the  basis  of  recommendations  from  their  advisors  and  other 
faculty  members.  Most  honors  candidates  submit  a  written  report  on  their 
research  project,  which  together  with  an  oral  comprehensive  examination  in  the 
senior  year,  concludes  the  program  which  may  lead  to  graduatkxi  "with  Honors 
(or  High  Honors)  in  Astronomy  " 

Courses  (or  Non-Science  Majors.  There  are  a  vanety  of  Astronomy  courses 
offered  for  those  who  are  interested  in  learning  atXHit  the  subject  but  do  not 
wish  to  major  in  it  These  courses  do  not  require  any  background  in 
mathematics  or  physics  and  are  geared  especially  to  ttie  non-science  major 
ASTR  100  is  a  general  survey  course  that  bnelly  covers  all  ol  the  major  parts 
of  Astronomy.  ASTR  1 10  is  ttie  lab  that  can  be  taken  with  or  after  ASTR  100 
Several  300-level  courses  are  offered  primarily  lor  non-science  students  wtKi 
want  to  learn  about  a  particular  fieU  in  depth  Such  topka  as  ttte  Solar  System, 
Galaxies  and  the  Universe  and  Life  in  0)e  Universe  are  offered. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ASTR 

Computer  Science 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Yeh 

Professors:  Atchison.  Chu'.  Edmundson'.  Kanal'.  H  Mills.  Minker.  Roeenfeld^, 

Stewart* 

Associate  Professors  Agrawala,  Austing.  Basili.  Gannon.  Hamlet.  Rteger. 

Samet.  Shneiderman.  Zelkowitz 

Assistant  Professors  Brodie.  Dowdy.  Gligor.  Jacot».  Kim.  Nau.  O'Leary, 

Tnpathi,  Weiser,  Zave 

Visiting  Lecturers:  Knott  (pi).  D  Mills  (p.t ).  Morton  (p  t ).  Parti  (p  t ).  Pamas 

(pt).  Ricart  (pt) 

'Jointly  with  Electrical  Engineenng 

'Jointly  with  Mathematics 

^Jointly  with  Computer  Science  Center 

'Jointly  with  the  Institute  of  Physical  Sciences  and  Technology 


Other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     121 


The  Depanment  ol  Computer  Science  otiers  a  B  S  degree  in  Computer 
Science  The  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  three  broad  obiecttves  of 
service  to  the  community,  qualification  (or  employment,  and  preparation  (or 
graduate  work  II  provides  t(>e  student  with  the  flexibility  lo  select  courses  in 
areas  of  irxjividual  interest  and  in  line  with  the  student  s  goals  after  graduation 

Raqulracnent*  tor  ■  Computer  Science  Major 

1  A  minimum  of  30  credit  tiours  of  CMSC  courses,  at  least  24  fxjurs  o(  which 
are  at  300-400  levels,  with  an  overall  average  o(  "C"  or  better 

2.  Either  of  the  mathematics  calculus  sequences  (MATH  140.  141.  or  MATH 
150.  151)  with  at  least  a  'C  average  as  supporting  course  wor(<  Additional 
mathematics  and  statistics  courses  are  recommended  but  not  required 

3.  39  credit  hours  which  satisfy  the  University  Studies  Program  as  presented 
under  Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements  in  this  catalog  Courses 
taken  to  satisfy  these  requirements  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements  Students  who  matriculated  prior  to  Summer  1980  may  satisfy 
this  general  studios  requirement  through  the  General  University 
Requirement  program  All  students  who  matriculated  in  the  Summer  1978 
session  or  later,  must  complete  six  credits  of  English  Composition 

4.  Electives  to  obtain  at  least  the  minimum  120  hours  needed  for  graduation 
Students  may  wish  to  choose  their  electives  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of 
another  department's  degree  program  and.  by  so  doing,  qualify  for  a 
double  major 

Introductory  Computer  Science  Course*.  The  Department  offers  a  choice  of 
courses.  CMSC  103.  1 10.  for  students  with  little  or  no  computer  background 

CMSC  103  IS  considered  a  terminal  course  for  nonmajors  It  provides  an 
introduction  to  the  use  of  a  computer  and  programming  in  the  language 
FORTRAN.  Students  who  complete  CMSC  103  but  want  to  take  additional 
CMSC  courses  should  contact  an  advisor  as  soon  as  possible  to  determine 
what  additional  work  may  be  necessary  to  qualify  for  CMSC  120. 

(vton-majors  who  may  want  to  take  additional  CMSC  courses  should  take 
CMSC  110  instead  of  CMSC  103  The  two  courses  are  of  comparable  difficulty, 
and  the  matenal  is  similar  As  a  terminal  course.  CMSC  103  attempts  to  cover 
more  topics  but  at  less  depth  than  CMSC  110 

Majors  should  take  the  CMSC  110.  120  sequence  in  their  first  year  Those 
students  who  have  programming  background  in  a  language  such  as  FORTRAN 
should  consult  an  advisor  to  determine  if  they  need  to  take  CMSC  110  or  if 
ttiey  could  obtain  credit  for  it  by  examination  Credit  by  examination  is  possible 
for  CMSC  110  or  120.  or  (or  any  other  undergraduate  level  computer  science 
course  (or  which  transfer  credit  has  no!  been  given. 

Undergraduate  Computer  Science  Courses.  Beginning  with  cxiurses  at  the 
200  level  each  student  may  arrange  an  individualized  program  by  choosing 
areas  of  interest  within  computer  science  and  then  taking  courses  appropriate 
to  trK>se  areas.  The  Department  offers  the  following  undergraduate  courses  in 
the  areas  indicated:  Applications:  CMSC  475.  477.  480:  Computer  Systems: 
CMSC  211.  311.  411.  412,  415:  Information  Processing:  CMSC  220,  420,  426: 
Numerical  Analysis:  CMSC  460,  470.  471;  Programming  Languages:  CMSC 
330.  430.  432.  435;  and  Theory  of  Computing:  CMSC  250.  450,  452,  455. 

In  addition  special  topics  courses  (CMSC  498)  are  offered  in  one  or  more 
areas  each  semester.  (Graduate  level  courses  are  offered  in  all  of  these  areas 
as  part  of  the  Department's  MS  and  PhD    degree  programs.) 

The  student  may  choose  from  a  large  variety  of  computer  science  courses 
to  satisfy  the  requirement  of  a  minimum  of  30  credit  hours  of  CMSC  courses.  A 
number  of  advanced  courses  in  computer  science  have  additional  mathematics 
prerequisites  such  as  MATH  240  and  241  as  prerequisites.  Students  who 
anticipate  continuing  their  studies  in  graduate  school  should  complete  the 
sequence  MATH  140.  141,  240,  241,  and  a  statistics  course 

Sample  Programs 

Sample  programs  indicating  the  variety  of  programs  that  are  possible  include" : 


Applications  (Societal) 


211.220,  250,  311. 
330.  411.  412.  420. 
426,  430.  498 


Area 

Computer  Systems 


Information  Processing 

Programming 
Languages 

Theory  of  Computing 
Numerical  Analysis 
Applications  (Scientific) 
ApplicatKins  (Business) 


CMSC  Courses 
211.  220.  250.311, 

330,  411,  412.415 

420,  430,  452/455 
211,  220,  250,  311, 

330,  411  412,  420, 

426.  430.  450.  498 
211.  220,  250,  311, 

330,  420,  430.  432, 

450.  455.  498 
211,  250.311.  330. 

411/412.  450,452, 

455,  475/477.  498 
220.  311  330.  420, 

450.  470.  471,475, 

477.  498 
220,  420,  426,  450, 

470.  475.  477,  480. 

498 
211.  220.  250.  311, 

330.411.  412,420, 

430.498 


Electives 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH,  STAT, 
ENEE,  others 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH.  STAT, 
IFSM,  others 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH,  STAT 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH,  STAT 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH,  STAT 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH,  STAT 


Courses  (rom  e.g., 
BIOL.  ECON, 
GVPT.  PSYC, 
SOCY 

■    All  ol  tfiOTS  programs  induda  the  CMSC  110.  120  uquanc«  dunng  the  lirel  year 

Honors  Program.  A  departmental  honors  program  has  t>een  developed  to 
provkle  an  opportunity  for  selected  undergraduate  students  in  computer 
science  lo  begin  scholarty  research  by  conducting  suitable  independent  study 
in  a  direction  and  at  a  pace  not  possible  in  the  customary  lecture  courses 
Students  are  accepted  into  the  program  after  their  sophomore  year  based  on 
their  overall  academic  performance  in  computer  science  courses  taken 

At  least  one  course  appropriate  for  departmental  honor  students  is  offered 
each  semester  An  honors  paper  of  expository  or  research  nature,  representing 
irxlependent  study  on  the  part  of  the  student,  under  guidance  ol  and  certified  to 
by  a  member  of  the  professorial  faculty,  must  be  completed  in  addition  to  other 
departmental  requirements 

Computer  Equipment.  The  department  maintains  a  mini-and  microcomputer 
laboratory  for  instnjction  and  research  The  laboratory  has  three  complete 
POP— 11  40/45  systems  connected  by  fiigh-speed  lines  to  the  central  Univac 
computers,  a  DEC  GT-40  graphics  terminal,  and  a  graphics  dot-matric  printer 
A  number  of  microprocessors  are  available,  including  an  LSI — 1 1  A  small  shop 
is  well  equipped  with  components  and  lest  equipment.  The  laboratory  is  used 
for  hands-on  experience,  particularly  in  operating  system  software.  The 
department  also  has  a  number  of  hard-copy  and  display  terminals  connected  to 
the  central  Univac  computers  (currently  a  UNIVAC  1108  and  11/44  computer 
system) 

l>)urse  Code  Prelix— CMSC 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

Professor  and  Director:  Silverman 

Professors.  Babuska',  Benesch.  Brush^.  Dorfman*.  Douglis.  Faller.  Ferrelf*, 

Gentry.  Ginter,  Heins.  Hubbard'.  Kellogg'.  Koopman,  Krisher.  Olver'.  Pal', 

Rosenberg.  Sengers.  Stewart^.  Tidman.  Wilkerson.  Wu.  Yori<e'.  Zwanzig 

Adjunct  Professors:  Hoffman.  Hudson 

Adjunct  Professor  (part-time):  Aziz' 

Associate  Professors:  Coplan.  Cooper'.  Gammon,  Guernsey.  C.  Johnson",  R. 

Johnson'.  Matthews,  Mcllrath 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor  (part-time):  Miller 

Assistant  Professors:  Amold'.  Cheung'",  Herb,  King,  OLeary^ 

Assistant  Professors  (visiting  or  part-time):  Lin,  McGee.  Nicoll,  Siren,  Spicer 

Research  Assoicates:  Basu,  Burstyn,  Carison',  Chappas,  Ginter,  Mahon, 

Majeski.  Nold.  Parsons.  Shi.  Wang,  Wu 

Professors  Emeriti:  Burgers,  Landsberg 

^Joint  with  Mathematics 

'Joint  with  Chemical  Engineering 

^ Joint  with  History 

'Joint  with  Physics  &  Astronomy 

^ Joint  with  Computer  Science  Department 

^ Joint  with  Electrical  Engineering 

^ Joint  with  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County 

^  Joint  with  Economics 

^ Joint  with  Aerospace  Engineering 

^^ Joint  with  Radiology,  University  of  Maryland  Sctiool  of  Medicine 

' '  Joint  with  College  ol  Engineering 

The  faculty  members  of  the  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
are  engaged  in  the  study  of  pure  and  applied  science  problems  that  are  at  the 
boundaries  between  those  areas  served  by  the  academic  departments.  These 
interdisciplinary  problems  afford  challenging  opportunities  for  thesis  research 
and  classroom  instruction.  Courses  and  thesis  research  guidance  by  the  faculty 
of  the  Institute  are  provided  either  through  the  graduate  program  in  Applied 
Mathematics*  or  under  the  auspices  of  other  departments.  Students  interested 
in  studying  with  Institute  faculty  members  should  direct  inquiries  to  the  Director, 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  College  Pari<,  Maryland  20742. 

Current  topics  of  research  interest  at  the  institute  are:  atomic  and  nuclear 
physics,  optical  physics,  statistical  mechanics  of  physical  and  living  systems, 
physics  of  the  upper  atmosphere  and  magnetosphere.  fluid  dynamics,  physical 
oceanography,  various  aspects  of  space  and  planetary  science,  theoretical  and 
applied  numerical  analysis,  control  theory,  epidemiology  and  biomathematics. 
chemical  processes  induced  by  ionizing  radiation,  and  the  history  of  science. 
They  also  include  analysis  of  a  number  of  current  problems  of  interest  to 
society  such  as  mathematical  models  applied  to  social  phenomena  and  many 
diverse  efforts  in  basic  mathematics. 

The  Institute  sponsors  a  wide  variety  of  seminars  m  the  various  fields  of  its 
interest.  Principal  among  these  are  the  general  seminars  in  optical  physics, 
applied  mathematics,  fluid  dynamics,  and  in  atomic  and  molecular  physics. 
Information  about  these  can  be  obtained  by  writing  the  Director  or  by  calling 
(301)454-2636. 

Financial  support  for  qualified  graduate  students  is  available  through 
research  assistantships  funded  by  grants  and  contracts,  and  through  teaching 
assistantships  in  related  academic  departments. 

'    See  the  separate  listing  for  ti>e  Applied  Mathornatics  Program 


122     Other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Mathematics 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Kirwan 

Professors:  Adams.  Alexander,  Antman,  Auslander,  Babuska'",  Benedetto, 

Berenstein,  Bernstein,  Brace.  Chu,  J  Cohen,  Cook.  Cooper.  Correl,  Douglis, 

Edmundson',  Ehrlich,  Goldberg,  Goldhat)er,  Goldstein,  Good.  Gray,  Greentserg, 

Gulick,  Heins,  Horvath,  Hubbard'",  Hummel,  R  Johnson,  Katok,  Kellogg. 

Kleppner.  Lay.  Lehner.  Lipsman.  Lopez-Escobar,  Markley,  Mikulski,  Olver"". 

Osborn,  Pearl,  Reinhart,  G  Stewart*",  Syski,  Vesentini,  Wolfe,  G  Yang. 

Yorke"',  Zagier,  Zaicman,  Zedek 

Associate  Professors:  Berg,  Chang,  Cooper.  Dancis.  Ellis.  Evans,  Fey", 

Fitzpatrick,  Green,  Helzer,  Henkelman",  C.  Johnson"',  Kedem,  Kueker,  Liu. 

Neri,  Neumann,  Owings.  Razar.  Sather.  Schafer.  Schneider.  Smith.  Sweet. 

Warner.  Winkelnkemper 

Assistant  Professors:  Arnold.  Brin.  Brooks,  Buchner,  Currier,  Herb,  King,  Kudia, 

Shepherd,  Slud,  Traxler,  Washington.  Wei.  Wolpert,  P  Yang 

Professor  Emeritus:  L  Cohen 

Instructors:  Alter,  Cleary,  Kilbourn,  Vanderslice  (part-time) 

Instructor  and  Administrative  Assistant:  Dribin,  Sorensen 

'    Joint  Appointment:  Computer  Science  Center 

"     Joint  Appointment:  Department  of  Secondary  Education 

'"     Joint  Appointment:  IPST 


The  program  in  mathematics  leads  to  a  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Mathematics  and  otters  students  training  in  mathematics  and  statistics  In 
preparation  for  graduate  work,  teaching  and  positions  in  government  or 
industry 

A  student  intending  to  major  in  mathematics  should  complete  the 
introductory  sequence  MATH  140,  141.  240.  241  or  the  corresponding  honors 
sequence  MATH  150.  151,  250,  251  and  should  have  an  average  grade  of  at 
least  B  and  no  grade  less  than  C  in  these  courses 

Each  math  major  will  complete  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  the  following: 

1 )  CMSC  1 1 0  or  a  CMSC  course  having  CMSC  1 10  as  a  prerequisite. 

2)  Math  143  or  an  upper  level  MATH/STAT/MAPL  course  having  CMSC  110 
as  a  prerequisite. 

3)  Eight  MATH/MAPUSTAT  upper  level  courses  (i.e.  at  the  400  level  or 
atxjve). 

The  8  courses  will  include: 

a)  Math  410-411  (Students  successfully  completing  Math  250-251  are 
exempted 

from  Math  410-41 1  and  receive  credit  for  two  upper  level  courses.) 

b)  One  course  from  among  Math  401 ,  Math  405,  MAPL  471 , 

c)  One  course  from  among  Math  414,  Math  415,  Math  462,  Math  472, 
Math  436,  or  Math  246  (if  Math  246  is  chosen  it  will  not  count  as 
one  of  the  8  upper  level  required  courses). 

d)  Four  other  courses  selected  by  the  student. 

EDSE  372  may  be  used  to  replace  one  of  the  four  elective  upper 
level  MATH/MAPL'STAT  courses 

Undergraduate     Math/Stat     Majors    with     an     interest     in     applied 

mathematics  are  permitted  with  the  approval  of  the  Undergraduate 

Office 

to  substitute  two  courses  from  outside  Mathematics  for  one  of  the 

four  elective  upper  level  mathematics  courses  These  courses  must 

have  a  strong  mathematical  content. 

None  of  the  following  courses  will  be  allowed  as  one  of  the  8  upper 
level  required  courses:  Math  400,  461,  478,  481,  482,  483,  484,  488, 
490  and  Stat  464 

e)  At  least  four  of  the  required  eight  upper  level  courses  must  be  taken 
from  the  Department  of  Mathematics,  University  of  Maryland  College 
Park  campus. 

4)  In  order  to  broaden  the  students  mathematical  experience,  each  MathStat 
major  must  complete,  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  a  3  course  sequence  in  a 
supporting  area  Each  of  the  courses  in  such  a  sequence  should  make 
substantial  use  of  mathematics.  For  a  list  of  supporting  courses,  see  the 
departmental  brochure  available  through  the  Undergraduate  Mathematics 
Office. 

Within  the  Department  of  Mathematics  there  are  a  number  of  identifiable 
areas  which  a  student  can  pursue  to  suit  his/her  own  goals  and  interests.  They 
are  bnefly  described  below  Note  that  they  do  overlap  and  that  a  student  need 
not  confine  himself  herself  to  one  of  them 

1.  Pure  Mathematics:  the  courses  which  clearly  belong  in  this  area  are:  MATH 
402.  403.  404.  405.  406.  410.  411.  413.  414.  415.  416,  417,  430.  431.  432. 
433,  436,  444,  446,  447,  450:  STAT:  410,  411,  420  Students  preparing  for 
graduate  school  in  mathematics  should  include  MATH  403,  405,  410  and 
41 1  in  their  programs  MATH  463  (or  660)  and  MATH  432  (or  730)  are  also 
desirable  Other  courses  from  the  above  list  and  graduate  courses  are  also 
appropriate 

2.  Secondary  teaching:  the  followir>g  courses  are  required  to  teach 
mathematics  at  the  secondary  level:  MATH  402  or403,  430  or  431,  and 
EOSE  372.  (EDSE  372  is  acceptable  as  one  of  the  eight  upper  level  math 
courses  required  for  a  mathematics  major )  These  additional  courses  are 
particularly  suited  for  students  preparing  to  teach:  MATH  406.  444.  463. 
STAT  400  and  410     EDHD  300.  EDSF  301.  EDSE  350.  and  330  are 


necessary  to  teach  before  registering  for  these  courses,  the  student  must 
apply  for  and  be  admitted  to  teacher  education 
3  Statistics:  For  a  student  with  a  B  A  seeking  wori(  requiring  some  statistical 
background,  the  minimal  program  is  STAT  400—401  To  work  pnmarily  as  a 
statistician,  one  should  combine  STAT  400-401  with  at  least  two  more 
statistics  courses,  most  suitably  STAT  450  and  STAT  440  A  stronger 
sequence  is  STAT  410.  420.  450  This  offers  a  better  understanding  and 
wider  knowledge  of  statistics  and  is  a  general  purpose  program  (i  e  .  does 
not  specify  one  area  of  application)  For  economics  applications  STAT  400, 
401,  440,  450,  and  MAPL  477  should  be  considered  For  operations 
research  MAPL  477  and  or  STAT  411  should  be  added  or  perhaps 
substituted  for  STAT  450  To  prepare  for  graduate  wori(.  STAT  410  and 
420  give  the  best  background,  with  STAT  411.  421.  440.  450.  and  460 
added  at  some  later  stage 

4.  Computational  mathematics:  there  are  a  number  of  math  courses  whicti 
emphasize  the  computational  aspects  of  mathematics  including  the  use  of 
the  computer  They  are  MAPL  460.  470.  471.  477:  MATH  472,  475. 
Students  interested  in  this  area  should  take  CMSC  110  as  early  as 
possible,  and  CMSC  210.  420.  440  are  also  suggested 

5.  Applied  mathematics:  the  courses  which  lead  most  rapidly  to  applications 
are  the  courses  listed  above  in  3  and  4  and  MATH  401.  413,  414,  415. 
436.  462.  463,  464  A  student  interested  in  applied  mathematics  sfxjuld 
obtain,  in  addition  to  a  solid  training  in  mathematics,  a  good  knowledge  of 
at  least  one  area  in  which  mathematics  is  currently  being  applied.  ' 
Concentration  in  this  area  is  good  preparation  for  employment  in 
government  and  industry  or  for  graduate  study  in  applied  mathematics 

Language.  Since  most  of  the  non-English  mathematical  literature  is  wntten  in 
French,  German  or  Russian,  students  intending  to  continue  studying 
mathematics  in  graduate  school  should  obtain  a  reading  knowledge  of  at  least 
one  of  these  languages 

Honors  In  Mathematics.  The  Mathematics  Honors  Program  is  designed  for 
students  showing  exceptional  ability  and  interest  in  mathematics.  Its  aim  is  to 
give  a  student  the  best  possible  mathematical  education  Participants  are 
selected  by  the  Departmental  Honors  Committee  during  the  first  semester  of 
their  junior  year  To  graduate  with  honors  in  mathematics  they  must  pass  a 
final  written  and  oral  comprehensive  examination  Six  credits  of  graduate  work 
or  three  credits  in  a  graduate  course  and  three  credits  of  independent  study  in 
mathematics  approved  by  the  Honors  Committee  are  also  required  The  rest 
of  the  program  is  flexible.  Independent  work  is  encouraged  and  can  be  done  in 
place  of  formal  coursewort< 

The  Mathematics  Department  also  offers  a  special  Mathematics 
Departmental  honors  calculus  sequence  (MATH  150,  151,  250,  251)  tor 
promising  freshmen  with  a  strong  mathematical  background  (usually  including 
calculus).  Enrollment  in  the  sequence  is  normally  by  invitation  but  any 
interested  student  may  apply  to  the  Mathematics  Departmental  Honors 
Committee  for  admission 

Participants  in  the  General  Honors  Program  may  also  enroll  in  special 
honors  sections  of  the  regular  calculus  sequence  (MATH  140H.  141H.  240H. 
241 H).  They  may  also  enroll  in  the  honors  calculus  sequence  if  invited  by  the 
Mathematics  Departmental  Honors  Committee  However,  the  Mathematics 
Departmental  Honors  calculus  sequence  and  the  General  Honors  Program  are 
distinct,  and  enrollment  in  one  does  not  imply  acceptance  in  the  other 

Neither  honors  calculus  sequence  is  prerequisite  for  participating  in  the 
Mathematics  Honors  Program,  and  students  in  these  sequences  need  not  be 
mathematics  majors. 

PI  Mu  Epsilon.  The  local  chapter  of  Pi  Mu  Epsilon,  national  honorary 
mathematics  fraternity,  meets  frequently  to  discuss  mathematical  or  educatk>nal 
topics  of  interest  to  undergraduates    The  programs  are  open  to  the  public 

Placement  In  Mathematics  Courses.  The  department  has  a  large  otfenng  to 
accommodate  a  great  variety  of  backgrounds,  interests  and  abilities  The 
department  permits  a  student  to  take  any  course  for  which  he  or  she  has  the 
appropriate  background  regardless  of  formal  course  work  For  example,  a 
student  with  a  high  school  calculus  course  may  tje  permitted  to  t>egin  in  ttie 
middle  of  the  calculus  sequence  even  if  he  or  she  does  not  have  advanced 
standing  Students  may  obtain  undergraduate  credit  for  mathematics  courses  in 
any  of  the  following  ways:  passing  the  appropnate  CEEB  Advanced  Placement 
Examination,  passing  standardized  CLEP  examinations,  and  through  the 
deparlmenl's  Credit-by-Examination  Students  are  urged  to  consult  with 
advisors  from  the  Mathematics  Department  to  assist  with  proper  placements 

Statistics  and  Probability,  and  Applied  Matliematlct.  Courses  m  statistics 
and  probability  and  applied  mathematics  are  offered  t>y  thie  Department  of 
Mathematics  These  courses  are  open  to  non-majors  as  well  as  maiofs.  and 
carry  credit  in  Mathematics  Students  wishing  to  concentrate  m  ttw  above  may 
do  so  by  clioosing  an  appropriate  program  under  the  Department  of 
Mathematics 

Course  Code  Prefixes— MATH.  STAT.  MAPL 

Mathematics  Education 

Students  completing  an  undergraduate  major  in  astronomy,  physics, 
physical  sciences,  or  in  math,  or  who  may  be  enrolled  in  ttie  CoHege  of 


Other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     123 


Education,  may  prepare  lo  teach  astronoiDy,  physics,  physical  science,  or 
math.  Early  contact  should  be  made  with  either  Dr  John  Layman  (astronomy, 
physics,  physical  sciences)  or  Neil  Davidson  (math) 

Meteorology  Department 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Baer 

Prolessor  Emeritus  Landsberg 

Prolessors  Faller'.  Fritz,  Mint2.  Vemekar 

Associate  Professors  Ellingson.  Rodenhuis.  Thompson 

Assistant  Prolessors  Mass,  Pinker,  Fitter.  Robock 

Visiting  Lecturer:  Atlas 

'Inst  tor  Ptiys  Sci  and  Tech. 

The  Meteorology  Department  otters  a  number  of  courses  of  interest  to 
undergraduate  students  These  courses  provide  an  excellent  undergraduate 
background  lor  those  students  who  wish  lo  do  graduate  work  in  the  tields  o( 
atmospheric  and  oceanic  science,  meteorology,  air  pollution,  and  other 
environmental  sciences  The  interdisciplinary  nature  o(  studies  in  meteorology 
and  physical  oceanography  assures  that  all  science  oriented  students  will  gain 
a  broadened  view  of  physical  science  as  a  whole,  as  well  as  the  manner  in 
which  the  sciences  may  be  applied  to  understand  the  behavior  of  our 
environment 

Undergraduate  students  interested  in  pursuihg  a  bachelor's  degree 
program  preparatory  to  further  study  or  work  in  meteorology  are  urged  to 
consider  the  Physical  Sciences  Program,  in  which  they  can  specialize  in 
meteorokxjy  It  is  important  that  students  who  anticipate  this  specialization 
shoukJ  consult  the  Physical  Sciences  Program  advisor  representing  the 
Department  of  Meteorology  as  early  as  possible  in  their  studies. 

Because  of  its  interdisciplinary  nature,  the  study  of  the  atmosphere  requires 
a  firm  tiackground  in  the  tjasic  sciences  and  mathematics.  To  be  suitably 
prepared  for  400-level  courses  in  meteorology,  the  student  should  have  the 
following  background:  either  the  physics  major  series  PHYS  191-296  or  the 
series  PHYS  161.  262.  263;  the  mathematics  series  MATH  140,  141.  240.  241 
and  either  the  series  CHEM  103.  104  or  CHEM  105,  106.  See  the  section  on 
course  descriptions  for  electives  in  meteorology. 

Students  who  may  be  preparing  for  graduate  education  in  meteorology  are 
strongly  advised  to  pursue  further  coursework  from  among  the  areas  of 
physics,  applied  mathematics,  chemistry,  computer  science  and  statistics  to 
supplement  coursework  in  meteorology.  With  proper  counseling  from  the 
Meteorok>gy  Department  advisor,  tfie  student  wishing  to  graduate  with  an  M.S. 
degree  in  meteorology  may  achieve  that  goal  in  five  years  from  the  inception  of 
University  Studies. 

Course  Code  Prefix— METO 

Physical  Sciences  Program 

Chairman:  Wockenfuss 
Astronomy:  Matthews 
Chemistry:  Durso 
Computer  Science:  Austing 
Geology:  Stifel 
Engineering:  Sayre 
Mathematics:  Good 
Meteorology:  Robock 
Physics:  Homyak 

PurpOM.  This  program  is  suggested  for  many  types  of  students:  those  whose 
interests  cover  a  wide  range  of  the  physical  sciences:  those  whose  interests 
have  not  yet  centered  on  any  one  science;  students  interested  in  a  career  in  an 
interdisciplinary  area  within  the  physical  sciences;  students  who  seek  a  broader 
undergraduate  program  than  is  possible  in  one  of  the  traditional  physical 
sciences;  students  interested  in  meteorology;  preprofessional  students  (prelaw, 
premedical);  or  students  whose  interests  in  business,  technical  writing, 
advertising  or  sales  require  a  broad  technical  background.  This  program  can 
also  be  useful  for  those  planning  science-oriented  or  technical  work  in  the 
uri^an  fiekj;  some  of  the  Urban  Studies  courses  should  be  taken  as  electives. 
Students  contemplating  this  program  as  a  basis  for  preparation  for  secondary 
school  science  teaching  are  advised  to  consult  the  Science  Teaching  Center 
staff  of  the  College  of  Education  for  additional  requirements  for  teacher 
certification. 

The  Physical  Sciences  Program  consists  of  a  basic  set  of  courses  in 
physics,  chemistry  and  mathematics,  followed  by  a  variety  of  courses  chosen 
from  these  and  related  disciplines:  astronomy,  geology,  meteorology,  computer 
science,  and  the  engineering  disciplines.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  a  broad 
program  as  contrasted  with  a  specialized  one. 

Students  are  advised  by  members  of  the  Physical  Sciences  Committee. 
This  committee  is  composed  of  faculty  members  from  each  of  the  represented 
disciplines  and  some  student  representatives.  Assignment  of  advisor  depends 
on  the  interest  of  the  student,  e.g..  one  interested  principally  in  chemistry  will 
be  advised  by  the  chemistry  member  of  the  committee.  Students  whose 
interests  are  too  general  to  classify  in  this  manner  will  nomially  be  advised  by 
the  chairman  of  the  committee. 

More  detailed  information  conceming  the  Physical  Sciences  Program  is 
available  from  the  MPSE  Undergraduate  Office.  Math  Building,  Y-1110. 


Th«  Currtculum.  The  basic  courses  include  MATH  140,  141  and  one  other 
math  course  lor  which  MATH  141  is  a  prerequisite  (11  or  12  credits),  CHEM 
103  and  104.  or  105  and  106  (8  credits);  PHYS  162.  262.  263  (11  credits),  or 
141.  142  (8  credits);  or  191,  192/293/294,  195.  196.  296,  296  (18  credits);  or 
221,  222  (10  credits);  or  PHYS  121,  122  followed  by  PHYS  262  (12  credits) 

The  choice  of  the  physics  sequence  depends  on  the  student's  future  alms 
and  his/her  background  PHYS  161,  262,  263  is  the  standard  sequence 
recommended  for  most  Physical  Science  ma|ors.  This  sequence  will  enable 
the  student  to  continue  with  intermediate  level  and  advanced  courses  PHYS 
141,  142  is  available  lo  students  who  wish  a  less  extensive  background  in 
physics  than  is  represented  by  PHYS  161-263  or  191-294  Students  desinng  a 
strong  background  in  physics  are  urged  to  enroll  in  PHYS  191-294  This  is  the 
sequence  also  used  by  Physics  majors  and  leads  directly  into  the  advanced 
physics  courses  PHYS  221,  222  is  designed  lor  Education  majors,  and 
therefore  is  suitable  for  students  thinking  in  terms  of  a  teaching  career  PHYS 
121,  122  plus  262  is  offered  as  an  option  only  for  students  whio  have  already 
taken  PHYS  121,  122  and  then  decide  lo  major  in  Physical  Sciences  This 
sequence  should  not  be  selected  by  students  already  in  or  just  starling  the 
program  The  rationale  lor  requiring  PHYS  262  to  follow  121,  122  is  lo  ensure 
that  students  have  some  physics  with  calculus  (121,  122  do  not  have  a 
calculus  corequisite) 

Beyond  these  basic  courses  the  student  must  complete  24  credits  ol  which 
12  must  be  at  the  300  or  400  level,  chosen  from  the  following  disciplines: 
Chemistry,  physics,  mathematics,  astronomy,  geology,  meteorology,  computer 
science,  and  one  ol  the  engineering  disciplines,  subject  to  certain  limitations. 
Students  presenting  PHYS  294  as  part  ol  their  basic  curriculum  may  include 
these  credits  among  the  24  credits.  The  24  credits  must  be  so  distributed  that 
he  or  she  has  at  least  six  credits  in  each  ol  any  three  ol  the  above  listed 
disciplines.  The  program  requires  an  average  grade  ol  at  least  C  in  courses 
counting  toward  the  major  including  txith  the  basic  plus  the  broader  set  ol 
courses. 

Engineering  courses  used  lor  one  ol  the  options  must  all  be  from  the  same 
department,  e.g.,  all  must  be  ENEE  courses,  or  a  student  may  use  a 
combination  of  courses  in  ENCH,  ENNU  and  ENMA.  which  are  all  offered  by 
Department  of  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering;  courses  offered  as 
engineering  sciences.  ENES,  will  be  considered  as  a  department  for  these 
purposes.  Engineering  Technology  courses  (ET  prefix)  are  not  applicable  for  a 
major  in  Physical  Sciences. 

Because  of  the  wide  choice  and  flexibility  within  the  program,  students  are 
required  to  submit  for  approval  a  study  plan  during  their  junior  year,  specifying 
the  courses  they  wish  to  use  in  satisfying  the  requirements  of  the  major. 

Students  who  wish  to  depart  from  the  stipulated  curriculum  may  present 
their  proposed  program  for  approval  by  the  Physical  Science  Committee.  An 
honors  program  is  available  to  qualified  students  in  their  senior  year 

Certain  courses  offered  in  the  fields  included  in  the  program  are  not 
suitable  for  Physical  Science  majors  and  cannot  count  as  part  of  the 
requirements  of  the  program.  These  include  any  courses  corresponding  to  a 
lower  level  than  the  basic  courses  specified  above  (eg.,  MATH  115),  some  of 
the  special  topics  courses  designed  for  non-science  students,  as  well  as  other 
courses.  A  complete  listing  of  "excluded"  courses  is  available  from  the  MPSE 
Division  office. 

Honors  Program.  The  Physical  Sciences  Honors  program  offers  students  the 
opportunity  for  research  and  independent  study.  Interested  students  should 
request  details  from  their  advisor. 

Physics  and  Astronomy 

Professor  and  Chainnan:  Park 

Professor  and  Director  of  Astronomy  Program:  Kundu 

Professors  and  Associate  Chairmen:  Falk,  Steinberg 

Professors:  Alley,  Anderson,  Banerjee,  Bell,  Bhagat,  Brill,  Currie,  DeSilva. 

Dorfman,  Dragt,  Eari,  Erickson,  Ferrell,  Glasser,  Click,  Gloeckler,  Glover  III, 

Gluckstem,  Goldenbaum,  Greenberg,  Griem,  Griffin,  Holmgren,  Hornyak, 

Howarth,  Kerr.  Korenman.  Lee.  Liu,  MacDonald.  Marion,  Misner,  Myers, 

Oneda,  Ott,  Papadopoulos.  Pali,  Prange,  Redish,  Reiser.  Roos,  Rose,  Smith, 

Snow,  Sucher,  Toll,  Wetter,  Wentzel,  Woo,  Yodh,  B.  S.  Zorn,  G.  T.  Zorn, 

Zuckerman 

Professors  (part-time):  Opik,  Z.  Slawsky 

Visiting  Professors:  Kunze.  Montgomery.  Trimble 

Adjunct  Professors:  Bennett.  Boldt,  Brandt,  Fichtel,  Friedman.  McDonald.  Rado, 

Westerhout 

Associate  Professors:  A'Hearn,  Bardasis,  Boyd,  C.  C.  Chang,  C.  Y.  Chang, 

Chant,  Chen,  Drew,  Einstein,  Fivel,  Harrington,  Kacser,  Kim,  Layman.  Lynn, 

Mathews.  Richard.  Roush.  Wallace.  Zipoy 

Visiting  Associate  Prolessors:  Boneh,  Hershey,  Kozlovsky,  Mandelzweig, 

Netzer 

Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Clark,  Dixon,  Pechacek 

Assistant  Professors:  Blitz,  Breuer,  Caswell,  Dombeck,  Dworzecka,  Eichler, 

Ellis,  Hu,  Mason,  Paik,  Skard,  Skuja,  Wang.  Wickes,  Wilson 

Lecturers:  Beach,  Deming,  Hartman,  Knitfen,  Lecar,  Nossal,  M.  Slawsky,  Stern, 

Swank,  Theison,  Wineland 

The  Physics  program  includes  a  broad  range  of  undergraduate  courses 
designed  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  almost  every  student,  from  the  advanced 
physics  major  to  the  person  taking  a  single  introductory  physics  course.  In 
addition,  there  are  various  opportunities  for  personally  directed  studies  between 


124     Other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


student  and  professor,  and  many  undergraduate  "research"  opportunities  also 
are  available  For  further  information  consult  Undergraduate  Programs  in 
Physics"  available  from  the  Department. 

Courses  lor  Non-Majors.  The  department  offers  several  courses  which  are 
intended  tor  students  other  than  physics  majors.  PHYS  101,  102.  106.  Ill  and 
112  without  a  laboratory  and  PHYS  114  and  117  with  laboratory  are  designed 
to  satisfy  the  University  Studies  distribution  requirements  (PHYS  106  may  be 
taken  with  the  lab  PHYS  107  to  satisfy  the  lab  requirement)  PHYS  121.  122. 
or  141,  142  satisfy  the  requirements  tor  professional  schools  such  as  medical 
and  dental,  and  PHYS  161.  262.  263  satisfy  the  introductory  physics 
requirement  for  most  engineering  programs  PHYS  318  is  a  one  semester 
course  stressing  contemporary  topics  tor  those  who  have  completed  a  year  of 
one  of  the  above  sequences  In  addition.  PHYS  420  is  a  one  semester  modern 
physics  course  for  advanced  students  in  science  or  englneenng  Either  the 
course  sequence  161.  262.  263,  or  the  full  sequence  191.  192,  293,  294  Is 
suitable  for  mathematics  students  and  those  who  major  In  other  physical 
sciences 

The  Physics  Major.  The  way  most  physics  majors  will  begin  their  work  is  with 
a  two-year  basic  sequence  of  physics  courses.  PHYS  191 A  or  B,  192,  293,  and 
294,  accompanied  by  the  laboratory  courses  PHYS  195,  196  in  the  first  year 
and  295,  296  in  the  second  year.  Transfer  students  who  come  with  a  different 
set  of  introductory  courses  either  will  be  put  into  an  appropriate  course  In  this 
sequence  or  will  take  bridging  courses,  such  as  PHYS  404,  405,  (if  offered) 
and  then  go  on  to  advanced  courses 

The  requirement  for  a  physics  major  includes  six  laboratory  courses  and 
PHYS  410,  411.  421  and  422.  plus  MATH  140.  141.  240.  241  (or  150.  151. 
250)  and  one  additional  3  or  4  credit  mathematics  course  Students  must  have 
a  grade  of  at  least  2.0  (C)  in  the  required  physics  and  required  supporting 
mathematics  courses  After  taking  the  basic  sequence,  the  student  will  have 
some  flexibility  in  his  program,  and  he  or  she  will  be  able  to  take  specialty 
courses,  such  as  those  In  nuclear  physics  or  solid-state  physics,  or  courses  in 
related  fields  which  are  of  particular  interest  to  him  or  her.  In  addition,  a 
student  interested  in  doing  research  may  choose  to  do  a  bachelor's  thesis 
under  the  direction  of  a  member  of  the  faculty. 

Honors  in  Physics.  The  Honors  Program  offers  to  students  of  good  ability  and 
strong  interest  in  physics  a  greater  flexibility  in  their  academic  programs,  and  a 
stimulating  atmosphere  through  contacts  with  other  good  students  and  with 
individual  faculty  members.  There  are  opportunities  for  part-time  research 
participation  which  may  develop  into  full-time  summer  pro|ecls  An  honors 
seminar  is  offered  for  advanced  students;  credit  may  be  given  for  independent 
work  or  study,  and  certain  graduate  courses  are  open  for  credit  toward  the 
bachelor  s  degree. 

Students  are  accepted  by  the  department's  Honors  Committee  on  the  basis 
of  recommendations  from  their  advisors  and  other  faculty  members 

A  final  written  or  oral  comprehensive  examination  in  the  senior  year  is 
optional,  but  those  who  pass  the  examination  will  graduate  "with  honors  in 
physics." 

The  Astronomy  Majors.  See  page  1 20  for  details. 


Science  Communications 

The  University  of  Maryland  offers  several  interdisciplinary  approaches  to 
the  training  of  science  communicators,  ranging  from  specialization  in  one 
science  or  englneenng  with  background  in  communication  to  specializing  in 
lournalistic  communication  with  background  coursewortt  in  the  sciences  Each 
of  the  several  program  options  can  be  tailored  to  the  needs  of  individual 
students 

Undergraduate  students  interested  in  science  communications  can  choose 
from  a  wide  range  of  possibilities  For  example,  some  may  want  a  career 
writing  about  the  general  happenings  of  the  day  in  the  physical  and  lite 
sciences,  or  some  students  may  prefer  writing  about  the  span  (rom  a  pure 
science  to  its  applied  technology  Others  may  prefer  writing  at>out  one 
field— such  as  agronomy,  astronomy,  geology — and  its  impact  on  society — in 
ecological  problems,  space  exploration,  and  plate  tectonics 

The  following  are  several  approaches  Writing  about  the  physical  sciences: 
A  recommended  approach  would  be  to  take  the  Physical  Sciences  Program 
with  a  minor  in  journalism  The  Physical  Sciences  Program  consists  of  a  basic 
set  of  courses  in  physics,  chemistry  and  mathematics,  followed  by  a  variety  of 
courses  chosen  from  these  and  related  disciplines:  astronomy,  geology. 
meteorology  and  computer  science 

Writing  about  the  lite  sciences:  A  recommended  approach  would  be  to  take 
the  Biological  Sciences  Program  with  a  minor  in  lournalism.  The  Biological 
Sciences  Program  includes  work  in  botany,  entomology,  microbiology,  and 
zoology,  and  introduces  the  student  to  the  general  pnnciples  and  methods  of 
each  of  these  biological  sciences 

Writing  about  engineering:  A  recommended  approach  would  be  to  take  the 
B  S -Engineenng  Program  with  a  minor  in  journalism  The  B  S -Engineenng 
Program  blends  two  or  three  fields  of  engineenng  or  applied  science 

Writing  about  a  specific  field:  A  recommended  approach  would  be  to  take  a 
departmental  major  in  any  of  the  sciences,  agriculture,  or  engineenng  and  a 
minor  in  journalism 

Journalism  combined  with  an  overview  of  the  sciences:  A  journalism  nfiajor 
could  take  selected  science  courses  that  provide  a  familanty  with  scientific 
thought  and  application 


Statistics  and  Probability 

The  Mathematical  Statistics  Program  offers  a  wide  range  of  undergraduate 
courses  In  applied  statistics,  mathematical  statistics  and  probability.  The 
program  is  administered  by  the  Statistics  Branch  ol  the  Mathematics 
Department,  and  all  STAT  courses  carry  credit  in  Mathematics 

An  undergraduate  program  stressing  statistics  is  available  to  majors  in 
Mathematics-  See  the  Mathematics  listing  for  details  Master's  and  doctoral 
degrees  in  statistics  are  offered  by  the  Mathematical  Statistics  Program 


Course  Code  Prefix— PHYS 


Course  Code  Prefix— STAT 


125 


4    Course  Offerings 


Course  Numbering  System 

NUMBER/ELIGIBILITY 

000-099  Non-credll  course 

100-199  Primarily  freshman  course 

200-299  Primarily  sophomore  course 

300-399  Junior,   senior  course  not  acceptable  (or 

credit  toward  graduate  degrees. 

400-499  Junior,  senior  course  acceptable  for  credit 

toward  some  graduate  degrees 

500-599    Professional    School    course    (Dentistry, 

Architecture.    Law,   Medicine)   or  postbaccalaureate 

course. 

600-899  Course  restricted  to  graduate  students 

799  Masters  Thesis  credit 

899  Doctoral  dissertation  credit 

Courses  with  last  digit  of  8  or  9  can  be  repeated  for 

additional  credit 

AASP  —  Afro-American  Studies 

AASP  100  Introduction  to  Afro- American  Studies  (3) 

A  survey  of  significant  aspects  of  black  life  and  thought 
which  are  reflected  in  black  literature,  music  and  art.  This 
interdisciplinary  course  examines  the  Afncan  cultural  and 
histoncal  backgrounds  and  traces  the  development  of 
black  culture  in  Atnca.  the  United  Slates  and  the 
Canibean  from  the  fifteen  century  to  contemporary  times 
Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  social,  political  and 
economic  changes  in  black  life  that  have  influenced  the 
ideas  of  black  artists  and  spokesmen. 

AASP  200  African  Civilization  (3)  A  suney  of  African 
civilizations  from  4500  B.C  to  present  Analysis  of 
traditional  social  systems  Discussion  of  the  impact  of 
European  colonization  on  these  civilizations.  Analysis  of 
the  influence  of  traditional  African  social  systems  on 
modem  African  institutions  as  well  as  discussion  of 
contemporary  processes  of  Afncanization 
AASP  202  Black  Culture  In  the  United  States  (3)  The 
course  examines  important  aspects  of  American  Negro 
life  and  thought  which  are  reflected  in  Afro-American 
literature,  drama,  music  and  art.  Beginning  with  the 
cultural  heritage  of  slavery,  the  course  surveys  the 
changing  modes  of  black  creative  expression  from  the 
nineteenth-century  to  the  present, 

AASP  298  Special  Topics  In  Afro-American  Studies 

(3)  An  introductory  multi-disciplinary  and  inter-disciplinary 
educational  experience  to  explore  issues  relevant  to 
Ijlack  life,  cultural  experiences,  and  political,  economic 
and  artistic  development.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

AASP  300  The  Black  Community  and  Public  Policy 

(3)  A  study  of  the  role  and  impact  of  the  black  community 
In  public  policy  formulation:  scope  and  methods  in  public 
policy  focusing  on  specific  problems  In  the  black 
community;  analysis  and  review  of  relationships  between 
the  policy  makers  and  the  community.  With  permission  of 
the  program,  students  may  elect  to  devote  time  to 
specific  community  projects  as  part  of  the  requirements 
of  the  course.  The  student  will  not  serve  in  an  agency  in 
which  he  is  already  employed. 

AASP  31 1  The  African  Slave  Trade  (3)  The  relationship 
of  the  slave  trade  of  Africans  to  the  development  of 
British  Capitalism  and  its  Industrial  Revolution:  and  to  the 
economic  and  social  development  of  the  Americas 

AASP  312  Social  and  Cultural  Effects  of  Colonization 
and  Racism  (3)  A  comparative  approach  to  the  study  of 
the  social  and  cultural  effects  of  colonization  and  raasm 
on  black  people  in  Afnca.  Latin  America  and  in  the 
United  States — community  and  family  life,  religion, 
economic  institutions,  education  and  artistic -expression. 


AASP  397  Senior  Reading  and  Research  Seminar  In 
Afro-American  Studies  (3)  An  interdisciplinary  reading 
and  research  senior  seminar  tor  majors  in  Alro-American 
studies  or  majors  in  other  departments  or  programs  who 
have  completed  at  least  eighteen  hours  of  Afro-American 
studies  courses  Emphasis  on  research  and  writing 
methods  in  Afro-American  studies.  A  senior  thesis  will  be 
completed  during  the  course 

AASP  400  Directed  Readings  In  Afro-American 
Studies  (3)  The  readings  will  be  directed  by  the  Director 
of  Afro-Amencan  Studies  Topics  to  be  covered:  The 
topics  will  136  chosen  by  the  director  to  meet  the  needs 
and  interests  of  individual  students 

AASP  401  Seminar  In  Afro-American  Studies  (3)  The 

theory  and  concepts  of  the  social  and  behavioral 
sciences  as  they  relate  to  Afro-Amencan  studies 
Required  for  the  certificate  in  Afro-American  studies 
Prerequisites:  at  least  15  hours  of  Afro-American  studies 
or  related  courses  or  permission  of  the  director. 

AASP  403  The  Development  of  a  Black  Aesthetic  (3) 

An  analysis  of  selected  areas  of  black  creative 
expression  in  the  arts  (or  the  purpose  of  understanding 
the  informing  principles  of  style,  techniques,  and  cultural 
expression  which  make  up  a  Black  aesthetic 
Prerequisite,  completion  of  ENGL  443  or  AASP  302  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

AASP    410    Contemporary    African    ideologies    (3) 

Analysis  of  contemporary  African  ideologies.  Emphasis 
on  philosophies  of  Nyerere,  Nkmmah,  Senghor,  Sekou 
Toure,  Kaunda,  Cabral,  et  al.  Discussion  of  the  role  of 
African  ideologies  on  modernization  and  social  change. 

AASP    411     Black    Resistance    Movements    (3)    A 

comparative  study  of  the  black  resistance  movements  in 
Africa  and  America;  analysis  of  their  interrelationships  as 
well  as  their  impact  on  contemporary  Pan-Africanism. 

AASP  428  Special  Topics  in  Black  Development  (3)  A 

multi-disciplinary  and  inter-disciplinary  educational 
experience  concerned  with  questions  relevant  to  the 
development  of  black  people  everywhere.  Development 
implies  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  change 
among  other  things  Consequently,  a  number  of  topics 
may  be  examined  and  studied. 

AASP  429  Special  Topics  in  Black  Culture  (3)  An 

interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  role  of  black  artists 
around  the  world.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  contributions 
of  the  Black  man  in  Africa,  the  Caribbean  and  the  United 
States  to  the  literary  arts,  the  musical  arts,  the  performing 
arts,  and  the  visual  arts.  Course  content  will  be 
established  in  terms  of  those  ideas  and  concepts  which 
reflect  the  cultural  climate  of  the  era  in  which  they  were 
produced.  Attention  to  individual  compositions  and  works 
of  art  through  lectures,  concepts,  field  trips,  and 
audio-visual  devices. 


AGRI  —  Agriculture 

AGRI  101  Introduction  to  Agriculture  (1)  Required  of 
all  beginning  freshmen  and  sophomores  in  agriculture. 
Other  students  must  get  the  consent  of  the  instmctor.  A 
series  of  lectures  introducing  the  student  to  the  broad 
field  of  agriculture. 

AGRI  389  Internship  In  Conservation  and  Resource 
Development  (3)  Prerequisites:  permission  of  instmctor 
Students  are  placed  in  wort<  experiences  related  to  their 
stated  career  goals  for  a  minimum  of  eight  hours  a  week 
for  a  semester  Each  student  must  do  an  in  depth  study 
in  some  portion  of  the  wori<  experience  and  produce  a 
special  project  and  report  related  to  this  study.  A  student 
work  log  is  also  required.  This  course  may  be  repeated 
for  a  total  of  six  credits.  An  evaluation  from  the  external 
supervisor  of  the  project  will  be  required. 


AGRI  489  Special  Topics  in  Agriculture  (1-3)  Credit 

according  to  time  scheduled  and  organization  of  the 
course  A  lecture  series  organized  to  study  in  depth  a 
selected  phase  of  agnculture  not  normally  associated 
with  one  of  the  existing  programs 

AGRO  —  Agronomy 

AGRO  100  Crops  Laboratory  (2)  Two  laboratory 
penods  a  week  Demonstration  and  application  of 
practices  in  the  identification,  distribution  a/>d 
management  of  field  crops 

AGRO  102  Crop  Production  (2)  Prerequisite,  AGRO 
100  or  concurrent  enrollment  therein.  Culture,  use, 
improvement,  adaptation,  distribution,  and  history  of  field 
crops 

AGRO  105  Soil  and  the  Environment  (3)  A  study  of 
soils  as  an  irreplaceable  natural  resource,  importance  of 
soils  in  the  ecosystem,  and  analysis  of  land  resource 
areas  in  the  U.S.  Discussion  of  soils  as  a  pollutant  and 
the  pollution  of  soils  by  various  agents  and  the  role  of 
soil  as  a  medium  for  storage,  decontamination  or 
inactivation  of  pollutants 

AGRO  302  General  Soils  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one 
latX)ratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEfi^  103  or 
permission  of  instructor  A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of 
soils  including  their  ongin,  development,  relation  to 
natural  sciences,  effect  on  civilization,  physical 
properties,  and  chemical  properties 

AGRO     303     international     Crop     Production     (3) 

Prerequisite:  BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  An  introduction  to 
the  biological  dimension  of  worid  hunger.  The  problems 
and  potentials  for  increasing  world  food  supply  based  on 
current  agronomic  knowledge.  Emphasis  on  international 
aspects  of  food  crop  production  and  the  interrelationships 
between  agriculture  and  human  populations  in  the 
developing  worid 

AGRO  398  Senior  Seminar  (1)  Reports  by  seniors  on 
current  scientific  and  practical  publications  pertaining  to 
agronomy. 

AGRO  403  Crop  Breeding  (3)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  414 
or  ZOOL  246.  Principles  and  methods  of  breeding  annual 
self  and  cross-pollinated  plant  and  perennial  forage 
species. 

AGRO  404  Tobacco  Production  (3)  Prerequisite,  BOTN 
100.  A  study  of  the  history,  adaptation,  distribution, 
culture,  and  improvement  of  various  types  of  tobacco, 
with  special  emphasis  on  problems  in  fy^aryland  Tobacco 
production.  Physical  and  chemical  factors  associated  with 
yield  and  quality  of  tobacco  will  be  stressed. 

AGRO  405  Turf  Management  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  100  A 
study  of  principles  and  practices  of  managing  turt  for 
lawns,  golf  courses,  athletic  fields,  playgrounds,  airfields 
and  highways  for  commercial  sod  production. 

AGRO  406  Forage  Crop  Production  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BOTN  101,  and  AGRO  100:  or  concurrent  enrollment  in 
these  courses.  A  general  look  at  worid  grasslands; 
production  and  management  requirements  of  major 
grasses  and  legumes  for  quality  hay,  silage  and  pasture 
for  livestock  feed;  new  cultivar  development  and  release; 
seed  production  and  distribution  of  improved  cultivars. 

AGRO  407  Cereal  and  Oil  Crops  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BOTN  101  and  AGRO  100;  or  concunent  enrollment  in 
these  courses.  A  study  of  pnnciples  and  practices  of 
com,  small  grains,  rice,  millets,  sorghums,  and  soybeans 
and  other  oil  seed  crops.  A  study  of  seed  production, 
processing,  distribution  and  federal  and  state  seed 
control  programs  of  corn,  small  grains  and  soybeans. 


126     AMST  —  American  Studies 


AGRO  411  Soil  Ferllllty  Principles  (3)  Prerequisite. 
AQRO  202  A  study  of  the  chemical,  physical,  and 
biological  characteristics  ot  soils  that  are  important  in 
growing  crops.  Soil  deficiencies  of  physical,  chemical,  or 
biological  nature  and  their  correction  by  the  use  of  lime, 
lenilizers,  and  rotations  are  discussed  and  illustrated 

AGRO  412  Commercial  Fertilizers  (3)  Prerequisite, 
AGRO  202  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the 
manufacturing  of  commercial  fertilizers  and  their  use  in 
soils  lor  efficient  crop  production. 

AGRO   413   Soil   and   Water   Conservation   (3)   Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week  Prerequisite, 
AGRO  202  or  permission  of  instructor  A  study  of  the 
importance  and  causes  of  soil  erosion,  methods  of  soil 
erosion  control,  and  the  effect  of  conservation  practices 
on  soil-moisture  supply.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on 
farm  planning  lor  soil  and  water  conservation  The 
laboratory  period  will  be  largely  devoted  to  field  trips. 

AGRO   414   Soil    Classification   and   Geography   (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week 
Prerequisite.  AGRO  202  or  permission  of  instructor  A 
study  of  the  genesis,  morphology,  classification  and 
georgraphic  distribution  of  soils.  The  broad  principles 
governing  soil  formation  are  explained.  Attention  is  given 
to  the  influence  of  geographic  factors  on  the 
development  and  use  ot  the  soils  in  the  United  States 
and  other  parts  of  the  worid.  The  laboratory  periods  will 
be  largely  devoted  to  the  field  tnps  and  to  a  study  of  soil 
maps  of  various  countries 

AGRO  415  Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use  (3)  Prerequisite: 
AGRO  302.  Evaluation  of  soils  in  the  uses  ot  land  and 
the  environmental  implications  of  soil  utilization. 
Interpretation  of  soil  information  and  soil  surveys  as 
applied  to  both  agricultural  and  non-agricultural  problems. 
Incorporation  of  soil  data  into  legislation,  environmental 
standards  and  land  use  plans. 

AGRO  417  Soil  Physics  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  202  and  a 
course  in  physics,  or  permission  ot  instructor  A  study  of 
physical  properties  of  soils  with  special  emphasis  on 
relationship  to  soil  productivity 

AGRO  421  Soil  Chemistry  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  202  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  chemical 
composition  of  soils:  cation  and  anion  exchange;  acid, 
alkaline  and  saline  soil  conditions:  and  soil  fixation  of 
plant  nutrients  Chemical  methods  of  soil  analysis  will  be 
studied  with  emphasis  on  their  relation  to  fertilizer 
requirements. 

AGRO  422  Soil  Biochemistry  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week  Prerequisite,  AGRO  202, 
CHEM  104  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
txochemical  processes  involved  in  the  formation  and 
decomposition  of  organic  soil  constitutents.  Significance 
ot  soil-biochemical  processes  involved  in  plant  nutrition 
will  t>e  considered 

AGRO  423  Soil-Water  Pollution  (3)  Prerequisite: 
AGRO  302  and  CHEM  104  or  permission  of 
Instructor.  Reaction  and  fate  of  pesticides,  agricultural 
fertilizers,  industrial  and  animal  wastes  in  soil  and  water 
with  emphasis  on  their  relation  to  the  environment. 

AGRO  451  Cropping  System  (2)  Prerequisite.  AGRO 
102  or  equivalent  The  coordination  of  inforration  from 
various  courses  in  the  development  of  balanced  cropping 
systems,  appropriate  to  different  objectives  in  various 
areas  of  the  state  and  nation. 

AGRO  453  Weed  Control  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  weekk  Prerequisite,  AGRO  102  or 
equivalent.  A  study  of  the  use  of  cultural  practices  and 
chemical  hert)ickjes  in  the  control  of  weeds 

AGRO    499    Special    Problems    In    Agronomy    (1-3) 

Prerequisites.  AGRO  202,  406,  407  or  pennission  of 
instructorA  detailed  study,  including  a  written  report  of 
an  important  problem  in  agronomy. 

AMST  —  American  Studies 

AMST  201    Introduction  to  American   Studies  I  (3) 

Introduction  to  Amencan  cultural  studies,  examining  the 
relationship  between  the  sell  and  society  as  revealed  in 
autobiographical  writing,  "New  Journalism  and  personal 
accounts  of  Arrrencan  culture 

AMST  202  Introduction  to  American  Studies  II  (3)  An 

investigation  of  Ifie  concepts  of  culture  as  defined  by 
both  {he  humanities  and  the  social  sciences  and  as 


Illuminated  by  specific  artifacts  and  documents  from 
Amencan  civilization  The  strategies  employed  by 
individuals  and  academic  disciplines  to  observe  and 
explain  the  mores,  myths,  and  rituals  of  American 
society 

AMST    203    Popular    Culture    In    America    (3)    An 

introduction  to  American  popular  culture,  its  historical 
development,  and  its  role  as  a  relleclion  of  and  influence 
on  our  culture  and  society. 

AMST   205   Material   Aspects  of  American   Lite  (3) 

Historical  survey  of  American  material  culture.  Ways  of 
describing  and  interpreting  accumulated  matenal 
evidence,  eg  buildings,  town  plans,  introduced  by 
stressing  relationship  between  artifact  and  culture 

AMST  207  Contemporary  American  Cultures  (3)  Worid 
views,  values,  and  social  systems  of  contemporary 
American  cultures  explored  through  readings  on  selected 
groups  such  as  middle-class  suburbanites,  old  ordci' 
Amish,  and  urban  tramps 

AMST  298  Selected  Topics  In  American  Studies  (3) 

Cultural  study  of  a  specific  theme  or  issue  involving 
diversified  artifacts  and  documents  from  t>oth  past  and 
contemporary  American  experience  Course  may  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours  if  the  subject  is 
different, 

AMST  330  Critics  ot  American  Culture  (3)  Philosophies 
of  American  social  purpose  and  promise.  Readings  from 
"classical"  American  thinkers,  contemporary  social 
commentators,  and  American  Studies  scholars, 

AMST    360    Fleldworic    In    American     Studies    (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Supervised  field 
research  on  the  built  environment,  social  structure,  and 
belief  systems  of  local  groups  in  the  College  Park, 
Washington,  or  Baltimore  vicinity. 

AMST   398   Independent   Studies   (1-3)   Prerequisite: 

Permission  ot  instructor.  Provides  the  student  with  the 
opportunity  to  pursue  independent,  interdisciplinary 
research  and  reading  in  specific  areas  of  American 
culture  studies.  May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

AMST     418     Cultural     Themes     In     America     (3) 

Examination  of  structure  and  development  of  American 
culture  through  themes  such  as  The  Dynamics  of 
Change  and  Conflict,"  "Culture  and  Mental  Disorders," 
"Race,"  "Ethnicity,"  "Regionalism,"  "Landscape,"  "Humor." 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

AMST   426    Culture   and   the   Aris    In    America    (3) 

Analysis  of  development  of  Amencan  cultural  institutions 
and  artifacts.  Emphasis  on  relationship  between 
intellectual  and  aesthetic  climate  and  the  institutions  and 
artifacts. 

AMST   427   Culture   and    the    ArU    In    America    (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing  A  study  of  American 
institutions,  the  intellectual  and  esthetic  climate  from  the 
Colonial  period  to  the  present. 

AMST  428  American  CuKural  Eras  (3)  Investigation  of 
a  decade,  penod,  or  generation  as  a  case  study  in 
significant  social  change  within  an  American  context- 
Case  studies  include  "Puritan  Dynamics  in  American 
Culture,  1630-1700,"  "Antebellum  Amenca.  1840-1860." 
"American  Culture  in  the  Great  Depression."  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

AMST  429  Perspectives  on  Popular  Culture  (3)  Topics 
in  popular  culture  studies,  including  the  examination  of 
particular  genres,  themes,  and  issues.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

AMST    432    Literature    and    American    Society    (3) 

Examination  of  the  relationship  between  literature  and 
society:  including  literature  as  cultural  communication 
and  the  institutional  framework  governing  its  production, 
distribution,  conservation  and  evaluation 

AMST    436    Readings    In     American    Studies    (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing  An  hisloncal  survey  of 
American  values  as  presented  in  various  key  writings 

AMST    437    Readings    In    American     Studies    (3) 

Prerequisite,  junbr  standing  An  historical  survey  ol 
American  values  as  presented  in  various  key  writings 

AMST  446  Popular  Culture  In  America  (3)  Prerequisite. 
lunior  standing  and  permission  of  instructor  A  survey  ol 
the  historical  development  of  the  popular  arts  and  modes 
of  popular  entertainment  in  AmerKa 


AMST  447  Popular  Culture  In  America  (3)  Prerequisite. 
junior  standing  and  AMST  446  Intensive  research  In  Itie 
sources  and  themes  of  contemporary  American  popular 

culture. 

AMST     450     Seminar     In     American     Studies     (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  ol  Instructor  Developments  in 
theories  and  methods  ol  Amencan  Studies  sctiolarship, 
with  emphasis  upon  interaction  between  the  humanities 
and  the  social  sciences  in  ttie  process  ol  cultural  analysis 

and  evaluation 

AMST  498  Special  Topics  In  American  Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite  A  course  in  American  history,  literature,  or 
government,  or  consent  ol  the  instructor  Topics  ol 
special  interest  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6  credits 
when  topics  differ 

ANSC  —  Animal  Science 

ANSC    101    Principles   of    Animal    Science   (3)   Two 

lectures  and  one,  two-hour  lat)oratory  period  per  week  A 
comprehensive  course,  including  the  development  of 
animal  science,  its  contnbutions  to  tfie  economy, 
characteristics  of  animal  products,  factors  ol  efticlent  and 
economical  production  and  distribution 

ANSC  201   Basic  Principles  of  Anintal  Genetics  (3) 

Lecture  (3  credits):  Three  lectures  per  week  The  basic 
principles  and  laws  ol  Mendellan  genetics  as  applied  to 
economically  important  domestic  animals  Molecular 
genetics  including  DNA,  RNA,  genetk:  code  and  the 
regulation  of  piVotein  synthesis  Ottier  topics  stressed 
include  linkage  and  crossing  over,  recombination, 
cytological  maps,  chromosomal  at>erratlons,  mutations, 
population  genetics  and  genetic  counseling 

ANSC  203  Feeds  and  Feeding  (3)  Credit  not  allowed  lor 
ANSC  major  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week  Prerequisites,  CHEM  103,  104  Elements  ol 
nutrition,  source,  charactenstics  and  adaptability  ol  ttte 
various  feedstuffs  to  the  several  classes  ot  livestock  A 
study  of  the  composition  of  feeds,  the  nutrient 
requirements  of  farm  animals  and  the  formulation  of 
economic  diets  and  rations  for  livestock 

ANSC  211  Anatomy  ot  Domestic  Animals  (4)  TTree 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite, 
200L  101  A  systematic  gross  and  microscopic 
comparative  study  of  the  anatomy  of  the  ma|or  domestic 
animals.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  ttvise  systems 
important  in  animal  production 

ANSC  212  Applied  Animal  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisite 
ANSC  21 1  or  equivalent  The  physiology  of  domesticated 
animals  with  emphasis  on  functions  related  to  production. 
and  the  physiological  adaptation  to  environmental 
influences 

ANSC  214  Applied  Animal  Ptiyslology  Laboratory  (1) 

Pre-  or  corequisite  ANSC  212  One  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week  Application  ol  physiological  latxxalory 
techniques  to  laboratory  and  domestic  animals  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  credit  for  ANSC  212  pnor  to  spring 
1977 

ANSC  221   Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  latx)ratory  period  per  week.  This 
course  deals  with  the  adaptation  ol  beef  cattle,  sheep. 
swine  and  horses  to  significant  and  specific  uses 
Breeding,  feeding,  management  practices  and  crilena  for 
evaluating  usefulness  are  emphasized 

ANSC  222  Livestock  Evaluation  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week  Prerequisite.  ANSC  221 
or  permission  of  instructor  A  study  of  type  and  txeed 
charactenstics  ol  beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine  and  tt>e 
martlet  classes  ol  livestock  which  best  rrwel  present  day 
demands  One  lield  trip  of  atxx;t  two  days  duration  Is 
made  during  wtiich  students  partkspate  in  Itie  annual 
Eastern  Intercollegiate  Uveslock  Clink: 

ANSC  223  Career  and  Curriculum  Ptannlr>g  Seminar 

(1)  One  meeting  per  week  Presentation  ot  inlormation 
relating  to  all  specialized  areas  ol  Itie  animal  sciences 
with  orientabon  toward  career  development  and 
curriculum  planning  Discussions  and  reports  wiH  be 
included 

ANSC  226  Men,  Culture,  Animals  (2)  A  general  study  o( 
the  Importance  of  animals  in  ttie  cultural  devetopment  ol 
man  Historical  and  contemporary  uses  ot  paritculv 
animal  species  will  be  explored  Environmenlal  iimimions 
to  human  development  which  fiave  been  overoome  by 
man-animal  relationships  will  be  emphasized. 


ANSC  —  Animal  Science     127 


ANSC  230  Introduction  to  Hor**  ManagMTwnt  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  penod  per  weeK  A 
general  course  in  horse  managemeni  tor  students  who 
intend  to  work  in  activities  closely  related  to  the  horse 
industry  The  basis  tor  the  usefulness  ol  horses  to 
individuals  and  society  will  be  developed  by  application 
ol  the  principles  ol  nutrition,  physiology,  anatomy, 
genetics,  behavior,  and  environmental  control 

ANSC  242  Dairy  Production  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboralor>  penod  per  week  Prerequisite,  ANSC  101  A 
comprehensive  course  in  dairy  breeds,  selection  ol  dairy 
cattle,  dairy  cattle  nulnents.  feeding  and  management 

ANSC  244  Dairy  Cattle  Type  Appraisal  (1)  Freshmen, 
by  permission  of  instnjctor  Two  laboratory  penods 
Analysis  of  dairy  cattle  type  with  emphasis  on  the 
comparative  judging  of  dairy  cattle. 

ANSC  252  Introduction  to  the  DIsmsm  of  Wildlife  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  weeit  Prerequisite.  ZOOL  101  The 
principal  diseases  of  North  Amencan  wildlife  will  be 
briefly  consideration  For  each  disease,  specific  attention 
will  be  given  to  the  following:  signs  evidenced  by  the 
affected  animal  or  bird,  causative  agent,  means  ol 
transmission  and  effects  of  the  disease  on  the  population 
of  the  species  involved  Also  included  where  appropriate 
is  a  consideration  of  the  threat  that  each  disease  may 
pose  to  man  or  his  domestic  animals 

Advanced  Poultry  Judging  (1)  Prerequisite.  ANSC  101 
One  lecture  or  latmratory  penod  per  week.  The  theory 
and  practice  of  judging  and  culling  by  physical  means  is 
emphasized.  including  correlation  studies  of 
characteristk»  associated  with  productivity  Contestants 
for  regional  collegiate  judging  competitions  will  selected 
from  this  class 

ANSC    262    Commercial    Poultry    Management    (3) 

Prerequisite.  ANSC  101  A  symposium  of  finance, 
investment  plant  layout,  specialization,  purchase  of 
supplies  and  management  problems  in  baby  chick,  egg, 
broiler  and  turkey  prodution;  foremanship,  advertising, 
selling  by-products,  production  and  financial  records. 
Field  tnps  required 

ANSC   265  Fundamentals  of  Pet  Nutrition  (2)  Two 

lecture  hours  per  week,  A  basic  course  on  the  nutrition  of 
those  animals  commonly  kept  as  household  pets. 
Oesigned  to  acquaint  students  with  minimal  science 
background  with  the  basic  pnnciple$  and  techniques  of 
animal  nutrition 

ANSC  301   Advanced  Livestock  Evaluation  (2)  Two 

laboratory  penods  per  week  Prerequisites.  ANSC  222 
and  permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced  course  in 
meat  animal  evaluation  designed  to  study  the  relationship 
and  limitations  that  exist  in  evaluating  breeding  and 
market  animals  arxJ  the  relationship  between  the  live 
market  animal  and  its  carcass  Evaluating  meat 
carcesses.  wholesale  meat  cuts  and  meat  grading  will  be 
emphasized  The  most  adept  students  enrolled  in  this 
course  are  chosen  to  represent  the  University  of 
Maryland  in  intercollegiate  judging  contests. 

ANSC  305  Companion  Animal  Care  (3)  Prerequisites,  a 
semester  of  zoology  or  general  biology  General 
information,  care,  and  management  of  the  companion 
small  animals.  Species  covered  include  the  cat.  dog. 
rodents,  lagomorphs.  reptiles,  amphibians,  birds  and 
ottiers  as  class  interest  and  schedule  dictate.  Basic 
description.  evolutionary  development.  breeding, 
nutritional  and  environmental  requirements,  and  public 
health  aspects  will  be  presented  for  each  species 

ANSC    321    Goat    Management    and    Diseases    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANSC  101.  221.  or  242.  Caprine  biology 
and  management  including  breeds,  anatomy,  physiology, 
reproduction,  nutntion.  lactation,  diseases  and  surgical 
techniques.  Special  emphasis  on  comparing  the  caprine 
to  other  ruminants  with  respect  to  similarities  and 
differences  in  bkilogy.  physiology  and  management. 

ANSC  322  Rabbit  Production  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
two-hour  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  ANSC  101  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Application  of  animal  science 
pnnciples  to  the  managemeni  and  production  of  domestic 
meal-type  rabbits.  Occasional  field  trips. 

ANSC  332  Horse  Managment  (3)  Prerequisite.  ANSC 
230.  Major  topics  include  nutrition,  reproduction, 
breeding,  performance  evaluation,  basic  training  and 
management  techniques. 

ANSC  337  The  Science  of  Horse  Training  (2)  Summer 
only.  Prerequisites.  ANSC  230.  332.  and  permission  of 
instructor    Major  topics  include  evaluation  of  behavioral 


repertory,  use  of  positive  and  riegative  reinforcement, 
successive  approximation,  as  techniques  lor  the  basic 
training  of  the  horse  the  basic  trainir^g  to  include 
teaching  an  untrained  hiorse  to  lunge,  accept  tack,  drive. 
be  mounted  and  perform  certain  movements  while  t)eing 
ridden 

ANSC  350  Ornithology  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  penod  per  week  TTiree  mandatory 
field  tnps  Prerequisites  ZOOL  290  or  permission  of 
instructor  Includes  systematics.  anatomy,  physiology, 
behavior,  life  histones.  ecology,  population  dynamics, 
evolution  and  conservatKin  of  birds  May  not  be  taken  lor 
credit  by  students  who  have  credit  in  ANSC  454. 

ANSC  398  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite,  approval  of  the 
staff  Presentation  and  discussion  of  current  literature 
and  research  work  in  animal  science,  or  in  fish  and 
wildlife  management  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  two 
riours 

ANSC  399  Special  Problems  In  Animal  Science  (1-2) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff  Work  assigned  in 
proportion  to  amount  of  credit  A  course  designed  for 
advanced  undergraduates  in  which  speafic  problems 
relating  to  animal  science  will  be  assigned 

ANSC  401  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite. 
CHEM  104:  ANSC  212  and  8CHM  261  recommended  A 
study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  all  nutnents  in  the  body 
including  their  digestion,  absorption  and  metabolism. 
Dietary  requirements  and  nutntional  deficiency 
syndromes  of  latx)ratory  and  farm  animals  and  man 

ANSC  402  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  penod  per  week  Prerequisites. 
MATH  110.  ANSC  401  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
critical  study  ol  those  factors  which  influence  the 
nutritional  requirements  of  ruminants,  swine  and  poultry, 
practical  feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in 
formulation  of  economically  efficient  rations  will  tie 
presented. 

ANSC  403  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites. 
MATH  110.  ANSC  402  or  permission  ol  instnjctor  A 
critical  study  of  those  (actors  which  influence  the 
nutritional  requirements  of  ruminants,  swine  and  poultry. 
Practical  feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in 
formulatkjn  of  economically  efficient  rations  will  tie 
presented. 

ANSC  406  Environmental  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisites, 
anatomy  and  physiology  The  specific  anatomical  and 
physiological  modifications  employed  by  animals  adapted 
to  certain  stressful  environments  will  be  considered. 
Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  problems  of 
temperature  regulation  and  water  balance.  Specific  areas 
for  consideration  will  include:  animals  in  cold  (including 
hibernation),  animals  in  dry  heat,  diving  animals  and 
animals  in  high  altitudes. 

ANSC    407    Advanced    Dairy    Production    (1)    An 

advanced  course  primarily  designed  for  teachers  of 
vacational  agriculture  and  country  agents.  It  includes  a 
study  of  the  newer  discoveries  in  dairy  cattle  nutrition, 
breeding  and  management. 

ANSC  411  Biology  and  Management  of  Shellfish  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  each 
week  Field  trips,  identification,  biology,  management, 
and  culture  of  commercially-important  molluscs  and 
Crustacea.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  biology  or  zoology. 
This  course  will  examine  the  shellfisheries  of  the  wortd. 
but  will  emphasize  those  of  the  Northwestem  Atlantic 
Ocean  and  Chesapeake  Bay. 

ANSC  412  Introduction  to  Diseases  of  Animals  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MICB  200  and  ZOOL  101,  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  This  course  gives  bask: 
instruction  in  the  nature  ol  disease:  including  causation, 
immunity,  methods  of  diagnosis,  economic  importance, 
public  health  aspects  and  prevention  and  control  of  the 
common  diseases  of  sheep,  cattle,  swine,  horses  and 
poultry. 

ANSC   413    Laboratory   Animal    Management   (3)   A 

comprehensive  course  in  care  and  management  of 
laboratory  animals.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
physiology,  anatomy  and  special  uses  for  the  different 
species.  Disease  prevention  and  regulations  for 
maintaining  animal  colonies  vKill  be  covered.  Field  trips 
will  be  required. 

ANSC   414    Biology   and    Management   of   Fish    (4) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  Biology  or  Zoology  Two 
lectures    and    two    three-hour    laboratories    a    week. 


Furvlamentals  ol  Individual  and  population  dynamics; 
theory  and  practice  of  sampling  fish  populations; 
management  schemes 

ANSC  415  Parasitic  Diseases  ol  Domestic  Animals 

(3)  Prerequisite  ANSC  412  or  equivalent  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  per  week  A  study  of  parasitic 
diseases  resulting  from  protozoan  and  helminth  infection 
and  arthropod  infestation  Emphasis  on  parasites  of 
veterinary  importance  their  identification  life  cycles, 
pathological  effects  and  control  by  management 

ANSC  416  Wlldine  Management  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  lat)oratory  An  introduction  to  the  intenelationships  ol 
game  birds  and  mammals  with  their  environment, 
population  dynamics  and  the  principles  of  Wikfllle 
Managemeni 

ANSC  421  Swine  Production  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites 
ANSC  101 .  221 .  and  ANSC  203  or  401  A  study  of  swine 
production  systems  including  the  pnnciples  ol  animal 
science  for  the  efficient  and  economical  management  of 
swine  breeding,  feeding,  reproduction  and  marketing 

ANSC  422  Meats  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
penod  per  week.  Prerequisite.  ANSC  221.  A  course 
designed  to  give  the  basic  facts  about  meat  as  a  food 
and  the  factors  influencing  acceptability,  marketing,  and 
quality  of  fresh  meats  It  includes  compansons  of 
characteristics  of  live  animals  with  their  carcasses, 
grading  and  evaluating  carcasses  as  well  as  wholesale 
cuts,  and  the  distribution  and  merchandising  ol  the 
nation  s  meat  supply  Laboratory  periods  are  conducted 
in  packing  houses,  meat  distribution  centers,  retail  outlets 
and  university  meats  laboratory, 

ANSC  423  Beef  Production  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite.  ANSC  401 
Application  ol  various  phases  of  animal  science  to  the 
management  and  production  of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and 
swine. 

ANSC  424  Sheep  Production  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
ANSC  101.  ANSC  221.  and  ANSC  203  or  401  A  study 
of  sheep  production  systems  including  the  principles  of 
animal  science  tor  the  efficient  and  economical 
management  of  sheep  breeding,  leeding.  reproduction 
and  mart<eting 

ANSC  425  Herpetology  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANSC  211 
and  ANSC  212;  or  equivalent.  Study  of  taxonomy, 
physiology.  t)ehavior.  functional  anatomy,  evolution  and 
distribution  ol  present  day  amphibians  and  reptiles. 
Common  diseases  and  management  under  captive 
conditions.  Identification  of  poisonous  species  with 
appropnate  precautions. 

ANSC  426  Principles  of  Breeding  (3)  Second 
semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites.  ANSC 
201  or  equivalent.  ANSC  222.  ANSC  423  or  424. 
Graduate  credit  (1-3  hours)  allowed  with  permission  of 
instructor.  The  practical  aspects  of  animal  breeding, 
heredity,  variation,  selection,  development,  systems  of 
breeding  and  pedigree  study  are  considered. 

ANSC  432  Horse  Farm  Management  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ANSC  332  and  AREC  410  One  90-minute  lecture  and 
one  four-hour  latxiratory  period  per  week.  A  course  to 
develop  the  technical  and  managerial  skills  necessary  for 
the  operation  of  a  horse  breeding  farm.  Herd  health 
programs,  breeding  programs  and  procedures,  foaling 
activities,  foot  care,  weaning  programs,  and  the 
maintenance  of  records  incidental  to  each  of  these 
activities. 

ANSC  442  Dairy  Cattle  Breeding  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  latwratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites.  ANSC 
242.  and  ANSC  201.  A  specialized  course  in  breeding 
dairy  cattle  Emphasis  is  placed  on  methods  of 
evaluation  and  selection,  systems  of  breeding  and 
breeding  programs. 

ANSC  443  Physiology  and  Biochemistry  of  Lactation 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ANSC  212  or  equivalent  and  CHEM 
261  or  CHEM  461.  Three  lectures  per  week.  The 
physiology  and  biochemistry  of  milk  production  in 
domestic  animals,  particularty  cattle.  Mammary  gland 
development  and  maintenance  from  the  embryo  to  the 
fully  developed  lactating  gland.  Abnormalities  of  the 
mammary  gland 

ANSC  444  Analysis  of  Dairy  Production  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisites.  AGEC  406  and  ANSC  203  or  214.  or 
permission  ol  instructor  The  business  aspects  ol  dairy 
farming  including  an  evaluation  ol  the  costs  and  returns 


128     ANTH  —  Anthropology 


associated  *ilh  each  segment  The  economic  impact  o( 
pertinent  management  decisions  is  studied  Recent 
developments  in  animal  nutrition  and  genetics, 
agricultural  economics,  agricultural  engineering,  and 
agronomic  practices  are  discussed  as  they  apply  to 
management  of  a  dairy  herd 

ANSC  446  Physiology  ol  Mammalian  Raproductlon 
(3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  422  or  ANSC  212  Anatomy  and 
physiology  ol  reproductive  processes  in  domesticated 
and  wild  mammals 

ANSC  447  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Reproduction 
Laboratory  (1)  Pre-  or  corequisites  ANSC  446  One 
three-hour  latMratory  per  weel<  Animal  handling, 
artificial  insemination  procedures  and  analytical 
techniques  useful  in  animal  management  and 
reproductive  research  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
credit  lor  ANSC  446  pnor  to  Fall  1976. 
ANSC  452  Avian  Physiology  (2)  (Alternate  even  years) 
One  three-hour  latxjratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  a  basic  course  in  animal  physiology.  The 
baste  physiology  ol  the  bird  is  discussed,  excluding  the 
reproductive  system  Special  emphasis  is  given  to 
physiological  ditlerences  between  birds  and  other 
vertebrates 

ANSC  462  Physiology  ot  Halchablllty  (1)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  penod  per  week  Prerequisite.  ZOOL 
421  or  422  The  physiology  o(  embryonic  development 
as  related  to  principles  ol  hatchability  and  problems  of 
incubation  encountered  in  the  hatchery  industry  are 
discussed. 

ANSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite, 
ANSC  NUSC  401  or  concurrent  registration  Six  hours  ot 
laboratory  per  week.  Digestibility  studies  with  ruminant 
and  monogastric  animals,  proximate  analysis  of  various 
food  products,  and  feeding  trials  demonstrating  classical 
nutritional  deficiencies  in  laboratory  animals. 
ANSC  464  Poultry  Hygiene  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites.  MICB  200 
and  ANSC  101.  Virus,  bacterial  and  protozoan  diseases, 
parasitic  diseases,  prevention,  control  and  eradication. 
ANSC  466  Avian  Anatomy  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  penod  per  week.  Prerequisite.  ZOOL  102. 
Gross  and  microscopic  stmcture.  dissection  and 
demonstration 

ANSC  467  Poultry  Breeding  and  Feeding  (1)  This 
course  is  designed  primarily  lor  teachers  of  vocational 
agriculture  and  extensran  service  woricers  The  first  half 
will  be  devoted  lo  problems  concerning  breeding  and  the 
development  of  breeding  stock  The  second  half  will  be 
devoted  to  nutrition 

ANSC  477  Poultry  Products  and  Marketing  (1)  This 
course  is  designed  primarily  for  teachers  of  vocational 
agriculture  and  county  agents  It  deals  with  the  lactors 
affecting  the  quality  ol  poultry  products  and  with  hatchery 
management  problems,  egg  and  poultry  grading, 
preservation  problems  and  market  ouMels  for  Maryland 
poultry 

ANSC  480  Special  Topics  In  Fish  and  Wildlife 
Management  (3)  Three  lectures  Analysis  ol  vanous 
stale  and  lederal  programs  related  to  fish  and  wildlife 
management.  This  would  include  fish  stocking  programs. 
Maryland  deer  management  program,  warm  water  fish 
management,  acid  drainage  problems,  water  quality. 
water  fowl  management,  wild  turkey  management  and 
regulations  relative  lo  the  administration  ol  these 
programs 

ANSC  487  Special  Topics  In  Animal  Science  (1) 
Prerequisite,  permission  ol  instructor  This  course  is 
designed  primarily  lor  teachers  ol  vocational  agriculture 
and  extension  service  personnel  One  primary  topic  lo  be 
selected  mutually  by  the  Instructor  and  students  will  be 
presented  each  session 


ANTH  —  Anthropology 

Ai^^jH  101  Introduction  to 

Anthropology— Archaeology  and  Physical 

Anthropology  (3)  May  be  taken  lor  credit  in  the  general 
education  program  General  patterns  ol  the  devetopment 
ol  human  culture;  the  biological  and  morphological 
aspects  ol  man  viewed  in  his  cultural  setting 
ANTH  102  Introduction  to  Anthropology— Cultural 
Anthropology  and  Linguistics  (3)  Social  and  cultural 
prinaples  as  exemplilied  m  ethnographic  descnplions 
The     study     ol     language     withm     the     context     ol 


Anthropotogy 

ANTH  103  Introduction  to  Primate  Social  Behavior  (3) 

An  introduction  ol  the  pnmate  socialization  process  as 

evidenced    in    the    prosimians.    monkeys,    apes    and 

humans  Social  organization,  lunction  and  ecology  will  be 

stressed  within  the  Irameworti  ol  modern  ethology 

ANTH  221  Man  and  EnvlronmanI  (3)  A  geographical 

IntnDduction    lo    ethnology,    emphasizing    the    relations 

between  cultural  fomis  and  natural  environment, 

ANTH  241  Introduction  to  Archaeology  (3)  A  sun/ey  ol 

the  basic  aims  and  methods  ol  archeological  liekj  work 

and  interpretation,  with  emphasis  on  the  reconstruction  ol 

prehistonc  ways  ol  lile 

ANTH  261  Introduction  to  Physical  Anthropology  (3) 

The  biological  evolution  ol  man.  Including  the  process  ol 

race  lormation,  as  revealed  by  the  study  ol  the  lossil 

record  and  observation  ol  modem  lorms 

ANTH  271  Language  and  Culture  (3)  A  non-technteal 

introduction  to  linguistics,  with  special  consideration  ol 

the  relations  between  language  and  other  aspects  ol 

culture.  (Listed  also  as  HESP  121) 

ANTH    298    Special    Topics    In    Anthropology    (3) 

Anthropological  perspectives  on  selected  topics  ol  broad 

general  interest.  Course  may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 

ol  six  credits  when  course  content  differs 

ANTH  361   Human  Evolution  and  Fossil  Man  (3)  A 

sun/ey  ol  the  basic  principles  ol  human  evolution  as  seen 

by  comparative  anatomic  study  ol  lossil  specimens 

ANTH  371  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3)  Introduction 

lo  the  basic  concepts  ot  modem  descriptive  linguistics 

Phonology,    morphology,    syntax.    Examinations   ol   the 

methods       of       comparative       linguistics.        internal 

reconstruction,  dialect  geography 

ANTH    389    Research    Problems    (1-6)    Prerequisite. 

pemiisslon     ol     instructor.      Introductory     training     in 

anthropological    research    methods.    The    student    will 

prepare  a  paper  embodying  the  results  ol  an  appropnate 

combination  ol  research  techniques  applied  to  a  selected 

problem  In  any  lield  ol  anthropology. 

ANTH  397  Anthropological  Theory  (3)   Prerequisite, 

pemiisslon    ol    Instructor     A    sun/ey    ol    the    histoncal 

development  and  cun-ent  emphasis  in  the  theoretical 

approaches  ol  all  fields  ol  anthropotogy,  providing  an 

integrated  Irame  of  relerence  lor  the  discipline  as  a 

whole 

ANTH    401    Cultural    Anthropology— Principles    and 

Processes  (3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101,  102,  or  221    An 

examination  ol  the   nature  ol   human  culture  and.  its 

processes,  both  histoncal  and  lunctlonal.  The  approach 

will  be  topical  and  theoretical  rather  than  descnptlve, 

ANTH         402         Cultural         Anthropology— Work) 

Ethnography  (3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101.  102.  or  221   A 

descriptive   survey  of  the  culture  areas  ol  the  virorid 

through    an    examination    ol    the    ways    ol    selected 

representative  societies. 

ANTH  412  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  Oceania  (3)  A 

sun/ey    ol     the    cultures    ol     Polynesia,     Micronesia. 

Melanesia        and        Australia         Theoretical        and 

cultural-historical  problems  will  be  emphasized. 

ANTH  414  Ethnology  of  Africa  (3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH 

101  and  102  The  native  peoples  and  cultures  of  Afrka 

and  their  historcal  relationships,  with  emphasis  on  that 

portion  ol  the  continent  south  ol  the  Sahara 

ANTH  417  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  the  Far  East  (3)  A 

survey   ol   the   maior   sociopolitical   systems  ol  China. 

Korea  and  Japan  Major  anthropological  queslKWS  will  be 

dealth  with  in  presenting  this  material 

ANTH     423     Ethnology     of     the     SouthmrMt     (3) 

Prerequisites.    ANTH    101    and    102     Culture    history. 

economk;  and  social  institutions,  religkjn,  and  mythotogy 

ol  me  Indians  ol  the  Southwest  United  Stales 

ANTH     424     Ethnotogy     of     North     America     (3) 

Prerequisites  ANTH  101  and  102  The  native  people  and 

cultures  ol  North  America  north  ol  Mexk»  and  their 

historical  relationships,  including  the  eltects  ol  contact 

with  European-denved  populations 

ANTH     426     Ethnology     of     Mkfdia     Amaftea     (3) 

Prerequisites.  ANTH  101  and  102   Cultural  background 

and  modem  social,  economic  and  religious  We  ol  Indian 

and  Mesitzo  groups  in  Mexico  and  Central  America; 

processes    ol    acculturation    and    cunents    in    cultural 

devetopment 


ANTH  431  Social  Organlzatton  of  Primltlva  Paoplas 

(3)  Prerequisites.  ANTH   101   and   102    A  comparative 

sun/ey    ol    the    structures    ol    non-literature    and    lolk 

societies,  covenng  both  general  principles  and  special 

regional  developments 

ANTH     434     Rallgton     of     Primitive     PeoplM     (3) 

Prerequisites.   ANTH    101    and    102    A   sun/ey  ol   ttie 

religious  systems  ol  pnmitive  and  lolk  societies,  with 

emphasis  on  the  rolatton  ol  rellgton  to  other  aspects  ol 

culture 

ANTH  436  Primitive  Technotogy  and  Ecooomy  (3)  A 

survey    ol    technology,    lood    economy    and    general 

economic  processes  in  non-industrial  societies 

ANTH    437    Polities    and    Government    In    Primitive 

Society  (3)  A  combined  survey  ol   politics  m  human 

societies    and    ol    important    anthropotogical    ttieones 

concerning  this  aspect  ol  society 

ANTH    441     Arclia«ok>gy    of    tha    Okl    Wofid    (3) 

Prerequisite.    ANTH    101    or    241     A    sun/ey    of    the 

archaeological  matenals  ol  Europe.  Asia  and  Ainca.  with 

emphasis         on         chronotogical         and         regional 

interrelationships 

ANTH    451    Archa«>togy    of    the    Nww    World    (3) 

Prerequisite.    ANTH    101     or    241      A    sun/ey    ol    the 

archaeological  materials  ol  North  and  South  Amenca  with 

emphasis         on         chronokjgical         and         regtonal 

interrelationships. 

ANTH     461      Human     Osteotogy     Laboratory     (3) 

Prerequisite  ANTH  101    A  laboratory  study  ol  the  human 

skeleton,  its  morphology,  measurement,  and  anatomic 

relationships. 

ANTH      462      Primate      Anatomy      Laboratory      (3) 

Prerequisite;     ANTH     101      The     gross     anatomy     ol 

non-human  primates     Laboratory  dlssoctkxi  ol  vanous 

primate     cadavers     under     supervision.      Occasional 

lectures 

ANTH  463  Primate  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite  ANTH  101 

A   combination   lecture   and   laboratory   examination   of 

non-human  primates  Maior  studies  ol  various  types  that 

have  been  undertaken  in  the  laboratory  and  in  the  liek) 

ANTH    465    Human    Growth    and    Constitution    (3) 

Prerequisite;    ANTH    101     A    laboratory    study    ol    the 

growth,  development  and  age  changes  in  the  human 

body  from  conception  through  old  age.  including  gn>ss 

photographic,    radiographic,    and   microscopic   study   ol 

growth  and  venation 

ANTH    466    Forensic    Anthropotogy    Laboratory    (3) 

Prerequisite;  ANTH  461  or  pemiission  ol  Itie  instructor  A 

laboratory  study  ol  the  methods  used  to  identify  human 

remains  by  anthropological  technkjues  and  discussion  of 

the     role     ol     the     anthropologist     in     medkxi-legal 

investigatkwi 

ANTH  467  Hunwn  Populatton  Btotogy  Laboratory  (3) 

Prerequisite    ANTH   101    A  laboratory  study  of  human 

populatton  genetics,  dynamtos  and  vartatton,  inckxHng 

anthropological  serokjgy.  btochemistry.  dermalogtypNes 

and  hair  microscopy 

ANTH  498  Held  Methods  In  Ethnotogy  (1-6)  FioW 

training  in  the  collection  and  recording  ol  elhnotoffcal 

data 

ANTH  499  Field  Methods  In  ArchaMtogy  (1-6)  FieW 

training  in  the  techniques  ol  arctiaeotogtaal  survey  and 

excavation 

APDS  —  Applied  Design 

APOS  101  Fundamentals  of  Design  (3)  Knovirtedge  o< 
bask;  art  elements  and  pnnciples  gained  tfwough  design 
problems  which  employ  a  vanety  ol  medla. 
APOS  102  Oslgn  II  (3)  PiaraqutsHe.  APOS  101. 
Continued  expkxation  ol  design  as  a  mearw  of  vlaull 
expression  with  added  emphasis  on  cokx  and  kghUng 
APDS  103  Design  ill— Thrsa-Otmaoalonal  Daatgn  (J) 
Three  studio  penods  Prerequisites.  APOS  101.  1W. 
Creative  elforts  directed  lo  discriminating  us*  ct  tomi. 
volume,  depth,  and  movement 

APOS  104  Survey  of  Art  History  (3)  A  rapKl  survey  ol 
western  culture  expressed  through  and  inlkionced  by  tt>e 
visual  arts  mooumeoial  and  residential  architecture 
furniture,  textiles  and  costume,  painlmg  and  sculplura 
APOS  210  Pr»eantatlon  T*chnk|uM  (3)  Thi»e  slurto 
pertods    Prerequisites    APOS   101.    102  or  *qulv*«n 


ARCH  —  Architecture     129 


Comparative  approach  to  basic  prssenlatlon  techniques 
used  In  ttie  several  areas  ot  connmercial  design 

APDS   211    Action   Drawing— Faihlon   Sketching   (3) 

Three  studio  periods  Prerequisites.  APDS  101  and 
consent  o(  instructor  Study  ol  the  balance  and  proportion 
ol  the  human  figure  Sketch  techniques  applied  to  action 
poses  and  fashion  drawing  in  soft  and  lithograph  pencils, 
pastels,  water  color,  ink    Drawing  trom  model 

APDS    212    Design    Workshop    (or    Trsnslers    (5) 

Prerequisite.  APDS  101  or  equivalent  Provides 
opportunity  (or  transfer  students  to  remove  deficiences  in 
tower-level  design  courses  Study  ol  color,  lighting  and 
presentation  techniques  May  tie  taken  no  later  than  one 
semester  after  transfer  into  department 

APDS  220  Introduction  to  Fashion  Design  (3)  Three 
studio  penods  Prerequisite.  APDS  101  or  equivalent 
Basic  fashion  figure  drawing  Original  designs  rendered 
in  transparent  and  opaque  water  color,  soft  pencil, 
pastels,  and  ink  Pnmanly  for  nonmajors 

APDS  230  Silk  Scr««n  Printing  (3)  Three  laboratory 
penods  Prerequisites.  APDS  101.  102,  or  equivalent 
Use  of  silk  screen  processes  in  execution  ot  original 
designs  for  commercial  production 

APDS  237  Ptiotography  (2)  One  lecture,  three  hours 
latioralory.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101.  102,  or  equivalent 
Study  of  fundamental  camera  techniques  Exploration  ot 
the  expressive  possibilities  in  relation  to  the  field  ol 
design  and  visual  communication, 

APDS  320  Fashion  Illustration  (3)  First  semester 
Three  studio  periods  Prerequisites,  APDS  101,  102,  103, 
210,  211,  Fabnc  and  clothing  structure  as  they  relate  to 
Illustration.  Opportunity  to  explore  rendering  styles  and 
techniques  appropriate  to  reproduction  methods  cunently 
used  in  advertisif>g  Guidance  in  development  of 
individuality  in  presentations. 

APDS  321  Fashion  Design  and  Illustration  (3)  Three 
studio  periods  Prerequisite,  APDS  320  Design  and 
illustration  of  fashions  appropnate  to  the  custom  market 
and  to  mass  production 

APDS  322  Advanced  Costume  (4)  Prerequisite,  APDS 
320  or  321  Advanced  problems  in  fashion  illustration  or 
design.  Problems  chosen  with  consent  ot  instructor 

APDS  330  Typography  and  Lettering  (3)  Three  studio 
penods.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101,  102.  Experience  in 
hand  lettering  techniques  as  a  means  of  understanding 
lettering  styles  in  design  composition.  Recognition  ot  type 
taces  used  in  advertisement,  book  and  magazine  layout. 
Eftect  of  printing  processes  on  design  choices. 

APDS  331  Advertising  Layout  (3)  Three  studio  periods. 
Prerequisites.  APDS  330,  EDIN  101.  Design  of 
advertising  layouts  from  initial  idea  to  finished  layout 
Typography  and  illustration  as  they  relate  to  reproduction 
processes  used  in  direct  advertising 

APDS  332  Display  Design  (3)  Three  studio  periods 
Prerequisites.  EDIN  101.  APDS  330  or  equivalent. 
Applicatron  ol  design  principles  to  creative  display 
appropriate  to  exhibits,  design  shows,  merchandising. 
DNsplay  construction. 

APDS  337  Advanced  Photography  (2)  Two  studio 
periods.  Prerequisite.  APDS  237.  Composition, 
techniques  and  lighting  applicable  to  illustration, 
documentation,  advertising  design,  and  display. 

APDS       380       Professional       Seminar      (2)      Two 

lecture-discussion  periods  Prerequisite,  junior  standing 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Exploration  of  professional  and 
career  opportunities,  ethics,  practices  Professional 
organizations,   portfolio  evaluation, 

APDS  430  Advanced  Problems  In  Advertising  Design 

(3)  Two  studio  periods  Prerequisite,  APDS  331. 
Advanced  problems  in  design  and  layout  planned  for 
devetoping  competency  in  one  or  more  areas  of 
advertising  design. 

APDS  431  Advanced  Problems  In  Advertising  Design 

(3)  Two  studio  periods  Prerequisite.  APDS  430 
Advanced  problems  in  design  and  layout  planned  for 
devek)ping  competency  in  one  or  more  areas  of 
advertising  design 

APDS  437  Advanced  Photography  (3)  Three  studio 
penods.  Continuation  of  APDS  337 

APDS  499  Individual  Problems  In  Applied  Design 
(3-4)  A— Advertising  B — Costume  Open  only  to 
advanced    students    wtio.    with    guidance    can    wor1< 


independently    Written  consent  ol  Instructor. 

ARCH  —  Architecture 

ARCH  170  Introduction  to  the  Built  Environment  (3) 

Introduction  to  conceptual,  perceptual,  behavioral  and 
technical  aspects  of  environmental  design  methods  of 
analysis,  protilem  solving  and  proiect  Implementation 

ARCH  214  Materials  and  Methods  of  Constructk>n  I 

(2)  Two  lectures  per  week  Architecture  students  only  or 
permission  of  instructor  An  introduction  to  the  materials 
ol  construction,  their  properties  attrtbutes  and 
deficiencies 

ARCH  215  Materials  and  IVtothods  of  Construction  II 

(2)  Two  lectures  per  week  Architecture  students  only  or 
pemiission  of  instructor  Descnbes  the  methods  by  which 
the  architect  combines  materials  to  produce  structural 
systems. 

ARCH  220  History  of  Architecture  I  (3)  Survey  of 
Western  architectural  history  to  the  Renaissance  With 
consideration  ot  parallel  developments  in  the  Eastern 
Worid  Open  to  non-ma|ors.  and  required  of  architecture 
maiors 

ARCH  221  History  of  Architecture  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
ARCH  220  or  permission  ol  the  instnjctor.  Survey  of 
Western  architectural  history  from  the  Renaissance  to  the 
twentieth  century.  With  consideration  ot  parallel 
developments  in  the  Eastern  Worid  Open  to  non-ma]ors 
and  required  of  architecture  majors 

ARCH  240  Basle  Photography  (3)  One  and  one-half 
hours  lecture  and  tour  hours  laboratory  per  week. 
Introduction  to  black  and  white  cameras  and  dari<room 
techniques  with  emphasis  on  the  role  ol  craft  decisions  in 
photographic  communication.  Architectural  applications. 
Architecture  students  only,  except  by  pemiission  of 
instructor. 

ARCH  242  Drawing  I  (2)  Introduces  the  student  to  basic 
techniques  of  sketching  and  use  of  various  media. 

ARCH        300        Architecture        Studio        I        (4) 

Prerequisites— ARCH  201  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better 
Corequisite— ARCH  310.  Develops  a  basic 
understanding  of  the  elements  of  environmental  control, 
basic  structural  systems,  building  processes  materials, 
and  the  ability  to  manipulate  them.  Lecture  and  studio.  9 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH        301        Architecture        Studio        II        (4) 

Prerequisite— ARCH  300  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better. 
Corequisite— ARCH  311  Develops  a  basic 
understanding  of  the  forms  generated  by  different 
structural  systems,  environmental  controls  and  methods 
ot  construction.  Lecture  and  studio.  9  hours  per  week 
ARCH  302  Architecture  Studio  I  (6)  Introduction  to  the 
processes  of  visual  and  architectural  design  including 
field  problems.  For  architecture  majors  only.  Three  hours 
ot  lecture  and  six  hours  of  studio  per  week. 
ARCH  303  Architecture  Studio  II  (6)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  302  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  Continuation  of 
ARCH  302.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of 
studio  per  week. 

ARCH  312  Architectural  Structures  I  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  221  and  PHYS  122.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite: 
ARCH  214.  Stmctural  concepts  and  design  based  on 
static  equilibrium  and  mechanics  of  materials.  For 
architecture  majors  only. 

ARCH    313    Environmental    Control    Systems    I    (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  221  and  PHYS  122.  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite:  ARCH  214.  Fundamentals  of  lighting 
acoustics  and  thermal  control  In  buildings.  For 
architecture  majors  only. 

ARCH  352  Ttie  Architect  In  the  Community  (3)  The 
architect's  role  in  the  social  and  political  dynamics  of 
urban  environmental  design  decision-making  processes, 
including  study  of  determination  and  expression  ol  user 
needs,  community  aspirations,  formal  and  informal 
program  and  design  review  processes.  Seminar.  1  hour 
per  week,  field  observation,  approximately  3  hours  per 
week. 

ARCH  372  Signs,  Symbols  and  Messages  In 
Architecture  (3)  Limited  to  architecture  students  or  by 
pemnission  of  the  instaictor.  Class  limited  to  15-20 
students.  Signs  and  symtx)ls  in  buildings  and  cities, 
messages  conveyed  and  purposes  for  conveying  these 
messages.  Readings,  photographic  reports  and  minor 
problem-solving  assignments.    Lecture,  three  hours  f)er 


ARCH  376  The  Architectural  Program  as  FunctlonsI 
Form  Generator  (3)  A  study  of  architectural 
programming  as  derived  from  functional  needs  of  man  in 
his  environment  Analysis,  synthesis  and  evaluation  of 
categories  ot  needs  with  concentration  on  human 
response  to  forms  generated  by  programs  with  emphasis 
on  non-quantifiable  human  needs  Architecture  majors  or 
by  permission  of  the  instructor  Lectures,  seminars,  field 
trips,  3  hours  per  week 

ARCH        400        Architecture        Studio        III        (4) 

Prerequisites— ARCH  301  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better, 
and  ARCH  311  Corequisite— ARCH  410,  except  by 
permission  of  the  dean  Continuation -of  design  studio. 
with  emphasis  on  comprehensive  building  design  and 
introduction  to  urban  design  factors  Lecture  and  studio  9 
hours  per  week 

ARCH        401        Architecture        Studk)        IV        (4) 

Prerequisites— ARCH  400  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  and 
ARCH  410  Corequisite— ARCH  411.  except  by 
permission  ol  the  dean  Continuation  ol  design  studio 
with  emphasis  on  urban  design  factors  Lecture  and 
studio.  9  hours  per  week 

ARCH  402  Architecture  Studio  III  (6)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  303  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  Design  projects 
involving  the  elements  of  environmental  control,  bask: 
stnjctural  system,  building  processes  and  matenal  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  ol  studio  per  week. 

ARCH  403  Architecture  Studto  IV  (6)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  402  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  Design  projects 
Involving  fonns  generated  by  different  stnjctural  systems, 
environmental  controls  and  methods  of  construction. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  studio  per  week. 

ARCH  412  Architectural  Structures  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  312  Pnnciples  and  applicetions  in  analysis  and 
design  of  determinate  structures:  design  of  timer  and 
steel  structures,  principles  of  masonry  design. 

ARCH  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  for  Building  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  313  or  permission  ot  instructor. 
Methods  of  utilizing  solar  energy  to  provide  heating, 
cooling,  holt  water,  and  electncity  for  buildings  and 
related  techniques  for  reducing  energy  consumption 

ARCH    415    Environmental    Control    Systems    11    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  313.  Theory  and  practice  of 
managing  energy,  water  and  waste  in  buildings. 

ARCH  416  Architectural  Structures  III  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  412.  Introduction  to  indeterminate  structures. 
Principles  and  applications  in  the  design  ol  reinforced 
concrete  structures;  introduction  to  wind  and  seismic 
loads;  foundation  systems 

ARCH  417  Environmental  Control  Systems  III  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  415.  Design  principles  and  practical 
applications  of  lighting  and  acoustics,  with  emphasis  on 
the  integration  of  environmental  and  structural  systems; 
vertical  transportation;  fire  protection. 

ARCH  418  Selected  Topics  In  Architectural  Science 
(1-4)  Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  instructor.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  content  is  different. 

ARCH  419  Independent  Studies  In  Architectural 
Science  (1-4)  Proposed  wori(  must  have  a  faculty 
sponsor  and  receive  approval  ot  the  curriculum 
committee.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ot  7  credits. 

ARCH    420    History    of    American    Architecture    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  221  or  pemiission  ol  instructor. 
American  architecture  from  the  late  17th  to  the  20th 
century. 

ARCH  421  Seminar  In  the  History  of  American 
Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  420  or  permission 
of  instructor  Advanced  investigation  ot  historical 
problems  in  American  architecture. 
ARCH  422  French  Architecture  1750-1800  (3)  French 
architectural  theory  and  practice  of  the  second  half  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  A  reading  knowledge  of  French  will 
be  required.  Colloquium  and  independent  research.  By 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

ARCH  424  History  of  Russian  Architecture  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ARCH  221  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Major  trends  m  Russian  architecture  in  the  medieval 
(101h-17tti  centuries),  imperial  (1703-1917),  and  Soviet 
periods 

ARCH  427  Theories  of  Archttecture  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  221 ,  or  pemiission  of  instnjctor.  Selected  historical 


130     AREC  —  Agriculture  and  Resource  Economics 


and  modem  theories  ot  architectural  design  For 
architecture  maiors  only 

ARCH  428  Selected  Topics  In  Architectural  History 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor,  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  ol  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  ditlerent 

ARCH  429  Independent  Studies  In  Architectural 
History  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a  faculty 
sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  cumculum 
committee  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits 

ARCH    431     History    ol    Ancient    Architecture    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  22t  or  permission  ol  instructor 
Architecture  of  the  ancient  world  through  the  Roman 
period,  with  emphasis  on  classical  Greece  and  Rome 

ARCH    432    History    ol    Medieval    Architecture    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  221  or  permission  of  instructor 
Architecture  of  Western  Europe  from  the  early  Christian 
and  Byzantine  periods  through  the  late  Gothic,  With 
consideration  of  parallel  developments  in  the  Eastern 
wortd 

ARCH  433  History  ol  Renaissance  Architecture  (3) 

Prerequisite  ARCH  221  or  permission  ol  instructor 
Renaissance  architectural  principles  and  trends  in  the 
ISth  and  16th  centunes  and  their  modifications  in  the 
Baroque  penod 

ARCH    434    History    ol    Modern    Architecture    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  221  or  permission  of  instructor 
Architectural  trends  and  principles  Irom  1750  to  the 
present,  with  emphasis  on  developments  since  the 
mid- 19th  century 

ARCH  435  Seminar  In  the  History  ol  Modern 
Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite  ARCH  434  or  permission 
ol  instructor  Advanced  investigation  of  historical 
problems  in  modern  architecture 

ARCH  442  Studies  In  Visual  Design  (3)  Prerequisite 
ARCH  303,  Studio  work  in  visual  design  independent  ol 
architectural  problem  solving 

ARCH    443    The    Photography    ol    Architecture    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  344,  One  and  one-hall  hours  lecture 
and  lour  hours  laboratory  per  week  Examination  ol  the 
meaning  of  documentation  and  the  use  of  photography  in 
the  evaluation  of  architecture  Architecture  students  only, 
except  by  permission  ot  the  instructor 

ARCH   447   Advanced   Seminar  In   Photography  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ARCH  340  or  APDS  337  or  JOUR  351; 
and  consent  of  instructor  Advanced  study  of 
photographic  criticism  through  empirical  methods,  for 
students  proficient  in  photographic  skills.  Photographic 
assignments,  laboratory,  seminar,  3  hours  per  week 

ARCH  448  Selected  Topics  In  Visual  Studies  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  different 

ARCH  449  Independent  Studies  In  Visual  Studies 
(1-4)  Proposed  worit  must  have  a  laculty  sponsor  and 
receive  approval  ol  the  curriculum  committee 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits, 

ARCH    450    Introduction    to    Urban    Planning    (3) 

Introduction  to  city  planning  theory,  methodology  and 
techniques,  dealing  with  normative,  urban,  structural, 
economic,  social  aspects  ol  the  city;  urban  planning  as  a 
process.  Architectural  majors  or  by  permission  ol  the 
lr>structor.  Lecture,  seminar,  3  hours  per  week, 

ARCH  451  UrtMh  Design  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ARCH  350  or  permission  ol  the  instructor  Advanced 
investigation  into  problems  ol  analysis  and  evaluation  of 
the  design  of  urban  areas,  spaces  and  complexes  with 
emphasis  on  physical  and  social  considerations,  ellects 
of  public  policies,  through  case  studies  Field 
observations 

ARCH  453  UrtMn  Problems  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  ol  instructor  A  case  study  of  urban 
devek)pment  issues,  dealing  primarily  with 
sodo-ecorximic  aspects  ol  changes  in  the  built 
environment, 

ARCH  454  Theories  ot  Urt>an  Form  (3)  Theones  of 
planning  and  design  ol  urban  spaces,  building 
complexes,  and  new  communities 

ARCH  458  Selected  Topics  In  Urban  Planning  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  Repeatable  lo  a 
maximum  ol  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  ditlerent 

ARCH  459  Independent  Studies  In  Ur<>an  Planning 
(1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a  laculty  sponsor  and 
receive      approval      ol      the      curnculum      committee 


Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6  credits 

ARCH  460  SHe  Analysis  and  Design  (3)  Principles  and 
methods  ol  site  analysis:  the  influence  of  natural  and 
man-made  site  factors  on  site  design  and  architectural 
lorm.  For  architecture  majors  only,  or  by  permission  ol 
instructor 

ARCH  470  Computer  Applications  In  Architecture  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ARCH  302  or  permission  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  computer  programming  and  utilization, 
with  emphasis  on  architectural  applications 

ARCH  472  Economic  Determinants  In  Architecture  (3) 

Introduction  to  economic  laclors  inlluencing  architectural 
lorm  and  design,  including  land  economics,  real 
estate. linancing.  project  development,  financial  planning. 
Construction  and  cost  control, 

ARCH   478   Selected    Topics    In    Architecture   (1-4) 

Prerequisite  Consent  of  instructor  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  different 

ARCH  479  Independent  Studies  In  Architecture  (1-4) 

Proposed  wor1(  must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive 
approval  ol  the  cumculum  committee,  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  6  credits, 

ARCH  480  Problems  and  Methods  ol  Architectural 
Preservation  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  420  or  permission 
ol  instructor  Theory  and  practice  ol  preservation  in 
America,  with  emphasis  on  the  problems  and  techniques 
ol  community  preservation 

ARCH  488  Selected  Topics  In  Architectural 
Preservation  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  ol  instructor 
Repeatable  lo  a  maximum  ol  seven  credits,  provided  the 
content  is  ditlerent, 

ARCH  489  Independent  Studies  In  Architectural 
Preservation  (1-4)  Proposed  wori<  must  have  a  laculty 
sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  Curriculum 
Committee  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6  credits 

ARCH  500  Advanced  Topical  Problems  In 
Architecture  I  (6)  Prerequisite— ARCH  401  with  a  grade 
of  C  or  better  Offers  several  studio  options  in  advanced 
topical  problems  from  among  which  the  student  selects 
one.  Studies  are  structured  under  genenc  titles  and 
includes  lectures,  field  tnps.  and  assigned  readings  as 
well  as  directed  independent  work  Offered  fall  term  only. 
Lecture  and  studio  12  hours  per  week.  Architecture 
maiors  only 

ARCH  501  Advanced  Topical  Problems  In 
Architecture  II  (6)  Prerequisite— ARCH  500  with  a  grade 
ol  C  or  better  Otters  several  studio  options  in  advanced 
topical  problems  from  among  which  the  student  selects 
one.  Studios  are  structured  under  genenc  titles  and 
include  lectures,  field  trips,  assigned  readings  as  well  as 
directed  independent  work.  Offered  spring  term  only. 
Lecture  and  studio  12  hours  per  week, 

ARCH  502  Thesis  Prosemlnar  (3)  Directed  research 
and  preparation  ol  program  for  required  undergraduate 
thesis  to  be  undertaken  in  linal  semester  ol  program 
Prerequisite.  ARCH  401  with  grade  ol  C  or  better 
Seminar,  three  hours  per  week. 


AREC  —  Agriculture  and  Resource 
Economics 

AREC    240    Environment   and    Human    Ecology    (3) 

Pollution  and  human  crowding  in  the  modern 
environment  Causes  and  ecological  costs  ol  these 
problems  Public  policy  approaches  lo  the  solution  ol 
problems  m  environment  and  human  ecology 

AREC  250  Elements  ol  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics  (3)  An  introduction  lo  economic  principles  ol 
production,  marketing,  agncultural  prices  and  incomes, 
term  labor,  credit,  agricultural  policies,  and  government 
programs 

AREC  251  Marketing  ol  Agricultural  Products  (3)  The 

development  ol  marketing.  Its  scope,  channels,  and 
agencies  ol  distnbution.  lunctions.  costs,  methods  used 
and  services  rendered 

AREC  365  World  Hungar,  Population,  and  Food 
Supplies  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  problem  ol  vmrtd 
hunger  and  possible  solutions  to  it  Wortd  demand, 
supply,  and  distnbution  ol  food  Alternatives  for  leveling 
oH  wortd  food  demand,  increasing  the  supply  ol  lood. 
and  improving  its  distnbution  Environmental  limitations  to 
increasing  wortd  lood  production 


AREC  398  Seminar  (1)  Students  will  obtain  expenence 
in  the  selection  Preparation  arvl  presentation  ol 
economic  topics  and  problems  vvhich  will  be  subjactad  to 
critical  analysis 

AREC    399    Spaclal    Problems    (1-2)    Concenlraled 

reading  and  study  in  some  phase  ol  problem  In 
agncultural  economics 

AREC   404   Prices  ol   Agricultural   Products  (3)  An 

introduction  to  agncultural  price  behavior  Emphasis  Is 
placed  on  the  use  ot  pnce  intormation  in  the 
decisionmaking  process,  the  relation  ol  supply  ami 
demand  in  determining  agricultural  prices,  arid  the 
relation  ol  prices  to  grade,  time,  location,  and  stages  ol 
processing  in  the  mart<eting  system  The  course  includes 
elementary  methods  ol  price  analysis,  the  concept  ot 
parity  and  the  role  ol  price  support  programs  in 
agncultural  decisions 

AREC  406  Farm  Management  (3)  The  organization  artd 
operation  ot  the  larm  business  to  obtain  an  income 
consistent  with  lamily  resources  and  objectives 
Pnnciptes  ol  production  economics  and  other  related 
fields  are  applied  to  the  ir>dividual  farm  business 
LatKjratory  penod  will  tie  largely  devoted  to  lield  tnps  and 
other  practical  exercises 

AREC  407  Financial  Analysis  ol  the  Farm  Buslnoss 

(3)  Application  of  economic  principles  to  develop  criteria 
lor  a  sound  larm  business,  including  credit  source  and 
use.  prepanng  and  filing  income  tax  returns,  niethods  ol 
appraisir^g  farm  properties,  the  summary  and  ar^lysis  ol 
larm  records,  leading  to  eflective  control  and  prolilaUe 
operation  ol  the  larm  business 

AREC  410  Horse  Industry  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ANSC  230  and  232  An  introduction  to  the  economic 
lorces  affecting  the  horse  industry  and  to  the  ecorx)mic 
tools  required  by  horse  lami  managers,  trainers,  and 
others  in  the  industry, 

AREC  414  Introduction  to  Agricultural  Business 
Management  (3)  The  different  forms  of  businesses  are 
investigated  Management  functions,  business  indicators, 
measures  of  performance  and  operational  analysis  are 
examined  Case  studies  are  used  to  show  applications  ol 
management  techniques, 

AREC  427  The  Economics  ot  Marlieting  Systems  lor 
Agricultural  Commodities  (3)  Basic  economic  theory  as 
applied  to  the  mari<eting  ol  agricultural  products. 
including  price,  cost,  and  linancial  analysis  Current 
developments  altecting  martset  structure  including  ellects 
ol  contractual  arrangement,  vertical  integration, 
governmental  policies  and  regulation 

AREC  432  Introduction  to  Natural  Resources  Policy 

(3)  Development  ol  natural  resource  policy  and  analysis 
ol  the  evolution  ol  public  intervention  in  the  use  ol  natural 
resources.  Examination  ol  present  policies  and  of 
conflicts  between  pnvate  individuals,  put>lic  interest 
groups,  and  government  agencies 

AREC  445  World  Agricultural  Development  artd  th« 
Quality  ol  Ule  (3)  An  examination  ol  the  key  aspects  ol 
the  agncultural  devekipment  ot  less  developed  countnes 
related  to  resources,  techiKilogy,  cultural  and  social 
setting,  population,  infrastructure.  irKentrves.  education. 
and  government  Environmental  impact  ol  agricultural 
development,  basic  economic  and  social  charactarlsttcs 
ol  peasant  agnculture.  theones  arvj  models  ol  agricultural 
development.  selected  aspects  ol  agricultural 
development  planning 

AREC  452  Economics  ol  Resource  Devalopmant  (3)  A 

study  ol  the  adequacy  and  quality  ol  the  natural  (larx). 
water,  air)  and  human  resources,  the  ecoriomic  and 
institutional  arrangements  which  guide  their  usa  arid 
development,  and  the  means  lor  improving  tfieir  quality 
and  use 

AREC  453  Economic  Analysis  ol  Natural  Raaourcaa 

(3)  Rational  use  and  reuse  ol  natural  resources  Theory 
and  methodokjgy  of  the  allocation  ol  natural  rasourcas 
among  alternative  uses  Optimum  state  ol  corisarvation. 
market  lailure.  sale  minimum  standard,  and  cost-banam 
analysis 

AREC  484  Introduction  to  Ecoriomalrlcs  In 
Agriculture  (3)  An  introduction  lo  the  appiicaUofi  ol 
economelnc  techniques  lo  agncultural  probtams  wNh 
emphasis  on  the  assumptions  and  conipuutional 
techniques  necessary  to  derive  statistical  estiniatas,  lest 
hypotheses,  and  make  predictions  with  the  usa  ol  stngla 
equation  models  Includes  Inaar  and  non-llciaar 
rsgrassion  nxxMs,  mtanial  least  squaias.  discriminant 


ARTH  —  Art  History     131 


analysis  and  (actor  analysis. 

AREC  489  Special  Topics  In  Agricultural  and 
Resourcss  Economics  (3)  Repealable  to  a  maximum  ol 
9  credils 

AREC  495  Honors  Reading  Course  In  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics  I  (3)  Selected  readings  in 
political  and  economic  theory  from  1700  to  1850  This 
course  develops  a  basic  understanding  ol  the 
development  ol  economic  and  political  thought  as  a 
loundation  (or  understanding  our  present  society  and  its 
cultural  heniage  Prerequisite,  acceptance  in  the  honors 
program  of  ttie  Department  ot  Agnculture  and  Resource 
Economics 

AREC  496  Honors  Reading  Course  In  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics  II  (3)  Selected  readings  In 
political  and  economic  theory  Irom  1850  to  the  present. 
This  course  continues  the  development  ol  a  basic 
understanding  ol  economic  and  political  thought  begun  in 
AREC  495  by  the  examination  ol  modern  problems  In 
aghcultural  and  resource  economics  in  the  light  ol  the 
material  read  and  discussed  in  AREC  495  and  AREC 
496  Prerequisite  Successful  completion  ol  AREC  495 
and  registration  in  the  honors  program  o(  the  department 
ol  resource  economics 

ARSC  —  Air  Science 

ARSC  100  The  Air  Foixe  Today  I  (1)  One  hour  class 
and  one  hour  laboratory  per  week.  Study  ol  US  Air 
Force  in  contemporary  society  Survey  o(  Air  Force 
doctrine,  mission,  organization  and  systems.  Freshmen 
year  course  for  AFROTC  cadets  Open  to  all  university 
students 

ARSC  101  The  Air  Force  Today  II  (1)  Continuation  of 
ARSC  100.  The  mission,  organization  and  systems  ol  LIS 
Air  Force  offensive,  delenslve.  and  aerospace  support 
forces  and  the  use  of  these  forces  to  support 
contemporary  societal  demands  Freshmen  year  course 
(Of  AFROTC  cadets  Open  to  all  university  students 

ARSC  110  Fundamentals  o(  Flying  (1)  A  study  of  basic 
aviation  knowledge  lor  the  beginning  student  pilot.  The 
basic  principles  ol  flight,  simple  aerodynamics,  a 
descnption  of  aircraft  systems  and  flight  instruments, 
federal  aviation  regulations,  basic  meteorology,  the  use 
of  the  flight  computer  for  simple  flight  computations  and 
visual  flight  operations  (VFR) 

ARSC    200   The    Development    o(    Air    Power    I    (1) 

(Development  of  air  power  from  balloons  and  dirigibles 
through  employment  in  World  War  I  and  II  Chronologk;al 
approach  to  growth  of  air  power  in  response  to  civil  and 
military  requirements.  Sophomore  year  course  for 
AFROTC  cadets  Open  to  all  university  students 

ARSC  201  The  Development  o(  Air  Poiwer  II  (1)  One 
class  and  one  latxjratory  per  week.  Growth  and 
development  of  air  power  and  aerospace  support  forces 
from  1945  in  response  to  Korea,  the  Cold  War, 
Southeast  Asia,  and  the  Space  Age.  The  peaceful 
employment  of  aerospace  forces  tor  relief  and  civic 
action  program  Sophomore  year  course  for  AFROTC 
cadets.  Open  to  all  university  students. 

ARSC  205  The  U.S.  Air  Force  and  Air  Power  (4)  Six 

week  field  training  session  held  during  summer  months 
at  designated  air  force  bases  Open  only  to  applicants 
selected  by  AFROTC  to  compete  (or  entrance  into  the 
two  year  AFROTC  program  as  a  contract  cadet. 
Successful  completion  is  a  pre-requisite  for  acceptance 
into  the  two  year  AFROTC  program  Course  content 
consists  of  a  combination  of  academics,  physical  training 
and  leadership  laboratory  experiences  approximating 
those  (our  year  cadets  gain  in  ARSC  100/101  and  ARSC 
200/201 

ARSC  310  Management  and  leadership  I  (3)  Study  of 
management  functions,  techniques  and  skills.  Emphasis 
on  application  of  same  in  laboratory  environment 
structured  to  approximate  a  contemporary  military  or 
bureaucratic  organization  Junior  year  course  for 
AFROTC  cadets.  Open  to  all  university  students 

ARSC    311     Management    and    Leadership    II    (3) 

Continuation  in  study  and  application  of  management 
and  leadership  skills  to  a  contemporary  military 
environment  Emphasis  on  leadership,  the  uniform  code 
of  military  lustice  arx)  cunent  issues  for  the  military 
manager  and  leaders.  Junior  year  course  for  AFROTC 
cadets    Open  to  all  university  students 


ARSC  320  National  Security  Forces  In  Contemporary 
American  Society  I  (3)  The  role  ol  the  military 
profession  in  contemporary  American  society.  Its 
responsibilities  to  society  and  Its  impact  on  society  The 
definition,  development  and  alteration  of  detense  policy  in 
supporting  national  objectives  Sonlor  year  course  lor 
AFf^OTC  cadets    Open  to  all  university  students 

ARSC  321  National  Security  Forces  In  ContemporaiY 
American  Society  II  (3)  A  continuation  ol  the  study  on 

the  formulation,  developmeni  arvj  alteration  of  strategy 
and  of  the  factors  in  the  modem  world  which  necessitate 
the  continuous  reassessment  of  American  defense 
policy  Investigation  of  the  interplay  of  vanous 
governmental  agencies  in  the  formulation  of  american 
defense  policy  Senior  year  AFROTC  course  Open  to  all 
university  students 

ARTE  —  Art  Education 

ARTE  100  Fundamentals  ol  Art  Education  (3)  Two 

hours  ol  latKjratory  and  two  hours  of  lecture  per  week 
Fundamental  principles  of  the  visual  arts  for  teaching  on 
the  elementary  level.  Elements  and  principles  of  design 
and  theory  of  color  Studio  practice  in  different  media 


ARTH  —  Art  History 


ARTH    100    Introduction    to    Art   (3)    Basic   tools    of 

understanding  visual  art.  This  course  stresses  major 
approaches  such  as  techniques,  subject  matter,  torm, 
and  evaluation.  Architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  and 
graphic  arts  will  be  discussed.  Required  of  all  art  majors 
in  the  first  year 

ARTH  260  History  ot  Art  (3)  A  sunrey  of  western  art  as 
expressed  through  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting. 
Prehistoric  limes  to  Renaissance. 

ARTH  261  History  ot  Art  (3)  A  sun/ey  of  western  art  as 
expressed  through  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting, 
from  renaissance  to  the  present. 

ARTH  262  Arts  o(  Asia  (3)  The  history  of  South  and 
East  Asian  art  from  prehistory  through  the  mid  19th 
century. 

ARTH  284  Introduction  to  Alrlcan  Art  (3)  General 
concepts  preparing  the  student  for  a  better  understanding 
of  African  cultures  through  an  appreciation  of  their  art. 

ARTH  320  Masterpieces  ot  Painting  (3)  A  study  ol  the 
contributions  of  a  few  major  painters,  ranging  from  Giotto 
to  Titian. 

ARTH  321  Masterpieces  ot  Painting  (3)  A  study  of  the 
contributions  of  a  few  major  painters,  ranging  from  El 
Greco  to  Picasso 

ARTH  330  Masterpieces  ot  Sculpture  (3)  A  study  of  the 
contributioris  of  a  few  major  sculptors,  ranging  from 
Polykleitos  to  Ghioerti. 

ARTH  331  Masterpieces  ot  Sculpture  (3)  A  study  of  the 
contributkjns  of  a  few  major  sculptors,  ranging  from 
Ghiberii  to  Moore. 

ARTH    338    Special    Topics    In    Music   and    Art   (3) 

Variable  topics  as  announced.  Repealable  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits,  (listed  also  as  I^USC  338.) 

ARTH  340  Masterpieces  ot  Architecture  (3)  A  study  ot 
great  architecture  from  Stonehenge  to  the  cathedral  at 
Pisa. 

ARTH  341  Masterpieces  o(  Architecture  (3)  A  study  of 
great  architecture  from  Abbaye-Aux-Hommes  to  Dulles 
Airport. 

ARTH  401  Greek  and  Roman  Painting  (3)  Survey  of 
Greek  and  Roman  frescoes  and  panels;  Study  of  extant 
paintings  and  lost  works  known  only  through  literary 
sources. 

ARTH  402  Greek  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Greek  art 
and  archaeology  from  1000  B.C.  to  50  B.C. 

ARTH  403  Roman  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Roman  art 
and  archaeology  from  Etruscan  origins  to  Diocletian. 

ARTH  404  Bronze  Age  Art  (3)  Art  of  the  Near  East, 
Egypt  and  Aegean. 

ARTH  405  Japanese  Painting  (3)  Survey  of  Japanese 
painting  from  the  sixth  through  the  sixteenth  centuries, 
including  traditional  Buddhist  painting,  narrative  scrolls, 
and  Zen-related  Ink  painting. 


ARTH  406  Arts  ot  China  (3)  Chinese  art  Irom 
prehistory  through  the  t4lh  century,  with  special  locus 
on  painting,  sculpture,  and  minor  arts. 

ARTH  407  Arts  o(  Japan  (3)  A  sun/ey  o(  Japanese  art 

Irom  pre-hislory  through  14th  century,  concontrating  on 
architecture,  sculpture  and  painting 

ARTH  410  Early  Chrlstlar>— Early  Byzantine  Art  (3) 

Sculpture,  painting,  architecture,  and  the  minor  arts  (rom 
about  312  to  726  AD 

ARTH  411  Byzantine  Art,  726—1453  (3)  Sculpture, 
painting,  architecture  ar>d  the  minor  arts  Irom  726  to 
1453  AD. 

ARTH  412  Medieval  Art  (3)  Architectljre,  sculpture  and 
painting  in  the  Middle  Ages  First  semester  will  stress 
Romanesque 

ARTH  413  Medieval  Art  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and 
painting  in  the  Middle  Ages  Second  semester  will  stress 
the  Gothic  period 

ARTH  416  Northern  European  Painting  In  the  ISth 
Century  (3)  Painting  in  the  Netheriands,  France  arxl 
Germany 

ARTH  417  Northern  European  Painting  In  the  16th 
century  (3)  Painting  in  the  Netheriands,  France  arxl 
Gennany. 

ARTH    422    Early    Renaissance    Art    In    Italy    (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  about  1400  to 
1430. 

ARTH    423    Early    Renaissance    Art    In     Italy    (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  Irom  about  1430  to 
1475. 

ARTH    424    High     Renaissance    Art    In     Italy     (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  (rom  about  1475  to 
1500. 

ARTH    425    High     Renaissance    Art    In     Italy    (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  (rom  about  1500  to 

1525 

ARTH  430  European  Baroque  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  of  the  major  southern  European 
centers  in  the  1 7th  century. 

ARTH  431  European  Baroque  Art  (3)  Architecture. 
sculpture  and  painting  of  the  major  northern  European 
centers  in  the  17th  century. 

ARTH  434  French  Painting  (3)  French  painting  from 
1400  to  1600.  From  Fouquet  to  Poussin. 

ARTH  435  French  Painting  (3)  French  painting  (rom 
1600  to  1800.  From  Le  Brun  to  David 

ARTH  440  19th  Century  European  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  ana  painting  in  Europe  (rom  Neo-Classicism  to 

Romanticism. 

ARTH  441  19th  Century  European  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  arid  painting  in  Europe.  From  Realism,  to  to 
Impressionism  and  Symbolism. 

ARTH  445  Impressionism  and  Neo-lmpresslonism  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ARTH  260,  261  or  consent  of  instructor. 
History  of  Impressionism  and  Neo-lmpressionism:  Artists, 
styles,  art  theories,  criticism,  sources  and  influence  on 
20th  century. 

ARTH  450  20th  Century  Art  (3)  Painting,  sculpture  and 
architecture  from  the  late  1 9th  century  to  1 920. 

ARTH  451  20th  Century  Art  (3)  Painting,  sculpture  and 
architecture  from  1920  to  the  present. 

ARTH  452  History  o(  Photography  (3)  History  o( 
photography  as  art  from  1 839  to  the  present. 

ARTH  454  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Century 
Sculpture  (3)  Trends  in  sculpture  from  Neo-Classicism 
to  the  present.  Emphasis  will  be  put  on  the  redefinition  of 
sculpture  during  the  20th  century. 

ARTH  460  History  ot  the  Graphic  Arts  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ARTH  100,  or  ARTH  260  and  261,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Graphic  techniques  and  styles  in  Europe  (rom 
1400  to  1800;  Contributions  of  major  artists. 

ARTH  462  African  Art  (3)  First  semester,  the  cultures 

west  of  the  Niger  River  (Nigena  through  Mali)  from  400 
B.C.  to  the  preserit.  The  art  is  studied  through  its 
icoriography  and  function  in  the  culture  and  the 
intercultural  influences  upon  the  artists,  including  a  study 
ol  the  societies,  cults  and  cermonies  during  which  the  art 
was  used. 


132     ARTS  —  Art  Studio 


ARTH  463  African  Art  (3)  Second  semester,  the 
cultures  east  and  soulh  ol  Nigeria  The  an  is  studied 
through  Its  iconography  and  lunction  in  the  culture  and 
the  intercultural  inlluences  upon  the  artists.  Including  a 
study  o(  the  societies,  cults  and  cermonies  dunng  which 
the  art  was  used 

ARTH  464  African  Art  Research  (3)  Seminar  with 
concentration  on  particular  aspects  of  African  art  The 
course  is  given  at  the  Museum  of  Afncan  Art  in 
Washington.  D  C 

ARTH    470    Latin    American    Art    (3)    Art    ol    the 

Pre-Hlspanic  and  the  Colonial  penods. 

ARTH  471  Latin  American  Art  (3)  Art  ol  the  19th  and 
20th  centuries 

ARTH  473  Arts  of  Black  Americans  I  (3)  The  visual 
arts  ol  Black  Amencans  Irom  the  Colonial  period  through 
the  19th  ceritury,  including  crafts  and  decorative  arts 

ARTH  474  Arts  of  Black  Americans  II  (3)  The  visual 
arts  ol  Black  Amencans  in  the  20th  century,  including 
crafts  and  decorative  arts 

ARTH    476    History    of    American    Art   to    1900    (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  United  States 
Irom  the  Colonial  period  to  1900 

ARTH  477  History  of  American  Art  Since  1900  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  United  Stales 
Irom  1 900  to  the  present. 

ARTH     489     Special     Topics     In     Ari     History    (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  ol  department  head  or  instructor 
May  be  repealed  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits. 

ARTH  498  Directed  Studies  In  Art  History  I  (2-3)  For 

advanced  students,  by  permission  ol  department 
chairman  Course  may  be  repeated  lor  credit  il  content 
differs 

ARTH  499  Directed  Studies  In  Art  History  II  (2-3) 

ARTS  —  Art  Studio 

ARTS  too  Elements  of  Design  (3)  Two  lecture  hours 
and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week  Principles  and 
elements  ol  design  through  manipulation  and 
organization  of  materials  in  two  and  three  dimensions. 

ARTS  110  Elements  of  Drawing  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week-  An  introductory  course  with  a  variety  ol  media  and 
related  techniques  Problems  based  on  still  lile.  ligure 
and  nature. 

ARTS  200  Intermediate  Design  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisites  ARTS  100.  110  A  continuation  ol  Design  I 
with  more  individually  structured  problems  in  terms  ol 
form,  composition  and  meaning. 

ARTS  208  Design  (3)  Six  hours  per  week  Prerequisites 
ARTS  100.  ARTS  110  A  continuation  ol  ARTS  100  with 
more  individually  structured  problems  in  terms  ol  lorm. 
composition,  and  meaning  Course  may  be  repeated  lor 
total  ol  six  credits  if  content  differs 

ARTS  210  Intermediate  Drawing  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week  Prerequisites:  ARTS  100  and  110.  Emphasis  on 
understanding  organic  lorm.  as  related  to  study  Irom  the 
human  ligure  and  lo  pictonal  composition 

ARTS  215  Anatomical  Drawing  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisites  ARTS  210  or  permission  ol  instructor.  A 
drawing  course  based  on  the  study  ol  anatomical 
structure  emphasizing  the  human  body. 

ARTS  220  Painting  I  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisites  ARTS  100.  110  Basic  tools  and  language 
ol  painting  Oil  and  watercotor 

ARTS  277  Architectural  Presentation  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week  Prerequisites.  ARTS  100.  110  Techniques  ol 
wash  and  watercotor  in  architectural,  intenor  and 
landscape  architectural  rendering. 

ARTS  320  Painting  II  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisites.  ARTS  210.  220  Original  compositions 
based  upon  nature,  ligure  and  still  lile.  supplemented  by 
expressive  painting  Cfwice  ol  media 

ARTS  324  Painting  III  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  320  Creative  painting  lor  advanced 
students  Problems  require  a  knowledge  of  pictorial 
structure  Development  of  personal  direction  Choice  ol 
media 

ARTS  330  Sculpture  I  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  210  (For  students  majonng  in  art 
history,  by  permission  ol  department  |  Volumes,  masses 


and  planes,  based  on  the  use  ol  plastic  earths  Simple 
armature  construction  and  methods  ol  casting 

ARTS  334  Sculpture  II  (3)  Six  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  330  Nature  as  a  point  of  devetoping 
ideas  into  organic  and  architectural  lorms. 

ARTS  335  Sculpture  III  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  334  Problems  involving  plastk: 
earths  and  other  material  capat>le  of  being  modeled  ol 
cast.   Choice  ol  individual  style  encouraged 

ARTS  340  Printmaking  I  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  210  (For  students  majonng  in  Art 
History,  by  permission  ol  department )  Basic  printmaking 
techniques  in  reliel.  intaglio,  and  planographic  media 

ARTS  344  Printmaking  ii  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  210  One  print  media  including 
extensive  study  ol  color  processes.  Individually  structured 
problems 

ARTS  404  Experiments  In  Visual  Processes  (3)  Six 

hours  per  week  Prerequisites,  either  ARTS  220.  330  or 
340  Investigation  and  execution  ol  process  oriented  art 
Group  and  individual  experimental  projects. 

ARTS  418  Drawing  (3)  Six  hours  per  week  Prerequisite 
ARTS  210  Original  compositions  Irom  the  ligure  and 
nature,  supplemented  by  problems  ol  personal  and 
expressive  drawing.  Repeatable  lor  total  ol  12  credits 

ARTS  420  Painting  IV  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  324,  Creative  painting.  Emphasis  on 
personal  direction  and  sell-criticism.  Group  semiriars, 

ARTS  430  Sculpture  iV  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  335  Problems  and  techniques  ol 
newer  concepts,  utilizing  various  materials,  such  as 
plastics  and  metals  Technical  aspects  ol  welding 
stressed 

ARTS  440  Printmaking  ill  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  340  and  344  Contemporary 
experimental  techniques  ol  one  pririt  medium  with  group 
discussioris 

ARTS  441  Printmaking  iV  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite.  ARTS  440.  Continuation  ol  ARTS  440. 

ARTS    489    Special    Problems    In    Studio    Arts    (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  ol  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  hours. 

ARTS  498  Directed  Studies  in  Studio  Art  (2-3)  For 

advanced  students,  by  permission  ol  department 
chairman.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
dilfers. 


ASTR  —  Astronomy 


ASTR     too     Introduction     to     Astronomy     (3)     An 

elemenlary  course  in  descriptive  astronomy,  especially 
appropriate  lor  non-science  students  Sun.  moon, 
planets,  stars  and  nebulae,  galaxies,  evolution.  Credit  lor 
ASTR  too  cannot  be  obtained  after,  or  simultaneously 
with,  receiving  credit  lor  any  ASTR  course  numbered  150 
or  higher. 

ASTR  110  Astronomy  Laboratory  (1)  Two  hours  ol 
laboratory  work  per  week  Prerequisite,  previous  or 
concurrent  enrollment  in  ASTR  100  Exercises  include 
use  of  photographs  ol  moon,  stars,  nebulae  and  galaxies 
and  spectra:  expenments  demonstrating  scientilic 
concepts  used  in  astronomy  Daytime  and  nightime 
observations  II  weather  permits  Appropriate  lor 
rx)n-science  majors. 

ASTR  111  Observational  Astronomy  Laboratory  (1) 

Corequisile:  ASTR  100  Two  hours  ol  latxjratory  per 
week  Single  evening  laboratory  proiects  plus 
semester-long  observing  projects  involving  work  both  m 
and  out  ol  class  Lunar  surface  leatures:  the  night-time 
sky:  changing  positions  ol  sun.  moon,  and  planets,  stellar 
spectra:  observatk>n  ol  stars  and  nebulae  in  our  galaxy 

ASTR  181  Introductory  Astronomy  and  Astrophysics 

i  (3)  Corequisile — MATH  140  Three  lectures  per  week 
For  science  ar>d  mathemalk:s  majors  Survey  ol  several 
tranches  of  astronomy  such  as  the  solar  system, 
properties  of  stars  and  stellar  systems,  and  the  galaxy 
ASTR  181  should  not  normally  be  taken  by  students  wtro 
have  already  taken  ASTR  100  and  105 

ASTR  182  Introductory  Astror>omy  and  Astrophysics 

ii  (3)  Prerequisites — ASTR  181  or  oonseni  ol  the 
instructor  Three  lectures  per  week  For  science  and 
mathematics  majors  Aspects  ol  astronomy  not  included 
in   ASTR    181    and   in   general   rTK>re  oriented   toward 


astrophyscis  The  sun.  stellar  evolutkm.  extragalactk; 
objects  and  cosmokigy  Credit  will  be  given  only  one 
course  ASTR  182  or  350 

ASTR   210  Practical   Astronomy  (2-3)   Prerequisites, 

ASTR  181  or  350  and  MATH  140  ASTR  100  and  105 
may  be  substituted  lor  ASTR  181  il  approved  t>y 
instructor  One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  pet 
week  Two  to  three  credits,  according  lo  work  dona 
Designed  pnmanly  lor  Astronomy  majors  to  give  ttie 
student  lamilianty  with  techniques  used  by  astronomers 
and  an  understarxling  of  how  astrorx>mical  data  are 
obtained  Students  registered  lor  two  credits  will  not  be 
required  to  do  all  the  exercises  Coordinate  systems, 
optics,  photometry,  binary  stars.  distar>ce  determinatk>n, 
HertzsprungRussel  diagram,  solar  observations,  moon, 
galactic  structure,  and  galaxies 

ASTR    288    Special    Pro|ects    In    Astronomy    (1-3) 

Prerequisite  Permission  ol  the  instruclor  IryjeperKlenI 
study,  short  research  projects,  tutonal  reading,  and 
assisting  with  faculty  research  arxl  teaching  under 
special  supervision.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 

credits. 

ASTR  300  Stars  and  Stellar  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite: 

one  physical  science  course  or  consent  ot  instructor. 
Designed  primarily  lor  non-physical-science  majors. 
Study  of  stars  types,  properties,  evolution,  and 
distnbution  in  space,  supemovae.  pulsars,  and  Mack 
holes 

ASTR  315  Navigation  (3)  Prerequisite  Rane 
trigonometry  Theory  and  practice  ol  navigation  wittiout 
landmarks,  with  emphasis  on  celestial  navigation  arxj 
some  discussion  ol  electronic  navigatkin  Sphencal 
trigonometry  as  necessary  Extensive  practical  work  at 
times  to  be  arranged 

ASTR  330  Solar-System  Astronomy  (3)  Prerequisite: 
one  physical  science  course  or  consent  ol  instructor. 
Designed  primarily  lor  non-physical-science  majors  The 
structure  ol  planets  and  ol  their  atnnospheres.  the  nature 
ol  comets,  asteroids,  and  satellites  Companson  of 
vahous  theones  for  the  origin  ol  the  solar  system. 
Emphasis  on  a  descnption  of  recent  data  and 
interpretations 

ASTR  340  Galaxies  and  the  Universe  (3)  Prerequisite: 
one  physical  science  course  or  consent  ol  instructor 
Designed  pnmarily  lor  non-physical-science  majors  A 
study  of  galaxies  irx:luding  our  own  galaxy,  radio 
galaxies,  and  quasars  Measurement  ol  distances, 
recession  ol  galaxies,  the  microwave  background  and  its 
relation  to  cosmology 

ASTR     350     Astronomy     and      Astrophysics     (4) 

Prerequisites  PHYS  192.  262  or  142.  or  ttie  consent  of 
the  instructor  Recommended  corequisile — PHYS  293  or 
263  Survey  course  in  astronomy  and  astro(>hysics.  with 
strong  emphasis  on  physical  concepts  No  previous 
astronomy  assumed  Credit  will  be  given  only  lor  one 
course.  ASTR  182  or  350 

ASTR  380  Life  In  ttie  Univers*  (3)  Prerequisite  one 
physical  science  course  or  consent  ol  instructor 
Designed  pnmanly  lor  rxxi-physcal-sctence  majors 
Study  ol  the  astronomical  perspective  on  tt>e  conditions 
lor  the  ongin  and  existence  ol  lile  Communicalkxi  with 
extraterrestrial  life 

ASTR     398     Special     Topics     In     Astronomy     (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing  or  consent  ol  instructor  Ttiis 
course  is  designed  pnmanly  lor  students  not  majoong  in 
astronomy  and  is  suitable  tor  rx>nscierx:e  students  It  will 
concentrate  study  m  some  limited  field  in  astrommy 
whk:h  will  vary  Irom  semester  to  semester  Poss*t>le 
subjects  lor  study  are  the  solar  system.  extragalacHc 
astronomy  and  cosmotogy.  Itie  irvxmstant  untvaree 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

ASTR  399  Horiors  Seminar  (1-16)  Credit  according  to 

work  done  Enrollment  is  limited  to  students  admitted  to 
the  horxxs  program  in  astronomy 

ASTR  400  Stellar  Astrophysics  (3)  Pre-  or  coraqmsita 

PHYS  422  or  consent  ol  instructor  Statar  almoapherM. 
stellar  structure  and  evolution,  neutron  start  arxf  black 
holes 

ASTR  401  interstatlar  and  Exlragalactic  Aatroptiyaics 

(3)    Pre-    or    corequisile     PHYS    422    or    cons»nt    o( 
instructor    A   survey   ol   trie   physcs   of   Iha 
medium  and  ol  astrophysics  as  it  relates  to  | 
cosmokigy 


BMGT  —  Business  and  Management     133 


ASTR      410      Otoaarvatlonal      Astronomy      I      (3) 

Prsrequisites  PHYS  294  of  263.  and  3  credits  In 
astronomy  An  introduction  to  cufTBnt  mettiods  ol 
obtaining  astronomical  inlormation  Emphasis  on  optical 
and  radio  techniques,  with  bnet  coverage  ot  X-ray. 
ultraviolet,  and  infrared  techniques  Emphasis  on 
understanding  tKiw  instruments  attecl  the  data 

ASTR  41 1  Obsarvallonal  Astronomy  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
ASTR  410  Laboratory  work  with  photographic  and 
photoelectnc  techniques  arxj  with  components  ol  radio 
telescopes  Two  longer  individual  projects  Involving 
observations  with  various  instruments  Often  requires 
all-night  observing  sessions 

ASTR    420    Introduction    to    Gsladlc    Resaarch    (3) 

Prerequisite  PHYS  192  and  ASTR  182  or  equivalent,  or 
consent  ol  Instructor  Methods  ol  galactic  research, 
stellar  motions,  clusters  ol  stars,  evolution  ol  the  galaxy, 
study  ol  our  own  and  nearby  galaxies 

ASTR  430  The  Solar  System  (3)  Prerequisite— MATH 
246  and  either  PHYS  263  or  PHYS  294,  or  consent  o( 
Instructor  The  structure  ol  planetary  atmospheres, 
radiative  transfer  in  planetary  atmospheres,  remote 
sensing  of  planetary  surfaces,  intehor  structure  of 
planets  Structure  ol  comets  Briel  discussions  o( 
asteroids,  satellite  systems,  and  solar  system  evolution 

ASTR  440  Introduction  to  Exira-Galactic  Astronomy 

(3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  192  and  ASTR  182  or  equivalent, 
or  consent  of  instructor  Properties  of  normal  and 
peculiar  galaxies,  including  radio  galaxies  and  quasars: 
expansion  of  the  universe  and  cosmology. 

ASTR  450  Celestial  Mechanics  (3)  Three  lectures  a 
week  Prerequisite.  PHYS  410  or  consent  of  Instructor. 
Celestial  mechanics,  orbit  theory,  equations  ol  motion 

ASTR  498  Special  Problems  In  Astronomy  (1-6) 
Prerequisite.  Ma|or  in  physics  or  astronomy  and'or 
consent  of  advisor  Research  or  special  study.  Credit 
according  to  work  done 

BCHM  —  Biochemistry 

BCHM  261  Elements  of  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequisites: 
CHEM  104.  110,  or  112  For  undergraduate  students 
who  desire  a  one-semester  biochemistry  course  rather 
than  a  two-semester  sequence  Basic  chemistry  and 
metatxjiism  of  most  molecules  ol  biological  importance 
Not  open  to  students  with  credit  in  BCHM  461 . 

BCHM  461  Biochemistry  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
203-204  or  213-214.  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
comprehensive  introduction  to  general  Biochemistry  The 
chemistry  and  metabolism  of  cartxihydrates,  lipids, 
nucleic  acids,  and  proteins. 

BCHM  462  Biochemistry  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  BCHM  461 
A  continuation  of  BCHM  461 . 

BCHM    463     Biochemistry    Laboratory    I    (2)    Two 

three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Pre  or 
corerequisite:  BCHM  461 

BCHM    464    Biochemistry    Laboratory    II    (2)    Two 

three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week  Prerequisite: 
BCHM  462  or  current  registration  therein,  and  CHEM  430 
or  BCHM  463 

BIOL  —  Biology 

BIOL  101  Organization  and  Interrelationships  In  the 
Biological  World  (3)  An  introductory  lecture  course  for 
the  non — science  major  emphasizing  the  fundamental 
organization,  processes  and  interdependence  of  living 
organisms  and  the  biological  effects  associated  with 
human  influences  of  the  ecosystem. 

BIOL  124  Cosmic  Evolution  (3)  Prerequisites:  high 
school  chemistry  and  biology  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Especially  appropriate  for  non — science  students.  The 
current  scientific  thinking  on  the  sequence  of  events  from 
the  origin  of  the  universe  to  the  appearance  of  man. 
Emphasis  on  chemical  and  biological  evolution. 

BIOM  —  Biometrics 

BIOM  301  Introduction  to  Biometrics  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  discussion  period  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
completion  ol  division  math  requirement.  Descriptive 
statistics,  introduction  to  probability,  sampling,  confidence 
interval  estimation,  hypothesis  testirig.  simple  regression 
and  correlation.  Emphasis  on  simple  applications  of 
statistical    techniques    and    inlerpretaliori    of    statistical 


results. 

BIOM  401  Blostatlstlcs  I  (4)  Three  lectures  arid  Orie 
discussiori  per  week  Prerequisite  MATH  115.  BIOM 
301 .  or  permission  ol  the  instructor  Descriptive  statistics, 
probability  models  useful  in  biology,  expectations, 
hypothesis  testing,  sign  lest,  goodness  ol  lit  tests,  central 
limit  theorem,  poinl  and  interval  estimates,  analysis  ol 
variarKe.  regressiori.  corielation,  sampling,  rank  tests 
Emphasis  on  the  uses  arid  the  limltatkjns  of  these 
methods  in  biology 

BIOM  420  Sampling  Techniques  In  Biometrics  (3) 

Prerequisite  BIOM  401  or  permission  ol  the  instructor 
Methods  of  sampling  probability,  random,  cluster, 
stratilied.  Inverse,  ratto  estimates;  methods  in  lield 
surveys;  marti  recapture  studies,  line  transect  sampling, 
surveys,  design  ol  collection  forms,  sample  size 
calculations.  Emphasis  on  the  use  of  these  methods  in 
biological  research 

BMGT— Business  and 
Management 

BMGT  110  Introduction  to  Business  and  Management 

(3)  A  survey  of  the  field  of  business,  including  Its 
environment,  organization,  overall  and  lunctional 
mariagemerit.  and  currerit  issues  and  developments. 

BMGT  220  Principles  of  Accounting  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
sophomore  standing.  Study  of  the  basic  pnnciples  ol 
accounting  for  business  enterprises. 

BMGT  221  Principles  of  Accounting  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  220.  Continuation  of  BMGT  220 

BMGT  230  Business  Statistics  I  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH 

220  or  consent  of  instructor  An  introductory  course  in 
statistical  concepts  including  probability  from  a  naive  set 
theory  approach,  random  variables  arid  their  properties, 
and  the  probability  distributions  of  selected  discrete  and 
coritiriuous  raridom  variables.  The  coricepts  of  sampling, 
samplirig  distributioris.  arid  the  applicatiori  of  these 
coricepis  to  estlmatiori  hypothesis  testing  are  included  as 
are  briel  surveys  of  the  regressiori  arid  ariova  models 
This  course  may  not  be  taken  for  credit  by  management 
science,  statistics  arid  IFSM  majors. 

BMGT  231  Business  Statistics  I  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH 
141  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  management  science, 
statistics  and  IFSM  majors.  An  introductory  course  iri 
statistical  coricepts  iricludirig  probability  Irom  a  riaive  set 
theory  approach,  random  variables  and  their  properties, 
arid  the  probability  distributions  ot  selected  discrete  and 
continuous  random  variables.  The  coricepts  ol  samplirig. 
samplirig  distributions,  and  the  application  ol  these 
concepts  to  estimation  hypothesis  testirig  are  iricluded  as 
are  brief  sun/eys  of  the  regressiori  arid  ariova  models. 

BMGT  301  Electronic  Data  Processing  (3)  Studerits 
erirolled  iri  the  College  of  Business  and  MariagemenI 
curi-icula  will  register  for  IFSM  401.  For  detailed 
information  on  prerequisites  and  descriptiori  ol  the 
course,  refer  to  IFSM  401  Ttie  credits  earned  in  IFSM 
401  may  be  included  in  the  total  credits  earned  in  the 
area  of  coricentration  in  Business  and  MariagemenI. 

BMGT  302  Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications 

(3)  Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Business  arid 
Management  curricula  will  register  lor  IFSM  402.  For 
detailed  infonnatiori  ori  prerequisites  arid  descriptiori  of 
the  course,  refer  to  IFSM  402.  The  credits  earned  iri 
IFSM  402  may  be  iricluded  iri  the  total  credits  earned  in 
the  area  of  concentration  in  business  and  mariagemerit. 

BMGT  310  Intermediate  Accounting  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  221  or  221 A  Compreherisive  ariaiysis  of  liriancial 
accouritirig  topics  related  to  liriancial  statement 
preparatiori  and  external  reporting. 

BMGT  311  Intermediate  Accounting  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  310.  Continuation  ol  BMGT  310 

BMGT  321  Cost  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT 

221  or  221  A.  A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  of  product 
costing  and  cost  analysis  lor  management  planning  and 
coritrol.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  of  the 
accountarit  iri  orgariizatiorial  mariagemerit.  analysis  ol 
cost  behavior,  standard  cost,  budgetirig.  resporisibility 
accounting  and  relevant  costs  for  decision  making. 

BMGT  323  Income  Tax  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  221  or  221  A.  Introduction  to  federal  income 
taxation  of  individuals.  Examiriation  of  tax  laws  by  use  ol 
illustrative  examples  and  problems. 


BMGT  326  Accounting  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BMGT  221 .  BMGT  301 .  and  BMGT  321  A  study  ol  the 
control  aspects  ot  accounting  systems  Topics  include 
standard  setting,  administrative,  operational,  arxl  security 
controls,  cost  effectiveness  of  systems;  audit  implications 
ol  a  computer  based  inlormation  environment  Not  open 
10  students  with  credit  in  BMGT  320 

BMGT  332  Operations  Research  for  Management 
Decisions  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  220.  BMGT  230 
Surveys  the  philosophy,  techniques,  and  applications  of 
operations  research  to  mariagerial  decisiori  making.  The 
course  is  desigried  primarily  lor  studerits  not  majoring  in 
management  science,  statistics,  or  IFSM  Techniques 
covered  include,  linear  programming,  transportation  ar>d 
assignment  models,  martiov  processes,  inventory  and 
queueing  models  Emphasis  is  placed  on  formulating  and 
solving  decision  problems  in  the  functiorial  areas  ol 
management 

BMGT  340  Business  Finance  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT 
221  This  course  deals  with  pnnciples  and  practices 
involved  in  the  organization,  financing,  arx)  rehabilitation 
of  business  enterprises,  the  vanous  types  of  securities 
arid  their  use  iri  raisirig  lunds.  apportioning  income,  risk, 
arid  coritrol;  irilercorporate  relatioris;  arid  riew 
developmerits  Emphasis  is  ori  solutlori  of  problems  ol 
firiaricial  policy  faced  by  mariagemenl. 

BMGT  343  Investments  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  340  An 
iritroductiori  to  financial  investments.  Topics  include 
securities  and  securities  markets,  irivestmeril  risks, 
returns,  and  constraints,  portfolio  policies;  and 
institutional  investment  policies. 

BMGT    345    Property    and    Liability    Insurance    (3) 

Prerequisites:  BMGT  221  and  230  Analysis  of  the  major 
areas  of  property  and  casualty  covers,  including  fire, 
indirect  loss,  crime,  automobile,  ocean  and  inlar^d 
marine,  and  liability  Investigation  of  substandard, 
residual,  and  reinsurance  markets  and  discussion  ol 
curierit  issues. 

BMGT  346  Risk  Management  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT 
221  and  230.  Recognition  and  evaluation  ol  the  pure 
risks  facing  organizations.  Guides  for  risk  mariagemerit 
decisioris  concerning  the  retention,  control,  and  transfer 
(iricludirig  insurance)  ol  risk. 

BMGT  347  Life  Insurance  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  221. 
Lile  and  health  insurance  products  and  pnnciples  in 
txisiness  financial  plannirig.  Perisiori  planning  including 
deferred  compensation  and  profit  sharing  plans;  use  of 
trust  in  business  and  individual  estate  planning; 
comprehensive  analysis  of  the  impact  of  income,  estate, 
and  gift  taxation  on  life  insurance  programming  and 
estate  plaririirig 

BMGT  350  Martteting  Principles  and  Organization  (3) 

Prerequisite.  ECON  203  or  205.  This  is  an  introductory 
course  in  the  field  of  marketing.  Its  purpose  is  to  give  a 
gerieral  understanding  and  appreciation  ol  the  forces 
operating  institutions  employed,  and  methods  followed  in 
marketing  agricultural  products,  natural  products, 
services  and  manufactured  goods. 

BMGT  353  Retail  Management  (3)  Prerequisites.  BMGT 
220  and  350  Retail  store  organization,  location,  layout 
and  store  policy;  pricing  policies,  price  lines,  brands, 
credit  policies,  records  as  a  guide  to  buyirig;  purchasing 
methods;  supervision  of  sellirig;  training  and  supervision 
ol  retail  sales  force;  and  administrative  problems. 

BMGT  354  Promotion  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  350.  The  use  of  advertising,  personal  selling, 
sales  promotions,  and  other  methods  in  marketing 
programs.  Case  studies  in  the  use  and  coordiriation  of 
demand  stimulation  methods,  analysis  and  plarining. 
Research,  testirig  arid  statistical  coritrol  of  promotiorial 
activities.  (Not  open  for  credit  to  students  with  credit  for 
BMGT  452  ) 

BMGT   360    Personnel    Management    (3)   The    basic 

course  in  personnel  management  includes  manpower 
planning.  recruitment.  selection.  development, 
compensation,  and  appraisal  of  employees.  Explores  the 
impact  of  scientific  management  and  unionism  on  these 
functions. 

BMGT  362  Labor  Relations  (3)  A  study  of  the 
development  and  methods  ol  organized  groups  in 
industry  with  reference  to  the  settlement  of  lator 
disputes.  An  economic  and  legal  analysis  of  labor  union 
and  employer  association  activities,  arbitration,  mediation, 
and  conciliation;  collective  bargaining,  trade  agreements, 
strikes,  boycotts,  lockouts,  company  unions,  employee 
representation,  arid  injunctions. 


134     BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 


BMGT  364  Management  and  Organization  Theory  (3) 

The  development  of  management  and  organization 
theory,  nature  of  the  management  process  and  lurKtion 
and  Its  future  development  The  role  of  the  manager  as 
an  organizer  and  director,  the  communication  process. 
goals  and  responsibilllies 

BMGT  370  Principle*  of  Transportation  (3) 
Prerequisite.  ECON  203  or  205.  A  general  course 
covering  Iho  live  fields  of  transportation,  their 
development,  service,  and  regulation 

BMGT  372  Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution 
Management  (3)  Prere<;ulslte.  Junior  standing.  Examines 
the  management  aspects  of  the  business  firm  in  moving 
their  ravK  matenals  and  finished  goods,  through  traffic. 
warehousing.  Industrial  packaging,  materials  handling. 
and  inventory  A  systematic  examination  of  the  trade-off 
possibilities  and  management  alternatives  to  minimize 
cost  of  product  How  and  maximizing  customer  service  Is 
provided.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for 
BMGT  371 

BMGT  380  Business  Law  (3)  Legal  aspects  of  business 
relationships,  contracts,  negotiable  instruments,  agency, 
partnerships,  corporations,  real  and  personal  properly, 
and  sales. 

BMGT  381  Business  Law  (3)  Legal  aspects  of  business 
relationships,  contracts,  negotiable  instruments,  agency, 
partnerships,  corporations,  real  and  personal  property. 
and  sales 

BMGT  385  Production  Management  (3)  Studies  the 
operation  of  a  manufacturing  enterpnse,  concentrating  on 
the  economies  of  production.  Introduces  a  grounding  In 
analytical  method  eariy  so  that  the  broad  protilem  areas 
of  system  design,  operation  and  control  can  be  based 
upon  the  analytical  method 

BMGT  392  Introduction  to  International  Business 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite.  ECON  203  or  205  A 
study  of  the  domestic  and  foreign  environmental  factors 
affecting  the  international  operations  of  U.S  business 
firms.  The  course  also  covers  the  administrative  aspects 
of  International  marketing,  finance  and  management 

BMGT  393  Real  Eatate  Principles  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ECON  203  or  205  This  course  covers  the  nature  and 
uses  of  real  estate,  real  estate  as  a  business,  basic 
principles,  construction  problems  and  home  ownership. 
city  planning,  and  public  control  and  ownership  of  real 
estate 

BMGT   401    Introduction   to   Systems   Analysis   (3) 

Students  enrolled  In  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management  curricula  will  register  for  IFSM  436  For 
detailed  Information  on  prerequisites  and  descriptions  of 
the  course,  refer  to  IFSM  436.  The  credits  earned  In 
IFSM  436  may  be  includod  In  the  total  credits  earned  in 
the  area  of  corx«ntrallon  in  business  and  management 

BMGT  410  Fund  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
310.  An  introduction  to  the  fund-based  theory  and 
practice  of  accounting  as  applied  to  governmental  entities 
and  not-for-profit  associations. 

BMGT      417      Advanced      Tax      Accounting      (3) 

Prerequisites— BMGT  311  and  323  Federal  taxation  of 
corporatior^.  partrwrshlps,  fiduciaries,  and  gratuitous 
transfers  Tools  and  techniques  of  tax  research  for 
compliance  and  planning. 

BMGT  420  Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar  (3) 

Prerequisite.  Senkir  standing  as  an  Accounting  major  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Enrollment  limited  to  upper 
one-third  of  senior  class  Seminar  coverage  of 
outstarxtir)g  cunent  nontext  literature,  current  problems 
arxJ  case  studies  in  accounting 

BMGT  421    Undergradjata  Accounting  Seminar  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Senior  standing  as  an  accounting  major  or 
consent  of  Instructor  Enrollment  limited  to  upper 
one-third  of  senior  class  Seminar  coverage  of 
outstanding  current  non-text  literature,  current  prot>lems 
and  case  studies  in  Accounting 

BMGT     422     Auditing     Theory     and     Practice     (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  311  A  study  of  the  Independent 
accountant's  attest  function,  generally  accepted  auditing 
standards.  compllar)ce  arxl  sut>stantive  tests,  and  report 
forms  and  opinions 

BMGT  424  Advanced  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  311  Advanced  accounting  theory  applied  to 
specialized  topics  and  current  problems  Emphasis  on 
consolidated  statements  arid  partnership  accounting 


BMGT      426      Advanced      Cost      Accounting      (3) 

Prerequisite  BMGT  321  Advanced  cost  accounUng  with 
emphasis  on  managerial  aspects  of  Internal 
record-keeping  and  control  systems 

BMGT  427  Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 

(3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  422  Advanced  auditing  theory 
and  practice  and  report  writing 

BMGT  430  Linear  Statistical  Models  In  Business  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  230  or  consent  of  Instructor  Model 
building  involving  an  intensive  study  of  the  general  linear 
stochastic  model  and  the  applications  of  this  model  to 
business  problems  The  model  Is  derived  in  matrix  form 
and  this  form  Is  used  to  analyze  both  the  regression  and 
anova  formulations  of  the  general  linear  model 

BMGT  431  Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  In 
Business  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  230  or  231  Surveys 
anova  models,  basic  and  advanced  experimental  design 
conceijjls  Non-parametnc  tests  and  conelation  are 
emphasized  Applications  of  these  techniques  to 
business  problems  In  pnmarity  ttie  martieting  and 
behavioral  sciences  are  stressed 

BMGT  432  Sample  Survey  Design  for  Business  and 
Economics  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  230  or  231  Design 
of  probability  samples  Simple  random  sampling, 
stratified  random  sampling,  systematic  sampling,  and 
cluster  sampling  designs  are  developed  and  compared 
lor  efficiency  under  varying  assumptions  about  the 
population  sampled  Advanced  designs  such  as 
multistage  cluster  sampling  and  replicated  sampling  are 
surveyed.  Implementing  these  techniques  in  estimating 
parameters  of  business  models  Is  stressed 

BMGT  433  Statistical  Decision  Theory  In  Business  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  231  or  consent  of  instructor 
Bayeslan  approach  to  the  use  of  sample  information  in 
decision-making.  Concepts  of  loss.  risk,  decision  crilena. 
expected  retums.  and  expected  utility  are  examined 
Application  of  these  concepts  to  decision-making  in  the 
firm  in  various  contexts  are  corisidered. 

BMGT  434  Operations  Research  I  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  230.  MATH  240  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Designed  primarily  for  students  majonng  In  management 
science,  statistics,  and  Information  systems  management 
II  Is  the  first  semester  of  a  two  semester  introduction  to 
the  philosophy,  techniques  and  applications  of  operations 
research.  Topics  covered  Include  linear  programming, 
postoptimality  analysis,  network  algorithms,  dynamic 
programming,  inventory  and  equipment  replacement 
models 

BMGT  435  Operations  Research  II  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  434.  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  second 
semester  of  a  two-part  Introduction  to  operations 
research.  The  pnmary  emphasis  is  on  stochastk:  models 
in  management  saence  Topks  Include  stochastic  linear 
programming,  probabilistic  dynamic  programming. 
Mart(ov  processes,  probabilistic  Inventory  models, 
queueing  ttieory  and  simulatk)n. 

BMGT  436  AppllcaUons  o(  Mathematical 
Programming  In  Management  Science  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  434  or  permission  ol  instructor  Theory  and 
applications  of  linear,  integer,  and  nonlinear  programming 
models  to  management  decisions  Topics  convered 
Include  the  basic  theorems  of  linear  programming:  the 
matrix  formulation  of  the  simplex,  and  dual  simplex 
algorithms:  decomposition,  cutting  plane.  brar>ch  arxt 
bound,  and  implicit  enumeration  algorithms:  gradient 
based  algorithms:  and  quadratic  programmir>g  Speoal 
emphasis  is  placed  upon  model  formulation  and  solution 
using  prepared  computer  algonthms 

BMGT  438  Topics  In  Statistical  Analysis  for  Business 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  430  and  MATH 
240  or  permissk}n  of  ttie  instructor  Selected  topics  in 
statistk:al  analysis  which  are  relevant  to  management  for 
students  with  krxnvledge  of  basic  statistical  methods 
Topics  irwiude  evolutionary  operation  and  response 
surface  analysis,  forecasting  techniques.  pattKilogies  of 
Itie  linear  model  arxj  their  remedies,  multivanate 
statistical  models,  and  non-pararrwtnc  models 

BMGT  440  Financial  Management  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  340  Analysis  and  discusskxi  of  cases  and 
readings  relating  to  financial  decisions  of  the  firni  Tt>e 
applicatk>n  of  finance  concepts  to  the  solution  of  financial 
problems  Is  emphasized 

BMGT    443    Security    Analysis    and    ValuatkMi    (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  343  Study  and  application  ol  ttie 
concepts,  methods  models,  and  emptncal  findings  to  tlie 
analysis,  valuation,  and  selection  of  secunties.  espeaally 


common  stock 

BMGT    445     Commercial     Bank     Management     (3) 

Prerequisites.  BMGT  340  and  ECON  430  Analysis  and 
discussion  of  cases  and  readings  in  commercial  t>ank 
management  The  loan  function  is  emphasized,  also  the 
management  of  liquidity  reserves,  investments  for 
income,  and  source  of  funds  Bank  o<>|ectives.  functions, 
polk;les,  organization,  structure,  services,  arx)  regulation 
are  considered 

BMGT      450      Msrtieting      Research      Methods      (3) 

Prerequisites.  BMGT  230  arxl  350  Recommended  tlut 
BMGT  430  be  taken  prior  to  this  course  TNs  course  is 
intended  to  devek>p  skill  in  tt-ie  use  ol  sdentilK:  mettiods 
In  the  acquisition,  anatysis  arxl  interpretation  of  morliaUng 
data  It  covers  the  specialized  fields  ol  martceUng 
research,  ttw  planning  ol  survey  projects,  sample  design, 
tabulation  procedure  and  report  preparation 

BMGT  451  Consumer  Analysis  (3)  Prerequtsttes. 
BMGT  350  and  351  Recommended  tfwt  PSYC  100  and 
221  be  taken  prior  to  this  course  Considers  ttie  growing 
Importance  of  the  American  consumer  in  tfie  martteling 
system  and  the  need  to  understand  him  Topics  include 
the  foundation  consideratkxis  underlying  consumer 
behavior  such  as  economk:.  social,  p^ychologtcal  and 
cultural  facotrs  Analysis  of  ttie  consumer  m  marketing 
situations — as  a  buyer  and  user  of  products  and 
services— and  in  relation  to  ttie  various  individual  sodal 
and  martteting  factors  affecting  his  behavior  The 
Influence  of  mari<eting  communications  is  also 
considered 

BMGT    453    Industrial    Marketing    (3)    Prerequisrtes. 

BMGT  350  plus  one  other  martieting  course  Ttie 
Industnal  and  tMJSlness  sector  of  the  marketing  system  is 
considered  rather  than  itie  household  or  ultimata 
consumer  sector  Industnal  products  rar>ge  from  raw 
matenals  and  supplies  to  the  major  equipment  in  a  plant. 
business  office,  or  institution  Topics  include  product 
planning  and  introduction.  maiVet  analysis  and 
forecasting,  channels,  pncing.  field  sales  force 
management,  advertising,  markeisng  cost  anatysis.  and 
govemment  relations  Particular  attention  is  given  to 
Industrial,  business  and  institutional  buying  policies  and 
practk»  arx)  to  the  analysis  ol  buyer  betiavkx 

BMGT  454  International  Marlteting  (3)  Prerequisites. 
BMGT  350  plus  any  otfier  marVeting  course  A  study  of 
the  marketing  functions  from  tt>e  viewpoint  of  the 
international  executive  In  add.'ion  to  ttie  coverage  ol 
international  mariteting  policies  relating  to  product 
adaptabon.  data  collection  and  analysis,  channel*  ol 
distnbu1k>n.  pricing.  commumcatKXis.  and  cost  anatysis. 
consideration  is  given  to  ttie  cultural,  legal,  finaixial.  and 
organizational  aspects  of  international  marVeting 

BMGT  455  Sales  Management  (3)  The  role  of  the  sales 
manager,  trath  at  headquarters  and  in  ttie  field,  m  ttie 
management  of  people,  resources  and  maiVeling 
functions  An  analysis  of  the  problems  involved  in  sales 
organization,  forecasting,  planning,  communicating, 
evaluating  and  controlling  Attention  is  given  to  tfie 
application  ol  quantitative  techniques  and  pertinent 
t>ehavioral  science  concepts  in  ttie  management  ol  the 
sales  effort  and  sales  lorce 

BMGT  456  Advertising  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  354  The 
role  of  advertising  in  ttie  American  economy,  ttie  impact 
of  advertising  on  our  economic  and  social  Me.  the 
mettiods  and  techniques  cunentty  apphed  by  adventsmg 
practitioners,  the  TOle  ol  ttie  newspaper,  magazin*.  and 
otfier  media  in  ttie  development  d  an  advetMng 
campaign,  modem  research  mettiods  to  Improve  Vie 
etiectiveness  of  advertising  and  Itie  organization  ol  ffta 
advertising  business  (t4ot  open  for  credH  to  student*  iiiMi 
CTedit  for  BMGT  352  I 

BMGT   457    Marketing    Pollcle*    and    Strslegle*    (3) 

Prerequisite  Three  courses  in  marketing  Integrative 
decision  making  m  marketing  Emphasi*  on  ooneumar 
and  maikal  analysis  and  0ie  approprWe  decMon 
models  Case  studies  are  mduded 

BMGT  480  Personnel  Management— Analyaie  and 
Problems  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  360  Recommended. 
BMGT  230  Research  findings,  special  readkig*.  case 
analysis,  simulalion.  and  field  investigatton*  m  used  to 
develop  a  twtter  understanding  ol  personnel  pioblami. 
alternative  solutions  and  ttieir  practical  ramlAcMMn* 

BMGT  463  Labor  LaglaMlon  (3)  Ca**  meVwd  analyala 
of  the  modem  law  ol  Industnal  rstatton*.  Case*  InoKid* 
ttie  decisions  of  admimstraUve  agencies,  oouns  and 
arbitration  tnbunals 


BOTN  —  Botany     135 


BMOT    4S3     PuUlc     SMtor     Labor     R*«Mlon«    (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  362  a  permission  ol  instructor 
Development  and  sinjcture  of  labor  relations  in  put)<ic 
sector  employment,  federal,  slate,  and  local  government 
responses  to  unionization  and  collective  bargaining 

BMGT  464  Organizational  Bahavlor  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  364  An  examination  ol  reseaich  and  theory 
concerning  the  forces  which  conlnbute  to  the  behavior  of 
organizational  members  Topics  covered  include  work 
group  behavKx.  supervisory  behavior,  intergroup 
relations,  employee  goals  and  altitudes,  communication 
problems,  organizational  change,  and  organizational 
goals  and  design 

BMGT  467  Undergraduate  Seminar  In  Paraonnel 
Ijlanagement  (3)  Prerequisite.  Consent  ol  instructor  This 
course  is  open  only  to  the  top  one-third  of  undergraduate 
maiors  in  personnel  and  labor  relations  and  is  offered 
during  ttie  fall  semester  of  each  year  Highlights  major 
developments  Guest  lecturers  make  penodic 
presentations 

BMGT  470  Land  Transportation  Systems  (3) 
Prerequisite.  BMGT  370  Overall  view  of  managerial 
problems  facing  land  carriers;  emphasis  on  rail  and 
motor  modes  of  transportatkjn. 

BMGT  471  Air  and  Water  Tranaportatlon  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  370  Overall  view  of  managenal 
problems  faang  air  and  water  carriers,  emphasis  on 
International  and  domestic  aspects  of  air  and  water 
modes  of  transportation  Not  open  lor  credit  to  students 
who  have  credit  for  BMGT  472 

BMGT  473   Advanced   Tranaportatlon   Problema  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  370  A  critical  examination  of  cun-enl 
government  transportation  policy  and  proposed  solutions 
Urt)an  and  interclry  managenal  transport  problems  are 
also  considered 

BMGT  474  Urt>an  Transport  and  Urtun  Developnwnt 
(3)  Prerequisite.  ECON  203  or  205  An  analysis  of  the 
role  ol  urt5an  transportation  in  present  and  future  urt>an 
devekjpment.  The  interaction  ol  transport  pricing  and 
service.  urt>an  planning,  institutional  restraints,  and  public 
land  uses  is  studied 

BMGT    47S    Advanced    Logistics    Management    (3) 

Prerequisites.  BMGT  370,  372,  332.  Application  ol  the 
concepts  of  BMGT  372  to  problem  solving  and  special 
projects  In  logistics  management;  case  analysis  is 
stressed. 

BMGT  480  Lagal  Environment  of  Buslneas  (3)  The 

course  examines  the  principal  ideas  in  law  stressing 
ttx>se  which  are  relevant  lor  the  modem  business 
executive  Legal  reasoning  as  It  has  evolved  In  this 
country  will  be  one  ol  the  central  topics  ol  study  Several 
leading  antitrust  cases  will  be  studied  to  illustrate  vividly 
the  reasoning  process  as  well  as  the  Interplay  ol 
business,  philosophy,  and  the  various  conceptions  ol  the 
nature  of  law  which  give  direction  to  the  process. 
Examination  of  contemporary  legal  problems  and 
proposed  solutions,  especially  those  most  likely  to  allecl 
the  business  community,  are  also  covered 

BMGT  481  Public  UtIIHIes  (3)  Prerequisite.  ECON  203 
or  205  Using  the  regulated  industnes  as  specilic 
examples,  attention  is  focused  on  broad  and  general 
problems  in  such  diverse  fields  as  constitutional  law, 
administrative  law.  public  administration,  government 
control  of  business,  advanced  economic  theory, 
accounting,  valuation  and  depreciation,  taxation,  finance, 
engineenng,  and  management 

BMGT  482  Bualness  and  Government  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ECON  203  or  205  A  study  of  the  role  ol  government  in 
nxxJem  economic  lile.  Social  control  of  business  as  a 
remedy  for  the  abuses  of  business  enterpnse  arising 
from  tlie  decline  of  competition  Cntena  of  limitations  on 
government  regulation  of  pnvate  enterprise. 

BMGT  485   Advanced    Production    Management   (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  385  A  study  of  typical  problems 
encountered  by  the  factory  manager  The  obiective  is  to 
develop  the  ability  to  analyze  and  solve  problems  in 
management  control  of  production  and  in  the  formulation 
of  production  policies.  Among  the  topk^  covered  are 
plant  kx^tion.  production  planning  and  control,  methods 
analysis,  and  time  study 

BMGT  490  Urban  Land  Management  (3)  Covers  the 
managenal  and  decision  making  aspects  of  urban  land 
and  property  Included  are  such  subjects  as  land  use 
arxj  valuation  matters. 


BMOT  493  Honora  Study  (3)  First  semester  ol  the 
senior  year  Prerequisite,  carididacy  lor  honors  in 
business  and  management  The  course  Is  designed  lor 
horxxs  students  who  have  elected  to  conduct  Intensive 
study  (Independent  or  group)  The  student  will  work 
under  the  direct  guidance  ol  a  faculty  advisor  and  the 
chairman  ol  the  honors  committee  They  shall  determine 
that  Ihe  area  ol  study  is  of  a  scope  and  intensity 
deserving  ol  a  candKJates  attention  Formal  written 
and  or  oral  reports  on  Ihe  study  may  be  required  by  the 
laculty  advisor  and  or  chairman  ol  Ihe  honors  program 
Group  meetings  ol  the  candidates  may  be  called  at  the 
discretion  of  the  faculty  advisors  andot  chairman  of  the 
honors  committee 

BMGT  494  Honora  Study  (3)  Second  semester  of  Ihe 
senior  year  Prerequisite.  BMGT  493.  and  continued 
candidacy  for  honors  in  business  and  management  The 
student  shall  continue  and  complete  the  research 
initiated  m  BMGT  493.  additional  reports  may  be  required 
at  the  discretion  ol  the  laculty  advisor  and  honors 
program  chairman  Group  meetings  may  t)e  held 

BMGT  495  Bualnesa  Pollclea  (3)  Prerequisites.  BMGT 
340.  350,  364.  and  senior  standing  A  case  study  course 
in  which  the  aim  is  to  have  the  student  apply  what  they 
have  learned  ol  general  management  principles  and  their 
specialized  tunclional  applications  to  Ihe  overall 
management  lunction  m  the  enterprise 

BMGT  496  Bualness  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite  One 
course  in  BMGT  or  consent  ol  instructor.  Normative  role 
ol  business  In  society;  consideration  of  the  sometimes 
oonflicling  interests  and  claims  on  the  fimi  and  its 
obiectlves 

BMGT  498  Special  Topics  In  Business  and 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  ol  instructor 
Speaal  topics  In  business  and  management  designed  to 
meet  Ihe  changing  needs  and  interests  ol  students  and 
faculty  Repealable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the 
subject  matter  is  different. 

BOTN  —  Botany 

BOTN  100  General  Botany  for  Non-Science  Students 

(4)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  penods  a  week  A 
basic  course  in  plant  biology  specillcally  designed  to 
meet  the  educational  needs  ol  the  general  or 
rxin-science  student.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  an 
ecological  approach  to  studying  lundamental  concepts 
and  processes  of  plants,  and  stressing  the  importance  of 
plant  lite  to  human  welfare.  Credit  not  allowed  for  both 
BOTN  100  and  101. 

BOTN  101  General  Botany  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  penods  a  week,  A  t>aslc  course  in  plant 
biology  specifically  designed  to  meet  the  educational 
needs  ol  students  majonng  in  the  physical  or  biological 
sciences.  This  course  prepares  students  for  advanced 
courses  in  plant  science.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
fundamental  biological  principles  and  mechanisms 
governing  higher  plant  life  in  the  ecosystem.  (Credit  not 
allowed  tor  both  BOTN  100  and  101) 

BOTN  102  Honors  General  Botany  (4)  A  basic  course 
in  plant  biology  designed  lor  honors  students  and  open 
to  others  with  permission  ol  the  instnjctor.  Fundamental 
biological  pnnciples  and  mechanisms  governing  plant  tile 

BOTN  200  Humanistic  Botany  (2)  An  introduction  to 
botany  for  arts  and  humanties  students:  nature  ol  botany, 
form  and  process  in  plants,  plants  in  the  environment, 
plants  used  by  humans,  plants,  history,  and  culture, 
plants  as  art  lorms.  exploring  lor  plants. 

BOTN  202  Plant  Kingdom  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite.  BOTN  100  or 
equivalent.  A  brief  evolutionary  study  of  algae,  fungi, 
livenworts.  mosses,  ferns  and  their  relatives,  and  the 
seed  plants,  emphasizing  their  structure,  reproduction, 
habitats,  and  economic  importance. 

BOTN  211  Principles  ot  Conservation  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week  A  study  ol  the  principles  ol 
economical  use  of  our  natural  resources  including  water, 
soil,  plants,  minerals,  witdlile  and  man. 

BOTN  212  Plant  Taxonomy  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  per  week  Prerequisite — BOTN  100  or 
equivalent.  An  introductory  study  ol  plant  Identification, 
naming,  and  classification,  Latxxatory  emphasis  on  the 
collection  and  identification  of  local  vascular  plants. 

BOTN  221  Diseases  o(  Plants  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  penods  a  week     Prerequisite    BOTN  100  or 


equivalent  An  introductory  sludy  ol  ttie  symptoms  and 
causal  agents  of  plant  diseases  and  measures  for  their 
control 

BOTN  378  Tutorial  Raadlngs  In  Botany  (2-3)  Open 
only  to  honors  students  in  bolany  A  review  ol  the 
original  literature  dealing  with  a  specific  research  problem 
in  preparation  for  research  to  be  accomplished  in  BOTN 
379 

BOTN   379   Honora   Rsaaarch   Problems   In   Botany 

(1-3)  Prerequisite  BOTN  378  and  twenty  credits  in 
bolany  courses  Open  only  to  honors  students  in  botany 
Research  in  botany  under  ttw  direction  and  dose 
'  supervision  ol  a  member  ol  the  laculty  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits 

BOTN  398  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite  Major  in  botany. 
with  permission  ol  instructor,  major  In  biokigical  scierice 
Discussion  and  reading  on  special  topics,  current 
literature,  or  problems  and  progress  in  all  phases  ol 
botany  Repealable  to  a  maximum  ol  two  semester  hours 
credit 

BOTN    399    Reaaarch    Problems    In    Botany    (1-3) 

Prerequisites,  twenty  hours  ol  tx>tany  courses  and 
permission  ol  the  instructor  Research  and-or  integrated 
reading  in  botany  under  the  direction  and  dose 
supervision  ol  a  member  ol  the  laculty.  May  be  repeated 
lor  a  maximum  ol  6  credits. 

BOTN  401  Origins  of  Modem  Botany  (1)  Prerequisite: 
20  credit  hours  in  biological  sciences  irKluding  BOTN 
too  or  101  or  equivalent  History  of  botany  as  a  science, 
from  andent  Greece  through  the  18lh  century.  Emphasis 
on  botany  as  an  intellectual  and  cultural  pursuit 

BOTN  402  Plant  Microtechnique  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BOTN  1 00  or  1 01 .  and  consent  of  instructor  One  lecture 
and  live  hours  ol  latioratory  per  week  Preparation  ol 
temporary  and  permanent  mounts,  including  selection  ol 
material,  killing  and  fixing,  emt)edding.  sectioning,  and 
staining  methods 

BOTN    403    Medicinal    and    Poisonous    Plants    (2) 

Prerequisite.  BOTN  100  or  101  and  CHEM  104  Two 
lectures  per  week  A  study  of  plants  important  to  man 
that  have  medicinal  or  poisonous  properties.  Emphasis 
on  plant  source,  plant  descnption.  the  ac*ve  agent  and 
its  beneficial  or  detnmental  physiological  action  and 
effects.    ' 

BOTN  405  Advanced  Plant  Taxonomy  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN 
202  and  BOTN  212,  or  equivalents.  A  review  of  the 
history  and  pnnciples  ol  plant  taxonomy  with  emphasis 
on  monographic  and  llonstic  research  A  detailed 
laboratory  review  of  the  lamtlies  ol  flowering  plants. 

BOTN  407  Teaching  Methods  In  BoUny  (2)  Four 
two-hour  laboratory  demonstration  periods  per  week,  lor 
eight  weeks  Prerequisite.  BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  the  biological  pnnciples  of  common  plants,  and 
demonstrations,  projects,  and  visual  aids  suitable  lor 
leaching  in  primary  and  secondary  schools, 

BOTN  413  Plant  Geography  (2)  Prerequisite.  BOTN  100 
or  equivalent  A  study  ot  plant  distribution  throughout  the 
worid  and  the  factors  generally  associated  with  such 
distribution. 

BOTN  414  Plant  Genetics  (3)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  100 
or  equivalent  The  basic  principles  ol  plant  genetics  are 
presented;  the  mechanics  ol  transmission  of  the 
hereditary  factors  in  relation  to  the  lile  cyde  ol  seed 
plants,  the  genetics  ol  specialized  organs  and  tissues, 
spontaneous  and  induced  mutations  ol  basic  and 
economic  significance  gene  action,  genetic  maps,  ttie 
lundamentals  ol  polyploidy,  and  genetics  in  relation  to 
methods  ol  plant  breeding  are  the  topics  considered. 

BOTN  415  Plants  and  Mankind  (2)  Prerequisite.  BOTN 
100  or  equivalent.  A  survey  ol  the  plants  which  are 
utilized  by  man.  the  diversity  ol  such  utilization,  and  their 
historic  and  economic  significance 

BOTN    416    Principles   of    Plant    Anatomy    (4)    Two 

lectures  and  two  2-hour  laboratory  penods  per  week. 
The  origin  and  development  of  cells,  tissues,  and  tissue 
systems  ol  vascular  plants  with  special  emphasis  on 
seed-bearing  plants  Particular  stress  is  given  to  the 
comparative,  systematic,  and  evolutionary  study  of  the 
structural  components  of  the  plants.  Prerequisite. 
General  botany 

BOTN     417     Field     Botany     and     Taxonomy     (2) 

Prerequisite.  BOTN  100  or  general  bk>logy  Four 
two-t)our  laboratory  periods  a  week  tor  eight  weeks.  The 


136     BSOS  —  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 


idenlrlication  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs,  emphasizing 
the  native  plants  ol  Maryland  Manuals.  Keys,  and  other 
techniques  will  be  used.  Numerous  shon  field  trips  will  t>e 
taken.  Each  student  will  make  an  individual  collection 

BOTH    419   Natural    History   of   Tropical   Plant*   (2) 

Prerequisite.  One  course  in  plant  taxonomy  or  pemiission 
ol  instructor  An  introduction  to  tropical  vascular  plants 
with  emphasis  on  their  morphological,  anatomical,  and 
habitat  peculiarities  and  major  taxonomic  features, 
geographic  distritxition  and  economic  utilization  of 
selected  families  Two.  one-fiour  lectures  per  week 

BOTN  420  Plant  Cytology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  penods  per  week  An  introductory  course  in 
the  methods  and  techniques  of  cell  biology  as  they  apply 
to  the  organization  Functions  and  structure  ol  plants  at 
the  cellular  and  subcellular  level  Botany  101  or  its 
equivalent,  one  year  of  college  chemistry  arid  one  year  of 
college  physics 

BOTN  424  DIagnoals  and  Control  of  Plant  OlMaset 

(3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  221  Two  lectures  and  one 
latxjralory  penod  per  week.  A  study  ol  the  diagnosis  and 
control  ol  plant  diseases.  Emphasis  on  recognizing  the 
symptoms  of  plant  disease  and  control  ol  the  causal 
organisms  Field  thps  and  a  collection  of  diseased  plant 
specimens 

BOTN   425   Dlaeaaaa  of  Ornamentals  and   Turf  (2) 

Prerequisite — BOTN  221  Two  lectures  per  week 
Designed  for  those  students  who  need  practical 
experience  in  recognition  and  control  of  omamentals  and 
turf  diseases  The  symptoms  and  current  control 
measures  for  diseases  in  these  crop  areas  will  be 
discussed 

BOTN  426  Mycology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
three — hour  lat>oratory  periods  per  week  Prerequisite. 
Botany  101  or  permission  of  the  Instructor.  An 
introductory  course  in  ttie  biology,  morphology  and 
taxonomy  of  the  fungi 

BOTN  427  Field  Plant  Pathology  (1)  Summer  session 
Lecture  and  laboratory  to  be  arranged  Prerequisite. 
BOTN  221,  or  equivalent  Ttie  techniques  of  pesticide 
evaluation  and  the  identification  and  control  of  diseases 
ol  Maryland  crops  are  discussed  Offered  in  alternate 
years  or  more  frequently  with  demand 

BOTN  441  Plant  Physiology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  one 
four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week  Prerequisites,  BOTN 
100  and  general  chemistry.  Organic  chemistry  strongly 
recommerxled  A  survey  ol  the  general  physiological 
activities  ol  plants. 

BOTN  462  Plant  Ecology  (2)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  100 
Two  lectures  per  week.  The  dynamk:s  of  populatkjns  as 
affected  by  environmental  factors  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  structure  and  composition  ol  natural  plant 
communities.  tx)th  terrestial  and  aquatic 

BOTN  463  Ecology  of  Marsh  and  Dune  Vagatatlon  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week  Prerequisites.  BOTN  100  An 
examination  ol  ttie  biology  of  higher  plants  in  dune  and 
marsh  ecosystems 

BOTN       464       Plant       Ecology       Laboratory       (2) 

Prerequisite — BOTN  462  or  its  equivalent  or  concurrent 
enrollment  therein  One  three-hour  latwratory  period  a 
week  Two  or  three  lieW  tnps  per  semester  The 
applk^tnn  of  fleW  and  expenmental  methods  to  the 
qualitative  and  quantitative  study  of  vegetatKin  and 
ecosystems 

BOTN     471     Marins     and     Estuarin*    Botany    (3) 

Prerequisite.  BOTN  441  or  equivalent  An  ecotoglcal 
discussion  ol  plant  life  in  the  marine  environment  of  sea 
coasts,  salt  marshes,  estuanes  and  open  seas 

BOTN  475  Qanaral  Phycology  (4)  One  lecture  and  two 
three-tiour  laboratory  penods  per  week  Prerequisites: 
BOTN  100  and  BOTN  202.  or  pennission  of  instructor 
An  introductory  study  of  both  macro-  and  micro-algae, 
including  the  taxonomy,  morphotogy.  and  life  cycles  ol 
both  fresh  water  and  marine  forms. 

BSOS  —  Behavioral  and  Social 
Sciences 

BSOS  101  Introduction  to  tha  Bahavloral-Soclal 
Sclancas  (3)  An  introduction  to  modem  behavioral  and 
social  sdeocos:  bnel  history,  underiying  pnnciples. 
mettiods  and  trerxJs  ol  the  maior  behavioral  and  social 
sdenca  disciplines  Selected  contemporary  problems  and 
their  handling  by  several  appropnate  disciplines  of  ttie 


behavk>ral-social  sderices 

BSOS  308  Contemporary  Issues— Interdisciplinary 
Approaches  (3)  An  interdisciplinary  analysis  of  current 
public  polkry  issue  of  international,  natonal  and 
community  import  Senior  standing  recommended  This 
course  may  be  repeated  once  for  credit,  provided  a 
different  topic  is  offered 


CHEM  —  Chemistry 


CHEM  101   Introductory  College  Chemistry  (2)  Two 

lectures  and  one  recitation  per  week  An  introduction  to 
the  study  of  matter  This  course  is  intended  to  be 
followed  by  CHEM  103  This  course  may  not  be  taken 
lor  credit  by  students  with  credit  in  CHEM  001 .  003.  005. 
102.  103.  or  105  or  their  equivalents  This  course  may 
not  be  taken  to  satisfy  the  general  education  science 
requirement 

CHEM  102  Chemistry  of  Man's  Environment  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week 
Non-mathematical  presentation  of  basic  chemical 
pnnciples  and  applications  in  cosmochemtstry. 
geochemistry,  biochemistry,  and  nuclear  chemistry. 
Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  devetopmeni  of 
mans  environment  and  his  effect  upon  it.  This  course  is 
for  the  general  student  and  does  not  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  the  professional  schools. 

CHEM  103  College  Chemistry  (4)  Three  lectures,  one 
discussion,  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  a  satisfactory  math  SAT  score,  or  an 
adequate  knowledge  ol  high  scfiool  chemistry  or 
satisfactory  performance  in  CHEM  101  The  first 
semester  of  a  chemistry  sequence  intended  for  students 
whose  curricula  require  a  year  or  more  of  chemistry.  The 
nature  and  composition  of  matter,  chemical  calculations, 
elements  and  inorganic  compounds.  Students  may  not 
receive  credit  for  both  CHEM  103  and  CHEM  105. 

CHEM  104  Fundamentals  of  Organic  and 
Biochemistry  (4)  Three  lectures,  one  discussion,  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
103  or  CHEM  105  Intended  lor  students  whose  cun-icula 
require  one  year  of  chemistry.  Students  requiring  two  or 
more  years  of  chemistry  should  register  lor  CHEM  1 10  or 
112.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  CHEM  104 
and  CHEM  110  (or  112).  The  chemistry  of  cartxin: 
aliphatk:  compounds,  aromatic  compounds, 
stereochemistry,  halides,  amines,  and  amides,  acids, 
esters,  cartxihydrates,  and  natural  products. 

CHEM  105  Principles  of  College  Chemistry  (4)  Three 
lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  three-hour  latx>ratory 
per  week.  A  more  rigorous  treatment  of  the  material  of 
CHEM  103-  Admission  by  invitatron  of  the  Chemistry 
Department  based  on  performance  on  a  qualifying  test 
Students  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  CHEM  103  and 
CHEM  105 

CHEM  107  Chemistry  and  Man  (3)  Lecture  course 
intended  lor  non-chemistry  majors.  The  impact  ol 
chemistry  on  man.  The  chemistry  ol  the  universe  around 
us.  ol  life,  ol  the  body,  ol  the  mind,  ol  food  and  drugs,  of 
consumer  goods,  and  of  everyday  living  Basic 
knowledge  of  chemistry  helpful  to  the  intelligent  citizen  of 
today 

CHEM    109    College    Chemistry    Laboratory    (1-2) 

Prerequisite  Consent  ol  department  l^tx>ratory  work  as 
required  for  transler  students  wfiose  lower  division  worK 
at  other  universities  has  not  included  laboratory  worV 

CHEM  110  Organic  Chemistry  I  (4)  Three  lectures,  one 
discussion,  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite  CHEM  103  or  CHEM  105  This  is  trie  first 
course  of  a  two-semester  sequerx;e  in  organk:  cfiemistry 
Intended  to  be  followed  by  CHEM  220-221  Students 
may  not  receive  credit  for  both  CHEM  110  and  CHEM 
104.  or  for  both  CHEM  110  and  CHEM  112  The 
chemistry  ol  cartxxi  aliphatk;  compounds,  aromatic 
comixHjnds.  stereochemistry,  arenes.  halkles.  alcohols, 
ettiers,  and  spectroscopy 

CHEM  112  Prlnclplas  of  Organic  Chemistry  I  (4)  Three 
lectures,  one  discusskxi.  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week  Prerequisite  CHEM  103  or  CHEM  105.  and 
consent  of  the  Cfiemislry  Department  A  more  rigorous 
treatment  ol  ttie  material  of  CHEM  110  This  is  the  first 
course  ol  a  two-semester  sequence  m  organic  clwmistry 
Students  may  not  receive  credit  lor  both  CHEM  112  and 
CHEM  104.  or  CHEM  110  and  CHEM  112 

CHEM  203  Introductory  Analytical  and  Physical 
Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  and  one  reataltoo  per 


week  Prerequisite  CHEM  104.  110.  or  112  Introductory 
analytk^al  and  ttieoretKal  chemistry  Borxllng  tfieory. 
electrochemistry;  molecular  energetics  and  structure, 
chemical  dynamk^s,  equilit>num:  determination  ol 
composition  of  matter  This  course  must  be  accompanied 
by  CHEM  204  unless  credit  for  CHEM  204  has 
previously  been  established 

CHEM  204  Introductory  Analytical  and  Ptiyslcal 
Chemistry  Laboratory  (2)  One  lecture  and  one 
three-tiour  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  CHEM  104, 
110.  or  112  A  laboratory  course  to  accompany  CHEM 
203  This  course  must  be  accompanied  by  CHEM  203 

CHEM  213  Principles  of  Analytical  and  Physical 
Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  and  one  recitatton  per 
week  Prerequisite  CHEM  104.  110.  or  112  and  consent 
ol  Chemistry  Department  A  more  ngorous  treatment  ol 
the  material  ol  CHEM  203  This  course  must  tM 
accompanied  by  CHEM  214  unless  credit  lor  CHEM  214 
has  prevtously  been  established 

CHEM  214  Principles  of  Analytical  and  Ptiyaical 
Chemistry  Laboratory  (2)  One  lecture  and  one 
three-flour  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  CHEM  104. 
110,  or  112  and  consent  ol  Chemistry  Department.  A 
more  rigorous  treatment  of  the  matenal  ol  CHEM  204. 
This  course  must  be  accompanied  by  CHEM  213 

CHEM  220  Organic  Chemistry  II  (3)  Three  lectures  and 
one  discussion  per  week  Prerequisite  CHEM  110  or 
CHEM  112  A  continuation  ol  CHEM  110  Organic 
chemistry,  with  emphasis  on  molecular  structure; 
substitution  reactions:  cartx>nium  atoms;  aromatksty. 
synthetic  processes,  macromolecules  This  course  must 
be  accompanied  tiy  CHEM  221  unless  credit  lor  CHEM 
221  has  previously  been  established 

CHEM  221  Organic  Chemistry  Lat>oratory  II  (2)  One 

lectu'e  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  110  or  CHEM  112  CorequisHe 
CHEM  220  A  latx>ratory  course  to  accompany  CHEM 
220. 

CHEM  222   Principles  of  Organic   Chwnlstry   II   (3) 

Three  lectures  and  one  discusskxi  per  week 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  110  or  CHEM  112.  and  consent  ol 
the  Chemistry  Department  A  more  ngorous  treatment  of 
the  matenal  ol  CHEM  220 

Chem  223  Principles  of  Organic  Chemistry 
Laboratory  II  (2)  One  lecture  and  one  three-hoor 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  CHEM  110  or  CHEM 
112,  and  consent  ol  the  Chemistry  Department 
Corequisite:  CHEM  222  A  more  rigorous  treatment  ol  ttie 
material  of  CHEM  221 

CHEM  302  Radiochemical  Safety  Procwiuraa  (1)  One 

lecture  per  week  A  lecture  and  demonstration  course 
Radiation  hazards,  pnnciples  and  practices  ol  radiation 
safety,  federal  (AEC.  ICC)  codes  and  state  public  health 

CHEM  321  Quantitative  Analysis  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  three-fiours  laboratory  penods  per  week 
Prerequisites.  CHEM  203-204  or  213-214  VolumetrK. 
gravimetric,  electrometric.  and  cotonmetnc  mettxxJs 
Intended  for  students  in  agncuftural  ctiemlslry.  general 
physkal  science,  science  education,  etc. 

CHEM   396   Special   Pro|ects   (2)   Honors   protects  for 

undergraduate  students 

CHEM  399  Introduction  to  Chemical  Rasaarch  (1-2) 

Prerequisite.  Junior  standing  Registration  only  upon 
consent  of  the  course  coordinator  Ttie  course  will  alkiw 
students  to  conduct  basic  research  under  ttie  supervision 
ol  a  member  ol  tfie  department  May  be  repealed  for 
CTedil  to  a  maximum  ot  lour  credits 

CHEM  401  Inorganic  Chamlstry  (3)  Three  lectures  per 

week   Prerequisite  CHEM  481 

CHEM  403  Radlochemlstry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week 
Prerequisite.  One  year  ol  college  chemistry  and  one  yea/ 
ol  college  physics  Radioactive  decay:  introduction  to 
properties  ol  atomic  nudei.  nuclear  procassa*  In 
cosmotogy.  chemical  bKimedKal  and  envtronmenlal 
applications  ol  radioactlvtry.  nuclear  prtxassas  as 
ctiemical  tools,  interaction  ol  radiation  with  mallar 

CHEM  421  Advanced  Quantltathra  Analysis  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week  Prerequisites.  CHEM  430  and  482  or 
concurrent  registration  An  examination  ol  some 
advanced  topics  in  quantitative  analysis  Including 
nonaqueous  titrations,  precipitation  phenomena,  oomplax 
equilibria,  and  the  analytical  chemistry  ol  Itie  lass  lamMar 
elements. 


CMLT  —  Comparative  Literature     137 


CHEM   423   Organic   Ouantttativ*   Analyda  (2)   Two 

ttiree-hour  latx)ratory  penods  per  woeK  Prerequisite. 
CHEM  203-204  or  213-214.  arxl  consent  ol  the 
instructor  The  semimicro  detefmination  ol  carton, 
hydrogen,  nitrogen,  halogen  and  certain  functional 
groups 

CHEM  430  Checnlcal  MMauramanU  Laboratory  I  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  throe  hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week  Corequisite.  CHEM  481  An  introduction  to  the 
principles  and  applications  ot  quantitative  techniques 
useful  in  chemistry,  with  emphasis  on  modem 
instrumentation.  Computer  programming,  electronic 
circuits,  spectroscopy,  chemical  separations. 

CHEM  431  Chemical  MMiurementt  Laboratory  II  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
weeK  Prerequisite.  CHEM  481.  Corequisite.  CHEM  482 
An  introduction  to  the  pnnciples  and  applications  ol 
quantitative  techniques  useful  in  chemistry,  with 
emphasis  on  modem  Instrumentation  Communications 
techniques,  vacuum  systems,  thermochemistry,  phase 
equillbna,  chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry. 

CHEM  433  Chemical  Synthesla  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
three-hour  laboratory  penods  per  week  Prerequisites: 
CHEM  220-221  or  222-223 

CHEM     441      AdvancMl     Organic     Chemlatry     (3) 

Prerequisite.  CHEM  481  An  advanced  study  ol  the 
compounds  ol  cartx>n.  with  special  emphasis  on 
molecular  ort)ital  theory  and  organic  reaction 
mechanisms 

CHEM    443    Qualitative    Organic    Analyil*    (3)    One 

lecture  and  two-three  hour  laboratory  periods  per  week 
Prerequisites:  CHEM  220-221  or  222-223.  The 
syslematk;  identification  of  organic  compounds 

CHEM  473  Gaochemlitry  ol  Solids  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week  Prerequisite.  CHEM  482  or  GEOL  422. 
Pnnciples  ol  Crystal  Chemistry  applied  to  structures, 
properties  and  reactions  of  minerals  and  non-metallic 
solids.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  relation  of  structural 
stabtlity  to  bonding,  ionic  size,  charge,  order-disorder, 
polymorphism,  and  isomorphism 

CHEM  474  Environmental  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week  Prerequisite,  CHEM  481,  or  equivalenl.  The 
sources  of  various  elements  and  chemical  reactions 
between  them  in  the  atmosphere  and  hydrosphere  are 
treated.  Causes  and  biological  effects  of  air  and  water 
pollution  by  certain  elements  are  discussed 

CHEM  481  Physical  Chemistry  I  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week  Prerequisite.  CHEM  203-204  or  213-214,  MATH 
141,  PHYS  142  or  PHYS  263  (PHYS  263  may  by  taken 
corx;urrently  with  CHEM  481)  or  consent  of  instructor  A 
course  primarily  tor  chemists  and  chemical  engineers. 

CHEM  482  Physical  Chemistry  II  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week  Prerequisite,  CHEM  481 ,  or  consent  of  instructor 
A  course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemical  engineers. 

CHEM     4«5     AdvancMl     Physical     Chemistry     (2) 

Prerequisite,  CHEM  482.  Quantum  Chemistry  and  other 
selected  topics 

CHEM  486  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

(2)  Two  three-hour  latx>ralory  penods  per  week 
Prerequisites,  CHEM  482  and  consent  ol  instructor 

CHEM  498  Special  Topics  In  Chemistry  (3)  Three 
lectures  or  two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week  Prerequisite  vanes  with  the  nature  ol  the  topic 
being  considered  Course  may  be  repealed  for  credit  if 
the  subject  matter  is  substantially  different,  but  not  more 
than  three  credits  may  be  accepted  in  satisfaction  ol 
major  supporting  area  requirements  lor  Chemistry 
majors. 

CHIN  —  Chinese 

CHIN     101     Intensive     Elementary    Chinese    I     (6) 

Introduction  to  speaking,  reading,  and  writing  Chinese 
with  an  emphasis  on  mastering  the  essentials  ol 
pronunciation,  basic  characters  and  structural  patterns 

CHIN  102  Elementary  Spoken  Chinese  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHIN  102  or  equivalent  Continued  study  of  grammatical 
patterns  and  vocabulary  buiklup  with  particular  emphasis 
on  conversation  May  be  taken  in  conjunction  with  CHIN 
103 

CHIN  103  Elementary  Written  Chinese  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHIN  101  or  equivalent.  Continued  study  of  grammatical 
patterns  and  buildup  of  vocabulary  with  particular 
emphasis   on   reading   and   writing,    fi^ay   be   taken   in 


con|unctK>n  with  CHIN  102 

CHIN     201     IntemMdlat*    Spokwi     Chines*     I     (3) 

Prerequisite  CHIN  102  or  equivalent  Emphasis  on 
development  of  conversational  skills  with  vocabulary 
buildup  and  pattern  drills 

CHIN     202  Intermediate     Written     Chinese     I     (3) 

Prerequisite  CHIN    103   or    equivalent     Reading    and 

wnting  skills  with  emphasis  on  grammar  and  Chinese 
characters 

CHIN     203    InteniMdIat*    Spokwi    ChlnM*    II    (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHIN  201  or  equivalent  Continuatk)n  of 
CHIN  201 

CHIN     204     Intemwdlate    Written    Chinese     II     (3) 

Prerequisite  CHIN  202  or  equivalent  Continuation  of 
CHIN  202 

CHIN  301  Advanced  Chinese  I  (3)  Prerequisite  CHIN 
202  or  equivalenl  Readings  in  expository  and  fictional 
writing  with  conversation  and  compositk)n  Not  open  to 
native  speakers  of  Chinese 

CHIN  302  Advanced  Chinese  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN 

301  or  equivalent  Continuation  of  CHIN  301  Not  open  to 
native  speakers 

CHIN  313  Chinese  Poetry  and  Prose  In  Translation  (3) 

Writing  of  the  major  poets,  essayists,  and  historians  from 
the  10th  century  B  C.  to  the  19th  century  A.D.  No  prior 
knowledge  of  Chinese  is  required 

CHIN  314  Chinese  Fiction  end  Drama  In  Translation 

(3)  Representative  short  stones,  novels,  and  plays  on 
themes  ol  love,  murder,  history,  and  the  supernatural.  No 
prior  knowledge  ol  Chinese  is  required. 

CHIN  31 S  Modern  Chinese  Literature  In  Translation 

(3)  Major  works  of  fiction  and  drama  from  1920  to  the 
present  read  in  the  conteitt  ol  social  and  literary  change 
Emphasis  on  Western  and  traditional  Chinese  inlluerrces 
on  the  writers  and  their  work. 

CHIN  388  Topics  In  Chinese  Literature  In  Translation 

(3)  Analysis  ol  significant  themes  and  stmclures  in 
Chinese  literature  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits 

CHIN    401     Readings    In    Modem    Chinese    I    (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHIN  302  or  equivalent  Readings  in 
history,  politics,  economics,  sociology,  and  literature 
Emphasis  on  wide-ranging,  rapid  reading,  reinlorced  by 
conversations  and  compositions.  Not  open  to  native 
speakers  ol  Chinese 

CHIN    402    Readings    In    Modem    Chinese    II    (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHIN  401  or  equivalent.  Continuation  of 
CHIN  401 .  Not  open  to  native  speakers. 

CHIN  403  Classical  Chinese  I  (3)  Prerequisite.  CHIN 

302  Introductory  classical  Chinese  using  literary  and 
historical  sources  in  the  original  language. 

CHIN  404  Classical  Chinese  II  (3)  Prerequisite.  CHIN 
302.  Further  classical  studies  by  various  writers  from 
famous  ancient  philosophers  to  prominent  scholars 
before  the  new  culture  movement. 

CHIN  405  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition 

(3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  302  or  permission  ol  instructor. 
Practice  in  writing  essays,  letters,  and  reports  on 
selected  topics.  Conversation  directed  toward  everyday 
situations  and  topics  related  to  life  in  China.  Conducted 
in  Chinese.  Not  open  to  native  speakers. 

CHIN  415  Readings  In  Current  Newspapers  and 
Periodicals  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  402  or  equivalent. 
Reading  ol  periodical  literature  on  selected  topics  with 
discussions  and  essays  in  Chinese. 

CHIN  421  Chinese  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN 
102  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  422  Chinese  Ungulstics  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN 
102  or  equivalent. 

CHIN    431     Translation    and     Interpretation     I     (3) 

Prerequisite.  CHIN  202  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to  the 
history  and  theories  of  translation/interpretation; 
contrastive  studies  of  the  structures  of  English  and 
Chinese,  devetopment  of  the  four  language  skills 

CHIN    432    Translation    and    Interpretation    II    (3) 

Prerequisite.  CHIN  431  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  441  Traditional  Chinese  Fiction  (3)  Prerequisite 
CHIN  314  or  permission  of  instructor  Ma|or  works  of 
fiction  from  the  4th  century  tales  of  the  marvelous 
through  the  19th  century  Ching  novel.  Taught  in  Chinese. 


CHIN  442  Modwn  Chinese  Fiction  (3)  Prerequisite 
CHIN  315  or  permission  of  instructor  Examination, 
through  selected  texts,  ol  the  wnter  s  role  as  shaper  and 
reflector  of  the  Republican  and  Communist  Revolutions 
Taught  in  Chinese 

CHIN     499     Directed     Study     In     Chines*     (1-3) 

Prerequisite  Permissran  ol  Instructor  Readings  in 
Chinese  under  faculty  supervision  II  content  diflers. 
repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

CLAS  —  Classics 

CLAS  170  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology  (3)  Taught  in 
English  No  prerequisite:  cannot  tie  taken  lor  language 
credit  This  course  is  partKularty  recommended  for 
students  planning  to  major  m  foreign  languages.  English, 
history,  Ithe  line  arts,  or  journalism 

CLAS  280  English  Word  Building  from  Latin  and 
Greek  (3)  General  English  vocabulary  through  the  study 
of  Latin  and  Greek  roots,  prefixes,  suffixes,  etymokjgies. 
and  principles  of  linguistic  change 

CLAS  290  GrMk  and  Latin  Mwllcal  Terminology  (3) 

Basic  medical  vocabulary  through  the  study  of  Greek  and 
Latin  roots,  prefixes  and  suffixes.  No  previous  krwwledge 
of  Greek  or  L^tin  required 

CLAS  309  Special  Topics  In  Classics;  Literature  (3) 

May  tie  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when  the 
topics  differ  May  not  tie  counted  toward  a  major  in  i^tin 
or  a  concentration  in  Greek.  Readings  in  translation. 

CLAS    370    Greek     Literature     In    Translation     (3) 

Selections  in  translation  of  Greek  literature  from  Homer 
to  Lucian.  with  special  emphasis  on  epic  and  dramatic 
poetry  No  knowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin  is  required 

CLAS  371  Latin  Literature  In  Translation  (3)  Selections 
in  translation  ol  Latin  literature  to  the  time  of  Apuleius. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  poetry  ol  the 
Augustan  Age  No  knowledge  of  Latin  is  required. 
Cannot  be  counted  towards  a  major  in  Latin  Students 
may  not  receive  credit  for  both  LATN  370  and  CL^S  371 . 

CLAS  470  Advanced  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology  (3) 

Prerequisites:  CLAS  170  ol  pennission  of  instructor. 
Selected  themes  and  characters  ol  Greek  and  Roman 
myth  History  of  the  study  of  myth  and  research  mettxxJs 
in  mythology. 

CMLT  —  Comparative  Literature 

CMLT  401  introductory  Survey  of  Comparative 
Literature  (3)  Survey  of  the  background  of  European 
literature  through  study  of  Greek  and  Latin  literature  in 
English  translations,  discussing  the  debt  of  modem 
literature  to  the  ancients. 

CMLT  402  Introductory  Survey  of  Comparative 
Literature  (3)  Study  ol  the  medieval  and  modern 
continental  literature. 

CMLT  411  The  Greek  Drama  (3)  The  chief  worits  of 
Aeschylus.  Sophocles,  Eunpides,  and  Aristophanes  in 
English  translations.  Emphasis  on  the  historic 
background,  on  dramatic  structure,  and  on  the  effect  of 
the  attic  drama  upon  the  mind  of  the  civilized  worid. 

CMLT  415  TYie  Old  Testament  as  Literature  (3)  A 

study  of  sources,  devetopment  and  literary  types. 

CMLT  416  New  Testament  as  Literature  (3)  A  study  of 
the  books  ol  the  New  Testament,  with  attention  to  the 
relevant  historical  background  and  to  the  transmission  of 
the  text  A  knowledge  ol  Greek  is  helplul.  but  not 
essential 

CMLT  421  The  Classical  Tradition  and  Its  Influence  in 
the  Middle  Ages  and  tlie  Renaissance  (3)  Emphasis 
on  major  writers  Reading  knowledge  ol  Greek  or  latin 
required 

CMLT  422  The  Classical  Tradition  and  Its  inlluance  In 
the  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance  (3)  Emphasis 
on  major  wnters,  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin 
required 

CMLT  430  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Nan-ative. 
dramatic  and  lyric  literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  studied  in 
translation. 

CMLT  433  Dante  and  the  Ronunce  Tradition  (3)  A 

reading  of  the  Divine  Comedy  to  enlighten  the  discovery 
ol  reality  in  Western  literature. 


138     CMSC  —  Computer  Science 


CMLT  461  Romanticism— Early  Stagss  (3)  Emphasis 
on  England.  France  and  Germany  Reading  knowledge 
of  French  or  German  required. 

CMLT  462  Romanticism— Flonverlng  and  Influanc*  (3) 

Emphasis  on  England.  France  and  Germany  Reading 
knowledge  o(  French  or  German  required 

CMLT  469  The  Continental  Novel  (3)  The  novel  In 
translation  Irom  Stendhal  through  the  Existentialists, 
selected  from  literatures  ol  France.  Germany.  Italy. 
Russia,  and  Spain 

CMLT   470    Ibsan    and    the   Contlnantal    Drama    (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  major  work  of  Ibsen,  with  some 
attention  given  to  selected  predecessors,  contemporaries 
and  successors 

CMLT  479  Ma|or  Contemporary  Authors  (3) 

CMLT  488  Genres  (3)  A  study  ol  a  recognized  literary 
form,  such  as  tragedy,  epic,  satire,  literary  cnlicism. 
comedy,  tragicomedy,  etc  The  course  may  be  repealed 
for  cumulative  credit  up  to  six  hours  when  different 
material  is  presented 

CMLT  489  Major  Writers  (3)  Each  semester  two  ma|or 
writers  Irom  different  cultures  and  languages  will  be 
studied.  Authors  will  be  chosen  on  the  basis  ol  significant 
relationships  of  cultural  and  aesthetic  contexts,  analogies 
between  their  respective  works,  and  the  importance  ol 
each  writer  to  his  literary  tradition 

CMLT  496  Conference  Course  In  Comparative 
Uteratura  (3)  Second  semester  A  tutorial  type 
discussion  course,  correlating  the  courses  in  vahous 
literatures  which  the  student  has  previously  taken  with 
the  primary  themes  and  masterpieces  ol  worid  literature. 
This  course  is  required  of  undergraduate  ma|ors  in 
comparative  literature,  but  must  not  be  taken  until  the 
final  year  of  the  students  program 
CMLT  498  Selected  Topics  In  Comparative  Literature 
(3) 

CMSC  —  Computer  Science 

CMSC  100  Introduction  to  Use  of  the  Digital 
Computer  (1)  An  introduction  to  the  use  ol  Fortran  lor 
solution  ol  simple  computational  tasks  The  use  ol  a 
conversational  mode  to  simplify  the  computational 
process  will  tje  emphasized.  Where  possible  students  will 
be  assigned  to  sections  of  comparable  background 
Examples  and  problems  lor  the  sections  will  be  chosen 
appropriate  to  the  background  of  the  students. 

CMSC  103  Introduction  to  Computing  for  Non-Ma|ors 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  two — hour  laboratory  period 
each  week,  Basic  concepts  of  Fortran,  Elements  of 
computer  organization.  Algorithms  in  the  computational 
solution  of  problems  Survey  of  non — numeric  and 
numtseric  applications.  Programming  pro|ects.  Credit  will 
t5e  given  tor  only  one  course,  CMSC  103  or  CMSC  1 10. 

CMSC  110  Introductory  Computer  Programming  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  each  week. 
Construclkjn  of  algonthms  lor  the  efficient  solution  of 
computational  problems  Elements  of  Fortran, 
Programming  lechnkiues  and  implementation,  including 
debugging  arxj  documentation  The  first  course  for 
students  interested  in  taking  additional  CMSC  courses 

CMSC  120  Intermediate  Computer  Programming  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  each  week 
Prerequisites,  CMSC  110  or  equivalent  Elements  ol 
structured  programming  Program  design,  testing,  and 
documentation.   Devek>pmenl  of  large  programs. 

CMSC  211  Assembly  Language  Programming  (3)  Two 
lectures  and  two  laboratory  penods  per  week 
Prerequisite:  CMSC  120  or  equivalent  Assembly 
language  programming,  assemblers,  loaders,  linkage 
editors,  and  macros 

CMSC    220    Introduction    to    File    Processing    (3) 

Prerequisite.  CMSC  120  or  equivalent  Charactenstics 
and  use  of  peripheral  memory  devices  for  sequential  and 
direct  access  file  processing.  Techniques  such  as  sorting 
and  searching,  hash  coding,  and  table  look-up 

CMSC   250   Introduction   to   Discrete   Structures  (3) 

Prerequisite.  CMSC  110  and  MATH  ill  or  equivalent 
Fundamental  matfiemalical  corxiepts  and  algebraic 
structures,  such  as  sets,  relations,  functions,  semigroups. 
morK>kJs.  and  Boolean  algebras  Inlroduction  to  the 
theory  of  graphs  and  trees  and  their  realization  as 
computer  programs.  Empf\asis  on  examples  and 
applications  rather  than  matf>ematical  ngor 


CMSC  268  Numerical  Calculus  Laboratory  (1-2)  Two 

flours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour 
Prerequisite.  MATH  240.  or  concurrent  registration 
therein  and  CMSC  110.  or  equivalents  Laboratory  work 
in  the  devetopment  ol  algorithmic  solutions  ol  problems 
taken  from  numencal  calculus  with  emphasis  on 
efficiency  of  computation,  and  the  control  of  errors  Basic 
one-credit  laboratory  includes  completion  ol  several 
machine  proiects  on  material  related  to  MATH  240 
Second  credit  involves  more  comprehensive  projects 
based  on  similar  or  related  material. 

CMSC  311  Computer  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite. 
Familiarity  as  a  user  with  the  instruction  set  and 
operating  system  ol  a  general-purpose  computer,  or 
CMSC  21 1 .  Design  of  digital  logic  ciruits.  Organization  of 
central  processors,  including  instruction  sets,  register 
transfer  operations,  control  microprogramming,  data 
representation,  and  anihmelic  algorithms.  Memory  and 
input  output  organization. 

CMSC  330  Organization  of  Programming  Languages 

(3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  120  or  equivalent  The  run— time 
organization  ol  programming  languages.  Algebraic 
languages  (e.g.  Algol.  Simpl.  PL'1.  Pascal)  via  their 
run — time  storage  structures.  Dynamic  versus  sialic 
activation  records  Storage  lor  stnngs  and  arrays 
Interpretive  systems  such  as  API  and  SnoboM  Not  open 
for  credit  to  students  who  have  credit  for  CMSC  440 

CMSC  388  Special  Computational  Laboratory  (1-2) 

Two  hours  latioratory  per  week  lor  each  credit  hour 
Prerequisite.  CMSC  103  or  equivalent  Arranged  for 
special  groups  of  students  to  give  expenence  in 
developing  algorithmic  solutions  of  problems  or  using 
particular  computational  systems.  May  be  taken  lor 
cumulative  credit  up  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours  where 
different  matenal  is  covered. 

CMSC  390  Honors  Paper  (3)  Prerequisite:  Admission  to 
CMSC  honors  program  Special  study  or  research 
directed  toward  preparation  of  fionors  paper 

CMSC  400  Introduction  to  Computer  Languages  and 
Systems  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  241  or  equivalent  A 
terminal  course  suitable  for  non-CMSC  majors  with  no 
programming  background.  Organization  and 
characteristics  of  computers  Procedure  oriented  and 
assembly  languages  Representation  of  data,  characters 
and  instructions.  Inlroduction  to  logic  design  and 
systems  organization.  Macro  definition  and  generation. 
Program  segmentation  and  linkage.  Extensive  use  of  the 
computer  to  complete  projects  illustrating  programming 
techniques  and  machine  structure.  (CMSC  400  may  not 
be  counted  for  credit  in  the  graduate  program  in 
computer  science.) 

CMSC     411     Computer     System     Architecture     (3) 

Prerequisite:  CMSC  311  or  equivalent.  Inpuloutput 
processors  and  techniques  Infra-system  communication, 
buses,  caches.  Addressing  and  memory  hierarchies. 
Microprogramming,  parallelism,  and  pipeling 

CMSC  412  Operating  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite  CMSC 
31 1  or  equivalent.  An  introduction  to  batch  systems, 
spooling  systems,  and  third-generation  multiprogramming 
systems  Description  ol  the  parts  ol  an  operating  system 
in  terms  of  function,  structure,  arxf  implemenlation.  Basic 
resource  allocation  policies. 

CMSC  415  Systems  Programming  (3)  Prerequisite 
CMSC  220.  410  Basic  algorithms  ol  operating  system 
software  Memory  management  using  linkage  editors  and 
loaders,  dynamic  relocation  with  base  registers,  paging. 
File  systems  and  inpul'output  control  Processor 
allocation  lor  multiprogramming,  timesharing  The 
emphasis  ol  the  course  is  on  practical  systems 
programming,  including  projects  such  as  a  simple  linkage 
editor,  a  stand-atone  executive,  a  file  system,  etc 

CMSC  420  Data  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite.  CMSC  220 
or  equivalent  Descnption.  properlies.  and  storage 
allocation  of  data  structures  including  lists  and  trees 
Algonthms  for  manipulating  structures  Applk:atlons  from 
areas  such  as  data  processing,  information  retrieval, 
symtiol  manipulation,  and  operating  systems 

CMSC  426  Image  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite  CMSC 
420  or  equivalent  An  introduction  to  basic  techniques  of 
analysis  arxf  manipulation  of  pictonal  data  by  computer 
Image  inpuloutput  devKes.  image  processing  software. 
enhar>cement.  segmentatnn.  ixoperty  measurement. 
Founer  analysis  Computer  encoding,  processing,  arxl 
analysis  of  curves 


CMSC    430    Theory    of    Language    Translation    (3) 

Prerequisite  CMSC  120  and  250.  or  equivalent:  CMSC 
330  recommended  Formal  translatton  of  programming 
languages,  program  syntax  arxJ  semantics  Finite  state 
grammars  and  recognizers.  Context  free  parstr>g 
techniques  such  as  recursive  descent,  prededence, 
LL(K).  LR(K)  and  SLR(K)  Machine  independent  code 
improvement  and  generation,  syntax  directed  translatton 
schema  Not  open  to  students  wfx)  have  aedit  lor  CMSC 
440 

CMSC  432  Compiler  Writing  (3)  Prerequisites  CMSC 
220.  330.  430  A  detailed  examination  ol  a  compiler  lor 
an  algebraic  language  designed  around  the  wnting  of  a 
compiler  as  the  major  part  of  ttie  course  Scanning  ar>d 
parsing,  code  generation,  optimization  and  error 
recovery,  and  compiler-wnting  techniques  such  as 
txxjtstrapping  and  translator  wnting  systems 

CMSC  435   Software   Design   and   Davetopfnant   (3) 

Prerequisite.  CMSC  420  and  430.  or  equivalent 
Stale-ol-the-art  technk|ues  in  soltware  design  and 
devetopment  Laboratory  experience  in  applying  Ifie 
techniques  covered  Structured  design,  structured 
programming,  top-down  design  and  devek)pment. 
segmentation  and  modulanzation  techniques,  iterative 
enhancement,  design  and  code  inspection  techniques, 
conectness.  ar>d  chief-programmer  teams  The 
development  of  a  large  software  project 

CMSC    450    Elementary    Logic    and    Algorithms    (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  240  or  consent  of  instnictor  This  is 
the  same  course  as  MATH  444  An  elementary 
development  of  proposltional  logic,  predicate  togic.  set 
algebra,  and  Boolean  algebra,  with  a  discusston  of 
Markov  algonthms.  tunng  machines  and  recursive 
functions  Topics  include  post  productiora.  word 
problems,  and  formal  languages. 

CMSC  452  Elementary  Theory  of  Computation  (3) 

Prerequisites.  CMSC  120.  250  This  course  is  intended 
to  serve  two  purposes:  (1)  an  introduction  to  tfie  tfieory 
of  compulation,  and  (2)  a  tie  between  many  at)Stracl 
results  and  their  concrete  counterparts.  Tt^s  course 
establishes  a  theoretical  foundation  for  Ifie  proper 
understanding  of  the  mfierent  limitations  ar>d  actual 
power  ol  digital  computers  Also,  it  provides  a  relatively 
unilomi  way  of  stating  and  investigating  problems  that 
arise  in  connection  with  the  computation  of  particular 
lunctions  and  certain  classes  ol  lunctons  Topics 
covered  include  an  introductory  treatment  ol  classes  ol 
computable  lunctions.  computability  by  register 
machines,  computability  by  tunng  machines,  unsotvable 
decision  problems,  concrete  computational  complexity, 
and  complexity  of  loop  programs 

CMSC  455  ElemenUry  Formal  Language  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisites  CMSC  120.  ?50  This  course  is  intended  to 
serve  as  an  introduction  to  the  theory  of  formal 
languages  This  theory  is  encountered  in  tfie  sludy  of 
both  programming  languages  and  natural  languages,  and 
consequently  will  be  useful  in  numerous  other  courses  in 
computer  science  at  the  undergraduate  and  graduate 
levels  Topics  covered  include  the  highlights  ol 
Chomskys  hierarchy  ol  grammars  and  Ctxxnsky  s 
hierarchy  ol  languages,  a  summary  treatment  of 
acceptors  related  to  these  languages,  and  a  bnef 
introduction  to  the  theory  of  transformational  grammars 

CMSC  460  Computational  Methods  (3)  Prerequisites 
MATH  240.  241.  and  CMSC  110.  or  equivalent  Bask; 
computational  methods  lor  interpolation,  leasl  squares. 
approximation,  numencal  quadrature,  numerical  solution 
ol  polynomial  and  transcendental  equations,  systems  ol 
linear  equations  and  initial  value  protilems  lor  ordinary 
differential  equations  Empfwsis  on  tfie  mettxxfs  arxl 
their  computational  properlies  rattier  tfian  on  ttieir 
analytic  aspects  (Ijsled  also  as  MAPL  460  ) 

CMSC    470    Numerical    Mathematics:    Analysis    (3) 

Prerequisites  MATH  240  and  241.  CMSC  110  or 
equivalent  This  course  with  MAPL  CMSC  471.  lorms  a 
orw-year  introduction  to  numencal  arulysis  at  tf»e 
advanced  undergraduate  level  lnterpolatk>n.  numerical 
differentiation  and  integration,  solution  of  nonlinear 
equalK>ns.  acceleration  ol  convergence,  numerical 
treatmeni  ol  differential  equations  Topics  win  be 
supplemented  with  programming  assignments  (Listed 
also  as  MAPL  470  1 

CMSC  471  Numerical  Mathematics:  Llnsst  Atgabrs  (3) 
Prerequisites  MATH  240  and  241.  CMSC  110  or 
equivalent  The  course,  with  MAPL  CMSC  470.  lorms  a 
one-yeai  introduction  to  numencal  arulysis  at  the 
advanced  undergraduate  level    Direct  solution  of  Imsar 


DANC  — Dance     139 


systems,  nomis.  least  squares  problems,  the  symmetric 
eigenvalue  problem,  basic  iterative  mettiods  Topics  will 
be  supplemented  witli  programming  assignments.  (Listed 
also  as  MAPL  471) 

CMSC    47S    Comblnatortc*    and    Graph    TTieory    (3) 

Prerequisite  MATH  240  and  MATH  241  General 
enumeration  metfwds.  diHerence  equations,  generating 
functions  Elements  ol  grapti  theory,  matrix 
representations  ol  graphs,  applications  ol  graph  theory  to 
transpon  networks,  matching  theory  and  graphical 
algonthms  (Also  listed  as  MATH  475  ) 

CMSC  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisites  CMSC  110 
and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474  Linear  programming 
including  the  simplex  algorithm  and  dual  linear  programs, 
convex  sets  and  elements  ol  convex  programming, 
comblnatonal  opiimizalion  integer  programming  (Usted 
also  as  MAPL  477  ) 

CMSC  480  Simulation   of  Continuous   Syatems  (3) 

Prerequisite.  CMSC  280  or  equivalent  Introduction  to 
digital  simulation,  simulation  by  mimic  programming; 
simulation  by  Fortran  programming;  simulation  by  DSL'90 
(or  CSMP)  programming,  logic  and  constnjction  ol  a 
simulation  processof;  similarity  between  digital 
simulations  of  continuous  and  discrete  systems 

CMSC  498  Special  ProMams  In  Computer  Science 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  Permission  ol  instructor  An 
Individualized  course  designed  to  allow  a  student  or 
students  to  pursue  a  specialized  topic  or  pro|ect  under 
the  supervision  of  the  senior  staff.  Credit  according  to 
work  done 

CNEC  —  Consumer  Economics 

CNEC  100  Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics  (3) 

The  role  ol  the  consumer  in  modem  society.  Topics 
Include  the  consumer  in  the  market,  the  impact  of  market 
failures  on  the  quality  ol  lite  and  the  impact  ol 
government  and  business  decisions  on  consumer 
welfare 

CNEC  310  Consumer  Economics  and  Public  Policy 

(3)  Prerequisites  ECON  201  and  203.  The  application  of 
economic  theory,  including  benefit-cost  analysis,  to  an 
evaluation  ol  policy  decisions  in  the  private  and  public 
sectors  which  affect  the  consumer  The  economic,  social, 
and  political  Irameworit  within  which  policy  decisions  are 
made 

CNEC  385  Junior  flonors  Seminar  (1)  Spring  semester 
Limited  to  juniors  in  the  departmental  honors  program. 
Readings,  reports  and  discussion  of  selected  topics. 

CNEC  396  Field  Work  and  Analysis  in  Consumer 
Economics  (3-6)  Supervised,  professional  field  worl< 
experience  in  business,  industry,  government  or 
education.  A  seminar  and  a  written  critique  of  the  field 
wo.k  experience  will  t*  required  to  relate  formal 
academic  study  to  student  work  experiences  Sluderits 
must  apply  a  semester  iri  advance  and  enrollment  is  by 
permission  of  the  department  and  is  limited  to  majors. 

CNEC  400  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH 
110  or  115.  Research  metlx)dology  in  textiles  and 
coruumer  economics,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the 
application  ol  statistical  concepts  and  techniques  to  the 
analysis  ol  data  from  the  areas  of  textiles  and  consumer 
economics.  May  not  t>e  taken  by  students  who  have 
credit  in  TEXT  4O0 

CNEC  410  Consumer  Finance  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON 
201  and  203  An  economic  approach  to  the  problems  ol 
income  allocation  and  consumer  finaricial  planning, 
including  income  maximization,  pnnciples  ol  asset 
cfioice.  financial  managemeril  and  risk  managemerit.  The 
effects  of  fiscal  and  monetary  policies  ori  lifetime 
economic  planning.  May  not  be  taken  by  students  who 
have  credit  for  FMCD  441 . 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law  (3)  Three 
lectures  a  week.  A  study  of  legislation  affecting  consumer 
goods  and  services.  Topics  covered  include  product 
safety  and  liability,  packaging  and  lat>eling.  deceptive 
advertising,  and  consumer  credit.  The  implications  ol 
such  legislation  for  consumer  welfare  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  disadvantaged  groups  in  our  society  will 
be  examined. 

CNEC  433  Consumer  Law— Advertising  and 
Solicitation  (3)  Prerequisite:  CNEC  431  or  consent  ol 
instructor  An  advanced  study  of  the  legal  consequences 
of  inducing  consumers  to  enter  into  commercial 
transactkjris.    Individual   consumer   remedies,   collective 


consumer  remedies  artd  govemnwnt  regulation 

CNEC  435  Economic*  ot  Consumption  (3)  Spring 
semester  Three  lectures  per  week  Prerequisites  ECON 
201  and  203  or  ECON  205  lor  non-majors  The 
application  ol  economic  ttieory  to  a  study  ol  consumer 
decision-making  and  Its  role  in  a  mart<el  economy  at  both 
the  indivkfual  and  aggregate  levels  Topics  covered 
include  empincal  studies  ol  consumer  spending  and 
saving,  the  consumer  in  tfie  market  and  collective 
consumption 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week  Prerequisites  PSYC  100  and  SOCY  100.  An 
application  ol  the  behavioral  sciences  to  a  study  ol 
consumer  behavior  Currerit  theories,  models  and 
empirical  research  firx^ings  are  explored 

CNEC  455  Consumer  Technology:  Product  Standards 

(3)  Prerequisite  Consent  ol  instructor  The  process  ol 
product  standard  development,  and  the  significance  of 
such  standards  to  the  consumer  History,  procedures 
and  uses  ol  slaridards  by  industry  and  government, 
including  both  voluntary  and  regulatory  standardizatiori; 
the  impact  ol  product  standards,  and  mechanisms  lor 
obtaining  consumer  imput  iri  the  standardization  process 

CNEC  456  Consumer  Technology:  Product  Liability 
and  Government  Regulations  (3)  Prerequisite  CNEC 
431  or  consent  ol  instmctor  Legal  concepts  involved  in 
society's  detemiination  ol  consumers  rights  to  product 
salety.  Litigatiori  detemining  the  obligation  ot 
manulacturers  and  sellers  to  injured  consumers 
Govemment  regulations  defining  the  obligations  ot 
manufacturers  to  design  and  construct  products  in 
accordance  with  govemment  standards. 

CNEC  457  Consumer  Technology — Product  Safety  (3) 
,  courses  In  Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  instructor  An 
interdisciplinary  investigation  of  consumer  product  safety. 
Major  statutes  and  agencies  regulating  safety  Alternative 
means  of  promoting  consumer  product  salety.  The 
application  of  product  liability  and  cost  benefit  analysis  to 
the  economics  of  product  salety.  Consumer  response  to 
salety  labeling,  advertising  and  educational  efforts. 

CNEC  488  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (1-4)  Umited  to 
undergraduate  students  in  the  departmental  honors 
program  An  independent  literary,  laboratory  or  field 
study,  conducted  throughout  the  students  senior  year. 
Student  should  register  in  both  tall  and  spring. 

CNEC  498  Special  Studies  (2-4)  Independerit  study  by 
an  individual  student  or  by  a  group  of  studerits  in 
advanced  work  not  otherwise  provided  in  the  departmerit. 
Students  must  prepare  a  description  of  the  study  they 
wish  to  undertake.  The  plan  must  be  approved  by  the 
laculty  directing  the  study  and  the  department  chainnari. 

COOP  —  Cooperative  Education 
Program 

COOP  208  COOP  Work  Experience  I  (0)  Prerequisites, 
Satisfactory  completiori  of  36  aedits;  and  consent  of  the 
director  of  the  cooperative  education  Program.  Practical, 
fulltime  work  experience  in  eitfier  pnvate  or  govemmerit 
agericies  which  supplements  and  enhances  the  theories, 
principles  and  practices  in  the  normal  education  program. 
The  student  must  register  for  COOP  208  for  each 
summer  work  experience  and  for  both  COOP  208  and 
209  for  each  semester  work  experience. 

COOP  209  COOP  Work  Experience  II  (0)  Prerequisites. 
Satisfactory  completion  of  36  credits;  and  consent  of  the 


agertcies  The  student  will  select  his  particular  area  ol 
Interest  and  be  responsit>le  to  an  agency  lor  a  definite 
program  ol  in-service  trainir^g  Group  meetings,  individual 
conferences  and  written  program  reports  will  be  a 
required  part  ol  the  course 

CRIM  388  Independent  Reading  Course  In 
Criminology  (3)  H— Honors  Prerequisite.  SOCY  10O.  For 
honors  students  only  This  course  is  designed  lof  tf>e 
needs  of  fwnors  students  in  cnmirrology 

CRIM  389  Independent  Research  In  Criminology  (3) 

H— Honors  Prerequisite.  SOCY  100  For  honors  students 
only  This  course  is  designed  for  the  needs  ol  the  honors 
students  in  criminology 

CRIM  399  Independent  Study  In  Criminology  (1-6) 

Prerequisites,  wntten  consent  of  laculty  urxler  wfiose 
directiori  the  study  is  to  be  performed,  and  at  least  12 
hours  of  cnmiriotogy  credit.  Integrated  reading  or 
research  urkler  direction  and  supervision  ot  faculty 
member 

CRIM  432  Law  ot  Corrections  (3)  Prerequisite.  LENF 
230  or  234  and  CRIM  220  A  review  of  the  law  of 
CTiminal  corrections  from  sentencing  to  final  release  or 
release  on  parole  Probation,  punishments,  special 
treatments  for  special  offenders,  parole  and  pardon.  ar>d 
the  prisoner's  civil  rights  are  also  examined. 

CRIM  450  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3)  Prerequisite.  SOCY 
too  Juvenile  delinquency  in  relation  to  the  general 
problem  ol  crime;  analysis  of  factors  underiying  juvenile 
delinquency;  treatment  and  prevention 

CRIM   451    Crime   and    Delinquency   Prevention   (3) 

Prerequisites.  CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or  consent  of 
instructor  Methods  and  programs  in  preventkjn  ol  crime 
and  delirxiuency. 

CRIM  452  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents  In 
the  Community  (3)  Prerequisite.  CRIM  220  or  CRM  450 
or  consent  ol  instructor  Analysis  of  the  processes  and 
methods  in  the  modification  of  criminal  patterns  of 
behavior  in  a  community  setting. 

CRIM  453  Institutional  Treatment  of  Criminals  and 
Delinquents  (3)  Prerequisite.  CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or 
consent  ol  instructor  History,  organization  and  (unctions 
ot  penal  and  correctional  institutions  for  adults  arxJ 
juveniles. 

CRIM  454  Contemporary  Criminological  Theory  (3) 
Prerequisite.  CRIM  220.  CRIM  450.  and  CRIM  451  or 
CRIM  452  or  CRIM  453  Brief  historical  overview  ol 
criminological  theory  up  to  the  50's.  Deviance.  Laljeling. 
Typologies.  Most  recent  research  in  cnminalistic 
subcultures  and  middle  dass  delinquency.  Recent 
proposals  for  "decriminalizatkjn . 

CRIM    455    Psychology    of    Criminal    Behavior    (3) 

Prerequisites:  CRIM  220  or  equivalent  arid  PSYC  331  or 
equivalent-  Biological,  environmental,  and  personality 
factors  which  influence  crimirial  behaviors.  Biophysiology 
arid  crime,  stress  arid  crime,  maladjustment  patterns, 
psychoses,  ijersonality  disorders,  aggresskjn  and  violent 
crime,  sex-modvated  crime  and  sexual  deviations, 
alcohol  and  drug  abuse,  and  criminal  behavkjr. 

CRIM  498  Selected  Topics  In  Criminology  (3)  Topics 
of  special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduates  in 
criminology.  Such  courses  will  be  olfered  in  response  to 
student  request  and  faculty  interest.  No  more  than  six 
credits  may  tie  taken  by  a  student  iri  selected  topics. 


director  of  the  cooperative  education  program.  Practical.  \  .~ 

t  ~^, 


DANC  —  Dance 


fulltime  work  experience  in  either  private  or  govemmerit 
agericies  which  supplemerits  arid  eriharices  the  theories, 
principles  and  practices  in  the  normal  education  program. 
The  student  must  register  lor  COOP  208  for  each 
summer  wort<  experience  and  for  both  COOP  208  and 
209  for  each  semester  wori<  experience. 

CRIM  —  Criminology 


lANC  100  Modem  Dance  I  for  Non-Maiors  (2)  Basic 

pnnciples  of  modem  dance,  emphasizing  fundamentals 
ol  movement. 

DANC  102  Rhythmic  Training  for  Dance  (2)  Basic 
approaches  to  rhythmic  principles  related  to  dance. 

DANC    104    Modern    Dance    II    for    Non-Ma)ors    (2) 

Prerequisite:  DANC  100.  A  continuation  of  the  principles 

introduced  in  DANC  100 

CRIM  220  Criminology  (3)  Prerequisites.  SOCY  100  and       p^^j,   ^^  improvisation   I   (2)   Pre-   or  Corequisite: 
sophomore  standing.  Cnmirial  behavior  and  the  methods       jj^^^-   loO  or  148    An  introductkjn  to  the  process  ol 
ol  its  study,  causation;  typologies  of  cnminal  acts  and       spontaneous    movement    discovery.    Repealable    to    a 
offeriders;    punishment     correction    and    incapacitation;.      maj,|n,um  q,  4  credits  only  with  permission  of  instructor, 
prevention  ol  crime,  Nv 

— bANC  124  Ballet  I  for  Non-Ma|ors  (2)  Barre  and  center 
CRIM     359     Flew     Training     In     Criminology     and       ^^^  ^^^  alignment,  strength,  flexibility  and  coordination. 
Corrections  (1-3)  Prerequisites.  SOCY  100;  for  cnme       mtroductiori  to  ballet  temiinology. 
control    field    training.    CRIM    220    and    CRIM    450. 

Enrollment       restricted      to      available      placements        DANC  127  Ballet  II  for  Non-Majors  (2)  Prerequisite: 
Supereised   fiekj  training   in   public  and   private  social       DANC  1 24  or  audition  Continuation  ol  DANC  1 24. 


140     DANC  —  Dance 


OANC  128  Ballet  I  (or  Majors  Only  (2)  Barre  and  center 
worV  for  alignment,  strength,  flexibility  and  coordination 
Introduction  to  ballet  terminology  Repealable  to  a 
maximum  of  4  credits  only  with  permission  ol  instructor 

DANC  129  Ballet  II  for  Majors  Only  (2)  Prerequisite 
DANC  128  or  audition  Continuation  ol  DANC  128 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits  only  with 
permission  ol  instructor. 

DANC  138  Introduction  to  Ethnic  Dance  (2)  Traditional 
dances  and  music  ol  selected  cultures   Repeatable  to  a 

maximum  of  4  credits  only  with  permission  of  instructor 

DANC  148  Modern  Dance  I  (or  Majors  Only  (3)  A  study 
ol  dance  movement:  placement,  rhythm,  dynamics. 
space  and  dance  phrases  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
6  credits  only  with  permission  of  instructor, 

DANC    149    Modern    Dance   II   (or   Majors   Only   (3) 

Prerequisite  DANC  148  or  audition  Continuation  ol 
DANC  148  Repealable  to  a  maximum  ol  6  credits  only 
with  permission  ol  instructor 

DANC  154  Jazz  I  (or  Non-Majors  (2)  Introduction  to  the 
lazz  style  in  dance  lor  the  tieginning  student 

DANC  1 58  Jazz  I  (or  Majors  Only  (2)  Introduction  to  the 
ia22  style  in  dance  lor  the  beginning  student, 
Repealable  to  a  maximum  lor  4  credits  only  with 
permission  of  instructor. 

DANC  165  Dance  Notation  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  102 
and  either  OANC  100  or  DANC  148  Movement  analysis 
lor  purposes  of  recording  dance:  notation  fundamentals 
Elementary  writing  of  technique:  reading  ol  simple 
modem,  ballet  and  ethnic  studies, 

OANC  171  Movement  Integration  (2)  One  lecture  and 
two  laboratory  penods  per  week.  Techniques  for  reducing 
tension  and  achieving  integrated  muscular  control  and 
coordination. 

DANC  199  Dance  Workshop  I  (1-2)  Planning, 
performance,  choreography,  production  and  presentation 
of  student  worlds,  both  on  and  off  campus  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

DANC  2(X)  Introduction  to  Dance  (3)  A  study  of  dance 
as  a  form  of  communication  and  as  an  art  form;  a  survey 
of  the  theones  and  styles  of  dance,  and  their 
relationships  to  other  art  forms, 

DANC    204    Modern    Dance    III    (or    Non-Majors   (2) 

Prerequisite:  DANC  104  or  audition  Continuation  ol 
DANC  104. 

DANC  208  Choreography  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  102 
and  DANC  109  Basic  principles  of  dance  composition: 
space,  time  dynamics,  and  movement  invention.  The 
development  ol  chtical  awareness  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  only  with  permission  ol  instructor. 

DANC  210  Dance  Production  I  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  A  survey  of  theatre 
crafts  and  techniques  involved  in  dance  production, 
including  lighting,  sound,  set  and  costume  design  and 
construction,  publicity  and  promotion,  management  and 
administration,  stage-management  and  videotaping, 

OANC  228  Ballet  III  (2)  Prerequisite  DANC  129  or 
auditkjn  Execution  of  the  vocabulary  of  ballet  movement 
with  technical  accuracy  Beginning  combinations  across 
the  lloor  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  4  credits 

OANC  229  Ballet  IV  (2)  Prerequisite  OANC  228  or 
audition  Continuation  ol  OANC  228  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  lour  credits. 

OANC    248   Modern   Dance  III   (or   Majors   Only  (3) 

Prerequisite:  DANC  149  or  audition  The  body  as  an 
instrument  of  expression,  techniques  for  increasing 
kinesthetic  sensitivity  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6 
credits 

DANC  249  Modern  Dance  IV  (3)  Prerequisite  DANC 
248  or  audition  Continuation  of  OANC  248  repeatable 
10  a  maximum  ol  6  credits 

DANC  258  Jazz  II  (2)  Prerequisite  DANC  154  or  158: 
DANC  104  or  149  or  audition  A  history  ol  |azz  through 
movement  from  its  Inbal  roots  to  the  Amoncan  dance 
styles  ol  Ihe  1950s  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  4 
credits  only  with  permission  of  instructor 

OANC  265  Dance  Notation  II  (3)  Prerequisite  OANC 
165  or  equivalent  Reading,  writing  and  perlorming 
movement  scores 

DANC  271  Movement  Therapy  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
two     laboratory     periods     per     week.     Personal     and 


conceptual  exploration  ol  movement  to  Increase  body 
awareness.  sellunderstarKJIng.  and  non-vert>al 
communication 

DANC  280  Prevention  and  Treatment  o(  Dance 
Injuries  (2)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  penods  per 
week  Theones  of  the  care  of  the  body,  including 
warm-up  and  cool-down  exercises,  nutntion,  constructive 
rest,  hydro-therapy,  massage,  bandaging,  taping  and 
llrst-aid 

DANC  299  Dance  Workshop  II  (1-2)  Prerequisite 
DANC  199  or  permission  ol  instructor  Continuation  ol 
Oance  199  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  ol  4  credits 

DANC  302  Music  Sources  (or  Dance  (3)  Prerequisite 
DANC  102  or  permission  of  the  instructor  Study  ol 
musical  literature,  improvisation  and  composition  as  they 
relate  to  6ance  Techniques  ol  Instrumental 
accompaniment, 

OANC   305  Principles  ot  Teaching   Dance  (3)  Two 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  DANC  102,  208  and  249  Theory  and 
practice  of  dance  instruction  including  methods,  lesson 
plans  and  practice  teaching 

DANC  308  Choreography  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  165 
and  208  Exploration  ol  the  lormal  elements  of 
ctioreography:  theme,  development.  repetitk}n,  contrast, 
transition,  continuity  and  structure 

DANC  309  Improvisation  II  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  109 
or  audition  Continuation  of  DANC  109.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  4  credits. 

DANC  310  Dance  Lighting  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two 
latxjratory  penods  per  week  Prerequisite:  DANC  210. 
Theory  and  pratice  ol  stage  lighting  with  specific 
reference  to  designing  lor  dance. 

DANC  311  Dance  Costuming  (3)  One  lecture  and  four 
laboratory  penods  per  week  Prerequisite:  OANC  210 
Theory  and  practice  ol  the  design  and  production  of 
costumes  for  dance. 

DANC  328  Ballet  V  (2)  Prerequisite  DANC  229  or 
audition  Complex  comtjinations  ol  ballet  movements  at 
the  barre.  in  center,  and  across  the  Ikxjr  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  4  credits 

DANC  329  Ballet  VI  (2)  Prerequisite  DANC  328  or 
audition.  Continuation  ol  DANC  328  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  4  credits, 

DANC  338  Ethnic  Dance  Styles  (3)  One  lecture  and 
four  labs  Prerequisite:  DANC  138  Continuation  of  DANC 
138,  Heritage  and  customs  as  they  relate  to  perlonnance 
and  style 

DANC  348  Modern  Dance  V  (3)  Prerequisite:  OANC  249 
or  auditk>n.  Complex  phrases  ol  modem  dance 
movement  with  emphasis  on  articulation  and  expression. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6  credits 

DANC  349  Modem  Dance  VI  (3)  Prerequisite:  OANC 
348  or  audition  Continuation  of  DANC  348  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  ol  6  credits. 

DANC  358  Jazz  III  (2)  Prerequisite  OANC  258  or 
audition  Contemporary  iaz2  trends  and  styles  from  1950 
to  ttie  present  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  4  credits 

DANC  359  Jazz  IV  (2)  Prerequisite  DANC  358  or 
audition  Advanced  |azz  techniques  Performance 
emphasis  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  4  credits 

DANC  365  E((ort'Shape  (3)  Prerequisite  OANC  165 
Introduction  to  Rudoll  Labans  system  ol  qualitative 
movement  analysis  in  relation  to  understanding  personal 
movement  style  Application  to  dance  |»rformance. 
teaching,  composition  and  research 

DANC  368  Fundamentals  o(  Performing  (1-3) 
Prerequisite  DANC  249  or  auditk}n  The  development  ol 
concentration,  kinesthetic  awareness,  spatial  proiection 
and  theatncal  nuances  through  individual  coaching  For 
ctwreographers  as  well  as  performers  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  3  credits 

DANC  371  Creathre  Oance  (or  Children  (3) 
Prerequisite  DANC  208  and  305.  or  equivalent  Directing 
the  essential  elements  of  dance  to  the  level  ol  lt>e  child's 
expenence  and  facilitating  the  creative  response  The 
development  ol  movement  into  simple  lorms  to  serve  as 
a  symtxjt  ol  irxjivtdual  expression 

OANC  380  KIneslotogy  (or  Dancers  (4)  Prerequisite 
DANC  104  or  149  A  study  ol  the  biological  and  physical 
pnr>ctples  ol  movement  and  the  effects  of  darKing  upon 


the  structure  and  (unctkin  of  the  human  txxty 

DANC     398     Directed     Studlee     In     Oance     (1-8) 

Prerequisite  Permission  ol  tt>e  Departmeni  Chairman. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6  credits 

DANC  399  Dance  Workshop  III  (1-2)  Prerequisite 
DANC  299  or  permission  ol  instructor  Continuation  of 
DANC  299  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits 

DANC  408  Choreography  Ml  3  credhs  Prerequisite 
DANC  308  or  audition  Theoretical  and  creative  aspects 
ol  choreography  lor  small  groups  Emphasis  on  irxlivtdual 
proiects    Repeatable  lo  a  maximum  ol  6  credits 

DANC  410  Dance  Production  II  (3)  One  lecture  and 
lour  labs  Prerequisite  DANC  210  Continuation  ol  DANC 
210 

DANC  411  Dance  Management  and  Administration  (3) 

Prerequisite  DANC  210  Pnnciples  of  darxre 
management  and  administration.  irKluding  organization 
of  tounng,  bookings,  budgets,  publk;  relations, 
grantsmanship  and  audience  developnront 

OANC  428  Principles  o(  Polnte  Worii  and  Partnering 

(2)  Prerequisite  OANC  329  or  audition  An  introduction  lo 
pointe  worV  lor  the  advanced  temale  student  pursuing 
the  tradition  ol  classical  ballet  Pnnciples  ol  partnenng  for 
the  male  dance  student  Rei^eatable  to  a  maximum  ot  4 
credits. 

DANC  429  Ballet  Variations  and  Repertory  (3)  Pre-  or 
Corequisite  DANC  428  Choreography,  music,  scenarto 
and  staging  ol  standard  wortts  in  ballet  Repeatat>le  to  a 
maximum  ol  6  credits 

DANC  430  Dance  Ethnology  (3)  Social  and  cultural 
aspects  ol  dance  in  world  cultures  with  emphasis  on 
non-western  peoples. 

DANC  448  Modem  Dance  VII  (3)  Prerequisite  OANC 
349  or  audition  Advanced  technique  in  contemporary 
dance  with  emphasis  on  physical  and  expressive  skills 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  449  Modern  Oance  VIII  (3)  Prerequisite  OANC 
448  or  audition  Intensive  work  in  modem  technique  lor 
the  professionally  onented  dancer  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  6  credits 

DANC  468  Modem  Repertory  (3)  Prerequisite:  OANC 
165  and  249  and  permission  ol  Ihe  instructor  The  form, 
content,  music,  design  and  per1ormarx:e  of  selected 
works  of  well  known  modem  choreographers,  including 
Humphrey,  Graham  and  Umon  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  6  credits 

DANC  471  Movement  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  OANC 
165  The  social  psychology  ol  movement,  reciprocity  ol 
physical  and  emotional  behavk>r 

DANC  482  History  o(  Dance  I  (3)  The  devetopment  of 
dance  from  pnmitive  times  to  the  Middle  Ages  and  ttie 
relationship  ol  dance  lorms  to  patterns  of  culture 

OANC  483  History  o(  Dsnce  II  (3)  The  devetopmeni  ol 

dance  from  the  Renaissance  period  lo  the  present  Ome 
and  the  relationship  ol  dance  forms  lo  patterns  o<  culture 

DANC  484  Philosophy  o(  Dance  (3)  Prerequisite  DANC 
482,  or  483  or  permission  ol  instructor  CntKal  analysis 
ol  dance  as  a  creative  expenence  and  the  role  ol 
professional,  educational  and  recreational  dance  m  our 
society  Study  ol  selected  approaches  to  current 
developments  in  dance 

OANC  485  Survey  of  Dance  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite 
DANC  482  and  483  Research  nwtfxxJs  and  biblkjgrapfry 
in  dance 

DANC  486  Movement  and  Media  (3)  Ttwo  lectures  and 
two  latxiratory  penods  Prerequisite  Permission  of 
instructor  Ttieory  and  practice  of  recording  sok)  and 
group  dances  on  film  and  video-tape  Analysis  ol 
signifKant  dance  films,  photographic  lighting  and  editing 
techniques 

OANC  489  Speclel  Toptcs  In  Dance  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
Consent  of  the  department  cfuirman  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  6  credits  provided  sut>|ect  matter  is  different 

DANC    499    Oance    Workshop    IV— PracUcum    (1-6) 

Prerequisite  Permission  ol  Ihe  department  chairman 
Advanced  workshop  m  dance  preeentatton  nckjdmg 
performing,  production  and  planned  lieW  experiences 
Repeatable  K>  a  maximum  ol  6  credits 


ECON  —  Economics     141 


DHCR  —  Human  and  Community 
Resources 

OHCn   200   Introduction   to   Human   S«rvlc*«   (3)   An 

interdisciplinary  expenence  explonng  Ihe  provision  ol 
human  services  in  a  variety  ol  community  and 
institutional  settings  Lectures,  seminars  arxj  ot>servation 
and  participation  in  campus,  community  and 
govemmenial  service  agencies 

OHCR  288  Special  Topics  In  Human  and  Community 
Reaourcaa  (1-3)  Topics  in  Interdisciplinary  processes 
relevant  lo  ttie  study  ol  human  and  community 
resources  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when 
ttie  sut>]ecl  matter  is  ditlerent  and  when  there  is  no  suffix 

DHCR  400  Ttis  Futura  of  tha  Human  Community  (3) 

Examination  ol  Ihe  future  of  our  social  and  cultural 
institutions  for  education  and  child  reanng.  social  and 
family  relationships,  health  anti  leisure,  inlormation 
exchange,  and  the  provision  ol  food,  clothing,  and 
shelter 

DHCR  488  Selected  Topics  In  Human  and  Community 
Resources  (1-3)  Topics  in  inlerdisciplinary  processes 
relevant  lo  the  study  ol  human  and  community 
resources.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits  when 
ttie  subject  matter  is  different  and  when  there  is  no  suffix 

ECON  —  Economics 

ECON    105   Economics  of   Social   Problems  (3)  An 

introduction  to  modem  economic  and  social  problems; 
their  nature,  causes,  and  policy  implications  Closed  to 
students  who  have  taken  two  of  ECON  201 ,  203.  or  205 

ECON     201     Principles    of     Economics    I     (3)    An 

introduction  to  the  problems  ol  unemployment,  inflation, 
and  economic  growth  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  roles  ol 
monetary  and  fiscal  policy  in  the  conduct  of 
macro-economic  policy  The  efficacy  of  wage  and  price 
controls  IS  analyzed 

ECON  203  Principles  of  Economics  II  (3)  This  course 
emphasizes  the  behavior  of  individual  consumers  and 
business  firms,  problems  ol  international  trade  and 
finance,  the  distnbution  of  income,  policies  for  eliminating 
poverty  and  discrimination.  the  problems  ol 
environmental  pollution,  and  the  impact  ol  different 
market  structures  upon  economic  activity  (Students  are 
advised  to  take  ECON  201  before  ECON  203  ) 

ECON  205  Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3)  (Not  open 
10  students  who  have  credit  in  ECON  201 .  Credit  will  tie 
given  lor  either  201  or  205.  but  not  for  both  Students  in 
the  0}llege  of  Business  and  Management  are  required  to 
take  ECON  20t.  and  should  not  take  205)  A 
one-semester  introduction,  lor  non-majors,  to  the 
principles  of  economics  and  their  applications  to  the 
leading  economic  problems  of  society,  including  inflation, 
unemployment,  population,  poverty,  urban  renewal, 
inequality.  monopoly.  environmental  protection, 
international  trade,  imperialism,  economic  planning,  and 
comparative  economic  systems 

ECON  301  Current  Issues  In  American  Economic 
Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  or  205  An  analysis  ol 
current  economic  policy  problems.  Application  ol 
available  lads  and  elementary  techniques  lo  ttie  study  ol 
such  policy  problems  as  inflation,  unemployment, 
taxation,  population,  income  distribution,  and  wellare 
programs 

ECON  307  Development  of  Economic  Ideas:  (3) 
Social  Issues  and  Political  Applications  Prerequisite: 
ECON  201  or  205  The  development  ol  economic  ideas 
with  particular  reference  to  their  relationship  with  social 
history.  contemporary  politico-economic  problems, 
undertying  philosophies,  view  ol  the  human  prospect, 
metfiods  of  analysis,  and  the  role  ol  values  Marx, 
Marshall.  Vet>len.  Schumpeter,  Keynes.  Samuelson. 
Fnedman.  Gaibraith.  Myrdal.  Joan  Robinson,  and  others 

ECON  310  Evolution  of  Modem  CaptUIIsm  In 
Western    Europe    and    the    UnHed    States    (3)    The 

evolution  ol  the  capitalist  system  from  its  medieval  ongins 
to  the  preseril  Emphasis  on  dynamic  lorces  ol 
cumulative  change  in  capitalism,  including  capital 
accumulation,  technology,  expansion  of  mari<ets.  the 
corporate  lorm  ol  private  property  in  the  means  of 
production,  and  the  relation  ol  capitalism  to  war  and 
revolutkjn, 

ECON    311    American    Economic    Development    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205  An  analysis  ol 
the  major  issues  in  the  growth  and  development  of  the 


American  economy  Basic  economk;  theory  related  lo 
sucti  lopk;s  as  agnculture.  banking.  Industnallzation. 
slavery,  transportation,  and  Ihe  depression  ol  Ihe  1930  s 

ECON  316  Economic  Development  of  Latin  America 
(3)  Prerequisite  ECON  201  and  203.  or  205  Institutional 
characlonstlcs  ol  Latin  Amenca  and  an  analysis  ol 
alternative  strategies  and  policies  lor  devek>pment 

ECON  317  Economic  Development  of  South  Aala  and 
Sub-Saharan  Africa  (3)  Prerequisites  ECON  201  and 
203.  or  205  Analysis  ol  common  themes  and  problems 
ol  national  development  in  Southern  Asia  and 
Sub-Saharan  Afnca  Relations  ol  economic  patterns  to 
society  and  pdilics  The  record  of  achievement  planning 
and  plans  Population,  aid  and  investment,  trade,  and 
other  topics 

ECON  355  Economica  of  Crime  and  Law  Enforcement 

(3)  Prerequisite  ECON  201  and  203.  or  205  Economic 
analysis  ol  cnme  and  Ihe  cnminal  justrce  system, 
including  such  topics  as  the  measurement  ol  crime, 
economic  models  ol  crime,  cost  arid  benefits  of  police 
and  prisons,  pnvale  prolection.  gambling  and  other 
victimless  cnmes.  and  organized  cnme 

ECON   361    Economics  of  American   Induatrles  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205  A  survey  of 
Industnal  organization  theory.  Analysis  of  the  structure, 
conduct,  perfonnance.  and  public  policies  in  selected 
Americari  industries. 

ECON  370  Labor  Markets.  Human  Resources,  end 
Trade  Unions  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201  and  203.  or 
205  A  survey  of  labor  force  growth  and  composition, 
problems  ol  unemployment  and  labor  mari<et  operations, 
theories  of  wage  detemiination.  the  wage — price  spiral, 
collective  bargaining,  governmental  regulation  ol 
employment  and  labor  relations,  and  the  history  and 
characteristics  ol  the  American  labor  movement 

ECON    374    Economic    Problems    of    Women    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205  Discrimiriatiori 
agairist  women  iri  the  labor  martsel;  the  divisiori  ol  labor 
in  the  home  and  the  workplace  by  sex;  "the  child  care 
industry';  women  in  poverty. 

ECON  375  Economics  of  Poverty  and  Discrimination 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  The  causes 
of  the  persistence  of  low  income  groups;  Ihe  relationship 
of  poverty  to  lechriological  change;  lo  economic  growth, 
and  lo  education  and  training;  economic  results  of 
discrimination;  proposed  remedies  for  poverty  and 
discnmtnation 

ECON    380    Comparative    Economic    Systems    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205  A  comparative 
analysis  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  various  types  of 
economic  systems,  with  special  attention  being  given  to 
the  economic  systems  ol  the  United  States,  the  Soviet 
Union,  mainland  China.  Western  and  Eastern  Europe, 
and  lesser  developed  countries 

ECON  381  Environmental  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  201  or  205  or  consent  ol  instructor.  Application  ol 
economic  theory  to  problems  of  enviromerital  quality  and 
management.  Theory  ol  economic  externalities,  commori 
property  resources,  altemative  pollution  coritrol 
measures,  and  limits  to  ecorxjmic  growth. 

ECON    385    Economics    of    Natural    Resources    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  205  or  203.  Ecoriomic  arialysis  of 
natural  resource  problems,  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
rate  ol  use  ol  exhaustible  resources  and  the  problems 
posed  for  the  maintenance  of  growth. 

ECON  395  Honors  Seminar  (3)  Normally  taken  in  the 
junior  year  Prerequisite:  Candidacy  lor  honors  in 
economics.  Selected  topics  are  investigated  and  writteri 
reports  are  submitted. 

ECON  396  Independent  Honors  Study  (3)  Normally 
taken  in  the  seriior  year.  Prerequisites:  ECON  395  and 
candidacy  lor  honors  in  economics.  Integrated  reading 
under  staff  direction.  Leading  to  the  preparation  ol  a 
thesis  in  Ecoriomics  397, 

ECON  397  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisites:  Ecoriomics 
396  and  candidacy  lor  honors  in  economics.  General 
supervision  will  be  provided  through  assembled  meetings 
with  Ihe  prolessor  in  charge  ol  the  course 

ECON  398  Topics  In  Economics  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  lo  meet  the  changing  interests  ol  students  and 
staff.  Topics  vary  in  response  to  those  interests.  This 
course  may  be  repeated  lor  credit  when  the  subject 
matter  changes.  Students  are  advised  to  seek 
inlormation  about  the  coverage  and  prerequisites  during 


the  registration  period   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 

hours 

ECON  399  Individual  Raading  and  Research  for 
Undergraduates  (3)  Prerequisite  Six  hours  ol 
upper-diviSK>n  economics  courses  By  arrangement  with 
indtvkjual  laculty  members  This  course  Is  designed  for 
students  desinng  specialized  instruction  and  guidarx^e  in 
subjects  not  covered  in  the  course  offenngs  Before 
enrollment,  tfie  sludenl  must  secure  agreement  Irom  an 
individual  laculty  member  to  act  as  his  supervisor  A 
program  ol  reading,  research  and  evaluation  will  be 
worked  out  between  the  student  and  Ihe  laculty  member 
Repeatable  lo  a  maximum  ol  six  credits 

ECON  401  National  Income  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite 
ECON  201,  203  Required  lor  economics  majors 
Analysis  ol  tf>e  detenminatkjn  ol  national  Income, 
employment,  and  price  levels  Discussion  ol 
consumption,  investment,  inflation,  and  government  liscal 
and  monetary  policy 

ECON  402  Buainesa  Cycles  (3)  First  semester 
Prerequisite  ECON  430  A  study  of  the  causes  of 
depressions  and  unemployment,  cyclical  and  secular 
instability,  theories  ol  business  cycles,  and  the  problem 
ol  controlling  economic  instability 

ECON  403  Intermediate  Price  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  201.  203  Required  for  economics  majors  An 
analysis  ol  the  theones  ol  consumer  behavior  and  ol  the 
lirm.  and  ol  general  pnce  and  distribution  theory,  with 
applications  lo  current  economic  issues 

ECON  405  Intermediate  Macro-Economic  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201.  203  and  MATH  220  or  its 
equivalent.  Analysis  of  determination  of  natkinal  income, 
employment,  prices,  and  growth  Major  sectors  ol 
economy,  models  ol  their  Interaction,  liscal  and  monetary 
policy,  inllation  Especially  recommended  for  economics 
majors  and  those  with  analytic  backgrounds.  Credit  will 
be  given  for  only  one  course.  ECON  401  or  ECON  405. 

ECON  406  Intermediate  Micro-Economic  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201.  203  and  MATH  220  or  its 
equivalent-  Theory  ol  pnces  and  markets.  Analysis  of  ttie 
theory  of  the  household  and  of  the  firm,  concepts  of 
general  equilibrium,  arid  wellare  economics  Especially 
recommended  for  economics  majors  and  ttx)se  with 
analytic  backgrounds  Credit  will  be  given  lor  only  one 
course,  ECON  403  or  ECON  406. 

ECON    407    Contemporary    Economic    Thought    (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201.  203.  and  senior  standing. 
Graduate  students  should  take  ECON  705  A  sun/ey  ol 
the  development  of  economic  thought  since  1900  with 
special  reference  to  Thorstein  Veblin  and  other  pre- 1939 
institutionalists  and  lo  post-1945  neo-institutionalists  such 
as  J,K.  Gaibraith  and  Gunnar  Myrdal 

ECON  415  introduction  to  Economic  Development  of 
Underdeveloped  Areas  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and 
203;  or  205.  An  analysis  of  the  economic  and  social 
characteristics  of  uriderdeveloped  areas  Recent  theories 
of  ecoriomic  development,  obstacles  to  developmeril. 
policies  arid  planriirig  for  developmeril. 

ECON  418  Economic  Development  of  Selected  Areas 

(3)  A — Latiri  America  B — Asia  C — Africa  Prerequisite: 
ECON  415  Institutional  characteristics  of  a  specific  area 
are  discussed  and  alternate  strategies  arid  policies  for 
developmeril  are  analyzed, 

ECON  421  Economic  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH 
110  or  equivalerit.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
BMGT  230  or  BMGT  231  An  introduction  to  ttie  use  ol 
statistics  in  economics  Topics  include;  probability, 
random  variables  and  their  distributkjns,  sampling  theory, 
estimation,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis  of  variance, 
regression  analysis,  correlation, 

ECON  422  Quantitative  Methods  in   Economics  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201.  203.  and  421  (or  BMGT  230); 
or  permission  of  instructor  Emphasizes  the  interaction 
between  the  economk;  problems  posed  by  economists 
and  the  assumptions  employed  in  statistical  tfieory.  Deals 
with  the  lormulation.  estimation  and  testing  ol  economic 
models.  Topics  include  single  variable  and  multiple 
variable  regression  techniques,  theory  ol  identification, 
autocorrelation  and  simultaneous  equations.  Independent 
work  relating  Ihe  material  1ri  the  course  to  an  economic 
problem  chosen  by  the  student  is  required 

ECON  425  Mathematical  Economics  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ECON  401  and  403  and  one  year  ol  college 
mathematics  A  course  designed  to  enable  economics 
majors     to     understand     the     simpler     aspects     of 


142     EDAD  —  Education  Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 


mathematical  economics  Those  parts  ot  the  calculus  and 
algetxa  required  tor  economic  analysis  will  be  presented 

ECON  430  Money  and  Banking  (3)  Prerequisits:  ECON 
201.  203  Relation  ol  money  arid  credit  to  economic 
activity  and  pnces.  impact  ol  public  policy  in  linandal 
markets  and  for  goods  and  services:  policies,  structure, 
and  functions  ol  the  federal  reserve  system;  organization, 
operation,  and  functions  ol  the  commercial  banking 
system,  as  related  particularly  to  questions  of  economic 
stability  and  public  policy 

ECON  431  Theory  ot  Money,  Prices  and  Economic 
Activity  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  430  A  theoretical 
treatment  of  the  influence  ol  money  and  linancial  markets 
on  economic  activity  and  pnces,  and  of  the  eftects  of 
monetary  policy  on  the  markets  for  goods  and  services: 
the  role  of  money  in  the  classical  and  Keyneslan 
macro-systems:  lopics  of  theoretical  interest  in  monet>iry 
policy  formation  and  implementation. 

ECON  440  International  Economic*  (3)  Prerequisite 
ECX)N  201,  203.  A  descnptive  and  theoretica'  analysis  of 
international  trade,  balance  of  payments  accounts,  the 
mechanism  ol  IntematKjnal  economic  adjustment, 
comparative  costs,  economics  ol  customs  unions 

ECON     441     International     Economic     Policies    (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  401.  403.  and  440  Contemporary 
balance  of  payments  problems:  the  international  liquidity 
controversy  investment.  trade  and  economk; 
development:  evaluation  ol  arguments  for  protection 

ECON     450     Introduction    to     Public     Finance    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201 .  203;  or  ECON  205  The  role  of 
federal,  state,  and  kical  governments  in  meeting  public 
wants.  Analysis  of  tax  theory  and  policy,  expenditure 
theory,  government  budgeting,  benefit-cost  analysis,  and 
Income  redistribution 

ECON    451    Public    Choice    and    Public    Policy    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201.  203,  or  205.  Analysis  of 
collective  decision  making,  economic  models  of 
government,  program  budgeting,  and  policy 
iVnplemenlation;  emphasis  on  models  ol  public  choice 
and  institutions  which  affect  decision  making 

ECON    454    State    and    Local    Public    Finance    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203:  or  205  Principles  and 
problems  of  governmental  finance  with  special  reference 
to  state  and  local  junsdictions  Topics  to  t>e  covered 
include  taxation,  expenditures  and  intergovernmental 
fiscal  relations 

ECON  460  Industrial  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  201  and  203:  or  205  Changing  structure  of  the 
American  economy:  price  policies  in  different  industrial 
classifications  of  monopoly  and  competition  in  relation  to 
pfoblems  ol  public  policy 

ECON  471  Current  Problems  In  Labor  Economics  (3) 

Prerequisite  ECON  470  For  students  who  wish  to 
pursue,  in  depth,  selected  topics  in  the  labor  field  Issues 
and  topics  selected  for  detailed  examination  may  include: 
manpower  training  and  development,  unemployment 
compensation  and  social  security,  race  and  sex 
discrimination  in  employment,  wage  theory,  productivity 
analysis,  the  problems  of  collective  bargaining  in  publk; 
employment,  wage-price  controls  and  incomes  policy 

ECON    482    Economics    of    the    Soviet    Union    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203,  or  205  An  analysis  of 
the  organization,  operating  pnnciples  and  performance  ol 
the  Soviet  economy  with  attention  to  the  histoncal  and 
ideological  backgrourxl,  planning,  resources.  irxJustry. 
agriculture,  domestic  and  foreign  trade,  finance,  labor, 
and  the  structure  and  growth  of  national  income 

ECON  484  The  Economy  ot  China  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  201  and  203:  or  205  Policies  and  perlormances 
of  the  Chinese  ecofiomy  since  1949  Will  begin  with  a 
survey  of  modem  China's  economic  history  Emphasizes 
the  strategies  and  institutional  innovations  that  the 
Chinese  have  adopted  to  overcome  the  problems  of 
economic  development  Some  economic  controversies 
raised  during  the  "Cultural  Revolution  will  be  covered  in 
review  ol  ttie  problems  and  prospects  ol  ttie  present 
Chinese  ecorromy. 

ECON  486  The  Economics  of  National  Planning  (3) 

Prerequisite  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205  An  analysis  ol 
the  prirreiples  and  practice  ol  economic  planning  with 
special  reference  to  the  planning  problems  of  West 
European  countries  and  the  United  States 

ECON  490  Survey  of  Urtun  Economic  Problems  and 
Policies  (3)  Prerequisites   ECON  201  and  203:  or  205 


An  introduction  to  the  study  ol  urban  economics  through 
the  examination  ol  cunent  policy  issues  Top<cs  may 
include  suburt}anization  ol  jobs  and  residences,  housing 
and  urban  renewal,  urtjan  transportation,  development  ol 
new  towns,  ghetto  economic  development,  pioblems  in 
services  such  as  education  and  police 

ECON  491  Economics  and  Control  of  Urtwn  Growth 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  490  An  analysis  of  metropolitan 
devetopment  processes,  the  consequences  ol  alternative 
growth  patterns,  and  tfw  evaluatk>n  of  policies  to  control 
growth 

ECON  492  Economics  of  Location  snd  Regional 
Growth  (3)  Prerequisite  ECON  403,  or  consent  ol 
instructor  Study  of  the  theones,  problems,  and  policies  ol 
regional  economic  development  and  the  location  ol 
economic  activity  lor  both  rural  and  metropolitan  regions. 
Methods  of  regional  analysis. 

EDAD— Education 
Administration,    Supervision    and 
Curriculum 

EDAD  440  Utilization  ot  Educational  Media  (3)  Surrey 
ol  classroom  uses  of  instructional  media.  Techniques  for 
integrating  media  into  instruction.  Includes  preparation  of 
a  unit  of  instruction  utilizing  professional  and  teacher 
produced  media. 

EDAD    441    Graphic    Materials    for    Instruction    (3) 

Prerequisites:  EDAD  440  or  consent  ol  instnjctor.  A 
laboiatory  course  which  combines  graphic  and 
photographic  processes  lor  education  and  training 
purposes.  Techniques  include  lettering,  coloring, 
transparencies,  illustrations,  converting,  duplicating 
transparent  and  opaque  media.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
appropriate  media  selection  for  target  audiences  Heavy 
student  project  onenlation. 

EDAD      442      InstructlonsI      Media      Services     (3) 

Prerequisites.  Teaching  experience  and  EDAD  440,  or 
equivalent.  Procedures  for  coordinating  instructional 
media  programs;  instructional  matenals  acquisition, 
storage,  scheduling,  distribution,  production,  evaluation 
and  other  service  responsibilities:  instructional  materials 
center  staff  coordination  of  research,  currkrulum 
improvement  and  faculty  development  programs 

EDAD    443    Instructional    Television    Utilization    (3) 

Combining  televised  lessons,  on-campus  seminars,  and 
related  wortibook  assignments,  this  course  focuses  upon 
planning  lor  the  various  uses  of  instructional  television 
with  students.  State,  local  school  unit,  school,  and 
classroom  uses  will  be  illustrated  through  film  and  studio 
production  The  aspects  of  producing  ITV  programs  are 
devek)ped  through  the  television  lessons  and  "hands-on" 
assignments  of  the  seminars. 

EDAD  444  Programmed  Instruction  (3)  Analysis  ol 
programmed  instruction  techniques;  selection,  utilization 
and  evaluation  ol  existing  programs  and  teaching 
machines;  developing  learning  objectives:  writing  and 
validating  programs. 

EDAD    489    Field    Experience    In    Education    (1-4) 

Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  ottier  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the  experier>ce 
IS  to  be  taken  Planned  field  experience  may  be 
provided  lor  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching 
experience  and  whose  application  for  such  fiekj 
oxpenence  has  been  approved  by  the  education  faculty 
Field  expenence  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major 
and  nonmajor  students  Note— The  total  number  ol 
credits  which  a  student  may  eam  in  EDAD  489,  888,  and 
889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours 

EDAD  494  The  Legal  RIghU  and  OMIgstlons  of 
Teachers  snd  Students  (3)  Selected  state  arxj  federal 
court  decisions,  legislation,  and  executive  guidelir^es 
regulating  public  education  Speech  and  other  forms  ol 
expression,  privacy,  suspensions,  expulsions,  search  and 
seizure,  tort  liability  for  negligerxre  (including  educatior^al 
malpractk:e).  hinng.  promotkin.  dismissal  and 
rxMi-renewal  of  teactwrs  No  prior  legal  training  required 

EDAD    498    Special    Problems    In    Education    (1-3) 

Prerequisite  Consent  of  instructor  Available  only  to 
matu'e  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  irxjividual 
study  ol  approved  problems 

EDAD  499  Woritshops.  Clinics,  Institutes  (1-6)  The 

inaximum  numt)er  ol  crodits  tf^t  may  t)e  earned  under 
this  course  symtxil  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester 


hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until 
six  semester  hours  have  been  reactwd  Tt>e  following 
type  ot  educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under 
this  course  heading  woritshops  conducted  t)y  tlie 
College  ol  Education  (or  developed  cooperatively  with 
other  colleges  arxJ  universities)  arxt  rx>t  otherwise 
covered  in  tfw  present  course  listing,  clinical  experiences 
in  pupil  testing  centers,  reading  dines,  speech  ttierapy 
laboratories,  and  s|>ecial  education  centers^  institutes 
developed  around  specific  topics  or  prolilems  and 
intended  for  designated  groups 

EDCP  —  Education  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services 

EDCP  108  College  Alms  (1)  This  course  Is  primanly 
aimed  at  onenting  new  students  toward  the  practkM  of 
efficient  study  techniques  It  will  t^  corx^med  with  such 
topk^s  as  fKiw  to  study  arxl  devetop  Utgtyer  level  worV 
skills:  diagnosing  and  remedying  skill  disabilities, 
handling  problem  area  which  distracts  students  from  tfieir 
studies 

EDCP  410  Introduction  to  Counseling  ar>d  Personnel 
Services  (3)  Presents  princi|>les  and  procedures,  and 
examines  the  function  of  counsetofs,  psychologists  in 
schools,  scttool  social  worVers.  and  ottier  personnel 
service  worVers 

EDCP  411  Mental  Hygiene  (3)  The  practical  appHcatton 
of  the  pnnciples  of  mental  hygiene  to  cisssroom 
problems 

EDCP  413  Behavior  Modification  (3)  Knowledge  and 
techniques  of  intervention  in  a  vanety  ol  social  situations. 
including  contingency  contracting  aixl  time  out  will  t>e 
acquired 

EDCP  414  Principles  of  Befiavlor  (3)  Devek>pment  of 
student  proficiency  in  analyzing  complex  patterns  ol 
behavior  on  the  basis  ol  empirical  evkjence 

EDCP  415  Behavior  Mediation  (3)  Prerequisite  EDCP 
414.  Basic  principles  ot  human  tjehavkx  will  t>e  reviewed 
and  applk^tion  of  these  pnnciples  will  t>e  implemented 
under  supervision, 

EDCP  417  Group  Dynamics  snd  Leadership  (3)  Ttie 

nature  and  property  ol  groups,  interaction  analysis, 
developmental  phases,  leadership  dynamics  and  styles, 
roles  of  members  and  interpersonal  communications 
Two  hours  of  lecture  discussion  arxl  two  tiours  of 
laboratory  per  week,  laboratory  involves  experimental 
based  learning 

EDCP  420  Education  and  Racism  (3)  Strategy 
development  for  counsekxs  and  educators  to  deal  with 
problems  of  raasm 

EDCP  460  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  Counseling 

(3)  Introductory  course  for  majors  m  refiabililation 
counseling,  social  worV.  psychology,  or  education  who 
desire  to  work  pnjtessionally  with  physically  or 
emotionally  handk:apped  persons 

EDCP   470   Introduction    to    Student    Personnel    (3) 

Prerequisite  Consent  ol  mstnjctor  A  systematic  analysis 
ol  research  and  tfieoretical  literature  on  a  vanety  of  major 
problems  in  the  organizrtion  arxl  administration  ol 
student  personnel  services  in  higher  educatioo  Included 
will  be  discussion  ol  such  topics  as  the  student  personnel 
philosophy  in  education,  counseling  services,  discipline, 
housing,  student  activities,  financial  ak).  health,  remedial 
servK»s.  etc. 

EDCP  489  Field  Experience  In  Counaeling  aiMl 
Personnel  Services  (1-4)  Prerequisites  At  laasl  six 
semester  hours  in  Education  at  ttie  University  ol 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  rrwy  tie  sal  by 
the  major  area  in  which  [t\e  e^tenence  is  to  be  takon. 
Planned  lield  expenence  may  be  provided  lor  lelected 
students  who  have  had  teaching  exper>e(Kie  an}  wtiow 
application  for  such  fiekj  experienoe  has  been  approved 
by  the  Education  faculty  Field  experience  Is  oHarad  m  ■ 
given  area  to  both  major  arxl  nonmajor  shjdanls.  Nota: 
Ttie  total  number  ol  credits  wtiich  a  student  may  eam  In 
EDCP  489.  888.  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  fxMirs 

EDCP  4S8  Special  Problems  In  CounsaUng  and 
Personnel  Servlcas  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Consent  of 
instructor  Availat>le  only  to  major  students  who  tiave 
lormal  plans  lor  irxlivxluai  study  of  approved  problems. 

EDCP  499  Woriishops.  Clinics.  InatHutaa  (1-6)  The 

maximum  number  ol  credits  mat  may  be  earned  under 


this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester 
(ours;  the  symtx)l  may  be  used  two  or  rrwre  limes  until 
SIX  semester  hours  have  been  reached  The  lollowing 
type  ol  educational  enterpnse  may  be  scheduled  under 
this  course  heading  workshops  conducted  by  the 
Department  ol  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  (or 
developed  cooperatively  with  other  departments,  colleges 
and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  me 
present  course  listing,  clinical  experiences  in  counseling 
and  testing  centers,  reading  clinics,  speech  therapy 
laboratories,  and  special  education  centers,  institutes 
developed  around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 
intended  tor  designated  groups 

EDEL— Education,  Early 
Childhood-Elementary 

EDEL  288  Special  Problems  In  Education  (1-6) 
Prefequisites  Consent  ol  education  advisor  Available 
only  to  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  who  have 
definite  plans  lor  individual  study  ol  approved  problems 
relative  to  their  preparation  tor  teaching  Course  cards 
must  have  the  title  ol  the  problem  and  the  name  ol  the 
faculty  member  who  has  approved  it 

EOEL  299  School  Service  Semester  (3)  Provides  a 
basis  lor  conceptual  understanding  of  the 
teaching-learning  process  and  enhances  students 
abilities  to  relate  to  courses  in  their  career  field  Provides 
for  ■  seminars  to  coordinate  on-  and  off-campus 
expenerKes  (One  hour  per  week  on  campus  with  an 
arranged  six  hours  each  week  in  schools  ) 

EDEL  304  Language  Arts  In  Early  Childhood 
Education  (2)  Teaching  of  spelling,  handwnting.  oral  and 
wntten  expression,  and  creative  expression. 

EDEL  31 1  T»ie  Child  and  the  Curriculum— Elementary 

(2)  Relationship  of  the  elementary  school  cumculum  to 
child  growth  and  development  Recent  trends  in 
curriculum  organization:  the  effect  of  environment  on 
learning:  readiness  to  leam:  adapting  cumculum  content 
and  methods  to  maturity  levels  of  children. 

EDEL  312  Art  In  the  Elementary  School  (2)  Concerned 
with  art  methods  and  matenals  lor  elementary  schools 
Includes  laboratory  expenences  with  matenals 
appropnate  for  elementary  schools. 

EDEL  315  Teaching  In  Nursery  School  and 
Kindergarten  (3)  An  overview  of  nursery  school  and 
kindergarten  teaching  designed  for  individuals  without 
specific  preparation  for  elementary  school  teaching  or  for 
individuals  without  recent  teaching  experience. 

EDEL  316  Teaching  In  the  Elementary  School  (3)  An 

overview  of  elementary  school  teaching  for  individuals 
without  recent  teaching  expenence 

EDEL  320  Curriculum  and  Instruction— Cooperative 
Nursery  School  (3)  Philosophy  ol  early  childhood 
education,  observation  of  the  developmental  needs  at 
various  age  levels,  with  emphasis  upon  the  activities, 
materials  and  methods  by  which  educational  objectives 
are  attained. 

EDEL  321  Curriculum  and  Instruction— Earty 
Childhood  (3) 

EOEL  322   Curriculum  and   Instruction — Elementary 

(3)  Philosophy  of  elementary  education,  observation  ol 
the  developmental  needs  at  vanous  age  levels,  with 
emphasis  upon  the  activities,  matenals  and  methods  by 
which  educational  objectives  are  attained 

EDEL  323  Foreign  Language  Methods  In  the 
Elementary  School  (3)  Registration  limited  and  based 
upon  approval  of  advisor  Methods  and  techniques  lor 
devekjpmenlal  approach  to  the  teaching  of  modem 
foreign  languages  in  elementary  schools.  Use  of  real 
development  ol  oral-aural  skills  and  understanding  of 
young  children  in  language  development  are  stressed. 

EDEL  324  Uterature  lor  Children  and  Young  People 

(3)  Development  of  literary  matenals  for  children  and 
young  people.  Timeless  and  ageless  txxiKs.  and 
outstanding  examples  ol  contemporary  publishing. 
Evaluation  of  the  contnbutions  of  individual  authors  and 
illustrators  and  children  s  book  awards 

EDEL  325  The  Parental  Role  In  the  Educative 
Process  (3)  Educational  implications  of  current  trends 
and  practices  in  the  raising  of  young  children.  Practical 
applications  ol  educational  research  Ways  in  which  the 
parent  can  prepare  hisher  child  for  school,  and  can 
ennch  and  supplement  the  child's  school  expenence 


EDEL  —  Education,  Early  Childhood-Elementary     143 

leam  the  processes  and  concepts  ol  science.  Indudea 

laboratory  lield  experiences 


330—337  Student  Teaching  Course*  Student  teaching 
IS  a  lull  time  commitment  Consequently,  interference 
with  this  commitment  due  to  employment  is  nol 
permitted  Transportation  to  the  school(s)  assigned  lor 
student  leaching  is  the  responsibility  ol  each  student 
Student  teachers  in  elementary,  early  childhood,  special 
education  and  library  science  should  reserve  the  week  ol 
registration  lor  onentation  in  public  schools  A  doctors 
certificate  indKating  freedom  from  communicable 
diseases  and  approval  ol  the  instructor  required 
Undergraduate  credil  only  No  other  courses  may  be 
taken  dunng  a  lull  semester  ol  student  teaching  For  16 
credits,  lull  time  lof  one  semester  is  devoted  to  this  work 
For  experienced  teachers  the  time  and  credit  may  be 
reduced  to  not  less  than  8  credits 

EDEL      330      Student      Teaching— Preachool      (4) 

Prerequisites  EDHD  300.  FMCD  332.  MUED  450  and  all 
EDEL  required  methods  courses  lor  the  Early  Childhood 
Program  Student  leaching  with  children  in  one  ol  a 
vanety  ol  settings  such  as  nursery  schools,  day  care 
centers,  head  start,  hospitals  or  other  community 
programs  which  involve  teaching  children  under  five 
years  of  age  Clinical  team  expenence  included 
EDEL  331  Student  Teaching— Kindergarten  (4) 
Prerequisites  EDHD  300.  FMCD  332.  MUED  450  and  all 
EDEL  required  methods  for  the  Early  Childhood  Program 
Student  teaching  in  a  school  setting  with  children  5  years 
of  age  Clinical  leam  expenence  included. 

EDEL   332   Student   Teaching— Primary   Grades   (8) 

Prerequisites:  EDEL  330  and  EDEL  331  Student 
leaching  in  a  school  setting  with  childrenS— 9  years  ol 
age.  Major  leaching  contact  with  chiWren  in  one  ol  the 
first  three  grades  Clinical  team  experience  included. 

EDEL    333    Student    Teaching    In    Elementary    (11) 

Prerequisites:  EDEL  350,  351,  352.  353.  354. 

EDEL  334  Student  Teaching  In  Elementary— Special 
Education  (8)  Limited  to  special  education  majors  who 
have  previously  applied.  Provides  8  weeks  of  full-time 
experience  in  the  regular  elementary  classroom. 

EDEL  335  Student  Teaching  In  Music  (4-6) 

EDEL  336  Student  Teaching  In  Physical  Education 

(4-8) 

EDEL  337  Student  Teaching  In  Ari  (4-8)  Limited  to  art 
education  majors  who  have  previously  applied.  Fulfills 
elementary  teaching  requirements  in  K-12  art  education 
program. 

EDEL  348  Professional  Development  Seminar  (1-2) 

Affective  and  integrative  functions  of  teaching  young 
children:  planning  daily  programs:  organizing  the  learning 
environment:  developing  the  curriculum:  clarifying  values; 
guiding  behavior:  diagnosing  and  evaluating;  and  working 
with  parents  and  other  adults.  Repeatable  for  a  total  ol 
three  semester  hours. 

EDEL  350  The  Teaching  ol  Language 
Arts— Elementary  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  299.  EDHD 
300,  Concerned  with  competencies  in  the  knowledge  ol 
and  the  application  of  the  language  arts,  including 
listening,  oral  communication,  lunctional  writing,  creative 
wnting.  spelling,  handwriting,  and  creative  expression.  A 
linguistic  approach  to  grammar  and  language 
development  is  studied.  Includes  laboratory/fieW 
experiences. 

EDEL  351  The  Teaching  ol  Mathematics— Elementary 
(3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  211.  EDEL  299.  and  EDHD  300 
Emphasis  on  materials  and  procedures  which  help 
children  sense  arithmetical  meanings  and  relationships. 
Helps  teacher  education  students  gain  a  better 
understanding  ol  the  number  system  and  anthmetical 
processes  Includes  laboratory-field  expenences. 
EDEL  352  The  Teaching  ol  Reading— Elementary  (3) 
Prerequisites:  EDEL  299.  EDHD  300  Concemed  with  the 
fundamentals  ol  developmental  reading  instruction, 
including  reading  readiness,  use  of  experience  stories, 
procedures  in  using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  ol 
comprehension,  teaching  reading  in  all  areas  ol  the 
cumculum.  uses  ol  children's  literature,  the  program  in 
word  analysis,  and  procedures  for  determining  individual 
needs.  Includes  laboratory'field  experiences. 
EDEL  353  The  Teaching  ol  Science— Elementary  (3) 
Prerequisites  EDEL  299.  EDHD  300  Designed  to 
provide  an  overview  of  objectives,  methods,  materials 
and  activities  lor  teaching  science  in  the  elementary 
school  Considerable  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  "doing' 
of  science  and  on  teaching  strategies  which  help  children 


EDEL  354  The  Teaching  ol  Social 
Science— ElerTMntary  (3)  Prerequisites  EDEL  299. 
EDHD  300  Considoralion  given  to  cumculum. 
organization  and  methods  ol  teaching,  evaluation  ol 
newer  materials,  and  ulilizalk>n  of  environmental 
resources   Iricludes  laboratory  field  expenences 

EDEL  361  Creativs  Activities  and  Materials  lor  ths 
Young  ChIM  (3)  Prerequisites  EDEL  299  Corequisites: 
EDHD  300.  MUED  450.  EDEL  346  and  362  Techniques 
and  resources  lor  art.  music,  play  and  creative  dramatics 

EDEL  362  Teaching  Language,  Reading,  Drama  and 
Literature  with  Young  Children  (3)  'Prerequisite  edel 
299  Corequisites  EDHD  300.  MUED  450.  EDEL  348 
and  361  Introduction  to  the  teaching  of  reading  in  the 
context  of  the  language  arts  Beginning  reading 
instruction  and  utilization  ol  literature,  drama,  and  wnting 

EDEL  363  The  Young  Child  In  the  Social  Environment 

(3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  361  and  EDEL  362. 
Corequisites  FMCD  332.  EDEL  348.  364  and  365  The 
child's  understanding  of  people,  social  roles,  society  and 
vanous  cultures:  communicative  skills  and  ability  lo 
develop  satisfying  relationships  with  peers  and  adults. 
Related  techniques  Materials  and  resources  included. 
EDEL  364  The  Teaching  ol  Reading— Eariy  Childhood 
(3)  Prerequisites  EDEL  361  and  EDEL  362 
Corequisites  FMCD  332.  EDEL  348.  363  and  365  The 
fundamentals  ol  developmental  reading  instruction, 
including  reading  readiness  Use  ol  experience  records. 
Procedures  in  using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  of 
comprehension,  teaching  reading  in  all  areas  of  the 
curi-iculum  Uses  of  children's  literature  The  program  in 
word  analysis,  and  diagnostic  techniques 

EDEL  365  The  Young  Child  and  the  Physical 
Environment  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  361  and  EDEL 
364  Corequisites:  FMCD  332,  EDEL  348,  363  and  364 
Teaching  skills  and  background  knowledge  important  to 
guiding  the  child  in  learning  how  lo  leam  abiout  the 
physical  environment.  The  skills  ol  quantification, 
observation,  inlerence.  space-time  relationships,  and 
classification. 

EDEL  401  Science  In  Eariy  Childhood  Education  (3) 

Designed  pnmarily  to  help  in-service  teachers,  nursery 
school  through  grade  3,  to  acquire  general  science 
understandings  and  to  develop  teaching  materials  lor 
practical  use  iri  classrooms.  Includes  expenments. 
demonstrations,  constructions,  observations,  lield  tnps 
and  use  of  audio-visual  materials.  The  emphasis  is  on 
content  and  method  related  to  science  units  in  common 
use  in  nursery  school  through  Grade  3.  Offered  during 
summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no  lield 
placement. 

EDEL   402   Science   In   the   Elementary   School   (3) 

Designed  primarily  to  help  in-service  teachers,  grades 
1-6.  to  acquire  general  science  understandings  and  to 
develop  leaching  matenals  lor  practical  use  in 
classrooms  Includes  expenments.  demonstrations, 
constructions,  observations,  fiekj  trips  and  use  of 
audio-visual  materials  The  emphasis  is  on  content  and 
method  related  to  science  units  in  common  use  in  grades 
1-6  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus 
programs  taught  through  University  College.  Ordinarily 
there  is  no  lield  placement. 

EDEL  404  Language  Arts  In  Eariy  Childhood 
Education  (3)  Teaching  ol  spelling,  handwnting,  oral  and 
written  expressiori  and  creative  expression  Designed 
primarily  for  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school  through 
grade  3,  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and  in 
off-campus  programs  taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily,  there  is  no  tield  placement. 

EDEL  405  Language  Arts  In  the  Elementary  School 

(3)  Teaching  ol  spelling,  handwriting,  oral  and  written 
expression  and  creative  expression.  Designed  primarily 
tor  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered  during 
summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no  field 
placement. 

EOEL  406  Social  Studies  In  Earty  Childhood 
Education  (3)  Consideration  given  to  curriculum, 
organization  and  methods  of  teaching,  evaluation  ol 
newer  materials  and  utilization  ol  environmental 
resources  Designed  lor  in-service  teachers,  nursery 
school  through  grade  3  Offered  during  summer  sessions 
and  in  off-campus  programs  taught  through  University 


144     EDHD  —  Education,  Human  Development 


College.  Ordinarily  there  Is  no  Held  placement 

EDEL  407  Social  Studies  In  the  ElamenUry  School 

(3)  Consideration  given  to  curriculum,  organization  and 
methods  ol  teaching,  evaluation  of  newer  materials  and 
utilization  ol  environmental  resources  Designed  tor 
In-service  teachers,  grades  1-6  Offered  during  summer 
session  and  in  off-campus  programs  taught  through 
University  College  Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement 

EDEL  410  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum— Early 
Childhood  (3)  Relationship  of  the  school  curriculum, 
nursery  scfiool  through  grade  3,  to  child  growth  and 
development.  Recent  trends  in  cumculum  organization, 
the  effect  of  environment  on  learning,  readiness  to  learn; 
and  adapting  curriculum  content  and  methods  to  maturity 
levels  of  children  Designed  lor  in-service  teachers, 
nursery  school  through  grade  3  Offered  during  summer 
sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs  taught  through 
University  College  Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  411  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum— Elementary 

(3)  Relationship  ol  the  school  cumculum.  grades  1-6,  to 
child  growth  and  development  Recent  trends  in 
curriculum  organization;  the  effect  of  environment  on 
learning;  readiness  to  learn;  and  adapting  curriculum 
content  and  methods  to  maturity  levels  of  children 
Designed  for  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6  Offered 
during  summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs 
taught  through  University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no 
field  placement 

EDEL  412  Art  In  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Concerned 
with  art  methods  and  materials  for  elementary  schools. 
Includes  latjoratory  experiences  with  materials 
appropriate  for  elementary  schools 

EDEL  413  Mathematics  In  Early  Childhood  Education 

(3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  210  or  equivalent.  Emphasis  on 
materials  arxi  procedures  which  help  pupils  sense 
arithmetic  meanings  and  relationships.  Designed  to  help 
In-service  teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3,  gain 
a  tietler  understanding  of  the  number  system  and 
arithmetical  processes  Offered  during  summer  sessions 
and  in  off-campus  programs  taught  through  University 
College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement 

EDEL  414  Mathematics  In  the  Elementary  School  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  210  or  equivalent.  Emphasis  on 
materials  and  procedures  which  help  pupils  sense 
arithmetic  meanings  and  relationships  Designed  to  help 
In-service  teachers.  Grades  1-6,  gain  a  tjetter 
understanding  ol  tho  numtjer  system  and  arithmetical 
processes.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and  in 
off-campus  programs  taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  415  Diagnosis  and  Trsatinent  of  Learning 
D(*at>lltles  In  Mathematics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDEL  351 
or  equivalent  and  approval  of  instructor  Diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  disabilities  in  mathematics  Theoretical 
models,  specific  diagnostic  and  instructional  techniques 
and  materials  for  worthing  with  children  in  both  clinical 
and  classroom  settings  Practice  using  techniques  by 
cofKJucting  case  studies  with  children  previously 
diagnosed  as  primarily  corrective  rather  than  severely 
disabled.  Clinic  hours  to  be  arranged 

EDEL      416      Jh»      Mathematics      Latmratory      (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDEL  351  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  The  definition,  design,  and  uses  ol  an 
elementary  scfxxjl  mathematics  latxjratory  Latmralory 
visitations  The  design  ol  instructional  activities  and 
field-test  activities  with  children 

EDEL  417  Social  Studies  and  Multiethnic  Education 

(3)  Prerequisites  A  preservice  Social  Studies  methods 
course  or  permission  of  the  instructor  Seminars  will  be 
lietd  relating  to  general  social  science  principles  that  are 
applicable  to  multiethnic  education  as  a  component  ol 
social  studies  instruction.  Cultural  experiences  arranged 
on  an  independent  basis  lor  each  participant. 

EDEL  424  Literature  for  Children  and  Young  People, 
Advanced.  (3)  Development  ol  literary  materials  lor 
children  and  young  people  Timeless  and  ageless 
books,  and  outstanding  examples  ol  contemporary 
publishing  Evaluation  ol  ttw  contributions  of  individual 
auttiors  and  illustrators  and  children  s  book  awards 

EDEL  425  The  Teaching  of  RMdlrtg— Eariy  Childhood 

(3)  Concerr>ed  with  ttie  fundamentals  of  developmental 
reading  instruction,  including  readir>g  readiness,  use  ol 
experience  stones,  procedures  in  using  basal  readers, 
the  improvement  of  comprehension,  teaching  reading  in 
all  areas  ol  the  cumculum.  uses  ol  children  s  literature 
the    program    in    word    analysis,    and    procedures    lor 


detennining  individual  needs  Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3  Offered  during 
summer  sessions  and  In  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College  Ordinanly,  there  is  no  field 
placement 

EDEL  426  The  Teaching  of  Reading — Elementary  (3) 

Concerned  with  the  fundamentals  ol  developmental 
reading  instruction,  irx:luding  reading  readiness,  use  of 
expenence  stories,  procedures  in  using  basal  readers, 
the  improvement  of  comprehension,  teaching  reading  in 
all  areas  ol  the  curriculum,  uses  of  children  s  literature, 
the  program  In  word  analysis,  and  procedures  for 
determining  individual  needs.  Designed  tor  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-6  Offered  during  summer  sessions 
and  in  off-campus  programs  taught  through  University 
College.  Ordinarily,  there  is  no  field  placement 

EDEL  430  Corrective-Remedial  Reading  Instruction 

(3)  Prerequisite:  EDEUEDSE  427  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  ol  the  department.  For  teachers,  supervisors, 
and  administrators  wtw  wish  to  identity  and  assist  pupils 
with  reading  difficulties.  Concerned  with  diagnostic 
techniques,  instnjctional  materials  and  teaching 
procedures  useful  in  the  regular  classroom 

EDEL    431    Laboratory    Practices    In    Reading    (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDEL  430  A  laboratory  course  in  which 
each  student  has  one  or  more  pupils  lor  analysis  and 
instruction  At  least  one  class  meeting  per  week  to 
diagnose  indivdual  cases  and  to  plan  instnjction 

EDEL  488  Special  Topics  In  Elementary  Education 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  instructor  Special 
treatment  of  current  topics  and  issues  in  elementary 
education.  Repeatat)le  to  maximum  of  6  credits,  provided 
content  is  different 

EDEL    489    Reld    Experience    In    Education    (1-4) 

Prerequisites:  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  ma|or  area  in  which  the  experience 
is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience  may  be  provided 
for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience 
and  whose  application  lor  such  fiekJ  experience  has  t>een 
approved  by  the  education  faculty  FieW  experience  is 
offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor 
students  Note — The  total  number  ol  credits  which  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDEL  469,  888,  and  889  is  limited 
to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDEL    498    Special    Problems    In    Education    (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to 
mature  students  wf>o  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  ol  approved  protjiems. 

EDEL  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  ol  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached  the 
lollowing  types  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading:  workshops 
conducted  by  the  College  ot  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otfierwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing; 
dinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading 
dinics,  speech  therapy  laboratones,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed  around  specifk; 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups 
such  as  school  superintendents,  pnndpals  and 
supervisors 

EDEL    500    Education    of    the    Young    Child    (3) 

Prerequisites:  A  baccalaureate  degree  and  consent  of 
the  department.  An  initial  course  for  persons  entering 
graduate  study  in  eariy  chikjhood  educatkx).  to  provide  a 
foundation  tor  further  graduate  study  or  a  supplement  to 
ottier  areas  Intensive  study  of  current  education 
programs,  teacher  roles,  and  plannir^g,  staffing,  and 
organizing  for  chikjrens  learning  needs  Not  applicable 
towards  graduate  degrees 

EDEL  501  Materials  and  Practices  In  Eariy  ChlMhood 
Education  (3)  Prerequisites  A  baccalaureate  degree 
and  consent  ot  ttie  department  An  overview  ot  practices 
ar>d  media  avaiiat>le  for  innovative  approaches  tn  eariy 
chiklfKiod  programs,  induding  diagnostic  and  prescnptive 
techniques  Not  applicable  toward  graduate  degrees 

EDHD— Education,  Human 
Development 

EDHD  300  Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 
Open  only  to  students  approved  lor  teacher  education 


Studies  scientilic  facts  that  describe  growth, 
development,  and  learning  and  the  implicatkyis  ol  these 
lor  the  teacher  and  tfie  school  A  study  ot  an  individual 
child  and  a  dassroom  participation  expenence  are 
integral  parts  ot  ttie  course  and  require  a  or>e-ha]t  day 
per  week  assignment  in  a  public  sctiool  as  a  teacher 
aide  Students  are  scheduled  lor  field  assignments  in  an 
elementary  or  high  school  according  to  the  curriculum 
they  are  in  Each  group  Is  under  tfve  superviskm  ol  a 
faculty  member  with  wtx>m  it  meets  every  second  week 
in  a  seminar  sesskin 

EDHD  306  A  Study  of  Human  Behavior  (3)  This  course 
is  planned  lor  and  limited  to  students  wtx)  are  not 
enrolled  in  the  College  ol  Education,  and  it  does  not 
satisfy  the  requirements  of  ttie  professional  teaOier 
education  programs  The  course  is  designed  to  introduce 
students  to  the  scientilic  principles  (physical,  social  and 
psychological)  which  descntie  human  betiavkx. 
Development  and  adiustment  at  all  maturity  levels  and  to 
use  these  principles  in  the  study  of  individual  chikjren 
and  youth  Each  student  will  observe,  record,  and 
analyze  the  behavbr  of  an  individual  througfiout  ttie 
semester  and  must  have  one  hall-day  a  week  lor  this 
purpose 

EDHD  319  Scientific  ConcepU  In  Human 
Development  (3)  Concepts  and  issues  in  contemporary 
culture  in  relation  to  the  devekipment  and  learning  of 
children  and  youth  Repeatable  lor  a  maximum  ol  6 
credits  11  the  topics  differ 

EDHD  320  Human  Development  through  tite  Lifespan 

(3)  Central  concepts  related  to  parameters  ol  human 
development,  individual  and  social,  which  arise 
throughout  the  various  stages  ol  ttie  lifespan  Continuity 
and  change  within  the  developing  individual 

EDHD  330  Human  Development  and  Societal 
Institutions  (3)  Development  ol  ttie  individual  in  ttie 
context  of  his  relationships  with  the  formal  and  informal 
institutions  of  society  An  examination  of  various  aspects 
of  devekjpment,  from  the  broad  perspective  ol  the  social 
sciences. 

EDHD  340  Human  DevelopiTwnt  Aspects  of  the 
Helping  Relationship  (3)  Focuses  upon  the 
development  ol  skills  in  relating,  communicating,  and 
problem-solving  with  others  Includes  an  examination  ol 
psychological  theories  relevant  to  ttie  tielping 
relationship,  laboratory  experiences  in  devetoping 
communication  skills,  and  fiek)  experiences  wlwrein 
theory  and  skills  are  applied 

EDHD  350  Human  Development  Factors  In  Personal 
Development  (3)  An  exploration  ol  personality  dynamics 
Including  self-study  experiences  which  contnbule  to  ttie 
students  personal  growth  and  self-insight  Designed  lor 
the  preprolessional,  with  emphasis  on  factors  which 
enhance  optimal  devekipment  in  smalt  group  interaction. 

EDHD    400    lntroductk>n    to    Gerontology    (3)    An 

overview  of  the  processes  of  aging  including 
physiological,  sociokigical,  and  psychological  aspects  as 
an  introduction  to  the  fiekl  of  gerontology.  Analysis  of 
physiological  changes,  cultural  lorces  and  self  procaeaes 
that  have  a  bearing  on  life  quality  in  the  late  years. 
Examination  of  community  action  in  response  to 
problems  of  the  elderiy  Direct  fiek)  contact  with  programs 
tor  the  eWerty 

EDHD  411  ChIM  Growth  and  Development  (3)  Growth 
and  devek>pment  ot  ttie  child  trom  conception  through 
the  eariy  chiWhood  years,  with  emphasis  on  devekJixneni 
sequences  in  physical  psychotogical  and  sooal  areas 
ImplicatKXis  tor  understanding  and  working  with  young 
chiklren  in  the  home,  school  and  ottier  settings 

EDHD  413  Adolescent  Development  (3)  A  study  of  the 
interplay  ot  physical,  cultural  and  self  lorces  as  ttiey 
influence  behavior,  development.  learning  arvj 
adiustment  dunng  adolescence  Indudes  otMervaBon  and 
case  study  This  course  cannot  be  used  K>  meet  ttie 
psychok>gk:al  kxindations  requirements  lor  teacher 
certilicatkxi 

EDHD  416  Scientific  ConcafMs  In  Human 
Development  III  (3)  Gukled  reading  arv)  otjeervaHon  of 
pupils  ttvoughout  ttie  school  year  Emphasis  on  human 
devekipmeni  concepts  relating  to  impact  ol  lamty. 
sctK»l,  society,  and  peer  group  on  ttie  sludenl 
Collectnn  and  analysis  ol  data  affecting  learning  and 
behavior  For  in-service  educators  (Not  open  to  pel  sons 
with  credit  m  EDHD  402,  403  ) 


EDiN  —  Education,  Industrial     145 


EOHD  417  Laboratory  In  Bahavlor  Analytli  III  (3) 

Prerequisite  EDHO  416  Guided  reading  and  observation 
ot  pupils  throughout  the  school  year  Emphasis  on 
analysis  ol  ininnsic  aspects  o(  learning  and  behavior 
IrKluding  cognitive  processes,  motivation,  sell-concept, 
attitudes,  and  values  For  in-service  educators  (Not  open 
to  persons  with  credit  on  EOHD  402.  403  ) 

EOHD  419  Human  Devatopinent  and  Learning  In 
School  Sattlngs  (3)  Prerequisite  Classroom  teaching 
expenerKe  of  consent  of  instructor  Advanced  study  of 
human  development  and  learning  principles  In  the 
continuous  study  and  evaluation  ol  several  different 
phases  ol  the  school  program  over  an  extended  period 
ol  Hme  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  ol  6  credits  it  the 
topics  differ 

EDHO     445     Guidance     of     Young     Chlldrwi     (3) 

Development  of  an  appreciation  and  understanding  ol 
young  children  from  different  home  and  community 
backgrounds,  study  ol  individual  and  group  problems. 

EDHO  460  Educational  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PSYC  100  or  EOUC  300  or  equivalent  Offers  an 
examination  of  research  arxl  problems  in  educational 
psychology  Includes  consideration  ol  measurement  and 
ttw  significance  of  individual  differences,  learning. 
rTX)tivation  and  emotions,  transfer  ol  learning,  intelligence, 
attitudes,  problem  solving,  understanding,  thinking,  and 
communlcatlr>g  knowledge  The  course  is  intended  to 
provide  an  overview  ot  educational  psychology  with  an 
emphasis  on  learning  processes.  It  may  not  be 
substituted  lor  EDUC  300  by  regularly  matriculated 
students  In  ttie  teacher  education  program 

EDHO  409  FMd  Expariancea  In  Education  1-4  credits 

Prerequisites:  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  In  which  the  experience 
is  to  be  taken  Planned  field  experience  may  be  provided 
for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience 
and  whose  applicatiori  for  such  field  experience  has  been 
approved  by  tfie  education  faculty  Field  expenence  is 
offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor 
students.  Note:  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDHD  489.  888,  and  889  is  limited 
to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDHD    498    Special    Problems    In    Education    (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems 

EDHD  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  t>e  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symljol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  t)een  reached  the 
following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading;  workshops 
conducted  by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing; 
clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading 
clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratones,  and  special 
educatksn  centers:  institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups 
such  as  school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors 

EDIN  —  Education,  Industrial 

EDIN  101  Mechanical  Drawing  I  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  This  course  constitutes  an 
introductk>n  to  orthographic  multi-view  and  isometnc 
projection  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  visualization  of 
an  obiect  when  it  is  represented  by  a  multi-view  drawing 
and  upon  the  making  of  multi-view  drawings.  The  course 
carries  through  auxiliary  views,  sectional  views, 
dimensioning,  conventional  representation  and  single 
stroke  letters. 

EDIN    102   Fundamantals  of  Woodworking  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  latxiratory  per  week  An 
orientation  into  the  woodworking  industry  with  regard  to 
materials,  products  and  processes  while  providing  skill 
devetopment  in  ttie  care  and  use  of  hand  and  power 
tools 

EDIN  106  Teaching  Creative  Construction  Activities 

(3)  Introduction  to  ceramics,  graphics,  metals  and  woods 
as  construction  activity  materials  utilized  by  multi-age 
groups  in  a  variety  of  settings 


EDIN  110  Industrial  Arts  In  tha  Elamantary  School  II 

(2)  Prerequisite  EDIN  106  Thie  is  a  continuation  ol 
EDIN  106  Four  hours  of  latX)ratory  per  week  It  provides 
the  teacher  with  opportunities  to  develop  further 
competence  in  construction  activities  Some  of  the  basic 
phenomena  of  industry  are  studied,  partlculariy  those 
which  apply  to  the  manufacture  of  common  products, 
housing,  transportation  and  communication 

EDIN  112  Technical  Calculations  (3)  Designed  lo 
develop  an  understanding  and  working  knowledge  of  the 
mathematical  concepts  related  to  the  various  aspects  of 
industrial  education  algebra,  geometry,  trigonometry,  and 
general  mathematics  as  applied  to  laboratory  and 
drawing  activities 

EDIN  121  Mechanical  Drawing  II  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  EDIN  101.  A  course 
dealing  with  working  drawings,  machine  design,  pattern 
layouts,  tracing  and  reproduction  Detail  drawings 
followed  by  assemblies  are  presented 

EDIN  124  Sheet  Metal  Work  (2)  Four  hours  of 
latxiratory  per  week  Articles  are  made  from  metal  in  its 
sheet  form  and  involve  the  operations  ol  cutting,  shaping, 
solderirig.  riveting,  winng.  folding,  seaming,  beading, 
burning,  etc.  The  student  is  required  to  develop  his  own 
patterns  Inclusive  of  parallel  tine  development,  radial  line 
development,  and  tnangulation 

EDIN  127  Fundamentals  of  Electricity  Electronics  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture,  tour  hours  of  latjoratory  per  week 
Introduction  to  electricity-electronics  in  general  dealing 
with  electrical  circuits  arid  winng.  the  measuremerit  ol 
electrical  energy,  the  theory  ol  motors  and  generators 
and  an  introduction  to  vacuum  tubes,  transistors  and 
power  supplies 

EDIN  134  Graphic  Arts  I  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  An  introductory  course  involving  experierices  in 
letterpress  and  offset  printing  practices.  This  course 
included  typographical  design,  hand  composition  proof 
reading,  stock  preparation,  off-set  plate  making, 
imposition,  lock-up,  press-wort(,  linoleum  block  cutting, 
paper  mart>elizing,  and  bookbinding. 

EDIN  184  Organized  and  Supervised  Work 
Experiences  (3)  (3  credits  for  each  internship  period, 
total:  6  credits.)  This  is  a  work  experierice  sequerice 
planried  for  students  enrolled  in  the  curriculum, 
"Education  for  Industry.'  The  purpose  is  to  provide  the 
students  with  opportunities  for  first-hand  experiences  with 
business  and  industry.  The  student  is  responsible  lor 
obtaining  his  own  employment  with  the  coordinator 
advising  him  in  regard  to  the  job  opportunities  which 
have  optimum  learning  value.  The  nature  of  the  wori< 
experience  desired  is  outlined  at  the  outset  of 
employment  and  then  evaluations  made  by  the  student 
and  the  coordinator  are  tiased  upon  the  planned 
experiences.  The  minimum  time  basis  for  each  internship 
is  6  forty-hour  weeks  or  240  work  hours.  Any  one  period 
of  internship  must  tie  sen/ed  through  continuous 
employment  in  a  single  establishment. 

EDIN  201  Operational  Drawing  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite,  EDIN  101  or 
equivalent.  A  comprehensive  course  designed  to  give 
students  practice  in  the  modem  drafting  methods  of 
industry. 

EDIN  202  Machine  Woodworking  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDIN  102  or  equivalent  Two  hours  ol  lecture,  four  hours 
of  latxjratory  per  week.  Designed  to  give  a 
comprehensive  knowledge  ol  machine  woodworking  with 
emphasis  on  mass  production  practices,  speciality  cuts, 
laminating  procedures,  machine  maintenance,  and 
consumer  understanding 

EDIN  210  Foundry  (1)  Two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Bench  and  floor  molding  and  elementary  core 
making.  Theory  and  principles  coveririg  foundry 
materials.  tix>ls  and  appliances.  EDIN  223  Arc  and  Gas 
Welding  (1)  Two  hours  of  latxiratory  per  week.  A  course 
designed  to  develop  a  functional  knowledge  of  the 
principles  and  use  of  electnc  and  acetylene  welding. 
Practical  work  is  carried  on  in  the  construction  of  various 
projects  using  welded  loints  Instruction  is  given  in  the 
use  and  care  of  equipment,  types  of  welded  joints, 
methods  of  welding,  importance  ol  welding  processes  in 
industry,  safety  consideration,  etc 

EDIN  226  Fundamental  Metalworking  Processes  (3) 

Two  hours  ol  lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory 
metalworking  per  week.  Introduction  to  the  technology  of 
metalworidng.  Experience  with  operating  metals 
laboratory  equipment  including  an  in-depth  study  of  the 


processes  of  manufacture. 

EDIN  227  Applications  of  Elactronlca  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDIN  127  or  equivalent  Two  hours  of  lecture,  tour  fx>urs 
of  laboratory  per  week  An  intermediate  course  designed 
10  provide  more  extensive  knowledge  in 
electricity-electronics  including  the  principles  of  the 
transmission  and  reception  of  radio  waves,  the 
applications  of  transistors  and  other  semiconductors  and 
an  introduction  to  industnal  electronics 

EDIN  231  Mechanical  Drawing  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite.  EDIN  101  and  121  A 
course  dealing  with  the  topics  enumerated  in  EDIN  121 
but  on  a  more  advanced  basis  The  reading  of  prints 
representative  of  a  vanety  of  industnee  is  a  part  of  this 
course 

EDIN  232  Fundamentals  of  Automotive  Technology 

(3)  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  latwratory  per 
week  Designed  for  non-industnal  education  majors 
interested  in  learning  the  theory  and  practical  operation 
of  the  automobile  Mechanical,  lubncation,  cooling,  luel 
and  electncal  systems  Not  open  to  students  wtio  have 
credit  lor  EDIN  243 

EDIN   233  Fundamentals  of  Power  Technology  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  latx>ratory  per  week. 
Introduction  to  power  generation,  control,  and 
transmission.  Emphasis  of  effiaer>cy  of  energy 
converters  and  use  of  new  and  future  energy  sources, 
eg,,  solar,  fuel  cell,  and  diesel  latxiratory  expenence  in 
testing  and  evaluating  various  energy  converters 

EDIN  234  Graphic  Communications  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  An  overview 
of  graphic  reproduction  processes  and  related  areas 
used  to  communicate  Offset,  letterpress  screen, 
gravure.  engraving  llexographic.  photographic  and 
electrostatic  duplication,  and  relevant  history,  safety, 
layout  and  design,  composition,  photo  conversion,  image 
carriers,  image  transfer,  finishing,  binding,  paper  and  ink. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  in  EDIN  134 

EDIN  241  Architectural  Drawing  (2)  Four  hours  ol 
latxiratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  101  or 
equivalent.  Practical  experience  is  provided  in  the  design 
and  planning  of  houses  and  other  buildings  Working 
drawings,  specifications,  and  blue-pnnts  are  featured 

EDIN  262  Basic  Metal  Machining  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDIN 
101  or  equivalent  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  ol 
latxiratory  per  week.  Applications  of  basic  metal  cutting 
operations  in  mass  production  including  work  planning, 
properties  of  metals  and  tool  matenals.  conventional 
metal  machining  processes  and  precision  measurements 

EDIN  273  Practlcum  In  Art  Education:  Ceramics  (3)  A 

lecture-studio  course  designed  to  introduce  the  art 
education  major  to  the  use  of  clay  and  ceramics  in  a 
wide  vanety  ol  educational  settings 

EDIN    288    Special    Problems    In    Education    (1-6) 

Prerequisites:  Consent  ol  education  advisor.  Available 
only  to  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  who  have 
definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems 
relative  to  their  preparation  for  teaching.  Course  cards 
must  have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the  name  ol  the 
faculty  member  who  has  approved  it. 

EDIN   291    Introduction   to   Plastics  Technology   (3) 

Lecture  and  latxiratory  An  overview  of  the  plastics 
industry  including  properties  ol  plastics,  major  polymers 
of  the  plastics  industry  and  basic  molding  processes. 

EDIN  302  Woodworking  Technology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDIN  202  or  equivalent  Two  hours  ol  lecture,  four  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  A  working  knowledge  of 
contemporary  woodworking  technology,  including  testing 
and  macroscopic  identification  ol  wood.  Experience  in 
laboratory  maintenance  with  an  opportunity  for 
specialized  research  ol  the  woodworking  industry 

EDIN  305  General  Shop  (3)  Designed  to  meet  needs  in 
organizing  and  administenng  a  secondary  school  shop. 
Students  are  rotated  through  skill  and  knowledge 
developing  activities  in  a  vanety  ot  shop  areas. 

EDIN  311  Laboratory  Practlcum  In  Industrial  Arts 
Education  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite  18  semester  hours  ot  shopwork  and 
drawing  A  course  devoted  to  the  development  ol 
instructional  materials  and  tha  refinement  f  instructional 
methods  pertinent  to  the  teaching  of  industrial  arts  at  the 
secondary  school  level, 

EDiN  324  Organized  and  Supervised  Work 
Experiences  (3)  (3  credits  for  each  internship  period. 


146     EDIN  —  Education,  Industrial 


total:  6  credits.)  This  Is  a  work  experience  sequence 
planned  lor  students  enrolled  In  the  cumculum, 
"Education  lor  Industry  The  purpose  Is  to  provide  the 
students  with  opportunities  lor  llrst  hand  expenences  with 
business  and  Industry  The  student  Is  responsible  lor 
obtaining  his  own  employment  with  the  coordinator 
advising  him  in  regard  to  the  job  opportunities  which 
have  optimum  learning  value.  The  nature  ol  the  wort< 
experience  desired  Is  outlined  at  the  outset  o( 
employment  and  then  evaluations  made  by  the  student 
and  the  coordinator  are  based  upon  the  planned 
expenences.  The  minimum  time  basis  tor  each  internship 
is  6  forty  hour  weeks  or  240  work  hours.  Any  one  period 
ol  internship  must  t>e  served  through  continuous 
employment  in  a  single  establishment. 

EDIN  327  Electronic  Seml-Conductor  Appllcatlont  (3) 

Prerequisite  EDIN  127  or  equivalent  Two  hours  ol 
lecture,  lour  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  An  advanced 
course  designed  to  provide  more  extensive  krrowledge  in 
electricity  or  electronics  including  the  advanced  theory 
and  applications  of  semi-conductors  and  the  principles  ol 
the  storage  and  transmission  ol  electronically  coded 
information. 

EDIN  332  Advanced  Procedures  In  Automotive 
Technology  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDIN  232  or  equivalent 
Two  hours  ol  lecture,  6  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
Designed  lor  students  who  have  a  background  in  engine 
systems  and  wish  to  broaden  their  knowledge  to  include 
the  power  train  and  suspension  systems.  Emission 
control,  electrical  systems,  and  diagnostic  problem 
solving. 

EDIN  334  Photographic  and  Electronic  Graphic 
Communications  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture,  four  hours  of 
latwralory  per  week  Prerequisite:  EDIN  234  or 
equivalent  An  intermediate  course  on  contemporary 
processes  relevant  to  graphic  reproduction. 
Photographic,  electronic  and  computer  assisted 
composition  techniques,  contract  photopnnting.  line  and 
halftone  process  photography,  microphotography,  photo 
screen  printing  and  photo  offset  lithography  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  EDIN  244 

EDIN  335  Continuous  Tone  Photographic  Technology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  EDIN  234  or  permission  ol  instructor 
Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  flours  ol  laboratory  per  week 
An  overview  of  theory  and  techniques  pertaining  to 
black-and-white  and  color  light  sensitive  matenals. 
Emphasis  on  a  study  of  history,  cameras,  exposure 
techniques,  composition,  illumination  film  processing, 
contact  printing,  enlarging.  dart<room  controls  and 
finishing  as  related  to  graphic  communications. 

EDIN  340  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation 

(3)  Major  functions  and  specific  contnbutions  of  industrial 
art  education:  its  relation  to  the  general  obiectives  ol  the 
junior  and  senior  high  schools,  selection  and  organization 
ol  subject  matter  in  terms  of  modem  practices  and 
needs  methods  of  instruction:  expected  outcomes; 
measunng  results:  professional  standards  Twenty 
penods  of  observation 

EDIN  347  Student  Teaching  In  the  Secondary 
Schools  (2-8)  Admission  to  student  teaching  requires  a 
doctors  certilicate  irxjicating  Ireedom  Irom  communicable 
diseases:  the  consent  of  lt>e  coordinating  instructor:  and 
previous  enrollment  at  the  University  of  Maryland  for  at 
least  one  semester  Undergraduate  credit  only 
Application  forms  for  this  course  must  bie  submitted  to 
the  appropriate  advisor  by  the  middle  of  the  semester 
preceding  the  one  in  which  an  assignment  is  desired 
Students  who  register  lor  this  course  serve  as  apprentice 
teachers  in  the  schools  to  which  they  are  assigned  For 
credits,  lull  time  lor  one-half  ol  the  semester  is  devoted 
to  this  work  For  expenenced  teachers  who  are  planning 
to  split  student  teaching  assignment  in  elementary  and 
secondary  schools,  the  time  and  credit  may  be  rrxxilfled. 
Student  teaching  is  a  lull-time  commitment 
Consequently,  interference  with  this  commitment  due  to 
employment  is  not  permitted  Transportation  to  the 
school(s)  assigned  lor  student  teaching  is  ttie 
responsibility  ol  the  student. 

EDIN  350  Methods  of  Tsachlng  (3)  For  vocational  and 
occupational  teacfiers  ol  shop  wor^  and  related  subjects 
The  Identification  and  analysis  of  factors  essential  to 
helping  others  leam.  types  of  teaching  situations  and 
techniques,  measunng  result  and  grading  student 
progress  in  stx)p  arx)  related  technical  subjects 

EDIN     357     TmU     and     MMSuramwits     (3)     The 

construction  of  ot)jective  tests  for  occupational  and 
vocational  sut>jects 


EDIN    360    Industrial    Production    Technology    (3) 

Prerequisite  EDIN  262  or  consent  ol  inslnjctor 
Prinaples  ol  industnal  and  laboratory  organization 
Economics  ol  production,  capital  equipment,  labor  costs, 
cost  ol  matenals  Industnal  plant  siting,  environmental 
conskjerations,  plant  layout  and  design  Er>gineenng 
decisions  lor  production,  methods  analysis,  value 
analysis,  quality  control.  Industnal  relations 

EDIN  362  Advanced  MeUI  Machining  Processes  (3) 

Two  hours  ol  lecture,  four  trours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  EDIN  262  or  equivalent  Experience  in 
complex  metal  cutting  operations:  special  heat  treating 
processes,  super  precision  measurements,  electncal, 
chemical  and  ultrasonic  metal  removal,  and  high  energy 
rate  lorming  with  expenmentation  in  specialized 
machining  operations  not  open  to  students  who  have 
credit  in  EDIN  282 

EDIN  381    Inorganic  Nonmetalllc  Materials  (3)  Two 

hours  ol  lectue.  lour  hours  laboratory  per  week. 
Introduction  to  inorganic,  nonmetalllc  materials  which  are 
applied  in  the  manulactunng  and  construction  industries. 

EDIN    391    Plastics    Processing    Fundamentals    (3) 

Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  291  or 
permission  ol  the  department.  Experience  with  plastics 
production  equipment  including  an  in-depth  study  of 
thermoplastic  and  thermosetting  resins  and  their 
fabncation  processes. 

EDIN  399  Trade  Competence  (1-20)  An  examination  to 
determine  and  evaluate  the  trade  competence  ol 
students  pursuing  a  degree  in  the  field  of 
vocational-industnal  education 

EDIN  400  Technology  Activities  for  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Expenence  in  the  development  and  use  ol 
technology  and  career  education  instructional  materials 
lor  constructiori  activities  in  an  interdisciplinary  approach 
to  elementary  school  education. 

EDIN  410  Administration  and  Program  Development 
In  Industrial  Arts  (3)  Pnnciples  and  practices  ol  program 
development  and  supervision  with  relerence  to  the  role  of 
the  departmental  chairperson  in  vocational,  technical, 
and  industrial  arts  programs  at  the  secondary  and 
post-secondary  levels. 

EDIN  412  Management  of  Physical  Facilities  In 
Industrial     Arts     and     Vocational     Educational     (3) 

Principles,  practices,  and  theory  related  to  the  role  ol  the 
departmental  chairperson  charged  with  the  management 
ol  the  physical  lacilities  in  vocational,  technical,  and 
industrial  arts  laboratories. 

EDIN  415  Research  snd  Experimentation  In  Industrial 
Arts  (3)  This  is  a  latxjratory-seminar  course  designed  to 
develop  persons  capable  of  planning,  directing  and 
evaluating  effective  research  and  expenmentation 
procedures  with  the  matehals,  products  and  processes  ol 
industry 

EDIN  416  Industrial  Hygiene  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
concept  ol  industrial  hygiene  and  environmental  health- 
Evaluation  techniques,  instrumentation  for  identification  of 
problems,  design  parameters  lor  achieving  control  over 
environmental  epidemotogical  and  toxicological  hazards. 

EDIN  421  Industrial  Arts  In  Special  Education  (3)  Four 
hours  iatxjratory  per  week,  one  f>our  lecture 
Prerequisite:  EDSP  470  and  471  or  consent  ol  instructor 
This  course  provides  experierKes  of  a  technical  arxl 
theoretical  nature  in  industrial  processes  applk:able  lor 
classroom  use  Emphasis  is  placed  on  individual 
research  in  the  specific  area  of  one  major  interest  in 
special  education 

EDIN  425  Industrial  Training  In  Industry  I  (3)  An 
overview  ol  the  functton  of  industrial  training,  including 
types  of  programs,  ttieir  organizatnn,  development,  and 
evaluation 

EDIN    426    IndustrtsI    Training    In    Industry    II    (3) 

Prerequisite  EDIN  425  Studies  of  training  programs  in  a 
vanety  of  industries,  ir>cluding  plant  program  visitation, 
training  program  devetopment.  and  analysis  ol  industrial 
training  research 

EDIN  427  Experimsntal  Electronics  (2)  Emphasis  on 
student  investigatk>n  of  an  area  of  electronics  ol 
particular  interest  or  usefulness  at  a  depth  appropriate  lor 
student  background  and  need  Course  focuses  on 
student-based  objectives  relating  to  one  or  rrwre  of  ttie 
following  digital  circuitry.  communicatk)n.  energy 
conversion,  test  equipment  utilization.  anak)gue  circuitry. 
Six  fwurs  ol  laboratory  per  week 


EDIN  433  Advancsd  Topics  In  Power  Technology  (3) 

Prerequisite  EDIN  233  or  equivalent  Two  hours  ol 
lecture,  lour  flours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Intended  for 
the  advanced  undergraduate  or  graduate  student  wfy> 
wishes  to  develop  a  competency  in  buikling  and 
evaluating  the  pertormance  of  energy  transmisskm, 
control  and  converter  systems  Methane  digestors.  solar 
collectors,  electnc  motors,  steam  turt>ines,  and  lluk) 
power  systems 

EDIN  434  Color  Reproduction  In  QrcpMc 
Communications  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture,  four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  EDIN  334  or 
equivalent  An  advanced  course  on  ttie  tf>eory  and 
processes  ol  color  graphic  reproduction  Continuous  lone 
color  photography.  Hal  color  preparation,  process  color 
separations  and  tfie  reproduction  ol  a  multi-color  product 
on  a  semi-or  automatic  printing  press 

EDIN  443  Industrial  Safety  Education  I  (2)  This  course 
deals  bnefly  with  the  history  and  devetopment  ol  effectlvo 
salety  programs  in  modem  industry  and  treats  causes, 
effects  and  values  of  industrial  salety  education  Inclusive 
ol  lire  prevention  and  hazard  controls 

EDIN  444  IndiiWrial  Safety  Education  II  (2)  In  this 
course  exemplary  salety  practices  are  studied  through 
conlerence  discussions,  group  demonstration,  and 
organized  plant  visits  to  selected  industnal  situations. 
Methods  of  fire  precautions  and  safety  practK^es  are 
emphasized.  Evaluative  critena  in  salety  programs  are 
formulated. 

EDIN     445     Systems     Safety     Analysis     (3)     The 

development  ol  systems  safety,  a  review  of  probabllHy 
concepts  and  the  application  of  systems  technique  to 
industrial  safety  problems  Hazard  mode  arxJ  effect,  fault 
tree  analysis  and  human  factors  considerations 

EDIN  450  Training  Aids  DeveloprrMnt  (3)  Study  of  the 
aids  in  common  use  as  to  tfieir  source  and  application 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  pnnciples  to  be  otwerved 
in  making  aids  useful  to  laboratory  teachers.  Actual 
construction  and  applicatton  ol  such  devices  will  be 
required 

EDIN     457     Tests     and     Measursments     (3)     The 

construction  of  objective  tests  for  occupational  and 
vocational  subjects 

EDIN  460  Essentials  of  D*slgn  (2)  Two  latxxatory 
penods  a  week  Prerequisite  EDIN  101  and  basic 
laboratory  work  A  study  of  the  basic  prtnciples  ol  design 
and  practice  in  their  applk^tton  to  the  construction  of 
laboratory  projects. 

EDIN  461  Principles  of  Vocational  QuManc*  (3)  This 
course  Identifies  and  applies  the  underlying  prirKiples  of 
guidance  to  the  problems  ol  educational  and  vocational 
adjustment  ol  students 

EDIN  462  Occupational  Analysis  and  Couraa 
Construction  (3)  Provides  a  working  krv}wledge  of 
occupational  and  job  analysis  and  applies  ttw  techniques 
in  buikjing  and  reorganizing  courses  ol  study  for  effective 
use  in  vocational  and  occupational  scfvxils 

EDIN  464  Laboratory  Organization  and  ManaganMnI 

(3)  This  course  covers  Itio  basic  elements  of  organizing 
and  managing  an  industrial  education  program  indudlrig 
the  selection  ol  equipment  and  the  anangoment  of  tt>e 
shop 

EDIN  465  Modem  Industry  (3)  This  course  provides  an 
overview  of  manufactunng  industry  in  ttie  American 
social,  economic  and  culture  pattern.  Representative 
bask:  industries  are  studied  Irom  the  viewpoints  ol 
personnel  and  management  organization,  industrial 
relations,  production  procedures,  distnbullon  of  pnxlucts. 
and  the  like 

EDIN  466  Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts 

(3)  A  study  ol  the  factors  which  place  industnal  arts 
education  in  any  well  rounded  program  of  general 
educainn 

EDIN  467  Problems  In  Occupational  Education  (3) 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  secure,  assemble, 
organize,  and  interpret  data  relatfve  to  Itia  soopa. 
character  and  effectiveness  of  occupational  aducalton 

EDIN  470  Numerical  Control  In  Manutaclurfng  (3)  The 

Nstoncal  devok)pmont  ol  numerical  control  (NC)  in 
manufactunng.  recent  industnal  trends  in  N  C.  and  a 
variety  of  N  C  equipment  and  support  sarvicaa  ti/C 
mactune  operations  machine  motions,  positioning  control 
systems.  NC  tapes  and  their  preparation,  manual  and 
oompulsr     assuled     (APT     III)     part     programming. 


EDSE  —  Education,  Secondary     147 


Expefienco  In  product  design,  part  programming,  and 
product  machining 

EDIN  471  History  and  Principle*  o(  Vocatlonnl 
Education  (3)  An  overview  of  the  development  of 
vocational  education  from  pnmltive  times  to  the  present 
with  special  emphasis  given  lo  the  vocational  education 
movement  with  the  American  program  ol  public 
education 

EDIN  475  Recant  Technological  Developmenta  In 
Product*  and  Proceaaa*  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to 
give  the  student  an  understanding  ot  recent  technological 
developments  as  Ihey  pertain  to  the  products  and 
processes  ol  industry  The  nature  ot  the  newer  products 
and  processes  is  studied  as  well  as  their  effect  upon 
modem  industry  andor  society 

EDIN  476  Application  of  Technology  to  Societal 
Problems  (3)  A  study  ol  alternative  solutions  of  a 
technological  nature  with  respect  to  such  areas  as 
housing.  transportation.  energy.  communications, 
production,  trash  and  waste  disposal,  water  development, 
and  pollution  control 

EDIN  481  Manufacture  and  Ui«  of  Inorganic 
Nonmetalllc  Material*  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDIN  381  or 
equivalent  Two  hours  ol  lecture,  lour  hours  laboratory 
per  week  Fabncation  ol  products  from  calculated 
compositions,  application  of  forming  process;  ulilizalion  of 
compositions;  expenences  with  property  analysis  and 
product  design. 

ED<N    487    FMd    Experience    In    Education    (1-4) 

Prerequisites;  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  tie  set  by  the  maior  area  in  which  the  experience 
is  to  be  taken  Planned  field  experience  may  be 
provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching 
experience  and  whose  application  tor  such  field 
experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major 
and  nonmaior  students  Note  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDIN  487.  888.  and 
889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours 

EDIN    488    Special    Problems    In    Education    (1-3) 

Prerequisite;  Consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  Individual 
study  of  approved  problems. 

EDIN  491  Plastics  Design  and  Equipment  Selection 

(3)  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisite;  EDIN  391  or 
permission  of  the  department  Includes  expenence  with 
material  selection,  product  design,  mold  design,  auxiliary 
equipment  and  fixtures 

EDtN  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symlxjl  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached.  The 
following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading;  wort<shops 
conducted  by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  ottiemvise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing; 
clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading 
clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  'or  designated  groups 
such  as  school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors, 

EDMS  —  Education,  Measurement 
and  Statistics 

EDMS  410  Principles  of  Testing  and  Evaluation  (3) 
Basic  principles  including  the  steps  in  the  specification  of 
instructional  objectives  and  subsequent  development  of 
teacher-made  tests;  problems  in  the  use  and 
interpretation  of  achievement  and  aptitude  tests; 
intrxxJuction  to  the  development  and  use  of  non-testing 
evaluation  procedures;  basic  consideration  in  the 
assignment  of  merits  and  grades;  introduction  lo 
computer  technology  as  applied  to  measurement, 

EDMS  451  Introduction  to  EducMlonal  Statistics  (3) 

Designed  as  a  first  course  in  statistics  for  students  in 
education.  Emphasis  is  upon  educational  applications  cl 
descriptive  statistics,  including  measures  of  central 
tendency,  variability  and  association.  Also  Included  are 
inferential  statistics  through  one-way  anova. 


EDMS  465  Algorithmic  Methods  In  Educational 
RMMrch  (3)  Inlroduclion  to  the  use  of  the  computer  as 
a  tool  in  educational  research  Instruction  in  a  basic 
scienlilic  computer  source  language  as  well  as  practical 
expenence  in  program  wnting  foe  solving  statistical  and 
educational  research  problems 

EDMS  489  Field  Experience*  In  Measurement  and 
SUtl*tlc*  (1-3)  Prerequisites  at  least  six  credits  In 
education  courses  al  ttie  University  ol  N^aryland.  plus 
such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area 
in  which  the  expenence  is  to  be  taken  Planned  field 
experience  lor  education  majors  Repealable  lor  credit  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits 

EDMS  498  Special  Problems  In  Measurement  and 
Statistics  (1-3)  Prerequisite;  Consent  ol  instniclor 
Available  only  lo  education  majors  who  nave  lormal 
plans  lor  Individual  study  ol  approved  problems, 
Repealable  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

EDSE  —  Education,  Secondary 

EDSE  100  Principles  ot  Typewriting  (2)  Five  penods 
per  week  Prerequisite;  Consent  of  instmctor  The  goal  ol 
this  course  is  the  attainment  of  the  ability  lo  operate  the 
the  typewnler  continuously  with  reasonable  speed  eind 
accuracy  by  the  "touch', 

EDSE  101  Intermediate  Typewriting  (2)  Five  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite;  minimum  grade  ol  C  in  EDSE 
100  or  consent  ot  instmctor.  Drills  for  improving  speed 
and  accuracy  and  an  Introduction  to  office  production 
typewriting.  This  course  must  be  completed  prior  to 
enrollment  in  EDSE  204, 

EDSE  102  Principles  of  Shorthand  I  (3)  Prerequisite; 
Consent  of  inslnjctor  Five  periods  per  week 
Development  of  the  theory  and  principles  of  Gregg 
shorthand, 

EDSE  103  Principles  of  Shorthand  H  (3)  Prerequisite; 
Consent  of  instmctor.  Five  periods  per  week.  Develops 
mastery  ol  dictation. 

EDSE  200  Office  Typewriting  Problems  (2)  Five 
periods  per  week  Prerequisite;  minimum  grade  of  C  in 
EDSE  101  or  consent  ot  instructor.  A  course  to  develop 
the  higher  degree  of  accuracy  and  speed  possible  and  to 
leach  the  advanced  techniques  ol  typewriting  and  special 
emphasis  on  production, 

EDSE  201  Survey  of  Office  Machines  (2)  Prerequisite; 
sophomore  standing.  The  various  types  of  office 
business  machines  are  surveyed,  their  capacities  and 
special  functions  compared.  Skill  is  developed  through 
actual  use  and  demonstration  of  such  machines  as 
accounting,  duplicating,  dictating  and  transcribing,  adding 
and  calculating,  and  other  functional  types  ol  machines 
and  equipment.  The  course  is  designed  also  to  give 
special  training  in  the  handling  of  practical  business 
problems  with  machine  application, 

EDSE  204  Advanced  Shorthand  and  Transcription  (3) 

Prerequisite;  Minimum  grade  of  C  in  EDSE  101  and 
consent  of  instmctor.  Seven  periods  per  week.  Emphasis 
Is  placed  on  vocabulary  development  and  new  matter 
dictation  for  sustained  speed  at  the  highest  level  possible 
under  varying  conditions.  Transcription  is  under  timed 
conditions  with  emphasis  on  production  involving  quantity 
and  quality  ol  finished  product, 

EDSE  205  Problems  In  Transcription  (3)  Prerequisite; 
Minimum  grade  of  C  in  EDSE  204  or  consent  ol 
Instructor.  Seven  periods  per  week,  A  systematic 
development  of  recording  skills  under  special  and 
office-style  dictation  and  transcription  conditions  with 
particular  emphasis  on  transcriptional  problems, 

EDSE  210  Bases  for  Curriculum  Decision  In  Home 
Economics  (3)  Exploration  of  decision  about  pnoritles  in 
home  economics  cumcula  tiased  on  the  needs  ol 
society,  the  individual,  and  the  stmcture  of  the  home 
economics  program  Examines  the  roles  of  the 
secondary  home  economics  teacher  with  respect  to 
concept  pnoritles  Includes  weekly  two-hour 
observations  in  area  schools. 

EDSE  260  Introduction  to  Art  Education  (3)  An 
introductory  lecture-laboratory  course  designed  to 
Introduce  the  student  to  the  field  of  art  educafion  as  a 
profession.  Each  student  will  ^pend  4-6  weeks  as  a 
teacher  aid  in  a  school  setting.  Required  as  a 
prerequisite  lor  admission  into  the  remainder  of  the 
professional  art  education  program,  (The  students  need 
to   leave   Tuesday   and   Thursday   p.m    free   of  other 


classes.) 

EDSE    288    Special    Problems    In    Education    (1-6) 

Prerequisites,  Consent  ol  educatwn  advisor  Available 
only  to  freshmen  and  sopfiomore  students  who  have 
definite  plans  tor  individual  study  ot  approved  problems 
relative  to  their  preparation  lor  teaching 

EDSE  300  Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skill*  (3) 

First  semester  An  examination  and  evaluation  ol  the 
alms,  methods,  and  course  contents  ot  each  of  the  office 
skill  subjects  offered  in  high  school  cumculum 

EDSE  304  Admlnlatratlve  Secretarial  Procedures  (3) 

Prerequisite.  EDSE  204  and  205  or  consent  of  the 
Instmctor  The  nature  of  office  work,  the  secretary's 
lunction  in  communication.  Inter-company  and  public 
relations,  handling  records,  supplies  and  equipment;  and 
In  direcfion  of  the  office  forms  and  procedures  in  relation 
to  correspondence.  mailing.  receiving  callers, 
telephoning,  handling  conferences,  and  securing 
business  Information  Business  etiquette  and  ethics. 

EDSE  305  Secretarial  Office  Practice  (3)  Six  penods 
per  week  Prerequisite.  Senior  standing  and  completion 
of  EDSE  304  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give 
laboratory  and  office  expenence  to  senior  students,  A 
minimum  of  90  hours  of  office  of  experience  under 
supervision  is  required  In  addifion.  each  student  will 
prepare  a  written  report  on  an  original  problem  previously 
approved- 

EDSE  330  Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 
Education  (2-3)  This  course  is  concerned  with  ttie 
principles  and  methods  of  leaching  In  junior  and  senior 
high  schools,  Instmctional  problems  common  to  all  of  the 
subject  fields  are  considered  in  relation  lo  the  needs  and 
interests  of  youth,  and  urgent  social  problems  of  today, 
and  the  central  values  lo  which  our  society  is  committed. 

EDSE  332  Reld  Experience  In  Social  Science 
Teaching  (3)  Corequislte;  EDSE  376.  An  analysis  of 
teaching  theory,  strategies,  and  techniques  in  relation  to 
the  student  teaching  expenence. 

EDSE  340—354  Curriculum,  Instruction  and 
Observation  courses  Offered  in  separate  courses  for 
the  various  subject  matter  areas  The  objectives, 
selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate 
methods,  lesson  plans,  textbooks  and  other  instmcfional 
matenais,  measurement,  and  other  topics  pertinent  to  the 
particular  subject  matter  area  are  treated.  Twenty  periods 
ol  observation.  Students  must  reserve  all  day  each 
Tuesday  for  observation  in  public  schools. 
EDSE  340  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 
Observation— Art  (3) 

EDSE  341  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 
Observation— Business  Education  (3) 

EDSE  342  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 
Observation — Dance  (3) 

EDSE  343  Curriculum,  Instructton,  and 
Observation— Distributive  Education  (3) 

EDSE  344  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 
Observatlorv— English  (3) 

EDSE        345        Curriculum,        Instruction,        and 
Observatlorv— Foreign  Language  (3) 
EDSE        346        Curriculum,        Instruction,        and 
Observation— Geography  (3) 

EDSE  347  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 
Observatloi>— Home  Economics  (3) 

EDSE        350        Curriculum,        Instruction,        and 

Observation— Mathematics  (3) 

EDSE        351         Curriculum,        Instruction,        and 

Observation— Music  (3) 

EDSE        352        Curriculum,        Instructton,        and 

Observatiorv- Science  (3) 

EDSE        353        Curriculum,        Instructton,         and 

Observation— Social  Studies  (3) 

EDSE        354        Curriculum,        Instruction,        and 

Observation— Speech  (3) 

EDSE    355    Student    Teaching     In    School    Media 

Center*— Secondary    (4)    Prerequisites     EDHD    300, 

EDSE  387.  381 ,  382.  383.  384,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Supervised  internship  experience  in  secondary  school 

media  centers.  Participation  al  a  professional  level  in  the 

management    and    operation    of    an    on-going    media 

program. 


148     EDSF  —  Education,  Social  Foundations 


EDSE  356  Field  Experience  In  English  Teaching  (1) 
Pre  or  co-requisrte:  EDSE  344  Practical  experience  as 
an  aide  to  a  regular  English  teacher,  assigned 
responsibilities  ar>d  participation  in  a  vanety  ol 
teachingleaming  activities 

EOSE     357     Seminar     In     English     Education     (1) 

Concurrent  registration  in  EDSE  364  required  An 
analysis  ol  leaching  theory,  strategies  and  techniques  in 
relation  to  the  student  teaching  experience 

EDSE  360 —  Student  Teaching  Courses  Admission  to 
student  teaching  requires  a  doctors  certilicale  indicating 
freedom  from  communicable  diseases,  the  consent  of  the 
instructor  in  the  appropnate  area:  previous  enrollment  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  for  at  least  one  semester 
Undergraduate  credit  only  Offered  in  separate  courses 
for  the  various  areas  Application  lorms  lor  this  course 
must  be  submitted  to  the  appropriate  advisor  by  the 
middle  ol  the  semester  preceding  the  one  in  which  an 
assignment  is  desired  Students  who  register  lor  this 
course  serve  as  apprentice  teachers  in  the  scfiools  to 
wtiich  they  are  assigned  For  8  credits,  full  time  for 
one-half  of  the  semester  is  devoted  to  this  work  For 
experienced  teachers  and  students  in  physical  education, 
music  education,  and  library  science  education  who  are 
planning  to  split  student  leaching  assignment  in 
elementary  and  secondary  schools,  the  time  and  credit 
may  be  modified  Student  leaching  is  a  full-time 
commitment.  Consequently,  inlerference  with  this 
commitment  due  to  employment  is  not  permitted 
transportation  to  the  school(s)  assigned  'or  student 
teaching  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 

EDSE  360  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools— Art  (2-8) 

EDSE  361  Student  Teaching  In  Secondary 
Schools — Business  Education  (2-6) 

EDSE      362      Student      Teaching 
Schools— Dance  (2-8) 

EDSE      363      Student      Teaching 
Schools— Distributive  (2-8) 


In  Secondary 

in  Secondary 

In  Secondary 

in  Secondary 

In  Secondary 

In  Secondary 


EDSE      364      Student      Teaching 
Schools— English  (2-8) 

EDSE      365      Student      Teaching 
Schools — Foreign  Languages  (2-8) 

EDSE      366      Student      Teaching 
Schools — Geography  (2-8) 

EDSE      367      Student      Teaching 
Schools— Health  (2-8) 

EDSE  370  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools — Home  Economics  (2-8) 

EDSE  372  Student  Teaching  In  Secondary 
Schools— IVIathematics  (2-8) 

EDSE  373  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools— Music  (2-8) 

EDSE  374  Student  Teaching  In  Secondary 
Schools — Physical  Education  (2-8) 

EDSE  375  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools— Science  (2-8) 

EDSE  376  Student  Teaching  In  Secondary 
Schools— Social  Studies  (2-8) 

EDSE  377  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools— Speech  (2-8) 

EOSE  380  Reld  Experience  In  Analysis  ol  Child 
Development  l^lMratorles  (1)  Observation  and 
participation  in  a  secondary  school  child  development 
lalxjratory  bi-weekly,  alternated  with  bi-weekly  seminars 
Integratkin  of  child  development  ttieories  with  laboratory 
expenences  Enrollment  in  FMCO  332  or  EOHD  411. 
and  425  either  prerequisite  or  corxiurrent 

EDSE  385  Student  Teaching  In  School  Media 
Center* — EiemenUry  (4)  Prerequisites.  EOHD  300. 
EDSE  387.  381.  382.  383.  384.  or  consent  ol  instructor 
Supervised  internship  expenence  in  elementary  and 
middle  school  media  centers  Participatkin  at  a 
professional  level  m  the  management  and  operation  of 
an  ongoing  media  program 

EDSE  402  Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching 
Boohiteeping  and  Related  Subjects  (3)  Imporlani 
problems  and  procedures  in  the  mastery  ol  bookkeeping 
and  related  office  knowledge  and  ttie  skills  including  a 
consideration  ol  materials  and  leaching  procedures 


EDSE  403  Problems  in  Teaching  Office  Slilils  (3) 
Problems  in  development  of  occupational  competency, 
achievement  tests.  standards  of  achievement, 
instructional  malenals.  transcnption.  and  the  integratk)n 
of  office  skills 

EDSE  404  Basic  Business  Education  In  the 
Secondary  Schools  (3)  Includes  consideration  ol  course 
obiectives.  subject  mailer  selection;  and  methods  ol 
organization  and  presenting  business  principles. 
knowledge  and  practices 

EDSE  415  Financial  and  Economic  Education  i  (3) 

Problems  of  teaching  courses  in  personal  finance  and 
economics  in  the  public  schools,  including  malenals  and 
resources 

EDSE  416  Rnanclal  and  Economic  Education  11  (3) 

Continuation  of  EDSE  415 

EDSE  420  Organization  and  Coordination  of 
Distributive  Education  Programs  (3)  This  course  deals 
specilically  with  such  areas  as  the  organization  of  a 
cooperative  distnbutive  education  program,  the 
development  of  an  effective  cooperative  relationship 
between  coordinator  and  training  sponsor:  the  selection, 
orientation,  and  training  of  sponsors;  analysis  of  training 
opportunities,  reports  and  records;  the  evaluation  and 
selection  ol  students  tor  part-time  cooperative  work 
assignments;  and  the  evaluation  of  the  program, 

EDSE  421  Methods  and  Materials  in  Distributive 
Education  (3)  This  course  covers  basic  methods  and 
malenals  needed  to  teach  the  preparatory  classroom 
related  instruction  of  a  one  or  two  year  distnbutive 
education  program  It  deals  speafically  with  the 
organization  of  special  supplementary  malenals  lor 
individual  and  group  instruction  youth  club  programs, 
organization  and  administration, 

EDSE  423  Reld  Experiences  In  Vocational  Areas  (3) 

A — Home  Economics  Education  B — Business  Education 
C — Distnbutive  Education  Supervised  work  expenence  in 
an  occupation  related  to  vocational  education,  Applicatk>n 
of  theory  to  work  situations  as  a  basis  for  teaching  in 
Vocational  Education  programs.  By  individual 
arrar>gement  with  advisor, 

EDSE  425  Curriculum  Development  In  Home 
Economics  (3)  An  analysis  of  curriculum  development 
including  the  tools  for  planning,  managing,  and 
evaluating  the  teaching  learning  environment  ol 
conceptual  curriculum  design.  Includes  a  field 
experience 

EDSE  430  Corrective-Remedial  Reading  Instruction 

(3)  Prerequisite  EDELEDSE  427  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  of  the  department  For  teachers,  supervisors, 
and  administrators  who  wish  to  identify  and  assist  pupils 
with  reading  difficulties.  Concerned  with  diagnostic 
techniques,  instruclkjnal  malenals  and  teaching 
procedures  useful  in  ttie  regular  dassroom, 

EDSE   431    laboratory   Practices   In   Reading   (2-4) 

Prerequisite.  EDSE  430  A  laboratory  course  m  which 
each  student  has  one  or  more  pupils  for  analysis  and 
instruction  At  least  one  class  meeting  per  week  to 
diagnose  individual  cases  and  to  plan  instruction, 

EDSE  432  The  Middle  and  Junior  High  School  (2-3)  A 

general  overview  of  middle  and  )unior  high  school 
Purposes,  functions  and  charactenstics  of  this  school 
unit;  a  study  of  its  population,  organization,  program  of 
studies,  metfiods.  staff,  and  other  topics,  together  with 
their  implications  lor  prospective  teachers 

EDSE  440  Methods  of  Teaching  English  in  Secondary 
Schools  (3) 

EDSE  442  Teaching  the  Audio-Lingual  SIclils  In 
Foreign  languages  (3) 

EDSE  444  Methods  ol  Teaching  Mathematics  In 
Secondary  Schools  (3) 

EOSE  446  Methods  of  Teaching  Science  in 
Secondary  Schools  (3) 

EDSE  447  Methods  of  Teaching  Social  Studies  In 
Secondary  Schools  (2-3) 

EDSE  450  Speech  Metfiods  and  Resources  In 
Secondary  Schools  (3) 

EDSE  453  The  Teaching  of  Reading  in  tlw  Secondary 

School  (3) 

EDSE     460     EnvlronmsnUi     Education     (3)     Two 

lecture-discussion  periods  and  one  three  hour 
laboratory-lield     experience     sesson     per    week     An 


interdisciplinary  course  covenr>g  (he  literature.  lechnK)ues 
ar>d  strategies  ol  environmental  education  Emphasis  is 
upon  the  study  of  environmental  educatkxi  programs  and 
the  devetopment  of  a  speafK  program  wnich  is  designed 
to  implement  the  solution  of  an  environmental  problem 
The  laboratory-fieW  expenence  is  provided  as  a  model 
for  future  activities  of  students  Open  to  any  student  wfio 
wishes  to  become  actively  involved  in  the  process  ol 
environmental  educatK>n  program  development 

EDSE  461  Methods  of  Teactiing  English  to  Speakara 
of  Other  Languages  (3)  An  introductory  course  in 
methods  lor  teaching  listening,  speaking,  reading  and 
wnting  techniques  and  a  review  ol  research  firxfings 

EDSE  470  Teaching  of  Art  Criticism  In  PubHc 
Schools  (3)  Introduction  to  venous  alternative  Itieones  ol 
aesthetics  as  related  lo  tt^  teaching  of  art 

EOSE  471  Practlcum  In  Art  Education: 
Two-Dlmenslonal  (3)  Theory  and  practical  expenerK»  in 
two-dimensional  design  in  various  art  media  The 
development  ol  worttable  procedures  to  present  the 
content  in  school  settings 

EOSE  472  Practlcum  In  Art  Education: 
Three-Olmensionai  (3)  A  lecture-studio  course  designed 

to  develop  skills,  matenal  resources,  and  educational 
strategies  appropnate  for  use  of  three-dimensional 
proiects  in  school  settings 

EOSE  488  Special  Topics  In  Secondary  Education 

(1-3)  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  hours 

EDSE    489    Reld    Experience    In    Education    (1-4) 

Prerequisite  At  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  ol  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  Secondary  Education  Department 
Planned  fieW  experience  may  be  provided  for  selected 
students  who  have  had  teaching  expenence  and  wtxise 
application  lor  such  field  expenence  has  been  approved 
by  the  Secondary  Education  faculty  Field  expenence  is 
offered  in  a  given  area  to  tioth  maior  and  non-maior 
students  Note  Ttie  total  number  of  credits  wfwch  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDSE  489.  888.  and  889  is  iimrted 
to  a  maximum  ol  20  semester  hours 

EDSE    498    Special    Problems    In    Education    (1-3) 

Prerequisite  Consent  of  instnjctor  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  indnndual 
study  of  approved  protilems 

EDSE  499  Workshops.  Clintos.  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  [his  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours,  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached  ttie 
following  type  of  educatkinal  enterpnse  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading  workslxjps 
conducted  by  the  College  of  Educatioo  (or  devetoped 
cooperativefy  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  othemvise  covered  m  the  present  course  listing, 
dinical  expenences  in  pupil-testing  centers  reading 
clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratones.  and  Special 
Educatbn  centers,  institutes  devetoped  around  spealic 
topics  or  protilems  and  intended  for  designated  groups 
such  as  school  supenntendents.  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDSF— Education,  Social 
Foundations 

EDSF  201  Education  in  Contemporary  Airwflcan 
Society  (3)  An  examinatK>n  of  the  relationship  between 
education  and  tfie  social  environment  in  contemporary 
Amencan  society  Issues  of  equality  or  equal  opportunity. 
individual  and  cultural  differences,  education  outside  ol 
scfiools.  the  control  of  education,  and  the  future  of 
education 

EDSF  210  Historical  and  Phlk>sopMcal  PerspectlvM 
on  Education  (3)  An  examination  ol  illustrative  luskxical 
and  philosophical  examples  of  tfie  interplay  o<  ideas  and 
events  m  ttie  shaping  of  educational  aims  and  pracioa* 
from  sncieni  cultures  lo  modern  lechnotoglcal  sociaMs. 

EDSF    2S8    Special    Problems    in    Education    (1-6) 

Prerequisites  Consent  ol  Education  advisor  Available 
only  10  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  wfw  have 
definite  plans  lor  individual  study  ol  approved  problems 
relative  lo  Itieir  preparahon  lor  leacning 

EDSF  301  Foundattons  of  Education  (3)  Prerequisitas: 

EDHD  300.  completion  of  at  least  90  hours  and  approval 
lor  admission  to  Teacher  Education  Historical,  social. 
cultural,    and    pnik>sophical    foundations    of    Anwrioan 


ENAE  —  Engineering,  Aerospace     149 


education  Considers  educatMn  as  a  profession,  and  the 
organizational  structure,  operation  and  lunclion  ol 
modem  sctKwl  systems  Comparative  education  and 
contemporary  issues  are  included 

EOSF  409  Special  Topic*  In  the  Social  Fouridatlona 
o(  Education  (1-3)  Repealable  lo  a  mtuimum  ol  nine 
hours  An  intensive  examindtion  ol  current  problems  and 
issues  in  the  lormation  ol  educational  policies.  May  tie 
repeated  lor  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are 
ditterent 

EDSF  410  HIatory  of  Education  In  Western 
CIvlllzaUon  (3)  Educational  institutions  through  the 
Ancient.  Medieval  and  Early  Modem  periods  in  Western 
Civilization,  as  seen  against  a  background  of 
socio-economic  development 

EDSF  41 1  History  of  Education  In  the  United  States 

(3)  A  study  ol  the  ongins  and  development  of  the  chief 
features  of  the  present  system  of  education  in  the  United 
States 

EOSF  420  Philosophy  of  Education  (3)  A  study  of  the 
great  educational  philosopf^ers  and  systems  of  thought 
affecting  the  development  of  modem  education. 

EDSF  421  Logic  of  Teaching  (3)  An  analysis  ol  the 
structure  ol  basic  subject  matters  in  the  cumculum  and  ol 
the  staiKlard  logical  moves  in  leaching 

EDSF  430  Educational  Sociology  (3)  Deals  with  data  of 
the  social  sciences  which  are  germane  to  the  woik  ol 
teachers  Implications  ol  democratic  ideology  lor 
educational  endeavor,  educational  lasl<s  imposed  by 
changes  in  population  and  technological  trends,  the 
welfare  status  ol  pupils,  the  socio-economic  attitudes  of 
individuals  who  control  the  schools,  and  other  elements 
of  community  background 

EDSF    489    ReM    Experience    In    Education    (1-4) 

Prerequisites  At  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  ol  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  ma|or  area  in  which  the  experience 
is  to  t>e  taken.  Planned  field  experience  may  be 
provided  lor  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching 
experience  and  whose  application  lor  such  field 
experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education  faculty 
Field  expenence  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major 
and  rKinmaior  students  Note:  The  total  numtjer  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSF  489.  888.  and 
889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDSF    498    Special    Problems    In    Education    (1-3) 

Prerequisite;  Consent  ol  instructor  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems 

EDSF  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  ol  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symtxil  may  be  used  two  or  more 
limes  until  six  semester  hours  have  beeri  reached  the 
following  type  of  educational  enterpnse  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading;  wori<shops 
conducted  by  the  College  ol  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing; 
clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading 
clinics,  speech  therapy  latioratories.  and  Special 
Education  centers:  institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups 
such  as  school  superintendents,  pnncipals  and 
supenrisors. 

EDSP  —  Education,  Special 

EDSP    288    Special    Problems    In    Education    (1-6) 

Prerequisite.  Consent  of  Special  Education  advisor  Operi 
only  to  Special  Education  maiors.  Available  only  to 
freshmen  and  sophomore  students  who  have  definite 
plans  for  individual  study  ol  approved  problems  relative 
to  their  preparation  lor  teaching  Such  study  will  usually 
take  the  lorm  ol  a  field  expenence  as  a  teachers  aid  in  a 
Special  Education  program  lor  one-half  day  a  week 

EOSP  349  Student  Teaching  of  Exceptional  Children 

(8)  A  doctors  certificate  indicating  freedom  from 
communicable  diseases  and  approval  of  department 
required  Undergraduate  credit  only  Students  in  Special 
Education  enroll  in  8  credits  of  EDEL  333  lor  8  weeks 
dunng  the  same  semester.  No  other  courses  may  tie 
taken  during  a  lull  semester  ol  student  leaching 

EDSP    470    Introduction    to    Special    Education    (3) 

Prerequisite      EDSP     288.     Designed     to     give     an 


understandlrig  ol  the  needs  of  all  types  ol  exceptional 
children  Stressing  preventive  and  remedial  measures 

EDSP       471        Characterlstlct  of       Excaptlonal 

ChlMrsr^— Mentally    Retarded   (3)  Prerequisite    EDSP 

470  or  equivaleni  Studies  the  diagnosis  etiology, 
physical,  social  and  emotional  charactenstics  of 
exceptional  children 

EDSP  472  Education  of  Exceptional 
Chlldrer>— Mentally   Retarded  (3)   Prerequisite    EDSP 

471  or  equivalent  Offers  practical  and  speciiic  methods 
ol  leaching  exceptional  chikJren  Selected  observation  ol 
actual  teaching  may  be  arranged 

EDSP  473  Curriculum  tor  Exceptional 
Children— Mentally  Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite  EDSP 
471  or  equivalent  Examines  the  pnnciples  and  objectives 
guiding  currk^ulum  for  exceptional  children;  gives 
experience  in  developing  curriculum;  studies  various 
curncula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  475  Education  of  the  Slow  Learner  (3)  Studies 
the  characteristics  of  the  slow  learner  and  those 
educational  practices  which  are  appropriate  for  the  child 
who  IS  fufKtioning  as  a  slow  learner. 

EDSP  481  Characteristics  of  Exceptional 
Chlldrer>— Gifted  (3)  Prerequisite;  EDSP  470  or 
equivalent  Studies  the  diagnosis,  etiology,  physical, 
social,  and  emotional  characteristics  ol  exceptional 
children, 

EDSP  482  Education  ol  Exceptional  Children— Gifted 

(3)  Prerequisite  EDSP  481  or  equivalent  Oilers  practical 
and  specific  methods  ol  teaching  exceptional  children. 
Selected  observation  of  actual  teaching  may  be 
arranged 

EDSP  483  Curriculum  for  Exceptional 
Children— Gifted  (3)  Prerequisite  EDSP  481  or 
equivalent.  Examines  the  pnnciples  and  objectives 
guiding  current  curriculum  lor  exceptk>nal  children;  gives 
experience  in  developing  curriculum:  studies  various 
cunicula  cunently  in  use. 

EDSP  489  Field  Experience  In  Special  Education 
(1-4)  Prerequisites;  At  least  six  semester  hours  in 
Special  Education  at  the  University  of  Maryland  plus 
such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  Special 
Education  Department  Planned  field  experierice  may  be 
provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching 
experience  has  been  approved  by  the  Special  Education 
faculty.  Note;  The  total  numtier  of  credits  which  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDSP  489.  888,  and  889  is  limited 
to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDSP  491  Characteristics  of  Exceptional 
Children — Perceptual       Learning       Problems       (3) 

Prerequisite;  EDSP  470  or  equivalent.  Studies  the 
diagnosis,  etiology,  physical,  social  and  emotional 
characteristics  of  exceptiorial  children. 

EDSP  492  Education  of  Exceptional 
Children — Perceptual       Learning       Problems       (3) 

Prerequisite;  EDSP  491  or  equivaleni  Offers  practical 
and  specific  methods  of  teaching  exceptional  children. 
Selected  observation  of  actual  teaching  may  be 
arranged. 

EDSP  493  Curriculum  for  Exceptional 
Children— Perceptual       Learning       Problems       (3) 

Prerequisite;  EDSP  492  or  equivalent  Examines  the 
pnnciples  and  objectives  guiding  curriculum  for 
exceptional  children;  gives  experience  in  developing 
cumculum:  studies  vanous  curricula  curreritly  in  use. 

EDSP  498  Special  Problems  In  Special  Education 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  instructor  Available  only 
to  mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  lor  individual 
study  ol  approved  problems 

EDSP  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  In 
Special  Education  (1-6)  The  maximum  number  ol 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol 
toward  any  degree  is  six  semester  hours:  the  symtwl 
may  be  usisd  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester  hours 
have  been  reached  the  lollowing  type  ol  educational 
enterpnse  may  be  scheduled  under  this  course  heading; 
workshops  conducted  by  the  Special  Education 
Department  (or  developed  cooperatively  with  other 
departments,  colleges  and  universities)  and  not  otherwise 
covered  in  the  present  course  listing. 

Laboratories,  and  Special  Education  centers: 
institutes  developed  around  specific  topics  or 
problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such 
as      schiXil      superintendents.       principals      and 


supervisors 

EDUC  —  Education 

EDUC  388  Sp«clsl  Topic*  In  Education  (1-3) 
Prerequisite  Consent  ol  instructor  Repealable  lor  a 
maximum  ol  6  tvjurs 

ENAE  —  Engineering,  Aerospace 

ENAE  201  Introduction  lo  Aerospace  Engineering  I 
(2)  Prerequisite  ENES  110  History  ol  aeronautical 
engineering,  technical  lundamentals.  the  slarKlard 
atmosphere,  basic  aerodynamics,  and  the  aerodynamics 
ol  airtoils.  wings  and  other  aerodynamic  shapes 

ENAE  202  Introduction  to  Aeroapace  Engineering  II 

(2)  Prerequisite  ENAE  201  Elements  ol  airplane 
perlormance  Pnnciples  ol  airplane  stability  and  control 
Basic  astronautics,  including  orbital  and  escape 
trajectones.  Ilight  propulsion  lundamentals.  propellers,  IC 
engines,  jet  and  rocket  engines 

ENAE  305  Aerospace  Laboratory  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
ENEE  300  Pre  or  corequisites  ENAE  345.  ENAE  451. 
and  ENAE  371  Measurement  philosophy,  data  analysis, 
error  assessment,  sensing  devices,  optical  methods. 
material  tests.  How  visualization  techniques,  manometry, 
dynamic  response  ol  measurement  systems.  Application 
ol  instrumentation  in  Aerospace  Technology 

ENAE  345  Right  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisites  ENES 
221  and  MATH  246  Kinematics  and  concept  ol  system 
state  Dynamic  pnnciples  applied  to  particles,  discrete 
mass  and  continuously  distributed  mass  systems, 
LaGrangian  dynamics,  dynamic  stability  ol  systems, 
applications  to  dynamics  ol  aerospace  vehicles  and 
vehicle  components. 

ENAE  355  Aircraft  Vibrations  (3)  Prerequisite;  ENAE 
345  or  equivalent  Free  and  lorced  vibration  ol  single  and 
multiple  degree  ol  treedom  systems 

ENAE  371  Aerodynamics  I  (3)  Prerequisites;  ENAE 
202,  PHYS  262.  MATH  241  and  concunent  registration 
in  MATH  246.  Basic  fluid  mechanics  and  aerodynamic 
theory. 

ENAE  401  Aerospace  Laboratory  II  (2)  Prerequisites; 
ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345  Corequisites;  ENAE  452  and 
ENAE  471.  Application  ol  fundamental  measurement 
techniques  to  experimerits  in  Aerospace  Engineering, 
structural,  aerodynamic,  and  propulsion  tests,  correlation 
of  theory  with  experimental  results 

ENAE  402  Aerospace  Laboratory  III  (1)  Prerequisites: 
ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345  Corequisites;  ENAE  452. 
ENAE  471 .  and  ENAE  475.  Application  ol  fundamental 
measurement  techniques  to  experiments  in  Aerospace 
Engineering,  stnictural.  aerodynamic,  flight  simulation, 
and  heal  transler  tests.  Correlation  ol  theory  with 
experimental  results. 

ENAE  411  Aircraft  Design  (3)  Prerequisites;  ENAE  345. 
ENAE  451.  and  ENAE  371  Theory,  background  and 
methods  of  airplane  design,  subsonic  and  supersonic. 

ENAE     412     Design     of     Aerospace     Vehicles     (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENAE  345  and  ENAE  371.  Theory, 
background  and  methods  ol  space  vehicle  design  for 
manned  orbiting  vehicles,  manned  lunar  and  planetary 
landing  systems. 

ENAE  415  Computer-Alded  Structural  Design 
Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite;  ENAE  452  or  consent  of 
instructor  Introduction  to  structural  design  concepts  and 
analysis  techniques.  Introduction  to  computer  software 
for  structural  analysis  which  is  utilized  to  verify  exact 
solutions  and  perform  parametric  design  studies  of 
aerospace  structures  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
earned  credit  in  ENAE  431. 

ENAE  445  Stability  and  Control  of  Aerospace 
Vehicles  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  345  and  ENAE  371. 
Stability,  control  and  miscellaneous  topics  in  dynamics. 

ENAE  451  Right  Structures  I— Introduction  to  Solid 
Mechanics  (4)  Prerequisite;  ENES  220  An  introduction 
to  the  analysis  ol  aircraft  structural  members  Introduction 
to  theory  of  of  elasticity,  mechanical  tjehavior  of 
materials,  thermal  effects,  finite-difference 

approximations,  virtual  wori(,  variational  and  energy 
principles  lor  static  systems. 

ENAE  452  Right  Structures  II:  Structural  Elements  (3) 

Prerequisite  ENAE  451  Application  of  vanational  and 
energy  principles  to  analysis  ol  elastic  bodies:  stresses 


150     ENAG  —  Engineering,  Agriculturai 


and  dellections  o(  beams  including  etfects  o! 
non — principal  axes,  non — homogeneity,  and  Ihennal 
gradients:  differential  equations  of  twams.  bars,  and 
cables  Stresses  and  deflections  of  torsional  members, 
stresses  due  lo  sfiear  Deflection  analysis  of  structures 

ENAE  453  (Matrix  Methods  In  Computational 
Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  452  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  tfie  concepts  of  computational 
analysis  of  continuous  media  by  use  of  matrix  methods. 
Foundation  for  use  of  finite  elements  in  any  field  of 
Continuum  Mechanics,  with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  the 
displacement  method  to  solve  thermal  and  structural 
problems. 

ENAE  457  Right  Structures  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE 
452  or  equivalent  An  advanced  undergraduate  course 
dealing  with  the  theory  and  analysis  of  the  structures  of 
flight  vehicles.  Stresses  due  to  shear,  indeterminate 
stnjctures.  plate  theory,  buckling  and  failure  ol  columns 
and  plates 

ENAE  461  Right  Propulsion  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENI^E 
216  and  ENAE  471.  Operating  pnnciples  of  piston, 
turtxjiet.  lurtraprop.  ramjet  and  rocltel  engines, 
theriTHXiynamic  cycle  analysis  and  engine  perlormance. 
aerothermochemistry  of  combustion,  fuels,  and 
propellents. 

ENAE  462  Right  Propulsion  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE 
461 .  Advanced  and  current  topics  in  Right  Propulsion 

ENAE  471  Aerodynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  371 
and  ENME  216  Elements  of  compressible  flow  with 
applications  lo  aerospace  engineering  problems. 

ENAE  472  Aerodynamics  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE 
371 .  Theory  of  the  flow  of  an  incompressible  fluid 

ENAE  473  Aerodynamics  of  High-Speed  Right  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENAE  472  or  equivalent  An  advanced 
course  dealing  with  aerodynamic  problems  of  flight  at 
supersonic  and  hypersonic  velocities.  Unified  hypersonic 
and  supersonic  small  disturbance  theones.  real  gas 
ettects.  aerodynamic  heating  and  mass  transfer  with 
applications  to  hypersonic  flight  and  re-entry 

ENAE  475  Viscous  Flow  and  Aerodynamic  Heating 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE  371.  ENAE  471.  and  ENME  216. 
Fundamental  aspects  ol  viscous  flow.  Navier-Stokes 
equations,  similahty,  boundary  layer  equations,  laminar, 
transitional  and  turbulent  incompressible  flows  on  airfoils, 
thermal  boundary  layers  and  convective  heat  transfer; 
conduction  through  solids,  introduction  to  radiative  heat 
transfer 

ENAE  488  Topics  In  Aerospace  Engineering  (1-4) 

Technical  elective  taken  with  the  permission  of  the 
student's  advisor  and  instructor.  Lecture  and  conference 
courses  designed  to  extend  the  student's  understanding 
of  aerospace  engineering.  Current  topics  are 
emphasized. 

ENAE  499  Elective  Research  (1-3)  May  be  repeated  to 
a  maximum  of  three  credits.  Elective  for  seniors  in 
Aerospace  Engineering  with  permission  of  the  student's 
advisor  and  the  instructor  Original  research  projects 
terminating  in  a  a  wntten  report 

ENAE  588  Professional  Development  Topics  In 
Aerospace  Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Permission 
of  the  instructor  Current  topics  in  Aerospace  Engineering 
chosen  to  provide  lor  the  professional  development  of 
practicing  engineers.  May  not  be  credited  toward  a 
graduate  school  degree  Repeatable  lo  a  maximum  of  3 
credits 

ENAE  589  Professional  Development  Topics  In 
Aerospace  Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  the  instructor  Current  topic?  in  Aerospace  Engineenng 
chosen  to  provide  for  the  professional  development  ol 
practicing  engineers  May  not  credited  toward  a  Graduate 
School  degree  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  3  credits 

ENAG  —  Engineering,  Agricultural 

ENAG  100  Basic  Agricultural  Engineering 
Technology  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  application  ol 
engineenr>g  concepts  Topics  include  quantitation  and 
measurement:  mechanical,  thiermal.  fluid  and  electrical 
principles  and  their  relatk)nship  lo  biotogical  systems  and 
materials  of  agncultural  and  aquacultural  products  (lor 
rx>n-er>gineenng  ma/ors) 

ENAG  200  Introduction  to  Farm  Mechanics  (2)  One 
lecture  and  one  latwralory  penod  a  week  A  study  ol  the 
hand  tools  and  power  equipment  and  their  safe  use  as  it 


applies  to  mechanized  farms  Principles  and  practice  In 
arc  and  gas  welding,  cold  metal  and  sheet  metal  work 
are  provided  Also,  tool  fitting,  woodwoilung.  plumbing, 
blueprint  reading  and  use  of  concrete 

ENAQ    232    Water,    A    Renewable    Resource    (3) 

Occunence  and  dislnbution  of  water  Review  of  both 
natural  and  man-made  water  resource  systems  Basics 
ol  water  quality  and  waste  water  treatment 

ENAG  305  Farm  Mechanics  (2)  Two  laboratory  periods 
a  week,  available  only  to  seniors  in  Agricultural 
Education  This  course  consists  ol  laboratory  exercises  in 
practical  farm  sliop  and  farm  equipment  maintenance, 
repair,  and  construction  projects,  and  a  study  of  the 
principles  of  shop  organization  and  administration 

ENAG  314  Mechanics  of  Food  Processing  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  Prerequisite:  PHYS  111  or 
121.  Applications  in  the  processing  and  preservation  of 
foods,  of  power  transmission,  hydraulics,  electncity. 
thermodynamics,  refngeration,  instruments  and  controls, 
materials  handling  and  time  and  motion  analysis 

ENAG  315  Energy — Its  Effects  on  Agriculture  and 
Food  (3)  Introduction  to  the  cunent  energy  problems  in 
agncultural  production  and  food  supply.  Energy  issues, 
alternate  sources  ol  energy,  energy  conservation 
practices,  possible  solutions  and  limitations. 

ENAG  401  Agricultural  Production  Equipment  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
AGEN  100  Principles  ol  operation  and  functions  of 
power  and  machinery  units  as  related  to  tillage:  cutting, 
conveying,  and  separating  units:  and  control 
mechanisms.  Principles  of  internal  combustion  engines 
and  power  unit  components. 

ENAG  40i2  Agricultural  Materials  Handling  and 
Environmental  Control  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  AGEN  100. 
Characteristics  of  construction  materials  and  details  ol 
agncultural  structures.  Fundamentals  ol  electncity. 
electrical  circuits,  and  electrical  controls.  Materials 
handling  and  environmental  requirements  ol  larm 
products  and  animals 

ENAG  421  Power  Systems  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
two  hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ENME  216. 
ENEE  300  and  ENME  340  Analysis  ol  energy 
conversion  devices  including  internal  combustion 
engines,  electncal  and  hydraulic  motors  Fundamentals 
of  power  transmission  and  coordination  of  power  sources 
with  methods  of  power  transmission. 

ENAG  422  Soil  and  Water  Engineering  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENME  340  Applications 
ol  engineering  and  soil  sciences  in  erosion  control, 
drainage,  imgation  and  watershed  management. 
Pnnciples  of  agricultural  hydrology  and  design  of  water 
control  and  conveyance  systems 

ENAG  424  Functional  and  Environmental  Design  of 
Agricultural  Structures  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  hour 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  AGEN  324  An 
analytical  approach  to  the  design  and  planning  ot 
functksnal  and  environmental  requirements  of  plants  and 
animals  in  semi-or  completely  enclosed  stnjctures 

ENAG  432  General  Hydrology  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Qualitative  aspects  of  basic  hydrologic  pnnciples 
pertaining  to  the  propenies.  distnbution  and  circulation  ol 
water  as  related  lo  public  interest  in  water  resources 

ENAG  433  Engineering  Hydrology  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week  Prerequisites  MATH  246,  ENCE  330  or  ENME 
340.  Properties,  distribution  and  circulation  of  water  from 
the  sea  and  in  the  atmosphere  emphasizing  movement 
overiand.  in  channels  ar>d  through  the  soil  profile 
Qualitative  and  quantitative  lactors  are  consklered 

ENAG  435  Aquacultural  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite 
Consent  ol  department  A  study  of  the  engineenng 
aspects  of  development,  utilization  and  conservatkjn  of 
aquatic  systems  Emphasis  will  be  on  harvesting  arxj 
processing  aquatic  animals  or  plants  as  related  to  otfter 
facets  ot  water  resources  management 

ENAG  444  Functional  Design  of  Machinery  and 
Equipment  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
per  week  Prerequisite  ENES  221  and  senior  standing 
Theory  atxl  mettxxis  ol  agncultural  machine  design 
Application  of  machirw  design  principles  and  physical 
propenies  of  soils  and  agricultural  pnxlucts  in  designing 
machines  to  pertorm  specific  tasks 

ENAG     454     Biological     Process     Engineering    (3) 

Prerequisite    ENME  342    Design  ol  systems  to  pump. 


heat,  cool,  dry  and  control  biok>gical  materials  as  part  of 
Food  and  Agncultural  Engineenng  Study  the  effect  ol 
physical  parameters  on  bk>togical  material  response  lo 
these  processes 

ENAG  488  Topics  In  Agricultural  Engineering 
Technology  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Permission  of  the 
instructor  Selected  topics  in  Agncultural  Er)gir»eenng 
technology  of  current  need  and  Interest  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits  il  topics  are 
different  Not  acceptable  for  credit  towards  major  In 
Agricultural  Engineenng 

ENAG  489  Special  Problems  In  Agricultural 
Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Approval  of  departrrtent 
Student  will  select  an  engineenr^  problem  arxJ  prepare  a 
technical  report  Ttw  problem  may  include  design, 
experimentatkin.  andor  data  aruilysis 

ENAG  499  Special  Problems  In  Agricultural 
Englrwering  Technology  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Approval  of 
department  Not  acceptable  for  ma|Ors  in  Agncultural 
Engineenng   Problems  assigned  in  proportion  lo  credit 

ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil 

ENCE  221  Introduction  to  Environmental  Engineering 

(3)  Prerequisite  One  semester  of  Chemistr/  arx)  Physics 
An  introductory  course  which  provides  an  exposition  ol 
those  physical,  chemical,  and  biologk:al  systems  retatir^ 
lo  the  quality  ol  the  land,  water,  and  air  environments 
Cunent  environmental  pollution  protilems  will  be 
examined  and  mettiods  ot  pollution  abatement  discussed 

ENCE  280  Engineering  Survey  Measurements  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  latxiratory  per  week  Prerequisite: 
MATH  141  or  concurrent  registration  Standards,  units. 
calibration,  measurement  of  distance,  elevaBon.  arigles. 
systematk:  and  random  error  analysis  in  n^easurements. 
fundamentals  of  mapping,  instrumentation 

ENCE  300  Fundamentals  ol  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
ENES  220  or  concunent  registration  Properties  and 
constitution  ol  the  pnncipal  matenals  used  in  Civil 
Engineering  Laboratory  tests  for  these  properties, 
interpretation  of  test  results  and  of  specificatkxis 

ENCE  330  Basic  Ruld  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENES  220,  221.  PHYS  262  The  study  of  fluids  at  rest 
and  in  motion  Principles  ol  viscous  and  turtxilonl  flow. 
Impulse  and  momentum  concepts  Pumps.  turbir>es  arid 
meters  Dimensional  analysis  arxl  laws  of  similarity 

ENCE    340    Fundamentals    of    Soil    Mechanica    (3) 

Prerequisite  ENES  220  Introductory  study  ol  soils  in 
Civil  Engineenng.  Sdl  origin,  phase  relationships  and 
classification  schemes  Soil  hydraulics  capillary,  effective 
stress,  frost,  permeability  and  seepage  cor\siderations 
Basic  stress  distnbutkin  theones  aie  introduced  in 
coniunction  with  soil  consolidation-setllement  analysis. 
Integration  of  shear  strength  evaluation  with  slope 
stability  analysis 

ENCE    350    Structural    Analysis    and    Design    I    (3) 

Prerequisites  ENES  220  and  corxairrent  registration  in 
ENCE  300  Methods  of  analysis  of  statically  detormir«te 
structures  lor  fixed  and  moving  loads  Equilibnum. 
influence  lines,  stability  Structural  design  of  steel 
buiklings  and  bridges,  including  design  of  tension 
members,  beams,  columns,  trusses,  and  welded,  bolted, 
and  nveted  connections 

ENCE    351    Structural    Analysis    and    Design    II    (3) 

Prerequisites  ENCE  300  and  ENCE  350  Analyses  for 
stresses  in  statically  indeterminate  tieams  and  frames  by 
approximate  methods  and  by  moment  distntxrtion. 
Influerice  lines  and  maximum  shear  and  moment  lor 
continuous  memtwrs  Design  ol  reinlorced  concrete 
beams,  continuous  beams,  and  columns  by  elastic  theory 
and  by  ultimale  strength  design 

ENCE  360  Engineering  Analysis  ar>d  Computer 
Programming  (4)  Prerequisite  MATH  241  Introductloo 
lo  trie  elements  ol  lortran  and  the  algonthmic  approach  In 
the  analysis  of  Civil  Engineenng  problems  Mattwds  Ol 
numencal  anaf/sis  including  the  solution  o)  linear 
systems  ol  equations.  numerical  quadrature, 
differentiation,  interpolation,  and  ttte  soMton  ol 
polynomial  and  transcendental  equations  InskucUon  In 
ttie  computer  solution  ol  CMI  Engineenng  protilenis. 

ENCE  370  Fundamentals  of  TranaportaUon 
Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite  ENCE  280  Engineering 
problems  of  transportation  by  airways,  highways, 
pipelines,  railways,  and  waterways  Elementary  dyrtamica 


ENCH  —  Engineering,  Chemical     151 


ol  traffic  and  function  oonsMeratton  of  routes  and 
terminals 

ENCE    410    Advanced    Strengtti    of    Material*    (3) 

Prerequisites  ENES  220.  ENCE  350  and  MATH  246 
Strength  and  deformation  of  deformable  txxlies.  plane 
stress  and  strain  Torsion  tt^eory.  unsymmetical  bending, 
curved  beams  Behavior  of  beams,  columns,  slabs. 
plates  and  composite  members  under  load  Elastic  and 
inelastic  stability 

ENCE  411  ExperimenUI  Stress  Analysl*  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
ENES  220  Application  of  expenmenlal  data  on  materials 
to  design  problems  Correlation  ol  analytical  and 
expenmenlal  methods  ol  analysis  with  design  Electnc 
strain  gages,  photoelasticty.  bntlle  laquer  methods  and 
vahous  analogies 

ENCE   420   Basic   Civil   Engineering   Planning   I  (3) 

Prerequisite  Senior  standing  or  consent  of  tfie  instructor 
Urt>an-regional  physical  planning  from  the  Civil 
Englneenng  viewpoint  Integration  ol  the  planning 
aspects  ol  engineenng,  environmenlal.  structural. 
transporiation  and  water  resources  into  a  systems 
approach  to  the  practice  ol  Civil  Engineenng.  Also 
IrKluded  site,  construction,  and  engineenng  matenals 
planning;  engineenng  economics  and  evaluation;  current 
topics 

ENCE  421  Construction  Engineering  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  latnratory  per  week  Prerequisites  ENCE  340. 
351.  370  or  consent  of  instructor  The  ordering  of 
engineered  construction  Modem  techniques  of 
construction  planning,  estimating,  scheduling,  operation. 
control.  Construction  methods  Contract  and  Resource 
Management.  Systems  approach  to  Construction 
Management  practice. 

ENCE  430  Hydraulic  Engineering  and  Open  Channel 
Flow  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  ENCE  330  Application  of  basic  principles 
to  the  solution  of  engineenng  problems:  ideal  fluid  flow. 
mechanics  of  fluid  resistance,  open  channel  flow  under 
uniform,  gradually  vaned  and  rapidly  varied  conditions. 
sediment  transport,  role  of  model  studies  in  analysis  and 
design 

ENCE  431  Surface  Water  Hydrology  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENCE  330  and  360  Study  of  the  physical  processes  ol 
the  hydrologic  cycle  Hydrometeorology.  concepts  of 
weather  modification,  evaporation  and  transpiration 
infittration  studies,  runoff  computations,  flood  routing, 
reservoir  requirements,  emphasis  on  process  simulation 
as  a  tool  in  the  water  resource  development. 

ENCE  432  Ground  Water  Hydrology  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENCE  330.  Concepts  related  to  the  development  ol  the 
ground  water  resource,  hydrogedogy.  hydrodynamics  ol 
flow  through  porous  media,  hydraulics  ol  wells,  artilicial 
recharge,  sea  water  intrusion,  basin-wide  grourxl  water 
development. 

ENCE  433  Environmental  Engineering  Analysis  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  The  theory 
and  analytical  techniques  used  in  evaluating  man's 
environment  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  areas  ol 
Quantitative.  Physical.  Electroanalytical  and  Organic 
Chemistry  as  applied  to  chemical  analysis  ol  water, 

ENCE  434  Air  Pollution  (3)  Classification  of  atmospheric 
pollutants  and  their  etfects  on  visibility,  inanimate  and 
animate  receptors.  Evaluation  of  source  emissions  and 
principles  of  air  pollution  control;  meteorological  factors 
governing  the  distnbution  and  removal  of  air  pollutants, 
air  quality  measurements  and  air  pollution  control 
legislation 

ENCE  435  Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis  and  Design 

(4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  ENCE  221  and  ENCE  330  The  application 
ol  sanitary  analysis  and  fundamental  principles  to  the 
design  and  operation  of  water  and  waste  water  treatment 
plants  and  the  control  ol  stream  pollution 

ENCE  440  Engineering  Soil  Tests  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  sessions  per  week  Prerequisite  ENCE 
340  or  equivalent,  Cntical  review  ol  major  soil  tests  and 
their  interpretation  lor  engineenng  purposes  Engineering 
classification  tests  (Atterberg  limits,  grain-size  distnbution. 
specific  gravity),  permeability  and  seepage  properties, 
in-situ  and  lab  density-moisture  tests,  soil  strength 
(penetrometers.  vane  shear.  CBR.  unconlined 
compression.  direct  shear  and  tnaxial)  and 
compressibility  characteristics 


ENCE  441  Soll-FoundMion  Syitwna  (3)  Prerequisite 
ENCE  340  or  equivalent  Critical  review  ol  classical 
lateral  earth  pressure  theones.  analysis  ol  braced 
excavation  systems,  cantilever  and  anchored  sheet  piling 
design  Beanng  capacity  ol  shallow  loundations  (lootings 
and  mats)  design  ol  deep  pile  loundations  to  include  pile 
capacity  and  pile  group  action,  and  seismic  ellects  upon 
loundations  are  treated 

ENCE  442  Highway  and  Alriletd  PavwnMit  Oatign  (3) 

Prerequisite  ENCE  340  or  equivalent  Principles  relative 
to  the  design,  construction  and  rehabilitation  ol  highway 
and  airlield  pavement  systems  Introduction  to 
multi-layered  elastic  and  stab  theones,  properties  of 
pavement  matenals  and  methods  ol  charactenzation, 
stochastic  IreatmenI  ol  design  variables,  economic 
Principles  ol  design  alternates  and  the  effect  of 
environment  upon  pavement  periormance.  A  cntical 
review  ol  existing  ngid  and  tlexible  design  methods  as 
well  as  maior  lundamenlals  relative  to  the  rehabilitation  ol 
existing  pavement  systems 

ENCE  450  Design  ol  Steel  Structures  (3)  Prerequisites 
ENCE  350  and  pre — or  corequisile  registration  in  ENCE 
360  Analyses  lor  stresses  and  delleclions  in  structures 
by  methods  ol  consistent  delormalions,  virtual  wort<  and 
internal  strain  energy  Application  to  design  ol  plate 
girders,  indetemiinale  and  continuous  trusses,  two 
hinged  arches  and  other  structures  Elements  ol  plastic 
analysis  and  design  ol  steel  structures. 

ENCE    451     Design     of    Concrete     Structures    (4) 

Prerequisites:  ENCE  351  and  pre-  or  corequisile  ENCE 
360,  Three  lecture  hours  and  one  laboratory  per  week 
Design  ol  reinforced  concrete  structures,  including  slabs, 
lootings,  composite  members,  building  Irames,  and 
retaining  walls.  Approximate  methods  of  analysis;  code 
requirements,  inlluence  of  concrete  properties  on 
strength  and  dellection:  optimum  design  Introduction  to 
prestressed  concrete 

ENCE  460  Modem  Techniques  for  Structural  Analysis 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  360  and  pre — or  corequisile: 
ENCE  351.  Two  lecture  hours  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Application  of  computer  oriented  methods  and 
numencal  techniques  to  analysis  and  design  ol  structural 
systems.  Matnx  formulation  of  the  stillness  and  llexibility 
methods  lor  framed  structures  Introduction  ol  numerical 
techniques  to  the  solution  ol  selected  problems  in  such 
topics  as  plates,  structural  stability,  and  vibrations. 

ENCE  461  Analysis  of  Civil  Engineering  Systems  I  (3) 

Prerequisite.  Senior  standing  or  consent  ol  instructor 
Application  of  the  principles  of  Engineenng  Economy  and 
statistics  to  the  solution  ol  Civil  Engineenng  problems. 
Economic  comparison  ol  alternatives  using  present 
worth,  annual  cost,  rate  ol  return  and  cost  benelit 
analyses.  Development  and  use  ol  simple  and  multiple 
regression  models,  and  statistical  decision  theory 

ENCE  463  Engineering  Economics  and  System 
Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in 
Engineering,  or  consent  ol  instructor.  Development  and 
application  of  the  pnnciples  ol  Engineeririg  Economics  to 
problems  in  Civil  Engineenng.  Evaluation  ol  design 
altematives,  depreciation  and  sensitivity  analysis.  Use  ol 
systems  analysis  techniques,  including  CPM,  pert  and 
decision  networks. 

ENCE  470  Highway  Engineering  (4)  Three  lectures  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENCE 
340.  Location,  design,  construction  and  maintenance  ol 
roads  and  pavements.  Introduction  to  tralfic  engineering. 

ENCE  473  Air  and  Water  Transportation  Engineering 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  370.  Detailed  study  ol  the 
planning.  design.  construction.  operations  and 
maintenance  ol  airports  and  walen*ays,  emphasis  on 
design  and  operations  of  transportation  facilities. 

ENCE  474  Railroad  Mass  Transportation  Engineering 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  370  Detailed  study  ol  the 
planning,  design,  construction,  operations,  and 
maintenance  ol  railroads  and  mass  transportation 
systems,  emphasis  on  design  and  operations  ol 
transportation  lacilities. 

ENCE  489  Special  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior 
standing.  A  course  ananged  to  meet  the  needs  of 
exceptionally  well  prepared  students  lor  study  in  a 
particular  lield  ol  Civil  Engineenng, 

ENCH  —  Engineering,  Chemical 

ENCH     215     Chemical     Engineering     Analysis     (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  104.  Pre-  or  co-requisite:  MATH  141 


or  equivalent  Introduction  to  Methods  ol  Chemical 
Engineenng  calculations  arKi  analysis  Slotchiometnc 
relations,  matenal  arid  energy  balances,  and  befiavKX  ol 
gases,  vapors,  liquids  and  solids  Analytk;al  and 
computer  methods 

ENCH  280  Transport  Processes  I— Ruld  Mechanics 

(2)  Pro-  or  corequisile  Fluid  properties.  Iluid  statics.  Itow 
concepts  and  basic  equations,  viscous  effects 
Applications  in  measurement  ol  flow  closed  conduit  flow, 
packe  bed  and  other  chemical  engineenng  systems  Not 
open  to  students  who  already  have  credit  lor  ENCH  250 

ENCH  300  Chemical  Process  Thermodynamica  (3) 

Prerequisites  CHEM  203  ENCH  215.  MATH  241 
Pnnciples  ol  thermodynamics  and  their  application  to 
engineenng  problems  First  and  second  laws  ol 
thermodynamics,  properties  ol  gases,  liquids  and  sdids. 
phase  equilibnum,  How  and  non-flow  systems,  energy 
conversion,  production  ol  work  Irom  heat,  thermodynamic 
analysis  ol  processes,  equilibnum  stage  operations  arxl 
the  thermodynamics  ol  chemically  reaction  systems. 

ENCH     333     Chemical     Engineering     Seminar     (1) 

Prerequisite  Senior  standing  Oral  and  written  reports  on 
recent  developments  in  Chemical  Engineenng  ar>d  the 
process  industries 

ENCH  425  Transport  Processes  II— Heat  Transfer  (3) 

Prerequisite  MATH  246  Pre-  or  corequisite  ENCH  280 
Steady  and  unsteady  state  conductkjn.  convective  heat 
transler.  radiation,  design  ol  corxJensers.  tieat 
exchangers,  evaporators,  and  other  types  ol  heat  transler 

equipment. 

ENCH  427  Transport  Processes  III— Mass  Transfer  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCH  425  Steady  and  unsteady  state 
molecular  diflusion.  inter-phase  transler.  simultaneous 
heal  and  mass  transler,  tx>undary  layer  theory,  mass 
transfer  and  chemical  reaction  Design  applications  in 
humidification.  gas  absorption,  distillation,  extraction, 
absorption  and  ion  exchange 

ENCH    437    Chemical    Engineering    Laboratory    (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENCH  427.  ENCH  440,  ENCH  442. 
Application  of  chemical  engineenng  process  and  unit 
operation  pnnciples  in  small  scale  semi-commercial 
equipment-  Data  from  experimental  observations  are 
used  to  evaluate  performance  and  efficiency  of 
operations  Emphasis  on  correct  presentation  ol  results 
in  report  lorm. 

ENCH     440     Chemical     Engineering     Kinetics     (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENCH  300.  ENCH  325.  CHEM  481. 
Fundamental  ol  chemical  reaction  kinetics  and  their 
application  to  the  design  and  operation  ol  chemical 
reactors  Reaction  rate  theory,  homogeneous  reactions 
and  catalysis  electrochemical  reactions.  Catalytic  reactor 
design. 

ENCH  442  Chemical  Engineering  Systems  Analysis 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ENCH  300  ENCH  425.  Dynamic 
response  applied  to  process  systems  Goals  and  modes 
ol  control.  Laplace  translormations.  analysis  and 
synthesis  ol  simple  control  systems,  closed  loop 
response,  dynamic  testing. 

ENCH  444  Process  Engineering  Economics  and 
Design  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCH  427.  ENCH  440. 
ENCH  442.  Principles  of  chemical  engineering 
economics  and  process  design.  Emphasis  on  equipment 
types,  equipment  design  principles,  capital  cost 
estimation,  operating  costs,  and  profitability, 

ENCH    445    Process    Engineering    and    Design    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCH  427  Utilization  ol  Chemical 
Engineering  principles  lor  the  design  of  process 
equipment  Typical  problems  in  the  design  of  chemical 
plants.  Comprehensive  reports  are  required. 

ENCH  446  Process  Engineering  Economics  and 
Design  11  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  444  Application  of 
Chemical  Engineenng  principles  lor  the  design  of 
chemical  processing  equipment.  Typical  problems  in  the 
design  of  chemical  plants.  Not  open  to  students  who 
already  have  credit  lor  ENCH  445. 

ENCH     450    Cframlcal     Process     Oevetopment     (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCH  427  Chemical  process  industries 
Irom  the  standpoint  ol  technology,  raw  materials, 
products  and  processing  equipment  Operations  ol  major 
chemical  processes  and  industnes  combined  with 
quantitative  analysis  ol  process  requirements  and  yields. 

ENCH  452  Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  427  Application  ol  digital  and 
anak)g  computers  to  Chemical   Engineenng  problems. 


152     ENCO  —  Engineering,  Cooperative  Education 


Numencal  methods,  programming,  diflerential  equations, 
curve  (itting.  amplifiers  and  analog  circuits 

ENCH  453  Applied  Mathematics  In  Chemical 
Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite  ENCH  427  Mathematical 
techniques  applied  to  the  analysis  and  solution  o( 
Chemical  Engineenng  problems  Use  ol  ditlerentiation. 
integration,  diflerential  equations,  partial  differential 
equations  and  integral  transforms  Application  ol  infinite 
sehes.  numencal  and  statistical  methods 

ENCH  454  Chemical  Process  Analysis  and 
Optimization  (3)  Prerequisites  ENCH  427.  440 
Applications  of  mathematical  models  to  the  analysis  and 
optimization  ol  chemical  processes  Models  tjased  on 
transport,  chemical  kinetics  and  other  chemical 
engineenng  pnnciples  will  t3e  employed.  Emphasis  on 
evaluation  ol  process  alternatives 

ENCH     455     Chemical     Process     Laboratory     (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCH  427  and  440  One  lecture  and  six 
hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Expenmental  study  of 
vanous  chemical  processes  through  latioratory  and  small 
semi-commercial  scale  equipment  Reaction  kinetics, 
fluid  mechanics,  heat  and  mass  transfer 

ENCH    461    Control    of    Air    Pollution    Sources    (3) 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  Engineenng  or  consent 
ol  instructor  Theory  and  application  of  methods  for  the 
control  and  removal  ol  airborne  matenals.  Principles  of 
design  and  performance  of  air  quality  control  equipment, 

ENCH  468  Res«arch  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Pennission  ot 
the  instructor  Investigation  of  a  research  project  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member  Comprehensive 
reports  are  required.  Hepeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

ENCH       475       Electrochemical       Engineering      (3) 

Prerequisite  ENCH  425  Fundamentals  of 
Electrochemistry  with  application  to  engineering  and 
commercial  processes.  Equilibrium  potentials,  reaction 
mechanisms.  cell  kinetics.  polanzalion.  surface 
phenomena  Etectroretinmg,  electrowinning.  oxidation 
and  reduction,  solid,  liquid  and  gas  systems  Aspects  of 
design  and  performance  of  electroprocess  plants. 

ENCH  480  Engineering  Analysis  of  Physiological 
Systems  (3)  Engineering  descnplion  and  analysis  ol 
physiological  systems.  Survey  ol  bioengineering 
literature  and  an  introduction  to  mathematical  modeling  of 
physiological  systems 

ENCH  482  Biochemical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Senior  standing  in  Engineenng  or  consent  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  biochemical  and  microbiological 
applications  to  commercial  and  engineenng  processes, 
including  industrial  lermentation.  enzymology. 
ultrafiltration,  food  and  pharmaceutical  processing  and 
resulting  waste  treatment  Enzyme  kinetics,  cell  growth. 
energetics  and  mass  transfer 

ENCH  485  Biochemical  Engineering  laboratory  (2) 

Prerequisite  or  co-requisite  ENCH  482  Techniques  ot 
measuring  pertinent  parameters  in  fermentation  reactors, 
quantification  of  production  variables  for  pnmary  and 
secondary  metalx>lites  such  as  enzymes  and  antibiotics, 
the  insolublizalion  of  enzymes  lor  reactors,  and  the 
demonstration  of  separation  techniques  such  as 
ultrafiltration  and  affinity  chromatography 

ENCH    490    Introduction    to    Polymer    Science    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCH  425  The  elements  ol  Ihe  chemistry, 
physics.  processing  methods.  and  engineering 
applications  ol  polymers 

ENCH  492  Applied  Physical  Chemistry  ot  Polymers 

(3)  Prerequisite  CHEM  481  Corequisite.  CHEM  482  or 
consent  ol  instructor  Kinetics  ol  formation  ol  high 
polymers,  determination  of  molecular  weight  and 
structure,  and  applied  thermodynamics  and  phase 
equilibna  of  polymer  solutions 

ENCH    494    Polymer    Technology    Laboratory    (3) 

Prerequisite  ENCH  490  or  492  One  lecture  and  two  lab 
penods  per  week  Measurement  ol  mechanical,  electrical, 
optical,  thermal  properties  ol  polymers  Measurement  ol 
molecular  weight  by  viscosimetry  isometnc  and  light 
scattenng  methods  Application  ot  X  ray.  NMR.  ESR. 
spectroscopy  molecular  relaxatk>n.  microscopy  and 
electron  microscopy  to  the  determinatkjn  ol  polymer 
structure,  effects  ol  ultraviolet  light  and  high  energy 
radiation. 

ENCH    495    Rheology    of    Pofymw    Matertafs    (3) 

Prerequisite  ENCH  490  or  492  Mechanical  behavior 
with  emphasis  on  Ihe  continuum  point  ol  view  and  its 


relationship  to  structural  types  Elasticity,  viscoelasticity. 
anelaslicity  and  plasticity  ol  single  phase  and  multiphase 
materials  (Students  who  have  credit  lor  ENCH  495  may 
not  take  ENMA  495  lor  credit ) 

ENCH    496    Processing    of    Polymer    Itoterials    (3) 

Prerequisite  ENCH  490  or  492  A  comprehensive 
analysis  of  the  operations  earned  out  on  polymenc 
matenals  to  increase  their  utility  Conversion  operations 
such  as  molding  extrusion,  blending,  film  forming,  and 
calendenng  Development  ol  engineenng  skills  required 
to  practice  in  ttie  high  polymer  industry  Students  who 
have  credit  lor  ENCH  496  may  not  take  ENMA  496  lor 
credit 

ENCO  —  Engineering,  Cooperative 
Education 

ENCO  408  CO-OP  Internship  (0)  Prolessional  internship 
in  industry  or  government  agency  provides  the  practical 
wor1<  expenences  which  supplement  and  enhance  the 
theories,  pnnciples  and  practices  in  the  normal 
educational  program  The  student  strould  register  lor 
ENCO  408  lor  each  summer  internship  He  should 
register  for  both  ENCO  408  and  ENCO  409  for  each 
semester  internship, 

ENCO  409  CO-OP  Internship  (0)  Professional  internship 
in  industry  or  government  agency  provides  the  practical 
work  experiences  which  supplement  and  enhance  the 
theories,  pririciples  and  practices  studied  iri  the  normal 
educational  pragram  The  student  should  register  lor 
ENCO  408  lor  each  summer  internship  He  should 
register  for  both  ENCO  408  and  409  for  each  summer 
internship. 

ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical 

ENEE  204  Systems  and  Circuits  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
MATH  141  Required  of  sophomores  in  electncal 
engineenng,  Kirchhofts  laws,  linear,  nonlinear,  and 
time-varying  elements  ol  systems  and  circuits  Solution  of 
circuit  differential  equations,  zero  input,  zero  state,  and 
complete  response  'Coupled  elements.  ideal 
transfomners.  controlled  sources  tvlode  and  mesh 
analysis  in  the  time  domain, 

ENEE  250  Computer  Structures  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENEE  240  or  equivalent  Basic  structure  and 
organization  ol  digital  computers,  number  systems  and 
data  representation;  assembly  language  (Some  simple 
assembly  language  programs  will  be  run),  introduction  to 
system  software,  gates  and  memory  elements;  logic 
design  ol  simple  digital  systems;  relaibilty. 
hardware  software  tradeotls, 

ENEE  300  Principles  ot  Electrical   Engineering   (3) 

Prerequisites  MATH  241.  PHYS  263  Corequisite  ENEE 
301  Required  ol  Aerospace.  Mechanical  and  Chemical 
engineers  Not  applicable  in  the  electncal  engineeririg 
maior  program  Acceptable  as  prerequisite  lor  some 
advanced  ENEE  courses  Analysis  ol  linear  systems, 
introduction  to  Laplace  transforms,  steady-state  A-C 
transforms.  introduction  to  the  concepts  of 
electromagnetic  fields  and  electnc  machines 

ENEE  301  Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory  (1)  Two 

hours  of  iatX)raIory  per  week  Corequisite  ENEE  3(X) 
Expenments  on  the  transient  and  steady-state  response 
ol  linear  circuits,  electric  machines,  electron  tut)es  and 
semi  conductor  devices 

ENEE  304  Systems  and  Circuits  ii  (3)  Prerequisite 
ENEE  204;  Pre-  or  corequisite  MATH  246  Sinusoidal 
analysis.  General  mesh  and  node  analysis  Analysis  by 
Laplace  transforms.  network  functions.  networV 
theorems  Two-port  theory,  controlled  sources, 
small-signal  analysis  of  semkx>nductor  devices  Founer 
series 

ENEE  305  Fundamental  Laboratory  (2)  Corequisite 
ENEE  204  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per  week 
Concepts  arxl  techniques  of  physical  measurements 
usir^  standard  electncal  measunng  devices  generators, 
oscilloscopes,  voltmeters,  etc  Measurements  ol  linear 
and  non  linear  circuits,  steady  slate  arxf  step  response; 
integrated  circuits  Handling  arxj  use  ot  data 

ENEE  314  Electronic  Circuits  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE 
304  Charactenstics  ol  semi-conductor  devices  Diodes 
biasing  and  stabilization  ol  bipolar  and  held  elfecl 
transistors,  power  amplifief  characteristics  Feedt>ack 
implifiers.  integrated  operational  amplifiers  transistor 
switcfies.  gates,  and  integrated  kigic  circuits,  bistable 


miltivibrators  and  applications  in  counters,  registers  and 
selected  digital  networtis 

ENEE  322  Stgnai  and  System  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites 
ENEE  204  and  MATH  246  Concept  ol  linear  systems, 
state  space  equations  for  continuous  and  discrete 
systems,  time  domain  analysis  ot  linear  systems,  Fourier. 
Laplace  and  Z  transforms  ApplKation  of  theory  to 
problems  in  Electrical  Engineering 

ENEE  324  Engineering  Probability  (3)  Prerequisile: 
ENEE  322  Axioms  of  probability,  conditKxial  probabtiity 
and  Bayes  rules,  random  variables,  prot>aUilty 
distnbution  and  densities  functions  ol  random  vanables: 
weak  law  ot  large  numt}ers  and  central  limit  ttteorem. 
Introduction  to  random  processes,  correlation  functions. 
spectral  densities,  and  linear  systems  Applications  10 
noise  in  electncal  systems.  Iiltenng  ol  signals  from  noise, 
estimation,  and  digital  communicattons 

ENEE  380  Electromagnetic  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  241  and  PHYS  263  Introduction  to 
electromagnetic  lields  Coulombs  law.  Gausss  law. 
electncal  potential,  dielectnc  matenals  capacttar>ce. 
boundary  value  problems.  Biot-Savart  law.  Ampere  s  law. 
Lorentz  force  equation,  magnetic  materials,  magnetic 
circuits,  inductance,  time  varying  fiek):  arid  Maxwells 
equatWns, 

ENEE    381    Electromagnetic    Wave    Propagation    (3) 

Prerequisite  ENEE  380  Review  ol  Maxwell  s  equations; 
the  wave  equation,  potentials.  Poyntings  ttieorem 
Transmission,  lossy  medium,  skin  effect  Parallel-plate 
and  rectangular  wave-guides  Radiation,  retarded 
potentials,  radiation  from  dipole 

ENEE    400    Computer    Aided    ClrcuH    Analysis    (3) 

Prerequisite  ENEE  314  Computer  aided  analysis  ol 
electronic  devices  and  comporwnls  Networti  topotogy, 
computer  lormulation  of  Kirchhoff  laws,  nodal  analysis  of 
linear  and  non-linear  r>etworks.  computer  formulation  of 
the  state  equations,  time  domain  arKJ  frequency  domain 
solution,  sensitivity  calculations 

ENEE  402  Advanced  Pulse  Techniques  (3)  (See  ENEE 
403  for  optional  related  laboratory  course)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  314  or  410  or  equivalent  Bistable,  nxxrastable. 
and  astable  circuits,  sweep  arcuits.  synchronization, 
counting,  gates,  comparators  Magnetic  core  circuits, 
semi-conductor  and  vacuum-tube  circuits 

ENEE      407      Microwave-ClrcuKs      Laboratory      (2) 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  Electncal  Engineenng  or 
consent  of  instructor  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per 
week  Experiments  corKemed  with  circuits  constructed 
Irom  microwave  components  providing  practical 
experience  in  the  design,  construction  and  testing  of 
such  circuits  Projects  irwiude  microwave  fillers  and 
S-parameter  design  with  applications  of  cuneni 
technotogy 

ENEE  410  Electronic  CircuHs  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE 
300  or  equivalent  knowledge  ol  circuit  ttieory  or  cortsent 
of  the  instructor  This  course  is  interxled  for  students  in 
the  Physical  Saences,  and  lor  Engineenng  students 
requinng  additional  study  ot  electron  arcuits  Credit  not 
normally  given  for  this  course  in  an  Electncal  Engineenng 
maior  program  (ENEE  413  may  optionally  be  taken  as 
an  associated  laboratory)  PN  |unct)0(\s,  transistors. 
vacuum  tubes,  biasing  and  operating  point  stability, 
switches,  large-signal  analysis  models,  smalt-sigr^ 
analysis,  frequency  response.  feedt>ack  and  multtstage 
amplifiers,  pulse  and  digital  circuits 

ENEE  412  Telemetry  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE 
314  Selected  digital  arcuits  frequency  division 
muftiplexing  FM  AM  systems,  SSBFM  systems,  time 
division  multiplexed  systems,  pulse  amplitude 
modulatKXi,  pulse  duration  modulation  pulse  code 
rrxidulation  analog  to  digital  converters  multiplexers  and 
DC -commutators 

ENEE  413  Electronics  Laboratory  (3)  CorequisHe: 
ENEE  314  One  lecture  and  tlvee  lab  hours  per  mraak. 
Provides  expenence  in  the  specification,  design,  and 
testing  of  basic  electronic  arcuits  and  pracMcal 
interconnections  Emphasis  on  design  with  ducrete  soM 
state  arxf  integrated  arcuit  components  lor  both  snelog 
and  pulse  circuits 

ENEE  414  Nelworli  Analysis  (3)  PrerequlsAe:  ENEE 
304  fretwork  properties  Lineanty.  reoproclty.  etc 
2-port  descnptions  and  generalization  Y.S.  fiybird 
matncas.  descnpnon  properties  symmelry.  para-unity 
etc  basic  topological  analysis,  slate-space  tecrmK^ies. 
computer-aided  analysis.  sensitnrity  analysle; 
approximation  tfieory 


ENES  —  Engineering  Science     153 


ENEE  416  Natwork  SynthMla  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE 
304  Active  and  passive  components,  passivity.  lx)unded 
and  positive  real.  RC  pfopedies  and  synthesis.  Brune 
and  Darlington  synltiesis.  translei-voltsge  and  Y21 
synthesis,  active  feedback  configurations,  image 
parameter  design,  computer  aided  optimization  synthesis 
via  ttie  embeddir>g  corKept 

ENEE  418  Pro)»ct*  In  Electrical  Englnewtng  (1-3) 
Hours  10  be  arranged  Prerequisites  senior  standing  and 
permission  of  the  instructor  May  be  taken  tor  repeated 
credit  up  to  a  total  of  4  credits,  with  the  permission  of  the 
students  advisor  and  the  instructor  Theoretical  and 
experimental  projects 

ENEE  419  Apprentlcaahip  In  Electrical  Engineering 
(2-3)  Hours  to  t5e  arranged  Prerequisite  Completion  of 
sopfxHnofe  courses  and  permission  of  an  apprentteeship 
director  May  be  taken  lor  repealed  credit  up  to  a  total  o( 
nine  credits  A  unique  opportunity  for  experience  In 
Experimental  Research  and  Engineering  Design  A  few 
highly  qualified  students  will  be  selected  as  apprentices 
in  one  ol  the  research  facilities  of  the  Electrical 
Engineering  Department  and  will  participate  In  the  current 
research  under  the  supervision  ol  ttie  laboratory  director 
In  ttie  past,  apprenticeships  have  been  available  in  the 
following  laboralones  biomedical,  electron  ring 
accelerator,  gas  laser,  integrated  circuits,  simulation  and 
computer,  and  solid  state  laser 

ENEE  420  Communication  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite 
ENEE  324  Founer  senes.  Fourier  transforms  and  linear 
system  analysis,  random  signals,  autocorrelation 
functtons  and  power  spectral  densities:  analog 
communication  systems:  amplitude  modulation. 
single-sideband  modulation,  frequency  and  phase 
modulatton.  sampling  theorem  and  pulse-amplitude 
modulation:  digital  communication  systems  pulse-code 
modulatkjn.  phase-shift  keying,  differential  phase  shift 
keying,  frequency  shift  keying;  performance  ol  analog 
and  digital  communication  systems  In  the  presence  of 
noise 

ENEE  421  Information  Theory  and  Coding  3 
Prerequisite:  ENEE  324  Definition  of  Information  and 
entropy;  Merrroryless  and  Markov  Sources;  source 
coding;  Kraft  and  MacMillan  Inequalities;  Shannon's  First 
Theorem;  Hoffman  Codes;  Channels.  Mutual  Information, 
and  Capacity;  Shannon's  Noisy  Channel  Coding 
Theorem;  Error  Con-ecting  Codes 

ENEE  425  Digital  Signal  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite 
ENEE  322.  Sampling  as  a  modulation  process  aliasing; 
the  sampling  theorem;  the  Z-transform  and  discrete-time 
system  analysis;  direct  and  computer-aided  design  of 
recursive  and  nonrecurslve  digital  filters;  the  Discrete 
Fourier  Transfomi  (DFT)  and  Fast  Fourier  Transform 
(FFT);  digital  filtering  using  the  FFT;  analog-to-digltal  and 
digital-to  analog  conversion;  effects  of  quantization  and 
finite-word-length  arithmetic, 

ENEE  432  Electronics  lor  Life  Scientists  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  latioratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  College  Algebra  and  a  Physics  course, 
incfuding  basic  electricity  and  magnetism.  Not  accepted 
for  credit  In  an  Electrical  Engineenng  major  program.  The 
concept  of  an  Instrumentation  system  with  emphasis 
upon  requirements  for  transducers,  amplifiers,  and 
recording  devices,  design  criteria  and  circuitry  of  power 
supplies  ampliliers.  and  pulse  equipment,  specific 
Instruments  used  for  biological  research,  problems  of 
shielding  against  hum  and  noise  pickup  and  other 
interference  problems  characteristic  of  biological 
systems. 

ENEE  433  Electronic  Instrumentation  for  Physical 
Science  (3)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  two  trours  ol 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ENEE  300  or  306. 
PHYS  271  or  equivalent,  or  conserit  of  instnjctor  The 
concept  of  Instrumentation  systems  from  sensor  to 
readout;  discussions  of  transducers,  system  dynamics, 
precision  and  accuracy;  measurement  of  electrical 
parameters;  direct,  differential,  and  potentiomelric 
measurements;  bridge  measurements,  time  and 
frequency  measurements,  waveform  generation  and 
display. 

ENEE  434  Introduction  to  Neural  Networks  and 
Signals  3  Prerequisite:  ENEE  204  or  300  Introduction  In 
the  generation  and  processing  of  bioelectric  signals 
including  structure  and  function  of  the  neuron,  membrane 
theory,  generation  and  propagation  of  nerve  impulses. 
synaptic  mechanisms,  transduction  and  neural  coding  of 
sensory  events,  central  nervous  system  processing  of 
sensory    Infomiation    and   correlated    electrical   signals. 


control  of  effector  organs,  muscle  contractton  and 
mechanics,  and  models  of  neurons  and  neural  networlis 
ENEE  435  Electrodes  and  Electrical  Procassas  In 
Biology  and  Medicine  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE  204  or 
300  Techniques  for  recording  biokigical  signals  such  as 
brain,  muscle  and  cardial  electrical  potentials;  memtxane 
theory;  half-cell  potentials,  liquid  junctton  potentials, 
polarization  ol  electrodes,  biological  and  medical 
instrumentation:  and  applications  in  ttie  design  ol  cardial 
pacemakers,  or  a  similar  case  study 

ENEE  438  Top«cs  In  Biomedical  Engineering  (1-3) 

Prerequisite  Permission  of  the  instructor  May  be  taken 
for  repeated  credit  The  content  may  vary  from  semester 
to  semester  Selected  topics  of  current  interest  from  such 
areas  as  bioelectric  systems,  modeling  instrumentation, 
automated  diagnostic,  health-care  delivery,  etc 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  hours 

ENEE  442  Software  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites 
ENES  240;  ENEE  250  or  equivalent  Architectural 
aspects  ol  Software  Engineering  Machirie  language  and 
machine  structure:  assembly  language  and  assemblers; 
macro-language  and  macro-processors;  loaders  and 
linkers;  programming  languages  and  language  structure: 
compilers  and  interpreters,  operating  systems 

ENEE    444    Logic    Design    ol    Digital    Systems    (3) 

Prerequisite  ENEE  250  Review  of  Switching  Algebra; 
gales  and  logic  modules;  map  simplification  techniques, 
multiple-output  systems;  memory  elements  and 
sequential  systems,  large  switching  systems;  iterative 
nelwori(s;  sample  designs.  computer  oriented 
simpllficalion  algorithms;  state  assignment;  partltiori 
techniques;  sequential  system  decompositions 

ENEE  445  Computer  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite:  ENEE 
444  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per  week. 
Hardware  oriented  experiments  providing  practical 
expenence  In  the  design,  construction,  and  checkout  of 
components  and  interlaces  for  digital  computers  and  data 
transmission  systems  Projects  Include  classical  design 
techniques  and  applications  of  current  techriology. 

ENEE  446  Digital  Computer  Design  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  250.  Essential  elements  o(  the  hardware  design  of 
digital  computers.  Anthemetic  and  logic  units,  adders, 
mulitpllers.  dividers,  logic  and  shifting  operations,  floating 
point  anthmetic.  Memory  organization,  design  of  a  basic 
computer:  instnjctlon  set.  bus  structure,  fetch-execute 
microoperalions.  hard-wired  coritrol  unit, 

microprogrammed  control  unit,  index  registers,  indirect 
addressing,  interrupt  operation,  direct  memory  access. 
Organization  of  commercially  available  computers.  No 
student  will  be  allowed  credit  for  both  CMSC  410  and 
ENEE  446 

ENEE  450  Discrete  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENES 
240  or  equivalent  Review  ol  Set  Algebra  including 
relations,  partial  ordenng  and  mappings.  Algebraic 
structures  including  semigroups  and  groups.  Graph 
theory  including  trees  and  weighted  graphs.  Boolean 
Algebra  and  prepositional  logic.  Applications  of  these 
stnjctures  to  various  areas  of  Computer  Engineering 

ENEE  460  Control  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  322 
Mathematical  models  for  control  system  components 
Transform  and  time  domain  methods  for  linear  control 
systems.  Introductory  stability  theory.  Root  locus.  Bode 
diagrams  and  Nyqulst  plots.  Design  specifications  In  the 
time  and  frequency  domains.  Compensation  design  in 
the  time  and  frequency  domain  Introduction  to  sampled 
data  systems  Introduction  to  computer  aided  design  ol 
control  systems 

ENEE  461  Control  Systems  Laboratory  (2) 
Prerequisite:  ENEE  460-  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours 
per  week  Projects  to  enhance  the  student's 
understanding  ol  feedback  control  systems  and  to 
familiarize  him  with  the  characteristics  and  limitations  of 
real  control  devices.  Students  will  design,  build,  and  test 
servomechanlsms.  and  will  conduct  analog  and  hybrid 
computer  simulations  of  coritrol  systems. 
ENEE  462  Systems,  Control  and  Computation  (3) 
Prerequisites:  ENEE  300  or  304.  and  MATH  246  or 
consent  of  instnjctor.  Matrix  Algebra,  state  space 
analysis  of  discrete  systems,  state  space  analysis  of 
continuous  systems,  computer  algorithms  for  circuit 
arialysis.  optlmizatiori  and  system  simulation. 

ENEE  472  Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  304  Electromechanical  transducers, 
theory  of  electromechnical  systems,  power  and  wideband 
transformers,  rotating  electncal  machinery  from  the 
theoretical  and  performance  points  of  view 


ENEE  473  Tranaducara  and  Electrical  Machinery 
Laboratory  (1)  Corequisite  ENEE  472  Experiments  on 
translormers  synchronous  machines,  induction  motors, 
synchros,  loudspeakers,  other  transducers 

ENEE  480  Fundamentals  of  Solid  State  Electronlca 

(3)  Prerequisite  ENEE  381  Review  of  Maxwell's 
Equation,  electromagnetic  properties  ol  dielectrics; 
introduction  to  quantum  mechanics  arvt  quantum 
statistics,  classical  and  quantum  theory  ol  metals,  theory 
of  semiconductors  and  semiconductor  devices,  pnnople 
ol  magnetic  devices  and  selected  topics 

ENEE  481  Antennas  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE  381 
Introduction  to  the  corrcepts  of  radiation,  generalized  far 
field  formulas;  antenna  theorems  and  fundamentals, 
antenna  arrays  linear  and  planar  anays.  aperture 
antennas,  terminal  impedance;  propagation 

ENEE  483  Electromagnetic  Measurementa  Laboratory 

(2)  Prerequisites  ENEE  305  and  ENEE  380  One  lecture 
and  three  lab  tiours  per  week  Experiments  designed  to 
provide  familiarity  with  a  large  class  of  micro-wave  and 
optical  components,  techniques  lor  interconnecting  them 
into  useful  systems,  and  techniques  of  high  frequency 
and  optical  measurements 

ENEE  487  Panicle  Accelerators,  Physical  and 
Engineering  Principles  (3)  Prerequisites  ENEE  380 
and  PHYS  420.  or  consent  of  the  instructor  Sources  of 
charged  panicles;  methods  ol  acceleration  and  focusirig 
of  ion  beams  in  electromagnetic  fields,  basic  theory, 
design,  and  engineering  pnnciples  of  particle 
accelerators 

ENEE  488  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering  (3)  Credit 
up  to  a  total  of  six  credits,  with  the  permission  ol  the 
student's  advisor  and  the  instructor. 

ENEE  496  Lasers  and  Electro-Optic  Devices  (3)  Pre- 
or  corequisite:  ENEE  381  Optical  resonators,  fabry-perot 
etalon  Theory  of  laser  oscillation,  rate  equations. 
Gaseous,  solid  state,  semiconductor  and  dye  laser 
systems  Electro-optic  effects  and  parametnc  oscillators 
Holography. 


ENES  —  Engineering  Science 

ENES  101  introductory  Engineering  Science  (3)  Basic 
languages  of  the  engineer.  Elements  of  Graphic 
Commuriication  and  analysis.  Orthrographic  projection, 
conventions,  graphs  and  curve-fitting.  Introduction  to 
Fortran  computer  language  Engineering  orientation, 
selection  of  a  major  and  career  goals. 

ENES  110  Statics  (3)  Corequisite:  MATH  141  The 
equilibrium  of  stationary  bodies  under  the  influence  of 
various  kinds  of  forces  Forces,  moments,  couples, 
equilibrium,  trusses,  frames  arid  machiries.  centroids, 
mament  of  inertia,  beams,  and  friction  Vector  and  scalar 
methods  are  used  to  solve  problems 
ENES  120  Noise  Pollution  (3)  An  Introduction  to  the 
sources  and  the  effects  of  noise  pollution  In  the  modem 
environment  Physical  properties  of  sound  and  methods 
of  measurement.  Noise  abatement  methods.  Public 
policy  approaches  to  the  control  ol  environmental  rioise. 

ENES  121  The  Man  Made  \«oHd  (3)  Introduction  to 
technology  created  to  enhance  the  operation  ol 
contemporary  society  Study  of  the  conception  and 
operation  of  technological  systems  Examples  of  systems 
for  transportation,  communications,  information,  and 
energy  supply  Concepts  of  modeling,  feedback  and 
stability  applied  to  the  analysis,  interpretation  and 
understanding  of  the  behavior  ol  technological  systems 
and  their  Impact  on  society 

ENES  131  Introduction  to  Flight  (3)  An  elementary 
course  In  Aeronautics  appropnate  for  tx)th  science  and 
non-science  students.  The  elements  of  flight  as 
exemplified  by  the  flight  of  birds  and  the  historical 
developmerit  of  the  airplarie  Navigation  and  control  of 
the  aircraft,  weather  as  it  affects  aviation,  flight 
instruments,  and  the  operation  of  the  U.S.  Civil  Aviation 
System  One  hour  of  flight  simulator  experience  is 
included. 

ENES  220  lyiechanlcs  of  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  141.  PHYS  161.  and  ENES  110  Distortion  of 
engineenng  materials  In  relation  to  changes  m  stress  or 
temperature  Geometry  of  internal  strain  and  external 
displacement  Application  to  beams,  columns,  shafts, 
tanks,  and  other  stmctural,  machine  and  vehicle 
members. 


154     ENFP  —  Engineering,  Fire  Protection 


ENES  221  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisite  ENES  110 
Pre— or  corequisile:  MATH  241  and  PHYS  262  Systems 
Of  heavy  particles  and  rigid  bodies  at  rest  and  In  motion 
Force  acceleration,  work  energy  and  impulse-momentum 
relationstiips  Motion  o(  one  twdy  relative  to  another  in  a 
plane  and  in  space 

ENES  230  Introduction  to  Materials  and  their 
Applications  (3)  Prerequisite  ENES  110  Stnjcture  ol 
matenals,  chemical  composition,  phase  translormalions. 
corrosion  and  mechanical  properties  ot  metals,  ceramics. 
polymers  and  related  matenals  Material  selection  in 
engineering  applications 

ENES  240  Engineering  Computation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  141.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
period  per  week  Introduction  to  the  design  and 
Implementation  ot  algorithms  to  solve  engineering 
problems  using  digital  computers  Analysis  of  problems 
fundamental  to  engineering  design,  construction  and 
diagrammatic  description  ot  eflective  procedures  tor 
solving  them  and  implementing  and  testing  of  these 
solutions  in  a  common  high-level  engineering-oriented 
language  such  as  Fortran  Techniques  for  SATA  input 
and  storage,  selection  ol  relevant  numerical  and 
non-numerical  methods  for  problem  solutions,  and  the 
efficient  ordering  of  data  for  meaningful  output 
presentation 

ENES  401  Technological  Assessment  (3)  Intended  for 
seniors  not  majoring  in  Engineering  Not  applicable  as  a 
technical  elective  lor  Engineering  majors.  Analysis  of 
assessing  technology  in  terms  of  goals  and  resources. 
Public  and  private  constraints,  changes  in  obiectives  and 
organization  Applications  to  Engineering  Technology. 

ENES  405  Power  and  the  Environment  (3)  Intended  for 
seniors  not  mapring  in  Engineenng  Not  applicable  as  a 
technical  elective  lor  Engineering  majors  An  introduction 
to  the  power  needs  of  society.  The  interrelationship 
between  man's  use  of  energy  and  the  effect  on  the 
eco-system  Introduction  to  the  techniques  of  power 
production  with  special  emphasis  on  nuclear  fueled 
power  plants. 

ENES  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  In  Buildings  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  262  or  consent  of  instructor  Methods 
of  utilizing  solar  energy  to  provide  heating,  cooling,  hot 
water,  and  electricity  for  buildings:  survey  of  related 
techniques  for  reducing  energy  consumption  in  buildings. 
Solar  collectors,  heating  and  cooling  systems,  water 
heaters,  energy  storage,  solar  cells,  solar-themial  power 
systems.  Quantitative  evaluation  of  system  efficiencies: 
economics  of  solar  energy  utilization:  structural  and 
esthetic  integration  of  solar  collectors  and  system 
components  into  building  designs 

ENES  473  Principles  of  Highway  and  Trsftic 
Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites  Permission  ot  instnjctor 
Designed  to  assist  the  non-engineer  in  understanding 
highway  transportation  systems.  A  survey  of  the 
fundamentals  of  tratlic  characteristics  and  operations. 
Study  of  the  methods  and  implementation  ol  traffic 
control  and  regulation.  An  examination  ol  highway  design 
procedures,  and  the  role  ot  Traffic  Engineering  in 
transportation  systems  safety  improvements 

ENES  508  Engineering  Professional  Development  (2) 

Prerequisite:  B  S  in  Engineering  or  consent  ol  instructor 
Subjects  as  announced.  Review  and  extension  of  subject 
areas  covered  at  the  undergraduate  level  Preparation  lor 
EIT  examination,  licensing,  and  other  professional 
requirements  Not  applicable  towards  a  graduate  degree 

ENFP —  Engineering,  Fire 
Protection 

ENFP  251  Introduction  to  Rre  Protection  Engineering 

(3)  Analysis  of  the  social,  economic,  environmental, 
organizational  and  legal  dimensions  ol  the  fire  problem 
Examination  of  the  theoretical  pnnciples  relating  to  basic 
fire  phenomena  and  theories  of  extinguishment 
Introductkjn  to  Fire  Research 

ENFP  280  Urt>an  Fire  Probtem  Analysis  (3)  Intensive 
study  ol  the  urban  lire  problem  Operations  research 
techniques  and  Systems  Engineenng  are  utilized  as 
analytrcal  procedures  for  ttie  technological  assessment  ol 
public  fire  protectkjn  Traditional  assessment  methods 
and  urt>an  analysis 

ENFP    310    Fire    Protection    Systems    Design    I    (3) 

Prerequisite  ENFP  312  Study  of  aqueous  suppression 
system  agents  and  their  application  to  selected  fire 
protection  problems    Examination  ol  specilications.  code 


crtteria.  published  criteria  and  research  utilized  In  tf>e 
engineering  design  of  aqueous  agent  suppression 
systems  Application  ol  hydraulic  theory  to  a  range  ol 
design  considerations  Problem  calculations  based  upon 
student  prepared  design  layouts 

ENFP  312  Fire  Protection  Fluids  (3)  Corequisile  ENCE 
330.  Study  ol  fluid  flow  pnnciples  for  fire  protection 
systems  Analysis  ol  hydrostatic  and  hydrodynamic 
problems  associated  with  municipal  and  industrial  water 
supply  distnbution  systems.  Calculation  mettrods. 
techniques,  and  procedures  lor  hydraulically  designed 
distnbution  networtts  to  meet  prescnbed  conditions  ol 
adequacy  and  reliability  ol  the  total  system 

ENFP  320  Pyrometrics  of  lAaterials  (3)  Analysis  and 
study  ol  characteristics  of  matenals.  and  matenal 
assemblies  related  to  flame  spread,  fuel  contnbution. 
combustibility  and  smoke  development  Analysis  ol  luel 
geometry  and  configuration  to  lire  severity  Procedures  of 
laboratory  analysis,  determination  and  modeling 

ENFP   321    Functional   and   Structural   Analysis   (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENFP  320  Examination  ot  the  functional 
and  structural  components  of  buildings  and  building 
complexes  relative  to  modular  fire  loss  potential 
Analytical  concepts  and  research  developments  related 
to  modular  loss  evaluations  Investigation  of  the 
performance  criteria  of  building  and  fire  prevention 
codes 

ENFP  411  Fire  Protection  Hazard  Analysis  (3) 
Prerequisites:  ENFP  251.  310.  Corequisile:  ENFP  415 
Examination  of  diffusion  flame  phenomena  and  matenal 
flame  propagation  and  development  in  industrial  and 
related  environments.  Synthesis  of  design  procedures 
relative  to  the  total  application  of  Fire  Protection 
Engineering  with  economic  and  cost  benefit  analysis 

ENFP     414     Life     Safety     Systems     Analysis     (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENFP  321 .  Detailed  examination  and  study 
of  the  physical  and  psychological  vanables  related  to  the 
occunence  of  fire  casualties.  The  investigation  ol 
functional  features  of  smoke  movement  and  egress 
Review  of  systematic  procedures  lor  analysis  ol  lite 
salety  in  structures,  and  the  incorporation  ol  such 
procedures  into  the  design  process 
ENFP  415  Fire  Protection  System  Design  II  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ENFP  310.  312  Study  ol  gaseous  and 
particulate  tire  suppression  systems  plus  hazard 
detection  systems  Examination  and  evaluation  of  code 
criteria,  performance  specifications  and  research  relation 
to  the  study  areas.  Application  of  fluid  theory  to  the 
design  layout  and  the  calculation  procedures  lor  gaseous 
and  particulate  fire  suppression  systems  Functional 
analysis  and  design  layout  ol  detection  systems  An 
integrated  fire  protection  systems  design  project, 

ENFP    416    Problem    Synthesis    and     Design    (3) 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing.  Techniques  and 
procedures  of  problem  orientation  and  solution  design 
utilizing  logical  and  numerical  procedures  Student 
development  ol  research  projects  in  selected  areas 

ENFP  489  Special  Topics  (3)  Prerequisite:  Penriission 
ol  the  department-  Selected  topics  ol  credits. 


ENGL  —  English 


ENGL  101  introduction  to  Writing  (3)  An  introductory 
course  in  expository  whting. 

ENGL  102  Introduction  to  Literature  (3)  Open  only  to 
students  who  have  passed  or  are  exempted  trom  ENGL 
101  Further  practice  in  wnting.  along  with  readings  in 
the  modem  novel,  short  story,  poetry,  and  drama 
ENGL  103  Accelerated  English  ComposRion  (I)  An 
accelerated  course  in  rtietoric  and  in  the  methods  ol 
research  Designed  lor  students  who  attain  sufficiently 
high  scores  on  an  appropnate  placement  test  or  an 
advanced  placement  score  ol  2  Not  open  lor  credit  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  ENGL  101.  ENGL  171. 
HONR  too.  or  equivalent 

ENGL  104  introduction  to  Writing— The  Sentence  A 
one-credit  course  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  competency 
requirement  in  English  composition  The  sentence  and  its 
elements  will  be  studied  lor  the  purpose  ot  teactung 
students  how  to  write  ttie  types  ol  sentences  necessary 
tor  completing  college-level  assignments  English  104  is 
limited  to  students  whose  test  scores  and  wrtttng 
samples  indicate  inability  to  take  English  101 
ENGL  105  introduction  to  Writing— The  Paragraph  (i) 
Prerequisite    ENGL  104    A  one-credit  course  in  partial 


fulfillment  of  the  competency  requirement  In  English 
Composition  The  paragraph  and  Its  elements  will  be 
studied  for  the  purpose  of  teaching  students  tKiw  to  write 
the  types  of  paragraphs  necessary  for  completing 
oollege-level  assignments 

ENGL  106  introduction  to  Wrtting— The  Composition 

(i)  Prerequisite  ENGL  105  A  one-credrl  course  in  partial 
lulfillmeni  of  the  competency  requirement  m  English 
Composition  The  compositKin  will  be  studied  for  the 
purpose  of  teaching  students  tx>w  to  complete  some 
types  of  wnting  assignments  that  are  required  in  college 

ENGL  171  Honors  Composition  (3)  Survey  ol  prinopies 
of  composition,  rtietonc.  and  techniques  of  research. 
reading  in  essays,  short  stones,  poetry,  frequent  tttemes 

ENGL  201  Worid  LHersture  (3)  Homer  to  the 
Renaissance,  foreign  classics  beir^  read  in  translation. 

ENGL  202  Worid  Literature  (3)  Shakespeare  to  the 
present,  foreign  classics  being  read  in  translatk>n. 

ENGL  205  introduction  to  Shsliespeara  (3)  Reading  ol 
selected  representative  plays  ir>cluding  tt>e  major 
tragedies  Recommended  lor  noo-majors 

ENGL  211  English  Literature  trom  the  Beginnings  to 

1800(3) 

ENGL  211  English  Literature  from  the  Beginnings  to 

1800(3) 

ENGL    212    English    Literature    from    1800    to    the 

Present  (3) 

ENGL  221   American  Literature— Beginning  to   1865 

(3) 

ENGL  222  American  Literature— 1865  to  Present  (3) 

ENGL  234  introduction  to  Afro-American  Uteratura 

(3)  A  survey  ot  Black  Amencan  literature  from  tf>e  late 
eighteenth  century  to  the  present 

ENGL  241  Introduction  to  the  Novel  (3) 

ENGL  242  Readings  In  Biography  (3)  An  analytical 
study  in  the  form  and  technique  ol  biographkal  wtrting  in 
Europe  and  Amenca. 

ENGL  243  introduction  to  Poetry  and  PoaUcs  (3) 

ENGL  244  introduction  to  Dramatic  Uteratura  (3)  A 

survey  ol  the  basic  literature  ol  drama  from  the  classical 
Greeks  to  modem  times 

ENGL    245    Introduction    to    Film    aa    Uteratura    (3) 

Pnmary  attention  is  on  the  film  as  a  narrative  medium. 
but  other  literary  models  will  be  examined 

ENGL  246  The  Short  Story  (3) 

ENGL  247  Literature  of  FanUay  (3)  Reading  and 
analysis  ol  vanous  worits  ol  non-realistic  iitaratura 
broadly  termed  "Fantasy 

ENGL  250  Women  In  Literature  (3)  Images  ol  women 

in  literature  by  and  at»ut  women 

ENGL  260  Introduction  to  Foiltlore  (3)  History,  ttieory. 
and  genres  of  folklore  Not  open  to  students  wtyj  tiave 
credit  in  ENGL  360 

ENGL    270    Introduction    to    English     Honors    (3) 

Intensive  study  of  a  limited  number  of  works  drawn  from 
ttve  major  genres  (drama,  narrative  poetry,  tync  poetry, 
prose  fictkjn.  prose  non  fiction)  An  introduction  lor  the 
beginning  honors  student  to  the  major  genres,  literary 
t>ackgrounds.  chronological  divisioris  arxJ  mettiods  of 
approaching  English  and  Amencan  literature  Required 
tor  graduation  with  honors 

ENGL  271  Honors  Worid  LHeratura  (3)  Homer  to  ttw 
Rer^issar>ce.  foreign  classics  being  read  in  translalion. 

ENGL  272  Honors  Worid  LHeratura  (3)  Shakespeare  to 
the  present,  foreign  classics  being  read  in  translation 

ENGL  278  Special  Topics  in  Uteratura  (3)  Flepeatabte 

to  a  maximum  of  9  hours 

ENGL  280  introduction  to  Linguiattca  (3) 

ENGL  292  Composition  and  Uterary  Typaa  (3)  >M 

open  to  students  who  have  taken  ENGL  171  A  study  ol 
literary  genres  with  writing  t>ased  on  tt>e  readings 

ENOL    294    introduction    to    Creative    Writing    (3) 

Additional  prerequisite.  Sophomore  standing 

ENOL  300  and  400  Laval  Course  PraraqulaNaa:  Any 
two  freshman  or  sophorrxxe  Engtish  ooursaa.  wNh  lf<a 
exception  ol  ENGL  293  and  ENGL  294 


ENGL  — English     155 


ENQL  301  Critical  Methods  In  th«  Study  of  Utantun 

(3)  An  Introdudion  to  the  techniques  ol  literary  analysis 
ar>d  a  brief  survey  ol  the  most  common  approaches  lo 
literature  Required  ol  all  Er^lish  and  Amencan  lileralure 
majors 

ENGL  302  English  Medieval  Literature  In  Tranelatlon 


(3) 

ENGL    304    The   Major   Works   ol    Shakespeare   (3) 

Studenis  who  have  credit  lor  ENGL  -103  or  404  cannot 
receive  credit  lor  ENGL  304 

ENGL  30S  Shakeapeare  and  his  Contemporarlee— An 
Introduction  (3)  An  introduction  lo  the  plays  ol 
Shakespeare  and  those  ol  several  ol  his  contemporaries 
The  course  emphasizes  a  reading  ol  eight  to  ten  plays  in 
the  context  ol  the  developmeni  ol  the  drama  in  England 
and  ol  the  pertinent  Elizabethan  theathcal.  social, 
intellsctuai,  and  political  circumstances  Because  the 
course  Includes  six  ol  the  plays  ol  Shakespeare  normally 
taught  in  ENGL  405.  students  who  take  ENGL  305  may 
nol  take  ENGL  405  They  may  take  ENGL  403.  404.  450. 
451 

ENOL  345  Twentieth  Century  Poetry  (3)  A 
one-semester  survey  course  in  British  and  Amencan 
poetry  Irom  Yeats  and  Robinson  to  the  present  Special 
emphasis  on  Yeats,  Pound.  Eliot.  Williams.  Roethke.  and 
Lowell  Not  open  to  students  who  already  have  credit  lor 
ENGL  445  or  446 

ENOL  348  Literary  Works  by  Women  (3)  The  context, 
lorm.  style  and  meaning  ol  literary  works  by  women 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits  when  content 
ditlers 

ENGL  369  Honors  Seminar— Major  Traditions  (4-5) 
Prerequisite  Permission  ol  the  director  ol  English  horwrs 
Intensive  study  ol  ma)or  English  and  Amencan  literary 
classics  in  iheir  generic  context  ol  narrative  and  lyric 
poetry,  drama,  prose,  liction  arvj  non-liction  Irom  the 
beginnings  to  the  present 

ENGL  370  Junior  Honors  Conference  (1)  Prerequisite: 
Candidacy  lor  honors  in  English  Preparation  lor  writing 
ttie  senior  honors  proiect 

ENGL  371  Senior  Honors  Conference  (1)  Prerequisite 
Candidacy  lor  honors  in  English  Presentation  and 
discussion  ol  senk3r  honors  projects 

ENGL  373  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisite;  Candkjacy 
lor  honors  in  English.  Research  and  writing  of  senior 
honors  pro|ect  Strongly  recommended  lor  Etudenis 
planning  graduate  work. 

ENGL   378   Independent   Research   In   English  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  instructor  Designed  to  provide 
qualified  ma|0fs  in  English  an  opportunity  to  pursue 
specific  English  readings  under  the  supervision  of  a 
member  ol  the  department  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol 
6  credits 

ENGL  379  Special  Topics  In  Literature  (3)  (English 
majors  may  nol  count  credits  earned  in  this  course 
toward  the  total  required  lor  the  maior  |  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  9  hours  if  the  content  is  diflerent 

ENGL  385  English  Semantics  (3)  An  introductory  study 
ol  meaning  in  language  and  paralanguage.  General 
semantics,  kinesics.  linguistic  relativity  and  recent 
devetopments  in  linguistic  semantics. 

ENGL  388  Reld  Work  (3-6)  The  experiential  segment  ol 
the  English  Department  internship  sequence, 
pre-prolessional  training  in  writing,  editing  and  law.  Must 
be  taken  concurrently  with  ENGL  389.  Repeatable  lo  a 
maximum  ol  12  credit  hours.  Students  taking  ENGL  386 
may  riot  take  ENGL  388. 

ENGL  389  Reld  Work  Analysis  (1-2)  Evaluatkin  ol 
work  experience  in  the  English  Department  Internship 
Program  Must  be  taken  concurrently  with  ENGL  388 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  4  hours  Students  taking 
ENGL  387  may  not  take  ENGL  389 

ENGL  391  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Prerequisite  56 
hours  ol  college  credit.  An  advanced  composition  course 
with  emphasis  on  clarity  and  togic  ol  constnjction  in  the 
writing  and  revision  of  short  papers  on  topics  related  to 
the  student's  major,  written  in  a  style  lor  the 
non-specialized  reader  A  research  exercise  coordinated 
with  the  student  s  discipline  is  required. 

ENGL  393  Technical  Writing  (3)  Prerequisite: 
satislactory  completion  ol  56  credits,  which  must  include 
ENGL  101  or  equivalent.  The  writing  of  scientific  papers 
and  reports.  This  course  or  ENGL  391   is  required  of 


students  who  entered  the  University  In  Summer  1978  or 
thereafter,  unless  exempt  by  University  regulations  Nol 
open  lo  students  who  have  credit  lor  ENGL  293 

ENGL  402  Chaucer  (3) 

ENGL  403  Shakespeare  (3)  Earty  period— histories  and 
comedies 

ENGL  404  Shakespeare  (3)  Late  periods— tragedies 
and  romances 

ENGL  407  Literature  ol  tira  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  410  Edmund  Spenser  (3) 

ENGL  411  Literature  of  the  Renaissance  (3) 

ENQL  412  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century, 
1600-1660(3) 

ENGL  414  Milton  (3) 

ENGL  415   Literature  of  the  Seventeenth   Century, 

1660-1700(3) 

ENGL  416  Uteratura  of  ttM  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 

Age  ol  Pope  and  Swift 

ENGL  417  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 

Age  ol  Johnson  and  the  Preromantics 

ENGL  418  Ma|or  British  Writers  (3)  Two  writers  studied 
intensively  each  semester 

ENGL  419  Major  British  Writers  (3)  Two  writers  studied 
iritensively  each  semester 

ENGL  420  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period  (3)  Rrst 
generation:  Blake.  Wordsworth.  Colendge.  et.  al. 

ENGL   421    Uterature   of   the   Romantic   Period   (3) 

Second  generation:  Keats.  Shelly.  Byron,  at.  al 

ENGL  422  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  (3)  Early 

years 

ENGL  423  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  (3)  Middle 

years. 

ENGL  424  Late  Victorian  and  Edwardian  Literature  (3) 

A  study  of  the  literary  movements  and  techniques  which 
elfected  the  transition  Irom  Victoriari  to  modem  literature. 

ENGL  425  Modem  British  LHersture  (3)  Ari  historical 
survey  ol  the  major  writers  and  literary  movemerits  iri 
English  prose  and  poetry  since  1 900. 

ENGL  430  American  Literature,  Beginning  to  1810, 
the  Colonial  and  Federal  Periods  (3) 

ENGL  431  American  Literature,  1810  to  1865,  the 
American  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  432  American  Literature,  1865  to  1914,  Realism 
and  Naturalism  (3) 

ENGL  433  American  Literature.  1914  to  the  Present, 
the  Modem  Period  (3) 

ENGL  434  American  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  435  American  Poetry— Beginning  to  the 
Present  (3) 

ENGL  436  The  Uterature  of  American  Democracy  (3) 

ENGL  437  Contemporary  American  Literature  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  poetry,  prose,  and  drama  written  in 
America  iri  the  last  decade. 

ENGL  438  Major  American  Writers  (3)  Two  writers 
studied  intensively  each  semester 

ENGL  439  Major  American  Writers  (3)  Two  writers 
studied  intensively  each  semester 

ENGL  440  The  Novel  In  America  to  1910  (3) 

ENGL  441  The  Novel  In  America  since  1910  (3) 

ENGL  442  Literature  of  the  South  (3)  A  histork:al 
survey,  tnjm  eighteenth-century  beginnings  to  the 
present. 

ENGL  443  Afro-American  Literature  (3)  An  examinatkin 
ol  the  literary  expression  of  the  Negro  in  the  United 
States,  from  its  tieginning  to  the  present. 

ENGL  444  Experimental  Approachea  to 
Literature — Emerson  and  Thoreau  (3)  Variable  subject 
matter  presented  in  experimental  methods  and 
approaches  Grading  in  Satislactory  Fail  only.  Consent  ol 
instructor  required  for  admission 

ENGL  445  Modem  British  and  American  Poetry  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  required  for 
students   with   credit   in    ENGL   345    A   study   of   the 


formation  ol  the  "Modern  Tradition  in  Bnlish  and 
American  poetry,  exploring  the  distinctive  erwrgy  ar>d 
consciousness  In  the  poels  ol  the  eariy  Twentieth 
Century  (1896-19301  Special  emptiasis  on  Hopkins. 
Yeats.  Pound.  Eliol,  and  Stevens  Collateral  readings  in 
essays  on  modern  poetics,  and  m  other  poets  ol  the 
penod 

ENGL  446  Contemporary  British  and  American 
Poetry  (3)  Prerequisite  Permission  ol  inslnjctor  required 
lor  students  with  credit  jn  ENGL  345  A  study  ol  British 
and  Amencan  poetry  trom  the  Depression  to  the  present. 
Speaal  emphasis  on  Auden.  Williams.  Dylan  Thomas. 
Theodore  Roethke.  Robert  Lowell  A  more  general  study 
ol  the  work  ol  some  ol  these  Berryman.  Jarrell.  Fuller. 
Bishop.  Wnghl.  Kinnell.  Laridn  and  including  the 
projectivists.  the  beats  and  the  present  scene 

ENGL  447  Satire  (3)  An  introductKin  to  English  and 
American  satire  Irom  Chaucer  to  the  present 

ENGL  449  Playwriting  (3) 

ENGL    450    Elizabethan    and    Jacobean    Drama    (3) 

Beginnings  to  Marlowe 

ENGL    451    Elizabethan    and    Jacobean    Drama    (3) 

Jonson  to  Webster 

ENGL  452  English  Drama  from  1660  to  1800  (3) 

ENGL  453  Uterary  Criticism  (3) 

ENGL  454  Modem  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  455  The  English  Novel  (3)  Eighteenth  Century 

ENGL  456  The  English  Novel  (3)  Nineteenth  Century 

ENGL  457  The  Modern  Novel  (3) 

ENQL  461  Folk  Narrative  (3)  Studies  in  legend,  tale  and 
myth  Prerequisite:  ENGL  460 

ENGL  462  Folksong  and  Ballad  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENGL 
460 

ENGL  463  American  Folklore  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENGL 
460  An  examinaliori  ol  Amencan  lolMore  in  terms  of 
history  and  regional  folk  cultures  Exploration  of 
collections  ol  folklore  from  vanous  areas  to  reveal  the 
difterence  in  regional  and  ethnic  groups  as  witnessed  m 
their  oral  and  literary  traditions 

ENGL  464  Afro-American  Folklore  and  Culture  (3)  An 

examination  of  the  culture  of  the  Negro  in  the  United 
Slates  in  terms  of  history  (antebellum  to  ttie  present)  and 
social  changes  (rural  to  urban).  Exploration  ol  aspects  ol 
Negro  culture  and  history  via  oral  and  literary  traditions 
and  life  histones. 

ENGL  465  Urt>an  Folklore  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENGL  460. 
An  examination  ol  the  lolklore  currently  originating  in 
white,  urban.  Amencan  culture. 

ENGL  466  Arthurian  Legend  (3)  Development  of  the 
Arthurian  legend  of  heroism  and  love  in  English  literature 
from  medieval  to  modem  times. 

ENGL  474  Literature  for  Children  (3)  Analysis  ol 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  century  classics  ol  the  genre. 
Relation  ol  this  literature  to  the  fonning  ol  future  literary 
perceptions. 

ENGL  475  Uterature  for  Adolescents  (3)  Adolescent 
themes  in  contemporary  and  older  literature  designed  lor 
adolescent  and  young  adult  audiences. 

ENGL  476  Modem  Fantasy  and  Science  Rctlon  (3) 
Major  worths  ol  lantasy  and  science  liction  since  the 
mid-eighteenth  century,  emphasizing  their  continuity  and 
their  relationships  to  philosophical  speculalioo.  scientilk; 
discovery,  literary  history  and  cultural  change 

ENGL  478  Selected  topics  In  English  and  American 
Uterature  before  1800  (3) 

ENGL  479  Selected  topica  In  English  and  American 
Uterature  after  1800  (3) 

ENGL  431  Introduction  to  Engllah  Grammar  (3)  A  brief 
review  ol  traditional  English  grammar  and  an  introduction 
to  structural  grammar,  including  phonology,  morphology 
and  syntax. 

ENGL  482  History  of  the  English  Language  (3) 
ENGL  483  American  English  (3) 

ENGL  484  Advanced  English  Grammar  (3)  Credit  may 
not  be  granted  in  both  ENGL  484  and  LING  402 

ENGL    486    Introduction    to    Otd    English    (3)    An 

intrixluction  to  the  grammar,  syntax,  and  phonology  ol 


156     ENMA  —  Engineering,  Materials 


Old  English.  Selected  readings  trom  Old  English  prose 
and  poetry 

ENGL  489  Spaclal  Topics  In  English  Language  (3) 

Studies  in  topics  ol  current  interest,  repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  9  hours 

ENGL  493  Advanced  ExposKory  Wilting  (3) 

ENGL  498  Creative  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  499  Advanced  Creative  Wrtting  (3) 

ENMA  —  Engineering,  Materials 

ENMA   300   Materials   Science   and   Engineering   (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENES  220  Basic  pnnciples.  nature  and 
properties  of  engineering  matenals.  Processes  and 
methods  to  manufacture  and  uselully  apply  engineenng 
materials.  Fabncation  techniques  for  metals,  polymers, 
and  refractories  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENMA  300 
may  not  take  EN  ME  300  for  credit 

ENMA  301  Materials  Engineering  Laboratory  (1)  Pre- 
or  corequisile:  ENMA  300  One  latxiratory  a  week 
Fatigue,  tensile  and  impact  testing,  heat  treatment  and 
hardenability,  structure  and  properties  of  steels,  case 
studies  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENMA  301  may  not 
take  ENME  301  lor  credit 

ENMA  462  Deformation  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENES  230  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Relationship  of  structure  to  the  mechanical  properties  of 
materials.  Elastic  and  plastic  deformation,  microscopic 
yield  criteria,  state  of  stress  and  ductility.  Elements  of 
dislocation  theory,  wori<  hardening,  alloy  strengthening, 
creep,  and  fracture  in  terms  of  dislocation  theory 

ENMA  463  Chemical,  Liquid  and  Powder  Processing 
of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES  230 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Methods  and  processes  used  in 
the  production  ol  pnmary  metals  The  detailed  basic 
principles  of  beneficiation  processes,  pyrometallurgy. 
hydrometallurgy.  electrometallurgy.  vapor  phase 
processing  and  electroplating.  Liquid  metal  processing 
including  casting,  welding,  brazing  and  soldenng.  Powder 
processing  and  sintenng.  Shapes  and  structures 
produced  in  the  atxive  processes. 

ENMA  464  Environmental  Effects  on  Engineering 
Materials  (3)  Prerequisites  ENES  230  or  consent  ol 
instructor  Introduction  to  the  phenomena  associated  with 
the  resistance  of  matenals  to  damage  under  severe 
environmental  conditions  Oxidation,  corrosion,  stress 
corrosion,  corrosion  fatigue  and  radiation  damage  are 
examined  from  the  point  of  view  of  mechanism  and 
influence  on  the  properties  of  matenals  Methods  of 
corrosion  protection  and  cntena  for  selection  of  matenals 
for  use  in  radiation  environments. 

ENMA  470  Structure  and  Properties  of  Engineering 
Materlala  (3)  A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  atomic  and 
electronic  structure  of  solids  with  emphasis  on  the 
relationship  of  structure  to  the  physical  and  mechanical 
properties. 

ENMA  471  Ptiyslcal  Chainlstry  of  Engineering 
Materials  (3)  Equilbrium  multicomponent  systems  and 
relationship  to  the  phase  diagram  Thermodynamics  of 
polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials  Diffusion  in 
solids,  kinetics  of  reactions  in  solids 

ENMA  472  Technology  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

Relationship  ol  properties  of  solids  to  their  engineering 
applications  Criteria  for  the  choice  of  matenals  lor 
electronic,  mechanical  and  chemical  properties.  Particular 
emphasis  on  the  relationships  tjetween  structure  of  the 
solid  and  its  potential  engineenng  application 

ENMA  473  ProcMSing  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

The  effect  of  processing  on  the  structure  of  engineering 
materials.  Processes  considered  include  refining,  melting 
and  solkjilication,  purification  by  zone  refining,  vapor 
phase  processing,  mechanical  working  and  heat 
treatments 

ENMA   495   Rheology   of   Engineering   Materials   (3) 

Prerequisites  ENES  230  or  consent  ot  instructor  Study 
ol  the  deformatk>n  and  flow  of  engineenng  matenals  and 
its  relationship  to  structural  type  Elastkjity,  viscoelasticity. 
anelaslk;ity  and  plasticity  of  single  phase  and  multiphase 
matenals  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENMA  495  may 
not  take  ENCH  495  tor  credit 

ENMA    496    Potynwric    Engineering    Materials    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENES  230  A  comprehensive  summary  of 
the  fundamentals  of  particular  interest  in  the  scierx;e  and 
applicatk}ns    ol    polymers      Polymer    single    crystals. 


transformations  in  polymers,  fabrication  of  polymers  as  to 
shape  and  internal  structure  Students  who  have  credit 
for  ENMA  496  may  not  take  ENCH  496  lor  credit. 

ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical 

ENME  205  Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer 
Programming  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week  Pre-  or 
corequisite  MATH  241  Continuation  ol  computer 
programming  techniques — flowcharts,  algorithms,  and 
computer  languages.  Introduction  to  numencal 
techniques  and  error  analysis  in  solving  lor  roots  ot 
equations.  simultaneous  equation,  interpolation, 
numencal  diflerentiation  and  integration,  numencal 
solution  ol  differential  equations  Applications  to 
engineenng  problems.  Students  cannot  receive  credit  for 
this  course  if  they  have  already  earned  credit  lor  ENME 
382 

ENME  215  Principles  of  Mechanical  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  141,  PHYS  263  Required  of  civil 
engineers  Laws  and  corollaries  of  classical 
thermodynamics.  Properties  and  characteristics  ol  pure 
substances  and  perfect  gases,  vapor  and  gas  cycles 
Mixture  of  gases  including  applications  to  psychromelry 
Introduction  to  heat  transfer 

ENME  217  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequisites  PHYS 
262,  MATH  141  Properties,  characteristics  and 
lundamental  equations  ol  gases  and  vapors  Work 
transfer  and  heat  transfer,  first  and  second  laws  ol 
thermodynamics,  entropy  Irreversibility,  availability,  and 
the  thermodynamics  of  mixtures 

ENME  300   Materials  Science  and   Engineering   (3) 

Prerequisite  ENES  220.  Basic  pnnciples,  nature  and 
properties  of  engineering  materials  Processes  and 
methods  to  manufacture  and  uselully  apply  engineenng 
materials.  Fabrication  techniques  for  metals,  polymers, 
and  refractones  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENME  300 
may  not  take  ENMA  300  for  credit. 

ENME  301  Materials  Engineering  Laboratory  (1)  Fre- 
er corequisite:  ENME  300  One  laboratory  a  week 
Fatigue,  tensile  and  impact  testing,  heat  treatment  and 
hardenability,  structure  and  properties  o(  steels,  case 
studies.  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENME  301  may  not 
take  ENMA  301  for  credit. 

ENME      315      Intermediate      Thermodynamics      (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENME  342.  Application  ol  the  first  and 
second  laws  of  thermodynamics  in  the  analysis  of  basic 
heal  engines,  air  compression  and  vapor  cycles  Heat 
sources  in  fossil  fuels  and  nuclear  fuels.  The 
thermodynamics  of  fluid  flow. 

ENME  320  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH 
141,  PHYS  262.  The  properties,  charactertsitcs  and 
lundamental  equations  of  gases  and  vapors  Application 
ol  the  first  and  second  laws  ol  thermodynamics  in  the 
analysis  of  basic  heal  engines,  air  compression  vapor 
cycles  Flow  and  non-flow  processes  lor  gases  and 
vapors. 

ENME  321  Transfer  Processes  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
342  Conduction  by  steady  state  and  transient  heal  flow, 
laminar  and  turbulent  flow,  tree  and  forced  convection, 
radiation,  evaporation  and  condensation  vapors  Transfer 
ol  mass,  heal  and  momentum 

ENME  342  Fluid  Mechanics  I  (3)  Prerequisite  ENME 
217  Fluid  ftow  concepts  and  basic  equations,  effects  of 
viscosity  and  compressibility  Dimensional  analysis  and 
laws  of  simulanty  Flow  through  pipes  and  over 
immersed  bodies    Pnnciples  of  flow  measurement 

ENME    343    Fluid    Mechanics    Laboratory    (1)    One 

laboratory  a  week  Latxiratory  to  be  taken  concunently 
with  ENME  342  Measurement  of  fluid  properties 
determination  of  pressure  drops  in  pipes  and  fittings, 
observation  of  flukj  phenomena.  Experiment  and 
demonstration  of  How  measurement  techniques 

ENME  360  Dynamics  of  Machinery  (3)  Prerequisites 
ENES  221  and  MATH  246  Dynamic  charactenstes  of 
machinery  with  emphasis  on  systems  with  single  and 
multiple  degree  of  freedom 

ENME  381  Meaauracnents  Laboratory  (3)  Two  lectures 

and  one  latioratory  period  a  week  Prerequisites  ENME 
360  and  ENEE  300  Required  of  luniors  in  mechanical 
engineering.  Measurements  and  measurement  systems, 
application  of  selected  instruments  with  emphasis  on 
interpretation  ol  results 

ENME  400  Machine  Design  (3)  Two  lectures  aod  one 
laboratory  penod  a  week   Prerequisite  ENME  300,  360 


Wortting  stresses,  stress  concentration,  stress  analysis 
and  repealed  loadings  Design  ol  machine  elements 
Kinematics  of  mechanisms 

ENME  402  Selected  Topics  In  Engineering  Design  (3) 

Three  lecture  periods  per  week  Prerequisite  Senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineenng  or  consent  ol 
instructor  Creativity  and  innovation  in  design 
Generalized  performance  analysis,  reliat>illty  and 
optimization  as  applied  to  tt>e  design  of  components  and 
engineenng  systems  Use  ol  computers  in  design 
Design  of  multivanable  systems 

ENME  403  Automatic  Controla  (3)  Prerequisites  ENEE 
300,  senior  standir^  Hydraulic,  electrical,  mechanical 
and  pneumatic  automatic  control  systems  Open  and 
ckised  loops  Steady  state  and  transient  operation. 
stability  cntena.  linear  and  rx)n-linear  systems  Laplace 
translorms. 

ENME  404  Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  Design 

(4)  Two  lectures  and  two  latxjratory  periods  per  week 
Prerequisite  Senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineenng 
Design  of  components  that  lorm  a  complete  wortung 
system  Engineenng  economics,  periormance-cost 
studies,  optimization  Engineenng  design  practice 
through  case  studies  Legal  and  ethical  responsibility  ol 
the  designer  Not  open  to  students  wfx>  have  credit  in 
ENME  401 

ENME  405  Energy  Conversion  Design  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  latx>ratory  per  week  Prerequisite  Ser>ior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineenng  Application  ol 
thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics  and  heat  transler  to 
energy  converskjn  processes  Design  of  engines, 
compressors,  heat  exchangers  Energy  storage  arxl  fuel 
handling  equipment  Not  open  to  students  wfw  have 
credit  in  ENME  421 

ENME  410  Operations  Research  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
Senior  standir>g  in  mechanical  engineenng  Applicabons 
of  linear  programming,  queuing  model.  Itieory  ol  games 
and  competitive  models  to  engineenng  problems 

ENME  411  Introduction  to  Industrial  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisites  ENME  300  and  ECON  205  or  consent  ol 
instructor  This  course  is  concerned  with  the  design, 
improvement  and  installation  ol  integrated  systems  ol 
men.  matenals  and  equipment  Areas  covered  include 
industnal  activities,  plant  layout  and  design,  value 
analysis,  engineenng  economics,  quality  arxj  production 
control,  methods  er>gir>eenng,  industnal  relations,  etc 

ENME  412  Mechanical  Design  for  Manufacturing  and 
Production  (3)  Prerequisite  Senior  standing  in 
engineenng  The  physical  propenlies  of  matenals. 
Review  of  key  fundamental  pnnciples  used  in  product 
design.  Ct^aractenzation  of  varxxjs  classes  ot 
engineenng  matenals  The  types  ol  manufacturing 
processes  which  can  be  applied  to  production  ol  ttie 
design 

ENME  415  Engineering  Applications  of  Solar  Enaryy 

(3)  Prerequisites  ENME  315  and  321  Collection, 
storage  and  utilization  ol  solar  thermal  energy 
Conversion  to  electncity  Component  arxl  system 
modeling  equations  Periormance  analysis  Systems 
design 

ENME  420  Energy  Conversion  (3)  Prerequisite  ENME 
320  Chemical  heal  mechanical  nuclear  and  electrical 
energy  conversion  processes  cycles  and  systems  Direct 
conversion  processes  of  fuel  cells,  thermionics  arxl 
magneto  hydromechanics 

ENME  422  Energy  Conversion  II  (3)  Preraqulsile 
ENME  315  Advanced  topics  in  energy  conversion 
Direct  conversion  processes  ol  luel  calls,  solar  oets. 
thermkmics.  ttiermoelectncs  and  magnetohydrodynamlcs 

ENME  423  EnvlronmenUI  Engineering  (3)  Prerequtslts: 
ENME  321  and  senior  standing  in  mecfianical 
engineenng  Heating  and  cooling  k>ad  computations. 
Ttiermodynamics  of  refngerahon  Low  temperature 
refrigeration  Problems  involvifig  extremes  of 
temperature,  pressure  accelerabon  and  radlattoo 

ENME  424  Thermodynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisites  ENME 
321.  senior  standing  Applications  to  special  systems 
change  ol  phase    k>w  temperature    Stattslical  concapis, 

equilibnum  heterogenous  systems 

ENME  442  Fluid  Mechanics  II  (3)  PrsrsquisM  ENME 
342.  seriior  standing  Hydrodyrumics  with  eiigll'wartng 
appkcalions  Stream  function  and  vatoclty  poMnttal, 
oonlonnal  transtormatioris,  prassurs  dislribullona. 
circulation,  numencal  meltiods  and  anakiglas. 


ENTM  —  Entomology     157 


ENME  450  Itochanlcal  EnglnMring  Analyila  for  Itw 
Ocaanic  Envlronmwil  (3)  Prerequisite  Juniof  staixJing 
Study  ol  the  characteristics  ot  the  marine  environment 
which  atlect  tlie  design,  operation  and  maintenance  ol 
mechanical  equipment,  effects  of  waves,  currents, 
pressure,  temperature,  corrosion,  and  fouling  Study  ol 
design  parameters  lor  existing  and  proposed  mechanical 
systems  used  in  manr>e  construction,  on  shipboard,  in 
search  arxj  salvage  operations 

ENME  451  Mechanical  Ertglnaering  Syatama  tor 
Undarwatar  Operations  (3)  Prerequisite  ENME  450  or 
consent  ol  instructor  Study  ol  propulsion,  control  and 
environmental  systems  lor  submerged  vehicles  Design 
ol  mechanical  systems  in  support  ol  diving  and  saturated 
living  operations 

ENME  452  Physical  and  Dynamical  Oceanography  (3) 

Prerequisites  Consent  ol  the  instructor  Historical  review 
ol  oceanography  physical,  chemical,  stratification  and 
circulation  properties  of  the  ocean,  dynamics  of 
thcttonless.  frictJonal.  wind  driven  and  thermohaline 
circulations,  airsea  interactions 

ENME  453  OcMn  Waves,  Tides  and  Turbulences  (3) 

Prerequisite  METO  420  or  consent  ol  instructor 
Introduction  to  the  theory  ol  oceanic  wave  motions,  tides. 
wind  waves,  swells,  storm  surges,  seiches,  tsunamies. 
internal  waves,  turbulence,  stirring,  mixing  and  diffusion. 

ENME  461  Dynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisites  ENME  360. 
differential  equations,  senior  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering  Linear  and  non-linear  plane  and 
three-dimensional  motion,  moving  axes.  LaGranges 
equation.  Hamilton's  principle,  non-linear  vibration, 
gyroscope,  celestial  mechanics 

ENME  462  Introduction  to  Engineering  Acoustics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  246.  Study  ol  the  physical  behavior 
ol  sound  waves  Introduction  to  terminology  and 
Instrumentation  used  in  acoustics  Cnteria  lor  noise  and 
vibration  control.  Some  lundamentals  underiying  noise 
control  and  applications  to  ventilation  systems,  machine 
and  shop  quieting.  oHice  buildings,  jet  noise, 
transportation  systems  and  undenwater  sound 

ENME    463    Mechanical    Engineering    Analysis    (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  246  Mathematical  modeling  ol 
physical  situations  Solution  ol  problems  expressed  by 
partial  dilferential  equations.  Application  ol  Founer  series 
and  integrals  l^place  translormation.  Bessel  lunctions, 
Legendre  polynomials  and  complex  problems  in 
mechanical  vibrations,  heal  transler.  Iluid  mechanics  and 
automatic  control  theory 

ENME  464  Machine  Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
400.  The  study  ol  stress  and  strain  as  applied  to 
engineenng  problems;  stress  and  strain  Irom  a  three 
dimensional  point  of  view;  theories  of  failure;  residual 
stresses:  dynamic  loading;  latigue;  environmental 
influence,  temperature  extremes;  corrosive  media.  Case 
studies  ol  design  practices 

ENME    465    Introductory    Fracture    Mechanics    (3) 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  engineering.  An 
examination  ol  the  concepts  ol  fracture  in  members  with 
pre-existing  flaws  Emphasis  is  primarily  on  the 
mechanics  aspects  with  the  development  of  the  Griffith 
theory  and  the  introduction  ot  the  stress  intensity  factor. 
K.  associated  with  different  types  ol  cracks  Fracture 
phenomena  are  introduced  together  with  critical  values  ol 
the  Iracture  toughness  ol  materials  Testing  procedures 
lor  characterizing  matenals  together  with  applications  of 
fracture  mechanics  to  design  are  treated. 

ENME    480    Engineering    ExperlmenUtion    (3)    One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
Senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Theory  of 
experimentation.  Applications  of  the  principles  ol 
measurement  and  instrumentation  systems  to  latxiratory 
experimentation.  Expenments  in  fluid  mechanics,  solid 
mechanics  and  energy  conversion.  Selected  experiments 
or  assigned  projects  to  emphasize  planned  procedure, 
analysis  and  communication  of  results,  analogous 
systems  and  leadership. 

ENME    481    Engineering    Experimentation    (3)    One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  penods  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
Senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineenng.  Theory  ol 
experimentation.  Applications  of  the  principles  of 
measurement  and  instrumentation  systems  to  latxiratory 
experimentation.  Expenments  in  fluid  mechanics,  solid 
mechanics  and  energy  conversion.  Selected  expenments 
or  assigned  projects  to  emphasize  planned  procedure, 
analysis  and  communication  ol  results,  analogous 
systems  and  leadership 


ENME  488  Spaclal  ProUams  (3)  Prerequisite  Senior 
standing  In  mechanical  engineering  Advanced  problems 
In  mechanical  engineenng  with  special  emphasis  on 
mathematical  and  expenmenlal  mettwds 

ENME  489  Spaclal  Topics  In  Mechanical  Englnaarlng 

(3)  Prerequisite  Permission  of  instructor  May  tie  taken 
for  repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  ol  6  credits  with  the 
permission  of  the  students  advisor  Selected  topics  ol 
curient  importance  in  mechanical  engineering 

ENME  518  Mechanical  Engineering  Profasalonal 
Elective  (2)  Prerequisite  BS  in  engineenng  or  consent 
ol  instructor  Sub|ects  as  announced  Current  topics  or 
recent  development  ol  interest  to  the  practicing  engineer 
Not  applicable  towards  a  graduate  degree 

ENNU  —  Engineering,  Nuclear 

ENNU  215  Introduction  to  Nuclear  Technology  (3) 

Prerequisites  MATH  141  and  PHYS  161  Engineenng 
problems  ol  the  nuclear  energy  complex,  including  basic 
theory,  use  ol  computers,  nuclear  reactor  design  and 
isotopic  and  chemical  separations 

ENNU  310  Environmental  Aapacts  of  Nuclear 
Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  241  or  246  or 
equivalent,  and  PHYSICS  263.  or  pemiission  ol 
in6tnjctor.  Evaluation  of  environmental  and  safety 
aspects  of  nuclear  power  reactors.  Calculations  of 
radioactive  decay,  activation,  and  shielding,  radiation 
monitoring  Biolisglcal  effects  ol  radiation,  waste  handling, 
siting,  plant  design  and  operations,  as  related  to 
environment  salety  and  licensing  regulations. 

ENNU  320  Nuclear  Reactor  Operation  (3)  Introduction 
to  nuclear  reactor  operations.  Outline  ol  reactor  theory 
Nature  and  monitoring  techniques  ol  ionizing  radiation, 
radiation  safety  Reactor  instrument  response  Operation 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  nuclear  reactor 

ENNU     430     Radioisotope     Power     Sources     (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENNU  215  or  permission  ol  instructor. 
Principles  and  theory  ol  radioisotope  power  sources 
Design  and  use  ol  nuclear  batteries  and  small  energy 
conversion  devices 

ENNU  435  Activation  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU 
21 5  or  permission  ol  instructor.  Pririciples  and  techniques 
ol  activation  analysis  involving  neutrons,  photons  and 
charged  particles.  Emphasis  placed  upon  application  ol 
this  analytical  technique  to  solving  environmental  and 
engineeririg  problems 

ENNU  440  Nuclear  Technology  laboratory  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  Prerequisites: 
MATH  240.  PHYS  263.  Techniques  of  detecting  and 
making  measurements  of  nuclear  or  high  energy 
radiation  Radiation  safety  experiments.  Both  a 
sub-critical  reactor  and  the  swimming  pool  critical  reactor 
are  sources  of  radiation. 

ENNU     450     Nuclear     Reactor    Engineering     I     (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  246  and  PHYS  263  or  consent  ol 
instructor.  Elementary  nuclear  physics,  reactor  theory, 
and  reactor  energy  transler  Steady-state  and 
time-dependent  neutron  distributions  in  space  and 
energy.  Conduction  and  convective  heat  transler  in 
nuclear  reactor  systems. 

ENNU    455    Nuclear    Reactor    Engineering     II    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENNU  450.  General  plant  design 
considerations  including  radiation  hazards  and  health 
physics,  shielding  design,  nuclear  power  economics, 
radiation  etiect  on  reactor  matenals,  and  various  types  ol 
nuclear  reactor  systems, 

ENNU  460  Nuclear  Heat  Transport  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENNU  450  Heat  generation  in  nuclear  reactor  cores, 
conduction  and  transler  to  coolants  Neutron  llux 
distributions,  lission  and  heat  release  Steady  and 
unsteady  state  conduction  in  fuel  elements.  Heat  transfer 
to  nonmetallic  and  metallic  coolants.  Heat  transfer  with 
phase  change.  Thermal  design  of  reactor  cores. 

ENNU  461  Chemical  Separation  in  the  Nuclear  Cycle 
Reactor  Fuel  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU  450  or  consent  ol 
instructor.  An  introduction  to  chemical  and  physical 
separation  ol  the  riudear  reactor  luel  Basic  separation 
processes,  reactor  fuel  fabrication,  reactor  chemistry 
problems  and  the  handling  and  treatment  of  radioactive 
waste.  Calculations  of  plant  design  and  operation. 
Related  safety  issues 

ENNU  468  Research  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
the  staff  Investigation  of  a  research  project  under  the 
direction  ol  one  of  the  staff  members     Comprehensive 


reports  are  required  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  six 
semester  hours 

ENNU    470    Introduction    to    Controlled    Fusion    (3) 

Prerequisite  Senior  standing  in  engineenng  or  consent  of 
instructor  The  principles  and  the  current  status  ol 
research  to  achieve  controlled  thermonuclear  power 
production  Properties  ol  Ionized  gases  relating  to 
oonlinement  and  heating  Concepts  ol  practical  lusion 
devices 

ENNU  480  Reactor  Core  Daslgn  (3)  Prerequisite  ENNU 
450  or  consent  ol  instructor  Design  of  nuclear  reactor 
cores  based  on  a  sequence  of  standard  computer  codes 
Thermal  and  epithermal  cross  sections,  multigroup 
dillusion  theory  in  one  and  two  dimensions  and  line 
structure  llux  calculations  using  transport  theory 

ENNU  490  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Power  Management  (3) 

Prerequisites  ENNU  460  and  480.  or  consent  ol 
instructor  Physics  and  economics  ol  the  nuclear  luel 
cycle  utilizing  existing  design  codes.  Mining,  conversion, 
enrichment,  labncation.  reprocesing  processes  Elfects  ol 
Plutonium  recycle,  in-core  shulfling.  fuel  mechanical 
design  and  power  peaking  on  luel  cycle  costs 

ENTM  —  Entomology 

ENTM  100  Insects  (3)  A  sun/ey  ol  the  major  groups  ol 
insects,  their  natural  history,  and  their  relationships  with 
man  and  his  environment. 

ENTM  111  Beel(eaplng  (2)  First  semester  A  study  ol 
the  lite  history,  behavior  and  seasonal  activities  ol  the 
honeybee,  its  place  in  pollination  ol  llowers  with 
emphasis  on  plants  ol  economic  importance  and  bee  lore 
in  literature. 

ENTM  204  General  Entomology  (4)  Three  lectures  and 
one  two-hour  laboratory  penod  a  week  Prerequisite 
One  semester  ol  a  college  level  biology  course.  The 
position  ol  insects  in  the  animal  kingdom,  their 
classification,  anatomy,  embryology.  physiology, 
behavior,  ecology  and  economic  importance.  All  the 
orders  and  some  important  families  are  studied.  A 
collection  of  insects  is  required. 

ENTM  252  Agricultural  insect  Pests  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week  Prerequisite: 
BOTN  100  or  ZOOL  101.  Ari  introduction  to  the  pnncipal 
insect  pests  ol  trull,  vegetable,  lorage.  and  ornamental 
crops,  with  special  relerence  to  Maryland  agriculture.  Not 
open  to  entomology  majors 

ENTM     332     Insect     Structure     and     Function     (4) 

Prerequisite:  ENTM  204.  Three  hours  ol  lecture  and  one 
three-hour  latxiratory  period  per  week.  The  structure  and 
development  ol  the  egg  (oogenesis  and  vilellogenesis), 
embryological  development,  hatching  ol  the  larva,  the 
strijcture  ol  the  cuticle,  formation  of  a  new  cuticle, 
apolysis.  ecdysis.  the  endocrine  glands  and  their 
secretions,  different  types  ol  muscles,  physiology  ol 
contraction,  nervous  system  and  potentials,  storage 
tissues  (fat  t)ody.  pericardial  cells),  alimentary  canal  and 
its  contractions,  absorption  of  food  and  dyes,  the 
Malpighian  tubules  and  rectal  glands,  and  reproductive 
physiology. 

ENTM  351  Introduction  to  Insect  Population 
Management  (3)  Three  lectures  periods  a  week  An 
introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  management  ol 
insect  populations.  The  course  explores  the  development 
ol  all  insect  pest  population  suppression  methods,  as 
well  as  the  management  ol  insect  populations  beneficial 
to  man.  The  main  theme  of  the  course  is  how  man  can 
manipulate  environmental  components  for  the  purpose  of 
population  regulation  of  insects,  and  the  beneficial  and 
harmful  effects  of  these  manipulations. 

ENTM  398  General   Colloquium   In   Entomology  (1) 

Prerequisite:  ENTM  204  or  consent  ol  instructor 
Presentation  ol  original  research  by  invited  guest 
speakers,  faculty,  and  graduate  students.  No  more  than 
1  credit  hour  ol  ENTM  398  may  be  applied  to  the  120 
credit  hours  needed  for  the  bachelor's  degree 

ENTM  399  Special  Problems  (1-2)  Prerequisite:  ENTM 
204  or  permission  ol  instructor  Credit  to  be  determined 
by  the  department.  Should  be  taken  during  the  junior 
year.  Investigations  ol  assigned  entomological  problems. 
No  more  than  4  credit  hours  of  ENTM  399  may  be 
applied  to  the  1 20  credit  hours  needed  for  the  bachelor  s 
degree 

ENTM   407   Entomology  for   Science  Teachers   (4) 

Summer.  Four  lectures  and  lour  three-hour  laboratory 


158     FDSC  —  Food  Science 


periods  a  week.  This  course  will  include  the  elements  of 
morphology,  taxonomy  and  biology  o(  insects  using 
examples  commonly  available  to  high  school  teachers  It 
will  include  practice  in  collecting,  preserving,  rearing  and 
experimenting  with  insects  insofar  as  time  will  permit 

ENTM  412  Advanced  Apiculture  (3)  One  lecture  and 
two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week  Prerequisite: 
ENTM  Ml.  The  theory  and  practice  o(  apiary 
management.  Designed  for  the  student  who  wishes  to 
keep  bees  or  requires  a  practical  knowledge  of  bee 
management 

ENTM  421  Insect  Taxonomy  and  Biology  (4)  Two 
lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  ENTM  204.  Introduction  to  Iha  principles  ol 
systematic  entomology  and  the  study  of  all  orders  and 
the  important  families  of  insects:  immature  forms 
considered. 

ENTM   451    Insect   Pests   of   Agricultural   Crops  (4) 

Prerequisite:  ENTM  204  Two  lectures  and  two  two-tvjur 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  The  recognition,  biology  and 
control  ol  insects  irijurlous  to  fruit  and  vegetable  crops, 
field  crops  and  stored  products. 

ENTM  452  Insecticides  (2)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
department.  The  development  and  use  of  contact  and 
stomach  poisons,  fumigants  and  other  important 
chemicals,  with  reference  to  their  chemistry,  toxic  action, 
compatability,  and  host  Injury.  Recent  research 
emphasized. 

ENTM  453  Insect  Pests  of  Ornamentals  and  Turf  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENTM  204  or  consent  of  instructor  Two 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
The  recognition,  biology  and  control  of  insects  and  mites 
injurious  to  ornamental  shrubs,  trees,  greenhouse  crops. 
and  turf.  Emphasis  on  pests  of  woody  ornamental  plants 

ENTM  455  Urban  Entomology  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENTM 
421  or  consent  of  instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-tX)ur  laboratory  period  a  week  A  study  of  the 
appearance,  habits,  life  cycles  and  methods  of  control  of 
pests  of  humans,  pets  and  stnjctures  in  the  urban 
environment.  Field  observations  of  professional  pest 
control  operations  and  a  paper  on  a  selected  pest  group 
are  required. 

ENTM  472  Medical  and  Veterinary  Entomology  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  latioratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  204  or  consent  ol 
department.  A  study  of  the  morphology,  taxonomy, 
biology  and  control  of  the  arthropod  parasites  and 
disease  vectors  of  man  and  animals.  The  ecotogy  and 
behavior  of  vectors  in  relation  to  disease  transmission  will 
be  emphasized. 

FDSC  —  Food  Science 

FDSC  111  Contemporary  Food  Industry  and 
Consumerism  (3)  Three  lecture  hours  per  week.  The 
role  ol  the  lood  processing  industry  in  attempting  to 
satisfy  man's  need  lor  food.  Food  quality  nutritional. 
sensory,  and  compositional:  conventional  vs  "natural' 
organic  foods:  preservation  and  spoilage-role  of  chemical 
additives;  synthetic  and  convenience  foods:  consumer 
protection:  the  lood  industry  and  the  environment:  future 
lood  sources. 

FDSC  398  Seminar  (1)  Presentation  and  discussion  of 
cun-ent  literature  and  research  in  lood  science 

FDSC  399  Special  Problems  In  Food  Science  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  staff  Designed  for  advanced 
undergraduates  in  which  specific  problems  in  lood 
science  will  be  assigned.  Four  credit  maximum  p^ 
student. 

FDSC  412  Principles  of  Food  ProcMSing  I  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week  A  study  ol  ttie 
basic  mettxxfs  by  which  foods  are  preserved  (unit 
operations).  Effect  of  raw  product  quality  and  the  various 
types  of  processes  on  yield  and  quality  of  the  preserved 
products. 

FDSC  413  Principles  of  Food  Procassing  II  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week  A  detailed  study  ol  food  processing 
with  emphasis  on  line  and  staff  operations,  including 
ohysk;ai  facilities,  ulilies.  pre-and  postprocessing 
operations,  processing  line  development  and  sanitatKm 

FDSC  421  Food  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week 
Prerequisites:  CHEM  203  and  204  The  application  ol 
bask;  chemical  and  physnal  concepts  to  the  compositnn 
and  properties  ol  foods  Emphasis  on  the  relattonship  of 
processing  technology,  to  ttie  keeping  quality,  nutritional 


value,  and  acceptability  ol  loods 

FDSC  422  Food  Product  Research  and  Dsvsloptnem 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites.  FDSC  413,  CHEM  461,  or  permission  of 
instructor,  A  study  of  the  research  and  development 
function  for  improvement  of  existing  products  and 
devekipment  of  new,  economically  feasible  and 
marketable  food  products  Application  of 
chemical -physical  characteristics  of  ingredients  to 
produce  optimum  quality  products,  cost  reduction, 
consumer  evaluation.  equipment  and  package 
devetopmeni 

FDSC  423  Food  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2)  Pre-  or 
corequisite  FDSC  421,  Two  laboratory  per  week 
Analysis  ol  the  ma|or  and  minor  constituents  of  lood 
using  chemical,  physical  and  Instrumental  methods  in 
concordance  with  current  food  industry  and  regulatory 
practices.  Laboratory  exercises  coincide  lecture  subjects 
in  FDSC  421. 

FDSC  430  Food  Microbiology  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite.  MICB  200  or  equivalent.  A  study  of 
microorganisms  of  major  importance  to  the  food  industry 
with  emphasis  on  food-bome  outbreaks,  public  health 
significance,  bioprocessing  of  loods  and  control  of 
microbial  spoilage  of  foods. 

FDSC  431  Food  Quality  Control  (4)  Three  lectures  and 
one  latxiratory  per  week.  Oelinltion  and  organization  of 
the  quality  control  function  in  the  food  industry; 
preparation  of  specifications:  statistical  methods  for 
acceptance  sampling;  in-plant  and  processed  product 
inspection.  Instrumental  and  sensory  methods  for 
evaluating  sensory  quality,  identity  and  wholesomeness 
and  their  integration  into  grades  and  standards  of  quality 

FDSC  434   Food   Microbiology   Laboratory   (2)   Two 

laboratories  per  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  FDSC  430  A 
study  of  techniques  and  procedures  used  in  the 
microbiological  examination  of  foods. 

FDSC  442  Horticultural  Products  Processing  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Commercial 
methods  of  canning,  freezing,  dehydrating,  femienting. 
and  chemical  preservation  of  fruit  and  vegetable  crops. 

FDSC  451  Dairy  Products  Processing  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  lalMratory  per  week  Mettiod  of  production  ol 
fluid  milk,  butler,  cheese,  condensed  and  evaporated 
milk  and  milk  products  and  ice  cream 

FDSC  461  Technology  of  Marltet  Eggs  and  Poultry  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week  A  study  of  the 
technological-  factors  concerned  with  the  processing, 
storage,  and  martieting  of  eggs  and  poultry  and  the 
lectors  affecting  their  quality 

FDSC  471  Meat  and  Meat  Processing  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  latx)ratory  a  week  Prerequisite.  CHEM  461  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Physical  and  chemical 
characteristics  of  meat  and  meat  products,  meat 
processing,  methods  of  testing  and  product  development. 

FDSC   482   Seafood    Products    Processing   (3)   Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week  Prerequisite,  CHEM 
461  or  permission  of  instructor  The  pnndpal 
preservation  methods  for  commercial  seafood  products 
with  particular  reference  to  the  invertebrates.  Chemical 
and  microbiological  aspects  of  processing  are 
emphasized 

FMCD  —  Family  and  Community 
Development 

FMCD  105  The  Individual  In  the  Family  (3)  Study  ol 
self-concept  devetopment  and  self  awareness  through 
examination  of  devetopmental  tt>eones  and  their 
application  within  the  family  confext 

FMCD  201  Concepts  In  Community  Devstopmsnt  (3) 

Examination  of  ttie  community  within  sooety  arxl  the 
indivklual  and  family  within  the  community  Models  for 
community  intervention  and  sen/ice  delivery 

FMCD  250  Decision  Making  In  Families  and 
Commun.iles  (3)  Introducton  to  problem  solving, 
decision  ttieory.  and  systems  analysis,  and  their 
application  to  the  practical  problems  facing  families, 
human  service  organizations,  and  k)cal  communities 

FMCD  260  Interpersonal  Life  Styles  (3)  Socialization 
toward  mamage  and  contemporary  life-style  patterns  in 
interpersonal  relations 


FMCD  270  Pr»-Professlonal  Seminar  (3)  Survey  ol 
professional  opportunities,  responsibilities  and  trervjs  In 
each  departmental  area  ol  emphasis  Concentration  wil' 
be  on  the  development  of  personal  qualities  and 
professional  ethics  essential  lor  effective  occupational 
poriormarKe 

FMCD  280  Families  and  Communities  In  the 
Ecosystem  (3)  The  impact  ol  problems  ol  energy  and 
the  environment  on  families,  human  servica 
organizations,  and  local  communities. 

FMCD  330  Family  Patterns  (3)  Prerequisites  FMCD 
260  and  PSYC  100  A  study  of  family  patterns  within  the 
sub-cultures  of  Amenca  and  various  other  cultures 
Emphasis  will  be  given  to  those  patterns  and  lile  styles 
which  evolve  as  adaptations  to  cultural  demarxls 

FMCD  332  The  Child  In  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisite 
PSYC  100  or  SOCY  100  Study  of  the  child  from  prenatal 
stage  through  adolescence,  with  emphasis  on 
responsibility  for  guidance  in  tfie  home  Biological  and 
psychosocial  needs  as  they  affect  the  child's  relationship 
with  his  family,  peers,  and  society 

FMCD  343  Applied  Home  Management  (3)  An  alternate 
lor  FMCD  344,  this  course  provides  an  opportunity  lor 
the  student  wfio  is  cunently  managing  his  or  her  own 
home  to  meet  objectives  similar  to  ttiose  stated  lor 
FMCD  344 

FMCD  344  Resident  Expsrisnc*  In  Horn* 
Management  (3)  Four  to  nine  weeks  Prerequisite: 
FMCD  250  Group  living  and  management  experiefKe 
providing  opportunity  to  examine  decision  patterns. 
participate  in  group  decission  making  and  analyze  value 
systems  and  resource  utilization  which  differ  from  ttie 
student's  own  (Each  student  pays  $60  which  is  used  lor 
lood  and  supplies.  The  University  Housing  office  bills 
non-domnitory  students  lor  room  rent  at  the  rate  ol  SS  per 
week ) 

FMCD  348  Practlcum  In  Family  and  Community 
Development  (3-12)  Prerequisites  FMCD  270  plus  6 
credits  of  practicumrelated  course  wort<  Corequisite 
FMCD  349  Departmental  approval  required  prior  to 
registration  For  FMCD  majors  A  planned,  supervised 
practlcum  to  complement  classroom  instruction 
Maximum  ol  12  credits  allowed  towards  degree 
requirements 

FMCD  349  Analysis  of  Practlcum  (1-2)  For  FMCD 
majors  only  Weekly  seminars  for  students  corxajrrently 
carrying  FMCD  348  Opportunities  to  integrate  ttwory  and 
practice  Two  credits  for  the  first  semester  and  one 
credit  every  semester  thereafter  lor  a  maximum  total  ol 
live  credits 

FMCD  370  Communication  Skills  and  T«chnlq4Ma  (3) 

ProvKJes  training  in  communication  skills  relevant  to 
interpersonal  situations,  i  e  dating,  mamage  and  lamlly 
life  Relevant  communication  concepts,  pnnciples  and 
models  and  discussed  and  demonstrated 

FMCD  381  Low-Income  Families  and  ttw  Community 

(3)  Interrelationships  between  ttie  community  social 
system  arxJ  ttie  t)ehavior  patterns  of  tow  income  families 
using  the  theoretical  and  applied  perspective  ol  human 
ecotogy 

FMCD  430  Gender  Role  Ocvelopmeni  In  tfie  Family 

(3)  Prerequisite  FMCD  260  The  development  ol 
masculinity  and  femininity  within  the  context  of  the 
contemporary  family  and  tt>e  implications  for  family  Nfe 

FMCD  431  Family  CrisM  and  Rehabilitation  (3)  Deals 
with  vanous  types  of  family  crtses  situations  and  how 
families  cope  with  the  rehabilitatxxi  process  It  covers 
issues  at  various  stages  of  the  family  cycle  rar>gtng  from 
divorce,  teeru.je  runaways,  atxirtion.  to  ttie  elfecl  ol 
death  on  a  family  Role  playing  and  interviawirtg 
tectmkjues  are  demonstrated  and  ways  ol  helping  the 
lamily  through  ttw  cnses  are  emphasized 

FMCD  432  Intsrgeneratlona)  Aspects  of  Family  LMng 

(3)  Prerequisites  FMCD  105,  260  and  332.  or  permtsaloo 
of  instructor  The  histoncal.  cultural,  devetopmental.  and 
psychosocial  expenences  of  contemporary  amartcan 
generations  Interactons  among  different  gerxrations 
within  ttie  family  and  cor^sequences  to.  individual 
devetopment 

FMCO  441  Personal  and  Family  Hnano*  (3) 
Prerequis/tes  ECON  201  and  203  or  patwtaaion  o) 
Instructor  Study  ol  individual  and  lamily  HnanoM  wMh 
particular  emphasis  upon  financial  planning,  savings. 
Insurance,  investments,  inoome  taxes,  housing,  and  us* 


FREN  — French     159 


ol  credtl  May  not  be  taken  by  students  who  have  credit 
(orFMC0  341  orCNECtlO 

FMCO  443  Consumer  Problems  (3)  Consumer 
practices  ol  American  families  Merchandising  practices 
as  they  attect  the  consumer  Organizations  and  laws  in 
the  Interest  of  the  consumer 

FMCD  446  Living  Experiences  wHh  Fimlltee  (3-6) 

A — Domestic  Intercultural 

B — International  Intercultural  Prerequisites:  FMCD 
330.  ANTH  101;  FMCD  250;  optional,  language 
competence  An  individual  experience  in  living  with 
families  o(  a  sub-culture  within  the  U  S  or  with 
families  of  another  country,  participating  in  family 
and  community  activities  A  foreign  student  may 
participate  and  live  with  an  American  family 

FMCD  447  Home  Management  for  the  Disabled  (3) 

Application  of  home  management  concepts  in  the  use  ol 
resources  to  promote  maintenance  of  tx)memaker 
independence  through  physiological  and  psychological 
adjustments  in  the  family  and  home  environment.  The 
purpose  ol  this  course  is  to  prepare  students  for  working 
effectively  with  disabled  homemakers 

FMCD  448  Selected  Topics  In  Home  Management  (3) 

Seminar  lormal  will  be  used  to  examine  the  ways  families 
set  priorities  and  organize  their  efforts  and  resources  to 
achieve  both  social  and  economic  goals  Pnor 
registration  in  FMCD  250.  341.  or  other  courses  in 
management  theory,  systems  analysis  or  research 
methods  is  desirable  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits  provided  subject  matter  is  different 

FMCO      453      Family-Community      Advocacy      (3) 

Prerequisite:  FMCD  201  or  pemiission  of  instructor 
Decision-making  processes  at  the  federal,  state  and  local 
levels  regarding  social  policy  determination  in  the  family 
and  community  fieW-  The  ongins  and  consequences  of 
policies  as  they  allect  lamily  and  community  functioning. 

FMCD  460  Violence  In  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisites: 
FMCD  260  or  330  or  332  Violence  in  the  family  from  the 
perspective  of  intertamilial  patterns  and  systems.  The 
ways  in  whk^  societal  forces  augment,  support  or  deter 
violent  interchanges 

FMCD  403  Family  and  Community  Service  Systems 

(3)  Prerequisite:  By  permission  of  instructor.  The 
planning,  implementation,  administration,  and  evaluation 
of  human  service  systems  affecting  families  and 
communities  Ma|or  organizational  theories,  managerial 
styles,  administrative  techniques,  and  relevant  issues  in 
human  service  delivery 

FMCD   485   Introduction   to    Family   Counseling   (3) 

Provides  the  fundamental  theoretical  concepts  and 
clinical  procedures  that  are  unique  to  mantal  and  family 
therapy.  These  techniques  are  contrasted  with 
individually-orientated  psychotherapy.  Pre-marital,  marital 
and  lamily.  and  divorce  counseling  techniques  are 
demonstrated  and  evaluated. 

FMCD  Legal  Aspects  of  Family  Problems  (3)  Laws 

and  legal  involvement  that  directly  affect  specific  aspects 
of  the  family:  adoption,  mamage.  estate  planning. 
property  rights,  wills,  etc.  Emphasis  will  tie  given  to  the 
involvement  of  a  professional  lawyer;  pnnciples  and 
interpretation  of  the  law. 

FMCD  499  Special  Topics  (1-3) 

A — Family  Studies 

B — Community  Studies 

C — Management  and  Consumer  Studies 

FOLA  —  Foreign  Language 

FOLA    001    English    lor    Foreign    Students    (3)    An 

introduction  to  English  usage,  adapted  to  the  needs  of 
the  non-English-speaking  student.  Pronunciation, 
spelling,  syntax,  vocabulary  The  difference  tietween 
English  and  various  other  languages  are  stressed. 
Reading  of  modem  American  short  stories.  This  course 
does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree  at  the 
University 

FOLA    002    English    tor    Foreign    StudenU    (3)    An 

introduction  to  English  usage,  adapted  to  the  needs  of 
the  non-English-speaking  student.  Pronunciation, 
spelling,  syntax,  vocabulary.  The  difference  between 
English  and  vanous  other  languages  are  stressed. 
Reading  of  modem  American  short  stories.  This  course 
does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree  at  the 
University. 


FOLA  108  Elementary  Foreign  Lsngusges  I  (3)  The 

first  semester  of  conversational  study  of  a  language  not 
otherwise  offered  May  be  repeated  for  credit  II  language 
covered  Is  different  The  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  successful  completion  of 
FOLA  108,  109,  118  and  119  in  a  single  language 

FOLA    109    Elementary    Foreign    Languages    II    (3) 

Prerequisite  FOLA  106  in  the  sub|ecl  language  or 
permission  of  the  Instructor  The  second  semester  of 
conversational  study  of  a  language  not  othenwise  offered 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  language  covered  Is 
different  The  arts  and  humanities  language  requirement 
may  be  fulfilled  by  successful  completion  of  FOLA  108, 
109,  118  and  119  in  a  single  language 

FOLA    118    Intermediate    Foreign    Languages    I    (3) 

Prerequisite:  FOLA  109  in  the  subject  language  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  third  semester  of 
conversational  study  of  a  language  not  othemvise  offered 
May  be  repeated  lor  credit  it  language  covered  is 
different.  The  arts  and  humanities  language  requirement 
may  be  fulfilled  by  successful  completion  of  FOl-A  108, 
109,  118  and  119  in  a  single  language 

FOLA   119   Intermediate   Foreign   Languages    II   (3) 

Prerequisite:  FOLA  118  in  the  subject  language  or 
permission  ol  the  instructor  The  fourth  semester  of 
conversational  study  of  a  language  not  othenwise  offered 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  language  covered  is 
different.  The  arts  and  humanities  language  requirement 
may  be  fulfilled  by  successful  completion  ol  FOLA  108. 
1 09.  118  and  1 1 9  in  a  single  language. 

FOLA  128  Introductory  Middle  Eastern  Languages  I 

(3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  the  department.  An 
introduction  to  the  three  principal  languages  ol  the 
Islamic  Middle  East— Arabic.  Persian,  and  Turi<ish.  Only 
standard  written  form  of  the  three  languages  is  taught. 
May  he  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when 
language  varies  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and 
humanities  language  requirement, 

FOLA  129  Introductory  Middle  Eastern  Languages  II 

(3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  128  and  consent  of  the 
department.  Continuation  of  FOLA  128,  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when  languages  varies  May 
not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement, 

FOLA  158  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language  I 
(3-6)  Directed  study  of  a  modern  foreign  language  with 
use  of  a  self- instruction  approach.  Open  only  by 
pemiission  to  students  of  high  motivation  and  proven 
language  learning  aptitude.  May  be  repeated  to 
maximum  of  six  credits  in  each  language  studied, 

FOLA  159  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language  II 
(3-6)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  158  in  the  same  language.  A 
continuation  of  of  FOLA  158,  Open  only  by  permission  to 
students  of  high  motivation  and  proven  language  learning 
aptitude.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits  in 
each  language  studied, 

FOLA  228  Intermediate  Middle  Eastern  Languages  I 

(3)  Prerequisite;  FOLA  129  and  consent  of  the 
department.  Continuation  of  FOLA  1 29.  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when  language  varies.  May 
not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement. 

FOLA  229  Intermediate  Middle  Eastern  Languages  II 

(3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  228  and  consent  of  the 
department  Continuation  of  FOLA  228  May  be  repealed 
to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when  language  varies.  May 
not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement. 

FOLA  328  Advanced  Middle  Eastern  Languages  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FOLA  229  or  consent  of  the  department. 
Continuatkjn  of  FOLA  229.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours  when  language  vanes.  May  rxit 
be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement. 

FOLA  329  Advanced  Middle  Eastern  Languages  II 

(6-3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  328  or  consent  of  the 
department.  Continuation  of  FOLA  328  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  of  nine  flours  when  languages  varies.  May 
not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement, 

FOLA  389  Foreign  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
cultural  history,  arts  and  letters,  folklore  and  life-style  of 
the  speakers  of  a  language  not  othenvise  offered.  May 
tie  repeated  for  six  credits  in  a  single  civilization  if 
content    is    different.    All    readings    and    instruction    in 


English 

FOLA  408  Foreign  Language  I  (3)  Intensive  study  of  a 
foreign  language  or  related  topic  rxit  available  urxler  one 
of  the  current  foreign  language  departments  or  programs 
May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  the  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement 

FOLA  409  Foreign  Languags  11  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA 

408  in  the  same  language  or  topic  A  continuation  of 
FOLA  408  May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  division  of  arts  and 
humanities  language  requirement 

FOLA    459    Foreign    Literature    In    Translation    (3) 

Reading  and  discussion  of  selected  autfwrs.  penods  or 
genres  of  a  foreign  literature  not  otherwise  offered  May 
be  repeated  for  six  credits  in  a  single  literature  if  content 
is  different  All  readings  and  instruction  in  English 

FOOD  —  Food 

FOOD  105  Professional  Orientation  (1)  A  senes  of 
lectures  introducing  the  student  to  the  broad  fieW  of 
careers  in  food,  nutntion.  dietetics,  and  institution 
adminlstratk)n  Includes  trends,  role  of  related  sciences, 
educational  and  personal  requirements,  ethics,  and 
opportunities  in  each  professional  area 

FOOD  110  Food  for  People  (3)  A  study  of  food  in 
contemporary  living  Economic,  social,  cultural  and 
aesthetic  implications  of  food  Selection  and  use  of  food 
in  relation  to  eating  habits  and  well-being  of  the 
individual 

FOOD  210  Scientific  Principles  of  Food  Preparation 
and  Management  (4)  Prerequisite:  NUTR  100  Three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week  Study 
of  basic  scientific  principles  as  applied  to  food 
preparation  processes  and  management  of  family  needs 
through  organization  of  available  resources. 

FOOD  240  Science  of  Food  I  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  latxjratory  per  week  Pre-  or  corequisite 
CHEM  110,  Composition  and  structure  of  food  with  study 
of  the  fundamental  principles  involved  in  food  handling 
and  treatment.  Especially  designed  for  majors  in  Food. 
Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration. 

FOOD  250  Science  of  Food  II  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
FOOD  240  A  continuation  of  FOOD  240 

FOOD    300    Economics    of    Food    Consumption    (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201  or  205;  and  FOOD  110  or 
NUTR  100,  Inten-elations  of  food,  population  and 
economic  progress;  trends  in  food  consumption  patterns; 
worid  and  local  food  problems. 

FOOD  440  Advanced  Food  Science  I  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites:  FOOD  250  and  CHEM 
261  or  461 .  Chemical  and  physical  properties  ol  food  as 
related  to  consumer  use  in  the  home  and  institutions. 

FOOD  445  Advanced  Food  Science  Laboratory  (1) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
201  and  consent  of  instmctor.  Chemical  determination  of 
selected  components  in  animal  and  plant  foods 

FOOD  450  Advanced  Food  Science  II  (3)  One  lecture, 
two  laboratories  per  week.  Prerequisite:  FOOD  440  or 
equivalent.  Individual  and  group  laboratory 
experimentation  as  an  introduction  to  methods  of  food 
research. 

FOOD  480  Food  Additives  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOOD  440 
or  equivalent.  Effects  of  intentional  and  incidental 
additives  on  food  quality,  nutritive  value  and  safety. 
Cunent  regulatory  procedures. 

FOOD     490     Special     Problems     In     Foods     (Z-3) 

Prerequisite:  FOOD  440  and  consent  of  instmctor. 
Individual  selected  problems  in  the  area  of  food  science. 

FOOD  498  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of  insthjctor  Selected  cuaent  asfiects  of  food. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject 
matter  is  substantially  different. 

FREN  —  French 

FREN  101  Elementary  French  (4)  Introduction  to  basic 
structures  and  pronunciation. 

FREN  102  Elementary  French  (4)  Completion  of  basic 
structures  with  emphasis  on  reading  and  speaking  skills. 

FREN  103  Review  of  Elementary  French  (4)  Limited  to 
students  who  have  had  at  least  two  years  of  high  school 


160     GEOG  —  Geography 


French  (or  equivalent)  or  who  do  not  qualify  tof  FREN 
104.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  tor  txsth  FREN 
101/102  and  103. 

FREN  104  Intermediate  French  (4)  Grammar  review 
with  extended  reading,  discussion,  and  composition. 
Fulfills  the  arts  and  humanities  language  requirement 

FREN  121  Accelerated  French  I  (3)  An  Intensive 
beginning  course  In  French  language  sl<ills:  guided 
practice  in  reading  and  wnting.  ur'derstanding  the  spoken 
language  and  conversation,  to  enable  the  student  to 
move  more  quickly  to  advanced  courses.  Enrollment 
restricted  to  students  already  having  a  good  l^ackground 
in  at  least  one  other  foreign  language  (successful 
completion  of  level  4  in  high  school,  or  104  or  equivalent 
at  the  University  level;  or  through  linguistic  competence 
acquired  by  residence  abroad,  or  by  demonstration  of 
equivalent  proficiency)  With  122,  may  be  used  to  satisfy 
language  requirements 

FREN  122  Accelerated  French  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FRENCH  121  An  Intensive  beginning  course  In  French 
language  skills:  guided  practice  in  reading  and  wnting, 
understanding  the  spoken  language  and  conversation,  to 
enable  the  student  to  move  more  quickly  to  advanced 
courses.  May  be  used  to  satisfy  language  requirements 

FREN  200  French  for  Reading  (3)  Intensive  course 
designed  to  bnng  students  to  a  basic  reading  and 
translating  competerx;e  of  ordinary  literary  and  scientific 
French,  with  the  aid  of  a  dictionary,  in  one  semester 
Study  of  essential  grammar,  but  no  spoken  or  written 
French  involved.  No  prerequisites.  Course  not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  two  years  high  school 
French  or  tvro  semesters  college  French  within  the  last 
five  years  nor  to  students  for  whom  French  in  the  native 
language.  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  language 
requirement  of  the  division  of  arts  and  humanities. 

FREN    201    Review   Grammar   and   Composition   (3) 

Prerequisite:  FREN  104  or  course  chairmans  consent 
An  intensive  review  of  major  aspects  of  contemporary 
grammatical  usage:  training  in  comprehension:  an 
introduction  to  guided  composition. 

FREN     211     Phonetics     and     Spoken     French     (3) 

Prerequisite:  FREN  104  or  course  chairman's  consent. 
Not  open  to  native  speakers  of  French  Introduction  of 
the  French  phonetic  system,  with  practice  In  the  spoken 
language;  international  phonetic  alphabet;  Intonation. 

FREN  250  Readlnga  In  French  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FRENCH  104  or  equivalent  Selected  readings  from 
various  genres  In  French  literature  Discussion  and  brief 
written  reports  in  French. 

FREN  279  Readings  In  French  Literature  In 
Translation  (3)  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester 
All  readings,  discussions  and  examinations  in  English 
No  prerequisites  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

FREN  301  Composition  and  Style  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FREN  201,  or  course  chairman's  consent  An 
introduction  to  the  techniques  of  the  dissertation 
generale;  grammatical  analysis;  free  composition 

FREN    302    Advanced    Composition    and    Style    (3) 

Prerequisite:  FREN  301  or  course  chairman's  consent. 
Training  In  the  art  of  translation  dissertation  generale; 
analysis  of  the  role  ol  language  in  literature 

FREN     311     French  Conversation:     Contemporary 

Issues  (3)  Vocabulary  development  to  the  level  of  the 

contemporary  French  press  Not  open  to  native 
speakers  of  French. 

FREN  312  French  Conversation:  Current  Cultural 
Events  (3)  Vocabulary  development  to  the  level  of  the 
contemporary  French  press  Not  open  to  native 
speakers  of  French 

FREN  350  Advanced  Readings  In  French  (3) 
Prerequisite  FRENCH  201  or  250,  or  permission  ol 
iristructor  Selected  readings  in  vanous  genres  From 
important  French  authors  and  from  works  dealing  with 
various  aspects  ol  French  life,  culture,  and  civilizatk>n 
Translation,  textual  analysis,  discussion  and  brlel  written 
reports  in  French 

FREN  351  French  Literature  from  the  Revolution  to 
the  Present  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  201  or  250,  or 
consent  ol  the  instructor  A  survey  ol  the  chief  authors 
and  major  movements  ol  French  literature  from 
Pre-Romantk;ism  to  the  present 

FREN  3S2  French  Uteraiuiu  from  ttw  Mldd<?  Ages  to 
he  Revolution  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  201  oi  250,  or 


consent  of  instructor  A  survey  of  the  chief  autfwrs  and 
major  movements  of  French  literature  from  the  Middle 
Ages  to  the  end  of  the  18th  century. 

FREN  370  Aspects  of  French  Civilization  (3)  Political, 
social,  inlelleclual,  and  literary  forces  shaping 
contemporary  France,  from  the  French  revolution  to  the 
present  Taught  in  English  Credit  may  not  be  counted 
toward  a  French  major  Credit  not  allowed  for  both  FREN 
370  and  FREN  472 

FREN     398     Practlcum     In     Spoken     French     (1) 

Prerequisite  FRENCH  312,  or  permission  of  department 
chairman  Practice  In  French  conversation  at  the 
advanced  level.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  three 
credits  Will  not  count  toward  the  French  major 
Satisfactory/fail  only, 

FREN  399  Directed  Study  In  French  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
Permission  of  department  chairman.  Intended  for 
advanced  undergraduates  who  wish  to  worti  on  an 
individual  basis  with  a  professor  of  their  choice.  Open  as 
elective  to  all  students,  but  may  not  be  counted  toward 
French  major  May  be  taken  for  one,  two  or  three  credits, 
according  to  nature  and  scope  of  work  envisaged.  May 
be  taken  more  than  once;  however,  only  repeatable  for  a 
maximum  of  three  credits.  Grading  method: 
satisfactory-fail  only. 

FREN  400  Applied  Linguistics  (3)  The  nature  of  applied 
linguistics  and  Its  contribution  to  the  effective  teaching  of 
foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of  English  and 
French,  with  emphasis  upon  points  of  divergence 
Analysis,  evaluation  and  construction  ol  related  drills 

FREN  401  Introduction  to  Styllstlcs  (3)  Prerequisite 
FREN  302,  or  course  chaimian's  consent  Comparative 
stylistic  analysis;  detailed  grammatk^al  analysis, 
translation. 

FREN  404  Oral  Practice  for  Teachers  of  French  (3) 

Prerequisitee:  FREN  311  and  FREN  312,  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Development  of  fluency  in  French,  stress 
on  correct  sentence  structure  and  idiomatic  expressk>n 
CredH  may  not  be  applied  toward  the  French  major 

FREN  405  Explication  De  Textes  (3)  Oral  and  written 
analysis  of  short  literary  works,  or  of  excerpts  from  longer 
wort<s  chosen  tor  their  histortcal,  structural,  or  stylistic 
interest,  with  the  purpose  of  training  the  major  to 
understand  literature  In  depth  and  to  make  mature 
esthetic  evaluations  of  it. 

FREN  406  Business  and  Commercial  French  (3)  A 

study  of  French  as  used  in  the  business  and  commercial 
worid. 

FREN    407    History    of    the    French    Language    (3) 

Evolution  of  the  French  language  from  l,^tln  to  modem 
French. 

FREN  419  Studies  In  Medieval  French  Literature  (3) 

Selected  topics  in  medieval  French  literature  Repeatable 
with  different  subtitle  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

FREN  429  Studies  In  French  Literature  of  the 
Renaissance  (3)  Selected  topics  In  French  literature  of 
the  Renaissance.  Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  439  Studies  In  17th  Century  French  Literature 

(3)  Selected  topics  in  seventeenth-century  French 
literature  Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  449  Studies  In  18th  Century  French  Utsraturs 

(3)  Selected  topics  in  eighteenth-century  French 
literature  Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a  maximum 
of  SIX  credits 

FREN  459  Studies  In  19lh  Century  French  Utsfaturc 

(3)  Selected  topics  in  nineteenth  century  French 
literature  Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a  maximum 
of  SIX  credits 

FREN  469  Studies  In  20th  Century  French  Literature 

(3)  Selected  topks  in  twentleth-centur,  French  literature 
Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  1o  a  maximum  ol  six 
credits 

FREN  471  French  Chrlllzatton  I  (3)  French  life,  customs, 
culture,  traditions  (800-1750) 

FREN  472  French  Chrlllzatlon  II  (3)  French  life, 
customs,  culture,  traditions  (1750  Present-day  France) 
Credit  not  altowed  for  both  FREN  472  and  FREN  370 

FREN  475  FrMKh  Cinema:  A  CuHural  Approach  (3)  A 

study  ol  FrerKh  culture,  civilization  arx)  literature  through 
tt>e  medium  of  film 


FREN  478  Themae  and  Movements  of  French 
Uterature  In  Translation  (3)  Studies  treatments  of 
thematic  problems  or  of  literary  or  histork^al  rTx>vementfl 
In  French  literature  Topic  to  be  determined  each 
semester    Given  in  English 

FREN  479  Masterworks  of  French  Literature  In 
Translation  (3)  Treats  the  works  ol  one  or  nxxe  major 
French  writers  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester 
Given  in  English 

FREN  489  Pro-Seminar  In  Themes  or  Movsmanta  ol 
French  Llteratura  (3)  Repeatable  lor  a  maximum  of  tbt 
credits 

FREN    491     Honors    Rawling    Course,    Poetry    (3) 

H— Honors.  Poetry 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally  only  by 

students  admitted  to  the  honors  program 

FREN    492    Honors     Reading     Course.     Novel     (3) 

H — Honors.  Novel 

Supervised  readings  to  t>e  taken  normally  only  by 

students  admitted  to  the  honors  program 

FREN    493    Honors    Reading    Courae,    Drama    (3) 

H — Honors,  Drama 

Supervised  readings  to  tie  taken  normally  only  by 

students  admitted  to  the  tionors  program 

FREN  494  Honors  Independem  Study  (3)  H— Honors 
Honors  Independent  study  Involves  gutdied  readings 
t>ased  on  an  lienors  reading  list  and  tested  t>y  a  6  hour 
wntten  examination  Honors  494  and  495  are  required  to 
fulfill  ttie  departmental  honors  requirement  in  addition  to 
two  out  of  the  foltowing.  491 H,  492H,  493H  Open  only  to 
students  admitted  to  the  departmental  horxxs  program 

FREN  495  Honors  Thesis  Raa«arch  (3)  H — Honors 
Honors  thesis  research  Involves  the  writing  ol  a  paper 
under  the  direction  of  a  professor  in  this  department  and 
an  oral  examintion  Honors  494  and  495  are  required  to 
fulfill  the  departmental  horwrs  requirement  in  addition  to 
two  out  of  the  lotowing,  491H,  492H.  493H  Open  only  to 
students  admitted  to  the  departmental  fwoors  program 

FREN  498  Special  Topics  In  French   Literature  (3) 

Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

FREN  499  Special  Topics  In  French  Studtee  (3)  An 

aspect  of  French  studies,  the  specific  topic  to  be 
announced  each  time  the  course  is  offered  Repeatable 
for  a  maximum  of  6  credits 

GEOG  —  Geography 

GEOG     100    Introduction     to     Geography     (3)     An 

introduction  to  ttie  broad  fiekl  of  geography  as  it  is 
applicable  to  the  general  education  student  The  course 
presents  ttie  basic  ratK>nale  ol  vanalions  in  human 
occupancy  of  the  earth  and  stresses  geographic 
concepts  relevant  to  understanding  worid.  regiorul  arxf 
kx:ai  issues 

GEOG  201  Geography  of  Envlronrrwntal  Systems  (3) 
A  systematic  introduction  to  the  processes  aixl 
associated  forms  of  the  atrTx>sphere  and  earth  s  surfacas 
emphasizing  tf>e  interaction  twtween  climatology, 
hydrotogy  and  geomorphotogy 

GEOG    202    Introductory    Cultural    Geography    (3) 

Examination  of  the  basic  corx;«pts  ol  human  geography 
such  as  tfKise  relating  to  geography  of  poktcal. 
population,  settlement,  and  cultural  phenomena 

GEOG  203  Introductory  EcorK>mtc  Geography  (3)  A 

study  of  physical  and  economic  factors  tfiat  urvtete 
production  The  roles  ol  climate,  soils,  and  landlofms. 
and  geographic  distribution  ol  agricultural,  ponver  and 
mineral  resources,  and  ttie  nature  and  uses  of 
cartographic  matenals 

GEOG  305  Introduction  to  Geographic  Techntquaa  (3) 
A  practical  introduction,  by  use  of  exercise  and 
supporting  readings,  to  data  sources  and  maasuramartl. 
basic  descnptive  statistics,  data  coieOkxi.  sampling  and 
questionnaire  design,  field  tectmiques;  maps  and  map 
protections,  and  data  presentation 

GEOG  310  Introduction  to  nsaaarch  and  WrWng  m 
Geography  (3)  Prerequisite  GEOG  305  Davatopmant 
of  research  mettxxls  in  geography  mckjdKig  Vm 
lomiulation  ol  problem,  ifie  estaUlahmanl  of  hypuftaaaa. 
devetopmeni  o<  structures  tor  tasting  hypotfiaaaa.  arxl 
practkx  with  lorms  of  geographic  piaaantallon  Mapa, 
quantitative  and  liaU  meOioda  wM  be  uaad  as 
appropnaie 


GEOG  —  Geography     161 


QEOG  370  Cartography  and  Oraphica  Practlcum  (3) 

Orw  hour  lecture  Brx)  two  two-tiour  laboratory  pefKxls  a 
week  Techniques  and  proljlems  ol  comptlatxjn,  design 
and  oonstructioo  of  various  types  of  maps  and  Qrapfiics 
RelattonsMps  tMtween  nnap  making  and  modem  mettxxts 
o)  productkxi  anjl  reproduction  Tnps  to  representative 
plants  Latxxatory  work  directed  toward  cartographic 
problems  encountered  m  ttie  making  ol  non-topographic 
maps 

QEOQ  372  Rentota  Senstng  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG 
305  or  permission  ol  instructor  Principles  of  remote 
sensir<g  in  relatk)n  to  ptiotographtc.  ttiermal  infra-red.  ar>d 
radar  imaging  Mettxxts  ol  obtainirig  quantitative 
informatron  from  remotely  sensed  images  Interpretation 
of  rarTx>tely-sensed  images  emphastzing  the  study  of 
spatial  and  environmental  relationships 

QEOG  376  OuantlUtlve  Mettioda  In  QMgraphy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GECXi  305  InlerenUal  statistics  applicable 
to  geographic  problems  including  probability,  sampling. 
point  and  interval  estimates,  tests  ol  hypotheses. 
oorrelatKxi.  regression,  analysis  ol  IrequerKies  arxl 
proportions,  and  analysis  ol  variance  The  applk;aNon  ol 
these  to  problem-solvlr>g  in  geography 

QEOG  380  Local  Field  Coufm  (3)  Training  in 
geographic  field  methods  and  techniques  Field 
observatKm  of  land  use  in  selected  rural  and  urt>an  areas 
In  eastern  Maryland  One  lecture  per  week  with  Saturday 
arxj  occasional  weekerxj  RekJ  trips  Pnmahly  for 
undergraduates 

GEOG  381  FMd  Study— Physical  (1) 

GEOG  382  FMd  Study— Rural  (1) 

GEOG  383  FMd  Study— Urtwn  (1) 

QEOG  384  FMd  Study— FMd  Methods  (1) 

QEOG  385  ScMitmc  Methodology  and  History  of 
Oaography  (3)  For  undergraduate  and  graduate  majors 
In  geography  May  be  taken  also  by  students  with  a 
minimum  ol  nine  hours  in  systematic  and  six  hours  in 
regional  geography  A  comprehensive  and  systematk; 
study  ol  tt>e  history,  nature  and  basic  principles  of 
geographic  ttxxjght.  a  critical  evaluatkxi  of  some  of  the 
important  geographical  wor1<s  and  methods  of  geographk: 
research 

GEOG  398  Honors  Research  (3)  Student  devek>pment 
ol  a  potential  research  topic  under  the  guidance  of  a 
faculty  advisor,  culminating  in  a  written  and  oral 
presentation  ol  a  research  proposal. 

GEOG  399  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  398. 
SecoTKJ  course  In  departmental  fx>nors  sequer>ce. 
Student  research  under  the  auspices  of  a  faculty  advisor, 
culminating  in  a  research  paper  to  be  defended  orally 
before  the  geography  honors  committee 

QEOG    400    Geography    o(    Nortti    America    (3)    An 

examlnabon  of  the  contemporary  patterns  of  American 
and  Car»dian  life  from  a  regkinal  viewpoint  Major  topKS 
irfdude:  the  significance  ol  the  physical  environment. 
resource  use.  the  political  Iramework.  economk;  activities. 
derriographic  and  socio-cultural  charactenstks.  regional 
identificatkxi.  and  regional  problems. 

GEOG  402  Geography  of  Maryland  ar>d  Ad|acent 
Areas  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  physical  environment, 
natural  resources,  arxl  population  in  relatk>n  to 
agriculture,  industry,  transport,  and  trade  in  the  state  of 
Marylarxl  and  adjacent  areas 

GEOG  406  Historical  Geography  of  North  America 
before  1800  (3)  An  analysis  of  ttie  changing  geography 
ol  the  U.S.  arxJ  Canada  from  pre-Columbian  times  to  the 
erxl  ol  tt)e  18th  century.  Emphasis  on  areal  variations 
and  changes  in  tt>e  settlements  and  ecorx)mies  of  Indian 
and  coloniai  populations.  Areal  specialization  and  ttie 
chat>ging  patterns  ol  agriculture,  industry,  trade,  and 
transportatk>n  Population  growth,  composition  and 
interior  expansion.  Reglonalizatkin. 

GEOG  407  Historical  Geography  of  f4orth  America 
after  1800  (3)  An  analysis  ol  ttie  changing  geography  ol 
the  U.S.  and  Canada  from  1800  to  the  1920s.  Emphasis 
on  the  settlement  expanskjn  and  sodo-economk; 
development  of  ttie  U.S..  and  comparisons  with 
Canadian  experietx»  Immigratkjn.  economk;  activities. 
irxlustrializatKin.  transportation  and  urbanizatk>n 

GEOG  410  Geography  of  Europe  (3)  Agricultural  and 
irxhistrial  development  of  Europe  and  present-day 
problems  in  relation  to  ttie  physical  and  cultural  setting  of 
the  continent  and  its  natural  resources. 


QEOG  411  Historical  Geography  of  Europe  after  1500 

(3)  An  analysis  of  the  ctianging  geography  of  Europe 
from  ttie  Columbian  discoveries  until  the  eariy  20th 
century  wtth  particular  emphasis  on  western  Europe,  the 
medieval  legacy,  the  Impact  of  overseas  axpanskin.  and 
ctianging  patterns  ol  populatKin.  agriculture.  Industry, 
trade,  and  transportation  Attentton  lo  tfie  devekipment  ol 
the  nation-state  and  to  agncultural  and  Industrial 
revolutions 

QEOG    412    Energy    Resources    and    Planning    (3) 

Regional  distribution  ol  energy  resources  and 
consumption  in  ttie  U  S  Past  and  present  patterns  ol 
energy  use  Assessment  of  the  potential  of  conservatkin. 
and  nuclear,  fossil,  and  renewable  energy  resources  vrith 
an  emphasis  on  spabal  impact  of  energy  policy 
declskms 

GEOG  413  Energy  Resources  and  ttis  Environment 
(3)  The  eltect  of  energy  resource  utilizatkm  on  the 
physical  environment  Including  land  use.  air  and  water 
quality,  and  solkl  waste  generatkin  Recent  laws 
designed  to  reduce  environmental  impacts  are  reviewed. 
Also  included  are  ttie  physk^al  consequences  of 
alternative  energy  technologies 

GEOG  415  Economic  Resources  and  Davetopment  of 
Africa  (3)  The  natural  resources  of  Africa  in  relation  to 
agncultural  and  mineral  productkin^  ttie  various  stages  of 
economk:  development  and  ttie  potentialilies  ol  ttie 
future 

QEOG  420  Geography  ol  Asia  (3)  Lands,  climates, 
natural  resources,  and  major  eConomic  activities  in  Asia 
(except  Soviet  Asia)  Outstanding  differences  between 
major  regkins 

QEOG  421  Economic  and  Political  Geography  of 
Eastern  Asia  (3)  Study  ol  China.  Korea.  Japan,  ttie 
Philippines;  physical  geographk:  setting,  population, 
economk:  and  politk:al  geography  Potentialities  of  major 
regkins  and  recent  developments 

GEOG  422  Cultural  Geography  of  China  and  Japan 

(3)  Survey  ol  geographical  distribution  and  interpretation 
of  cultural  patterns  of  China  and  Japan.  Emphasis  on 
basic  cultural  institutions,  outkiok  on  IHe.  unique 
characteristk:s  ol  various  groups.  Trends  ol  cultural 
change  and  contemporary  problems. 

GEOG  423  Economic  and  Political  Geography  of 
South  and  Southeast  Asia  (3)  Study  of  the  Indian 
subcontinent  Farther  India,  Indonesia:  physical 
geographic  setting,  population,  economic  and  political 
geography  Potentialities  of  various  countries  arxl 
regions  and  their  role  in  present  Asia. 

GEOG  431  Economic  and  Cultural  Geography  of 
Caribbean  America  (3)  An  analysis  ol  the  physical 
frameworti,  broad  economic  and  historical  trends,  cultural 
patterns,  and  regkinal  dIveisifKatksn  of  Mexico,  Central 
America,  the  West  Indies. 

GEOG  432  Economic  and  Cultural  Geography  of 
South  America  (3)  A  survey  of  natural  environment  and 
resources,  economk:  devekipment  and  cultural  deversity 
of  the  South  American  Republics,  with  emphasis  upon 
problems  and  prospects  ol  the  countries. 

GEOG  434  Historical  Geography  of  the  Hispanic 
World  (3)  An  examinatkw  ol  the  social,  ecorximk:. 
political  and  cultural  geography  of  the  countries  of  ttie 
Iberian  Peninsula  and  Latin  America  in  ttie  past  with 
concentratkm  on  spedfk:  time  periods  ol  special 
significance  in  the  devekipment  of  these  countries. 

GEOG  435  Geography  of  the  Soviet  Union  (3)  The 

natural  environment  and  Its  regional  diversity 
Geographical  factors  in  the  expanskxi  of  the  Russian 
state.  The  geography  of  agricultural  and  industrial 
productkin  In  relation  to  available  resources, 
Iransportatbn  problems,  and  diversity  of  population. 

GEOG   437   Introduction   to    Regional    Methods   (3) 

Inquiry  into  ttie  evolutkin  of  regkmal  methodology  with 
specific  reference  to  geographk:  problems.  Critk:al 
analysis  and  evaluation  of  past  and  contemporary 
theories  and  a  thorough  examination  ol  alternate  regional 
mettxidologies.  Applk:atkin  of  quantitative  and  qualitative 
lechnk^ues  ol  regkmal  analysis  and  syntfiesis  to 
Iradilkmal  and  modem  regkinal  geography  emphasizing 
principles  of  regionalization 

QEOG  440  Process  Qeomorphology  (3)  Study  ol  the 
major  processes  Involved  in  the  development  ol 
landtorms.  especially  weathering,  wasting,  and  fluvial 
eroskm.    Evaluation  ol  models  ol  slope  and  landscape 


GEOG  441  Qeomorphologlcal  Environment  (3) 
Prerequisite  GEOG  440  An  examination  ol 
environments,  coastal,  glacial.  Nttiologk:.  etc  .  whKh  lead 
lo  the  spatial  differentialion  of  landtorms 

GEOG  445  Climatology  (3)  The  geographic  aspects  ol 
dimale  with  emphasis  on  energy-moisture  budgets, 
steady-state  and  non-steady-state  climatokigy.  and 
dimalic  variatkins  at  tioth  macro-and  micro-scales 

GEOG  446  Applied  Climatology  (3)  Prerequisite  GEOG 
445  or  consent  of  instructor  An  in-depth  analysis  o(  ttie 
components  ol  the  earth's  radiation  balance  and  energy 
budgets:  radiation,  soil  tieal  flux,  and  the  evaporatkm 
process  Measurement  and  estimation  technkjues 
Practical  applK:atkins  ol  mk^odimatokigical  ttieory  arxl 
technk^ues 

GEOG  447  The  Physical  Envlronntsnt  of  Urban  Areas 

Prerequisite  GEOG  201  or  consent  ol  instructor  An 
analysis  of  the  constraints  imposed  upon  urtian  land  use 
by  such  environmental  lectors  as  geology, 
geomorptxilogy  and  hydrokigy  Ttie  effects  of  urtian  lanid 
use  upon  dimalokigy,  soils,  earth  processes,  water 
movement  and  vegetatkin  will  be  Investigated 

GEOG  450  CuHursI  Geography  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG 
201.  202.  or  consent  of  instructor  An  analysis  of  tfie 
Impact  of  man  through  his  kteas  and  technology  on  the 
evolutkin  of  geographic  landscapes.  Major  Itiemes  in  the 
relationships  between  cultures  and  environments 

GEOG  451  Political  Geography  (3)  Geographk:al 
lactors  in  nattonal  power  and  intematkinal  relatkjns;  an 
analysis  ol  the  role  of  'geopolitics  and  'geostralegy.'  with 
special  relerence  to  the  current  worid  scene 

GEOG  452  Cultural  Ecology  (3)  Basic  issues 
concerning  the  natural  history  ol  man  from  the 
perspective  of  the  geographer  Basic  components  ol 
selected  betiavloral  and  natural  systems  their  evolution 
and  adaptation,  and  survival  strategies. 

GEOG  453  Population  Geography  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  202  or  consent  ol  instructor  Emphasis  on  the 
spatial  characteristics  of  population  distributkin  and 
growth,  migration,  lertillty  and  rtxirtality  from  a  gkitial 
perspective.  Bask;  populatkm-environmental 

relationships:  carrying  capadty.  density,  relalkinships  to 
natkinal  devekipment 

GEOG  455  Urban  Geography  (3)  Origins  of  cities, 
followed  by  a  study  of  elements  ol  site  and  location  with 
relerence  to  cities.  The  patterns  and  functkins  of  some 
major  world  dties  will  be  analyzed.  Theories  of  land  use 
diflerentlation  within  cities  will  be  appraised. 

GEOG  456  The  Social  Geography  of  Metropolitan 
Areas  (3)  A  soclo-spatial  approach  lo  man's  interactkm 
with  his  urban  environment:  the  ways  people  perceive, 
define,  behave  In,  and  structure  their  cities  and 
metropolitan  areas.  Spatial  patterns  ol  social  activities  as 
fomied  by  the  distributkin  and  interactkm  ol  people  and 
social  Instituttons. 

GEOG  457  Historical  Geography  of  Cities  (3)  The 

course  is  concerned  with  the  urbanization  ol  the  United 
States  and  Canada  prior  to  1920.  Both  the  evolutkin  of 
the  urtian  system  across  the  countries  and  the  spatial 
distributkin  ol  activities  within  cities  will  tie  conskiered. 
Spedal  attentkin  is  given  to  the  process  ol 
industriallzatkm  and  ttie  concurrent  structuring  of 
residential  patterns  among  elhnk:  groups. 

GEOG  459  Prosemlnar  In  UrtMn  Geography  (3)  A 

problems-oriented  course  lor  students  with  a  liackground 
in  urban  geography  using  a  discussion/lecture  format.  It 
will  focus  on  a  partknilar  sub-field  within  urtian  geography 
each  time  It  is  taught  taking  advantage  of  the  special 
interests  of  the  instructor 

QEOG  460  Advanced  Economic  Geography 
I — Agricultural  Resources  (3)  Prerequisite.  GEOG  201 
or  203.  Ttie  nature  of  agricultural  resources,  the  major 
types  of  agricultural  expkiitatkin  In  tfie  world  and  ttie 
geographic  conditions.  Main  problems  ol  conservatkw. 

GEOG  461  Geographic  Aspects  of  Environmental 
Quality  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  202  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Bask:  issues  of  human — environment 
interactions.  Reactkms  of  natural  systems  to  human 
intervenlkm.  Examinatkm  of  tfie  geograptiic 
characteristks  of  environmental  disruptions. 

GEOG  462  Water  Resources  and  Water  Resource 
Planning    (3)   GEOG    201    or   203   or    permission   of 


162     GEOL  — Geology 


Instructor.  Water  as  a  comporwnt  ol  the  human 
environment.  A  systematic  examination  of  various 
aspects  ol  water,  including  problems  ol  domestic  and 
industrial  water  supply,  irrigation,  hydroelectric  power, 
rishenes.  navigation,  flood  damage  reduction  and 
recreation 

GEOG  463  QMgraphIc  AspMt*  ol  Pollution  (3)  The 

impact  ol  man  on  his  environment  and  resultant 
problems  Examination  ol  the  spatial  aspects  ol  physical 
and  socio-economic  lactors  in  air.  water,  and  land 
pollution. 

GEOG    4ftS    Geography   of   Transportalton   (3)    The 

distritxjtion  ol  transport  routes  on  the  earth's  surface, 
patterns  ol  transport  routes,  the  adjustment  of  transport 
routes  arxj  media  to  corxjitions  ol  the  natural 
environment,  population  centers  and  their  distribution 

GEOG  4«6  Industrial  Localization  (3)  Factors  and 
trerxls  in  the  geographic  distribution  ol  the  mariufacturing 
iDdustries  of  the  world,  analyzed  with  reference  to 
theories  ol  industrial  location 

GEOG  470  History  and  Theory  of  Cartography  (3)  The 

development  of  maps  throughout  history.  Geographical 
orientation,  coordinates  and  map  scales  Map 
projections,  ttieir  nature,  use  and  limitations  Principles  of 
representation  of  features  on  physical  arid  cultural  maps 
Modem  uses  of  niaps  and  relationsNps  between 
characteristics  of  maps  and  use  types 

GEOG  471  Cartography  and  Graphics  Prsctlcum  (3) 

GEOG  472  Problems  of  Cartographic  Representatton 
and  Procadura  (3)  Two  hours  lecture  arxJ  two  hours 
latxxatory  a  week.  Study  of  cartographic  compilation 
methods.  Principles  and  problems  ol  symbollzation. 
classification  arvj  representation  of  map  data.  Problems 
of  representation  of  features  at  different  scales  and  for 
ditferent  purposes  Place-name  selection  aixJ  lettering, 
stick-up  and  map  composition 

GEOG  473  Problems  of  Map  Evaluation  (3)  Two  hours 
lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.  Schools  of 
topographic  concepts  and  practices.  Theoretk:al  and 
practk:al  n:ieans  ol  determining  map  rellatxiity.  amp  utility. 
and  source  matehals  Nature,  status  and  problems  of 
topographic  mapping  In  different  parts  of  the  worid. 
Norvtopographk:  special  use  maps  Criteria  of  usefulness 
for  purposes  concerned  and  of  reliability 

GEOG  490  Geographic  Concepts  and  Source 
Materials  (3)  A  comprehensive  and  systematic  survey  of 
geographic  concepts  designed  exclusively  for  teachers. 
Stress  will  be  placed  upon  the  phltosophy  of  geography 
in  relation  to  the  social  and  physical  sciences,  the  use  of 
the  primary  tools  of  geography,  source  materials,  and  the 
problems  ol  presenting  geograptik;  phnciples. 

GEOG  496  Topical  Investigations  (1-3)  Independent 
study  under  indivklual  guidance  Restricted  to  actvaiKed 
undergraduate  students  with  credit  lor  at  least  24  hours 
In  geography  and  to  graduate  students.  Any  exceptton 
should  have  (he  approval  of  ttie  head  of  the  department 

GEOG  499  Undergraduate  Research  (3)  Directed 
regional  or  systematk;  study  involving  several  subfiekls  ol 
geography,  including  cartographic  presentatkxi.  arv) 
usually  requiring  fiekj  worV.  and  leading  to  an 
undergraduate  thesis 


GEOL  —  Geology 


GEOL  100  Introductory  Physical  Geology  (3)  A  study 
dealing  primarily  with  the  prirKiples  ol  dynamk:al  arxl 
structural  geotogy  Designed  to  give  a  general  survey  of 
the  rocks  and  minerals  composing  ttie  earth,  the 
movement  wUhin  it.  and  its  surface  features  and  ttie 
agents  that  form  ttiem 

GEOL  102  Historical  snd  Stratlgraphic  Gaotogy  (3) 

Prerequisite;  GEOt.  100  A  study  of  the  earth's  history  as 
revealed  through  ttie  pnnciples  of  stratigraphy  arid  the 
processes  of  physical  geotogy.  with  emphasis  on  the 
formations  arxl  the  geologic  development  of  tfie  North 
American  continent. 

GEOL    110    Physical    Geology    Laboratory   (1)   One 

laboratory  a  week  Pre-  or  corequisite:  GEOL  100  The 
bask:  materials  arvl  tools  ol  phystoal  geotogy  stressing 
familiarization  with  rocks  and  minerais  and  the  lise  of 
maps  in  geotogic  interpretations 

GEOL  112  Historical  Gaotogy  Laboratory  (1)  One 
laboratory  a  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  GEOL  100  or 
consent  of  Instructor.  The  use  of  geotogk;  maps  and 


fossils  in  the  study  of  the  phystoal  and  btologlcal 
evolution  ol  ttie  earth. 

QEOL  120  Envlronmantal  Geology  (3)  A  review  ol 
geotogk:  lactors  underlying  many  environmental  protilerTis 
and  the  interactions  between  populatton  arxl  phystoai 
environment  geotogic  hazards,  larxl-use  planning, 
conservatton.  mineral  resources,  waste  disposal,  land 
redamatton  arxl  ttie  geologk:  aspects  of  health  arxl 
disease  The  course  is  aimed  at  tower  division  students 
In  education  and  lit>eral  arts,  and  shoukl  be  uselul  to  any 
student  corxxmed  with  geotogic  perspectives  of 
environrnentai  problems. 

GEOL    399    Raaaarch    ProMams    In    Gaotogy    (1) 

Prerequisite  Any  two  of  the  following:  GEOL  441.  GEOL 
431.  GEOL  422  Open  only  to  geotogy  maiors  in  their 
senior  year  The  student  will  select  and  investigate  with 
departmental  assistance  a  spedlic  library,  laboratory  or 
fiekl  study.  A  written  arxl  oral  presentatton  of  the  study 
will  determine  satisfactory  completion  of  ttw  course 

GEOL  421  Crystallogrsphy  (3)  Tiwo  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  MATH  1 15  or  consent  ol 
instructor  An  introductton  to  the  study  ol  crystals 
Stresses  the  theorettoal  arxl  practtoal  relattonships 
between  the  Internal  and  external  properties  ol  crystalline 
solkis  Encompasses  morphotogical.  optical  and  chemical 
crystalkjgraphy 

GEOL  422  Mineralogy  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
latxxatories  a  week  Prerequisite:  GEOL  110  and  CHEM 
103.  or  consent  of  instructor.  Bask:  mineratogy  lor 
Geotogy  majors  The  principles  of  nxxphotogic 
crystallography,  crystal  dwmistry.  and  determinative 
mineralogy. 

GEOL  423  Optical  Mineralogy  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  422  or  consent 
ol  instructor  The  opttoal  behavior  of  crystals  with 
emphasis  on  the  theory  and  appltoatton  ol  ttie 
petrographk:  microscope 

GEOL  431  Invertebrate  Paleontology  (4)  Three  lectures 
arxl  one  laboratory  a  week  Prerequisite:  GEOL  102  or 
consent  ol  instructor  A  systematk:  review  of  the 
morphotogy.  classification,  intenelationships  and  geotogic 
significance  of  all  the  commonly  fossilized  Invertebrate 
phyla. 

GEOL  432  Stratlgraphic  Paleotitotogy  (3)  Two  lectures 
arxl  one  laboratory  a  week  Prerequisite:  GEOL  431 
Pnnciples  of  tjtostratigraphy,  paleoecology  arxl 
pateogeography  Latx>ratory  study  emphasizes 
significarit  irxlex  lossils. 

GEOL  434  MIcropaleomology  (3)  Two  lectures  and  o<w 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  431  or  consent  of 
Ir^structor.  A  systematic  review  ol  ttie  morphotogy, 
dassificattori.  ecotogy  and  geologk:  ranges  of  Important 
mtorofossil  groups.  pariiculaily  ostracoses  and 
loramlnifera. 

GEOL  436  Regional  Gaotogy  of  North  America  (3) 
Prerequisite:  GEOL  102  or  consent  of  the  instructor  A 
systematk:  study  of  tfie  regtonal  geokigy  of  UcxXh 
Amenca  induding  history,  structure,  stratigrapliy  arxl 
petrotogy  of  ttie  phystographic  provinces  of  ttie  United 
States.  Canada  and  the  Caribbean. 

GEOL  441  Structural  Geology  (4)  Three  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  a  week  Prerequisite:  GEOL  110  and  112. 
or  consent  ol  instructor  An  examination  of  the 
defonnatton  ol  ttie  earths  crust;  stress  arxl  strain; 
mechantoal  beliavior  ol  rocks;  origin  arxl  significarx»  of 
structural  features  Construction  of  geotogic  maps  arxl 
cross  secttons.  stereographic  arxl  orttx3grapt«c 
representation  of  structures 

GEOL  442  Sedimentation  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  nyeek  Prerequisite  GEOL  322  or  422  or 
consent  of  instructor  A  study  ol  ttie  critical  variables  In 
sedlmentatton  systems  origin,  disperston  accumulation, 
arxl  properties  of  sediments  and  sedimentary  rocks 
Latxxalory  exercises  indude  ttie  quantttatve  estimatton 
of  conipostition  and  textural  parameters  ol  sediments,  the 
description  and  petrotogic  interprelatKxi  of  representative 
sedimentary  rocks,  arxl  fiekl  laboratory  proWem.  A 
Itiree-day  hekl  trip  Is  required 

GEOL  443  Petrology  (3)  Prerequisite  GEOL  422  or 
consent  of  instructor  Two  lectures  and  one  lalxvatoiy 
per  week.  A  detailed  study  of  rocks  petrogenesH; 
distritxjtions.  chemical  arxl  mmeratogical  retatlon. 
macroscopc  descripttons  and  geotogic  signfficanca 


GEOL  444  l>atrography  (3)  One  lecture  arxl  tiwo 
latioratories  a  week  Prerequisites  GEOL  423.  442  or 
consent  of  instructor  MtoroscopK  thm-section  studies  of 
rocks  stressing  the  description  arxl  dassiftoadon  ol 
Igneous  arxl  metamorphic  rocks 

GEOL  445  Princlplaa  of  Oaochamlstry  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week  Prerequisites  CHEM  103  and  GEOL 
422  An  introduclKin  to  tt>e  bask:  principles  of 
geochemistry  irx4udir>g  geotherrrximetry.  geot»rometry. 
geodxorxjtogy  arxl  the  genesis  of  natural  irxxganic 
materials 

GEOL  446  Goopfiyslcs  (3)  Two  lectures  and  ana 
latxxalory  a  »reek  Prerequisite  PHYS  122  or  consent  of 
instructor  An  introduction  to  ttie  tMSK  ttieones  and 
prindples  of  geophysics  stressing  such  important 
applications  as  rock  magnetism,  gravity  anomoies. 
crustal  strain  and  earthquakes,  and  surveying 

GEOL  447  Gaochamlstry  of  Fueta  (3)  Prerequisite; 
CHEM  104  or  consent  ol  instructor  Discusston  of  ttie 
progenitors  and  ttie  btoctiemcal.  chemtoal  and  physical 
agencies  that  convert  them  into  crude  oils.  cxMla  of 
various  ranks,  natural  gas  and  other  organic  fuels  The 
origin,  composition,  mineratogy  and  organic  unisHlueiils 
(kerogen)  of  oil  shales  Mineratogy.  geoctiemtoal  cydea 
and  aocumulatton  of  uranium  and  ttxxium. 

GEOL  450  Economic  Geology  o*  Energy  Sourcaa  (3) 

Problems  related  to  current  mettiods  lor  exptoration  kx 
and  recovery  of  crude  oils,  coals,  asphalts,  tar  sands,  oil 
shales,  gas.  uranium,  and  geottiermal  energy 
Geokjgtoal.  geoctiemical.  engineenng,  economic  and 
environmental  considerations 

GEOL  451  Groundwater  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite 
GEOL  100  or  consent  of  instructor  An  mtroductton  to  the 
bask;  geotogc  parameters  associated  with  ttie  tiydrotogic 
cyde.  Problems  in  ttie  accumulatton.  distntx/tion  and 
rrxjvement  of  groundwater  will  be  analyzed 

GEOL  452  Gaologtoal  Ocawwgraphy  (4)  Prerequlslle 
Geotogy  475  and  consent  of  instructor  Study  ol  marine 
and  estuarme  environments  with  special  attention  to 
present  geotogical  and  geoctiemical  processes  Origin 
and  evohitxm  ol  tiasins.  margins,  sediments  and  water, 
sediment-water  and  basalt-water  interacttons, 
environmental  sNects  ol  sodetal  actions;  ocaanograpfitc 
and  laboratory  techniques.  Chesapeake  Bay  processes. 
Shipboard  excurstons  required  Laboratory  woricups  on 
collected  samples,  conducted  on  an  indnndual  basis  to 
the  interests  of  ttie  student 

GEOL  453  Economic  Gaotogy  (3)  Two  laboratories  a 
week  Prerequisite  GEOL  422  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  ttie  geotogy  of  metallic  ore  deposits  stressing 
ore-torrmng  processes,  conftguration  of  important  ore 
bodies,  and  famitiarizatxin  with  diaracteristic  ore  mfneral 
suites 

GEOL  456  Engineering  Gaotogy  (3)  Prerequisita 
GEOL  441  or  consent  of  ttie  mstniclor  Two  lecturws  and 
one  latxxalory  a  nveek  A  study  of  the  geotogical 
prot)lems  assoaated  with  the  tocatxxi  of  tunnefs.  txidges, 
dams  and  nuclear  reactors,  stope  control,  arxl  natural 
hazards 

GEOL  460  Earth  Sdanoa  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week  PrerequtsHe:  Permission  of  Inatuclor. 
An  interdisopiinary  course  da  signed  to  show  how 
geotogy.  meteorology,  ptiystoal  geography,  sol  sdma. 
astronomy  and  ocearxigrapfiy  are  tmstreMsd  m  t«a 
study  ol  ttie  earth  arxl  its  envtronmeni  In  space. 
Recommended  lor  science  educatton 

GEOL  462  Geological  Ramola  Sanaing  (3)  One  laclure 
arxl  two  laboratories  a  week.  PrsraquWIss  GEOL  441 
arxl  442.  or  440.  or  consent  of  t»  Instructor  An 
Introduclton  to  geotogtoal  remoto  sanaing  ndudtog 
appfcanons  of  serial  photographic  liilaiMiafaiuii  to 
problems  in  regKxial  geotogy.  englnaartng  geotogy. 
structural  geology,  and  stiaUyiapfiy.  FHms,  MIsra.  and 
crilsrta  uaad  ti  astSLlliig  Imagery  ai«  ilso  dtocuaasd 
Laboratory  aita'clsss  Include  maastaamants  of  gaotogic 
paramatars  and  comptaOon  and  trsnslarance  of  data  to 
base  maps 

GEOL  471  Gaochemlcal  Ma«hoda  ol  Anaiyata  (3) 
Praraquisite  CHEM  103  and  104  f'tlnclplas  and 
appicatton  of  gaochemlcal  analysis  as  sppllsd  to  s 
variety  of  geological  ptiblema.  X-ray  arxl  opttcsl 
^laiiiueoopy.  X-ray  dHTracllon.  atomic  abaorpSon. 
slectiuri  mtoroprobe  and  eleUiuii  micfoacopy 

QEOL  472  Tactonlca  (3)  Preraquafle  GEOL  441  or 
consent   of    instructor     Selected    tectonic    elaiiiami   of 


GERM  — German     163 


organic  belts  through  out  lh«  wo<1cl  viewed  in  the 
framework  of  plate  lectontcs  and  sea  floor  spreading 

QEOL  47S  Oeneral  Oceanography  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week  Prerequisite  CHEM  103  or  equivalent,  and 
one  additiofial  semester  of  physical  science  An 
introduction  to  physical,  chemical  and  geotogical 
processes  tfiat  occur  in  tfie  marine  environment  IrKludIng 
physical  arx)  chemical  properties  of  sea  water,  geology  of 
the  sea  fkior.  general  circulation  of  the  ocean,  currents, 
waves,  arxt  tides 

QEOL  476  Geochemlatry  of  Biosphere  (3)  Prerequisite 
Two  years  of  ctiemistry  including  or>e  year  of  eittier 
organk:  or  physical  chemistry  An  interdlscipllr^ry 
approach  involving  inorganic,  organic,  physical  and 
tHochemlslry  to  integrate  the  available  Information 
necessary  to  interpret  and  explain  ttie  major  aspects  of 
the  geochemistry  of  ttie  biosphere 

QEOL  4«9  Special  Topic*  In  Earth  Science  (1-3) 
Prerequisite  GEOL  460  or  equivalent 

QEOL  490  Qeology  Field  Camp  (6)  Prerequisites: 
GEOL  422,  431  and  441,  or  consent  of  instructor  Six 
weeks  of  summer  field  work  prior  to  senior  year. 
Principles  and  problems  in  sampling,  measuring. 
mapping,  and  reporting  of  geokigic  data  Group  field  thps 
and  discussions 

QEOL    499    Special    Problems    In    Qeology    (1-3) 

Prerequisites  GEOL  102  and  110  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Intensive  study  of  a  special 
geologk;  subject  or  technique  selected  after  consultation 
with  instructor.  Intended  to  provide  training  or  instruction 
not  available  in  other  courses  which  will  aid  the  student's 
development  in  his  fiekl  of  major  interest 

GERM  —  German 

GERM  111  Elementary  German  I  (3)  Introduction  to 
basK  structures  and  pronunciation  by  emphasis  of  the 
lour  skills:  listening,  speaking,  reading  and  writing. 
Readings  concern  the  current  life-style  and  civilization  of 
the  German-speaking  world.  Three  recitations  per  week 
plus  one  laboratory  hour 

QERM  112  Elementary  German  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  111  or  equivalent  A  continuatton  ol  GERM  111. 
completing  the  introductkin  of  basic  structures  and 
continuing  the  involvement  with  the  civilization  of  the 
German-speaking  world  Three  recitations  per  week  plus 
one  laboratory  hour. 

GERM     113     Review    of    Elementary    German    (3) 

Prerequisite:  Assignment  either  by  placement 
examination  or  by  the  undergraduate  director  (Germanic 
sectk>n).  Designed  specifically  for  students  wfx)  are  too 
advanced  for  GERM  111  but  not  sufficiently  prepared  to 
take  GERM  112  GERM  113  covers  the  course  work  to 
Itie  completkjn  of  GERM  112  in  one  semester  Three 
necitatKins  per  week  plus  one  laboratory  hour. 

GERM  114  Intermediate  German  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  112  or  113  or  equivalent.  Grammar  review  and 
greater  mastery  of  vocabulary,  idioms,  conversational 
fluency  and  compositional  skills.  Readings  stress  the 
current  life-style  and  civilization  of  the  German-speaking 
work) 

QERM  115  Intermediate  German  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  114  or  equivalent.  Continued  stress  on  all  lour 
language  skills,  with  specializatton  in  such  fields  of 
interest  as  Geman  literature,  art  and  music,  the 
behavioral  sciences,  history  and  political  science,  and  the 
natural  sciences 

GERM    116    Review    of    Intermediate    German    (3) 

Prerequisite:  Assignment  either  by  placement 
examination  or  by  the  undergraduate  director  (Gennanlc 
section).  Designed  specifk^lly  for  students  who  are  loo 
advanced  GERM  1 14  but  not  sufficiently  prepared  to  take 
GERM  115  GERM  116  covers  the  course  work  up  to  the 
completkjn  of  GERM  1 1 5 

GERM  141  Elementary  Yiddish  I  (3)  Prounciation  and 
basic  grammatical  structures:  readings  in  ttie  life-style 
and  culture  of  ttie  Ykkjish-speaking  world. 

GERM  142  Elementary  Yiddish  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  141  or  equivalent  A  continuation  of  GERM  141 

QERM  144  Intermediate  Yiddish  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  142  or  equivalent  Grammar  review  and  greater 
mastery  ol  vocabulary,  idkims,  conversational  fluency 
and  compositional  skills;  readings  on  Yiddish  culture. 


QERM  14S  Intermediate  Yiddish  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
GERM  144  or  equivalent  ConUnuabon  ol  QERM  144 

QERM  161  Elementery  Scandinavian  Languages  I  (3) 

Conversational  skills  In  one  of  the  modem  Scandinavian 
languages  Danish.  Norwegian,  and  Swedish  oMered 
alternatively  No  credit  is  given  lor  repeating  this  course 
In  a  different  language  Only  compietkxi  ol  GERM 
161  162  and  164  165  all  in  ttie  same  language  satisfies 
the  Arts  and  Humanities  language  requirement 

GERM  162  Elementary  Scandlnavlsn  Langusges  II  (3) 

Prerequisite  GERM  161  or  equivalent  A  continuation  of 
GERM  161 

GERM  164  Intermediate  Scandinavian  Languages  I 
(3)  Prerequisite  GERM  162  or  equivalent  Grammar 
review  and  greater  mastery  ol  vocabulary,  klloms. 
conversational  fluency  and  compositional  skills;  readings 
of  literary  texts  and  magazine  or  newspaper  articles 

QERM  165  Intermediate  Scandinavian  Languages  II 

(3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  164  or  equivalent  A  continualion 
olGERM  164 

GERM   220    Introduction   to   German    Literature   (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  114  or  equivalent.  Reading  and 
discussion  ol  major  authors  with  emphasis  on 
contemporary  German  literature  readings  and 
Instruction  in  Gernian  May  tie  taken  concunently  with 
GERM  115. 

QERM  280  German-American  Guttural  Contrast  (3)  A 

study  of  German-American  culture  in  contemporary 
literature 

QERM  281  Women  In  German  Literature  (3)  A  study  of 
changing  literary  images  and  social  roles  of  women  from 
the  beginning  of  the  19th  century  to  the  present 

GERM  285  German  Him  and  Literature  (3)  A  visual 
approach  to  German  literature  through  a  study  of  the 
historical,  cultural,  and  literary  significance  of  German 
films.  Representative  examples  from  the  golden  age  of 
German  silent  films  to  the  new  German  cinema. 

QERM    301    Conversation    and    Composition    I    (3) 

Prerequisite;  GERM  115  or  equivalent.  Practice  in 
contemporary  spoken  and  written  German.  Systematic 
review  of  grammar,  and  exercise  in  composition 
Emphasis  on  cultural  contrasts. 

QERM    302    Conversation    and    Composition    II    (3) 

Prerequisite;  GERM  301  or  equivalent.  Continuation  of 
GERM  301. 

QERM   321    HIghllghU  of  German   Literature   I   (3) 

Prerequisite;  GERM  220  or  equivalent.  Selected 
masterworks  from  ditterent  periods  ol  Gemnan  literature: 
mkidle  ages,  reformation,  baroque,  18th  century, 
classicism.  Readings  and  Instruction  in  German. 

GERM   322   HIghllghU  of  German   Literature  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  220  or  equivalent.  Selected 
masterworks  from  diWereni  periods  ol  German  literature: 
Romantkiism.  Biodenneier,  Junges  Deutschland, 
Realism,  Naturalism  and  its  counter  cunents. 
Expressionism  to  the  present.  Readings  and  instruction 
in  German. 

GERM  338  Special  Topics  In  German  LHsrature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  220  or  equivalent.  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  348  Yiddish  Culture  (3)  Various  phases  of 
Yiddish  culture  ranging  from  the  life-style  of  European 
Jewry  in  ttie  "shtetr  to  experiences  of  the  immigrant. 
Readings  and  instruction  in  English  repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  368  Scandinavian  Civilization  (3)  Uterary. 
artistic  and  historic  tradifions,  folktore  and  superstitkjn. 
customs  and  life-style  shared  by  Scandinavian  nations 
Readings  and  instruction  in  English  Repeatable  lo  a 
maximum  ol  6  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

QERM  381  German  CIvlllzatton  I  (3)  A  survey  ol  the 
literary,  educational  and  artistic  traditions,  great  men  and 
women,  customs  and  general  culture  of  the 
German-speaking  worid  from  the  beginnings  to  the 
middle  of  the  19th  century  All  readings  and  instruction 
are  in  English. 

QERM  382  German  CMIIzatloii  II  (3)  A  continuatkjn  of 
GERM  381  covering  the  devetopment  of  German, 
Austrian  and  Swiss  civilizations  from  tfie  mkidle  of  the 
19th  century  to  the  present.  All  readings  and  instruction 
are  in  English. 


QERM  397  Honors  Reeding  (Independent  Study)  (3) 

H— Honors  Supervised  reading  lo  be  taken  normally  only 
by  students  admitted  into  txinors  program. 

QERM  398  Honors  Reading  Course  (3)  H— Honors 
Discussion  of  a  central  theme  wiih  related  investigations 
by  students  Conducted  in  German 

QERM  401  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  302  or  equivalent    Development  of  fluency  In 

spoken  German   Discussion  of  coniemporary  issues. 

QERM  403  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  302  or  equivalent  Advanced  Instruction  in  writing 
skills 

QERM  405  Styllstlcs  (3)  Prerequisite  GERM  302  or 
equivalent  Styiistk:  analysis  of  oral  and  wntten  German 
both  literary  and  non-literary  Intensive  study  ol 
vocabulary    and    syntax     Dictionary    and    composition 

exercises. 

QERM  409  Selected  Topics  In  German  Language 
Study  (3)  Prerequisite  GERM  302  and  pemiission  ol 
instructor  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  it 
subject  matter  is  diHerent 

GERM  410  Structure  of  the  German   Language  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  302  or  equivalent.  An  introduction  lo 
applied  linguistics  suited  to  the  needs  of  the  advanced 
student  and  or  teactier  of  German  Structural  analysis  ol 
the  phonetics,  phonology,  morphology,  syntax  and 
vocabulary  of  modem  German  contrasted  with  the 
structure  of  modern  English,  Instructwn  in  English. 

GERM    415    German/English    Translation    I    (3)    An 

intensive  presentation  of  German  grammar  limited 
exclusively  to  reading  skill:  graded  readings  in  the  arts 
and  sciences.  Instruction  in  English;  can  not  be  used  to 
satisfy  the  arts  and  humanities  foreign  language 
requirement  May  not  be  taken  for  credit  by  students  wtio 
have  completed  GERM  111-115  and/or  GERM  301 '302. 

QERM     416     German/English     Translation     II     (3) 

Prerequisites:  GERM  302.  GERM  415  or  equivalent. 
Written  translafion  ol  materials  from  the  students  field  of 
study  Discussion  of  basic  problems  of 
Gennan-to-English  translation,  with  examples  Irom 
students'  projects  Instruction  in  English  Cannot  tie 
used  to  satisfy  the  Arts  and  Humanities  foreign  language 
requirement 

GERM  418  Practlcum  In  German/English  Translation 

(3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  416  or  equivalent.  Problems  ol 
professional  translating  from  German  into  English; 
translation  of  literary  and  technical  texts;  the  assembling 
and  use  of  a  specialized  translator's  reference  library. 
May  be  repeated  up  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GERM  420  Methodology,  Bibliography  and  Research 
Methods  (3)  Prerequisite;  GERM  115  or  equivalent. 
Principles  of  literary  criticism  Use  of  German 
bibliographies,  catalogs,  and  reference  works. 
Techniques  of  conducting  and  documenting  research. 
Instruction  in  German. 

GERM    421     LHerature    of    the    Middle    Ages    (3) 

Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and  322.  or  pemiission  of 
instructor  German  literature  from  the  8th  through  the 
15th  centuries.  Readings  include  old  high  German  texts; 
the  German  herok:,  courtly  and  popular  epic,  Minnesang, 
Meistersang,  the  late  Medieval  epic;  folk  literature  of  the 
late  Middle  Ages.  Read  in  modem  German  translation. 

QERM  422  From  the  Reformation  through  the 
Baroque  (3)  Prerequisites;  GERM  321  and  322,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Readings  of  representative 
authors  from  the  reformation  atxJ  the  period  of  humanism 
through  Hie  baroque  (ca  1517—1720).  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German. 

GERM  423  From  Enlightenment  through  Storm  and 
Stress  (3)  Prerequisites;  GERM  321  and  322,  or 
permissKjn  of  instructor  Readings  of  representative 
authors  from  the  Enlightenment  (1720 — 1785).  the  Age  ol 
Senflmentalism  (1740—1780).  and  Stonn  and  Stress 
(1767 — 1785).  Readings  and  instructron  in  German. 

GERM  424  Classicism  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and 
322.  or  permission  of  instructor.  Readings  of 
representative  authors  from  the  age  of  classicism 
(1780 — 1832)   Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM     431      Romanticism     and      Bledermeir     (3) 

Prerequisites;  GERM  321  and  322  or  pemiission  of 
instructor  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the 
periods  of  Romanticism  (1798—1835)  and  Bledermeir 
(1820 — 1850).   Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 


164     GNED  —  General  Education 


GERM    432    Jungea    Deutschland    «nd    Realism    3 

Prerequisite:  GERM  321  and  322.  or  permission  ol 
inslruclor.  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  ttie 
periods  of  Junges  Deutscfiland  (1830—1850)  and 
Realism  (1850 — 1890)  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German. 

GERM  433  Naturalism  and  Ks  Counter  Currents.  (3) 

Prerequisites;  GERM  321  and  322  or  permission  of 
instructor  Readings  of  representative  autfiors  from  tlie 
period  of  Naturalism  and  its  counter  currents 
(1880 — 1920)  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  434  Expressionism  to  1945  (3)  Prerequisites: 
GERM  321  and  322.  or  permission  of  instructor 
Readings  of  representative  auttiors  from  Expressionism 
tfirougti  the  period  between  the  wars  to  the  contrast  of 
Nazi  and  Exile  Literature  (ca  1910—1945)  Readings 
and  instruction  in  German 

GERM  435  From  1945  to  the  Present  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  321  and  322.  or  permission  of  instnjctor 
Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the  Two 
Germanies.'  Austria,  and  Switzerland  in  the  period  from 
the  erid  of  Worid  War  II  to  the  present  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German. 

GERM    438    German    Literature    In    Translation    (3) 

Different  movements,  genres,  or  other  special  topics  will 
be  treated  each  semester  Repeatable  up  to  a  maximum 
ot  six  credits  it  subject  matter  is  different  May  not  be 
counted  in  fulfillment  of  German  major  requirement  for 
German  literature.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English. 

GERM  439  Selected  Topics  In  German  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisites  GERM  321  and  322  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Specialized  study  ot  an  author,  school,  genre. 
or  theme.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
subject  matter  Is  different.  Readings  and  instnjction  in 
German. 

GERM  448  Yiddish  Literature  In  Translation  (3)  Study 
ol  an  important  Yiddish  author,  period  or  theme 
Readings  and  instruction  in  English,  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  449  Selected  Topics  In  Yiddish  Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  ot  instructor.  Study  of  a 
linguistic,  literary  or  cultural  topic  in  Yiddish  studies. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if  subject  matter  is 
different 

GERM  461  Reading  Swedish.  Danish  and  Norwegian  I 

(3)  Develops  reading  facility  in  three  languages  in  one 
semester  Texts  read  include  Bergmans  Seventh  Seal. 
Tales  by  H  C  Andersen,  excerpts  from  works  by  Ibsen 
and  Hamsun,  and  selected  folk  literature  No  foreign 
language  prerequisite  Not  available  for  credit  to  students 
who  have  taken  GERM  164  or  GERM  165. 

GERM  462  Reading  Suredlsh,  Danish  and  Norwegian 

II  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  461  or  permission  ol  instructor. 
Further  development  of  reading  facility. 

GERM  463  The  Icelandic  Family  Saga  (3)  Analysis  of 
ttie  old  Norse  saga  as  historiography,  literature,  and 
tdklore.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English 

GERM    464    The    Fantastic    and    Historic    Saga   (3) 

MyttTotogical/heroic  sagas  Translation  of  chivalric 
materials  from  the  continent,  and  the  histories  of  the 
Norwegian  kings,  the  "viking  colonies'  and  the  settlement 
of  Iceland  contrasted  with  the  classk^al  structure  of  the 
family  saga,  chivalric  models,  and  other  national  histories 
by  Gemianic  writers  of  the  Middle  Ages  Readings  and 
instruction  in  English. 

GERM  468  Scandinavian  Literature  In  Translation  (3) 

Study  ol  a  major  Scandinavian  auttvjr.  genre,  period  or 
Iheme.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different 

GERM  469  Selected  Topics  In  Scandinavian  Studies 
(3)  Prerequisite  permission  ol  instructor  Study  of  a 
linguistic,  literary  or  cultural  topic  in  Scandinavian  studies 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if  subiect  matter  is 
ditterent. 

GERM  471  Introduction  to  Indo-European  Ptillology 

(3)  Basic  principles  ol  historical  language  study 
terminology  of  phonetics  and  morphology,  language 
families,  writing  systems  Reconstructed  Indo-European 
and  surveys  of  tlie  most  important  arx;ient  trxlo-European 
languages:  Sanskrit.  Old  Church  Slavonic.  Lithuanian. 
Classic  Greek.  Latin.  Gothic  Instruction  in  English;  no 
kirawledge  ol  German  required 


GERM  472  Introduction  to  Oefmanic  Philology  (3) 

Prerequisites  GERM  115  and  GERM  471,  or  equivalent 
Recorislructed  proloGermanic  and  surveys  ot  Gothic. 
Okl  Norse.  Old  English.  Old  Saxon  The  development  ot 
high  German  from  the  old  high  German  period  through 
mUdle  high  German  to  modem  German,  a  short 
introduction  to  modern  German  dialectokigy  Instruction 
in  English, 

GERM  475  Old  Norse  (3)  The  language  ot  the  okl 
Icelandic  saga,  the  Eddas  and  Skaldic  poetry  Reading  ol 
texts  in  the  original;  historical  development  of  Old  Norse 
and  its  role  in  the  Germank;  language  family  No 
knowledge  of  Gennan  or  a  Scandinavian  language 
required;  instruction  in  English, 

GERM  479  Selected  Topics  In  Germanic  Philology  (3) 

Prerequisite — consent  of  instructor  Selected  topics  such 
as  comparative  Germanic  studies,  old  Norse  language  or 
readings  in  Old  Norse  literature,  modem  German 
dialectology  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
subject  matter  is  different, 

GERM  481  The  Viking  Era  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
lilostyle  ol  northern  Europe  in  the  9th  to  11th  centuries, 
Reading  and  instruction  in  English 

GERM  482  The  Age  ol  Chivalry  (3)  An  introduction  to 
the  lifestyle  of  northern  Europe  in  the  12th  to  14th 
centuries,  Reading  and  instruction  in  English, 

GERM  489  Selected  Topics  In  Germanic  Area  Studies 

(3)  Selected  topics  in  the  cultural  and  intellectual  history 
of  the  German  and  Germanic  language  areas  in  English, 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  subject  matter 
IS  different 

GERM  499  Directed  Study  (3)  Prerequisite;  Permission 
of  instructor  For  advanced  students.  By  permission  of 
department  chairman  and'or  undergraduate  advisor 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  11  subject  matter  is 
different, 

GNED  —  General  Education 

GNED  100  The  Anatomy  o<  Knowing:  the  University 
and  Its  Curriculum  (3)  An  exploration  of  the  ways  of 
understanding  the  world  that  characterize  the  three  large 
areas  of  university  study:  the  sciences,  the  social 
sciences,  and  the  arts  and  humanities  Students  will  have 
the  opportunity  to  develop,  in  consultation  with  faculty, 
their  personal  plans  for  intellectual  exploration.  Open  to 
students  with  freshman  and  sophomore  standing, 

GNED  279  Selected  Topics  In  the  Social  Sciences  (3) 

A  series  of  studerit-initiated  seminars  in  the  social 
sciences 

GNED  289  Selected  Topics  In  the  Humanities  (3)  A 

series  of  student-initiated  seminars  in  the  humariities 

GNED  299  Selected  Topics  in  the  Natural  Sciences 
(3)  A  series  ol  studerit-iriitiated  seminars  in  the  natural 
sciences 

GREK  —  Greek 

GREK  101  Elementary  Greek  (3)  A  student  who  has 
had  two  units  of  Greek  in  high  school  may  register  lor 
GREK  101  for  purposes  of  review,  but  not  for  credit 

GREK  102  Elementary  Greek  (3)  A  student  who  has 

had  two  units  of  Greek  in  high  school  may  register  for 
GREK  102  for  credit  with  departmental  pennission 

GREK  203  Intermediate  Greek  (Grammar  and 
Reading)  (3)  Prerequisite  GREK  101.  102  or  equivalent 

GREK      204      Intermediate      Greek      (Homer)      (3) 

Prerequisite  GREK  203  or  equivalent 

GREK  300  Level  Course  Prerequisite:  GREK  204  or 
equivalent  Except  that,  with  the  instructor  s  permissran.  a 
student  wtio  plans  to  take  no  moie  than  lour  semesters 
of  Greek  may  substitute  GREK  352  lor  GREK  204 

GREK  351  EurlpMes  (3) 

GREK  352  The  New  Testamant  (3) 

GREK  353  Herodotus  (3) 

GREK  354  Greek  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  Selections  in 
translation  of  Greek  literature  from  Homer  to  Luaan.  with 
special  emphasis  on  epic  ar>d  dramatic  poetry, 

GREK  400  Level  Course  Prerequisite:  Tlw  status  ol 
advanced  undergraduate  or  graduate  and  consent  o<  ttie 
Instructor. 


GREK  401  Thucydldes  (3) 

GREK  402  Greek  Philosophers  (3) 

GREK  403  Greek  Tragedy  (3) 

GREK  404  Greek  Comedy  (3) 

GREK  405  Greek  Oratory  (3) 

GREK  406  Greek  Epigraphy  (3) 

GREK  488  Independent  Study  In  Greek   Language 

and     Literature     (1-3)     Permission  of    departmental 

chairman  and  instructor  required  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits 

GREK  499  Greek  Readings  (3)  Prerequisite  Consent  of 
the  instructor  The  reading  of  one  or  more  selected 
Greek  authors  Reports  May  be  repeated  with  different 
content 

GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics 

GVPT  100  Principles  of  Government  and  Polltlca  (3) 

A  study  of  the  basic  pnnciples  and  corx»pts  of  poiitcal 
scierKe.  This  course  may  be  used  to  satisfy,  in  part,  ttie 
social    science   requirement   in   the   general   education 

program 

GVPT  170  American  Government  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  as  the  basic  course  in  government  and  it  or  its 
equivalent  Is  a  prerequisite  to  otfier  courses  in  Itie 
department  as  specified  in  Itie  catatog  It  is  a 
comprehensive  study  of  government  in  the  United 
States — national,  stale  and  kx;al 

GVPT  210  Introduction  to  Public  Administration  and 
Policy  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  170  An  introduction  to 
the  study  of  the  administrative  process  in  ttie  execubve 
brarich  with  an  examination  of  ttie  concepts  arx) 
pnrKiples  o(  administration  and  their  relationship  to  put>lic 
policy  The  organizatioriat  structure,  ttieory  arxJ  ttie 
behavior  ol  participants  in  the  administration  ol  pcilk:y 

GVPT    220    Introduction    to    Political    Behavior    (3) 

Prerequisite  GVPT  170  Development  concepts  and 
techniques  of  the  behavioral  approach  to  political 
science.  Companson  with  traditional  approaches, 

GVPT  240  Political  Ideologies  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT 
170  A  survey  and  analysis  of  trie  leading  ideokigies  ol 
the  modem  wortd.  including  anarch'sm.  communism. 
socialism,  fascism,  nationalism,  and  democracy 

GVPT     260     State     and     Local     Govemnwnt     (3) 

Prerequisite  GVPT  170  A  study  ol  the  functioning  and 
problems  of  state  and  tocal  government  in  the  United 
States,  with  illustrations  from  Maryland  junsdictions 

GVPT  272  The  Politics  of  Race  Relations  In  Uie 
United  States  (3)  Political  dimensions  of  historical  and 
contemporary  racial  cleavage  in  the  United  States  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  post-World  War  II  period 

GVPT  273  Introduction  to  Environmental  Politics  (3) 

A  comprehensive  overview  ol  environmental  proljlems. 
institutions,  policies,  practices,  arx)  remedies  fourx)  in 
present-day  world  society  with  speoal  emphasis  on 
environmental  matters  as  objects  ol  American  pubMc 
polkry.  both  domestic  and  foreign 

GVPT  280  Comparative  Politics  and  Governments  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  fieW  ol  comparative  politics 
including  exposure  to  the  analytic  frameworxs  ttvough 
which  comparative  studies  of  politics  and  governmental 
instituttons  can  tie  undertaken  and  a  survey  ol  ttw  salient 
types  of  political  systems 

GVPT  282  The  Government  and  Politics  ot  the  ThIrtI 
World  (3)  A  study  ol  tt>e  govemiT>ental  institutions, 
processes  and  problems.  arxJ  Ifw  soao-oconomic 
environment  wtuch  are  common  to  ttie  great  majority  of 
the  Third  Wortd  states  of  Africa  The  Middle  East.  Asia. 
ar>d  Latin  America,  and  m  which  internal  politics  devetop 

GVPT  300  International  Political  Relations  (3)  A  study 
ol  the  maior  factors  undertying  international  reiatkms.  ttie 
methods  ol  conducting  loreign  relatiom.  ttie  loreign 
policies  ol  ttie  major  powers  and  the  means  of  avoiding 
or  alleviating  mtematiorui  conflicts  This  course  may  be 
used  to  satisfy,  in  part,  the  social  aawt  raquiranient  m 
general  education  program 

GVPT  306  Global  Ecopolltlcs  (3)  Consideration  of 
global  prtiblems  such  as  the  growth  controversy, 
agricultural  productivity,  pollulion.  resource  depleWon.  Ihe 
energy  otsis.  and  the  general  impact  of  science  and 
tectmology  on  the  wortd  ecotogical.  socto-eoonomic.  and 
political  system,  with  particular  emphasis  on  such  mallars 


GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics     165 


as  objects  ol  public  policy 

GVPT  343  Political  Th«m««  In  Contamporary 
Literature  (3)  An  analysis  ol  political  concepts  and 
issues  in  novels,  plays  and  poetry  drawn  largely  from  the 
twenlielti  century  Among  the  themes  considered  in  the 
course  are  ttie  nature  and  limits  ol  power,  oonllicl. 
leadership.  sut)missiveness.  ret)ellion.  arxj  loyalty 

GVPT  375  Academic  Held  Raaaarch  In  Qovammant 
and  Polltica  (6)  Field  research  is  based  on  the  data 
gathered  by  the  student  dunng  his  internship  assignment 
Students  conduct  a  major  research  project  on  a  subject 
ol  InleresI  to  modem,  theoretical  political  science  based 
on  a  research  design  approved  by  an  academic  adviser 
The  course  is  open  only  to  GVPT  majors  and  intended  to 
be  taken  concurrently  with  GVPT  377  The  research 
conducted  under  GVPT  375  will  be  substantially  diHerenl 
from  the  project  done  lor  GVPT  376 

GVPT  376  Applied  Field  Raaaarch  In  Qovemment  and 
Poinica  ($)  Students  in  this  course  participate  as  interns 
in  an  agerx:y  ol  government  or  in  some  other  appropnate 
polittcai  organization  Assignments  are  arranged  to 
provide  students  wilh  insights  into  both  theoretical  and 
practical  aspects  ol  politics  Under  the  tutelage  ol  the 
host  agorxry  and  an  academic  adviser,  students  conduct 
a  major  research  project  ol  mutual  interest  to  the  student 
and  his  host  agency  in  the  field  o(  government  and 
politics.  The  course  is  open  only  to  GVPT  majors  and 
must  be  taken  cofKurrently  with  GVPT  377 

GVPT  377  Seminar  lor  Academic  Interna  (3)  This 
seminar  stresses  the  application  ol  major  concepts  ol 
political  science  as  they  apply  to  the  realities  ol  the 
political  process  Readings  and  discussion  attempt  to 
relate  the  expenences  of  the  academic  interns  to 
appropnate  literature  on  the  subject  ol  political 
decision-making  This  course  is  open  only  to  GVPT 
majors  and  is  intended  for  students  concurrently  enrolled 
in  GVPT  376  and  or  375 

GVPT  388  Topical  Investlgatlona  (3)  Independent 
research  and  writing  on  selected  topics  in  government 
and  politics  Prerequisite  ol  upper  division  standing  and 
consent  ol  the  instructor  This  course  may  be  taken  not 
more  than  twice  lor  academic  credit  towards  graduation 

GVPT  390  Honors  Seminar  In  American  Government 
and  Public  Administration  (3)  H — Honors  Prerequisite. 
Admission  to  honors  program.  Directed  reading, 
reporting  and  discussion  centenng  on  the  major  materials 
ol  histoncal  and  contemporary  relevance  in  the  fields  ol 
American  government  arxJ  public  administration. 

GVPT  391  Honors  Seminar  In  Comparative 
Government  and  International  Relations  (3) 
H — Honors  Prerequisite.  Admission  to  honors  program. 
Directed  reading,  reporting  and  discussion  centering  on 
the  major  materials  of  histoncal  and  contemporary 
relevance  in  the  fields  ol  comparative  government  and 
international  relatkjns. 

GVPT  392  Honors  Seminar  In  Public  Law  -nd 
Political  Theory  (3)  H — Honors  Prerequisite.  Admission 
to  honors  program.  Directed  reading,  reporting  .nd 
discussion  centering  on  the  major  materials  of  historical 
arid  contemporary  relevance  in  the  fields  ol  public  law 
and  politrcal  theory 

GVPT  393  Honors  Seminar  In  Public  Policy,  Political 
Behavior,  and  ttothodology  (3)  H— Honors 
Prerequisite.  Admission  to  honors  program  Directed 
reading.  Reporting  and  discussion  centering  on  the 
major  materials  of  historical  and  contemporary  relevance 
in  the  fields  of  public  policy  arx]  political  behavior. 

GVPT  396  Introduction  to  Political  Research  (3)  A 

required  course  lor  all  honors  students  designed  to 
emphasize  lit)rary,  research.  mettKJdology.  and  writing 
skills  in  political  science  and  political  philosophy  A 
written  proposal,  bibliography  and  research  design  for  an 
horrors  paper  required  of  all  students  as  a  final  project. 
GVPT  396  should  normally  be  taken  in  the  junior  year 

GVPT  397  Honors  Rea«arch  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission 
to  GVPT  honors  program  and  GVPT  396  Individual 
reading  and  research  Preparation  ol  an  original  paper 

GVPT  399  Seminar  In  Government  and  Politics  (3) 

Reading,  research,  discussion,  analysis,  and  writing  in 
the  area  ol  politics  Both  substantive  issues  and 
methodotogical  approaches  will  be  considered  Primarily 
for  government  and  politics  undergraduate  majors  Not 
open  to  graduate  students. 


GVPT  401  Problama  of  World  PolHIca  (3)  Prerequisite. 
GVPT  170  A  study  ol  governmental  problems  ol 
inlemational  scope,  such  as  causes  ol  war.  problems  ol 
neutrality,  and  propaganda  Students  are  required  to 
report  on  readings  from  current  literature 

GVPT  402  International  Law  (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT 
170  A  study  ol  the  basic  character,  general  principles 
and  specific  rules  of  international  law.  with  emphasis  on 
recent  and  contemporary  trends  in  the  fieW  and  its 
relation  to  other  aspects  of  international  affairs. 

GVPT  403  Law,  Morality  and  War  (3)  Prerequisite 
GVPT  300  or  401  or  PHIL  142  or  consent  of  instnjclor 
An  exploratbn  of  furxlamental  moral  arxj  legal  issues 
corKeming  war  Also  offered  as  PHIL  403 

GVPT    411     Public    Parsonnel    Administration    (3) 

Prerequisite  GVPT  410  or  BMGT  360  A  survey  of 
public  personnel  administration.  irKluding  the 
devetopment  of  merit  civil  service,  the  personnel  agency, 
classification,  recruitment,  examination  techniques, 
promotion,  service  ratings,  training,  discipline,  employee 
relations,  and  retirement 

GVPT     412     Public     Financial     Administration     (3) 

Prerequisite  GVPT  410  or  ECON  450,  A  survey  ol 
governmental  financial  procedures,  including  processes 
of  current  and  capital  budgeting,  tfie  administration  ol 
public  borrowing,  the  techniques  of  public  purchasing, 
and  the  machinery  of  control  through  pre-audit  and 
posl-audit 

GVPT  413  Govemmentai  Organization  and 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  410  A  study  ol 
the  theories  ol  organization  and  management  in 
Amencan  government  with  emphasis  on  new  trends, 
experiments  and  reorganizations. 

GVPT  414  Administrative  Law  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
170  A  study  of  the  discretion  exercised  by 
administrative  agencies,  including  analysis  of  their 
functions,  their  powers  ov3r  persons  and  property,  their 
procedures,  and  judicial  sanctions  and  controls. 

GVPT  417  Comparative  Study  of  Public 
Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  410.  or 
consent  of  instructor  An  introduction  to  the  study  of 
govemmentai  administrative  systems  viewed  from  the 
standpoint  of  comparative  typologies  and  theoretical 
schemes  useful  in  cross-national  compansons  and 
empirical  studies  ol  the  politics  of  the  administrative 
process  in  several  nations.  Both  western  and 
non-western  countries  are  included. 

GVPT     422     Quantltathre     Political     Analysis     (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  220.  or  consent  ol  instnjctor 
Introduction  to  quantitative  methods  of  data  analysis, 
including  selected  statistical  methods,  block  analysis, 
content  analysis,  and  scale  construction 

GVPT    423    Elections    and    Electoral    Behavior    (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  or  consent  of  instnjctor.  An 
examination  of  various  topics  relating  to  elections;  the 
focus  includes  the  legal  structure  under  which  elections 
are  conducted,  the  selection  and  nomination  process,  the 
conduct  of  election  campaigns,  and  patterns  of  political 
participation  and  voting  choice  in  difterent  types  of 
elections 

GVPT  426  Public  Opinion  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170 
An  examination  of  public  opinion  and  its  effect  on  political 
action,  with  emphasis  on  opinion  formation  and 
measurement,  propaganda  and  pressure  groups. 

GVPT  427  Political  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
220.  or  consent  ol  instructor.  A  study  of  the  societal 
aspects  of  polilical  life  including  selected  aspects  ol  the 
sociology  of  group  formation  and  group  dynamics, 
political  associatkjn,  community  integration  and  politKal 
behavior  presented  in  the  context  of  the  societal 
environments  ol  political  systems. 

GVPT    429     Problems     in     Political     Behavior    (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  The  problem  approach  to 
political  befiavk>r  with  emphasis  on  theoretical  and 
empincal  studies  on  selected  aspects  ol  the  political 
process 

GVPT   431    Introduction   to   Constltutionai    Law   (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVI'T  170  A  systematic  inquiry  into  the 
general  principles  of  ttie  American  constitutional  system, 
with  special  reference  to  the  role  of  the  judiciary  in  the 
interpretation  and  enforcement  of  the  federal  constitution. 

GVPT   432    Civil    Rights    and    the    Constitution    (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  431  A  study  of  civil  rights  iri  the 
American  constitutional  context,  emphasizing  freedom  of 


rallgk}n,  freedom  ol  expression,  mirxjrtty  discnmination, 
and  the  nghis  ol  defendants 

GVPT  433  The  Judicial  Prooeaa  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT 
170  An  examination  of  judicial  organization  in  the 
United  Stales  at  all  levels  of  government,  with  some 
emphasis  on  legal  reasoning,  legal  research  and  court 
procedures, 

GVPT    434    Race    Rslatlons    and    Public    Law    (3) 

Prerequisite  GVPT  170  A  political  and  legal 
examination  of  the  constitutionally  protected  rights 
affecting  racial  mirronties  and  of  the  constitutional  power 
of  the  federal  courts.  Congress,  and  me  executive  to 
deline,  protect  and  extend  these  nghts 

GVPT  435  Judicial  Behavior  (3)  A' study  of  judicial 
decision  making  at  the  stale  and  national  levels,  drawing 
primanly  on  ttie  more  recent  quantitative  and  behavioral 
literature 

GVPT    436    The    Legal    Status    of    Women    (3)    An 

examination  ol  judicial  interpretation  arvj  application  of 
common,  statutory,  and  constitutional  law  as  these  affect 
the  status  of  women  in  American  society, 

GVPT  441  History  of  Political  Theory— Ancient  and 
IModlevai  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  170  A  survey  ol  the 
pnncipal  political  theories  set  forth  in  the  wortis  ol  wnters 
before  Machiavelli 

GVPT  442  History  of  PolHlcai  Theory— Modem  and 
Recant  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  170  A  sun/ey  ol  the 
principal  political  theones  set  forth  in  the  works  of  writers 
from  Machiavelli  to  J  S,  Mill. 

GVPT     443     Contemporary     Political     Theory     (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  441  or  442.  A  survey  of  the  principal 
political  theones  and  ideologies  from  Kari  Marx  to  the 
present. 

GVPT  444  American  Political  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  170  A  study  of  the  development  and  growth  of 
American  political  concepts  from  the  Colonial  period  to 
the  present. 

GVPT  445  Russian  PolHlcai  Thought  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  170  A  sun/ey  and  analysis  of  political  ideas  in 
Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union  from  early  times  to  the 
present 

GVPT  448  ^4on-Westem  Political  Thought  (3)  Politk^al 
thought  originating  in  Asia,  ttie  Middle  East,  and  Afnca. 
This  is  not  a  survey  of  all  non-western  political  thought, 
but  a  course  to  be  limited  by  the  professor  with  each 
offering  When  repeated  by  a  student,  consent  ol 
instructor  is  required. 

GVPT  450  Comparative  Study  of  Foreign  Policy 
Formation  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  300.  or 
consent  ol  instructor  An  introductkjn  to  the  comparative 
study  ol  foreign  policy  formation  structures  and 
processes  followed  by  a  survey  of  the  domestic  sources 
of  policy  lor  major  states.  A  conspectus  of  substantive 
patterns  of  foreign  policy  in  analytically  salient  types  ol 
systems  is  presented  Domestic  and  global  systemic 
sources  of  foreign  Rolicy  are  compared 

GVPT    451     Foreign    Policy    of    the    U.S.S.R.     (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  development  of 
the  foreign  policy  of  the  Soviet  Union,  with  attention  paid 
to  the  forces  and  conditions  that  make  for  continuities 
and  changes  from  Tsarist  policies. 

GVPT  452  inter-American  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  170  An  analytical  and  historical  study  ol  the 
Latin-American  policies  of  the  United  States  and  of 
problems  in  our  relations  with  individual  countries,  with 
emphasis  ori  recent  developments 

GVPT  453  Recant  East  Asian  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  170  The  background  and  interpretation  ol  recent 
political  events  in  East  Asia  and  their  influence  on  world 
politics. 

GVPT     454     Contemporary     African     Politics     (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  survey  ol  contemporary 
development  in  the  inlemational  politics  ol  Africa,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  an  emerging  Africa  in 
world  affairs. 

GVPT  455  Contemporary  Middle  Eaatem  Polltica  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  survey  ol  contemporary 
development  in  the  international  politics  of  the  Middle 
East,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  emerging 
Mkldle  East  nations  in  world  affairs, 

GVPT      457      American      Foreign      Relations      (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.    The  principles  and  machinery 


166     HEBR  — Hebrew 


o(  the  cionduci  ol  American  foreign  relations,  witt) 
emphasis  on  the  Department  o(  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service,  and  an  analysis  ol  ttio  major  foreign  pollctes  ol 
the  United  Stales 

GVPT    460    State    and     Local    Administration    (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  A  study  ol  the  administrative 
structure,  procedures  and  policies  ol  state  artd  local 
governments  with  special  emphasis  on  the  state  level 
and  on  intergovernmental  relationships,  and  with 
illustrations  from  Maryland  governmental  arrangements 

GVPT       461       Metropolitan       Admlnlatratlon       (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  An  examination  ol 
administrative  problems  relating  to  public  services, 
planning  and  coordination  in  a  metropolitan  environment. 

QVPT  462  Urt)*n  Politics  (3)  Urtjan  political  process 
and  Institutions  considered  in  the  light  ol  changing  social 
and  economic  conditions 

QVPT  471  Wonwi  and  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  QVPT 
170  or  permission  of  instructor  An  examination  ol 
patterns  ol  political  participation  among  women  and  ol 
problems  ol  public  policy  especially  relevant  to  women 

QVPT      473      Legislatures      and      Legislation      (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  A  comprehensive  study  ol 
legislative  organization  procedure  and  protilems.  The 
course  includes  opportunities  lor  student  contact  with 
Congress  and  with  the  Legislature  ol  Maryland- 

GVPT  474  Political  Parties  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170 
A  descriptive  and  analytical  examination  ol  American 
political  parties,  nominations,  elections,  and  political 
leadership 

QVPT  475  The  Presidency  and  the  Executivs  Branch 

(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  An  examination  ol  the 
executive,  legislative  and  party  roles  ol  the  president  in 
the  political  process 

QVPT  479  Problems  ot  American  Public  Policy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  The  background  and 
interpretation  ol  various  lactors  which  allect  the  lormation 
and  exeojtion  ol  American  public  policy 

GVPT     480     Comparative     Political     Systems     (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  and  at  least  one  other  course  in 
comparative  government.  A  study,  along  hinctional  lines. 
ot  major  political  institutions,  such  as  legislatures, 
executives,  courts,  bureaucracies,  public  organizations, 
and  political  parties 

GVPT  481  Government  and  Administration  of  the 
Soviet  Union  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  A  study  ol 
the  adoption  ol  the  communist  philosophy  by  the  Soviet 
Union,  ol  its  governmental  structure  and  ol  ttie 
administration  ol  government  policy  in  the  Soviet  Union 

QVPT  482  Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  America 

(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  A  comparative  study  of  ttie 
governmental  systems  and  political  processes  of  the 
Latin  American  countries,  with  special  emphasis  on 
Argentina.  Brazil.  Chile,  and  Mexico. 

QVPT    483    Government    and    Politics    of    Asia    (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  453.  or  HIST  261.  or  262  or 
HIFN  442.  or  445  A  comparative  study  ol  the  poUHcal 
systems  ol  China.  Japan.  India  and  other  selected  Asian 
countries. 

GVPT  484   Government  and   Politics   of   Africa   (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  comparative  study  ol  the 
governmental  systems  arvj  political  processes  ol  the 
African  countries,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  problems 
of  nation-building  in  emergent  countries. 

GVPT  485  Government  ar>d  Politics  of  ttw  Middle 
East  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  170  A  comparative  study 
o(  the  govemrT>ental  systems  arxl  political  processes  ol 
ttie  Middle  Eastern  countries,  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  problems  of  natlon-buildir)g  in  emergent  countries 

GVPT  486  Compsrativs  Studies  In  European  Politics 

(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280.  or  consent  ol  instructor  A 
comparative  study  ol  political  processes  and 
governmental  lorms  in  selected  European  countries 

GVPT  487  The  Qovemmertt  and  Politics  of  South 
Asia  (3)  Political  systems  ana  governments  ol  such 
countries  as  India.  Pakistan.  Bangladesh.  Ceykxi.  arxl 
Nepal 

GVPT  '492  Tit*  Comparative  Politics  of  Race 
Relations  (3)  Impact  of  government  and  politics  on  race 
relations  in  various  parts  of  the  world  The  origins, 
problems.  ar>d  manifestations  ol  such  racial  policies  as 
segregation.       apartheid.       integration.       assimilation. 


partnership,  and  nonracialism  will  be  analyzed. 

HEBR  —  Hebrew 

HEBR  101  imsnslve  Elementary  Hebrew  (4)  Five  hours 
per  week  Limited  to  students  with  no  reading  krwwiedge 
ol  Hebrew.  Modem  Israeli  Hebrew  Emphasis  on 
conversalkxi  Study  ol  linguistic  structure  and 
devek>pmenl  ol  audio-lingual,  writing  and  reading  ability 
Credit  may  not  be  earned  lor  both  HEBR  101  and  HEBR 
111. 

HEBR  111  Elementary  Hebrew  (3)  Three  rec<tatk)ns  per 
week  and  one  drill  hour  Modem  Israeli  Hebrew 
Emphasis  on  conversation  Study  ol  linguistic  stnjcture 
and  development  ol  audio-lingual,  writing  and  reading 
ability 

HEBR  112  Elementary  Hebrew  (3)  Three  recitations  per 
week  and  one  drill  hour  Prerequisite:  HEBR  111  or  101 
or  equivalent  Modem  Israeli  Hebrew  Emphasis  on 
conversatkjn.  Study  of  linguistic  structure  and 
development  ol  audio-lingual,  writing  and  reading  ability 

HEBR  114  Intermediate  Hebrew  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week  and  one  drill  hour  Prerequisite:  HEBR  112  or 
equivalent  Study  ol  linguistic  stnjcture.  lurther 
devetopmeni  ol  audio-lingual,  reading,  writing,  and 
speaking  skills  Reading  ol  texts  and  newspapers 
deslgried  lo  give  some  knowledge  ot  Hebrew  life,  ttiought 
and  culture 

HEBR  115  Intermediate  Hebrew  (3)  Three  redtaUons 
per  week  and  one  drill  hour  Prerequisite:  HEBR  114  or 
equivalent  Completion  ol  study  ol  linguistic  stnjcture. 
further  development  ol  audki-lingual.  reading,  writing,  arxj 
speaking  skills  Reading  ol  texts  arid  newspapers 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  ol  Hebrew  life,  ttiought 
and  culture. 

HEBR     201     Conversation     snd     Composition     (3) 

Prerequisite:  HEBR  115  or  equivalent.  A  practcal 
language  course  recommended  lor  all  students 
continuing  with  Hebrew  Review  of  grammar  and 
oompositkjn.  Selected  readings  Oral  and  written 
exercises 

HEBR     301     Conversation     and     Composition     (3) 

Prerequisite.  HEBR  201  or  equivalent.  A  practical 
language  course  recommended  lor  all  students 
continuing  with  Hebrew  Review  ol  grammar  and 
compositkwi.  Selected  readings.  Oral  and  written 
exercises. 

HEBR  311  Advancad  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
HEBR  115  or  consent  of  instructor  Not  open  to  native 
speakers  ol  Hebrew  Concentrated  practk»  in  spoken 
Hetirew 

HEBR  312  Readings  In  Hebrew  Newspapers  and 
Periodicals  (3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  201  or  equivalent  or 
permlsston  ol  Instructor  Current  events,  editorials, 
theatncal  reports,  book  reviews  and  scholarty  articles 
CorvJucted  in  Hebrew 

HEBR    321     Survey    of    Hebrew    Literature    I    (3) 

Prerequisite:  HEBR  301  or  equivalent  Haskalah 
(Enlightenment)  period.  Selections  from  prose  and  poetry 
ot  Michal.  Mapu.  Gordon.  Mendele  Hebrew 
neo-dasstaism  and  romanticism.  Reading  in  Hebrew 
Discussions  in  Hebrew  and  in  English 

HEBR    322    Survey    of    Hebrew    LItsrsturs    II    (3) 

Prerequisite  HEBR  301  or  equivalent  Het>row 
Renaissance  movement  from  the  late  1 9th  century  lo  ttie 
Second  Worid  War  The  writings  of  Peretz.  Bialik.  Ahad 
Haam  and  Berdichevsky  against  the  background  ol 
European  realism.  neo-romantk:ism  and  symbolism 
Readings  in  Hebrew.  Discussions  in  Hebrew  arxJ  in 
English 

HEBR  333  Hebrw*  Chrillzatlon  (In  English)  (3)  Trends 
in  the  cultural,  social  and  literary  history  ol  the  Jews  from 
ttieir  eartiest  expenences  as  a  people  until  Maccabean 
times    Readings  and  instruction  in  English. 

HEBR  334  Hsbrwuf  Civilization  (In  English)  (3)  Trends 
in  the  cultural,  social  arxJ  literary  Nstory  of  ttie  Jews  from 
their  encounter  with  Hellenism  until  Itie  end  of  the 
Talmudk:  era  In  late  antk)uity  Readings  and  instruction  In 
English. 

HEBR  423  The  Hebrew  BIMe  In  Translation  I  (3) 

Selected  readings  from  the  Bible  and  Its  commentartes. 
classical  arv)  modem  Major  corKepts  ol  Biblical  ttxMght 

HEBR  424  Tl>c  Habr««  BIMe  In  Translation  II  (3)  A 
continuation  ol  HEBR  423 


HEBR  431  Modem  Hebr«w  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite: 
HEBR  301  or  equivalent  Selected  readings  Irom  the 
ma/or  Hetirew  prose  writers  of  ttie  20th  century  such  as 
J  Steinberg.  Burta.  Bertiovttz.  Shotman  and  Agnon 
descnbing  traditional  Jewish  lite  in  the  Diaspora  Mileu 
and  in  the  land  ol  Israel 

HEBR    432    Contemporary    Hebrew    LItsratur*    (3) 

Prerequisite  HEBR  301  or  equivalent  The  problems 
lacing  modem  man  as  rellected  in  the  wntings  ol  Agnon. 
Hazaz.  Meged.  Yehoshua.  Amichai.  and  others  Training 
in  literary  criticism  Reading  ol  periodicals  dealing  wWi 
current  literary  trends 

HEBR  441  Studies  In  Classical  Hebm*  and 
Epigraphy  (3)  Prerequisite  HEBR  115  or  equivalent 
Linguistic  peculianties  of  dasaicial  Hebrew  Irom 
pre-Biblk^al  epigraphic  records  to  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls 
Application  ol  the  mettiod  of  literary  form  cntidsm  lo  epic 
poetry  and  Thanksgiving  songs.  cuWc  formulae,  historical 
annals  and  narratives 

HEBR  442  Classical  Hebrew  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite 
HEBR  115  or  equivalent  Pentateuctial  source  analysis. 
prophetK;  oracles.  Biblical  law  in  comparison  with  other 
ancient  codes,  wisdom  literature,  ttie  apocalyptic  form 
and  the  manual  ol  discipline  of  ttie  Dead  Sea  Scrolls. 

HEBR  498  Special  Topics  In  Hebrew  (3)  Prerequisite 
As  announced  in  ttie  sctiedule  ol  dasses  tor  each  topic 
Repeatatile  lor  a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided  the 
content  is  difterent. 

HESP  —  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences 

HESP  120  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3)  Introduction 
10  the  basic  concepts  ol  modem  descriptive  linguistics 
Phonology,  morptiotogy.  syntax  Examinatkins  ol  the 
methods  of  comparative  linguistics.  internal 
reconstruction  and  dialed  geography 

HESP  121  Language  and  Cultura  (3)  r>rsrequl8ila: 
sophomore  standing  A  non-technk^al  introduction  lo 
linguistics,  with  speaal  consideration  ol  ttie  relallons 
between  language  and  other  aspects  of  culture   (Listed 

alsoas  ANTH271,) 

HESP  202  FundamenUls  of  Hearing  and  Speach 
Sciences  (3)  Introductkio  lo  phonetics,  ttie  physiological 
bases  ol  s(ieech  production  and  reception,  and  the 
physics  ol  sound  Required  ot  ma|ors  in  hearing  and 
speech  science  and  recommended  lor  mafors  in 
education  and  psychology 

HESP  302  Speech  Pathology  I  (3)  For  majors 
Prerequisite  HESP  202  Etiok>gy.  assessment,  and 
treatment  ot  articulation  disorders 

HESP  305  Anatomy  and  Physlotogy  of  the  Spaach 
Mechanism  (3)  Prerequisite  HESP  202  Anatomy, 
physiology,  and  neurotogy  ol  speech  mechantsm. 
Physiotogical  phonetics 

HESP  310  Semantic  AspecU  of  Speech  In  Human 
Relations  (3)  Prerequisite  HESP  202  An  analysis  of 
speech  and  language  habits  from  the  standpoint  ot 
general  semantks 

HESP  312  Instrumentation  In  Hearing  and  Bpaach 
Sciencaa  (3)  Prerequisites  HESP  202  and  f>HYS  102. 
Prindples  ol  operatkxi  of  electronic  aqulpmant  In  Vw 

hearing  and  speech  sciences 

HESP  400  Speech  and  Language  Oavatopmanl  ol 
Children  (3)  Prerequisite.  HESP  202  Analysis  of  nonnal 
processes    ol    speech    and    language    development    In 

chiklren 

HESP     401      Survey     of     Speech     CNsordars     (3) 

Communication  disorders  in  school  chlWien  May  r»jl  be 
used  by  maiors  in  hearing  and  speech  sciencos  to  satisfy 
maior  or  supporting  course  requirements 

HESP    403    Introduction    to    Ptionellc    Sdanea    (3) 

Prerequisites  HESP  202  and  PHYS  102  Plxxiettc 
transcrtpdon  and  phonetic  principles  Aoousltcal  and 
perceptual  phonetics 

HESP  404  Speech  Pathology  II  (3)  PrereqwaMe  HESP 
302.  305  Etiology  and  therapeutK:  marwoament  of  ciaft 
palate  and  stuttenng 

HESP  408  Spssch  Pathology  IM  (3)  PretequlaHa  HESP 
302.  305  Etiology  and  ttierapeutic  managamart  of 
aphasia  and  delayed  language 


HIST— History     167 


HESP  408  Clinical  Practic*  (3)  Prerequisites 
completion  ol  lt>e  21  hours  of  specified  courses  lor  ttw 
ma)oi,  HESP  404  Of  HESP  406.  arxt  pemiisston  ol  Itie 
dlnlcal  statt  Observation  and  partldpatlon  in  ttw  speecli 
and  hearing  dlnlc  Repeatabie  to  a  maximum  ol  six 
credits,  but  only  three  credits  may  apply  toward 
satlslaction  ol  the  major  course  requirement  in  heanng 
and  speech  sciences 

HESP  410  Princlplaa  and  Methods  In  Speech  TTierapy 

(3)  Prerequisite  HESP  404  or  406  Comparative  methods 
In  the  clinical  management  ol  speech  problems 

HESP  41 1  Introduction  to  Audlology  (3)  Prerequisites 
HESP  202  and  PHYS  102  Anatomy  and  physiology  ol 
hearing.  introduction  to  measurement  and  to 
rehabilitation  ol  tt>e  lieannghiandlcapped 

HESP  412  Rehabilitation  o(  the  Hearing  Handicapped 

P)  Prerequisite:  HESP  411  Speech  reading,  auditory 
training,  and  speech  training  lor  hard-ol-hearing  children 
arxJ  adults 

HESP  414  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite  pemiisslon  ol 
instructor  Individual  projects  in  phonetic  science,  speech 
pathotogy.  and  audlology 

HESP  421  Ptionetica  and  Phonemic*  (3)  Training  in 
tfie  identification,  descnption  and  symbolizallon  ol  various 
sounds  lound  in  language  Study  ol  scientific  techniques 
lor  classifying  sounds  into  units  whicti  are  perceptually 
relevant  lor  a  given  language. 

HESP  422  Morphology  and  Syntax  (3)  A  detailed  study 
ol  language  structure  No  student  may  receive  credit  lor 
both  HESP  422  and  ENGL  484 

HESP  423  HIatortcal  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisites: 
HESP  421  arxJ  422,  or  equivalent.  A  study  ol  change  in 
the  phonological,  grammatical  and  semantic  structures  ol 
natural  languages:  language  typology:  reconstruction  and 
various  allied  topics  will  be  treated 

HESP  498  Seminar  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP 
120  Advanced  topics  in  linguistics  Lectures  and 
discussions  by  faculty,  students  and  invited  outside 
scholars.  Repeatabie  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  content  is  different. 

HESP  499  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
departmental  approval.  May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum 
ol  6  credits. 


HIST  —  History 


HIST  101  Great  Ideas,  Events  and  Personalities  In 
History  (3)  An  introduction  to  history  including  both 
theories  of  historical  change  and  detailed  specific 
examples,  locusing  on  crucial  events,  ideas,  or 
personalities  illustrative  ol  that  change. 

HIST  105  The  Jewish  Experience  (3)  An  introduction  to 
Jewish  history  through  a  study  ol  some  major  figures  or 
Jewish  culture  and  society.  Major  tfiemes.  ideas,  and 
events  of  Jewish  history  from  Biblical  times  until  the 
present. 

HIST  106  American  Jewish  Experience  (3)  History  ol 
the  Jews  in  America  Irom  Colonial  times  to  the  present 
Emphasis  on  ttie  waves  of  migration  from  Germany  and 
eastern  Europe;  the  changing  nature  ol  the  American 
Jewish  community  and  its  participation  in  American 
social,  economic  and  political  life. 

HIST  108  Biography  In  History  (3)  Detailed 
investigations  in  the  lives,  times,  and  works  of  important 
and  visible  figures  in  worid  history:  each  section  usually 
devoted  to  a  single  figure.  Concern  for  both  the  theory  ol 
tfie  individual  in  history  and  dose  examination  ol  the 
single  person  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  to  a  six 
credits  hours  wfien  topic  differs 

HIST  115  Modem  Business  History  (3)  Case  studies  of 
selected  individuals  in  the  business  worid  are  used  to 
examine  the  history  of  the  modem  business  system  from 
ttie  earty  modem  period  to  ttie  present.  Equal  attention  to 
European  origins  and  to  the  American  evolution.  Spedal 
emphasis  on  tfie  history  of  modem  corporations  and 
banks  and  their  relations  with  government  and  ttie  rest  of 
sodety 

HIST    130 — 133    The    Emergence    of    Europe    The 

lolkiwing  sequence  of  courses  taken  together  constitutes 
a  thorough  treatment  ol  the  evdutran  ol  European 
dvilization.  Each  course  or  any  series  of  courses  may. 
however,  t>e  taken  independently.  The  courses  have 
been  specifically  designed  for  meeting  general  University 
requirements. 


HIST  130  The  Ancient  World  Interpretation  ol  select 
literature  and  art  ol  the  ancient  Mediterranean  worid  with 
a  view  to  Illuminating  the  antecedents  ol  modem  culture 
religion  and  mylh  in  Itie  ancient  near  east.  Greeii 
philosophical,  scientific,  and  literary  invention,  and  ttie 
Roman  tradition  in  politics  and  administration 

HIST  131  The  Medieval  World  (3)  The  devek>pment  ol 
Europe  in  the  Middle  Ages,  emphasis  on  the  role  ol 
religious  values  in  shaping  new  social,  economic,  and 
political  institutions  Readings  in  medieval  literature  and 
consideration  ol  monuments  in  art  and  architecture 

HIST    132   The    Rise    of    the   West— 1500— 1789   (3) 

History  ol  oariy  modem  Europe  Emphasis  on  the 
developments  ol  the  national  consciousness  ol  several 
continental  European  peoples  with  relerences  to  England 
and  eastern  Europe.  Evklence  ol  tfie  growth  ol  state 
power  and  tjureaucracy.  the  role  ol  economk;  institutions, 
the  developments  in  art,  literature,  science  and  religion. 

HIST      133      Modem      Europe— 1789— Present     (3) 

Nation-states  In  Europe  since  the  outbreak  ol  the  French 
Revolutkin.  Rapid  changes  in  Industrial-economic 
structure  and  in  demography  related  to  natkinal  growths 
Emergence  ol  a  distinctly  modem  secular  society 
induding  "Europeanism'  throughout  the  world.  Emphasis 
on  continental,  western  European  countries  and  peoples, 
easlem  Europe  and  insular  Great  Britain. 

HIST  141  Western  Clvllbatlon  I  (3)  Recommended  lor 
students  seeking  a  two-semester  survey  course  ol 
European  history  from  antk^uity  to  the  twentieth  century. 
Political,  social  and  intellectual  developments  that  lorm 
the  values  and  institutkins  of  western  worid  Ends  with 
the  period  ol  relormation  May  be  taken  independently  ol 
HIST  142.  (Students  previously  enrolled  in  HIST  241  not 
admitted  to  this  course  ) 

HIST  142  Western  Civilization  II  (3)  Recommended  lor 
students  seeking  a  two-semester  survey  course  ol 
European  history  Irom  antk^uity  to  the  twentieth  century. 
Begins  with  period  ol  the  Relormation  and  ends  with 
modem  times  and  may  be  taken  independently  ol  HIST 
141.  (Students  previously  enrolled  in  HIST  242  not 
admitted  to  this  course.) 

HIST  144  The  Humanities  I  (3)  A  survey  ol  man's 
cultural  development  from  pre-liistoric  times  to  the 
Renaissance.  Pedicular  emphasis  is  given  to  the  arts, 
phitosophy,  religbn,  and  social  condrtrons  whk;h  have 
Influenced  the  common  cultural  heritage  ol  western 
civilization  Aspeds  ol  ttie  culture  ol  the  non-western 
worid  induded  when  appropriate  Students  previously 
enrolled  in  HIST  251  not  admitted. 

HIST  145  The  Humanities  II  (3)  A  sun/ey  ol  man's 
cultural  development  Irom  the  Renaissance  to  tfie 
present.  PartKular  emphasis  is  given  to  the  arts, 
philosophy,  religion,  and  sodal  condituns  whk;h  have 
influenced  the  common  cultural  heritage  of  western 
civilization.  Aspects  of  the  culture  ol  the  non-westem 
world  induded  when  appropriate.  Students  previously 
enrolled  in  HIST  252  not  admitted. 

HIST  156  History  of  the  United  States  to  1865  (3)  A 

survey  ol  the  history  of  the  United  States  from  Colonial 
times  to  the  end  of  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  on  the 
establishment  and  development  ol  American  institutions. 

HIST  157  History  of  the  United  States  since  1865  (3) 

A  survey  ol  economic,  sodal,  intelledual.  and  politk^l 
devebpments  since  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  on  the  rise 
ol  industry  and  the  emergence  of  the  United  States  as  a 
worid  power. 

HIST  180  The  Chinese  World  (3)  An  introductkin  to 
China,  both  traditional  and  modem.  Tfie  various  aspects 
of  Chinese  culture,  induding  the  language,  family, 
history,  art.  and  agriculture 

HIST  200  Introduction  to  the  History  of  Science  (3) 

Survey  of  some  major  problems  in  the  devetopment  of 
science.  Specific  examples  ol  discoveries  and  theories 
from  ttie  viewpoint  of  theories  of  historical  change, 
philosophies  of  science,  and  interactkin  of  science  with 
phitosophy.  Students  cannot  receive  credit  for  txith  PHIL 
250  and  HIST  200. 

HIST  201  Science  and  Technology  In  World 
HIstory-Space/Tlme/Man/Woman  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
the  history  ol  sdence  and  technology,  emphasizing  their 
interest  and  importance  to  the  public.  The  topk:s  are 
united  by  three  main  themes:  (1)  the  development  ol 
space/time  concepts  of  the  universe  in  astronomy  and 
phystos:  (2)  communications  and  transportatkjn;  (3)  ttie 
nature    of    man    and    woman,     induding    biological, 


anthropotogKal  and  psycfiotogKal  ttieotles  ol  race  and 
sex  dllferences 

HIST  206  Ttie  Holocaust  of  European  Jewry  (3)  Roots 
ol  Nazi  Jewish  polkry  in  the  ^930's  and  duhng  world  war 
11.  the  process  of  destrudion  and  the  implementatton  ol 
ttie  'Final  Solution  ol  tfie  Jewish  Problem'  in  Europe,  and 
■tie  responses  made  by  ttie  Jews  to  ttieir  concentratxxi 
and  annihilation 

HIST    210    Women    In    America    to    1850    (3)    The 

interadion  among  the  political,  social  and  economk: 
activities  ol  women.  The  elteds  of  growing 
industnalization  and  governmental  centralizatkin  on 
women's  lives.  The  role  ol  women  inskJe  and  outside  ol 
the  home 

HIST  211    Women   In  America   since   1850  (3)   The 

increasing  parildpation  of  women  in  reform  nnovements 
and  social  and  polltKal  institutions  The  effed  of  Itie 
growth  of  large-scale  industries,  politcal  structures,  and 
affluence  on  the  lives  of  women 

HIST  214  Pr»-Honors  Colloquium  In  Early  Amartcan 
History  (3)  Seleded  reading  in  eariy  American  history 
with  emphasis  on  independent  discusskm  and  writing. 
May  be  taken  lor  credit  by  students  exempt  Irom 
American  history  Permisston  ot  instrudor  required 

HIST  215  Pre-Honor*  Colloquium  In  Modem 
American  History  (3)  Seleded  readings  in  modem 
American  history  with  emphasis  on  independent  study, 
discussion  and  writing.  May  be  taken  tor  credit  by 
students  exempt  Irom  American  history.  Permission  of 
instructor  required. 

HIST  219  Special  Topics  In  History  (3) 

HIST  220  History  of  the  Family  In  Westom  CIvHIzotlon 

(3)  Survey  ol  the  history  ol  the  family  in  Europe  and  the 
United  States  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  present. 
(Students  previously  receiving  credit  in  HIST  243  may 
not  enroll ) 

HIST  234  History  of  England  and  Great  Britain  I  (3) 

The  devetopment  of  British  lile  and  institutions  to  1485. 

HIST  235  History  of  England  and  Great  Britain  II  (3) 

British  hislory  from  the  Tudors  to  the  present.  The  Tudor 
reformations,  English  revolutions,  industiialism,  Vidorian 
and  20th  century  reforms,  and  the  growth  and  evolution 
ol  the  British  Empire. 

HIST  237  Russian  Civilization  (3)  An  overview  ot 
Russian  history  stressing  the  main  lines  of  development 
of  the  Russian  state  and  the  evdutton  of  Russian  culture 
to  the  present  day. 

HIST  250  Latin  American  History  I  (3)  Latin  America 
from  pre-Columbian  Indian  cultures  to  the  beginnings  ol 
the  wars  for  independence  (ca.1810),  covering  cultural, 
political,  sodal,  and  economic  devetopments. 

HIST  251  Latin  American  History  II  (3)  The  republks  of 
Latin  America  since  independence,  with  special 
emphasis  upon  their  sodal  economk;,  and  cultural 
development  as  Third  Worid  nations. 

HIST  255  Afro-American  History  (3)  A  survey  ol  the 
Negro  in  American  history,  covering  the  African 
background,  slavery,  the  role  ol  the  Negro  in  ttie  sodal, 
political,  economk:,  cultural  and  artistic  lile  ol  the  United 
Stales.  Emphasis  will  tie  placed  on  the  enduring  themes 
and  the  black  experience  in  American  society,  induding 
contemporary  problems  in  race  relations. 

HIST  264  Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Early 
America  (3)  American  sodal  experience  from  Cotonial 
times  through  ttie  Civil  War.  The  devetopment  ol  colonial 
sodeties,  the  economic  and  religious  bases  ol  18th 
century  life,  ttie  sodal  charader  ol  the  revolution,  the 
growth  of  dties,  rise  ol  immigration,  and  maturation  of 
economk:  enterprise  in  antet:ellum  America,  and  the 
sodal  causes  and  consequences  ol  ttie  Civil  War. 

HIST  265  Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Modem 
America  (3)  American  social  history  from  Civil  War  to  ttie 
present.  Examination  ol  a  network  ol  sodal  interactton 
accompanying  the  rise  of  male-dominated, 
business-oriented  urban  culture  after  the  Civil  War. 
Concenti-atton  on  the  major  sodal  forces  dashing  and 
cooperating  to  produce  the  modem  United  States: 
■business  Republtoanism',  urban  workers:  intellectuals; 
rural  populists:  immigrants  (especially  Jewish); 
black-Americans;  and  struggling  women  litierators.  The 
swift  crosscunents  of  a  "free-society'  still  wresfling  with 
intierent  conti'adicttons  of  the  democratic  experiment 
begun  in  the  American  cotonies  some  350  years  ago. 


168     HIST  — History 


HIST  266  Th«  Untted  State*  In  WorM  Affairs  (3)  A 

study  o(  the  United  States  as  an  emerging  worid  power 
and  ttie  American  response  to  changing  status  in  worid 
affairs.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  internal 
and  external  development  ot  the  nation 

HIST  280  Islamic  CIvllliatlon  (3)  Survey  of  Islamic 
civilization  dealing  with  Islam  as  a  religion  and  covering 
its  major  institutions  Begins  with  pre-lslamic  Arabia  and 
rise  of  Muhammad,  emphasizing  the  life  and  political 
activities  of  the  prophet  of  Islam,  the  basic  tenets  of 
Islam,  and  Islamic  religious  law  A  survey  of  the  sectanan 
development  in  early  Islam  is  included 

HIST  282  History  of  the  Jevulsh  People  I  (3)  Political, 
economic,  social  arxf  cultural  development  within  Jewish 
history  from  the  Biblical  period  to  the  late  Middle  Ages 
Special  attention  to  the  emergence  of  rabbinic  Judaism 
and  its  sutisequent  encounter  with  medieval  Chnstian 
and  Islamic  civilizations  Students  who  have  previously 
received  credit  for  HIFTM  354  and  HIST  312  may  not 
enroll. 

HIST  283  History  of  the  Jewish  Peopto  II  (3)  Political, 
economic,  social  and  cultural  devetopntienl  within  Jewish 
history  from  the  end  of  Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 
Special  attention  to  twentieth  century  developments 
including  tfie  Nazi  holocaust  and  its  aftermath,  the  Zionist 
movement  and  the  creation  of  the  state  ol  Israel;  rise  of 
the  contemporary  American  Jewish  community.  Students 
wfx)  have  previously  received  credit  lor  HIFN  355  a.nd 
HIST  313  may  not  enroll 

HIST     284     East     Asian     Civilization     I     (3)     An 

interdisciplinary  survey  of  the  development  of  oast  Asian 
cultures.  An  historical  approach  drawing  on  all  facets  of 
east  Asian  traditional  life,  to  gain  an  appreciation  of  the 
fascinatingly  ditforeni  and  complex  cultures  of  ttie  area. 

HIST  285  East  Asian  Civilization  II  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
historical  development  of  modem  Asia  since  1700. 
Primarily  concerned  with  the  elforts  of  east  Asians  to 
preserve  tfieir  traditional  cultures  in  the  face  of  western 
expansion  in  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centunes, 
and  ttieir  attempts  to  survive  as  naliortt  in  the  twentieth 
century. 

HIST  290  African  Chr;ilzation  (3)  A  brief  sun/ey  of  the 
history  of  sub-Saharan  Africa  from  prehistoric  times  to 
the  end  of  the  Colonial  era  Special  focus  on  neolithic 
civilizations,  major  migrations  arxf  political  and 
commercial  developments  in  pre-colonial  and  colonial 
Africa. 

HIST   301    Women   and   Industrial    Devslopment  (3) 

Analysis  of  women's  role  in  the  industrial  state  Emphasis 
on  the  process  ol  industrialization  and  its  effect  on 
women's  lives  since  the  industrial  revolution 
Compansons  ol  women  in  industrial  and  non-industrial 
setbngs 

HIST  304  Modem  Church  History  (3)  Introduction  to 
major  developments  and  problems  of  modem  church 
history  primarily  in  Europe  from  the  "waning'  of  the 
confessional  age  in  the  17th  and  18th  centuries  through 
ttie  20th  century. 

HIST  305  The  Eastern  Orthodox  Church— Ms  Cultural 
History  (3)  A  study  of  ttie  development  of  the  Christian 
church  in  tfie  near  East  and  eastern  Europe  from  ttie 
conversion  of  Constantine  to  the  present.  Emphasis  will 
be  on  ttie  relaBons  betvireen  church  and  state  In  various 
penods  and  on  the  influence  of  eastern  Christianity  on 
the  cultures  of  traditionally  eastern  ortfxxJox  nabons 

HIST  306  History  of  Religion  In  America  (3)  A  history 

of  religion,  religious  movements,  and  churches  in 
America  from  the  earty  Colonial  period  to  ttie  present, 
with  special  attention  to  ttie  relation  of  ctiurch  and 
society 

HIST  306  Religion  In  Amsrlcs:  Historical  Topics  (3) 

Selected  aspects  of  ttie  American  religious  experience  in 
detail.  May  tie  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  semester 
hours  wtien  content  differs. 

HIST    309    Prossmlnar    In     Historical    Writing    (3) 

Discussions  and  research  papers  designed  to  acquaint 
ttie  student  with  ttie  mettiods  and  problems  ol  research 
and  presentation  Ttie  student  will  t>e  encouraged  to 
examine  those  phases  of  history  which  tie  regards  as  tvs 
specialties 

HIST  316  Honors  Colloquium  I  (3)  Enrollment  limited  to 
students  admitted  by  ttie  departmental  honors  committee 
Reading  in  sources  and  secondary  wori<  centering  atXHjt 
ttie  development  of  ttie  modem  world.  [>scussions  of 


reading  and  written  wod(  in  weekly  seminar  meetings 

HIST  317  Honors  Colloquium  II  (3)  Continuation  ol 
HIST  316 

HIST  318  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Limited  to  students  wlio 
have  completed  HIST  395  Normally  repeated  for  a  total 
ol  six  hours  credit  during  the  senior  year  by  candidates 
for  tionors  in  history 

HIST  319  Special  Topics  In  History  (3) 

HIST  330  Medieval  Chrlllzatlon  I  (3)  Europe  from  the  fall 
of  Romo  to  the  death  of  Chariemagne  T^ie  economic, 
social  and  intellectual  movements  which  shaped  the 
civilization  of  the  Latin  west,  including  the  rise  of 
Chnstianlty  and  the  church,  the  creation  of  a  feudal 
nobility,  and  the  foundation  ol  European  states 
Developments  in  art  and  literature.  Readings  from 
sources  when  availatile  in  translation 

HIST  331  Medieval  Civilization  II  (3)  Medieval 
civilization  in  the  12th  and  13th  centuries,  ttie 
Renaissance  of  the  121h  century,  the  rise  ot  universities, 
Gottnc  architecture,  the  European  state  system,  medieval 
parliaments  and  scfiolastic  learning  and  cuilure 
Emphasis  on  cultural  and  political  developments  ol  the 
high  Middle  Ages  with  study  ol  the  pnncipal  sources  of 
medieval  thought  and  learning,  art  and  architeciurei  and 
political  theory  Recommended  as  a  sequel  to  HIFN  411 

HIST  332  Europe  During  the  Renaissance  and 
Reformation  I  (3)  Continental  Europe  from  1450  to 
165C.  development  and  spread  of  Renaissance  culture: 
growth  in  the  powers  ol  central  government;  economic 
expansion  and  tieginnings  ot  overseas  colonization; 
division  of  western  Christendom  into  two  rival  religious 
camps  Particular  emphasis  on  the  Protestant  and 
Catholic  reformations  and  ttieir  consequences  lor 
Europe's  political,  social,  and  cultural  development. 
Renaissance  and  reformation.  1450-1555.  Ttie  age  of 
religious  wars.  1555-1650 

HIST  333  Europe  During  the  Renaissance  and 
Reformation  II  (3)  Continuation  of  HIST  332 

HICT  334  The   Age  of   Absolutism,    1648-1748   (3) 

Europe  in  the  age  ol  Louis  XIV.  with  emphasis  upon 
social,  religious,  and  cultural  developments. 

HIST  335  The  Old  Regime  and  the  French  Revolution, 
1748-1815  (3)  Europe  during  the  French  Revolution  and 
Napoleonic  penod  Intellectual,  social,  and  cultural 
movements  in  revolutionary  Eunspe 

HIST  336  Europe  In  the  19th  Century.  1815-1919  (3) 

The  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  development 
ot  Europe  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  ttie  first  World 
War 

HIST  337  Europe  In  the  World  Setting  of  the  20th 
Century  (3)  Polilical.  economic  and  cultural 
developments  in  20th  century  Europe  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  factors  involved  in  the  two  world  wars 
and  their  global  impacts  and  significance 

HIST  340  Eastern  Europe  under  Communism  (3)  Ttie 
evolution  of  Communist  regimes  and  socialist  societies  in 
Poland.  Czechoslavakia.  Hungary,  East  Germany. 
Romania  and  Bulgaria  with  separate  treatment  of 
Yugoslavia  Emphasis  on  pre- 1945  continuity  and 
post-1945  change 

HIST  342  Fascism:  Theory  and  l>racUce  (3)  The  prions 
and  history  of  Fascism  in  Europe.  1918-1945.  Emphasis 
divided  between  the  industnalized  (or  indi'striallzing) 
nations  and  the  largely  agrarian  countries  of  Europe  The 
rise  of  Fascism  in  oltier  parts  of  ttie  worid 

HIST  344  The  Russian  Revolutions  of  1917  (3)  A  dose 
examination  ol  the  historical  tiacltground.  ttie  doctrines, 
the  immediate  causes,  ttie  events,  and  ttie  results  of  ttie 
February  and  Octotier  revolutions 

HIST  346  Social  and  CultursI  History  of  Europe  (3)  An 

exploration  of  social  structure,  lite  styles,  rituals,  symtxils. 
and  myths  of  ttie  peoples  ol  Europe 

HIST  347  History  ot  Crime  and  Punishment  In 
England  (3)  Emphasis  on  ttie  historical  development  of 
law  enlorcemeni  agencies,  cnminal  junsdictions  and  trial 
procedure.  1500-1800  Nature  ol  pnndple  leionies  and 
major  trends  in  crime;  penal  theory  and  practice  In 
historical  perspective 

HIST  350  History  of  Baltimore  (3)  Social,  economic. 

spatial,  and  political  evolution  ol  Baltimore  arKi  Its 
intiabrtants  tnxn  first  settlement  to  ihe  present 


HIST  360  American  Colonial  History  (3)  Colonial 
America  from  Jamestown  to  1763  The  establishment  ol 
the  various  colonies  with  emphasis  on  ttie  reasons  lor 
ttie  instability  of  colonial  society  to  1669.  ttie  emergence 
ol  stable  societies  after  1669.  ttie  development  of 
colonial  regionalism,  poiltlcal  Institutions,  social  divisions, 
education.  urt>an  and  fronUer  problems  in  the  eighteenth 
century 

HIST     361     The     American     Revolution     (3)     The 

tiackground  and  course  of  Ihe  American  revolution 
through  the  formation  of  the  constitution  Emphasis  on 
the  impact  of  ttie  political  movement  and  war  years  on 
the  character  of  American  society 

HIST  362  The  Formstivs  Period  In  America, 
1789-1824  (3)  The  evoluBon  of  ttie  federal  government, 
ttie  origins  of  politk^  parties.  pro6M9ms  of  foreign 
relations  in  an  era  of  intemationat  conflict,  beginnings  of 
the  Industrial  revolutkxi  in  America,  and  Itie  birtti  of 
sectionalism 

HIST  363  T^  Middle  Period  of  American  History. 
1824-1860  (3)  An  examination  ol  ttie  political  history  of 
the  ijnileo  States  from  Jackson  to  Lincoln  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  factors  producing  Jackaoman 
democracy,  manifest  destiny,  ttie  Wtiig  party,  the 
anlislavery  movement,  ttie  Republk^an  parly,  and 
secossion 

HIST  364  Sectional  and  Class  Conflicts  1860-1896  (3) 

Sectkxial  and  dass  conflicts  and  their  impact  on 
American  life  and  institutkins  from  ttie  Civil  War  ttwough 
ttie  Gikfed  Age.  social,  economic  and  poliDcal 
reconstruction  of  the  union,  industrializatkxi.  urtiantzatkxi 
and  technological  changes 

HIST  365  The  Progressive  Period:  the  UnHad  SlatM. 
1896-1919  (3)  How  the  Wm  McKinley-T.Roosevell-W.H. 
Talt-Woodrow  Wilson  administrations  dealt  with  ttie  trust, 
money,  tantf,  and  biack  issues   Wodd  War  I  is  treated 

t)riefly 

HIST  366  Batwewi  the  Wars:  The  United  StMea, 
1919-1945  (3)  The  American  way  of  Kte  in  ttie  1920s 
and  1930s,  ttie  Great  Depression,  new  deal,  and  a  brief 
consideratkjn  of  Worid  War  II 

HIST  367  The  United  States  since  World  War  II  (3) 

American  tustory  from  the  inauguration  of  Harry  S. 
Truman  to  the  present  with  emphasis  upon  politics  and 
foreign  relations,  but  with  consideration  of  special  topics 
such  as  radkJalism.  conservation,  and  labor 

HIST  372  Jews  snd  Judaism  under  Medieval  Islam  (3) 

History  of  Jews  and  Judaism  from  ttie  nse  of  Moliammed 
to  the  12th  century  Economic,  political  and  social 
devetopments:  special  emptiasis  on  Jewish  ttiought 
illustrated  through  the  writings  of  Saadia  Judah.  Ha-Levi 
and  Moses  Maimonides 

HIST  373  Jews  and  Judaism  under  Medieval 
Christendom  (3)  History  ol  Jews  and  Judaism  In 
Chnstian  lands  from  Constantine  through  ttie  tSlh 
century  Intellectual  and  social  relationships  betmreen 
Je«rs  and  Christians,  medieval  ant-semitum.  Jewish 
cultural  achievements,  ttie  Marrano  phenomenon 

HIST  374  Modem  Jewish  History  I:  Tlw  Road  to 
Emancipation,  1650-1870  (3)  Soaal.  poMcal. 
economic,  and  cultural  change  in  the  Jewish  world  since 
1650  Emphasis  on  emanapation.  assimilation,  and  new 
lonns  o)  Jewish  identity  m  western  and  eastern  Eimpaan 
Jewry  from  the  1 7th  to  the  20lh  centuries. 

HIST  375  Modem  Jewish  History  II:  World  Jewry 
Since  1870  (3)  Continunlion  ol  HIST  374 

HIST  376  History  of  Zionism  and  the  State  of  Israai 

(3)  kleotogKal  and  political  factors  leading  to  ttie 
esubiishment  of  a  secular  Jewish  state  in  1948;  aorM 
thoughi  of  Herzl.  Ahad  Ha-Am.  ttie  sociaNsi  and  ralglous 
Zionist,  and  the  revisionists;  dKilomallc  activities. 
Arati-lsraei  conflict,  post- 1948  Israel  aocMy 

HIST  380  American  Relations  wWi  CMna  and  Japan, 
1740-1970  (3)  American  political,  economic,  and  culhni 
relations  with  China  and  Japan  from  Itie  American 
Colonial  era  to  Itie  present.  Opiomecy  and  power 
poWcs.  Ovtstian  missions.  Immlgralion  and  exclusion; 
overseas  education,  art  and  Werature;  trade,  nvestmem. 


HIST  390  Middle  East  I  (3)  A  survey  ol  Ihe  poMtoal. 
cultural  and  institutional  history  covering  Ihe  penod  up  to 
the  tenth  century 


HIST  —  History     169 


HtST  391  MMdto  East  II  (3)  A  survey  o«  the  poMical. 
cultural  and  Institutional  Nstory  covenng  ttw  period  up 
from  tfto  tenth  century  to  the  tieginning  of  ttw  nineteenth 
century 

HIST  392  HIatory  of  the  Contemporary  Middle  East  (3) 
The  nse  ot  sovefe<9n  nation-slates;  modernization, 
westemizatton  and  seculanzation  m  a  traditional  society, 
shifting  political  and  economic  power  groupings  within  a 
regional  and  global  context 

HIST  400  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Prerequisite. 
Oeparlihental  approval  ol  research  protect  and  consent 
of  tt>e  department  AvailaMe  to  all  students  wtio  wish  to 
pursue  a  specific  research  topic 

HIST  401  The  Scientific  Itovolutlon— From 
Copernicus  to  Newton  Ma)or  events  in  ttw  history  of 
physical  science  dunng  itie  16th  arx)  17lh  centuries  aixl 
their  relation  to  philosophy,  religion  and  society  In 
western  Europe  The  attaci<  on  ancient  and  medieval 
scientific  ttieones.  the  transition  from  geocentnc  to 
tieliocentTK  astronomy,  discovenes  of  Kepler.  Galileo  and 
Newton,  and  the  establishment  ot  the  "mechanical 
philosophy'  that  dominated  earty  modem  science 

HIST  402  The  Development  ol  Modem  Physical 
Science — from  Newton  to  Einstein  (3)  The  history  of 
physics  in  the  1 8th  and  1 9th  centunes.  including  some  ol 
Its  connections  with  mathematics,  techrxjiogy,  chemistry 
and  planetary  saeoce  Emphasis  on  internal  technical 
developments  in  physical  theory,  with  some  discussion  ol 
expenmental.  philosophical  and  sociological  aspects 
This  is  the  second  part  of  a  tfireesemesler  sequence 
(HIST  401.  HIST  402,  PHYS  490);  each  part  may  be 
taken  independently  ol  ttie  others  Prerequisites:  MATH 
110  ar>d  PHYS  112  or  117,  or  equivalent  competence  in 
mathematics  arxt  physics 

HtST  404  History  of  Modem  Biology  (3)  The  Internal 
development  ol  biology  in  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
centunes,  including  evolution,  cell  theory,  heredity  and 
development,  spontaneous         generation,         and 

mechanism — vitalism  controversies  The  philosophical 
aspects  of  the  development  of  scientific  l<nowtedge  and 
ttie  interaction  of  biology  with  chemistry  and  physics 

HIST  405  Introduction  to  Archives  and  Manuscript 
Repositories  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  departmental  approval. 
History  ol  tfie  basic  intellectual  problems  relating  to 
archives  arx)  manuscript  repositories;  emphasis  on 
problems  ol  selection,  access,  preservation,  inventorying 
and  editing  as  well  as  ttie  variety  ol  institutions  housing 
docuinents    Must  be  taken  concun-endy  with  HIST  406. 

HIST  406  Introduction  to  Archives  and  Manuscript 
Repositories  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  departmental  approval 
Practical  expenence  through  placement  in  cooperating 
archives  or  manuscnpt  repositories  in  the 
8altimore/AnnapoliS''Washir>gton,  DC.  areas. 

Assignments  to  specific  projects  based  on  intellectual 
interest  of  students  Must  be  taken  concurrently  with 
HIST  405 

HIST  407  History  of  Technology  (3)  A  survey  course 
designed  for  junior,  senior  and  graduate  students  with  a 
solkl  base  in  eittier  engineenng  or  history;  it  will  cover  the 
time  span  from  Greek  antk^uity  to  the  first  World  War. 
Technokigy  will  be  studied  as  a  cultural  force  controlled 
by  laws  of  its  own  and  operatirig  within  a  distinctive 
conceptual  framework.  The  course  will  corx»ntrate  on 
tfie  changing  character  of  technology  in  history  and  on 
tfie  interactkxis  between  technotogy  and  other  cultural 
forces  such  as  science,  phitosophy.  art,  material  culture. 
and  ttie  ecoriomy 

HIST  409  Science,  Medicine  and  Technology: 
Historical  Topics  (3)  Selected  topics  in  the  history  of 
medkane.  science  and  technotogy.  Specific  descriptrons 
will  be  available  in  the  history  department  when  the 
course  is  offered.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours. 

HIST  410  History  of  Msdidne  and  PuMk  Health  (3) 

Survey  ol  the  history  ol  medkane  and  public  health  from 
primitive  times  to  the  present,  covering  major  medk:ai 
theories,  therapeutics,  arxj  technk)ues.  the  evolutton  ol 
the  medicine  man  or  priest-physkaan  into  a  professtonal 
medical  practittoner,  and  the  ctose  relatnnship  between 
medksne  arx)  society 

HIST  412  Readings  in  Psycho-History  (3)  Applk:ation 
of  psychokjgical  tfieories  to  the  study  of  historical 
personalities  and  collective  behavkjr;  survey  of  relevant 
personality  tfieorists,  and  an  evaluation  of  recent 
contributtons. 


HIST  413  History  of  American  Madklna  and  PubMc 
Policy  (3)  History  of  American  medicine  arxl  publk; 
health  rar>gir^  from  Irxjian  medical  concepts  and 
lechniquos  to  today's  highly  sophisticated  medicme.  the 
role  ol  trie  medical  prolessKin  In  society,  devetopmeni  ol 
medical  education,  emergerve  ol  public  tiealth,  and 
current  problems  lacing  medicine. 

HIST  414  History  of  EurofMan  Ideas  I  (3)  Review  ol  the 
basic  western  intellectual  traditions  as  a  t>eritage  from  the 
ancient  wortd  Selected  important  currents  of  ttxxjght 
from  Itie  scientifk;  revolution  of  the  16th  and  17th 
centunes  down  to  ttie  end  ot  tfie  1 8th  century 

HIST    415    History    of    European    Ideas    II    (3)    A 

continuation  ol  HIST  414  emphasizing  19th  and  20th 
century  thought 

HIST  416  Modem  Jewish  Inteltoctual  History  I  (3)  An 

introductton  to  the  major  ideas  and  ideokjgies  ol  the 
Jewish  people  from  the  penod  of  the  expulsion  from 
Spam  in  1492  until  the  generatkm  ol  Moses 
Mendelssohn  and  his  contemporanes  at  the  end  ol  the 
eighteenth  century  The  course  will  emphasize  ttie  major 
intellectual  developments  within  the  Jewish  community 
shaped  by  its  encounter  with  major  cultural  developments 
such  as  the  Renaissance,  Reformation  and  teligkxjs 
skepticism  as  well  as  by  the  constant  threats  to  its 
collective  identity  and  physical  well-being  throughout  this 
entire  perk)d 

HIST  417  Modem  Jewish  Intellectual  History  II  (3)  An 

introductton  to  ttie  major  ideas  and  ideokigies  of  the 
Jewish  people  from  the  end  of  ttie  eighteenth  century 
until  the  present.  The  course  will  conskler  the  major 
intellectual  responses  to  the  problem  of  Jewish  identity  in 
the  context  of  the  effects  of  politKal  and  social 
emancipation,  nationalism  and  socialism,  secularism  and 
cultural  asslmilatkin,  as  well  as  political  anti-Semitism 
and  physical  extermination  upon  the  Jewish  community. 

HIST  418  Jews  and  Judaism:  Satactad  Historical 
Topics  (3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credit  hours  if 
topics  differ 

HIST   419    Special    Topics   In    History   (3)    May   be 

repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

HIST  420  Ancient  Greece  (3)  Greek  history  and  culture 
from  the  Bronze  Age  to  200  B.C.  Concentration  ol  the 
lile  and  institutions  ol  ttie  city-state,  poetry  and  society, 
the  Petoponnesian  War.  and  Alexander  the  Great. 

HIST  421  History  of  Rome  (3)  Roman  history  from  the 
foundation  of  ttie  city  to  the  time  of  Constantine  the 
Great,  conce  itrating  on  Imperialism,  the  crisis  of  the 
republic.  Augustus  and  the  organlzatton  of  monarchy, 
and  city  life  during  the  prindpate.  (Students  wfio  have 
received  credit  lor  HIFN  410  not  admitted.) 

HIST  422  Byzantine  Empire  I  (3)  The  Eastern  Roman 
Empire  from  Constantine  the  Great  to  the  crisis  of  the 
ninth  century.  The  devetopment  ol  the  late  Roman  state 
into  ttie  medieval  Christian  Byzantine  Empire  and  the 
evolutton  of  a  distinctive  Byzantine  culture. 

HIST  423  Byzantine  Empire  II  (3)  The  Byzantine  Empire 
from  the  Macedonian  Renaissance  to  the  conquest  of 
Constantinople  by  the  Turks  in  1453:  the  Byzantine 
Empire  at  its  height,  the  crusades.  Byzantium  as  a  minor 
power,  and  its  contributions  to  the  Renaissance  and  the 
cultures  of  Russia  and  the  Balkans. 

HIST  424  History  of  Russia  to  1801  (3) 

HIST  425  History  of  Russia  from  1801—1917  (3)  A 

continuation  ol  HIST  424. 

HIST  426  The  History  of  Spain  and  Portugal  to  1700 

(3)  A  survey  of  the  ancient,  medieval,  and  eariy  modem 
history  of  the  Iberian  peninsula  with  attentkm  to  Spanish 
and  Portuguese  expansion  overseas  and  the  role  of 
Spain  in  Europe  under  the  Hapstxjrg  kings. 

HIST  427  The  History  of  Spain  and  Portugal  since 
1700  (3)  The  social,  politKal  and  cultural  devetopment  ol 
modem  Spain  and  Portugal,  emphasizing  the  decline  of 
ttie  monarchies,  Napoleonk:  interventton,  the  k}ss  ot  the 
main  part  of  the  overseas  empires,  civil  strife,  and  the 
rise  ol  strong-man  government 

HIST  430  Tudor  England  (3)  An  examinatton  ol  the 
political,  religtous  and  social  lorces  in  English  life, 
1485-1603,  with  special  emphasis  on  Tudor  government, 
ttie  English  Reformation  and  tlie  Elizabethan  era. 

HIST  431  Stuart  England  (3)  An  examination  ot  the 
political,  religious  and  social  forces  in  English  life, 
1603-1714,  with  special  emphasis  on  puritariism  and  the 


English  revoluttons 

HtST  432  Britain  In  the  18th  Century  (3)  Oevetopments 
in  Great  Britain  Irom  the  revolution  ol  1688  to  ttie  end  of 
the  Napoleonic  wars 

HIST  433  Modem  Britain  (3)  A  sun/ey  of  British  history 
from  Itie  age  of  the  French  Revdutton  to  Wortd  War  I 
with  emptiasis  upon  such  sub)ects  as  Bntam  s  role  In  the 
worid.  ttie  democratization  ot  the  state,  ttie  problems 
ansing  from  industrialism  and  urtiamsm.  and  Irish  and 
Imperial  problems 

HIST  434  Constitutional  History  of  Great  Britain  I  (3) 

Constituttonal  development  in  England,  with  emphasis  on 
the  history  ol  the  royal  prerogative,  the  growth  of  ttio 
common  law.  the  devekipment  ot  pariiament.  and  the 
emergence  of  systematized  government.  First  semester, 
to  1485 

HIST  435  Con.  tltuUonal  History  of  Great  Britain  II  (3) 

Constituttonal  development  in  England,  with  emptiasis  on 
the  history  of  the  royal  prerogative,  ttie  growth  of  ttie 
common  law,  the  devetopment  ot  partiannent.  and  ttie 
emeigence  ot  systematized  government  Second 
semester,  since  1485 

HIST  436  History  of  th«  British  Empire  (3)  An  analysis 

of  the  devetopmeni  of  the  British  Empire  since  ttie 
American  Revolution  Parttoular  emphasis  is  given  to  ttio 
problem  ol  responsible  self-government,  ttie  evolution  of 
the  British  Empire  into  a  commonwealth  ol  nattons  and 
the  protitems  of  ttie  dependent  empire  Recommended 
prerequisites:  HIST  112.  113,  141,  or  254. 

HIST  437  Modem  Franca  from  Napoleon  to  DeGaulle 

(3)  The  ctianging  political  arx)  cultural  values  ol  French 
society  in  response  to  recurrent  crises  throughout  ttie 
19th  and  20th  centuries  Students  stiouto  tiave  had 
some  prevtous  survey  of  either  western  civilization  or 
European  history. 

HIST  440  Germany  In  tlie  Nineteenth  Century, 
1815-1914  (3)  The  development  ot  modern  Germany 
and  ttie  rise  of  nattonal  socialism. 

HIST  441  Garmany  In  the  Twentieth  Century, 
1914-1945  (3)  Germany's  aims  and  policies  dunng 
Wortd  War  I,  its  condition  and  policies  in  ttie  inter-war 
period,  the  rise  of  nattonal  socialism,  and  Germany's  part 
in  Worid  War  II 

HIST  442  The  Soviet  Union  (3)  A  history  ol  Soviet 
Russia  and  the  Soviet  Unton  from  1917  to  the  present. 
Stress  on  ttie  relattonship  tietween  Marxist  ttieory  and 
practtoe,  and  ttie  devetopment  ol  peculiarly  socialist 
institutions  and  practices. 

HIST  443  Modem  Balkan  History  (3)  A  poKttoal. 
socto-economto,  and  cultural  history  of  Yugoslavia, 
Bulgaria.  Romania.  Greece,  and  Albania  from  ttie 
breakdown  of  Ottoman  dominatton  to  ttie  present. 
Emphasis  is  on  movements  for  nattonal  liberation  during 
the  nineteenth  century  and  on  approacties  to 
modernization  in  tfie  twentieth  century. 

HIST  444  Nineteenth  Century  European  Diplomatic 
History  (3)  Ttie  development  arid  executton  of  European 
diptomacy  Irom  ttie  Congress  ol  Vienna  to  the  outbreak 
of  WorW  War  I,  concentrating  on  central  and  iwestem 
Europe. 

HIST  445  Twentieth  Century  European  Diplomatic 
History  (3)  The  development  and  executton  of  European 
diplomacy  from  the  outbreak  ol  Wortd  War  I  to  Itie 
concfuston  of  World  War  II.  concentrating  on  central  and 
western  Europe. 

HIST  446  European  Economic  History  to   1750  (3) 

Economic  devetopment  ol  Europe  Irom  ttie  manorial 
economy  of  medieval  feudalism  through  ttie  emergence 
of  capitalist  InstitutKHis  and  overseas  empires  to  the 
advent  of  the  industrial  revdutton. 

HIST  447  European  Economic  History  since  1750  (3) 

The  mainsprings  of  the  industrial  revolution  first  in  IStli 
century  England  and  ttien  across  tt«  rest  of  Europe 
during  the  19th  and  20th  centuries  Emphasis  on  the 
English.  French.  German,  Austro-Hungarian  and  Russian 
experiences  with  private  capitalism  and  publto  poltoy. 
including  fascism  and  communism  Social  consequences 
of  industrial  devetopment  such  as  urbanization  and  ttie 
rise  of  labor  movements 

HIST  450  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  to 
1865  (3)  The  devetopment  of  the  American  economy 
Irom  Columbus  through  the  Civil  War. 


170     HLTH  —  Health 


HIST  451  Economic  HIdory  ol  th*  UnltMl  Statn  ■ftor 
1865  (3)  The  development  ol  the  Amencan  economy 
Irom  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

HIST  452  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  StatM  to 
1896  (3)  American  foreign  relations  Irom  the  beginnir>g  ol 
the  American  Revolution  in  1775  through  the 
Spanish- American  War  of  1898.  including  tjoth 
international  developments  arxl  domestic  influences  that 
contributed  to  American  expansion  in  world  affairs,  and 
analyses  of  significant  individuals  active  in  Anwrican 
diplomacy  and  foreign  policy 

HIST  453  Dlplonuitlc  History  of  the  United  States 
sines  1898  (3)  Amencan  loreign  relations  in  the 
twentieth  century  dunng  the  age  ol  imperialism,  World 
War  I.  the  great  depression,  World  War  II.  and  the  Cold 
War.  A  continuation  of  HIST  452 

HIST  454  ConstltuUonal  History  of  the  Unltsd 
States— from    Colonial    Origins    to    1860    (3)    The 

Interaction  ol  government,  law.  arxJ  politics  in  the 
constitutional  system  The  nature  and  purpose  of 
constitutions  arxj  constitutionalism:  the  relationship 
tietween  the  constitution  and  social  forces  and 
influences,  the  way  in  which  constitutional  prirK:iples, 
rules,  ideas,  and  institutions  affect  events  and  are  in  turn 
affected  by  events  The  origins  ol  American  politics  and 
coristitutionalism  through  the  Constitutional  Convention  ol 
1787  Major  constitutional  prot>lems  such  as  the  origins 
ol  judicial  review,  democratization  ol  government,  slavery 
in  the  territories  and  political  system  as  a  wtiole. 

HIST  455  Constitutional  History  of  the  United 
States — sines  1860  (3)  American  public  law  and 
government,  with  emphasis  on  the  interaction  of 
government,  law,  and  politics  Emphasis  on  the 
political-constitutional  system  as  a  wtide,  rather  than 
simply  the  development  ol  constitutional  law  by  the 
Supreme  Court.  Major  crises  in  American  government 
and  politics  such  as  Civil  War,  Reconstruction,  the 
1890's.  the  New  Deal  era.  the  civil  disorders  of  the 
1960s. 

HIST  456  History  of  Mess  In  Anwrica  to  1865  (3)  The 
ideas,  conflicls.  myitis,  and  realities  that  shaped 
American  character  and  society  from  the  first  settlements 
to  tt>e  Civil  War 

HIST  457  History  of  Mess  In  Amsric*  sines  1865  (3)  A 

continuation  ol  HIST  456. 

HIST  458  Setocted  Topics  (n  Wofnsn's  History  (3) 

Selected  topics  on  women  in  American  sodely  irvduding 
such  areas  as  women  and  the  law,  women  and  politics. 
the  'feminine  mystique'  and  ttie  'new  feminism.'  May  be 
repealed  to  a  maximum  ol  six  semester  hours.  Students 
previously  receiving  credit  in  HIST  408  niay  not  enroll. 

HIST  459  SocMy  In  Amarlo— Historical  Topics  (3)  A 

corisiderabon  ol  selected  aspects  ol  American  society 
from  colonial  times  to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  i3n 
regiOTiallsm.  immigration,  natfvism,  minorities, 
uft>anization,  and  social  responses  to  techmlogical 
chartges  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits  if 
topics  are  ditterent. 

HIST  460  A  Cultural  and  Social  History  of  the 
Amsfican  Worker  (3)  Examines  the  free  American 
wor1(ir>g  class  in  terms  ol  its  composition;  its  myths  and 
Utopias:  its  social  conditioris:  arid  its  impact  on  American 
insti^jtions 

HIST  461  Blacks  In  American  Ufs:  1865  to  Praasnt  (3) 

The  role  of  the  black  in  America  since  slavery,  with 
emphasis  on  twenbeth  century  developments:  the 
migration  from  farm  to  city:  the  growth  of  ttie  dvil  rights 
movement,  the  race  quesbon  as  a  national  problem 

HIST  462  Tbs  Chrll  War  (3)  A  detailed  study  ol  histoncal 
interpretabons:  ttw  forces,  situabons  arxl  events  that 
caused  tfie  war:  ttie  war  arxl  its  impact 

HIST  463  History  of  the  OM  South  (3)  The  goklen  age 
of  the  Chesapeake,  ttie  institution  of  slavery,  the  fronbar 
south,  the  anietiellum  plantabon  society,  ttie  development 
ol  regionaJ  kJentity  and  the  axpenment  In  irvlependerKe 

HIST  464  History  of  the  New  South  (3)  The  expenance 
of  deleat.  the  resbucturing  ol  souttwm  society.  Itie 
impact  ol  industnalizabon  em  lt)e  modem  racial 
adjustment. 

HIST  465  History  of  t»M  Amsriean  Frontlw— Ths 
Trans-Alleghsny  Wsst  (3)  Ma^or  historical  interpretabon 
ol  the  significance  to  the  period  of  the  Trans-Aflegheny 
West.  Assesses  the  impact  ol  the  fnxiber  experience  on 
American   history    Equal  attention  is  given   to  poMcal. 


economic,  social  and  cultural  protilems  associated  with 
the  devekipmeni  ol  the  West.  Indian  culture,  treatment  of 
the  Indians.  arxJ  Indian-White  relations  are  integrated  into 
Itie  course  through  readings  and  lectures 

HIST  466  History  of  the  American  Frontier— The 
Trsns-MlsslsslppI  West  (3)  Expkxabon.  setbemeni  and 
development  ol  llie  Trans-Mississippi  West  Assesses 
the  impact  of  the  fronber  expenence  on  Amencan  history. 
Equal  attention  is  given  to  politk^l,  ecorximic.  social  and 
cultural  problems  associated  with  the  devetopment  ol  tfie 
West  Indian  culture,  beatment  ol  the  Indians,  and 
Indian-While  relabons  are  integrated  into  Itie  course 
through  readings  and  lectures 

HIST  467  History  ol  Msryland  (3)  Pollbcal.  soaal  and 
ecorximic  history  of  Maryland  from  seventeenth  century 
to  the  present 

HIST  470  Diplomatic  History  of  Latin  America  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  polibcal.  economic  and  cultural  relabons  ol 
the  LaUn  American  natkms  with  emphasis  on  their 
relabons  wrth  the  United  States  and  the  devetopment  ol 
the  inter-American  system 

HIST  471  History  of  Brazil  (3)  The  history  of  Brazil  with 
emphasis  on  the  nabonal  period. 

HIST   472    History    of   the    Argwitlns    Rspubllc    (3) 

Concentratton  upon  the  recent  history  ol  Argenbna  with 
emphasis  upon  the  social  and  economic  devekipment  of 
a  Thinj  Worid  nabon 

HIST  473  History  of  the  Spanish  Caribbean  (3) 

HIST  474  History  of  Mexico  and  Central  Amertea  I  (3) 
History  ol  Mexico  and  Cenbal  America,  beginning  with 
the  pre-Spanish  Indian  cultures  and  conbnuing  through 
European  contact,  conquest,  and  cokinial  dominance, 
down  to  the  beginning  ol  the  Mexk^an  War  lor 
independerx^  in  1810. 

HIST  475  History  of  Mexico  and  Cenb^  America  II  (3) 

A  conbnuaUon  ol  HIST  474  with  emphasis  on  the  politicai 
devebpment  ol  the  Mexk:an  nabon. 

HIST  476  History  of  Canada  (3)  A  history  ol  Canada, 
witn  special  emphasis  on  the  nineteenth  century  arxJ 
upon  Canadian  relabons  with  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  Stales 

HIST  480  History  ol  Traditional  China  (3)  China  from 
eariiest  times  to  1644  A.O.  Emphasis  on  the 
devekipment  of  badibonal  Chinese  culture,  society,  arxl 
government. 

HIST  481  A  History  of  Modem  China  (3)  Modem  China 
from  1644  to  the  People's  Republic  ol  China.  Emphasis 
on  the  coming  ol  the  west  to  China  arxl  the  vanous 
stages  ol  the  Chinese  reacbon 

HIST  482  History  of  Japan  to  1800  (3)  Traditk>nal 
Japanese  dvilizatkin  from  the  age  of  Shinto  mythotogy 
and  infroducbon  of  conbnental  learning  down  to  the  rule 
ol  military  families,  the  transibon  to  a  money  ecorxxny. 
and  the  creabon  ol  a  towrismen's  culbjre  A  survey  of 
polibcal,  economic,  religkHis,  and  cultural  history 

HIST  463  History  of  Japan  since  1800  (3)  Japans 
renevved  contact  with  tfie  western  world  arxj  emergerx:e 
as  a  iTxxlem  state,  irxjustrial  society,  and  worid  power, 
1800-1931:  and  Japan's  road  to  war.  occupabon.  and 
recovery.  1931  to  the  present 

HIST  485  History  of  Chinas*  Communism  (3)  An 

analysis  of  the  various  factors  in  modem  Ctiinese  history 
Itiat  led  lo  Hie  vKtory  ol  the  Chinese  Communist  party  in 
1949  arxl  of  the  subsequent  course  of  events  ol  the 
People's  Reputilic  of  China,  from  ca  1919  to  the  present 

HIST  491  History  of  the  Ottoman  Empire  (3)  Survey  of 
the  Ottoman  Turkish  Empire  from  1300  AD  to  its 
collapse  dunng  Worid  War  1  Emphasis  on  the  empire's 
social  and  polibcal  insbtubons  arxl  its  expansion  into 
Europe,  the  Arab  East  and  North  Africa 

HIST  492  The  Contsmporary  MMdle  Esst  (3)  This 
course  covers  the  break-up  ol  Itie  Ottoman  Empire  and 
ttie  emergence  of  contemporary  stales  ol  ttie  a/ea. 

HIST  495  Twentieth  Century  Atgsria  (3)  A  brief  survey 
ol  ttie  history  ol  Algeria  and  an  m-deplh  study  of 
twenbeth  century  events  leading  up  k>  and  including  ttie 
war  of  liberabon  and  Algenan  independence  Reading 
knowledge  ol  FrsrK:h  desirable 

HIST  496  A  History  of  Wsst  Africa  (3)  West  AInca  Irom 
approximately  4500  8  C  to  Itie  Cokxiial  era  The 
devekipment  ol  agrxajltural  and  technological 
actxeveinenls.  mrhich  made  it  possible  lor  West  African 


civilizations  to  emerge  and  endure  arxl  the  devetopmanl 
of  Itie  medieval  arxl  early  modem  state  systsms.  Ths 
sbucture  ol  West  AIncan  soaebes.  ttie  people  arxl  ttislr 
cultural  history 

HIST  497  Economic  History  of  Wsst  Africa  (3)  The 

economx:  history  of  West  AInca  from  neolithic  bmes  to 
the  end  of  ttie  Colonial  era  Fieaikng  knowledge  ol 
Frerx:h  desiratile 

HLTH  —  Health 

HLTH  105  SclMica  and  Theory  of  Health  (2)  A  course 
concerned  primarily  with  sound  health  knowledge, 
atbtudes  and  tiehavxxs  as  ttiey  apply  to  the  individual 
The  major  sut^iects  dealt  wiltwi  tNs  course  are  mental 
health  and  social  adfustment.  human  reproduction  and 
sax  educabon.  organk:  efficiency:  ecology  end  health; 
and  ttie  need  lor  health  educabon  arxJ  communAy  actkxi 
lor  healtti  Irom  kx:al  to  world  levels 

HLTH  106  Drug  Use  and  Abuse  (3)  An  interdisciplinary 
analysis  of  contemporary  drug  issues  and  problems  Tfie 
course  will  examine  physiokigical.  psychological,  social. 
phik>sophk:al.  histoncal.  legal  and  health  aspects  ol  drug 
use  and  abuse  Speaal  attenbon  will  be  tocused  on 
ttiose  general  mobvabons  lor  drug  use  that  attend  lile  on 
ttie  college  campus 

HLTH  110  Ortsntatlon  to  Health  Education  (1)  This 
course  expkxes  the  lieW  ol  health  educabon  in  both  the 
school  and  ttie  community  from  ttie  point  ol  view  of  Itie 
health  educator  Professional  preparabon  and  career 
opportunibes  are  considered 

HLTH  130  Introductkm  to  Health  (3)  Devetopment  ol 
understanding  and  appreoabon  ol  ttie  histonc  and 
signifk»nt  purpose  and  place  of  each  ol  ttie  specialized 
health  areas  in  general  educabon  A  study  of  the 
educabonal  and  personal  requirements  arxj  opporhjnitie* 
of  a  career  in  each  professional  health  area. 

HLTM    140    Psrsonal    and    Community    Haalth    (3) 

Meaning  and  significance  of  physKal.  mental  and  social 
health  as  related  to  ttie  indivxlual  and  to  society, 
important  ptiases  ol  nabonal  health  problems; 
coristrucbve  mettiods  of  promobng  health  of  ttie 
indivklual  and  ttie  community,  health  pnMems  young 
people  encounter  with  special  emphasis  on  health 
knowledge  lor  future  teachers 

HLTH  150  Rrst  Aid  and  Emergency  Msdlesl  Sarvle«s 

(2)  Lecture,  demonstrabon  and  baining  in  emergency 
care,  including  cardiopulmonary  resusatabon, 
hemorrhage  conbxil.  shock,  poisons  and  bone  in|ury 
beatmeni  and  ctiildtxrih  American  Red  Cross  and  Haait 
Assoaabon  of  Maryland  cerbfkatton  awarded 

HLTH    260    Instructor's    Course    In    Rrst    AM    (2) 

Prerequisite  HLTH  150  or  equivalent  Advarxasd 
consKterabon  of  hrst  aid  tectiniques.  onentabon  to 
mettiods.  techniques  and  teaching  aids,  practical 
classroom  instruction  required.  Red  Cross  instructor's 
certllicabon  awarded 

HLTH  270  Safety  Educstkxi  (3)  Safely  in  the  home, 
scficol  and  community  Salety  education  progrants  in  the 
putilx:  sctiools 

HLTH  280  The  Drlvw  and   HIa   Charwrtsitolic*  (3) 

Prerequisite  HLTH  270  The  aim  of  ttxs  ccxjrse  is  to  traal 
ttie  driver  behavxx  problem  m  its  relation  to  many  of  ttie 
psyOxiphysical  factors  arxj  forces  m  the  tralflc 
environment   ttial    impmge   upon   ttie    mar    tiehind    Itie 

HLTH  2SS  ControUIng  Strsos  snd  Tsnslon  (3)  Haolti 
proWems  related  to  stress  and  tension  Anailyais  ol 
causittve  peycho-social  sbesaors  arxl  Inlsrvsnlng 
physiokigk»l  mectiamsms  Emphasis  on  prsvsmkin  snd 
oontrd  ol  stress  nrough  tscfmkiuas  such  ss 
btoleedback,  mecttabon  arxl  neuromusaiar  rslajuMcn 

HLTH  305  Drivar  Education  and  Traffic  Salety  I  (3) 
Preraquisites  HLTH  270.  280  This  course  is  a  study  ol 
ttw  place  ol  ttw  automobile  in  modem  lile  arxl  deals  with 
the  hirxlamanlals,  pnnoples.  pracbcas.  arxl  corHam  ol 
high  school  drivar  educabon  arxJ  baffle  sslsty  Lsboralocy 
axpadSiX^s  consists  ol  observabon  arxl  exparianoe  In 
laartilng  beginners  to  dnve  m  dual  control  cars  and 
akraialors.  Course  mdude*  eight  weeks  ol  practk:a 
taadwig 

HLTM  310  Mroducllon  to  the  Sdwol  Health  Program 
(2)  Piuisnulsllas  HLTH  106  or  140  Tha  course  da^s 
wUh  the  aapads  ol  school  heallh  haalth  anwonmant 
heolh  services,  and  healtti  education   The  lalattonsNps 


HORT  —  Horticulture     171 


ot  me  school  haattti  program  ani  the  generai  education 
program  are  emphasized  The  role*  ol  teachers, 
admintstralors.  health  specialists,  and  others  In  related 
fields  are  discussed 

HLTX  340  Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation 

(3)  PrerequBlles  HLTH  140.  270.  310.  420  A  course 
designed  to  provide  directed  ot>servatton  and  discussion, 
coordinating  these  expenences  Mth  those  from  previous 
mettrads  courses  m  the  development  ol  curricula  lor 
health  and  physical  education  The  course  is  planned  to 
prepare  for  student  teaching  which  lotlows  in  the  same 
aenwsler  The  observations  will  t>e  made  ol  health 
programs  in  {ur^ior  and  senior  high  schools  This  course 
must  be  taken  during  the  semester  in  which  tt>e  student 
IS  dolr>g  student  leaching 

HLTH  345  Driver  Education  and  Traffic  Safety  II  (3) 
Prerequisites  HLTH  270.  280.  305.  or  their  equivalents 
Comprehensive  programming  lor  driver  education; 
teacNng  to  meet  driving  emergencies  and  winter 
condttior\s:  resources  and  agencies;  the  teacher  and 
driver  education;  consumer  education,  Insurance  and 
liability 

HLTM  385  Organization,  Administration  and 
Supervlalon  of  School  Safety  Education  (3) 
Prerequisites  HLTH  273.  280.  305.  345  or  their 
equivalents.  Designed  lor  teachers.  school 
administrators,  college  instructors,  and  others  responsible 
lor  directing  or  supervising  safety  programs  in  the 
schools.  Deals  with  the  problems,  policies,  practices,  and 
prx>cedures  involved  in  the  organization,  administration 
and  ttie  supervision  of  a  comprehensive  accident 
prevention  and  sately  education  program  lor  tfie  schools 
Considers  integration  factors  ol  the  school  safety 
programs  with  the  special  emphasis  on  traffic  programs 

HLTH  375  Probtoros  In  Ortver  and  Traffic  Safety 
Education  (3)  Prerequisites:  HLTH  270.  280,  305,  345  or 
ttieir  equivalents  An  advanced  course  which  gives 
consideration  to  tfie  individual  problems  encountered  in 
teaching  driver  and  salety  education.  The  psychology  ol 
teaching  and  learning  are  emphasized  Consideration  is 
given  to  implications  of  emotion  and  attitude  factors  in 
driver  and  traffic  education.  Tfie  course  includes  an 
examination  ol  existing  courses  ol  study,  research, 
supervisory  and  evaluation  practices. 

HLTH  390  Organization  and  Administration  of  School 
Health  Programs  (3)  The  three  major  aspects  ol  the 
scfiool  health  program  are  considered  Problems 
connected  with  health  services,  health  instruction,  and 
the  health  aspects  of  the  sctiool  environment  are 
discussed.  Tlie  responsibilities  of  school  personnel  are 
delineated  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  ttie  administrator. 

HLTH  420  Methods  and  Materials  In  Health  Education 

(3)  Prerequisites;  HLTH  105  or  140.  310  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  present  the 
interrelationships  ol  curriculum  planning,  methodology 
and  ttie  selection  and  use  of  teaching  aids  and  materials. 
Special  problems  associated  with  health  teaching  are 
discussed.  Students  will  tjecome  familiar  with  a  variety  of 
resources  as  well  as  planning  lor  and  presenting 
demonstration  lessons. 

HLTH  450  Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth  (3) 
This  course  involves  a  study  of  the  health  needs  and 
problems  ol  pupils  from  the  primary  grades  through  high 
scliool.  Physical,  mental  and  psychosomatic  aspects  ol 
health  are  considered  in  relation  to  the  developmental 
and  school  levels.  Consideration  is  given  to  such  topics 
as  diet  selection  and  control;  exercise,  recreation  and 
rest;  emotional  upset  and  its  implications;  and 
psychosexual  development  and  problems  The  role  ol  the 
teacher  and  parent  in  encouraging  optimal  health  is 
emphasized. 

HLTH  455  Physical  Fitness  of  the  IndMdual  (3)  A 

study  of  the  major  physical  fitness  problems  confronting 
ttie  adult  in  modem  society.  Consideration  is  given  to  the 
scientif'ic  appraisal,  development  and  maintenance  of 
fitness  at  all  age  levels.  Such  problems  as  obesity, 
weight  reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and  special 
exercise  programs  are  explored.  This  course  is  open  to 
persons  outside  the  fields  of  physical  education  and 
health 

HLTH  456  Health  Probtoms  of  the  Aging  and  the 
Agad  (3)  Psychological.  physiological.  and 
socio-economic  aspects  ol  aging;  nutntion;  sexuality; 
death,  dying,  and  biereavement;  self  actualization  and 
creativity,  health  needs  and  crises  of  the  aged. 


HLTH  4«0  Problem*  In  School  Health  Education  In 
Elementary  and  Secondary  Schools  (2-S)  This  is  a 
won<shop  type  course  designed  particulariy  lor  inservice 
teachers  to  acquaint  tt>em  with  the  beat  metfiods  ol 
providing  good  health  services,  healthful  environment 
and  health  instruction 

HLTH  470  The  Health  Program  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Prerequisites  HLTH  105  or  140;  310  This 
course,  designed  lor  ttie  elementary  school  classroom 
teacher,  analyzes  biological  and  sociological  lectors 
which  determine  the  health  status  and  needs  of  the 
individual  elementary  sctiool  child  Tfie  vanous  aspects 
ol  the  sctiool  program  are  evaluated  in  terms  ol  tfieir  role 
in  health  education  The  total  scfiool  health  program  is 
surveyed  Irom  the  standpoint  of  organization  and 
administration,  and  health  appraisal  Emphasis  Is  placed 
upon  modem  metfiods  and  current  materials  in  fieaith 
instruction  (The  State  Department  ol  Education  accepts 
this  course  lor  biological  science  credit). 

HLTH  471  Women's  Health  (3)  The  womens  health 
movement  from  the  perspective  ol  consumerism  and 
feminism  The  physician-palienl  relatlonsNp  in  the 
gynecological  and  other  medical  settings  Tfie 
gynecological  exam,  gynecological  protilems, 
contraception,  abortion,  pregnancy,  breast  and  cervical 
cancer  and  surgical  procedures  Psychological  aspects  ol 
gynecological  concerns 

HLTH  476  Death  Education  (3)  Examination  ol  the 
genesis  and  development  ol  present  day  death  attitudes 
and  behavior  by  use  of  a  multidisciplinary  life  cycle 
approach. 

HLTH  477  Fundamentals  of  Sex  Education  (3)  This 
course  Is  concerned  with  tiasic  inlormation  regarding  Itie 
physical,  psychological,  social,  historical,  semantic  and 
comparative  cultural  aspects  ol  sex.  The  adjustment 
needs  and  problems  ol  children  and  adults  during  the 
course  ol  maturing  and  aging  are  studied;  and  special 
consideration  is  given  to  the  sex  education  program  in 
schools 

HLTH  480  Measurement  In  Health  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  The  application  of  the 
principles  and  techniques  ol  educational  measurement  to 
the  teaching  of  health  and  physical  education;  study  ol 
functions  and  techniques  of  measurements  in  the 
evaluation  ol  student  progress  toward  the  objectives  of 
health  and  physical  education,  and  in  the  evaluation  of 
the  effectiveness  of  teaching. 

HLTH  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  end  Workshop 
(1-6)  A  course  designed  to  meet  the  needs  ol  persons  in 
the  lield  with  respect  to  workshop  and  research  projects 
in  special  areas  ol  knowledge  not  covered  by  regulariy 
structured  courses.  Note:  The  maximum  total  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  toward  any  degree  in  physical 
education,  recreation,  or  health  education  under  PHED, 
RECR,  or  HLTH  489  is  six 

HLTH  498  Special  Topics  In  Health  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  ol  instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest  in  areas 
not  covered  by  regulariy  scheduled  courses.  RepeatatHe 
wtien  the  subject  matter  is  different. 

HONR  —  Honors 

HONR    100    Honors    Orientation    Colloqulum    (3)    A 

multi-sectioned  colloquium  on  cun^ent  topks  in  the 
humanities,  the  natural  sciences  and  the  social  sciences. 
The  lopks  will  vary  with  the  interest  of  the  instructors 
Writing  on,  and  in-class  discussions  of,  assigned  reading 
will  be  stressed.  Ordinarily  taken  by  all  general  honors 
Ireshmen.  Open  to  other  students  with  the  consent  ol  ttie 
director  of  honors 

HONR  339  Seminar  in  the  Social  Sciences  (1-4)  A 

series  of  seminars  in  the  social  sciences.  Often 
interdisciplinary  in  character  and  often  team-taught.  The 
subjects  of  the  seminars  and  the  faculty  may  vary  from 
semester  to  semester.  Seminars  may  be  repeated  for 
credit,  with  the  permission  of  the  director  of  honors,  if  the 
content  of  the  course  alters  appreciably  Open  to  general 
and  departmental  honors  students  and  to  other  students 
with  the  consent  of  the  instructor  and  tfie  director  ol 
fionors. 

HONR  349  Seminar  In  the  Natural  Sciences  (1-4)  A 
senes  ol  seminars  in  the  natural  sciences.  Often 
interdisciplinary  in  character  and  often  team-taught.  The 
subjects  ol  the  seminars  and  the  laculty  may  vary  from 
semester  to  semester  Seminar  may  be  repeated  for 
credit,  with  the  permission  of  ttie  director  of  honors,  if  the 


content  ol  the  course  alters  appreciably  Open  to  general 
and  depanrrwnlal  honors  students  and  to  ollwr  students 
with  tt^e  consent  ol  the  instructor  and  the  director  ol 
honors 

HOf4R  359  Seminar  In  the  Humanities  (1-3)  A  senes  of 
seminars  in  the  humanities  Often  interdisciplinary  In 
character  and  often  team-taught  The  subjects  ol  the 
seminars  and  the  laculty  may  vary  Irom  semester  to 
semester  Seminar  may  be  repeated  lor  credrt.  with  the 
permission  ol  tfie  director  of  fiorxxs,  if  ttie  content  of  tfie 
course  alters  appreciably  Open  to  general  and 
departmental  fionors  students  and  to  otfier  students  with 
the  consent  ot  the  instructor  and  tfie  director  ol  honors. 

HONR  360  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  A  thesis 
preparation  course  lor  general  honors  students  under  tf>e 
direction  of  individual  faculty  memtiers  HONR  360  or 
379.  but  not  both,  may  be  used  once  to  fulfill  ttie  general 
honors  seminar  requirement  Graded  pass-lail  May  not 
be  repeated  Open  only  to  general  fionors  students. 

HONR  379  Honors  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Honors 
independent  study  involves  reading  or  research,  directed 
by  indlvklual  faculty,  especially  in  areas  outskle  ol 
students  major  HONR  379  or  360  but  not  both,  may  be 
used  once  to  fulfill  the  general  fionors  seminar 
requirement.  Graded  pass-lail  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  twelve  flours.  Open  only  to  general  honors 
students. 


HORT  —  Horticulture 

HORT  111  Tree  Fruit  Production  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BOTN  100,  Two  lectures  and  one  latxjratory  per  week.  A 
detailed  study  ol  the  pnnciples  and  practices  in  fruit 
production,  harvesting  and  storage,  with  empfiasis  on  tlio 
apple  One  fiekj  trip  required 

HORT  112  Tree  Frutt  Production  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week  Prerequisite:  HORT  1 1 1 ,  A  study  ol  the  principles 
and  practices  in  fruH  productkxi.  harvesting,  and  handling 
of  deckluous  tree  fruit  crops  other  than  the  apple 

HORT  132  Garden  Managentent  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100.  The  planting  and  care  of 
ornamental  plants  on  the  home  grounds  and  a  study  of 
commonly  used  species  of  annuals  and  hertiaceous 
perennials. 

HORT  142  Garden  Management  laboratory  (1)  One 

tv«)-hour  latxiratory  per  week  Prerequisite  or  concurrent 
HORT  132.  Demonstration  and  applk:atk>n  of  practices  in 
the  productron  and  maintenance  ol  garden  plants. 

HORT  160  Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week  The  ttieory  and  general 
principles  of  landscaping  design  with  their  application  to 
public  and  private  areas. 

HORT  171  Elements  of  Forestry  (3)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100.  A  general  survey  of  the 
field  of  forestry,  including  timber  values,  conservation, 
protection,  silvk:ulture,  utilization,  mensuration, 
engineering,  recreation  and  lumbering.  Principles  and 
practkss  of  woodland  management.  Four  all-day 
Saturday  field  trips  are  requlree 

HORT  212  Berry  Production  (3)  Two  lectures  arxl  one 
laboratory  period  a  week  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100.  A 
study  ol  tfie  principles  and  practices  involved  in  the 
production  ol  small  Iruits  including  grapes.  strawt>err1es. 
raspbemes,  blacktierries,  and  cranberries. 

HORT  222  Vegetable  Production  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100.  A 
study  ol  prindpies  and  practices  ol  commercial  vegetable 
production. 

HORT  231  Greenhouse  Management  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100.  A  study  ol  ttie 
constnjctton  and  operatkin  of  structures  for  fixctng 
horticultural  crops  and  the  principles  underiying  ttie 
regulation  of  growth  under  greenhouse  conditions. 

HORT  232  Flower  Store  Management  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  HORT 
231.  A  study  of  the  operation  and  management  of  a 
fkiwer  store.  Laboratory  period  devoted  to  principles  and 
practica  of  fkxal  arrangements  and  decoration. 

HORT  241  Greenhouse  Crop  Production  Laboratory 

(1)  One  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite,  or  concurrent 
HORT  231.  Demonstration  and  applicatkjn  ol  practices 
in  the  commercial  production  ol  greenfiouse  crops. 

HORT  242  Greenhouse  Crop  Productton  Laboratory 

(1)  One  lat»ratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  HORT  231. 


172     HSAD  —  Housing  and  Applied  Design 


Demonstration  and  application  of  practices  in  the 
commercial  production  o(  greenhouse  crops 

HORT  260   Basic   Landscape  Composition  (2)   Two 

latjoratory  periods  per  week  The  introduction  of 
landscaping  presentation  technique,  supplemented  by 
problems  in  basic  composition 

HORT  271  Plant  Propagation  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week  Prerequisite:  BOTN  tOO  A  study  ol  ttie  principles 
and  practices  in  the  propagation  ol  plants 

HORT  274  Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100  Principles  ol 
plant  genetics  in  relation  to  plant  breeding.  Some  of  the 
topics  presented  are  meiosis.  simple  mendelian  genetics, 
gene  interaction,  linkage  and  crossing  over,  cytoplasmic 
and  quantitative  inheritance,  mutations,  and  and  the  role 
o(  DNA 

HORT  361   Principles  of  Landscape  Design  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  latxjratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisites  HORT  160  and  260  A  consideration  ol 
design  criteria  and  procedure  as  applied  to  residential 
properties 

HORT    362    Advanced    Landscape    Design    (3)   One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week 
Prerequisite:  HORT  361.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent 
HORT  454  The  design  ol  public  and  private  areas  wUh 
the  major  emphasis  on  plant  materials. 

HORT  364  Landscape  Construction  (3)  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week  Prerequisite:  HORT 
361  An  introductory  study  and  application  ol  kx^tion 
methods,  construction  details,  and  construction 
techniques  ol  the  various  landscape  obiects  such  as 
walks,  walls,  tjenches.  roads 

HORT  398  Seminar  (1)  Oral  presentation  ol  the  results 
ol  investigational  work  by  reviewing  recent  scientific 
literature  in  the  vanous  phases  of  horticulture. 

HORT  399  Special  Problems  (2)  Credit  arranged 
according  to  work  done  For  major  students  in 
hortknjiture  or  botany.  Four  credits  maximum  per  student. 

HORT  411  Technology  of  Fruits  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  HORT  112.  prerequisite  or  concunent 
BOTN  441  A  critical  analysis  ol  research  work  and 
application  ol  the  principles  of  plant  physiology, 
chemistry,  and  botany  to  practical  problems  in 
commercial  production 

HORT  417  Tree  and   Small   Fruit   Management  (1) 

Primarily  designed  lor  vocational  agnculture  teachers  and 
extension  agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon 
new  and  improved  commercial  methods  of  production  of 
the  leading  tree  and  small  fruit  crops  Current  problems 
and  their  solution  will  receive  special  attention. 

HORT  422  Technology  of  Vegetables  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week  Prerequisite:  HORT  222,  prerequisite 
or  concurrent,  BOTN  441  A  critical  analysis  ol  research 
work  and  application  of  principles  of  plant  physiology, 
chemistry,  and  botany  to  practk;al  problems  in 
commercial  vegetable  production. 

HORT  427  Truck  Crop  Management  (1)  Primarily 
designed  for  teachers  of  vocational  agnculture  and 
extension  agents  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon 
new  and  improved  methods  of  production  of  the  leading 
truck  crops  Current  problems  and  their  solutk>ns  will 
receive  special  attention. 

HORT  432  FundamenUls  of  Greenhouse  Crop 
Production  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week  Prerequisite: 
HORT  231  This  course  deals  with  a  study  of  the 
commercial  production  and  marketing  of  ornamental  plant 
crops  under  greenhouse,  plastic  houses  and  out-of-door 
conditions. 

HORT     433     Plants     for     Interior     Decoration     (2) 

Prerequisite  HORT  231  or  permission  of  instnjctor  A 
study  of  the  selection,  production  and  use  of  plants  lor 
interior  decoratkxi  and  their  installatkjn  and  maintenance 
urxler  interior  corxjitions. 

HORT  451  Technology  of  Omainentals  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week  Prerequisite,  or  concun-ent  BOTN  441 
A  study  ol  the  physKjIogical  processes  ol  the  plant  as 
related  to  the  growth,  flowering  and  storage  ol 
ornamental  plants. 

HORT  453  Woody  Plant  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite 
BOTN  212  A  fiekl  and  laboratory  study  ol  trees,  shrubs, 
and  vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings. 


HORT  454  Woody  Plant  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BOTN  212  A  lield  and  laboratory  study  ol  frees,  shrubs, 
and  vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings. 

HORT  456  Production  and  Malntonance  of  Woody 
Planta  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  penod  a 
week  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  HORT  271,  454  A 
study  ol  ttw  production  methods  and  operation  ol  a 
commercial  nursery  and  the  planting  and  care  ol  woody 
plants  in  the  landscape 

HORT  457  Ornamental  Horticulture  (1)  A  course 
designed  lor  teactiers  of  agnculture  and  extension  agents 
to  place  special  emphasis  on  problems  of  the  culture  and 
use  of  ornamental  plants 

HORT  471  Systematic  Hortlculturs  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week  A  study  of  the  ongin. 
taxonomic  relationship  and  horticultural  classlficatk>n  of 
fruits  and  vegetables 

HORT     472     Advanced      Plant      Propagation      (2) 

Prerequisite:  HORT  271  A  study  o(  the  anatomy, 
morphokjgy  and  physiology  of  the  seed  and  plant  as 
related  to  macro  and  mrero  forms  of  propagation  A 
review  ol  research  in  propagation 

HORT  474  Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage  of 
HortlcuHural  Crops  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week 
Prerequisite:  BOTN  441.  Factors  related  to  storage  of 

horticultural  crops. 

HORT  489  Special  Topics  In  Horticulture  (1-3)  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and  organization  of  course 
A  lecture  andor  laboratory  series  organized  to  study  in 
depth  A  selected  phase  of  horticulture  not  covered  by 
existing  courses 

HSAD  —  Housing  and  Applied 
Design 

HSAD  240  Design  and  Furnishings  In  the  Home  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week  Prerequisites:  APDS  101  or  104 
Designed  to  meet  need  for  basic  information  and 
competency  in  chioice  and  anangement  of  home 
furnishings  For  nonmajors  only 

HSAD  246  Materials  of  Interior  Design  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor  Investigation  of  malenals  and 
constnjction  characteristics  ol  interior  architecture  and 
furnishings.  Emphasis  on  use,  limitations,  sources 
Directions  in  current  research. 

HSAD  251  Family  Housing  (3)  Housing  and  its 
relationship  to  family  living  A  study  of  factors  which 
shape  housing  design:  investigatran  of  group  and 
individual  housing  needs  and  values. 
HSAD  340  Period  Homes  and  their  Furnishings  (3) 
Prerequisites:  APDS  101,  HSAD  246.  or  equivalent  A 
study  of  auttientic  intenors  and  fumishings  Exploration  of 
style  influences  apparent  in  contemporarily  produced 
items. 

HSAD  341  Contemporary  Developments  In 
Architecture,  Interiors,  Furnishings  (3)  Prerequisite: 
HSAD  246  and  consent  of  inslnictor  Style  ongins  and 
devetopment  of  twentieth  century  architecture  as  living 
space  Architects,  designers,  trends,  phitosophy  of 
relationship  of  intenor  space  to  fumishings 

HSAD  342  Space   Development   (3)  One  lecture,   2 

two-hour   studios    Prerequisite:   APDS    101.    102,    103. 

EDIN   101  A,  or  equivalent    A  study  of  blueprints  and 

house  constmction  as  they  relate  to  the  interior  designer 

Development  and  drafting  of  original  plans  emphasizing 

the    functional    spatial    relatonship    ol    lumishings    to 

interiors. 

HSAD  343  Interior  Design  I  (3)  One  lecture-discusskjn, 

two  studio  periods   Prerequisites  APDS  101.  EDIN  210. 

or  equivalent  Complete  presentation  of  rooms,  isometnc 

and  perspective  projections  rerxJered  in  color:  purchase 

and  work  orders  Emphasis  on  indivklual  and  lamily  living 

space 

HSAD  344  Intorior  Deolgn  II  (3)  One  lectureKJiscussion. 

two      studio      periods       Prerequisite       HSAD      343 

Continuation  of  HSAD  343  with  emphasis  on  commercial 

and  contract  assignments 

HSAD  345  Professional  Aspects  ol  Interior  Design  (3) 

One     lecture     plus     work     expeneoce      Prolessiooal 

onenlation.  ethics,  and  practices 

HSAD    380    Professional    Seminar    (2)    Two    lecture 

discusskm   perrads    Prerequisite    Junior   standing  and 

consent  ol  instructor    Exploration  ol  prolesslonal  and 


career  opportunities,  ethics,  practices,  prolesskxial 
organizations    Portfolio  evaluation 

HSAD  440  Interior  Design  III  (4)  Eight  hours  studio 
penods  Prerequisite  HSAD  344  Preparation  of 
complete  presentation  work  specifications,  lkx>r  plans, 
purchase  orders,  rendenngs.  etc  Portfolio  preparation 

HSAD  441  Interior  Design  IV  (4)  Eight  hours  studio 
penods  Prerequisite.  HSAD  440  Preparation  ol 
complete  presentation  work  specifications,  floor  plans, 
purchase  orders,  rendenngs,  etc  Portlolio  preparation 

HSAD  442  Barrier-Free  Interiors  I  (3)  Prerequlsile 
APDS  101 A  or  equivalent  and  consent  of  instructor  An 
introduction  to  detemiinants  of  design  decisions  In 
relation  to  the  handicapped,  aging  and  disat)led  physical 
limitations  and  design  support  systems 

HSAD  443  Barrier-Free  Interiors  II  (3)  Prerequisites: 
HSAD  343,  HSAD  442  Three  studio  penods 
Expenence  in  solving  problems  related  to  interior  space, 
both  individual  and  congregate,  and  Its  use  by  the 
handicapped,  aging  and  disabled 

HSAD  458  Readings  In  Housing  (3)  Prerequisite  SOCY 
100  and  consent  of  instructor  Readings  in  depth  under 
the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member  on  one  or  more  facets 
of  housing,  in  support  of  individual  interests  in  urt)an 
renewal,  public  housing,  etc  Hepeatatde  to  a  maximum 
ol  six  credits 

HSAD  488  Selected  Topics  In  Housing  and  Interior 
Design  (1-6)  Offered  on  demand   May  be  repealed  to  a 

maximum  of  six  hours. 

HSAD  499  Individual  Study  In  Housing  and/or  Interior 
Design  (3-4)  Guidance  for  the  advanced  student 
capable  of  independent  subiect  matter  investigation  or 
creative  wor1(  Problem  chosen  with  consent  of  instructor 

lADM  —  Institution  Administration 

lADM  200  Introduction  to  Food  Service  (2)  Introduction 
to  the  hisloncal  devekjpmenl.  future  trerxJs.  and  careers 
In  the  food  service  industry,  eg  tranctiisos.  multi-urilt 
corporations,  txjspitals.  educational  Institutions,  and 
vending 

lADM  300  Food  Service  Organization  and 
Management  (3)  Introduction  to  the  food  services, 
principles  of  organization,  management.  Financial  control, 
and  technical  operations  Records,  reports  and 
organization  charts  included 

lADM  360  Quantity  Food  Production  and  Purchasing 

(5)  Prerequisite  FOOD  250  and  lADM  300  Throe 
one-hour  lectures  and  one  six-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Information,  suggestions  arxl  recommerxjatioos  regarding 
ttw  Identification,  solutkxi  arxl  prevention  of  problems  In 
areas  ranging  from  menu  planning  to  lood  control. 
Including  sanitation,  purchasing,  receiving  and  storage, 
principles  of  quantity  food  preparation,  facilities,  tools  and 
equipment  Latxxatory  expenence  In  mar^agemer4 
techniques  and  in  quantity  food  productkxi  arx)  service 

lADM  410  School  Food  Service  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  morning  a  week  for  field  expenence  in  a  school  lood 
service  Prerequisite  FOOD  200.  or  240  and  250.  and 
NUTR  300.  or  consent  of  instnjctor  Study  of  organizalKXi 
arid  management  menu  planning,  lood  purchasing, 
preparation,  service,  arxl  cost  control  in  a  school  lunch 
program 

lADM  440  Food  Service  Personnel  Admlnlatratton  (2) 

Prerequisite  lADM  300  Pnnciples  of  personnel 
administration  in  food  servx»s.  emphasis  on  persoor>el 
selection,  supervision  arxl  training  |0b  evaluation,  wage 
arxl  payroll  structure,  current  latior  regulations,  and 
interpersonal  relationships  arxJ  communications 

lAOM  450  Food  Service  Equipment  and  Planning  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week  Prerequisite  Consent  of  instructor. 
Equipment  design  selectx>n.  maintenarxx  arxl  eltiaenl 
layout,  relation  ol  tfie  physical  faality  to  productkxi  arxl 
8ervk» 

lADM  455  Manponver  Planning  and  Labor  Marital  In 
tl«e  Food  Service  Industry  (3)  Manpower  planrvng  arxl 
labor  market  m  ttw  food  sennce  irxJuslry.  (3) 
Prerequisites  lADM  440  or  BMGT  360  or  consent  of  «<• 
nstrudor  The  labor  martiet  with  particular  reference  to 
human  resource  planning  and  development,  productlvny 
of  woddorce  and  the  progress  of  minonty  towards  equal 
emptoynwnt  opportunities  The  future  needs  and 
Implicatxjns  indicated  by  the  growth  and  praasnl 
dimermons  ol  Itiese  arx)  ottwr  lectors 


J  APN  —  Japanese     1 73 


lADM  460  Admlntotratlve  DMMIcs  I  (2)  Corequislte 
lADM  360  Open  only  to  students  accepted  into  the 
coordinated  dietetic  program  Ten  hours  ol  supervised 
dinical  expenence  per  week  is  required  Application  ol 
management  theory  through  guided  expenence  in  all 
aspects  o(  hospital  dietary  services  administration 
lAOM  470  Admlnlatratlve  Olalatlcs  II  (4)  Prerequisite 
lADM  360.  440  and  460  Open  only  to  senior  students  in 
the  coordinated  dietetic  program  Continuation  o(  lADM 
460  Two  hundred  eighty  hours  ol  supervised  clinical 
practice  per  semester  required,  including  attilialion  with  a 
general  hospital 

lAOM  480  Praclicum  In  Institution  Administration  (3) 
Prerequisite  Consent  ol  the  department  In-service 
training  and  practical  expenence,  totaling  at  least  120 
hours,  in  an  approved  lood  service  operation  under  direct 
supervision  ot  practicum  advisor 

lADM  488  ProtMSlonal  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite 
Consent  ol  instructor  Problems  and  controversies  in  lood 
service  industry  Review  ol  non-text  literature  and 
research  lindings  pertinent  to  current  problems 

lADM  490  Special  Problems  In  Food  Service  (2-3) 

Prerequisites  Senior  standing,  live  hours  in  lADM 
courses  and  consent  ol  instructor  Individual  selected 
problems  in  the  area  ol  lood  service 

lADM  498  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor  Selected  current  aspects  ol  institution 
administration  Repealable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
the  subject  matter  is  sibslantially  different 

IFSM  —  Information  Systems 
Management 

IFSM  301  Theory  and  Development  of  Management 
Information  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM  201  or 
equivalent  or  permission  ol  instructor  An  introduction  to 
the  theory  and  implications  of  information  systems.  The 
infomiation  system  life  cycle  and  development  process 
and  information  system  applications  The  systems  point 
of  view,  the  organization  as  a  system,  information  flows 
within  organizations.  integrated  systems,  and 
management  information  systems  The  history  and 
nature  of  information  systems  and  processing  tools 
Decision-making  within  organizations,  with  emphasis  on 
the  nature  and  types  of  decisions:  operational,  tactical, 
and  strategic 

IFSM  398  Individual  Study  In  Information  Systems 
Management  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Permission  ol 
instnjclor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

IFSM     401     Electronic     Data     Processing     (3)    The 

electronic  digital  computer  and  its  use  as  a  tool  in 
processing  data.  Organization  of  data  processing 
systems;  environmental  aspects  of  computer  systems; 
arxJ  management  control  problems  and  poten'"'  's 
inherent  in  mechanized  data  processing  systems.  I,  ;>M 
202  and  401  cannot  both  be  taken  for  credit. 

IFSM  402  Construction  o<  Computer  Based 
Information  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM  202  or 
IFSM  401  or  permission  of  instructor  The  advanced 
concepts  and  tools  necessary  for  the  construction  of 
computer  based  information  systems.  Information 
systems  architecture,  data  and  storage  structures, 
operating  system  and  software  support  functions,  and 
hardware  charactenstics  Advanced  features  of  a 
programming  language,  operating  system  command 
languages  and  data  definition  and  manipulation 
languages.  Emphasis  on  structured  programming, 
adequate  testing  and  documentation  standards. 

IFSM  410  Information  Processing  Problems  of 
Models  of  Administrative,  Economic  and  Political 
Systems  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  141  or  equivalent; 
IFSM  402.  BMGT  231.  and  some  familiarity  with 
administrative,  economic  andor  political  models 
Prerequisites  may  be  waived  with  the  consent  of 
instructor  Data  processing  requirements  underlying  the 
creation  and  maintenance  of  a  data  base  to  be  used  in 
estimating  the  parameters  of  socio-economic  models.  An 
analysis  of  the  structure  and  development  of  recent 
socio-economic  models  as  relevant  to  data  processing 
considerations.  Extractions  and  preparation  of  data  from 
the  data  base  to  facilitate  the  appropriate  translormation 
necessary  for  model  construction  and  also  to  minimize 
the  processing  cost  ot  data  in-put.  The  course  draws 
upon  a  knowledge  of  models  ol  administrative,  economic 
and  political  systems  Case  studies  and  experience  with 
data  processing  for  selected  models  are  Included. 


IFSM    436    Introduction    to    Systsfns    Analysis    (3) 

Prerequisites  IFSM  402,  BMGT  430,  MATH  141  or 
MATH  221 ,  or  equivalent,  or  permission  ol  instructor  The 
use  of  the  computer  in  the  management  and  operation  ol 
organizations  The  principles  of  systems  analysis,  recent 
applications  and  innovations  of  the  systems  concept; 
design  and  implementation  ol  computer  systems, 
including  such  techniques  as  mathematical  programming, 
simulation,  business  games  and  network  analysis,  and 
the  laboratory  use  of  a  digital  computer  in  the  application 
ol  these  techniques 

IFSM  483  Information  Systems  as  a  Research  Tool  (3) 

Prerequisite  Permission  of  department  Strategies  lor 
collecting,  organizing  and  using  data.  Understanding 
systems  interlaces  command  language,  aspects  of 
running  special  packages  (slalistics,  operations  research, 
etc  );  library  and  archival  storage;  effect  of  charge-back 
policy  Portability  and  transferability  of  program  and  data, 
use  of  networks  Emphasis  on  general  concepts 
illustrated  by  the  local  environment  with  problems 
selected  Irom  situations  facing  students  in  the  class.  Not 
intended  for  IFSM  or  CMSC  students. 

IFSM  498  Special  Topics  In  Information  Systems 
(1-3)  Permission  ol  instructor  Topics  in  the  design  and 
implementation  of  information  processing  systems 
Repeatable  to  maximum  of  six  credits  when  topics  differ 


ITAL  —  Italian 

ITAL  101  Elementary  Italian  (4)  Introduction  to  basic 
grammar  and  vocabulary;  wntten  and  oral  work. 

ITAL  102  Elementary  Italian  (4)  Completion  of  study  of 
basic  grammar;  wntten  and  oral  work,  wth  an  increasing 
emphasis  on  spoken  Italian. 

fTAL  104  Intermediate  Italian  (4)  Review  of  Italian 
grammar;  extensive  reading,  discussion,  and 
composition.  Completion  ol  this  course  fulfills  the  Arts 
and  Humanities  language  requirement. 

ITAL  121  Accelerated  Italian  I  (3)  An  intensive 
beginning  course  in  Italian  language  skills:  guided 
practice  in  reading  and  wnting,  understanding  the  spoken 
language  and  conversation,  to  enable  the  student  to 
move  more  quickly  to  advanced  courses.  Restricted  to 
students  already  having  a  good  background  in  at  least 
one  other  foreign  language  (successful  completion  of 
level  4  in  high  school,  or  104  or  equivalent  at  the 
University  level;  or  through  linguistic  competence 
acquired  by  residence  abroad,  or  by  demonstration  of 
equivalent  proficiency).  With  122.  may  tie  used  to  satisfy 
language  requirements. 

ITAL  122  Accelerated  Italian  II  (3)  Prerequisite;  ITAL 
121.  An  intensive  beginning  course  in  Italian  language 
skills:  guided  practice  in  reading  and  writing, 
understanding  the  spoken  language  and  conversation,  to 
enable  the  student  to  move  more  quickly  to  advanced 
courses.  May  be  used  to  satisfy  language  requirements 

ITAL     201      Conversation     and     Composition     (3) 

Prerequisite-  ITAL  104,  A  practical  language  course 
recommended  for  all  students  continuing  in  Italian.  May 
be  taken  concurrently  with  ITAL  251 . 

ITAL    251     Introduction    to    Italian     Literature    (3) 

Prerequisite:  ITAL  104.  Required  of  all  students  who 
continue  in  advanced  courses  of  the  department  with  the 
exception  of  superior  students  who  are  permitted  to 
bypass  an  introduction  to  Italian  literature.  Conducted  in 
Italian.  Reading  of  literary  texts,  discussion  and  brief 
essays. 

ITAL  279  Readings  In  Italian  Literature  In  Translation 

(3)  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester.  All  readings, 
discussions  and  examinations  in  English.  No 
prerequisites.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ITAL  301  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ITAL  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Written  and  oral  work,  grammar  review  and  practice, 
designed  to  better  the  students'  abilities  to  write  and 
speak  fluently  and  correctly. 

ITAL  351  Italian  Literature  from  Dante  to  the 
Renaissance  (3)  Prerequisites:  ITAL  201  or  251  or 
permission  ol  instructor  Basic  sureey  ot  history  of  Italian 
literature. 

ITAL  352  Italian  Literature  from  the  Renaissance  to 
the  Present  (3)  Prerequisites:  ITAL  201  or  251  or 
pemiission  ot  instructor.  Basic  sunrey  of  history  of  Italian 
literahjre 


ITAL  399  DIractad  Study  In  Kalian  (1-3)  Prerequisite 
Permission  of  depanment  Intended  lor  undergraduates 
who  wish  to  work  on  an  individual  basis  with  a  professor 
of  their  choice  Repealable  lor  a  maximum  ot  three 
credits 

ITAL  410  The  Italian  Renaissance  (3)  A  study  ol  mafor 
trends  ol  thought  in  Renaissance  literature,  philosophy, 
art.  and  scierKe 

ITAL   498   Special    Topics    In    Italian    Ltteratura    (3) 

Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ITAL  499  Special  Topics  In   Italian  Studies  (3)  An 

aspect  ol  Italian  studies,  the  specilic  topic  to  be 
announced  each  time  the  course  is  offered  Repeatable 
for  a  maximum  of  6  credits 

IVSP  —  Individual  Studies 
Program 

IVSP  318  Individual  Studies  (1-15)  Pnor  permission  ol 
the  Administrative  Dean  lor  Undergraduate  Studies 
required.  This  course  may  be  used  by  students  in  the 
Individual  Studies  Program  to  establish  credit  in 
approved  informal  educational  expenences  such  as 
independent  studies,  special  problems,  or  wori<-sludy 
expenence 

IVSP  319  Tutorial  Report  (1)  A  written  analysis  of 
progress  toward  completion  of  degree  requirements. 
Limited  to  students  in  the  Individual  Studies  Program. 

IVSP  320  Bachelor's  Report  (3)  Required  of  all  students 
in  the  Individual  Studies  Program  whose  program 
includes  40%  or  more  ol  informal  educational  expenence 
(independent  study,  special  problems,  work  internship, 
etc  )  and  is  strongly  recommended  lor  all  students  in  the 
program  This  paper  is  to  be  completed  in  the  student's 
final  semester  and  approved  by  the  tutor  and  committee 
prior  to  certification  for  the  degree. 


JAPN  —  Japanese 

JAPN  101  Elementary  Japanese  I  (6)  Intt-oduction  to 
basic  patterns  of  contemporary  spoken  Japanese  and  to 
the  two  phonetic  syllabanes  (Katakana  and  Hiragana). 

JAPN      102     Elementary     Spoken     Japanese     (3) 

Prerequisite:  JAPN  101  or  equivalent.  Continued  study  ol 
the  basic  patterns  of  contemporary  Japanese  with 
emphasis  on  the  spoken  language.  May  be  taken  in 
conjunction  with  JAPN  1 03. 

JAPN      103     Elementary      Written      Japanese     (3) 

Prerequisite:  JAPN  101  or  equivalent  Continued  study  of 
the  basic  patterns  of  contemporary  Japanese  with 
emphasis  on  ttie  written  language  May  be  taken  in 
conjunction  with  JAPN  102. 

JAPN  104  Elementary  Japanese  III  (4)  Prerequisite: 
JAPN  102  A  continuation  of  JAPN  102. 

JAPN    201     Intermediate    Spoken    Japanese    I    (3) 

Prerequisite:  JAPN  102  or  equivalent.  Further  study  of 
grammar  with  emphasis  on  the  spoken  language 

JAPN    202    Intermediate    Written    Japanese    I    (3) 

Prerequisite:  JAPN  103  or  equivalent.  Continued  study  of 
the  wntten   Japanese   language  through   reading   and 

composition. 

JAPN    203    Intermediate    Spoken    Japanese    II    (3) 

Prerequisite:  JAPN  201  or  equivalent  Continuation  of 
JAPN  201 . 

JAPN    204    Intermediate    Written    Japanese    II    (3) 

Prerequisite;  JAPN  202  or  equivalent.  A  continuation  of 
JAPN  202. 

JAPN  217  Buddhism  and  Japanese  Literature  In 
Translation  (3)  A  study  ot  the  religious  and  philosophical 
traditions  central  to  the  Japanese  imaginative  life  and 
literature  from  ancient  to  modern  times. 

JAPN  301  Advanced  Japanese  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  JAPN 
202  or  equivalent.  Readings  in  modem  literary  texts  and 
other  selected  materials,  and  advanced  conversation  and 
oral  comprehension. 

JAPN  302  Advanced  Japanese  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
JAPN  301  or  equivalent  Continued  readings  in  varied 
modem  texts  and  advanced  conversation  and  oral 
comprehension. 

JAPN    401    Readings    In    Modem    Japanese    I    (3) 

Prerequisite:  JAPN  302  or  equivalent.  Development  ol 
translation  techniques,  vocabulary,  grammar,  and  reading 


174     JOUR  —  Journalism 


speed.  Readings  in  history,  social  sciences,  modem 
literature,  and  modem  newspaper  and  periodical 
literature 

JAPN    402    Readings    In    Modem    Japaneta    It    (3) 

Prerequisite:  JAPN  401  or  equivalent.  Continuation  of 
more  advanced  readings 

JAPN    403    Reading*    In    Claatlcal    Japanese    (3) 

Prerequisite:  JAPN  302  or  equivalsni.  Classical 
Japanese  grammar  and  the  vaned  styles  of  classical 
Japanese  Readings  in  classical  texts  drawn  Irom  the 
Helan.  Kamakura.  Muromachi.  and  Edo  penods 

JAPN  414  Maderplacaa  of  Classical  Japanese 
Literature  In  Translation  (3)  Ma|or  classics,  with  locus 
on  philosophical,  historical  and  cultural  backgrounds 

JAPN  415  Modem  Japanese  Fiction  In  Translation  (3) 

Major  themes  and  literary  developments  in  Ik^on  from 
the  late  19th  century  to  the  present  Emphasis  on  the 
wor1<s  of  Kawabata,  tanizaki,  Mishima,  and  Abe. 

JAPN    418   Japanese    Literature    In    Translation    (3) 

Representative  worVs  of  Japanese  literature  in 
translation  May  be  repeated  lor  a  total  of  nine  credits 
when  content  differs. 

JAPN   421    History  of  ttie  Japanese  Language  (3) 

Investigalion  of  the  origin  of  the  Japanese  language,  its 
relationship  with  other  languages,  and  its  development. 
In  English. 

JAPN  422  Introductory  Japanese  Linguistics  (3)  An 

Investigation  of  Japanese  sound  patterns  and  syntax 
ttirough  a  comparison  with  English 

JAPN     499     CMrected     Study     In     Japanese     (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  Instructor.  Repealable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

JOUR  —  Journalism 

JOUR  100  Introduction  to  Mass  Communication  (3) 

Survey  of  the  functions  and  effects  of  ttie  mass  media  in 
the  United  Slates  A  consumers  introduction  to 
newspapers,  television,  radb,  film,  sound  recording, 
books,  magazines,  and  new  media  technology. 
Introduction  to  public  relations,  advertising,  and  news 
analysis  Not  open  to  students  with  credit  in  JOUR  200 

JOUR  201  Writing  for  Mass  Madia  (3)  Prerequisite:  30 
WPM  typing  ability.  Introduction  to  news,  feature  and 
publicity  wnting  for  the  printed  and  electronic  media; 
development  of  news  corKepts;  latxiratory  in  news 
gathering  and  writing  skills. 

JOUR  202  Editing  for  the  Mass  Media  (3)  Prerequisite: 
JOUR  201  Basic  editing  skills  applicable  to  all  mass 
media  copy  editing,  graphic  principles  and  pnjcesses, 
new  media  technok>gy.  not  open  to  students  with  credit 
in  JOUR  310 

JOUR  320  News  Reporting  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  202 
Principles  and  practices  of  news  reporting  with  special 
emphasis  on  news  gathering  for  all  the  media,  covering 
news  twats  and  other  news  sources,  including 
researching  a  news  story  for  accuracy, 
comprehensiveness  and  interpretation. 

JOUR  321  Reporting  of  Public  Affairs  (3)  Advanced 
training  in  wnting  news  for  publication  in  specialized 
areas,  particularty  city,  county,  and  federal  news. 
Students  meet  m  seminar  with  news  sources  arxl  leading 
news  reporters  and  wort<  in  Washington.  D  C, 
Annapolis,  arxi  Baltimore  in  covering  news  in  depth  for 
publication  Prerequisites.  JOUR  320  and  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

JOUR      322      Communtty      N«ws      Rsportlng      (3) 

Prerequisite:  JOUR  320  Experience  in  news  reporting 
and  wnting  news  events  and  human  interest  stories  for 
community  newspapers 

JOUR  323  Newspaper  Editing  (3)  Prerequisite  JOUR 
202  Pnnciples  and  practices  of  editing  lor  publication 
Copy  improvement,  headline  writing,  r>ews  photos  and 
cutlines.  wire  services,  copy  control  and  sctieduling.  page 
design  and  layout.  Introduction  to  computerized  editing 
with  video  display  terminals 

JOUR  324  Newspaper  Production  (3)  Prerequisite 
JOUR  320  arxj  323  Theory  and  practice  of  newspaper 
production.  Reporting,  research,  wnting.  photography, 
and  editing  for  a  laboratory  newspaper  Design  and 
assembly  of  newspaper  pages 

JOUR  325  Newspaper  Supervision  (3)  Prerequisites: 
JOUR  320,  323.  and  instructor's  permission.  Supervision 


of  latxiratory  newspaper  staff 

JOUR  326  News  Commentary  and  Critical  Writing  (3) 

Prerequisite  JOUR  320  Journalistic  interpretation  and 
analysis,  editorial  and  critk:al  writing  Not  open  to 
students  with  credit  In  JOUR  390 

JOUR      328      SpMlallzed      News      Reporting      (3) 

Prerequisite:  JOUR  320  Advanced  training  and  practk;e 
in  writing  and  reporting  news  of  one  specialized  field  of 
interest  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  tf^  topic  differs 

JOUR  330  Public  Relations  Ttieory  (3)  Prerequisites 
JOUR  200  and  201  Study  of  ttie  historical  devetopmeni 
and  contemporary  status  of  public  relations  in  business, 
government,  associations  and  otfier  organizations 
Application  of  communication  theory  and  sooal  science 
methods  to  the  research,  planning,  communication  and 
evaluation  aspects  of  the  public  relations  process 

JOUR      331      Public      Relations     Techniques      (3) 

Prerequisite:  JOUR  330  Review  of  the  technk^ues  of 
public  relations  including  news  releases.  publk:ations  and 
pnnted  matenals.  audio-visual  techniques,  speecfies  and 
special  events.  Application  of  ttiese  technk^ues  in 
latxiratory  and  field  projects 

JOUR  333  Organizational  Communication  In  Public 
Relations  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  202  Theory  and 
techniques  for  planning  and  producing  organizatkinal 
publications  and  internal  communk:atlon  programs 
Theories  of  organizatkinal  communicatkm,  principles  of 
layout  and  design,  non-print  communicatkm  media,  and 
methods  of  pretesting  and  evaluating  communications 
programs. 

JOUR     335     Public     Relations     Campaigns     (3) 

Prerequisite:  JOUR  331  Planning  and  executkin  of 
public  relations  campaigns  for  specif k:  organizatkins: 
integration  of  public  relatkins  theories  and  techniques 
into  a  complete  campaign 

JOUR       340       Advertising       Communication       (3) 

Prerequisite:  JOUR  202  Advertising  as  a  mass 
communication  profession  and  Its  role  in  the  public 
information  system  of  the  United  States.  Applicatkin  of 
communteatlon  theory  and  research  metliods  to  ttie 
research,  planning,  communk»tion,  and  evaluation 
aspects  of  advertising 

JOUR  341  Advertising  Techniques  (3)  Prerequisite: 
JOUR  340.  Writing  and  productkin  of  print  and  broadcast 
advertisements:  application  of  these  techniques  in 
laboratory  and  field  projects. 

JOUR  345  Advertising  Campaigns  (3)  Prerequisite: 
JOUR  341  Planning  and  executing  advertising 
campaigns  in  actual  agency  situations.  Intergration  of 
advertising  tfieories  and  techniques  into  a  complete 
campaign 

JOUR  350  Ptioto|oumallsm  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  201 
Fundamentals  of  camera  operatkin,  compositkm, 
devekiping  and  printing  tilack  and  while  still  ptiotograptis 
lor  publicalkm:  history  of  photo|oumalism  Not  open  to 
students  with  credit  in  JOUR  372 

JOUR  351  Advanced  Photojournalism  (3)  Prerequisite 
JOUR  350  Analysis  of  the  role  of  ptiotography  in  mass 
communkalion,  with  emphasis  on  the  photographic 
essay,  and  use  of  the  35mm  camera  Students  provkle 
35mm  equipment  and  supplies. 

JOUR   352   Special   Topics   In    Photo|oumaiism   (3) 

Prerequisites:  JOUR  351  and  consent  of  instructor  An 
analysis  of  the  theory  and  applk:atlon  of  advanced 
photographk;  processes  to  the  communicatkin  of  ideas, 
including  direct  audience  communication,  realistic  and 
nonreallstk:  visual  matenals  and  media 

JOUR  360  Broadcast  News  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR 
201  Wnting  for  the  broadcast  media  and  the  productkin 
of  news  stories 

JOUR  361  Broadcut  News  11  (3)  Prerequisite  JOUR 
360  Wnting  and  editing  for  the  broadcast  media 
Interpretive  and  documentary  news  stones 

JOUR    365    Theory    of    Broadcast    Journalism    (3) 

Descriptive  and  critical  analysis  ol  broadcast  news 
practices,  evaluatkxi  of  news  judgniants.  decision-making 
and  organizatkinal  aspects  of  ttie  broadcast  news 
industry 

JOUR  371  Magazine  Article  and  Feature  Writing  (3) 
Study  of  types  of  feature  articles,  particularly  for  ttie 
magazine  martiel.  analysis  of  the  magazine  medium  and 
specialized  audiences.  praclK»  in  researching  and  mtllng 


ttie  feature  aiUcle:  analysis  of  lrae-lar«ce  martols. 
Prerequisites.  JOUR  200  and  201 

JOUR  372  Magazine  Photography  and  Illustration  (3) 

Prerequisite  JOUR  201  Camera  selecUon  and 
operations,  film  seleclkm  and  processing,  print  making: 
scaling  and  sizing  of  photographs:  picture  layout. 
Students  must  provide  35  mm  camera  plus  suppMes  Not 
open  to  students  with  aedit  in  JOUR  350 

JOUR  373  Magazine  Graphics  (3)  Prerequisite  JOUR 
202  Inlensivs  analysis  of  the  components  ol  magazlna 
content  and  design  Type  and  typograpliy,  prtnttng 
processes,  illustration  and  production  with  emphasis  on 
contemporary  technology 

JOUR  374  Magazine  Production  (3)  Prerequisites: 
JOUR    371     and    373     PutdicaUon    of    a    laboratory 

magazine 

JOUR  380  Journalism  for  Science  and  Technology 

(3)  Prerequisite  JOUR  201  Writing  and  editing  scientlfK 
and  technical  material  lor  both  ttie  general  audience  and 

the  specialist 

JOUR    397    Professional    Seminar    (3)    Prerequialte: 

JOUR  201  and  consent  ol  Instructor  Projects  and 
discusskins  relating  professional  woik  expenence  to 
study  of  (oumalism  Limited  to  students  wtio  parncipaled 
in  an  approved  summer  internship  after  the  )unior  year. 

JOUR  398  Independent  Study  (1-3)  IndivWual  protects 
in  journalism    May  tie  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  ttvee 

credits 

JOUR  399  Supervised  Internship  (3)  Prerequisite: 
JOUR  202,  Rrst  course  of  joumalism  sequence  related 
to  the  internship  and  consent  of  instructor  Internship 
expenence  with  communicatkin  professionals  in 
newspapers,  news  tiroadcasting,  public  relatkxis, 
advertising,  magazines,  photojournalism,  and  science 
communk^ation  Relalkin  of  academk:  training  to 
professional  experience  Way  tie  repeated  tor  a  total  ol  6 
credits. 

JOUR  400  Law  of  Mass  Communication  (3)  Legal 

nghls  and  constraints  ol  mass  media;  libel,  privacy, 
copyright,  monopoly,  and  contempt,  and  otfier  aspects  of 
the  law  applied  to  mass  communicatkin  Previous  study 
of  tfie  law  not  required 

JOUR    410    History    of    Mass    Communication    (3) 

Development  of  newspapers,  magazines,  radio,  television 
and  motion  pk:tures  as  media  of  mass  communication. 
Analysis  of  ttie  influences  of  ttie  media  on  ttie  tvsloncai 
devekipment  of  Amenca. 

JOUR  420  Government  and  Mass  Communication  (3) 

Relatkxiship  between  news  media  and  government, 
media  coverage  of  government  and  politics; 
governmental  and  polltk^  information  and  persuasion 
techniques 

JOUR  430  Comparative  Mass  ConMnunleatlon 
Systems  (3)  Comparative  analysis  of  ttie  role  of  ttie 
press  in  different  societies 

JOUR  440  PuMIc  Opinion  and  Msas  Communication 

(3)  Measurement  of  public  opinion  and  media  tiabits:  role 
of  ttie  mass  media  in  the  formation  of  putilic  opmkm 

JOUR  450  Mass  Media  In  Society  (3)  Ethical,  moral, 
political,  economic,  and  sooal  consideration  of  mass 
communication. 

JOUR  459  Special  Topics  In  Mass  Communication  (3) 

Issues  of  speaal  concern  and  current  inlerest  Open  to 
all  students  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  ttie  topk:  differs 

JOUR  480  Women  In  the  Mwlla  (3)  Participation  and 
portrayal  ol  women  m  ttie  mass  media  Irom  eolonll  to 
contemporary  times 

JOUR  470  Newspaper  Management  (3)  OrganlzaVon. 
operation,  and  administration  of  ttie  departments  of  a 
newspaper  advertising,  busmess-linanca.  drculalton. 
news-editorial,  personnel  productkin.  and  premolioa 

JOUR     480     Mssa     Communlcslkin     nsssifch     (3) 

Prerequisite  MATH  110  or  equivalent:  Sludsnls  we 
encouraged  to  have  compleled  the  tlieory  and  technique 
courses  m  ttiair  ma|or  sequence  CommufUcatKin 
research  methods  used  In  measunng  pubkc  opinion  snd 
evaluating  public  relations,  advertising,  and  mass  media 
programs  and  matenals 

JOUR     490     Advising     Student     PutHlcMlone     (3) 

Journalistic  wntmg  and  editing  m  student  newspapers, 
yearbooks,  and  magazines,  litiel  and  policy,  cuinculum 


MAPL  —  Applied  Mathematics     175 


and  laacNng  piDcaduras.  role  ol  studanl  publicattons. 

JOUR  491  Policy,  Cansoralilp,  and  Legal  ProMama  of 
Studant  PubUcatlona  (3)  Censonhip  ptoblems  and 
court  cases,  legal  ngfits  ol  ttw  studeni  press,  formulation 
ol  policy  and  legal  guidelines  Nol  open  lo  students  with 
aedn  In  JOUR  400 

JOUR  493  Typography  and  Layout  for  Studant 
Publlcattona  (3)  Type  design,  type  lamilies.  graphics, 
art.  photography,  arid  edilonal  arvl  advertisement  layout 
ol  school  newspapers,  year  t)0olcs.  and  magazines  Not 
open  to  students  with  credit  in  JOUR  202. 

JOUR  493  Advancad  Tachnlquea  (or  Studant 
Putillcatlon  Advlaort  (3)  Interpretative  and  investigative 
reporting,  interviewing  and  scientific  survey  metfiods. 
curTKulum  and  courses  for  high  school  and  community 
colleges,  lexttxioks.  teaching  units,  and  resource  aids 

LATN  —  Latin 

LATN  101  Elamantary  Latin  (3)  A  student  who  has  had 
two  units  ol  l-atin  in  high  school  may  register  lor  LATN 

101  kx  purposes  ol  review,  but  ordlnanly  not  lor  credit 

LATN  102  Etomantary  Latin  (3)  A  student  who  has  had 
two  units  ol  l-atin  in  high  school  may  register  for  LATN 

102  tor  credit  with  departmental  permission. 

LATN  120  Intatfalva  Latin  (4)  Prerequisite:  Pennisslon 
0*  instnjctor  Nol  open  for  credit  to  students  with  credit 
lor  LATN  102  Elements  ol  L^tin  grammar  and 
^cabulary.  elementary  reading. 

LATN  203  Intarmadlata  Latin  (Caaaar)  (3)  Prerequisite: 
LATN  101.  102  or  equrvalent. 

LATN  204  Intermediate  Latin  (CIcafo)  (3)  Prerequisite: 
LATN  203  or  equivalent 

LATN  220  Intarmadlata  Intenalve  Latin  (4) 
Prerequisites:  LATN  102  or  LATN  120,  or  equivalent.  Nol 
open  to  students  with  aedit  for  LATN  204.  Review  ol 
Latin  grammar:  reading  in  prose  and  poetry  from 
selected  auttvxs. 

LATN  305  Vargll'a  Aanetd  (3)  Praraqulalta:  LATN  204 
or  aqulvalanL 

LATN  351  Horace  (3)  Prerequisite:  LATN  305  or 
equivalent 

LATN  352  Uvy  (3)  Prerequisite:  LATN  351  or  equivalent. 

LATN  361  Plln/a  Lattara  (3)  Prerequisite:  LATN  352  or 
equivalenL 

LATN  400  Level  Couraa  Prerequisite:  LATN  361 

LATN  401  Catullus  and  ttte  Roman  Elegiac  PoaU  (3) 

LATN  402  Tacltua  (3) 

LATN  403  Roman  Satire  (3) 

LATN  404  Roman  Comwly  (3) 

LATN  405  Lucratlus  (3) 

LATN  411  Advaifcad  Latin  Grammar  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Three  years  of  college  Latin  or  equivalent.  An  intensive 
study  of  the  morphology  and  syntax  ol  the  Latin 
lartguage  supplemented  by  rapid  reading. 

LATN  488  li>dependant  Study  In  Latin  Language  and 
Ularatura  (1-3)  Permission  of  departmental  chairman 
and  Instructor  required.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6 

LATN  499  Latin  Raadinga  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor.  The  reading  of  one  or  more  selected  Latin 
authors  Irom  antiquity  through  the  Renaissance. 
Reports.  May  be  repeated  with  different  content. 

LBSC  —  Library  Science 

LBSC  331  Introduction  to  Educational  Media  Services 

(3)  An  overview  of  the  library  profession.  Development  ol 
public,  academic,  special  and  school  services.  History  of 
books  and  libraries.  The  library  as  a  social  instttution 
The  impact  of  communication  media  on  society. 
Ptiilosophy  of  llbrahanship  professional  starvJards, 
orgaruzadons  and  publications. 

LBSC  381  Baalc  Refsrsnca  and  Information  Sources 
(3)  An  introductory  course  in  the  nature  of 
relerenceinformabon  seivica  and  the  sources,  and 
tectvioJogy  tools  essential  to  the  reference  process. 
Selection,  evaluation  and  utilization  ol  all  types  of 
reference  tools  for  school  media  centers. 


LBSC  382  Cataloging  and  Classification  of  Matartals 
(3)  Introduction  lo  the  pnnciples  and  practice  ol  media 
arxj  inlormation  retrieval  system  organuabon  and 
construction,  including  classification  schemes,  cataloging 
codes:  subfecl  heading  lists,  and  file  control 

LBSC  383  Library  Materials  lor  ChlMran  and  Youth 
(3)  Study  ol  literature  and  media  lor  children  and  youth, 
including  fiction  and  inlorrrtatlon  matenals  txxjks, 
penodicals.  television,  lilmstnps,  films,  microfilms, 
records,  pictures,  pamphlets  Introduction  to  reading, 
viewing  and  listening  guidance  techniques 

LBSC    384    Media    Center    Administration    (3)    The 

management  and  operation  of  instructional  media 
centers,  including  staffing,  matenal  and  equipment 
acquisition,  dissemination  and  control,  program  planning 
and  evaluation,  and  facilities  design 

LBSC  488  Recent  Trends  and  Issues  In  Library  and 
Information  Services  (1-3)  Discussions  of  recent 
trends  and  Issues  In  library  and  Information  services. 
Designed  for  practicing  professlonsla. 

LBSC  499  Woritshops,  Clinics,  snd  Institutes  (1-9) 
Workshops,  clinics,  and  institutes  developed  around 
specific  topics  or  problems  primarily  lor  practicing 
librarians.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  nine  credit  hours. 


LENF  —  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology 

LENF    too    Introduction    to    Law    Enforcement    (3) 

Introduction  to  tfie  administration  ol  criminal  justice  in  a 
democratic  soaety  with  emphasis  upon  the  theoretical 
and  historical  development  of  law  enforcement  The 
principles  ol  organization  and  administration  for  law 
enforcement:  functions  and  specific  activities:  planning 
and  research:  public  relations:  personnel  and  training; 
inspection  and  control;  direction;  policy  formulation. 

LENF    220    Investigation    In    Law    EnfortMtnent    (3) 

Investigation  as  a  process  ol  communication.  Principles 
and  problems  in  inlormation  collection  and  evaluation; 
impartial  gathering  and  evaluation  of  data.  Crime  scene 
search  and  recording;  collection  and  preservation  of 
physical  evidence;  scientific  aids;  modus  operandi; 
sources  of  inlormation;  interviewing;  follow-up  and  case 
preparation. 

LENF  230  Criminal  Law  In  Action  (3)  Lew  as  one  of 
the  methods  of  social  control.  Criminal  law:  its  nature, 
sources,  and  types,  theories  and  historical  developments. 
Behavioral  arid  legal  aspects  of  criminal  acts. 
Classificabon  and  analysis  of  selected  criminal  offenses. 

LENF    234    Criminal    Procedure    and    Evidence    (3) 

Prerequisite:  LENF  230.  General  principles  and  theories 
ol  crimirial  procedure.  Due  process.  Aires ,  search  and 
seizure.  Recent  developments.  Study  and  evaluation  ol 
evidence  and  proof. 

l£NF  320  Introduction  to  Criminalistics  (3)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  LENF  220  and  consent  ol  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  modem  methods  used  in  the  detection, 
investigation  and  solution  of  crimes.  Practical  analysis  ol 
evidence  in  a  criminal  investigatk)n  laboratory,  including 
photography,  fingerprints  and  other  impressnns. 
ballistics,  glass,  hair,  handwriting  arx)  document 
examination,  doig  analysis,  and  lie  detection. 

LENF   330   Contemporary   Legal    Policy    Issues   (3) 

Prerequisite:  LENF  230  and  234  or  equivalenL  In-depth 
examination  ol  selected  topks.  Criminal  responsitdlity. 
Sodo-legal  policy  alternatives  with  regard  to  deviance. 
Law  enforcement  procedures  lor  civil  law  and  similar 
legal  problems.  Admissit)ility  ol  evidence. 
Representation.  Indigent's  right  to  counsel. 

LENF  340  Concepts  of  Law  Enforcement 
Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF  100  or  equivalent. 
An  introduction  to  concepts  of  organization  and 
management  as  these  relate  to  law  enforcement. 
Pnndples  ol  structure,  process,  policy  and  procedure, 
communication  and  authority,  division  of  woik  and 
organizational  controls.  Human  eleinent  in  tt>e 
organization.  Intormal  interaction  and  bureaucracy. 

LENF  350  Law  Enforcement-Community  Relations  (3) 

Prerequisite:  LENF  100  or  equivalent.  Examinatkxi  of 
factors  contributing  to  cooperation  or  frictkxi  between  law 
enforcement  personnel  and  the  community,  with 
emphasis  on  minority  groups,  political  pressures  arx) 
cultural  problems.  Community  organization  and  social 
responsibility  of  law  enforcement. 


LENF  360  Industrial  and  Retail  SMnjftly 
Administration  (3)  Prerequisite  LENF  100.  220  or 
consent  ol  instructor  The  origins  ol  contemporary  private 
secunty  systems  OroanizatK>n  and  management  ol 
industrial  and  retail  protective  units 

LENF  388  Independent  Reading  In  Law  Enforcement 

(3)  H— Horwrs  Prerequisite  Consent  ol  instructor 
Supervised  study  of  selected  topK  in  criminal  jusDce 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits 

LENF  389  Independent  Research  In  Law  Entorcemant 

(3)  H— Honors  Prerequisite  Consent  ol  instructor. 
Supervised  study  ol  selected  tope  in  cnminal  lustce. 
Repeatat>le  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits 

LENF  398  Law  Enforcmnent  Field  Training  (1-6) 
Prerequisite  Junior  Starxlir>g.  majors  only  and  consent  ol 
instructor  Supervised  fiekl  tralnir>g  in  law  enforcement 
agenaes  as  a  strxjctured  and  focused  expenence  The 
studeni.  in  consultatKm  with  his  advisor,  will  select  his 
parilcular  area  ol  Interest  and  will  be  responsitile  to  his 
advisor  continued  contact  and  required  report 

LENF  399  Directed  independent  Reaaarch  (1-3) 
Prerequisite:  Senior  standir>g,  majors  only  and  consent  ol 
instructor  Supervised  individual  research  arx)  study: 
library  and  fiekj  research,  surveys,  special  local 
problems 

LENF  444  Advanced  Law  Enforcemant 
Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF  340  or  consent  of 
instructor  The  structuring  ol  manpower,  material,  and 
systems  to  accomplish  the  major  goals  of  social  control 
Personnel  and  systems  management  Political  controls 
and  limitations  on  aultiority  and  jurisdiction. 

LENF  455  Dynamics  of  Piant>ed  Change  In  Criminal 
Justice  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  instructor  An 
examination  ol  conceptual  and  practical  issues  related  to 
planned  change  in  criminal  justice  Emphasis  on  the 
development  ol  innovative  kJeas  using  a  research  and 
development  approach  to  change 

LENF  456  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change  In  Criminal 
Justice  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF  455  or  consent  ol 
instructor.  An  examination  ol  conceptual  and  practical 
issues  related  to  planned  change  in  criminal  justice 
Emphasis  on  change  strategies  and  tactics  wtiich  are 
appropriate  lor  criminal  justice  personnel  in  entry  level 
positions 

LENF  462  Special  Problems  In  Security 
Administration  (3)  Prerequisites:  LENF  360  arKi  consent 
ol  insti-uctor  An  advanced  course  lor  students  desiring  to 
locus  on  specific  concerns  in  the  study  ol  private  security 
organizations;  business  intelligence  and  espionage; 
vulnerability  and  criticality  analyses  in  physical  security; 
ti-ansportatton.  banking,  hospital  and  military  security 
problen^;  unifonned  security  forces;  national  defense 
inlormation;  and  others. 

LENF  498  Selected  Topics  In  Criminal  Justice  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instiucfor  Supervised  study  ol  a 
selected  topic  lo  be  announced  in  ttie  fieW  ol  cnminal 
justice.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits. 

MAPL  —  Applied  Mathematics 

MAPL  460  Computational  Methods  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  240.  241.  and  CMSC  110,  or  equivalent  Basic 
computational  mettxxJs  for  interpolation,  least  squares, 
approximation,  numertcal  quadrature,  numerical  solution 
ol  polynomial  and  transcendental  equations,  systems  of 
linear  equations  and  initial  value  problems  for  ordinary 
differential  equations.  Emphasis  on  the  methods  and 
their  computational  properties  rather  ttian  on  ttnir 
analytic  aspects.  (Listed  also  as  CMSC  460.) 
MAPL  470  Numerical  Mathematics:  Analysis  (3) 
Prerequisites:  I^TH  240  and  241;  CMSC  110  or 
equivalenL  This  course  vnth  MAPUCMSC  471,  forms  a 
one-year  inhixJuction  to  numerical  analysis  at  the 
advatKed  undergraduate  level.  Interpolation,  numerical 
differentiation  and  integration,  solution  of  nonlinear 
equations,  acceleration  ol  convergence,  numerical 
h-eatinent  ol  differential  equations  Topks  will  be 
supplemented  witti  programming  assignments.  (Listed 
also  CMSC  470.) 

MAPL  471  Numerical  Mathematics:  Linear  Algebra  (3) 
Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  MATH  241;  CMSC  110  or 
equivalent.  The  course,  with  MAPL/CMSC  470.  lorms  a 
one-year  intitjduction  to  numerical  analysis  at  ttie 
advanced  undergradtiate  level.  Direct  solution  of  linear 
systems,  nonns,  least  squares  probloms.  the  symmetiic 


176     MATH  —  Mathematics 


eigenvalue  pfobtem,  basic  rtefaltve  mettxxis.  Topics  wiH 
be  supptomented  with  programming  assignments.  (Usted 
also  as  CMSC  471 .) 

MAPL  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisite  CMSC  tlO 
and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474  Linear  programming 
Including  the  simplex  algonthm  and  dual  linear  programs, 
convex  sets  and  elefnents  ol  convex  programming, 
comblnatorul  optimization  integer  programming.  (Listed 
also  as  CMSC  477  ) 

MAPL  498  Salwted  Topics  ki  Applied  Matttematlca 
(1-3)  Prerequisite;  Permission  ol  tfie  instructor  Topics  in 
applied  mattwmatics  ol  special  interest  lo  advanced 
urxlergraduate  students.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  o(  six  credits  H  the  sut)|ect  matter  is  ditlerent. 


MATH  —  Mathematics 

MATH    001    Revtaw    o(    High    School    Algebra    (3) 

Recommended  tor  students  \«ho  fail  Itie  qualrtying 
examination  tor  MATH  105.  110.  115  Special  lee.  This 
course  does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree  at  the 
University. 

MATH     102    Introduction    to    Mathematics    lA    (1) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  ot  department.  First  third  ol  a 
three-course  sequence  equivalent  to  MATH  110. 
Graphing,  properties  of  straight  lines,  properties  o( 
quadratic  functions,  ctiange  ol  coordinates.  Students 
may  not  receive  credit  for  both  MATH  102  and  MATH 
110.  nor  may  Itiey  receive  credit  lor  MATH  102  if  taken 
after  ttie  completion  of  any  math  cxxjrse  numbered  atxive 
110. 

MATH     103    Introduction    to    Mathematics    IB    (1) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  102  and  consent  of  department. 
Second  third  of  a  three-course  sequence  equivalent  to 
MATH  110.  Povrer  functions,  exponential  functions, 
logarithmic  functions  arxl  trigonometric  functions 
Students  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  MATH  103  and 
MATH  1 10.  nor  may  they  recerve  credit  lor  MATH  103  if 
taken  after  ttie  CDmpletk>n  of  any  math  course  numbered 
above  110. 

MATH  104  Introduction  to  Mathematics  IC  (1) 
Prerequisite:  MATH  103  and  consent  of  department. 
Rnal  third  ol  a  ttiree-course  sequence  equivalent  to 
MATH  110  Inequalities,  linear  Inequalities,  graphing 
systems  ol  linear  inequalities,  linear  programming. 
Students  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  fiMTH  104  and 
MATH  1 10.  nor  may  Itiey  receive  credit  for  MATH  104  if 
taken  after  ttie  completion  of  any  math  course  numbered 
above  110 

MATH  105  Mathematical  ktoaa  (3)  PrerequisHe:  None. 
A  survey  of  some  ditlerent  areas  of  matherrwtics 
Intended  for  rx>n-scierx*  rtw)ors  who  would  like  to  see 
some  non-standard  mathematKS  applied  to  some 
everyday  problems  Transport  networ1<s.  matching 
problems,  crtlical  path  analysis,  introduction  to  statistfcs 
and  hypothesis  testing,  Euler's  formula,  planar  graphs, 
polytiedra,  arxl  other  selected  topics  Not  preliminary  to 
MATH  110 

MATH     110     Introduction     to     Mathematics     I     (3) 

Prerequisite:  Two  arxl  one  hall  years  ol  college 
preparatory  mathematics  and  satisfactory  pertomnance 
on  the  SAT  mathematics  test,  or  MATH  001  Linear 
programming,  systems  ol  Hnear  equatkxis.  matnces; 
elementary  algetxaic  and  trancendental  functions,  with 
emphasis  on  ttieir  properties  and  graphs  (Not  open  to 
students  majonng  in  mathematics.  er>gineenng  or  the 
physical  sciences  Credit  will  be  given  lor  only  one 
course.  MATH  110  or  MATH  115  I 

MATH     111     Introduction     to     Mattiematlcs     II     (3) 

Prerequisite:  three  and  a  half  years  ol  college 
preparatory  mathenutics  and  satisfactory  performance 
on  the  SAT  mathematics  lest,  or  MATH  110:  or  MATH 
lis  t.ogic.  boolear  algebra,  counting,  probability, 
random  variables,  expectation  appiicauorra  of  Itie  normal 
probab*ly  distnbution  Credit  win  be  given  lor  only  one  ol 
Ihe  courses.  MATH  ill  or  STAT  100  (Not  open  lo 
students  maionng  in  mathematics,  engmoertng  or  the 
physical  soerKes ) 

MATH  lis  Pr»-Catculus  (3)  Prerequisite  two  and  8  half 
years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics  and  an 
appropriate  score  on  ttie  SAT  matt>ematics  test,  or 
MATH  001  An  inlTtxJuclory  course  lor  students  nol 
qualified  to  start  MATH  140  or  MATH  220  Elementary 
functions  arxl  graphs:  polyTX)mials.  rational  functions. 
expor>ential  and  togarrthmic  functions,  trigonometric 
functkms  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course.  MATH 


lis  ol  MATH  110 

MATH  140  Calculu*  I  (4)  Three  lectures,  two  dnil 
pedods  per  week  Prerequisite  three  and  a  hall  years  ol 
coHege  preparatory  mattiematics  (including  Irtgorximetry) 
or  MATH  115  Introduction  to  cateulus,  including 
functKxw.  limits,  continuity,  derivatives  and  applkalons  ol 
the  denvative.  sketching  ol  graphs  of  tuncttons.  definite 
and  indefinite  integrals,  and  cak;ulalion  of  area  The 
course  is  especially  recommended  for  science  and 
mathematrcs  majors  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one 
course.  MATH  140  or  MATH  220 

MATH  141  Calculu*  II  (4)  Three  lectures  and  two  drill 
periods  .^er  week  Prerequisite:  MATH  140  or  equivalent 
ContmuatKin  of  MATH  140.  including  technkjues  ol 
integratkxi,  improper  integrals,  applicatons  of  integration 
(such  as  volumes,  work,  arc  length,  moments),  inverse 
functions,  exponential  and  togarithmic  funclkxis. 
sequences  and  senes  Credrt  will  be  given  for  only  one 
course.  MATH  141  or  MATH  221 

MATH  143  Computer  Laboratory  for  MATH  141  (1) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  140  or  its  equivalent  Two  hours 
laboratory  per  week.  ApplKatkm  ol  computer  mettxxis  to 
problems  of  ttie  cakailus 

MATH  ISO  Calculus  I  (Honors)  (4)  Prerequisite 
Approval  of  department.  A  rigorous  treatment,  with 
appUcations,  of  differential  and  integral  calculus  in  one 
variable 

MATH  1S1  Calculus  II  (Honors)  (4)  Prerequisite 
Approval  of  department  A  rigorous  treatment,  with 
applk^tkms.  ol  differential  and  integral  cateulus  in  one 
variable. 

MATH  210  Elements  of  Mathematics  (4)  Prerequisite 
One  year  of  college  preparatory  algetxa  Required  for 
majors  in  elementary  educatkxi.  and  open  only  to 
students  in  ttiis  field  Topics  from  algebra  and  number 
ttieory,  designed  to  provkle  insight  into  arithmetic: 
inductive  prool.  the  natural  number  system  based  on  ttie 
Peano  axkims;  matfiematical  systems,  groups,  fiekts;  Itie 
system  ol  integers;  ttie  system  of  rational  numbers; 
congruence,  divisitiility.  systems  of  numeration. 

MATH  211  Elements  ol  Geometry  (4)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  210  or  equivalent.  Structure  of  mathematks 
systems,  algebra  of  sets,  geometrical  structures,  kigic. 
measurement,  congruence,  similanty,  graphs  in  Ifie 
plane,  geometry  on  the  sphere 

MATH  220  Elementary  Calculus  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Three  and  one  tialf  years  of  college  preparatory 
mathematks  including  trig,  and  satislactory  perlomiance 
on  the  SAT  mathematics  test,  or  MATH  110.  or  MATH 
115  Basic  ideas  of  differential  and  integral  cateukjs.  with 
emphasis  on  elementary  techniques  of  ditferentiatkjn  and 
applicatKins  Not  open  to  students  majoring  in 
mattiematics.  engineering  or  the  physical  sciences 
Credit  will  be  given  tor  only  one  course.  MATH  140  or 
MATH  220 

MATH  221  Elementary  Calculua  H  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  220.  or  MATH  140.  or  equivalent  Differential  and 
integral  cakajlus,  with  emphasis  on  elementary 
technk^ues  of  Integratkm  and  applkatkjns  Not  open  to 
students  maionng  in  mathematics,  engineering  or  Itie 
physKal  sciences  Credit  will  be  given  lor  only  one 
course.  MATH  141  or  MATH  221 

MATH  240  Linear  Algebra  (4)  Ttiree  lectures,  two  drill 
penods  per  week.  Prerequisite  MATH  141  or  equivalent 
Bask:  concepts  of  linear  algebra  vector  spaces, 
applications  to  line  and  plane  geometry,  Imear  equatxyis 
»id  matnces.  similar  matnces  Imear  transformations 
eigenvalues,  determinants  and  quadratic  forms  Credit 
will  be  given  lor  only  one  course,  MATH  240  or  MATH 
400 

MATH  241  Calculua  Id  (4)  Prerequistte  MATH  141  and 
any  one  of  the  following:  MATH  240  or  ENES  110,  or 
PHYS  191  fnlroductwn  to  multivanable  cateukjs, 
mckjding  vectors  and  vector-valued  lunclxins.  partial 
derivatrves  and  appticatkms  ol  partial  denvatrves  (such 
as  tangent  planes  arxl  LaGrange  irxjltipliers),  muMple 
kilegrals,  volume,  surface  area,  and  the  classical 
theorems  ol  Green,  Stokes  arxl  Gauss 

MATH  246  OHferantlal  Equatlofis  lor  Sdantlst*  and 
Engineer!  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH  14i  or  equivalenl  An 
introduction  to  ttie  basic  methods  ol  sotnno  dManrWal 
equatkxis  Seperabla.  exact,  and  espedaly  hiaar 
differential  equatkxis  will  be  treated  The  main 
techniques  included  will  tie  undetermined  coefflciacits. 
series    sdutxxis.    Laplace    transiorms.    and    numeilcal 


methods. 

MATH  250  Calculus  III  (Honors)  (4)  Prerequisite 
Approval  ol  department  Ekxnents  ol  linear  algebra, 
eudidean  and  oltier  metric  spaces,  multi-vanabie 
calculus,  mtiplicil  tunctxxi  Itieorem,  ttieorems  ol  Green. 
Gauss  and  Stokes  Riemann  Stieltjes  integral  arxl.  as 
time  permits,  ordinary  differential  equatxxis.  Fourier 
senes.  orttiogonal  functions 

MATH  251  Calculu*  IV  (Honors)  (4)  Prerwjuialle: 
Approval  ol  department  Elements  ol  linear  algebra. 
Eudidean  and  ottier  metric  spaces,  mulb-variable 
calculus,  implicit  function  ttieorem.  Itieoroms  of  Green. 
Gauss  and  Stokes  Riemann  Sbelt|es  Integral  arxl,  as 
lime  pemiits.  ordinary  differential  equaHon*.  Fourlar 
senes.  orttiogonal  functions 

MATH   299   Satoctad   Topic*    In   Mattiamatics   (1-3) 

Prerequisite  Permission  of  trie  instructor  Topics  ol 
special  interest  under  Itie  general  guidarxa  o*  »ie 
departmental  committee  on  undergraduate  studies 

MATH  310  Introduction  to  Mathematical  neaaonkig 

(3)  Prerequisite  MATH  141  Recommended  pre-  or 
co-requisite  MATH  241  intended  to  bridge  the  gap 
between  cakulus  arxl  advanced  cakulus  kitroductxxi  to 
Itie  togical  toundatxxis  ol  mattiematics  and  to  ttie 
technique  of  proving  theorms.  Topics  drawn  from;  kxjic. 
set  theijry.  siructure  ol  the  real  line,  elementary  topotogy. 
convergence,  functxxis.  infinite  sets,  continuity  (This 
course  cannot  be  used  towards  ttie  upper  level  math 
requirements  for  MATH  STAT  majors.) 

MATH  398  Honor*  Seminar  (2)  Prerequisite.  Permisakxi 
of  the  departmental  honors  committee  Reports  by 
students  on  mattiematKal  literature,  solution  of  various 
problems 

MATH  400  Vector*  and  Matrlca*  (3)  PraraquWIe: 
MATH  141  or  221  Algebra  ol  vector  spaces  and 
matrices.  Reconxnended  lor  students  interesled  m  the 
appinatxxis  ol  mathematks  (Not  open  to  students  wtK> 
have  had  MATH  240  or  405) 

MATH    401     Applications    of    Linear    Algabra    (3) 

Prerequisite  MATH  400  or  MATH  240.  or  consent  ol 
instructor  Vanous  applications  of  linear  algabra:  theory 
ol  finite  games,  hnear  programming,  matrix  methods  as 
applied  lo  finite  Markov  chains,  random  walk,  irxadence 
matrices,  graplis  and  directed  graphs.  networXs. 
transportatkin  protiiems 

MATH  402  Algebraic  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH 
240  or  equivalent  For  students  having  only  hmrtad 
experience  with  rigorous  mattiematxial  prods,  and 
parallels  MATH  403  Students  planning  graduate  work  in 
mathematKS  shouW  lake  MATH  403  Groups,  rings. 
integral  domains  and  fiekls.  detailed  study  ol  several 
groups;  properties  ol  integers  and  polynomials  Emphasis 
IS  on  the  origin  ol  Itie  mathematx^al  ideas  studied  ind  the 
kignal  structure  ol  the  subject  (Not  open  to  maltianullcs 
graduate  students.  Credit  will  be  gnren  lor  orty  one  ti 
the  courses.  MATH  402  or  MATH  403.) 

MATH    403    Introductkjn    to    Abatract    Algabra    (3) 

Prerequisites  MATH  240  and  MATH  241  or  equrvalent 
Integers,  groups,  nngs,  integral  domains,  tiekls  (Oedil 
will  be  given  lor  only  one  of  the  courses.  MATH  402  or 
MATH  403) 

MATH  404  FMd  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH  403. 
Algabrak:  and  transcendental  elements.  Galoi*  Ihaory. 
cofMtnictkxis  wWi  siralghl-edge  and  compaas.  loUlona 
ol  aqualians  of  km  degrees,  Insolubilily  ct  tia  Qi*i8c 
Sytow  theorems,  fundamental  ttieoram  ol  Mis  Abalan 
youps. 

MATH  406  Introduction  to  Unaar  AlgabrB  (3) 
riweguillM*  MATH  240  and  MATH  403  or  oonaam  o« 
Instniclor  An  abstract  treatment  ol  llrxte  dknanalonal 
vector  spaces  Linaar  transtormattons  and  Ihalr 
mvanants  iCfedK  w*  be  given  Kx  only  one  ol  the 
courses.  MAtH  400  or  MATH  405  | 

MATH  406  ,  Introduction  to  Number  Thaory  (3) 
PiarequlaMs:  MATH  141.  or  MATH  221  or  oonaam  ol 
mamjclor  RMonal  niegers.  tkvislblllly.  prim*  number*, 
modulaa  and  hiaar  torms  unique  tactorUatton  »ieo«em. 
Euler  s  lurxln'  Motxus  lunctxxi  cydolomic  polynomial. 
congruences  mi  quadratic  residues.  Lsgsnctas  and 
Jacobis  symbol'  reoprocitv  law  ol  quadntflc  reaiduas. 
titrodudory  aiplcVitKxi  ol  ttie  mettxxl  ol  algetvalc 
numtier  Itieory 


MATH   410   Advancad   Catculua   I   (3) 

MATH  240  and  MATH  241    First  semester  ol  a  year 


METO  —  Meteorology     177 


course  Subt«cts  covered  during  the  year  are:  sequerKSS 
and  series  of  numbers,  conttnuily  and  dilierentiabtlity  ol 
real  valued  turKtx>ns  ol  one  vanable.  the  Rieinan 
integral.  sequerKes  ol  tuncoons.  and  power  senes 
Functioru  ol  several  vahoMes  inchxjir^  partial 
dertvaltves.  multiple  inlegrols,  line  and  surlace  integrals 
The  Implicit  lunction  Ifieorem. 

MATH  411  Advanced  Calculua  11  (3)  Prerequisite 
MATH  4 to.  and  MATH  240  or  MATH  400  Continuation 
ol  MATH  410 

MATH   413   Introduction   to   Comptex    VarUble*   (3) 

Prerequisile  MATH  410  The  algebra  ol  complex 
numbers,  analytic  functions  mapping  properties  ol  the 
elementary  tunctxxis  Cauchy's  ttieorem  and  ttie  Cauchy 
inlegtal  formula  Residues  (Credit  will  tie  given  for  only 
one  of  the  courses  MATH  413  or  MATH  463  ) 

MATH  414  omerentlal  Equatlont  (3)  Prerequisite 
MATH  240  and  MATH  410.  or  equivalent  Existence  and 
uniqueness  theorems  lor  initial  value  problems  Linear 
ttieory:  furxJamental  matrix  solutions,  venation  of 
constants  formula.  Floquet  ttieory  lor  penodic  linear 
systems  Asymptotic  ortjital  and  Lyapunov  stability  with 
phase  plane  diagrams  Boundary  value  ttieory  and  series 
solutions  are  optional  topics 

MATH  415  Introduction  to  Partial  DlfterMitlal 
Equatlona  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  246.  and  MATH  41 1 
or  MATH  251  (MATH  411  and  MATH  415  may  be  taken 
concurrently)  First  order  equations,  linear  second  order 
equations  in  two  vanables.  one  dimensional  wave 
equation  and  the  method  of  separation  of  variables,  and 
ottier  topics  such  as  harmonic  functions,  the  heat 
equation,  arxl  the  wave  equation  in  space.  (Credit  will  be 
given  for  only  one  of  ttie  courses  MATH  415  or  MATH 
462) 

MATH     416     Introduction     to     Real     Vartables    (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  410  The  Lebesgue  integral  Fubinis 
theorem.  The  LP  spaces.  Convergence  ttieorems. 

MATH    417    Introduction    to    Fourier    Analysis    (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  410.  Fourier  series.  Fourier  and 
Laplace  transtorms 

MATH  430  Geometric  Transformations  (3) 
Prerequisite:  MATH  240  Recommended  for  students  in 
mathematics  education.  Important  groups  of  geometric 
transformations,  including  ttie  isometries  and  similarities 
o(  the  plane  Geometries  related  to  transfonnation 
groups. 

MATH  431  Foundation*  of  Geotnetry  (3)  PrerequisNe: 
one  year  of  college  mattiematics.  Recommended  for 
students  in  mattiemabcs  education  The  axiomatic 
foundations  of  geometry  Attention  will  be  given  to  one  or 
more  axiomatic  developments  of  Euclidean  geometry  and 
to  the  relation  of  Euclidean  geometry  to  other  geometric 
systems. 

MATH  432  Introduction  to  Point  Sat  Topology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  410  or  450.  or  equivalent 
Connectedness.  compactness.  transfomnations. 

homomorphisms;  application  of  these  concepts  to  various 
spaces,  with  particular  attention  to  the  Euclidean  plane. 

MATH  433  Introduction  to  Algebraic  Topology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  403  and  432,  or  equivalent.  Chains, 
cycles,  homology  groups  for  surfaces,  the  fundamental 
group. 

MATH  436  Introduction  to  Differential  Geometry  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  241.  and  either  MATH  240  or 
MATH  400.  or  equivalent.  The  differential  geometry  of 
curves  and  surfaces,  curvature  and  torsion,  moving 
frames,  ttie  fundamental  differential  forms,  intrinsic 
geometry  of  a  surface. 

MATH    444    Etomentary    Logic    and    Algorlthma   (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  240  or  consent  of  instmctor.  An 
elementary  development  of  propositional  logic,  predicate 
logic,  set  algebra,  and  Boolean  algebra,  with  a 
discussion  of  Matltov  algorithms,  turning  mactiines  and 
recursrve  functions.  Topics  include  post  productions, 
word  problems,  and  formal  languages.  (Also  listed  as 
CMSC450). 

MATH  446  Axiomatic  Set  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite 
MATH  403  or  450  or  consent  of  instructor  DevelopmenI 
of  a  system  of  axiomatic  set  theory,  cfioice  pnnciples. 
induction  pnnciples,  ordinal  aritfimetic  including 
discussion  of  cancellation  laws,  divisibility,  canonical 
expansions,  cardinal  arithmetic  including  connections 
with  the  axiom  of  cfioice.  Hartogs  theorem.  Konig's 
tfieorem.  properties  of  regular,  singular,  and  inaccessible 


carxUnols. 

MATH  447  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Logic   (3) 

Prerequisite  MATH  403  or  410  or  450  Formal 
prepositional  logic.  oompleleness.  indefiendence. 
decidability  of  the  system,  formal  quantillcational  logic. 
Arst-order  axiomatic  ttieones.  extended  Godel 
completeness  theorem,  Lowenheim-Skolem  ttieorem. 
model-ttieoretical  applications 

MATH  450  Fundamental  Concept*  of  Mathematics  (3) 

Prerequisite  MATH  240  or  consent  ol  instructor  Sets, 
relations,  mappings  Construction  of  ttie  real  number 
system  starting  with  Peano  postulates:  algebraic 
structures  associated  with  ttie  construction;  Archimedean 
order,  sequential  completeness  and  equivalent  properties 
ol  ordered  llelds  Finite  and  Infinite  sets,  denumberable 
and  non-denumt>erat>le  sets 

MATH  461  Uitear  Algebra  for  Scientist*  *nd 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  141  and  one 
MATH  STAT  course  for  which  MATH  141  is  a 
prerequisite  Basic  concepts  of  linear  algebra  This 
course  is  similar  to  MATH  240.  twit  with  more  extensive 
coverage  ol  the  topics  needed  in  applied  linear  algebra, 
cfiange  of  basis,  complex  eigenvalues,  diagonalization. 
the  Jordan  canonical  lonn  Credit  will  be  given  for  only 
one  ol  MATH  240.  MATH  400  -^r  MATH  461 

MATH  462  Unoar  Analysis  for  Scientist*  and 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241  and  some 
knowledge  of  differential  equations  Linear  spaces  and 
operators,  orttiogonality.  Sturm-Liouville  problems  and 
Eigenfunction  expansions  for  ordinary  differential 
equations,  intnxjuction  to  partial  differential  equations, 
boundary  and  initial  value  problems.  (Credit  will  be  given 
for  only  one  course,  MATH  462  or  MATH  41 5  ) 

MATH  463  Complex  Vartables  for  SclentlsU  and 
Engineer*  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH  241  or  equivalent 
The  algebra  of  complex  numbers,  analytic  functions, 
mapping  properties  of  the  elementary  functions.  Cauchy 
integral  formula.  Theory  of  residues  and  application  to 
evaluation  of  integrals  Conformal  mapping.  (Credit  will 
be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses,  MATH  413  or 
MATH  463.) 

MATH  464  Transform  Method*  for  Scientists  and 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  246.  and  eittier 
MATH  463  or  MATH  413  Fourier  series.  Fourier  and 
Laplace  transforms.  Evaluation  of  the  complex  inversion 
integral  by  the  ttieory  ol  residues.  Applk;ations  to 
ordinary  and  partial  differential  equatKHis  of  mattiematical 
physics:  solutions  using  b^ansforms  and  separation  of 
variables.  Additional  topics  such  as  Bessel  functions  and 
calculus  of  variations  may  be  included. 

MATH  472  Olfferentlal  Equation*  and  Numerical 
Methods  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240.  MATH  410.  and 
CMSC  1 1 0  or  their  equivalents.  A  general  introduction  to 
ttie  theory  of  ordinary  differential  equations  emphasizing 
numerical  mettiods  for  constructing  approximate 
solutions.  Existence  and  uniqueness  ttieorems, 
Runge-Kutta  mettiod,  systems  of  linear  differential 
equations,  phase  plane  methods,  and  numerical  solution 
of  boundary  value  prot)lems. 

MATH  474  Applied  Unear  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  240,  MATH  241,  and  CMSC  110  or  ttieir 
equivalents  A  treatment  of  finite  dimensnnal  linear 
spaces  and  linear  transformations  with  an  emphasis  on 
applicatkms  and  computational  aspects 

MATH   475   ComMnatoric*   and    Graph   Theory   (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  240  and  MATH  241  General 
enumeration  mettiods,  difference  equations,  generating 
functions.  Elements  of  graph  ttieory.  matrix 
representations  ol  graphs,  applicatksns  of  graph  theory  to 
transport  netiworks,  matching  theory  and  graphical 
algorithms.  (Also  listed  as  CMSC  475.) 

MATH  478  Setoctad  Topics  for  Teachers  of 
Matfiematlcs  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  One  year  ol  college 
mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor  (This  course  cannot 
be  used  toward  ttie  upper  level  matti  requirements  lor 
MATH/ST  AT  majors.) 

MATH    481     Introduction    to    Number    Theory    (3) 

Prerequisite:  One  year  ol  college  mattiematics  or  consent 
ol  instructor.  Elementary  number  theory  and  the 
development  ol  ttie  real  numbers  for  teachers.  (Not  open 
to  students  majoring  in  mattiematics  or  physical 
sciences.) 

MATH  482  Introduction  to  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisite: 
One  year  of  college  mattiematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Modem  kJeas  in  algebra  and  ttie  theory  of  equations  for 


taocfiers  (Not  open  to  stixlents  ma^ng  m  mattiematics 
or  physical  sciences  ) 

MATH  483  Introduction  to  Qeomalry  (3)  Prerequisite: 
One  year  ol  college  mattiematics  or  consent  ol  instructor 
A  study  of  t>asic  ideas  from  Euclidean  and  non-Euclidean 
geometry  lor  teachers  (Not  open  to  stijdents  majonng  In 
mathematics  or  pfiysical  sciences  ) 

MATH  484  Introduction  to  Analyst*  (3)  Prerequisite 
One  year  of  college  mattiematics  or  consent  of  instructor 
A  study  ol  ttie  limit  concept  and  ttie  cak:ulus  for  teachers 
Previous  knowledge  ol  cak:ulus  is  not  required  (Not 
open  to  students  maionng  in  mathematics  or  physical 
sciences ) 

MATH  488  Notional  Science  Foundation  Summer 
Inttltuts  for  Teacher*  of  Science  and 
Mathematic*— Seminar  (1-3)  Lectures  and  discussion 
to  deepen  ttie  student's  appreciation  ol  mattiematics  as  a 
kigical  discipline  and  as  a  medium  of  expression 
Special  emphasis  on  topics  relevant  to  cunent 
mathematical  cumculum  studies  and  revision  (Not  open 
to  shjdents  majonng  in  mattiematics:  not  recommended 
for  students  majonng  in  any  of  ttie  physical  sciences  ) 

MATH  490  History  of  Mathematic*  (3)  Prerequisite 
MATH  240  and  241.  or  equivalent  The  development  ol 
mathematics  hpm  around  1900  B  C  to  around  1900  A  0 
with  special  emphasis  on  ttie  period  of  the  Greeks  (600 
BC— 200  A.D ).  the  period  of  devetopment  of  ttie 
cak;ulus  (17th  century),  and  ttie  period  of  t*ie  institution 
of  ttie  "modem'  style  of  rigor  (19th  century)  Including 
the  influence  of  ttie  cultural  environment  on  the 
development  of  mathematics  at  various  times,  the 
development  ol  Hie  mathematical  concept  ol  infinity  and 
ttie  limit  process,  ttie  interplay  between  algebra  and 
analysis,  and  the  devetopment  of  ttie  modem  concept  of 
the  mathematical  proof 

MATH  498  Selected  Topics   In  Mathematic*  (1-16) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  ttie  instructor.  Topics  of 
special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduate  students  will 
be  offered  occasionally  under  ttie  general  guidance  of 
the  departmental  committee  on  undergraduate  studies. 
Honors  students  register  for  reading  courses  under  this 
number 

METO  —  Meteorology 

METO      301      Introduction      to      Mataorology      (3) 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  104,  RHYS  122  or  equivalent.  A 
broad  survey  of  ttie  state  ol  knowledge  and  problems  ol 
atmospheric  science.  Origin  and  structure  of  ttie 
atmosphere,  meteorotogkal  obsen/atKms,  weattier  maps, 
forecasting,  satellites,  energetics,  wind,  general 
circulation,  storms,  severe  weather,  climate  change,  air 
pollution,  and  weattier  modification 

METO    398    Topic*    In    AtnKMpheric    Selene*    (3) 

Intended  primarily  for  non-science  majors  Study  of  some 
aspects  of  atmosphere  sciences  as  applied  to  ttie 
environment  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  the  subject  matter  is  different 

METO  410  General  Meteorology  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  241.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  PHYS  294  or  263.  An 
inttoduction  to  ttie  broad  range  of  ttieoretical  and  applied 
shjdies  in  meteorology  to  acquaint  ttie  student  with  the 
inleractkjn  of  ttie  physk^l  and  dynamk;  processes  and 
the  various  scales  of  atmospheric  phenomena 
Intioduction  to  radiational  energy  transfer  in  ttie 
atmosphere,  earth-atmospheric  energy  budgets, 
atmospheric  ttiermodynamks. 

METO  411  General  Meteorology  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
METO  410.  METO  460  suggested  as  a  compankxi 
course  A  continuation  ol  METO  410  including  an 
inttoduction  to  ttie  concepts  ol  vorticity  and  circulatton  in 
the  atmospliere.  properties  of  cokJ  fronts  and  warm 
fronts,  cyctones  and  antrcycfcines.  air  masses, 
thunderstorms,  elements  of  dynamic  weattier  forecasting, 
microphysics  of  ctoud  formation  and  precipitation, 
turtxjience  and  diftuston  in  ttie  atmosphere. 

METO  412  Pfiysic*  and  Thermodynamics  of  the 
Atmosphere  (3)  Prerequisites.  MATH  241.  PHYS  284  or 
equivalent.  Optical  phenomena,  ttie  radiation  tialance. 
introduction  to  cloud  physics,  atmospheric  electrical 
phenomena,  tiasic  thermodynamic  processes  and  tfieir 
applicatkjn  to  ttie  atiriosphere 

METO  416  Introduction  to  Atmospheric  Dynamics  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  241,  246;  PHYS  263.  The 
equations  ol  atmospheric  motion;  coordinate  systems; 
balanced  flows  and  elementary  appluation;  divergence; 


178     MICB  —  Microbiology 


drculadon  and  vortiaty:  the  planeta/y  boundary  layer; 
diagnostic  analysis  with  the  quasi-geotrophic  equations 

HETO  420  Physical  and  DynamlcaJ  Ocaanognphy  (3) 

Prerequisite  METO  410  or  a  basic  course  in  fluid 
dynainics  such  as  ENME  340.  Historical  review  ol 
oceanography:  physical,  chemical,  stratification  aix) 
circulation  properties  of  ttie  ocean:  dynamics  of 
frictionless,  frictiorul,  wirxj  driven  and  thermohalme 
circulation:  air-sea  interactions. 

METO  422  Oceanic  Waves,  Tides  and  Turbulence  (3) 
Prerequisite:  METO  420  Introduction  to  ttw  theory  ol 
oceanic  wave  motions,  bdes.  wind  waves,  swells,  storm 
surges,  seiches,  isunamis,  internal  waves,  luitxilence. 
stirring,  mixing  and  dittusion:  probability,  statistics  and 
dme  senas. 

METO  434  Air  Pollution  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior 
standing  in  science  or  engineering  or  consent  of  the 
Instructor.  Three  lectures  per  weeic  Classification  of 
atmospheric  pollutants  and  their  effects  on  visibility. 
Inanimate  and  ammale  receptors  Evaluation  of  source 
emissions  and  principles  of  air  pollulion  control: 
meteorological  factors  governing  the  distribution  and 
removal  of  air  pollutants:  air  quality  measurements  and 
air  pollution  control  legislation. 

HETO  460  Synoptic  Meteorology  I  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  METO  411  or  equivalenL  Two  three-hour 
lecture/laboratory  periods  per  week.  The 
Itvse-dimertsional  structure  of  synoptic  seale  systems 
and  ttieir  relation  to  underlying  dynamical  principles. 
Weatt>er  map  plotting  and  analysis  techniques.  Satellite 
imagery  interpretation.  Meteorological  data  acquisition 
and  use. 

METO  461  Synoptic  Laboratory  H  (3)  Prequisits:  METO 
460.  A  continuation  ol  METO  460. 

METO  499  Special  Problems  In  Atmospheric  Science 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  Research  or 
special  study  in  the  field  of  meteorology  and  ttie 
atmospheric  and  oceanic  sciences.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 


MICB  —  Microbiology 

M1C8  100  Basic  Microbiology  (4)  Three  lectures  and 
one  two-hour  latxiratory  per  week.  An  introduction  to  the 
iwortd  ol  microorganisms  that  is  designed  for  tfie  general 
student  A  survey  of  micntscopic  life  forms  and  their 
activities  that  emphasizes  their  importance  for  human 
welfare.  This  course  is  not  intended  for  students  ma/oring 
In  btotogical  or  allied  health  sciences,  and  it  cannot  lie 
used  to  fulfill  the  24  credits  required  for  a  major  in 
Microbiology.  Credit  not  allowed  for  both  MICe  100  and 
MICB  200 

MICB  200  Qerteral  Microbiology  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
Two  semesters  of  chemistry  The  biology  of 
microorganisms,  with  special  reference  to  Itie  bacteria. 
Fundamental  principles  of  microbiokigy  as  revealed 
through  an  examination  of  the  structure,  physiology, 
genetics,  and  ecokjgy  of  rrucroorgamsms. 

MICB  300  Microbiological  Literature  (1)  One  lecture 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  a  major  in  mk70t>iology 
Introduction  to  penodk»l  literature.  methods, 
interpretation,  arvj  presentation  of  reports. 

MICB  310  AppUed  MIcrobloiogy  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week  Prerequisite: 
MIC8  200.  The  applicalion  of  microorganisms  and 
microbiokigical  principles  to  mdustiial  processes  Control 
ol  microorganisms,  sterilization,  distniection.  anttbiotKS. 
industrial  fermentatwns. 

MICB  322  Microbiology  and  the  Public  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  A  course  for  general  (norvsoence) 
students  m  wtvch  ttiey  will  t>e  made  aware  of  tfie  ways  in 
wtiich  epidemic  disease,  water  polkjtKin.  immunization 
requirements,  solid  waste  disposal,  and  Itie  like,  impinge 
on  cunrent  social  and  political  problems  m  ttie  American 
community 

MICB  360  Medical  Virology  (3)  Prerequisite  MICB  200 
For  the  student  interested  in  a  health-related  career 
Focus  on  ttie  tiost  response  to  viral  infection  Material 
indudas  summary  of  virus  structure  and  multiplication, 
review  ol  ttie  txotogy  of  the  immune  response,  and 
systematic  coverage  ol  ttie  pattiogenesis  and  pethokigy 
of  major  viral  diseases 

MICB  379  Honors  Rsssarch  (3)  Prerequisite:  Admission 
to    departmental    honors    program.    Research    protect 


carried  out  under  guKlance  of  facutty  advisor.  Repeatable 
to  a  total  of  1 2  credits 

MICB  3M  Bacterial  Genetics  (4)  Prerequisites  CHEM 
201-202  and  8  credits  in  microbiotogy  Two  lectures  and 
two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week  Organizatxxi. 
replcation,  expression,  mutatxxi  and  transfer  of  the 
genetk;  material  of  baclena  and  bacteriophages 
Tecfiniques  of  study. 

MICB  388  Special  Topics  In  MIcrobloiogy  (1-4) 
Prerequisite:  eight  credits  in  microbology.  or  consent  ol 
instructor  Presentation  and  discussion  of  special 
subjects  in  the  fiekl  of  microt>iok>gy  A  maximum  of  tour 
credit  hours  of  MICB  388  may  be  applied  to  a  major  in 
microbiology. 

MICB  399  MIcroblologlcsl  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite 
16  credits  in  mk^obKikigy  registratKm  only  upon  the 
consent  of  Itie  instnjctor  This  course  is  ananged  to 
ixovide  qualified  majors  in  microtHokigy  and  majors  in 
applied  iiekJs  an  opportunity  to  pursue  specific 
mk:robiok)gical  problems  under  ttie  supervision  of  a 
member  of  the  departmenL 

MICB  400  Systematic  Microbiology  (2)  Two  lecture 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite  8  credits  in  microtwikigy  or 
consent  of  instructor  History  and  philosophy  of 
dassiFicatxMi.  Alpha,  numencal  and  molecular  genetic 
taxonomy  Methods  used  in  microbial  identificabon  and 
dassificabon 

MICB  410  History  of  MIcrobloiogy  (1)  Prerequisite  A 
major  in  microbiology  or  consent  of  insbuctor.  History 
and  integrabon  of  the  fundamental  discoveries  of  the 
sdence  Modem  aspects  ol  abiogenesis,  fermenlabon, 
and  disease  causabon  in  relabon  to  early  theones. 

MICB    420    Epidemiology    and    Public    Health    (2) 

Prerequisite:  MICB  200.  History,  charactensbc  feabjres  of 
epidemkilogy.  ttie  imjxirtant  responsibilibes  of  public 
health:  vital  stabsbcs. 

MICB  430  Marine  MIcrobloiogy  (2)  Prerequisite  MICB 
200,  Morphotogy.  t>KX;fiemistry  and  ecotogy  of  manne 
mteroorganisms  induding  fungi,  yeasts,  baderia  and 
viruses.  Properbes  of  marine  tiaderia,  such  as 
luminescence,  metal  ion  requirements  lor  growth, 
producbon  of  edocnne  compounds,  and  sampling  and 
culturing  marine  microorganisms. 

MICB  431  Marine  MIcrobloiogy  Laboratory  (3)  One 
lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  MICB  200  and  pemiission  of  ttie  instrudor 
Morphokjgy,  biochemistry  and  ecology  of  marine 
microorganisms.  Properbes  of  marine  badena: 
luminescence,  metal  ion  requirements,  edocnne 
compound  producbon,  sampling  and  cultunng  Laboratory 
may  indude  sampling  trips  in  Chesapeake  Bay  and  a 
deep  sea  research  cruise 

MICB  440  Pathogenic  Microbiology  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  two-hour  latxxatory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  MICB  200  The  role  of  badena  and  fungi  in 
ttie  diseases  of  man  with  emphasis  upon  ttie 
dilterenbafion  and  culture  of  microorganisms,  types  of 
disease,  modes  of  disease  bansmission,  prophyladx;, 
ttierapeubc,  and  epidemnlogical  aspects. 

MICB  450  Immunology  (4)  Two  ledures  and  bwo 
two-tiour  laboratory  periods  a  week  Prerequisite:  MICB 
440  Prindples  of  immunity:  hypersensibveness 
Fundamental  techniques  of  immunotogy 

MICB  460  General  Virology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MICB  440 
or  equivalent.  Discusskm  of  ttie  physical  and  diemical 
nature  of  viruses,  vims  culbvabon  and  assay  mettiods. 
virus  replk:ation,  viral  diseases  with  emphasis  on  ttie 
oncogenic  viruses,  viral  genebcs,  and  charadensbcs  of 
ttie  major  virus  groups 

MICB  470  Microbial  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MICB 
200  Pre-  or  co-requisite  BCHM  462  Merobial  cellular 
and  populabon  growth  Fermentation  metabolism. 
physK>k>gy  of  anaerotiiosis.  and  energy  conservabon  and 
transformabon  in  badenal  membranes  Effoeocy  of 
energy  utilizabon  for  growth  Memtxane  structure  and 
bansport.  baderial  chemotaxis.  regulabon  of  tiadsnal 
chromosome  replk:abon,  RNA  and  protein  synttiesis, 
contrd  of  metatidK:  pattiways 

MICB  480  MlcrobUI  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisites:  MICB 
200  and  CHEM  201-202  Interaction  ol  microorganisms 
with  ttie  environment,  ottier  rmcroorganiams  and  with 
fugher  organisms  Roles  of  rmcroorgamms  In  ttie 
biosphere  Microorganisms  and  current  eiivtioriiiieinal 
problems 


MICB     490     Microbial     Farmentatkins     (2)     Second 

semester  Two  lecture  periods  a  week  Prerequisite: 
MICB  470  Pnnoples  and  practice  in  industrial 
fermenlabon  processes,  and  trie  study  of  lermantabve 
nnetabolism  in  microorganisms 

MICB    491    Microbial    FermenUtlons    Laboratory   (2) 

Second  semester  Two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  s 
week  Prerequisite  MICB  490.  or  concurrent  registrabon 
in  MICB  490.  and  consent  of  instructor  Mettiods  kx  ttie 
condud.  conbol  and  analysis  ol  fermenlabon  proceeaas. 

MUED  —  Music  Education 

MUED    197    Pre-Protasslonal    Expedencee    (1)    An 

orientabon  into  ttie  role  of  ttie  music  teadier  m  ttie 
sdiool  and  community  Qass  meets  one  hour  a  week  lor 
planning  and  discusskxi  Students  spend  one  afternoon 
a  week  assigned  to  various  music  educabon  activities 
Limited  to  music  education  majors 

MUED  352  Music  tor  ttie  Elementary  Claaaroom 
Teacher  (2-3)  Prerequisite  MUSC  155  or  consent  ol 
instrudor  For  non-music  majors  Mettiods  lor  guiding 
elemeniary  sdiool  sbJdents  in  musical  experiences, 
development  of  objectives,  and  a  survey  ol  instructional 
materials 

MUED  410  Instrumental   Arranging   (2)   Prerequisites: 

MUSC  250  and  permission  of  instructor  Arranging  tor 
school  bands  and  ordiestras  from  the  elementary 
ttirough  tugh  school  levels 

MUED  411  Instrumental  Mualc:  Methods  and 
Materials     for     the     Elementary      School     (3)     A 

compretiensive  study  ol  instnxAonal  matenals  and 
teaching  techniques  for  beginning  instrumental 
dasses — winds,  stnngs  and  percussion 

MUED  420  InstrumenUI  Music:  Methods,  Matartala 
and    Administration    for    SecotKiary    School    (2)    A 

compretiensive  study  ol  instrucbonal  and  program 
materials,  retiearsal  techniques  and  program  planning  for 
junor  and  seruor  high  sdiool  bands  and  orchestras. 
Organizabon,  scheduling,  txxlgebng  and  purdiasing  are 

induded 

MUED  438  Special  ProMama  In  the  TeKhing  ol 
Instrumental  Music  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  113-213 
or  ttie  equivalent  A  study,  through  pracbca  on  minor 
instruments,  of  the  problems  encountered  in  public 
sdiool  teaching  of  ordiestral  instruments  Uterabjre  and 
teaching  matenals,  minor  repairs,  and  adjusbnent  of 
nsbuments  are  induded  The  course  may  be  taiien  lor 
credit  ttiree  bmes  since  one  of  tour  groups  ol 
insbuments:  stnngs.  woodwind,  brass  or  percussion  wH 
be  studied  each  bme  Itie  course  is  ottered 

MUED  450  Music  In  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  155  or  equivalent  Creattva 
experiences  m  songs  and  rhyttims.  correlabon  o>  musK 
and  everyday  leaching  with  ttie  abilibes  and  development 
ol  each  level,  study  ol  songs  and  matenals.  observation 
and  teaching  experience  with  each  age  level. 

MUED  460  Creattve  Actlvttles  In  the  Elementwy 
School  (2-3)  Prerequisile  Musk  mettiods  or  teaching 
experience  A  study  of  ttie  creabve  approach  to  Itie 
devekipment  ol  music  expenences  lor  chidran  in  Vie 
elementary  grades  emphasizing  oontamporary  music  snd 
contemporary  music  techniques 

MUED  470  General  Concepta  tor  Teaching  Muaic  (1) 

Corequisite  MUED  411  or  471  Basic  phioaophical. 
psydiotogKal.  educational  consideratkins  lor  t  total 
musK  program  K-12.  strategies  lor  leaching  lonal  and 
rtiythmic  concepts,  evakiabon  techniques  snd  fleld 
experiences  m  designated  schools 

MUED  471  Methods  tor  Teaching  Elemantary  Oanaral 
Muaic  (3)  A  study  ol  currxxilum,  matenals,  and  leeching 
techniques  lor  ttie  devekipment  ol  meamngtii  music 
experiences  wtuch  contntxite  to  a  sequential  musical 
growth  lor  ctiMren  In  0ie  elemeniary  schools 

MUED  472   Choral   Technlquee   and   nepefteira   (2) 

PrsrequisNes  MUED  470  and  MUSC  490.  Rahaarail 
techniques  tor  devetopmg  appropriate  dUcfV  lona. 
production,  tnlonabon,  phrasmg,  and  miarpretaton  ol 
choral  music  examinabon  of  a  lotde  variety  ol  rapafloire 
lor  use  l>y  dioral  pertormmg  groups  on  Itie  elemeniary 
and  secondary  levels 

MUED  471  Special  Topics  In  Music  Educstfon  (1-3) 

Pieiequislle  MUED  470  or  consent  ol  dspartnent  Eadt 
topic  locuses  on  s  speoAc  asfjad  ol  tie  music 
inetnjUtonal  program,  ooAecttvaly,  the  lopica  comt  a  vrtda 


MUSC  — Music     179 


range  of  subtect  maRer  retevanl  to  today's  schools.  May 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits 

MUED  MO  The  Vocal  Music  Teacher  and  School 
Organization  (2)  Prerequisite  Student  teaching, 
previous  or  concurrent  The  role  ol  the  vocal  music 
specialist  in  the  Implementation  ol  the  supervision  and 
administration  of  the  music  programs  in  the  elemsntary 
and  secondary  schools  Open  to  graduate  sludiiUs  by 
permission  ol  instiuctor 

MUED    499    WorHshopa.    Clinics,    InstttutM    (3-6) 

Irvxjvative  and  expenmental  dimensions  ol  music 
education  wlU  be  offered  to  meet  the  needs  of  music 
teacfwfs  and  music  supervisors  and  to  allow  students  to 
irxfividuallze  tfieir  programs.  The  maximum  numt^er 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol 
toward  any  degree  is  six  semester  hours;  the  symbol 
may  be  usisd  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester  hours 
have  been  reached 

MUSC  —  Music 

MUSC  100  Class  Voice  (2)  Four  hours  per  week  A 
laboratory  course  in  which  a  variety  ol  voices  and  vocal 
problems  are  represented  Pnndples  ol  correct  breathing 
as  applied  to  slr>glr^,  fundamentals  ol  tone  production 
arxl  diction  Students  are  taught  to  develop  their  own 
voices  Repertoire  ol  lolk  songs  arxj  songs  ol  the 
classical  and  romantic  periods. 

MUSC  102  Class  Piano  (2)  Four  hours  per  week 
Functional  piano  training  for  beginners  Devetopment  of 
techniques  useful  tor  school  and  community  playing. 
Basic  piano  technk^ues;  chord,  arpeggk>,  and  scale 
techniques:  mekxly  and  song  playing;  simple 
accompaniments,  Improvisation  for  accompaniments  and 
rhythms;  sight  reading  arxi  transposition,  arxJ  playing  by 
ear. 

MUSC  103  Class  PUno  (2)  Four  hours  per  week. 
FuiKtional  piano  training  lor  beginners.  Development  of 
technk]ues  useful  for  school  and  community  playing 
Bask;  piano  tecfviiques;  chord,  arpeggio,  and  scale 
techniques;  mekxJy  and  song  playing;  simple 
accompaniments,  improvisation  lor  accompaniments  and 
rhythms;  sight  reading  and  transposition,  and  playing  by 
ear.  MUSC  103  Is  a  continuation  of  MUSC  102; 
elementary  repertoire  Is  begun. 

MUSC  104  Beginning  Folk  Guitar  Class  (2)  Basic 
technkgues  ol  Mk  guitar.  Emphasis  on  performance  of 
traditional  and  contemporary  lolk  music  literature. 

MUSC  106  Beginning  Classical  Guitar  Class  (2)  Basic 
techniques  ol  classical  guitar.  Music  reading  skills  and 
musical  Inlerpretatkjn;  exercises  to  develop  lechnk^al 
competency. 

MUSC   110   Class   Study  of  String   Instruments  (2) 

Open  only  to  ma)ors  in  music  education  (vocal  option). 
Four  laboratory  hours  per  week  Basic  principles  of  string 
playing,  and  a  survey  ol  all  string  Instnjments 

MUSC  111  Class  Study  of  Wind  and  Percussion 
Instruments  (2)  Open  only  to  majors  in  musk:  education 
(vocal  option).  Four  latxiratory  hours  per  week.  A  survey 
of  wind  and  percussion  instruments  with  emphasis  on 
ensemble  training  The  student  will  acquire  an  adequate 
playir>g  technkjue  on  one  instrument  and  gain  an 
understanding  of  the  acoustk^al  and  construction 
principles  of  ttie  others 

MUSC  113  Class  Study— Violin  (2)  Open  only  to  majors 
in  music  education  (Instrumental  option).  Four  laboratory 
hours  per  week.  A  study  of  the  vk>lin  with  emphasis  on 
ensemble  training.  The  student  will  acquire  an  adequate 
playing  technKjue. 

MUSC  114  Class  Study — Cello  and  Bass  (2)  Open  only 
to  majors  In  music  educatk>n  (Instrumental  option)  Four 
latxxatory  tiours  per  week.  A  study  ol  tfie  instruments 
with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will 
acquire  an  adequate  playing  technkgue. 

MUSC  116  Class  Study— Clarinet  (2)  Open  only  to 
majors  In  musk:  educatkjn  (instrumental  option)  Four 
laboratory  hours  per  \week.  A  study  ol  the  clarinet  with 
emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will  acquire 
an  adequate  playing  technique 

MUSC  117  Class  Study — Flute,  Oboe,  Bassoon,  and 
SaxophofM  (2)  Open  only  to  maiors  In  music  education 
(Instrumental  option)  Four  latxiratory  hours  per  week  A 
study  of  the  Instruments  with  emphasis  on  ensemble 
training.  The  student  will  acquire  an  adequate  playing 
technique     on     two     to     four     instruments,     arxl     an 


understanding  ol  Itte  acoustical  and  constructk>n 
principles  ol  the  others 

MUSC  120  Class  Study— Comet  (2)  Open  only  to 
ma)ors  In  music  education  (Instrumental  option)  Four 
laboratory  hours  per  week  A  study  ol  the  comet  with 
emphasis  on  ensemt)le  training.  The  student  will  acquire 
an  adequate  playing  technkjue 

MUSC  121  Class  Study— Horn,  Trombone, 
Euphonium,  and  Tuba  (2)  Open  only  to  majors  in  music 
education  (instnimental  option)  Four  latxiratory  hours 
pe  ■  week  A  study  ol  the  instruments  with  emphasis  on 
ensemble  training  The  student  will  acquire  an  adequate 
playing  technique  on  two  to  lour  Instruments,  arxl  an 
understanding  ol  the  acoustical  and  construction 
pnndples  ol  the  others 

MUSC  122  Class  Study— Percussion  (2)  Open  only  to 
majors  in  music  education  (Instrumental  optton).  Four 
latxxatory  hours  per  week  A  study  ol  the  instruments 
with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training  The  student  will 
acquire  an  adequate  playing  technique  on  two  to  lour 
instruments,  and  an  understanding  of  the  acoustical  and 
oonstnjction  principles  of  the  others. 

MUSC  123  Movement  for  Singers  (1)  Systematic 
exercises.  Improvisations  and  dances  in  conjurx:tion  with 
artistk:  vocal  expresskjn  Perlormarx»  and  critkgue  ol 
stage  deportment,  gestures  and  recital  techniques, 

MUSC    126    Vocal    Diction— English    and    Latin    (1) 

Augmentatkin  ol  private  voice  study  Phonelcs  and 
diction  lor  singers  of  English  arxl  Latin  vocal  literature. 

MUSC   127  Vocal   Diction— Italian  and   Spanish   (1) 

Augmentation  of  pnvale  voice  study  Phonetics  and 
diction  lor  singers  ol  Italian  and  Spanish  vocal  literature. 

MUSC  128  Sight  Reading  for  Pianists  (2)  A  course  to 
give  the  piano  major  an  opportunity  to  develop 
prolteiency  in  sight  reading  at  the  keyboard.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  ol  4  credits. 

MUSC  129  Ensemble  (1)  Three  laboratory  hours  per 
week  Rehearsal  and  performance  of  selected  works  lor 
small  ensembles  ol  Instruments,  piano,  or  small  vocal 
groups.  After  two  registratkins  in  MUSC  129  the  student 
will  elect  MUSC  229  for  two  additional  semesters,  and 
MUSC  329  thereafter. 

MUSC  130  Survey  of  Music  Literature  (3)  Three 
Lectures  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Open  to  all 
students  except  music  arid  music  education  majors 
MUSC  130  and  131  may  not  both  be  taken  lor  credit.  A 
study  of  the  principles  upon  whk:h  music  is  based,  and 
an  Introduction  to  the  musical  repertoires  perfonned  In 
America  today. 

MUSC  135  Basic  Notatlonal  Skills  (2)  Three  hours  per 

week.  An  introductory  course  in  fundamentals  ol  music 
notation  and  the  devetopment  of  aural  skills.  May  not  be 
used  in  fulfillment  of  degree  requirements  by  majors  in 
music. 

MUSC  140  Music  Fundamentals  I  (3)  An  Introductory 
theory  course  lor  ttie  non-music  major.  Notation,  scales, 
inten/als,  triads,  rhythm,  forni.  and  basic  aural  skills. 

MUSC  141  Music  Fundamentals  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  140  or  permission  of  instructor.  Continuation  of 
MUSC  140  Introductkin  to  counterpoint,  contemporary 
idbms.  Improvisation  and  student  compositions. 

MUSC  150  Theory  of  Music  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Departmental  audition  and  entrance  examination. 
Limited  to  musk;  majors.  A  study  of  basic  concepts  and 
skills  in  tonal  melody  and  harmony  through  analysis  and 
composition. 

MUSC  151  Theory  of  Music  11  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
1 50  with  a  minimum  grade  ol  C.  A  continuatton  of  MUSC 
150.  Including  study  of  more  advanced  hamronlc 
techniques  ol  the  eighteenth  century,  such  as  modulatkxi 
and  chromatic  harmonies  Emphasis  on  sight  singing. 
ear  training,  analysis,  and  compositkxial  skills. 

MUSC  155  Fundamentals  tor  the  Classroom  Teacher 

(3)  Open  to  students  majonng  in  elementary  education  or 
chiWhood  education;  other  students  take  MUSC  150. 
MUSC  150  and  155  may  not  both  be  counted  for  credit 
The  fundamentals  ol  musk;  ttieory  and  practice,  related 
to  the  needs  ol  the  classroom  and  kindergarten  teacher, 
and  organized  in  accord  with  the  six-area  concept  ol 
musical  learning. 

MUSC  200  Advanced  Class  Voice  (2)  Fours  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  MUSC  101  or  equivalent  vocal 
training.  Continuation  ol  MUSC  101.  with  more  advanced 


repertoire  lor  sok>  voice  and  small  ensembles  A  special 
sectton  lor  muslc-educalKin  ma|ors  will  Include  the  study 
of  methods  and  materials  lor  teaching  class  vo«e 

MUSC  201  AdvancMl  Ctess  Vole*  (2)  Fours  hours  per 
week  Prerequisite  MUSC  101  or  equivalent  vocal 
training  CoritinualK)n  ol  MUSC  101.  with  more  advanced 
repertoire  lor  sok)  voice  arxl  small  ensembles  A  special 
sectwn  lor  music -education  majors  will  Include  the  study 
ol  methods  and  materials  lor  teaching  class  voice 

MUSC  202  Advanced  Class  Piano  (2)  Four  hours  per 
week  Prerequisite  MUSC  103  or  equivalent  piano 
training  Advanced  keyboard  techniques  Continuation  of 
skills  Introduced  In  MUSC  103.  Transposltk>n, 
modulatk}n.  and  sight  reading:  mettvods  ol  teaching 
functional  piano 

MUSC  203  Advanced  Class  Piano  (2)  Four  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  MUSC  202  or  equivalent  piano 
training  Advanced  keyboard  techniques  Continuation  ol 
skills  Introduced  In  MUSC  202  Transposltton, 
modulation,  and  sight  reading;  methods  ol  teaching 
lunctlonal  piano.  Development  ol  style  In  playing 
accompaniments  and  in  playing  lor  community  singing 
More  advanced  repertoire 

MUSC     204     Advanced     Folk     Guitar     Class     (2) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  104  or  equivalent.  Continuation  ol 
skills  Introduced  in  MUSC  104 

MUSC   206    Advanced    Classical    QuKar    Gloss   (2) 

Prerequisite  MUSC  106  or  pennlsslon  ol  Instructor. 
Continuation  ol  skills  Introduced  in  MUSC  106,  Including 
transcribing  music  tor  the  guitar. 

MUSC  213  Advanced  Class  Strings  (2)  Open  only  to 
majors  In  musk:  education  (instrumental  option)  Four 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  study  ol  the  instruments 
with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training. 

MUSC  215  The  Art  of  the  Performer  (3)  A  study  ol 
music  as  recreated  and  communicated  by  one  or  more 
perlormers  through  recital-lecture  programs.  The  soloist, 
the  ensemble  performer,  the  conductor;  style,  technkjue, 
and  Interpretation;  programming,  listener,  audience,  and 
media.  Presentations  by  Department  of  Musk; 
performance  faculty,  students,  and,  when  possible. 
visiting  artists    Open  to  non-music  majors. 

MUSC  226  Vocal  Diction — French  (1)  Augmentation  of 
private  voice  study.  Phonetics  and  diction  tor  singers  of 
French  vocal  literature. 

MUSC  227  Vocal  Diction — German  (1 )  Augmentation  ol 
private  study  Phonetics  and  dkrtlon  lor  singers  of 
German  vocal  literature. 

MUSC  228  Accompanying  for  Pianist  (2)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  128,  A  course  to  give  the  piano  major  experience 
in  dealing  with  the  problems  of  accompanying  at  an 
Intennediate  stage  ol  difficulty.  Guidance  and  instruction 
In  dass  will  be  supplemented  by  extensive  experience 
wori<ing  as  an  accompanist  in  applied  studios. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

MUSC  229  Ensemble  (1)  Three  latioratory  hours  per 
week  Rehearsal  and  per1omiarK:e  ol  selected  works  for 
small  ensembles  of  Instruments,  piano,  or  small  vocal 
groups.  Alter  two  registrations  in  MUSC  1 29  the  student 
will  elect  MUSC  229  for  two  additional  semesters,  and 
MUSC  329  therealter. 

MUSC  230  History  of  Music  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
250  or  equivalent.  A  historical  study  ol  western  music 
trom  Corelll  through  Beethoven. 

MUSC     248     Special     Problems     In     Music     (2-3) 

Prerequisite,  Permission  of  instructor.  Designed  to  allow 
a  student  of  theory  or  music  history  to  pursue  a 
specialized  topic  or  project  under  the  superviskin  ol  a 
laculty  member.  Re|}eatable  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits. 

MUSC     250    Advanced     Theory     of     Music     I     (4) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  151  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C.  A 
continuation  of  MUSC  151,  with  further  study  of 
chromatic  and  modulatory  techniques  of  the  nineteeth 
century.  Emphasis  on  sight  singing,  ear  training,  analysis, 
arxl  compositk>nal  skills. 

MUSC    251     Advanced    Theory    of    Music     II     (4) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  250  with  a  minimum  ol  C.  A 
continuation  of  MUSC  250,  concentrating  on  late 
nineteenth-century  chromatic  harmony  and  an 
IntroductkKi  to  twentieth-century  melody  and  harmony. 
Emphasis  on  sight  singing,  ear  training,  analysis,  and 
compositional  skills. 


180     MUSC  — Music 


MUSC  328  Chamber  Music  Performanc*  for  Planlita 

(2)  A  course  to  giva  the  piano  maior  experience  in 
dealing  with  the  problems  ol  playing  chamber  music  at  a 
moderately  diWicult  level  Class  instnjction  will  center 
around  actual  rehearsal  and  pertormance  situations  and 
will  be  supplemented  by  further  expenence  working  in 
chamber  ensemble  in  applied  studios  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  4  credits 

MUSC  329  En»emWe  (1)  Three  laboratory  hours  per 
week  Rehearsal  and  performance  of  selected  works  for 
small  ensembles  of  instruments,  piano,  or  small  vocal 
groups  After  two  registrations  in  IvIUSC  129  the  student 
will  elect  MUSC  229  for  two  additional  semesters,  and 
MUSC  329  thereafter 

MUSC  330  History  of  Music  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
250  or  equivalent  A  histoncal  study  ol  western  music 
Irom  the  romantic  era  to  the  present 

MUSC  331  History  of  Music  III  (3)  Prerequisites:  MUSC 
230  and  330  A  historical  study  of  western  music  Irom 
antiquity  through  the  baroque,  ending  with  a  review  of  all 
penods  of  music  history 

MUSC    338    Special    Topics   In    Music   and    Art   (3) 

Vanable  topics  as  announced,  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  SIX  credits  (Listed  also  as  ARTH  338,) 

MUSC      339      Honors      Reading      Course      (2-3) 

Prerequisites:  Junior  standing  and  consent  of  honors 
committee  Selected  readings  in  the  history,  literature 
and  theory  of  music  The  course  may  be  repeated  lor 
credit  at  the  discretion  of  the  committee. 

MUSC  340  Music  Literature  Survey  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  130  or  equivalent  Limited  to  non-music  majors. 
Masterpieces  of  the  symphonic  and  operatic  repertory 
including  works  selected  from  Bach.  Mozart,  Beethoven. 
Brahms,  Wagner.  Verdi,  and  Debussy. 

MUSC  341  Music  Literature  Survey  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  130  or  equivalent  Limited  to  non-music  ma|ors 
Specialized  music  repertory,  including  medieval,  liturgical 
drama.  Handel  tno  sonatas.  Schubert  Lieder.  Bartok 
stnng  quartets,  electronic  music, 

MUSC    345    Jazz    Theory    and    Improvisation    t    (3) 

Prerequisite  MUSC  251  or  permission  ol  the  instmctor. 
Jazz  theory,  notational  conventions,  improvisation 
techniques,  reading  and  analysis  ,  of  music,  and 
performance  in  small  combo  format. 

MUSC    346    Jazz   Theory    and    Improvisation    II   (3) 

Prerequisite  MUSC  345  or  permission  ol  instructor 
Continuation  ol  MUSC  345  including  scoring  and 
transcription 

MUSC  355  Music  In  Recreation  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
155  or  equivalent.  An  advanced  course  in  music 
programs,  matenals  and  skills  for  the  program  specialist 
involved  with  planning  music  activities  for  leisure  and 
recreation  in  community  and  clinical  settings. 

MUSC  358  Aural  Musical  Skills  (2)  Advanced  skills  in 
perceiving  pitch,  melody,  rhythm,  harmony,  texture,  and 
timtye  in  a  variety  ol  media  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  4  credits. 

MUSC  379  Opera  Workshop  (2)  Ten  hours  per  week 
Open  to  music  and  non-music  maiors  (by  audition). 
Operatic  production  and  performance,  performance 
techniques  and  coaching,  stage  direction,  set  design, 
costume  design,  and  make-up.  Repertoire  will  include 
smaller  operatic  works,  excerpts,  or  scenes  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  eight  credits. 

MUSC     388     Music     Management     Internship     (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  chairman  Must 
be  elected  concunentty  with  MUSC  389  Preprolessional 
field  work  in  music  administration  and  management 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

MUSC  389  Music  Management  Internship  Analysis  (1) 

Must  be  elected  concurrently  with  MUSC  388 
Documentation  and  evaluation  ol  field  work  expener>ce 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  two  credits 

MUSC  400  Music  Pedagogy  (3)  Confererx^  course 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite  MUSC  418.  or  a  more 
advanced  course  in  applied  music  A  study  of  major 
pedagogical  treatises  in  music,  and  an  evaluation  ol 
pedagogical  techniques,  matenals.  and  procedures 

MUSC  415  Music  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
petmissioh  ol  department  chairman  Applicatkjn  ol 
management  concepts  to  music  administratk)n 


MUSC  428  Repertoire  Coaching  of  Vocal  or  Chamber 
Music  (2)  Prerequisite  or  corequisite  MUSC  328  A 
course  for  piano  students  wtio  wish  to  go  further  than  ttie 
work  offered  in  MUSC  128,  228,  and  328  by  becoming 
specialists  in  the  areas  of  vocal  coaching  or  chamber 
music  coaching  Elements  of  pedagogy,  conducting,  and 
responsible  artistic  decision-making  tor  the  entire  musical 
production 

MUSC  429  Opera  Theater  (2-3)  Ten  hours  per  week 
Open  to  music  and  non-music  majors  with  consent  ol 
director  Advanced  techniques  ol  operatic  production, 
preparation,  rehearsal,  and  performance  ol  operatic 
works  Irom  both  the  traditional  and  contemporary 
repertory  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  twelve  credits 

MUSC  432  Music  In  World  Cultures  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  130  or  permission  of  instructor  Asian  musics  Irom 
Japan  to  the  Arab  countnes  analyzed  in  temis  of 
musical,  social  and  aesthetic  approaches 

MUSC  433  Music  In  World  Cultures  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  130  or  permission  of  instructor  Music  of  the 
Balkans.  AInca.  South  and  North  Amenca  analyzed  in 
temis  of  musical,  social  and  aesthetic  intenelalionshlps 

MUSC  436  Jazz:  Then  and  Now  (3)  Major  styles  and 
influential  artists  of  the  past  75  years  of  jazz. 

MUSC   438    Area    Studies    In    Ethnomuslcology   (3) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  432  or  433  or  equivalent  Advanced 
study  ol  musics  in  selected  regions  ol  the  worid 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits  provided 
content  is  different 

MUSC  439  Collegium  Muslcum  (1)  Prerequisite: 
Pemiission  of  the  instructor  Open  to  undergraduates  and 
graduates,  music  majors  and  non-majors  Procurement, 
edition,  and  pertormance  of  music  not  belonging  to  a 
standard  repertory  earty  music,  compositions  lor  unusual 
pertorming  media,  works  which  demand  reconstruction  of 
their  original  circumstances  of  performance  Outcome  ol 
a  semester  s  work  may  be  one  or  more  performances  for 
the  public  May  be  repeated  lor  credit  live  times 

MUSC  443  Solo  Vocal  Uterature  (3)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  330,  331  or  the  equivalent  The  study  ol  solo 
vocal  literature  from  the  baroque  cantata  to  the  art  song 
of  the  present  The  lied,  melodie.  vocal  chamber  music, 
and  the  orchestral  song  are  examined 

MUSC  445  Survey  of  the  Opera  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
330.  331.  or  the  equivalent  A  study  of  the  music, 
librettos  and  composers  of  the  standard  operas 

MUSC  448  Special  Topics  In  Music  (2-6)  Prerequisite 
Permission  ol  the  instructor  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  semester  trours 

MUSC  450  Musical  Form  (3)  Prerequisite  MUSC  251  A 
study  of  the  pnnciples  of  organization  in  music  with 
emphasis  on  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  century 
European  music  Reading  and  analysis  ol  scores 
exemplilying  the  musical  forms 

MUSC  451  Analysis  of  Music  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
450  or  permission  ol  instructor  An  advanced  course  in 
the  analysis  ol  tonal  music.  Discussion  of  individual 
woiks.  with  emphasis  on  their  unique  charactenstics  and 
on  the  relation  of  analysis  to  pertormance 
MUSC  452  Keyboard  Harmony  (2)  Prerequisite  MUSC 
251  Keyboard  pertormance  ol  musical  score  for  vocal 
and  instrumental  ensembles  and  keytxiard  realization  of 
basso  continue  parts. 

MUSC  453  Class  Study  of  Guitar  and  Recorder  (2) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  or  any  lour  of  the 
following:  MUSC  102.  103.  113.  114.  116,  117.  120.  121. 
202.  203  Three  hours  per  week  Study  and 
development  of  instrumental  technique,  pedagogical 
practices,  and  matenals  relating  to  group  pertormance 

MUSC     457     Electronic     Music     ComposHk>n     (2) 

Prerequisite  MUSC  250  and  permission  of  instmctor 
Theory  and  practice  ol  electronic  music. 
electronically-ger>erated  sound,  and  its  modulatKm  in  ttw 
voltage-controlled  studio 

MUSC  460  Tonal  Counterpoint  I  (2)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  251  or  permission  ol  instructor  A  course  In 
eighteenth<entury  contrapuntal  techniques,  analysis  and 
original  compositton  ol  two-voice  dances,  preludes,  and 
inventions 

MUSC  461  Tonal  Counterpoint  II  (2)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  460  A  continuatron  ol  MUSC  460  Analysis  and 
original  composition  ol  larger  wortis  displaying  Imilaton  in 
more  tfian  two  vok»s,  Including  the  chorale  prelude  and 


fugue 

MUSC  462  Modal  Counterpoint  (2)  Prerequisite  MUSC 
251  or  the  equivalent  An  introduction  to  the  contrapuntal 
techniques  ol  the  sixteenth  century  the  structure  ol  the 
modes,  composition  ol  modal  melodies,  and  contrapuntal 
wnting  for  two,  three  and  four  voices 

MUSC  465  Canon  and  Fugue  (3)  Prerequisite    MUSC 

461  Of  the  equivalent   Composition  and  analysis  ol  the 

canon  and  lugue  in  the  styles  of  the  eighteenth, 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  centunes 

MUSC  466  Structural  Counterpoint  (3)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  461  ot  permission  ol  the  instructor  A  study  Ol 
counterpoint  and  its  role  in  articulating  large-scale  tonal 
structures  with  emphasis  on  analysis  arxJ  wrtttan 
exercises 

MUSC  467  Piano  Pedagogy  I  (3)  A  study  ol  maior 
pedagogical  treatises  m  music  and  an  evaluation  of 
pedagogical  techniques,  matenals,  and  procedures 

MUSC  468  Piano  Pedagogy  II  (3)  Prerequisite  MUSC 
467  Application  ol  the  studies  l»gun  in  MUSC  467  to 
the  actual  lesson  situation  Evaluation  of  results  May  be 
repeated  once  for  credit 

MUSC  470  Harmonic  and  Contrapuntal  Practtcae  ot 

the  Twentieth  Century  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251  or 

equivalent  A  theoretical  and  analytical  study  ol  twenllalh 

century  matenals 

MUSC  471  Contemporary  Compositional  Technique* 

(2)  Prerequisite    MUSC  470  or  permission  ol  instructor 

Continuation    ol    MUSC    470,    with    emphasis    on    Itie 

analysis  of  individual  works  wntlen  since  1945 

MUSC  478  Composition  (2)  Prerequisite    MUSC  250. 

251      Pnnciples    ot    musical    oompositkjn.    arv)    tf>eir 

application    to    the    smaller    forms     Original    writing    in 

nineteenth    and   twentieth   century   musical    k*oms   lor 

vanous  media 

MUSC  479  ComposKlon  (2)  Prerequisite    MUSC  250. 

251      Pnnciples    ol    musical    composition,    and    their 

application    to   the    smaller    forms     Original    wnting    In 

nineteenth    and   twentieth   century    musical    idtoms   lor 

vanous  media 

MUSC  480  Music  In  Antiquity  and  the  Middle  Ages  (3) 

Survey  ol  western  music  Irom  Hellenic  limes  to  1450 

MUSC  481  Music  In  the  Renaissance  (3)  Survey  of 

western  music  from  1450  to  1600 

MUSC  482  Music  In  the  Baroque  Era  (3)  Survey  ol 
western  music  Irom  1 600  to  1 750 

MUSC  483  Music  In  the  Classic  Era  (3)  Survey  of 

western  music  from  1 750  to  1 820 

MUSC  484  Music  In  the  Romantic  Era  (3)  Survey  of 

western  music  from  1 820  to  1 900 

MUSC  485  Music  In  the  20th  century  (3)  Survey  ol 

western  music  from  1900  to  the  present 
MUSC  486  Orchestration  I  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251. 
A  study  ol  the  ranges,  musical  functions  and  tectwDcal 
charactenstics  ol  ttie  instnjments  and  their  color 
possibilities  in  vanous  combinations  PractkMl  experienca 
in  orchestrating  lor  small  arxl  large  ensemtites 

MUSC  487  Orchestration  II  (2)  Prerequisite  MUSC  486. 
A  study  of  orchestration  in  the  vanous  histoncal  penods. 
with  emphasis  upon  stylistic  wnting  projects 

MUSC  490  Conducting  (2)  Prerequisite    MUSC  251. 

Vocal  and  instnjmental  baton  techniques 

MUSC  491  Conducting  II  (2)  Prerequisite  MUSC  490  or 

the    equivalent     Baton    techniques    applied    to    score 

reading,  rehearsal  techniques,  tone  produckon.  styis  and 

Interpretaton 

MUSC   492   KcytxMrd   Music   I   (3)  The   history   and 

literature  ol  harpsichord  and  solo  piano  music  Irom  its 
beginning  to  the  Romantic  pemd  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
those  segments  of  repertoire  which  are  er>coun1ered  m 
pertormance  and  teaching  situations  at  tf»e  present  Hme. 

MUSC  493  Keyboard  Music  II  (3)  Prerequisite  MUSC 
492  The  history  and  literature  ol  riarpslchord  and  soto 
plaiw  music  from  the  Romantic  penod  to  lf»e  present 
Emptiasis  is  placed  on  those  segments  ol  repertoire 
wliich  sra  encountered  m  pertorrrwnce  and  leeching 
situations  at  the  present  time 

MUSC  494  Survey  of  Theory  (3)  Prarequisne:  MUSC 
251   A  study  ol  ttw  maior  contnbutions  of  music  I 
from  Greek  antiquity  through  the  twenttelh  oenlwy 


PHED  —  Physical  Education     181 


MUSC  495  Acoustics  tor  Muslclsns  (3)  Prerequisites 
MUSC  251  or  the  equivalerit.  arxl  senior  or  graduate 
standiiig  in  music  The  basic  physics  ol  music,  acoustics 
of  musical  instruments  and  music  theory,  physiological 
acoustics,  and  musico-archilectural  acoustics 

MUSC  499  Independent  Studies  (2-3)  Prerequisite 
Permission  o(  instructor  Independent  research  on  a  topic 
chosen  m  consultation  with  the  Instructor,  which  may 
culminate  in  a  paper  or  appropnate  pro|ecl  May  be 
repealed  once  tor  credit 


MUSP  —  Music  Performance 

Undergraduate  Music  Performance  Courses  are 
available  In  three  series: 

Minor  Series:  2  credits  each  course  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  chairperson.  Limited  to 
music  majors  studying  a  secondary  Instrument  and 
to  non-music  majors  One-haK  hour  private  lesson 
per  week  plus  assigned  independent  practice 

MUSP  102,  103  freshman  courses. 

MUSP  202,  203  sophomore  courses. 

MUSP  302,  303  junior  courses. 

MUSP  402.  403  senior  courses. 
Principal  Series:  2  or  4  credits  each  course 
Prerequisites:  departmental  audition,  entrance 
examination,  and  pennisslon  ol  department 
chairperson.  Limited  to  majors  in  music  programs 
other  than  performance  One-hour  private  lesson 
per  week  plus  assigned  Independent  practice 
Courses  109.  208.  and  409  may  be  repeated  once 
for  credit,  but  only  one  successful  attempt  in  each 
course  may  be  applied  towards  baccalaureate 
degree  requirements. 

MUSP  109,  110  freshman  courses. 

MUSP  207.  ^08  sophomore  courses. 

MUSP  305,  306  junior  courses. 

MUSP  409,  410  senior  courses  (recital  required  In 
MUSP  410). 

Major  Series:  2  or  4  credits  each  course 
Prerequisites:  departmental  audition.  Entrance 
examination,  and  permission  of  department 
chairperson.  Limited  to  majors  in  performance 
One-hour  pnvate  lesson  per  week  plus  assigned 
independent  practice  Courses  119,  218.  and  419 
may  be  repeated  once  for  credit,  but  only  one 
successful  attempt  in  each  course  may  be  applied 
towards  baccalaureate  degree  requirements. 

MUSP  119,  120  freshman  courses. 

MUSP  217,  218  sophomore  courses. 

MUSP  315,  316  junior  courses. 

MUSP  419,  420  senior  courses  (recital  required  In 
MUSP  420). 

Instrument  designation:  each  student  taking  a 
music  performance  course  must  Indicate  the 
instrument  chosen  by  adding  a  suffix  to  the  proper 
course  numljer.  such  as:  MUSP  102A  music 
performance — piano.  A — Piano;  B — Voice  C — Violin 
D— Viola:  E— Cello:  F— Bass;  G— Flute;  H— Oboe; 
I — Clarinet;  J — Bassoon;  K — Saxophone;  L — Horn 
M — Tnjmpet;  N — Trombone;  0 — Tuba 

P — Euphonium;  0 — Percussion;  R — Organ 

S — Guitar;  T — Composition;  U — World  Instruments 
V — Harp;  W — Electronic  Composition;  X — Hist 
Inst— Keyboard;  Y— Hist  Inst— Strings;  Z— Hist 
Inst — Winds 

NUSC  —  Nutritional  Science 

NUSC  402  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week  A  study  ol  the  fundamental  role  of  all 
nutrients  in  the  tx>dy.  including  their  digestion,  absorption 
and  metatxDtsim,  Dietary  requirements  and  nutntional 
deficiency  syndromes  of  laboratory  and  farm  animals  and 
man  will  be  considered.  This  course  will  be  for  both 
graduate  and  undergraduate  credit,  with  additional 
assignments  given  to  the  graduate  students 

NUSC  403  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  penod  per  week.  Prerequisites. 
MATH  110.  NUSC  402  or  pennission  ol  Instructor.  A 
critical    study    ol    ttHJse    factors    which    Influence    the 


nutritional  requirements  ol  ruminants,  swine  and  poultry 
Practical  feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  In 
formulation  of  economically  elfident  rations  will  be 
presented 

NUSC  425  International  Nutrttlon  (2)  Two  lectures  a 
week  Prerequisite  Course  in  basic  nulntion  Nutntional 
status  of  world  population  and  local,  national,  and 
international  programs  for  improvement 

NUSC  435  History  of  Nutrttlon  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week  Prerequisite  Course  in  t)asic  nutntion  A  study  of 
the  development  of  the  knowledge  of  nutntion  arxl  its 
Interrelationship  with  social  and  economic  devetopment 

NUSC  450  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  (3)  First 
semester  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
Prerequisites  NUSC  402  or  NUTR  300,  CHEM  461 ,  462 
or  concurrent  registration  or  permission  of  instructor  A 
cntical  study  of  the  physiological  and  metabolic 
influences  on  nutrient  utilization,  particular  emphasis  on 
current  problems  in  human  nutntion 

NUSC  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrttlon  (3)  Second 
semester  Prerequisite  NUSC  402  or  NUTR  300  Two 
lectures  and  latX)ratory  period  per  week.  Modification  of 
normal  adequate  diet  to  meet  human  nutntional  needs  in 
pathological  conditions 

NUSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite 
ANSC  NUSC  401  or  concunent  registration  Six  hours  of 
latxxatory  per  week.  Digestibility  studies  with  ruminant 
and  monogastric  animals,  proximate  analysis  of  various 
food  products,  and  feeding  tnals  demonstrating  classical 
nutritional  deficiencies  In  lalX)ratory  animals. 

NUTR  —  Nutrition 

NUTR  too  Elements  of  Nutrttlon  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Fundamentals  of  human  nutntion.  Nutrient 
requirements  related  to  changing  individual  and  family 
needs  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course:  NUTR 
100  or  NUTR  200 

NUTR  200  Nutrition  for  Health  Services  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequlsites:  CHEM  104  and  ZOOL  201  Two  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory  Nutrition  related  to 
maintenance  of  normal  health  and  prevention  of  disease; 
nutritional  requirements  for  irKllvlduals  in  different  stages 
of  development:  current  concerns  in  nutntion  for  the 
professional  in  health  services.  Credit  will  be  given  for 
only  one  course:  NUTR  100  or  200, 

NUTR  300  Science  of  Nutrition  (4)  Prerequisites  NUTR 
100:  ZOOL  202:  and  CHEM  261,  or  461;  or  consent  of 
Instructor,  Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  latwratory 
An  understanding  of  the  chemical  and  physiological 
utilization  of  of  nutrients  present  in  food  as  related  to 
individual  human  nutrition  status;  digestion  and 
absorption,  requirements  and  deficiencies. 

NUTR  315  Maternal,  Infant  and  Child  Nutrition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  NUTR  100  or  200,  Nutritional  needs  of  the 
mother.  Infant  and  child  and  the  relation  ol  nutrition  to 
physical  and  mental  growth.  Intended  primarily  tor 
non-majors, 

NUTR  340  Food  Service  Systems  Management  In  the 
Community  (4)  Prerequisite:  FOOD  250  and  lADM  300 
Pre-  or  correqulslte:  NUTR  300,  Two  lectures  and  one 
six-hour  laboratory  per  week.  The  evaluation  of 
community  feeding  problems  caused  by  the  complexity  of 
such  factors  as  age,  economic  situation,  ethnicity,  culture 
and  religion. 

NUTR  425  International  Nutrttlon  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Course  in  basic  nutritiori.  Nutritional 
status  of  worid  population  and  local,  national  and 
international  programs  for  improvement. 

NUTR  430  Nutritional  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  261  or  equivalent  Nutritional  bkjchemistry  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  relationship  between 
biochemistry  and  nutritiori 

NUTR  435  History  of  Nutrition  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite  Course  in  basic  nutntion,  A  study  of 
the  devetopment  of  the  knowledge  of  nutrition  and  its 
inter-relatioriship  with  social  and  economic  developments. 

NUTR      450      Advanced      Human      Nutrition      (3) 

Prerequisites:  Consent  ol  department:  NUTR  300  and 
CHEM  261  or  concun-ent  registration  In  CHEM  462,  Two 
lectures  and  one  two-hour  latx)ratory  A  critical  study  of 
the  physiological  and  metabolic  influences  on  riutrient 
utilization,  with  particular  emphasis  on  cun'ent  problems 
in  human  nutntion. 


NUTR  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Two 
lectures  and  orw  lat>oratory  penod  a  week  Prerequisites 
NUTR  300,  450  Modilications  ol  the  normal  adequate 
diet  to  meet  human  nutntional  needs  in  pattiological 
corxlltions 

NUTR  470  Community  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisites: 
NUTR  300,  450,  460  A  study  of  different  types  of 
community  nutrition  programs,  problems  and  projects 

NUTR   475    Dynamics   of    Community    Nutrttlon    (3) 

Prerequisite  NUTR  470  or  consent  of  instructor  The 
practice  of  community  nutrition,  Commuriity  assessment, 
nutrition  program  planning,  implementation  arx) 
evaluation,  nutrition  education  end  counseling; 
grantmanship,  and  the  legislative  process, 

NUTR  480  Clinical  Dietetics  I  (2)  Pre-  or  corequlslte: 
NUTR  450  Corequisite  NUTR  460  Open  only  to 
students  accepted  into  the  coordinated  dietetic  program. 
Principles  of  interviewing  and  counseling  Application  of 
principles  of  normal  and  therapeutic  nutrition  m  medical 
and  surgical  care  of  patients  Thirteen  hours  of 
supervised  clinical  expenerx:e  per  week  is  required 

NUTR  485  Clinical  Dietetics  II  (4)  Prerequisite  NUTR 
480  Open  only  to  students  in  the  coordinated  program  in 
dietetics  Continuation  of  NUTR  480  with  emphasis  on 
development  of  nutritional  care  plans  and  patient 
education  Fourteen  hours  of  clinical  experience  per 
week  IS  required  One  two  tx5ur  lecture 

NUTR    490    Special    Problems    In    Nutrition    (2-3) 

Prerequisites  NUTR  300  and  consent  ol  instructor 
Individual  selected  problems  in  the  area  of  human 
nutrition, 

NUTR  495  Clinical  Dietetics  III  (4)  Prerequisites:  NUTR 
485  Open  only  to  senior  students  in  the  coordinated 
dietetic  program.  Clinical  practice  In  dietetics  under 
supervision  of  a  registered  dietician.  Including 
responsiblity  for  nutritiorial  support  and  nutritional  care 
plans  for  patients,  supervision  of  dietetic  personnel  atxJ 
affiliation  with  community  agencies.  Two  hundred  eighty 
hours  of  clinical  practice  per  semester, 

NUTR  498  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of  instructor  Selected  cunent  aspects  ol  nutntion, 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits  11  the  subject 
matter  is  substantially  different, 

PERH  —  Physical  Education, 
Recreation,  and  Health 

PERH  487  Adult  Health  and  Developmental  Program 

(3)  Prerequisite;  Consent  of  instructor  Training  and 
experience  in  a  clinically  oriented  development  program 
for  the  aged, 

PERH  488  Children's  Health  and  Development  Clinic 
(1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor  An  opportunity 
to  acquire  training  and  experience  in  a  therapeutically 
oriented  physical  education-recreation  program  for 
children  referred  by  various  education,  special  educaBon. 
medical  or  psychiatric  groups.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  4  credits, 

PERH  490  Theories  of  Children's  Love  and  Peace 
Behavior  (3)  The  development  of  love  and  peace 
tjehaviors  as  health  correlates  in  infra  human  and  human 
species  from  infancy  through  childhood  with  special 
emphasis  upon  the  role  of  physical  education,  recreation, 
and  health.  The  examination  of  existing  models  in  the 
areas  ol  family,  school,  and  clinical  settings. 

PHED  —  Physical  Education 

PHED  Activities  Program  Courses:  1-3  credits  each 

PHED  100—114  Physical  Education  Activities— Men 

PHED  115—127  Physical  Education 

ActivHIes— Women 

PHED  130—177  Physical  Education  Activities— Coed 

PHED  158  Adapted  Physical  Education— Coed  PHED 
Professional  Program  Courses: 

PHED  180  Introduction  to  Physical  Education  (2)  An 

orieritatiori  to  the  profession,  including  the  relationship  of 
physical  educatkjn  to  educabon.  current  trends  and 
practices,  career  opportunities,  and  areas  of  research. 

PHED  181  Fundamentals  of  Movement  (2)  Introduction 
to  the  scientific  foundations  of  human  movement 
including  tactual  knowledge  and  application  of  content 
areas    such    as    human    growth    and    devetopment. 


182     PHED  —  Physical  Education 


anatomy,  physiology,  neurology,  biomechanics  and  motor 
learning  to  fundamental  movement  skills 

PHED  182  Rhythmic  Activities  (2)  Six  hours  a  week 
Development  of  rhythmic  sensitivity  through  analysis  ot 
rhythm  and  its  application  to  movement,  skills  in  folk, 
square  and  social  dance,  teaching  techniques  lor  use  in 
schools  and  recreational  programs 

PHED  183  Elementary  School  Rhythmic  ActlvlUe*  (2) 

A  discussion  ol  preparation  and  active  partkapation  in 
expressive  and  rtiythmical  movement  activities  tor  the 
elementary  school  age  child  Educatkxial  dance,  creative 
dances  and  rhythms  are  considered 

PHED  184  Elementary  School  Skill*  and  SeH-Testlng 
Activities  (2)  A  discussion  ol  preparatun  and  active 
participation  in  educational  gymnasttes  and  functional 
movement  skills  suitable  for  elementary  school  chiWren 

PHED  200  Apparatus  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  ol  skills  in  apparatus 

PHED  201  Archery  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  archery. 

PHED      202      Badminton      Skills      Laboratory      (1) 

Progressive  techniques  ol  leaching  and  practice  of  skills 
in  badminton 

PHED  203  Baseball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  ol  skills  in  baseball. 

PHED  204  Basketball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  ol  teaching  and  practice  ol  skills  in  baskett)all. 

PHED  205  Bowling  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  ol  teaching  and  practice  ol  skills  in  bowling. 

PHED  206  Golt  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practk»  ol  skills  in  golf 

PHED  207  Fencing  Skills  Laborstory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  ol  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  lencing. 

PHED     210     Reld     Games     Skills     Laboratory     (1) 

Progressive  techniques  of  leaching  and  practice  of  skills 
in  lield  games  such  as  flag  football,  soccer,  speedball 
and  speed-away 

PHED     211     Reld     Hockey    Skills    Laboratory    (1) 

Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practk»  of  skills 
in  field  hockey. 

PHED  212  Football  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  ol  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  football. 

PHED  213  Lacrosse  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  ol  skills  in  lacrosse. 

PHED  214  Soccer  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  soccer. 

PHED  215  Softball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  ol  teaching  and  practk;e  of  skills  in  Softball. 

PHED  216  Tumbling  and  Balancing  Skills  Lattoratory 

(1)  Progressive  techniques  ol  teaching  and  practice  of 
skills  in  tumbling  and  balancing 

PHED  217  Tennis  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  ol  teaching  and  practice  ol  skills  in  tennis. 

PHED  218  Laboratory  In  Teachirtg  (1)  Prerequisite: 
Students  are  eligible  who  have  completed  a  minimum  ol 
36  semester  hours  ol  credit  with  appropnale  knowledge 
and  experier)ce  in  the  selected  activity  area  or  with 
permission  ol  instructor  The  course  is  designed  to 
prepare  the  student  lor  the  student  teachir>g  expenence 
by  assisting  in  a  class  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 
ol  2  credit  hours 

PHED    220   Track   and    Field    Skills    Laborstory   (1) 

Progressive  technkyjes  ol  teaching  and  practk»  ol  skills 
in  track  and  liekl. 

PHED  221  Volleyball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 

techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  volleyt>all- 

PHED    222    Weight    Training    Skills    Laboratory   (1) 

Progressive  techniques  ol  teaching  and  practice  of  skills 
in  weight  training 

PHED  223  Wrestling  Skills  Lsborstory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  ol  teaching  and  practice  ol  skills  in  wrestling 

PHED  261  Development  of  Endurance  and  Strength 
Fitness  (3)  Two  lectures  arxj  one  two-hour  laboratory 
per  week  An  appraisal  ol  various  comporients  ol 
physical  fitness  and  ol  a  prescnption  exercise  program 
The  parameters  ol  physical  litness  and  the  exercises  to 
Improve  these  parameters 


PHED  282  Technk)ues  of  Officiating  (1)  Emphasis  on 
mechantos  and  techniques  involved  with  olticiaOng 
various  sports  Opportunity  to  quality  lor  olfK:ials  ratings 
in  sports  such  as  basketball,  field  hockey  and  volleyball 

PHED  287  Sport  and  American  Society  (3)  Sport  vnll 
be  related  to  such  soaal  problems  as  delinquency. 
S6gregatk>n.  collective  behavior  and  leisure,  to  social 
processes  such  as  socialization,  slratilication.  mot)lli1y. 
and  social  control;  and  to  those  lamiliar  social  institutions, 
the  lamily.  the  school,  the  church,  the  military,  the 
economy,  ttie  polity,  and  the  mass  media 

PHED  289  Topical  investigations  (1-6)  Independent 
study  by  an  individual  student  or  a  group  ol  students  in 
special  areas  ol  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly 
sctwduled  courses  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6 
credits 

PHED  290  Observstlon  of  Teaching  Strategies  In 
Physical  Education  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Stnjctured  otwervatlon  of  chiWren  in 
physteal  education  settings.  Specilic  emphasis  on 
analysis  ol  ttw  teaching/learnir^g  process  and  the 
selectkin  and  development  ol  appropriate  content 

PHED  293  History  of  Sport  In  America  (3)  The  growth 
and  devetopmeni  ol  sport  in  America  The  Iranslormation 
ol  sport  within  the  perspective  ol  Amencan  history, 
including  dass  sport,  prolesstonallzation.  amateunsm. 
and  International  involvement 

PHED  301  Organization  and  Oftkiatlng  in  intramurals 

(1)  Organization,  administration,  and  promotion  ol 
intramurals  at  various  school  levels  Included  are  types  ol 
tournaments,  units  ol  competition,  handling  ol  student 
leader  personnel 

PHED  303  Organization  and  Officiating  In  Intramursis 

(1)  Organization,  administration,  and  prorrrotion  of 
intramurals  at  various  school  levels.  Included  are  types  ol 
tournaments,  units  of  competition,  handling  ol  student 
leader  personnel. 

PHED  304  Advanced  Basketball  Skills  Laboratory  (2) 

Progressive  techniques  ol  teaching  and  practk»  of  skills 
in  basketball  at  the  advanced  level  Prerequisite;  PHED 
204  or  equivalent 

PHED    306    Advanced    Golf    Skills    Laboratory    (2) 

Progressive  lechnkiues  ol  teaching  and  practice  ol  skills 
in  goll  at  the  advanced  level.  Prerequisite:  PHED  206  or 
equivalent. 

PHED    314    Methods    In    Physical    Education    (3) 

Applicatkin  ol  educational  phlk>sophy  and  principles  to 
dass  organization  and  lechnkiues  ol  teaching  physical 
education 

PHED  315  lyiethods  of  Aquatics  (2)  Training  lor  aquatk; 
leadership  in  scTiools.  camps  and  clubs  Induded  are 
teaching  mettiods.  organizatkjn  and  administration, 
analysis  ol  the  basic  and  competitive  swimming  strokes, 
diving,  and  equipment  and  pool  maintenance. 
Prerequisite;  WSI  or  instructors  perniission 

PHED  316  Advanced  Gymnastics  Skills  Laborstory 

(2)  An  analytical  approach  to  teaching  tsasic  through 
advanced  skills  in  gymnastka.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
spotting,  evaluating,  and  the  solving  ol  motor 
piartormance  problems  Prerequisite;  PHED  200  and 
PHED  216  or  equivalent 

PHED  317  Advanced  Tennis   Skills   Uborstory  (2) 

Progressive  technkjues  ol  teaching  and  practice  ol  skills 
in  tennis  at  the  advanced  level  Prerequisite  PHED  217 
or  equrvalent 

PHED    330    Fundamentals    of    Body    Dynamics    (3) 

Acquaintance  ol  the  elementary  teacher  with  the 
scientific  prindples  ol  mechank»lanatomical  analysis 
arxl  physiology  of  activities  relating  to  physkal  growth 
and  devetopment 

PHED  333  Adapted  Physlcsl  Education  (2)  Lecture 
and  lab  Application  ot  kinesiotogical  and  physk>k)gk:al 
prindples  to  handuapped  students,  designed  to  help 
prospective  teachers  meet  exercisa  needs  ol  ttwse  pupM 
with  disabilities. 

PHED     334     Methods     ot     Scubs     instruction     (3) 

Prerequisites  Bask:  scuba  certilK:ation  and  venlicatton  ol 
diving  expenence  An  advarKed  course  m  scuba  diving 
with  emphasis  on  the  instructional  methods  ol  teaching 
scuba.  Induded  are  teaching  mettxxte.  orgamzsnon  and 
administration,  legal  aspects  ol  scuba  instnx^tkxi.  open 
water  rescue  and  emergerKy  procedures,  advarwed 
diving  physics  and  physniogy 


PHED  335  Swimming  Pool  Mansgement  (2)  Analysis  ol 

the  positton  of  tt^e  swimming  pool  manager  The 
systematic  treatment  ol  swimming  pool  water,  swimming 
pool  lirst  aid;  and  laws  pertaining  to  swimming  pool 
operation  Oualllles  the  student  lor  a  pool  operator's 
licer^se  in  most  Maryland  counties 

PHED  340  TTieory  of  Coaching  Athletics  (2)  General 
theory  and  practice  ol  coaching  selected  competittve 
sports  fourxJ  in  secorxJary  schools  and  community 
recreatton  programs  Not  open  to  students  wtx)  have 
credit  lor  PHED  324 

PHED    341     Theory    ol    Coaching    Basketball     (2) 

Phikisophy.  preparation  lor  season.  practK«  organizatkjn. 
scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies  Mot  open  lo 
students  wtro  have  credit  lor  PHED  323 

PHED     342     Theory     of     Coachii>g     Baseball     (2) 

Phitosophy.  preparatKjn  lor  season,  practice  organization, 
scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies  Not  open  lo 
students  vrtw  have  credit  for  PHED  325 

PHED     343     Theory     of     CoschliM)     Football     (2) 

Phitosophy.  preparatton  lor  season,  practkx  organizatton 
scouting.  Mm  analysis.  ar>d  strategies  Not  open  lo 
students  wfio  have  credit  lor  PHED  323 

PHED    344    Theory    of    Coaching    Swlmmlttg     (2) 

Phitosophy.  preparation  lor  season,  practice  organization, 
scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies  Not  open  to 
students  wtx)  have  credit  lor  PHED  326 

PHED  345  Theory  of  Coaching  Track  and  Field  (2) 

Phitosophy.  preparatxxi  lor  season,  practtce  organizatton. 
scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  PHED  325 

PHED     346     Theory     of     Coaching     Wrestling     (2) 

Phitosophy.  preparatton  lor  season,  practne  orgamzatxjn. 
scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies  Not  open  to 
students  wtw  have  credit  lor  PHED  326 

PHED    350    The    Psychology    of    Sports    (3)     An 

exptoratton  ol  the  personality  factors,  induding.  but  not 
limited  to  motivation,  aggression  arxJ  emotkxi.  as  triey 
atiect  sports  partapation  and  motor  skill  perlormarxa 

PHED  360  Physiology  of  Exercise  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  hours  per  week  Prerequisites;  ZOOL  101. 
201  and  202  and  consent  ol  Instructor  A  study  of  ttio 
phystology  of  exercise,  Induding  concepts  of  wo»K 
muscular  contraction,  energy  translormatton.  metat>olism. 
oxygen  debt,  and  nutrition  and  athletic  performance. 
Emphasis  on  cardiovascular  and  respiratory  function  in 
relation  to  physkal  activity  arxl  training 

PHED  361  Weight  Control  through  Olat  and  Exerdaa 

(3)  Lecture  and  laboratory  The  basK  pnnaples  ol  weight 
control  are  given  and  the  students  partkspate  in  diet  and 
exercise  programs 

PHED  381  Advanced  Training  and  Conditioning  (3) 

TTiree  hours  a  week  Theoretical  and  practical 
loundatkxis  ol  the  prevention,  recognitton  and  treatment 
of  athletic  injuries  Physk:al  conditioning  and 
re-conditioning.  preventive  taping,  first  aW.  and  vanoua 
modalities  are  emphasized 

PHED  386  Motor  Learning  and  SklHad  Performanoa 

(3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  100  A  study  ol  the  leseaiLh 
dealing  with  motor  learning  and  motor  poifomanca. 
Mator  topKs  discussed  are  scientific  metlKXlology, 
indivklual  differences,  spedfksty.  propdocepdve  control  of 
movement,  mollvalton.  dmir^g.  Iransler.  and  retention 

PHED  389  Topical  Invaatioallons  (1-3)  Independent 
study  by  an  individual  student  or  a  group  of  studanis  In 
spedal  areas  of  krxwiledge  not  covered  by  ragUaily 
scheduled  courses  Repeatable  lo  a  maximum  of  star 
credits 

PHED  390  Practk;um  In  Teaching  Ptiyslcal  Education 

(3)  Prerequisite  PHED  314  Two  lectures  arx)  two  hom 
ot  laboratory  per  week  In  the  leacfting  of  chUdrsn  m  a 
physical  educatton  setting  Specific  entphasK  on 
curriculum  development,  lesson  planning,  progtasttona 
and  aiwlysis  of  teacher  beluvior 

PHED  398  Honors  Seminar  (1)  H— Honors  PraraquMa: 
Partkspatton  in  honors  program  Or>e  diacussan  period 
a  week.  Guided  discusston  of  research  topics  of  current 
interest  Repeatable  to  a  total  of  3  hours  credlL 

PHED  399  Honors  Theels  (3)  H— Honors  PrarequWM: 
PHED  39eH  and  cwxlklacy  lor  honors  m  physical 
educatton  Advnement  wiH  be  on  ttie  Indhndual  tMSla. 
Thesis  must  be  delarvled  in  the  horvirs  samlnar. 


PHED  400  KlnaaMogy  (4)  TtvM  lacturss  and  two 
laboralory  hours  a  week  Prerequisilee  ZOOL  101.  201. 
aixl  202  or  the  equivalent  The  study  of  human 
movWTwnl  and  the  physical  and  phystologlcal  pnnciples 
upon  which  it  depends  Body  mechanics,  posture,  motor 
eltiderKy.  sports,  the  pedormance  o(  atypical  individuals. 
and  the  Influence  of  growth  arvj  development  upon  motor 
performance  are  studied 

PHED  401  Klneslotogy  for  Dai>c«  (3)  Mechanical  and 
anatonxcal  components  of  human  movement  Integration 
of  the  scientific  knowledge  necessary  lo  itie  dancer  with 
the  artistK  aspects  of  dance  Practical  experience  In  the 
applicatKsn  of  kjneswtogical  prmaples  to  dance  and 
darK»  educatun  May  not  be  taken  for  credit  by  students 
wtw  have  credit  in  PHED  400 

PHED  406  Perceptual-Motor  Development  In  the 
Young  Child  (3)  Analysis  of  perceplualmolor 
components.  their  progression.  inter-relationsliips. 
developmental  activities  and  evaluation  Study  of  the 
growth  arxl  ottier  factors  ttwt  influence  perceptual-motor 
devek>pmenl  in  the  young  child 

PHED  420  Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Onentation  of  the  general  elementary  teacher 
to  physical  education  Pnnaples  and  practices  in 
elemenlary  physical  educatior  are  discussed  and  a 
vanety  of  appropnals  activities  are  considered 

PHED  421  Elementary  School  Phyalcal  Education— A 
Movement  Approach  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHED  183  and 
184  An  analysis  of  movement  phikisophy  and  content, 
focusing  upon  cognitive,  psychomotor  and  affective 
devek)pmental  characteristics  in  relation  to  progression 
and  planning  of  games,  educational  dance  and 
educational  gymnastices  for  elementary  school  age 
chikjren 

PHED  451  Sport  and  the  American  Woman  (3)  The 

expanding  perception  of  the  woman's  role  in  American 
society;  etiology  of  sex  differences;  socialization  of  sex 
roles  in  America;  development  of  "masculinity'  and 
"temir^ty'  in  children  through  early  play  experiences; 
competition  and  women;  personality  of  the  female 
attilele;  and  personal  motivations  of  female  athletes  and 
projected  future  for  sport  and  the  American 

PHED  455  Physical  FHnass  of  the  Individual  (3)  A 

study  of  the  major  physical  fitness  prot>lems  confronting 
the  adult  modem  soaety.  Consideration  is  given  lo  the 
scientific  appraisal,  development,  and  maintenance  of 
fitness  at  all  age  levels.  Such  problems  as  obesity, 
weight  reduction,  chronic  fabgue.  posture,  and  special 
exercise  programs  are  explored  Open  to  persons 
outside  trie  profession  of  physical  education. 

PHED    461     Exercise    and    Body    Composition    (3) 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  104.  ZOOL  201.  and  ZOOL  202;  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Physiological  concepts  relating 
body  composition  factors  to  exercise  and  human 
perlormance.  The  scientific  basis  for  the  establishment 
and  evaluation  of  conditioning  programs  where  body 
composition  may  play  an  important  role,  such  as  weight 
control  and  athletics 

PHED    470    Seminar    for    Student    Teachers    (2)    A 

seminar  held  concurrently  with  student  teaching  in 
physical  education.  An  intensive  examination  of  current 
problems  and  issues  in  teaching  physical  education. 

PHED  480  Maosurament  In  Physical  Education  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  MATH  105  or  1 10,  A  study  of  the  principles 
and  techniques  of  educational  measurement  as  applied 
to  teaching  of  physical  education;  study  of  the  functions 
and  techniques  of  measurement  in  the  evaluation  of 
student  progress  toward  the  objectives  of  physical 
education  and  in  ttie  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of 
teaching. 

PHED  487  Physical  Education  and  Sport  In 
Contamporary  Cultures  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the 
cuttural  impact  of  physical  education  activities  in  the 
United  Stales  and  selected  countries.  Individual  research 
on  selected  topics  is  required. 

PHED  489  Raid  Laboratory  Protects  and  Workshop 
(1-6)  Wortehops  and  research  projects  in  special  areas 
of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  structured 
courses.  Note:  The  maximum  total  numt)er  of  credits  that 
may  be  earned  toward  any  degree  in  physical  education 
is  six. 

PHED  490  Organization  and  Administration  of 
Physical  Education  (3)  The  application  of  the  principles 


of  administration  and  supervision  to  physical  education 
and  intramurals  Students  are  normally  enrolled  dunng 
the  student  leaching  semester 

PHED  491  The  Curriculum  In  Elemantary  School 
Physical  Education  (3)  Techniques  planning  and 
construction  are  considered  from  a  slandpoinl  of  valid 
critena  for  the  selection  of  content  in  elementary  school 
physical  education  Desirable  features  of  cooperative 
curriculum  planning  in  providing  for  learning  experiences 
will  be  presented  and  discussed 

PHED  493  History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and 
Physical  Education  (3)  History  and  philosophical 
implications  of  sport  and  physical  education  through 
ancient,  medieval,  aivj  contemporary  periods  In  western 

avilization 

PHED  495  Organization  and  Administration  of 
ElemenUry       School       Physical       Education       (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHED  420  Studies  the  procedures  basic  lo 
satisfactory  organization  of  all  phases  of  the  elementary 
school  physical  education  program  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  organizational  and  administrative  factors 
necessary  for  the  successful  operation  of  the  program  in 
various  types  of  elementary  schools 

PHED  496  QuantHatlve  Methods  (3)  Statistical 
techniques  most  frequently  used  in  research  pertaining  to 
physical  educatmn  Effort  is  made  to  provide  the  student 
wnth  the  necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him  with  the 
interpretations  and  applications  of  these  techniques 

PHED     497     Independent     Studies     Seminar     (3) 

Discussions  of  contemporary  issues  vital  to  the  discipline, 
critiques  of  research  in  the  student's  area/areas  of 
special  interest,  completion  of  a  major  project  where  the 
student  will  be  asked  lo  demonstrate  the  ability  to  cany 
out  investigative  processes  in  problem  solving  and  critical 
writing  under  faculty  directiori, 

PHED  498  Special  Topics  In  Physical  Education  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instmclor.  Topics  of  special 
interest  in  areas  not  covered  by  regulariy  scheduled 
courses.  Repeatable  when  the  subject  matter  is  different, 

PHIL  —  Philosophy 

PHIL     100     Introduction     to     Philosophy     (3)     An 

introductron  lo  the  literature,  problems,  and  metfiods  of 
philosophy  either  through  a  study  of  some  of  the  main 
figures  in  philosophic  ttiought  or  ttirough  an  examination 
of  some  of  the  central  and  recurring  protilems  of 
philosophy. 

PHIL  140  Contemporary  Moral  Issues  (3)  The  uses  of 
philosophical  analysis  in  thinking  dearly  about  such 
widely  debated  moral  issues  as  abortion,  euthanasia, 
homosexuality,  pornography,  reverse  discrimination,  the 
death  penalty,  business  ethics,  sexual  equality,  and 
economic  justice. 

PHIL  142  Introduction  to  Ethical  Theory  (3)  A  critical 
examination  of  classical  and  contemporary  systems  of 
ethics,  such  as  those  of  Aristotle.  Kant,  Mill,  and  Rawls. 

PHIL  '170  introduction  to  Logic  (3)  A  general 
introductbn  to  the  discipline  of  logk;.  Traditional  and 
modem  deductive  technk^ues:  infomial  fallacies. 

PHIL  173  Logic  and  the  English  Language  I  (3)  Basic 
techniques  for  analyzing  deductive  arguments.  The  uses 
of  these  techniques  to  illuminate  the  grammar  and  the 
togk;  of  English  sentences.  The  capacity  of  the  English 
language  to  express  togkal  distinctions.  Exercises  in 
analyzing  the  k>gical  stnicture  ot  published  writings  ol 
varied  style  and  content. 

PHIL  174  Logic  and  the  English  Language  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  173  or  consent  of  instructor.  Basic 
techniques  of  conceptual  analysis  and  nondeductive 
reasoning  examined  against  the  capacity  of  the  English 
language  for  exact  expression.  Exercises  in  critical 
analysis  of  publisfied  writings  of  varied  style  and  content, 

PHIL  206  Chinese  Philosophy:  Social  and  Polltlcai 
Thought  (3)  An  introductory  survey  of  Confucian 
philosophy  and  of  other  Chinese  social  and  political 
philosophy  from  ancient  times  to  the  present  day.  The 
Chou  Dynasty  (1122-222  BC)  and  the  many  schools  ol 
thought  produced  during  that  period  The  reemergence  of 
Confucian  philosophy  in  the  Sung  Dynasty  (960-1279 
AD)  and  trace  devekipments  down  to  the  contemporary 
period  Contemporary  tfiought  in  tfie  context  of  eariier 
Chinese  traditions.  Not  availat>le  lor  credit  for  students 
who  earned  credit  for  PHIL  207  pnor  to  fall  1 976, 


PHIL  —  Philosophy     183 

PHIL  207  Chlnasa  Philosophy:  Rsilelous  Thought  (3) 

An  Introductory  survey  and  cntk:al  examination  ol  Taolst 
and  Chinese  Buddhist  phllosophk:al  and  religious  ideas 
The  period  from  the  rise  of  Taolst  thought  during  the 
Chou  Dynasty  (c  400  BC)  to  the  decline  of  Buddhism  In 
China  (c   lOOO  AD) 

PHIL  209  Philosophical  Issues  (3)  An  examination  of 
selected  philosophk:al  issues  of  general  Interest  May  be 
repeated  lo  a  maximum  of  6  hours  for  credit  when  the 
Issues  dealt  with  are  different 

PHIL  233  Philosophy  In  Literature  (3)  Reading  and 
philosophical  criticism  of  fiction,  poelry.  and  drama, 
dealing  with  issues  of  moral,  religious,  arid  metaphysical 
significance 

PHIL  236  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3)  A  philosophical 
study  of  some  of  the  main  problems  of  religious  thought; 
the  nature  of  religKMjs  expenence.  the  /ustificatton  of 
religious  belief,  the  conflicting  claims  of  religion  and 
science,  and  the  relation  twtween  religion  and  morality 

PHIL  245  Political  and  Social  Philosophy  I  (3)  A  critical 
examination  ol  such  classical  political  theories  as  those 
of  Plato,  Hobbes.  Locke.  Rousseau.  Mill.  Marx,  and  such 
contemporary  theories  as  those  ol  Hayek.  Rawls.  and 
recent  Marxist  thinkers.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
credit  in  PHIL  345, 

PHIL  250  Philosophy  of  Sclenca  I  (3)  An  Introduction  to 
the  main  issues  in  the  philosophy  of  science,  giving 
special  attention  to  the  ways  scientific  developments 
have  influenced  the  philosophy  of  saence  and  how 
philosophy  of  science  has  influenced  scientific  progress. 
Case  studies  of  selected  histoncal  episodes  in  which 
science  and  philosophy  have  interacted  significantly, 
focusing  on  the  physical,  biological,  or  social  sciences. 
Students  cannot  receive  credit  lor  both  HIST  200  and 
PHIL  250. 

PHIL  252  Moral  Dilemmas  In  Science  and  Technology 

(3)  The  uses  ol  philosophical  analysis  in  thinking  cleariy 
about  some  of  the  moral  dilemmas  that  have  tieen 
created  by  modem  science  and  technology,  focusing  on 
such  issues  as  sociobiology.  race  and  IQ.  genetic 
engineering,  techniques  of  behavior  modification,  nuclear 
power,  experimentation  with  human  subjects,  ecology, 
and  population  control, 

PHIL  308  Studies  in  Contemporary  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Six  hours  in  philosophy.  Problems,  issues, 
and  points  of  view  of  cunent  interest  in  philosophy.  May 
be  repealed  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are 
different.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

PHIL  310  Ancient  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisite:  six 
credits  in  philosophy  or  classics.  A  study  ol  tfie  origiris 
and  development  of  philosophy  and  science  in  ancient 
Greece,  focusing  on  the  pre-Socratics.  Socrates.  Plato, 
and  Aristotle. 

PHIL  316  Medieval  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisite:  six 
credits  in  philosophy  A  study  of  philosophical  thought 
from  the  fourth  to  the  fourteenth  centuries.  Readirigs 
selected  from  Christian.  Islamic,  and  Jewish  thinkers. 

PHIL  320  Modem  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisite:  six 
credits  in  philosophy,  A  study  of  major  philosophical 
issues  of  the  16th.  17th.  and  18th  centuries  through  an 
examination  of  such  philosophers  as  Descartes,  Newton, 
Hume,  and  Kant 

PHIL     325     Nineteenth     Century     Philosophy     (3) 

Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  A  study  of 
philosophy  in  the  riirieteerith  century  through  an 
examination  ol  such  figures  as  Hegel.  Marx.  Kierkegaard. 
Nietzsche,  and  Mill. 

PHIL  326  Twrentlsth  Century  Analytic  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy;  PHIL  320  is 
recommended.  A  study  of  major  issues  in  twentieth 
century  analytic  philosophy  through  an  examination  ol 
such  phitosopfiers  as  Frege.  Russell.  Camap.  Moore, 
and  Wittgenstein. 

PHIL  328  Studies  In  the  History  of  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Six  hours  in  philosophy.  Problems,  issues, 
and  points  of  view  in  the  history  of  philosophy.  May  be 
repeated  lor  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are 
different  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

PWL  330  Philosophy  of  Art  (3)  An  examinatren  of 
philosopNcal  theories  of  art  and  aesthetic  experience. 
Analysis  of  concepts  central  to  tfiought  about  art. 
Readings  from  philosophers,  critics,  and  artists. 


184     PHYS  — Physics 


PHIL  334  Philosophy  ol  ««u«te  (3)  The  nature, 
meaning,  and  purpose  ot  music  Analysis  ol  the  concepts 
ol  creativity,  lorm,  expression,  and  representation  as  they 
relate  to  music  Theories  ol  music  listening  and  ol 
musical  evaluation  Readings  Irom  philosophers, 
composers,  critics,  and  psychologists 
PHIL  342  Moral  Probtoma  In  Medicine  (3)  Prerequisile: 
PHIL  too  or  140  or  consent  ol  instructor  A  cntical 
examination  ol  the  moral  dimensions  ol  decision-making 
in  health-related  contexts  Readings  are  drawn  Irom 
philosophical,  medical,  and  other  sources 
PHIL  343  Sexual  Morality  (3)  A  critical  examination  ol 
practical  moral  issues  beanng  on  sexual  conduct,  using 
the  resources  ol  moral  and  social  philosophy 
PHIL  360  Phlloaophy  ol  Language  (3)  Prerequisite 
PHIL  170  or  173  or  371  An  inquiry  info  the  nature  and 
lunclion  ol  language  and  otfier  lorms  ol  symbolism 

PHIL  371  Symbolic  Logk  I  (3)  The  lonnal  analysis  ol 
deductive  reasoning  providing  lamiliarity  with  techniques 
ol  lonnal  deduction  in  prepositional  logic  and 
quantification  theory,  as  well  as  some  knowledge  ol  basic 
concepts  ol  lormal  semantics  (tmth  tables,  models) 

PHIL  373  Analytical  Writing  (3)  Prerequisite  PHIL  170 

or    173   or   371    (PHIL    173   and    174    recommended) 

Review  ol  technkfues  ol  deduclrve  and  nondeductive 

reasoning,  and  ol  conceptual  analysis  The  development 

of  a  prose  style  for  writing  clearly  and  critkally  about 

ideas 

PHIL  399  Honor*  Seminar  (3)  Open  to  honors  students 

in  philosophy  and,  by  pemnission  of  the  instructor,  to 

honors    students    in    other    departments     Research    in 

selected  topics,  with  group  discussion  May  be  repealed 

for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are  dilferent 

PHIL  408  Topics  In   Contemporary   Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:    PHIL   320     An   Intensive  examinaton  of 

contemporary  problems  and  issues   Source  matenal  will 

be  selected  from  recent  books  and  articles    May  be 

repeated    for   credit    when    Ihe   topKS   dealt   with   are 

different 

PHIL  412  The  Philosophy  ot  Plato  (3)  Prerequisites:  six 

credits    in    philosophy      A    cntkal    study    ol    selected 

diakjgues 

PHIL  414  The  Philosophy  ot  Aristotle  (3)  Prerequisites: 

six  credits  in  philosophy     A  crrtkal  study  of  selected 

portwns  ol  Anstotle  s  wnlings 

PHIL  421  The  Continental  RatlonallsU  (3)  Prerequisite: 

SIX  credits  in  philosophy.   A  critical  study  ol  selected 

writings  ol  one  or  more  ol  the  continental  ratkjniists. 

PHIL  422  Ths  British  Empiricists  (3)  Prerequisite:  six 

CTedits  in  phitosophy  A  critical  study  ol  selected  writings 

on  one  or  more  of  Ihe  Bntish  empiricists 

PHIL  423  The  Philosophy  of  Kant  (3)  Prerequisites  six 

credits  in  phitosophy  A  cntical  study  ol  selected  pontons 

ot  Kant's  writings 

PHIL  428  Topics  In  the  History  ol  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisites:     PHIL    310    and    320.    or    consent    ol 

instructor     May  be  repeated  lor  credit  when  Ihe  topics 

dealt  with  are  different 

PHIL    438    Topics    In    Philosophical    Theology    (3) 

Prerequisite:    PHIL   236   or   consent   ol   instmctor    An 

examination  ol  a  basic  issue  discussed  in  Iheotogical 

writings,  with  readings  drawn  Irom  both  classical  and 

contemporary  theologians   and   phitosophers     May  be 

repeated  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits  when  the  topics  are 

dHlerenl 

PHIL      440      Contemporary      Ethical      Theory      (3) 

Prerequisite   PHIL  142     Contemporary  problems  liaving 

to  do  with  the  meaning  ol  the  principal  concepts  ol  ethics 

and  with  the  nature  ol  moral  reasoning 

PHIL  441  History  of  Ethics:  HobbM  to  the  PresMit  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  140  The  history  ol  ethical  thought 
from  the  seventeenth  centur/  lo  the  present  including 
such  phitosophers  as  Hohbes.  BuDer.  Hume.  Kanl. 
Bentham.  Mill.  Bradley.  Sidgwick.  Moore,  and  Stevenson 
PHIL  445  Polltlcsl  and  Social  Philosophy  11  (3) 
Prerequisite  PHIL  142  or  345  A  study  ol  Ihe  mam 
issues  encountered  in  the  phikjsophical  analysis  arx) 
evaluation  ot  social  and  political  institutions 
PHIL  446  Law.  Morality,  and  tWar  (3)  Prerequisite 
GVPT  300  Of  401  Of  PHIL  142  or  consent  ol  inslructof 
An  exploratton  ol  fundamental  moral  and  legal  issues 
concerning  war    Also  offered  as  GVPT  403 


PHJL  447  Philosophy  ol  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  One 
course  in  philosophy  Examination  ol  fundamental 
concepts  related  to  law,  eg  ,  legal  system,  law  arx) 
morality,  lustice.  legal  reasoning,  responsibility 
PHIL  450  Scientific  Thought  I  (3)  The  devetopment  ol 
science,  its  philosophical  interpretations  and  implicatioftt. 
and  views  ol  its  methods,  from  the  ancients  through 
Newton  and  Leibf>i2 

PHIL  451  Scientific  Thought  II  (3)  The  devetopmeni  ol 
science,  ils  philosophical  interpretations  and  impltoations. 
and  vievrs  of  its  methods,  Irom  the  death  ol  Newton  lo 
the  early  twentieth  century 

PHIL  452  Philosophy  ol  Physics  (3)  Prerequisites 
three  credits  in  philosophy  or  three  credits  in  physics 
Implications  ol  20th-century  physics  lor  such  problems  as 
operationalism.  Ihe  structure  and  purpose  ol  scientific 
theones.  the  meaning  of  'probability',  the  basis  ol 
geometrical  knowledge,  the  Copenhagen  inteipretabon  ol 
quantum  mectianics,  the  nature  and  limits  ol 
measurement  Emphasis  on  the  interactton  between 
physics  and  philosophy 

PHIL  453  Philosophy  ol  Science  II  (3)  Prerequisites 
PHIL  250  or  an  upper-level  course  in  phitosophy  or  a 
major  in  science  A  comprehensive  sun/ey  ol 
devetopments  in  the  main  problems  of  the  philosophy  of 
science  from  togical  positivism  to  Ihe  present  llie  nature 
of  theones,  models,  laws,  and  counterfactuals.  testing, 
inductive  togic  and  conlimiation  ttieory.  expehnental 
methodokjgy.  measurement,  explanation,  concept 
fomiation.  growth  of  sdentiric  knowledge,  and  scientific 
realism. 

PHIL  454  Philosophy  ol  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite 
ECON  203  or  consent  ol  instructor  Conceptual, 
methodotogical,  ethical,  and  ideological  issues  ansing 
from  or  related  to  economic  theory  Conceptual  structure 
of  economtos,  and  togical  relations  among  economic 
theories  The  relations  between  ecorvjmics  ani  ethics, 
and  of  the  importance  ot  kleotogy 
PHIL  455  Philosophy  of  the  Soctol  Sciences  (3) 
Prerequisites:  PHIL  250  or  six  hours  in  a  social  science 
Of  consent  ol  the  instnjctor  A  consideratton  ol 
philosophical  issues  anstng  in  ttw  social  sciences,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  issues  ol  practical  methoddcgieal 
concern  lo  social  scientists. 

PHIL  456  Philosophy  of  Biology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL 
250  or  permisston  ol  the  inslniclor  Questions  about 
concepts,  reasoning,  explanatton.  etc  .  in  biok)gy.  and 
their  relattons  to  those  of  other  areas  ot  science  Case 
studies  of  selected  aspects  of  the  history  ol  btology. 
especially  in  the  twentieth  century 
PHIL  457  Philosophy  of  History  (3)  An  examioatton  ol 
the  nature  ol  historical  knowledge  and  historical 
explanatton. 

PHIL  458  Topics  In  the  Philosophy  of  Science  -(3) 
Prerequisite  PHIL  250  or  consent  ol  the  instmctof,  when 
the  topic  lor  a  given  semester  demands,  additional 
phitosophical  or  scientific  prerequisites  may  be  required 
by  the  instmctor  A  detailed  examination  ol  a  parttoular 
topic  or  problem  in  phitosophy  ol  scieoce  RepeataWe  to 
a  maximum  ol  six  aedits  when  the  content  is  different 
PHIL  461  Theory  of  Meaning  (3)  Prerequisite  six 
credits  in  philosophy  Theones  about  the  meaning  ol 
linguisitic  expressions,  including  ?'jch  topics  as  sense 
and  reference  intensionality  and  nec«?ssity,  and 
possible- worid  semantics  through  an  examinatioo  ol 
such  wnters  as  Mill.  Frege  Wmgensle-n.  Ouine.  and 
Kripke 

PHIL  462  Theory  of  Knowledge  (3)  Prerequisite  six 
credits  in  phitosophy  Some  central  topics  m  the  theory  ol 
knowledge,  such  as  perception,  memory,  knowledge,  and 
beliel.  skepticism,  ottwr  minds,  truth  and  itie  problems  ol 
induction 

PHIL  464  Metaphysics  (3)  Prefequoile  six  credits  m 
phitosophy  A  study  ol  some  central  metaphysical 
concepts  such  as  substance,  identity,  relations,  causality, 
arxl  bme.  and  ol  the  nal-jre  ol  metaphysical  thmWng 
PHIL  466  Philosophy  of  Mind  (3)  Profeqmsite  six 
credits  in  philosophy  An  nxjuiry  mlo  Itie  nature  ol  mmd 
through  the  analysis  ol  such  concepts  as  consoousness. 
thought,  sensatior  enxjoon.  arxl  desire  Consideration  ol 
mind-brain  identity  thesis 

PHIL  471  SyiT>boMc  Logic  M  (3)  Prerequisite  PHIL  371 
or  consent  ol  nstructof  Axiomate  devetopmeni  ol  the 
prepositional    ctfcukis    and    the    lirsl-otxief    luncttonal 


catoulus.  including  the  deduction  lhoore«n,  indapendenca 
of  axioms,  consistency,  and  complelenoss 

PHIL  474  Induction  and  PTObrt>lllty  (3)  Prerequisite 
Consent  ol  inslruclof  A  study  ol  mferential  forms,  wtth 
emphasis  on  the  togical  structure  undeffymg  such 
inductive  procedures  as  estimating  and 
hypothesis-testing  Deasion-theofetic  njles  relating  lo 
inductcn  will  be  considered,  as  wen  as  classic  ttieortes  d 
probability  and  inductton 

PHIL  478  Topics  in  Symbolic  Logic  (3)  PrarequWIe: 
PHIL  471  May  be  repeated  lof  credit  when  the  topics 
dealt  with  are  diltereni 


PHIL  498  Topical  Investigations  (1-3) 

PHYS  —  Physics 

PHYS  101  Contemporary  Physic*  (3)  Prereojisite 
High  school  algebra  For  nonsciefy»  students  wtio  are 
interested  in  the  evolution  ol  sdonWic  ttiought  and  its 
present  day  significance  Histofical.  philosophic, 
expenmenial  and  theoretical  aspects  ol  physics  are 
presented  Topics  in  mectianics.  relativrty.  e*ectr1a1y  and 
magneUsm.  and  nuctear  physics  are  covered  ^4ol  open 
10  students  who  have  taken  PHYS  ill.  112 

PHYS  102  Physics  of  Music  (3)  TrerequisHes  High 
school  algebra,  basic  knowledge  of  musKal  notatton  A 
study  ol  ttie  physical  basis  ol  sound,  acoustical 
properties  ol  sounds,  ttw  human  ear  and  voice. 
reproduction  ol  sound,  electronic  music,  acoustical 
propertios  ol  auditonums.  and  other  seloced  topics 

PHYS  106  Light  PercepUon,  Photography,  and  Visual 
Ptienomena  (3)  Intended  lor  the  general  sludenl  this 
course  will  cover  topics  in  optics  which  require  mir»mal 
use  of  mathematics  Pnr^ples  ol  optics,  lenses, 
cameras,  lasers  and  hntography.  physics  ol  the  eye. 
ookx  vision  and  vanous  visual  pTionomena  such  as 
rainbows  Credit  not  applicable  toward  the  minimum 
requirements  lor  a  maioi  in  physics  and  astronomy. 

PHYS  107  Ught.  Perception,  Photography  and  Visual 
Phenomena  Laboratory  (1)  Pre-  or  oo-requisite  PHYS 
106  Optional  laboratory  lo  accompany  PHYS  106  One 
two-hour  latxiratory  sesswn  weekly  Laboratory 
experiments  include  geometncal  optics  (lenses,  cameras, 
eye),  optical  instruments  (telescope,  bauciian). 
photography,  perception,  color  pherxjmerw.  and  wava 
phenomena  Credit  not  applicable  toward  Itie  minirmjm 
requirements  for  a  maior  in  physics  and  astronorrry 

PHYS  111  Physics  in  the  Modem  t«oe*d  (3)  The  Srsl 
semester  ol  a  survey  course  m  general  physics 
emphasizing  tfie  role  that  physics  plays  in  soetK*. 
technology,  and  society  today  The  couse  Is  concapl 
oriented  and  minimal  use  ol  mattiemallcs  is  made. 
Interxted  lor  me  general  student:  does  not  saAsiy  the 
requirements  ol  Ihe  prolessional  schools 

PHYS   112  Physics   In  the   Mod«n   Wortd  (3)  Th« 

second  semester  of  a  survey  course  m  general  physics 
emphasuing  the  role  that  physics  plays  rx  science, 
lechnokjgy.  and  soaely  today  The  ujursa  is  concept 
onenled  and  mmimal  use  ol  mathemattos  a  mads. 
Interxled  for  Ihe  general  sludenl  does  not  sattsty  Itie 
requirements  ol  the  professional  xtno> 

PHYS  114  Energy  and  the  Environment  (4)  One 
semester.    4    credits     A    physical    science   come    tot 

students  who  wish  an  acquamtanca  wUh  the  methods 
and  attitudes  ol  physxal  science  and  lhe»  appicanon  to 
today's  problems  ol  the  envnonment.  indudas  lopies 
such  as  energy,  sources  and  resouroas.  •»  uUiioaphare. 
snd  man  s  mteraction  with  it  Appropriate  lor  non-science 
students 

PHYS  117  Introduction  lo  Physics  (4)  Three  le<*»»s 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  mak  PrerwjasHe 
qualification  to  enter  MATH  110  InMndsd  tor  Midsnls 
maionng  m  neHhor  the  physical  nor  bidoglcil  scMnoss  A 
study  ol  the  development  ol  some  ol  t«s  basic  Idea*  of 
phyt^  science 

PHYS  120  Physical  Prlnclplaa  In  Medical  Tadwioiagy 
(4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  plus  a  two  hiw  laboratory 
period  pet  week  Ths  course  is  daslgnBd  to  acquaim 
medK^  technology  students  with  the  physics  »ay  naad 
to  mtaratand  mstrumants  and  piaclicaa  used  m  modem 
maddna  Energy,  heat  slatUuiam.  and  ladMon  are 
tome  topics  covered  The  course  does  not  salisty  ttie 
tanlaiuiaduate  course  requitemetus  ol  fututa  madcal  and 
denial  students 


PHYS  — Physics     185 


PHVS  121  Fundamwitai*  ol  Phyilcs  I  (4)  Three 
lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  Iwo-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week  Prerequisite  Previous  course  worlt  in 
trtgoiKimelTy  or  MATH  1 10  or  MATH  115  The  lirst  part  o( 
a  lwo-se(T>ester  course  in  general  physics  treating  Itw 
lietds  ol  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism, 
optics,  arx)  modem  physics  Together  with  PHYS  122. 
this  gerwrally  satisfies  the  minimum  requirement  ol 
medical  and  dental  schools 

PHYS  122  Fundamentalt  o(  Pliyaica  II  (4)  Three 
lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  two  hour  laboratory 
penod  per  week  Prerequisite  PHYS  121  or  equivalent  A 
continuation  ol  PHYS  121.  which  togettier  with  it. 
ger>erally  sabslles  the  minimum  requirement  ol  medk:al 
and  dental  schools 

PHYS  141  Prtnclptes  o(  Phyaica  (4)  The  first  ol  a 
Iwo-semester  series  in  general  physKS  Three  lectures, 
one  recitation,  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week 
Concurrent  enrollment  in  MATH  141  or  equivalent  The 
first  semester  covers  the  fields  ol  mechanics. 
therTTKKtynamics.  and  speaal  relativity  This  survey 
course  will  use  cak^lus  and  is  recommended  lor 
chemistry  and  zootogy  majors  It  also  satisfies  ttie 
requirements  ol  medical  and  dental  schools 

PHYS  142  PrliKHplet  0«  Physlci  (4)  A  continuation  ol 
PHYS  141.  The  second  semester  covers  ttie  fields  of 
waves.  electricHy  and  magnetism,  optics,  and  modem 
physics 

PHYS  161  Qanaral  Phyaica  Mechanics  and  Particle 
Dynamics  (3)  Three  lectures  and  one  recitation  per 
week.  MATH  141  prerequisite  or  concurrent  registration 
The  first  semester  ol  a  three-semester  calculus-based 
general  physics  course  (See  PHYS  262.  263)  Laws  of 
motKin.  lorce.  and  energy:  principles  ol  mechanics, 
colliskxis.  harmonic  rmtion.  rotation,  and  gravitation. 

PHVS     191     Introductory     Physics— Mechanics     (3) 

Prerequisites  A  high  school  physics  course  or  consent  of 
ttie  department  Corequlsites:  PHYS  195,  and  MATH  140 
or  141.  Rrst  semester  of  a  four-semester  sequence 
Intended  lor  physks  majors  or  others  desinng  a  ngorous 
preparatkxi  in  ttie  physKal  sciences:  kInematKS. 
dynamics,  conservation  laws,  appiicatnns.  kinetic  ttieory 
ol  gases. 

PHYS  192  Introductory  Physics— Thermodynamics, 
Waves  and  Special  Relativity  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH 
140:  PHYS  191  and  195.  Corequlsites:  MATH  141. 
PHYS  196  Second  semester  of  a  four-semester 
sequence  intended  for  physics  majors  or  others  desiring 
a  rigorous  preparation  In  the  physical  sciences: 
thermodynamk^.  waves,  special  relativity 

PHYS    195    Introductory    Physics    Laboratory    I    (1) 

Corequisite  PHYS  191  One  three-hour  laboratory 
txweekty  alternating  with  two-hour  demonstration 
discussion  periods  Kinematk:s.  dynamics.  conservatk>n 
laws  All  reports  will  be  done  dunng  the  class  period 

PHYS    196    Introductory    Physics    Uboratory    II   (1) 

Corequisite:  PHYS  192.  One  three-hour  laboratory 
biweekly  alternating  with  two-hour 

demonstratk>n-dlscussion  periods  Simple  harmonic 
motion,  waves,  sound,  ttiermodynamics,  special  relativity. 
All  reports  will  be  done  dunng  the  class  period 

PHYS  221  General  Physics  for  Science  Teachers  I  (4) 
Prerequisite:  A  high  school  physks  course  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  MATH  140  or  220.  Three  lectures,  one 
two-hour  laboratory  and  one  recitation  per  week  The  first 
part  ol  a  two-semester  sequence  in  physk»,  stressing 
physKal  insight,  for  prospective  secondary  sctiool 
science  and  mathematics  teachers 

PHYS  222  General  Physics  for  Science  Teachers  II  (4) 

Prerequisite,  PHYS  221.  Three  lectures,  one  two-hour 
laboratory  and  one  recitation  per  week.  A  continuation  of 
PHYS  221 

PHYS  262  General  Physics— Heat,  Electrldty  and 
Magrtetlsm  (4)  Three  lectures.  One  recilation.  and  one 
three-hour  laixiratory  per  week  Prerequisite.  PHYS  161 
~he  second  semester  ol  a  calculus-based  general 
physks  course  Thermodynamic  kinetic  theory; 
electrostatics:  electrodynamics:  Maxwell's  equations 

PHYS  263  General  Physics— Waves,  Relativity  and 
Quantum  Physics  (4)  Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and 
one  three-hour  latioralory  per  week  Prerequisite:  PHYS 
262  The  third  semester  ol  a  calculus-based  general 
physKS  course  Wave  mofion;  electromagnetic  waves; 
retraction;  Interference  and  dilfractun,  special  Itieory  ol 
relativify;  quantum  physics. 


PHYS  293  Introductory  Pttyslcs— Elwrtridty  and 
Magnetism  (3)  Prerequisites  PHYS  192.  196.  MATH 
141  Corequisites  PHYS  295,  MATH  241  or  240  (II  Is 
preferable  to  take  MATH  241  belore  MATH  240  lor  this 
course)  Third  semester  of  a  four-semester  sequence 
intended  for  physKS  majors  or  ottiers  desiring  a  rigorous 
preparation  in  the  physk»l  sciences  phenomenologKal 
laws  ol  electriaty  and  magnefism.  Maxwell  s  equatkxis. 
eledncal  and  magnetic  properties  ol  matter.  applKattons 

PHYS  294  Introductory  Physics— Optics  and  Modem 
Physics  (3)  Prerequisites  PHYS  293.  295  MATH  241  or 
240  Corequisites  PHYS  296:  MATH  241  or  240  Fourth 
semester  ol  a  four-semester  sequence  intended  for 
physK^s  majors  or  others  desinng  a  ngorous  preparation 
In  the  physKal  sciences  electromagnetx:  waves, 
geometrical  and  physical  optKS.  modem  physks 

PHYS  295  Introductory  Laboratory  In  Electricity  and 
Magnetism  (2)  Corequisite  PHYS  293  One  lour-hour 
lecture-laboratory  session  per  week  ElectrostatKS, 
magneto-statics,  magnetic  induction,  electnc  and 
magnetic  fields.  AC  circuits 

PHYS  296  Introductory  Laboratory  In  Electromagnetic 
Waves  (2)  Corequisite  PHYS  294  One  four-hour 
laboratory-lecture  session  per  week  Electromagnetk: 
waves,  interterence  and  diffraction,  dispersion,  modem 
physics 

PHYS    299    Special    Problems    In    Physics    (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  department  Research  or  special 
study  to  complemeni  courses  taken  elsewhere  which  are 
not  fully  equivalent  to  tfxise  In  departmental 
requirements-  Credit  according  to  work  done.  May  be 
taken  no  more  than  twice  Maximum  of  eight  credits 
applicable  to  B  S  degree  program 

PHYS    305    Physics    Shop    Techniques    (1)    One 

three-hour  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  PHYS  395 
Of  consent  of  instructor  Machine  tools,  design  and 
construction  ol  laboratory  equipment. 

PHYS    318    Topics    In    Contemporary    Physics    (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  122.  PHYS  112  or  consent  ol  the 
instructor.  A  survey  of  topKS  of  current  research  and 
public  interest.  Intended  for  tfie  non-physics  or 
non-science  major.  Topics  covered  will  include  lasers, 
quantum  liquids,  cosmology,  elementary  particles  and 
geophysics. 

PHYS    389    Undergraduate    Thesis    Researt:h    (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  (kinsent  of  advisor  Independent  directed 
research  and  study  on  a  topic  selected  by  the  student  in 
consultaton  with  his  advisor  Final  written  ttiesis  and  oral 
defense  vrill  be  expected.  Enrollmeni  limited  to 
undergraduate  physics  majors  May  tie  repeated  to  a 
maximum  ol  six  credits. 

PHYS  395  Advanced  Experiments  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  294  and  296.  or  PHYS  263  Advanced  laboratory 
techniques  Selected  experiments  from  many  fields  ol 
modem  physics.  Emphasis  on  sell-study  ol  the 
phenomena,  data  analysis,  and  presentation  in  report 
form. 

PHYS  398  Independent  Studies  Seminar  (1-16)  Credit 
according  to  work  done.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  students 
admitted  to  the  independent  studies  program  in  physks 

PHYS  399  Special  Problems  In  Physics  (1-3)  Two 

hours  laboratory  work  a  week  lor  each  credit  hour  One 
to  three  credits  may  be  taken  concurrently  each 
semester,  (Will  be  given  with  sufficient  demand.) 
Prerequisite:  PHYS  395  and  consent  of  advisor 
Selected  advanced  experiments. 

PHYS    400     Basic     ConcepU     ol     Physics     I     (3) 

Prerequisite:  Junior  standing.  A  primarily  descriptive 
course  in  two  semesters,  intended  mainly  tor  tfiose 
students  in  the  liberal  arts  who  have  not  had  any  other 
course  in  physics.  This  course  does  not  serve  as  a 
prerequisite  or  substitute  for  ottier  physics  courses.  The 
main  emphasis  is  on  the  concepts  of  ptiysks.  their 
evolutkin  and  their  relatran  to  other  brandies  of  human 
endeavor 

PHYS    401     Basic    ConcepU    ol    Physics    N    (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  400  or  consent  of  instnjctor. 

PHYS  404   Intermediate  Theoretical   Mechanics   (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  142  or  263;  MATH  241  previously  or 
concurrently.  Fundamentals  and  selected  advanced 
topics  ol  physkal  mechanks  Vector  differential  calculus 
will  be  used. 

PHYS  405  Intarmedlate  Theoretical  Electrlctty  and 
Magnetism  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  142  or  263;  MATH 


241.  Intermediala  electncity  and  magnetism  and 
electromagnetic  waves  (optica)  Vector  dilterential 
caknjius  is  used  throughout 

PHYS  406  Optica  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week 
Prerequisilos  PHYS  263  or  294  and  MATH  240  or 
consent  ol  instructor  Geomelncal  optics.  optk:al 
instruments,  wave  motion,  interterence  and  dittractlon. 
and  oilier  phenomena  in  physical  optKS 

PHYS  407  Sound  (3)  (Will  bo  given  only  with  sutfkMnt 
demand)   Prerequisite    PHYS   122.   142  or  263    MATH 

240  IS  to  be  taken  concurrently 

PHYS  410  Elemente  of  Theoretical 

Physics— Mechsnics  (4)  Prerequisites:-  PHYS  294.  or 
PHYS  404  and  405.  or  PHYS  263  and  consent  ol 
instructor,  and  also  MATH  241  A  study  of  the  theoreticaJ 
loundafions  ol  mechanks,  with  extensive  applKatkms  ol 
ttie  mettxxls  Also  various  mathematKal  tools  ol 
ttieoretk^al  physics 

PHYS  411  ElemenU  of  Thsorvtical 

Physics— Electricity  and  Magnetlam  (4)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  404  or  410,  and  PHYS  263  or  284  or  405,  Of 
consent  ol  the  instructor  A  study  of  the  foundations  ol 
electromagnetic  theory,  with  extensive  application  of  the 
metfiods.  Thorough  treatment  of  wave  properties  of 
solutions  ol  Maxwells  equations. 

PHYS  412  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  404  and  405  or  PHYS  410  and  MATH  240  or 
equivalent  (dynamics         of         gas         particles. 

Maxwell-Bultzmann  distribution,  diffusion,  Brownian 
motkjn,  etc  . 

PHYS  414  Introduction  to  Thermodynamics  and 
Statistical  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  240. 
PHYS  294  or  404  or  consent  ol  the  instnjctor 
Introduction  ol  basic  concepts  in  thermodynamics  and 
statistical  mechanics. 

PHYS    420    Modem    Physics    for    Engineers    (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  263  or  294  or  404  and  405;  MATH 

241  or  consent  of  instructor  A  survey  of  atomic  and 
nuclear  phenoma  and  the  main  trends  in  modem 
physks  This  course  is  appfopriate  lor  students  in 
engi.neering  and  other  physical  sciences  It  should  not  be 
taken  in  adiiticn  to  PHYS  421 . 

PHYS    421     Introduction    to    Modem    Physics    (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  294  or  equivalent;  MATH  241 
including  some  knowledge  of  ordinary  differential 
equations  Introductory  discusskjn  of  special  relativity, 
origin  of  quantum  theory.  Bohr  atom,  wave  mechanics, 
atomic  structure,  and  optical  spectra 

PHYS  422  Modem  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  421 . 
This  course  uses  the  basic  ideas  ol  quantum  mechanics 
and  special  relativity  to  discuss  ttie  characteristks  of 
many  diverse  subjects  including  complex  atoms, 
molecules,  solkjs,  nuclei  and  elementary  particles 

PHYS     423     Elementary     Quantum     Physics     (3) 

Prerequisites  PHYS  420  or  421 ;  MATH  246;  and  a  level 
of  mathematkal  sophisticatkxi  equivalent  to  that  of  a 
student  who  has  taken  PHYS  410  and  41 1 ,  or  ENEE  380 
and  382  The  quantum  theory  Is  preser.led  in  a  rigorous 
way  including  ttie  concepts  ol  operators,  measurement 
and  and  angular  momentum.  These  concepts  together 
with  the  Schroedinger  equalHXi  are  then  applied  to  some 
basK  problems  in  atomic  and  molecular  physics. 

PHYS  429  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics  Laboratory  (3) 

PHYS  395  and  consent  of  instructor  Classical 
experiments  in  atomic  physics  and  more  sophisticated 
experiments  in  current  techniques  in  nuclear  physics. 

PHYS  431  Properties  of  Matter  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS 
404  and  405<  or  PHYS  41 0<  or  PHYS  420<  of  PHYS 
421  Introductkxi  to  solid  state  physics  Electro-magnetic, 
thermal,  and  elastk;  properties  ol  metals,  semiconductors 
and  insulators 

PHYS  441  Nuclear  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  404 
and  405:  or  PHYS  410.  or  PHYS  420;  or  PHYS  421  An 
introduction  to  nuclear  physks  at  the 
pre-quantum-mechanics  level  Properties  of  nuclei; 
radioactivity,  nuclear  systematKs;  nuclear  moment;  ttie 
shell  model,  interaction  of  charged  partdes  and  gamma 
rays  with  matter;  ,iuclear  dectecto"^,  accelerators; 
nuclear  reactions:  beta  decay,  high  energy  phenomena. 

PHYS  443  Neutron  Reactor  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  420  Of  PHYS  421  Of  consent  ol  instructor.  Various 
related  topKS  in  neutron  reactor  physKS 


186     PORT  —  Portuguese 


PHYS  451   Introduction  to  ElemenUry  Particles  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  422  or  consent  o(  inslnjctor 
Properties  of  elementary  particles,  production  and 
detection  ol  panicles,  relalivistic  l<inematlcs,  invarlancs 
principles  and  conservation  laws. 

PHYS    4ei     Introduction    to    Ruld     Dynamic*    (3) 

Prerequisites;  PHYS  404  and  MATH  240  Kinematics  ol 
fluid  How.  properties  o(  incompressible  (lulds.  complex 
variable  mettiods  of  analysis,  wave  motions. 

PHYS  463  Introduction  to  Plasma  Physics  (3)  Three 
lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites:  PHYS  404  or  410.  or 
ENES  221;  and  PHYS  405  or  411.  or  ENEE  380.  or 
consent  ol  instructor  Students  without  the  electncity  and 
magnetism  prerequisite  but  having  a  familianty  with 
Maxwell's  equations  should  check  with  the  instructor. 
Orbit  theory,  magneto-hydrodynamics,  plasma  heating 
and  stability,  waves  and  transport  processes 

PHYS  465  Modem  Optics  (3)  Prerequisites;  PHYS  401 
and  420  or  421,  and  411  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Designed  for  students  with  a  tjackgnjund  in  fundamental 
optk:s,  the  course  deals  with  topics  in  modem  optics 
such  as  coherence,  holography,  pnnciples  of  laser  action, 
electron  optics,  and  non-linear  optics. 

PHYS  471  Introduction  to  Atmospheric  and  Space 
Physics  (3)  Prerequisite;  PHYS  404  and  405  or  410.  420 
or  421  Motions  of  charged  particles  in  magnetic  fieWs. 
aspects  of  plasma  physics  related  to  cosmic  rays  and 
radiation  t>elts,  atomic  phenomena  in  the  atmosphere, 
thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  the  atmosphere. 

PHYS  483  Biophysics  and  Theoretical  Biology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  the  inlructor  Designed  for 
advanced  and  mature  students  who  may  have  only 
minimal  knowledge  ol  biological  processes  but  are  well 
grounded  in  physics  Areas  in  bioscience  where  physics, 
biophysical  chemistry,  and  mathematical  analysis  fuse  to 
provide  definition  for  biologic  statics  and  dynamics. 

PHYS  485  Electronic  Circuits  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  two  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite;  PHYS  395. 
and  concurrent  enrollment  in  PHYS  405  or  411.  Theory 
of  semi-conductor  and  vacuum  tube  circuits.  Application 
in  expenmenlal  physics. 

PHYS  487  Particle  Accelerators,  Physical  and 
Engineering  Principles  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  410. 
411  or  271.  321  and  421.  or  equivalents.  Sources  or 
charged  particles,  methods  ol  acceleration  and  focusing 
of  electron  and  ion  beams  in  electromagnetic  fields; 
electrostatic  accelerators;  constant-gradient  cyclotrons 
and  syrKhrotrons;  betatrons  and  microtrons;  the 
alternating-gradient  and  sector-focusing  principles; 
isochronous  syctotrons  and  alternating-gradient 
sychrotrons:  linear  accelerators.  This  course  is  also  listed 
as  ENEE  487 

PHYS  490  History  of  Modem  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  420  or  421  or  equivalent.  Primarily  for  senior 
physics  majors  and  first  year  graduate  students.  A  survey 
of  major  discoveries  and  trends  in  20th  century  physk:s, 
including  the  relations  ol  physics  to  other  sciences, 
philosophy  ol  science,  lechrrology  and  society 

PHYS    499    Special    Problems    in    Physics    (1-16) 

Prerequisite;  Major  in  physics  and  consent  of  advisor 
Research  or  special  study  Credit  according  to  work 
done 

PORT  —  Portuguese 

PORT  101  Elementary  Portuguese  (4)  IntroductKin  to 
t>asic  structures,  with  emphasis  upon  audio-lingual  skills 
Four  recitatk)ns  per  week  and  one  optional  laboratory 
hour    Leads  to  102 

PORT  102  Elementary  Portuguese  (4)  Completran  of 
basic  structures  with  increasing  emphasis  upon  reading 
skill,  reinforced  by  discussion  and  compositon.  Four 
recitations  per  week  arvj  one  optional  laboratory  hour 

PORT  121  Accelerated  Portuguese  (3)  Limited  to 
students  wtm  have  reactied  the  300  level  or  equrvaleni  in 
Spanish  and  wish  to  acquire  a  reading  krx>w1edge  of 
Portuguese  in  one  semester  Norrnally  leads  to  PORT 
221  Canrwl  be  used  to  satisfy  Itie  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement 

PORT  203  intermediate  Portuguese  (4)  Four  recitations 
per  week  and  one  optk)nal  laboratory  fx)ur.  Extensive 
readir^g.  discussion  and  composition 

PORT  205  kiiermedlate  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite 
PORT  203  or  corwent  ol  instructor  Development  ol  oral 


skins  In  Portuguese 

PORT  221    Introduction   to   Brazilian  Uteratur*  (3) 

Prerequisite:    PORT    104     Reading    of  literary    texts, 

discussion  and  bnef  written  reports  Conducted  in 
Portuguese 

PORT  399  Independent  Study  in  Portuguese  (1-3) 

Prerequisite  Permission  of  instructor  Specifk:  readings  in 
literature  under  the  supervlskxi  of  a  faculty  member  ol 
the  department  Repeatable  lo  a  maximum  ol  three 
credits 

PORT  478  Themes  and  Movements  ol  Luso-Brazllian 
Literature  In  Translation  (3)  A  study  of  specific  themes 
and  movements  in  Luso-Braztlian  literature,  as 
announced  Designed  for  students  for  wtx}m  the 
literatures  would  be  inaccessible  in  Portuguese 
Repealable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  —  Psychology 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3)  A  bask: 
introductory  course,  intended  to  bnng  the  student  into 
contact  with  ttie  major  problems  confronting  psychology 
and  the  more  important  attempts  al  their  solution 
H — Honors 

PSYC    200   Statistical    Methods    in    Psychology    (3) 

Prerequisite  PSYC  100  and  MATH  111  or  140  or  220  A 
bask:  introduction  to  quantitative  motfxxJs  used  in 
psychological  research 

PSYC  201  intermediate  Psychology  (Honors)  (3) 
H— Horrors  Usually  taken  during  sophomore  year 
Prerequisite  PSYC  100H  or  permlssbn  ol  instructor  The 
course  content  will  stress  the  interrelations  among  data 
derived  from  the  fields  of  human  development,  cognition, 
perception,  measurement  and  social  processes. 

PSYC      206      Developmental      Blopsychology      (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  BkJiogical  basic  ol  behavkjral 
development  in  relatton  to  genefic.  consfitutional. 
anatomical,  physiological,  and  environmental  factors 
Emphasis  upon  both  phytogenefic  and  onlogenetk; 
research  findings  in  biological  psychotogy 

PSYC  221  Social  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC 
100.  The  influence  of  social  factors  on  the  indivkJual  and 
interpersonal  behavior.  Includes  topics  such  as 
conlomiity,  attitude  change,  person  perceplkjn. 
interpersonal  attraction  and  group  behavk>r 

PSYC     301     Biological     Basis     of     Behavior     (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  200.  and  major  in  psychology  or 
permissKin  of  the  instructor.  Topk;s  of  cunent  interest,  as 
announced,  which  represent  exlensk>ns  of  or  addifior\s  to 
topics  covered  in  more  general  topical  courses  Offered 
on  a  seminar  basis.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits 

PSYC  310  Perx^eptlon  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  10O  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  A  survey  of  phenomena  and 
theories  of  perceptkjn  including  psychological, 
anatomical,  physiological,  and  environmental  factors 
important  in  determining  fx>w  we  perceive  ttie  wortd. 
Historical  background  will  be  examined  as  well  as 
contemporary  research  No  credit  for  students  wtio  have 
completed  PSYC  410. 

PSYC  331  Introduction  to  Abnormal  Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  History  of  the  study  of 
psyctiopattiotogy  and  menial  health:  concepts  and 
models  of  psychopattiology;  corKepIs  and  models  of 
positive  mental  fiealth;  major  syndromes  of  deviant 
behavior.  including  psyctioneurosts.  psychosis, 
personality  disorders,  and  affective  disorders;  theories  of 
deviani  behavior;  and  community  mental  tiealth  A 
student  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  PSYC  331  and 
PSYC  431 

PSYC  333  Child  Psychotogy  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC 
too  Behavkjral  analysis  of  normal  devekjpment  and 
normal  sodallzation  of  ttie  growing  chiW  A  student  may 
not  receive  credit  lor  both  PSYC  333  and  433 

PSYC      335      Personality      and      Ad|u*tfnen1      (3) 

Prerequisite  PSYC  100  Introduction  to  psyctxjtogy  ol 
human  personality  and  adjustmeni  This  course  is 
designed  lor  Itie  student  who  desires  a  gerwral 
knowledge  ol  this  area  ol  psychotogy  A  student  may  not 
recerve  credit  lor  both  PSYC  335  and  435 

PSYC  336  Psychology  of  Women  (3)  Prerequisite 
PSYC  100  A  survey  ol  Itie  btokjgical.  life-span 
development,  socializatnn  persorulity.  mental  health 
factors,  and  speaal  problems  of  women 


PSYC  337  Inlroductton  to  Community  Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisites  PSYC  100.  221  and  335  or  435.  senior 
startding.  arxl  consent  ol  instructor  Survey  arx)  cntical 
examination  of  errvironmental  factors  associated  with 
variations  in  indivkJual  tuncttonir^  Effects  of  social 
process  and  social  structure  in  community  lite  on 
irtdividual  mental  tiealth.  ttieorelKai  models  in  community 
psychology,  vanely  of  additional  topics  wtthin  community 
psychology 

PSYC  361  Survey  of  Industrial  and  Organizational 
Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  100  A  course  lor 
nonmajors  which  provides  a  general  survey  ol  ttie  field  of 
industnal  psycTiotogy,  including  such  topics  as  selection 
training,  |Ob  sattslaction,  social  organization,  and 
environmental  factors  A  student  may  not  receive  cradM 
lor  both  PSYC  361  and  461 

PSYC  400  Experimerrtal  Psycliology— Leamlttg  and 
Motlvatton  (4)  Prerequisites  PSYC  200  and  sittier  206 
or  301  Tv«)  lectures  and  lour  onetxxjr  latxxatory 
penods  per  week  Primarily  tor  students  wtx)  major  in 
psyctiology  Ttie  expenmental  analysis  ol  tjefwvior  with 
emptiasis  on  conditioning,  learning  and  motivattonal 
processes  Expenments  are  conducted  on  ttie  t>ehavior 
of  animals 

PSYC  401  Advanced  Laboratory  In  ttia  Experimental 
Analysis  of  Bahsvlor  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  400  An 
intensified  extensk>n  of  the  pnnciples  and  techniques 
demonstrated  in  the  laboratory  ol  PSYC  400  Empftasls 
on  complex  scfiedules  of  reinforcemenL  and 
experimentaf  designs  using  repeated  measures 

PSYC  402  Physiological  Psychology  (3)  Prerequistte: 
PSYC  206  or  301  An  introductton  to  research  on  ttie 
physkjlogical  basis  ol  human  befiavkx,  including 
considerations  of  sensory  pfienomena,  motor 
coordinatkin,  emotion,  drives,  and  ttie  neunjiogical  t>asi8 
of  learning 

PSYC  403  Animal  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  206 
or  301  A  study  of  animal  behavior.  Including 
oonskterations  of  social  interactions,  learning,  sernory 
processes,  motrvatkm,  and  experimental  methods,  with  a 
mjajor  emphasis  on  mammals 

PSYC  404  Introduction  to  Behavlorai  Pharmacology 

(3)  Prerequisite  Psyctiotogy  400  or  permission  ol 
instructor  This  course  surveys  Ifie  t>asic  firxlir>gs  and 
theoretical  viewpoints  on  the  interaction  of  drugs  and 
behavior  Toptes  Include  an  introduction  lo  basic 
principles  of  pharmacokjgy,  ttie  effects  of  drugs  on 
vanous  t>ehavkx.  experimental  anatysis  of  drug 
dependence  tnd  abuse,  and  neuropharmacology  arxl 
tiehavior 

PSYC  405  Applied  Behavior  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  301  Ttieoretical  and  research  literature  in  ttie 
application  of  operant  and  respondent  oondHiorang 
pnnciples  to  human  t>ehavior  Approacties  to  t)ehavior 
problems  in  sdxx)!.  tiome  and  prolessKxial  settings 

PSYC  410  Experimental  Psychology — Sensory 
Processes  I  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  Iwo-fiour 
laboratory  demonstration  period  per  week  PrerequsMe: 
MATH  140.  or  111  and  220  Pnmanly  for  students  wfK. 
major  in  psycfiotogy  A  systematic  survey  of  Itie  content, 
models,  and  mettwdotogies  of  sensory  arvl  perceptual 
research  A  student  wtx)  has  oompleled  PSYC  310  most 
have  permission  of  the  instructor  in  order  to  reglsler  for 
PSYC  410 

PSYC  412  Experimental  Psychotogy— S«naeiy 
Processes  11  (4)  Two  lectures  and  four  hours  of 
latxvatory  exerase  arxl  research  per  week  Preret^jlBlle: 
PSYC  410  or  consent  ol  instnictoc  Pitmaniy  fcjr 
psydiotogy  majors  and  majors  in  biological  sciences  with 
a  special  interest  in  sensory  proceisei  Lectures  and 
laboratory  exercises  wi>  emphasize  contemporary 
problems  in  sensory  process  resaaich.  Sufltdent  MRude 
will  be  provided  so  ttie  exce(>liorwl  student  may  conduct 
original  research  based  on  flndkigs  reported  ki  the 
cunent  hterature 

PSYC  420  Experimental  Psychdooy:  Social 
Proceaaea    t    (4)    Prerequisite     PSYC    200    and    221 

Primanly  lor  psyc<v)logy  ma|ors  A  laboratory  course 
which  provides  a  tiasK  understanding  of  expemiienlal 
method  in  social  psycfxjiogy  and 
conducting  research  on  social  | 


PSYC      421      Experimental      Payctwlogy: 
Proceesea  II.  (4)  Prerequisite  PSYC  420  Two  hours  of 

lecture  and  loui  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  An 
advanced  laboratory  course  wfuch  piuvides  Inlentve 
training  in  expenmenlal  work  m  sodal  peycrtotogy  and 


RECR  —  Recreation     187 


the  opponunity  to  dsslgn  and  carry  out  ortglnal  rasaarch 
on  social  processes 

P8YC      423      Advancwt      Sodal      Psychokigy     (3) 

Prerequisite  PSYC  420  A  systematic  review  ol  research 
and  poinis  of  view  in  regard  to  major  probtems  in  the 
field  ot  social  psychology 

PSYC  431  AlNtOfinal  Psychotogy  (3)  PrerequlsHe 
PSYC  too.  200.  and  400  or  410  or  420  The  nature, 
dlagrxisis.  etiology,  and  treatment  ol  mental  disorders  A 
student  may  not  receive  credit  lor  txjth  PSYC  331  and 
431 

PSYC  433  Advancwl  Topics  In  ChIM  Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisite  PSYC  200.  335  The  growth  and 
Iranslonnation  ol  basic  psychological  processes  Irom 
btrth  to  matunty  Emphasis  is  on  research  data  ai>d 
methodological  issues,  especially  as  ttiey  relate  to  other 
aspects  ol  psychology  A  student  may  not  receive  credit 
for  both  PSYC  333  and  433 

PSYC  435  Pefsonallty  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  200.  331 . 
and  400  or  410  or  420  Ma|or  personality  theories,  their 
postulates  and  evidence,  assessment  and  research 
methodology  in  personality,  major  areas  ol  personality 
rosoarch.  ttieir  rT>et>iodok>gies.  findings,  implications,  and 
rataUonstiips  to  the  field  ol  psycfiology  A  student  may 
not  receive  credit  for  both  PSYC  335  and  435 

PSYC  436  Introduction   to   Clinical   Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  451 .  either  PSYC  431  or  435;  and 
either  PSYC  400  or  410  or  420  A  survey  and  critical 
analysis  ol  dinical  psycfxilogy.  with  particular  emphasis 
on  current  developments  and  trends  Deslgried  to 
broaden  the  student  s  perspective  on  clinical  psychology. 
to  Increase  his  intrinsic  Interest  in  the  field,  and  to 
provide  him  with  a  firmer  basis  for  critical  evaluation  of 
tnajor  theoretical  arxj  methodological  foundations  in  the 
field.  Students  will  be  expected  to  conduct  individual 
protects  related  to  the  course  with  a  sut>stantial  amount 
ol  direct  supervision. 

PSYC  440  Introduction  to  Cognitive  Psychotogy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  This  course  serves  as  an 
introduction  to  selected  topics  and  theories  in  cognitive 
psychology  Topics  include  visual  and  auditory 
inlormation  processing,  attention,  menxjry,  corKopt 
identification  and  psyctK>linguistics 

PSYC    441     Psychology    of    Human    Learning    (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  and  440  or  410  or  420  Review 
and  analysis  of  the  major  pherramena  and  theories  of 
human  learning,  including  an  introduction  to  ttie  fields  of 
problem  solving,  thinking  and  reasoning. 

PSYC  451    Princlptos  of   Psychotoglcal  Testing  (4) 

Three  lectures  arxl  one  tiwo-hour  laboratory  period  per 
week  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent  A  survey  of 
the  basic  concepts  and  ttieories  of  psychological 
measurement  illustrated  through  demonstration  of 
principal  approaches  to  psycfiological  testing 

PSYC  452  Psychology  of  Individual  Dmerencas  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  Protilems  theories  and 
researches  related  to  psychological  differences  among 
individuals  arxJ  groups. 

PSYC  453  Mathematical  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  200  or  equivalent,  and  consent  ol  instructor.  A 
survey  of  mathematical  formulations  in  psychology. 
includir>g  measurement  and  scaling  models,  statistical 
and  psychometric  models,  and  elementary  mathematical 
representations  of  psychological  processes  in  learning, 
choice,  psychophysics.  and  social  tiehavior 

PSYC  460  Psychotoglcal  Foundattons  of  Personnel 
Salectton  and  Training  (3)  Prerequisite:  Psychology  200 
or  equivalent.  An  examination  ol  issues  and  processes 
involved  in  the  design  and  evaluation  of  personnel 
selection  and  training  programs  in  a  variety  ol 
organizational  settings.  Job.  person  and  organization 
analysis,  recrurtmenl.  organizational  choice,  development 
ol  predictors  (e.g.  Interviews  and  tests),  development  and 
evaluation  of  instructional  and  training  systems,  and 
crtteria  lor  performance  evaluation,  promotion  and 
tiaining.  Topics  will  be  considered  in  the  context  of 
organizational  consti'aints  such  as  managerial 
philosophy,  environmental  conditions,  civil  rigtits 
legislation,  and  union-management  relations 

PSYC  462  Engineering  Psychotogy  and  Training 
Models  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent,  and 
one  ott>er  200  level  course  For  majors  An  examination 
of  the  theories  and  research  regarding  human 
performance  capabilities  and  skills  (inlormation 
processing,  decision-making,  environmental  constraints. 


automation),  training  procedures  (traditional  methods, 
programmed  learning,  computerasaisled  instruction)  and 
models  and  procedures  lor  evaluating  training  programs 
In  Industry,  education,  and  service  organizations 

PSYC  463  Psychotogy  ol  Mothratton  and  Attttudss  In 
Organizational  Settings  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  361  or 
equivaleni  Theones.  research  and  practice  regarding  Itie 
assessment,  urvlerstanding.  and  predictK>n  ol  motivatkxi 
at  worV  Theories  ol.  and  the  assessment  arxl 
consequences  ol.  vanous  work-related  attitudes  An 
intergratk)n  ol  tt>eory.  research  and  practice 

PSYC  464  Psychology  ol  Leaders  In  Work 
Organizations  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  361  or  equivaleni 
Tt>e  psycfioiogial  assumptions  and  Implk^ations  ol  various 
theories  of  management  and  leadership  Selections  and 
training,  development  of  careers,  influence  processes; 
change  ol  managenal  behavior;  arxl  tfie  impact  of  the 
larger  environment,  nature  of  product  or  servk».  and 
organization  structure  on  managenaJ  behavtor 

PSYC  465  Psychotogy  of  Organizational  Processes 

(3)  f^erequisite  PSYC  361  or  equivalent  Vanous 
theones  of  interpersonal.  Inti^a-  and  inter-group  relations, 
with  emphasis  on  issues  of  conflict,  competition, 
cnoperation  and  the  role  of  power  In  organizations 
Organizational  diagnosis  and  intervention 

PSYC  466 

Environmental     and     Ecological     Psychology     (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent  An  examination  ol 
measurement,  descnption,  and  impact  ol  the  physkal 
and  social  environments  whk:h  alfect  vanous  aspects  of 
behavior  in  school,  at  wori<,  arid  during  leisure. 

PSYC  467  Vocattonal  Psychology  (3)  Survey  and 
critical  analysis  of  theory  and  research  on  vocatranal 
chok»  and  vocational  ad|usttnenl  Definition  and 
correlates  ol  vocational  aspirations,  preferences,  choices, 
motivation,  success,  and  satisfaction  Developmental 
ti^nds  in  career  decision-making  and  career  patterns. 

PSYC  468  FleM  Experience  and  Special  Assignments 
In  Honors  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  supervisor  and  honors 
faculty  approval.  An  individual  experience  arranged  by 
the  honors  student  and  his  or  her  supervisor,  A  proposal 
submitted  \o  ttie  honors  laculty  In  the  semester  preceding 
registration  tor  the  course  should  state  the  activities 
anticipated  and  the  method  of  evaluation. 

PSYC  469  Honors  Thesis  Proposal  Preparatton  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Honors  diesis  supervisors  approval 
Development  ol  lionors  thesis  proposal  by  preliminary 
research  and  literature  review.  Presentation  ol  lormaJ 
proposal  to  the  ttiesis  committee  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  3  credits. 

PSYC  470  Comprshenshre  Review  for  Honors 
Students  (3)  Prerequisite:  Honors  laculty  approval  This 
course  provides  students  with  senior  review  guided  by 
the  honors  lacuHy  lor  preparation  and  completion  of  tfie 
honors  examination 

PSYC  478  Independent  Study  In  Psychology  (1-3) 
Prerequisite:  Written  consent  of  instructor.  A  student  who 
wisties  to  take  independent  research  study  must  have 
completed  12  hours  of  psyctxjiogy  with  at  least  a  2.5 
average.  Integrated  reading  under  direction  leading  to  the 
preparation  of  an  adequately  documented  report  on  a 
special  ti}pic.  (In  special  cases  a  student  who  may  need 
to  repeat  this  course  in  order  to  complete  his 
independent  shjdy  will  make  a  formal  request,  including  a 
research  proposal,  through  his  advisor  to  ttie 
departmental  tionors  committee.) 

PSYC  479  Special  Research  Problems  In  Psycftology 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Written  consent  ol  instiuctor  A 
student  wtx)  wishes  to  take  independent  research  stijdy 
must  have  completed  12  hours  of  psychology  with  at 
least  a  2.5  average  An  individual  course  designed  to 
allow  tfie  student  to  pursue  a  specialized  research  topic 
under  supervision.  (In  special  cases  a  snxleni  wtx)  may 
need  to  repeat  ttiis  course  in  order  to  complete  his 
research  will  make  a  formal  request,  including  a  research 
proposal,  through  his  advisor  to  the  departmental  honors 
committee.) 

PSYC    488    Advanced    Psychology    I    (Honors)    (3) 

H— Honors  Usually  taken  during  junior  year 
Prerequisites:  PSYC  2tX)  and  permission  of  department 
honors  committee  Seminar  covering  topks  in  sensation, 
perception,  learning,  and  motivation. 

PSYC  489  Senior  Smnlnar  (3) 


PSYC    498    Advanced    Psychology    II    (Honors)    (3) 

H— Honors  Usually  taken  during  senior  year 
Prerequisite  PSYC  488H  Semester  covenng  topics  In 
measurement,  social  processes  and  other  subject  matter 
of  current  interest 

PSYC  499  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  H— Honors 
Usually  taken  dunng  last  semester  m  residerKe 
Prerequisite  permission  ot  thesis  advisor 

RECR  —  Recreation 

RECR  130  History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation  (3) 

An  intioduction  to  the  beginnings  and  growth  ol 
recreation- parks  as  lostered  t>y  individuals,  agencies  and 
governments,  attitudes  toward  and  ttieones  ol  play, 
present  pnrxajjles  and  objectives,  organizations  and 
groups  Interested  in  recreation  and  parks  and  their 
relationships,  job  opportunities,  specilications  and 
demands;  sell-analysis  ol  indivKJual  student  interest, 
limitations  and  capabilities  in  light  of  these  specifications 
and  demands 

RECR  150  Camp  Counseling  (2)  A  study  of  the 
phltosophy  and  techniques  of  camp  counseling  including 
the  qualifications,  responsibilities  and  skills  involved;  the 
basK  organizatkm.  administration  and  program  plannir^ 
practKes  and  problems  of  camping  as  a  wtiole.  ttie 
relatkxiship  of  ttiese  practices  and  proljlems  to  tfie 
counselor  and  his  or  her  probable  success  Outdoor 
skills  will  be  taught  and  practiced  insolar  as  possible  with 
field  trips  included 

RECR  200  Sophomore  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  ol  the  department  Discussion,  observation, 
analysis  and  assessment  ol  a  number  ol  possible 
placements  under  vanous  junsdlctions.  with  a  number  ol 
age  groupings,  in  different  settings,  with  diverse  facililies 
and  programs  for  ti^eir  activity  leadership  role  in 
sophomore  summer  fiekl  work  practicum  Work  in  the 
field  with  supervisors  to  identify  sti'ategies  and  problems 
and  to  develop  materials  appropnate  to  the  interviewing 
and  placement  process 

RECR  220  Methods  and  Materials  In  Recreation  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  lour  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
Roles,  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  recreatkjn  activity 
leader  Practical  experience  in  jjlanning.  organizing, 
leading,  partici(;>atir>g  and  evaluating  a  wide  variety  ot 
recreation  activities. 

RECR  300  Senior  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
department.  Review  and  evaluation  ol  academic  and 
other  prolessional  preparation,  analysis  of  future  plans, 
and  final  preparation  for  entry  into  the  recreation 
profession 

RECR  325  General  Fundamentals  of  Recreation  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  for  and  limited  to  students  not 
majoring  in  recreation  wtx)  wish  to  develop  some 
understanding  ot  the  place,  importance  and  potentialities 
of  recreation  in  modem  life.  Included  will  be  limlled  stijdy 
of  the  areas  of  philosophy,  program  planning,  leadership 
techniques,  organization  and  administration,  and  inter 
relationships  with  ottier  fields 

RECR  335  Recreation  artd  Leisure  (3)  Introduction  to 
ttie  study  ol  leisure  or  partt  and  recreation  services.  The 
challenges,  opportunities,  and  pro()lems  ol  leisure  as  it 
affects  individuals'  lives  and  ttie  social  fabric  of  their 
kxal.  national  and  wortd  communities. 

RECR  340  Field  Wori«  I  (6)  Prerequisite:  RECR  200  and 
consent  of  Wie  department.  Practical  fieW  expenence  in 
developing  recreation  activity  leadership  skills  at  an 
organized  recreation  department  or  agency.  Students  will 
be  expected  to  make  a  commitment  lor  a  minimum  of 
eight  weeks  or  equivalent. 

RECR  341  Reld  Work  II  (8)  Prerequisite:  RECR  300  and 
consent  ol  the  department  Oljservation  and  field  work 
placement  selected  arxl  assigned  on  the  basis  of  the 
students  interest  and  hjture  emptoyment  plans. 
Leadership  activity  and  participation  in  staff  activities  and 
responsil}ilities 

RECR  351  Nature  Interpretation  (3)  Pnnciples  and 
techniques  used  for  interpretation  of  environmental, 
natural,  historic  and  oMier  features  of  recreation  and 
part(S  facilities  to  the  visitor  Individual  and  group  fiekJ 
trips  will  be  required 

RECR  370  Recreation  and  Special  Populations  (3) 

Recreatxjn  programming  for  special  populatkxis  with 
emphasis  on  history,  etiotogy.  terminology,  characteristics 
and  ti^atment  approaches. 


188     RLED  —  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 


RECR  37S  (ntroductlon  to  Therapeutic  Recreation  (3) 

History,  philosophy  and  current  practices  related  to  the 
therapeutic  recreation  process 

RECR  410  Measurement  and  Evaluation  In  Recreation 

(3)  Prerequisite  RECR  130  or  325  or  consent  ol 
instructor  A  survey  course  in  measurement  tools  and 
methods  arvj  application  ot  measurement  to  evaluative 
processes  applicable  In  specific  and  broad  areas  ol 
Interest  and  specialization  in  recreation  and  part(S 

RECR  415  Quantitative  MetlHXis  (3)  A  course  covenng 
the  statistical  techniques  most  frequently  used  in 
research  pertaining  to  recreation  An  effort  will  be  made 
to  provide  the  student  with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to 
acquaint  him  with  the  Interpretations  and  practical 
applications  of  these  techniques 

RECR    420    Program    Planning    and    Analysis    (3) 

Prerequisite:  RECR  130  or  325;  RECR  220 
recommended  The  essential  elements  and  basic 
principles  involved  in  the  organization  and  administration 
of  vanous  types  of  recreation  programs  with  emphasis  on 
the  development  of  practical,  comprehensive  program 
plans  and  evaluations  for  a  population  and  a  facility 
wUhin  the  student's  particular  area  of  interest 

RECR   426   Industrial    Employee   Recreation   (3)   An 

Introductory  study  of  the  philosophy  of  and  practices  and 
problems  In  industnal  recreation.  Where  possible  the 
course  will  include  opportunities  for  observation  and  for 
meeting  visiting  specialists 

RECR  432  Philosophy  of  Recreation  (3)  A  study  of  the 
meanings,  relationships,  and  services  of  recreation  as 
expressed  by  past  and  present  autfionties  and  leaders 
This  course  should  be  of  Interest  to  people  active  In 
education,  social  work,  and  related  fields. 

RECR  450  Camp  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR 
150  or  expenence.  An  advarKed  camping  course  for 
ttiose  students  with  previous  training  and  expenence; 
organization,  administration,  programming,  current 
trends,  evaluation,  and  special  problems  Whenever 
possible,  visiting  specialists  and  fleld  tnps  will  be 
included 

RECR  451  Recreational  Use  of  Natural  Areas  (3)  An 

introductory  orientation  to  the  outdoor  recreation 
phenomenon  Factors  stimulating  outdoor  recreation 
involvement;  federal,  state,  local,  public  and  pnvate 
departments  and  agencies  managing  outdoor  recreation 
areas;  legislation;  philosophical  concepts;  and  planning 
and  management  issues 

RECR  454  Outdoor  Education  (6)  Field  expenence  and 
resident  camping  In  an  outdoor  setting  will  be  used  to 
present  the  activities  and  techniques  recommended  lor 
modem  outdoor  education  practice.  Where  possible 
groups  of  participanis  will  be  utilized  as  subjects  for 
practice  instructional  wort(.  Activity  will  emphasize  not 
only  the  subject  matter  of  science  and  education  but  also 
the  broad  concepts  of  conservation,  worthy  use  of  leisure 
time,  education  for  democratic  living,  etc. 

RECR  455  Historical  and  Natural  Interpretation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RECR  351  Examination  of  the  philosophies 
of  and  techniques  appropnate  to  histoncal  and  natural 
interpretation.  Analysis  and  development  of  interpretive 
programs  and  visitor  information  services  Field  tnps  and 
laboratory  experiences  will  be  required 

RECR  457  Concepts  and  Issues  In  Outdoor 
Recreation  (3)  A  survey  of  the  relationships  between 
land,  leisure  and  people  as  increasingly  vital  and 
interdependent  issues  in  American  civilization  The 
mainstream  of  ttx>ughts.  rnetfiods  and  policies  of 
resource  based  recreation,  with  special  attention  to  the 
history  of  conservation  and  the  significance  of 
wilderness 

RECR  460  i-eadershlp  Techniques  snd  Prsctlces  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RECR  130  or  325  Vanous  types  and 
dynamics  ol  recreation  leadership  at  academic,  agerxry, 
small  and  large  g>3up  levels  Acquisition  of  tangible 
techniques,  such  as  goal  setting,  decision  malting,  and 
leadership  for  p<irposes  ol  organizing,  implementing. 
ot>serving  and  analyzing  human  lurKtion  in  organizational 
settings 

RECR  463  Supervisory  Techniques  In  Recreation  (3) 

A  study  ol  the  principles,  methods,  techniques  as  well  as 
an  analysis  ol  tfie  fuiKtions  of  supervision  in  the 
recreation  and  parlts  environment  This  course  is 
designed  to  advance  the  student  s  understanding  ol  the 
an  of  building  human  relationships,  arxl  to  apply  the 
emergir>g  concepts  arxj  pnrKiples  of  modern  supervision 


to  practical  situations  in  which  administrators, 
supervisors.  leaders  (both  professional  and 
paraprofessionat)  and  volunteers  are  working 

RECR  475  Problems  In  Therapeutic  Recreation  (3) 

Prerequisite  RECR  375  Problems  encounleicd  m  the 
delivery  of  therapeutic  recreation  services  to  individuals 
with  special  problems  Current  trends,  innovative  service 
delivery  models,  literature  review,  and  identification  of 
funding  sources 

RECR  476  Institutional  Recreation  (3)  An  introductory 
study  of  the  philosophy  of  and  practices  in  hospital  and 
institutional  recreation.  Where  possible  the  course  will 
include  opportunities  for  observation  and  for  meeting 
visiting  specialists 

RECR  489  Fleld  Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshop 
(1-6)  A  course  designed  to  meet  the  needs  ol  persons  in 
the  field  with  respect  to  wort<shops  arvd  research  projects 
in  special  areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly 
structured  courses 

RECR  490  Organization  and  Administration  of 
Recreation  (3)  A  study  of  the  organizational  patterns  and 
administrative  problems  involved  in  the  vanous  types  of 
operating  recreation  departments  and  agencies;  forms  of 
organization;  finance  and  budget;  personnel;  public 
relations. 

RECR  495  Recreation  Resource  and  Facility  Planning 

(3)  Basic  pnnciples  of  planning,  design,  development, 
and  maintenance  of  community  recreation  areas  and 
facilities  The  interrelationships  between  local,  regional, 
state,  and  national  part<  and  recreation  systems 

RECR  497  Recreation  Resource  and  Facility  Planning 

II  (3)  Prerequisite  RECR  495  or  consent  of  instructor 
Principles  of  design,  development,  procedures,  and 
maintenance  considerations  for  recreatbn  areas  and 
facilities.  Use  ol  analytical  methods  to  carry  out  park 
designs  and  development  of  skills  in  graphically 
conveying  design  concepts.  Safety,  efficiency  and 
economy  as  they  affect  design,  development  and  park 
maintenance 

RECR     498     Special     Topics     In     Recreation     (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  to  instructor.  Topics  of  special 
interest  in  areas  not  covered  by  regulariy  scheduled 
courses  Repeatable  when  the  subject  matter  is  different 

RLED— Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education 

RLED  302  Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education  (2) 

An  overview  of  the  job  of  the  teacher  of  agriculture; 
examination  of  agricultural  educatkjn  programs  for  youth 
and  adults. 

RLED  303  Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations  (2) 

Prinaples  and  practices  of  the  demonstration  method; 
construction  and  use  of  visual  aids  in  teaching 
agriculture. 

RLED  305  Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 

(1)  Charactenstics  of  young  and  adult  farmer  instruction 
in  agriculture.  Determining  needs  for  an  organizing  a 
course;  selecting  malenals  for  instruction;  and  class 
management  Emphasis  is  on  the  conference  method  of 
teaching 

RLED  311  Teaching  Secor>dary  Vocational 
Agriculture  (3)  A  comprehensive  course  in  the  work  ol 
high  school  departments  ol  vocational  agnculture.  It 
emphasizes  particularly  placement,  supervised  farming 
programs,  the  organization  and  administration  of  future 
farmer  activities,  and  objectives  and  methods  in  all-day 
instnjctlon 

RLED  313  Student  Teaching  (5)  Prerequisite 
Satisfactory  academic  average  and  permission  of 
instructor  Full-time  student  teaching  in  an  off-campus 
student  teaching  center  under  an  approved  supervising 
teach'dr  ol  agnculture.  participating  expenence  in  all 
aspect  ol  the  work  ol  a  teacher  ol  agnculture 

RLED  315  Student  Teaching  (1-4)  Prerequlsile 
Satisfactory  academic  average  and  permission  of 
instructor  Full-time  oljservation  and  participation  in  work 
ol  teacher  ol  agnculture  in  off-campus  student  teaching 
center.  Provides  students  opportunity  to  gam  expenence 
in  the  summer  program  of  work,  to  participate  in  opening 
of  scTiool  activities,  arxl  to  gam  ottier  expenence  needed 
by  teachers 

RLED  322  An  Introductton  to  Adult  and  Continuing 
Education  (3)  This  course  introduces  students  to  ttie 


field  of  nonlormal  adult  ar>d  continuing  education.  It 
examines  the  soaal  functions,  studies  the  c>1tk:al  issues, 
explores  career  opportunities  and  surveys  some  of  tt\e 
nonlormal  adult  education  delivery  systems 

RLED  323  Developing  Youth  Programa  (3)  A  study  ol 
concepts  involved  in  planning  and  executing  programs 
developed  to  meet  the  needs  of  youth  especially  those 
living  in  rural  and  suburt>an  areas  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  identification  of  attitudes,  needs,  arxl 
problems  ol  youth  in  all  socio-economic  levels.  An 
analysis  of  methods  or  working  with  youth  groups  and 
developing  volunteer  leaders  will  also  t>e  included 

RLED  325  Directed  Expertenca  In  Extension 
Education  (1-5)  Prerequisite  satisfactory  academic 
average  and  permission  of  instructor.  Full-tirne 
observation  arxl  participation  in  selected  aspects  ol 
extension  education  in  an  approved  trainir^  county 

RLED  327  Program  Planning  In  Extension  (3)  Studies 

concepts  involved  in  planning,  execution  and  evaluation 
of  educalbnal  programs  Students  will  ap|}ly  the 
concepts  while  assisting  vnth  the  planning  and  evakjanon 
of  programs  Special  emphasis  will  also  be  given  to 
extension  education 

RLED  389  Selected  Topics  (1-3)  May  be  repeated  to  a 

maximum  of  six  credits  provided  ttie  content  is  different 

RLED    398    Seminar    In    Agricultural    Education    (1) 

Examination  of  current  literature,  reports  arvj  discussions 
of  problems,  trends,  and  issues  in  agncultural  education. 

RLED     423     Extension     Communications     (3)     An 

introductkxi  to  communications  in  teaching  and  within  an 
organization,  including  barriers  to  communication,  ttie 
diftusion  process  and  ttie  application  ol  communicatkxi 
pnnciples  person  to  person,  with  groups  and  through 
mass  media 

RLED  426  Development  and  Management  ol 
Extension  Youth  Programs  (3)  Designed  for  present 
and  prospective  state  leaders  of  extension  youth 
programs  Program  devetopmenl.  pnndples  of  program 
management,  leadership  devekjpmenl  and  counseling; 
science,  career  selection  and  citizenship  in  youtti 
programs,  field  expenence  in  wortung  with  low  Income 
families'  youth,  urban  work.' 

RLED  427  Group  Dynamics  In  Continuing  arxl 
Extension  Education  (3)  Coricepts  involved  in  working 
with  groups  planning  extension  and  continuing  education 
programs.  Analysis  of  group  t)ehavior  arxl  group 
dynamics  related  to  small  groups  and  devetopment  of  a 
competence  in  the  selection  of  appropnate  mettxxJs  arxJ 
techniques 

RLED     464     Rural     Life     In     Modem     Society     (3) 

Examination  of  the  many  aspects  of  rural  life  tfwt  aflect 
and  are  affected  by  changes  in  technical,  natural  aix) 
human  resources.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  which 
diverse  organizahons,  agencies  and  institutions  ptay  in 
the  education  and  adjustment  of  rural  people  to  ttie 
demands  of  modem  society 

RLED  466  Rural  Poverty  In  an  Affluent  SocMy  (3) 

Topics  examined  include  conditions  under  which  people 
in  poverty  exist,  factors  giving  rise  to  such  corxttions. 
problems  faced  by  the  rural  poor,  aixl  ttw  kvxls  ol 
assistance  they  need  to  nse  out  of  poverty  Topics  arx) 
issues  are  examined  in  the  context  ol  rural-urban 
inlerrelatbnstvps  arx)  their  effects  on  rural  poverty 
Special  attention  is  given  to  past  and  present  programs 
designed  lo  alleviate  poverty  and  to  considerations  and 
recommendations  for  future  action 

RLED  487  Conservation  of  Natural   Reaourcaa   (3) 

Designed  pnmanly  for  teachers  Study  of  state  s  natural 
resources — soil,  water,  fistienes.  wildlife,  forests,  and 
minerals — natural  resources  prt>t>iems  and  practK»$ 
Extensive  fiekt  study  Concentration  on  subfect  itisttBr 
Taken  concurrently  with  RLED  497  in  summer  season 

RLED  488  Crttique  In   Rural   Education  (1)  Current 

prot)Jems  and  trends  in  rural  education 

RLED  489  FMd  Expertsncs  (1-4)  Prerequisite  oonsont 
of  department  F>lanned  field  expenerx:e  for  both  ma^ 
and  non-major  students  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
four  credits 

RLED  497  Conservation  of  Natural  Reaourcas  (3) 
Designed  pnmanly  for  teectiers  Study  of  state  s  natural 
reaoureias — soil,  water.  Iiahenes.  wMile.  lorssts.  and 
minerals— natural  rasourcas  fmOtems  and  pracnc— . 
Extensive  field  study.  Methods  of  leaching  con»en>slkin 
included  Taken  concurrentty  with  RLED  487  in  summar 


RUSS  —  Russian     189 


RLEO  499  Special  Probtomt  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Statt 
approval 

RLST  —  Religious  Studies 

RLST  125  Introduction  to  Religion  (3)  An  introduction 
to  Judaism,  Chnstianity.  and  mo  religions  ol  Asia, 
consideration  ot  modem  theories  o(  religion  including 
critics  (eg  Freud.  Marx)  and  reinterprelation  (eg  Tilllch. 
Bonlxjelter).  some  attention  to  recent  religious 
movements  in  the  West  sucJi  as  yoga.  Pentecostalism. 
Zen.  and  the  Jesus  Movement 

RLST  200  Modem  Rallglout  Thought  (3)  Major 
modem  religious  thinkers  and  intellectual  movements  in 
Europe  and  Amenca  Irom  1900  to  the  present  Study  ot 
Protestant.  Catholic  and  JevKish  writings,  representing 
liberalism  and         modernism.         fundamentalism. 

neoorthodoxy.  Vatican  II.  and  the  'Death  ot  God' 

RLST  200  (Continued)  Theology.  Readings  include 
Tillich.  Berth.  Niebuhr.  Bonhoetter.  Sutler.  Heschel. 
Rutsenstein,  and  Teilhard 

RLST    233    History    ot    Jewish    Thought    I    (3)    An 

exploration  ol  the  development  ot  classical  and  rabbinic 
Jewish  covenantal  prophecy,  apocalyptic  development  ol 
legalism  m  Hebrew  scnptures.  early  mysticism. 
covenantal  demands  in  raC)binical  thoughts  pietist 
attitudes  and  philosophy  in  the  Middle  Ages  Social 
lectors  and  their  intellectual  repercussions— for  example. 
Karaites  and  the  Crusades 

RLST  234  History  of  Jewish  Thought  II  (3)  The  impact 
ol  histoncal  events  on  Jewish  thought  from  the  1492 
Spanish  expulsion  to  the  present — false  messianism. 
emancipation,  Hasidism,  varieties  of  orthodoxy  and 
reforms  since  developmeni  in  America 

RTVF  —  Radio,  Television  and 
Film 

RTVF  124  Mass  Communication  In  20th  Century 
Society  (3)  The  evolution  of  mass  communications  and 
the  impact  ot  the  media  on  contemporary  society 
Emphasis  on  broadcasting  and  film  treatments  of  social, 
economic,  or  political  issues 

RTVF  222  Introduction  to  Radio,  Television,  and  Film 

(3)  The  development,  scope  and  influence  of  radio, 
television,  and  film;  emphasis  on  the  relationship  o(  the 
industries  to  audiences,  advertisers,  and  government 

RTVF  223  Ttie  Television  Progran>— Planning  and 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF  222  Study  ol  basic 
program  formats  and  venations  with  special  emphasis  on 
pre-production  planning,  production  organization. 
management,  facility  utilization  and  cost  analysis. 

RTVF  Upper-Level  Course  Prerequisites: 

RTVF  222  and  RTVF  223  are  prerequisites  for 
all  majors  prior  to  enrollment  in  upper-level  courses. 
Non-njajors  are  required  to  obtain  instructor's 
consent  for  all  upper-level  courses.  All  students  are 
limited  to  one  production  course  per  semester  unless 
permission  is  obtained  prior  to  registration. 

RTVF      302      Beginning      Sound      Production      (3) 

Prerequisite:  RTVF  223.  Practical  experience  in  sound 
production,  including  scnpting.  acoustics  planning, 
recording,  editing,  and  coordination  ol  personnel. 
Application  principally  toward  radio. 

RTVF  314  Introduction  to  the  Film  (3)  An  elementary 
survey  of  the  film  as  an  art  form  Included  are:  the 
medium  ot  the  cinema,  a  brief  survey  of  its  development, 
film  genres,  esthetics,  criticism,  and  the  current 
international  scene  A  series  of  significant  American  and 
foreign  films  are  viewed. 

RTVF  317  Radio  and  Television  Continuity  WrHIng  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RTVF  223  and  ENGL  391  or  exemption 
from  the  latter.  Principles,  methods  and  limitatioris  ol 
wntings  lor  radio  and  television.  Application  toward 
wntirig  of  general  types  of  continuities  and  commercials. 

RTVF  332  Public  Broadcasting  (3)  Public  television  and 
radio:  development;  problems,  influence:  its  place  in 
contemporary  broadcasting,  through  (he  viewing  of  and 
listening  to  selected  programs 

RTVF  333  Television  and  Children  (3)  Prerequisites: 
RTVF  223  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study  ol 
programming    designed    for    children.    Investigation    of 


current  research  and  the  analysis  ol  speclHc  programs 
Field  studies  with  local  children 

RTVF  340  Principles  Of  Television  Production 
Techniques  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF  223  and  consent  ol 
the  instructor  Theory,  mettiods  techniques  and  problems 
of  television  production,  television  cameras  and  lenses, 
lighting  theory  and  practices,  audio,  graphic  arts  and 
special  effects  Practical  application  in  television  studios 

RTVF  346  Television  ^4ews  and  Public  Affairs  (3) 
Prerequisite  RTVF  317  or  JOUR  360  Developmeni  ol 
tsroadcast  joumalism,  current  prot)lems  concerning  radio 
ar>d  television  news,  and  ttie  development  ot  the 
documentary 

RTVF    347    Broadcast    Processes    and    Effects    (3) 

Prerequisite  RTVF  223  Common  analytic  approaches  to 
methods  ol  broadcasting  and  their  effects  on  society; 
opinion  change,  principles  ol  mass  persuasion,  social 
consequences  ol  broadcasting. 

RTVF  351  Television  Programming  (3)  Prerequisite 
RTVF  223  Introduction  to  the  history,  types,  theories, 
regulations,  and  conventions  of  television  programming 
Exploration  of  the  roles  ol  programmers,  advertisers, 
ratings  services,  producers,  and  regulatory  bodies 
through  a  programming  simulation 

RTVF  355  Film  Production  (3)  Prerequisite  consent  ol 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects 
ol  16mm  film  production.  Through  reading  and  practice, 
students  are  familiarized  with  basic  cinematography, 
lighting,  editing,  pictorial  compositiori.  and  film  continuity 
as  a  communication  arts  medium. 

RTVF    356    Film     Production     I,    Introduction    (3) 

Prerequisites:  For  majors.  RTVF  222  arid  consent  ol 
instnjctor:  for  non-majors,  consent  ol  the  instructor. 
Introduction  to  film  technology  and  techniques. 

RTVF  357   Film   Production   M,   Cinematography  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RTVF  356  and  consent  ol  instructor 
Development  of  proficiency  in  16mm  film  production. 

RTVF  384  Field  Work  Experience  (1-3)  Supen/ised. 
professional  field  work  experience  in  business,  industry, 
government  or  education.  Enrollment  is  by  permission  ol 
the  department  and  is  limited  to  majors. 

RTVF  385  Field  Work  Analysis  (1-3)  A  seminar  and'or 
a  written  critique  of  the  field  work  experience  is  required. 
Enrollment  is  by  permission  of  the  department  and  is 
limited  to  majors. 

RTVF      402      Advanced      Sound      Production      (3) 

Prerequisite:  RTVF  302  and  consent  of  instructor.  An 
advanced  sound  production  methodology  iri  radio  drama 
and  documentaries. 

RTVF  413  The  History  of  the  Film  (3)  An  advanced 
survey  of  the  film  as  an  art  fomi.  Cinema  pre-history. 
actualities  and  the  Lumiere  tradition,  Melies,  Gnftith.  and 
their  contemporaries,  the  silent  film  (1920-29):  Gennany. 
Russia,  and  the  USA.,  screen  comedy,  the  sound  film 
(1926-present):  American  and  loreign  master  directors, 
recent  and  cunent  trends.  Recommended  prior  to  this 
course:  RTVF  314. 

RTVF    414    Contemporary    American    Cinema    (3) 

Prerequisite:  RTVF  222.  An  analysis  of  the  trends  and 
major  social  issues  in  American  culture  as  they  are 
expressed  through  the  film  medium.  Emphasis  on  "new 
wave',  experimental,  underground,  independent,  and 
cinema  verite  motiori  pictures. 

RTVF   415   Contemporary   European   Cinema   (3)   A 

comparative  and  aitical  analysis  of  the  European  motion 
picture  tioth  as  a  distinct  art  form  reflecting  the  national 
character  of  a  particular  country  and  as  a  medium  for 
mass  communications  derrujnstrating  the  universality  ol 
the  human  condition. 

RTVF  417  Dramatic  Writing  for   Broadcasting   and 

Rim  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  317  or  consent  of  instructor 
An  introduction  to  the  principles,  methods  and  limitations 
ot  wnting  comedy,  drama,  and  the  documentary  for  radio, 
television,  and  film, 

RTVF  418  The  Film  Auteur  (3)  The  intensive 
chronological  study  of  the  wori<  of  one  European  or 
American  film  director  each  semester 

RTVF  419  Film  Genres  (3)  The  study  ol  one  major  film 
genre  each  semester  (ttie  gangster  film,  the  western, 
science  fiction  and  honor,  the  political  film)  Cinema 
develops  formal  and  thematic  conventions  and  how.  as  a 
medium  for  reflecting  social  ideals  and  needs. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 


RTVF  420  The  OocumenUry  Film  (3)  Growth. 
implication,  and  the  use  of  the  international  rxinfictlon  film 
as  propaganda,  public  service,  promotion,  education,  and 
entertainment  Case  studies  from  representative 
documentaries  will  be  analyzed 

RTVF      421      Film      Criticism      and      Theory      (3) 

Critical-aesttietic  approaches  to  Mm  m  order  to  develop  a 
vocabulary  lor  film  analysis  Included  will  be  slwt 
analysis,  montage  arxj  deep  focus,  the  Auteur  theory;  tfie 
role  ot  screenwnter.  director  ol  photography,  actor;  genre 
analysis,  analysis  of  film  as  popular  art. 

RTVF  425  Television  at>d  Politics  (3)  Cniical  review  ol 
studies  ol  the  effects  of  political  broadcasts,  legal  and 
social  issues;  surveys  and  media  campaigns 

RTVF  440  Television  Direction  (3)  Prerequisites;  RTVF 
340  and  consent  of  instructor  Pnnciples  ol  television 
direction  including  elements  ol  composition,  picturizatlon, 
timing,  scnpt  notation  and  program  coordination 

RTVF  441  Television  Direction  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF 
440  or  consent  ol  instructor  Advanced  theones  ol 
television  direction;  scnpt  analysis  and  adaptation, 
production  coordination,  casting,  blocking,  rehearsals  and 
mixing. 

RTVF  447  Quantitative  Methods  of  Broadcast 
Research  (3)  Prerequisite  RTVF  347  or  the  consent  ol 
instructor  An  examination  of  the  fundamentals  of  survey 
research  methodology  as  it  relates  to  the  study  and 
analysis  ol  broadcast  audiences 

RTVF  449  Television  Workshop  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  ot  instructor  Special  studio  projects. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

RTVF  450  Radio  and  Television  Station  Management 

(3)  The  role  of  the  manager  in  the  modem  broadcasting 
industry  Station  communication  lactors.  regulation, 
licensing,  personnel  lunctions.  sales,  programming 
supervision,  audience  analysis,  and  station  promotion. 

RTVF  451  Broadcast  Criticism  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
professional,  histoncal.  social,  and  psychological  criticism 
ol  Amencan  radio  and  television,  together  with  practical 
application  ol  professional  and  sctiolarty  critical  methods. 

RTVF  452  International  and  Comparative 
Broadcasting  Systems  (3)  A  comparative  study  of 
international  broadcasting  program  policies,  economic 
systems,  control  and  organization.  The  use  of 
broadcasting  in  international  affairs  as  an  instrument  of 
propaganda,  culture  and  information  dissemination. 
Monitoring  ol  overseas  broadcasts,  television  programs 
and  discussions  with  representatives  ol  domestic  and 
loreign  international  broadcast  agencies. 

RTVF  453  Broadcast  Regulation  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF 
223.  Legal  issues  involving  radio  and  television:  freedom, 
restraints,  self-regulation;  regulation  of  programming, 
competition,  rights  as  seen  by  the  broadcaster,  regulatory 
agencies  and  the  public. 

RTVF  454  Cable  Television  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  223 
History,  regulatory  development,  system  designs. 
communications  capability  and  franchising  of  cable 
television. 

RTVF  456  Structure  and  Criticism  of  TV  Advertising 

(3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF  222.  RTVF  223  and  RTVF  317. 
An  examination  of  the  persuasive  power  of  television 
advertising.  Analysis  of  form,  structure  and  content  of  the 
television  commercial  and  techniques  used  to  influence 
attitudes  and  biehavior. 

RTVF  466  Film  Production  ill,  Synchronized  Sound 
Rim  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF  355  and  consent 
ol  instructor  Synchronized  sound  and  color  technology 
with  emphasis  on  the  16mm  format. 

RTVF     467     Film     Production     IV,     Advanced     (3) 

Prerequisites:  RTVF  464  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Direction  and  production  ot  16mm.  color,  synchronized 
sound  motion  picture  Production  management, 
cinematography,  arxJ  sound  recording. 

RTVF  498  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisites;  Senkjr  standing 
and  consent  ol  instnjctor.  Present  day 
radio-television-film  research.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
ol  six  credits 


RUSS  —  Russian 

RUSS  111  Elementary  Russian  (3)  Three  recitations 
and  one  latx>ratory  hour  per  week.  Elements  of  grammar, 
pronunciation  and  conversation;  exercises  in  translation. 


190     SOCY  —  Sociology 


RUSS  112  Elementary  Russian  (3)  Three  recitations 
and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week  Elements  o(  grammar, 
pronunciation  and  conversation:  exercises  In  translation. 

RUSS  114  Intermediate  Russian  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week.  Additional  laboratory  Prerequisite;  RUSS  112 
or  equivalenl.  Reading  ol  texts  designed  to  give  some 
knowledge  ol  Russian  life,  thought  and  culture. 

RUSS  115  Intermediate  Russian  (3)  Three  recitatkms 
per  week,  additional  laboratory  Prerequisite:  RUSS  114 
or  equivalent,  Reading  ol  text  designed  to  give  some 
knowledge  of  Russian  lile,  thought  and  culture, 
S — Sclenlillc  Prerequisite:  RUSS  114  or  equivalent 
Reading  or  technical  and  scientific  prose. 

RUSS  121  Intensive  Elementary  Russian  (6) 
Introduction  to  speaking,  reading,  and  writing  Russian 
with  emphasis  on  mastering  the  essentials  ol  basic 
stmctural  patterns  and  pronunclatkin.  Eight  hours  per 
week. 

RUSS     122     Intensive     Intermediate     Russian     (6) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  112,  121  or  equivalent.  Eight  hours 
per  week,  including  two  drill  hours.  Reading  ol  texts 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Russian  We, 
thought,  and  culture 

RUSS  124  Elementary  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RUSS  112  or  equivalent.  Contemporary  colloquial 
Russian  with  emphasis  on  common  kJk>matic 
expressions  and  proper  "speech  etiquette.' 

RUSS     201     Conversation     and     Composition     (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  115  or  equivalent.  A  practical 
language  course  recommended  lor  all  students 
continuing  In  Russian. 

RUSS     202     Conversation     and     Composition     (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  115  or  equivalent.  A  practical 
language  course  recommended  lor  all  students 
continuing  in  Russian. 

RUSS  204  Commercial  Russian  (3)  Prerequisite:  RUSS 
115  or  equivalent  or  consent  ol  instructor.  Business 
letters,  forms,  commercial  procedure  and  trade 
nomenclature 

RUSS  224  Russian  Culture  (3)  A  study  of  Russian 
nationalism,  artistic  and  social  concepts  in  the 
devetopment  ol  Russian  art,  dance,  geography,  hislory 
and  literature  from  the  1 8th  to  the  20th  centuries.  Taught 
in  English. 

RUSS  270  Applied  Russian  Phonetica  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RUSS  1 1 1  or  equivalent.  Pronunciation:  the  sounds  and 
intonational  patterns  of  Russian  in  contrast  with  those  of 
English.   Not  open  to  native  speakers  of  Russian. 

RUSS   301    Review   Grammar  and   Composition   (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  115  or  equivalent.  Designed  to  give  a 
thorough  training  in  the  structure  ol  the  language:  drill  In 
Russian  composition. 

RUSS   302   Review   Grammar  and   Composition   (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  115  or  equivalent.  Designed  to  give  a 
thorough  training  In  the  structure  of  the  language;  drill  iri 
Russiari  composition. 

RUSS  311  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RUSS  201,  202  or  consent  of  instructor  For  students 
who  wish  to  develop  lluency  and  confidence  in  speaking 
the  language 

RUSS  312  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RUSS  201.  202  or  consent  ol  instructor  For  students 
wtio  wish  to  develop  lluency  and  confidence  in  speaking 
the  language. 

RUSS     321     Survey     of     Russian     Utsrature     (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  115  or  equivalent  An  elementary 
survey  ol  Russian  literature. 

RUSS     322     Survey     of     Russian     LKsrsture     (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  115  or  equivalent  An  elementary 
survey  of  Russian  literature 

RUSS  365  Slavic  Literature  In  Translation  (3)  A  survey 
0)  the  ma|or  wortts  of  the  literatures  of  the  south,  west, 
and  east  Slavs  (Yugoslav  and  Bulgahan,  Polish  and 
Czech,  Russian  primarily)  on  a  comparative  basis 

RUSS  397  Honors  Seminar  (3)  H— Honors  Prerequisite; 
Permission  ol  honors  committee  chairman  Discussion  ol 
a  central  theme  with  related  investigatk>ns  by  students 
Conducted  In  Russian 

RUSS  398  Honors  Reading  Coura*  (3)  H— Honors 
Prerequisite:  RUSS  321  and  322,  or  permission  ol 
instructor,   or  horrors  committee  chairman    Supervised 


reading  and  independent  study  taken  normally  by 
students  admitted  Into  the  honors  program  Conducted  In 
Russian  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  9  credits. 

RUSS    399    Directed    Study    In    Russian    (1-3)    For 

advanced  students,  by  permission  ol  department 
chairman  Course  may  be  repeated  lor  credit  II  content 
differs  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

RUSS  401  Advanced  Composition  (3) 

RUSS  402  Advanced  Composition  (3) 

RUSS  421  Russian  Civilization  (In  Russian)  I  (3)  An 

historical  survey  ol  Russian  avilization,  emphasizing 
architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  music,  ballet  and  the 
theater  to  the  beginning  of  the  19th  century  pointing  out 
the  inter-relationship  of  all  with  literary  movements. 
Taught  in  Russian. 

RUSS  422  Russian  Civilization  (In  Russian)  II  (3)  An 

historical  survey  of  Russian  civilization  emphasizing 
architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  music,  ballet,  and  the 
theater,  from  the  beginning  of  the  19th  century  to  the 
present  pointing  out  the  inter-relationshlps  of  all  with 
literary  movements.  Taught  in  Russian. 

RUSS  441  Russian  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century  (3) 

RUSS  451  Russian  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  (3) 

RUSS  452  Russian  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  (3) 

RUSS  461  Soviet  Russian  LHerature  (3) 

RUSS  462  Soviet  Russian  LHerature  (3) 

RUSS  465  Modem  Russian  Poetry  (3) 

RUSS  466  Modem  Russian  Drama  (3) 

RUSS  467  Modem  Russian  Rctlon  (3) 

RUSS  468  19th  Century  Russian  Literature  In 
Translation  (3)  Development  of  Russian  literary  thought 
in  the  Russian  novel  and  short  prose  of  the  19th  century. 
Inlluenca  ol  western  literatures  and  philosophies 
considered.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits 
when  content  ditlers. 

RUSS  470  Applied  Linguistics  (3)  The  nature  of 
applied  linguistics  and  its  contributions  to  the  effective 
teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of 
English  and  Russian,  with  emphasis  upon  points  of 
divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation  and  construction  of 
related  drills. 

RUSS    471     Comparative     Slavic     Linguistics    (3) 

Comparative  Slavic  linguistics  and,  especially,  a  concept 
ol  the  place  ol  the  Russian  language  In  the  worid  ol 
Slavic  culture  through  the  reading  of  selected  texts 
illustrating  common  Slavic  relationships  and 
dissimilarities. 

RUSS  478  Soviet  Literature  In  Translation  (3)  Russian 
literature  since  1917,  both  as  a  continuation  ol 
prerevolutionary  traditions  and  as  a  reflection  of  soviet 
ideology  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when 
content  ditfers. 


SOCY  —  Sociology 


SOCY     100     Introduction     to     Sociology     (3)    The 

fundamental  concepts  and  phnciples  of  sociology 
Includes  consideration  ol  culture,  patterns  ol  social 
interaction.  norms,  values.  social  Institutions, 
stratification,  and  social  change. 

SOCY  105  Introduction  to  Contemporary  Social 
Problems  (3)  An  examination  ol  oonlemporary  social 
problems  through  sociokigical  perspectives,  ways  In 
which  social  problems  are  part  of  ttw  organizatton  of 
society,  a  detailed  study  of  selected  soaal  problems 
including  social  conllict  and  social  inequality.  No!  open  to 
students  who  already  have  credit  lor  SOCY  210. 

SOCY  120  Urtwn  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100 
or  105  Urt>an  growth  and  expansion  d^arscteristics  of 
city  populations,  urban  institutkxis  and  personality 
patterns:  relatk)ns  ol  city  and  country 

SOCY  201   Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  two  hours  dnil  per  week 
Prerequisites  SOCY  100  or  105  and  MATH  110  or 
equivalent.  Elementary  descriptive  arxj  Inferential 
statistics  Construction  and  percenlaging  of  bivartate 
c)ntir>gency  tables:  frequency  distnbutions  and  graphk; 
presentations:     measures    ol    central    terxJery:y     and 


dispersk>n:  parametnc  and  nonparametric  measures  of 
association  and  correlatkm.  regresston;  probability; 
hypott>esis  testing;  the  normal,  binomial  and  chl-square 
distributions,  point  and  Interval  estimates 

SOCY  202  Introduction  to  Research  Methods  In 
Sociology  (4)  Prerequisite  SOCY  201  The  underlying 
kigk;.  major  strategies,  specilic  techniques  and  skills  ol 
sociological  research  Research  design,  measurenient. 
data  collection,  sampling,  field  research  expehments. 
surveys,  index  and  scale  construction,  data  analysis, 
inlerprelalion  and  report  writing 

SOCY  203  Sociological  Theory  (3)  Prerequlslle;  SOCY 
100  or  105  Devetopment  of  the  science  ol  80Clok)gy; 
historical  backgrounds;  recent  theories  of  society 
required  ol  all  sociology  majors 

SOCY  230  Sociological  Social  Psychology  (3)  Social 
psychology  of  groups  such  as  committees,  teams,  duCra. 
sects,  social  movements,  crowds  arxj  publics  Origin  ol 
the  social  self;  role  behavior,  inter-group  and  intragroup 
relations 

SOCY  300  American  Society  (3)  The  social  structure 
and  organizatkin  of  Amehcan  society  with  special 
reference  to  recent  social  change.  A  sockjiogical 
perspective  on  urtian  and  other  populatk>n  trends:  ttie 
character  strudure,  values  and  kleotogy  of 
americans — sodal  movements  and  dianges  in  work. 
lamily  life  and  recreation, 

SOCY  305  Scarcity  and  Modem  SocMy  (3) 
Prerequisite  SOCY  100  or  300  The  problems  ol 
resource  depletton  and  the  deterioration  ol  the 
environment  Emphasis  is  on  the  relationship  to  life 
styles,  individual  consumer  choices,  cultural  values,  and 
institutional  failures.  Projection  of  the  future  course 

SOCY    324    Racism    and    Intergroup    Conflict    (3) 

Prerequisite  SOCY  100  or  105  An  introductton  to  the 
study  of  racism  and  intergroup  conflid  in  the  U.S.  history 
of  racism,  racial  stereotypes,  roles,  and  myths,  individual 
and  institutional  radsm;  race  arx)  its  relation  to  culture, 
stratificatton,  sodal  movements,  and  sodal  ctiange 

SOCY  325  Sex  Roles  (3)  Sex-n}le  differentiation  and  sex 
Inequality  from  a  sociological  perspective  Instttuttonal 
tjases  of  sex  Inequality,  cultural  views  of  ttie  sexes, 
sex-role  socialization  and  sex-role  change.  Emphasis  on 
(Xntemporary  Amencan  society 

SOCY  327  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  DevtarK*  (3) 

Prerequisite  SOCY  100  or  105  An  introduction  to  ttie 
sociological  study  of  deviant  t^ehavior,  covering  such 
topics  as  mental  illness,  sexual  deviance,  arvl  the  use  of 
drugs  Students  may  not  recerve  credit  for  SOCY  327  If 
they  have  completed  SOCY  427 

SOCY  330  Community  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105  Community  organization  and  its 
relation  to  social  welfare;  analysis  of  community  needs 
and  resources;  health,  housing,  recreation,  community 
centers;  neighbortxxK)  projects 

SOCY  331   WorK  Bureaucracy,  artd  Industry  (3)  A 

sodologial  approach  to  the  worid  ol  work,  oocupattonal 
careers,  arxl  personal  expenences  in  ttw  bureaucratic 
organlzatkins  ol  rmdem  Industrial  society 

SOCY  341    InMjuallty  In  American  Society  (3)  The 

sockjiogical  study  ol  the  status  and  treatment  ol  the  poor. 
mirwritles.  ttw  aged,  women,  deviant  suticxxnmunities 
and  the  physk^lly  handicapped  The  dyrwriAx  ol 
inequality;  its  social  production,  poktks.  luture  and 
kteotogical  bases.  Utopian  communities,  allorts  to 
eliminate  inequality 

SOCY   343   Sociology   of   Marriage   and   Family   (3) 

Prerequisite  SOCY  100  or  105  Tt>e  socaok]gk;al  study  ol 
mamage  and  lamily  lite,  mdudlng  a  oonaMarMion  ol 
demographic  trends  m  marriage,  chlldbaailng.  dhiofo*: 
sodok>gk;al  theories  ol  mate  selection,  maiHal  I 
and  marital  dissolution  The  coune  Indui 
ol  some  contemporary  contriTverslal  issues,  such  as  Via 
relatk>nship  ol  unmamed  couples.  aNamaUva  (nantaga 
forms,  atxirtion.  arxl  violence  in  the  family 

SOCY  359  Social  FMd  Training  (1-3)  PrarequWIaa 

permission  ol  instructor  and  at  least  1.  hours  of 
sociology  credit  Enrollment  restncled  to  avaHabla 
placements  The  student  will  be  responsible  to  an  agency 
lor  a  program  of  in  service  training  Group  nieatlngi. 
individual  conlerences  and  wrttten  program  report*  «4i 
be  a  required  pari  of  ttw  course 

SOCY  388  IndspwKlwtt  Research  In  Sociology  (1) 
H — Honors  Prerequisite   SOCY  100  or  105  arxl  i 


SPAN  —  Spanish     191 


o(  insttuctof  Fof  honors  students  only  This  course  Is 
designed  lor  the  needs  ol  the  honors  students  In 
sociology 

SOCY  389  Independent  Reading  Course  In  Sociology 

(3)  H— Honors  Prerequisite  SOCY  100  or  105  and 
consent  o(  instructor  For  honors  students  only  This 
course  is  designed  lor  tlie  needs  of  the  honors  students 
In  sociology 

SOCY  396  Special  Topic*  In  Sociology  (1-3) 
Prerequtelte  SOCY  100  or  105  topics  ol  special  interest 
to  both  sociology  ma)ors  and  non-majors  Repeatablo  lor 
credit  «»hen  Ifie  subject  matter  changes,  up  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits 

SOCY   399   IndapcfKienl   Study   In   Sociology   (1-6) 

Prerequisites  Consent  of  instructor  and  12  credits  in 
Sociology  to  include  one  or  more  ol— SOCY  201.  202. 
203.  Integrated  reading  or  research  under  the  direction 
and  supervision  of  a  faculty  member  A  maximum  of  6 
credits  may  be  earned  by  a  student  for  ttie  same  field 
experience  In  SOCY  386.387  and  399  combined. 

SOCY  401  imarniwllate  Statistics  (or  SoctologlsU  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  201  or  equivalent,  and  six  additionaJ 
ixedits  in  sociology  Intermediate  correlation  techniques, 
analysis  of  variance,  sampling,  additional  nonparametric 
tectmiques.  additional  topics  in  inlerential  statistics 

SOCY  402  Intermediate  Procedures  (or  Data 
Conaction  (3)  Prerequisite  SOCY  202  or  equivalent  or 
permission  ol  the  instructor  An  intermediate  survey  of 
tt>e  ma)or  research  methods  used  by  sociologisls. 
mduding  survey  research,  experimentation,  observation, 
archival  research,  and  in-depth  interviewing  The 
selection  o<  an  appropriate  research  mettiod.  with 
analysis  ol  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  various 
metliods.  practical  issues,  data  collection  and 
preparation,  and  analytical  techniques. 

SOCY    403    Intarmadlate    Sociological    Tlwory    (3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  203.  Major  theoretical  approaches 
e.g..  tunctionalism  conflict,  symbolic  interactionism.  arx) 
their  implicit  methods  of  logic  illustrated  by  case  studies 
Original  works  ol  major  ttieorists  in  historical  perspective 

SOCY    404    Methods    o<    Quantitative    Analysis    (3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  202  or  equivalent  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  compuler-tiased  approach  to  the  analysis  ol 
sock>k)gicaI  data.  Statistk^l  program  packages  such  as 
SPSS,  using  both  card  input  and  computer  terminals; 
data  storage  and  file  manipulation.  Use  of  multivanate 
statistk^l  technk]ues.  national  sample  surveys,  census. 
and  artifk:ial  data  sets  constructed  to  illustrate  specific 
features  of  ttie  technk^ues 

SOCY  410  Population  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing; 
SOCY  100  or  105  rxjt  required.  Population  distribution 
and  growth;  sources  of  demographk;  data;  populatton 
coinpositkjn;  populatkjn  theories;  mortality;  fertility  and 
latnlly  planning;  migration;  and  population  problems  and 
polcy. 

SOCY  411  Population  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  410  or 
permisskxi  o(  instructor  Introductkjn  to  basic  technkiues 
for  arialyzing  population  change  TTie  measurement  of 
fertility,  mortality,  and  migration. 

SOCY  423  Ethnic  MlnortUes  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105.  Bask:  social  processes  in  the  relations  of 
ethnic  groups;  immigratkxi  groups  and  the  Negro  in  the 
United  States;  ethnk;  minorities  in  Europe 

SOCY     424     Sociology     o(     Race     Relations     (3) 

Prerequisite;  9  credits  in  sociology  or  permission  of 
Intnjctor.  Analysis  of  race-related  issues,  with  a  primary 
focus  on  American  society.  The  historical  emergence, 
devetopment.  and  instituttonalization  ol  racism;  ttie 
impact  o(  racism  on  its  vctims;  and  radally-based 
conflel. 

SOCY   425   Sax   Role*   and   Social   IntUtutlons   (3) 

Prerequisile:  SOCY  325  or  permisston  of  instructor. 
Relationship  between  sex  roles  and  the  structure  of  one 
or  more  social  institutions  (e.g..  the  economy,  the  family. 
the  politrcal  system,  religton.  educatkin)  The 
incorporatk>n  of  sex  roles  into  social  institutions; 
perpetuatxxi  or  translormatkxi  of  sex  roles  by  social 
institutkxis;  how  changing  sex  roles  affect  social 
institutkKis. 

SOCY  426  Sodotagy  of  Religion  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105  Varieties  and  sources  ol  religkjus 
experience.  Religkxis  institutions  and  the  role  ol  reiigkin 
in  social  Kte. 


SOCY  427  DevUnt  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite  SOCY 
327  or  12  credits  in  sociokigy  or  permlsskin  ol  instructor 
Current  theories  ol  the  gerwsis  and  dlstnbutnn  ol  deviani 
behavior,  and  ttieir  impltealtons  lor  a  general  theory  ol 
deviant  behavkx  Dellnitfcins  ol  deviance,  labeling  th«K>ry. 
secondary  deviance 

SOCY  430  Sociology  o(  P*r*onaltty  (3)  Prerequisite 
SOCY  100  or  105  DevetopmenI  ol  human  nature  and 
personality  in  contemporary  social  life,  processes  ol 
socialization,  attitudes,  individual  ditterences  and  social 
l3ehavior 

SOCY  431    Formal  and  Complex  Organizations  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105  The  concept  of  lormal 
organization  The  study  of  functioning  and  control  in  the 
operation  of  bureaucracies  such  as  corporatkins  and  in 
large-scale  organizations  such  as  military,  religkxjs  and 
educatk>nal  hierarchies.  Forms  ol  recruitment,  internal 
mobility  and  organlzattonal  personality  Relattons 
between  large-scale  organizatk)ns  and  with  the  larger 
society 

SOCY  432  Collecthre  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105  or  230  or  pemiission  of  instructor  Unlike 
most  sociokigy  courses  whk:h  focus  on  structured 
groups,  this  course  examines  instances  of  transienl 
behavior  crowds,  disasters,  hysterical  contagon, 
revolutK)n.  and  social  movements,  including  American 
Utopian  experiments. 

SOCY  433  Social  Control  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or 
105  or  200  Fomis.  mechanism,  and  technkjues  of  group 
influence  on  human  tiehavior;  protilems  ol  social  control 
in  contemporary  society. 

SOCY  441  Social  Stratification  (3)  Prerequisite:  9 
credits  ol  sock>k>gy  An  introductkin  to  the  sociotogy  of 
social  stratification  ConskJeration  ol  ttie  basic  concepts 
arxJ  major  findings  in  ttie  field.  The  relatk>nship  of  social 
stratificatkxi  to  the  institutk>nal  orders  ol  the  society 

SOCY  443  The  Family  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  343  or  pemiisskjn  of  instructor.  Study  ol  ttie  family 
as  a  social  institutkm;  its  biohigk^al  and  cultural 
foundation;  historic  dovekipment.  changing  structure,  and 
functkwi;  the  interacton  of  marriage  and  parenttxxid, 
disorganizing  and  reorganizing  factors  in  present  day 
trends. 

SOCY  445  Sociology  of  the  ArU  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105  Functions  of  the  arts  as  a  social 
institution.  Social  role  cf  the  artist.  Recruitment  to  and 
organizational  structure  of  artistic  professions.  Art  forms 
and  social  characteristics  of  audiences.  Changing 
technotogy  and  social  values  as  reftected  in  artistk: 
expression 

SOCY  447  Small  Group  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites: 
SOCY  too  or  105  anj  201  (Sock)k3gcal  Statistics)  or 
equivalent.  Analysis  of  small  group  structures  and 
dynamics  Review  of  research  on  small  groups  in  real  lite 
settings  and  in  laboratories.  Presentation  ol  technkjues 
used  in  small  groups 

SOCY  457  Sociology  of  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105  Law  as  a  lorm  of  social  control  interrelation 
between  legal  and  other  conduct  norms  as  to  their 
content,  sanctions,  and  methods  of  securing  conformity; 
law  as  an  integral  part  of  the  culture  of  groups;  factors 
and  processes  operative  in  the  formation  of  legal  norms 
as  detemiinants  of  human  behavior. 

SOCY  460  Sociology  of  Wort  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105.  Analysis  of  the  American  woilt  workf  with 
special  attentton  to  the  impact  of  social  charige  and 
occupatkinal  confttets  on  the  indivkJual  worker, 
prolesskxializatkjn.  career  patterns,  probleins  ol  minority 
groups,  and  the  future  of  work. 

SOCY  462  Industrial  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105  The  stxxilogy  of  human  refatkms  in 
American  industry  and  business.  Complex  industrial  and 
business  organizatk>n  as  social  systems.  Social 
relationships  within  and  between  industry,  business, 
community,  and  society. 

SOCY  464  Military  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105.  Social  change  and  the  growth  of  military 
institutkxis.  Complex  formal  military  organizations. 
Military  service  as  an  occupatkxi  or  professkxi  The 
sockitogy  ol  military  lite.  Relations  between  military 
institutions,  dvifian  communities  and  society 

SOCY  465  The  Sociology  of  War  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  1 00  or  1 05.  The  origin  and  devetopment  of  armed 
forces  as  institutkins.  the  social  causes,  operatkms  and 


results  of  war  as  social  conltld;  ttie  relations  of  peace 
and  war  and  revolutton  In  contemporary  civilizations 

SOCY  466  Sociotogy  of  PoilUca  (3)  PrerequisMa:  9 
craditt  m  sociology  An  introdu<:*lon  to  the  aodology  of 
poMk:al  pherxxnena  Conslderatton  ol  the  bask:  concepts 
and  maior  findings  in  the  Aek);  the  retalionstiip  ol  the 
polity  to  other  institutkxial  orders  of  the  society.  Itie 
relationship  o<  political  activity  m  America  to  ttie  theory  ol 
democracy 

SOCY  467  Sociology  of  Education  (3)  PrerequiMaa: 
SOCY  100  or  105  or  permisskxi  ol  the  instructor  Usiad 
also  as  EDSF  430  Sockilogical  analysis  of  educatkxial 
Institutions  and  ttieir  relatkxi  to  society;  goals  and 
functions,  the  mecfianisms  ol  social  control,  and  ttw 
impacts  ol  stratificatwn  and  social  diange  Study  o(  the 
school  as  a  formal  organizatkxi.  and  the  roles  and 
sutx»jftures  of  teacliers  and  students 

SOCY  470  Rural-Urtwn  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105  The  ecokjgy  of  populetkxi  and  ttie 
forces  making  for  change  in  rural  and  urt)an  life 
migration,  decentralizatkm  and  regtonalism  as  methods 
of  studying  indrvklual  and  natxxial  issues  Applied  Held 
problems. 

SOCY  473  The  City  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105 
The  rise  of  urban  civilization  and  metropoTitan  ragnns; 
ecotogKal  process  and  structure,  the  city  as  a  center  ol 
dominance;  social  problems,  control  and  planning. 

SOCY  474  SovM  Ethnic  laauaa  (3)  Ethnic  pnxssses 
and  issues  in  the  soviet  unkm.  The  major  ethnic  groups 
in  the  USSR  cultural,  polttical.  religkHis.  economic,  and 
other  aspects  of  Soviet  ethnkaty 

SOCY    498    Selectad    Topica    In    Sociology    (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  Topics  ol  special  interest 
to  advanced  undergraduates  in  socntogy  Such  courses 
will  be  offered  in  response  to  student  request  and  faculty 
interest.  No  more  ttian  6  credits  may  be  taken  by  a 
stixlerit  in  selected  topks. 


SPAN  —  Spanish 


SPAN  100  Appllad  Spanish  (3)  Vocabulary  and 
stnjctures  pertinent  to  specific  professions  and  vocatkjns; 
medicine,  nursing,  law  enforcement,  firefightng,  and 
social  wori(.  Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  diviskxial  or 
Spanish  major  language  requirements. 

SPAN  101  Elementary  Spanish  (4)  Introductkin  to  bask: 
structures,  with  emphasis  upon  understanding  and 
speaking  Four  recitations  per  week,  and  one  optional 
laboratory  hour.  Normally  leads  to  102.  but  gifted 
students  may  be  recommended  for  102H. 

SPAN  102  Etofnantary  Spanish  (4)  Completkin  ol  basic 
structures,  with  increasing  emphasis  upon  reading  skin, 
reinforced  by  discusskxi  and  composition.  Four 
recitations  per  week,  and  one  optkjnal  laboratory  hour. 
Normally  leads  to  104,  but  gifted  students  may  be 
recommended  for  104H.  H — Hork)rs  Limited  to  students 
wtx)  have  been  recommended  by  their  instructor  in  101 . 
Enriched  course  ol  study,  with  broad  reading  base  and 
related  devetopment  or  oral  arxJ  written  expression.  Four 
redtattons  per  week  and  one  oplkmal  laboratory  hour. 
Normally  leads  to  201  or  221  at  student's  optkm. 

SPAN    103   Review  of   Elementary    Spanish   (4)   An 

intensive  beginning  course  in  Spanish  language  skills; 
guided  practice  in  reading  and  writing,  understanding  the 
spoken  language  and  conversatton.  to  enable  ttie  student 
to  move  more  quk*ly  to  advanced  courses.  Enrollment 
restricted  to  students  who  have  liad  at  least  two  years  ol 
Spanish  or  the  equivalent  and  wtio  do  not  qualify  lor 
SPAN  104.  and  to  students  wtio  already  have  a  good 
background  in  at  least  one  ottier  language  (successful 
completton  of  level  4  in  high  school,  or  115  or  104  or 
equivalent  at  the  University  level). 

SPAN  203  Intermediate  Spanish  (4)  Four  recitations 

per  week,  and  one  opttonal  laboratory  hour.  Contmued 
devetopment  ol  the  skills  ol  understarxJing  and  speaking 
with  supptementary  attentton  to  reading  and  writing. 
Enriched  course  of  stikJy.  with  broad  oral  base  and 
related  devetopment  ol  reading  and  writing. 

SPAN  204  Review  of  Oral  and  Writtan  Spanlah  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  203  A  practk^l  language  course 
reconnmended  for  all  students  continuing  in  Spanish.  May 
be  taken  concunently  with  SPAN  221  or  SPAN  205 

SPAN  205  IntanTtedlata  Convarsatlon  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  203  or  permisston  of  instructor  ProvkJes  an 
opportunity  to  develop  fluency  in  oral  Spanish. 


192     SPCH  — Speech 


SPAN  221  RMdIngt  In  Spanish  (3)  Prerec)uis«te:  SPAN 
104  Selected  readings  (ram  various  genres  in  Spanish 
and  Spanish  Amencan  lileralure  Discussion  and  bnel 
wnlten  reports  In  Spanish 

SPAN   301    Review  Qrammar  and   CompotlUon   (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  201  or  equivalent  An  intensive 
review  of  grammar  and  practice  In  Spanish  composition 

SPAN   302   Review   Qrammar  and   Compodtion   (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  301  or  equivalent 

SPAN  310  Spanish  Ptionetica  (3)  Descnptive  study  ol 
the  Spanish  sound  system  Practice  In  phonetic 
perception,  transchption.  and  articulation  Particular 
attention  to  sentence  phonetics  (uncture,  rhythm,  stress, 
pitch  Prerequisite:  SPAN  201  or  202 

SPAN  311  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  201  Of  consent  o(  instructor  Designed  to  develop 
fluency  and  accuracy  In  speaking  Spanish 

SPAN  312  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite 
SPAN  201  or  consent  ot  instructor 

SPAN  315  Commercial  Spanish  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN 
302  or  equivalent  or  consent  ol  instructor  Designed  to 
give  a  knowledge  of  correct  commerbal  Spanish 
IfKluding  letters  ar>d  business  lorms. 

SPAN  316  Practlcum  In  Translation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  302  Pro-professional  training  in  translating 
technical  and  literary  Spanish 

SPAN  321  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature— 12tt>-1 7th 
Century  (3) 

SPAN  322  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature— 18th-20th 
Century  (3) 

SPAN  323  Survey  of  Spanlsh-Amarlcsn  Lttarature  (3) 

Bask:  survey  of  the  history  ot  Spanish-American 
Literature 

SPAN  324  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3) 

Basic  survey  of  the  history  of  Spantsh-Amerk^an 
literature 

SPAN  378  Pro-Seminar  In  the  Hispanic  Ltteratures  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  321-322  (for  Spanish  topic):  SPAN 
323-324  (for  Spanish-American  topk:)  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits,  with  change  of  topic 

SPAN  399  Independent  Study  In  Spanish  (1-3) 
Prerequisite:  Permissk)n  of  instructor  Specific  readings  in 
literature  under  the  supervisKin  of  a  faculty  memt>er  ol 
the  department  Repeatat>le  to  a  maximum  of  three 
credits 

SPAN  401  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Exercises  In 
practnal  stylistics.  with  special  emphasis  on  idiomatk: 
and  syntactic  structures 

SPAN  402  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Exercises  in 
practk^al  stylistics.  with  special  emphasis  on  idiomatk: 
and  syntactic  structures 

SPAN  404  Oral  Practice  for  Non-Native  Teachers  of 
Spanish  I  (3)  Prerequisrte:  Consent  of  instructor 
Development  ol  fluency  in  Spanish  with  stress  on  correct 
sentence  structure.  prorKJundatkxi  arxj  kliomatic 
expresskjn 

SPAN  405  Oral  Practice  for  Non-Natlva  Teachers  of 
Spanish  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  404.  a  continuatkxi  of 
SPAN  404 

SPAN  408  Great  TTiamas  of  the  Hispanic  Utersturas 

(3)  Pervading  themes  In  the  literature  of  Spain  or 
Spanish-America  Each  theme  will  be  araxxinced  wtien 
ttie  course  is  oftered. 

SPAN  409  Great  Themes  of  ttM  Hispanic  LItaraturM 

(3)  Pervading  ttiemes  In  the  literature  of  Spain  or 
SpanistvArT>enca  Each  theme  will  be  announced  wTien 
Itie  course  is  oHered 

SPAN  410  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Spanish 
literary  history  from  the  eleventh  through  ttie  fifteenth 
century  Reading  ol  representative  texts  This  course 
covers  until  1350 

SPAN  41 1  Utsrature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Spanish 
literary  history  from  Ifie  eleventh  through  the  KIteenth 
century  Readirig  ol  representative  texts  This  course 
covers  from  1350  to  1500 

SPAN  412  The  Rorrtancero  (3)  Ongin.  nature  and 
inliuerice  Extensive  reading  m  each  of  tt<e  respective 
sub-genres 


SPAN  416  Hispanic  LItarsturs  In  Translation  (3)  May 

be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits,  with  change  ol 
topic 

SPAN  420  Poetry  of  the  16th  Cerrtury  (3)  Prerequisite 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent  Selected  readings  and  literary 
analysis 

SPAN  421  Proae  of  the  16th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent  Selected  readings  arvj  literary 
analysis 

SPAN  424  Drama  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  (3)  From 
the  eafliesi  autos  and  pasos.  ttie  development  ol 
Spanish  drama  antenor  to  Lope  De  Vega,  iriduding 
Cervantes 

SPAN  425  Spanish  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  2000 
year^  of  Spanish  history.  out1inir>g  the  cultural  t>entage  ol 
the  Spanish  people,  tfwir  great  men.  traditions,  customs, 
an.  and  literature,  with  special  emphasis  on  ttie 
interrelationship  ol  social  and  literary  Nstory  Conducted 
In  Spanish 

SPAN  426  Spanish  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  2000 
years  of  Spanish  history,  outlining  tfw  cultural  hentage  of 
the  Spanish  people,  their  great  men.  traditior^s.  customs. 
art,  and  literature,  with  special  emphasis  on  tfie 
InterrelatKinship  of  soaal  and  literary  history  Conducted 
In  Spanish 

SPAN  430  Cervantes-Don  Ouljote  (3)  Prerequisite 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent 

SPAN  431  Cervantes — Novel  as  Ejemplares  and 
Entrefneses  (3)  Prerequisite  SPAN  321  or  equivalent 

SPAN  434  Poetry  of  the  17th  Cantury  (3)  Prerequisite, 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent  Selected  readings,  literary 
analysis,  and  discussion  ol  the  outstar>dlng  poetry  ol  the 
penod,  in  the  light  of  tfw  histork:al  background 

SPAN  435  Prose  of  the  17th  Cantury  (3)  PrerequisHe, 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent  Selected  readings,  literary 
analysis,  and  discussk>n  of  tt)e  outstanding  prose  ol  ttie 
penod,  in  tt>e  light  of  ttie  historical  background 

SPAN  436  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth   Century  (3) 

Devoted  to  Lope  De  Vega,  dramatic  ttwory  and  the 
Spanish  stage 

SPAN  437  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3) 
Drama  after  Lope  De  Vega  to  Cakleron  De  La  Barca  and 
the  decline  ol  the  Spanish  theater 

SPAN  440  LItaratura  of  the  Elghteanth  Cantury  (3) 

Traditk>nalism,  neo-classicism,  and  pre-romantkasm  In 
prose,  poetry,  and  the  theater;  esttietks  and  poetKS  of 
tt>e  enlightenment. 

SPAN  441  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 
Traditionalism,  neo-Classictsm,  and  pre-Romantiasm  In 
prose,  poetry,  and  ttie  theater,  esthetks  and  poetics  of 
the  Enlightenment 

SPAN  446  Latin  American  Civilization  I  (3)  A  survey  ol 
ttw  cultural  heritage  ol  the  Latin  Amencan  peoples  from 
the  pre-Columbian  period  to  Indeperxlence  Hispanic  arxl 
ottier  European  influences  C^jnducted  In  Spanish 

SPAN  447  Latin  American  Civilization  II  (3)  A  survey  of 
the  cultural  heritage  ot  the  Latin  Amencan  peoples  Irom 
independerK»  to  ttw  present  Hispamc  and  ottier 
European  Influences    Conducted  in  Spanish 

SPAN  448  Special  Topica  In  Latin  American 
Civilization  (3)  An  intensive  study  ol  a  selected  topic 
related  to  Latin  American  dvihzatkyi  This  course  may  be 
taken  no  more  ttian  twee  Ckxiducted  In  Spanish 

SPAN  449  Spwdal  Topics  In  Spanlah  Civilization  (3) 

An  intensive  study  of  a  selected  topic  related  to  Spanish 
civilizatk>n  Repeatable  lo  a  maximum  of  six  credits  H 
content  differs 

SPAN   452  The   Romantic   Movement  In   Spain   (3) 

Poetry,  prose  and  drama  of  ttie  Romantic  and 
posl-Romantic  periods 


generation  ol  1896  and  ttiose  ol  Itie  immediataly 
succeeding  generation 

SPAN   462   Twentieth   Century   Drama   (3)   Sigrvficant 

plays  of  the  twentieth  century 

SPAN  464  Contemporary  Spanish  Poetry  (3)  Spanish 
poetry  Irom  ttie  generation  ol  1927  to  Ifie  present 

SPAN  466  The  Contemporary  Spanlah  Noval  (3)  The 

novel  and  the  short  story  Irom  1 940  to  the  present 

SPAN  468  Modsfniam  and  Post-Modamism  In  Spain 
and  Spanish-America  (3)  A  study  ol  Itie  moet  Imponani 
wofVs  and  auttiors  ol  both  movements  In  Spam  and 
Spanish- America. 

SPAN  469  Modamlam  and  Post-Modamism  In  Spain 
and  Spanish-America  (3)  A  study  ol  the  most  i<niu<Ui< 
worVs  and  authors  ol  both  movements  in  Spam  and 
Spanish-  Amenca 

SPAN  480  Spanish-American  Eaaay  (3)  A  study  ol  the 
soao-polltk:al  contents  and  sesttielk;  qualities  of 
representative  works  Irom  the  Colonial  to  Iha 
Contemporary  penod 

SPAN  481  Spanlah  American  Eaaay  (3)  A  study  ol  the 

socio-political  contents  and  aestfielic  quaNUes  ol 
representative  woria  from  ttie  Colonial  to  Via 
Contemporary  period,  with  emphasis  on  Itie  essay  ol  the 
twentieth  century 

SPAN  488  Spanlah-Amarican  Fiction  (3) 
Representative  novels  andior  shod  stories  from  the  wars 
of  independence  to  the  present  or  dose  analysis  ol  ma|or 
contemporary  worths  Sub)ect  will  be  announced  each 
bme  course  is  oflered 

SPAN        489        Spwilsh-American        FlcHon        (3) 

Representative  novels  andor  shori  stones  Irom  the  wars 
of  Independence  lo  ttie  present  or  dose  analysis  ol  ma|or 
contemporary  worlts  Sub|ect  wiH  be  announcad  each 
time  course  is  oflered 

SPAN    491     Honors    Reading    Course    Potry    (3) 

H — Honors  Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  students 
admitted  to  ttie  honors  program  or  upon  consuttallon  wMh 
the  instructor 

SPAN     492     Honors     Reading     Couraa— Novel     (3) 

H — Honors  Supervised  reading  lo  t>e  taken  by  students 
admitted  to  ttie  fxxiors  program  or  upon  oonsuliaHon  wWi 
the  instructor 

SPAN    493    Honors    Reading    Course — Drama    (3) 

H — Honors  Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  students 
admitted  to  ttie  honors  program  or  upon  consultation  with 
ttie  instructor 

SPAN  496  Honors  Sarrtlnar  (3)  H— Honors  Raqulrsd 
of  all  students  m  the  honors  program  Ottier  students  «•■ 
be  admitted  on  special  recommendatkin  Condudad  m 
Spanish  Discussion  ol  a  central  theme  with  relaled 
Investigatkxi  by  students 

SPAN  498  Spanish-American  Poetry  (3)  Mam  »enda. 

authors  and  works  from  the  conquest  to  Ruben  Darto. 


SPCH  —  Speech 


«^ 


SPAN  454  Nineteenth  Century  Fiction  (3) 
novels  ol  ttie  nineleenth  century 

SPAN  456  Mnataanth  Cantury  Drama  and  Poetry  (3) 

Signilicant  dramas  and  poetry  ol  ttie  realistic  penod 

SPAN  460  The  QenOTStlon  of  1806  and  Hs 
Successors  (3)  Auttiors  and  wortu  ol  all  genres  ol  the 
generatkyi  ol  1898  and  those  of  Itie  immediately 
succeeding  generation 

SPAN  461  The  QenaraUon  of  1898  and  Ks 
Successors  (3)  Authors  and  works  ol  al  gecves  ol  the 


SPCH  too  Baalc  Principles  of  Spe«:h 
Communication  (3)  Prerequisite  lor  advanced  speech 
courses  A  study  of  oral  communication  pnndplas, 
induding  verbal  and  nonverbal  language,  katemng,  group 
dynamics,  and  public  speaking  Emphasis  in  Vvs  course 
IS  upon  the  application  ol  these  prmclplaa  to 
contemporary  problems  and  upon  the  praparaVon  ol 
different  types  of  oral  discourse  SPCH  100  and  107  may 
not  both  be  used  tor  credit 

SPCH  107  Technical  Speech  Comiminlcallon  (S)  A 
study  ol  oral  communication  as  It  is  part  of  lachrilcal 
fieWs  Emptiasis  m  ttHs  course  is  on  the  principles  and 
techniques  ol  interviewing,  group  dlscuaston.  HsMrHng. 
and  nlormative  and  persuaaive  brteAnga  and  apaachas 
SPCH  100  and  107  may  not  both  be  used  tor  cradi. 

SPCH  110  Voloa  and  Diction  (3)  Emphaals  upon  tta 
improvement  of  voice,  articulalion.  and  phorwiton.  May 
be  taken  concurrenlly  with  SPCH  100 

SPCH  126  Introduction  lo  Inlafpafaonal 
Communlcatton  (3)  The  course  wil  kxus  on  Via  Siaory 
and  Its  applKation  m  the  arsa  ol  ntormal  mlarparsonal 
communication 

SPCH    200    PubNc    Comiminlcallon    (3)    A    study    ol 

rtieuncal  pnncaples  »nii  models  ol  speech  oompoaMlon  n 
coniunction   with   Vie   preparation   and   praaamallon  ol 


STAT  —  Statistics  and  Probability     193 


spectllc  lornis  ol  puWIc  communlcatKjn 

SPCH  220  Group  DtKUMlon  (3)  A  study  of  the 
principtes.  methods  and  types  ol  discussion,  and  their 
appllcallon  In  the  discussion  ol  conleitiporary  prot)lems 

SPCH  230  Argumentation  and  (Mxta  (3)  A  study  ol 
the  lundamenlal  pdnapies  ol  reasoning,  analysis,  and 
evidence  preparatton  ol  debate  brtets  and  presentation  ol 
starxlard  academic  debate 

SPCH  240  Oral  Intarpratatton  (3)  The  oral  interpretation 
ol  literature  and  the  practical  training  ol  students  in  ttw 
art  ol  reading 

SPCH  325  ParllamanUry  Law  (1)  A  study  ol  the 
pdnclples  and  application  ol  parliamentary  law  as  applied 
to  all  types  ol  meetings  Thorough  training  In  ttie  use  ol 
Robert's  Rules  ol  Order 

SPCH  330  Argumantatlon  and  Debate  In  Society  (3) 

Prerequisite  SPCH  230  or  consent  ol  the  instructor  An 
in-depth  study  ol  argumentation  in  the  conduct  ol 
contemporary  legislative,  judicial  and  political  debating 

SPCH  350  Foundatlona  of  Communication  Ttwory  (3) 

A  study  ol  oral  communicative  behavior,  Including 
problems  and  processes  ol  symtxjiizations.  aspects  ol 
oral  lar>guage.  It>e  Involvement  ol  the  talker  and  listener. 
kinds  ol  signals,  and  setl-revelation  through  speech 

SPCH  356  Rhetoric  and  Society  (3)  A  survey  ol 
fundamental  aspects  and  approacties  to  rhetorical  theory 

SPCH  360  The  Rhetoric  of  Black  America  (3)  An 

hisloncal-cnttcal  survey  ol  the  rhetoric  of  black  Americans 
from  the  Colonial  period  to  the  present  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  nature  and  hislohcal  antecedents  of 
contemporary  black  power  rhetoric. 

SPCH  400  Introduction  to  Reaaarch  Methodologies  In 
Speech  Communication  (3)  Prerequisite:  Speech 
communtoalton  major  or  minor  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  An  Introductory  survey  ol  empirical  and 
histoncal-critk»l  research  methodologies  in  speech 
communk^tion  The  course  is  designed  to  prepare  the 
student  to  understand  and  to  conduct  bask:  research  in 
the  llekj 

SPCH      420      Advanced      Group      Discussion      (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPCH  220  or  consent  of  the  instructor  An 
examination  of  current  research  and  techniques  in  the 
discussion  and  conference,  including  extensive  practice 
in  various  types  of  discussions.  Emphasis  is  upon  small 
group  leadership  and  dynamics. 

SPCH  422  Intervlewtng  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor  Speech  principles  and  practices  basic  to 
recognized  types  of  interview,  giving  special  attention  to 
behavioral  objectives  and  communk:ation  variables 
Involved  In  the  process  ol  Interviewing. 

SPCH  423  Communication  Procesaas  In  Conferancas 

(3)  Prerequisite:  One  course  in  speech  communication  or 
consent  of  tlie  instructor  Group  participation  in 
conlerences,  metfxxls  of  problem  solving,  semantic 
aspects  of  language,  and  the  function  of  conferences  In 
business,  industry  and  government  settings. 

SPCH  424  Business,  Industrial  and  Government 
Communication  (3)  Prerequisite,  pemiisslon  of  the 
instnjctor.  Structure,  methodology  and  applicatkin  o( 
communrcation  theory  in  the  Industrial  setting  will  be 
emphasized. 

SPCH   425   Communication   and   Sex   Roles   (3)   An 

investigation  of  the  creation  ol  images  ol  male  and 
lemale,  and  masculine  and  feminine,  through 
communicalion.  The  diflerences  in  male  and  lemaie 
communk:ation  behaviors  and  styles,  and  the  Imptk^ations 
o(  ttiose  images  and  styies  lor  male-temale  interpersonal 
transactrans. 

SPCH      440      Advanced      Oral      Interpretation     (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPCH  240.  A  study  of  the  advanced 
theories  and  techniques  employed  in  the  interpretation  of 
prose,  poetry  and  drama.  Attention  is  given  to  selections. 
analyses,  cuttings,  script  compilatrons.  and  the  planning 
of  programs  and  periormances  In  oral  interpretation. 

SPCH  441  Readers  Theatre  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  240 
or  consent  ol  the  instructor.  Theories  and  techniques  of 
readers  ttieatre  will  be  analyzed  to  enhance  the 
interpreting  and  directing  abilities  of  students.  Special 
attentkjn  will  be  given  to  interpretation  and  directkjn  ol 
prose,  drama,  and  script  compilatk>n. 

SPCH  450  Classical  and  Medieval  Rhetorical  Theory 

(3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 


theories  ol  speech-making  and  speech  compositKm  as 
propounded  by  the  dassk^i  metortcians  Special 
atlentkjn  is  given  to  Plato.  Aristotle.  Socrates.  Cicero. 
Quintllan,  and  St  Augustine 

SPCH  451  Ranalssanc*  and  Modam  Rhetorical 
Thaocy  (3)  Prerequisite  SPCH  200  or  consent  of  the 
Instructor  A  study  of  the  devetopment  of  modern 
rtielorical  theories  In  Europe  and  America  with 
conskteraUon  of  the  applteation  of  the  theories  to  public 
address  Special  anentton  Is  given  to  Ttxjmas  Sheridan. 
John  Walker.  George  Campbell.  Hugh  Blair.  Richard 
Whately,  James  A  Winans.  Chartos  Woolbert.  I  A 
Rtehards.  and  Kenneth  Burtie 

SPCH  455  Speechwriting  (3)  Prerequisite  SPCH  200  or 
consent  ol  the  Instructor  Intensive  study  ol  rhetorical 
principles  of  speech  composi1k)n  through  study  ol  model 
speeches  and  through  a  practlcum  In  speech  writing 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  application  ol  research  In 
speech  writing  to  various  fomis  and  styles  of  speeches 

SPCH  460  American  Public  Address  1635-1900  (3) 

Prerequisite  SPEECH  200  or  consent  ol  the  instnictor 
Course  examines  the  rhetorical  development  o(  major 
historical  movements  and  influential  spokesmen  from 
1635-1900  Emphasis  on  the  reign  of  theocracy,  the 
Amencan  Revolution,  the  Presidential  Inaugural  as  a 
rtielorical  type,  the  Compromise  ol  1850.  the 
Lincoln-Douglas  debates,  the  Civil  War  rhetoric  and  the 
Populist  movement 

SPCH  461  American  Public  Address  In  the  20th 
Century  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or  consent  ol 
instructor.  Course  examines  the  rhetorical  development 
ol  major  historical  movements  and  Influential  spokesmen 
from  1900  to  the  present.  Focus  on  the  prx)gressive 
movement  the  rise  of  labor,  women's  suffrage. 
McCarthyIsm  and  the  evolution  ol  pro-  and  anti-war 
rhetoric. 

SPCH  462  British  Public  Address  (3)  Prerequisite. 
SPEECH  200  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  biographtoal, 
textual  and  critical-rtietorical  study  of  great  British 
speakers  and  their  Influences.  Special  attention  will  be 
devoted  to  the  "Golden  Age'  of  British  oratory  and  to  the 
fomis  and  styles  of  contemporary  speakers 

SPCH  470  Listening  (3)  A  study  of  the  listening  process, 
listening  variables,  listening  levels,  and  the  development 
of  effective  listening  behavbr. 

SPCH  472  NonvertMl  Communication  (3)  Survey  of 
nonverbal  communicalion  In  human  interactkjn;  theory 
and  research  on  proxemlcs.  kinesics  and  paralinguistics 
as  expression  of  relationship,  affect  and  orientatwn  within 
and  across  cultures 

SPCH  474  Communication  Theory  and  Process  (3)  A 

general  suwey  ol  Introductory  material  in  communicatton 
theory 

SPCH  475  Persuasion  In  Speech  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPCH  200  or  230.  A  study  of  the  bases  of  persuasion 
with  emphasis  on  recent  experimental  developments  in 
persuasion. 

SPCH  476  Foundations  of  Speech  Behavior  (3)  This 
course  will  provide  a  study  of  the  acquisition  of  speech, 
the  elements  that  influence  speech  behavior,  the 
influences  of  speech  Ijehavior,  and  a  theoretical 
frameworti  for  the  analysis  ol  communication  situations. 
Students  will  apply  the  theory  to  analysis  ol  specific 
communk:ation  situations. 

SPCH  477  Speech  Communication  and  the  Study  of 
Language  Acquisition  (3)  Sun/ey  of  language 
acquisitton  and  development  In  human  communicatksn 
behavior;  theory  and  research  on  language  structure, 
syntactic,  phonological,  and  cognitive  systems  as  an 
influence  of  an  individuals  ortentatkjn  and  development 
within  and  across  cultures. 

SPCH  47S  Speech  Communication  Colloquium  (1) 

Current  trends  and  issues  in  the  field  of  speech 
communication,  stressing  recent  research  methods. 
Recommended  lor  senrar  and  graduate  student  majors 
and  minors  in  speech  communicatton  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  4  hours. 

SPCH  482  Intercultural  Communication  (3)  The  major 
variables  of  communicatton  in  an  Intercultural  context. 
Communicatton  problems  created  by  cultural,  racial,  arx) 
national  diflerences;  analysis  of  stereotypes,  values,  and 
cultural  assumptions  influencing  verbal  and  nonvert>al 
communicatton. 


SPCH  483  Urtwn  Communication  (3)  A  study  ol 
communtoatton  variations  in  the  urtjan  community, 
exploratton  ol  strategies  lor  improving  communication 

SPCH  488  Speech  Communication  Intamship  (1-6) 

Registration  tjy  permission  ol  adviser  only  This 
Independent  internship  is  designed  to  give  the  speech 
communtoation  student  practical  career  experience  with  a 
speech  communtoation  prole&sional  in  the  Washington 
Metropolitan  area  Limited  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits 

SI>CH  489  Speech  Communicatton  Worltahop  (1-6) 

Worltshops  devoted  to  special,  in-deplh  study  in  speech 
communtoation  Course  may  be  repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  semester  hours 

SPCH  498  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisites":  Senior  standing 
and  consent  of  instructor  Present-day  speech  research. 

SPCH  499  Honors  Seminar  (3)  For  honors  students 
only  Readings.  symposiums  visiting  lectures, 
discussions. 

STAT  —  Statistics  and  Probability 

STAT  100  ElsmanUry  Statistics  and  Probability  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  110  or  exemption  Irom  MATH  110  by 
a  satisfactory  score  on  a  departmental  plaoement 
examination.  Simplest  tests  of  stalisitical  hypottieses. 
appllcattons  to  belore-and-after  and  matched  pair 
studies  Events,  probability,  comblnattons,  independence 
Binomial  probabilities,  confidence  limits  Random 
variables,  expected  values,  median,  variance  Tests 
based  on  ranks.  Law  ol  large  numtjers,  normal 
approximation  Estimates  of  mean  and  variance. 
(Students  who  have  completed  MATH  1 1 1  or  any  MATH 
or  STAT  course  with  a  prerequisite  ol  MATH  141  may 
not  obtain  credit  for  STAT  100) 

STAT    250    Introduction    to    Statistical    Models    (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  220  or  equivalent.  Applicattons  ol 
bask;  ideas  ol  probability  and  statistics  to  epidemics, 
genettos.  learning  models,  population  growth,  queuing, 
reliability  and  traffic  problems  Topics  Include  random 
variables,  distributions,  expectattons,  Mari(0v  chains, 
renewals,  hypotheses  testing  and  estimation,  with 
emphasis  on  discrete  models  and  intuitive  approach. 
Choice  of  appllcattons  can  vary  according  to  dass 
interest. 

STAT  400   Applied   Probability   and   Statistics   I   (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  141,  Random  variables,  standard 
distributions,  moments,  law  of  large  numbers  and  central 
limit  theorem.  Sampling  methods,  estimation  of 
parameters,  testing  of  hypottieses. 

STAT  401    Applied   Probability  and   Statistics  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  STAT  400  Point  estimation — sufficient, 
unbiased,  and  consistent  estimators  Interval  estimatton. 
Minimum  variar^e  and  maximum  likelltiood  estimators 
Testing  of  hypotheses.  Regresston  correlation  and 
analysis  of  variance.  Sampling  distributions.  Sequential 
tests,  elements  ol  rx)n-parametric  methods 
STAT  410  Introduction  to  Probability  Theory  (3) 
Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  MATH  241 .  Probability  and 
its  properties.  Random  variables  and  distribution 
luncttons  in  one  and  several  dimensions.  Moments 
Characteristic  functions.  Limit  theorems. 
STAT  411  Introduction  to  Stochastic  Processes  (3) 
Prerequisite:  STAT  250  or  400  or  equivalent  Elementary 
stochastic  processes.  Renewal  process,  random  walks, 
branching  process,  discrete  Mari<ov  chains,  first  passage 
times,  Mart<ov  chains  with  a  continuous  parameter,  birth 
and  death  processes.  Stationary  processes 

STAT  420  Introduction  to  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
STAT  410  or  equivalent.  Point  estimation,  sufftoiency. 
completeness,  Cramer-Rao  inequality,  maximum 
likelihood.  Confidence  intervals  for  parameters  of  normal 
distribution.  Hypotheses  testing,  most  powerful  tests, 
likelihood  ratto  tests.  Chi-square  tests,  analysis  ol 
variance.  regression,  correlation.  Nonparametric 
methods. 

STAT  421  ElemenU  of  Statistical  Inferenca  (3) 
Prerequisite:  STAT  420  or  equivalent.  Rank  tests, 
confidence  and  tolerance  intervals.  Kolmogorov-Smimov 
tests.  Sequential  analysis,  multivariate  analysis.  Deciston 
theory,  Bayesian  and  minimax  procedures.  Sampling 
theory. 

STAT  440  Sampling  theory  (3)  PrerequisiteSTAT  401 
or  STAT  420.  or  consent  of  the  instnxior  Simple 
random  sampling.  Sampling  for  proportions  Estimatton  ol 
sample   size.    Sampling   with    varying    probabilities   of 


194     TEXT  —  Textiles 


sampling.  Sampling:  stralKled,  systematic,  cluster, 
double,  sequential,  incomplete. 

STAT   450    R«gr«Mk>n   and    Variance    Anatyal*   (3) 

Prerequisite:  STAT  401  or  420  One,  two.  three  and 
(our-way  layouts  in  analysis  ot  variance,  fixed  otlects 
models,  linear  regression  in  several  variables. 
GaussMar1<ov-ttieorem,  multiple  regression  analysis, 
expenmental  designs 

STAT    460    Applied     Nonparametrlc    Statistics    (3) 

Prerequisite  A  statistics  course  oilier  ttian  STAT  100 
Review  ol  basic  statistical  ideas  Sign  tests  and  ranking 
methods  (or  one  and  two  samples,  one-way  layout. 
two-way  layout,  correlation  and  regression,  including 
significance  tests,  nonparametnc  confidence  Intervals 
and  robust  point  estimates  Goodness-ol-fil.  contingency 
tatjies.  exact  and  Chi-square  test  (or  homogeneity  and 
Independence  Techniques  illustrated  using  data  from 
social  biological  and  twhavloral  sciences. 

STAT  464  Introduction  to  Blostatlstlcs  (3)  Prerequisite: 
One  semester  of  calculus  and  junior  standing 
Probabilistic  models  Sampling  Some  applications  of 
probability  in  genetics.  Experimental  designs.  Estimation 
of  ettects  of  treatment  Comparative  experiments 
Fisfier-lrwin  lest.  Wilcoxon  tests  for  paired  comparisons 
Not  acceptable  for  credit  towards  degrees  in 
mathematics  or  statistics. 

STAT    498     Selactsd     Topics     In     Statistics    (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor  Topics  of 
special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduate  students  will 
be  offered  occasionally  under  the  general  guidance  of 
the  MATH/STAT  major  committee.  Students  register  for 
reading  in  statistics  under  this  numt>er  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  1 6  credits. 

TEXT  —  Textiles 

TEXT  105  Textiles  In  Contemporary  LWIng  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  A  multidisciplinary  approach  to  the 
consumer  in  the  near  environment  with  emphasis  on 
apparel  arxJ  environmental  textiles. 

TEXT  150  Introduction  to  Textile  Materials  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  An 
introductkxi  to  the  properties  of  textile  matenals  Behavior 
of  textile  materials  are  observed  in  relation  to 
environmental  conditions  which  influence  aesthetics, 
comfort  and  perlomnance 

TEXT  221  Apparel  I  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  A  study  of  ttie  fundamental  principles  and 
processes  of  pattern  design  and  apparel  construction. 
Students  will  relate  flat  pattern  and  construction 
techniques  to  apparel  design  problems 

TEXT  222  Apparel  II  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  TEXT  150  and  TEXT  221.  A 
continuation  of  Apparel  I  involving  more  advanced 
problems.  Emptiasis  is  placed  on  successful  integration 
of  pattern  design  with  constructron  processes  in 
contemporary  fabrics 

TEXT  250  Textile  Materials— Evaluation  and 
Characterization  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour 
latxjratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  TEXT  150  An 
investigation  of  ttie  behavkjr  ol  textile  materials  in  relation 
to  environmental  factors  and  conditions  of  servKe 
inltuencing  performance,  comfort  and  aesthetics 
Laboratory  experience  provides  an  opportunity  to  explore 
a  variety  of  textile  matenals  and  methods  of  evaluatiori 

TEXT  355  Environmental  Tsxtlfas  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  vfeok  Prerequisite  TEXT  150  A  consideratk>n  ol  the 
properties,  performance  and  care  of  textile  materials 
other  than  ckjthing  used  in  the  near  environment 
Included  are  furnishings,  floor  coverings,  wall  treatments 
and  recreational  and  structural  materials  Environmental 
conditions  such  as  soiling,  heal,  radiation,  weathering, 
aging,  moisture  and  solvents  will  be  consklered 

TEXT  365  Fashion  Merchandising  (3)  Prerequisite 
Consent  of  instnjctor  Analysis  of  fashkin  trends  and  their 
effect  on  retail  merctiandtslng.  Emphasis  on  the  buying 
arxl  selling  process.  Including  the  cak:ulatk)ns  necessary 
to  plan  and  estimate  seasonal  purchases,  mark-ups. 
turnover,  open-to-biiy,  marVdowns  and  stocksales  ratios 

TEXT  365  Junior  Honors  S«mlnar  (1)  bmited  lo  juniors 
In  the  departmental  honors  program  Readings,  reports 
and  discussion  ol  selected  topk:s 

TEXT  396  FMd  Work  and  Analysis  In  TextllM  (3-8) 
Supervised,  professional,  liekj  work  experience  in 
rstalllng.  industry  or  government  A  seminar  and  a  written 


critique  ol  the  liekl  wort<  experience  will  be  required  to 
relate  lormal  academic  study  to  student  work 
experiences  Students  musi  apply  a  semester  in  advance 
and  enrollmeni  is  by  pennission  of  the  departmeni  and  Is 
limited  lo  majors 

TEXT  400  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH 
110  or  lis  Research  methodology  in  textiles  and 
consumer  economics,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the 
application  of  statistical  concepts  and  techniques  lo  the 
analysis  of  data  from  the  areas  of  textiles  and  consumer 
economics  May  not  be  taken  by  students  who  have 
credit  In  CNEC  400 

TEXT  420  Apparel  Design — Draping  (3)  Two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week  Prerequisites:  APDS  101 
and  TEXT  222  APDS  220  recommended  but  not 
required  Students  explore  pattern  design  through 
draping  on  the  human  form  Emphasis  is  on  the 
intenelatlonship  t>etween  material,  design  and  form 

TEXT  425  Apparel  Design— Experimental  Processes 
(3)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week 
Prerequisites:  APDS  101,  TEXT  250,  arid  TEXT  222 
Processes  are  related  to  fiber  and  fabric  characteristk^s, 
style  arid  end-use  Opportunities  are  provided  lor 
students  to:  1)  learn  advanced  constnjction  and  tailonng 
techniques,  2)  explore,  adapt  and  create  new  processes 
with  modem  textile  materials  and  3)  evaluate  results  in 
terms  ol  design  quality. 

TEXT  441  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100  and  SOCY 
100  An  exploration  of  socio-psychological  approaches  lo 
the  study  of  clothing  in  relation  to  human  behavior.  Social 
and  psychotogical  theories  will  be  examined  as  possible 
tramewori(  for  the  study  and  investigation  of  clothing. 

TEXT  445  History  of  Costume  I  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  The  wrap-style  dress  A  critical  study  of  the 
various  forms  of  dress;  analyzing  shape  and  form  of 
garments  and  the  componeni  parts  of  which  they  are 
made,  taking  special  note  the  various  distirictive  styles 
and  unique  shapes  whk:h  help  distinguish  one  penod 
from  another:  relating  the  history  ol  costume  lo  events,  lo 
achievements,  lo  the  social  attitudes  and  development  of 
the  various  limes  and  cultures  of  man. 

TEXT  447  History  of  Costume  II  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  The  shaped-style  dress  A  critical  study  of  the 
various  forms  of  dress;  analyzing  shape  and  form  of 
garments  and  the  componeni  parts  of  which  they  are 
made,  taking  special  note  of  the  distinctive  styles  and 
unique  shapes  which  help  distinguish  one  period  from 
another;  relating  the  history  of  costume  lo  events,  to 
achievements,  lo  the  social  attitudes  and  development  ol 
the  various  times  and  culture  ol  man. 

TEXT  452  Textile  Science— Chemical  Structures  and 
Properties  ol  Fibers  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  latxiratory  per  week  Prerequisites:  CHEM  104 
or  consent  of  instructor  The  chemical  structure, 
properties  and  reactions  of  the  major  classes  of  natural 
and  man-made  fibers.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
relationship  between  molecular  stnjcture  and  physical 
properties  of  fibers  and  fabrics  Laboratory  includes 
chemical  identification  of  fibers,  preparalkjn  of  selected 
Ubers  and  examination  of  chemical  reactions  and 
properties  of  nt)ers 

TEXT  454  Textile  Science— Hnlshes  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite 
TEXT  452  or  consent  of  instructor  A  study  of  ttie 
chemical  reactions  and  and  mechanisms  involved  in 
Imparting  water  repellance,  crease  resistance  and  crease 
recovery  properties,  shrink-resistance.  flame  resistance, 
soil-release  properties  and  moth  and  mildew  resistance 
to  textile  materials  Properties  ol  the  finished  material 
wtilch  effect  Its  end-use  will  also  be  examined 
Latx>ratory  wort(  includes  ttie  application  ol  finisties. 
kJentifk^atkxi  ot  finishes  and  a  study  of  the  properties  of 
finished  fabrics 

TEXT  456  Textile  Science— Chemistry  snd  Physics  of 
Fibers  snd  Polymers  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  latxxatory  per  week  Prerequisite  consent  ol 
instructor  The  theory  of  fiber  structure  and  its 
relationship  to  chemical  and  physKal  properties  of  natural 
arxj  marvmade  fibers  Laboratory  includes  study  of 
performance  of  textile  matenals  in  ralalkin  lo  Iheir 
chemk^l  and  physk^  properties 

TEXT  463  History  of  Textiles  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week  Prerequisite  TEXT  150  or  consent  ol  l»^struc1or  A 
study  of  historic  and  contemporary  fibers  and  fat>ncs 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  analysis  ol  designs  and 


technkjues  of  decorating  fabncs  and  the  relationship  ol 
textiles  to  the  aesttietk:  and  developmental  cultures  ol 
society 

TEXT  465  Economics  of  the  Textile  and  Apparel 
Industries  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week  Prerequisites: 
ECON  201  and  203  Trends  in  itie  production  and 
consumption  ol  textiles  and  apparel,  economic  analysis 
ol  the  textile  and  apparel  industries,  factors  altecting 
changes  in  output,  pnce.  location  and  marVet  structure. 

TEXT  468  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (1-4)  Umlted  to 
undergraduate  students  in  the  departmental  horvors 
program  An  independent  literary,  laboratory  of  field 
study,  conducted  throughout  itie  student's  senor  year. 
Student  shouki  register  in  both  fall  and  spring 

TEXT  496  Special  Studies  (2-4)  Independent  study  by 
an  individual  student  or  by  a  group  ol  students  In 
advarKed  work  not  otherwise  provKled  in  the  department. 
Students  must  prepare  a  descnptk)n  ol  ttie  study  they 
wish  to  undertake  The  plan  must  be  approved  by  ttie 
faculty  directing  the  study  and  the  department  chairman 

THET  —  Theatre 

THET  110  Introduction  to  the  Theatre  (3)  Introducton 
lo  the  people  ol  the  theater;  actors,  directors,  designers 
and  backstage  personnel  The  core  and  characteristks  ol 
a  play  script;  theatncal  forms  and  styles,  arxl  theater 
history 

THET  120  Acting  Fundamentals  (3)  Basic  pnncipies  of 
acting  techniques  Exercises  stnjctured  lo  devekip  the 
student's  concentration,  imagination,  sense  and 
emotkjnal  memory  Textual  analysis,  character  analysis 
and  scene  study;  and  the  applK:ation  of  ttiese  techniques 
to  character  portrayal  through  performance  ol  short 
scenes 

THET  125  Crestlve  Expression  (3)  For  me  non-ttieatar 
arts  major  Exploration  of  creativity  through  saM 
expressKin  Basic  techniques  of  pantomime, 
improvisation,  role  playing,  communicative  and 
concentratrve  skills  through  movement,  ttieater  games 
and  group  dynamics 

THET  170  Stagecraft  (3)  A  survey  of  the  fundamentals 
of  theatncal  productkjos.  with  emphasis  in  ttw 
constructbn  of  scenery.  Practice  worV  on  university 
theater  and  experimental  theater  productkins 

THET  185  Makeup  (2)  The  theory  and  practKe  ol  stage 
makeup  covering  character  analysis,  lacial  anatomy, 
applicatiori  of  makeup  and  penod  styles  in  theatrical 
makeup 

THET  221  Speech  for  Uw  Stage  (3)  Oevekipment  ol  ttw 
vocal  techniques  required  for  theatrical  production 
including  pro|octk>n.  resonance,  and  character  voices. 
The  study  and  acquisitk)n  ol  ttie  diction  ol  ttie  American 
stage. 

THET  273  Sc«rK>graphlc  Techniques  (3)  Prerequisite: 
THET  170  An  analysis  ol  the  graphic  approacties  used 
in  various  stages  ol  plaririing  and  execution  ol  a  setting 
(or  the  theater  Study  of  drafting  techniques, 
presentational  conventions,  arxl  scene  painting 
techniques  unique  lo  the  theater 

THET    282    Historic    Costuming    for    ttw    Stage    (3) 

HIslonc  costuming  and  Its  relation  to  ttie  theater  The 
evolutkin  ol  ckjihing  from  ttie  Greeks  to  the  iwennelh 
century  as  applied  lo  the  needs  of  ttw  director,  actor  and 
stage  designer.  Emphasis  on  trie  practical  use  o(  this 
intormation  as  related  to  acting  styles  Character 
statement,  scene  and  costume  design 

THET  283  Costume  Crafts  (3)  Study  and  pracHcal 
expenence  In  garment  construction  and  related  oostuma 
crafts  as  used  in  theater  costume  design  Emphasis  on 
celastc  armour,  jewelry,  hat-making  arx)  ottiar  rslalsd 
theater  costuming  crafts 

THET  310  The  American  Theatre  (3)  An  analysis  of  Via 
Itieatre  people  plays  events,  and  social  lofcas  i&iUh 
shaped  an  evolution  lrx>m  the  cok>nial  beginnings  ol 
artistK  dependence  on  England  to  tt<e  uniquely  Amsncan 
itieatre  of  today 

THET  311  Play  Production  (3)  A  practical  study  of  *w 
various  elements  and  procedures  naoassary  tor 
production  ol  plays  lor  pubkc  perlormance 

THET  320  Intermadlats  Acting  (3)  PrarsqulsMaa  THET 
120  or  221  or  permission  ol  the  Instructor  ConHnuallon 
of  THET  120  Emphasis  on  lt<e  Uuaprtntlng  of  cTiaiactoi 
development  and  portrayal  tor  a  M  length  play 


URBS  —  Institute  for  Urban  Studies     195 


TMET  330  Play  Dlracting  (3)  Prwaqulsites  THET  120 
and  170  A  lecture-latwralory  course  dealing  wilti  the 
techniques  ol  coordination,  designing  and  guiding  llw 
production  ol  a  script  Itirough  to  performance  Study  and 
practice  in  stage  composition,  movement,  pacing,  scnpt 
and  cfiaraclor  analysis,  and  rehearsal  routines  Emphasis 
on  methods  ol  oommunicatton  a  scnpt  to  an  audlerwe 

THET  371  Stage  Decof  (3)  Prerequisite  THET  170  A 
study  ol  onvironmenlal  decor,  ornaments  arxj  properties 
through  the  ages  and  their  practical  reproduction  lor  a 
thealncal  production 

TMET  375  Stage  Design  (3)  Prerequisites  THET  170 
and  491  Design  oriented  theatre  majors  are  expected  to 
also  have  credit  tor  THET  273  A  study  ol  design  theory 
and  style  Methods  and  techniques  ot  coordination  all 
elements  ol  scenic  design  lor  theatre 

THET    420    Styles    and    Theories    of    Acting    (3) 

Prerequisites  THET  120.  221.  320  or  consent  of 
instructor  Emphasis  on  the  philosophical  basis  and 
techniques  necessary  lor  acting  modem  realistic  drama 
and  acting  period  style  dramas  In-deplh  study  of 
StanislavskI  system  and  application  of  Ifwse  techniques 
toward  performance  in  scenes  Examination  and 
application  of  the  techniques  necessary  lor  the 
preparation  and  peitormance  of  an  acting  score  for 
performing  Shakespeare  Improvisatton.  Required 
attendance  at  live  theatre  productions. 

THET  429  Actor's  Studio  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Consent  of 
instructor  Participation  in  dramatic  roles  executed  under 
faculty  supervision  in  the  department's  productions. 
Eligible  students  must  make  commitments  and  plan 
performances  with  course  instructor  during 
pre-registration  Repealable  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits 

THET   430    Advanced    Directing   for   the    Stage   (3) 

Prerequisite:  THET  330  or  consent  ol  instructor. 
Discussion  ol  the  preparation  procedures  and  rehearsal 
practices  necessary  for  the  presentation  of  a  variety  of 
theatncal  styles  and  forms  Emphasis  on  understanding 
the  relationship  between  the  director,  the  actor,  the  script 
and  the  audience  A  series  of  student-directed  scenes 
supplemented  by  attendance  at  theatre  productions. 

THET  440  Children's  Dramatics  (3)  Principles  and 
methods  ol  creative  dramatics  as  applied  in  the 
classroom  or  community  center  lor  elementary, 
secondary  and  exceptional  children.  Supervised 
conducting  ol  classes  in  creative  dramatics  at  the 
University,  nearby  community  centers  or  scfKXJls, 

THET  445  Directing  Plays  for  Children's  Theatre  (3) 

Prerequisite:  THET  440,  An  introduction  into  the  formal 
elements  of  directing  plays  lor  children  The  organization 
of  large  groups  of  children  in  the  framewortc  of  children's 
theatre.  History  of  children's  theatre,  script  analysis,  and 
basic  directing  skills  for  staging  children's  theatre  A  final 
presentation  of  a  short  established  or  onginal  children's 
play  Is  required 

THET  450  American  Musical  Comedy  (3)  The  evolution 
of  musical  comedy  through  opera  to  early  American 
extravaganzas  and  minstrels  to  the  musicals  of  the 
1920's  and  1930's,  TTie  development  and  highlights  of 
the  form  since  1940,  The  function  and  form  of  the 
libretto,  music  and  lyrics,  and  the  roles  of  the  creative 
personnel  of  a  musical  production,  Wortehops  in 
performance  skills. 

THET  460  Theatre  Management  I  (3)  The  practical  tools 
of  ttieatre  management:  production  philosophies. 
selecting  and  balarKing  a  season,  tickets  and  tiox  office 
procedures,  budgeting,  graphic  arts  production, 
advertsing.  publKity  and  other  promotional  devices, 

THET  461  Theatre  Management  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
THET  460  or  consent  ol  instructor.  Case  studies, 
discussions,  lectures  and  projects  conceming  advance 
theatre  management  decision  making  and  administration, 
including  such  areas  as  personnel  relations,  ixntract 
negotiatkjns,  theatrical  unions,  fund  raising,  touring, 
audience  development  and  public  relations 

THET  471  Advanced  Scenic  Design  (3)  Prerequisites: 
THET  170,  273,  375  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  ol 
period  styles  and  techniques  in  scenic  design.  Emphasis 
on  individual  projects  and  multi-use  theatres 

THET  476  Principles  and  Theories  of  Stage  Ughtlng 

(3)  Prerequisite  THET  170,  recommended  THET  273  A 
study  ol  tfie  theories  ol  electnfication,  instruments, 
design,  color,  and  control  for  stage  and  television.  Brief 
survey  of  sound  for  tfie  theatre.  Practical  work  on 
productions. 


THET  477  Advanced  Ughtlng  Design  (3)  Prerequisite 
THET  476  Study  of  Nstory  and  theory  ol  lighting  design 
Design  exercises  In  proscenium,  in-the-round.  thrust. 
outdoor  pageant,  circus,  corwert.  spectacle,  dance  and 
television  lighting  A  survey  ol  lighting  companies  and 
equipment  and  architectural  lighting 

THET  479  Theater  Worltshop  (1-3)  Prerequisite  THET 
1 70  and  permission  ol  the  instructor  Participation  In  tfie 
technical  aspects  ol  theatre  production  in  selected 
University  and  experirriental  theatre  productK>ns 
Repealable  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits 

THET  480  Stage  CostuiTM  Design  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
THET  282  Basic  principles  ol  theatre  costume  design 
and  Introduction  to  rendering  skills  Emphasis  on 
devetopment  ol  design  conception,  unity,  character 
statement,  basic  clothing  design  and  penod  style 
adaptation 

THET  481  Stage  Costume  Design  II  (3)  One  lecture 
and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  THET 
480  An  advanced  study  of  costume  design  and 
interpretation  leading  to  understanding  and  facility  in 
design  of  stylized  productions  Emphasis  on  design  for 
musical  comedy,  dance  theatre,  opera  and  various 
non-traditional  lorms  of  theatre  production 

THET  485  Advanced  Malteup  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET 
180  or  consent  of  instructor  Advanced  techniques  and 
matenals  in  makeup  for  the  theatre,  television  and  film. 
Practical  work  with  three-dimensional  makeup  (prosthetic 
devices),  hair  pieces,  mask-making  and  stylized  makeup. 
Opportunity  to  develop  skills  in  a  creative  approach  to 
makeup  design 

THET  490  History  of  the  Theatre  I  (3)  Evolution  ol  the 
theatre  from  primitive  origins,  through  the  eariy 
Renaissance  with  emphasis  on  playwrights  and  plays, 
theatre  architecture  and  decor,  and  significant 
personalities.  Extensive  use  ol  graphic  material,  play 
reading,  related  theatre-going 

THET  491  History  of  the  Theatre  II  (3)  A  continuation  ol 
THET  490  beginning  with  the  16th  century  and 
progressing  into  the  20th,  examining  the  late 
Renaissance,  Elizabethan,  Restoration,  17th  to  19th 
century  European,  and  Early  American  theatres. 
Emphasis  on  dramatic  forms  and  styles,  theatre 
architecture  and  decor,  and  significarit  persorialides. 
Extensive  use  of  graphic  material,  play  reading,  related 
theatre-going 

THET  495  History  of  Theatrical  Theory  and  Criticism 

(3)  The  development  of  theatrical  theory  and  criticism 
from  the  Greeks  to  the  modem  theorist  The 
philosophical  basis  of  theatre  as  an  art  form.  Important 
theorists  and  the  practical  application  ol  their  theories  in 
either  play  scripts  or  theatrical  productioris.  Required 
attendance  at  selected  live  theatre  productions 

THET  499  Independent  Study  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor.  An  independent  study  course  in 
which  each  student  completes  an  assigned  major  theatre 
project  under  close  faculty  supervision.  Projects  may 
culminate  with  term  papers,  scenic  or  costume  designs, 
or  a  stage  production.  Repealable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

URBS  —  Institute  for  Urban 
Studies 

URBS  100  Introduction  to  Interdisciplinary  Urtun 
Studies  (3)  The  scope  and  range  ol  urban  studies,  and 
the  characteristics  of  urban  life.  An  interdisciplinary 
lecture  series  which  meets  twice  a  week,  gaming 
laboratory  sessions  which  meet  for  two  hours  once  a 
week,  and  the  development  of  an  urban  project.  May  not 
tie  taken  by  students  who  have  received  credit  lor  URBS 
260 

URBS  210  Behavioral  and  Social  Dimensions  of  tfie 
Urban  Community  (3)  Three  lecture  hours  per  week 
Definition  ol  urbanism,  urbanization,  and  urban 
demography:  stixty  of  tfie  institutional  framework  of  urban 
areas,  including  administration,  politk^,  finances,  and 
communications:  explanation  of  human  services  and 
social  issues. 

URBS  220  Environmental  and  Technological 
Dimensions  ol  the  UrtMn  Community  (3)  Three  lecture 
fxMjrs  per  week  Issues  Involved  in  understanding  the 
impact  of  environment  and  techrx>logy  on  urtjan  living. 
Emphasis  on  the  metropolis  as  a  physical  structure, 
including  its  housing,  land  use  and  geography,  on  the 
metropolis     as     a     physical     system,     including     its 


anvkmnent,  engineering  and  utilities,  and  on  public 
poNcy  Issues  ol  technokigy  in  the  urt>an  areas 

URBS  320  Ths  City  and  tha  Developing  National 
CuKura  of  tha  United  Stataa  (3)  Prerequisite 
Permission  of  instructor  or  one  URBS  course  Definition 
of  natk>nal  culture  as  contained  in  values,  ideas, 
Kleology,  and  moral  starxlards  but  expressed  in  objects 
and  activities  History  of  the  city  in  tfie  United  States  as 
related  to  cultural  phases,  tfie  dty  and  Innovation  in 
architecture  and  sculpture,  in  literature  arxJ  tfie  fine  arts. 
Individual  dbes  as  creators  ol  cultural  history;  ttie  city 
and  mass  culture 

URBS   350   Introduction   to   Urban   FMd   Study   (3) 

Prerequisite  Permisston  ol  Instructor  or  one  URBS 
course  Instruction  in  the  techniques  ol  Inquiry  Into  urt>an 
condltk>ns  Training  in  use  ol  descriptive  staQstKS  to 
summarize  data  Selection  of  problems  tor  study,  design 
of  research,  preparing  conclusions  Comparison  of 
team-raaearch  approach  to  individual  Investigation  Study 
of  the  urtian  community  through  fiekj  projects. 

URBS     397     Honors     Indapandant     Reading     (3) 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  honors  program  in  URBS  or 
otfier  departments  Directed  reading  in  contemporary 
urtian  studies. 

UTOS  399  Indapandant  Study  In  Urban  Topics  (3) 

PrarequWte:  Permission  of  instructor  or  one  URBS 
course.  Directed  research  and  study  of  selected  aspects 
of  urban  affairs 

URBS     420     Seminar     In     Urban     Utaratura     (3) 

Prerequisite:  Two  URBS  courses  or  permisskin  of  the 
Instructor  The  works  ol  several  of  the  major  201h  century 
writers  In  urban  studies.  A  comparative  analysis  of  tfio 
perspectives  of  these  wnters  on  theoretical  and 
substantive  urban  issues,  is  a  tiasis  for  more  advanced 
study  in  tfie  tfieory  and  process  of  urtianization 

URBS  430  Urban  Intamahip  (6)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  ol  the  department  Supervised  fiekl  training  In 
urtian-oriented  programs  Emphasized  areas  of  interest 
are  (1)  neighborhoods  and  communities,  (2) 
organizations  and  agencies,  (3)  specific  programs.  Tfie 
student  will  be  assigned  to  a  specific  agericy  or  project 
and  win  be  responsiUe  to  that  agency  Class  meetings. 
WTftlan  reports,  instmctor  conferences,  and  a  student's 
critique  ot  his  experience  are  included. 

URBS  450  Problems  In  Urban  Lati  (3)  Recommended 
prefiaration:  Six  credits  in  URBS  courses  A  survey  ol  the 
urt>an  legal  environment  and  special  legal  problems  ot 
urtian  govemmants  and  pubilic  interest  lawyers.  Problems 
related  to  planning,  zoning,  eminent  domain  and  land  use 
controls:  consumer  protection  in  central  cities;  housing 
codes  and  multiple  dwelling  regulation;  pul>lk: 
accommodatkins  and  civil  rights  ordiriances;  delending 
tfie  indigent;  and  welfare  delivery  systems 

URBS  480  Urtian  Theory  and  Simulation  (3)  Review  of 
early  theories  of  the  city.  Contemporary  theones  of  the 
city  as  a  physk^l  and  an  institutkinal  system.  Urban 
Ifieory  as  integration  ol  information  involving  economk;, 
political,  and  social  dimensions  of  contemporary  cities. 
Simulation  and  gaming  as  theory  testing;  urtian 
simulation  and  gaming  as  theory  buikJing. 

URBS   488   Selected   Topics   In    Urban    Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  Topics  ol  special 
interest  to  advanced  urban  studies  students  Re(>eatable 
to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits  provided  subject  matter  is 
different. 

URBS  498  Honors  Seminar  In  Satactad  Topics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Admisskin  to  honors  program  in  URBS  or 
other  departments  Individual  reading  and  research,  and 
group  discusskiri  dealing  with  selected  major 
contemporary  urban  issues:  philosophy  and  growth  ol 
new  towns;  emergent  forms  of  urban  policy;  federal 
legislatkin  and  the  cities;  citizen  attitudes  toward 
metropolitan  government;  housing  abandonment, 
refiabllitatkin,  and  new  construction;  the  urban  future; 
major  world  capitals;  and  uriianization  in  developing 
nations.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  ol  six  credits  lor 
credit  provxied  the  topics  are  different 

URBS  499  Honors  Thesis  (3-6)  Prerequisite 
Admissions  to  honors  program  in  URBS  or  other 
departments  Individual  reading  and  research,  and  the 
writing  of  an  original  paper  on  an  urban  topic  of  the 
student's  cfioce  under  the  gukJance  of  a  faculty  memtier 


1 96     WMST  —  Women's  Studies 
WMST  —  Women's  Studies 

WMST  200  Women  In  Contemporary  Society  (3)  An 

interdisciplinary  study  ol  Ihe  status,  roles  and 
experiences  o(  women  in  contemporary  society  Sources 
from  a  variety  ol  (ieids  such  as  literature,  psychology, 
history  and  anthropology,  locusing  on  the  writings  ol 
women  themselves 

WMST  298  Selected  Topics  In  Women'*  Studies  (1-3) 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6  credits. 

WMST  400  Theories  ol  Feminism  (3)  A  study  of 
feminist  theories  from  an  interdisciplinary  perspective. 
Including  politics,  sociology,  psychology,  anthropology, 
and  philosophy.  Prerequisite;  A  course  on  women  (ideally 
WMST  200)  or  consent  ol  the  instnjctor. 

WMST  498  Special  Topics  In  Women's  Studies  (1-3) 

Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ol  6  credits  Prerequisite:  A 
course  on  women  (ideally  WMST  200)  or  consent  ol 
instructor. 


ZOOL  —  Zoology 

ZOOL  101  General  Zoology  (4)  Three  hours  ol  lecture 
and  two  hours  of  latxjratory  per  week.  An  introduction  to 
the  modem  concepts  ol  biological  principles  and  animal 
IKe.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  functional  aspects  of 
living  systems  with  a  sun/oy  of  the  physical  and  chemical 
bases  of  all  life  processes.  Intended  for  non-majors  with 
no  zoology  background  who  need  a  life  sciences  course 
or  for  potential  zoology  majors  with  no  high  school 
biology  traning. 

ZOOL  146  Heredity  and  Man  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture 
per  week  For  non-science  students  who  endeavor  to 
gain  an  understanding  of  human  genetics  so  they  can 
intelligently  consider  how  recent  discoveries  and 
environmental  changes  may  affect  the  future  of  human 
heredity.  Not  accepted  for  credit  toward  the  major 
ZOOL  181  Ufe  In  the  Oceans  (3)  Prerequisite:  An 
introductory  course  in  biological  principles.  TTiree 
lectures  per  week.  Consideration  of  major  groups  of 
animals  and  plants  in  various  manne  environments  and 
man's  potential  uses  and  misuses  of  the  ocean.  Not 
accepted  for  credit  towards  the  zoology  major 
ZOOL  201  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  (4)  Two 
hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  ZOOL  101  or  equivalent  A  thorough 
introduction  to  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the 
skeletal,  muscular,  nervous  and  sensory  systems.  An 
introduction  into  cellular  physiotogy  is  also  included. 

ZOOL  202  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II  (4)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  ZOOL  101  or  equivalent.  A  thorough 
introduction  to  the  anatomy  and  physiology  ol  the 
cardiovascular,  respiratory,  digestive,  excretory  and 
reproductive  systems.  Intennediary  metabolism  and 
endocrine  relationships. 

ZOOL  205  History  of  Zoology  (1)  One  hour  of  lecture 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  A  general  grade  point  average 
of  3.2  and  a  GPA  in  bralogical  subjects  of  3.5  or 
pemilsskjn  of  the  instructor.  A  course  in  the  history  of  the 
devetopment  of  zoology  involving  the  historical  figures, 
experiments  and  ideas  which  contributed  to  modem 
concepts. 

ZOOL  206  Zoological  Ltterature  (1)  One  hour  of  lecture 
per  week  Prerequisites:  A  general  grade  point  average 
of  3.2  and  a  GPA  in  biological  subjects  ol  3.5,  or 
permission  of  Ihe  Instructor.  Discussion  of  zoological 
literature,  its  use  and  significance. 
ZOOL  209  Basic  Study  In  Zoology  (1-4)  Prerequisites: 
A  general  grade  point  average  of  3  2  and  a  GPA  in 
biologkal  subjects  of  3  5,  or  pennission  ol  the  instructor. 
Independent  study.  with  supporting  laboratory 
experiments,  of  the  basic  disciplines  in  zoology. 
Repeatable  up  to  8  hours  credit 

ZOOL  210  Animal  Diversity  (4)  Two  one-hour  lectures 
and  two  two-hour  laboratories  per  week  A  comparative 
study  of  the  diversity  of  animal  form  and  function, 
including  analysis  ol  stmctures  and  mechanisms  which 
different  organisms  utilize  to  cope  with  similar 
requirements  ol  life  Not  open  tor  credit  to  students  wtxj 
have  credit  in  ZOOL  293 

ZOOL  211  Cell  Biology  end  Physiotogy  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  103  Biochemical  and  physiotogical 
mectianlsms  underlying  cellular  function    Properties  ol 


cells  which  make  life  possible  and  mechanisms  by  which 
cells  provWe  energy,  reproduce,  and  regulate  and 
integrate  with  each  other  and  their  environment, 

ZOOL  212  Ecology,  Evolution  and  Behavior  (4)  Three 

lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Fundamental  principles  underlying  the  diversity  ol 
ecological,  evolutionary,  and  tjehavioral  relattonships 
observed  in  nature,  including  the  mechanisms  of  natural 
selectton  leading  to  adaptation  of  organisms  to  their 
environment  Not  open  for  credit  to  students  who  have 
credit  in  ZOOL  270  or  271 

ZOOL  213  Genetics  and  Development  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry  An 
intergration  of  the  basic  principles  of  two  related  subjects, 
genetics  and  development.  Composition,  transmission, 
and  function  of  genetic  material,  basic  processes  ol 
animal  development,  and  the  role  of  differential  gene 
expression  in  control  and  regulation  of  development  Not 
open  for  credit  to  students  who  have  credit  in  ZOOL  230 
or  246 

ZOOL  290  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (4) 
Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  ol  latxiratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  One  college  level  course  in  zoology, 
biology  or  equivalent  A  comparative  study  of  the  organ 
systems  of  Ihe  vertebrates  in  terms  of  stnjcture  and 
function. 

ZOOL   299    SupplemenUI    Study    In    Zoology   (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  Research  or  special 
study  to  complement  a  course  taken  previously  which  is 
not  fully  equivalent  to  current  departmental  requirements. 
Credit  according  to  work  done.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

ZOOL  308  Honors  Seminar  (1)  H— Honors  One  hour  of 
discussion  per  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Participation  in 
honors  program  Guided  discussion  of  topics  of  current 
interest.  Repeatable  to  total  of  four  hours  credit. 
ZOOL  309  Honors  Independent  Study  (1-4) 
H— Honors  Prerequisite:  Participation  in  the  honors 
program  Study  ol  classical  material  by  way  of  guided 
Independent  study  and  laboratory  experiments. 
Repeatable  to  a  total  of  12  tiours  credit 

ZOOL  318  Honors  Research  (1-2)  H— Honors 
Prerequisite:  Participation  in  the  honors  program.  A 
laboratory  research  problem,  required  each  semester 
during  honors  participation  and  culminating  in  a  honors 
thesis,  Repeatable  to  a  total  of  eight  hours  credit. 

ZOOL    319    Special    Problems    In    Zoology    (1-2) 

Prerequisites,  A  major  in  zoology  or  biological  sciences, 
a  minimum  of  3.0  GPA  in  the  biological  sciences  and 
consent  of  the  instructor  Research  or  integrated  reading 
in  zoology.  A  student  may  register  several  times  and 
receive  up  to  8  semester  hours  of  credit. 

ZOOL  328  Selected  Topic*  In  Zoology  (1-4)  Lectures, 
seminars,  mini-courses  and  other  special  instnjction  in 
various  zoological  subjects  The  contents  and  formal  of 
the  course  change  frequently  and  students  may  register 
for  it  more  than  once  up  to  a  total  ol  six  credits. 

ZOOL  411  Cell  Biology  (4)  Two  hours  ol  lecture,  one 
hour  of  demonstration-discussion  and  three  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisites:  two  years  of  zoology 
and  organic  chemistry,  or  pennission  of  the  instmctor  A 
study  of  cell  staicture  and  function  with  an  emphasis  on 
the  activity  of  subcellular  organoids  and  the  mechanisms 
ol  coordination  and  control  ol  cell  function 

ZOOL  413  Btophyslcs  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week 
Prerequisites:  One  year  of  biology,  a  year  of  physics  and 
at  least  one  semester  of  cateulus,  or  pennission  of  the 
instructor  An  introduction  to  Ihe  ideas  and  methods  used 
in  bk>physics  to  analyze  the  functional  components  of 
cells  and  tissues  as  physical-chemical  systems 

ZOOL  415  Cell  Dlflerentlatlon  (3)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  per  week  Prerequisites  A  course  in  development 
biology,  cell  biotogy,  molecular  genetics  or  pennission  of 
instnjctor  Cellular  and  sutxellular  differentiation, 
emphasizing  the  bkwhemical  and  uHrastructural  bases  of 
these  development  changes 

ZOOL  421  Neurophysiology  (4)  Three  hours  ol  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  pei  week  Prerequisites 
An  introductory  course  in  zoology  or  btotogy  a  semester 
ol  organic  chemistry:  physKs,  through  an  introduction  to 
electnclty  and  magnetism.  MATH  110  or  115  The 
physiokjgy  o(  nerves,  muscles  and  sensory  receptors 
and  aspects  ol  central  nervous  system  physiology. 


ZOOL  422  Vertebrate  Phystology  (4)  Three  hours  ol 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites  One  year  of  zootogy  and  one  semester  of 
organk:  chemistry  A  study  ol  Ihe  cardiovascular, 
hemopoietic,  gastrointestinal,  renal  arx)  respiratory 
systems  Chemical  and  endocrine  regulation  ol 
phystologlcal  tunctkjns  in  higher  vertebrates  with 
emphasis  on  mammals 

ZOOL  426  General  Endocrinology  (3)  Three  hours  ol 
lecture  per  week  Prerequisites  Three  semesters  of 
animal  bk>k>gy  and  two  semesters  ol  organic  cfiemistry 
Functions  and  the  functioning  of  the  endocnne  glands  ol 
animals  with  special  relerence  to  the  vertebrates. 
ZOOL  430  Vertebrate  Embryology  (4)  Two  hours  ol 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week 
Prerequisites:  A  course  in  genetics,  either  ZOOL  290  or 
422,  or  permission  of  instnjctor.  Vertebrate 
embryogenesis.  developmental  physiology  and 
experimental  embryology 

ZOOL  431  Advanced  Developmental  Biology  (3) 
Three  hours  ol  lecture  discussion  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  A  course  in  devetopmental  biotogy  or 
embryology,  a  course  in  genetics  or  cell  biotogy,  or 
permisston  of  instructor  An  in-depth  study  of  the 
progression  of  selected  problems  In  devetopmental 
biology  from  their  origins  in  classical  experimental 
embryokjgy  to  nrrodem  molecular  devetopmental  t)totogy, 
through  analysis  of  onginal  articles  and  expenmental 
results. 

ZOOL  440  Evolution  (3)  Three  hours  ol  lecture  per 
week  Prerequisites  A  course  in  genetics  and  a  course 
in  animal  diversity  A  consideraUon  of  cunent  thought  in 
regard  to  tfw  evolution  of  living  organisms. 

ZOOL  444  Advanced  Evolutionary  Btotogy  (3)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  per  week  Prerequisites  ZOOL  440  or 
equivalent,  one  semester  of  calculus  The  nature  and 
consequences  ol  organic  evolution  in  relatton  to  present 
day  geography  and  geotogic  time  Topics  covered  will 
include  organic  diversity  gradients  in  space  and  lime, 
rates  of  evolution,  co-evolutton  and  extinctions 
Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  in  the  synthesis  of 
information  and  on  constnjction  arx)  evaluation  of 
hypotheses 

ZOOL  445  Genetic  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites  CHEM 
104  and  introductory  courses  in  genetics  and  stabstics  A 
consWeration  of  the  mechanisms  involved  m  the 
transmission  ol  hereditary  factors  in  eukaryotes. 
emphasis  on  the  expenmental  evidence  and  its 
interpretation  which  underties  our  present  knowledge  ol 
heredity 

ZOOL  446  Molecular  Genetic*  (3)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  per  week  Prerequisites  ZOOL  246  or  equlvalem 
and  a  course  in  organic  chemistry  The  molecular  basis 
ol  gone  structure  and  function  Regulation  ol  diflerenual 
gene  expression 

ZOOL  447  Experimental  Genetica  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites  Two  courses  in  genetics,  one  Of  whicfi 
Included  laboratory  worV.  and  permissioo  ol  instnjctor  A 
methodokjgy  and  techniques  course  considering 
experimental  design,  the  use  of  diverse  organisms  and 
instrumentation  and  the  presentation  and  inlerpretatioo  of 
data. 

ZOOL  460  Ethology  (3)  Prerequisites  ZOOL  293  and 
one  course  in  physiokjgy.  vertebrate  morphology,  or 
ecotogy  An  introduction  to  the  pnnaplos  ol  arilmal 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  physiotogical  bases, 
ecotogical  conelates  arxl  evolutionary  aspects  of 
behavior 

ZOOL  461  Ethology  Laboratory  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture 
and  SIX  hours  of  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite  or 
corequlslte  ZOOL  460  or  equivalent  Training  m  Iti* 
descnption  ol  behavior,  mettwds  ol  quantlltoatlon  and 
expenmeolatkjn,  and  Itie  mattwmabcal  treatment  ct 
behavioral  data 

ZOOL  470  Advanced  Animal  Ecology  (2)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  per  week  Prerequisites  One  year  ol  zootogy,  * 
course  in  calculus  and  a  course  in  statistics  A  course  in 
genetics  is  strongly  recommended  Designed  lor  ma)o«s 
and  graduate  students  m  the  biological  sdeoces  Topic* 
to  include  ttwory  ol  populatioo  growth  and  re(^ilation.  We 
tables  and  populatioo  projection  matnees  niche  theory, 
trieory  ol  competition  and  predation,  diversity  analysto, 
and  energetic  modeling  Emphasis  wJl  be  on  current 
literature  snd  research  In  ecological  Itieory 


ZOOL  — Zoology     197 


ZOOL  471  Laboratory  and  R**d  Ecology  (2)  Three 
hours  o(  laboratory  and  lieW  work  and  one  hour  ol 
discussion  per  week  Prerequisites  Zoology  470 
previously  or  concurrently  Exercises  in  laboratory  and 
llold  will  pursue  problems  ol  contemporary  ecotogteal 
interest,  populatkxi  density  regulation,  community 
structure,  niche  shape,  competlton  coetticients.  pattern 
diversity,  and  energetics  ol  ecosystems  Toiaics  will  be 
coordinated  with  those  presented  In  Zookigy  470 
Terrestrial  arHl  aquatic  systems  will  t>e  studied. 

ZOOL  472  Protozoology  (4)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and 
SIX  tXHirs  ol  laboratory  including  lield  tnps  per  week 
Prerequisite  One  year  ol  biology  Basic  conceptual 
treatment  ol  Iree-living  and  parasitic  protozoan  lunctional 
iTxwphokjgy.  Hie  history,  and  syslematics  The  laboratory 
will  stress  observations  ol  protozoa,  living  ans  stained, 
oollecled  from  diverse  habits 

ZOOL  473  Marine  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisites  A  course 
in  Invertebrate  zoology  or  animal  diversity,  and  ZOOL 
470,  or  permission  ol  the  instructor  Courses  In  evolution 
and  animal  behavior  are  strongly  recommended  A 
detailed  analysis  ol  the  evolutionary  ecology  ol  manne 
invertebrates;  emphasis  on  testing  ol  theories  and  on 
current  literature 

ZOOL  475  General  Paraaltotogy  (4)  Two  hours  ol 
lecture  and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  Two  years  ol  zooksgy  and  one  year  ol 
chemistry,  or  permission  ol  the  instructor.  A  consideration 
ol  the  phenomenon  ol  parasitism  through  a  study  ol  the 
stnjcture.  lunctkjn  and  host  relattonships  ol  parasitic 
organisms 

ZOOL  477  Symbldogy  (3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  293  An 
introduction  to  basic  concepts  ol  symbiosis  Adaptations 
tor  estat5lishment  ol  sybiotic  associations,  symbiote 
nutrition  and  metatxjiism,  responses  ol  the  host  and 
ecology  ol  the  host-symtHOte  complex 

ZOOL  480  Aquatic  Biology  (4)  Two  hours  ol  lecture 
and  six  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite;  A 
course  in  animal  diversity  and  a  course  in  ecology  An 
investigabon  ot  the  causal  relationships  ol  treshwater. 
estuarine  arxJ  marine  biotic  communities  to  their 
environment 

ZOOL  481  The  Biology  of  Marine  and  Estuarine 
Invertebrates  (4)  Two  hours  ol  lecture  and  six  hours  ol 
laboratory  per  week  Prerequisite:  One  year  ol  zoology. 
An  in-depth  consideration  ot  the  taxonomy  and  lunctional 
morphology  ol  the  invertebrates,  exclusive  ol  insects. 
Chesapeake  Bay  lorms  and  the  study  ol  living  material 
will  be  emphasized. 

ZOOL  482  Marina  Vertebrate  Zoology  (4)  Two  hours  ol 
lecture  and  six  hours  ol  latxjratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite;  Two  years  ol  zoology  or  permission  ol  the 
instructor.  A  consideration  ol  the  evolution,  taxonomy, 
morphotogy,  physiology,  behavior  and  ecology  ol  marine 
and  estuarine  protochordates  and  vertebrates. 

ZOOL  483  Vertebrate  Zoology  (4)  Two  hours  ol  lecture 
and  lour  hours  ol  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  One 
year  of  zoology  or  permission  of  the  instructor  The 
idenWicadon.  classitication.  habits,  and  behavior  ol 
vertetxates  with  emphasis  on  Iresh  water,  tenestrial  arid 
aenal  lorms,  and  a  consideration  ol  the  evolution  ol  living 
and  lossil  representatives 

ZOOL    492    Form    and    Pattern    In    Organisms    (3) 

Prerequisites:  One  year  of  calculus;  one  year  ol  physics; 
one  semester  ol  introductory  biology.  A  lecture  course  in 
structural  and  functional  interpretation  of  form  in 
organisms.  Pattern  lormatron  in  morphogenesis, 
mathematical  description  of  shape,  methods,  and 
examples  of  functional  analysis  of  form,  and  patterns  ol 
morphological  diversity  through  space  and  time. 

ZOOL  495  Mammalian  Histology  (4)  Two  hours  ol 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites;  A  course  in  vertebrate  anatomy  and  a 
course  in  vertebrate  physiology  or  permission  ot  the 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  mkiroscopic  anatomy, 
ultrastructure  and  histophysidogy  ol  tissues  and  organs 
ol  mammals. 


198 


5    Faculty  Listing 


Aaron,  Henry  J.  Professor.  Pan-lime.  Economics.  B.A.. 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1958;  M.A..  Hanfanl 
University.  1960:  Ph  D..  1963. 

AbdulhadI,  Rami  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Urt>ana-Cfiampaign). 
1965;  M.S..  1969;  Ph.D  .  1975. 

Adamany,  David  Professor.  Government  and  Politics;  Vice 
President  of  Academic  Affairs.  A.B..  HarvanI  College.  1958; 
J.D..  Harvard  Law  School.  1961;  M.S..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1963;  Ph.D  .  1967. 

Adams,  Carol  O.  Instructor.  Secondary  Education.  B.A.. 
University  of  (Maryland.  1972;  MEd.,  1975;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Adams,  John  Q.,  Ill  Associate  Professor  and  Director  of 
Graduate  Studies.  Economics.  A.B.,  Ot>er1in  Collega,  1960; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Texas.  1 965. 

Adams,  William  W.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A..  University 
of  Califomta  (Los  Angeles).  1959;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University. 
1964 

Adklna,  Arthur  Associate  Professor.  Secondary  Education. 
BS.  Saint  Cloud  Slate  College.  1942;  MA..  University  of 
Minnesota.  1947;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Adklna,  Laura  L  Lecturer,  Institute  of  Applied  Agnuculture. 
B.S.A..  West  Virginia  University.  1980. 

Adklna.  Mark  R.  Lecturer.  Pan-time.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agnculture.    B.S.A..  West  Virginia  University.  1980. 

Adtar,  Isidore  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Geology.  8.S.. 
Broolilyn  College.  1942;  M.S..  Bnx)klyn  Polytechnic  Institute. 
1947;  Ph.D..  1952. 

Aggour,  M.  Shartf  Associate  Professor.  Civil  Engineenng. 
B.S..  Cairo  University.  1964;  MS.  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Washington.  1972. 

Agrawala,  Aahdc  K.  Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science. 
B.S.,  Agra  University.  1960;  BE..  Indian  Institute  of  Science, 
1963;  M.E..  1965;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1970. 

Agre,  Gene  P.  Assoaate  Professor.  Education  Policy. 
Planning  and  Administration.  B  A..  Macalester  College.  1951; 
BS,.  University  ot  Minnesota.  1953;  M.A..  1956;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urtiana).  1964, 

Ahalt  Arthur  11.  Instructor,  Pan-bme.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agnculture,  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1964;  J.D.. 
American  University.  1967, 

A'Heem,  Michael  F.  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  BS.  Boston  College.  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1966 

Ahem,  Oennia  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Philosophy.  B.A . 
University  of  Michigan.  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of  California 
(In/ine).  1973 

Ahrena,  Richard  A.  Professor.  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration,  B,S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Calilomia  (Davis),  1963 

Albert,  Tlwmee  F.  Associate  Professor.  Vetennary  Science. 
B.S..  Pennsytvania  State  University.  1959;  V.M  D  .  University 
of  Pennsytvania.  1962;  PhD,.  Georgetown  University.  1972 

AJbrecht,  Pedro  Associate  Professor.  Civil  Engineering,  Dtpl 
Ing,.  Federal  Institute  of  Technology  (Switzerland),  1962. 
Ph.D..  Lehigh  University.  1972 

Alexander,  James  C.  Professor.  Mathematics  and  Institute  for 
Physical  Sciences  and  Technotogy.  BJk.,  Johns  Hopkins 
Umveisity,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1968 

Alexander,  Millard  H.  Professor.  ChemislTy.    B.A.,  Harvard. 

1964;  Ph  D  .  University  ot  Pans.  1967 

Alford,  C.  Fred  Assistant  Professor.  Government  and  Politics, 
B  A.  Austin  College.  1969.  MA..  University  ol  Texas.  1971 

Allan,  J.  Oavid  Assooate  Professor.  Zoology  BSc.. 
University  of  British  Columtxa.  1966;  MS.  Univarslty  of 
Michigan.  1968;  Ph  D  .  1971. 


Allan,  Thomae  K.  Associate  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services,  B,S,.  Nonhwestem  University.  1950; 
M.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1964.  PhD,.  1966. 

Alleman,  Jamea  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineenng, 
B.S..  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1971;  M.S..  1973;  PhD 
1978 

Allen,  Redfleld  W.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineenng.  BS 
University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M.S..  1949;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Minnesota.  1959. 

Allen,  Roger,  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Health  Education 
BSE..  University  of  Kansas.  1976;  M.S.,  1977;  Ph.D. 
University  of  Maryland.  1979. 

Allen,  Rueaell  B.  Professor  Ementus.  Civil  Engineenng,  B,S, 
Yale  University.  1 923, 

Alley,  Carroll  O.,  Jr.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S..  University  ol  Richmond.  1948;  M.A..  Princeton 
University.  1951;  Ph.D..  1962, 

Almenaa,  Kazya  K.  Assooate  Professor.  Chemical  and 
Nuclear  Engineering,  8,S .  University  of  Nebraska.  1957; 
PhD,.  University  and  Polytechnic  ot  Warsaw.  1968, 

Almon,  Clopper,  Jr.  Professor,  Economk:s.  A.B..  Vandert>il1 
University,  1956;  Ph.D..  Harvanj  University.  1962, 

Aioot,  Patricia  A.  Instructor.  Speaal  Educatran.  B.A. 
University  of  San  Francisco,  1974, 

Alt  Frank  B.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  BS.E..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1967;  M.S.. 
Georgia  Institute  of  Technokigy.  1973;  Ph.D.,  1977, 

Alter,  Mary  K.  Instnjctor.  Mathematics,  BS..  University  of 
Maryland.  1957. 

Altman,  BartMra  Instructor.  Sociok)gy.  8. A..  Pennsytvania 
Stale  University,  1958;  M.A,.  University  of  Maryland.  1976 

Amerahek,  Kathleen  G.  Associate  Professor.  Eariy  Childhood 
Elementary  Education  B  S..  Indiana  Slate  College 
(Pennsylvania).  1951;  M.Ed,.  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1957;  Ph.D..  University  ot  Minnesota.  1966. 

Ames,  Carole  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development. 
B.A..  Indiana  Uriiversity.  1967;  M.S..  1968;  Ph.D..  Purdue 
University.  1976, 

Ammon,  Herman  L  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.Sc,,  Brown 
University.  1958;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Washington.  1963. 

Anand,  Davlnder  K.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineenng. 
B.S..  George  Washington  University.  1959;  MS..  1961;  Ph  D  . 
1965 

Anaaloa,  George  Professor,  Zook)gy.  B  S,.  University  ot 
Akron.  1942.  MA..  Harvard  University.  1947.  Ph.D..  1949 

Anderson,  Amel  Assistant  to  the  Provost.  Division  of 
Agricultural  and  Lite  Soerices  BS  .  Jacksori  Slate  University. 
1962;  MS.  University  of  Houston.  1969 

Anderson,  C.  Raymond  Associate  Professor.  Secondary 
Education.  Assistant  Dean.  College  of  Education.  B,S,. 
University  ot  Maryland.  1957;  M  Ed  .  1959;  Ed.D  .  1969. 

Anderson,  Elaine  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Family  and 
Community  Development.  B.S,.  The  University  of  Nebraska. 
1973;  MS.  The  Pennsylvania  Stale  University.  1975.  Ph.D  . 
1978 

Anderson,  Frank  G,  Associate  Professor.  Anthropokigy 
A.B..  Cornell  University.  1941;  Ph.D..  University  of  New 
Mexico.  1951 

Andereon.  John  D.  Jr.  Professor.  Aerospace  Engineenng, 
B  S..  University  of  Ftonda.  1959.  Ph  D  .  Ohio  Stale  University. 
1966 

Anderaon,  J.  Paul  Professor,  Education  Policy.  Planning  and 
Administration.  B.S,.  University  of  Minnesota,  1942,  M.A. 
1947.  Ph  D  .  1960 

Anderaon,  J.  Robert  Prolesaor.  Physics  and  Aslitxiomy. 
BS.  Iowa  Stale  Univeristy.  19SS.  PhD.  kiwa  Stale 
University.  1963 


Anderaon,  Nancy  S,  Professor.  Psychotogy.  B.A.,  UmveraHy 
of  Cokirado.  1952;  M.A..  Ohk)  State  Univeralty,  1953;  Ph.D , 

1956, 

Anderaon,  Ttiomton  H.  Professor.  Govemmenl  and  Politics, 
AB.  University  ot  Kentucky.  1937;  M.A..  1938;  PhD, 
University  ol  Wisconsin.  1948 

Anderson,  Vernon  E.  Professor  Ementus,  Administration. 
Supervision  and  Curriculum.  B.S..  University  of  Minnesota. 
1930;  MA.  1936;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Cokxado.  1942. 

Annand,  VIckl  Lecturer.  Recreation.  BS,.  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1969;  M.Ed  .  George  Washinfjton  University, 

1973, 

Anaell,  Joeeph  P.  Lecturer.  Pan-time.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design.  B.A,.  Knox  College.  1971;  M.F.A..  George 
Washington  University.  1975 

Anapacher,  William  B.  VisiUng  Lecturer,  Pan-Ume,  EledrKal 
Engineenng      BS.    Washington    Uriiversity,     1936;    M.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1950, 

Antman,  Stuart  S.  Professor.  MattiematK^s  and  Institute  tor 

Physical     Science     and     Technok>gy       B.S,.  Rensselaer 

Polytechnic  lr\stitute.  1961.  MS,.  University  of  Minnesota. 
1963;  PhD,.  1965, 

Arlkoglu,  Kaya  S.  Lecturer.  Pan-time.  School  ol  Architecture 
B,  Arch,.  University  of  Maryland.  1973;  M.  Arch.,  Cornell 
University.  1976, 

Armstrong,  Earlene  Assistant  Professor.  Entomology.  B.S., 
Nonh  Canjlma  Central  University,  1969;  M.S.,  1970;  PhD., 
Cornell  University.  1975. 

Armstrong,  Richard  N.  Assistant  Proleasor,  Chemisliy.  B.S.. 
Western  Illinois  University.  1970.  Ph.D..  Marquette  University. 
1974, 

Armstrong,  Ronald  W.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering. 
BES,.  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1955;  M.Sc.. 
Camegie-Mellon  University.  1957.  Ph  D  .  1958 

Arnold,  Douglaa  Assistant  Professor,  Mattiemabcs  and 
Institute  for  PhySK^al  Scienca  and  Technology  A.B..  Brown 
University.  1975;  SM  .  University  of  Chicago.  1976;  Ph.D., 
1979, 

Arrlghl,  Margarita  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Physkal  EducaOon. 
BS.  Westhampton  Ollege.  1958.  MS.  UniversHy  ol 
Maryland.     1962;     PhD.     University     ol     North     Carolna 

(Greensboro).  1974 

Araenault.  Richard  R.  Professor.  Chemical  and  Nudaar 
Engineering  BS,.  Michigan  Technology  Umvenity,  1957, 
PhD,.  Northwestern  University.  1962, 

Aahby,  Genette  Assistant  Professor.  French  and  Rakan. 
B  A..  (3benin  College.  1969;  M.A..  Middlebury  Colege,  1871; 
M  Phil..  Columbia  University.  1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Aaaad,  Ar|ang  J.  Assistant  Professor.  College  o(  Busmaaa 
and  Management  B  S .  Massachusetts  Institute  e/t 
Technokjgy.  1971.  M  S  .  1976   Ph  D  .  1978 

Alchlaon,  William  F.  Professor.  Computer  Soenca     A.B.. 

Georgetown  College  (Kentucky).  1938;  MA.  Universlly  of 
Kentucky.  1940.  Ph  D  .  Unrversily  Ol  Ifcnois  (Uit)ena).  1943 

AHaa,  OavM  Adiund  Professor.  NASAt>epartmanl  of 
Meteorotogy  BSc.  New  Yodi  University.  1946.  M  8  E.. 
Massachusells  InstUute  of  Technotogy.  1951.  Ph  0  .  1955 

AHaa,  Robert  Pan-bme  Valmg  Lecturer.  Meteoretogy  BS, 
Pants  College  of  Aero  Tech  of  SI  Loua  Unlv .  1870.  MS . 
New  York  Universlly.  1973.  Ph  D  .  1976 

Auchard.  John  F.  Assiatanl  Proleesor.  Engkah  A.B..  New 
Yorii  Universlly.  1970;  MA.  Univeisity  ol  InUchigan.  1871; 
Ph  D  .  Univera«y  ol  North  Carokna.  1980 

AumWer,  LyraM  InstniOor.  kidusmal  EducaWn  B.A, 
Calilomia  Slate  University.  1970;  B  A .  University  ol  Nuilhatn 
Cokxado.  1976.  M.A.  San  Owgo  Stale  Unlvara«y.  I87S. 


Bergmann,  Barbara  R.     199 


Auslandsr.  JoMph  Prolessof.  Mathernatlcs  BS. 
MassachuMRs  Inslttuta  ol  Tachnology.  1952,  MS.  Univsrsity 
ol  Pennsy^«raa.  19S3.  Ph  D  .  1957 

Ausling,  Richard  H.  Asaociata  Prolassor.  Compuisr  Scmnca 
8  S  .  Xavim  University.  1953;  M  S  .  Saint  Louis  University. 
1955.  Pti  D  .  Cattidic  University  ol  America.  1963 

Avery,  William  T.  Prolessor.  Classics  B A.  Case-Western 
Reserve  University.  1934.  MA.  1935;  PhD..  1937;  Fellow. 
American  Academy  in  Rome.  1937 

Azelaon,  Mart*  L.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Food.  Nutrtlion  and 
Institution  Administration  B  S  .  Flonda  State  University.  1975. 
Ph  D  .  University  ol  Tenr>essee.  1979 

Axl«y,  John  H.  Prolessor.  Agronomy  B.A,.  University  ol 
Wisconsin.  1937.  Ph  D  .  1945 

Aycock.  Marvin  K.,  Jr.  Prolessor.  Agronomy  B.S.,  North 
Carolina  Stale  University.  1959.  MS.  1963;  Ph  0..  Iowa  Stale 
University,  1966 

Ayhnrard,  Thomaa  J.  Prolessor  and  Chairman. 
Communicalion  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S.,  University  ol 
Wisconsin.  1947.  M.S..  1949;  Ph.D..  1960. 

A2IZ.  A.  Kadir  Adjunct  Prolessor.  Institute  lor  Physical 
Soence  and  Technology  arxJ  Mathematics.  B.S..  Wilson 
Teachers  College.  1952;  MS.  George  Washington  University. 
1954.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1958 

BaiMi,  Don  Assistant  Prolessor.  Government  and  Politics 
B.A..  Brandeis  University.  1972.  MA.  Universify  ol  Calilomia 
(BerVel«y|.  1974;  Ph.D  .  1980 

Babuaka,  Ivo  Research  Prolessor.  Mathematics  and  Institute 
lor  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  Dipl.  Ing..  Technical 
University  o(  Prague.  1949;  Ph.D..  1951;  Ph  D..  Czechoslovak 
Academy  ol  Sciences,  1955;  D  Sc..  1960. 

Baenzlger,  P.  Stephen  Ad|unct  Assistant  Prolessor, 
Agronomy  BA..  Harvard  College.  1972;  M.S.,  Purdue 
University,  1974;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Baer,  Fardlnan  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Meteorology.   B  A  . 

University  ol  Chicago.  1950;  M.S..  1954;  Ph.D..  1961. 

Bailey,  Martin  J.  Prolessor.  Economics.  B.A..  University  ol 
Calitomia  (Los  Angeles).  1951;  M.A..  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1953;  PhD  .  1956, 

Bailey,  William  J.  Research  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.Chem , 
University  ol  Minnesota.  1943;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Illinois. 
1946 

Baird,  OavM  Instructor.  Industrial  Education.  B.S..  Illinois 
Stale  University.  1976;  M.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1979. 

Baker,  DavM  W.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Mechank^l  Engineering. 
BS..  University  ol  Maryland.  1943;  M.S..  1951;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Baker,  OonaM  J.  Associate  Prolessor.  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  B.S..  Ohio  Stale  University.  1954;  M.A..  1956; 
Ph  D  .  1962 

Baker,  Edward  W.  Adjunct  Prolessor.  Entomology.  B.S.. 
University  ol  Calilomia.  (Beriieleyl.  1936;  Ph.D..  1938. 

Baldwin,  Jamea  J.,  Ill  Instructor.  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre.  B.F.A..  Central  Michigan  University.  1977;  M.A.. 
Bowling  Green  State  University.  1978;  M.A..  1979. 

Ball,  Michael  O.  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  8.E.S..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1972; 
M.S.E..  1972;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1977. 

Balling,  William  J.,  Jr.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre  B.A.  Humboldt  Stale  College.  1969; 
M.F.A..  George  Washington  University.  1977. 

Bambery,  Jamea  R.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  College  ol  Business 
and  Management,  BS.  United  States  Military  Academy. 
1953;  M.A.,  Amencan  University.  1972. 

Bandel,  Venx>n  A.  Prolessor.  Agronomy.  B.S..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1959;  M.S..  1962;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Baner|a«,  Mancj  K.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.. 
Patna  University.  1949.  M.S..  Catautta  Universily.  1952;  Ph.D.. 
1956. 

Barsa,  John  S.  Assoaate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineeririg. 
DipI.E.E..  National  Technical  University  ol  Athens.  1970;  S.M.. 
Han/ard  University.  1971;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Barboaa,  Pedro  Associate  Professor.  Entomology.  B.S..  City 
College  ol  New  Yorti.  1966;  M.S..  University  ol 
Massachusetts,  1969;  Ph.D..  1971 

Bardaala,  Angalo  Associate  Prolessor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  8.A..  Comell  University.  1957;  M.S..  University  ol 
Illinois  (Uit)ana).  1959;  Ph  D..  1962. 

Barker,  Dortald  B.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S.M.E..  University  ol  Washington.  1969;  M.S.. 
1971;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Calilomia  (Los  Angelesl.  1976. 


Barkin,  Stave  M.  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  ol  Journalism 
A  B  .  Washington  University  (SI.  Loula).  1967.  MS.  Columbia 
University.  1968.  Ph  D  .  Ohio  State  University.  1979 

Barlow,  Jewel  B.  Associate  Prolessor.  Aerospace 
Engineenng  B  E  .  Auburn  University.  1963;  MS..  1964. 
Ph  D  .  University  ol  Toronto.  1970 

Bamea,  Jack  C  Assooate  Prolessor.  English  B  A..  Duke 
University.  1939.  M.A,  1947.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland. 
1954 

Bamatt   Audrey   J.   Asaodata   Prolaaaor,   Zoology     BA. 

Wilson  College.  1955,  M.A.  Indiana  University.  1957;  PhD. 
1962 

Barnett,  Neal  M.  Assooale  Prolessor.  Botany  BS  .  Purdue 
University.  1959.  Ph  D  .  Duke  University.  1966. 

Barnett,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus . 
University  ol  Rochester.  1960;  M.Mus..  University  ol  Maryland. 
1973 

Barrablnl,  Mlchallne  Instructor.  French  and  Italian.  Licence 
en  Droit.  Bordeaux  (France).  1952;  Licence  es  Lettres.  Aix  en 
Bordeaux  (France).  1955. 

Barrett,  Paul  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Botany.  B.S..  University 
of  New  Hampshire,  1964;  M.S..  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Bntish  Columbia.  1972. 

Barry,  Jackaon  G.  Associate  Prolessor.  English.  B.A..  Yale 
University.  1950;  M.A..  Columbia  University.  1951.  Ph.D.. 
Case-Weslem  Reserve  University.  1963. 

Barllatt,  Claude  J.  Prolessor.  Psychology.  BS .  Denison 
University.  1954;  M.A..  Ohio  State  University.  1956;  Ph.D.. 
1958, 

Bartlay,  DIanne  R.  Instructor,  Physical  Education.  8.S.. 
Howard  University.  1969;  M.Ed..  Pennsylvania  Slate 
Universily.  1970. 

Bartol,  Kathryn  M.  Associate  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management,  B.A..  Marygrove  College.  1963;  MA,, 
University  ol  Michigan.  1966;  Ph.D..  Michigan  Slate  University. 
1972, 

Baaham,  Ray  S.  Associate  Prolessor.  Electrical  Engineenng. 
BS  .  United  States  Military  Academy.  1945;  M.S..  University 
ol  Illinois  (Urtiana).  1952;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Baalll,  Victor  H.  Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science. 
B.S..  Foroham  University.  1961;  M.S..  Syracuse  University, 
1963;  Ph,D.,  University  ol  Texas.  1970. 

Batson,  Glenna  B.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Dance.  BA.. 
University  ol  Wisconsin.  1971;  M.A..  University  ol  Hawaii. 
1973;  M.A..  Columbia  Teachers  College.  1978. 

Batty,  C.  David  Lecturer.  College  of  Library  and  Inlomiation 
Services.   B.A..  University  ol  Durham.  1954. 

Bauer,  Richard  H.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  History.  B.A., 
University  ol  Chicago.  1924;  M.A..  1928;  Ph.D..  1935. 

Beach,  Eugene  H.,  Sr.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S..  Univeisity  ol  Michigan.  1941;  M.S.,  1947; 
Ph.D..  1953. 

Baale,  Robert  S.  Assistant  to  the  Provost.  Division  ol 
Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences.  B.S.,  West  Virginia  Slate 
College.  1932;  M.S..  University  ol  Pennsylvania,  1935;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylania  State  University.  1942. 

Bean,  George  A.  Prolessor.  Botany.  B.S.,  Comell  University. 
1958;  M.S..  University  ol  Minnesota.  1960;  Ph.D..  1963. 

Beaaley,  Maurlne  H.  Associate  Prolessor.  College  ol 
Joumalism.  B.A..  University  ol  Missouri.  1958;  B.J..  1958; 
M.S.,  Columbia  Uriiversity.  1963;  PhD..  George  Washington 
Universily.  1974. 

Beaton,  John  R.  Prolessor,  Food.  Nutrition  and  Instilutron 
Administration;  Dean.  College  ol  Human  Ecology.  B.A.. 
University  ol  Toronto.  1949;  M.A..  1950;  Ph.D..  1952. 

Beatty,  Charles  J.  Associate  Professor.  Industnal  Education. 
B.S..  Northem  Michigan  University.  1959;  M.S..  University  ol 
Michigan.  1963;  Ph.D..  Ohio  Stale  University.  1966. 

Beatty,  Paul  S.  Lecturer.  Part-lime.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.   B.A.  University  of  Maryland.  1963;  J.D..  1966. 

Baauchamp.  Virginia  W.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A., 
University  of  Michigan.  1942;  M.A..  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Chicago.  1955. 

Bechhoeler,  William  B.  Associate  Professor.  School  ol 
Architecture.  A.B.;  B.  Arch..  Hanrard  College,  1963;  M,  Arch.. 
Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Design.  1967. 

Back,  Kenneth.  H.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Health  Education 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1972;  M.A„  Syracuse 
University.  1975;  Ph.D..  1977. 


Backjord.  PMar  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Horticulture.  B.S.F., 
University  ol  West  Virginia.  1972;  MS F  .  1973;  Ph  D  ,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  Stale  University.  1978: 

Beckmann,  Rob*n  B.  Prolessor.  Chemical  and  Nudear 
Engineenng  B  S  .  University  ol  Illinois  (Urbane).  1940;  Ph  D., 
Univeisity  ol  Wisconsin.  1944. 

BadlngflaM,  Jamea  P.  Assoaate  Prolesaor.  Collage  o4 
Business  and  ManagemenI  B  S.,  Unlversfty  of  Maryland, 
1966.  MBA.  1968.  D  B  A  .  1972 

Betoken,  Petar  U.  Associate  Prolessor,  Getmank:  and  Slavic 
Languages  MA.  University  ol  Munich  (Germany).  1968: 
Ph  D  .  Slanloid  University.  1971 

Belcken,  Suzanne  J.  Lecturer.  Music  BS.  Columbia 
University.  1966.  MA..  Stanford  Univeisity.  1969;  Ph.D..  1980. 

Better,  Robert  J.  Pnncipat  Specialist.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1952; 
M.S..  1975. 

Bell,  Paula  Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education.  B.A., 
Hastings  College.  1974.  MA..  Universily  ol  Nebraska,  1977; 
Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina.  1980. 

Bell,  Roger  A.  Prolessor.  Physk»  and  Astronomy  B.Sc., 
University  ol  Melbourne.  1957;  Ph.D..  Australian  National 
University.  1961 

Bellama,   John   M.   Prolessor.   Chemistry     A.B .   Allegheny 

College.  1960;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1966. 

Belz,  Herman  J.  Prolessor.  History  A.B..  Pnncelon 
University.  1959;  M.A..  University  ol  Washington.  1963;  Ph.D., 
1966. 

Bender,   Fllmore   E.   Prolessor.   Agncullural   and   Resource 

Economics.  B  S.,  University  ol  Calilomia  (Davis).  1961;  M.S.. 
North  Carolina  Stale  University.  1964;  PhD  .  1965 

Benedetto,  John  J.  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  B  A..  Boston 
College.  1960;  M.A.  Harvard  University.  1962;  Ph.D., 
University  ol  Toronto.  1964. 

Baneech,  William  Prolessor.  Institute  lor  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.  B  A,  Lehigh  Univeisity.  1942;  M.A..  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  1950;  Ph.D..  1952. 

Benjamin,  Gall  R.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Anthoropology.  B.A., 
Michigan  Stale  University.  1964;  M.A..  University  of 
Minnesota,  1969;  Ph.D..  1974, 

Bennett,  Lawrence  H.  Adjunct  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A..  Brooklyn  College.  1951;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1955;  Ph.D..  Rutgers  University.  1958. 

Bennett,  Maurice  J.  Assistant  Prolessor.  English.  B.A., 
Hanrard  University,  1971;  M.A..  1972;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Bennett,  Ralph  D.  Assosciale  Prolessor.  School  ol 
Architecture.  B  A.  Arch.,  Pnnceton  University.  1961;  M.F.A. 
Arch.  1966. 

Bennett,  Robert  L  Associate  Prolessor.  Economics  B.A., 
University  ol  Texas.  1951;  M.A..  1955;  Ph.D..  1963. 

Bennett  Stanley  W.  Associate  Prolessor.  Human 
Development.  B.A..  lovra  State  University.  1959;  M.A..  State 
University  of  Iowa.  1961;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Michigan.  1970. 

Bennett,  Su2anna  Assistant  Prolessor.  Heanng  and  Speech 
Sciences.  B.A.  Southern  Illinois  University.  1965;  M.A.. 
Western  Michigan  University,  1969;  Ph.D..  Purdue  University. 
1976. 

Bennett,  Timothy  J.  Instructor.  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S..  Michigan  State  University.  1976. 

Bentz,  Frank  L.,  Jr.  Associate  Prolessor,  Agronomy;  Vice 
President,  Agncultural  Atfairs  and  Legislative  Relations.  B.S., 
University  ol  Maryland.  1942;  PhD,  1952. 

Berdahl,  Robert  O.  Prolessor.  Education  Policy.  Planning  and 
Administration;  Affiliate  Prolessor.  GovemmenI  and  Politics. 
B.A..  UnivBrsity  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1949;  M.Sc., 
London  School  ol  Economics  and  Political  Science.  1957; 
M.A..  University  ol  Calilomia  (Bertieley).  1954;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Berenstein,  Carlos  A.  Professor.  Mathematics.  Licenciado 
En  Matematicas.  University  ol  Buenos  Aires.  1966;  M.S.,  New 
Yori(  University.  1969;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Berg,  Kenneth  R.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  B.S., 
University  ol  Minnesota.  1960;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Berg,    Linda    R.    Instructor.    Botany.     B.S..    University    of 

Maryland.  1969;  M.S..  1976. 

Berger,  Bruce  S.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1954;  M.S..  1958;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Bergmann,  Barbara  R.  Professor.  Economics.  A.B..  Comell 
University,  1948;  M.A.  Hanrard  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 


200     Bergmann,  Elizabeth  W. 


Bargmann,  Elizabeth  W.  Assistant  Prolessor,  English  B  A  . 
Mount  Holyhoke  College,  1972;  MA,.  University  o(  Michigan, 
1974;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Berlin,  Adala  Assistant  Prolessor,  Hebrew  and  East  Asian 
8.A,,  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1964;  Ph,D..  1976. 

Berlin,  Ira  Associate  Prolessor.  History  B.S,,  University  ol 
Wisconsin,  1963;  M.A.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Barman,  Joal  H.  Prolessor,  Music.  B.S..  Julliiard  School  ol 
Music.  1961;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1953;  D.M.A.. 
University  ol  Michigan,  1957 

Barman,  Loulaa  M.  Prolessor,  Education  Planning,  Policy 
and  Administration,  Associate  Dean,  College  ol  Education. 
A.B,,  Wheaton  College.  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1953;  Ed.D.,  1960. 

Barman,  Marilyn  R.  Assistant  Dean,  College  ol  Engineenng. 
B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1956;  M.A.,  University  ol  Maryland, 
1973;  Ph.D.,  1979 

Barman,  Stanford,  W.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S.,  University  ol  Maryland.  1950;  J.D.,  George 
Washington  University,  1953. 

Barnard,  Peter  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  BE.  (ME,),  City  College  ol  the  City  University  ol 
New  York,  1972:  MS,.  1973;  Ph,D„  University  of  California, 
BerHeley.  1977. 

Bernatain,  Allen  R,  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  B.A..  California 
Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles),  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Bernatein,  Melvin  Prolessor,  Music;  Adminlstratrve  Dean  for 
Summer  Programs.  A.B..  Southwestern  University,  1947;  B. 
Mus.,  1948;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan.  1949;  M.A.. 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1954;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Berry,  Thomaa  E.  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  B.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University, 
1952;  M,A„  University  of  Illinois  (Urbane),  1955;  Ph.D., 
University  ol  Texas,  1966. 

Beat,  Otto  F.  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and 
Literature.   Ph.D..  University  of  Munich  (Germany).  1963. 

Beate,  C.  Edward  Associate  Prolessor.  Horticulture.  B.S.. 
Purdue  University.  1961;  M.S..  1969;  Ph  D..  1971. 

Betancourt,  Roger  R.  Associate  Prolessor.  Economics.  B.A., 
Georgetown  University.  1965;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Wisconsin. 
1969. 

Beyt,  David  W.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A..  Portland 
State  University.  1968;  M.S..  Georgetown  University.  1974; 
Ph.D..  1978. 

Bhsgat,  Satlndar  M.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.A.,  Jammu  and  Kashmir  University.  1950;  M.Sc..  University 
of  Delhi.  1953;  Ph.D..  1956. 

BIckel,  Glaele  A.  Instructor.  Part-time.  French  and  Italian. 
B.A..  University  ol  Maryland.  1970;  M.A..  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1977. 

BIcktey,  William  E.  Professor  Emeritus.  Entomokjgy.  B.A.. 
University  of  Tennessee.  1934;  M.S..  1936;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Maryland.  1 940. 

BMec,  John  A.  Assistant  Vice  Chancslkir  lor  Administrative 
Affairs  B.A„  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M,A.,  1969;  Ph.O  , 
1972, 

Blarly,  Darryt  W.  Vice  Chancellor  for  Administrative  Affairs 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  Unrversity,  1961;  M.S.,  1969. 

Blllk,  Dorothy  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literature  B.A,,  Brooklyn  College,  1951; 
M.A.,  University  ol  Cincinnati,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Maryland,  1977 

BIMIg,  Frederick  S.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Aerospace 
Engineenng.  B.E..  Johf\s  Hopkins  University,  1955;  M.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1964 

BIrtghatn,  Alfred  J,  Professor  Emeritus,  French  and  Italian. 
B.A..  Yale  University,  1933;  PhD  ,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

Btrdaall  EattMr  K.  Associate  Professor.  English  8A.. 
Central  Michigan  University.  1947.  M.A..  University  of  Arizona. 
1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1958. 

Bilk,  Janice  M.  Associate  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  Counseling  Center.  B  A..  Sacred  Heart 
College.  1963;  M.A..  Loyola  University.  1966;  Ph.D..  University 
ol  Missouh.  1970. 

BIrkner,  Francia  B.  Professor.  Civil  Engineenng  and 
Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineenng.  B.S..  Newark  College  of 
Engineenng.  1961;  M.S.E..  University  ol  Ftonda.  1962.  PhD. 
1965 

B<ah,  Robert  L.  Assooate  Prolessor.  Urban  Studies  A.B . 
University  of  Southern  California.  1964;  A.M..  Indiana 
University.  1966.  Ph.D..  1968. 


BItaell.  Theodore  Associate  Professor  Ementus.  Entomology. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1920;  M.S..  Cornell  University. 
1936. 

Black,  Cordell  W.  Assistant  Professor,  French  and  Italian. 
B  A..  SI,  Auguslinos  College,  1965,  M.  A.,  Wayne  State 
University,  1967,  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Michigan,  1976. 

Blair,  Donald  J,  Assistant  to  the  Dean,  College  of 
Engineenng,  Director,  Engineenng  Cooperative  Education, 
Assistant  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineenng 
B.S.M  E  ,  Bradley  University,  1957;  MS,  University  of  Flonda, 
1962;  Ph  D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969 

Blair,  John  D,  Assistant  Prolessor,  Sociology.  8. A.,  Gustavus 

Adolphus  College,  1966;  MS.,  University  ol  Michigan,  1972; 
Ph.D.,  1975. 

Blair,  Nancy  G,  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Educalk>n  B  S  , 
Ohio  Stale  University,  1964;  M.Ed.,  Kent  State  University, 
1973;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Btalock,  Diana  J.  Instructor,  Mk:robiok)gy.  B.A.,  Unrversity  of 
North  Carolina  (Greensboro),  1973. 

Blankenship,  Gilmer  L.  Associate  Prolessor.  Electrical 
Engineenng.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technoksgy. 
1967;  M.S..  1969;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Blitz,  Leo  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.. 
Comell  University.  1967;  M.S..  Columbia  University.  1975; 
M.Phil..  1976;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Block,  Ira  Associate  Prolessor.  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.   B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Block,  Kathleen  J,  Instructor,  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology  B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1969;  M.A.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1972. 

Bloom,  Paul  N.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.,  Lehigh  University,  1968;  MB. A., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern 
University,  1974. 

Bobko,  Philip  AssistanI  Professor,  Psychology.  BS, 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1970;  M,S.,  Bucknell 
University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Comell  University,  1975. 

Bobrow,  Davia  B.  Professor.  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.. 
University  of  Chicago.  1955;  B.A.,  1956;  B.A.,  Queen's 
College,  Oxford  University,  1958;  Ph,D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  ol  Technology,  1 962. 

Bockatael,  Nancy  E.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Agncultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  A.B.,  Connettcut  College,  1971;  M.A., 
Brown  University,  1973;  PhD.,  University  ol  Rhode  Island, 
1976. 

Bode,  Carl  Professor.  English  and  Amencan  Studies.  Ph. 8.. 
University  of  Chicago,  1933;  M.A,,  Northwestern  University, 
1938,  Ph.D.,  1941. 

Bodln,    Lawrence    D,    Associate  Prolessor,    College    of 

Business  and  Management.    A.B.,  Northeastern  University, 

1962;  M.S.,  University  ol  Calilomia  (Bertieley),  1966;  Ph.D., 
1967. 

Bodwell,  C.E.  Adjunct  Prolessor,  Food,  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administratton.  B.S.,  Oklahoma  Stale  University, 
1957;  MS,  University  ol  Cambndge  (England),  1959;  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1964. 

Bolaloly,  Ruaaell  P,  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management.  B.S..  Lowell  Technotogical  Institute  (Univ 
ol  Lowell).  1972;  M.B.A..  Boston  University.  1973;  D.B.A., 
Indiana  University.  1978. 

Boldt,  Ellhu  A.  Adjunct  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technotogy,  1953;  Ph.D., 
1958. 

Bonar,  Dale  B,  Associate  Professor,  Zootogy.  B.A.,  Whitman 
College,  1%7,  M.S.,  University  of  the  PacifH;,  1970;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Hawaii,  1973 

Bondurant,  Dolorea  Instructor,  French  and  Italian.  A  B  , 
Morgan  Stale  College.  1954;  M.  A..  Howard  University.  1956. 

Boneh,  Yehuvah  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  MS,  Hebrew  University,  1962:  Ph  D  ,  Weitzmann 
Institute  ol  Science,  1974 

Boner,  Roger  Assistant  Professor,  Economics  8. A.,  Cornell 
University,  1974.  MA.,  1974;  PhD ,  University  of  Minnesota. 
1980 

BoiTta,  Juan  P.  Professor,  Housing  and  Applied  Design 
B.H  .  Collegio  NacKKial  de  Buenos  Aires,  1951,  MArch, 
Unrversity  ol  Buenos  Aires,  1959 

Boozer,  Melvin  Lecturer,  Soookigy  B  A.,  Dartmoulh.  1967, 
MA,  Yale  University,  1977,  M  P  H  ,  1977 

Borgia.  Garak)  Assistant  Professor,  Zookigy  AB  ,  University 
of  California  (Berkeley).  1970.  M.S..  University  of  Michigan. 
1973;  Ph.D..  1978. 


Bormanahlnov,  Araah  Assistant  Professor.  Germane  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  M.  A..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1956;  Ph  D.,  1958 

Boroaon,  HaroM  R.  Lecturer,  Panume,  Electrical 
Engineenng.    B  S.,  Union  College.  1944.  MS  .  Universfly  of 

Illinois,  1947;  Ph  D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972. 

Bottlrw,  Paul  J.  Associate  Prolessor,  Botany  B.S.  Utah 
State  University,  1964,  MS  ,  1965,  PhD.,  Washington  Stale 
University,  1969. 

Bourque,  Mary  Lyn  Assistant  Professor,  Measurement  and 
Statistics  AB,  Emmanuel  College,  1958;  M  Ed  ,  Boston 
College  University,  1964;  Ed  0  ,  University  of  Massachusetts. 
1978 

Bouwkamp,  John  C.  Associate  Professor,  hkxtlculture.  B.S., 
Michigan  State  University,  1964;  MS,  1966;  Ph  D.,  1968. 

Bowie,  Luclle  B.  Professor  Ementa.  Human  Devekjpment.   , 
8  S  .  University  of  Maryland,  1942,  MA  ,  Teachers  College, 
Columbia   University,    1946;   Ed.D.,   University   of   Maryland, 
1957 

Boyd,  Alfred  C,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S., 
Canisius  College,  1951,  MS.  Purdue  Unrversity.  1953;  PhD.. 
1957 

Boyd,  Derek  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S  .  University  of  Cape  Town  (S.  Afnca).  1964.  8  S  .  (Hona). 
1965;  M.Sc  ,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technotogy, 

1973, 

Boyd,  Vivian  S,  Assistant  Prolessor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  8  A.,  Antioch  College.  1961.  M.A.. 
University  ol  Cotorado.  1968:  M.A..  University  of  Maryland 
(Far  East  Division),  1972:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975 

Boyle,  John  Part-time  Lecturer,  Speaal  Education  8.S., 
Indiana  University  ol  Pennsylvania,  1963;  M.Ed..  Loyola 
College.  1968:  Ed.D  .  Goerge  Washington  Universrty.  1979 

Boyle.  Regie  L.  Visiting  Prolessor.  Part-time.  College  of 
Journalism.  A  8..  Tnnity  College.  1933;  M.A..  Caltxilic 
University  ol  Amehca.  1934;  PhD  .  1939. 

Brace,  John  W.  Professor.  Mathematics  B.A..  Swarthmore 
College.  1949;  M.A..  Comell  University,  1951;  PhD  ,  1953. 

Bradbury,    Mile*    L.    Assistant    Professor,    History      A.B , 

Harvard  University,  i960:  A.M.,  1961,  Ph.D..  1967. 

Bradford,  William  D.  Professor,  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  B.A.,  Howard  University.  1967;  M.B.A.,  Ohk) 
Stale  University.  1968;  Ph.D..  1972. 

Bradley,  John  L.  Prolessor.  English.  B.A..  Yale  Unlvacally. 
1940;  MA.  Harvard  Univeisity.  1946;  PhD ,  Yale  Unlvaraily. 
1950. 

Brady,  Pamela  L  Assistant  Prolessor.  Food.  Nutntnn  and 
Institution  Administration  8.S.A..  University  of  Arltanaas, 
1974;  MS,  1976:  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Tennessee,  1978 

Brand,  Charlea  F.  Assistant  Professor,  Education  Potcy, 
Planning  and  Administration,  Director.  M  Luoa  James 
Curriculum  Laboratory  BS,  West  Liberty  State  College. 
1964:  M  Ed  .  Kent  State  Universily,  1972;  PhD  ,  1977 

Brandt,  John  C.  Ad|unc)  Professor,  (>hysics  aixl  Astronomy, 
A.B,  Washington  University  (St,  Louis),  1956;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Chicago,  i960 

Brandt,  Richard  B.  Visiting  Prolessor,  Canter  ky  Phitoeophy 
and  Public  Policy  BA,  Dennison  Univensty,  1930,  BX, 
Cambndge  University,  1934,  Ph  D  ,  Yale  University,  1936 

Brannlgan,  Vincent  M,  Assistant  Professor  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics  8 A,  University  ol  Maryland,  1973; 
J.D  ,  Georgetown  University,  1975 

Brauth,  Steven  E.  Associate  Professor.  Psychotogy  B.S. 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1967;  PhD.  New  York 
University.  1973. 

Brechling,  Frank  P.  Prolessor.  Economics    8  A  .  Umveiaity 

ol  Freiburg.  1951.  Ph  D  .  Tnnity  College.  1955 

Brecht.  Richard  D.  Asaoaoate  Professor.  Germane  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Uisraturaa  8  A..  Pervuylvania  Stale 
University.  1965.  MA,  Harvard  University,  1968,  Ph  D..  1972 

Breetow.  Marvin  A.  Asaoaale  Piotaaaor.  Hiatory  BX. 
University  ol  Nebraska.  1957.  AM  .  Harvard  Universily.  1958; 
PhD.  1963 

Bretting,  Michael  M.  Instnjctor.  Physk:al  Education  B.S. 
East  Carolina  University.  1974.  MA.  1975. 

Breuar.  Heitoeil  Assotant  Protaaaor.  Phyalca  and  Aavonomy. 

BS  .  Unlversl^  of  HeNMberg.  1974.  Ph  D  .  1978 

BrMgee.  George  S.  Lecturer,  PaittiiTM,  Inanula  of  Cnrnkial 
Justce  arMj  Cnmtnokigy  8  A  ,  Umversffy  ol  Waahmglon, 
1972.  M.A.  Umveisity  ol  Pennayfvania.  1974;  Ph.D..  1979, 


Carroll,  Stephen  J.,  Jr.     201 


Brtgham,     Bnic*     H.     AsaocHats     Prolassot.  Secondary 

Education      B  S .    Stale    Unrvereity    Collega    ol  Hm    YoiV 

(Brockport).  1949;  MA.  1954,  Pti  D .  Templa  UravafSlty. 
1967 

Brill,  OMw  R.  Prolassor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  BA, 
Pnncelon  University,  1954,  Ph  0  ,  1959 

Brtn,  Michael  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics  BA., 
Moscow  Stale  Un{versity.  1970:  PhD.  Charttov  State 
Untversfty.  1975- 

Brinberg,  David  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Eco<x>mic3  BS.  Rensselear  Polytechnic  Institute.  1974; 
MA.  University  ol  Illinois.  1976;  Ph  D  .  1978 

Brinkley,  Howard  J,  Professor,  Zoology  8  S  .  West  Virginia 
University.  1958.  MS..  University  ol  Illinois  (Uit)ana),  1960; 
Ph  D  .  1963 

BrinafMd,  Ruaaell  B.  Instructor,  Agricultural  Engineering 
B  S.,  University  ol  Maryland.  1971;  M.S..  1973. 

Brodle,  Haftwrl  L  Senior  Speoalist.  Agricultural  Englneenng. 
B  S  A  E  ,  Rutgers  The  State  University.  1964;  MS  .  University 
ol  Maryland.  1972 

Brodle,  IHchMl  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science 
B  S  ,  Univefsny  of  Toronto,  1972;  M.S.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Brodaky.  Harold  Associate  Prolessor,  Geography.  BS ,  City 
University  ol  New  York  (Brooklyn  College),  1954,  M.S., 
Colorado   College,    1960;   PhD..   University  of   Washington. 

Brooka.  Robert  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics  and 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B  A.,  Harvard 
Unrversity.  1974;  MA..  1974;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Brown,  Charlea  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  A.B., 
Boston  College.  1970;  MA,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University, 
1974. 

Brown,  Ctltlon  F,  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Afro-American  Studies. 
BA  .  Central  Slate  University,  1965;  M.A.,  Howard  University, 
1968;  M  Religion.  1972;  Ph  D,,  1979. 

Brown,  Clinton  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Aerospace  Engineenng. 
B.S.,  Purdue  University.  1941;  M.S.,  1942. 

Brown,  Eart  H.  Professor.  Aghculturat  and  Resource 
Economics;  Dean.  College  of  Agriculture;  Associate  Provost, 
Divisk>n  of  Agncultural  and  Life  Sciences.  B.S..  University  of 
Minnesota,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1961. 

Brown,  Elizabeth  0,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A., 
University  ol  Connecticut,  1974;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University. 
1976;  Ph.D.,  1979, 

Brown,  Ellzabath  Y.  Lecturer.  Physk»l  Education  and 
Secondary  Education.  B.S..  Kent  State  University,  1965; 
M.Ed.,  1967;  Ed  0.,  University  of  Houston.  1973. 

Brown,  Grvgory  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy 
B.A.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1973;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1978;  Ph.D..  1980. 

Brown,  John  H.  Associate  Professor,  Phitosophy.  A.B., 
Princeton  University.  1952;  MA.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Brown,  Joshua  R.C.  Professor,  Zookigy.  B.A..  Duke 
University.  1948;  M.A..  1949;  Ph.D..  1953. 

Bro«m,  Peter  G,  Director,  Center  lor  Philosophy  and  Public 
Policy,  Philosophy  B.A..  Haverford  College,  1961;  MA. 
Columbia  University,  1964;  PhD  .  1969. 

Brown,  Richard  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A., 
University  ol  California  (Bertieley),  1961;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Unlversfty  of  California  (San  Diego). 
1973. 

Brown,  Robert  A.  Associate  Professor.  PsyclK>k>gy.  B.A.. 
University  of  Richmond,  1958;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa, 
1961;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Brown,  Ruaaell  G.  Professor  Emeritus.  Botany.  B.S.,  West 
Virginia  University,  1929;  M.S.,  1930;  Ph.D.,  Unrversity  o( 
Maryland,  1934. 

Brown,  Samuel  E.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
Indiana  University,  1934;  M.A.,  1946;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University, 
1955 

Bruner,  Carol  M.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Human  Developmenl. 
B.A-,  University  of  Southern  California,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  New  Mexkxi,  1978. 

Bruno,  Dominic  R.  Instructor,  Economics.  B  A.,  St.  Joseph  s 
College.  1972;  M.A..  Uriiversity  ol  Maryland,  1975. 

Brush,  Stephen  G.  Professor,  History  and  Institute  for 
Physical  Scier>ce  and  Technology.  A.B.,  Harvard  University, 
19SS;  Ph.D..  Oxtord  University.  1958. 


Bryan,  John  L.  Professor  and  Chaimian,  Fire  ProtectkHi 
Engineering  B  S  .  Oklahoma  Stats  University.  1953;  MS. 
1954.  EdD  .  Amencan  Unrversity.  1965. 

Bryar.  Jackaon  Professor.  English  BA  .  Amherst  Collage, 
1959.  MA.  Columbia  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  o( 
Wisconsin,  1965 

Buchler,  Edward  R.  Asslstani  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S., 
California  Stats  Polytechnk:  College.  1964,  M.A.,  University  ol 
California  (Santa  Barbara).  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Montana,  1972 

Buchner.  Michael  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics  A.B.. 
Princeton  University.  1969;  MA..  Hanrard  University,  1970; 
PhD,  1974 

Buck,  Allen  C,  Associate  Prolessor.  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.  Coordinator  lor  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 
College  of  Human  Ecok>gy.  B.S..  Mk:higan  State  Univsrslty. 
1940;  MS  .  Case-Westem  Reserve  University,  1942;  Ph  0  , 
1947. 

Buckley,  Frenk  T„  Jr.  Professor,  Mechank^l  Engineenng. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Buczek,  Karen  K.  Instructor.  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1976;  M.S.,  1978. 

Buhllg,  Paul,  Jr.  Instructor,  English  BS ,  Georgetown 
University.  1950;  M.A,  University  of  California  (Beri<eley), 
1954. 

Bullock,  Otin  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  School  of  Architecture 
Gradaute  School  of  Arch,  Harvard  University,  . 

Bullwlnkel,  Hank  Instructor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  BS,.  LaSalle  College,  1968;  M.B.A.,  Rutgers. 
1971. 

Bumb,  Balu  Lai  Assistant  Professor,  Pad-time,  Economics. 
M.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Bundy,  Mary  L.  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Infomiation 
Sendees.  A.B.,  State  University  College  (Potsdam),  1948; 
M.A..  University  of  Denver.  1951;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1960. 

Bunn,  Michael  M.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Music.  BMus., 
Peabody  Consen/atory  of  Music,  1977;  M.Mus.,  1979. 

Burlier,  Mary  W.  Assistant  Professor.  English;  Assistant  to 
the  Vice  President.  Academic  Affairs  B.A.,  AM  &  N  College, 
1959;  M.A..  Colorado  State  University,  1961;  Ph.D., 
Washington  University.  1973. 

Burgers,  J.  M.  Research  Professor.  Emeritus,  Institute  For 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  Dr.  of  Mathematics  and 
Physics,  University  ol  Leyden,  1918;  Doctor  Honoris  Causa, 
University  Libre  de  Broxellis,  1948;  Doctor  Honoris  Causa, 
University  of  Poitiers,  1950. 

Buric,  John  Associate  Professor,  Animal  Science.  BS  .  West 
Virginia  University.  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1960. 

Burka,  Maria  K.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1969;  M.S.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1978. 

Burke,  Frank  G.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  College  of  Library  and 
Informatkjn  Services.  B.A.,  University  of  Alaska,  1955;  M.A.. 
University  of  Chicago,  1959;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Burke,  Philip  J.  Chairman  and  Professor,  Special  Education. 
B.S.,  University  of  Scranton,  1963;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D., 
Syracuse  University,  1970. 

Burt  John  J.  Professor  and  Chainnan,  Health  Education. 
B.A,  Duke  University,  1956;  M.Ed.,  University  of  North 
Carolina,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Oregon,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1962. 

Buah,  John  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Physical  Education.  B.S., 
Ronda  State  University,  1979. 

Buah,  Lewla  R.  Instructor.  Part-time,  Journalism.  B.S., 
University  of  Rorida.  1960;  M.A..  Syracuse  University,  1970. 

Butler,  Ethel  Lecturer,  Part  time.  Dance 

Butterworth,  Charles  E.  Associate  Professor,  Government 
and  Politics.  B.A.,  Michigan  State  University.  1959;  Doct.. 
University  of  Nancy  (France),  1961;  M.A.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Button,  Chrlatopher  Instroctor,  Special  Educatran.  B.S., 
Flortda  State  University.  1970;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1972. 

Byarly,  Ttwodore  C.  Adjunct  Prolessor,  Poultry  Science. 
A.B.,  University  of  Iowa,  1923;  M.S  ,  1925;  Ph.D.,  1926. 

Byrne,  Richard  H.  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman. 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A..  Franklin  and 
Marshall  College.  1938;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1947; 
Ed.D.,  1952. 


Cadae,  Linda  J.  Instructor.  Part-time.  English  B.A., 
Washington  College.  1968;  M.A..  Untversily  of  Maryland, 
1974 

Cadman,  Theodore  W.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Chemical 
and  Nuclear  Engineenng.  B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of 
Technology,  1962;  MS.,  1964;  Ph  D  ,  1966 

Cain,  Jarvia  L.  Professor,  Agrkultural  and  Resource 
Economfc:s  BS  .  Purdue  University.  1955;  MS.,  Ohki  State 
University,  1956;  Ph.D..  1961 

Calms,  Gordon  M.  Dean  Emeritus,  College  of  Agriculture. 
B  S  .  Cornell  University.  1936.  MS.  1938.  Ph  D  .  1940 

Caldvrell,  S.  Carlton  Jr.  Instructor.  College  of  Journalism. 
BA..  Louisiana  Slate  University  (Baton  Rouge).  1971;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland.  1974. 

Callcott,  George  H.  Professor.  History  B  A.,  University  of 
South  Carolina.  1950.  MA..  Columbia  University.  1951;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1956 

Callandc,  Mary  Alice  Assistant  Prolessor.  Food,  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration.  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts, 
1971;  MS,  University  of  Maine,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University.  1975. 

Calk)way,  Jimmy  Instructor.  Recreation.    B.S..  University  of 

Cindnnali,  1969;  M.S..  1970. 

Cambridge,  Milton  H.  Lecturer,  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services.  B.A.,  Queens  College.  1969;  MS,  University  of 
Southern  Mississippi,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Campagna,  Andrew  F.  Assistant  Professor,  French  and 
Italian.  A.B.,  Dartmouth  College,  1966;  M.A..  University  of 
Rochester.  1967;  Ph.D..  Washington  University,  1975. 

CampagnonI,  A.  T.  Associate  Prolessor,  Chemistry.  A.B., 
Northeastem  University.  1964;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University, 
1968. 

Campbell,  Elwood  G.  Professor,  Secondary  Education: 
Assistant  to  the  IDean,  College  of  Education.  B.S.,  Northeast 
Missouri  State  College,  1949;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Campbell,  Kenneth  Prolessor.  Art.  Massachusetts  College 
of  Art,  1937;  .  National  Academy  of  Design,  1940;  Art 
Students  League,      Lowell  Institute,  1945. 

Caramello,  Charles  Assistant  Professor,  English.  A.B, 
Wesleyan  University,  1970;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Milwaukee),  1972;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Carbona,  Robert  F.  Professor,  Education  Policy.  Planning 
and  Administration.  B.A.,  Eastern  Montana  College.  1953; 
M.S..  Emory  University.  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Chicago, 
1961. 

Cardenas,  Jalma  F,  Instructor,  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  1975. 

Caretta,  Vincent  Assistant  Prolessor,  English.  B.A.,  State 
University  of  Now  Yorti  (Binghamton).  1968;  M.A.,  1971; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa,  1977. 

Carllsl,  John  A.  Faculty  Research  Assistant.  Family  and 
Community  Development.  B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York, 
1963;  MBA.,  New  Yort(  University,  1975. 

Carlson,  Bllle  C.  Visiting  Prolessor,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  A.B..  Harvard  University,  1947; 
A,M.,  1947;  D.Phil.,  Oxford  University,  1950. 

Carlson,  John  B.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor.  B.A.,  Oberiln 
College.   1967;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.   1971;  Ph.D., 

1977. 

Carlson,  Saverin  C.  Assistant  Professor,  College  o(  Business 
and  Management.  B.S.,  Itortheastem  University.  1974; 
M.B.A.,  Indiana  University,  1977;  D.B.A.,  1979. 

Carney,  Eugene  D.  Instnjctor.  Part-time.  Health  Education. 
B.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1949;  M.Ed..  Frosttiurg  State 
College.  1971. 

Caron,  Dewey  M.  Associate  Professor.  Entomotogy.  B.A., 
University  of  Vennont.  1964;  M.A..  University  of  Tennessee, 
1966;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University.  1970. 

Carr,  John  C.  Professor,  Secondary  Educatk)n.  B.S.,  District 
of  Cofumbia  Teachers  College,  1952;  M.F.A.  Catholk: 
University  of  America,  1953;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Carr,  Lawta  E.  Instructor.  Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.A.E., 
Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1963;  M.S..  1970. 

Carratta,  VIncant  Assistant  Prolessor.  English.  B.A.  State 
University  of  New  Yort<  (Binghamton).  1968;  M.A..  1971; 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Iowa.  1977. 

Carroll,  Staptten  J.,  Jr.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles). 
1957;  M.A.  University  ol  Minnesota.  1959;  Ph.  D..  1964. 


202     Carson,  Delbert  D. 


Carton.  D«lb«rt  D.  Inslmctor,  Industnal  Education.  B.S.. 
Calilomia  Stale  College  (Pennsylvania),  1976;  M.A..  Kent 
State  University,  1978. 

Carter,  Ev*r«n  C.  Professor.  Civil  Engineenng.  B.S..  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1958.  M.E..  University  ol  Calilomia. 
1959:  Ph.D..  Northwestern  University.  1969. 

Caaa,  William  B.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Aerospace  Engineenng 
B.S.A.E..  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  1^  S  M  E  ,  Drexell 
University.  1965;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland,  1972 

Cass,  HaatlMr  W.  Assistant  Professor.  School  of  Architecture 
B  A.,  Mount  Holyoke  college,  1969;  M  Arch,.  Yale  University. 
1972. 

Casaldy,  Clair*  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time. 
Anthropology.  B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1965;  M.S.. 
1968;  Pfl.D.,  1972. 

Caaaldy,  Edward  W,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services  AB,  Catholic  University.  1963; 
M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland.  1968;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Castallan,  Qllbwt  W.  Professor.  Chemistry.  8.S.,  Regis 
College.  1945;  Ph.D..  Catholic  University.  1949. 

Catwell.  J«an  M.  Lecturer.  Art.  A.B.,  Goucher  College,  1945: 
M.A.,  American  University.  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1978. 

Caannll,  William  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1968;  MA. 
Princeton  University.  1972;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Cat*,  George  A.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A., 
Rutgers-The  State  University,  1960:  M.A..  Duke  University. 
1962;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Caughey,  John  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Amencan  Studies 
B.A..  Harvard  College,  1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1967;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Celarler,  Jamas  l_  Associate  Professor.  Phitosophy.  A.B.. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbane).  1956;  M.A..  1958;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1 960. 

Celotta,  Beverly  K.  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services,  B.A.,  Queens  College,  1965;  M.A., 
Brooklyn  College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado.  1971. 

Certo,  Nldwlaa  Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education. 
B.A..  Marquette  University.  1970;  M.A..  1972;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Wisconsin.  1976 

Chalras,  Jamee  W.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  BS..  University  of  Maryland.  1972;  M.B.A.. 
1974. 

Chambers,  Robert  G.  Assistant  Professor  Agncultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.S.F.S..  Georgetown  University.  1972: 
M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1975;  Ph.D.  University  of 
California  (BerVeley).  1978. 

Ctiander,  Suresh  Lecturer  Part-time.  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.S.,  Banaras  Hindu  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Indian  Institute  of 
Science,  1966:  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971.  Ph.D.. 
1975. 

Chang,  Chls-Cheh  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S.,  Tunghai  University  (Taiwan),  1961;  M.A.. 
University  of  Southern  California,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Chang,  Chung  Yun  Assoaate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University.  1954:  Ph.D.. 
Columtxa  University.  1965 

Chang,  Luke  L.  Y.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Geology  BS . 
National  Taiwan  University.  1957:  Ph.D..  University  of 
Chicago,  1963. 

Chang,  Sun-Yung  A.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematks 
B.A..  National  Taiwan  University,  1970;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1974 

Chant,    Nicholas  S.    Assoaate    Protessor.    Physics    and 

Astronomy.    B.A..  Downing  College  (Cambridge  University). 

1962:  M.A..  1966:  Ph.D..  Unooln  College  (Oxiord  University). 
1966. 

Chapln.  John  L.  Professor.  Human  Devetopment.  A.B.. 
Denison  University.  1939;  PhD..  University  of  Rochester. 
1950 

Cheppell,  Jemee  D.,  Jr.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  A.B  .  Duke  University.  1953:  M.S.,  Columbia 
Universny,  1954:  C  P  A.,  State  of  Georgia.  1958 

CtwrrtKi,  Maureen  A,  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time. 
Geography  BS  .  Hunter  (>>llege.  1974.  MA,  University  ol 
Pittsburgh.  1977 

Chatatain,  Verne  E.  Professor  Ementus.  History.  BA. 
l^ebraska  State  Teachers  College.  1917;  MA.  Univetsity  of 
Chicago.  1925:  PhD..  University  of  MinneaoU.  1943. 


Chaves,  Antonio  F.  Assocuite  Professor.  Geography  Doctor 
of  Law.  University  of  Havana.  1941.  PhD.  1946:  MA.. 
Northwestern  University.  1948. 

Chen,  Alexander  Lecturer.  Housing  and  Applied  Design 
B.A.,  New  York  University.  1973:  M.U.P  .  1976 

Chen,  Chu|en  C.  Assistant  Professor  Emeritus.  Onentat  and 
Hebrew  Program  BS.  Cornell  University.  1919:  M.S. 
University  of  Maryland.  1920 

Chen,  Hsing-Hen  Assoaate  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  BS,  Nationai  Taiwan  University,  1968,  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973 

Ctien,  JIglen  Research  Associate,  Mechanical  Engineenng. 
B.S.,  Nationai  Taiwan  University,  1973;  M.S.,  Stantoro 
University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1981 

Cheng,  Hung-Yuan  Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry  BS.. 
National  Tsing-hua  University,  1972;  Ph.D..  Ohto  State 
University,  1978. 

Cheung,  Augustine  Y.  Assistani  Professor,  Institute  for 
Physkal  Science  and  Technokjgy.  B.S .  University  of 
Maryland.  1969:  MS  .  1971;  Ph  D.,  1973. 

Chiang,  BarlMrs  Lecturer,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  Aligom 
University  (India),  1960;  M.A.,  Kansas  State  University,  1963: 
M.A.,  Howard  University.  1971. 

Chin,  Robert  A.  Instnjctor.  Industrial  Educatk>n.  B.A.. 
University  of  l^nhem  Colorado  (Greeley).  1974:  M.AE.,  Ball 
State  Universrty.  1975. 

Chin,  Tsung  Associate  Professor,  Hebrew  and  East  Asian. 
BA.  Taiwan  Normal  University,  1953:  M.S.,  Georgetown 
University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Cfw,  ChlrvKuel  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S  .  Nationai  Chen  Kung  University.  1962;  M.S..  University  of 
Houston.  1968:  PhD  .  University  of  Texas.  1971. 

Chrtstlsn,  Charles  M.  Associate  Professor.  Geography  and 
Urban  Studies  B.A..  Northeastern  Stale  College,  1966; 
M.A.A.T.,  1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois  (UrtMna),  1970: 
Ph.D..  1975. 

Chu,  Hsin  Professor.  Mathematics.  M.S..  Tulane  Unrversily. 
1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1959. 

Chu,      Ysohsn     Professor.      Computer     Science        B  S.. 

Chiao-Tung  University  (China).  1942;  M.S..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1945:  Sc.D..  1953, 

Churaman,  Charlotte  V.  Assistant  Professor.  Family  and 
Community  Devetopmem.  B  Sc..  Berea  College.  1942:  M.Ed.. 
Pennsylvania  Slate  University.  1964;  Ed.D.,  1969. 

Church,  Marilyn  G.  Associate  Professor.  Eariy  Chikjhood 
Elementary  Education.  B.S..  Indiana  University.  1962;  M.S.. 
1963;  EdD.  1969 

Churchill,  John  W.  Associate  Professor.  Recreation  B.S.. 
State  University  College  (Cortland).  1958;  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana).  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

CIrrlnclone,  Joseph  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Geography: 
Associate  Professor,  Secondary  Educalton.  B.S..  State 
University  College  (Oswego).  1962;  M.A.,  Ohio  State 
Unrversily.  1967,  PhD  ,  1970. 

Clabaugh,  Susan  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Educatknn  Policy, 
Planning  and  Administration:  Director,  Education  Technotogy 
Center  BS  ,  Oklahoma  State  University.  1970;  M.S..  1975: 
Ed.D  .  1977 

Clague,  Christopher  K.  Professor  and  Chainnan.  Economics 
BA.,  Lafayette  College.  1961.  Ph.D.  Harvard  University. 
1966 

Clegue,  Monlqu*  W.  Associate  Professor.  Education  PolKy. 
Planning  and  Administration.  B.A..  Swaithmore  College. 
1959:  Ph  D  .  Hanrard  University.  1969 

Clarli,  Cari  C.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Industrial  Educatiori.  B.S  . 
Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute.  1944;  PhD..  Columbia 
University.  1950 

ClaiK  Eugenie  Professor.  Zootogy  BA,  Hunter  College. 
1942;  MA..  New  Vorti  University,  1946:  Ph.D.,  1968 

Clerk,  Nerl  A.  Professor  Emeritus,  Agronomy  BS, 
Universrty  of  Maryland,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959 

Clarli,  Thomaa  A.  Adiunct  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy    BS.  University  of  Cokxado.  1961;  PhD.  1967 

Ctaude,  RIcherd  P.  Professor.  Government  and  PoMics 
BA.  Collegs  ol  Ssmt  Thomas.  1956.  MS.  Fkxida  Stats 
University.  1960;  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Virginia.  1964 

Cleerwater.  Harvey  E.  Associate  Professor.  Health 
EducatKjn  A  B  State  University  of  New  York  (A«>any).  1955: 
MA,  Michigan  SUte  University.  1967.  Ed  0..  1970 


Cleery,  Mertlyn  F.  Instructor.  Mathematics.  AS..  Montclair 
Stats  College.  1953;  MA.  1957 

Cllgnst,  RemI  P.  Professor.  Family  and  Community 
Devek)pment  B  Phil ,  University  of  Pans.  1948.  Licence  es 
Lettres.  1951.  Licence  es  Law.  1953.  Licence  es  Psychology. 
1958;  Dipk>me.  Leoole  nationals  da  la  France  doutrs  mer. 
1954 

Qlrte,  Rebecca  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre  8  S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1971,  M.A.. 
1973;  Ph  D  .  1975 

Coerts,  Oarlene  R.  Instructor.  Psrt-lims.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.   8.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1972:  M.8X, 

1976 

Cockbum,  Jamea  S.  Professor.  History.  LL.B .  Lsads 
University,  1959:  LL.M.,  1961;  PhD,  1970. 

Coder,  Dsvid  W.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Mechanical  Engineenng. 

B  S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962:  PhD  ,  1973. 

Cofflndatfer,  Billy  L  Affiliate  Assooats  Professor.  Agrtcullural 
and  Extension  Education  BA.  West  Virginia  Urweratty, 
1950:  MS.  1955;  PhD.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1961 

Cohen,  Francee  E.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Dance  B.F.A., 
Bennington  College  for  Women.  1953 

Cohen,  Joel  M.  Professor.  Mathematics  Sc  8 .  Brown 
University.  1963:  Ph  0 .  Massachusetts  Insntuts  of 
Technotogy,  1966 

Cohen,  Leon  W.  Professor  Ementus.  Mathematics.  B.A.. 
Columbia  University.  1923;  MA  .  1925.  Ph  D  .  University  ol 
Mkuhigan.  1928 

Cohen.  Ruth  K.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Family  and  Community 
Devetopment  B  A.  Brooklyn  College.  19S3:  MS  W  .  Hunter 
College,  1959 

Cohn,  Alvln  W.  Visiting  Assoctaie  Prolessor.  Part-lime, 
Institute  of  Cnminal  JustK«  and  Cnminokigy,  A.B..  University 
of  Cincinnati,  1956.  MA..  Indiana  Unrversily,  1960:  D.Crlm., 
University  of  Califomia  (Bertieley).  1972. 

Cole,  MIMred  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Earty  ChiMhood 
Elememary  Education  and  Mathematics  B  S .  Universily  01 
Illinois  (Urtjana).  1943:  MS  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  19St. 

Cole,  Wayne  S.  Professor.  History  BA..  Iowa  Stale 
Teachers  College.  1946:  MS.  University  of  Wisconsin,  1948: 
Ph.D..  1951 

ColsttI,  Theresa  Assocute  Professor.  English.  BA, 
University  of  Pittsburgh.  1971:  MA.  University  of  Rochester, 
1973;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Coley,  Thomas  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Education  Policy, 
Planning  and  AdministratKxi  B.A,  Moortiead  Stale  C^oHege, 
1974:  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1975.  Ph  D  . 
1980 

Collctta,  Nancy  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Human  DevelopmenL 
B  A.  Michigan  State  University.  1972;  MS  .  Stale  Univertity 
of  New  Yorti  College  (Butlato).  1974;  Ph.D..  Cornel  Univeratty, 

1977. 

Colomblnl,  Merco  Assistant  Prolessor.  Zoology.   B.S..  McOW 

University.  1970:  Ph.D..  1974. 

CoHon,  Craig  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Recreation  B.S.,  Utah 
State  Universrty.  1963.  MS.  1970.  Ph  D  .  1976. 

Cohrllle.  Jamea  Prolessor.  Civil  Engneertng.  B.S..  Purdue 
University.  1959;  M.S.  1960.  PhD.  University  of  Texas  at 

Austin.  1970 

Colwell,  Rita  R.  Prolessor.  Mk^obology.  DirecKx.  Sea  Grant 
Program  B  S .  Puroue  Universify.  1956.  MS..  1958;  Ph.D., 
Universny  ol  Washington.  1961 

Conger,  Joeeph  H.,  Ill  Assistant  Prolessor.  Communcaaon 
Arts  and  Theatre  BA .  University  of  Ktorth  Carolma  (Chapel 
Hill),  1973;  M.FA.  Unrversily  ol  North  Carolina  (Cirsensboro), 
1975 

Conner,  Michael  E.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Elecincal 
Engineenng  BS.  Johns  Hopkins  Unrversily.  1971;  M.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1974.  Ph  D  .  1976. 

Constant  Caroline  B.  Assistant  Proleesor.  School  ol 
Architsclure  BA,  Vassar  College.  1965.  MAn*  .  Piliios<oo 
University.  1976 

Corrway,  M.  Mergarat  Associate  Prolessor.  Government  end 
Politk»  BS  Punlue  University.  1957.  MA.  Urmersily  ol 
California  (BerksleYl.  i960.  Ph  D  .  Indiana  UravertHy.  19«S. 

Coogan,  Robert  M.  Assooats  Professor.  English  BA.  tana 
College.  1954.  MA.  DePaul  Univertity.  1058:  Ph.D.  Loyola 
University.-1967 

Cook.  Ctvanee  H.  Prolessor.  Mslhematica  BA.  Stala 
University  ol  taws.  1946,  MS,  1950,  PhD.  Umverti^r  04 
Cotorado.  1962 


DeMonte,  Claudia  A.     203 


Cook,  Tlratnaa  M.  Prolassoi.  Microbiology  B  S .  University 
ol  Maryland.  1955.  M.S..  1957.  PhD.  Rutgors-Tha  Stale 
Unvaruty.  1963 

Cooka,  Todd  J.  Assistant  Protassor.  Botany  B  S..  Anttoch 
CoHaga.  1974:  Pn  D  .  Cornell  umverslty.  1979 

Cootay,  Franklin  O.  Prolesaoi  Emenius.  English  BA  .  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  1927:  MA  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1933: 
Ph  D  .  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1940 

Coonay.  Joaaph  J.  Prulessor.  Microbiology:  Head  ol 
Laboratory.  Chesapeake  Biok]gK»l  Laboratory.  B.S., 
LeMoyne  CoHege.  1956:  M.S.,  Syracuse  University.  1958: 
Ph.D..  1961 

Coonay.  Stephanie  H.  Assistant  Protassor.  Secondary 
Education  BS  .  Radtord  College.  1967:  M.S..  University  ol 
kte/yland.  1972.  Ph  O  ,  197S 

Cooper.  Elmar  L.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Agncullural  and 
Extension  Education  BS.  University  ol  Maryland.  1956: 
MS,  1965.  Ed.D .  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  &  State 
Unveisity.  1974 

Cooper,  Jack  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Music  B  Mus  .  Curtis 
Institute.  1958:  M  Mus  ,  Catholic  University  ol  Amenca.  1963 

Coopar.  Jatlray  M.  Pnjlessor.  Mathematics  B  A  .  Haverlord 
College.  1962:  M.S..  Unrverslty  ol  Illinois  (Chicago).  1964: 
Ph.D..  1967 

Cooper.  Stierod  M..  Jr.  Associate  Prolessor.  English  BS . 
Temple  University.  1951:  MA.  1953;  PhD.  University  ol 
Pennsylvaniaa.  1963. 

Coplan,  Michael  A.  Research  Associate  Prolessor.  Institute 
lor  Physical  Science  and  Technotogy  B  A..  Williams  College, 
1960:  Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1963 

CoitMtt  M.  Kennetti.  Prolessor.  Botany  B  Sc .  McGill 
University.  1950;  Ph  D  .  Cornell  University.  1954 

Coiay.  Kenneth  E.  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Geography: 
Acting  Director.  Urban  Studies  A.B .  University  ol  Cincinnati. 
1961;  M.S..  1962;  M.C.P..  1964:  Ph.D..  1969. 

Cortetta,  Rot>ert  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Family  and 
Community  Development.  B.S..  St.  John  Rsher  College. 
1959;  MP  A..  University  o(  Pittsburgh.  1961. 

Cortlea,  John  O.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Zook>gy.  BS  . 
University  ol  Chicago.  1944;  B.A.  University  ol  Vermont. 
1947:  Ph  D  .  IMew  York  University.  1951 

ComtoM,  Janet  L.  Lecturer.  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services.  B.A,.  Cornell  University.  1972:  M.A..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1975:  Ph  D..  1978. 

Coming.  Gerald  Professor.  Part-time,  Aerospace 
Engineenng  8  S  .  New  York  University,  1937;  M.S..  Catholic 
University  ol  Amenca.  1953 

Conel,  Ellen  Prolessor.  MathematKS.  B.S.,  Douglas  College. 
1951;  M.S..  Purdue  University.  1953:  Ph.D..  1958. 

Coral.  Thomaa  M.  Assistant  Prolessor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.A..  Case-Western  Reserve  University. 
1971:  M.A.,  Kent  State  University.  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Wisconsin.  1976 

CostaMla,  Salvatore  L.  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services.  B.S.S.,  Georgetown  University. 
1956;  M.S.LS..  Catholic  University  of  America.  1963. 

Coatallo.  Franklin  T.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Physical  Education 
B.S..  University  ol  Maryland,  1968 

Coulaon,  Oouglaa  8.  Assistant  Professor.  Measurement  and 
Statistics.  B.A..  Dartmouth  College.  1968;  M.S.,  University  ol 
Massachusetts,  1974;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Couraay.  Robert  0.  Associate  Prolessor.  Psychok)gy.  B.S.. 
Spnng  Hill  College.  1966:  PhD..  University  of  Rochester. 
1970. 

Courtright  Ban|ainln  F..  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  College  ol 
Business  and  Management.  B.S..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1939;  Ph.D..  1968, 

Cowslk.  Ramenath  Visting  Associate  Prolessor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.S..  University  ol  Mysore.  1958;  M.S..  Kamalak 
Unrverslty.  1960;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Bombay,  1968. 

Cox.  Evelyn  M.  Associate  Prolessor.  Food.  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administratk>n,  B.S..  Syracuse  University.  1939: 
M.S..  1948:  PhD  .  Stale  University  ol  Iowa.  1960. 

Craft.  Ann  H.  Assistant  Professor.  Physical  Education  and 
Secondary  Education.  B.S..  East  Carolina  University.  1962; 
M.S..  1966:  Ed.D..  University  of  North  Carolina  (Groenstwro). 
1977. 

Craig,  Patrick  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  B.F.A.,  Western 
Michigan  Univeisity.  1974;  M.F.A..  University  of  Cincinnati, 
1976. 


Craig.  Randall  J.  Asaoaale  Professor.  Secorvlary  Education 
BS.  Morgan  State  Umveraity.  1955.  MFA.  Temple 
Unrverslty.  1963.  Ph  0  .  University  of  Maryland,  1974 

Critea.  John  O.  Professor.  Psychotogy  A  B .  Pnnceton 
University.  1950.  Ph  D  .  Columbia  University.  1957 

Cropper.  Maureen  Asaislanl  Professor.  Economics  BA. 
Bryn  Mawr  College.  1969.  MA.  Cornell  University.  1972: 
PhD.  1973 

Croealln.  Roliert  L.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  ol  Business 
and  Managemeni  B  S  .  University  ol  Tulsa.  1968:  MS  . 
University  ol  Missoun  (Columbia).  1972:  Ph.D..  1973. 

Crottiers,  John  L..  Jr.  Senior  Speaalisl.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.S..  University  ol  Maryland,  1949. 
MS.  1954 

Crowell.  Alfred  A.  Professor  Emeritus.  College  of  Journalism 
BA.  University  ol  Oklahoma.  1929;  MA.  1934:  MSJ. 
Northwestem  University.  1940 

Cuadrado.  Clara  Y.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Hebrew  and 
East  Asian,  B.A..  National  Taiwan  University.  1971:  M.A.. 
University  ol  Illinois  (Uibana-Champaign).  1973;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Cumtierland.  John  H.  Professor.  Economics;  Director. 
Bureau  ol  Business  and  Economic  Research,  B.A..  University 
ol  Maryland.  1947;  MA..  Hanrard  University.  1949;  Ph.D.. 
1951. 

Cummlnga,  Jaaper  R.  Assistant  Instructor,  Part-time,  Institute 
of  Cnminal  JustK»  and  Cnmlnolgy.  A.B..  Duke  University. 
1957;  MA.  1%2 

Cunnlff.  Patrick  F.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.CE.,  Manhattan  College.  1955:  M.S..  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1957;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Cunningham.  Susan  M.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Sock>k>gy. 
BA..  Georgian  Court  College.  1968:  M.A..  Fonjham 
University.  1971 

Cunningham,  William  0.  Lecturer.  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Sennces.  BA.  University  ol  Kansas.  1959: 
M.L.S..  University  of  Texas.  1963. 

Currle.  Douglaa  G.  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.EP..  Cornell  University.  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Rochester.  1962. 

Cunier.  Albeit  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics.  8  A . 
State  University  of  Iowa.  1954;  M.A..  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1959;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Curry,  William  A.  Associate  Specialist,  Animal  Science.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1960. 

Cuaaler,  Margaret  Associate  Prolessor.  Sociology.  B.A.. 
State  University  ol  New  Yon<  (Albany).  1931;  M.A..  1931; 
M.A..  Harvard  University.  1941;  M.S..  1941;  Ph.D.  1943. 

Oegalakia,  Nicholas  G.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  DIpl.  of  Mech.  Engr..  National  Technical 
University  (Greece).  1969;  M.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  ol 
Technotogy.  1971;  Eng.D..  1973:  Ph.D..  1975. 

Deger.  Edward  Z.  Prolessor.  Sociotogy  AB..  Kent  State 
University.  1950;  A.M..  Ohk)  State  University.  1951:  Ph.D.. 
1956. 

Dalnl*.  Andrew  Associate  Professor.  Physical  Education 
B.S..  University  of  Adelaide  (South  Australia).  1962;  Ph.D.. 
1967;  M.A..  University  of  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill),  1972. 

Daly.  George.  W.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Industrial  Education. 
M.E..  Stevens  Institute.  1940;  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland. 
1976. 

Dancla.  Jerome  Associate  Professor.  Mathematks.  B.A.. 
Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1961;  M.S.,  University  ol 
Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Dancy.  Joseph  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Afro-Amencan  Studies. 
B.A..  Virginia  Union  Univeisity.  1963;  M.  Division  Degree. 
1966;  M.Th..  Pnnceton  University.  1973:  Ph.D..  University  of 
Michigan,  1979. 

Daniel.  Saundra  L  Assistant  Professor.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  B.A..  Valparaiso  University  (Indiana).  1967; 
M.A..  University  ol  Montevallo  (Alabama).  1978;  M.F.A.. 
University  ol  Ronda  (Gainesville).  1980. 

Danltiel.  Gabriel  J.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management.  J.D..  Commenois  University.  1940;  M.B.A., 
New  Yort<  University.  1953;  C.PA.  Distncl  ol  Columbia.  1962. 

Dardan,  Undley  Associate  Prolessor.  Philosophy  and  History 
B.A..  Southwestern  University.  1968;  A.M..  University  ol 
Chicago.  1969;  S.M..  1972;  Ph.D..  1974, 

Derdla.  Radwl  Prolessor.  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economks. 
B  S..  Saint  Marys  College  (Dublin).  1949;  M.S..  Univeisity  ol 
Minnesota.  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 


Davey.  H.  Beth  Associate  Professor.  Secondary  EducalKm 
BS .  University  of  Miami.  1965.  MA.  University  of  Rochester. 
1969.  Ph  0  .  Case-Western  Fleserve  University.  1971 

Davey,  Robert  J.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Institute  ol  Applied 
Agnculture  BS.  University  ol  Maryland.  1949;  MS..  1955; 
Ph.D  .  Cornell  University.  1957, 

Oevldaon.  Jamaa  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Velennary  Scwnca. 
B  S  .  Michigan  State.  1964;  D  V  M  .  1966.  MS.  1974 

Devldaon.  John  A.  Professor.  Entomology  BA.  Columbia 
Union  College.  1955.  MS.  University  ol  Maryland.  1957; 
PhD.  1960 

Davidson.  Marie  S.  Acting  Assistant  Vk»  Chancaltor, 
Academic  Affairs  B.S..  Dilliard  University.  1959:  M.S.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1967:  Ph  D  .  1971 

Devldeon.  Nell  A.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mathematics; 
Associate  Professor.  Secondary  Education.  B.S..  Case 
Institute  ol  Technok>gy.  1961.  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison).  1963:  Ph  D..  1970. 

Devldeon.  Roger  Adjunct  Prolessor.  Government  and 
Politics.  A.B..  University  of  Cotorado.  1958;  Ph  D  .  Columbia 
University.  1963 

Devla.  Christopher  C.  Assoaate  Professor.  Electical 
Engineenng  B  A..  Cambndge  University.  1965;  M.A.,  1970; 
Ph.D..  Manchester  University  (England).  1970. 

Davis.  Richard  F.  Prolessor  and  Chainnan.  Dairy  Science. 
B.S..  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1950;  M.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1952;  Ph  D.,  1953 

Davis.  Stielley  G.  Associate  Prolessor,  Music.  A.B..  New 
Yori(  University.  1957;  M.A..  1960:  Ph.D..  1971. 

Oevlaaon.  Lee  D.  Professor  and  Chainnan.  Electrical 
Engineenng.  B.SE..  Prtnceton  University.  1958;  M.S.E.. 
University  ol  Calilomia  (Los  Angeles),  1961 ;  Ph  D.,  1964. 

Dawson.  Townee  L.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Managemeni  B  B.A..  University  of  Texas.  1943;  B.S..  United 
States  Merchant  Manne  Academy.  1946:  MB  A.  University  of 
Texas.  1947:  Ph.D..  1950;  J.D..  1954, 

Dawson.  Victor  C.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technotogy. 
1948;  M.S..  Harvard  University.  1951;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1963 

Dayton.  C.  Mitchell.  Prolessor.  Measurement  and  Statistics. 
BA..  University  of  Chicago.  1955;  M.A..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1963;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Deal.  Elwyn  E.  Associate  Professor.  Agrononny:  Associate 

Dean.  College  of  Agnculture:  Assistant  Director.  Agricultural 
Extension  Service  B.S..  University  ol  Georgia.  1958;  M.S.. 
1960:  Ph.D..  Rutgers-The  State  University.  1963. 

Dean.  Mary  A.  Assistant  Professor.  School  of  Architecture. 
B.A..  Carteton  College.  1968:  M.A..  University  of  California 
(Ben<eley).  1970;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Dean.  Shirley  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design.  B.A..  University  ol  Maryland.  1958:  M.F.A-.  American 
University.  1966. 

DeBarthe,  Jerry  V.  Associate  Prolessor.  Animal  Soence. 
BS  .  Iowa  State  University.  1961;  Ph.D..  1966 

Decker.  A.  Morris  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S..  Cotorado 
Slate  University.  1949;  M.S..  Utah  State  Univeisity.  1950; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1953. 

Decker.  William  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Health  Education. 
B.A..  State  University  ol  California  (San  Diego).  1967;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Connecticut.  1975. 

DeClarls.  Nicholas  Prolessor.  Electncal  Engineenng.  B.S.. 
Texas  Agncullural  and  Mechanical  University.  1952:  S.M.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technotogy,  1954;  Sc.D..  1959. 

de  Leirls,  Alain  Professor,  ArL  B.F.A..  Rhode  Island  School 
of  Design.  1948;  MA.  Harvard  University.  1952;  Ph.D..  1957. 

DeLlo.  Thomas  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.M..  New 
England    Conservatory    of    Music.     1972;     Ph.D.,     Brown 

University.  1979. 

DeLorenzo.  William  E.  Assoaate  Professor.  Secondary 
Education  B.A..  Montclair  State  College,  1959;  M.A..  1964; 
Ph.D..  Ohio  Stale  University.  1971. 

Demaltre.  Ann  Associate  Prolessor.  French  and  Italian.  BA.. 
Columbia  University.  1950;  M.A..  University  ol  California 
(Bertteley).  1951;  M.S..  Columbia  University,  1952;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Maryland,  1965. 

Demaree.  Constance  H.  Instructor.  English.    B.A..  University 

ol  Maryland.  1944:  M.A..  1945. 

DeMonte.  Claudia  A.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Art.  BA.  College 
ol  Notre  Dame  of  Maryland.  1969;  M.F.A..  Catholic  University 
of  America.  1971. 


204     Denno,  Robert  F. 


Danno,  Rob«n  F.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Entomology.  BS. 
University  ol  Calilomia  (Davis).  1967:  Ph.D..  1973. 

Danny,  Don  W.  Prolessor.  Art.  B.A.,  University  ol  Flonda, 
1959:  MA..  New  York  University.  1961:  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Dent,  Richard  J.  Visiting  and  Assistant  Professor, 
Anthropology.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1975:  Ph.D., 
American  University.  1979. 

Damoeden,  Pater  H.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Agronomy.  B  S.. 
Colorado  State  University,  1970:  M.S.,  1976:  Ph.D..  University 
of  Rhode  Island.  1980. 

Oarrlck.  Fradarick  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Teittiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  BS  ,  Itotth  Carolina  Stale  University, 
1972:  MS.,  1974:  Ph.D.,  1976 

Oaahlar,  Wattar  W.  Professor,  Part-time,  Geography.  BS , 
Lafayette  College,  1943:  M.A.,  University  ol  Maryland.  1953: 
Ph.D.,  1957 

DaSllva,  Alan  W.  Prafessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.. 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1954:  Ph.D.,  University 
ol  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

Daatlar,  Wllllain  W.  Associate  Professor,  Electhcal 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Stevens  Institute  ol  Technology,  1968: 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1972. 

DaVarmond,  Mary  F.  Prolessor  Emerita,  Music,  B,Mus., 
Howard  University,  1942:  M.A..  Columbia  University,  1948: 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

Oavlna,  Donald  J.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics  B.B.A..  Saint  Johns  University,  1959:  M.A.,  City 
University  of  New  Yorti  (Brooklyn  College),  1965:  Ph.D.. 
Syracuse  University.  1967. 

DaVoa,  Howard  J.  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  AS., 
Obertin  College.  1955;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1960. 

Daxtar,  Carolina  E.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Classics. 
8.A.,  Manhattenvjile  College.  1969:  M.A.,  Duke  University, 
1970:  Ph.D..  1975. 

Dtaa,  Robart  R.  Prolessor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  Carroll  College, 
1962:  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D. 
University  of  Connecticut,  1968. 

DIatar,  Gaorga  E.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering:  Dean, 
College  of  Engineenng.  BS  ,  Drexel  University,  1950:  Sc.D,. 
Carnegie-Mellon  University.  1953. 

DIFadaiico,  Frank  R.  Associate  Professor  of  Art.  B.A., 
University  of  Massachusetts.  M.A.,  Boston  University, 

Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1970. 

Olllard,  Dudley  Professor.  Economics.  B.S.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1935:  Ph.D..  1940. 

Dillon,  Conlay  H.  Professor  Emeritus,  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A..  Marshall  University,  1928:  M.A..  Duke 
University.  1933:  Ph.D.,  1936. 

Dingwall,  William  O.  Associate  Prolessor,  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.S.,  Georgetown  University.  1957:  Ph.D 
1964. 

DMmann,  Laura  L.  Professor,  Human  Devek>pment  BS.. 
University  of  Cotorado,  1938:  M.A.,  University  ol  Maryland, 
1963:  Ph  D  ,  1967. 

Dtvaly,  Galan  P.  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S., 
Juniata  Colloge,  1966:  M.S.,  Rutgers  University.  1968:  Ph.D.. 
1974 

Dixon,  Jack  R.  Ad|unct  Associate  Prolessor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B  S..  Case-Western  Reserve  University,  1948: 
M.S..  1950:  PhD  ,  University  ol  Maryland,  1956. 

DIz,  Marta  Ana  Assistant  Prolessor.  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
M.A..  University  ol  Maryland.  1969:  PhD  .  1976. 

Doarr,  John  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Poultry  Science.  8.A., 
Washington  and  Lee  University,  1968:  B.S..  North  Carolina 
State  University.  1972:  M.S.,  1975:  Ph.D..  1978. 

Doalach,  Raymond  N.  Prolessor.  MicroCHOk>gy  BS. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urt»na).  1942:  M.A..  Indiana  University. 
1943:  PhD  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1948. 

Oollm,  Michael  P.  Assistant  Instructor.  Part-lime.  Industnal 
EducatkHi  B.A..  California  State  Unrvorsity  (Los  Angeles). 
1976:  M.A.,  University  ol  Maryland.  1979 

Domback,  Thomaa  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronorrry  8  A..  Columbia  University,  1967:  PhD, 
Northwestern  University.  1972. 

Donahue,  Thomaa  F.  Instructor.  Communication  Aits  and 
Theatre  B  A..  State  University  of  New  York  (Binghamton). 
1974:  MA,  University  of  Maryland.  1976 

Donaldaon,  Bruca  K.  Associate  Professor,  Aerospace 
Engineenng  AB,  Columbia  University,  1954,  BS,  1955, 
M.S..  University  of  WKhita,  1963.  PhD  .  University  ol  Illinois 
(Urt»na),  1968. 


Donaldaon,  D.A.  (La>)  Visiting  Research  Associate 
Prolessor,  Sociology  BS ,  University  ol  Aston  (Birmingham), 
1968,  PhD  .  University  ol  London,  1974. 

Donawarlh,  Jane  L.  Assistant  Prolessor,  English,  B.A., 
Miami  University.  1969:  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1970: 
PhD  ,  1975, 

Donohua,  William  J.  Lecturer,  College  ol  Business  and 
Management  BS,.  University  ol  Pittsburgh,  1951:  M.S.,  Air 
Force  Institute  ol  Technology,  1958:  MBA.,  University  of 
Chkago,  1962. 

Dorlman,  J.  Robert  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
Institute  for  Physical  Sciences  &  Technotogy  A.8.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1957:  Ph.D..  1961. 

Dotaon,  Charles  0.  Prolessor,  PhysK^I  Education.  BA., 
Moorehead  State  University,  1963:  M.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1964:  PhD,  1968 

Dotaon,  Jamaa  H.,  Jr.  Instructor,  Health  Education  B  A , 
Columbia  Union  College,  1970:  M.A..  University  ol  Maryland. 
1977. 

Doudna,  Mark  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  BS  ,  Ohio  State  Uriiversity,  1948;  M.A.,  1956: 
PhD  .  1962. 

Oouglasa,  Larry  W.  Associate  Professor,  Dairy  Science 
B.S.,  Purdue  University.  1963;  M.S..  1966;  Ph.D.,  Oregon 
State  University,  196^ 

Douglla,  Avron,  Prolessor,  Mathematics  and  Institute  lor 
Physical  Science  and  Technology  A.B..  University  of 
Chicago.  1938;  M.S.,  New  Yorii  University,  1948;  PhD  .  1949 

Dowdy,  Lawrence  W.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Comaker 
Science.  BS.,  Flonda  State  University.  1974:  MA.,  Duke 
University,  1976;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Dragt,  Alax  J.  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  A  B., 
Calvin  College,  1958:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Calilomia 
(Beriteley).  1963 

Orahar,  M.  Jaan  Assistant  Professor,  Early  Childhood  and 
Elementary  Education.  B.A.,  University  ol  California 
(Riverside).  1970;  M.A.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Draw,  H.  Dennis.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  BS.  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1962;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University.  1968. 

Driakall,  David  C.  Prolessor  and  Chairman,  Art  AB,. 
Howard  University,  1955;  MF.A..  The  Catholic  University  ol 
Amenca.  1962;  Doctor  ol  Fine  Arts.  Tougaloo  College.  : 
Doctors  ol  Letters.  David  Payne  College. 

Drukar,  Sylvia  Lecturer.  Part  time.  Dance 

Drum,  Alice  Lecturer,  Part-time,  General  Honors  Program. 
B.A,.  Wilson  College.  1957;  Ph.D..  American  University.  1976, 

Drum,  Bartiara  A.  Instmctor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1958:  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa, 
1963. 

Dudley,  Jamaa  Professor.  Education  Policy.  Planning  and 
Adminstration.  BA..  Southern  Illinois  University,  1951;  M.S., 
1957:  Ed.D..  University  ol  Illinois  (UrtJana),  1964. 

Dutfay,  Dick  Prolesssor.  Chemical  and  Nudear  Engineenng 
B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1939;  MS.  University  ol  kwra,  1940, 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland.  1956. 

Duffy,  John  Pnscilla  Alden  Burt<e  Professor.  History  8  A.. 
Louisiana  State  University.  1941;  M.A.,  1943:  Ph.D..  University 
of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1946. 

Duffy,  John  M.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Part-time.  Classical 
Languages  and  Literatures.  8. A.,  Maynooth  College  (Ireland), 
1965;  M.A..  National  University  ol  Ireland.  1967;  Ph.D.,  State 
University  ol  New  Yori<  (Buflato).  1975. 

Dummar,  Gall  M.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physical  Education 
BS.  University  ol  Minnesota.  1972:  MA..  University  ol 
Calilomia.  1973:  Ph.D..  1978. 

Dumoncaau,  Michael  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Communk»tkxi 
Arts  and  Theatre  8  A..  University  ol  Maryland.  1966:  MA. 
1968:  PhD.  1979 

Dunaway-Marlano,  Dabra  Assistant  Prolessor.  Chemistry 
B  S  .  Texas  A4M.  1973:  Ph  D  .  lS75 

Dungay,  Kevin  R.  Assistant  Prolessor.  English  AB. 
University  ol  North  Carolina.  1972;  Ph  D..  Stanford  University. 
1980 

Dunn,  Norma  E.  Assistant  Professor.  English  B  A..  Madison 
College.  1946.  MA.  University  ol  Pennsytvania.  1952.  Ph  D  . 
1968 

Ounna,  Shalla  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Special  Education  BS  . 
Virginia  Commowealth  Umvarslty.  1970;  M  Ed.,  Umvarsily  ol 
Maryland.  1974. 


Dunaon,  Bruca  H.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Economics.  B.A., 
University  of  California  (Irvine).  1969;  MA.  1971;  Ph.D., 
Harvard  University,  1979 

DuPuy,  Karl  F.G.  Assistant  Prolessor,  School  of  Architadura. 
8.A.  Dartmouth  College,  1964;  M.Arch..  Univaially  ol 
Pennsylvania.  1967;  M  Arch  .  Deitt  University  of  Tachnotosy 
(The  Netheriands).  1969 

Duralll,  Auguat  J.  Visiting  Professor.  Mechanical  Enginaartng. 
8S  ,  University  of  Buenos  Aires,  1932,  Soc  Sc  0  ,  Catholic 
University  ol  Pans,  1936,  D  Eng ,  Unievsnty  of  Part* 
(Sortwnne),  1936 

Duru,  Mary  M,  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Human  Oavalopmam. 
8  S  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1965.  MS.  1971,  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Dutta,  Sukanta  K.  Associate  Prolessor,  Vetennary  Sdanca, 
BSc  ,  Bombay  University  (India),  1956:  MS,  UmvarsHy  d 
Minnesota,  I960;  PhD  .  1962 

Dvorak.  Wayne  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Music  B.M.E., 
Cornell  College.  1964;  MS.  University  of  Illinois.  1971;  Ed.D., 

1975 

Oworzacka,  Marta  Assistant  Prolessor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy  M  Sc  ,  Warsaw  University  (Poland),  1964:  Ph.D., 
1969 

Dyar,  Alan  W.  Instructor,  Economics  B.S..  Arizona  Stale 
University,  1976;  M.A.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1978. 

Earl,  Jamaa  A.  Professor.  PhysKS  and  Astronomy  BS  . 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technotogy.  1953;  Ph  D  .  1957 

Eckstein,  Arthur  M.  Assistant  Prolessor.  History  BA, 
University  ol  Calilomia  (Los  Angeles),  1968:  M.A.  1970: 
Ph  D  ,  University  of  California  (Bertieley).  1978. 

Edalson,  Chartaa  B.  Associate  Prolessor.  College  ol 
Business  and  Management.  BBA..  University  ol  New 
Mexico.  1949;  M.B.A..  Indiana  University.  1950. 

Edalstain,  Stewart  L  Assistant  Prtjvost.  Division  ol 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences,  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor, 
Department  of  Government  and  Politics,  BA..  State 
University  ol  New  York  (Buffato),  1968:  M.A..  University  ol 
Calilomia  (Bertieley).  1973;  Ph.D..  1979 

Edmlater,  Robert  O.  Associate  Prolessor.  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  88.  Miami  University.  1964; 
M.B.A.,  University  ol  Michigan.  1965:  Ph.D..  Ohio  Stale 
University.  1970. 

Edmundaon,  Harold  Professor.  Mathematics  and  Computer 
Science.  B.A.,  University  of  California.  1946:  M.A.,  1948: 
Ph.D..  1953, 

Egal,  Andrew  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education. 
B.A..  University  ol  Calilomia.  1976;  M.A..  1977;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Ehrllch,  Gertrude  Professor.  Mathematics.  BS.  Womens 
College  ol  Georgia.  1943:  MA.  University  ol  North  Carolina. 
1945:  Ph.D..  University  ol  Tennessee.  1953 

Elchlar,  David  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  SB.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technotogy 
(Physics).  1972:  SB  (Math).  1972:  S.M..  1972:  Ph.D  ,  1976 

Einstein,  Theodora  L.  Associate  Professor.  Ptiysica  and 
Astronomy  8A.  Harvard  University.  1969:  M.A.  1968: 
Ph  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1973 

Elaanbarg,  John  F.  Ad|unct  Professor.  Zootogy.  B.S., 
Washington  State  University.  1957.  MA,,  UmvarsHy  of 
California  (Beriieley),  1959;  Ph.D..  1962 

Elaanman,  Richard  L.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  AB  .  Holy  Cross.  1948:  M.A.. 
University  of  Connectkajt.  1951;  Ph.D  .  Unmerslty  of  tAicttgan. 

1964, 

Elahl,  Allakbar  Instmctor.  MacharMal  Engineenng.  B.S.. 
Abadan  Institute  ol  Technology.  (Iran).  1973;  MS..  G«J«ga 

Washington  University.  1977 

Elay,  Gaorga,  Jr.  Assooate  Prolasaar.  Earty  ChlUhood 
Elementary  EducatKxi  BS.  Ohio  Stale  Un(van«y.  1952; 
MEd  .  1957;  PhD.  1966 

EMol,  John  Professor.  Human  Oevatopmanl  AB .  Harvard 
University.  1956.  AM  T  .  1958;  Ed  D  .  Stanlord  Umvaiaity. 
1966 

Elkln,  Stephen  I.  Associate  Profeasor.  Qovammanl  and 
PolitK»  8A.  Alfred  University.  1961,  Ph.D..  Hanrard 
University.  1969 

Elklna,  Richard  L.  Assistant  Prdassor,  Induatrtal  EAicallan, 
B  S  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1953:  MA.  1958.  Ed  0  .  1872 

Elklna.  Wllaoo  H.  President  Emenius  BA  .  UnivanMty  o( 
Texas.    1932.  MA.    1932.   BLitl.   Oxford  UWvaraity.   1836; 

Ph.D.  1936 

Elllngaon.  R.  0.  Asaooate  Prolaaaor.  Meteorology  BS., 
Flonda  Stale  Universrty.  1967.  MS  .  1968:  Ph  D  .  1972 


Fourney,  William  L.     205 


Elllon,  Qrcgory  C.  Assistant  Prolossor.  Sociology  A  B . 
Boston  Collage.  1968:  MS.  University  ol  North  Carolina.  : 
MS  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1974.  Pti  0  .  1977 

Ellis,  Oelbert  N.  Instructor.  Housing  and  Applied  Design 
B  S  L  A  .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1959 

Ellis,  Jack  Lecturer.  Civil  Engineering  BS.  The  Citadel. 
1978;  ME  .  Univorsity  ol  Virginia.  1979 

Ellis.  Raymond  L  Assitant  Instructor.  Pan-time,  Institute  of 
Cnminal  Justice  and  Cnminology  8. A .  University  ot 
Baltimore.  1974.  M  Ed  ,  Coppin  Slate  College.  1975 

Ellis.  Richard  F.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
BS.  Cornell  University.  1966.  MA.  Pnnceton  University, 
1968;  Ph  0  .  1970 

Ellla,  Roban  L.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics  A.8., 
Miami  University  (Ohio).  1960.  Ph  D  ,  Duke  University,  1966 

Elllston,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  BS. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urt)ana).  1970;  M.S.,  1973, 

Elsaaaar,  Wallsr  M.  Research  Professor  Emenlus,  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Goettingen  (Germany).  1927. 

Elslrtg,  Evelyn  L.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus., 
University  of  Michigan.  1970;  M.Mus..  1971. 

Emad.  Fawzl  P.  Associate  Professor.  Electhcal  Engineenng. 
BS.E.E.,  American  University  (Beirut),  1961;  M.S., 
Northwestern  University.  1963;  Ph  D.,  1966. 

Endlcon.  Robart  Visting  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Journalism. 
A.B^  University  of  Kentucky.  1956. 

Engram,  Barbara  E.  >^iting  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  B.A..  College  of  William  and  Mary, 
1959;  MA.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Enis,  Charlas  R,  Lecturer,  College  of  Business  and 
Management  BS.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  MBA., 
1974, 

Ephratnldas,  Anttiony  Associate  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineenng.  B.S.,  National  Technical  Uriiversity  of  Athens. 
1967;  M.A..  1969;  Ph.D.,  Priricelon  University,  1971. 

Erdahl.  William  Instructor,  Part-time,  Housing  and  Applied 
Design  B.S.,  Bucknell  University,  1962;  M.S.,  University  ol 
Wisconsin,  1965;  M.F.A.,  1968. 

Erdman,  Richard  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science. 
B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1974;  M.S.,  University  of 
Kentucky.  1977:  Ph.D..  1979. 

Erickson,  William  0.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.A.,  University  ot  Minnesota,  1951;  M.A..  1955;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Evans,  Audrey  M.  Visting  Lecturer,  Food,  Nutritiori  arid 
Institution  Administration.  B.S..  University  of  Moritevallo, 
1953;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Evans,  Benjamin  H.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  School  of 
Architecture.    B.Arch.,  Texas  A&M  College,   1952;  M,Arch., 


Evans,  Emory  G,  Pnjfessor  and  Chainnan,  History.  B.A., 
Randolph-Macon  College,  1950:  M.A..  University  ol  Virginia, 
1954:  Ph.D..  1957. 

Evans,  Lawrence  Craig  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics. 
B.A..  Vandertilt  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Catifomia,  1975. 

Everett.  Robert  F.  Lecturer,  College  of  Busiriess  and 
Management.  B.A..  Cornell  University,  1968;  M.A.,  Catholic 
University,  1976. 

Everly,  George  S.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.S.,  University  of  Marylarid,  1972;  M,A., 
1974;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Ewert,  D,  Merrill  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  arid 
Extension  Education.  B.A.,  Tatxir  College,  1967;  M.A., 
Uriiversity  of  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1971;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Eyier,  Marvin  H,  Professor,  Physical  Education;  Dean, 
College  ot  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health.  A.B., 
Houghton  College,  1942;  M.S.,  University  ot  Illinois  (Urtjana), 
1948;  PhD  .  1956. 

Fabar,  John  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Microbiology.  B.S.. 
University  ol  Maryland,  1926:  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D..  1937. 

Falclone.  Raymond  L  Associate  Professor.  Commuriication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  University  ot  Akron,  1965;  M.A.,  1967; 
Ph  D  .  Kent  State  University.  1972. 

Falk,  David  S,  Professor  and  Associate  Chainnan,  Physics 
arxl  Astronomy.  B.Eng.Phys..  Cornell  University.  1954;  M.S.. 
Harvard  University,  1955;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Fallar,  Alan  J.  Research  Professor,  Institute  lor  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technotogy,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  D.Sc.,  1957 


Fanara,  Phillip.  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  College  ol  Business 
and  Management  BS,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1971; 
M  A  .  1973.  Ph  D  .  Indiana  University.  1980, 

Fanning,  Dalvin  S,  Professor,  Agronomy  BS,  Cornell 
University.  1954:  MS.  1959;  Ph  0  .  University  ol  WiSCOrisiri. 
1964 

Fanos,  Stavroula  A.  Associate  Professor,  Music;  Assistaril 
Provost.  Division  ol  Arts  and  Humanities.  B.  Mus.Ed.,  (Dtwrlin 
College,  1957;  M  Ed  .  University  ol  Maryland,  1963;  Ed  D  . 
1970, 

Farls.  John  P.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  BS..  Purdue  University,  1964;  M.B.A..  George 
Washington  University.  1971.  DBA.  1974, 

Fsrquhsr.  Jsmes  D,  Associate  Protessor,  Art.  8. A, 
Washington  and  Lee  University,  1963;  MA.,  Uriiversity  ol 
Chicago.  1966;  PhD..  1972 

Fariall.  Richard  T,  Associate  Professor.  History  arid 
Secondary  Educatiori.  8  A..  Wabash  College,  1954;  M.S  , 
Iridiana  University,  1958;  Ph.D..  1967 

Farsals,  All.  Assistant  Professor,  Agncultural  Engineering 
B.S.,  Pahlavi  University.  Iran,  1974.  M.S..  North  Carolina  State 
University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979, 

Falnbsrg.  Judy  L.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.  B.A  .  George  Washington  University.  1974;  J.O., 
International  School  of  Law,  1 977. 

Felaco,  Vlttorlo  Assistant  Prolessor.  French  and  Italian.  A.B  , 
Bamngton  College,  1963;  A.M.,  Brown  University,  1971, 
Ph.D..  1978- 

Fsldmsn,  Robert  H,L.  Assistant  Professor,  Health  Educatiori 
B.A.,  City  Uriiversity  o(  New  Yori<.  1964;  M.A.,  Pennsylvariia 
State  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1972; 
Ph.D.,  1974. 

Fellows.  Frank  C,  Lecturer,  Physical  Education,  College  of 
Physical  Education.  Recreation  and  Health.  B.S..  University 
of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1957. 

Felton,  Kenneth  E.  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineenng.  B.S.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1950;  B.S.C.E.,  1951;  M.S.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962. 

Ferraloll,  Joseph  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  BID..  Pratt 
Institute  ol  Art.  1964;  M.F.A.,  Columbia  University,  1970. 

Ferran.  Guadalupe  T,  Assistant  Professor,  Secondary 
Educatiori.  8. A.,  Huriter  College.  1973;  MA,  Ohio  State 
University,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Fsrrell,  Richard  A.  Professor.  Mathematics  and  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology,  B.S.,  California  Institute  of 
Technology,  1948;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University. 
1952. 

Fertzlger,  Allen  Phillip  Assistant  Professor,  Health  Education 
B.S.,  City  University  of  New  Yori*.  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Michigan.  1968. 

Fey,  James  T,  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics  and 
Secondary  Education.  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1962; 
M.S..  1963;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1968. 

Rctital.  Carl  E,  Adjunct  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
B.S.,  Washington  University.  1955;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Relds,  Jamas  E.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Journalism, 
B.A.,  Seattle  Pacific  College.  1961;  M.A..  Calilomia  State 
University  (Fullerton).  1972;  Ph.D..  University  of  Missoun 
(Cotombia).  1980. 

Rersteln.  Robert  F,  Instructor,  Part-time,  Human 
(development.  8  S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.A.,  1975; 
Ph.D.,  1980. 

Rngar.  Stanley  M.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Part-time,  Chemical 
and  Nuclear  Engineeririg.  8.S..  Pratt  Iristitute,  1969;  M.S.. 
Uriiversity  of  Marylarid.  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975, 

Rnk,  Baatrica  C,  Associate  Professor,  Frerich  and  Italian. 
8.A,.  Bryn  Mawr  College.  1953:  M.A..  Vale  University,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittstiurgh,  1966. 

Fink,  F.  David  Instructor.  Hebrew  and  East  Asian.  B.A.. 
Boston  Uriiversity,  1970:  M.A.,  Yale  Uriiveisity.  1976;  M.  Phil., 
1977;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Rnkelstain,  Bartiara  J,  Associate  Professor  and  Coordinator, 
Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration.  B.A..  Barnard 
College.  1959;  M.A.,  Teachers  College.  Columbia  University. 
1960;  Ed.D..  1970. 

FInstsrtMJSch,  Kurt  Associate  Professor,  Sock>logy  B.A.. 
Princeton  University.  1957:  8.O..  Grace  Theologk:al  Seminary. 
1960;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University.  1969, 

Flrst,  Fuat  A.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  College  ol 
Business  and  Management,  ljcenci>e  en  Economie, 
Instanbul  Unnrersity,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University, 
1978. 


FIshar.  Allan  J,  Professor  Emeritus,  College  ot  Business  and 
Managemeni  B  S  .  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1928:  Litt.M., 
University  ol  Pittsburgh.  1936.  Ph  D  .  1937 

FIshar,  Jarllyn  Lecturer.  Part-lime.  General  Honors  Program. 
8  A  .  State  University  ol  New  Yon<  (Binghamton).  1973;  Ph.D., 
Amencan  University,  1978, 

Rttglbbons.    Pstar   J,    Assistant    Professor,  Hearing    and 

Speech    Sciences.      8  S.,    Tufts    University,  1964;    M.S., 

University  of  Massachusetts,  1969;  PhD,  Northwestern 
University,  1979 

FItzpatrlck.  Patrick  M.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics. 
B  A,.  Rutgers  University.  1966;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Rvel,  Danlsl  1.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 

B,A..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1953.  Ph  D,.  1959. 

Rack.  Jamas  K.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A., 
Albion  College,  1959;  MA.  Wayne  State  University,  1963; 
Ph.D..  1968 

Flatter,  Charles  H,  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Development.  B.A.,  DePauw  Unlversily,  1961;  E.Ed., 
University  of  Toledo,  1965;  Ed.D..  University  of  Maryland, 
1968 

Rack,  Jare  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literature.   Ph  D  .  University  of  Munich,  1966. 

Reig,  Albert  J,  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Aerospace  Engineering. 
B.S.E.S.,  Purdue  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University, 
1968 

Ralshman.  John  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.  B,A.. 
Brown  University,  1970;  MS,  University  ol  Wisconsin,  1974; 
PhD,,  1978, 

Raming,  Leon  B.  Associate  Professor,  Music,  6.S..  East 
Carolina  College.  1948;  M.Mus,.  Westminster  Choir  College, 
1950 

Rsmlng.  Rudd  Professor  Emeritus,  English  B  A.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1930;  M.A..  Cornell  University.  1932;  Ph.D.,  1934. 

Retchar,  William  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  arid  Literature.  B.A.,  California  State 
University,  1970;  MA..  C^mell  Uriiversity.  1972:  Ph.D..  1977. 

RIager,  Verlyn  B.  Assistant  Professor.  English,  B.A,.  George 
Washington  University,  1955;  M.A.,  Catholic  University  o( 
America,  1972,  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Florestano.  Patricia  S.  Affiliate  Professor.  Uri^ari  Studies; 
Director.  Marylarid  Technical  Advisory  Service.  8.A., 
University  of  Marylarid,  1958;  M.A..  1970;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Ffygar,  Vagn  Professor.  Animal  Saence.  B.S.,  Cornell 
Uriiversity.  1948;  M.S.,  Peririsylvania  State  University,  1952; 
Sc.D.,  John  Hopkins  University,  1956. 

Rynn.  Daniel  R.  Lecturer  Part-time,  School  of  Architecture. 
B.A..  Hiram  College.  1958. 

Fogle,  David  P.  Assistant  Dean  and  Associate  Professor, 

School  of  Architecture.  A.B.  Arch..  Pnnceton  University,  1951; 
M.R.C.P..  University  ol  California  (Berkeley),  1957. 

Folsom.  Kenneth  E.  Associate  Professor,  History.  A.B,. 
Pnnceton  University,  1943;  A.B.,  Instructor,  California 
(Beriieley).  1955;  M.A..  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Folstrom,    Roger    J,    Prolessor,     Music    and    Secondary 

Education.  8.S.,  College  of  Sairit  Thomas.  1956:  M.Ed., 
1959;  M.Mus..  Northwestern  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Fonaroft.  L  Schuyler  Professor.  Geography,  B.A,,  Uriiversity 
ol  Arizona,  1955:  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961. 

Foitws.  Jsmas  Associate  Professor.  Art.  B.A.,  University  ot 
Maryland.  1964:  M.A.,  1966. 

Ford,  Gary  T,  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.B.A.,  Clarttston  College  of  Technology.  1966: 
MBA..  State  University  of  New  Yori<  (Buffalo).  1968;  Ph.D., 
1973. 

Foreman,  Christopher  Assistant  Protessor,  Government  and 
Politics.    B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1974;  M.A.,  1977;  Ph.D,. 


Foss,  John  E,  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S  .  Wisconsin  State 
University  (River  Falls),  1957;  M.S..  University  of  Minnesota, 
1959:  Ph.D..  1965. 

Foster,  John  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Animal  Science.  B.S.. 
North  Carolina  State  University,  1926:  M.S..  Kansas  State 
University.  1927;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1937. 

Foster.  Phillips  W.  Professor.  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S..  C>>mell  University.  1953:  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urtjana),  1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Fournay,  William  L.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S.A.E..  West  Virgiriia  University.  1962:  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois  (Urt>ana),  1966. 


206     Foust,  Clifford  M. 


Fouit,  Clifford  M.  Prolessor.  History  B.A..  Syracuse 
University.  1949;  MA..  University  ol  Chlcaflo.  1951;  Ph.D. 
1959 

Fraanlwl,  B«n|unln  S.  Visting  Prolessor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy    M.Sc..  Hetjrew  University.  1951;  Ph.D.  1955 

Fraletat  N»ll  R.  Assistant  Prolessor.  English  B  A  .  University 
ol  Connecticut.  1974;  MA..  University  ol  Pennsylvania,  1976; 
Ph.D..  1979. 

Fr«l«y,  LMtar  M.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Physical  Education; 
Dean  Emeritus.  College  ol  Physical  Education,  Recreation 
and  Health  A.B..  Randolph-Macon  College.  1928;  MA. 
Peat>ody  College.  1937;  PhD  .  1939 

Franccecato,  Ouldo  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Housing  and 
Applied  Design  6.A..  University  ol  Illinois.  1959;  M  Arch  . 
1966 

Frankel.  Godfrey  B.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Part-time.  Family 
and  Community  Development.  B.A..  Ohio  State  University. 
1935;  M.S.W..  Columbia  School  ol  Social  Work.  1950, 

Fraaer-Reld,  Bertram  O.  Prolessor.  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Queens 
University,  1959;  M.S..  1961;  Ph.D.  University  ol  Alberta. 
1964 

Frederlkaefi.  Elke  P.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Gemianic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literature.  M.A..  University  ol  Keil 
(Germany).  1962;  MA..  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1965;  Ph.D., 
University  ol  Colorado.  1973. 

Freedman,  Morria  Prolessor.  English.  8.A..  City  University  ol 
New  York  (City  College).  1941;  M.A.,  Columbia  University. 
1950;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Frewnan,  David  H.  Prolessor.  Chemistry.  B.S..  University  ol 
Rochester.  1952;  MS..  Carnegie  Institute  ol  Technology. 
1954;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology,  1957, 

Freeman,  Robert  Associate  Prolessor.  Psychology  BA.. 
Havertord  College.  1951;  M.A..  Wesleyan  College.  1954; 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland.  1964. 

Frelmuth.  VIckl  S.  Associate  Prolessor.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  8.S..  Eastern  Illinois  University.  1968;  M.A.. 
University  ol  Iowa.  1967;  Ph.D..  Flonda  State  University.  1974. 

Fretz,  Bruca  R.  Prolessor.  Psychology  B.A..  Gettysburg 
College.  1961;  M.A..  Ohio  State  University.  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Freund,  Sandra  Lecturer,  Part-lime,  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 
8.A..  University  ol  Maryland.  1975;  M.L.S..  1978, 

FreundaclHih,  Joy  A.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physical 
Education.   B.S,.  University  ol  Alabama.  1953;  M.S..  1954. 

Frey,  Barry  C.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Agricultural  Engineering. 
B.S.A.E..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1971;  M.S..  1974; 
Ph.D..  Oklahoma  State  University.  1979. 

Frtodland.  Arlene  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Early  ChikJhood 
Elementary  Education.  B.S..  University  ol  Wisconsin,  1958; 
M.Ed  .  Univorsity  ol  Maryland.  1975. 

Frta,  SIgmund  Visiting  Prolessor.  Part-time.  Meteorology 
B.S  .  Brooklyn  College.  1934;  MS.  Massachusetts  Institute  ol 
Technology,  1941;  Sc.O..  1953. 

Fromovltz,  Stan  Associate  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management.  B.A.Sc  .  University  ol  Toronto.  1960;  M.A.. 
1961;  PhD  .  Stanlord  University.  1965 

Fry,  Oladye-Marte  Associate  Prolessor.  English.  B.A.. 
htoward  University.  1952;  MA..  19S4;  Ph.D..  Indiana 
University.  1967 

Fuegl,  John  Professor,  GemwnIc  and  Slavic  Languages; 
Director.  Comparative  Literature  Program,  B.A..  Pomona 
College.  1961;  Ph  D..  University  ol  Southern  Calilomia.  1967, 

Fulllnwlder,  Robert  K.  Research  Associate,  Center  lor 
Phltosophy  and  Public  Policy,  B,A.,  Universrt  ol  Kentucky. 
1964;  M.A..  Purdue  University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Funaro,     George     J.     Associate     Prolessor.  Secorxlary 

Educatkyi;    Provost.    Diviskxi    ol    Human    and  Community 

Resources.  B.S..  American  lntematk>r\al  College.  1956;  M.A.. 
1956;  Ph  D  .  University  ol  C^onnecticut.  1965 

Furtoao,  Giorgio  Visting  Assistant  Prolessor,  Housing  and 
Applied  Design  B.F.A..  Tults  University.  1971;  M.F.A.. 
Rochester  Institute  ol  Technotogy.  1973. 

QatMlnlck.  F*llt<  Assistant  Prolessor  and  Assistant  Director. 
General  Honors  Program.  B.A..  Douglass  College.  Rutgers 
University.  1964.  MA.  University  ol  Massachusetts.  1969; 
Ph.D..  Amertcan  University.  1974. 

Qalleglier.  Charlee  C.  Aseoaate  Prolessor.  Musk  B.Mus  . 
University  ol  Mchigan.  1950;  M  Mus..  1952 

QalMta,  Gene  J.  Adiunct  Prolessor.  Homculture  BS.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1951;  MS  .  Rut(jer»  UnlvwsHy.  1953. 
Ph  D..  University  ol  Calilomia,  1959 


Galloway,  Kenneth  F.  Prolessor.  Pan-time.  Electflcal 
Engineenng  BA.  Vandeitill  University.  1962.  PhD. 
University  ol  South  Carolina.  1966 

Galloway,  Raymond  A.  Prolessor.  Botany  B  S .  Unlveisity 
ol  Maryland.  1952;  MS.  1956.  Ph  D  .  1958 

Oambrall,  Unda  B.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education.  BS.  University  ol  Maryrland.  1966; 
M.Ed.,  1970;  Ph  D,,  1973, 

Gammon,  R.  W.  Associate  Prolessor.  Institute  lor  Physk»l 
Science  and  Technology  A.B..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1961;  M.S..  Calilomia  Institute  ol  Technotogy.  1963;  Ph.D.. 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1967 

Gannon,  John  0.  Associate  Prolessor.  Computer  Science 
A.B  .  Brown  University.  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph  D..  Unhrersity  ol 
Toronto.  1975 

Gannon,    Martin   J.    Prolessor.    College   ol   Business    and 

Management  B.A..  University  ol  Scranton.  1961;  Ph.D.. 
Columbia  University.  1969. 

GailMr,  Daniel  L.  Associate  Prolessor,  Civil  Engineenng 
B.S.,  University  ol  Maryland.  1952;  M.S.,  1959;  PhD..  1965. 

Qarbuny,  Siegfried  Lecturer.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management  Art..  Schiller  Realgymnasium  (Berlin).  1933; 
M.A..  University  ol  Berlin.  1936;  PhD  .  University  ol  Freiburg 
(Germany).  1938. 

Gardner,  Albert  H.  Associate  Prolessor.  Human 
Devekipment.  B  S..  State  University  ol  New  Yorti  (Courtland). 
1958;  MA.  Syracuse  University.  1964;  Ph  D  .  1967 

Gardner,  Martoria  H  Prolessor.  Chemistry  B  S..  Utah  State 
University.  1946;  M.A..  Ohio  State  University.  1958;  Ph.D.. 
1960 

Gamer,  Ruth  A.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Earty  ChiWhood 
Elementary  Education.  B.S..  University  ol  Wisconsin 
(Madison).  1967;  M.S..  1970;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Garvey,  Evelyn  F.  Prolessor.  Music  B.S  .  Temple  University. 
1943;  MM..  University  ol  Rochester.  1946 

Gaaner,  Larry  L.  Assoaate  Prolessor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering  B.S..  University  ol  Minnesota.  1965;  M.S.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology.  1967;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Gaaa,  Saul  I.  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management,  B.A..  Boston  University.  1949;  M.A..  1949; 
Ph.D..  University  otCalilomia  (Bert<eley).  1965. 

Gaaton,  Amett  W.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Institute  ol  Criminal 
Justice  and  Cnmlnology.  B.A..  City  University  ol  New  Yorti. 
1971;  M.A..  1976;  M.Phil..  1979. 

Qatwood,  Joaaph  G.  Lecturer  Part-lime.  Music  BS. 
Juilliard  School  ol  Musk;.  1970. 

Gatzoulla,  JullanI      Assistant      Prolessor.      Mechanical 

Engineenng.  B.S.,  University  ol  Hannover  (West  Germany). 

1965;  MS.,  1974;  Ph.D..  George  Washington  University. 
1976 

Gauch,  Hugh  G.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Botany.  A.B..  Miami 
University  (Ohk)).  1935;  M.S..  Kansas  State  University.  1937; 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Chicago.  1939. 

Gaylln,  Nad  L  Prolessor.  Family  and  Community 
Devetopment.  B  A.  University  ol  Chrcago.  1956;  MA.  1961; 
Ph.D..  1965 

Gaddaa,  Margaret  Anna  Assistant  Prolessor.  Housing  and 
Applied  Design  B  A..  University  ol  Alberta.  1964;  M.A..  State 
University  ol  Iowa.  1967.  M.F.A..  University  ol  Cincinnati. 
1968 

Galman,  Elian  P.  Associate  Prolessor.  Art     A.B .  Brandeis 

University.  1961;  M.F.A..  Columbia  University.  1964, 

Galao,  Charlaa  J.  Prolessor.  Psychokigy  B  S  .  Bkwmburg 
Slate  College.  1963;  MS..  Ftonda  Slate  University.  1964. 
Ph.D..  Ohio  Stale  University.  1970 

Oammlll,  Parry  R.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Industnal  Education 
BS.  Millersville  State  College.  1968;  MAE.  Ball  State 
University.  1970.  PhD  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1976. 

Ganovaaa,  Robarl  Assistant  Prolessor.  Part-lime.  Muse 
OpI .  Curtis  Institute  ol  Music. 

Gantry,  Jamaa  W.  Prolessor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Eng  . 
Inst  lor  Physical  Science  and  Technotogy  B  S .  Oklahoma 
State  Unrversily.  1961;  MS.  University  ol  Bmrongham.  1963. 
Ph  D  .  University  ol  Teias.  1969 

Oarad.  Philip  C.  Associate  Prolessor.  Collega  ol  Journalism 
B  S  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1053.  MA.  1961 

Oaaaow,  Alfred  Profesaor  and  ChaKtnan.  Aaiotpace 
Engineenng  BE.  City  College  of  New  Yodt.  1943:  MS. 
New  Yon<  University.  1944 


Glammattao,  Ralph  A.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  School  of 
Architecture  8  Arch  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1974;  M  Arch., 
Yale  University.  1978 

GIbaon,  Robert  L  Instructor.  Musk.  B.M.,  UnvafaHy  of 
Miami.  1972.  MM.  Catholic  Unlvaralty,  1975,  D.MA, 
University  ol  Maryland.  1 980 

Glffln,  Donald  W.  Associate  Profesaor.  History;  Otrador  and 
Academk:  Services.  UMBO  BA .  University  of  CaHfomla 
(Santa  Bartiara).  1950;  MA.  Vandert>ilt  University.  1956; 
PhD  .  1962 

Gilbert,  Jamae  B.  Prolessor.  History  8  A  .  Cailelon  CoHaga, 
1961.  MA.  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1963.  Ph  D  .  1966 

Gill,  Douglaa  E.  Assoaate  Professor,  Zoology  B.S.,  MadaBi 
College.   1965;  MA.,   Unlvanity  of  Michigan,   1867;  Ph.O.. 

1971 

Gilliam,   Sam   Lecturer.   Part-ttma.  Art    BA,   Umvardly  of 

Louisville.  1955;  MF  A.  1961. 

Qllmora,  Al-Tony  Associate  Professor  and  Ovador, 
Alro-Amencan  Studies.  B.A.,  North  Carolina  Cantral 
University.  1968;  M.A..  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Toledo, 
1972 

GInn,  Halan  L.  Instnjctor.  Part-time.  Sociok>gy.  BA, 
University  ol  South  Carolina,  1974;  M.A..  Unlvanity  of  North 
Carolina  (Greenstwro).  1977. 

Glnter.  Marshall  L.  Prolessor.  Institute  lor  Physical  Saanca 
and  Technotogy  A.B.  Chico  State  College.  1958;  PhD.. 
Vandertjilt  University.  1961. 

Gird,  John  W.  Instmctor.  Agncultural  Engineenng.  B.S.. 
Unrveisity  ol  Massachusetts.  1971;  M.S.,  UnlyarMy  of 
Maryland.  1977. 

Glad,  John  Assoaate  Prolessor.  Germanic  arx)  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  8.A..  Indiana  University.  1962; 
M.A-.  1964;  Ph.D..  New  Yort(  University.  1970 

Glaaa,  Jamaa  M.  Assoaate  Prolessor.  Government  and 
Politics  B.A..  University  ol  Calilomia  (Bortietey).  1961;  MA, 
1964;  Ph  D  .  1970 

Glaaaar,  Robert  G.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  AB.. 
University  ol  Chicago.  1948;  BS  .  1950.  MS.  1952;  Ph.D., 
1954. 

Glaaaon,  Jamaa  P.  Lecturer.  Part-tinne.  General  Honors 
Program    B  S  S  .  Georgetown  University.  1948;  L.LB  .  1950. 

Glendenlng,  Parria  N.  Associate  Prolessor.  Government  and 
Politics,  BA.  Ftonda  State  University.  1964;  M.A..  1965; 
Ph.D..  1967 

Glenn,  Donald  S.  Associate  Prolesaor.  Agronomy  B.S., 
University  ol  Kentucky.  1975;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Gllck,  Arnold  J.  Prtjfessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  BA, 
City  Unrversily  ol  New  York  (Brooklyn),  1955,  Ph.O.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1961 

Qllgor,  Virgil  D.  Assislani  Prolesaor.  Computer  Scianca. 
8.S..  University  ol  Calilomia  (Bertieley).  1972.  MS..  1973; 
PhD  .  1976 

Gloactdar,  George  Prolessor.  PhysKS  and  Astronomy  B.S., 
University  ol  Chicago.  1960.  S.M..  1962;  Ph  D  .  1965. 

Glovar,  Rolfa  E.,  III.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  AsJrt)nomy  AB., 
Bowdoin  College.  1948;  BS.  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technotogy.  1948.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Goettingen  (Gemiany). 
1953 

Qluckstam,  Robert  L.  Professor.  Physic*  and  Astit>nomy: 
Chancelksr  BEE.  City  Univerelty  of  New  York  (C»y 
College).  1944.  Ph  D  .  Massachuaalts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1948 

Godley,  Frank  H.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Socntogy  B.A.. 
University  ol  Calilomia  (Berkeley).  1963;  M.A.  UntvarMy  of 
Maryland.  1969.  Ph  D  .  1974 

Goaring,  Jacob  0.  Profesaor.  Human  Davakipmant  BA, 
Bethel  College.  1941.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Maryland.  19S0 

Gokel,  George  Aasooate  Prolessor.  ChemWry  B  S  .  Tulana 
University.    1968.   PhD.   University   of   Southern  CaMomia. 

1971 

Gohl,  Edward  S.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Engkah  BA.  (Jnlvara«y 
ol  Maryland.  1969.  MA.  Johns  Hopkins  UNvemiy.  1970 

GoMbarg,  Allan  Jay  Lecturer.  Pait-llma.  Eledrtcal 
Engineenng  8S.  Cornel  Umvaoaly.  1968.  MS,  Johne 
Hopkins  University.  1971 

Goldberg,  Fiadarick  B.  Lacturar,  Part-«ma.  TaxSaa  and 
Consumei  Economics  B  A.  Unlvarslly  of  Maryland.  1972: 
J  D  .  John  Manhal  Law  School.  1976 

GoMbarg,  Saymour  Prolessor.  Mathematics  A.B ,  Hunlar 
College.  1950.  M.A.  Ohio  Stale  Uravamly.  1952.  Ph  0  ,  IMS. 


Hamilton,  Gary  D.     207 


OoMan,  Bruo*  L  AssocuM  Prolsssw.  Coll«a«  ot  Business 
and  Management.  B.A..  Univeraity  ot  Pennsylvania.  1972. 
S.M .  Massachusetts  InstNula  ol  Technotogy.  1974;  Pti  0  . 
1978 

OoMenbeum,  Oeorge  C.  Prolessor  and  Assodale  Chairman, 
Physics  and  Aslrooomy  B  S  .  Muhlenberfl  College.  1957. 
Ph  D    University  ol  Maryland.  1966 

OoMlart).  Allan  H.  Assistant  Prolessw.  Physical  Education 
B.S  .  Brooklyn  College.  1972.  M  Ed  .  Temple  University.  1976. 
PhD.  1979 

OoMtiaber.   Jacob  K.   Prolessor.   Mathematics     BA.   City 

University    ol    New  Yorti    (Brooklyn    College),    1944,    M.A.. 

Harvard  University.  1945.  Ph  D.,  University  ol  Wisconsin. 
1950 

Goldman,  Harvey  Associate  Prolessor.  Education  Policy. 
Plannir>g  and  Administration  Bach..  University  ol  Rhode 
Island.  1960.  MA.  John  Carroll  University.  1962 

OokMsy.  Richard  A.  Prolessor.  Chemistry.  B  A,,  University 
ol  Kansas,  1957.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Calilomia  (Berkeley). 
1961 

OoMMaln,  Irwin  1_  Professof.  Psychotogy.  B.B.A..  City 
University  ol  New  YorV  (City  College).  1959:  M.A.,  University 
ol  Maryland.  1962:  Ph  D  .  1964 

Qoldatein,  Larry  J.  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  B.A.,  University 
ol  Pennsylvania.  1965.  Ph.D..  Pnncelon  University.  1967, 

Gollub,  Lewis  H.  Prolessor.  Psychology  A.B..  University  ol 
Pennsylvania.  1955;  Ph  D.,  Harvard  University,  1958. 

Oomeiplata.  Albert  Prolessor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineenng  B  Ch  E  .  Polytechnic  Institute  ol  Brooklyn,  1952: 
M  Ch  E  ,  1954:  Ph.D..  Rennselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1959 

Goiuaiaz,  Nancle  L.  Prolessor.  Anthropology  B.S, 
University  ol  North  Dakota.  1951:  M.A.,  University  ol  Michigan. 
1955:  Ph  D  .  1959 

Oood.  Richard  A.  Prolessor,  Mathematics  A.B..  Ashland 
College,  1939.  MA.  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1940:  Ph.D.. 
1945 

Goode,  M.  Dennis  Associate  Professor.  Zookigy.  B.S.. 
University  ol  Kansas.  1963;  Ph.D..  Iowa  State  University. 
1967 

Goodman,  Jordan  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  B.S..  Unrvorsity  ol  f^ryland,  1973;  M.S..  1975; 
Ph  D.,  1978. 

Goodwin,  Edwin  E.  Extension  Associate  Professor.  Animal 
Science.  B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University.  1946;  M.S..  Cornell 
Unlversily.  1948:  Ph  0..  Washington  State  University.  1955. 

Goodwyn,  Frank  Prolessor.  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.A.. 
College  ol  Arts  and  Industnes.  1939;  M.A.,  1940;  PhD.. 
University  of  Texas.  1 946. 

Gordon,  Donald  0.  Professor.  History.  B.A.,  College  of 
William  and  Mary,  1934;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1937; 
Ph.D..  1947. 

Gordon,  Glen  E.  Prolessor.  Chemistry.  B.S .  University  of 
Illinois.  1956:  Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1960. 

Gordon,  Lawrence  A.  Professor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  B.S..  State  University  of  Now  York  (Albany), 
1966:  M.B.A..  1967;  Ph.D..  Rennsealer  Polytechnk:  Institute, 
1973 

Gordon,  Stewart  L.  Prolessor  and  Chaimian.  Musk:  B.A.. 
University  ol  Kansas.  1953;  M.A..  1954;  DMA.,  University  ol 
Rochester.  1965 

GordoivSalant,  Sandra  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Heanng  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.A..  State  University  ol  New  York 
(Albany).  1974;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1976:  Ph.D.. 
1980. 

Qormalty,  Jamea  Assistant  Professor,  Psychotogy  B  A., 
Manrt  College.  1969:  M.A..  Southern  Illinois  University.  1972; 
PhD  ,  1974. 

Gorovltz,  Samuel  Professor  and  Chaimian,  Philosophy.  B.S.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology.  1960;  Ph.D..  Stanlord 
University.  1963 

I,  John  R.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Art    WaWen  School.  . 


Gouin,  Franda  R.  Associate  Professor.  Horticulture.  B.S.. 
University  of  New  Hampshire,  1962:  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1965;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Gould,  William,  Jr.  .Assistant  Prolessor,  Hortkajlture.  B.A.. 
Albion  College.  1940;  M.L.A..  University  ol  Georgia.  1975. 

Graefa,  Alan  R.  Lecturer,  Recreation  B.S .  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1973:  M.S..  Texas  A&M  Univeisify.  1977;  Ph.D.. 
1960. 


Orambarg,  Edward  J.  Prolesaor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
BA.  University  ol  Amsterdam.  1946:  MA,  University  ol 
California  (Bert>eley),  1949,  Ph  0  .  1968 

Gramba,  Jean  D.  Prolessor.  Human  Devetopment  B  A. 
Reed  College,  1940:  MA.  Stanlon)  University.  1941,  Ed  0  , 
1948 

Grant,  Lea  P.  Assodale  Professor.  Agncultural  Englneertng 
B  S .  University  ol  Connectkait.  1962:  MS.  Pennsylvania 
Stale  University,  1971.  Ph  D  .  1974 

Gravely,  William  H.,  Jr.  Prolessor  Emerttus,  English  B A. 
College  ol  William  and  Mary,  1925:  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Virginia.  1953 

Gravea,  Michael  Visiting  Prolessor.  Part-time.  School  ol 
Architecture.  B  S.  Arch.  University  ol  Cincinnati.  1958. 
M  Arch,,  Harvard  University.  1959 

Gray,  Alfred  Prolessor.  Mathematics,  BA .  University  ol 
Kansas,  1960:  M.A.,  1961;  Ph,D.,  University  ol  Calilomia  (Los 
Angeles),  1964. 

Gray,  C.  Vamon  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Afro-Amencan  Studies 
B.A.,  Morgan  Slate  University.  1961.  MA..  Atlanta  University, 
1962:  Ph.D..  University  ol  Massachusetts.  1971. 

Gray,  Pater  R.  Instructor.  Physk^al  Educatkin.  B.S.,  State 
University  ol  New  Yorti  (Brockport).  1975;  MA.,  Indiana  State 
University,  1977. 

Graan,  Harry  B.,  Jr.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Human 
Devetopment.  B.A..  University  ol  Virginia.  1959;  M.Ed..  1963; 
PhD  .  1965, 

Graan,  Joseph  E.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Horticulture.  B.S., 
Furman  University.  1973;  M.S..  University  ol  Georgia.  1978. 

Green,  Paul  S.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A., 
Cornell  University,  1959;  M.A..  Harvard  University,  1960; 
Ph.D..  Comell  University,  1964. 

Graan,  Robert  L.  Professor  Emeritus.  Agricultural 
Engineenng.  BSAE.,  University  ol  Georgia.  1934.  M.S., 
Stale  College  ol  Iowa,  1939;  Ph.D.,  Mtehigan  Slate  University, 
1953. 

Graan,  Wlllard  W.  Professor  Emeritus,  Animal  Science,  B.S.. 
University  of  Minnesota.  1933;  M.S..  1934;  Ph.D.,  1939. 

Graanbarg,  Jarrold  S.  Professor.  Health  Education.  B  S.. 
City  College  of  New  York.  1964;  M.S.,  1965;  Ed.D..  Syracuse 
University.  1969. 

Graanbarg,  Kenneth  fl.  Assoaate  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1951;  M.A., 
1952:  Ph.D.,  Case-Western  Reseree  University,  1960. 

Graanbarg,  Laon  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S..  City 
University  of  New  YorV  (City  College).  1953;  M.A..  Yale 
University.  1955:  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Graanbarg,  Louis  M.  Associate  Prolessor,  History.  A.B..  City 
University  ol  New  Yorti  (Brooklyn  College),  1954;  MA.. 
Han/ard  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Graanbarg,  Oscar  W.  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
BS,,  Rutgers-The  Slate  University.  1952;  A.M.,  Princeton 
University.  1954:  Ph.D..  1956. 

Graanbarg,  Polly  H.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Family  and 
Community  Development  B.S,.  Sarah  Lawrence,  1954; 
M.Ed..  University  ol  Delaware,  1957. 

Graanbarg,  Warren  Visiting  Associate  Prolessor,  College  ol 
Business  and  Management-  BA,,  Temple  University.  1964; 
M.A.,  University  ot  Pennsylvania,  1965;  PhD.,  Bryn  Mawr 
College,  1972. 

Greene,  James  B.  Assistant  Prolessor,  College  ol  Business 
and  Management.  A.B.,  Duke  University,  1969;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michlgari,  1975. 

Graanspan,  Patrlcis  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  A.B.. 
Columoia  University,  1966;  AM..  Harvard  University,  1968; 
Ph.D..  1972. 

Giaantvood,  David  C.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
University  ol  London,  1949;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Dublin,  1968; 
S.T.D..  Catholic  University  of  America.  1979. 

Graar,  Sandra  C.  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S., 
Funnan  University,  1966:  M.S..  University  of  Chicago.  1968: 
Ph.D..  1969, 

Graar,  Thomaa  V.  Professor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  B.A..  University  ol  Texas,  1953:  M.B.A..  Ohio 
State  University.  1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas,  1964. 

Grantzar,  Rosa  M.  Professor  Emerita.  Music.  AB..  Camegie 
Institute  of  Technology,  1935:  A.B..  1936;  M.A.  1939. 

Griam,  Hans  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  Bach.,  Max 
Planck  Schule,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kiel.  1954. 


Gitflln,  Jsmaa  J.  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  B  S., 
Villanova  Collegs.  1952:  MS .  Pnncelon  University,  1955: 
PhD  ,  1956 

Grtmn,  Michael  0,  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Aaroapace 
Engineering  BA.  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1971:  M.S.E., 
Catholk;  Universrty  ol  America.  1974.  PhD.  University  ol 
Maryland.  1977.  M  S  E.E  .  University  of  California.  1979 

Grtffltlis,  Thomaa  J.  Instmctoi,  Physical  Education.  B.S., 
Southern  Connecticut  Slate  Collage,  1971;  M.A,  University  of 
Maryland.  1973.  Ph  D  .  1980 

Grim,  Patricia  A.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Communtoattons  Arta 
and  Theatre    B  S  .  Univertsty  ol  Pittsburgh,  1972:  MS,  1976. 

Grim,  Samuel  O.  Professor.  Chemistry  B.S  .  Franklin  and 
Marshall  College,  1956:  PhD,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technotogy,  1960 

Grimshaw,  Alan  E.  Visiting  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B  S  .  Northern  Illinois  Unlvemly, 
1963:  MBA,  1970;  DBA.  University  ol  Maryland.  1978. 

Grimsted,  David  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  History.  A.B., 
Harvard  University.  1957;  M.A.,  University  ol  Calilomia 
(Beriteley).  1958:  PhD..  1963. 

Grollman,  Sigmund  Prolessor.  Zoology     B.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1947:  MS  ,  1949;  PhD.,  1952, 

Groskin,  Richard  B.  Assistant  Instructor.  Part-time,  Institute 
ol  Criminal  Justice  and  Cnminology  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State 
UnivBrslty.  1967;  MA,.  Lehigh  University.  1969. 

Gross,  Alan  E.  Prolessor.  Psychology  B.S.,  Purdue 
University,  1959;  MBA..  Stanlord  University,  1962:  Ph.D., 
1967 

Gravea,  Paul  A.  Associate  Professor,  Geography.  B.S., 
UnlvBrsity  of  London.  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Calilomia 
(Bert<eley),  1969. 

Gruchy,  Allan  G.  Professor  Emeritus,  Economtos  B.A., 
University  of  Bntish  Columbia.  1926:  MA,.  McGill  University. 
1929:  Ph.D..  University  of  Virginia.  1931. 

Grunig,  James  E.  Prolessor.  College  ol  Journalism.  B.S., 
Iowa  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  University  ol  Wisconsin, 
1966:  Ph.D..  1968. 

Guernsey,  Rslph  L  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technotogy.  B.S.,  Miami  University 
(Ohio).  1952;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

Gulick,  Frances  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Mathematics.  B.A., 
University  ol  North  Dakota.  1963:  M.A..  University  of 
Minnesota,  1965;  Ph,D.,  1968, 

Gulick,  Skjney  L,  III  Professor,  Mathematics.  BA .  Obertin 
College.  1958:  M.A..  Yale  University.  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Haaland,  Monica  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Vetennary  Science. 
B.S,,  Montana  State  University.  1972:  D.V.M..  Cotorado  State 
University,  1977. 

Habar,  Francis  C.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of 
Connecticut.  1948;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1952: 
Ph.D..  1957. 

Hacklandar,  Etfia  Assistant  Prolessor,  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  B.S..  University  ol  Minnesota,  1962; 
M.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1968:  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Haga,  Jarsid  Professor  and  Chainnan.  Sociology.  B.B.A., 
University  ol  Wisconsin.  1955:  Ph.D..  Columbia  University, 
1963. 

Haga,  MadaMna  Visiting  Assistant  Prolessor.  French  and 
Italian.  CAPET.,  Ecole  Normale  Superieur  de 
I'Enseignement  Techniqu.  1955:  Agregatton  (English), 
University  ol  Paris.  Sorbonne.  1965:  Doctorate  de  Trosieme 
Cycle,  University  ot  Nancy  (France),  1973, 

Haley,  A.  Jamas  Prolessor  and  Assistant  Chaimian,  Zootogy. 
B.S.,  University  ol  New  Hampshire.  1949:  M.S..  1950:  Sc.D., 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1955. 

Hall,  Thomaa  W.  Associate  Prolessor.  French  and  Italian. 
B.A..  University  ol  Maryland,  1938;  MA..  Middlebury  College, 
1950;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland.  1958 

Hamer,  MIchalla  M.  Lecturer,  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1968; 
M.B.A..  1970. 

Hamilton,  Arthur  B.  Associate  Professor  Emeritus, 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economtos.  B.S.,  University  ol 
Maryland.  1929:  M.S..  1931. 

Hamilton,   Donna   B.   Associate   Prolessor,    English.     B.A., 

Saint  Olal  College.    1963;   Ph.D..   University   of  Wisconsin, 

1968. 

Hamilton,  Gary  D.  Associate  Prolessor,  English.   B.A.  Saint 

Olal  College.    1962;   M.A.,   University   of  Wisconsin,    1965; 

PhD ,  1968. 


208     Hamilton,  Wayne  B. 


Hamilton,  Wayn*  B.  VisNing  Lecturer.  Pan-lime,  Philosophy. 
B.S..  Wake  Forest  Unrversity.  1961;  M.  Div..  Duke  University. 
1966;  Pti.D  ,  1972 

Hamlat.  Richard  G.  Associate  Prolessor,  Computer  Science 
B.S.,  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1959;  M.S..  Cornell  University. 
1964;  Ph.D..  University  o(  Washington.  1971. 

HamM,  Sandra  L.  Associate  Professor,  Heanng  and  Speech 
Scierx;es.  B.A.,  University  ol  Wisconsin,  1959;  MA.  1967; 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Washington.  1970 

Hainmor>d.  Eugana  R.  Assistant  Prolessor,  English.  B.A.. 
University  ol  Notre  Dame,  1969;  BA.  Oxiord  University.  1973; 
Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1977. 

Hammond,  Robert  C.  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Veterinary 
Science.  B  S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1943;  V.M.D . 
Unrversity  ol  Pennsylvania,  1948. 

Hamoali,  Margit  Adjunct  Prolessor,  Food,  Nutntion  and 
Institutxyi  Adminislratwn.  M.Sc .  Hebrew  University,  1956; 
Ph.D..  1959 

Hancock,  Chartaa  R.  Associate  Prolessor,  Secondary 
Education  BA,  Louisiana  State  University.  1963;  M.A., 
1966;  Ph.D..  Ohio  Stale  University.  1970. 

Handalman,  Suaan  Assistant  Prolessor.  English.  A.B..  Smith 
Collage.  1971;  M.A..  State  University  o(  New  York  (Buttato). 
1977;  Ph.D..  1979 

Hanna,  Judltli  L.  Senior  Faculty  Research  Associate.  Center 
lor  Family.  Housing,  and  Community  DevetopmenI,  B.A.. 
University  ol  Calllomia  (Los  Angeles).  1958;  M.A..  Michigan 
Stale  University.  1962;  MA..  Columbia  University.  1975; 
Ph.D..  1976. 

Hanna,  William  J.  Prolessor  and  Chairtnan,  Family  and 
Community  Development.  B.S..  University  ol  California  (Los 
Angeles).  1957;  MA.  1960;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Hanaan,  J.  Norman  Associate  Prolessor.  Chemistry.  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Calitomia  (Los  Angeles).  1968. 

Hanaon,  Jamaa  C.  Instructor.  Institute  ol  Applied  Agnculture. 
B.S..  University  ol  Maryland,  1972;  M.S..  University  ol 
Minnesota.  1974;  M.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1978. 

Harbaugh,  Annalta  D.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.A..  Rice  University.  1965;  M.A.,  Brandeis 
University.  1970;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Hardgiave,  Alata  D.  Lecturer.  College  ol  Business  and 
ManageiTwnt  M.S..  Univ.  ol  Economics,  Bratislava 
(Czectiosk>vakia).  1969. 

Hardia,  Ian  W.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.S..  University  of  California  (Davis). 
1960;  Ph.D  .  University  ol  California  (Berkeley).  1965. 

Harding,  Wallaca  C,  Jr.  Pnncipal  Specialist.  Entomology. 
B.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1951;  M.S..  1956;  Ph.D..  1961. 

Hardy,  Robart  C.  Professor  and  Director.  Hurrian 
DevetopmenI.  B.S.Ed..  Bucknell  University.  1961;  M.S.Ed.. 
Indiana  University.  1964;  Ed.D..  1969. 

Hara,  P.E.  Adjunct  Prolessor.  Chenrotry.  B.S..  Pacific  Unkin 
College.  1954;  M.S..  University  ol  California  (Berkeley).  1955; 
Ph.D..  California  Institute  of  Technotogy.  1962. 

Hargar,  Robart  O.  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  ol  Mehigan.  1955;  MS  .  1959;  Pti  D..  1961 

Hartk,  Fadia  F.  Lecturer,  Early  Chikjhood  Elementary 
EducatKKi.  B.Sc..  American  UnivBrsity  of  Beinjt.  1970;  MA. 
Indiana  University.  1972. 

Harlan,  Loula  R.  Prolessor.  History  B.A..  Emory  University. 
1943;  M.A.  Vandetbilt  University.  1948;  PhD  .  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1955. 

Harlay,  Sharon  Lecturer.  Alro-American  Studies.  B.A..  St. 
Mary  of  The  Woods  CoHege.  1970;  M.A..  Antioch  College. 
1971. 

Harman,  John  H.  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  B.S  .  I^orth  Carolina  State  University.  1966; 
J.D  .  American  University,  1970. 

Harper.  Qiann  Assistant  Prolessor.  Sociology  B.S  .  Purdue 
University.  1958;  M.S..  1961;  Ph  D  .  1968. 

Harper,  Robert  A.  Prolesaor.  Geography  Pti.B..  Unrversity  ol 
Chicago.  1946;  B  S..  1947;  MS  .  1948;  Ph  D..  1950 

Harrington,  J.  Patrick  Associate  Prolessor.  Ptrysics  and 
Astronomy  B.S.  University  ol  Chicago.  1961.  M.S.  Ohio 
State  University.  1964;  Ph  D  .  1967 

Harrla.  Carl  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  B.S  .  Queens  College.  1960;  MS.  Pdytachnic 
Institute  of  New  YorV.  1962;  Ph  D  .  1966 

Harrta,  Curlla  C.  f^tilessor.  Economics  and  Bureau  ol 
Business  and  EcorXMnic  Research.  B.S..  University  of  FVxida. 
1956;  M.A..  Harvard  Unrversity.  1959;  PhD  .  1960. 


Harrla,  Jamaa  F.  Assistant  Prolessor.  History.  B.S  .  Loyola 
University.  1962;  M.S..  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1964;  PhD  . 
1968 

Harris,  Richard  W.  Lecturer.  Part-Ume.  College  of  Business 
and  Management  B  S  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1974;  M.B.A.. 
1977 

Harrla,  Robert  Instructor,  Part-time,  Family  and  Community 
Development  B  A..  City  University  ol  New  Yoili,  1959;  MA. 
New  Yort<  University.  1963 

Harrla.  Waaley  L  Professor.  Agncultural  Englneenng. 
Director  Agncultural  Expenment  Slatkin  B.S.A.E.,  University 
of  Georgia.  1953;  M.S.  1958;  Ph.D..  MKhlgan  State 
University.  1969. 

Harrlaon,  Floyd  P.  Prolessor,  Entomotogy.  B.S..  Louisiana 
Stale  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1955 

Harrlaon,  Horace  V.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Government  and 
Polittes.  B.A..  Tnnity  University  (Texas).  1932;  MA.. 
Unrversity  ol  Texas.  1941;  Ph  0..  1951 

Harrlaon.  Paul  E.,  Jr.  Prolessor.  Industrial  Education  BSD.. 
Northern  Illinois  University.  1942;  MA.  Colorado  Stale 
College.  1947.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland.  1955. 

Hartman,  Robart  C.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B  A..  Rk»  University,  1960;  S.M.,  University  ol 
Chicago.  1962;  Ph.D..  1967, 

Hartaock.  Thomas  G.  Associate  Professor.  Animal  Science 
B.S,.  Pennsylvania  Stale  University.  1963;  M.S..  1969;  Ph.D.. 
1974. 

Harvey,  Jama*  W.  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management.  B.S..  University  ol  Illinois  (Uitjana).  1966 
MBA.  University  ol  Miami  (Coral  Gables).  1968;  PhD. 
Pennsylvania  Slate  University.  1977. 

Haalam,  John  A.  Prolessor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  A.B..  Duke  University.  1956;  M.BA.  University 
ol  North  Carolina.  1961;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Hatch,  Randolph  Thomaa  Associate  Professor,  ChemK»l 
and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S..  University  of  California 
(Bertieiey).  1967;  M.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology. 
1969;  Ph.D..  1973. 

HatfleM.  Agnaa  8.  Associate  Prolessor.  Human 
Devekspmenl.  B.A..  University  ol  California.  1948;  M.A.. 
University  ol  Denver.  1954;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Hathorn.  Guy  B.  Prolessor.  Government  and  Politk^s.  B.A.. 
UnivBisity  ol  Mississippi,  1940;  M.A..  1942;  Ph.D..  Duke 
Univeisity.  1950. 

Hauaman.  Daniel  Assistanl  Prolessor,  Phikisophy.  B.A.. 
Harvard  University.  1969;  M,A.T..  New  YorV  University.  1971; 
B.A,.  Cambridge  University.  1973;  M.A..  1977;  M.Phil.. 
Columbia  University.  1975;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Havlland,  Elizabeth  E.  Assistanl  Prolessor  Emerita. 
Entomology.  A.B..  Wilmington  (Ohio)  College.  1923;  M.A. 
Comeil  University.  1926;  M.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1936; 
Ph.D..  1945. 

Hawti,  Harold  W.  Adjunct  Prolessor.  Dairy  Science  BS . 
Pennsylvania  State  Univetsity.  1952;  M.S..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1953;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Haytack.  Charlaa  R.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M.S.,  1949. 

Hayward,  Raymond  W.  Adjunct  Prolessor.  Physks  and 
Astronomy  BS.  Iowa  State  University.  1943;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  California  (Bert<eley).  1950 

Head.   Emerson  W.   Associate   Prolessor.   Musk:.    B.Mua.. 

Unrversity  ol  Michigan.  1957;  M.Mus..  1961 

Haagnay.  Ellaan  M.  Assistanl  Prolessor.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economka.  BS .  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1941;  MA..  Columbia  University.  1949. 

Haaly.  DavM  G.  Assistant  to  the  Vee  Chanceltor. 
Admiriistralivs  Affairs  B.A.  Lawrence  University.  1972; 
M  B.A.  College  ol  William  and  Mary.  1976 

Heath.  Jamaa  L  Professor.  Poultry  Science;  Acting  Associate 
Dean.  College  of  Agriculture  B  S  .  Louisiana  State  University. 
1963;  MS.  1968;  Ph  D  .  1970. 

Hibalsr,  Jean  R.  Prolessor,  Special  Educatvyi  BS  ,  State 
University  ol  New  Yoiii  (Albany),  1953;  MS,  University  ol 
lllmoas  (UrtMna).  1956;  Ed  D  .  Syracuse  University.  1960 

HaMalbach,  Ruth  A.  Assoaata  Prolessor.  Earty  Childhood 
Elementary  Education  BS.  Unrversity  ol  Maryland.  1949; 
M  Ed  .  Univeisity  ol  Ftorlda.  1957;  Ed  D  .  Teachers  College. 
Columbia  Universlly.  1967 

HelkUnarv  Hanry  W.  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry  and 
Secondary  Education  BEng  .  Yale  Univers«y.  1956.  MA. 
Columbia  Unlvsrsity  Teachers  College.  1962.  PhD. 
Unrversrty  of  Maryland.  1973 


Hallprin,  Lawranca  8.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Collage  ol  Library 
and  InlormalKjn  Services,  B  S..  University  ol  Pennsylvania. 
1928.  M.A..  1931;  Ph  D  .  Harvard  Unrversity.  1941 

Halm.  Norman  M.  Prolessor.  Music  B  M  Ed  .  University  of 
Evansville.  1951;  M  Mus .  University  ol  Roctwster.  19S2; 
DMA.  1962 

Halna,  Conrad  P.  Prolessor.  Civil  Engineenng  and  InsWula 
lor  Physk^al  Science  and  Engineering  B.S.,  Oeiel  Insutula  of 
Technotogy.  1960.  MS.  Lehigh  Universlly.  1962;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland.  1967. 

Heine,  Maurice  H.  Prolessor.  Mathemattos.  AB.  Harvard 
Unrversity.  1937;  A.M.  1939;  Ph.D.  1940;  AM.  Brown 
University.  1947 

HelBlar,  Martin  O.  Assooale  Prolessor.  Government  and 
Politics  B  A..  University  ol  California  (Los  Angeles).  1980; 
MA.  1962;  Ph  D  .  1969 

Hallar,  Rachalle  S.  Instructor.  Computer  Science  B.S..  State 
Univeisity  of  New  Yort<  (Stony  Brook),  1964;  M.S..  Unlverally 
of  Maryland.  1972 

Hellman,  John  L.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Entomotogy  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1966;  MS.  1968;  Ph  D  .  1975 

Halm.  Eugene  E.  Prolessor.  Music  B  Mu  Ed  .  Southeaalem 
Louisiana  College.  1950;  M.Mu  Ed .  Louisiana  Slate 
University.  1955;  Ph  0  North  Texas  State  Uriiver.  1958 

Hall,  George  R.  Associate  Prolessor.  Chemistry.  A.B., 
Princeton  University.  1964.  PhD.  Pennsylvania  Stale 
University.  1971 

Helper,  Garry  A.  Assoaate  Professor.  Mattiematica.  8A, 
Portland  State  College.  1959;  M  A  .  Noiltiwestem  UmvaraHy. 
1962;  PhD,.  1964 

Henery-Logan,  Kenneth  R.  Prolessor,  Chemistry  B.Sc. 
McGIII  University.  1942;  PhD  .  1946 

Hankal,  Ramon  Associate  Prolessor.  Soaotogy  Ph.B., 
University    of    fJorth    Dakota.     1958.    M.A..    Universlly    of 

Wisconsin.  1961;  Ph.D..  1967 

Henketman,  Jamaa  Associate  Prolessor,  Mathematics  and 
Secondary  Education,  BS..  Miami  Unrversity  (Oho).  1954; 
M.Ed,.  1955;  Ed,D..  Harvard  University.  1965. 

Herb,  Rel>acca  A.  Assistanl  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  BA, 
University  of  Oregon.  1969;  MA..  1970;  Ph.D..  University  ot 
Washington.  1974. 

Herin,  Chrlatoph  A-  Prolessor.  Gennanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literature    Ph.D..  University  ol  Bonn.  1950. 

Harman.  Harold  J.  Associate  Prolessor.  English  BA. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1952;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Pennsylvania.  1960. 

Harman.  Wayne  l_  Associate  Prolessor.  Earty  Chitohood 
Elementary  Education  B.A..  Urslnus  College.  1955;  M.Ed.. 
Temple  University.  1960;  Ed  D  .  1965 

Harachbach.  Dannie  R.  Associate  Professor.  Industrial 
Education  AB .  San  Jose  Stale  College.  1960;  M.S.. 
University  ol  Illinois  (Urtiana).  1968.  Ph  D..  1972 

Herahay.  John  VisiDng  Associate  Prolessor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.A..  Eastern  Mennonite  College.  1958;  MA. 
University  ol  Virginia.  1966;  Ph  D  .  1968 

Hatrlck.  Frank  M.  Professor.  MKrobwtogy  B.S.  Mk:><lgan 
State  Universrty.  1954.  MS  .  Unlvarsity  ol  Maryland.  1960; 
PhD  .  1962 

Haynen,  Jaltrsy  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of  L*rary  and 
Inlomialton  Servtoes    B  A.  Swarthmore  Co«ege.  1964;  MA. 

University  ol  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1968 

HIckay.  Harry  E.  Associate  Professor.  Fire  ProWcbcn 
Engineenng  B  S ,  New  York  University,  1»S6;  M.S..  1000: 
PhD  .  American  Universfly.  1977 

HIabart  Ray  6.  Professor.  Co*ege  ol  Joumaliam  BA. 
Stanford  University.  1954;  MS.  Columbw  Unrversity.  1957; 
MA.  University  ol  Maryland.  1961;  PhD.  1962 

HIgglns.  Elizabeth  A.  Inslrudor.  Botany  B  S..  UmvarsMy  at 
Maryland    19S0   MS.  1969 

HIgglna.  ymiHwn  J.  Asaociats  Prolesaor.  Zootogy  B.S.. 
Boston  College.  1969.  Ph  0  .  Flortda  State  Unlvarsity.  1973 

HIghton.  Rk:hard  Prolessor.  Zoology  BA.  New  Yorti 
Universlly.  1950.  MS.  University  of  Flonda.  1953;  M.A..  19M 

HIMabrandl.  kana  0.  Insvuckx.  Colege  of  Ubrary  and 
Inlormation  Servicas  BA.  >*)uni  St.  Agnes  Colege.  1969. 
MLS  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1973 

Hill,  Clara  E.  Assooale  Piolesaor.  Psychotogy  BA, 
Southern  Ubnois  Unlvarsily.  1970;  MA.  1972;  Ph  D  .  1974. 


James,  Edward  F.     209 


Hill,  John  W.  ProlMaor  and  Omii.  School  ol  ArcMtectur*. 
B A.  Ric«  Univarsity.  1951:  B  Arch..  1952.  MA.  Univenity  of 
Pennsylvania.  1959. 

Hill,  St*v*n  R.  Instnjctor.  Botany  BS  .  BaWs  CoMge.  1972: 
M  A  .  Lshman  Collaga  (New  Yorti).  197S:  Ph  0  .  Taxas  AAM 
University.  1979 

HInch,  Teiry  A.  InstnxiOf.  Communication  Arta  and  Theatre 
B  A..  Bngham  Young  University.  1973.  M.A  .  1975. 

HInaa,  Barbara  A.  Assistant  Dean.  College  of  Journalism 
BS.  University  ol  Texas  (Austin).  1969:  M.S..  Amencan 
University.  1974 

HInal,  Roban  K.  Associate  Prolesaor.  Sociology.  BA. 
Pennsylvania  Stale  University.  1946:  MA.  1959:  PhD. 
Louisiana  State  University.  1954. 

Hitchcock,  Donald  R.  Associate  Professor.  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  B  A .  University  of 
Maryland.  1952.  MA.  Harvard  University.  1954:  Ph  D..  1965 

Hoagwood,  Tarranca  Lecturer.  Paniime.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1972:  MA. 
Amencan  University,  1973:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1979 

Hochull,  Ura  E.  Professor,  Electncat  Engineenng.  M.S.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1955:  Ph  D  .  Catholic  University  of 
America.  1962 

Hodoa,  Wllliain  Professor.  Psychology.  B  S..  City  University 
ol  New  Yorli  (Brooklyn  College).  1955:  M.A..  University  of 
Pennsyfvania.  1957.  Ph  D..  1960 

Hoffman,  Char4aa  1-  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Physical  Education 
B.S..  University  ol  Maryland,  1972.  MA..  1977 

Hoffman,  John  D.  Adjunct  Professor.  Institute  tor  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  B  S..  Franklin  and  Marshall 
College,  1942:  M.S..  Pnnceton  University.  1946:  PhD  .  1949. 

Hoffman,  Kenneth  C.  Adjunct  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Soence  and  Technotogy.  B.M.E.,  New  Yortt  University.  1954: 
M.S..  Adelphi  University.  1966:  PhD  .  Polytechnk:  Institute  of 
Brooklyn.  1972 

Hoffman,  Mary  Ann  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  B  A..  Macalesler  College,  1971:  Ph.D. 
Unrversrty  of  Minnesota.  1975. 

Hoffman,  Ronald  Associate  Professor.  History.  8 A,  George 
Peabody  College.  1964:  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1965: 
Ph.D..  1969 

Hoftaommar,  Harold  C.  Professor  Emeritus.  Sociology.  6.A.. 
htorthwestem  Unlverslly,  1921:  M.A..  1923:  Ph.D..  Cornell 
University,  1929. 

Holland,  Joahua  Z.  Adjunct  Professor,  NOAA/Depanment  of 
Meteorolgy.  B.S..  University  of  Chicago.  1941:  Certificate  of 
Meteorokjgy.  1942:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington.  1968. 

Holllaa,  Norman  H.  S.  Visting  Professor,  Part-time.  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economk:s.  B.S..  University  of  Alberta 
(Canada).  :  Ph.D..  McGill  University  (Montreal),  1947. 

Holloway,  David  C.  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Uibana),  1966:  M.S., 
1969:  Ph.D..  1971 

HoUnan.  Ban|amln  F.  Professor  and  Acting  Dean.  College  of 
Journalism.   B.S..  University  of  Kansas.  1952. 

Holmgren,  Harry  D.  Professor.  Physks  and  Astrorromy.  B.S.. 
University  of  Minnesota.  1949:  M.A.,  1950:  Ph.D..  1954 

Holmlund,  Cheater  E.  Professor.  Chemistry  B.S..  Worcester 
Polytechnic  Institute,  1943:  M.S..  1951:  Ph.D..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1954. 

Helton,  W.  Mllna  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Dartmouth 
College,  1954:  LLB.,  Harvard  University,  1957;  M.A..  YaJe 
University.  1959:  Ph.D..  1965. 

Holum,  Kenneth  Associate  Professor,  History.  BA, 
Augustana  College,  1961:  M.A.,  University  ol  Chicago.  1969: 
Ph.D..  1973. 

Hohray,  Samuel  B.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design.  B.F.A..  Syracuse  University.  1967;  M.A..  American 
University.  1969. 

Hooahmand,  Abdolrahim  Instructor.  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S..  Oklahoma  State  University.  1972;  M.S..  George 
Washington  University.  1975. 

Hopklna,  Richard  L.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy. 
Planning  and  Education.  B.S..  SlanfonJ  University.  1962: 
M.S..  1963:  Ph.D.,  University  ol  California  (Los  Angeles). 
1969 

HomlMke,  R.  Laa  Professor  Ementus.  Industrial  Educatkin: 
Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  Emeritus.  B.S..  California 
State  College  (Pennsylvania).  1934;  MA.  Ohio  State 
Univetsity.  1936;  Ph.D..  1942:  U..D..  Eastern  Michigan 
University,  1963 


Homyak,  William  f.  Proleaaor.  Phyaks  and  Astronomy 
BE  E.  City  University  ol  New  York  (Oty  College).  1944.  MS. 
Calilomia  Institute  of  Technokigy.  1946,  Ph  D  ,  1949 

Horton,  David  L.  Professor.  Psychology  B  A  ,  University  of 
Minnesota.  1955,  MA  ,  1957;  PhD  .  1959 

Horvath,  John  M.  Professor.  MathemalKS  Ph  D  .  Univerait/ 
ol  Budapest.  1 947. 

Houaa,  Laralna  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
BA.  Tufts  University.  1969:  MA.  Georgetown  University. 
1971.  Ph  D  .  Universrty  of  Maryland.  1977 

Hovey,  Richard  B.  Professor.  English  B A,  University  ol 
Cincinnati,  1942,  MA.  Harvard  University.  1943:  Ph.D..  1950 

Howard,  John  D.  Assoaate  Professor.  English.  B.A.. 
Washington  College  (Maryland),  1956:  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland.  1962:  Ph  D  ,  1967 

Howard,  Lawrenc*  V.  Assistant  Professor,  Mk:rDt>iology 
BA.  Emory  University.  1963,  MS.  University  of  htorth 
Carolina.  1966:  Ph  D..  1970. 

Howarth,  John  L  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy: 
Director.  General  Honors  Program.  B.S.,  University  of 
Cambndge,  1945,  M.A..  1948:  B  Sc  .  University  of  London. 
1948:  M.Sc  ,  1950:  Ph  D.,  1963 

Howell,  Bamica  L.  Instructor,  Institute  ol  Applied  Agriculture. 
B.A.,  Augsburg  College.  1950 

Howell,  Robert  K.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agnculture.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1959;  M.S..  1961; 
PhD  ,  1964 

Howell,  Suaana  Instnjctor,  Part-time,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  B.A..  Rorida  State  University.  1964;  MA.. 
University  of  Hawaii.  1974. 

Hoyart,  John  H.  Professor.  Agronomy  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1943.  M.S..  1949:  Ph.D..  1951. 

Hau,  Shao  T.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineenng.  B.S.. 
Chiao-Tung  University.  1937:  M.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technotogy.  1943;  D.Sc,  Swiss  Federal  Institute  of 
Technotogy.  1954. 

Hauah,  Chun-Tu  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  L.L.B., 
Chaoyang  University  (China),  1946:  M.A..  Columbia 
University,  1953:  Ph.D..  1958. 

Hu,  Bal-Lok  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
A.B.,  University  of  California  (Beri<eley),  1967;  MA,  Princeton 
University.  1969:  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Huang,  Hanaon  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Aerospace  Engineenng. 
B.S.,  Natrona!  Taiwan  University,  1958;  North  Carolina  State 
College,  1962:  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technoto.  1964. 

Hubbard,  Bert  E.  Research  Professor.  Mathematics  and 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S..  Western 
Illinois  University,  1949;  M.S..  Stale  University  of  Iowa.  1952: 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1960. 

Hubtw,  Rolf  O.  Associate  Professor.  Classks.  B.A..  Hamilton 
College.  1947;  M.A..  Princeton  University.  1950;  Ph.D..  1950. 

Huden,  Daniel  P.  Associate  Professor.  Educatron  Polk:y, 
Planning  and  Administration.  B.S..  University  of  Vermont. 
1954;  M.A,  Columbia  Teachers  College.  1958:  Ed.D..  1967. 

Hudson,  Goaale  H.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Afro-Amencan 
Studies.  B.A..  North  Carolina  Central  University,  1956:  M.A.. 
1967;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  Uhiveisity.  1970. 

Hutjaon,  Miles  H.  Lecture,  Part-time,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  A.E.,  Southeast  Baptist  Jr.  College.  1942. 

Hudaon,  Robert  D.  Adjunct  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.Sc..  Reading  University 
(England).  1956:  Ph.D..  1959. 

Hudaon,  William  L.  Professor.  Musk:.  B.Mus..  Philadelphia 
Musk:  Academy,  1954;  A-B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1957; 
M.Mus..  Yale  University,  1961. 

Huebnar,  Robert  W.  Associate  Professor.  Human 
Oevekjpment  B.S..  Concordia  Teachers  College,  1957;  M.A.. 
1960;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland.  1969. 

Huh,  Priacllla  Gall  Lecturer.  Economks.  B.A..  Bradley 
University.  1961;  M.A,  University  of  MkSiigan,  1965;  Ph.D., 
1969. 

Huhaay,  Jamaa  E.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S..  University  of 
Cincinnati.  1957;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois,  1959;  Ph.D., 
1961. 

Hula,  Richard  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Family  and  Community 
Development.  B.A..  Mrohigan  State  University.  1969;  M.A., 
Northwestern  University.  1970:  Ph.D..  1975. 

Hult,  Joan  S.  Associate  Professor,  Physical  Educatton.  B.S  . 
Indiana  University,  1954;  M.Ed.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
(Greenslxjro),  1957:  Ph.D..  University  of  Southern  California. 
1967, 


Hummal,  Jamaa  A.  Professor,  MattiemaDcs  B  S  .  CaMomta 
Institute  ol  Technotogy.  1949.  MA.  Rice  University.  1053; 
Ph  D  .  1955 

Humphray,  Frad  Professor  and  Chairman,  RaaaatUn.  BA, 
Tarkio  College.  1946.  MA,  University  of  Iowa,  1953;  Ph  0.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1073. 

Humphrey,  Jamaa  H.  Prolesaor.  Physnal  Education  A.B.. 
Denison  Unlverslly.  1033:  M  A  .  Western  Reserve  Unlvanlty, 
1946.  Ed  D  .  Boston  Unlvertity,  1951 

Hunt,  E.  Joan  Assistant  Prolessor.  Human  Developmant. 
AB.  University  ol  Redlands.  1954:  MA,  Fresno  Stale 
CoHege.  1964.  Ed  D  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1967 

Hunt.  Janet  G.  Associate  Professor.  Sociology  BA 
University  ol  Redlands,  .  1962:  MA.  Indiana  Unmarslty.  1066: 
PhD  .  1973 

Hunt,  Larry  L.  Associate  Prolesaor.  Sociotogy  B.S.,  Ball 
State  University.  1961;  MA.  Indiana  University,  1064;  Ph.D.. 
1968 

Hunter,  LawararKa  A.  Assistant  Professaor.  Government  and 
Politics  B.A..  Umversity  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee.  1974; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota.  1980 

Hurlburt,  Evelyn  M.  Ad|unct  Asaistant  Prolesaor. 
Mtorobrokjgy  BS  .  Ohio  Slate  Universny.  1948:  M.S..  1949; 
Ph  D,.  Syracuse  University.  1963 

Huaman,  Burria  F.  Professor.  PhysK»l  Educatkxi.  B.S.. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urtianal,  1941;  M,S..  1948;  Ed.D.. 
Uriiversity  of  Maryland.  1954 

Hyf>aa,  Cecil  V.  Associate  Prolessor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.A..  Michigan  State  University.  1948:  M.A, 
1949:  Ph.D..  1965. 

Igel,  Raglna  Associate  Professor.  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 
MA..  State  University  of  Iowa.  1969:  Ph  D..  University  of  New 
Mexico.  1973. 

ImbarakI,  Richard  B.  Associate  Professor,  Zootogy.  B.S., 
University  of  Rochester.  1959:  Ph.D..  1965. 

Inca,  Ellzatiath  Associate  Prolessor  and  Chaiiperson,  DaiKs. 
B.A..  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1957;  M.A.  1964. 

Ingarman,  Donald  Lecturer.  Part-time,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S.E.E..  Fairieigh  Dickinson  University, 
1965:  M.S.O.R..  New  Yori<  University.  1971. 

Ingling,  Allan  L  Assistant  Professor.  Veterinary  ScierKe. 
B.S.E.E..  University  of  Maryland.  1963;  V.M.D  .  University  o( 
Pennsylvania,  1969. 

Ingraham,  Barton.  L  Associate  Professor  and  Acting 
Director.  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Crimiriokigy.  AB.. 
Harvard  Umversity.  1952:  J.D..  1957;  M.Cnm.,  University  of 
Calrtomia  (BerVeley).  1968:  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Ingram,  Annt  G.  Professor,  PhysicaJ  Education.  AB.. 
University  of  f^rth  Carolina,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of 
Georgia,  1948:  Ed.D  .  Columbia  University.  1962. 

Inouye,  OavM  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Zootogy.  BA, 
Swarthmore    College,     1971;    Ph.D.,    University    of    North 

Carolina,  1976. 

Intrlllgator,  Bari)ara  A  Assistant  Prolessor.  Ecucation  Polk7, 
Planning  and  Administratron.  AB..  Syracuse  University.  1962: 
M.Ed..  Tufts  University.  1963;  Ed.D..  Boston  University.  1978. 

Irwin,  George  R.  Visiting  Professor,  Part-time.  Mectianlcal 
Engineenng.  A.B.,  Knox  College.  1930;  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1933:  Ph.D..  1937. 

laaaca.  ^MI  0.  Professor.  English.  A.B..  Dartmouth  College. 
1953:  AM..  Unrversity  of  Calitomia  (Beriieley).  1956:  Ph.D.. 
Brown  Uriiversity.  1959. 

Jackaon,  Elton  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Physical  Education. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1958;  M.A..  1966. 

Jackaon,  John  W.  Professor  Ementus,  Mechankal 
Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati.  1934;  M.Eng., 
1937;  M.S..  California  Institute  of  Technotogy,  1940. 

Jackaon,  Paul  D.  Lecturer.  Dance.  B  FA.,  Unrversity  of  Utah, 
1976:  M.A.  The  Ohk)  State  University.  1980. 

Jackaon,  Reginald  B.  Lecturer  Part-bme.  Music.  B.M.,  ftorth 
Texas  State  University.  1968:  M.M.ED..  1973. 

Jackaon,  Stanley  B.  Professor  Ementus,  Mathematics.  BA, 
Bates  College,  1933;  MA.  Harvard  University,  1934;  Ph.D.. 
1937. 

Jacobs,  Barry  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Sdance. 
BS..  Brooklyn  College,  1969;  M.S.,  New  York  Universily. 
1971;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Jamaa.  Edward  F.  Assistant  Protassor,  Englieh  and 
Secondary  Educatton.  B.A.,  University  ol  Maryland.  1954; 
M.A  .  1955:  Ph  D..  Catholk:  University  of  Amenca.  1969 


210     Jamieson,  Kathleen  M. 


Jafnl«aon,  Kathi««n  M.  Professor.  CommunicaUon  Arts  and 
Ttieatre-  B.A..  Marquette  University.  1967;  M.A..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1968;  PhO..  1972. 

Jaiw*.  RotMrt  W.  Professor.  Sociology  and  Inslilule  for 
Urtun  Studies.  A.B,.  University  of  Ctiicago.  1938;  M.A..  1939; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1942. 

Jantz,  Richanl  K.  Associate  Professor.  Early  Cfiildhood 
Elementary  Education.  B.S..  Indiana  University.  1968;  M.S.. 
1970;  Ed.D  .  Ball  Stale  University.  1972. 

Jaqulth,  Richard  H.  Professor.  Ctiemlstry;  Assistant  Vice 
Cfiancellor  lor  Academic  Aftairs.  B.S..  University  of 
Massactiusetts.  1940;  M.S.  1942;  Ph.D..  Michigan  Stale 
University.  1955. 

Jarvla.  Bnjca  8.  Professor.  Chemistry.  6. A..  Ohio  Wesleyan 
University.  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado,  1966. 

Jarvla,  Richard  L  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus..  West 
Virginia  University.  1953;  M.Mus..  1954;  M.Mus..  New  England 
Conservatory  of  Music.  1 966. 

Jaahamalii.  Wiihalmlna  F.  Professor  Emerita,  History  B.A.. 
York  College.  1931;  MA.  University  of  Nebraska.  1933; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago.  1942. 

J«ffarson,  Oavid  K.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Cotlege  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S..  California  Institute  of  Technology. 
1960;  A.M..  Columbia  University.  1962:  Ph.D..  University  of 
Michigan.  1969. 

Jallama,  Rodarick  H.  Associate  Professor.  English  B.A.. 
Calvin  College.  1951;  M.A..  1954;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Edinburgh.  1962. 

Janaan,  Halart  H.  Lecturer.  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.  B.A..  Carleton  College.  1968;  M.S..  University  ot 
Minnesota.  1974 

Jaon,  Jong-Woo  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics. 
B.S.,  Seoul  National  University.  1971;  M.S..  Ftorida  State 
University.  1976;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Johna,  Elizabeth  Associate  Professor.  An  B.A.. 
Birmingham-Southern  College.  1959;  M.A..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1965;  Ph.D..  Emory  University.  1974. 

Johna,  Fardlnand  S.  Associate  Professor,  School  of 
Architecture.  B.Arch,.  University  ot  Virginia.  1971;  M.S.  Arch. 
and  Urban  Design.  Columbia  University.  1975. 

Johnaon,  Arthur  T.  Assistant  Professor.  Aghcultural 
Engineehng  and  Physical  Education.  B.S.A.E..  Cornell 
University.  1964;  M.S..  1967;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Johnaon,  Bruca  H.  Assistant  Professor.  Cnminal  Justice  and 
Cnminotogy.  A.B..  Wheaton  College.  1959;  M.A..  University  of 
Illinois.  1968;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Johnaon,  Charlaa  E.  Associate  Professor.  Measurement  and 
Statistics.   B.A..  University  of  Minnesota.  1957;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Johnaon,  Charlaa  R.  Associate  Professor.  Economics  and 
Institute  of  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.A.. 
Northwestern  University.  1969;  Ph.D..  California  Institute  ot 
Technology.  1972 

Johnaon,  Conrad  0.  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  A.6.. 
Stanford  University.  1965;  M.A..  University  of  Michigan.  1966; 
Ph.D..  1969. 

Johnaon,  Diana  H.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Sociology  and  Urban 
Studies.   B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1976;  M.A..  1978 

Johnaon,  ENon  L.  Associate  Professor.  Poultry  Science. 
B.SA.  Oklahoma  State  University.  1940;  M.S..  Punjue 
University.  1942;  PhD  .  1948 

Johnaon,  Janal  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychotogy  A.B . 
Qaorge  Washington  University.  1951;  A.M.,  1956;  Ph.D. 
1962. 

Johnaon,  Kerry  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Cotlege  of  Library 
and  Information  ServKes.  A.B..  Gettysburg  College.  1962; 
M.S..  Queens  College.  CUNY.  1967;  Ph.D..  Syracuse 
University.  1976. 

Johnaon,  Martin  L  Associate  Professor.  Early  Chiklhood 
Elementary  Education  B.S .  Moms  College.  1961;  M  Ed . 
University  of  Georgia.  1968;  Ed  0  .  1971 

Johnaon,  Raymond  L.  Professor.  MathematKS  B.A.. 
University  of  Texas.  1963;  Ph  D..  Rico  University.  1969 


Johnaon,  Warran  R.  Professor.  Health  Education  B.A.. 
University  of  Denver.  1942.  MA..  1947;  Ed.D..  Boston 
University.  1950 

Johnaton,  Oouglaa  Visiting  Lecturer.  Phikisophy  B.A . 
University  of  Utah.  1970;  M.A..  1972. 


Jolaon,  Marvin  A.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  BEE.  George  Washington  University.  1949; 
MBA..  University  of  Chicago.  1965;  DBA.  University  of 
Maryland.  1969. 

Jonaa,  David  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy.  BS.. 
University  of  California  (Davis).  1971.  M.S.,  1973;  Ph.D.. 
1979 

Jonaa,  Everett  Associate  Professor.  Aerospace  Englneenng. 
B.A.E  .  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1956.  M.A.E..  1960; 
Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1968 

Jonaa,  Qaorge  F.  Professor.  Germanic  and  Slavk:  Languages 
and  Literatures  B.A.  Emory  University.  1938;  MA..  Oxford 
University.  1943;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University.  1951. 

Jonaa.  Jack  C.  Professor.  Entomokjgy  BS.  Auburn 
University.  1942;  M.S..  1947;  Ph.D..  towa  State  University. 
1950. 

Jonaa,  JonI  L.  Instructor.  Communk:ation  Arts  and  Theatre. 
B.  S.  MacMurray  College.  1977;  M.  A..  Northwestern 
University.  1978. 

Jordan  (Abramaon),  Lynn  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Housing  and 
Applied  Design.   B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1973. 

Joyce.  Joyce  A.  Assistant  Professor.  English  B.A,  Val 
Dosta  State  College,  1972;  M.A..  University  of  Georgia.  1974; 
Ph.D..  1979. 

Kacaar,  Claude  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.A..  Oxford  University.  1955;  MA..  1959;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Kalnay-Rlvaa,  Eugenia  Visiting  Lecturer.  Part-time. 
Meteorotogy.  Lie,  en  Cien.  Metaorologicas.  .  1965;  Ph.D.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1971. 

Kammayar,  Kanrwth  C.  W.  Professor.  Sociology.  B.A., 
University  of  Northern  Iowa.  1953;  M.A..  State  University  of 
Iowa.  1958;  Ph.D..  1960. 

Kanal,  Lavaan  N.  Professor.  0>mputer  Science.  B.S.. 
University  of  Washington.  1951.  MS  .  1953;  PhD  .  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1960. 

Kana,  Noal  Lecturer.  Part-time.  General  Honors  Program. 
A.B..  Middleburg  College.  1964;  J.D..  Georgetown  University 
Law  Center.  1970. 

Kantzaa,  Jamaa  G.  Professor.  Botany.  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1951;  MS.,  1954;  Ph.D..  1957. 

Kaplan,  Elyaa  A.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.   B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1971;  M.A..  1975. 

Kaplan,  Sylvan  J.  Adjunct  Professor.  Family  and  Community 
Development  B.A..  University  of  Texas.  1940;  M.A..  1946; 
Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1950. 

Karlandar,  Edward  P.  Associate  Professor.  Botany  B.S.. 
University  of  Vermont,  1960;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland. 
1962;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Kaalar,  Fraru  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  Doctorandum. 
University  of  Vienna.  1956;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Katok,  Anatoly  B.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S..  Moscow 
State  University.  1965;  Ph.D..  1968. 


Katz.  Steven  B.  Instructor.  Mechanical  Engineenng.  6.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1976, 

Kauffman,  Charlaa  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Ttieatre  B.A..  University  of  Minnesota.  1974;  M.A,. 
Univenty  of  Kansas.  1978.  PhD  .  1980, 

Kaufman,  Stuart  B.  Associate  Professor.  History.  B.A. 
University  of  Ftohda.  1962;  M.A..  1964;  Ph.D..  Emory 
University.  1970, 

Kavanagh,  Joaaph  T.  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineehng, 
B.S..  University  of  Folnda.  1969;  M.S..  1972:  PhD..  Universily 
of  Michigan.  1976 

Kaarnay,  Michael  S.  Lecturer.  Geography  B  S  .  Univensty  of 
Illinois.  1973:  M.A  .  Western  Illinois  University.  1976, 

Kadam,  Ban|amln  Associate  Professor.  MathematKS  B  S  . 
Roosevelt  University.  1968.  MS.  Camegie-Melk>n  University. 
1970.  PhD  .  1972 

Kaanay,  Mark  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Dairy  Science. 
Chairman.  Nutntonal  Sciences  B.S.  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1942.  MS  .  Ohio  State  University,  1947;  PhD  . 
Pennsylvania  State  Unhreisity.  1950 

Kaaaing,  Hugo  A.  Lecturer.  Pan-time.  Aniencan  Studies 
BS.  Duke  University.  1965.  MA.  George  WaaMngk>n 
University.  1967.  Ph  D  .  Adelphi  University.  1973 

Kahoa,  PaMoa  Lecturer.  An  BF  A.  Univenity  of  North 
Carolina.  1973:  M  FA.  Washington  University  (St.  Louis). 
1977 


Katallan,  Harry  H.  Piofaaaor,  Eoonon*e».  BA,  Hotstra 
Collage.  1962:  MA,  Unlvaralty  of  Wlaconaln.  1964;  Ph.D.. 
1968 

Kallar.  Paul  F.  Q.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.S.  Mansfield  Stale  College.  1963. 
M  S  .  Elmira  College.  1967.  Ph  D  .  Souttwm  Illinois  University. 
1977 

Kelley,  OavId  L.  Professor.  Physicat  Education  A.B  .  San 
Diego  State  College.  1957.  MS.  University  of  Southam 
California.  1958.  Ph  D  .  1962 

Kallay,  Jerry  O.  Lecturer.  Recreation  B.S..  Qaorge  WHiama 
College.  1963.  M.A..  Roosevelt  University.  1970 

Kelk>gg,  R.  Bnica  Research  Professor.  Mathemabca  and 
Institute  for  Physkal  Science  and  Technok>gy,  B.S,. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technok}gy.  1952:  Ph  D  .  Unrvaraity 
of  Chicago.  1969 

Kelly,  R.  Gordon  Associate  Professor  and  Asaocuta  Director. 
American  Studies.  B.A..  Depauw  University.  1961;  MA. 
Claremont  Graduate  School.  1962:  Ph  D  .  University  ol  kma. 

1970. 

Kelaay,  June  L.  Adjunct  Asaooate  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition 
and  Institution  Administraton,  BS,.  North  Texas  State 
College.  1946.  MS..  1947;  Ph.D.  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1967 

Kennay,  Blair  O.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A.  Vaaaar 
College.  1955.  Ph.D..  Harvare)  University.  1961 

Kenny,  Shirley  S.  Professor.  English;  Provost.  Division  of 
Arts  and  Humanities  B  A,.  B,J,.  University  of  Texas.  1955; 
MA..  University  ol  Minnesota.  1957;  Ph.D.  University  of 
Chicago.  1964, 

Kanaky,  Harry  C.  Lecturer.  Part-Ume.  College  of  Buakieaa 
and  Management.  B.S..  State  University  of  New  York 
(Albany).  1943:  MBA.  Temple  University.  1948;  Ed.D..  1970. 

Kant,  George  O.  Professor.  History  B  S..  Columbia 
University.  1948:  M.A..  1949.  Ph  D  .  Oxford  University.  1958 

Kenwrorthy,  William  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy,  B.S,. 
Purdue  University.  1970:  MS.  ^4onh  Carolina  Stale 
University.  1972;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Karkham,  H.  Elaanor  Assistant  Professor.  Hebrew  and  Eaat 
Asian  B  A..  Pomona  College.  1961;  M.A  Stankird  Univarally. 
1963;  PhD  .  Indiana  University.  1974. 

Kerlay,  EMIa  R.  Professor.  Anthropokigy.  B.S..  UmversHy  of 
Kentucky.  1950;  MS.,  University  of  Mchigan.  1956:  Ph.D. 
1962. 

Kam,  Oona  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Animal  Science.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1965:  MS.  1972;  Ph.D..  1976 

Kerr,  Frank  J.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astiorxxny:  Provost, 
Mathematical  and  Physical  Soences  and  Engineering,  B,Sc  . 
University  of  Melbourne.  1938:  M.Sc,.  1940.  M.A..  Harvard 
University.  1951;  D.Sc  .  Unrversity  ot  Melboume.  1962 

Kaalar,  Ethel  Assistant  Professor.  Physical  Educatkm  BS . 
University  of  Nonh  Carolina.  1949:  M.Sc..  Wellealey  Coiaga. 
1953 

Khanna,  Ra)  K.  Associate  Professor.  Ctiemlstry.  M.Sc.. 
University  of  Delhi.  1957.  PhD.  Indian  Institute  of  ScMnoa. 
Bangtore.  1962 

KhoerowlerdI,  Mohammad  Instructor.  Mechanical 
Engineenng,  BS.  Abadan  Institute  of  Technology  (Iran). 
1973;  MS  .  George  Washington  University.  1977 

KIdd,  Jerry  S.  Professor.  College  of  Litxary  and  Intormatton 
Sennces.  B.S..  Illinois  Wesleyan  University.  1950:  MA. 
Northwestern  University.  1954;  Ph  D  .  1956, 

Klafar,  Lawrence  L.  Lecturer.  Pan-time.  Coflege  of  Ljbrary 
and  Inlormatwn  Servicas  A.B.  Univeisity  of  Fkyida.  1958. 
M  S  L  S  .  Western  Reserve  Univarsity.  1960.  JO..  Univarally 
of  Maryland.  1966 

Kleftsr,  TTwmaa  A.  Lecturer  Part-bma.  InaOlula  ot  Appkad 
Agnculture  B  E  S  .  SUte  Unlversiiy  of  New  York  (Syracuaa). 
1972:  B  L.A  .  1973 

KMil,  Edward  Assistant  Prtilassor.  Pan-tme.  Music  B.M.E.. 
Wichita  State  Unrversity.  1961 

Kllboum,  Qaorge  U  Jr.  Instrucloi.  Mathematics  BS.  Yale 
University.  1950.  BE  .  1954 

Kllpatrlck.  WUUvn  Visiting  Aaaislani  Protaaaor.  Chnl 
Engineenng  B  Sc .  Herxx-Watl  Univanaly.  (Edmtugh 
Scotland).  1969.  M  Eng  .  Umversily  ol  Glaagow  (ScoOand). 
1977.  Ph  D  .  Unrversl^  of  Maryland.  19eO 

Klfli,  Chul  E.  Assistant  Prolaaaor.  Computer  Soenca  B  S . 
Seoul  National  University.  1963.  MS.  Univanaly  ol 
MinneeoU.  1971;  Ph  D  .  1975 


Lee,  Hugh  M.     211 


Kim,  Young  Suh  Assoc^ta  Proltsaor.  Phytio  and 
Aslroncxny  B.S .  Camagia  Instluts  ol  Technology.  1958; 
Ph  D  .  Princeton  University.  1961 

Klr^,  Henry  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Mattwmattcs  A.B . 
Brown  University,  1969.  M.A..  University  ol  California 
(Berkeley).  1973,  Ph.O  .  1974 

King,  NerKy  R.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Education  Policy. 
Planning  arid  Administration.  B.A.,  Antioch  College.  1964. 
M.Ed.  Harvard  University.  1965.  PhD.  University  ol 
Wisconsin.  1976 

King,  Raymond  L.  Professor.  Dairy  Science  A  B.,  University 
of  California  (BerVeloy).  1955;  Ph.D  ,  1958 

King,  William  E.,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemical  and 
Nuclear  Engineenng  8  S,.  University  of  Pittstiurgh.  1965. 
M.S..  Camegie-Mellon  University.  1966,  Ph.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1976. 

KIrli,  Jamea  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mechanical  Engineenng. 
BS.  Ohio  State  University.  1967;  MS..  Massachusetts 
InsUtute  of  Technology.  1969;  Ph.D..  1972 

Klrfcley,  DonakJ  H.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre  B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1960;  M.A., 
1962;  Ph  D  .  Ohio  Stale  University.  1967 

KIrwan,  William  E.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Mathematics- 
A.B..  University  ol  Kentucky,  1960;  MS  .  Rutgers-The  State 
University.  1962;  PhD  ,  1964. 

Klaabath,  Kathryn  L.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Physical 
Education  B.A..  Ohio  State  University,  1968:  M.Ed.,  Bowling 
Green  State  University.  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 
Carolina  (Greenstmro).  1980. 

Klank,  Richard  Associate  Professor.  Art.  B.  Arch..  Catholic 
University  of  Amenca.  1962;  M.F.A..  1964. 

Klarman,  William  L.  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  Eastern  Illinois 
University.  1957;  M.S..  University  ol  Illinois  (Urbana).  1960; 
PhD  .  1962. 

Klavon,  Albert  J.  Assistant  Provost,  Division  ol  Agncultural 
and  Ufe  Sciences  B.S.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1968;  M.S., 
1973;  PhD  .  1975. 

KMman,  Oavra  Gall  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Zoology. 
B.S..  Univeisity  of  Chicago,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  London, 
1969 

KMrM,  Don  W.  Associate  Pn^fessor,  English.  B.A.,  University 
of  Chicago.  1950;  M.A..  1953;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan, 
1961 

Kiappnar,  Adam  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S..  Yale 
Universrty,  1953;  M.A..  University  of  Michigan.  1954;  Ph.D., 
Harvard  University.  1960. 

Kllffar,  Michael  Assistant  Prolessor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
and  French  and  Italian.  B.A..  University  of  British  Columbia. 
1967;  M.A..  University  of  Michigan.  1968;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1973. 

Krwfalkamp,  L.  Laa  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.A..  Macalester  College.  1967;  M.A.. 
University  of  Minnesota,  1973;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Knitfan,  Donald  A.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S..  Louisiana  State  University,  1959;  M.A.. 
Washington  University.  1960;  Ph.D..  Catholic  University.  1967. 

Kntfong,  Jamaa  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education.  B.S..  Northern  Illinois  University.  1964; 
M.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Uitjana),  1968;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Knight,  Robert  E.L.  Associate  Professor.  Economics.  A.B., 
Harvard  University.  1948;  Ph.D..  University  ol  California 
(Berkeley).  1958. 

Knott  Gary  D.  Visiting  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Computer 
Science.  B.A.,  American  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Calilomia 
Institute  of  Tochnotogy,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University, 
1975. 

Knutaon,  Uoyd.  Adjunct  Professor,  Entomology.  B.A.. 
Macalester  Collage.  1957;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1959; 
Ph.D..  1963 

Kobayahl,  Taklo  Associate  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S..  Nagoya  Institute  ol  Technology.  1966; 
M.S..  Illinois  institute  ol  Technology.  1969;  Ph.D..  1972. 

KoM,  Francea  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education. 
B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1973;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University. 
1975;  Ph  D..  University  ol  Illinois,  1979. 

Kolker,  Robert  P.  Assoaate  Prolessor.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  B.A..  City  University  of  New  York  (Queens 
College).  1962:  MA.  Syracuse  University.  1965;  Ph.D., 
Columbia  University,  1969. 

Kollehlon,  Konia  T.  Instructor,  Part-time,  Sociology  and 
AlTO-Amencan  Studies.  B.A..  Howard  University,  1974;  M.A.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1977. 


Kdodny,  Richard  Aaaociata  Professor,  (^lage  ol  Business 
and  Management  B.SBA..  Nortfiwestem  University.  1965; 
M  8  A  .  New  York  University.  1967.  Ph.O  .  1972 

Koopman,  Ellxabeth  Janaaan  Associate  Prolessor.  Human 
Devstopment  A  B  ,  University  ol  Michigan,  1960,  MA..  1963. 
Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland.  1973 

Korenman,  Victor  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.. 
Pnnceton  University.  1958:  A.M.,  Harvard  University.  1959. 
PhD.  1965 

Komblatt,  Joyce  R.  Instructor.  Part-time.  English  and 
General  Honors  Program  8,A  .  Camegie-Melton  University. 
1966;  MA  .  Case-Western  Reserve  University.  1968 

Kottlar,  Milton  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Family  and  Comunity 
Devetopment    B  A  .  University  of  Chicago.  1954;  MA,  1957 

Kotz,  Samuel  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  M.S..  Hebrew  Univenty.  Jerusalem.  1956. 
Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1960. 

Koury,  Enver  M.  Associate  Professor.  Government  and 
Politics  8  A..  George  Washington  University.  1954;  PhD, 
American  University.  1958. 

Koutalldla,  Harry  C.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Institute  ol  Applied 
Agriculture.   8. A..  University  of  Miami,  1950. 

Kovach,  Kenneth  A.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and 
Management    B.B.A..  University  of  Ohio.  1968;  M.8.A..  1971. 

Krai),  Mary  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology.  8.S..  College 
of  William  and  Mary.  1973;  M.A..  University  of  Virginia.  1975; 
Ph.D..  1979. 

Kramer,  Amihud  Professor  Emeritus,  Horticulture  B.S.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1938;  M.S..  1939;  Ph.D..  1942. 

Kramer,  Arnold  N.  Lecturer,  Part-lime,  School  of  Architecture. 
B.S.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1966:  M.S., 
1968. 

Kramer,  Charlea  F.  Associate  Professor  Emeritus.  French 
and  Italian.   Ph. 8..  Dickinson  College.  1911;  M.A.,  1912. 

Kramer,  George  F.  Professor.  Physical  Education.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1953:  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana 
State  University.  1967. 

Krestenaen,  EIroy  R.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology 
B.S..  University  of  Florida,  1949:  M.S.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1962. 

Krewatch,  Albert  V.  Extension  Professor  Emeritus. 
Agricultural  Erigineeririg.  B.S..  University  of  Delaware,  1925; 
M.S..  1929:  E.E..  1933. 

Kriaher,  Lawrence  C.  Professor.  Part-time,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  A.B.,  Syracuse  University, 
1955:  A.M..  Harvard  University.  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Kriahnaprasad,  P.S.  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical 
Erigineering.  B.Tech.,  Indian  Institute  ol  Technology,  1972: 
M.S..  Syracuse  University.  1973;  Ph.D.,  Howard  University, 
1977. 

Knieger,  Robert  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese.   8. A..  University  of  Minnesota.  1968:  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Krumlns,  Malgonla  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Mechanical 
Engineering.  B.S..  University  ol  Michigan.  1959;  M.S.,  1963: 
Ph.D..  Uriiversity  of  Maryland.  1976. 

Kruaberg.  Lorin  R.  Prolessor,  Botany.  B.S.,  University  of 
Delaware,  1954:  M.S..  North  Carolina  State  University,  1956: 
Ph.D..  1959. 

Krushenick,  NIcholaa  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  Art  Students 
League.  .  1950;  Hans  Hofmann  School.  1951. 

Kudla.  Steven  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  8.A., 
Harvard  University,  1971:  Ph.D..  State  University  of  New  Yorit 
(StonyBrook).  1975. 

Kuehl,  Philip  G,  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S..  Miami  University  GOhio).  1965; 
M.B.A..  Ohio  State  University.  1967:  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Kueker,  David  W.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics.  A.8.. 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1964;  M.A.,  1966; 
Ph.D..  1967. 

Kuenzel,  Wayne  J.  Associate  Professor.  Poultry  Science. 
B.S..  Bucknell  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Georgia,  1969. 

Kurtdt,  John  F.  Associate  Professor.  Hortk:ulture.  B.S.,  West 
Virginia  University,  1952:  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State 
University.  1969. 

Kundu,  Mukul  R,  Professor,  Physics  and  AslrDnomy;  Director, 
Astnjnomy  Program.  B.Sc..  Calcutta  University,  1949;  M.Sc.. 
1951 ;  D.Sc..  Univeisity  of  Paris.  1957. 


Kunza,  Hana-JoacMm  Visiting  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  Opiom-Physiksr.  Techniach  Hochachule,  1961; 
PhD.  1964 

Kurtz,  John  J.  Professor  Ementus.  Human  Devek}pment 
8 A.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1935.  MA.  Northwastam 
University.  1940.  Ph  D  .  University  of  ChK;ago.  1947 

Kuaa,  Fred  R.  Associate  Professor,  Recreatxm.  B.S., 
University  of  New  Hampshire,  1948;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University.  1968 

LAchler,  Ulrlch  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Brown 
University,  1972;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1974;  Ph.D., 
1979 

Lakahnianan,  SItarama  Associate  Prolessor,  Chemistry. 
8Sc.  Annamalai  University.  1946:  Ph.D..  University  ot 
Maryland.  1954 

Lamona,  Rudolph  P.  Professor  arkj  Dean,  College  of 
Business    and    Managemennt.     B.S..    University    of    North 

Carolina.  1960:  Ph.D..  1966. 

Lampe,  John  R.  Assoaate  Professor.  History  B.A.,  Hanrard 
Universrty.  1957;  M.A..  University  of  Minnesota,  1964;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1971, 

Landa.  Aviva  M.  Instructor.  Hebrew  and  East  Asian.  B.A.. 
Hebrew  University.  Jerusalem,  1968. 

Landry,  L.  Bartholomew  Assoaate  Professor.  Sociokigy  and 
Afro-American  Studies.  8. A..  Saint  Mary's  Seminary.  1961; 
BA..  Xavier  University.  1966:  Ph.D.  Columbia  Universrty, 
1971, 

lAtKlabarg,  Helmut  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  Ph.D..  University  of 
Frankfurt,  1930. 

Langdale,  John  Associate  Professor.  Part-time.  Geography. 
8.S..  Sydney  University.  1966;  M.S.  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1968;  Ph.D..  University  of  Hawaii,  1973. 

tanning,  Eldon  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Government  and 
Politics  8.S .  Northwestern  University.  1960:  Ph.D., 
University  of  Virginia,  1965. 

LaplnakI,  Tadeuaz  Associate  Professor,  Art.  M.F.A., 
Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  Warsaw  ,  Poland,  1955. 

Larfcin,  Wlllard  D.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology.  B.S.. 
University  of  Michigan.  1959:  M.A..  University  of  Pennsyfvania, 
1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urtjana),  1967. 

Larklna,  Hayaa  C.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology.  8.S..  Michigan  State  University.  1961;  M.S., 
1966. 

Larson,  Jerome  V.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S,.  University  of  Maryland.  1960;  M.S..  1963:  Ph.D..  1968. 

LaSota,  l^o  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  8. Music. 
West  Virgina  University.  1966:  M.F.A..  Camegie-Mellon 
University,  1968:  M.A..  Indiana  University.  1969;  8.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1973;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Laatar,  Theodore  R.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  General  Honors 
Program.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  J.D.,  Harvard 
Law  School,  1977. 

Lawrence,  Richard  E.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Servk»s.  B.S..  Michigan  State  University.  1955; 
M.A..  1957;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Lawrence,  Robert  G.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1957; 
M.8.A.,  1960:  Ph.D.,  Texas  Agricultural  arid  Mechanical 
University,  1969. 

Lawson,  Lawla  A.  Professor,  English.  B.S..  East  Tennessee 
State  University.  1957:  M.A.,  1959:  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Wisconsin.  1964. 

Lawaon,  Thomaa  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Agncultural 
Engineering.  B.S..  Louisiana  State  University,  1967;  M.S., 
1973;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1978. 

Lay,  David  C.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A,,  Aurora  College, 
1962:  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1965; 
Ph.D.,  1966. 

Layman,  John  W.  Associate  Professor,  Secondary  Education 
arxj  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B..  Park  College.  1955; 
M.S.Ed..  Temple  University.  1962;  Ed.D..  Oklahoma  State 
University.  1970. 

Lacar,  Harold  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
A.8..  Columbia  College.  1957;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University, 
1963. 

Lee,  Chi  H.  Prolessor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  National 
Taiwan  University  (Taipei),  1959;  M.S.,  Harvard  University, 
1962:  Ph.D..  1967. 

Lae,  Hugh  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Classics.  B.A.,  St,  Mary's 
College  of  Califomia.  1966:  M.A.,  Stanfonj  University,  1971; 
Ph.D..  1972. 


212     Lee,  Richard  C. 


La»,  Richard  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Earty  Childhood 
Elementary  Education  and  Special  Education.  B.S.,  University 
ol  Wisconsin.  1973:  M.S..  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Illinois. 
1978 

Le*,  Sung  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Aerospace  Engineenng 
BS.  Seoul  National  University.  1966:  MS,  Massachusetts 
Institute  ol  Technology.  1974.  Ph  D  .  1978 

Laa,  Yaa-Chun  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  BS. 
National  Taiwan  University.  1966;  Ph  D  .  Dartmouth  College. 
1970 

Laady,  Chartotta  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Recreation  B  S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  I960;  MA..  1966;  PhD..  Temple 
University.  1975 

Laata.  Burl  A.  Associate  Professor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management  B  S  .  Juniata  College.  1962;  MBA.  University 
of  Maryland.  1964;  J.D..  Amencan  Universrty.  1969 

LafM,  Emory  C.  Professor.  Animal  Science.  8.S .  University 
of  Maryland.  1943;  MS.  1947;  PhD  .  1953. 

Lagg,  Joaaph  O.  Ad|unct  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S.A.. 
University  of  Arkansas.  1950;  MS  .  1951;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1957, 

Lahnar,  Guydo  R.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B  S.,  Loyola 
University.  1951;  MS,,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  Ph.D.. 
1958 

Lalnwand.  Theodora  B.  Assistant  Professor.  English  B  A.. 
Hamilton  College.  1973;  M.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1978.  PhD  .  1980 

Lajlna,  Pater  P.  Prolessor  Ementus.  Sociology  and  Chminal 
Justice  and  Cnminology.  M.Phil..  University  of  Latvia.  1930; 
ML..  1933;  PhD,,  University  ol  Chicago.  1938 

Lambach.  John  Professor.  Eahy  Chiklhood  Elementary 
Education  and  Art.  B.A..  University  of  Chicago  and  Chicago 
An  Institute.  1934;  MA..  Northwestern  University,  1937;  Ed.D.. 
Columbia  University.  1946. 

Langarmann,  Joaaph  J.  Associate  Professor.  Sociok)gy. 
B.A..  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1958;  STB.  Gregonan 
University.  1960.  MA,  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1964;  PhD  . 
Cornell  University.  1969, 

Lanz,  Sharon  Assistant  Professor,  Music  and  Secondary 
Education  B.M  E,,  Northwestern  University,  1968;  MM. 
1970;  EdO  ,  University  of  Illinois.  1978 

Laonard,  Mary  M.  Associate  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  BS,.  Boston  College.  1968;  M.A.. 
University  of  Minnesota.  1971;  PhD,,  1974. 

Laona,  Marli  Assoaate  Professor.  Anthropology.  B.A..  Tufts 
University.  1963;  M.A..  University  of  Arizona.  196S;  Ph.D.. 
1968 

Laof>g,  David  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Communkation  Aits 
and  Theatre-  B-A..  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1973; 
M.F.A..  University  of  North  Carolina  (Greensl)oro).  1975. 

Lmmhm,  Jamaa  H.  Associate  Professor.  Philosophy;  Acting 
Chairman,  Classics.  B.A-.  University  of  Virginia.  1962;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Rochester.  1966, 

Laaalay.  Billy  V.  Professor.  Agncultural  and  Resource 
EoonomKS  B  S  .  University  of  Arkansas.  1957;  MS,  1960; 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Missoun.  1965 

Lavlna,  Charlaa  H.  Assoaate  Professor.  Urt>an  Studies; 
Acting  Director.  Bureau  of  Government  Research.  B.S.. 
University  of  Connecticut,  1964;  M.B.A..  Indiana  University. 
1966;  MP  A..  1968;  Ph.D..  1971 

LaVlna,  Oavid  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Electrk:al  Engineenng. 
BSE,.  University  ol  Mrchigan.  1963;  MS.E.,  1966;  Ph.D.. 
1968 

Lavlrw.  Jamaa  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Germanic  arvj  Slavic 
Languages  arx)  Literatures  B.A.,  State  University  of  New 
York  (BuHakil.  1971,  B.  A..  1972;  M.  A.,  University  ol  Illinois. 
1974;  Ph  D  .  1977 

Lavlna,  Marvin  J,  Professor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Managemeni.  B  A.  Univeislty  of  Wisconsin.  1952;  J.D.,  1954; 
MA.  1959;  Ph  D  .  1964. 

Lavlna,  VIekl  Assistant  Prelessor.  Philosophy  B  A..  Western 
College.  1968.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1977 

Lavlna,  William  S.  Assoaate  Prolessor.  Eledncal 
Engineenng  BS.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technotogy. 
1962;  PhD.  1969 

Lavlnaon.  Jafrold  Assistant  Ptolasaor.  Phiknophy  BS. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1969;  Ph.D..  Univarslty 

of  Michigan.  1974 

Lavlnaon,  John  Z.  Professor.  Psycholooy  BA.  UnlvarMy  ol 
Toronto,  1939;  MA.  1940;  Ph  D.,  1948. 


tavltan,  Hartiart  Associate  Prolesaor,  Zoology.  BEE.. 
Cornell  University.  1962;  Ph  D  .  1965 

Lavltlna,  Oaorga  Professor.  Art  BA .  University  of  Pans. 
1938;     MA.     Boston     University,     1946;     PhD,     Hanrard 

University.  1952 

Lavlton,  Oanlal  Professor.  Health  Education  BS  .  George 
Washington  University.  1953.  MA.  Spnngfiek)  College.  1956; 
Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland.  1967 

Lavy,  Mark  R.  Associate  Professor.  College  ol  Journalism 
BA,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964,  MA,  Rutgers 
University.  1965;  M.  Phil.,  Columbia  University,  1875;  Ph.D., 
1977 

Lawla,  Rogar  K.  Associate  Professor  and  Associate  Dean. 
School  of  Architecture  B  Arch  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technotogy.  1964:  M  Arch  ,  1967 

U,  Chlh-Halang  P.  Lecturer.  Parttime.  School  ol  Architecture 
BS  .  Tunghai  University(Taiwan).  1968;  M  S.C.E..  Washington 
University.  1973- 

Llbby,  Elian  W.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  Part-time. 
Counseling  and  Personel  Services,  BA,.  George  Washington 
University.  1967;  MA,.  1970.  PhD,.  University  ol  Maryland. 
1977 

Libarman,  Estfiar  Instructor.  Hebrew  and  East  Asian.  M.A,, 
University  ol  Chicago,  1949, 

LJchty,  Lawrence  W.  Professor,  CommunK^atkin  Arts  and 
Theatre,  A,B,.  University  of  Southern  Calitomia,  1959;  M,A, 
Ohio  Stale  University,  1961;  Ph,D,.  1964, 

Llabman,  J.  Atfliate  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  BS . 
Brooklyn  College.  1967;  MA,,  Pnnceton  University.  1968; 
Ph.D..  1970 

Llaaanar,  Jamaa  W.  Professor.  College  of  Library  and 
lnlomiatK>n  Senrices  B.A..  Wartburg  College.  1955;  MA,. 
University  of  Northern  Iowa,  1960:  AM.LS.,  University  ol 
Mehigan.  1962;  Ph  D..  1%7 

Ugomanldaa,  Pane*  A  Prolessor,  Electrkal  Engineenng 
BS,,  University  ol  Athens.  1951;  M.S.,  1952:  M.S.E.E., 
Stanford  University.  1956;  Ph.D..  1958. 

LJn.  Chin  S.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  lor  Physical 
Saence  and  Technology,  B,S.,  National  Taiwan  University. 
1969;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Washington.  1975. 

Un,  Hung  Chang  Professor.  Electncal  Engineenng,  B.S.. 
Chiao-Tung  University.  1941;  M.S.E,,  University  of  Michigan, 
1948;  PhD,,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1956, 

Under,  Harris  J.  Associate  Professor.  Zook)gy,  B.S,.  Long 
Island  University.  1951;  M.S..  Cornell  University,  1955;  PhD,. 
1958 

Undlar,  Kalth  W.  Instructor.  Mechanical  Engineenng  BS  . 
University  of  Maryland.  1975:  M.S..  1978. 

Undsay,  Rao  H.  Associate  Professor.  Educatk)n  Policy. 
Planning  and  Administration,  B.A..  Brigham  Young  University. 
1954;  MA..  1958;  M.A..  University  of  Michigan.  1963:  Ph.D.. 
1964. 

Unduaka.  Jamaa  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Entomok>gy.  BS . 
University  of  Maryland.  1965;  M.S  .  1968;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Unk,  Conrad  B.  Professor.  Horticulture.  BS  .  Ohio  State 
University.  1933;  MS.  1934;  Ph.D..  1940. 

Unkow,  Irving  Assooate  ProfesscK.  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre    B  A..  University  ol  Denver.  1937;  M.A..  1938 

LJpaman,  RonakJ  L.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S..  City 
University  of  New  York  (City  Collegel.  1964;  Ph.D.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1967, 

Uaaltz,  Robert  W.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Measurement 
and  Statistics:  Professor.  Psychology-  B.S..  Northwestern 
University.  1963;  PhD  .  Syracuse  University.  1969. 

Uttla,  Joyce  C.  Instructor.  Computer  Science  BS. 
Northeast  Louisiana  State  University,  1957;  MS.,  San  Diago 
State  University.  1963 

Uu,  Chuan  Shang  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  B  S  . 
Tunghai  University  (Taiwan).  1960:  M.A..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1964;  Ph  D-.  1968 

Liu,  Tat-PIng  Associate  Prolessor.  MathematKS  BS. 
National  Taiwan  University.  1968:  MS .  Oregon  Stale 
Universiiy.  1970.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Mcftigan.  1973. 

Lockard,  J.  DavM  Prolessor.  Botany  and  Saoondary 
Education  BS.  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1951;  M  Ed.. 
1955.  Ph  D  .  1962. 

Locka,  Edwin  A  Profasaor,  Psychology  and  Collage  ol 
Business  and  Management.  B.A,  Harvard  Univarsity,  1960; 
MA  .  Cornell  University.  1962;  Ph.D..  1964 


Locka,  John  L.  Prolessor.  Heanng  arv)  Speech  SdatKas. 
B  A.  Ripon  College,  1963;  MA,  Ohn  University,  1965:  Ph.D., 
1968 

Loab,  Slaphan  E.  Profasaor,  College  of  BusMasa  and 
Management-  B-S..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1961;  M.BA., 
University  ol  Wisconsin.  1963:  Ph  D  .  1970 

Longaat,  Jamaa  W.  Professor.  Agncultural  and  Extension 
Education  BS.  University  ol  Illinois  IUrt>ana).  19S1:  M.S.. 
1953.  Ph  D  .  Cornell  University.  1957 

Longlay,  Edward  L.,  Jr.  Associate  Prolessor.  Saoondary 
Education  BA.  University  ol  Marylaiv).  1950,  MA, 
Columbia  University,  1953;  Ed.D.  Pennsylvania  Stala 
University.  1967 

LopaZ'Eacotoar,  Edgar  G.  Prolessor.  Mathematics  B.A, 
Cambndge   University.    1956.   M.A..   University  of  Califrxnla 

(Berkeley).  1961;  PhD.  1965. 

Lord,   DavM   Assoaate   Prolessor.   School   ol   Archnaciura. 

B  S  .  University  ol  Anzona.  1962;  MS.  1965:  MA,  Univaralty 
of  Calilomia  IBenteley).  1972- 

Loas,   John   Professor.   School   ol   Architecture.     B.   Arch.. 

University  ol  Michigan.  1954;  M,  Arch,.  1960 

Lounabury,  Myron  O.  Assooate  Professor,  American 
Studies  B.A..  Duke  University.  1961;  M.A..  University  ol 
Pennsylvania.  1962;  Ph.D..  1966, 

Love,     Nancy     K.    Assistant     Prolessor.     Zoology       BA., 

Vandert>ill  University.  1967.  M.S..  University  ol  Alabama 
(Bimiingham).  1970;  Ph.D..  Baytor  University,  1975. 

Luban,  David  J.  Research  Associate.  Center  for  F^ik>sophy 
and  Public  Policy  B  A..  University  of  Chicago.  1970;  MA, 
Yale  University,  1973.  M  Phil..  1973;  Ph  D..  1974 

Luatkamayar,  Joaaph  F.  Prolessor.  Industnal  Education. 
B.S  .  Stout  Sute  College.  1953;  MS.  1954;  Ed.D .  University 

of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1961, 

Lundoagar,  Margraiha  Instructor.  Economics  B.A. 
Amencan  University.  1973;  M.A..  Unrversiy  of  Maryland.  1980. 

Lutwack,  Laotwrd  I.  Prolessor.  English  BA.  Wesleyan 
University,  1939;  M.A..  1940;  PhD.  Ohio  State  Universiiy. 
1950 

Lynch.  Jamaa  B.  Pn}fessor.  Art     A.B  .  Harvard  Unnrersity. 

1941;  AM,.  1947;  Ph.D..  1960- 

Lynn.  Jatfray  W.  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and 
^ronomy.  Institute  lor  Physical  Science  arvj  Tectmotogy 
BS.  Georgia  Institute  ol  Technokigy.  1969:  M.S..  1970: 
Ph  0 .  1974 

Lyook,  Gary  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  College  of  Businaas  and 
Management  BA.  Boston  University.  1974;  MBA, 
University  ol  Michigan,  1976. 

Mabba.  Linda  Assistam  Prolessor.  Pan-time.  Music.  B.  Mua.. 
Northwestern  University.  1968.  M  Mus  .  1970 

MacBaln.  William  Prolessor.  French  and  Italian.  M.  A. 
Honors.  Saint  Andrews  University  (Scotland).  19S2:  Ph.O., 
1955 

MacCarthy.  Mark  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Center  tor  Phiooophy 
and  Public  Policy  BA.  Fordhom  Umversity.  1968;  Ph.D.. 
Indiana  University.  1975.  MA.  University  ol  Notre  Dama. 
1978 

MacDonald,  William  M.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
BA.  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1950;  Ph.D..  Pnr>cak)n 
University.  1955 

Mock.  Maynard,  Jr.  Assoaale  Professor.  English  B  A  .  Yala 
University.  1964.  M.Phil .  1969;  PhD-.  1969- 

Mocklln,  Eleanor  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Family  and 
Community  Devekipmeni  BA.  Obenin  College.  1954:  M.A, 
Cornell  University.  1959;  Ph  D..  1973 

MacLaan,  Douglaa  E.  Resean:^  Associate.  Canter  kx 
PhikMophy  and  Public  Policy  B  A  .  Stanlord  Umvaraity.  1966, 
Ph  D..  Yale  University.  1977 

MacLeod,  Anna  S.  Assoaale  Professor.  CkiOaga  ol  Library 
and  Inlormaton  SarvKas  BA.  University  of  Cticago.  1949: 
MLS.  University  ol  Maryland.  1966.  Ph  D  .  1973 

MacQulUan.  Anthony  M.  Associate  Prolaaaor.  Moobotogy. 
BSA.  Unversity  ol  Bntish  Ckjiumtu.  1956.  MS.  19S8, 
Ph  0  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1962 

Mac  ready,  Gaorga  B.  Assooate  Prolessor.  MeaiuramanI  and 
Sutistica  B  A.  Wilkamette  Universiiy.  1965.  MA.  Unvaraly 
ol  Oagon.  1967.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Minnesota.  1972 

Madden,  OoroUiy  O.  Prolessor  Ementa.  Danca  AB., 
Middlebury  CoHtgt.  1934.  MA.  Syracuoa  UravarMy.  ta37; 
Ph  D  .  New  York  Unnraralty.  1962 


McDonald,  Sharon  S.     213 


MMttoon.  John  P.  AasistanI  Prolmaor.  Eaity  CMkttiood 
Elemsntary  Education  B.S..  SUM  Uruvarsity  CoMag*  ol  New 
York  (Ganosao).  1962.  MS.  1965.  Ed  D  .  Univareity  ol  Illinois. 
1972 

Magdofl,  JoAnn  M.  Assistani  Prolassor.  Anthropology  ^A  . 
City  College  ol  New  YorV,  1969.  MA.  Pnncaton  University. 
1974.  PhD.  1977 

Magoon.  Ttiomaa  M.  Prolassoi.  Counseling  arvj  Personnel 
Services  arx)  Psychology.  Director.  Counseling  Center  B  A . 
Danmouth  College.  1947.  M  A  .  University  ol  Minnesota.  1951. 
Ph  D  .  1954 

Mahalan,  Bal  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Mechanical  Enginaenng 
8  Sc .  Puniat)  University  (India).  1960.  MS.  University  ol 
Maryland.  1965.  Ph  D  .  1970 

Mairta,  Patar  R.  Associate  Protessor.  Cnminal  Justice  arxl 
Cnminology  B  A .  St.  Vincent  College.  1960;  MA.  Fortham 
University.  1962.  Ph  D  .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1969 

Majaaka.  Gaorga  P.  Associate  Prolessor.  History.  B.A.,  City 
University  ol  New  YorV  (Bnxiklyn  Collage).  1961,  MA. 
Indiana  University.  1961;  Ph  D  .  1968 

MalaaMa,  J.  La*  Associate  Prolessor.  Dairy  Science  BS  . 
University  ol  Wisconsin.  1964.  MS.  1966;  PhD..  Kansas 
State  University.  1 970 

Mak.  Wing  K.  Instructor.  Mechanical  Enginaenng.  B.S . 
University  ot  Anzona,  1976. 

Mala.  Gaorga  A.  Protessor.  Education  Policy.  Planning  and 
Administration.  B.A.  Universrty  of  Michigan,  1948;  M.A.. 
1949;  Ph.D.  1952 

Malay,  DonaM  Protessor  and  Chairman,  Industrial  Education 
B.S..  Calilomia  State  College  (Pennsylvania),  1944;  M.A.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1947.  Ph.D..  1950. 

Malllnaon.  Edward  T.  Associate  Protessor.  Vetehnary 
Science.   V.M.D..  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1956. 

Malouf,  DavkJ  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education. 
B.A..  University  ol  Utah.  1968;  M  Ed..  1970:  Ph.D..  University 
ol  Oregon.  1976. 

Martdnt,  Joaaph,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.. 
Providence  College.  1968;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1969; 
Ph.D..  1976. 

Mandelzwalg,  Victor  Visiting  Associate  Professor,  Physics 
and  Astrorwmy.  M.S..  Moscow  State  University,  1962;  Ph.D.. 
Institute  of  Theoretical  and  Expenrrwntal  Physics  .  1965. 

Mangold,  Martin  C.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Music  B.M..  North 
Texas  State  University.  1975;  M.M..  Cleveland  Instiulute  ot 
Music.  1977. 

Manifold,  Rodnay  M.  Assistant  Instructor.  Part-time.  Industnal 
Education.   B.S  .  Temple  University.  1952. 

Mannlitg,     Charlaa     Professor     Ementus.     English;  Dean 

Emeritus.    College    ol    Arts    and    Sciences.      B.S.,  Tufts 

University.  1929;  MJ\..  Harvard  University,  1931;  PhD. 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1950. 

Manning,  Jamaa  M.  Assistant  Instructor.  Part-time,  Physical 
Education.  B.S  .  Niagra  Univehsty.  1970;  M.S..  Indiana  State 
University.  1977. 

Mana.  Darlua  H.  Assistant  Professor.  Economics  B.A.. 
Wayne  State  University.  1975.  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology.  1 979. 

Manapaakar,  Joa  E.  Assistant  Professor  of  Vetennary 
Science.   V.M.O..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1952. 

Marabia,  Nina  L  Research  Associate.  Food.  Nuthtion  and 
Institution  Administration.  B.A..  Agnes  Scott  College.  1961; 
M.S..  Emory  University.  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Massachusetts.  1967 

Marando,  Vincent  L.  Professor.  Uit>an  Studies.  B.S.,  State 
University  at  Buffalo,  1960:  M.A-.  Michigan  State  University, 
1964;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Mardnkowaki,  M.  John  Prolessor,  Mechanical  Engineenng. 
BS..  University  of  Maryland.  1953;  M.S..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1955:  Ph.D..  1959. 

Marcua,  Robert  F.  Associate  Prolessor.  Human 
Development.  B.A..  Montdair  State  College.  1965:  M.A..  New 
YorV  University.  1967:  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1973. 

Marcuaa,  Michael  J.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A.. 
University  ol  Pittsburgh.  1966;  MA,  University  of  Michigan. 
1967;  Ph.D..  1971 

Mariano,  Patrick  Prolessor.  Chemistry.  B.S..  Fairteigh 
Dickinson  University,   1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin. 


Marton.  Jarry  B.  Professor.  Ptrysics  and  Astronomy.    B.A.. 
Reed  College.  1952:  M.S..  Rice  University.  1953:  Ph.D..  1955. 


Matklay,  Nalaon  O.  Prolesaor.  Mathematics  AB .  Lafayette 
College.  1962.  MA.  Yale  University.  1964;  PhD  .  1966 

Marfca.  Colin  H.  Protessor.  Mechanical  Enginaenng  B  S  . 
Carnegie  Institute  ol  Technok>gy.  1956.  M.S..  1957.  Ph.D. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1965 

Marquartlt.  Warren  W.  Protessor.  Vetennary  Science  BS  . 
University  ol  Minnesota.  1959.  MS  .  1961;  PhD  ,  1970. 

Marra-Lopaz.  Joae  R.  Professor.  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
B  A  .  iLicenciatura).  University  of  Madnd  (Spam).  1959. 

Marrta.  Robin  Professor.  Economics  BA.  Cambridge 
University.  1947.  Sc  0  .  1968 

Marro.  JacqiMllrta  C.  Instructor.  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics  BS.  University  ol  Vermont.  1966;  MA,.  New 
York  University.  1971;  M.B.A..  University  ol  Maryland.  1978 

Martin.  Barry  Instructor,  Industnal  Education.  B.A.,  Montdair 
State  College.  1974. 

Martin,  Carole  O.  Instructor.  Computer  Sdence.  B.S.. 
Western  Maryland  College.  1965;  M.S..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1971. 

Martin,  Jamaa  G.  Piolessor.  Psychology  B  S..  University  ol 
North  Dakota.  1951:  MA..  University  ol  Minnesota,  1958: 
Ph  D..  1960 

Martin,  L.  John  Professor.  College  ot  Journalism.  A.B., 
Amencan  University  (Cairo),  1947:  M.A.,  University  ol 
Minnesota.  1951.  Ph.D.  1955 

Martin,  Monroe  H.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Institute  for  Physical 
Soence  and  Technology.  B.S..  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1928:  Ph  D  .  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1932. 

Martin,  Raymond  F.  Associate  Prolessor,  Philosophy  B  A  . 
Ohio  Slate  University.  1962;  M.A..  1964:  Ph.D..  University  of 
Rochester.  1968. 

Martlndale.  Melanle  Assistant  Prolessor,  Sooology.  B.A.. 
University  ol  Texas.  1967;  M.A..  Stanford  University.  1975: 
Ph.D..  University  of  Texas.  1979. 

Marx,  George  L  Professor.  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services;  Assistant  Provost,  Division  of  Human  and 
Community  Resources.  B.A..  Yankton  College.  1953;  M.A.. 
State  University  ol  Iowa.  1958:  Ph.D..  1959. 

Maaon,  Glenn  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A..  Harvard  University,  1965:  M.S.,  University  of 
Chicago.  1967;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Maaon.  Jamaa  Lecturer.  Pan-time.  Aerospace  Engineenng. 
BS..  Pennsylvania  Stale  University.  1960:  M.S..  Drexel 
Institute  of  Technology.  1964:  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland. 
1971. 

Maaa,  Clifford  Assistant  Professor,  Meteorology  B.S., 
Comell  University.  1974:  Ph.D..  Universily  of  Washington, 
1977. 


«,  Cecil  M.,  Sr.  Instmctor,  Institute  of  Applied 
Agnculture.  B.S..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1950:  M.S.. 
1957;  Ph.D..  University  ol  K^aryland.  1979. 

MatlMr,  Ian  H.  Associate  Professor.  Dairy  Science  B.Sc.. 
University  College  of  North  Wales.  1966:  Ph.D..  1969. 

Mathera,  James  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemical  and 
Nudear  Engineenng.  B.S..  Alfred  University.  1970:  M.S.. 
North  Carolina  State  University.  1974;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Mathlaa,  J.  Kevin  Instructor.  Institute  ot  Applied  Agnculture. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1973:  M.S..  1976. 

Matoaalan,  Mary  K.  Associate  Professor.  History.  B.A., 
Stanford  University.  1951:  M.A..  Amencan  University  (Beirut). 
1952;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1955. 

Mattsaon,  Richard  L.  Associate  Professor.  Human 
Devetopment.  B.A..  Knox  College.  1952:  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland.  1955:  Ed.D..  1962. 

Matthewa.  David  L.  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technotogy.  B.S..  Queens 
University  (Canada).  1949:  Ph.D..  Pnnceton  University.  1959. 

Matthews.  Thomaa  A  Assodate  Professor.  Physks  and 
Astronomy,  B.A..  University  of  Toronto.  1950:  M.S..  Case 
Institute  of  Technology.  1951;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1956. 

Mattick,  Joaaph  F.  Professor.  Dairy  Science  BS. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1942;  Ph.D..  1950. 

Mattlngly.  Joseph  G..  Jr.  Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies. 
College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1958:  M.B.A..  1966;  D.B.A..  1979. 

Maurlello.  Thomas  P.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Cnminal  Justice 
and  Criminology.  B.A..  Suffolk  University.  1973;  M.F.S.. 
George  Washington  University.  1976. 


Mayar-Sommar.  Alan  P.  Assistant  Professor.  College  o( 
Business  and  Management  B  A  .  Columbia  University.  1963; 
MBA.  Harvard  University.  1965;  Ph  O .  Georgia  State 
University.  1976 


Mayo.  Mariana  J.  Assooata  Prolesaor.  Hislory  B.A.  Wayna 
Slate  University.  1954;  MA.  Columbia  Unweralty.  1957; 
PhD  .  1961 

Mayor,  John  R.  Visiting  Professor.  Secorxlary  Educatk>n: 
Assistant  Provost  for  Research.  Divisnn  of  Human  and 
Community  Resources  BS.  Knox  College.  1928.  M.A., 
University  ol  Illinois.  1929.  Ph.D.  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1933 

Maza.  Ellzabalh  A  Instructor.  Spadal  Education.  B.S..  The 
Pennsylvania  Stale  Unhreiaity.  1977;  M.Ed..  Univarsity  ol 
Maryland.  1980. 

Mazzocchl.  Oorolhy  E.  Instructor,  Chemistiy.  B.S.,  Queans 
College.  1960:  MA.  City  University  ol  New  York.  1964. 

Mazzocchl.  Paul  H.  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman. 
Chemistry  B  Sc .  Queens  College.  1961;  PhD.  Fordham 
University.  1965 

Mazzola,  Eugene  P.  Ad|unct  Associate  Professor.  Ctiemistry. 
A.B..  Franklin  and  Marshall  College.  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of 

Pittsburgh.  1970. 

McArdle,  Jamaa  V.  Assistant  Professor,  ChemMiy.  Sc.B„ 
Brown  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  ol 
Technology.  1975, 

McAvoy.  Thomaa  J.  Professor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineenng  B  S..  Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute,  1961;  M.A.. 
Pnnceton  University.  1963.  Ph.D..  1964. 

McCabe.  Margaret  M.  Instructor.  Heanng  and  Speech 
Saences.  B.S  .  University  ot  Wisconsin.  1974;  M.S..  1976. 

McCaleb,  Joaaph  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Secondary 
Education  and  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  BA, 
Abilene  Chnstian  College.  1969;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Texas 
(Austin),  1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 

McCall,  Gerakj  N.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences,  BS..  Flonda  State  University.  1959;  M.A.. 
Northwestern  University.  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

McCarrlck.  Earteen  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A..  Louisiana  State  University.  1953;  M.A..  1955; 
Ph.D..  Vandemm  University.  1964. 

McCarthy,  Michael  Assistant  Prolessor,  Amencan  Studies. 
A.B..  Boston  College.  1964:  M.A..  University  of  Minnesota. 
1972;  Ph.D..  1975. 

McCleary,  Robert  F.  Assistant  Professor.  CommunH:ation  Arts 
and  Theatre.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1965:  M.A..  1967; 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  University,  1978. 

McClura,  L  Morris  Professor.  Administration.  Supervision, 
arxl  Cumculum.  B.A..  Western  Michigan  University,  1940; 
M.A.,  University  of  Michigari,  1946:  Ed.D..  Michigan  State 
University.  1953. 

McCluig,  Charlaa  A.  Assoaate  Professor.  Hortk:ulture.  B.S., 
Iowa  State  University,  1966;  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1968:  Ph.D..  1970. 

McConnell,  Kenneth  E,  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Florida.  1964;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1973. 

McCrank,  Lawrenca  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services.  B.A..  Morehead  State  University, 
1967;  M.A..  University  ol  Kansas.  1970:  M.LS..  University  ol 
Oregon.  1976:  Ph.D..  University  of  Virginia.  1974. 

McCuen,  Richard  H.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.. 
Came^ie-Mellon  University,  1967;  M.S..  Georgia  Institute  of 
Technology.  1969:  Ph.D..  1970. 

McCuaker,  John  J.  Assooate  Professor.  History  B.A..  Saint 
Bernards  College.  1961;  M.A..  University  of  Rochester.  1963; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1970. 

McDermott  Maryann  K.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Spedal 
Education.  B.A..  Marymount  Manhattan  College.  1966;  M.Ed.. 
Boston  University.  1967 

McOonakJ.  Frank  B.  Adjund  Prolessor.  PhysKS  and 
Astronomy.  B  S..  Duke  University.  1948:  M.S..  University  of 
Minnesota.  1952:  Ph.D..  1955. 

McDonald,  James  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  B.M.. 
Momingside  College.  1962:  MA.  University  of  Iowa.  1964; 

D.M.A..  1974. 

McDonald,  Sharon  S.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Food.  Nutrition 
and  Institutkin  Admintstratkin.  B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1963;  M.S.,  Univeisity  of  Maryland,  1979. 


214     McElreath,  Mark  P. 


McElrMth,  Mark  P.  Assistant  Professor.  College  ol 
Journalism  BA..  University  ol  Houston,  1969;  M.A.. 
University  ol  Wisconsin.  1972:  Ph.D..  1975, 

McGlnnl*.  Michael  A.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of 
Business  and  Management,  B,S,.  Michtgan  State,  1964;  M.S,, 
1965;  DBA,,  University  of  Maryland,  1977, 

McGrew,  Milton  P.  Assistant  Instnjctor.  Part-time,  Induslnal 
Education.   B,S  ,  Trenton  State  College,  1970, 

McGuIre,  Martin  C.  Professor,  Economics  B,S ,  United 
States  Military  Academy,  1955;  MA,.  Oxford  University,  1958; 
Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1964. 

McHugh,  John  C.  Instructor.  Physical  Education.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1959;  M.Ed..  Amencan  University. 
1968. 

Mcllrath,  Thomaa  J.  Associate  Professor.  InsMute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology  B.S .  Michigan  State 
University.  1960;  Ph.D..  Pnncelon  University.  1966. 

Mclntlra,  Roger  W.  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A.. 
IMorthwestem  University.  1958;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State 
University.  1960;  PhD  .  1962. 

Mcintosh,  Maria  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
University  of  Illinois,  1974;  M.S.,  1976:  Ph,D,.  1978. 

Mclntoah,  Terry  L.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Geography  BS. 
Farmington  State  College.  1965;  M.A..  University  of  Chicago. 
1968;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University,  1974. 

Mclnturtt,  Mark  0.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  School  of  Architecture. 
B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1972, 

Mclntyre,  Jennie  J.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  A.B.. 
Hov»ard  College,  1960;  M.S..  Flonda  State  University.  1962; 
Ph.D..  1966. 

Mclntyra,  Margaret  L.  Visiting  Lecturer.  Food,  Nutntion  and 
Institution  Administration,  B,S,,  Oregon  Slate  University, 
1948;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1975. 

McKay,  Janat  H.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B  A..  Oakland 
Universrty,  1968;  M.A..  Pnnceton  University.  1971;  Ph.D., 
1974. 

McKaa,  Claude  G.  Professor.  Agronomy  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1951;  M.S..  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

McLaughlin,  William  K.  Instructor.  Health  Education  B  S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1973;  M.A..  1975. 

McLsllan,  Margarat  E.  Research  Assistant.  Food.  Nutrition 
and  Institution  Administration.  A.B..  Grinnetl  College.  1975; 
M.S..  Virginia  Polytechnic  InstitLrte  and  State  Univ..  1979. 

McLoorw,  Eugans  P.  Professor.  Education  Policy.  Palnning 
and  Administration.  B.A..  LaSalle  College,  1951;  MS., 
University  of  Denver,  1952;  Ph,D,,  University  ol  Illinois 
(Uttjana),  1961. 

McMullan.  Yvonne  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.A..  Emory  University.  1968;  M  Ed.. 
Georgia  State  University.  1970;  Ph  D..  1973. 

McfMly.  Chartaa  H.  Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education. 
A.B..  Earlham  College.  1964;  M.A..  Ohio  State  University. 
1966;  Ph.D..  Univensty  of  Michigan.  1973 

McNally,  Thaodora  H.  Professor.  Government  and  Politics. 
B.S.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1941;  M.A.,  1942;  Ph.D.. 
Columbia  University.  1952. 

McNaaby,  Jamsa  R.  Professor  and  Chainnan.  Chemistry. 
B.S..  Ohio  University.  1943;  Ph.D..  New  Yori<  University.  1951. 

McNIcol,  Lore  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Microbiology.  B.A.. 
University  of  Montana.  1965;  Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1968. 

McWhInnIa,  Harold  J.  Associate  Professor.  Housing  and 
Applied  Design  and  Secondary  Education.  B.A.E.,  Art 
Institute  of  Chicago,  1953:  M.F.A.,  1957;  Ed,D.,  Stanford 
University.  1965. 

Madvana,  Arnold  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services:  Counselor,  University  Counseling  Center. 
B.S  .  Temple  University.  1959:  M  Ed  .  1963;  Ed  D..  University 
of  Kansas.  1968. 

Masker,  BarlMra  F.  Associate  Professor.  Sociology  BA.. 
University  of  Kansas.  1961.  MA..  StanfonJ  Unrversity.  1964; 
Ph.D..  1966 

Maarsmsn,  Rogsr  L.  Professor.  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre  B  A  .  Saint  Ambrose  CoMege.  1952:  MA..  University 
of  Illinois  (Urbanal.  1959.  Ph  D  .  1962 

MshI,  Jans  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures  B.A..  Douglass  College.  1967; 
MA..  Middiebury  College.  1968;  Ph.D.  State  University  ol 
New  YorV  (Binghamton).  1974 

Msl|sr,  Marianne  S.  Associate  Professor.  French  and  Italian 
Romance  Language.  University  of  Leiden  (Holland).  1948: 
M.A.,  Catholic  University,  i960:  Ph  D  .  1972 


Malslngsr,  John  J.  Adiunct  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy 
B.S  .  Iowa  State  University.  1967;  PhD  .  Cornell  University. 
1976 

Mslalnger,  Richard  J.,  Jr.  Assistant  Provost,  Division  of 
Behavioral  and  Social  Soences:  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor, 
Government  and  Politics  and  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B  S  ,  Cornell  University,  1967;  M.S..  University 
ol  Illinois.  1968:  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Bertieley). 
1975. 

Halzllk,  Jaffrsy  N.  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  B.S  .  University 
of  Tennessee.  1969;  M.F  A..  Brooklyn  College.  1972 

Hsilor*,  William  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Entomotogy  B  S., 
Yale  University.  1973.  MS,.  Cornell  University.  1977;  Ph.D. 
1979 

Mslnik,  Walter  L  Professor.  Aerospace  Engineenng.  B  S. 
University  of  Minnesota.  1951 ;  MS  .  1953.  Ph.D..  1964, 

Msnard,  John  P.  Instructor  and  Director.  Computer  Science 
Center.  A  B  .  Saint  Michaels  College.  1954. 

Msndsloff,  Hanry  Professor  Ementus.  Spanish  and 
Portuguese.  B  S.,  City  University  of  New  Yorti  (City  College), 
1936:  M.S.,  1939;  Ph.D,,  Catholic  University  of  Amenca,  1960 

Msflks,  Arnold  S.  Adjunct  Professor.  Entomology  BS. 
University  of  California  (Berkely).  1957;  M.S..  University  of 
California  (Davis).  1959:  Ph.D..  1965. 

Manzar,  Robsit  E.  Professor.  Entomotogy.  B.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962: 
Ph,D„  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964, 

Msrrlck.  Charisa  P.  Associate  Professor  Ementus, 
Agricultural  Engineenng,  B.S.C.E..  University  of  Maryland. 
1933. 

Msrrikan,  Harry  E.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  A.8  .  Loyola  College.  1969;  M.B.A..  1978. 

Merrill,  Horace  S.  Professor  Emeritus.  History  BE.. 
Wisconsin  State  University  (River  Falls).  1932;  Ph.M . 
University  ol  Wisconsin.  1933:  Ph.D..  1942. 

Masasramlth,  OonaM  H.  Professor.  Entomok>gy  B  Ed  . 
University  of  Toledo.  1951;  M.S..  University  of  Mk*iigan.  1953; 
Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1962. 

Mstz,  Joseph  F.,  Jr.  Assistant  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Studies.   B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1960:  Ph.D..  1971. 

Mayar,  Paul  A.  Associate  Professor,  Economics,  BA,,  Johns 
Hopkins  Unrversity,  1961;  Ph,D,,  Stanford  University,  1966, 

Mayers,  G.  Dougiss  Assistant  Professor.  English  B  S .  New 
Yori<  University.  1973;  M.A..  Columbia  Uniersity.  1974;  Ed.D.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1980. 

MIchaslls,  Otho  E.,  IV  Ad|unc1  Assistant  Professor.  Food. 
Nutrition  and  Institution  Administratron.  B.S..  Gannon  College. 
1964;  M.S..  West  Virginia  University.  1970:  Ph.D..  University 
of  Maryland.  1973. 

Mlchsjds,  Christophsr  J.  Adjunct  Pnjfessor.  Chemistry 
B.S..  University  of  Illinois.  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Rochester,  1963. 

Mlalus,  Wsltar  S.  Associate  Professor,  Industnal  Education 
BS.,  Chicago  Teachers  College,  1957:  MEd  ,  Illinois  State 
Teachers  College,  1959:  Ed  D.,  Loyola  University,  1966 

MIgnarsy,  Alk*  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry  BS. 
University  of  Rochester.  1971:  M.S..  1973:  PhD  .  1975. 

MIgnersy,  Pstsr  C.  Visiting  Assistant  Preifessor.  Mechanical 
Engineenng  B.S..  University  of  Rochester.  1970:  M.S..  1972; 
Ph.D..  1979 

Mlhslcic,  Rsbscca  A.  Lecturer  Part-Ume.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1966;  MS  .  Kansas  State  Unlvsrslty,  1968:  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland.  1977 

MIkulakl.  Pk>tr  W.  Professor.  Mathematks.  B.A..  Lyceum 
(Warsaw).  1942;  MS.  School  of  Planning  and  Statistics. 
1952;  Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Bertieley).  1961. 

Miles,  Csrolyn  W.  Assistant  Pnsfessoi.  Part-time.  Food. 
Nutrition  and  Instrtution  Administration  B.S..  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  Univ  .  1969.  MS.  1971:  Ph  D  . 
1977 

Mllhollan,  Frank  Assooate  Professor.  Human  Development 
B  A  .  CokKSdo  Ckillsge.  1949:  MPS.  University  ol  Cokxado. 
1951:  Pti  D  .  University  of  Nebraska.  1966 

Minay,  MIchaal  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Botany  BA. 
Wittenberg  Univenity.  1967:  MS.  University  of  Illinois 
(Cheago).  1977;  Ph  D  .  1976. 

Millar,  Catharine  M.  Assooate  Professor.  Health  Education 
BS.  Illinois  Slate  University.  1956.  MA.  Colorado  State 
College.  1959.  Ph  D  .  Ohio  State  Unrversity.  1967 


Millar,  Douglaaa  R.  Ad|unct  Associate  Professor.  Entamok>gy. 
B  S  .  Unrversity  of  California  (Davis).  1964.  MS,  1965,  PhD  , 


Millar,  Fradarick  P.  Professor.  Agronomy  B  S ,  Ohk>  Stats 
University.  1958;  MS  .  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965 

Miller,  Oarald  R,  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry  B.S,, 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M,S ,  University  of  Illinois, 
1960;  Ph  D,,  1962 

Millar,  Jamaa  R,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1951;  M.S.,  1953.  Ph.D..  1956, 

MMIer,  Jerry  F,  Lecturer  Pan-time,  Urtwn  Studies  BME., 
Georgia  Institute  ol  Technotogy.  1959:  MB  A  .  University  o* 
Colorado.  1964 

Millar,  Joaaph  W.  Lecturer.  English  B  A  .  Saint  John  Rahar 
College.  1958.  MA.  University  of  Rochester.  1960 

Millar,  Mary  R.  Associate  Professor.  English  B  A..  University 
of  Iowa.  1941.  MA.  University  ot  Denver.  1959.  Ph.D., 
Georgetown  University.  1969. 

Miller,  Ronald  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of  Busmass 
and  Management.  B.A..  Ohio  State  University.  1968:  J.D., 
George  Washington  University.  1972. 

Minis,  Richard  M.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time, 
Physical  Education.  B.S.  George  Washington  University. 
1972:  Ph.D..  Howard  University.  1978. 

Mills,  Osvkj  H.  Professor  of  Psychokigy  and  Assistant 
Director.  Counseling  Center  BS.  Iowa  State  University, 
1955;  M.S..  1957;  PhD  .  Michigan  State  University.  1964. 

Mills,  David  I-  Visiting  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Computer 
Saence.  BSE,  University  ol  Michigan,  1960:  B,S,E„  1961; 
M,S,E.,  1962,  MS,,  1964;  Ph.D  ,  1971 

Mills,  Hsrisn  D.  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  kma 
State  University.  1948:  M.S..  1950;  Ph.D..  1952, 

Mills,  Judson  R.,  Jr.  Professor.  Psyc»x)togy    B.A..  University 

of  Wisconsin.  1953:  Ph  D  .  Stanford  University.  1958. 

Miner,  William  G.  Assistant  Professor.  School  ol  Anitiiteclurs. 
A.B .  Pnnceton  University.  1972;  M.  Arch..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technotogy.  1974. 

MInkar,  Jack  Professor.  Computer  Science  B>.,  CMy 
University  of  New  Yorti  (Brooklyn  College).  1949:  M.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1950;  Ph.D..  Univetsity  ol 
Pennsylvania.  1959. 

Minor,    Carole    W.  Assistant    Professor.    Counseling    and 

Personnel  Services  B.A..  Mk^igan  State  University.  1968; 

M.S..  Flonda  State  University.  1973:  PhD..  University  o) 
Maryland.  1980 

Minor,  W.  William  Assistant  Professor.  Cnminal  JustKe  and 
Cnminotogy  BS  Michigan  State  University.  1968;  M.S.. 
Ftorida  State  University.  1973;  Ph.D  .  1975. 

MIntz,  Alan  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Hewbiew  and  East  Aalan. 
BA  .  Columbia  University.  1969.  M.A..  1970;  Ph.D..  1975. 

HIntz,  Lawtanca  E.  Associate  Professor.  Amencan  Studies. 
B.A..  University  of  South  Careilina.  1966.  MA.  MKhigan  State 
University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1969 

MIntz,  Yale  Visiting  Professor.  Meteorotogy  B.A..  Dartmoulh 
College.  1937;  MS..  Columbia  Unrversity.  1942;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1949 

MIsh,  Chartaa  C.  Professor.  English  BA .  Univarslly  ot 
Pennsylvania.  1936:  M.A..  1946.  Ph.D..  1951 

Mlanar,  Chartaa  W.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  B.S., 
University  of  Notre  Dame.  1952:  MA.  Pnnceton  Unlvafsity. 
1954;  Ph.D..  1957, 

Mitchell,  Robert  D.  Associate  Professor.  Geography.  M.A.. 
University  of  Glasgow.  1962:  Ph  D  .  Unlveraity  o(  Wisconsin. 
1968 

MItyga,  Hanry  G.  Assistant  Professor.  Horttcullurs  and 
Institute  of  Applied  Agnculture  B  S  .  Cornell  Untvaisity.  1066: 
M  S  Purdue  University.  1969.  Ph  D  .  Lkwarsity  ol  Marytand. 
1976 

Hoardyke.  Carol  B.  Lecturer.  Part-dme.  Colege  ol  Dunnssa 
and  Management    BB  A.  Western  Michigan  Univarsity,  1971. 

Mohan.  Judith  Lanum  Instnjctor.  Zoology  BA.  OePauw 
University.  1977;  MS.  Unrversity  ol  Maryland.  1960 

Mohanty,  Saahl  B.  Professor.  Vstsnnsry  Scaenoe  B.V.S., 
Bihar  Univeisrty.  1956;  MS.  University  ol  Msryland.  igSI: 
PhD  .  1963 

Hontgcmary.  DavM  C.  Visiting  Prolessor.  PhysKS  and 
Asrtnjnomy  BS.  Unrversity  ol  WtsoonsM.  1956:  MX, 
Pnncebxi  University.  1958;  Ph  D  .  IKS 


Ollan,  Judith     215 


MontgoffMry,  William  Prot«S9or,  Music.  B.Mus..  Cornell 
Colleee.  I9S3.  M  Mus  .  CaltiolK  Univarslty  ol  Amartca.  19S7: 

Ph  D  .  1975, 

MontoMh,  Oana  E.  AsslslanI  Prolesaor.  Parl-tima.  Music 
BME.  Indiana  University.  1961 

Montroll,  Elllol  W.  Protessor.  Inshlule  lot  Physical  Science 
and  Tachnotogy  B  S  .  University  ol  Pittsburah.  1937;  Ph  D  , 
1940 

Moor*.  John  H.  Prolessor.  Chemistry  BS,  Carnegie 
Institute  ol  Technology.  19^;  MA.,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1965.  PhD.  1967 

Moora,  John  R.  Professor.  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Economics;  Assistant  Provost.  Division  ol  Agnculture  and  Life 
Sciences  BS  .  Ohio  State  University.  1951;  MS,,  Comeil 
University,  1955.  PhD  .  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1959. 

Moquln.  Gaorga  A.  Assistant  to  the  Dean.  Summer 
Prograrrw,   B.A,.  University  ol  Maryland.  1971, 

Morakia,  Jamaa  C.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Electncal  Engineering 
B  S  E  E  .  City  College  ot  New  York.  1953;  MSEE  .  Columbia 
University.  1954;  PhD.  University  ol  Maryland,  1967 

Morgan.  H.  Garthon  Protessor  Emeritus,  Human 
Devetopment  B.A,.  Furman  University.  1940;  M.A..  University 
ol  Chicago.  1943;  Ph  D  .  1946 

Worgan,  Omar  0.  Prolessor.  Botany.  B.Ed.,  Illinois  State 
University  (Normal),  1940;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Illinois 
(Urbana).  1950 

Uorrta,  Alfred  F.  Associate  Professor.  Physical  Education, 
B.S..  University  of  Massachusetts.  1964;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1966;  PhD,.  University  of  Massachusetts,  1975, 

Morrla,  Ruaaall  D.  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Business 
and  Management,  BSC.  Ohio  State  University,  1963; 
MB.A.,  1964,  PhD  ,  1973. 

Morrla,  Stanley  E.  Research  Associate.  College  of  Business 
and  Management-  B.A..  San  Jose  State  College,  1966;  M.A,, 
Columbia  University,  1967. 

Morrison,  Keith  Professor.  Art,  B.F.A.,  Art  Institute  of 
Chicago.  1963;  M,F,A..  1965 

Morion,  Eugaiw  S.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  Zoology 
B.S..  Denison  University.  1962;  Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1969. 

Moaar,  Phylla  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Food,  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration.  BS..  University  of  Maryland.  1969; 
M.S..  1973;  PhD..  1976, 

Moaas  Clalrs  G.  Assistant  Professor.  Women's  Studies 
Program,  A.B.,  Smith  College.  1963;  M,  Phil..  George 
Washington  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Mosa,  Alfred  A.  Assistant  Professor.  History.  B.A..  Lake 
Forest  College.  1965;  M.Div.,  Episcopal  Divinity  School.  1968; 
MA..  University  ol  Chicago.  1972;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Moaa,  Lawrartc*  Professor,  Music.  B.A..  University  of 
CaJifomia  (Los  Angeles),  1949;  M.A..  UniverBity  of  Rochester. 
1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1957, 

Motta,  Jarome  J.  Associate  Professor.  Botany,  A.B.,  San 
Francisco  State  College,  1959;  M.A..  1964;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California  (Berkeley).  1968. 

Moyer,  Wilbur  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Agronomy.  B.A..  St. 
Francis  College.  1936;  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1947, 

Mozar.  Doria  Instructor,  Part-time.  English.  B.A..  New  Mexico 
SUte  University,  1963;  M.A..  1970. 

Mueller,  Oennia  C.  Prolessor.  Economics  B.S.,  Colorado 
College.  1962;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University.  1966 

Mulchl,  Charlaa  L.  Assoaate  Professor.  Agronomy  B.S.. 
North  Carolina  State  University.  1964;  M.S..  1969;  Ph.D., 
1970. 

Muller,  Robert  E.,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Agncultural 
Engineering.  B.S.A,E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.. 
1976;  Ph.D..  Purdue  University.  1981, 


Munno,  Frank  J.  Prolessor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineenng.  B.S..  Waynesburg  College,  1957;  M.S.. 
University  ol  Florida,  1962;  PhD,.  1964. 

Munoz,  Sllverlo  Assistant  Prolessor,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese,  Ljcenaatura.  Universidad  de  Concepckin  (Chile). 
1972;  PhD,,  University  ol  California  (San  Diego),  1977. 

Munaon,  Karl  F.  Lecturer.  Recreation.  B.S,.  University  of 
Illinois.  1950;  M.S.,  Indiana  University.  1954;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Illinois.  1968. 


Murphy.  Charlea  D.  Prolesaor  Ementus,  English  BA, 
University  ol  Wisconsin,  1929;  MA.  Harvard  Univsrsity.  1930. 
Ph  D,,  Comeil  University.  1940, 

Murphy.  John  C.  Lecurei.  Part-time.  Urtian  Studies.  6  S . 
College  ol  the  Holy  Cross.  1962;  LL  B  ,  New  Yorti  University, 
1965 

Murphy.  Thomaa  J.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B,S,, 
Fordham  University,  1963;  PhD,,  Rockefeller  University,  1968, 

Murray,  Joaeph  F.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physical  Education 
B  S,.  University  ol  Maryland.  1967.  MA,.  1969.  Ph.D..  1976 

Murray,  Marguerite  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  ot  Library 
and  Information  Services.  A,B,,  Rocktord  College.  1939; 
B  L,S  .  Carnegie  Institute  ol  Technology.  1941, 

Murrall,  Peter  Assistant  Professor.  Economics.  B.Sc.. 
London  School  ol  Economics,  1971;  MSc.,  1972;  Pti  D,, 
University  ol  Pennsylvania,  1977. 

Muae,  Stephen  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Sctiool  ot 
Architecture  8,  Arch,,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.Arch. 
in  Urban  Design.  Comeil  University,  1976. 

Myera,  Ralph  D.  Professor  Emeritus  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
BA,.  Cornell  University.  1934;  MA,.  1935;  PhD,.  1937. 

Myera,  Robert  M.  Professor.  English,  B.A,.  Vanderbilt 
University.  1941;  M.A,.  Columbia  University.  1942.  MA., 
Harvard  University,  1943;  PhD,,  Columbia  University,  1948, 

Myera,  Roaa  S,  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Human  Development. 
B.S,,  Springlield  College,  1965;  M,S,Ed,,  University  ol 
Pennsylvania,  1971;  Ph,D,,  University  ol  Maryland,  1979. 

Myrlcka.  Noel  Associate  Professor.  Family  and  Community 
Development,  B,A,,  San  Francisco  University,  1955;  M,S,, 
1967;  J-D,,  Howard  University,  1970;  Ed.D.,  American 
University,  1974, 

Nam,  Sunwoo  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Journalism. 
BA,,  Hankuk  University,  Seoul  ,  Korea.  1961;  M.A.,  Stanford 
University,  1965;  M.A.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison),  1969. 

Namkung,  Won  Assistant  Professor.  Electrical  Erigineenng, 
B.S,.  Seoul  National  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Tennessee.  1977. 

Naah,  Allan  N.  Professor  and  Director  of  Graduate  Studies. 
College  ot  Business  and  Management,  B,B.A,.  University  ol 
Minnesota,  1957;  M.B.A..  1959;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Nau.  Dana  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.. 
Universrty  ol  Missouri.  1974;  A.M..  Duke  University,  1976; 
Ph.D..  1979 

Nader,  Marilyn  V.  Instructor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences. 
B.A.,  Douglass  College,  1975;  M.A..  University  of  Maryland, 
1977. 

Nelson,  Clifford  L.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education.  B.S.,  Washington  State  University, 
1957;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota.  1966, 

Nelson,  Judd  O.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Entomology.  B.S., 
University  ol  Wisconsin,  1969;  M.S..  1972;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Nemea,  Graciala  P.  Prolessor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 
B.S..  Trinity  College  (Vennont),  1942;  M.A..  Uriiversity  of 
Maryland,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Nepote.  Kathryn  H.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Veterinary  Medicine. 
BS.,  Rutgers  University,  1969;  V,M.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1973. 

Narl,  Umborto  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S., 
University  ol  Chicago.  1961;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Nettles,  Miriam  E.  Instructor.  Food.  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  B.S..  Michigan  State  University,  1972; 
Internship  Certficate,  University  of  Michigan  Medical  Center, 
1973;  M.S.,  University  ol  Wisconsin,  1978. 

Natzer,  Faiko  P.  Visting  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,   Ph.D,,  University  ol  Innsbruck.  1971. 

Neumann,  Walter  Assooale  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A., 
Adelaide  University  (Australia),  1966;  M.A.,  1968:  Ph.D., 
University  ol  Bonn  (West  Germany),  1969. 

Newby,  Hayes  A.  Professor  Emeritus.  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences.  A.B.,  Ohro  Wesleyan  University.  1935;  M.A.. 
University  ol  Iowa,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1947. 

Newcomb,  Rotiert  W.  Professor.  Electncal  Engineering. 
BS..  Purdue  University.  1955;  M.S.,  Stanford  University. 
1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Beriieley).  1960, 

Newell,  Clarencs  A.  Professor.  Education  Policy,  Planning 
and  Administration,  B,A,,  Hastings  College,  1935;  M.A.. 
CkJiumbia  University.  1939;  PhD  .  1943. 

Ng,  Timothy  J.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Horticulture.  B.S. 
University  ol  Calilomia.  1969;  M.S.,  Purdue  University.  1972; 
Ph.D..  1976. 


Nicholson,  James  L.  Senior  Specialist.  Poultry  Science. 
B  S  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1951 

NIckela,  William  G.  Assooale  Prolessor.  College  of  Business 
and  Managemeni  BS.B.A,.  Ohio  State  University.  1962; 
MBA.  Western  Reserve  University.  1966.  Ph.D..  Ohio  State 
University.  1969, 

NIcklsson,  Fred  H.  Assistant  Prolessor.  History.  B.S., 
Gustavus  Addphus  College.  1953;  MA,.  Univeraity  of 
Pennsylvania.  1955.  Ph  D.,  Yale  University.  1967 

NIemsyer.  G.  Charles  Associate  Professor,  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre  BA,  Depauw  University,  1933.  MA. 
Noithwesiem  University.  1935;  Ph  D  .  Yale  University.  1942 

NIese,  Henry  Associate  Professor.  Art  Cert,.  The  Cooper 
Unk>n.  1949.  Cert.,  Academie  Grande  Chaumiere  (Parts), 
1949:  B.F.A..  Columbia.  1955 

Nlles,  Lyi^drsy  A.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Communication  A/ts 
and  Theatre,  B,A..  Columbia  Union  College.  1963:  M.A.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1965.  Ph.D..  Temple  UniveraJty.  1973. 

Noll,  Jamea  W.  Associate  Prolessor.  Educatkin  Polk;^. 
Planning  and  Administration,  B,A,,  University  ol  Wisconsin 
(Milwaukee).  1954.  MS,,  1962:  Ph.D..  University  ol  Chicago. 
1965, 

Norland,  Douglaa  L.  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.A.A..  University  ol  Michigan,  1967; 
MB.A,.  1968:  DB.A.,  Indiana  University,  1977, 

Norman,  Kent  L.  Associate  Prolessor,  Psychology.  B.A., 
Souttiem  Methodist  University.  1969;  M.A..  University  of  Iowa. 
1971;  Ph.D..  1973, 

North,  Gerald  R.  Adjunct  Professor,  NASADepartment  of 
Meteorology,  B,S,,  University  ol  Tennessee,  1960:  Ph,D.. 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1966. 

Norton,  Charles  F.  Lecturer.  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.F.A,  Photography,  Maryland  Institute  College  ol  Art.  1972. 

Norton,  Virgil  J.  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Ecoriomics,  B.S.,  Kansas  State  University,  1957; 
M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University,  1964. 

Norton,  Virginia  P.  Lecturer.  Food.  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  B.S..  University  of  Colorado,  1958;  Dietetic 
Internship  Cert..  Brooke  General  Hospital,  1960:  M.Ed., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1974. 

Nosssi,  Ralph  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Physks  and  Astronomy. 
B.E..  Cornell  University.  1959:  M.S.,  University  of  Mk;higan, 
1961;  Ph.D..  1963. 

Nunamaker.  Aniw  W.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Journalism,  B,A..  Middle  Tennessee  State  University.  1955; 
M.A..  1959;  EdS..  George  Peabody  College.  1973;  Ph.D., 
1977, 

Nuss,  Elizabeth  M.  Assistant  to  the  Chancellor.  B.A..  Slate 
University  ol  New  York  (Altiany),  1967;  M.Ed..  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1969. 

Nygrsn,  Ronald  E.  Instructor.  Part-time,  Industrial  Education. 
B.A.,  California  State  Uriiversity  (Los  Angeles).  1967;  M.A-. 
1969 

Nzuwah,  Marliyo  M.  Assistarit  Professor,  Afro-American 
Studies  and  Govemment  and  Polrtks,  B.A..  University  of 
Minnesota,  1965:  M.A..  Howard  University,  1967;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Gates,  Wallace  E.  Professor.  Economics  and  Bureau  of 
Business  and  Economic  Research.  M.A.,  Stanford  University, 
1959;  Ph.D..  1965. 

O'Conneli,  Donald  W.  Professor.  Economk;s.  B.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Odsll,  Stanley  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Philosophy.  B.A., 
University  ol  Kansas.  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  iiiinois 
(UitMna),  1962:  Ph.D..  1967. 

Odiand,  Sheldon  W.  Instructor,  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1958. 

Ogawa,  Nobuo  Instructor,  Hebrew  and  East  Asian.  B.A., 
Keio  University  (Tokyo),  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  British 
Columbia.  1972. 

O'Haver,  Thomas  C.  Professor.  Chemistry,  B,S..  Spring  Hill 
College.  1963;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Flonda.  1968, 

O'Lsary,  DIanne  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science 
and  Institute  lor  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S., 
Purdue  University.  1972;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1976. 

O'Lsary,  Ronald  T.  Associate  Professor.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  B.S,.  Bowling  Green  State  University.  1960; 
M.A..  1961;  M.F.A..  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1964;  Ph.D.. 
1966 

Ollan.  Judith  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.A..  Hebrew  University,  Jerusalem,  1974; 
M.S.,  University  ol  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1977;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Wisconson  (Madison).  1980. 


216     Oliver,  James  H. 


Ollvar,  J«m**  H.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Government  and 
Politics.  BA..  UnivefSity  of  Wastilngton,  19S9:  M.A..  1962; 
Ph.D.,  Uncveralty  ot  Wisconsin.  1968 

Olson,  Alison  G.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of 
California  (Ber1<eley).  1952;  M.A.,  1953:  Ph.D.,  Oxford 
University  (England),  1956 

Olson,  Edwin  E.  Professor,  College  ol  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.A.,  Saint  Olal  College,  1959;  M.S.. 
American  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Olson.  Kslth  W.  Professor.  History.  B.A.,  Slate  University  of 
New  Yon<  (Albany),  1957;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1964. 

Olson,  Msncur  L  Jr.  Professor.  Economics.  B.S..  North 
Dakota  Slate  University.  1954;  BA.  Oxford  University.  1956; 
M.A..  1960;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University,  1963. 

Olson,  Orrln  O.  Associate  Professor,  Music  A.B , 
Sacramento  State  College,  1960;  M.Mus.,  Indiana  University, 
1961. 

Olvsr,  Frank  W.  Research  Professor,  Mathematics  and 
Institute  Physical  Science  and  Technology  B.Sc.,  University 
ol  London,  1945;  M.Sc..  1948;  D.Sc..  1961. 

Onasch,  Chsrias  M.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Geology.  B.A.. 
Franklin  and  Marshall  College.  1971;  M.S..  University  ol 
Massachusetts.  1974;  .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1977. 

O'Nslll,  Lso  W.  Jr.  Professor.  Early  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  B.A..  University  of  Chicago.  1938;  M.A..  University 
of  Kansas.  1951;  Ed.D..  Univeraity  of  C^torado.  1955. 

Oplk,  Ernst  J.  Professor.  Part-time.  Phystos  and  Astronomy 
Bach..  Moscow  Imperial  University.  1916;  Ph.D.,  Natkjnal 
University  of  Estonia.  1923. 

Oppsnhsim,  Joost  J.  Adjunct  Professor,  Zoology.  A.B.. 
Columbia  University.  1956;  M.D..  Columbia  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons.  1960 

Oppsnhslmsr,  Jos  A.  Associate  Professor.  Government  and 
Politics.  A.B..  Cornell  University.  1963;  M.A..  University  ol 
Michigan.  1964;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University.  1971. 

Orllnksy,  Waltsr  S.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Uit>an  Studies.  B.A.. 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961;  J.D..  University  ol  Maryland. 
1964. 

Osbom,  John  E.  Prolessor.  Mathematics  B.S..  University  ol 
Minnesota.  1948;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Ostsr,  Ross  Marts  Prolessor.  Gemianic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures;  Dean.  Graduate  School.  M.A.. 
Stockholm  University.  1956;  Ph.D..  Kiel  University  (Gemiany). 
1958 

Ott,  Edward  Prolessor.  Electrical  Engineenng  and  Physics 
and  Astronomy  B.S..  The  Cooper  Unkjn.  1963;  M.S.. 
Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967 

Ottlrtgsr,  Msry  Ann  Assistant  Prolessor,  Poultry  Science. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1974;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Otto,  Gllbsci  F.  Visiting  Professor.  Zookigy.  B.A..  Kalamazoo 
College.  1926;  M.S..  Kansas  State  University.  1927;  Ph.D.. 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1929. 

Otts,  Louis,  E.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Civil  Engineering.  B.A.. 
East  Texas  State  Unrversity.  1933;  6.S..  Texas  A&M 
University,  1946;  M.S..  1946. 

Ousby,  Isn  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A..  Cambridge 
University  (England).  1968;  MA,  1972;  Ph.D..  Harvard 
University.  1973. 

Owsns,  Grsts  Instructor.  Dance.  6.A..  University  of 
Maryland.  1975. 

Owlngs,  Jsmss  C.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mathematk:s.  B.S.. 
Danmoulh  College.  1962.  Ph  D.,  Cornell  University.  1966. 

Paaps,  Max  J.  Adjunct  Associate  Prolessor.  Dairy  Science. 
B.S..  Mkrfiigan  State  University.  1959;  M.S.  1963;  Ph.D. 
1967. 

Pal,  Slilh  I.  Research  Prolessor.  Institute  lor  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.  BS  .  National  (Antral  University  (China). 
1935;  M.S.  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technok>gy.  1938; 
Ph.D  .  CaMomia  Institute  ol  Technology.  1940 

Psik,  Ho  Jung  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
BS..  Seoul  National  University.  1966;  M.S.  Stanford 
Unrversity.  1970;  PhD  .  1974 

Psins,  Frank  T.  Prolessor.  Ck>llege  ol  Business  artd 
Mansoemeni  BS  .  Syracuse  Univerwty.  1951,  MBA.  1956; 
Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1963. 

PaJwonsky,  Bernard  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Aerospace 
Engineenng.  B  S..  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technok)gy. 
1953;  M.A..  Indiana  University.  1954;  M  S  E..  Pnncston 
University.  19S6;  Ph.D..  1961. 


Psikovlch,  Ann  M.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Anthropohigy.  AB . 
University  ol  Chicago.  1974;  MA..  Northwestern  University. 
1975;  Ph  D  .  1978. 

Psimsr,  Milton  E.,  Ill  Instnxrtor.  Mechanical  Engineenng 
BS  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1976;  MS..  1978 

Psnagsrlys.  Arvind  Assistant  Prolessor.  Economics  B  A.. 
University  Rajasthan.  1971;  M.A..  1973;  M.A..  Pnnceton 
University.  1977;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Psnichss,  Gaorgs  A.  Professor.  English  B.A..  Amencan 
Inlemattonal  College.  1951;  M.A..  Trinity  Ck)llege 
(Connecticut).  1952;  PhD  .  Nottingham  University.  1961 

Paolsttl,  Jo  B.  Lecturer.  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economk^ 
B.S..  Syracuse  University.  1971;  MS..  University  ol  Rhode 
Island.  1976.  Ph  D..  University  ol  Maryland.  1980 

Papadopoulos,  Konstantlnos  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy  B  Sc..  University  of  Athens.  1960;  M.Sc.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  ot  Technotogy.  1965;  Ph.D..  University 
ol  Maryland.  1968. 

Papsntuas.  Ed¥rard  C.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  History 
B.A..  Amencan  University.  1965;  M.A..  University  of  Cok>rado. 
1967;  PhD  .  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1973. 

Peril,  Chsn  M.  Visiting  Lecturer.  Pan-lime.  Computer  Science. 
B.S..  Seoul  l^ational  University.  1958;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1964;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Par1<,  Robert  L  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  A.A.,  Edinburg  Regional  College  (Texas).  1950; 
B.S..  University  ol  Texas  (Austin).  1958;  M.A..  1960;  Ph.D.. 
Brown  University.  1964. 

Psrksr,  Dsvkj  L  Lecturer.  Part-time,  Communk^atkHi  Arts  and 
Theetre.  B.A.,  University  ol  Charieston,  1957;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1959. 

Panning,  Tonu  Assistant  Professor,  Sodotogy.  BA. 
Pnnceton  University,  ,  1964;  M.A.,  Yale  University.  1973; 
Ph.D..  1976. 

Pssch,  Alsn  Professor.  Phitosophy.  B.A..  University  of 
Mk^igan.  1949;  M.A..  New  School  for  Social  Research.  1952; 
Ph.D..  Princeton  University.  1955. 

Pssmanlck,  Ksnneth  Assistant  Prolessor.  Paritime.  Music 
B.A..  American  Universily.  1962. 

PatI,  Jogssh  0.  Prefessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.. 
Ravenshaw  College.  1955;  M.Sc.  Delhi  University,  1957; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1960. 

Patrick,  Susan  B.  Instructor.  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 
B.A..  University  of  Kentucky,  1971;  M.A.,  Ohio  University, 
1975. 

Patrick.  W.  Larry  Assistant  Prolessor,  Part-Ume,  Journalism 
B.A.,  University  ol  Kentucky,  1972;  M.S..  University  of 
Tennessee.  1973;  Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University.  1976 

Patterson,  Annabel  M.  Prolessor.  English  B  A..  University  ol 
Toronto.  1961;  M.A..  University  ol  London.  1963;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Patterson,  Glenn  W.  Prolessor  and  Chaimian.  Botany  BS  . 
North  Carolina  State  Univaisity.  1960;  M.S..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1963;  Ph.D..  1964 

Patterson,  Jsmss  C.  Visiting  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Agronomy 
B.S..  West  Virginia  State  University.  1967;  M.S..  1969 

Pattsrson,  Msry  MsrgarsI  Instructor.  College  ol  Journalism 
B.A..  Ohio  State  University.  1966;  M.A..  1967. 

Pattsrson,  Wllllsm  V.  Assistant  Professor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre,  B.F.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma.  1970; 
M.F.A..  University  ol  Utah.  1972. 

Patton,  Sharon  F.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Art.  B.A..  Roosevell 
University.  1966;  M.A..  University  ol  Illinois.  1969;  Ph.D.. 
Northwestern  Unrversity.  1979. 

Pavsis,  Gsry  M.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  General  Honors 
Program  BA ,  Lawrence  College,  1968;  MA,  Wesleyan 
University.  1970;  J.D  .  University  ol  Illinois,  1973. 

Psysris,  Lsszk)  Assistant  Professor,  Music  B.Mus , 
University  ol  Maryland.  1960;  M  Mus .  UniversMy  of  Texas. 
1962 

Paarcs,  Alan  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  ol  Business  snd 
Management  B  Sc .  London  School  ol  Economxa.  1963; 
M  Sc  .  1968,  Ph  0  ,  Indiana  University.  1972 

Pearl,  Martin  H.  Prt>lessor.  MathematKs.  BA.  City  Unrversity 
ol  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1950;  MA.  Univsrslty  ol 
MK^igan.  1951.  Ph  D  .  Umverslty  ol  Wisconsin.  1955 

Psarsoa  Barry  L  Assistant  Proletsor.  English  BA. 
Unrversity  of  Michigan.  1966;  MA.  Indiana  Univsrslly.  1970; 
Ph  0 .  1977 

Psaison.  Csrol  Associate  Prolsssor.  Womsns  Studiss 
Program  and  Amencan  Studies  B.A..  Rk»  Umvsralty.  1966; 
MA.  1969;  Ph.D.  1971. 


Paaas,  John  Asaoctale  Prolsssor.  Socx>logy  BS  .  Wssism 
Mk^igan  University.  1960;  MA.  Michigan  State  Univeraity, 
1963;  PhD.  1968 

Pschacak,  Robert  E.  Adjunct  Associate  Prolessor.  Physics 
and  Astronomy  B  S  ,  Calilomia  Institute  ol  Tschnokjgy,  1954; 
M.S..  University  of  California  (Bertteley).  1963.  Ph.D..  1966. 

Psiczar,  Mk:hsel  J.,  Jr.  Prolessor  Ementus.  MKrablology. 
BS.    University    ol    Maryland.    1836;    M.S..    1938;    Ph.O., 

University  ol  Iowa.  1941 

Psmbsrton,  Ellzabsth  Prolessor.  Art.  B.A.,  Mount  Holyoks 
College.  1961;  MA.  Ck)lumbia  University.  1964;  PhD..  1988. 

Pennsr,  Msrrtlynn  J.  Prolessor.  Psyctwkjgy.  B.A.,  Hsrvard 
University,  1966;  Ph  D..  University  ol  Calilomia  (San  DIsgo), 
1970 

Pennington,  Kenneth  Associate  Prolesaor,  Mualc.  BA, 
Fnends  Unrversity.  1949;  B  Mus .  1950;  MA.  New  Yoilt 
University.  1953;  D.Mus..  Indiana  University.  1961. 

Perclvsl.  Brisn  R.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  School  ol  Architecture. 
B.  Arch,  University  ol  Pennsylvania,  1962;  M.A..  Come* 
University.  1974. 

Psrinbem,  B.  Msris  Associate  Professor.  HMory  B.A., 
London  University,  1955;  M.A..  University  ol  Toromo.  195«; 
Ph.D..  Georgetown  University.  1969. 

Perkins,  Hugh  V.  Professor.  Human  Developmem.  A.B.. 
Obertin  College.  1941;  A.M..  University  ol  Chtaago.  1948; 
Ph.D..  1949;  Ed.D..  New  Yorti  University.  1956 

PetWna,    Morsland    Prolessor.    Phik>sophy      A.B..    Harrard 

University,  1948;  A.M..  1949;  Ph.D..  1953, 

Psroff,  Kathleen  S.  Lecturer.  Government  and  Politk».  BA, 
Holy  Names  College,  1969;  M.A..  University  of  Wiaoonsln 
(Madison).  1970. 

Perpansr,  John  Instructor.  Dance  B.A..  University  ol 
Cotorado.  1966;  M  FA..  Southern  Methodist  University.  1970 

Psrtmsr,  Gsry  A  Assistant  Prolessor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering  B  S..  Iowa  State  Unrversity.  1971;  M.S.. 
University  of  Missouri  (Columbia).  1973;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Patera,  Ctiaiiss  G.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  General  Honors 
Program.  B.A..  Columbia  University.  1949;  M.A..  1951;  LLB., 
University  ol  Virginia.  1957, 

Peters,  Robert  M.  Associate  Prolessor.  Secondary  Educadon. 
B.S.,    Mankato    State    College.    1955;    M.S.    1958;    Ph.D., 

University  ol  Minnesota.  1 965. 

Pstsrs,  Robert  R.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Dairy  Scionoe.  B.S., 
University  ol  Minnesota.  1973;  M.S..  1975;  Ph.D..  Michigan 
Stale  University.  1980, 

Peterson,  Csrta  L.  Assistant  Proleaaor.  English  and 
Comparative  Literature.  B.A..  Raddifle  College.  1966;  Ph.O., 
Yale  University.  1976. 

Pstsrson,  William  S.  Pnslessor.  English  B.A..  Wata  Wall 
College.  1961;  M.A..  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1982;  Pti.O., 
Northwestern  University.  1968 

Petzokj,    Donald    E.    Jr.   Assistant    Prolntoi.    Qsography. 

B.Sc.  McGill  Unrversity.  1971.  M.Sc  .  1974;  Ph.D..  1980, 

Pftatsr,  Quentsr  O.  Associate  Prolesaor.  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  B  S  .  Bowling  Green  Slats 
Unrversity,  1963;  MA.  Mehigan  State  University.  196S;  Ph.D., 
University  ol  Kansas.  1970. 

Phllllpa.  Robert  A.,  Jr.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Family  and 
Community  Devetopment.  B.A .  Ottawa  University.  1964; 
M  Div  .  Colgate  Rochester  Divinity  School.  1967;  M  Th  .  1970; 
Ph  D..  University  ol  Minnesota.  1977. 

Phllllpa,  Sally  J.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physical  Educatxm. 
BS.  Slippery  Rock  State  College.  1964;  M  Ed .  Colorado 
State  Unrversriy.  1969.  Ph  D..  University  ol  Wiaoonsm.  1978 

PhHHps,  Wsrrsn  R.  Prolessor  and  Acting  Chaimvn. 
Govemmem  and  Politics  B A.  Northwestern  Uravsrsity, 
1963;  MS..  Calilomia  State  University  (San  Francisco).  1988; 
Ph  D  .  Unlversi^  ol  Hawan.  1969. 

PMIport  Joseph  C.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Communicstlon  Alts 
and  Theatre  BA  Wilkam  Patterson  College.  1971;  MA, 
1972.  Ph  0  .  Bowling  Grssn  State  Unnraislty.  1975 

Pico,  Leonor  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Sparash  and  Poitugusss  , 
InsMulo  Superior  del  Piolesorado  (Buenos  Avss)  .  1970 

Ptsrcs.  Sidney  K..  Jr.  Proleaaor.  Zoology  B  Ed  .  UnrvsrsKy 
ol  Miami.  1966.  Ph  D  .  Fkxida  State  Umveriily.  1970 

PIncua,  Karen  Inatnickx.  Collage  ol  Duslnsss  and 
Msnsgement     BA.   University  ol  Msrylan).   1970:  MBA.. 

1977 

Plnksr,  Rachsl  AaaMsnl  Prolsssor.  Melsorotogy  M.Sc, 
Hsbrm  UnMsis«y  (laraal).  1988;  PhD.  u™veis«y  <* 
Maryland.  1976. 


Roark,  Paula     217 


Ptp«r.  Don  C.  Profssaof,  Gov«mm«nt  And  Politx».  B.A  , 
Univ«f«ty    ol    Maryland.    t954:    M.A..    IS58;    Ph.D..    Ouka 

Uravafsity.  1961 

P4p«r,  Harry  W.  Associala  Protaaaor,  CMI  Englnaanng 
Arcd  .  Cattxjllc  Univafwty  of  Amartca.  1940;  M.S..  1960 

Pipar,  Rowana  W.  Instructor.  Zoology  B.S..  Midwastam 
Univarwty.  1954.  M,A.,  Duke  University.  1962. 

Plragaa,  Dannta  A.  Associate  Professor.  Govemmanl  and 
Polrtics  B  A..  Stale  University  ol  Iowa.  1964.  PhD  .  Stanlord 
Unrverirty.  1958 

Pin.  OavM  0.  Associata  Prolassor.  Horticultura.  B.A.,  State 
University  ol  New  York  (Syracuse),  1970.  M  LA..  University  ol 
Massachusetts,  1974 

Ptttar,  RIchartI  L.  Assistant  Prolassor.  Meteorotogy.  A.B., 
University  ol  Calilomia  (Los  Angeles).  1969:  M.S..  1970: 
Ph.D..  1973 

Pllactyta.  Elmar  Prolassor  Emerttus.  Govemmeni  arxj 
PolitKS.  Ph.B,.  Marquette  University,  1937;  M.A..  Amencan 
University.  1933:  Ph.D..  Clark  University.  1943, 

PlolWn.  Allan  Professor.  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S , 
Columbia  University.  1963;  M.S.  1964,  Ph.D ,  Stanford 
University,  1968. 

Poffanbargar,  Paul  R.  Prolassor,  Agncultural  and  Resource 
EcorxxnKs:  Associate  0«an,  Collage  of  Agriculture.  8S. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1935;  MS..  1937;  Ph.D..  American 
University.  1953 

Pdat,  Rlchanl  F.  Professor,  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1965: 
M.B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1967,  Ph.D..  Pennsyfvania 
Stale  University,  1972. 

Potakoft,  Murray  E.  Provost.  Division  of  Behavioral  and 
Social  Sciences.  Professor.  Economics  and  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.A..  New  York  University,  1946: 
M.A..  Columbia  University,  1949;  Ph.D..  1955. 

Pollock.  Sandra  Instructor.  Dance  B.A..  State  University  ol 
New  York  (Brockport).  1975:  M.A..  University  ol  Cotorado. 
1977. 

Potomba,  Nail  A.  Professor  and  Associate  Dean.  Collage  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.B.A.  (Summa  Cum  Laude). 
City  College  ol  New  York  (Baruch  School),  1963;  Ph.D.. 
Unrversity  of  Minnesota,  1966. 

Ponnampanima,  Cyill  Professor,  Chemistry  B.A..  University 
ol  Madras.  1948:  B.Sc.,  University  of  London.  1959;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  California  (Bertteloy).  1 962. 

Portz,  John  Director  Emeritus  of  the  Honors  Program.  B.S.. 
Duke  University.  1937:  M.A..  Harvard  University,  1941;  Ph.D., 
1958 

Poatbrlef,  Sainual  Assistanl  Professor,  Government  and 
PolitKS.  A.B  .  City  College  ol  New  Yort(  (Brooklyn  College), 
1969:  M.A..  Indiana  University.  1971;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Poltar,  Jan*  H.  Associate  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S, 
University  of  Chk»go.  1942:  M.S..  1947;  Ph.D..  1949. 

Pottar.  MIchaal  Adjunct  Professor,  Zook>gy.  A.B  .  Princeton 
University.  1945:  M.D..  University  of  Virginia,  1949. 

PowatI,  Dalola  M.  Instructor.  Mk^obiokigy.  BS.,  Virginia 
Union  University.  1969;  M.S.,  Universily  of  Maryland,  1976. 

Power,  Paul  W.  Associate  Prolessor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  St,  Paul's  College,  1953;  M.S.,  San 
Diego  State  University,  1971;  Sc.D.,  Boston  University.  1974. 

Pranga,  Richard  E,  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  M.S., 
University  of  Chicago,  1955;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Prathar,  EHzabath  S.  Professor  and  Chaimian.  Food, 
Nutrltron  and  Institutwn  Administration.  B.S..  Auburn 
University,  1951;  M.S..  1965;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  Univeisity, 
1963. 


ir,  Harriot  Professor.  Socnlogy.  B.A..  George 
Washington  University.  1959;  M.A.,  University  ol  North 
Carolina,  1962:  Ph.D.,  Univerlsty  of  Calilomia  (Berkeley), 
1969. 

Praaton.  Elinor  M.  Instructor,  Recreation.  B.A.,  Southern 
Methodist  University,  1972;  MA,  University  o(  Northern 
Cotorado,  1975 

Praaton,  Lea  E.  Professor,  Ck>llege  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.A.,  Vandeitilt  University.  1951;  M,A., 
Harvard  University,  1953;  PhD  ,  1958. 

Prindia,  Allan  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Ecorromics.  B.S..  Wisconsin  State  Unrversity,  1970: 
MS.,  Purdue  Unlvesity.  1972;  Ph.D.  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1977. 

Procoplow,  Norma  Aaslstant  Professor.  English  B.A.. 
Marymount  Collega.  1952;  M,A.,  Catholic  University  ot 
America.  1962;  Ph.D..  1974, 


Pructia.  Ingmar  R.  Assistant  Protaaaor.  Econormca.  M.A.. 
University  ol  Vienna.  1973.  Ph  D  .  1977 

Pugllaaa,  Rudolph  E.  Professor.  Communk^atton  Arts  and 
Theaire  B.A.  Miami  University  (Ohk».  1947;  M.A..  Catholic 
University  of  Amenca,  1949:  PhD,  Ohio  State  University, 
1961 

Pugalay.  Jamaa  M,  Assoaale  Proteaaor,  Electrical 
Engineering  A  B  .  Obertin  Collega.  1958;  M.S..  University  ol 
Illinois  (Urbana).  1958.  Ph.D..  1963. 

Pumroy.  Oorwid  K.  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Servk»s-  B.A..  University  ol  Iowa,  1949;  MS.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1951:  Ph  D.,  University  of  Washington,  1954 

Quigtay,  Oaorge  0.  Assoaale  Professor  Ementus.  Poultry 
Science.  Director  Emeritus,  Institute  ol  Applied  Agriculture. 
B.S  ,  Mk^igan  Slate  University.  1925. 

Oulnlan,  Mary  K.  Instnictor.  Pan-time,  Journalism  BA., 
University  of  Nebraska  (Lincoln).  1972;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1973. 

Quynn,  William  F.  Professor  Emerrtus,  French  an-j  Italian. 
B.A.,  University  of  Virginia.  1922;  M.A..  1923;  Ph.D..  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1934. 

Racusan,  Richard  H.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Botany.  B.S., 
University  ol  Vemiont,  1970;  M.S..  1972;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Rado,  George  T.  Adjunct  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
SB.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technotogy.  1939;  S.M.. 
1941;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

Ragan,  Robert  M.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S..  Virginia  Military  Institute,  1955:  M.S.,  Massachusetts 
Instttute  of  Technotogy,  1959:  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1965. 

Ranald,  Ralph  A.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and 
Politk^.  A.B..  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1952; 
M.A.,  1954;  AM.,  Princeton  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Rand,  Marquertta  Professor  Emerita.  Spanish  and 
Portuguese.  B.A..  Pomona  Collags.  1919;  M.A..  Stanford 
University.  1921;  Ph.D.,  Universily  of  Chk^go.  1951. 

Ray,  Ptilllp  B.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Servrces;  Counsetor,  Counseling  Center.  B.A.. 
Antioch  College.  1950:  M.S..  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1955. 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Minnesota.  1962. 

Razar,  Mldiaal  J.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematks.  A.B.. 
Han/ard  University.  1965;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Reaka,  Marjorta  L  Assistanl  Professor.  ZooloQy.  B.A.. 
University  of  Kansas,  1965;  MS.,  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Beriteley).  1975. 

Raarick,  W.  R.  Professor,  An  B.A.,  New  York  University, 
1953:  M.A..  1955;  Ph.D..  Hanrard  University.  1968. 

Redding,  Harokl  R.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Physical  Education. 
B.S.,  Springfield  College.  1940. 

Radlah,  Edward  F.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B.. 
Princeton  University.  1963:  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technotogy.  1968. 

Raava,  Wllklna  Professor  Ementus.  Chemistry.  B.S..  Drexel 
University.  1936;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1940. 

Raeves,  Mavia  M.  Associate  Professor.  Government  and 
Polittas.  B.A..  West  Virginia  University.  1942;  M.A.,  1943; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1947. 

Ragan,  Frank  Lecturer.  Pari-time,  Aerospace  Engineering. 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technotogy,  1957;  M.S. 
1958. 

Ragan,  Thomas  M,  Professor,  Chemtoal  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Tulane  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Ratchaldarfer,  Chartoa  F.  Associate  Prolessor,  Entomotogy. 
B.S.,  Saint  Ctoud  State  College.  1961;  M.A.,  University  of 
Washington,  1968;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Calilomia  (RIverstoe). 
1968. 

Raid,  Jamaa  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Ari.  B.F.A.,  Maryland 
Institute  of  Art.  1966:  M.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1970. 

Ratnhart  Bnica  L  Professor.  Mathemattos.  B.A.,  Lehigh 
University,  1952;  M.A..  Princeton  University.  1954;  Ph.D.. 
1956. 

Ralaar,  Martin  P.  Prolessor.  Physics  arxl  Astronomy  and 
Elec^ical  Engineering.  B.Sc..  Johannes  Gutenberg  University. 
1957;  Ph.D..  1960. 

nalaar,  ShaWon  Adjunct  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition  and 
Institutton  Administratton  B.S.,  City  College  ol  New  York, 
1953:  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1957;  Ph.D..  1959 

Rantz,  Marie  8.  Instructor.  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  A.B.. 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1947:  M.A.  Duke  University. 
1951. 


Reuben,  Elalna  Adfunct  Asaiatant  Professor.  Woman's 
Studies  Program  BA.  Brandeis  University.  1963;  MA.. 
Stanford  University.  1966.  Ph  D  .  1970 

Ravaal,  Jamaa  L.  Associata  Prolessor.  Botany.  B.S .  Utah 
Stale  University.   1963.  MS.   1965.  Ph  0  .  Brtgham  Young 

University.  1969 

Reytwlda,  Chartaa  M.  Instructor.  Agronomy  B  S  .  Unlveralty 
ol  Maryland.  1975:  MS.  1960 

RaynoMa,  Chartaa  W.  Professor.  Horticulture.  BA, 
University  of  Alatuma.  1941.  BS.  Auburn  University.  1947; 
MS..  1949.  Ph  0  .  Unrversity  ol  Maryland.  1954 

ReynoMa,  Mk:t<aa4  M.  Prolessor  and.  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.A..  Hunter  College.  1950.  M.S.LS,, 
Columt>ia  University.  1952;  M.A..  Amencan  University.  1964; 

Ph.D..  Universrty  of  Mtohigan,  1964. 

RaynoMa,  Robarl  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor.  Food, 
Nutntion  and  Institution  Administration.  B.S..  Ohio  State 
University.  1965;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1971. 

Rhea,  Moon^lhong  Associate  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineenng.  B.S..  Seuol  University.  1958:  M.S..  Seoul 
University.  1960;  Ph.D..  Catholic  University  of  Amenca.  1970. 

Rhoada,  David  J.  Assooale  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  Temple  University,  1954:  M.A,, 
1958;  Ed.D  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1963 

Rhodaa,  Jewell  P.  Assistant  Prolessor.  English.  BA, 
Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1975;  M.A.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

RIbalta,  Pedro  J.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Housing  and  Applied 
Design.  M.F.A.,  Institute  Altende,  University  of  Guanajuato,, 
1969:  M.F.A..  University  ol  Maryland.  1975. 

RIcart,  Glenn  Visiting  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Computer  Science. 
B.S..  Case  Institute  of  Technotogy,  1971;  M.S..  Case  Western 
Reserve  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1980, 

Richard,  Jean-Paul  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A..  Universlte  Laval,  1956;  B,S.,  1960;  Ph,D., 
University  of  Pans,  1963. 

Rlcharda,   Freddie   L  Adjunct   Professor.   Agricultural   and 

Extonston    Education.  B.S..    Alabama   A4M.    1966;   M.Ed., 

Tuskeegee  Institute.  1969;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1972. 

RIcliardaon,  William  C.  Instructor,  Art.  B.F.A.,  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1975;  M.F.A..  Washington  University  (St, 
Louis),  1977. 

RIckatd,  Tony  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Dairy  Science.  B.S., 
Westem  Kentucky  University.  1971;  M.S..  Cornell  University, 
1974;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Rlckert,  Walter  K.  Lecturer.  Industrial  Education.  B.S.,  Air 
Force  Institute  of  Technotogy,  1948;  M.S..  Princeton 
University,  1949. 

RIckelt,  Adalo  Associate  Professor  and  Director.  Hebrew  and 
East  Asian.  B.A..  University  of  North  Carolina.  1939;  B.S., 
1941;  MA.  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1948:  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Rktgway,  Whitman  H.  Associate  Professor,  History  A.B.. 
Kenyon  College.  1963;  M.A..  San  Francisco  State  College, 
1967;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1973. 

RIdky,  Robert  W.  Associate  Professor.  Secondary  Educatton 
and  Geotogy.  B  S.,  State  University  of  New  York.  1966;  M.S., 
Syracuse  University.  1970;  Ph.D..  1973. 

RIegar,  Chartaa  J.,  in  Associate  Professor.  Computer 
Science.  B.S..  Purdue  University.  1970;  Ph.D..  Stantotd 
University.  1973. 

Rinks,  WoM  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time.  Food.  Nutrition 
and  Institution  Administratton.  B.S..  Drexel  University.  1968; 
M.S.,  towa  State  University,  1973:  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Wisconsin,  1979. 

RIalngor,  Robert  Professor.  Secondary  Education.  B.S.,  Ball 
State  University.  1940:  MA.  University  of  Chicago,  1947; 
Ed.D  .  University  ol  Cotorado.  1955. 

Rlaaler,  Jane  F.  Assistant  Professor.  Botany  BA.  Shepherd 
College.  1966:  M.A..  West  Virginia  University.  1968;  Ph.D.. 
Cornell  University.  1977. 

RIttar,  Ronald  L  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S., 
University  of  Delaware.  1975;  M.S..  North  Carolina  Stale 
University.  1977:  Ph.D..  1979. 

RHzar,  Qeorga  Professor.  Sociology.  BA.  City  College  ol 
New  Yori<.  1962:  M.A..  University  of  Mtohlgan.  1964;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University.  1968. 

RIvello,  Robert  M.  Professor.  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland.  1943:  MS..  1948. 

Roark,  Paula  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time.  Fanrtily  and 
Community  Devetopment.  B.A..  Anzona  Stats  University. 
1965;  M.A..  Cotorado  State  University.  1974;  Ph.D..  University 

ol  Cotorado.  1979. 


218     Roberson,  Bob  S. 


Roberaon,  Bob  S.  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology.    B.A.. 

University  North  Carolina.  1951;  Ph.D..  1960. 

Rob*rtt,  Merrill  J.  Professor,  College  of  Business  anO 
Management.  B.A..  University  of  Minnesota.  1938.  M.B.A., 
University  of  Chicago.  1939:  Ph  D  .  1951 

RobcrUon,  Carol  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Music  BS. 
Indiana  University,  1970;  M.A.,  1972;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Rob«rtsor>-Tchabo,  Elizabeth  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Human 
Development  B  A..  University  oi  Calgary,  1966;  M.Sc..  1967; 
Ph  D..  University  of  Southern  California.  1972. 

Roblnaon,  Eugene  S.  Instrtjctor,  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre.   B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.A..  1975 

RoMneon,  James  A.  Assistant  Professor,  English  B.A.. 
Kenyon  College.  1967;  M.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1968;  Ph.D..  Duke  University,  1975. 

Robinson,  John  P.  Professor,  Sooology;  Director.  Survey 
Research  Center.  B.A..  University  of  Toronto  (St,  Michael's 
College).  1957;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1959; 
M.S..  University  of  Michigan.  1963;  Ph.D.  1965. 

Robock,  Alan  Assistant  Professor.  Meteorology  BA. 
University  of  Wisconsin.  Madison.  1970;  M.S..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1974;  Ph.D..  1977 

Rodenhuls,    David    R.    Associate    Professor.  Meteorology. 

BS..     University     of     California     (Bertieley).  1959;     B  S.. 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Washington.  1967. 

Rodertck,  Jessie  A.  Professor.  Earty  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  B.S..  Wilkes  College.  1956;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University.  1957;  Ed  0..  Temple  University.  1967. 

Rodriguez,  Santiago  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.M.. 
University  of  Texas.  1973;  M.M..  Julliard  School  of  Music. 
1975 

Rogers,  David  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Aerospace  Engineering. 
B  A.E.  Renesslaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1959;  M.S..  1960; 
Ph.D..  1967, 

Rogolsky,  Saul  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development. 
B.A.,  Harvard  University.  1948;  M.A..  University  of  Chicago. 
1953;  Ed.D  .  Harvard  University.  1963. 

Romo,  Jacob  M.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Sociok)gy.  B.A., 
University  of  Massachusetts.  1958;  M.SW..  University  of 
Pennsytvania.  1960;  Ph.D..  Brandeis  Umversity.  1971. 

Rooe,  Philip  G.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.. 
Ohio  Wesleyan  University.  1960,  Ph.D..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Techonology.  1964. 

Roper,  James  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design.   B.S..  East  Carolina  University.  1961;  M.A..  1963. 

Rose,  Harry  J.,  Jr.  Visiting  Professor.  Part-time.  Geology. 
BS..  Saint  Francis  College,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1952. 

Rose,  William  K.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B., 
Columbia  University.  1957;  PhD  .  1963 

Roaebrough,  Robin  H.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor.  Pood. 
Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration.  B.S..  Mk:higan  State 
University.  1968;  M  P  H..  University  of  Michigan.  1970;  M.S.. 
University  of  Kentucky,  1973;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Roaemslsr,  Ronsid  G.  Faculty  Research  Assistant.  Part-time. 
Mechanical  Engineenng.  B.S.,  St.  Vincent  College.  1974; 
MS  E..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1977;  Ph.D..  1980. 


Rosen,  Stephen  I.  Associate  Professor.  Anthropology  B.A., 
University  of  Southern  California.  1965;  Ph.D..  University 
Kansas.  1969 


Morris    Professor.    Sociology.     8. A.    Brooklyn 
College.  1946;  M.A..  Columbia  University.  1950;  Ph.D..  19S3 

Rosenberg,  Theodore  J.  Research  Professor.  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  BEE..  City  University  of 
New  York  (City  College).  1960;  Ph.D..  University  o(  Calilomia 
(Berkeley).  1965. 

Rosenfeld,  Azrtel  Research  Professor,  Computer  Science 
B  A  .  Yeshiva  University.  1950;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D..  Columbia 
University.  1957 

RosenfleM,  l.eonora  C.  Professor  Emehta,  French  and 
Italian  B  A  .  Smith  College.  1930;  M>..  Columbia  University. 
1931;  Ph.D.  1940 

Roeenttial,  Barbara  G.  Instructor.  Communicatkxi  Arts  and 
TTiealre    B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1964;  M.A..  1970 

Ross,  DsvW  S.  Associate  Professor.  Agncultural  Engineenng 
B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1969;  MS  .  1971;  PhD.. 
1973. 


Ross,  Oonsk)  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Philosophy.  B.A.. 
Wake  Forest  University.  1970;  MA..  University  of  Iowa.  1972; 
Ph  D  .  University  of  Chicago.  1979 

Rosa,  George  Assistant  Professor.  Music  B.Mus  .  Virginia 
State  College.  1961.  MM  .  Eastman  School  of  Musk:.  1966; 
DMA..  1975 

Ross,  Msrttu  J.  Instructor.  Part-time.  History.  B.A..  Alabama 
College  for  Women.  1945.  M.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1978. 

Rossman,  James  A.  Instructor.  Economics  B.S..  Portland 
Stale  University.  1 975. 

Rostetter,  Devid  J.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Speoal  EducatkMi 
BS..  State  University  College  (New  Yoik).  1969;  MS.  State 
University  of  New  York.  1974;  Ed.D..  1979. 

Roth,  Froms  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Heanng  and  Speech 
Sciences.  B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1970;  M.A.,  Queens  College. 
1972;  Ph  D  .  1980 

Rotttgeb,  Russell  G.  Professor  Emeritus,  Agronomy  B  S  . 
University  of  Maryland.  1924;  M.S..  k>wa  State  College.  1925; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1928, 

Rothstein,  Joen  L.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Human  Devek)pmenL 
B.S..  Tufts  University.  1968;  M.A..  George  Washington 
University.  1973;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1979. 

RourHJs,  Anthony  C.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  School  of 
Architecture.  B.  Arch..  Ohio  Slate  University.  1968;  M.  Arch.. 
University  of  Minnesota,  1970. 

Roush,  Msrvin  L.  Associate  Professor.  Chemk:al  and  Nuclear 
Engineering  and  Physka  and  Astronomy.  B.Sc.  Ottawa 
University.  1956;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1964. 

Roussopoulos,  Nicholas  Assistant  Professor,  Computer 
Saence.  B.A..  University  of  Athens.  1969;  M.S..  University  of 
Toronto.  1973;  Ph.D..  1976 

Rovststad,  Howard  Professor  and  Director  Emeritus,  Library. 
B.A..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1936;  M.A..  1937; 
B.S.LS..  Columbia  University.  1940. 

Rovner,  Philip  Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1949;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1958 

RozenblK,  Marshs  L.  Assistant  Professor.  History.  B.A. 
Barnard  College.  1971;  M.A..  Columbia  University.  1974;  M. 
Phil..  1975;  Ph  D..  1980. 

Rubin,  Irerw  Assistant  Professor.  Urban  Studies.  B.A.. 
Barnard  College.  1966;  M.A..  Harvard  University.  1969;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Chicago.  1977. 

Rubin,  Roger  H.  Associate  Professor.  Family  and  Ckimmunity 
Development.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooktyn 
College).  1965;  M.A..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1966; 
Ph.D..  1970, 

Rubin,  Vivien  Instructor.  Part-time.  French  arxj  Italian.  B.A., 
London  University.  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1960; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Calitomia  (Berkeley).  1970. 

Ruchkin,  Judith  P.  Associate  Professor,  Secondary 
Educatk>n;  Associate  Director.  Office  of  Latx>ratory 
Expenences.  BA.  Swarthmore  college.  1956;  M.A..  Yale 
University.  1957;  Ed.D..  Columbia  University,  1971, 

Ruderman,  David  B.  Louts  B.  Kaplan  Chair  of  Jewish 
Histoncal  Studies.  History  B.A..  City  College  of  New  York. 
1966;  MA.,  Columbia  University,  1968;  Ph.D..  Hebrew 
University  of  Jerusalem.  1 975. 

Runcle,  Janet  L  Instnjctor,  Part-time,  SocMogy.  B.A.. 
University  of  Delaware,  1974;  M.A.,  Universily  of  Maryland. 
1978 

Rundell,  Weltar,  Jr.  Professor,  History.  B.S..  Umversity  of 
Texas,  1951.  MA.  American  University.  1955;  PhD  .  1957 

Russek,  Estslls  Assistant  Professor.  Dairy  Science.  B.S.. 
State  University  of  New  York  (Stony  Brook).  1972;  PhD, 
University  of  Washington,  1977 

Russell,  Camilla  P.  Instructor.  FrerKh  arxl  Italian  Laurea. 
Padua  University  (Italy).  1960 

Russetl,  Cherles  C.  Associate  Professor.  French  and  Itahan 
B.A..  Oberlin  College.  1956;  M.A..  Bryn  Mawr  College.  1964. 
Ph.D..  Harvard  Universily.  1970. 

Russell,  John  0.  Professor.  English  A.B..  Cotgale 
University.  1951.  M.A..  University  of  Washington.  1956;  Ph.D.. 
Rutgers- The  State  University.  1959 

Ruth,  John  N.  Lecturer  Part-tin^.  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Ecorximics  B.S .  Johns  Hopiuns  University.  1964,  JO.. 
University  of  Maryland  Sdiool  of  Ljw.  1968. 

Ruthertord,  Cherles  S.  Assistant  Professor  English  BA. 
Cartelon  College.  1962;  MA.  Indiana  University.  1966;  Ph  D  . 
1970 


Rutledge,  Eleanor  8.  Assistant  Professor.  Classks.  AB., 
Smith  College.  1969;  PhD,  University  ot  ^4orth  Carolina, 
1973 

Ryden,  EInar  R.  Professor  Ementus.  Agncultural  and 
Extension  Educatkin  B.A.,  Augsburg  College.  1929.  Ph.D., 
Norttiwestem  University.  1947 

Ryder,  Merk  Assoaate  Professor.  Dsnce. 

Sack,  StsnIey  A  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Human  Devetopment 
B  A  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1971;  M  Ed.,  1972;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Sege,  Lewis  C.  Instructor,  Economics.  B  A.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1976 

Sagoff,  Mark  Research  Assoaate.  Center  (or  PhikMOphy  and 
Public  PolKy  BA.,  Harvard  Ckjilege.  1963.  PhD.  University 
of  Rochester.  1970 

SahnI,  Carolyn  J.  Assistant  Provost.  Division  of  Bet^aviorai 
and  Social  Sciences.  Affiliate  Assistant  Profeaaor.  Psychology. 
B.A.  University  of  Aniona.  1970;  MA..  Unrvorsity  of 
Maryland.  1972.  PhD  ,  1975 

Seller,  John  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Communication  Arts  and 
T>ieatre.  B.A..  University  of  Northern  kjwa.  1973;  M.F.A., 
University  of  Oklahoma.  1960 

Sakiss,  George  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineenng. 
B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1969;  BS .  19S9;  M.S., 
Purdue  University.  1974;  PhD.  Camegie-MeHon  Univentty, 
1978 

Selsmsncs,    Jack    H.    Professor.  English      Grad..    f\oya> 

Academy  of  Dramatic  Art  (London).  1952;  Dipl .  Univorslly  of 

London.  1953;  Licentiate.  Graduate  School  of  Dranw  (Royal 
Academy  of  Muse)  .  1954 

Salamon,  Simon  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Malhentallcs. 
BA.  University  of  Oxford.  1976;  M  Sc  .  1977;  D.Ph.,  1977. 

Sallet,  DIrse  W.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineenng.  B.S., 
George  Washington  University.  1961;  M.S..  Universily  a< 
Kanses,  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Stuttgart.  1966, 

Samet,  Hanan  Assoaate  Professor.  Computer  Saence.  B.S., 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1970;  M.S..  Stanford 
University.  1975;  PhD  .  1975. 

Sammons,  Davkl  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Agrorxxny.  B.S., 
Tufts  University.  1968;  A.M..  Harvard  University.  1972;  Ph.O., 
University  of  lllirwis.  1978. 

Sampugna,  Joseph  Assoaate  Professor.  Chemistry  BA, 
University  of  Connectcut.  1959;  M.A.,  1962;  f^  D..  1968 

Ssndler,  Edwsrd  S.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Communicalion  Arts 
and  Theatre.   BA..  University  of  Maryland.  1969;  M.A..  1971 

Sands,  Doris  W.  Instructor.  Health  Education  B.S..  Jersey 
City  State  College.  1948;  MA.  University  of  Maryland.  1970 

Santord,  Robert  J.  Visiting  Professor.  Part-time.  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.M.E..  George  Washington  University.  1962; 
M.S..  1965;  Ph  D  .  CathoUc  University  of  Amenca.  1971 

Santa  Maria,  D.  Lalne  Assoaate  Professor.  Physical 
EducatK>n  B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  19S3;  M.Ed., 
Temple  University.  1962;  Ed.D..  University  of  Oregon,  1968 

Saperstein,  George  Assistant  Professor.  Veterinary  Soence. 
BS  .  Kansas  State  University.  1976;  D.V  M..  1978 

Seracho,  Olivia  N.  Assistant  Proifessor.  Earty  ChMhood 
Elementary  EducalKin  BS.  Texas  Womsns  Umversity, 
1967;  M  Ed..  1972;  Ph  D..  University  of  lllinoia.  1978 

Sargent.  Stuart  H.  Assistant  Professor.  Hebrew  and  Eaal 
Asian  B  A.,  University  of  Oegon.  1966;  MA.  Stankn) 
University.  1975.  Ph  D..  1977 

Sarraf,  Nancy  J.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Insntule  of  Appked 
Agnculture    B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1975. 

Sattter,  Jerome  O.  Assoaate  Professor.  Mathematics  B.S.. 
University  of  Minnesota.  1957,  MS.,  1959.  PhD  .  1903. 

Savard,  Roban  J.  Faculty  Research  Assooate.  Famiy  and 
Community  Devetopment  BA  ,  St  Thon<as  CoOege.  1946; 
MA  .  University  of  MinnesoU.  1952;  Ph  O  .  1968 

Sewyer,  SIsplien  W.  Jr.  Assistsnl  Pro4sssoc.  Geography 
B  A.  Middiebury  College.  1971.  MA.  Clarti  Univsrtsty.  1973. 
Ph  D  .  Clarti  University.  1980 

Sexton.  Judm  E.  Lecturer.  Communication  Arts  snd  Ttistts. 
BS.  Anions  Slats  Universily.  1970.  MA..  Michigan  Stale 
University.  1976 

SeyenI,  Heaan  H.  Lecturer.  Part-lims.  CoSegs  of  Oiinses 
and  Msnsgemsnt  BSE .  Unversny  of  Mctngan.  1965. 
MSE  .  1966.  PhD.  1973 

Sayre,  CIMotd  !_  Jr.  Professor.  Mschanicei  Engineenng. 
BS.  Duke  LkweiMy,  1947.  MS..  Stevens  InsMuts  of 
Tschnotogy,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Unlvenay  of  Marytand,  1861. 


SIman,  Beatrix  A.     219 


SchackniM,  Slagtart  Laclurw,  Pafinme.  GaograpTiy  B  S  . 
N  R  W  SUte  Coll«9e  ol  Enginewing  (Cotogn*).  1963;  M.C  P  , 
Uravsraity  of  Cincinnati.  1 966 

Scrwtar,  J«nM  A.  Aawcial*  ProlMKX.  Mattwmttics  and 
Instllute  lof  Physical  Scianoa  and  Tacftnology  BS. 
Univ«r»ity  ot  Rochaslw.  1961,  Ph  0  .  UnivatMy  ol  Chcaoo. 
196S 

Sdiafar,  William  D.  Assoaala  Prolssaoi.  MMsurament  and 
Stallslics  B  A.  UnivBfWty  ol  Hochaslw.  1964.  MA.  1965. 
Ed  D  ,  1969 

Schaln.  Fiwiklln  0.  Associate  Prolrasw.  HorlKultura  B  S  . 
Louoiana  State  Univeraity.  1959.  MS.  Comali  Umveraity. 
1962;  Ph  0  .  1963 

Scttalllng.  Oavtd  R.  Asaoaaia  Profesaor.  Civil  Engineenng 
B.S..  Lehigh  Univeraity.  1961.  MS.  Dteie)  Institute  ol 
Technology.  1964;  Ph.D  .  Univeraity  ol  Maryland.  1969. 

ScMNt,  Watrao  K.  Lectuiw.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management  B.A..  State  Univeraity.  New  YorV  (Altiany), 
1974 

ScMmMIMn,  Frank  A.  Assistant  Prolessof.  Education  Policy. 
Planning  and  Administration.  Assistant  to  the  Chancelkx. 
UMCP.  B.S  .  Kansas  Stale  University.  1954;  MA,.  University 
ol  Calitomia  (Berkeley).  1970;  Ph.D..  1979, 

ScMndlar,  Alvln  W.  Prolessor  Emerrtus.  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education  B  A.  Iowa  State  Teachers  College. 
1927;  MA..  University  ol  Iowa.  1929.  Ph.D  .  1934 

ScMaraCzM.  Waltar  E.  Professor.  Philosophy.  AB.. 
Monmouth  College,  1941;  MA..  Unrversity  ol  Illinois  (Uitiana). 
1942;  Ph.D  .  Cornell  University.  1948 

SchMdt  Wotfgang  Prolessor.  Zoology  Ph  D .  University  ol 
Vienna.  1951 

IcMaalnpaf.  B.  Frank  Prolessor.  School  ol  Architecture 
B.S..  University  ol  lllinow  (UrtMna).  1950;  M.  Arch..  Harvard 
Graduate  School  of  Design.  1954. 

ScMknma.  DonaM  V.  Assistant  Professor.  Horticulture,  B.S  . 
University  ol  Maryland.  1956;  M.S..  1961;  PhD,,  1964, 

SchloaalMrg.  Nancy  K.  Prolessor.  Counseling  arxl  Personnel 
Servicas.  B.A..  Barnard  College.  1951;  Ed  0..  Columbia 
University.  1961 

Sctanalaanac,  Joanna  F.  Instructor.  Part-time,  English; 
Assistant  to  the  Dean.  Graduate  School.  BA,  Agnes  Scott 
Co4leQe.  1960;  M.A..  YaJe  University.  1962. 

SctmkK,  Margaret  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical 
Education.  B  S  ,  University  of  North  Carolina  of  Greensboro. 
1957;  MX.  University  ol  Michigan.  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1972 

Schn aider,  Oavk)  I.  Associate  Pralessor.  Mathematics  AB  . 
Obertin  College.  1959;  Ph.D.  Massachusetts  Institute  ol 
Technology,  1964 

Sdmatdar,  Larlaaa  A.  Instructor.  College  of  Journalism. 
BA.  North  Dakota  State  University,  1967;  M.A.,  University  ol 
Maryland.  1978 

Schnalaf,  Cratg  E.  Associate  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S..  Ohio  State  University.  1969;  MS., 
University  of  Colorado,  1972;  DBA..  1975. 

Sctioanbaum,  Samuel  Prolessor.  English  B.A.  Brooklyn 
College,  1947;  M.A..  Columbia  University.  1949;  Ph.D..  1953. 

Scholl.  John  D.  Ill  Director.  Center  for  Consumer  Research. 
Textles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S.,  Purdue  University. 
1971;  M.S..  Indiana  State  University.  1972;  Ph.D.,  Purdue 
University,  1978 

Schotnick,  Ellin  0.  Professor,  Psychotogy.  AB..  Vassar 
College.  1958;  PhD  ,  University  of  Rochester.  1963. 

SchonMd,  Paul  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1974;  M.S.. 
1974;  Ph.D..  Unrversity  of  California-Berkeley.  1978. 

Schoonnarv  David  F.  Lecturer.  Psychotogy  BA.  Butler 
Unrversity.  1976;  M.S.,  Carnegie  Mellon.  1978;  Ph.D..  1960. 

Schra4bar,  Frandne  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  B A.  Wilson  College.  1972;  M.A..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1974. 

Sctiroadar,  WWium  C.  Prolessor.  Part-time.  Cherracal  and 
Nuclear  Engineenng.  B.S..  University  of  Michigan.  1930; 
M.S.E..  1931;  PhD..  1933 

Schuda,  Paul  Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.. 
University  ol  Pittsburgh.  1973;  Ph.D..  1976, 

Schular,  Randall  S.  Associate  Prafessor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  BA.  Michigan  State  University.  1967; 
M.B.A..  1968;  M.L-I.R..  1971;  Ph.D..  1973. 


Schultnan.  Joaapti  R.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Electrical 
Engineenng  BE  E  .  City  College  ol  New  York.  1944;  MS. 
University  ol  Maryland.  19S1 

SdHittz.  Ludlle  M.  Instructor.  Part-time.  English  BA. 
Ursuline  College.  1964.  MA.  Universrty  ol  Detroit.  1966 

SctHiltxa,  Chartae  L  Prolessor.  Parttima.  Econoiracs  B A. 
Georgetown  University,  1948.  MA.  1950.  Ph  0  .  University  ol 
Maryland,  i960 

Schuma,  John  Instnjctor.  Part-time.  Industnal  Educatwn 
B  A  .  Chicago  State  University.  1964 

Schumacher.  Ellz^Mth  Assistant  Prolessor.  Earty  ChiUfiood 
Elemeotaiy  Education  BS.  Newark  Stale  College.  1942; 
M.Ed  .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1960.  Ed.D  .  1965 

ScfMjmachar.  Thomas  Associate  Prolessor.  Music  B  Mus  . 
Manhattan  College.  1958;  MS,.  Juilliard  School  ol  Musk. 
1962 

Schwab,  Robert  Assistant  Prolessor.  Economics  B  A.. 
Gnnnell  College.  1969;  MA.  University  of  North  Carolina. 
1971;  Ph.D  .  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1980 

Schwartz,  Charlaa  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineenng 
BS.CE .  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technotogy.  1974; 
M.S.C.E,.  1977;  PhD,.  1979, 

Scott,  Laland  E.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Hortkulture,  BS . 
University  ol  Kentucky.  1927;  M.S..  Michigan  Stale  University. 
1929;  Ph.D..  Univorslty  of  Maryland.  1943 

Scott,  Philip  A.  Lecturer  Part-tjme.  College  ol  Journalism 
B  S  .  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

SebtMraon,  Patt)  A.  Instructor.  Part-bme.  English.  BA. 
Unrversity  ol  Maryland.  1975;  M.A.  1977, 


.  William  E.  Associate  Prolessor.  Measurement  and 
Statistics  BS,.  Iowa  State.  1960;  MS.  1961;  PhD.  Kansas 
State.  1966 

Sealatdt.  Carol  A  Asaoaate  Professor,  Human  Development 
and  Early  ChiWhood  Elementary  Education,  B.A.,  University 
ol  Wisconsin,  1956;  M.A,  University  of  South  Florida.  1968; 
Ph.D..  Ftorida  State  University.  1971, 

Sagal,  David  R.  Professor.  Sociology.  BA.  Harpur  College. 
1962;  M.A,  University  of  Chicago.  1964;  PhD..  1967, 

Sagal,  Joan  R.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  General  Honors  Program, 
B.A,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1963;  M.A.  Georgetown 
University.  1976 

Sagal,  Mady  W.  Associate  Professor.  Sociology.  BA.  City 
University  ol  New  Yoric  (Queens  College).  1965;  MA. 
Univeisity  of  Chicago.  1967;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Sagovia,  Antonk)  V.  Associate  Professor.  Geotogy.  B.S.. 
Cokxack)  School  ol  Mines,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1963. 

Salbal,  RonaM  J.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  and 
Extenson  Educatton;  Director,  Institute  ol  Applied  Agriculture. 
B.S,.  University  ol  Illinois.  (Urtjana).  1957;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph,D,, 
University  of  Maryland.  1972. 

Sa4dal,  Kathryn  1_  Assistant  Professor.  English.  BA. 
Manhaltenville  College.  1970;  M.A..  University  ol  Maryland, 
1972;  PhD..  1976. 

SeMman,  Eric  Assoaate  Professor.  Special  Educatkxi  B.S,. 
New  Yorti  Univeisity.  1947;  M.A.  1948;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
ConnectKut.  1964, 

SaMan,  Steven  Associate  Prolessor,  Educataion  PoIk^, 
Planning  and  Adminislratton.  BS..  State  Univeisity  ol  htew 
Yori<  (Oswego).  1963;  M.S.,  Brooklyn  College.  1970;  MA. 
Columbia  University.  1970;  Ed.D..  1971. 

Sanger*,  Jan  V.  Prolessor.  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technotogy,  B,Sc..  University  ol  Amsterdam,  1952;  Ph.D.. 
1962. 

Sarwer,  Howard  Associate  Professor.  Music.  AB..  Yale 
University.  1949;  Ph.D..  1969 

Sawall,  WlnWiad  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Ubrary  and 
Infonnaton  Servwes.  BA.  State  College  ol  Washington. 
1938;  BS.  (LS).  Columbia  University.  1940;  D.Sc.  (Hono). 
Philadelphia  College  of  Phannacy  and  Science.  1979, 

Sttaftnar,  Ctyna  S.  Professor  Emeritus,  Poultry  Science. 
B.S..  Mtehigan  State  University.  1938;  M.S.,  1940;  PhD. 
Purdue  University.  1947, 

Shanks,  Jamaa  B.  Professor,  Horticulture  B.S..  Ohk)  State 
University.  1939;  M.S..  1946;  Ph.D..  1949 

Shiftere,  Dudley  Professor.  Phitosophy.  A.B..  Hanrard 
University.  1949;  AM..  1955;  Ph.D..  1957, 

Shapiro,  Jack  J.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Textiles  and  Ckmsumer 
Eoonomks  B  A..  University  of  Maryland.  1968;  J.D.. 
University  of  Maryland  School  of  Law.  1970. 


Sharer,  Mary  Anna  Director  of  Masters  Programs.  Collaga  of 
Business  and  Marwgement  BA.  Tnnity  College.  .  MBA.. 
University  of  New  Hampshire.  , 

8harp4aa,  Winston  S.  Lscturar,  Part-time,  General  Honors 
Program  BA.  Harvard  Unlveraity.  19S3.  M  FA. 
Camegie-Melkxi  University,  1959 

Shaw,  Jack  O.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  General  Honors  Program 
AB  ,  Indiana  University.  1956.  MA.  University  ol  Wisoonain 
(Madison).  1967;  Ph  D  .  1969 

Shstdon,  Anne  L  Lecturer.  Part-time.  College  of  Library  and 
Inlonnation  Services  B  A  .  Swathmore  College.  1967;  MLS. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1973 

Shaltay,  Shirtay  Assoaate  Prolessor,  Music  and  Earty 
ChMhood  Elementary  Education  BM.  University  of 
Michigan.  1944.  M  Mus,. ,1947, 

Shepherd,  Julius  C.  Assistant  Prolesaor.  MathematKS.  A.B.. 
East  Carolina  College,  1944.  MA..  1947 

Shappsrd,  Katharine  Instnidor.  Econorncs  BA.  Pomona 
Collage.  1976 

Sharron,  Oane  T.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 
Business  ary]  Management;  Assistant  to  ttie  ChanceUor. 
BSBA.  University  ol  Ronda  (Gainesville).  1953;  MBA.  Tlie 
George  Washington  Unrversity.  1968;  DBA.  1976 

SWh,  Teln-Mo  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mechankal  Engmeenng 
BS  .  NatxKia)  Taiwan  University.  1970;  M.S..  Univetsity  of 
Southern   California.    1972;    Ph.D..    University   ol   Calitomia 

(Beriieleyl.  1977, 

Sh)p>ay-Moss«,  Elizabeth  A.  Instructor.  Part-time,  Food, 
Nutntx)n  and  Institutkm  Administratkxi  BS  .  Univeisity  of 
California,  1971;  MS,,  Univeisity  of  Maryland.  1979. 

Shirley,  George  I.  VisiUng  Professor.  Musk:.  B.S.,  Wayne 
State  University.  1955 

Shnaldennan,  Ban  Assoaate  Prolessor.  Computer  Science. 
B  S..  City  College  ol  New  York.  1968;  MS..  Stale  University 
of  New  Yorti  (Stony  Brook).  1972;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Shoanbarg,  Robert  E.  Administrative  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Studies.  BA..  Amherst  College.  1957;  M.A., 
University  of  Mchigan.  1958;  PhD,.  1962, 

Shorb,  Mary  S.  Professor  Ementus.  Poultry  Science.  8.S., 
College  ol  Waho.  1928;  Sc.D..  Johns  Hopkins  Univetaity, 
1933 

Shore,  John  E.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Electrval  Engineering. 
B.S,.  Yale  University.  1968;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland. 
1974, 

Stiraavs,  Charles  A.  Professor.  Part-time.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  BE..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1935:  M.S., 
Unrreisity  of  Maiyland.  1943, 

Shu,  JIa-Uian  Visiting  Associate  Professor.  Institute  lor 
Physical  Science  and  Technotogy.  Ph.D  .  Kwangsi  University 
(China).  1946, 

Shua,  Henry  Sentor  Resaaroh  Associate.  Center  for 
Phitosophy  and  Putilic  Pdtoy,  AB.,  Davklson  College,  1961; 
M.A.  Princeton  University.  1966;  Ph.D.,  1970, 

ShuMa,  Arun  Instructor,  Mechantoal  Engineering.  B.S., 
Indian  Institute  ol  Technotogy.  Kanpur.  1976;  M.S..  Univeisity 
of  Maryland,  1978. 

SIMey,  Edgar  H.  Professor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  S.M..  Massachusetss  Institute  of  Technotogy. 
1962;  Mech.  Eng..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technotogy. 
1966;  Sc.D..  1967;  BSc  .  Univeisity  ol  London.  1975. 

*; legal.  Mark  Lecturer.  Part-time.  General  Honors  Program. 

BA.  Brooklyn  College  of  CUNY..  1967;  M.A.  Northwestern 

University.  1968;  Ph.D..  1972. 

Stegrtst,  Henry  G„  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Geotogy.    BA, 

Lehigh  University.  1956;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

1959;  Ph.D..  1961, 

Stgall,  Harotd  F.  Professor.  Psychotogy.   B.S..  City  University 

of  New  Yorti  (City  College).  1964;  Ph.D.,  Univeisity  of  Texas, 

1968. 

Sllbergetd,    Sam   Adjunct    Professor.    Part-time.    Soootogy. 

B.S..  University  of  Chkjago.  1939;  M.S..  University  of  Iftnote, 

1941;  Ph.D..  1943;  M.D..  Duke  University.  1954. 

Snk>,  Cttarlaa  B,,  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Electrical 
Engineering.  B.S  E.E..  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1965;  M.S. 
E  E..  1967;  Ph  D  .  1970 

Snvsnnan,  Joaaph  Professor  and  Director.  Institute  lor 
Phystoal  Sciences  and  Technotogy.  B.A.  City  Univeisity  of 
New  Yort(  (Brookfyn).  1944;  AM..  Columbia  University,  1948; 
Ph.D..  1951, 

SIman,  Beatrix  A  Lecturer.  Criminal  Justk»  and  Crtminotogy. 

B.A.  Wilkes  Ckjilege,  1969;  M.A..  Univeisity  of  Pennsylvania, 

1971;  Ph.D..  1977. 


220     Simms,  Betty  H. 


SImm*,  Betty  H.  Professor.  Special  Education.  B.A..  Harris 
Teachers  College.  1947;  M.A..  University  ol  Michigan,  1955; 
Ed.D  .  University  o(  Maryland.  1962 

Simon*.  Oavid  E.  Associate  Professor.  Electncal  Engineering. 
B.S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1949;  M.S.,  1951. 

Singleton,  Frvddle  J.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor. 
Microbiology.  B.S..  Clemson  University.  1974;  M.S.. 
University  of  Texas  School  of  Public  Health.  1975;  Ph.D., 
Texas  A&M  University.  1979 

SIrtgleton.  Jerome  F.  Instmctor.  Recreation  B.A,.  University 
of  Waterloo.  1975;  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1978. 

Siren,  Jan  V.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S..  Carnegie-Mellon 
University.  1964;  MS  .  Stanford  University.  1966;  Ph.D..  1974 

SIsler,  Hugh  D.  Professor.  Botany  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1949;  M.S..  1951;  Ph.D..  1953. 

Sjobtad,  Roy  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Microbiology.  B.S., 
Gordon  College,  1969;  M.S..  University  of  Massachusetts. 
1971;  Ph  D  .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1976. 

Skard.  John  Arthur  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  Cand.  Mag.,  University  of  Oslo.  1966;  M.A.. 
University  of  California  (Santa  Bartara).  1970;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Sku|a,  Andrts  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.Sc,,  University  ol  Toronto,  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Beriieley).  1972. 

Slater,  Robert  O.  Lecturer.  Education  Policy.  Planning  and 
Administration.  A.B..  Hams  Teachers  College.  1975;  Ed.M., 
Harvard  University.  1976. 

Slaughter,  Leon  H.  Instructor,  Agronomy.  B.S..  Howard 
University.  1973;  M.S.,  1975. 

Slawsky.  Milton  M.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1933; 
M.S..  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Michigan.  1938. 

Slawsky,  Zaka  I.  Professor.  Part-time,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1933; 
M.S..  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan,  1938. 

Sloan,  Muriel  R.  Professor  and  Chair.  Physical  Education. 
B.A..  Hunter  College  (New  York).  ;  M.A..  Teachers  College 
(Columbia  University),  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1958 

Slocum,  Terry  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Geography.  B.A.. 
State  University  of  New  York  (Albany),  1974;  M.A.,  1976; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Kansas.  1980. 

Slud,  Eric  V.  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A.. 
Harvard  College,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1976. 

Small,  Eugene  B.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology  BA., 
Wayne  State  University.  1953;  M.S..  1958;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles).  1964. 

Smallwood.  Richard  L.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Music.  B.Mus., 
Howard  University.  1971. 

Smead,  Edwin  H.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Afro-American  Studies. 
B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1970;  MA..  1972;  Ph.D..  1979. 

SmKh,  Barry  D.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology  B.S. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1962;  M.A..  Bucknell 
University.  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Massachusetts.  1967. 

SmRh,  Betty  F.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics,  B.S..  University  of  Arkansas.  1951; 
M.S..  University  of  Tennessee.  1956;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Minnesota.  1960;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Smitti,  Cliarlott*  W.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  History.  A.B . 
Rocktord  College,  1942;  M.A..  University  ol  Chicago.  1943; 
Ph.D..  1953 

SmKh,  Elbert  B.  Professor.  History  A.B.,  Maryville  College. 
1940;  A.M..  University  of  Chicago.  1947;  Ph.D..  1949. 

Smith,  Gary  L.  Instructor.  Agrtcultural  Engineering.  B.S.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1973;  MS.  1975 

Smith,  Gayle  S.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.S.,  Iowa 
State  University.  1948;  M  A  .  Cornell  University.  1952;  Ph.D.. 
1958 

SmKh,  Harold  D.  Professor.  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Ecorx>mics.  Associate  Director.  Cooperative  Extenskxi 
SefVK».  B  A  .  Bndgewaler  College.  1943.  MS..  University  of 
Maryland.  1947;  Ph.D..  Amencan  University.  1952. 

Smith,  Hilda  L  Assistant  Professor.  History  B  S  .  Southwest 
Missoun  State  University.  1963;  M.A..  University  of  MIssoun. 
1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago.  1975. 


Smith,  Jean  M.  Visiting  Lecturer.  Food.  Nutntion  and 
Institution  Administration    B.S..  Cornell.  1970;  M.S.,  1972. 

Smith,  Kenwyn  K.  Assistant  Professor.  Psychotogy  BA,, 
University  of  Queensland,  1965;  BA.  (Honours).  1967;  M.A., 
1970;  MA.  Yale  University.  1973;  PhD  .  1974. 

Smith,  Paul  J.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics  B  S., 
Drexel  Inslilute  of  Technology.  1965;  M.S.,  Case-Western 
Reserve  University.  1967;  Ph  D  .  1969, 

Smith,  Ralph  W.  Lecturer.  Recreatton.  B.S..  Western 
Maryland  College.  1965;  M.S.,  University  ol  Illinois,  1967. 

Smith,  Robert  Ellla  Lecturer.  Part-time.  General  Honors 
Program.  B.A..  Harvard  University.  1962;  J.D..  Georgetown 
University.  1975. 

Smith,  Ttieodoie  G.  Professor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineenng.  B.E.S..  John  Hopkins  University.  1956;  M.E.S., 
1958,  O.Sc,  Washington  University.  1960, 

SmKh-GIII  Sandra  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.    B.S.. 

UnivBisity  of  Michigan.  1%5;  M.S..  1966;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Smucker,  Richard  A.  Aftiliate  Assistant  Professor.  BS. 
Goshen  College.  1968;  MS..  Ohio  State  University.  1973; 
PhD  .  1976, 

Snapp,  Audrey  N.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B  Mus . 
Westminster  Choir  College.  1947, 

Snow,  George  A.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.. 
City  University  of  New  Yortc  (City  College).  1945;  M.A., 
Prtnceton  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

Snyder,  Mark  R.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  B.S.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1978. 

Soar**,  Joaeph  H.  Jr.  Professor.   Poultry  Science.    B.S.. 

University  of  Maryland.  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Soergel,  Oagobert  Professor.  College  of  Library  and 
Intomiation  Services.  B.S..  University  of  Freiburg.  1960;  M.S.. 
1964;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Sohl,  Jeffrey  E.  Lecturer,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.E.E.E,,  Villanova  University,  1972;  M.B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1974. 

Soil,  SIgfrld  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A..  St.  Olaf 
College,  1968;  B.A..  University  of  Minnesota,  1974;  Ph.D.. 
1978 

Solomo*.  Tlwoptiane*  Associate  Professor.  Horticulture 
B.S..  Athens  College  of  Agriculture  (Greece),  1956;  M.S.. 
1957;  Ph.D..  Cambridge  University  (England).  1963. 

Sommer,  Sheldon  E.  Associate  Professor.  Geology  B.S 
City  University  of  New  Yorti  (City  College),  1959;  M.S..  1961 
M.S.,  Texas  Agncultural  and  Mechanical  University.  1964 
Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  University.  1950. 

Sorkin,  Horton  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.A..  Washington  University.  1959;  B.S.. 
University  ol  Missouri.  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1971. 

Sorokin,  Conatantlna  A.  Research  Professor  Ementa. 
Botany.  A.B,,  Don  Institute,  1927;  M.A.,  Academy  of  Sciences 
(Moscow),  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1955. 

Sosnowekl,  Saul  Professor  and  Chainnan,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese.  B.A..  University  of  Scranton.  1967;  M.A,. 
University  of  Virginia.  1968;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Spalding,  Carol  A.  Instnjctor.  Zook>gy  B  S  .  Gordon  College. 
1964;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1970. 

Spangler,  Paul  J.  Lecturer,  Entomotogy.  A.B.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College.  1949;  M.S..  Ohio  University.  1951;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Missoun,  1960, 

Spartu,  David  S.  Professor.  History;  Vice  President  lor 
Graduate  Studies  and  Research  BA..  Gnnnell  College. 
1944;  M.A..  University  of  Chicago.  1945;  Ph.D..  1951 

Spaulding,  Jeff  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  AB..  Central 
Michigan     University.     1970;    M.F.A..    Pennsylvania    State 

University,  1974, 

Spear,  Marilyn  G.  Instnjctor.  Part-time.  Secondary  Education 
B.A..  University  of  Northern  Colorado.  1961 

Speight.  Velma  R.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  B  S..  A  and  T  State  University.  1953; 
M  Ed  .  University  of  Maryland.  1965;  Ph  D  .  1978 

Spekman,  Nancy  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education 
BS.  University  of  Massachusetts.  1969;  M  Ed .  Boston 
College.  1973;  PhD  .  Northwestern  University.  1978 

Spekman,  Robert  E.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management  B  A  .  University  of  Massachusletts.  1969. 
MBA..  Syracuse  University.  1971;  Ph.D..  Northwestern 
Univeisity.  1976. 


Spiegel.  Qabrtelle  M.  Associate  Professor.  History  B.A.. 
Bryn  Mawr  College.  1964;  MA  T  .  Harvard  University.  1965; 
MA.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Spiro,  Marte  Associate  Professor.  Art.  B.A  .  Wilson  College. 
1957.  M  A  .  Institute  Ol  Fine  Arts.  1961;  PhD.  1975 

Splvak,  Steven  M.  Associate  Professor.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  B.S  ,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textilea 
and  Science.  1963;  MS.  Georgia  Institute  of  Tecfmotogy. 
1965;  Ph.D..  University  of  Manchester.  1967 

Splalne,  John  E.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy, 
Planning  and  Administration  BA,  University  ol  New 
Hampshire,  1963;  M.A  .  1965.  Ed.D  .  Boston  University.  1973 

Spokane,  Arnold  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Seivtees.  B.A,  Ohio  University,  1970;  M.S.Ed.. 
University  ot  Kentucky.  1972;  Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University. 

1976 

Sprlngmann,  Fague  Associate  Piofessor.  Music.  B.Mua., 
Westminster  Choir  College,  1939. 

Stagllano,  Anthony  J.  Assistant  Professor.  College  ol 
Business  and  Management  8  S  .  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1967;  MBS.  University  of  Michigan.  1968;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Illinois.  1977- 

Stalra,  Allen  Assistant  Professor.  Phitosophy  B.A..  University 
of  New  Bninswick.  1973;  M.A..  University  ol  Western  Ontano. 
1975;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Staley,  Gregory  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Classics  B.A., 
Diclanson  College.   1970;  M.A.,   Pnnceton  University.   1973; 

Ph.D..  1975. 

Slant,  Margaret  A  Assistant  Professor  Emerita.  Early 
Childhood  Elementary  Education  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1952;  M.Ed  ,  1955. 

Starcher,  E.  TImmaa  Assistant  Professor.  Communcation 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B  A..  University  of  Southern  Calftomla, 
1940;  M.S..  University  of  Kansas.  1948 

Stark,  Francis  C.  Jr.  Pnjfessor  Emeritus.  HortKulture;  Acttr)g 
Vice  Chanceltor.  Academic  Affairs.  BS.  Oklahoma  Stale 
University.  1940;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1941;  Ph.D.. 
1948. 

Starkey,  Norman  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Aerospace  Engineering. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1972;  MS  .  1978 

Starkweather,  Kendall  N.  Associate  Professor.  Industnal 
Education  B  S.,  Western  Illinois  Universir/.  1967;  M.A., 
Eastern  Michigan  University,  1969;  PhD,,  University  ol 
Maryland,  1975, 

Slaude,  Mitchell  Visiting  Assistant  Prolesaor.  PtHtosophy. 
8.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1970;  MA..  1974;  PhD  .  1979. 

Steel,  Donald  H.  Professor.  Physical  Education  B.A., 
Trenton  State  College.  1955;  M.A..  University  ol  Maryland, 
1957;  Ph.D..  Louisiana  State  University.  1964. 

Sleet*,  Robert  E.  Associate  Professor.  Psychotogy  B.A., 
Morehouse  College.  1965;  M  Drv .  Episcopal  Theological 
School.  1968.  MPH.  Yale  University.  1971;  M.S..  1974; 
Ph.D..  1975. 

Steinberg,  Phillip  H.  Professor  and  Associate  Chairman, 
Physics  and  Astronomy    B  S  .  University  ot  Cinannati.  1954; 

Ph.D..  Northwestem  University.  1959 

Stalnhauer,  Allen  L.  Professor  and  Chaimian.  Entomotogy. 
B.S.A..  University  of  Manitoba.  1953.  MS..  Oregon  Slats 
University.  1955;  Ph  D  .  1958 

SMnman,  Rob*n  M.  Professor.  Psychotogy  D  D.S..  San* 
Louis  University.  1948;  M.A..  New  School  For  Social 
Research.  1962;  PhD  .  1964 

Sttplwn*,  E.  Rob*n  Professor.  Educatton  Pokey.  Planning 
and  Administration  BS.  MomingskJ*  College.  1952;  M.S.. 
Drake  University.  1958;  Ph  D  .  State  University  ol  Iowa.  1966 

Stsphenaon,  Mary  J.  Instnjctor,  F«mily  and  Commundy 
Devetopment    B  S  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1974,  MS,,  1978. 

Stem,  Jo*hu*  Visiting  Lecturer  Part-time.  Physica  and 
Astronomy    B  S  ,  City  College  ol  New  Yorti,  1935 

Sternberg,  Yeron  M.  Prolesaor,  Civil  Engineenng  B  S . 
Universrty  of  Illinois,  1961,  MS,  University  ol  CaUtomm 
(Davis),  1963.  Ph  D  .  1965 

Stsmlwim,  Clwrte*  E.  Prolesaor.  Psychotogy  B.A..  CHy 
University  of  New  Yoik  (Brooklyn  College).  1981;  PhD., 
University  ol  Rochester.  1967 

Stevens.  Oaorga  A.  Prolessoi.  Agncultural  and  Raeouro* 

Economics     BS.  Virginia  Polytechnic  KwBtuI*.  1941;  PhD.. 

University  of  Maryland.  1957 

Stevenson,  Bsitars  H.  Instructor.  Enghsh    B  A..  Univer«ly  ol 

California  (Los  Angsles).  1938;  MA..  Univsiilty  ol  Csktomis 

(Berkeley).  1939. 


Traxler,  Robert  H.     221 


St«wart,  Claranc«  M.  Lecturer,  Pan-lime.  AtroAmencan 
Studies  B  S  .  ^4onh  Carolina  Central  University.  1964.  MS, 
1967.  Ed  D  .  Amencan  University,  1971 

Stewail,  Gilbert  W.  Professor,  Computer  Science  and 
Institute  tor  Ptiysical  Science  and  Tectinology.  A.B., 
University  ol  Tennessee.  1962;  Pti  D  .  1968 

Stmnri,  Jama*  M.  Professor,  Chemistry  B.A .  Western 
Washington  Collage.  19S3.  Ph  D .  University  of  Washington, 
1958. 

Slawart.  Larry  E.  Assooale  Professor  and  Chainnan, 
Agricultural  Engineenng.  B.S.A.E..  West  Virginia  University. 
1960;  MS.  1961 ;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland.  1972 

Sticti,  Staphan  P.  Associate  Professor.  Philosophy  BA. 
University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1964;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University. 
1968. 

SUM,  P*lar  B.  Associala  Professor.  Geology  BS  .  Cornell 
University.  1958;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Utah.  1964 

Stiman,  Dennla  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Horticulture.  B.S., 
University  of  Minnesota.  1971;  M.S..  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Stirwr,  Frederick  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S .  Loyola  College.  1967;  M.S.. 
University  ol  Delaware.  1969;  MBA.,  Marshall  University, 
1972;  PhD  .  University  ol  Nebraska.  1976 

Stona,  Claranca  N.  Associate  Professor,  Urtan  Studies  and 
Government  and  Politics.  A.B..  University  of  South  Carolina. 
1957;  M.A..  Duke  University.  1960;  PhD  ,  1963. 

Stough,  Keni>«th  F.  Associate  Professor.  Industrial 
Education.  B.S.  Millersville  State  College,  1954;  M.Ed.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1961;  Ed.D.,  University  ol 
Maryland,  1969 

Stowaaaer,  Karl  Associate  Prolessor,  History  PhD. 
University  of  Muenster,  1 966. 

Strand,  hrar  E.  Jr.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Agncultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.A.,  University  ol  Rochester.  1967; 
M.A.,  University  ol  Rhode  Island.  1971;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Strang,  Garrett  Lecturer.  Art  B.A.,  La  Grange  College.  1977; 
M.F.A..  University  ol  Georgia,  1979. 

Straszhelm,  Mahlon  R.  Prolessor.  Economics  B.S..  Purdue 
University,  1961;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1965. 

Strauabaugh,  Warren  L.  Prolessor  Einentus,  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art.  B.S..  Wooster  College,  1932;  M.A..  State 
University  ol  Iowa.  1935. 

Straw,  Rebecca  J.  Instmctor.  Secondary  Education.  B.S.. 
Ohio  University.  1970;  M.Ed..  University  ol  Maryland.  1974. 

Straat,  Onnan  E.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Agronomy.  B.S.,  South 
Dakota  State  College.  1924;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  College. 
1927:  Ph.D.,  1933 

Strvett,  Theodora  P.  Instructor,  Institute  of  Applied 
Aghculture.   B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  1978. 

Strlcklln,  W.  Ray  Assistant  Professor.  Animal  Science. 
B.S.A..  University  of  Tennessee.  1968;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1975. 

Strlckling,  Edward  Professor,  Agronomy.  8.S.,  Ohio  State 
University.  1937;  Ph.D..  1949. 

Strtnier,  Charlea  O.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Electhcal 
Engineenng.  B.S.E..  University  ol  Michigan.  1961;  M.S.E., 
1963;  Ph.D..  1972. 

Stroball,  Adah,  P.  Associate  Prolessor.  Recreation.  8. A.. 
San  Francisco  State  College.  1953;  M.S.,  University  of 
Calilomia  (Los  Angeles),  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Illinois 
(Urt>ana),  1968. 

Strom,  JaiTtea  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Philosophy.  B.S., 
Loyola  University,  1967;  Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1978. 

Stuart,  William  T.  Assistant  Professor,  Athrapology  B.A. 
George  Washington  University,  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Oregon.  1971. 

Stunkard,  Clayton  L.  Professor.  Measurement  and  Statistics. 
B.S..  University  of  Minnesota,  1948;  M.A..  1951;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Stuntz,  Calvin  F.  Professor  Ementus,  Chemistry.  B.S., 
University  of  Bultalo.  1939;  Ph.D..  1947. 

Stup,  Ronald  A.  Assistant  Prolessor,  School  ol  Architecture. 
8.  Arch,.  University  ol  Maryland,  1972:  M.L.A.,  University  ol 
Pennsylvania.  1975. 

Styera,  Betty  B.  Instructor,  Pan-time.  English.  8.S.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1974;  M.A..  1976. 

Sublatt,  Henry  L.  Prolessor.  Eahy  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  A.B..  Duke  University,  1951;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Virginia.  1953;  Ed.D.,  1959. 


Sucher,  Joa«ph  Prolaaaor,  Phyaws  and  Astronomy.  B.S, 
Brooklyn  College.  1952:  Ph  D  ,  Columbia  University,  1957. 

Sulkin,  Steptwn  D.  Adjunct  Associate  Prolessor.  Zoology 
A.B..  Miami  University,  1966:  M.S./Ph.D.,  Duke  University. 
1971, 

Sumlda,  Jon  T.  Lecturer,  History.  B.A.,  University  ol 
California  (Santa  Cruz),  1971;  M.A..  University  ol  Chicago. 
1974, 

Suppe,  F.  R.  Associate  Prolessor,  Philosophy.  A.B.. 
University  ol  Calilomia  (Riverside),  1962:  M.A.,  University  ol 
Michigan.  1964;  Ph  D  .  1967. 

Suaaman,  Jackwell  Assistant  Instructor,  Part-time,  Institute  ol 
Chminal  Justice  and  Cnmlnology.  B.S,.  University  ol 
Pittsburgh.  1952;  MA.  George  Washington  University.  1961 

Su1t>eriand,  Phyllis  Bryn-Julao  Associate  Professor. 
Pan-time.  Music,  B,Mus,.  Syracuse  University.  1967;  M.Mus,. 
1969 

Svenonlua,  Lara  Prolessor,  Philosophy.  Flk>solie  Kandldal. 
Uppsala  University.  1950;  Filosolie  Magister,  1955:  Rkisolie 
Licentiat,  1955;  Filosolie  Doktor.  1960. 

SvlrlMley,  William,  J.  Prolessor  Emeritus,  Chemistry.  B.S . 
Carnegie  Institute  ol  Technology.  1931:  M.S..  1932:  D.Sc.. 
1935. 

Svoboda,  Cyril  P.  Associate  Prolessor.  Human  Development, 
BA..  St.  Columbans  Mapr  Seminary.  1954;  B.Th..  1958; 
8. Ph..  Gregonan  University  (Rome.  Italy).  1959:  L.Ph..  1960; 
Ph.D..  1961;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1973. 

Swank,  Lowell  J.  Visiting  Lecturer  Pan-time,  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  B,A,.  University  ol  Calilomia  (Berkeley).  1960; 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Illinois  (Urtjana).  1967, 

Swariz,  B.  Katherlne  Assistant  Prolessor.  Economics.  B.S . 
Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology.  1972;  M.S.,  University 
ol  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1974;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Swartz,  Harry  J.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Honicutture.  B.S..  State 
University  ol  New  Yort(  (Bultalo).  1973;  Ph.D..  Cornell 
University.  1979, 

Sweet,  Daniel  Associate  Prolessor,  Mathematics.  B.S.. 
Falrteigh  Dickinson  University.  1965:  Ph.D.,  Brown  University. 
1969 

SyakI,  Ryszard  Prolessor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  University  ol 
London.  1954;  Ph.D..  Chelsea  College.  1960. 

Szepeal,  Bela  Adjunct  Associate  Prolessor,  Food,  Nutrition 
and  Institution  Administration.  8.A.,  Albion  College,  1961; 
M.S..  Colorado  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
California  (Davis),  1968. 

Taft,  Chartas  A.  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.C..  State  University  ol  Iowa.  1937;  M.A., 
1941;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1952. 

Talaat  Mostafa  E.  Prolessor.  Mechanical  Engineenng.  BS.. 
University  ol  Cairo.  1946;  M.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1947;  Ph.D..  1951, 

Talla,  Shawql  Instructor,  Pan-time,  History.  B.A..  Eastern 
Michigan  U;'iiversity,  1966;  M.A.,  1968. 

Tarica,  Ralph  Associate  Prolessor,  French  and  Italian.  B.A., 
Emory  Universrty,  1954;  M.A..  1958;  Ph.D.,  Hanrard 
University.  1966, 

Taylor,  Dalmaa  A.  Prolessor.  Psychology:  Associate  Dean  lor 
Research,  B.A..  Western  Reserve  University,  1959:  M.S., 
Howard  University.  1961;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Delaware.  1965, 

Taylor,  Leonard  S.  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering.  A.B.. 
Harvard  University.  1951:  M.S..  New  Mexico  Stale  University. 
1956;  Ph.D..  1960, 

Taylor,  Onven  M.  Lecturer,  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.   B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1960:  J.D..  1967, 

Teglaal-Golubcow,  Hedy  Assistant  Prolessor.  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Sen/ices.  B.A..  Douglass  College,  1969;  M.A.. 
Temple  University.  1971;  Ph.D..  Hofstra  University.  1975, 

Telleen,  Sharon  L.  Lecturer  Pan-time,  Human  Development. 
A.B,.  Augusta  College.  1968;  M.Ed..  University  ol  Maryland. 
1969;  Ph.D.,  1976 

Tennyson,  Ray  Associate  Prolessor,  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology.  B.S..  Washington  State  University,  1951;  M.A.. 
1959:  Ph.D..  1961 

Teramura,  Alan  H.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Botany.  B.A., 
Calilomia  Slate  University,  1971:  M.A..  1973:  Ph.D.,  Duke 
University.  1978. 

Terchek,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor.  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A..  University  of  Chicago.  1958:  M.A.,  1960:  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1965. 


Thallhatmar,  Rodof  Instructor,  Pan-time,  Mathemalka. 
Ph  D  ,  University  of  Benin.  Germany.  1936, 

Thelaon,  David  Instructor.  Pan-time.  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
B.S  ,  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1972 

Therrlen,  Madeleine  B.  Professor  and  Chairman,  French  and 
Italian,  Lk^encs  d'enseignement.  University  of  Pans, 
Sortjonne  (France),  1959,  PhD,.  Michigan  State  University, 
1966 

ThIeblot,  ArmarHj  J.  Jr.  Associate  Prolessor,  College  ol 
Business  and  Management.  B.S.E..  Princeton  University, 
1961.  MBA.  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1965;  PhO  .  1969. 

Thomas,  Allan  M.  Lecturer.  Pan-time.  Mechanical 
Engineenng    B  S  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1958:  MS  .  1968. 

Thomas,  Carolyn  Assistant  Professor.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design,  B,F  A..  Rochester  Institute  of  Technology.  1969; 
MFA,.  1970 

Thomas,  Maurssn  M,  Lecturer,  Pan-Uma,  Hunun 
Development,  B,S,,  University  of  Connectk:ut,  1974:  M.S., 
North  Dakota  State  University.  1977 

Thomas,  Owrsn  P.  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Poultry  Science. 
B  S.,  University  ol  Natal.  1954;  MS.  1962:  Ph.D..  University 
ol  Maryland.  1 966. 

Thomas,  Wlllism  Affiliate  Assistant  Prolessor,  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services;  Vk»  Chancellor  lor  Student  Aflairs. 
B.S,,  University  ol  Tennessee.  1955;  MS,.  1965;  PhD,, 
Michigan  State  University.  1970, 

Thompson,  Arthur  H.  Prolessor.  Horticulture.  B.S., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1941;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland, 
1945, 

Thompson,  Dersk  Associate  Prolessor,   Geography,    B.A., 

Manchester  University.  1960:  M.A..  1962;  Ph.D..  Indiana 
University.  1969 

Thompson,  Frsd  R.  Prolessor  Emeritus,  Human 
Development  BA..  University  ol  Texas.  1929:  M.A.,  1935; 
Ed.D..  University  ol  Maryland.  1952, 

Thompson,  Hsrvey  W.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre  B  S,.  Wayne  State  University.  1966: 
M.F.A..  Columbia  University.  1972. 

Thompson,    Omren    E.    Associate    Professor.    Meteorology. 

B.S..  University  of  Missouri,  1961;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

ThortMrg,  Raymond  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
University  of  Alaska.  1939:  MA..  University  of  Chicago,  1946; 
Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1954. 

Thorpe,  James  G.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design.   B.A..  University  ol  Maryland. «  973;  MFA..  1975. 

Udman,  Dersk  A.  Research  Prolessor.  Institute  lor  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  A.B.,  London  University,  1952: 
Ph.D.,  1956. 

Tismsy,  William  F.  Associate  Prolessor.  Industrial  Education. 
B.S..  Central  Connecticut  State  College.  1941;  M.S.,  Ohio 
University,  1949;  Ed.D..  University  ol  Maryland,  1952. 

TIttt,  Margaret  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Health  Educatk>n. 
B.S..  Ohio  State  University,  1946;  M.A..  Columbia  University, 
1948;  Ed.D..  West  Virginia  University.  1969. 

Tobin,  Richard  Instructor.  Physical  Education.  A.B.,  East 
Carolina  University.  1969:  M.A.,  1974. 

Toda,  Masso  Lecturer,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economks. 
B.A..  Waseda  University  (Japan),  1973:  M.A.,  Ohk)  University, 
1974. 

Tolivsr,  Z.  Edmund  Assistant  Prolessor,  Musk:.  B.M.Ed., 
Illinois  Wesleyan  University,  1970:  M.M.,  University  ol 
Michigan.  1972:  Ph.D..  1976. 

Toll,  John  S.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy:  President  ol 
the  University.  B.S..  Yale  University.  1944;  A.M.,  Princeton 
University.  1948:  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Toneiii,  Edith  A.  Lecturer,  Art.  B.A.,  Vassar  College,  1971: 
M.A..  Hunter  College.  1974. 

Tosssll,  John  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Chemistry.  B.S.. 
University  ol  Chk^go,  1966;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1967: 
Ph.D..  1972. 

Townsend,  Batty  W.  Instructor.  English.  B.A..  University  ol 
North  Carolina.  1944;  M.A..  University  ol  Maryland.  1961. 

Trahan,  Kathissn  F.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Music  B.M., 
University  ol  Maryland.  1976;  M.Mus,.  1978, 

Travor,  Paul  P.  Prolessor.  Music.  B.Mus..  Catholic  University 
ol  Amenca.  1955;  M.Mus..  1957;  DMA..  Slanlord  University, 
1967, 

Trailer,  Robert  H.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  B.S., 
University  ol  Calilomia  (Beri<eley),  1957:  Ph.D.,  1963:  Ph.D., 
1974. 


222     Tretter,  Steven  A. 


Tr«tt*r,  St«vwi  A.  Associate  Prolsssor,  ElecVical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  University  o(  Maryland.  1962:  MA, 
Princeton  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Trlckett,  Editor)  J.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Trinity 
College,  1963;  M.A..  Ohio  State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Trigg,  George  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Physics  and  Astronomy  & 
Institute  lor  Physical  Science  &  Technology  A.B., 
Washington  University,  1937;  A.M.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Trimble,  Virginia  l_  Visiting  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1964; 
M,S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1965;  Ph.D..  1966; 
M.A..  University  of  Cambndge.  1969. 

Triputhi,  Satlah  K.  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science. 
B.S..  Banaras  Hindu  University.  1968;  M.S.,  1970;  M.S.. 
University  of  Alberta.  1974;  M.S..  University  of  Toronto.  1976; 
Ph.D.,  1979. 

Troth,  Eugene  W.  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  DePaul 
University,  1947;  M.Mus.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1958. 

Troup,  Jacqueline  A.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Afro-American 
Studies.   B.A.,  Pepperdine  University.  1970;  M.A.,  1971. 

Trousdale,  Marion  S.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
University  of  Michigan.  1951;  M.A..  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  London  (England). 
1975. 

Trout,  David,  L.  Adjunct  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration.  B.A-.  Swarthmore  College.  1951; 
M.A..  Duke  University.  1954;  Ph.D..  1958. 

True,  Nellta  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus..  University  of  Michigan, 
1958;  M.Mus..  1960;  O.M.A..  Peabody  Conson/atory  of  Music. 
1976. 

Truitt,  Anne  Professor.  Art    B.A..  Bryn  Mawr  Ollege,  1943. 

Teul,  Chung  Y.  Assistant  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S..  University  of  Hong  Kong.  1953;  M.S..  Purdue  University. 
1959;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Turner,  Frenli  S.  Lecturer,  Part-time.  Afro-American  Studies. 
B.A..  North  Carolina  Central  University.  1968;  J.D..  1973. 

Turner,  Thomas  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy  B.S.. 
Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1973;  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1976;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Tuthlll,  Dean  F.  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S..  Cornell  University.  1949;  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana).  1954;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Tuttle,  Jon  H.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor.  B.S..  Ohk>  State 
University.  1965;  M.S..  1966;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Twigg,  Bernard  A.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Hortksjiture. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1952;  M.S..  1955;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Tyler,  Bonnie  8.  Associate  Professor.  Human  Development 
B.A..  DePauw  University.  1948;  M.A.,  Ohk)  State  University. 
1949;  Ph.D..  1954. 

Tyler,  Forrest  B.  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A..  Oepauw 
University.  1948;  M.A..  Ohio  State  University.  1950;  Ph.D.. 
1952 

Tyler,  Robert  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Physical  Education. 
A.B..  Drury  (Allege.  1957;  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1959;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Tyler,  Suzanne  J.  Instructor.  Physical  Educatton.  B.S.. 
Boston-Bouve  of  Northeastern  University.  1969;  M.S.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1973. 

Ulmer,  Melville  J.  Professor.  Economks.  B.S..  New  Yort( 
University.  1937;  M.A..  1938;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University. 
1948 

Ulrlch,  Homer  Professor  Emeritus.  Musk:.  M.A..  University  of 
Chicago.  1939 

Urban,  Louise  McClelland  Associate  Professor,  Musk:.  B.A.. 
College  of  Wooster.  1957.  M.A.,  Columbia  Unrversity.  1959. 

Urtck,  Kevin  B.  Instnictor.  Part-time,  Socotogy.  B.A . 
Mk:higan  State  University.  1974;  M.A..  University  of  Maryland. 
1979 

Usianer,  Eric  M.  Associate  Professor.  G<3vemment  and 
Politics-  B.A..  Brandeis  University.  1968;  M.A..  Indiana 
University.  1970;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Vaccsro,  Paul  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physkal  Educatun  and 
Secondary  Educatk>n  B  S..  University  of  Massachusetts. 
1970;  M.A..  University  of  FtorWa.  1973;  Ed  D  ,  1976 

Valadvz,  Joseph  J,  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and 
Community  Devekjpment  BA.,  htorthwestem  University, 
1971;  Ph.O,,  University  ol  Lancaster  (England),  1978. 


Vsmos,  John  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Aerospace  Englneenng 
B.M.E.,  Vllllnova  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Ohk)  State 
University,  1970, 

Van  Alstlns,  John  Lecturer,  Art.  B.F.A.,  Kent  State 
University,  1974;  M.F  A  ,  Cornell  University,  1976. 

Vandertioef,  Larry  N.  Professor,  Botany  B  S  ,  University  of 
Wisconsin  (Milwaukee),  1964;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Purdue 
University,  1969 

Vanderaall,  John  H.  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  BS ,  Ohk> 
State  University,  1950;  MS.,  1954;  PhD  .  1959 

Vandersllce,  Betty  R.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Mathematics 
B.A..  Upsala  College.  1945;  M.A..  University  ol  Maryland. 
1948 

VanderVelden,  Lee  Assistant  Professor.  Physical  Educaton 
BS.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1961;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Van  Egmond,  Peter  G.  Assistant  Professor.  English  B  A  . 
Mississippi  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi. 
1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina.  1966. 

Venn,  Llndley  R.  Assistant  Professor.  School  ol  Architecture. 
B.A..  University  of  Texas  (Austin).  1968;  Ph.D..  Cornell 
University,  1976. 

Vsnneman,  Reeve  Assistant  Professor.  Sodokigy.  A.B.. 
Cornell  University.  1967;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1975. 

Vannoy,  Donald  W.  Associate  Prolessor,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  Institute  of  Technology,  1970;  M.S., 
University  ol  Virginia,  1971 ;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Vsn  Vslksnburg,  Shirley  D.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Botany 
B.A.,  Washington  SUte  University.  1948;  M.S..  University  of 
Washington.  1968;  Ph.D..  1970. 

vsn  Zwoll,  Jsmes  A-  Professor  Emeritus.  Administratk)n, 
Supervision,  and  Curriculum.  B.A..  Calvin  College.  1933; 
M.A..  University  of  MkJhigan.  1937;  Ph.D..  1942. 

Vaughan,  Martha  C.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design.   8.F.A..  Virginia  Commonwealth  University.  1970. 

Vaughan,  William  S.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Music.  B.Mus.. 
Eastman  School  of  Music.  1972. 

Vsvrlchsk,  Brucs  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Economics  B.S.. 
MKhigan  State  University,  1971;  M.A,.  Northwestern 
University.  1972;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Vettch,  Fletcher  P.  Professor  Emeritus.  Chemistry.  B.S.. 
University  ol  Maryland,  1931;  M.S.,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1935. 

Venlistesh,  Samlalya  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.E.,  Osmania  University  (India),  1970;  M.Tech.,  1979. 

Vsrttovsn,  Pster  J.  Associate  Prolessor,  Recreation  B  A., 
Morehead  State  College,  1963:  M.S.,  Indiana  University.  1965; 
Re.D.,  1969. 

Vernielj,  Geerat  J.  Professor.  Zootogy  A.B..  Princeton 
University.  1968;  M.Phil..  Yale  University.  1970;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Vemskar,  Anandu  D.  Professor.  Meteorotogy  B  Sc.. 
Uriiveisity  of  Michigan.  1956:  M.Sc..  1959:  M.S..  1963:  Ph.D.. 
1966 

Vernier.  Paul  Research  Assodate.Part-tlme,  Center  for 
Philosophy  and  Puttk;  Polk:y.  A.B..  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1934;  M.A..  George  Washington  University.  1968: 
M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1973:  Ph.D..  1976. 

Vesentlnl,  Edoardo  Prolessor.  MathemalKS  Laurea  in 
Scten2s  Mathematics  .  Universlta  di  Melano,  1950;  Libera 
Docenza  in  Geometra.  Universita  de  Roma.  1956. 

Vigil,  Eugene  L.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Botany.    B.S.,  Loyola 

University.  1963;  M.S  .  University  ol  Iowa.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

VIgnone,  Barbara  M.  Instructor.  Secondary  Educatton.  B.S.. 
University  of  Connecteut.  1961;  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland. 
1970;  Ph  D,.  1977. 

Vl|ay,  Inder  K.  Associate  Prolessor.  Dairy  Science  BS. 
Punjab  University  (India),  1961:  M.S.,  University  ol 
Saskatchewan,  1966,  PhD  ,  University  of  California  (Davis). 
1971. 

VIII,  Martha  J.  Lecturer,  Geography  B  A  ,  State  Unlversl^  of 
Hew  York  (Binghamton),  1964;  M.A  ,  The  CatholK:  University 
of  Amenca.  1966,  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Matyiand,  1976 

Vlllavtcenclo.  Laura  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese  Doctor  ol  Law,  UnivsrsKlad  de  la  Habana,  1948. 
MA.  University  of  Maryland.  1970:  Ph  D  .  1972 

vnzthum,  Richard  C.  Assoclale  Prolessor.  English  B.A. 
Amherst  College,  1957,  MA  ,  Harvard  University,  1958:  PhD  , 
Stanlord  University,  1963 

VolL  Mary  Assoaate  Professor,  MkTobKXogy  B  A,  Mount 
Saint  Agiies  College.  1955,  M.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  Unlvers«y. 
1961;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Pennsyhrania.  1964. 


Vough,  L.R.  Assoaate  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S., 
Pennsytvanla  State  University.  1966;  MS..  University  of 
MInnesoU,  1969.  Ph.D..  Purdue  University.  1972 

Wabeck,  Charles  J.  Assoaate  Professor.  Poultry  Science. 
BS  .  University  ol  Massachusetts.  1962:  MS.  Universlly  of 
New  Hampshire.  1964;  Ed  D  .  Purdue  University.  1966 

Wagonhelm,  Sylvia  S.  Assistant  Professor.  English  KB., 
Goucher  Colkige.  1971,  M.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1973; 
Ph  D  .  1980 

Wakefield.  John  E.  Associate  Professor.  Musk  B.Mus.. 
Unrversity  ol  Michigan,  1963,  M.Mus.,  1964 

Waldo,  Michael  Assistant  Prolessor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  ServK»s  A  A.,  College  ol  San  Mateo,  1973;  A.B., 
University  ol  California  (Berkeley),  1976:  M.S,  UniversHy  0) 
Utah,  1978:  PhD,  1979 

Waldrop,  Robert  S.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Psychology  B.A., 
University  ol  Oklahoma.  1934;  BD  .  McCormick  TheotogKal 
Seminary.  1937;  PhD  .  University  of  Michigan.  1948. 

Walker,  David  B.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Urtian  Studies     B.A. 

Boston  Unrversity,  1949:  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Walker,  Lee  S.  Lecturer.  Classics    B  A  .  Agnes  Scoll  College. 

1973:  M.A..  Unrversity  ol  North  Carolina.  1975. 

Walker,  Richard  E.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Germank:  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  B.A..  West  Virginia  University. 
1966:  M.A.  1968:  Ph.D..  University  ol  Chicago.  1973. 

Wallace,  Jamee  M.  Assoaate  Prolessor.  MechanKai 
Engineering.  BC.E  ,  Georgia  Institute  ol  Technotogy.  1962; 
M.S..  1964;  D.  Phil..  (Mora  University.  1969. 

Wallace,  Robert  E.  Assistant  Vice  Chancelkx.  Administrative 
Affairs.   BS  .  University  of  Akron.  1961 

Wallace,  Stephen  J.  Assoaate  Prolessor.  Physka  and 
Astronomy  BS  .  Case  Institute  of  Technology.  1961;  M.S.. 
University  of  Washington  (Seattle).  1969:  Ph.D..  1971. 

Welsh.  Christopher  S.  Assistant  Professor.  Horticullure. 
B.A.  MkJdIebury  College.  1969;  M.S.  Cornell  Univerally, 
1977;  Ph  D  .  1980. 

Walston,  William  H.,  Jr.  Associate  Prolessor.  MechanK:al 
Engineenng  8ME  .  University  ol  Delaware.  1959:  M.S.. 
1961;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Walters,  William  B.  Prolessor.  Chemistry  BS .  Kansas 
State  University,  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1964. 

Walton,  William  D.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Fire  Protection 
Engineering    B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1972:  MS  .  1976. 

Waltrup,  Paul  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Aerospace  Engir>eenng. 
B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1967;  MS  .  1968;  Ph  0  .  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1971 

Wang,  Chlng-PIng  Shih  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physxa  snd 
Astronomy  B.S..  Tung-Hai  Unrversity,  1969,  M.S  ,  Lousisna 
State  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Wang,  Shih-tto  Associate  Professor,  Electncal  Engmeedng. 
BSEE,  h4atk)nal  Taiwan  University,  1967:  M.S.E.E., 
University  ol  California  (Berkeley),  1970.  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Ward,  Gerald  M.  Director  ol  Laboratory  Animal  Care: 
Assoaate  Professor.  Vetennary  Saencs.  O.V  M..  Comal 
University.  1949:  MS  .  1968. 

Ward,    Veda    E.    Instructor.    Recrsatxvi.      BA..    Bucknal 

University.  1972:  MS.  University  of  Baltimore.  1977 

Warner,  Charles  R.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mathematics  BX. 
University  ol  Toronto.  1955:  BS  .  Umversny  ol  Roc»>est»r, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  1962 

Warren,  Anne  Assoaate  Professor.  Dance    B.A .  Ohio  State 

University,  1966:  M  Ed  ,  Weyne  State  University,  1969 

Warren,  Dorwid  R.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Education 
Poley.  Planning  and  AdministratKm  BA..  Umverslly  0« 
Texas,  1957,  Th  M ,  Harvard  University,  1960.  Ph.D.. 
University  of  C^hcago.  1968 

Warren,  J.  Benedict  Protesaor.  History  BA.  Dune  SccHut 
College.  1953.  M.A.  University  ol  New  Menoo.  1960:  PhD., 
1963 

Warren,  Lawrence.  Associate  Professor.  Danes  BA, 
University  of  Cellfomia  (Los  Angeles).  1953.  MA.  1968 

Washburn.  Wllcomb  E.  Adiunct  Professor.  Amencan  Stud«e. 
BA.  Dartmouth  College.  1948.  Ph  0 .  Harvard  University. 
1955 

Washlnglon,  LaRua  A.  AssistanI  Protessoc.  Psychotogy. 
A  B  .  Rsdciitle  College.  1972.  MS  .  Ysle  Umversny.  1973; 
PhD.  1979 

Wsshlngton,  Lawrsnca  C.  Visiting  Assatam  Proleiaoc. 
Mathematcs.  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  Un(vers«y.  1971.  MA. 
1971:  Ph.D.,  Pnnceton  Unlv«n«y.  1974 


Wolman,  Benjamin     223 


WmII,  Cdmnt  A.,  Jr.  Laclursr.  Collsg*  of  Buslnms  and 
Manag«m«nl.   BS.  Fairfi«ld  University.  1975 

Wasssnnan,  ManiMta  D.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  General  Horx)rs 
Program  BA.  Vassar  College.  1970.  MA.  Columbia 
Univeraity.  1971.  Ph  D  .  1977 

Waaaatmwi.  Paul  Prolesaof.  Collage  ol  Ubrary  and 
Infonnation  SarvKes  BBA,  City  University  ol  New  Yodi 
(City  Collage),  1948.  MSLS.  Columbia  University,  1949: 
M.S.,  1950,  Ph  O  ,  University  ol  Michigan,  1960 

WaMs,  Jotin  M..  Jr.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Fire  Protection 
Engineenng  BS.  University  ol  Maryland.  1966;  MS. 
University  ol  Massachusetts.  1972;  Ph  D..  1976. 

Waavvr,  V.  Plillllpa  Prolessor.  Earty  Childhood  Elementary 
Education  A.B..  College  ol  William  and  Mary.  1951;  M.Ed, 
Pennsylvania  Stale  University.  1956.  Ed  D  .  1962 

Weber,  Joeeph  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  BS. 
United  Stales  Naval  Academy.  1940;  Ph.D.  Catholic 
University  ol  Amenca,  1951 

Weber,  Kurt  Associate  Prolessor,  Ementus,  English  6. A., 
Williams  College,  1930;  B  A  .  Oxford  University.  1932;  M.A.. 
Columbia  University.  1933.  Ph  D  .  1940 

Wei.  Chlng-Zortg  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mathematics  and 
Institute  lor  Physical  Science  and  Technology  B.A.,  National 
Tsing-Hua  University,  1971.  M.A..  1973.  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1980 

WatdiMr,  Jerry  R.  Assooale  Prolessor.  Geology.  A.B  .  Miami 
University  (Oho).  1960;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania 
Stale  University.  1968 

Wetgl,  Qall  Capitol  Assistant  Prolessor,  An.  B.A.,  Wayne 
Slate  University,  1962:  M,A.,  University  ol  Michigan,  1966; 
Ph.D..  1976. 

Well,  Raymond  R.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
Michigan  State  University.  1970;  MS,.  Purdue  University, 
1972:  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1977. 

Walner,  Jottn  Associate  Prolessor,  Chemistry.  B.S., 
Pennsytvania  State  University.  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Chicago,  1970 

Walner,  Rcxiald  M,  Associate  Prolessor  and  Acting  Chatman, 
Microbiology  B.S.,  City  University  of  New  YorV  (Broolilyn 
College),  1964;  M.S.,  Long  Island  University.  1967;  Ph.D.. 
Iowa  State  University.  1970. 

Weirwtein,  Paul  A.  Assooale  Prolessor.  Economics  6  A . 
College  ol  William  and  Mary.  1954;  M.A..  Northwestern 
University.  1958;  Ph  D..  1961. 

WMaor,  Mafk  Assistant  Prolessor.  Computer  Science.  MS . 
University  ol  Michigan.  1979;  Ph.D..  1979. 

Welaa,  Gene  S.  Associate  Prolessor.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre,  B.A..  Brandeis  University.  1961;  M.A.,  New  York 
University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  Stale  University.  1970 

Welaaman,  Ronald  F.  E.  Assistant  Professor.  History.  B.A.. 
Unrversity  ol  California  (BerVoley).  1972;  M.A..  1973;  C.Phil.. 
1975:  Ph.D..  1978, 

WelbouriM,  Jamaa  Lecturer,  Pan-time,  General  Honors 
Program.   B.A..  University  ol  Maryland.  1968;  M.L.S..  1970. 

WalUach,  Nana  Associate  Professor.  College  ol  Library  and 
Information  Services.  M.L.S.,  University  ol  Maryland.  1972; 
Ph.D..  1975. 

Walla,  Leroy,  Jr.  Lecturer.  Psychology.  BA..  Syracuse 
University.  1973:  MA..  Yale  University.  1975:  M.  Phil..  1978. 

Wentzal,  Dor>at  G.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.. 
Unrversity  of  Chicago.  1954;  B.S.,  1955;  M.S,,  1956,  Ph.D., 
1960 

Wametti,  Ruiaall  L  Lecturer  Pan-lime,  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  1968: 
Ph.D..  George  Washington  University.  1977. 

WarttMlinar,  lArctta  C.  Affliate  Assistant  Professor. 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services:  Acting  Assistant  to  the 
Vice  Charwellor.  Academic  Affairs  BA,  Mount  Holyolce 
College,  1957,  M.A..  Unrversity  ol  Maryland.  1976;  PhD.. 
1980. 

Week*.  John  R.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Mechanical  Engineenng, 
Dipl.  Ing..  Hannover  Institute  ol  Technology.  1924;  MS. 
HarvartI  University.  1931;  Sc.  D..  1934. 

Wcctbrook,  Frantdin  Assoaate  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services,  Counseling  Center,  B,S,,  Chicago  State 
Unrversity,  1961;  M.S.,  City  University  of  New  Yort<.  1969; 
Ed.D..  Indiana  Universily.  1971. 

Waatartiout,  (>an  Adjunct  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B  S  .  University  ol  Leiden,  1950:  M.S..  1954;  Ph.D..  1958 

Wasthott,  Oennia  C.  Prolessor.  Dairy  Science  BS. 
University  of  Georgia.  1966:  MS..  North  Carolina  Stale 
Universily.  1968:  Ph.D..  1970. 


Wewar,  Dee  J.  Lecturer.  Part-time,  College  ol  Business  and 
Management  BS ,  University  ol  Southern  Mississippi,  1969: 
M.B.A..  Harvard  University.  1976.  M.A..  AmerKan  University. 
1978 

Waller,  Richard  Assistant  Prolessor.  Music  B.Mus . 
University  ol  Michigan.  1963;  M.A..  New  Yortt  Universrty. 
1969,  PhD,  1974 

Whalan,  Matthew  0,  Lecturer,  Part-lime,  General  Honors 
Program  A  B  ,  Fairfield  University,  1970:  M.A..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1972.  PhD,  1978 

Whaplea,  Oene  C.  Associate  Prolessor.  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education.  B.S..  University  of  Connecticut.  1960. 
MS.  Kansas  State  University,  1965,  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1974. 

Wtiaatley,  John  H.  Associole  Prolessor.  Agncultural  and 
Extension  Education  and  Secondary  Education.  B.A.,  Duke 
Unrversity,  1963;  M.A,T ,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1972 

Whaaton,  Frederick  W.  Prolessor,  Agncultural  Engineenng 
B.S.AE..  Michigan  Stale  University.  1964;  M.S..  1965;  Ph.D., 
Iowa  Stale  University,  1969. 

Wheelock.  Arthur  K.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Art.  B.A..  Williams 
College,  1955,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1973. 

Whitaker,  Harry  A,  Prolessor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences. 
B.A..  Portland  Stale  Universily.  1963:  M.A..  University  ol 
Calilomia.  1968:  Ph.D..  1969. 

White,  Alan  R.  Visiting  Prolessor.  Philosophy,  B.A.. 
University  of  Dublin.  1945.  Ph.D..  University  of  London.  1958 

White,  Gregory  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology.  BA. 
Stanlord  University,  1971;  M,A..  University  ol  California,  1973; 
PhD,,  1976, 

WhHe,  Marilyn  D,  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Ubrary  and 
Infonnation  Services.  B.A..  Our  Lady  of  the  Lake  College. 
1962;  M.S..  University  ol  Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Illinois.  1971, 

Whlttemore,  E.  Read  Prolessor.  English  BA .  Yale 
University.  1941, 

WIckea,  William  C.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S..  University  ol  California,  1967;  M,A., 
Pnncelon  University,  1969;  Ph,D,,  1972, 

WIdhelm,  William  B,  Associate  Professor,  College  ol 
Business  and  Management.  B.E.S..  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1959;  MS.E..  1960;  M.S.M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

WIebold,  William  J,  Assistant  Prolessor.  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
Iowa  State  University.  1971;  M.S.,  1974;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Georgia.  1978. 

Wlodel,  Joaeph  W.  Associate  Prolessor.  Geography  BA  . 
University  ol  Maryland.  1958;  M.A..  1963. 

WIggIn,  Gladya  A.  Prolessor  Ementa.  Administration. 
Supervision,  and  Cumculum,  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota. 
1929:  M.A..  1939:  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland.  1947 

Wilbur,  June  C.  Assistant  Professor  Emerita.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economk».  B.S..  University  ol  Washington.  1936: 
M.Ed..  1937:  M.S..  Syracuse  University,  1940. 

Wiley,  Robert  C.  Prolessor,  Hortculture,  BS,,  University  of 
Maryland,  1949;  M,S,,  1950;  Ph,D,,  Oregon  Stale  University, 
1953. 

WllkenfeM,  Jonathan  Associate  Prolessor.  Government  and 
Politics.  B.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1964;  MJk.,  George 
Washington  University.  1966;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University,  1969, 

Wllkeraon,  Thomaa  D.  Research  Professor,  Institute  tor 
Physical  Science  and  Technotogy.  B.S..  University  ol 
Mrehigan.  1953;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Wllkae,  Joaaph  A.  Lecturer  Part-time,  School  of  Architecture, 
BA,,  Dartmouth  College,  1941;  B.  Arch,,  0)lumbia  University, 
1949 

Wllklnaon,  Thomas  K.  Instructor.  Part-lime,  Industnal 
Education.  B.A..  American  International  College,  1950:  M,A,, 
Harvard  University,  1956. 

Williams,  Aubrey  W.,  Jr,  Prolessor,  Anthropokigy  BA., 
University  ol  North  Carolina,  1955;  M,A„  1957;  Ph,D„ 
University  ol  Anzona,  1964 

Wllllama,  Barbara  W.  Lecturer,  Urban  Studies:  Director, 
Graduate  Studies  B.A..  Howard  University,  1970:  M.P.A., 
The  Amencan  University.  1976. 

Wllllama,  David  A.  Instnjctor,  Industrial  Education.  BS,. 
Applachian  State  University,  1976:  M.A„  1978. 

Williams,  David  L.  Associate  Prolessor,  Earty  Childhood 
Elementary  Education,  B,S.,  Bradley  University.  1953;  M.Ed,, 
University  ol  Illinois  (Urtiana),  1956,  Ed,D„  1964. 


Wllllama.  Eleanor  Associate  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition  and 
lnstitutK>n  Administration  B.S..  Texas  Woman's  University, 
1945.  MS.  Iowa  State  University.  1947;  Ph.D..  ComtU 
University.  1963. 

Wllllama,  Ksya  B.  Visiting  Assistant  Prolessor.  Earty 
ChikJhood  and  Elementary  Education  BA  ,  Fisk  University, 
1968.  M  Ed  .  Howard  University.  1973.  Yh  D  .  University  ol 
Maryland.  1977 

Wllllama,  Rhonda  C.  Instructor.  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.F  A  .  Boston  University.  1962;  MA,  Monldair  State  College. 
1968 

Williams,  Walter  F,  Professor,  Dairy  Science  B  S.. 
University  of  Missoun,  1952;  M.S.,  1952:  Ph.D..  1955. 

Williams,  William  H.  Assistant  Prolessor.  History.  A.B. 
Washington  and  Lee  University.  1956;  MA,.  Duke  University, 
1960;  Ph.D.,  1965. 


WIlBon,  Andrew  S.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.    Ph.D..  Cambndge  University.  1973. 

Wllaon,  Gayle  E.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A..  Wayne 
State  University.  1960.  M  A  .  University  ol  Rochester.  1963: 
Ph  D , 1965 

Wllaon,  Leda  A.  Associate  Prolessor,  Family  and  Community 
Development  BS  ,  Lander  College,  1943:  MS.,  University  ol 
Tennessee.  1950;  Ed  D..  1954. 

Wilson.  Mark  Assistant  Prolessor.  Music.  A.B..  University  of 
Calilomia  (Los  Angeles).  1970:  M.S..  1972:  Ph.D..  1974. 

Wllaon,  Robert  M.  Prolessor.  Early  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  B.S..  Calilomia  State  College.  Pennsylvania, 
1950;  M.S..  University  ol  Pittsburgh.  1956:  Ed.D..  1960. 

Wllaon,  William  G.  Ubranan, Lecturer.  College  ol  Library  and 
Inlormation  Services.  B.A..  Louisiana  State  University.  1958; 
A.ML  S..  University  of  Michigan.  1960;  M.A.,  Claremont 
Graduate  School,  1971. 

Wllaon,  William  H.  lnstr\jctor.  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.. 
University  ol  Ftorida.  1969:  M.E..  1971. 

WInek,  Gary  J.  Instructor,  Industnal  Educatkin,  B,S„ 
University  ol  Wisconsin  (Stout),  1974;  MEd,,  Ball  State 
University,  1975, 

Wlneland,  William  C.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Physks  and 
Astronomy,  BS  ,  University  of  Kentucky,  1933:  M,S„  1935; 
PhD,,  1940, 

Winkelmann.  Allen  E.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Aerospace 
Engineering,  B,S,,  Universrty  of  Minnesota,  1965;  M,S,,  1967; 
PhD,  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 

WInkelnkemper,   H.   E.   Associate   Prolessor.   Mathematics. 

B.A..  National  University  of  Mexico.  1963;  M.A.,  Princeton 
Universily,  1965;  Ph.D,,  1970 

Winn.  Gregory  F,  T.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor,  Govemment 
and  Poilitics,  A.B..  Columbia  University.  1968;  M.A.. 
Universily  of  Southern  California.  1972:  MA,,  New  Yort< 
University,  1974;  Ph,D,,  University  ol  Southern  California, 
1976, 

WInton.  Calhoun  Prolessor,  English,  A,B.,  Universily  of  the 
South  (Sewanee),  1948;  M,A„  Vandertjilt  University,  1950; 
MA,,  Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph,D„  1955, 

Wlaa,  Gene  Prolessor  and  Director  of  American  Studies. 
B.A..  Hanover  College.  1958:  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University, 
1963 

Wlaeman.  Robert  F.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Geography.  B.A.. 
Western  Mkiiigan  University.  1968;  M.A..  1969;  PhD.. 
University  ol  Illinois.  1 973. 

WItczak,  Matthew  W.  Prolessor.  Civil  Engineenng.  B.S.. 
Purdue  University.  1962;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Withers,  Josephine  Assoaate  Professor.  Art.  B.A..  Olwrtin 
College,  1960;  MA..  Columbia  University.  1965:  Ph.D..  1971. 

WHtrslch,  Joaeph  A.  Professor.  English.  A.B..  University  of 
Louisville.     1961;    M.A..    1962:    Ph.D..    Western    Reserve 

University.  1966. 

Wockenfuss,  William  A.  Prolessor.  Mechanical  Engineering: 
Assistant  Provost,  Division  ol  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences  and  Engineering,  B.S..  University  ol  Maryland. 
1949;  M.  Eng..  1952;  Ed.D..  University  ol  Ronda.  1960. 

Wolfe,  Peter  Professor.  Mathematk:s:  Director.  Applied 
Mathematics  Program.  B.S.,  Saint  Lawrence  University.  1959: 
B.S.E.E..  Renssalaer  Polytechnic.  1959:  M.S..  Northwestern 
University.  1961;  Ph.D..  New  Yorti  University,  1965, 

Wolman,  Benjamin  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Institute  ol  Criminal 
Justice  and  Cnminology,  B,A,,  Universrty  ol  Maryland,  1951; 
J,D,,  Harvard  Law  School,  1956. 


224     Wolman,  William  W. 


Wolman,  Wllllain  W.  Visiting  Protassor.  Civil  Engineering 
B.B.A.,  City  University  ol  New  YorV,  1946;  MA,  Columbia 
University,  1949:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hoctiesler,  1960, 

Wolohojlan,  Qaorga  G.  Researcti  Associate,  Urtian  Studies. 
B.A.,  Dartmoutti  College,  1973;  M.PA ,  Syracuse  University, 
1974;  Ph.D,,  1979. 

Wolp«rt,  Scott  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Matfiematics.  8 A, 
Jofins  Hopkins  Universit/,  1972;  M.A.,  Stanford  University, 
1974;  Pti.D.,  1976. 

Wolvln,  Andrew  D,  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre;  Acting  Assistant  Provosi,  Arts  and  Humanities  B.S  , 
University  of  Nebraska,  1962;  MA.,  1963;  PhD.,  Purdue 
University,  1968. 

Wonnacott,  Paul  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of 
Western  Onlark).  1955;  MA.,  Pnnceton  University,  1957; 
Ph.D,  1959 

Woo,  Ching  Hung  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S  , 
Louisiana  Tecfinotogical  Institute,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1960;  Ph.D  ,  1962. 

Wood,  Francis  E.  Associate  Professor,  Entomokjgy.  B.S., 
University  of  Missouri,  1958;  M.S.,  1962;  University  of 
Maryland,  1970. 

Wood,  HartMrt  T.  Lecturer,  School  of  Architecture.  B.Ch.E., 
Catholic  University  of  America,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1965. 

Wood,  Robert  E,  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.A.,  Western  Australian  Institute  of 
Technokjgy,  Perth  ,  1972;  M.A.,  University  of  Nevada,  1976; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1980. 

Wood,  Stephen  C.  Instructor,  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre.  B.s.,  California  State  Polytechnic  College,  1971; 
M.A.,  University  of  Maine,  1978. 

Woolf,  Leonard  Professor  Emeritus,  Secondary  Education. 
B.S.,  John  Hopkins  University,  1942;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1951;  Ed  D.,  1959. 

Woolpart,  Stephen  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A .  Gnnell  College,  1966;  M,A.,  John  Hopkins 
University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1977. 

Wrenn,  Jerry  P.  Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant  Chairman, 
Physical  Education.  B.S.,  East  Carolina  University,  1961; 
M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1970, 

Wright,  Emmett  L.  Associate  Professor,  Secondary  Education 
and  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education.  B.S.,  University  of 
Kansas,  1963;  M.A.,  Whichita  State  University,  1968;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1974. 

Wright,  WInthrop  H.  Associate  Professor,  History.  8A, 
Svirarthmore  College,  1958;  M.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Wu,  C.S,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technotogy.  B.S.E.,  Natkinal  Taiwan  University  (Taipei), 
1954;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1956;  Ph.D., 
Princeton  University,  1959. 

Wyll«,  Ann  G.  Associate  Professor,  Geok>gy.  B  S.,  Wellesley 
College.  1966;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1972. 

Wylle,  Margaret  Instructor.  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.A.,  1974. 

WyniVOartcy,  M.  Lorraine  Instructor,  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences.  B.S.,  Hampton  Institute,  1963;  M.A.,  Michigan 
State  University,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1978. 

Wyaong,  John  W.  Professor,  Agricultural  arid  Resource 
Economk».  B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbane),  1954;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1957. 

Yaney,  George  L.  Professor,  History  BE,  Renssetaer 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1956; 
Ph.D  ,  Princeton  University,  1961 

Yai^,  Grace  L  Professor,  Mathematics.  6.A.,  Natk)rial 
Taiwari  University,  1960:  M.A.,  University  of  California 
(Bertceley),  1963:  Ph.D  ,  1966 

Yang,  Jackaon  C.S.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958,  M.A.,  1961:  Ph.D..  1963. 

Yang,  Paul  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Matfiematics.  AS . 
University  of  California  (Bertceley).  1969;  Pfi.D  .  1973 

Yao,  S.  BIng  Associate  Professor,  (College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1966;  M.A., 
Western  Michigan  University,  1969;  Pti.D.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1974. 

Yaramanoglu,  Mellh  Assistant  Professor,  Agncuflural 
Engineering.  B.S.,  MkMIe  East  Tectink»l  University,  Ankara  , 
Tudtey  ,  1971;  M.S..  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1978. 


Yarlen,  Rlchanl  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Health  Educatk>n. 
BS  ,  Ball  Stale  University.  1971:  M.A.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Univetsity 
of  Maryland.  1976. 

Yeck,  Robert  G.  Visiting  Professor.  Agricultural  Englneenng 
B.S.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1948;  M.S..  University  of 
Missouri.  1953,  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Yeti,  Kwan-nan  Associate  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1961,  M.S., 
Tulane  University,  1965;  Ph.D  ,  University  of  Georgia,  1970. 

Yeh,  Rayinond  T.  Professor  and  Chalmian,  Computer 
Science  B.S.,  University  ol  lllinlos,  1961;  M.A.,  1963:  Ph.D., 
1966 

Yenl-Komshlan,  Grace  H.  Associate  Prolessor,  Heanng  and 
Speech  Sciences;  Alliliate  Associate  Professor,  Psychotogy. 
B.A.,  American  University  of  Beirut,  Lebanon,  1957;  M.S., 
Cornell  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  McGill  University,  1965. 

Yff,  Joost  Visiting  Associate  Prolessor  and  Acting  Chairman, 
Eariy  Childhood  Elementary  Education  and  Secondary 
Education  B.S,  FItchburg  Stale  College.  1959;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Yin,  Lo  I.  Adjunct  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.A.,  Central  China 
University,  1949;  B.A  ,  Carteton  Ckillege,  1951;  M.A.,  Eastman 
School  ot  Music,  1952;  B.S.,  University  ol  Rochester,  1956; 
M.S.,  University  ol  Michigan,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Yodh,  Gaurang  B,  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.Sc, 
University  of  Bombay,  1948;  M.Sc,  University  of  Chicago, 
1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

Yorke,  James  A.  Research  Professor.  Mathematics  and 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  A.B..  Columbia 
University.  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

Young,  Bobby  G.  Prolessor.  Microbiology  B.S .  Southeast 
Missouri  State  College.  1951;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1965. 

Young,  Edgar  P.  Prolessor  and  Chalmian,  Animal  Science. 
B.S..  Ohio  State  University.  1954;  M.S..  1956;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Young,  Oran  H.  Prolessor.  Government  and  Politics.  A.B., 
Harvard  University,  1962:  MA..  Yale  University.  1964:  Ph.D., 
1965. 

Zagler,  Don  Professor,  Mathematics,  B.S.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  ol  Technology.  1968;  Diploma  Adv.  Math..  Oxiord 
University.  1969;  D.  Phil.  Math..  1972;  Habilitation  Math. 
University  ol  Bonn.  1975. 

Zakl,  Kawthor  Associate  Prolessor.  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S.,  Ain  Shams  University  (Cairo),  1962:  M.S„  Uriiverslty  ol 
Calilomia  (Beriieley),  1966:  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Zalcman,  L  A.  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  A.B..  Dartmouth 
College.  1964.  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Iristitute  of  Techriok>gy. 
1968 

Zampelll,  Ernest  M.  Iristnjctor.  Ecoriomks.  B.S .  Urilvereity 
of  Notre  Dame.  1973:  M.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1976. 

Zanot,  Eric  J.  Assistarit  Professor.  College  of  Journalism. 
B.A..  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1965:  M.A.,  1970:  Ph.D., 
University  ol  Illinois.  1977. 

Zantal-Wlener,  Katherine  Instnjctor.  Special  Education.  B.A.. 
Ml  Union  College.  1968:  M.A..  George  Washington  University, 


Zave,  Pamela  Assistant  Prolessor,  Computer  Science.  B.A., 
Cornell  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  ol  Wisconsin 
(Madison),  1972;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Zadek,  MIshsel  Prolessor,  Matherrutlcs  M.S.,  Hebrew 
University  of  Jenjsalem,  1952:  Ph.D.,  Har/ard  University, 
1956 

Zsfkowttz,  Marvin  M.  Associate  Professor.  Computer 
Science.  BS.  Rensselaer  Polytechnk:  Institute.  1967;  MS.. 
C>5mell  University.  1969;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Zembela,  Dennis  M.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  General  Honors 
Program    B.A  ,  University  of  Mk^iigan,  1964 

Zlegler,  Hertierl  L  Instructor,  Part-time,  Scootogy.  B.A., 
State  University  ol  New  Yorit  (Stony  Brook),  1970:  MA,  1976. 

am,  Madeline  C.  Assistant  Prolessor.  History  A.B .  Mount 
Holyoke  College.  1964:  M.A..  University  ot  Chicago.  1971; 
Ph  D . 1976 

Zlnrnisr,  Charlee  D.  lnstnx:tor.  Musk  B  M.E..  HekMberg 
College.  1971;  MM  E.  Vi/lnthrop  College.  1979. 

ZIpoy,  Davtd  M.  Associate  Proleuoi.  Physics  and  Aatrononiy. 
B  S  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1954:  Ph  D  .  1957 

Zoller,  Wini«n  H.  Assooats  Prolessor.  Ctiemlstry  B.8.. 
Uriiversrty  ol  Alaska.  1965:  Ph  D .  Maasacbusaitt  IntWute  ol 
Technokjgy.  1968 


Zom,  Bice  S.  Prolessor.  Physka  and  Aatronomy.  Ph.D., 
University  ol  Caglian.  1951 

Zom,  Gus  T.  Profesaor.  Pfiysics  and  Astronomy.  B.S., 
Oklarioma  Slate  University.  1948:  MS.  University  ol  New 
Mexico.  1950;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Padua.  1954 

Zuckerman,  Ben|emln  M.  Profesaor,  PhysKa  and  Astronomy. 
SB.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technok>gy.  1963:  S.M., 
1963:  Ph  D  .  Harvard  University.  1968 

ZwanzJg,  Robert  W.  Research  Professor.  Institute  lor 
Physical  Science  and  Technokjgy  B  S  .  Polytechnk:  InstKuM 
of  Brooklyn.  1948.  MS.  University  ol  Southern  CalHomla, 
1950;  Ph  D  .  California  Institute  of  Tectinotogy.  1952 


6    Index 


225 


AFROTC  CoHe^a  Scholarship  Program  /  46 

AtKKxmal  Psychotogy.  course  In     186 

Academic  Advising    40 

Academic  Attatrs.  Office  ol    39 

Academtc  Calendar,  1981-82    5 

Academic  Dishonesty    32 

Academic  Intormatton    7 

Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements    29 

Academic  Requirements,  Financial  Aid  Eligibility  /  25 

Accounting  (Tax),  course  In     134 

Accredrtalion  /  9 

Acoustics  lor  Mustdans.  course  in  /  181 

Acting,  courses  in     194 

Activation  Analysis,  course  in     157 

Additional  Campus  Programs  '  47 

Administrative  Attains.  Office  of    35 

Administrative  Oean  for  Undergraduate  Studies    39 

Administrative  Law,  course  in  /  165 

Administrative  Offk;ers,  University  and  College  Parft  /  5 

Admission  Requirements,  Undergraduate  /  18 

Admission  arxl  Onontation     18 

Admission.  Graduate  Students  '  24 

Admission.  Immigrant  Students    21 

Admission.  Veterans  and  Returning  Students  /  19.  20 

Admissions  Options  for  High  Achieving  High  School  Students 
/  19 

Admissions  Requirements,  Speoalized  -  21 

Admissk>ns,  Assured  beginning  Summer  and  FatI  1980  ;  18 

Admissions,  Foreign  Stiidents  /  21 

Admissions.  Individual     19 

Adolescent  Development,  course  in  M44 

Advertising  Design  Curricutum  /  105 

Advertising  Design,  courses  in  / 129 

Advertising  Layout,  course  In  ;  129 

Advertising,  course  in  /  134 

Advisement  Center,  Undergraduate  /  40 

Advising.  Academic  /  40 

Aerodynamics  and  High-Speed  Flight,  course  In  / 150 

Aerospace  Engineering  /  114 

Aerospace  Engmeenng  Curriculum  ,114 

Aerospace  Engineering,  courses  in  /  149 

Aerospace  Vehicle  Design,  course  in    149 

Afnca:  Art.  courses  in     131 

Africa:  Civilization,  courses  in     125,  168 

Africa:  Economic  Resources  and  Development,  course  in  / 

161 
Afnca:  Ethnology,  course  In  /  128 
Africa:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  166 
Africa:  Ideoiogies  (Contemporary),  course  in  /  125 
Africa:  Politics,  courses  in  /  165 
Afnca:  Slave  Trade,  course  in    125 
Afro-American  Folklore  and  Cufture,  course  In  '  155 
Afro-Amencan  History,  course  in  '  167 
Afro-Americaft  Literature,  course  In  /  154,  155 
Afro-Amencan  Studies  Program  /  80 
Afro-Amencan  Studies,  courses  in  /  125 
Aging.  Center  on    87 
Agribusiness  Option  '  56 

Aghcuttural  Business  Management,  course  in  / 130 
Agricultural  Chemistry    56.  63 
Agncuftural  Commodities  (Economics  of  Mari<etlng  Systems 

for),  course  in     130 
Agricultural  Economics  Option  /  56 
Agricultural  Engineering  .  56.  115 
Agricultural  Engineenng  Curriculum  /  115 
Agncuttura!  Engineering  Technology,  courses  in  /  150 
Agricultural  Engineering,  courses  in  /  150 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station  /  64 
Agricultural  Insect  Pests,  course  in  / 157 
Agricultural  Matenals  Handling  arKJ  Environrrwntal  Control, 

course  in  /  150 
Agricultural  Prices,  course  in    130 
Agricultural  Production  Equipment,  course  in  /  150 
Agricultural  Pnxlucts  (Mariteting  of),  course  in  / 130 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  ;  55 
Agncultural  and  Extension  Education  Program  /  55 
Agncultural  and  Extension  Education,  courses  in  /  188 
Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences,  Division  ol    54 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Ecorromics    55 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics, 


Agriculture  (Econometncs  in),  course  in  /  130 

Agnculture.  College  ol  '  54 

Agnculture.  College  of  Departments.  Programs  and  Cunicula  / 
55 

Agriculture,  courses  In  /  125 

Agnculture-Vetertnary  Medicine.  Combined  Degree  >  60 

Agnculture — General  Cuniculum  /  57 

Agrorx>my    57 

Agronomy,  courses  In  /  125 

Air  Force  Aerospace  Studies  Program  (ROTC)  /  47 

Air  Force  ROTC  Awards  /  45 

Air  Pollution,  course  in    151.  178 

Air  Science,  courses  in    131 

Aircraft  Design,  course  in     149 

Aircraft  Vibration,  course  in    149 

Algebra,  courses  in  /  176 

Algenan  History,  course  in  ,  170 

Algorithms  and  Logic,  courses  in  /  147 

America:  Colonial  History,  course  in  /  168 

America:  Drama,  course  in  /  155 

America:  Economic  Development,  course  in  /  141 

America:  English,  course  in  /  155 

Amenca:  Foreign  Relations,  course  in  /  165 

America:  Govemment.  course  in  /  164 

America:  Industries  (Economics  of),  course  in  / 141 

America:  Literature,  courses  in  /  154 

America;  Political  Theory,  course  in  /  165 

America:  Popular  Culture,  courses  in  /  126 

America:  Religion,  courses  in  /  168 

Amenca:  Revolution,  course  in  /  168 

America:  Society,  course  in  /  190 

America:  Wortters.  Cultural  and  Social  History,  course  in  /  170 

American  Studies  Program  /  69 

American  Studies,  courses  in  /  126 

Anatomy  ol  Domestic  Animals,  course  in  /  126 

Ancient  Worid.  course  in  / 167 

Animal  Behavior,  course  in  / 186 

Animal  Care  (Companion  Animals),  course  in  /  127 

Animal  Ecology,  course  in  /  196 

Animal  Genetics,  course  in  /  126 

Animal  Physiology  (Applied),  course  in  /  126 

Animal  Production,  course  in  M26 

Animal  Science,  courses  in  / 126 

Animal  Sciences  /  58 

Antennas,  course  in  /  153 

Anthropological  Theory,  course  in  /  128 

Anthropology  /  80 

Anthropology  (Cultural)  and  Linguistics,  course  in  / 128 

Anthropology  (Physical)  and  Archaeology,  course  in  /  128 

Anthropology,  courses  in  / 128 

Apparel  Design  /  106 

Apparel,  courses  in  / 194 

Appeals,  Traffic  Violations  /  36 

Application  Fee  /  25 

Application  Procedures  '  23 

Applied  Design,  courses  In  /  128 

Applied  Mathematics  Program  / 120 

Applied  Mathematics,  courses  in  / 1 75 

Aquatic  Biology,  course  in  / 197 

Aquatics  (PHED),  course  in  / 182 

Archaeology,  courses  in  / 128.  131 

Architectural  Drawing,  course  in  / 145 

Architectural  History,  courses  In  / 129 

Afchitecttire  Studio,  courses  in  /  129 

Architecture,  School  of  i  66 

Architecture,  courses  in  /  129,  132 

Argentine  History,  course  in  /  170 

Argumentation  and  Det>ate,  course  in  / 193 

Aristotle  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  184 

Art/ 70 

Art  Education,  courses  in  /  131,  144,  147 

Art  History,  courses  in  / 128.  131 

Art  Studio,  courses  in  / 132 

Art  and  Music,  courses  in  / 131 

Arts  and  Humanities  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula  / 

69 
Arts  and  Humanities.  Division  of  /  65 
Asia:  Arts,  course  in  / 131 
Asia:  Geography,  course  in  / 161 
Asia:  Govemment  and  Politics,  course  in  -  166 
Astronomy  Program    120 
Astronomy,  courses  in  / 1 32 


Astrophysics,  courses  In  /  132 

Athletic  Awards  /  44 

Athletics  '  34 

Atmospheric  Dynamics,  course  in  / 177 

Atmospheric  and  Space  Physics,  course  in  /  186 

Atomic  Physics,  courses  in  /  185 

Attendance  /  34 

Audlology.  courses  in  /  167 

Auditing  (BMGT).  courses  In  /  134 

Aural  Musical  Skills,  course  In  /  180 

Automatic  O)ntrols.  course  In  /  156 

Automottves,  courses  in  /  145,  146 

Auxiliary  Facilities  Fee  /  24 

Auxiliary  Services  Fee  /  24 

Avian  Anatomy,  course  in     128 

Avian  Physiology,  course  in  /  128 

Awards.  Academic  /  42 

Awards.  Air  Force  ROTC  /  45 

Awards.  Athletic  /  44 

Awards.  Music  /  46 

Axiomatics  Set  Theory,  course  in  / 177 


B 


Bachelor  of  General  Studies  /  49 

Bachelor  of  General  Studies  Degree  Program  /  40 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Engineering  /  1 19 

Bacterial  Genetics,  course  in  '  178 

Balkan  History,  course  in  / 169 

Bank  Management,  course  in  / 134 

Beef  Production,  courses  in  / 127 

Beekeeping,  course  in  / 157 

Behavior  Analysis  (Applied),  course  In  /  186 

Behavior  Modification,  course  in  /  142 

Behavioral  and  Social  Dimensions  of  Urban  Community, 
course  In  '  195 

Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and 
Cumcula  /  79 

Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences,  Division  of  /  75 

Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences,  courses  in  / 136 

Benefrts,  Veterans  /  31 

Berry  Production,  course  in  / 171 

Bicycles  and  Mopeds  /  36 

Biochemical  Engineering,  courses  in  / 152  ' 

Bkx;hemtstry,  courses  in  /  133 

Biography,  Readings  in.  course  in  /  154 

Bk>logical  Sciences  Program  '  61 

Biology  (Fish),  course  in  /  127 

Biology  (History  oO,  course  in  /  169 

Biology  (Marine  and  Estuarine  Invertebrates),  course  In  /  197 

Biology  (Philosophy  oO.  course  in  / 184 

Biology  (Shellfish),  course  in  /  127 

Biotogy.  courses  in     133 

Biomedical  Engineering,  courses  in  /  153 

Biometrics,  courses  in  /  133 

Biophysics  and  Theoretical  Biology,  course  In  /  186 

Biophysk^,  courses  in  /  196 

Biopsychology  (Developmental),  course  in  /  186 

Brastatistics.  course  in  /  194 

Black  Aesthetic  (Development  of),  course  in  /  125 

Black  Community  and  Public  Polk:y.  course  in  / 125 

Black  Culture,  courses  in  / 125 

Black  Resistance  Movements,  course  in  / 1 25 

Blacks  in  American  Life,  course  In  / 170 

Board  of  Regents  /  5 

Body  Dynamics,  course  in  /  182 

Bookkeeping  (Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching  of),  courses 

in/ 148 
Botany  /  61 

Botany  (Teaching  of),  course  in  / 135 
Botany,  courses  in  / 135 
Brazilian  History,  course  in  / 170 
Breeding  (Principles  of),  course  in  / 127 
British  History,  courses  in  /  169 
British  Literature,  course  in  ■  155 
British  Writers,  courses  in    155 
Broadcast  Criticism,  course  m  / 189 
Broadcasting  (Public),  course  in  /  189 
Buckley  Amendment  /  46 
Buitt  Environment  (ARCH),  course  in  /  129 
Bus  System.  Shuttle    37 
Business  (Statistical  Models  in),  course  in  /  134 


226 


Business  Cycles,  course  in  .  141 

Business  Education  /  94 

Business  Education  in  Secondary  Schools,  course  in    148 

Business  Finance,  course  in     133 

Business  History  (Modem),  course  in  /  167 

Business  Law,  courses  in    134 

Business  Policies,  course  in     135 

Business  Statistics,  courses  in  /  133 

Business  and  Economic  Research  /  80 

Business  and  Government,  course  in  /  135 

Business  and  Law.  Combined  Program  /  79 

Business  and  Management.  College  of  /  76 

Business  and  Management,  courses  in  /  133 

Business  and  Society,  course  in  /  135 

Byzantine  Empire,  courses  in  /  169 


Calculus,  courses  in    176 

Camp  Counseling,  course  in    187 

Camp  Management,  course  in  /  188 

Campus  Activities.  Office  of    37 

Campus  Police  Department    35 

Campus  Research  Facilities    8 

Campus  and  University  Officers    5 

Canon  and  Fugue,  course  in  /  180 

Capitalism  (Modern):  Evolution  in  Western  Europe  and  U.S.. 

course  in     141 
Career  Development  Center  /  39 
Carpooling  /  37 

Cartography:  History  and  Theory,  courses  in  /  162 
Catalogs  '  7 

Celestial  Mechanics,  course  in     133 
Cell  Biology,  course  in     196 
Cell  Differentiation,  course  in  /  196 
Cello  and  Bass,  course  in  '  1 79 
Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy    48 
Center  on  Aging    87 

Central  Administration  ol  the  University  /  5 
Cereal  and  Oil  Crops,  course  in  /  125 
Cervantes,  courses  m  ;  192 
Chancellor.  Office  of    34 
Change  of  Registration  Fee  /  25 
Charges,  Library  /  25 
Chaucer,  course  in     155 
Chemical  Engmeenng.  courses  in  / 151 
Chemical  Process  Analysis  and  Optimization,  course  In  / 152 
Chemical  Process  Development,  course  in  / 151 
Chemical  Research,  course  in  M36 
Chemical  Synthesis,  course  in  /  137 
Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engmeenng  -  115 
Chemical,  Liquid  and  Power  Processing  of  Engineering 

Matenals.  course  in  /  156 
Chemistry    62 

Chemistry  (Physical),  courses  in  /  137 
Chemistry,  Aghcuttural  /  56.  63 
Chemistry,  courses  in  /  136 
Child  Growth  and  Development,  course  in  / 144 
Child  Psychology,  course  in  /  186 
China:  Communism,  course  in  / 170 
China;  Economy,  course  in  /  142 
China:  History,  courses  in     167.  170 
China:  Philosophy,  courses  in  /  183     * 
Chinese  Program  ,  70 
Chinese,  courses  in     137  ^ 

Choral  Techniques  and  Repertoire,  course  in  /  178 
Choreographic  Forms,  courses  in  '  140 
Church  History  (Modem),  course  in  /  168 
Civil  Engineenng     116 
Civil  Engmeenng  Curriculum    116 
Civil  Engmeenng  Planning,  course  in     151 
Civil  Engineenng  Systems,  course  in  i  151 
Civil  Engineering,  courses  in  '  150 
Civil  Rights  and  US-  Constitutton.  course  in  /  165 
Civil  War.  course  in  <  1 70 
Clarinet,  course  m  '  179 
Classical  Tradition  and  Influence  in  Middle  Ages  ar>d 

Renaissance,  courses  in  /  137 
Classics    70 
Classics,  courses  m    137 
Classification  of  Students  -  31 
Climatology,  courses  in     I6i 
Clmicai  Psychoiogy.  course  in    187 
Clothing  and  Human  Behavior,  course  in  /  194 
Coaching  Athletics,  courses  m  r  182 
Code  of  Student  Conduct    9 
Cognitive  Psychotogy.  course  m    187 
College  Park  Campus  Administration    5 
College  of  Agriculture  '  54 
College  of  AgncuHure  Departments,  Programs  ar>d  Cumcula  / 

55 
College  of  Business  and  Management    76 
College  of  Education    87 
College  of  Engineenng     112 
College  of  Engineering  Depannnents.  Programs  and  Cumcula 


College  of  Human  Ecology    lOO 
ColleQe  of  Journalism    68 


College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  /  108 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health 

Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula  /  109 
College  of  Physical  Education.  Recreation  and  Health    108 
Collegium  Mustcum.  course  m    180 
Combinatoncs  and  Graph  Theory,  courses  in  '  139,  177 
Combined  Degree  Curriculum — College  of  Agriculture  and 

Vetennary  Medicine    60 
Communication  (Nonverbal),  course  in  /  193 
Communication  (Public),  course  in  /  192 
Communication  (Speech),  courses  In  /  192 
Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  /  70 
Communication  Skills  and  Techniques  (FMCD).  course  in  / 

158 
Communication  Theory,  course  in  ,  193 
Community  Development,  course  in  /  158 
Community  Nutrition  Emphasis  '  104 
Community  Organization  (SOCY),  course  in  '  190 
Community  Psychology,  course  in  / 186 
Community  Studies  Cumculum  /  102 
Commuter  Affairs.  Office  of    37 
Commuters  Association    37 
Comparative  Literature  Program  /  71 
Comparalive  Literature,  courses  in  '  137 
Compiler  Writing,  course  in  '  138 
Composition,  courses  in  /  154,  180 
Computational  Methods,  course  in  /  138,  175 
Computer  Architecture,  course  in  /  138 
Computer  Laboratory.  Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social 

Sciences  <  81 
Computer  Languages  and  Systems,  course  in  /  136 
Computer  Organization,  course  in  /  138 
Computer  Programming,  courses  in  /  138 
Computer  Science    120 
Computer  Science,  courses  In  / 138 
Computer  Structures,  course  In  / 152 
Conducting,  courses  in  /  180 
Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Internship  (course)  / 

125 
Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Programs  /  58 
Conservation  of  Soil.  Water  and  Environment  Optk>n  /  57 
Consen/ation,  courses  in  /  135,  188 
Constitutional  Law,  course  in  /  165 
Consumer  Analysis,  course  in  /  134 
Consumer  Behavior,  course  in  /  139 
Consumer  Economics,  courses  in  /  139 
Consumer  EconomicsConsumer  Technology    107 
Consumer  Problems,  course  in  /  159 
Consumer  Techology:  Product  Salety  /  139 
Consumer  Techology:  Product  Standards,  course  in  f'  139 
Consumer  and  Law.  course  in  /  139 
Contemporary  Authors,  course  in  /  138 
Continental  Novel,  course  in  /  138 
Control  Systems,  course  in  /  153 
Cooperative  Engmeenng  Education  Program  /  113 
Cooperative  Extension  Service  /  65 
Coordinated  Dietetics  Emphasis  /  103 
Comet,  course  in  /  179 
Cosmic  Evolution,  course  in  /  133 
Cost  Accounting,  course  in  /  133,  134 
Costume  Crafts,  course  In  '  194 
Costume,  courses  in  .  129.  194 
Counseling  Center  -  37 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  Programs  In  /  89 
Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School,  course  in  /  178 
Creative  Wnting,  courses  in     156 
Credit  Unit  and  Load    31 
Credit  by  Examination  /  20 

Credit  by  Examination  for  Undergraduate  Studies  /  33 
Cnme  and  Delir»quency  Prevention,  course  in  /  139 
Cnminal  Justice  and  Cnminology    81 
Cnminal  Justice  Criminology  Honors  Program  /  81 
Cnmmal  Law  in  Action,  course  in    175 
Cnminal  Procedure  and  Evidence,  course  in  /  175 
Cnminology,  courses  in  /  139 
Crop  Breeding,  course  in  '  125 
Crop  Production,  course  in  /  125 
Crop  ScierKe  Cumculum  '  57 
Cropping  Systems,  course  in  /  126 
Crops  Laboratory,  course  in  '  125 
Crystallography,  course  in  '  162 
Cultural  Ecology,  course  in  /  161 
Cultural  Geography,  course  in    160.  161 


Dairy  Cattle  Appraisal,  course  in  /  127 

Dairy  Cattle  Breeding,  course  in     127 

Dairy  Production  Systems  (Analysis  of),  course  in    127 

Dairy  Production,  course  in     127 

Dance    71 

DarKe  (History  of),  courses  In  i  140 

Dance  Notation,  course  in  /  140 

Dance  Techniques,  courses  in  / 139 

Dance,  courses  in    139 

Data  Structures,  course  in    138 

Death  Education,  course  in  /  171 

Degree  Requirements    33 


Degrees  and  Certificates    31 

Departmental  Brochures  '  7 

Design  (Concrete  Structures),  course  m  /  151 

Design  (Steel  Structures),  course  m  '  151 

Design  Workshop  for  Transfer  Students,  course  m  /  129 

Design  and  Furnishings  (Home),  course  in  ^  172 

Design,  (Highway  and  Airfield  Pavement)  courses  in  '  151 

Design,  (Machinery  and  Equipment)  courses  in  /  ISO 

Design,  courses  in     128.  132.  146.  195 

Deviant  Behavior,  course  in  /  191 

Dietetics  Emphasis  /  103 

Differential  Equations,  courses  in  /  177 

Differential  Geometry,  course  in  ■  1 77 

Digital  Computer  Design,  course  in  '  153 

Digital  Computer,  course  in  /  138 

Digital  Systems  (Logic  Design  of),  course  m  .  153 

Dming  Services  -  35 

Discrete  Structures,  course  in  /  1 53 

Diseases  of  Animals,  course  in  /  127 

Diseases  of  Wildlife,  course  in  /  127 

Dishonesty.  Academic    32 

Dishonored  Checks,  Service  Charge  /  25 

Dismissal  of  Delinquent  Students    34 

Display  Design,  course  in    129 

Distributive  Education    94 

Distnbutive  Education  Programs:  Organization  and 

Coordination,  course  in  '  148 
Division  of  Agncuttural  and  Ufe  Soer>ces  .  54 
Division  of  Arts  and  Humanrties    65 

Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities.  Schools  and  Colleges  of    66 
Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences    75 
Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources    86 
Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Saences  arxl 

Engineenng  1 1 1 
Drama  (English),  courses  in  /  155 
Drama  (Modem),  course  In  /  155 
Dramatic  Literature,  courses  In  /  154 
Drawing  (ARCH),  course  m  .  129 
Drawing  (ARTS),  courses  in  M32 
Driver  Education,  courses  in  ''  170 
Dynamics,  course  In  / 156 


Earty  Childhood-Elementary  EducatK>n  /  89 

Earth  Science,  course  m  ,  162 

East  Asian  Civilization,  courses  in  .  168 

East  Asian  Politics,  course  in  /  165 

Eastern  Orthodox  Church,  course  in     168 

Ecology  (Marsh  arxl  Dune  Vegetation),  course  in  '  136 

Economic  Development  of  Underdeveloped  Areas,  courses  tn 

/  141 
Economic  Geography,  courses  in     160.  161 
Economic  Statistics,  course  in  /  141 
Economics    81 

Economics  (Envinsnmental),  course  In  / 141 
Economics  (International),  course  in  /  142 
Economics  (Mathematical),  course  in  /  141 
Economics  (Urban),  course  in     142 
Economics  of  Consumption,  course  in  / 139 
Economics,  courses  in     141 
Ecopolitics  (Global),  course  m  '  164 

Education  (Earty  ChildtKXxJ-Elementary).  courvas  tn  /  143.  144 
Education  (Elementary),  courses  in    143 
Education  (Sociology  oO.  course  in    191 
Education  Counseling  arxl  PerBonr>el  Servicss.  courses  In  / 

142 
Education  Policy.  Plannir>g.  and  Administration  /  90 
Education  and  Racism,  course  in  >  142 
Education,  College  of    87 

Education,  Earty  Childhood— Elementary,  courvae  tn  /  143 
Education.  Human  Devek>pment.  courses  in    144 
Education.  Industnal.  courses  in     145 
Education,  Measurement  and  Statistics,  courses  m     147 
Education.  Secorxlary,  courses  in     147 
Education.  Social  Fourxlations.  courses  in    146 
Education,  Special,  courses  in    149 
Education,  courses  in     148.  149 
Education  Fieid  Expenences    142 
Educational  Administration.  Supervision  mnA  CunlciA«n, 

courses  in     142 
Educatonal  Media,  course  in    1 42.  1 75 
Eledncal  Engineenng     116 
Electncal  Engir>eenr>g  CurrKulum    116 
ElectricaJ  Engineenng,  courses  in    152 
Elactrtdty  and  Magnetism  (Physics),  ooursa  tn    165 
Etactrtclty— Etectrontcs.  course  in    145 
Electrochemical  Engineenng.  course  m     152 
Electn>d6s  and  Electncal  Processes  m  Biology  and  MadtOna; 

course  in     153 
Electromagnetic  Maasuramants  Lab.  ooursa  m    1 53 
Electromagnetic  Tbaory.  ooursa  in    1 52 
Electromagnatic  Wave  PrY)pa9ation,  couraa  in  i  152 
Elaclronic  Circuits,  course  in  /  152 
Electronic  Compoamon.  course  in     180 
Electronic  Data  Processing,  ooursat  m    133,  173 
Electronc  Imtrumantation  tor  Physical  Saanoa.  oourea  m  / 

1S3 


Index     227 


Electronica  Circuits,  course  >n    186 

Electronics  tor  Ule  Soenlisls.  course  in  >'  1S3 

Embryotogy  (Vertebrate),  course  m  i  196 

Emptoyment.  Part-time    29 

Erxk)cnrx)logy.  course  in     196 

Endowed  arx]  Annual  ScholarsMps  and  Grants    26.  48 

Energy  Conversion,  courses  in     1S6 

Energy  arxJ  Environment,  course  m     1&4 

Engirwenng  Acoustics,  course  in     1 57 

Engineenr>g  Computation,  course  in     154 

Engtneenr>g  Cooperative  Education,  courses  in    152 

Engir>eenng  Eoonomtcs  ar>d  System  Analysis,  course  in  ^  151 

Engineenr^  Education.  Cooperative     113 

Engif>eenng  Expenmentation,  courses  in     157  ' 

Engineering  Hydrology,  course  In  /  150 

Er>gineerir>g  Probability,  course  in  '  152 

Englneenng  Professional  Development,  course  in  /  154 

Engineering  Psychology  and  Training  Models,  course  In  '  187 

Engineenng  Science,  courses  in    153 

Englneenng  Saences     1 1 7 

Engir>eenng  Survey  Measurements,  course  in     150 

Engineenng  arxJ  Computer  Programmlr>g,  course  In  /  150.  156 

Engir>eerir^  and  Physiological  Systems,  course  in  /  152 

Engineenng.  Aerospace    114 

Er>g(rwenr>g.  AgncuRural    56.  115 

Englr^eenng.  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  /  119 

Engineering.  Chemical    115 

Er>gineenng.  Civil     116 

Engineering,  College  of     112 

Engineenng.  College  of  Departmenis.  Programs  and 

Cumcula     114 
Engineenr>g.  Electncat     116 
Engir>eenng.  Environmental    120 
Engineenng.  Fire  Protection     117 
Engineenng,  Fire  Protection,  courses  in    154 
Engineenng,  Malenals,  courses  in    156 
Engir>eenng,  Mechanical     118 
Engir>eenng,  Mechanical,  courses  in  ;  156 
Engineenng,  Nuclear     119 
Engineenng,  Nuclear,  courses  in     157 
Engineenng -Medicine     120 
Engineenng:  Aquacuftural,  course  in    150 
English  (Old),  course  in     155 
English  (Teaching  of),  course  m  /  148 
English  Composition,  course  in     154 
English  Educatwn    94 
English  Instrtute,  Maryland    73 
English  Language  (History  of),  course  in  /  155 
English  Language  and  Literature  /  72 
English  Literature,  courses  in  '  154 
English  Medieval  Lrterature  in  Translation,  courses  in  /  155 
English  for  Foreign  Students,  courses  in  /  159 
English,  courses  in     154 
Entomology    63 

Entomology  (Vetennary).  course  in  /  158 
Entonrology  for  Science  Teachers,  course  in  / 1 57 
Entorrxjlogy,  courses  in     157 
Environment  and  Human  Ecology,  course  in  /  130 
Environmental  Engineering     120 
Environmental  Engineenng.  course  in  /  150,  151.  156 
Environmental  Polrtics,  course  in  /  164 
Environmental  Safety  Department  /  35 
Epidemiology  and  Public  Health,  course  in  /  178 
Equal  Opportunity  Recruitment    39 
Ethical  Theory,  course  in  /  184 
Ethnology  (Field  Methods),  course  in  /  128 
Euripides  (GREK),  course  in  /  164 
Europe:  Renaissance  and  Reformation,  courses  in    168 
European  History,  courses  in    167,  168,  169 
European  Ideas  (History  of),  courses  in  /  169 
Evolution,  course  in     196 
Examinations  on  Religious  Holidays  '  34 
Examinations.  Plagiansm  in  /  32 
Expenses  and  Fees    7,  24 
Expenential  teaming  Programs.  Office  of  /  40 
Experimental  Foods  Emphasis    103 
Expository  Writing,  course  in  /  156 


Families  and  Communities  (Decision  Making  In),  course  in  / 
158 

Families  and  Communities  in  the  Ecosystem,  course  in  /  158 

Family  Counseling,  course  in    159 

Family  Cnses  and  Rehabilitation,  course  in  /  158 

Family  Housing,  course  m  /  172 

Family  Patterns,  course  in  -  158 

Family  Studies  Cumculum    101 

Family  arnl  Community  Development  /  101 

Family  and  Community  Development,  courses  in  /  158 

Family  and  Society,  course  in  /  191 

Family — Community  Advocacy,  course  in  /  159 

Far  East  Anthropology,  course  in  ^  128 

Farm  Management,  course  in  /  130 

Farm  Mechanics,  courses  in     150 

Fascism:  Theory  and  Practice,  course  in  / 168 

Fashion  Design  and  Illustration,  courses  in  / 129 

Fashion  Merchandising,  course  in  /  194 


Fashion  Sketching— Action  Drawing,  cour«e  In  / 129 

Fee.  Applicatton    24 

Fee.  Auxiliary  Faolttiefl    24 

Fee.  Auxiliary  Sen/ices    24 

Fee.  Change  of  Registration  /  25 

Fee.  Dishonored  Checks    25 

Fee.  Graduation    25 

Fee,  Instructional  Matenala  '  24 

Fee.  Late  Application    25 

Foe.  Late  Registratkxi    25 

Fee.  Maryland  English  Institute  /  25 

Fee.  Onentation,  Pre-College  Registration  '  25 

Fee,  Property  Damage  '  25 

Fee.  Refund  or  Withdrawal    25 

Fee.  Registration    24 

Fee,  RestoratKw  of  Services  /  24.  25 

Fee,  Special  Mathematics  /  25 

Fee,  Student  Activities  '  24 

Fee.  Textbook  and  Supplies  /  25 

Fee.  Transcnpt  Fee,  Special  Examination  /  25 

Fee,  Vehicle  Regi8tratk>n  /  25 

Fee,  Withdrawal  or  Refund  '  25 

Feeds  and  Feeding,  course  in  /  126 

Fees  and  Expenses  /  7,  24 

Fees  and  Penalties.  Traffic  Vtolations  i  36 

Fees,  Explanation  of    24 

Fees.  Graduate  '  24 

Fees,  Mandatory  /  24 

Fees.  Oul-of-State  Undergraduate    24 

Fees.  Pan-Time  Undergraduate  .  24 

Fees.  Payment  of  '  24 

Fees,  Resident  Undergraduate  /  24 

Fees.  Special  <  25 

Fertilizers  (Commercial),  course  in  / 126 

Film  (Lrterature).  course  in  /  154 

Film  Production,  courses  in  /  189 

Film,  courses  in  /  189 

Finance  (Personal  and  Family),  Course  in  '  158 

Financial  Aid  /  25 

Finar>cial  Management,  course  in  / 134 

Financial  and  Economtc  Education,  courses  In  /  148 

Fire  Protection  Engineenng    117 

Fire  Protection  Engineering  Curriculum  /  117 

Fire  Protection  Engineering,  courses  in  /  154 

Fire  Protection  Fluids,  course  in  /  154 

Fire  Protection  System  Design,  courses  In  / 154 

Fire  Protection  Systems  Design,  courses  in  / 154 

First  Aid  and  Emergency  Medical  Services,  course  in  / 170 
Fish  and  Wildlife  Management,  course  in  /  128 

Right  Dynamics,  course  in  '  149 

Flight  Propulsion,  courses  in  /  150 

Flight  Structures,  courses  in  /  149 

Right,  course  in  /  131,  153 

Roriculture  and  Ornamental  Horticulture  Option  /  59 

Flower  Store  Management,  course  in  /  171 

Fluid  Dynamics,  course  in  /  186 

Ruid  Mechanics,  course  in  /  150,  156 

Flute.  Otxje.  Bassoon,  and  Saxophone,  course  in  / 179 

Folk  Narrative,  course  in  / 155 

Folklore,  courses  in  /  155 

Folksong  and  Ballad,  course  in  /  155 

Food  Additives,  course  in  / 159 

Food  Chemistry,  course  in  /  158 

Food  Consumption  (Economics  of),  courses  in  / 159 

Food  Industry  and  Consumerism,  course  in  /  158 

Food  Microbiology,  course  in  /  158 

Food  Processing,  courses  in  /  150.  158 

Food  Product  Research  and  Devetopment.  course  in  / 158 

Food  Purchasing  and  Production  (In  Quantities),  course  in  / 
172 

Food  Quality  Control,  course  in  /  158 

Food  Science  Program  /  59 

Food  Science,  courses  in  /  1 58 

Food  Service  /  35 

Food  Sen/ice  Organization  and  Management,  course  In  / 172 

Food.  Nutrition  and  Institution  Admin istratron  /  102 

Food,  courses  in  /  159 

Forage  Crop  Production,  course  in  / 125 

Foreign  Language  Education  /  95 

Foreign  Language,  courses  in  /  159 

Foreign  Policy  of  U.S.S.R..  course  in  '  165 

Forensic  Anlhropotogy  Laboratory,  course  '  128 

Forestry,  course  m  /  171 

Foundry,  course  in  /  145 

Founer  Analysis,  course  in  /  177 

Fracture  Mechanics,  course  in  / 1 57 

French  Cfvilization,  courses  in  / 160 

French  Ck)mposrtion  and  Style,  courses  in  / 160 

French  (;k>nversation.  courses  in  /  160 

French  Grammar,  courses  in  /  160 

French  History,  courses  in  /  169 

French  Linguistics,  course  in  ;  160 

French  Literature,  courses  in  / 160 

French  Phonettes,  course  In  /  160 

French  and  Italian  Languages  and  LJteratures  /  72 

Frer>ch,  courses  in  /  159 

French;  Oral  Practice  for  Teachers,  course  in  / 160 

Freshman  Admission,  Out-of-State  /  20 


FnjIls  (TechrK>k)gy  of),  course  in  /  1 72 
Functk>nal  and  Stnjdural  Anafysia,  oouree  in  /  1 54 

Fuston,  courses  in  ^  157 


Galactic  Research,  course  in  /  133 

Galaxies  and  Universe,  course  m  /  132 

Garden  Management,  courses  in  '  171 

Ger>der  Reference  /  7 

General  Education,  courses  in  /  164 

General  Horx)rs  Program  '  49 

General  Informatton    8 

General  Studies,  Bachek)r  of '  49 

General  Studies,  Bachelor's  Degree  Program    40 

General  University  Requirements  /  30 

Genetics  (Molecular),  course  in  i  196 

Genetics  (Plants),  course  tn  /  172 

Geochemistry  of  Fuels,  course  in  /  162 

Geochemistry,  courses  in     137.  162.  163 

Geographic  Concepts  and  Source  Matenals,  course 

Geographic  Research  ar>d  Writing,  course  in     160 

Geographic  Techniques,  course  in    160 

Geography  /  82 

Geography  (Transportation),  course  in  i  162 

Geography,  courses  in  '  160 


Geography: 
Geography: 
Geography: 


y:  Europe,  courses  in  /  161 
y:  Maryland,  course  in  /  161 
y:  North  Amenca,  courses  in  /  161 

Geological  Renx)1e  Sensing,  course  In  /  162 

Geology  /  63 

Geology  (Economic),  course  in  /  162 

Geology  (Engineenng),  course  in  .  162 

Geology  (Environmental),  course  in     162 

Geology  (Groundwater),  course  in     162 

Geology  (Histoncal  and  Stratigraphic).  course  in  /  162 

Geotogy  (Physical),  course  in  /  162 

Geokjgy  (Structural),  course  in  /  162 

Geotogy.  courses  in  /  162 

Geology:  North  America,  course  in  /  162 

Geometnc  Transformations,  course  in  M77 

Geometry,  courses  in  /  176.  177 

Geomorphology.  courses  in  /  161 

Geophysics,  course  in  /  162 

German  Civilization,  courses  in  /  163 

German  History,  courses  in     169 

German,  courses  in  /  163 

Germanic  Phitology.  courses  m  /  164 

Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Lrteratures  /  72 

Gerontotogy,  course  in  /  144 

Golden  Identification  Card  Program    22 

Government  and  Politics  /  83 

Government  and  Politics,  courses  in  /  164 

Governmental  Organization  and  Management,  course  in  / 

Governmental  Research  /  83 

Graduate  Fees  ;  24 

Graduate  Student  Admission  /  24 

Graduation  Fee  for  Bachelors  Degree  /  25 

Grants  and  Scholarships    26 

Graphic  Arts,  courses  in  /  131,  145 

Greece  (Ancient),  course  in  /  169 

Greek  Comedy,  course  in  M64 

Greek  Drama,  course  in  / 137 

Greek  Life  Office  /  37 

Greek  Lrterature.  courses  in  /  164 

Greek  Oratory,  course  In  /  164 

Greek  Tragedy,  cousre  in  /  164 

Greek,  courses  in  /  164 

Greenhouse  Crop  Production,  courses  in  /  171.  172 

Greenhouse  Management,  course  in  /  171 

Ground  Water  Hydrok>gy.  course  in  /  151 

Group  Discussion,  course  in  / 193 

Group  Dynamics,  course  in  /  142.  188 

Guitar,  courses  in  /  179 

H 

Hatchabilrty  (Physiology  of),  course  in  / 128 

Health  Center  /  37 

Health  Educatton  / 109 

Health,  courses  in     170 

Hearing  Handicapped  (Rehabilitatkwi  of),  course  in  / 167 

Heanng  and  Speech  Sciences  /  84 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences,  courses  m    166 

Hebrew  Bible  in  Translation,  course  in  -  166 

Hebrew  Civilization,  courses  in  /  166 

Hebrew  Program  /  72 

Hebrew,  courses  in  <  166 

Heredrty  and  Man.  course  in  / 196 

Herodotus  (GREK).  course  in  / 164 

Herpetotogy.  course  in  / 127 

Highway  Engineering,  course  in  /  151.  154 

Hispanic  World:  Historical  Geography,  course  in  '  161 

Histoncal  Wrrting,  course  in  '  168 

History    72 

History,  courses  in  /  167 

History;  England,  courses  in  /  167 

History;  Latin  America,  courses  in  ;  167,  170 

History:  Maryland,  course  in  /  170 


228     Index 


Home  Economics  Education    95 

Home  Economics,  courses  In     147 

Home  Management,  courses  In  ^  158.  159 

Honor  Societies  -  42 

Honors  Program,  General  /  49 

Honors  Programs    42 

Honors,  courses  in  -  171 

Horn,  Trombone.  Euphonium,  and  Tuba,  course  In  /  179 

Horse  Farm  Management,  course  in     127 

Horse  Industry  Economics,  course  in    130 

Horse  Management,  courses  In    127 

Horse  Training,  course  in  /  127 

Horltcuttural  Education  Option  /  59 

Horlicutture    59 

Horticulture,  courses  In  /  171 

Housing  Curnculum     105 

Housing  Service,  Otf-Campus    37 

Housing  and  Applied  Design    104 

Housing  and  Applied  Design,  courses  tn  /  172 

Housing,  On-Campus  '  38 

Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  courses  In  .  196 

Human  Behavior,  course  In     144 

Human  Development  {Institute  lor  Child  Development)    90 

Human  Development,  courses  In     144 

Human  Ecology.  College  of     100 

Human  Evolution  and  Fossil  Man.  course  In    128 

Human  Growth  and  Constitution,  course  In  /  128 

Human  Osteology  Laboratory,  course    128 

Human  Population  Biology  Laboratory    128 

Human  Relations  Code    7,  15 

Human  Relations  Programs.  Office  of  /  35 

Human  and  Community  Resources,  Division  of '  86 

Human  and  Community  Resources,  courses  In  .  141 

Humanities,  courses  in  /  167 

Hydrology,  courses  in  /  150,  151 


138 


Ibsen,  course  n 

Identification  Cards  '  31 

Immigrant  Student  Admission  /  21 

Immunology,  course  in  /  178 

In-Slate  Status,  Determination  of  /  23 

Income  Tax  Accounting,  course  in  .  133 

Individual  Differences,  course  in  /  187 

Individual  Studies  Program    40.  49 

Individual  Studies  Program,  courses  in  /  173 

Individual  and  Family,  course  in    158 

Induction  and  Probability,  course  in    184 

Industrial  Education    90 

Industrial  Employee  Recreation,  course  in  /  188 

Industrial  Engineering,  course  in  '  156 

Industrial  Localization,  course  in  ,  162 

Industrial  Marketing,  course  in  /  134 

Industnal  Organization,  course  in  /  142 

Industrial  Psychology,  course  in  /  186 

Industnal  Relations  and  Labor  Studies  Center  /  84 

Industnal  Sociology,  course  in     191 

Industnal  and  Retail  Secunty  Administration,  course  in  /  175 

Information  Processing,  courses  in  /  173 

Information  Systems  Management  /  84 

Information  Systems  Management,  courses  in     173 

Information  Theory,  course  in    153 

Inorganic  Chemistry,  course  in  / 136 

Insect  Population  Managenient.  course  In  /  157 

Insecticides,  course  in     158 

Insects,  courses  in     158 

Institute  for  Child  Study  '  90 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  an<J  Technology  /  121 

Institute  for  Urban  Studies,  courses  in  ;  195 

Institute  of  Applied  Agncutture    60 

Institute  of  Cnminal  Justice  and  Criminology,  courses  in    175 

Institution  Administration  Emphasis    103 

Institution  Administration,  courses  in     172 

Institutional  Management    79 

Institutional  Recreation,  course  in  /  188 

Instructional  Matenals  Fee  '  24 

Instructional  Television  System  '114 

Instrumental  Music  Program,  course  In  /  178 

Insurance  and  Real  Estate    79 

Intensive  Educational  Development  Program    87 

Intenor  Destgn  Curriculum  '  105 

Intenor  Design,  courses  m  ,  172 

International  Agncutture  Option  /  56 

International  Business    79 

International  Business  Management,  course  in  '  134 

International  Education  Services    39 

International  Law,  course  in    165 

Inten-iattonal  Marketing,  course  in    134 

lntematK>r\al  Political  Relations,  course  m  / 164 

International  Student  Admissions  >  21 

Interpersonal  Life  Styles,  course  in     158 

Interviewing,  course  m     193 

Intramural  Sports  and  Recreation    37 

Intramural  Sports  and  Recreation  (ISR)  /  109 

Investments,  course  in    133 

Irregularities  in  Examinations    32 

Islamic  Civilization,  courses  m    166 


Japanese  Program  '  73 

Japanese,  courses  m    173 

Jazz,  courses  in    180 

Jewish  History,  courses  in     167.  169 

Jewish  Studies  Program  /  73 

Jewish  Thought  (History  of),  courses  in  /  189 

Journalism  Faculty    68 

Journalism.  College  of    68 

Journalism,  courses  in     174 

Journalism -Science  Communication  Option    58 

Judicial  Behavior,  course  In  '  165 

Judicial  Process,  course  in    165 

Judicial  Programs    38 

Juvenile  Delinquency,  courses  in  / 139 


K-12  Certification  Option    110 

K-6  Certification  Option  M 10 

Keyboard  Music,  courses  m  /  180 

Kinesiological  Sciences  Cumculum    110 

Kinesiology,  courses  in    183 

Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases,  course  in    1 85 


Labor  Economics,  courses  in  /  142 

Lat)or  Legislation,  course  in  /  134 

Labor  Relations,  courses  in  /  133,  135 

Laboratory  Animal  Management,  course  in  / 127 

Lactation,  course  in  <  127 

Landscape  Design  Option  /  59 

Landscaping,  courses  in    171 

Language  Arts  in  Early  Childhood  Education,  course  in  /  143 

Language  and  Culture,  course  m    128 

Lasers  and  Electro  Optic  Devices,  course  In  / 153 

Late  Application  Fee    25 

Late  Registration  Fee    25 

Latin  America;  Civilization,  courses  in    192  • 

Latin  America:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  166 


Latin 


175 


Law  (Business),  course  in    135 

Law  (Con-ections),  course  in    139 

Law  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  184 

Law  (Sociology  of),  course  in    191 

Law  Enforcement,  courses  in  /  141,  175 

Law,  Family  Problems,  course  in    159 

Leadership  Techniques  and  Practices,  course  in  /  188 

Learning  (Psychology  of),  course  in    187 

Learning  and  Motivation,  course  in  '  186 

Legal  Policy  Issues,  course  in  ,  175 

Legal  Requirements  /  7 

Legislatures  and  Legislation,  course  in  / 166 

Libranes  at  College  Park  /  8 

Library  Charges    25 

Library  Science  Education    96 

Library  Science,  courses  in    175    ■ 

Library  and  Information  Services.  College  of    108 

Light,  Perception  and  Photography,  course  m    184 

Linear  Analysis  for  Engineers,  course  in  /  177 

Linguistics,  courses  m     128,  154 

Listening,  course  m    193 

Literary  Criticism,  course  in    155 

Literature  (Middle  Ages),  course  in  /  137 

Literature  (Renaissance),  courses  in  /  155 

Literature  (Romantic),  courses  m  '  137,  155 

Literature  (Vidonan),  courses  in    155 

Livestock  Evaluation,  courses  in     126,  127 

Living  Expenences  with  Families,  course  in    159 

Loans    29 

Logic  (Symbolic),  courses  in  '  184 

Logic  and  Algorithms,  courses  in  / 138.  177 

Logistics  Management,  course  in  .  135 

Low-lnoDme  Families  and  Community,  course  In  M58 


Machine  Design  Technology,  courses  in  / 156 

Machirw  Design,  course  in    157 

Magazine  and  Feature  Wnting.  course  In  / 174 

Makeup,  courses  in     194 

Mammalian  Histology,  course  In  '  128,  197 

Man  Made  Workl.  course  in    153 

Man  and  Environment,  course  in    128 

Man.  Culture,  Animals,  course  in     126 

Management  Science- Stattsltcs    78 

Management  and  Consunwr  Studies  Curriculum  '  102 

Management  and  Organization,  course  in    134 

Mandatory  Fees  '  24 

Map  Evaluation,  course  m    162 

Marine  Ecology,  course  in    197 

Manne  Vertebrate  Zoology,  course  m  / 197 

Marketing    79 

Marketing  Research  Methods,  course  tn  / 134 

Mwkating.  courses  in  /  134 


Marking  System    32 

Maryland  English  Institute    74 

Marylar>d  English  Institute  Fee  /  25 

Marylarxl  Student  Union  /  36 

Mass  Communications,  courses  in     169 

Masterpieces  of  Painting,  courses  in  /  131 

Masterpieces  of  Sculpture,  courses  in  /  131 

Matenals  (Strength  of),  courses  tn  ,  151 

Matenals  Engine«nr>g.  courses  in  >  i56 

Matenals  Science,  course  in  /  156 

Mathematical  Ideas,  course  in  /  176 

Mathematical  Logic,  course  in  /  177 

Mathematical  Psychology,  course  m  -  187 

Mathematical  Reasoning,  course  m     1 76 

Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineenng. 

Division  of    111 
Mathematics    122 

Mathematics  (Earty  ChikJhood  Education),  courses  in  /  144 
Mathematics  (History  of),  course  in  M77 
Mathematics  (Teaching  of),  course  in  /  143,  146 
Mathematics  Education    96.  122 
Mathematics,  courses  in     1 76 

Mainx  Methods  in  Computational  Mechanics,  course  In  /  ISO 
Matter  (Properties  of),  course  in     185 
Measurement  and  Statistics    92 
Meal  Processir>g,  course  in     158 
Meats,  course  in  /  127 
Mechanical  Drawing,  courses  in    145 
Mechanical  Er>gineenng    118 
Mechank^l  Engineenng  Analysis  (Oceanic  Environment), 

course  m  ,  157 
Mechanical  Engineenng  Analysis,  course  in  /  157 
Mechanical  Engineenng  Cumculum     118 
Mechanical  Engineenng  Systems  (Undenwater  Operations), 

courses  in  /  157 
Mechanical  Engineenng  Systems  Design,  course  In  /  156 
Mechanics  (Theoretical),  courses  in     185 
Medical  Technology,  courses  in    184 
Medicine.  Engineenng     120 
Medieval  Civilization,  courses  In     168 
Medieval  Worid,  course  m     167 
Mental  Hygiene,  course  m     142 
Mentally  Retarded  Children,  courses  in  '  149 
Meteorology  Department    123 
Meteorology,  courses  in  -  177 
Metropolitan  Administration,  course  in  /  166 
Microbial  Fermentations,  courses  in  '  178 
Microbiology    63 

Microbiology  (History  of),  course  in     178 
Microbiology,  courses  m     178 
Micropaleontology,  course  in     162 
Middle  East:  Government  and  Politics,  course  Iri    165.  166 
Middle  East:  History,  courses  in    168.  170 
Military  Sociology,  courses  m     191 
Milton,  course  in     155 
Mineralogy,  courses  in     162 

Minimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and  Graduation  i  34 
Minonty  Student  Education    40 
Moral  Problems  in  Medione.  course  in    184 
Morphology  (Vertebrate),  course  m  /  196 
Motor  Vehicle  Administration  /  35 
Music    74 

Music  (Childhood  Education),  course  in  .  178 
Music  (Form),  course  in     180 
Music  (History  of),  courses  in    180 
Music  (Physics  of),  course  in  :  184 
Music  Awards    46 
Music  Education    96 
Music  Education,  courses  in    1 78 
Music  Literature,  course  m     179 
Music  Pedagogy,  course  m     180 
Music  Performance,  courses  in  /  101 
Music  Theory,  courses  in     179 
Music,  courses  m    1 79 
Mycology,  course  in  / 136 

N 

Nationat  Income  Analysis,  course  tn  '  141 

National  Policy  Center  on  WorT>en  and  Agmg    87 

Natural  Resourc«s  (Economic  Ar\«lys«  oO.  course  tn  /  130. 

141 
Natural  Resources  PoHcy.  course  in     1 30 
Nature  Interpretation,  course  in    187 
Navigation,  course  in     132 
Network  Analysis,  course  in    152 
Nvtwork  Synthesis,  course  in    153 
Neural  Networks  and  Signals,  course  m  '  153 
Neurophysiology,  course  in    196 
Neutron  Reactor  Ptrysics.  course  m  /  186 
New  Testament  as  Literature,  ooursa  m  / 137 
No4ao  PoHubon.  course  m     153 
Non-Degrae  (Special)  Student  Admtsalon  /  21 
Non-discrtmlrtatton.  PoMcias  on  '  7 
Nonparamatrtc  Statistics,  ooursa  in  /  104 
North  Antenca:  Histoncal  Geography,  course  tn    126 
Novel,  course  m    154 
Nudaar  Engtnaanng  (saa  Chemical  and  Nudaar  Enginaahng) 

/115 


Index     229 


Nuclear  Engtnoerlng  Program    119 

Nuclear  Fuel  ar>d  Power  Managemenl,  oourve  in  /  157 

Nuctear  Heal  Transport,  course  in     1 57 

Nuctear  Reactor  Er>gtneenr>g.  courses  in  /  157 

Nuclear  Reactor  Operation,  course  >n    157 

Nuclear  Technology  Lab.  course  in     157 

Number  Theory,  courses  in     176.  177 

Numerical  Mattiematics.  courses  in     138.  175 

Nutntion  (Animal),  course  in     181 

Nutntion  (Communitv).  course  in     181 

Nulrttion  (History  o().  course  in    181 

Nutrition  (International),  course  in    181 

Nutntion  Research  Emphasis     104 

Nutntion.  courses  in     127,  101 

Nulnttonal  BKxrhemtstry,  course  in     181 

Nutritional  Science,  courses  in    181 


Ocean  Waves  and  Tides,  course  In    157.  178 
Oceania  (Peoples  and  Cultures  of),  course  in    128 
Oceanography  (Physical  and  Dynamical),  courses  in    157. 

178 
Ocearx)graphy,  course  in  /  163 
Oceans  (Life  in),  course  in  /  196 
Oft-Campus  Housing  Service    37 
Office  Machines,  course  in     147 
Office  Skills  (Teaching),  course  in     147 
Office  of  Academic  Affairs    39 
Office  of  Administrative  Affairs  ■  35 
Office  o(  Campus  Activities    37 
Office  of  Commuter  Affairs    37 
Office  of  Exponential  Learning  Programs  >  40 
Office  ol  Greek  Life    37 
Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  /  35 
Office  of  Judicial  Programs    38 
Office  of  Student  Affaire    37 
Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid    25,  39 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  /  39 
Office  of  University  Relations  <  35 
Office  of  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 

39 
Office  of  the  Chancellor    34 
Officiating  (Techniques  oO.  courses  in  /  182 
Old  Testament  as  Literature,  course  in  /  137 
Opera  Theater,  course  m    180 
Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions,  course  in  / 

133 
Operations  Research,  courees  in    134.  156 
Optimization,  courses  m  /  139,  176 
Oral  interpretation,  courses  in    193 
Orchestration,  courses  in  i  180 
Organisms  (Form  and  Pattern),  course  in  /  197 
Organizational  Behavior,  course  in     135 
Onenlation  Program.  Pre-College  Registration  Fee  /  25 
Onentation  Programs    24 
Orientation — Maryland  Preview    38 
Ornithology,  course  in     127 
Outdoor  Education,  couree  in  /  188 


Painting,  courses  in     131.  132 
Paleontology,  courses  in  .  162 
Parasitology,  course  m     197 
Parking  Areas  for  Faculty  and  Staff  /  36 
Parking  Areas  for  Students  /  36 
Parliamentary  Law,  course  in  /  193 
,  Part-tirT>e  Employment    29 
Particle  Accelerators,  course  in  / 153,  186 
Particles,  course  in     186 
Pass-Fail  Option    33 
Pathogenic  Microbiology,  course  in  /  178 
Payment  of  Fees    24 
Perception,  course  in     186 
Perceptual  Learning  Problems,  course  in  -  149 
Percussion,  course  in     1 79 
Personality  (Sociology  oO.  course  in  -  191 
Personality  and  Adjustment,  course  in  /  186 
Personality,  course  in  /  187 
Personnel  Management,  courses  in  /  133.  134 
Personnel  and  Labor  Relations  /  79 
Persuasion  in  Speech,  course  in  /  193 
Pet  Nutrition,  course  in    127 
Petrography,  course  in     162 
Petrology,  course  m     162 
Pharmacology  (Behavtorat).  course  in  /  186 
Philosophy     74 

Philosophy  (History  of),  course  in  .  183 
Philosophy  and  Public  Policy.  Center  (or  /  48 
Philosophy  of  Language,  course  in    184 
Philosophy  of  Science,  course  in    183.  184 
Philosophy,  courses  in     183 
Phonetic  Science,  course  in  /  166 
Photo  Service.  Campus  '  35 
Photography  (History  of),  course  in  / 131 
Photography,  courses  in  ,  129.  130,  146 
Phycotogy.  couree  in    136 


Physical  Education     110 

Physical  Education  and  Heatth  Educatk>n    97 

Physical  Education.  Recreation  and  Health.  College  of    108 

Physical  Education.  Recreation,  and  Health,  courses  in     181 

Physical  Education,  courses  in    181 

Physical  Fitness,  courses  m     183 

Physical  Science  Departments,  Progranu  and  Curricula     120 

Physical  Science,  course  in    169 

Physical  Sciences  Program    123 

Physics  (Nuclear),  course  in  /  185 

Phystes  and  Astronomy  '  123 

Physics  and  Thermodynamics  of  the  Atmosphere,  course  in 

177 
Physics,  courses  in     184 
Physiok)gical  Psychotogy,  course  in    186 
Physiology  (Environrrwntal).  course  in  /  127 
Physiology  (Vertebrate),  course  in  /  196 
Piano  Pedagogy,  courees  in  /  180 
Piano,  courses  in  /  1 79 
Plant  Anatomy,  courses  in    135 
Plant  Diseases,  courees  In  /  135.  136 
Plant  Ecology,  couree  in  /  136 
Plant  Genetics,  couree  in  '  135 
Plant  Geography,  couree  in  '  135 
Plant  Kingdom,  courses  in    135 
Plant  Microtechnique,  couree  In  / 135 
Plant  Pathology,  courees  in  '  136 
Plant  Physiology,  course  in    136 
Plant  Propagation,  couree  in  '  172 
Plant  Taxonomy,  couree  in  /  135 
Plants  (Medicinal  and  Poisonous),  couree  in  / 135 
Plants  and  Mankind,  course  tn    135 
Plasma  Physics,  couree  in  /  186 
Plastics  Technology,  couree  in    145 
Plato  (Philosophy  oO.  course  in  /  184 
Play  Directing,  course  in  /  195 
Play  Production,  couree  in  /  194 
Playwriting.  course  in  /  155 
Poetry  and  Poetics,  courees  in  / 154,  155 
Police,  Campus  :  35 
Policy  Statement,  Univereity  /  7 
Policy.  Planning,  and  Administration.  Education  '  90 
Political  Behavior,  courees  in  i  164.  165 
Political  Geography,  couree  in    161 
Political  Ideologies,  course  in  /  164 
Political  Parlies,  course  in  /  166 
Political  Sociology,  course  in    165 
Political  Theory,  courses  in  /  165 
Politics  (Sociology  of),  couree  in  /  191 
Politics  and  Government,  courses  in  /  128 
Polymer  Matenals  (Processing  oO.  courees  in  /  152 
Polymer  Science,  courees  in  /  152 
Polymenc  Engineenng  Matenals,  course  in  /  156 
Polymere  (Physical  Chemistry  oO,  course  in  .  152 
Pomology  and  Olencufture  Option  /  59 
Population  Geography,  course  in  /  161 
Population,  courees  in  /  191 
Portuguese,  courses  in  /  186 
Poultry  Breeding  and  Feeding,  couree  in  /  128 
Poultry  Hygiene,  course  in  /  128 
Poultry  Judging,  couree  in  /  127 
Poultry  Management  (Commercial),  couree  in  / 127 
Poultry  Products  and  Marketing,  course  in  /  128 
Power  Systems,  course  in    150 
Power  and  Environment,  course  in  /  154 
Pre-College  Onentation  Program  Registration  Fee  /  25 
Pre-Dental  Hygiene    49 
Pre-Dentistry  /  50 
Pre-Forestry  /  51,  60 
Pre- Law  /  51 

Pre-Medical  Technology  /  51 
Pre-Medicine  /  51 
Pre-Nureing  /  52 
Pre-Optometry  /  52 
Pre-Pharmacy  /  52 
Pre-Physical  Therapy  /  53 
Pre- Professional  Programs  /  21,  49 
Pre- Radio  logic  Technology  /  53 
Pre-Theoiogy    60 
Pre-Veterinary  Medicine  /  60 
Presentation  Techniques,  course  in  / 128 
Presidency  and  Executive  Branch,  course  in  .  166 
Price  Theory,  course  in  '  141 
Phmate  Anatomy  Laboratory,  couree  '  128 
Phmate  Studies,  couree  in  /  128 
Primitive  Technology  and  Economy,  course  in  / 128 
Pnntmaktng.  courees  in    132 
Privacy.  (Disclosure  of  Student  Records)  /  46 
Pnzes  and  Awards    42 

Process  Engineering  and  Design,  couree  in  / 151 
Production  Management  /  79 
Production  Management,  courses  in  /  134.  135 
Programs  of  Study  /  6 
Pronx)tion  Management,  couree  in  /  133 
Property  Damage  Charge  /  25 
Prospectus  /  7 

Protozoology,  courees  in  /  197 
Psychological  Testing,  couree  in  '  187 


Psychology  /  85 

Psychology  (Educational),  course  In  /  145 

Psychology,  courses  in    186 

Public  Address,  courses  in  '  193 

Put>lic  Administration,  courses  in  /  164.  165 

Public  Finance,  course  in  /  142 

Public  Opinion,  course  m  /  165 

Public  Relations,  courses  in  /  174 

Public  Utilities,  course  in  .  135 

Publications.  Graduate    7 

Publications,  Undergraduate  /  7 

Pulse  Techniques,  courses  in  /  152 

Pyrometncs  of  Matenals,  course  in  /  154 


Quantitative  Analysis  (CHEM),  courses  i 
Quantum  Physics,  course  in  /  185 


Race  Relations  (SOCY).  course  in  / 191 

Race  Relations  fU  S).  course  In  /  164.  190 

Race  Relations  and  Public  Law.  course  In  /  165 

Racism.  (Social  Effects  of),  course  in  /  125 

Radio  Television-Film  '  71 

Radio.  Television  and  Film,  courses  tn  '  189 

Radiochemical  Safety  Procedures,  course  in    136 

Radiochemistry,  course  in  '  136 

Radioisotope  Power  Sources,  course  in    157 

Reactor  Core  Design,  course  tn  /  157 

Readers  Theatre,  course  in  /  193 

Reading  (Remedial),  courses  in  /  144 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement  /  22.  34 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement.  Deadlines    22 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement.  Regulations  /  34 

Real  Estate,  course  in  /  134 

Real  Vanables.  course  in  /  1 77 

Recorder,  course  in  '  180 

Records  and  Registrations    39 

Recreation  /111 

Recreation  (Therapeutic),  course  in  .  188 

Recreation  Cumculum  /111 

Recreation.  Intramural  Sports  and    37 

Recreation,  courses  in  /  187 

Regents.  Board  of  '  5 

Registration    31 

Registration  Fee    24 

Registrations  and  Records  /  39 

Regression  and  Vanance  Analysis,  course  in    194 

Regulations  and  Requirements,  Academic  /  29 

Reinstatement  and  Readmission,  Deadlines  '  22 

Reinstatement  and  Readmission.  Regulations  i  34 

Religion  (Primitive  Peoples),  course  in  /  128 

Religion  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  191 

Religious  Holidays,  Examinations  on  /  34 

Religious  Programs  /  38 

Religious  Studies,  courses  in  /  189 

Remedial-Corrective  Reading,  courees  in  /  148 

Remote  Sensing,  course  in  /  161 

Reporting  (Public  Affairs),  course  in  M74 

Requirements  and  Regulations,  Academic  /  29 

Requirements,  General  Univereity  /  30 

Requirements.  Retention  and  Graduation  /  34 

Research  Facilities,  Campus  /  8 

Resident  Life  /  38 

Resource  Development  (Economics  of),  course  in  /  130 

Resource  Economics  Option  /  56 

Restoration  of  Services  Fee  /  25 

Retail  Management,  couree  in  / 133 

Rheology  of  Engineering  Materials,  course  in  / 156 

Rhetonc  (Black  America),  course  in    193 

Rhetonc  and  Society,  course  in  /  193 

Rhythmic  Activities,  course  in  /  182 

Risk  Management,  course  in  /  133 

Rome:  History,  couree  in  /  169 

Rural  Education,  courees  in  /  188 

Rural  Life  in  Modem  Society,  courses  in  /  188 

Rural-Urban  Relations,  couree  in  / 191 

Russia:  History,  courees  in  /  169 

Russian  Area  Program  /  75 

Russian  Civilization,  courees  in  /  167.  190 

Russian  Literature,  courees  in  /  190 

Russian  Political  Thought,  courees  in  /  165 

Russian  Revolutions,  course  in  /  168 

Russian,  courses  in  / 189 


Safety  Education,  course  in  / 170 

Sales  Management,  course  in  /  134 

Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis  and  Design,  course  in  / 151 

Satire,  course  in  /  155 

Scenic  Design,  couree  in  / 195 

Scenographic  Techniques,  couree  in  ,  194 

Scholarships  and  Grants    26 

School  of  Architecture    66 

Science  (Teaching  of),  course  in  -  143,  148 

Science  Communications .  124 


230     Index 


Science  Education    97 

Science  Fiction  and  Fantasy,  course  in  M55 

Science  and  Technology  {World  History),  course  in  /  167 

Sdenttfic  Revolutton.  course  In    169 

Sdentiltc  Thought,  courses  in     144,  164 

Sculpture,  courses  in  ;  131.  132 

Seafood  Products  Processing,  course  in  /  158 

Secondary  Educatk^n  '  92 

Secretarial  Education  /  94 

Secretanal  Procedures,  courses  In  '  147 

Section  504  Compliance  Statement  /  7 

Security  Administration,  courses  in  /  175 

Security  Analysis  and  Valuation,  course  In  '  134 

Sedimentation,  course  in  <  162 

Semantics  and  Logic,  courses  in  /  155 

Sensory  Processes,  courses  in  '  186 

Servkw  Charges  tor  Dishonored  Checks  /  25 

Sex  Educatk}n,  course  in  >  171 

Sex  Roles  and  Social  Institutions,  course  In  / 191 

Sex  Roles,  course  in  /  190 

Sexual  Morality,  course  in  /  184 

Shakespeare,  courses  in  /  154.  155 

Sheet  Metal  Work,  course  In  M45  . 

Shuttle  Bus  System  '  37 

Signal  and  System  Theory,  course  in  /  152 

Silk  Screen  Pnnting.  course  in  ■  129 

Slavic  Languages,  courses  in  /  190 

SnK}king  in  Classrooms  /  30 

Social  Control,  course  in  '  191 

Social  Organization  of  Pnmrtive  Peoples,  course  In  / 128 

Social  Sciences  (Philosophy  oO.  course  in  /  184 

Social  Saences.  courses  in  '  143 

Social  Studies  (Teaching  of),  course  in  /  148 

Social  Studies  Education  /  98 

Social  Studies  In  Early  ChikJhood  Education,  courses  In  '  143 

Sociology  /  85 

Sock>logy  (Educational),  course  in  /  149 

Sociotogy.  courses  in    190 

Software  Englneehr>g.  course  in  /  153 

Soil  Biochemistry,  course  In  /  126 

Soil  Chemistry,  course  in     126 

Soil  Classification  and  Georgraphy,  course  in  /  126 

Soil  Fertitfty  Pnnciples.  course  in  /  126 

Soil  Mechanks.  courses  in  /  150 

Soil  Physks.  course  in  /  126 

Soil  Science  Cumculum  /  57 

Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use,  course  In     126 

Soil  and  Environment,  course  in  /  125 

Soil  and  Water  Conservation,  course  in     126 

Soil  and  Water  Engineenng.  course  rn  /  150 

Soil- Foundation  Systems,  courses  in  /  151 

Soil-Water  Pollution,  course  in  /  126 

Solar  Energy  Applications  for  BuikJings,  courses  In  /  154 

Solar  System,  course  in  '  133 

Solkj  State  Electronics,  course  in  /  1S3 

Sound,  course  in  /  185.  189 

South  Asia:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  166 

Southern  U.S.  History,  courses  in  /  128 

Soviet  UnkMi:  Ecorwmks,  course  in  /  142 

Soviet  Unk)n:  Geography,  course  in  /  161 

Soviet  Unk>n:  Government  and  Administration,  course  in  / 166 

Soviet  Union:  History,  course  in     169 

Space  Development  (HSAD).  course  in  /  172 

Spanish  Civitlzation,  courses  m    192 

Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages  and  Literatures  /  75 

Spanish,  courses  in     191 

Spanish- American  Uterature,  courses  in  <'  192 

Special  Educatkjn  /  100 

Special  Examlnaton  Fee  /  25 

Special  Opportunities  /  42 

Specialized  Admissions  Requirements  /  21 

Speech  Behavior,  course  in    19^ 

Speech  Communtcation    71 

Speech  Disorders,  course  in    166 

Speech  Palhotogy.  courses  in  / 166 

Speech  Therapy,  course  in  /  167 

Speech  and  Drama  Educatk>n  /  99 

Speech  arKl  Language  Devek>pment  of  Children,  course  In  ' 

166 
Speech,  courses  in    192 
Speectiwrttir>g.  course  m    193 
Spenser  (Edmund),  course  In    155 
Sport  and  Amencan  Society,  course  m  /  182 
Sports  and  Recreation.  Intramural '  37 
Stage  Decor,  course  in  /  195  , 
Stage  Destgn.  course  in  i  195 
Stagecratl.  course  m    194 
State  and  Local  Admin  lstratk>n.  course  in  / 166 
State  and  l-ocai  Finance,  course  in    142 
State  arxl  Local  Government,  course  in  / 164 
Statka.  courses  in     153 
Statistical  Analysis  (6MGT),  course  In    134 
Statistk:al  Deosron  Theory  in  Business,  course  in    134 
Statistical  Experiments  in  Busir>ess.  course  in     134 
Statistical  Models,  course  in    193 
Statistics  and  Prot>abilrty     124 
Statistics  and  Probability,  courses  in     193 
Stochastic  Processes,  course  in    f93 


Stress  Analysis  (Expenmental),  course  m     151 

Structural  Analysis  and  Design,  courses  in  i  150.  151 

Stuart  England,  course  in  /  169 

Student  Activities  Fee  '  24 

Student  Affairs,  Office  of '  37 

Student  Conduct  Code    9 

Student  Financial  Aid  .  39 

Student  Teaching  (Elementary),  courses  in  /  146 

Student  Teaching  (Secondary),  courses  in  / 146 

Student  Teaching,  courses  in  /  143.  147 

Student  Transfer  Policies  /  22 

Student  Union    38 

Study  Abroad    42 

Study  Abroad  Office  /  39 

Summer  Sessions  /  9 

Survey  Research  Center  /  86 

Swimming  Pool  Managen>ent.  course  In  / 162 

Symbtology.  course  in    197 

Systems  Analysis,  course  in  /  134.  173 

Systems  Programming,  course  In  /  138 

Systems  and  Circuits,  courses  in  /  152 

Systems.  Control  and  Computation,  course  in  /  153 


Teaching  (Logic  of),  course  in  /  149 

Teaching  English,  course  in  /  148 

Teaching  Reading,  courses  in  /  144,  148 

Teaching  Vocational  Agriculture,  course  In  / 186 

Technological  Assessment,  course  in  /  154 

Technology  (History  of),  course  in  /  169 

Telemetry  Systems,  course  in  /  152 

Television  Programming,  course  in  /  169 

Television  System,  Instructional  M14 

Televisk)n  and  Politics,  course  in  /  189 

Television,  Radio  and  Film,  courses  In  /  189 

Texttxwks  and  Supplies    25 

Textile  Industry  (Economics  of),  course  in  / 194 

Textile  Marketing^  Fashion  Merchandising  /  106 

Textile  Science,  course  in  /  194 

Textiles  '  107 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  / 106 

Textiles,  courses  in  /  194 

Theatre  /  71 

Theatre,  course  in  /  194 

Theatre,  courses  in  /  194 

Thermodynamics,  courses  in  /  156 

Thucydldes  (GREK).  course  In  /  164 

Title  IX  Compliance  Statement  /  7 

Tobacco  Production,  course  in  /  125 

Topology,  courses  in  /  177 

Traffic  Infonnation  /  36 

Traffic  Management,  course  in  /  134 

Traffic  Regulations  /  35 

Training  and  Condrtioning,  course  in  /  182 

Transcnpt  of  Record  Fee  '  25 

Transducers  and  Electncal  Machinery,  courses  in  /  153 

Transfer  Processes,  course  in    156 

Transfer  Student  Admission  ;  20 

Transfer  Students  from  Maryland  Community  Colleges    20 

Transfer  and  Transport  Processes,  courses  in  /  151 

Transfer  of  Credit  '  22 

Transportation    79 

Transportation  Engineering,  courses  in  M  50.  151 

Transportatkjn  Systems,  courses  in  '  1 35 

Transportatk)n,  courses  In  /  134.  135 

Tree  Fruit  Production,  courses  in  M71 

Tree  Management,  course  In  '  172 

Truck  Crop  Management,  course  In  / 172 

Tudor  England,  course  in  -  169 

Turf  Management,  course  in    125 

Turf  and  Urban  Agronomy  Optkw  '  57 

TypewrTtir>g.  courses  In  /  147 

Typography  and  Lettenng.  course  in  /  129 

U 

Undergraduate  Admisskins    39 

Undergraduate  Admissions  Requirements — Beginning 

Summer  and  Fall  1981     18 
Undergraduate  Admissions  Requirements — Fall  1961  and 

Spnng  1982     18 
Undergraduate  Advisement  Center    40 
Undergraduate  Catak)g    7 
Undergraduate  Fees  '  24 

Undergraduate  Studies.  Administrative  Oean  /  39 
United  States  (World  Affairs),  course  in    168 
United  States  History,  courses  in     167.  169 
University  Commuters  Association    37 
University  Policy  Statement    7 
University  Policy  on  Disctosure  of  Student  Records  '  46 
University  Relations.  Offk«  of '  35 
Unhrersfty  Studies  Program  /  30 
University  and  Campus  Officers  /  5 
Upward  Bound  Program    87 
UrtMn  Community,  course  in    195 
Urban  Design  Semir\ar    1 30 
UrtMn  Ecorx>mics.  courses  m    142 
Urt>an  Ftre  Problem  Analysts,  course  m  /  154 


Urtwn  Folkk)re.  course  in     1 55 

Uftjan  Geography,  courses  in  /  161 

Urban  Land  Management,  course  in  /  135 

Urban  Law.  courses  in  /  195 

Urt>an  Literature,  course  in  /  195 

Urban  Planning,  course  in     130 

Urban  Politics,  course  in  '  166 

Urban  Problems  Seminar  /  130 

Urt>an  Sociology,  course  in  ■  190 

Urt>an  Studies    86 

Urban  Theory  arvj  Simulation,  course  in  /  195 

Urban  Transport  and  Urtian  Devetoprrwnt  /  135 


Vectors  and  Matrices,  course  in  /  176 

Vegetabia  Production,  course  in  /  171 

Vegetables  (Technok)gy  of),  course  in  / 172 

V»hk:(e  Regi8tratk>n  Fee  /  25 

Vehk:les.  Regtstratton  /  35 

Veterans  Benefits  '  31 

Vetennary  Medici ne-Agncuttu re.  Combined  Degree  /  60 

Violation  Fees  and  Penafties  .  36 

Vk)lin.  course  in  <  179 

Virology,  course  tn     1 78 

Viscous  Fk>w  and  Aerodynamtc  Heating,  course  in  '  ISO 

Visual  Processes,  course  in    132 

Vocal  Music,  course  In  /  180 

Voice  and  Diction,  courses  in     179.  192 

Voice,  courses  in  ■  179 

W 

War  (Soc«>k>gy  of),  course  in  '  191 

Water  (Renewable  Resource),  course  in  /  ISO 

Water  Resource  Plannir>g.  course  in  / 161 

Weed  Control,  course    126 

Welding  (Arc  and  Gas),  course  in  /  145 

West  Afncan  History,  courses  in  /  170 

Western  Civilization,  courses  in  /  167 

Wildlife  Management,  course  in  /  127 

Wind  and  Percussion  Instruments,  course  in  '  179 

Withdrawal  From  the  University    34 

Withdrawal  or  Refund  Fees    25 

Women  (Amencan  Society),  courses  in  /  167.  196 

Women  and  Aging.  National  Policy  Center  on  '  87 

Women  in  Literature,  course  in    154 

Women  s  Health,  course  m    171 

Women  5  Studies  Program    48 

Women  s  Studies,  Courses  in  /  46 

Women  s  Studies,  courses  m  '  195 

Women.  Literary  Works  by.  course  in  /  155 

Women:  Legal  Status,  course  in     165 

Woodworiting,  courses  in  /  145 

Woody  Plants,  courses  in    172 

World  Agncuttural  Devetopment,  course  in    130 

World  Hunger,  course  in    130 

World  Literature,  courses  in     154 

World  Politics,  course  in     165 

Writing  (Composition),  course  in     154 

Writing  (Dramatic)  for  Film,  course  in  .  189 

Writing  (Paragraph),  course  in     154 

Writing  (SenterKe).  course  in     154 

Wnting  for  Mass  Media,  course  m  ■  174 

Wnting.  courses  in  '  154 


Youth  Programs  (Devetopment  of),  course  m    168 


Zook>gy    64 

Zootogy  (Vertebrate),  course  in  / 

Zootogy,  courses  m  i  196 


University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park 

College  Park,  Maryland  20742 


Undergraduate  Catalog  1982-1983 

University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park